United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 1988 102
1 UNITED STATES
STATUTES AT LARGE

CONTAINING THE

LAWS AND CONCURRENT RESOLUTIONS

ENACTED DURING THE SECOND SESSION OF THE

ONE-HUNDREDTH CONGRESS

OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

1988

AND

PROCLAMATIONS

Volume 102

IN FIVE PARTS

Part 1

PUBLIC LAWS 100–243 THROUGH 100–406

UNITED STATES

GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE

WASHINGTON : 1990

PUBLISHED BY AUTHORITY OF LAW UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE ARCHIVIST OF THE UNITED STATES BY THE OFFICE OF THE FEDERAL REGISTER, NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION

 “The United States Statutes at Large shall be legal evidence of laws, concurrent resolutions, … proclamations by the President and proposed or ratified amendments to the Constitution of the United States therein contained, in all the courts of the United States, the several States, and the Territories and insular possessions of the United States.” (1 USC 112).

For sale by the

Superintendent of Documents

U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402

(5-part set; sold in sets only)

 CONTENTS Page List of Bills Enacted Into Public Lawv List of Public Lawsix List of Bills Enacted Into Private Lawxxvii List of Private Lawsxxix List of Concurrent Resolutionsxxxi List of Proclamationsxxxiii Public Laws (100–243 through 100–406)3 Subject IndexA1 Individual IndexB1 List of Bills Enacted Into Public Lawv List of Public Lawsix List of Bills Enacted Into Private Lawxxvii List of Private Lawsxxix List of Concurrent Resolutionsxxxi List of Proclamationsxxxiii Public Laws (100–407 Through 100–456)1044 Subject IndexA1 Individual IndexB1 List of Bills Enacted Into Public Lawv List of Public Lawsix List of Bills Enacted Into Private Lawxxvii List of Private Lawsxxix List of Concurrent Resolutionsxxxi List of Proclamationsxxxiii Public Laws (100–457 Through 100–590)2125 Subject IndexA1 Individual IndexB1 List of Bills Enacted Into Public Lawv List of Public Lawsix List of Bills Enacted Into Private Lawxxvii List of Private Lawsxxix List of Concurrent Resolutionsxxxi List of Proclamationsxxxiii Public Laws (100–591 Through 100–676)3011 Subject IndexA1 Individual IndexB1 List of Bills Enacted Into Public Lawv List of Public Lawsix List of Bills Enacted Into Private Lawxxvii List of Private Lawsxxix List of Concurrent Resolutionsxxxi List of Proclamationsxxxiii Public Laws (100–677 Through 100–713)4047 Private Laws4843 Concurrent Resolutions4871 Proclamations4937 Subject IndexA1 Individual IndexB1 LIST OF BILLS ENACTED INTO PUBLIC LAW THE ONE-HUNDREDTH CONGRESS OF THE UNITED STATES SECOND SESSION, 1988 BILL PUBLIC LAW H.R. 5 100–297 H.R. 442 100–383 H.R. 515 100–583 H.R. 517 100–464 H.R. 593 100–639 H.R. 775 100–560 H.R. 900 100–534 H.R. 990 100–535 H.R. 1044 100–348 H.R. 1100 100–336 H.R. 1149 100–640 H.R. 1158 100–430 H.R. 1207 100–293 H.R. 1212 100–347 H.R. 1223 100–472 H.R. 1270 100–437 H.R. 1414 100–408 H.R. 1430 100–324 H.R. 1467 100–478 H.R. 1473 100–608 H.R. 1596 100–487 H.R. 1612 100–252 H.R. 1720 100–485 H.R. 1807 100–656 H.R. 1811 100–321 H.R. 1841 100–424 H.R. 1860 100–409 H.R. 1900 100–294 H.R. 1939 100–433 H.R. 1975 100–691 H.R. 1983 100–249 H.R. 2046 100–465 H.R. 2203 100–355 H.R. 2210 100–333 H.R. 2213 100–394 H.R. 2266 100–561 H.R. 2342 100–448 H.R. 2370 100–419 H.R. 2399 100–521 H.R. 2470 100–360 H.R. 2472 100–584 H.R. 2566 100–250 H.R. 2615 100–381 H.R. 2616 100–322 H.R. 2628 100–562 H.R. 2629 100–395 H.R. 2631 100–274 H.R. 2642 100–585 H.R. 2652 100–349 H.R. 2677 100–581 H.R. 2701 100–439 H.R. 2707 100–707 H.R. 2756 100–609 H.R. 2772 100–516 H.R. 2806 100–586 H.R. 2835 100–498 H.R. 2839 100–708 H.R. 2858 100–473 H.R. 2878 100–326 H.R. 2884 100–474 H.R. 2952 100–475 H.R. 2969 100–334 H.R. 2985 100–510 H.R. 3011 100–709 H.R. 3025 100–319 H.R. 3029 100–511 H.R. 3048 100–697 H.R. 3105 100–710 H.R. 3146 100–625 H.R. 3235 100–517 H.R. 3251 100–378 H.R. 3313 100–698 H.R. 3327 100–641 H.R. 3408 100–563 H.R. 3431 100–410 H.R. 3459 100–290 H.R. 3471 100–527 H.R. 3515 100–582 H.R. 3559 100–564 H.R. 3614 100–605 H.R. 3617 100–411 H.R. 3679 100–420 H.R. 3680 100–699 H.R. 3685 100–565 H.R. 3689 100–264 H.R. 3757 100–566 H.R. 3880 100–412 H.R. 3811 100–384 H.R. 3869 100–337 H.R. 3884 100–251 H.R. 3893 100–368 H.R. 3911 100–700 H.R. 3923 100–255 H.R. 3927 100–358 H.R. 3932 100–398 H.R. 3957 100–692 H.R. 3960 100–421 H.R. 3967 100–271 H.R. 3971 100–300 H.R. 3977 100–483 H.R. 3980 100–399 H.R. 3981 100–284 H.R. 3987 100–327 H.R. 4028 100–488 H.R. 4030 100–653 H.R. 4039 100–693 H.R. 4064 100–587 H.R. 4068 100–588 H.R. 4083 100–325 H.R. 4102 100–512 H.R. 4118 100–626 H.R. 4124 100–589 H.R. 4143 100–425 H.R. 4162 100–362 H.R. 4174 100–590 H.R. 4182 100–567 H.R. 4188 100–489 H.R. 4189 100–711 H.R. 4209 100–536 H.R. 4210 100–627 H.R. 4211 100–636 H.R. 4212 100–701 H.R. 4229 100–370 H.R. 4236 100–642 H.R. 4262 100–568 H.R. 4268 100–278 H.R. 4267 100–490 H.R. 4276 100–491vvi H.R. 4288 100–367 H.R. 4318 100–426 H.R. 4333 100–647 H.R. 4345 100–518 H.R. 4352 100–628 H.R. 4354 100–499 H.R. 4362 100–648 H.R. 4365 100–500 H.R. 4375 100–537 H.R. 4387 100–453 H.R. 4399 100–657 H.R. 4410 100–538 H.R. 4416 100–569 H.R. 4417 100–519 H.R. 4418 100–570 H.R. 4419 100–476 H.R. 4433 100–492 H.R. 4445 100–649 H.R. 4448 100–345 H.R. 4457 100–479 H.R. 4458 100–413 H.R. 4480 100–539 H.R. 4481 100–456 H.R. 4517 100–610 H.R. 4529 100–513 H.R. 4554 100–528 H.R. 4556 100–331 H.R. 4557 100–540 H.R. 4567 100–371 H.R. 4574 100–611 H.R. 4586 100–447 H.R. 4587 100–458 H.R. 4612 100–694 H.R. 4621 100–350 H.R. 4637 100–461 H.R. 4638 100–351 H.R. 4639 100–369 H.R. 4676 100–403 H.R. 4686 100–591 H.R. 4694 100–414 H.R. 4724 100–520 H.R. 4726 100–388 H.R. 4731 100–364 H.R. 4754 100–415 H.R. 4775 100–440 H.R. 4776 100–462 H.R. 4777 100–541 H.R. 4781 100–463 H.R. 4782 100–459 H.R. 4783 100–436 H.R. 4784 100–460 H.R. 4794 100–457 H.R. 4799 100–338 H.R. 4800 100–404 H.R. 4807 100–702 H.R. 4818 100–571 H.R. 4847 100–695 H.R. 4848 100–418 H.R. 4857 100–495 H.R. 4867 100–446 H.R. 4879 100–650 H.R. 4919 100–629 H.R. 4939 100–572 H.R. 4972 100–703 H.R. 4992 100–542 H.R. 4998 100–481 H.R. 5001 100–573 H.R. 5007 100–543 H.R. 5015 100–387 H.R. 5026 100–393 H.R. 5050 100–533 H.R. 5052 100–545 H.R. 5059 100–529 H.R. 5066 100–544 H.R. 5090 100–449 H.R. 5102 100–654 H.R. 5104 100–612 H.R. 5115 100–658 H.R. 5133 100–704 H.R. 5141 100–416 H.R. 5143 100–438 H.R. 5174 100–427 H.R. 5186 100–508 H.R. 5199 100–574 H.R. 5210 100–690 H.R. 5232 100–712 H.R. 5261 100–713 H.R. 5280 100–673 H.R. 5287 100–705 H.R. 5291 100–501 H.R. 5315 100–674 H.R. 5318 100–575 H.R. 5325 100–546 H.R. 5334 100–630 H.R. 5389 100–576 H.R. 5395 100–547 H.R. 5423 100–522 H.R. 5442 100–577 H.R. 5471 100–578 H.R. 5552 100–613 H.J. Res. 90 100–382 H.J. Res. 137 100–643 H.J. Res. 138 100–400 H.J. Res. 140 100–401 H.J. Res. 347 100–295 H.J. Res. 373 100–296 H.J. Res. 402 100–245 H.J. Res. 417 100–417 H.J. Res. 421 100–306 H.J. Res. 423 100–341 H.J. Res. 438 100–614 H.J. Res. 446 100–592 H.J. Res. 453 100–431 H.J. Res. 469 100–332 H.J. Res. 470 100–279 H.J. Res. 475 100–385 H.J. Res. 480 100–285 H.J. Res. 485 100–359 H.J. Res. 488 100–514 H.J. Res. 508 100–310 H.J. Res. 513 100–289 H.J. Res. 518 100–444 H.J. Res. 519 100–280 H.J. Res. 523 100–276 H.J. Res. 525 100–405 H.J. Res. 527 100–292 H.J. Res. 530 100–328 H.J. Res. 539 100–422 H.J. Res. 541 100–311 H.J. Res. 545 100–313 H.J. Res. 552 100–304 H.J. Res. 564 100–706 H.J. Res. 569 100–376 H.J. Res. 572 100–593 H.J. Res. 573 100–631 H.J. Res. 576 100–493 H.J. Res. 580 100–466 H.J. Res. 583 100–423 H.J. Res. 587 100–361 H.J. Res. 600 100–452 H.J. Res. 602 100–502 H.J. Res. 604 100–644 H.J. Res. 626 100–645 H.J. Res. 629 100–548 H.J. Res. 644 100–549 H.J. Res. 648 100–530 H.J. Res. 649 100–651 H.J. Res. 650 100–686 H.J. Res. 654 100–632 H.J. Res. 665 100–454 H.J. Res. 677 100–646 S. 11 100–687 S. 52 100–441 S. 59 100–550 S. 90 100–301 S. 136 100–579 S. 253 100–665 S. 328 100–496 S. 496 100–503 S. 555 100–497 S. 557 100–259 S. 623 100–372 S. 659 100–532 S. 744 100–551 S. 794 100–346 S. 795 100–675 S. 836 100–531 S. 850 100–633 S. 854 100–275 S. 858 100–298 S. 908 100–504 S. 945 100–505vii S. 952 100–352 S. 999 100–323 S. 1048 100–594 S. 1165 100–486 S. 1236 100–666 S. 1360 100–442 S. 1378 100–307 S. 1382 100–615 S. 1397 100–281 S. 1447 100–258 S. 1476 100–595 S. 1518 100–494 S. 1539 100–342 S. 1544 100–470 S. 1626 100–506 S. 1630 100–659 S. 1652 100–339 S. 1704 100–552 S. 1727 100–553 S. 1827 100–596 S. 1851 100–606 S. 1856 100–365 S. 1863 100–597 S. 1883 100–667 S. 1889 100–443 S. 1901 100–353 S. 1911 100–523 S. 1914 100–554 S. 1934 100–480 S. 1945 100–477 S. 1960 100–354 S. 1979 100–406 S. 1985 100–555 S. 1986 100–556 S. 1988 100–329 S. 1989 100–330 S. 1991 100–616 S. 2018 100–524 S. 2022 100–253 S. 2030 100–688 S. 2042 100–660 S. 2049 100–689 S. 2057 100–515 S. 2100 100–676 S. 2102 100–677 S. 2117 100–283 S. 2148 100–557 S. 2151 100–277 S. 2156 100–356 S. 2165 100–668 S. 2167 100–357 S. 2186 100–678 S. 2188 100–366 S. 2200 100–402 S. 2201 100–617 S. 2203 100–373 S. 2204 100–669 S. 2209 100–685 S. 2215 100–679 S. 2248 100–374 S. 2273 100–318 S. 2304 100–340 S. 2344 100–598 S. 2361 100–618 S. 2385 100–386 S. 2393 100–509 S. 2436 100–558 S. 2470 100–680 S. 2479 100–525 S. 2496 100–637 S. 2527 100–379 S. 2545 100–559 S. 2560 100–435 S. 2561 100–407 S. 2641 100–428 S. 2723 100–580 S. 2749 100–526 S. 2752 100–638 S. 2789 100–467 S. 2800 100–507 S. 2835 100–599 S. 2840 100–696 S. 2843 100–670 S. 2846 100–471 S. 2885 100–619 S. 2889 100–607 S.J. Res. 39 100–247 S.J. Res. 40 100–389 S.J. Res. 59 100–314 S.J. Res. 122 100–254 S.J. Res. 125 100–263 S.J. Res. 126 100–260 S.J. Res. 143 100–248 S.J. Res. 147 100–344 S.J. Res. 169 100–468 S.J. Res. 172 100–246 S.J. Res. 185 100–272 S.J. Res. 190 100–312 S.J. Res. 192 100–655 S.J. Res. 196 100–243 S.J. Res. 201 100–244 S.J. Res. 206 100–282 S.J. Res. 212 100–316 S.J. Res. 216 100–265 S.J. Res. 218 100–266 S.J. Res. 222 100–308 S.J. Res. 223 100–286 S.J. Res. 225 100–267 S.J. Res. 227 100–302 S.J. Res. 229 100–268 S.J. Res. 234 100–291 S.J. Res. 235 100–305 S.J. Res. 240 100–317 S.J. Res. 242 100–309 S.J. Res. 244 100–270 S.J. Res. 245 100–287 S.J. Res. 246 100–299 S.J. Res. 247 100–303 S.J. Res. 248 100–390 S.J. Res. 249 100–343 S.J. Res. 250 100–315 S.J. Res. 251 100–256 S.J. Res. 252 100–261 S.J. Res. 253 100–269 S.J. Res. 254 100–320 S.J. Res. 255 100–273 S.J. Res. 260 100–288 S.J. Res. 261 100–620 S.J. Res. 262 100–257 S.J. Res. 263 100–391 S.J. Res. 265 100–262 S.J. Res. 266 100–335 S.J. Res. 272 100–621 S.J. Res. 273 100–392 S.J. Res. 280 100–600 S.J. Res. 290 100–445 S.J. Res. 294 100–396 S.J. Res. 295 100–432 S.J. Res. 301 100–634 S.J. Res. 302 100–601 S.J. Res. 304 100–363 S.J. Res. 306 100–622 S.J. Res. 314 100–661 S.J. Res. 315 100–662 S.J. Res. 317 100–482 S.J. Res. 318 100–375 S.J. Res. 319 100–623 S.J. Res. 322 100–450 S.J. Res. 324 100–602 S.J. Res. 325 100–672 S.J. Res. 327 100–681 S.J. Res. 328 100–434 S.J. Res. 329 100–455 S.J. Res. 332 100–682 S.J. Res. 333 100–469 S.J. Res. 335 100–603 S.J. Res. 336 100–451 S.J. Res. 338 100–377 S.J. Res. 340 100–663 S.J. Res. 342 100–635 S.J. Res. 350 100–397 S.J. Res. 352 100–683 S.J. Res. 356 100–380 S.J. Res. 364 100–484 S.J. Res. 365 100–684 S.J. Res. 374 100–429 S.J. Res. 378 100–624 S.J. Res. 381 100–604 S.J. Res. 386 100–664 S.J. Res. 395 100–652 LIST OF PUBLIC LAWS CONTAINED IN THIS VOLUME PUBLIC LAW PAGE 100–243 3 100–244 5 100–245 6 100–246 8 100–247 10 100–248 12 100–249 13 100–250 16 100–251 17 100–252 18 100–253 20 100–254 22 100–255 23 100–256 24 100–257 26 100–258 27 100–259 28 100–260 33 100–261 34 100–262 36 100–263 37ixx 100–264 38 100–265 39 100–266 40 100–267 41 100–268 42 100–269 43 100–270 44 100–271 45 100–272 46 100–273 47 100–274 48 100–275 52 100–276 62 100–277 67 100–278 70 100–279 71 100–280 72 100–281 73 100–282 77 100–283 78 100–284 81 100–285 82 100–286 86 100–287 87 100–288 88 100–289 89 100–290 90xi 100–291 93 100–292 94 100–293 95 100–294 102 100–295 127 100–296 129 100–297 130 100–298 432 100–299 435 100–300 437 100–301 443 100–302 449 100–303 450 100–304 451 100–305 452 100–306 454 100–307 456 100–308 457 100–309 458 100–310 459 100–311 460 100–312 462 100–313 463 100–314 464 100–315 465 100–316 467 100–317 468xii 100–318 469 100–319 471 100–320 483 100–321 485 100–322 487 100–323 556 100–324 576 100–325 579 100–326 584 100–327 586 100–328 587 100–329 588 100–330 591 100–331 602 100–332 603 100–333 605 100–334 610 100–335 616 100–336 617 100–337 618 100–338 619 100–339 620 100–340 622 100–341 623 100–342 624 100–343 640 100–344 642xiii 100–345 643 100–346 644 100–347 646 100–348 654 100–349 659 100–350 660 100–351 661 100–352 662 100–353 665 100–354 666 100–355 667 100–356 669 100–357 671 100–358 676 100–359 682 100–360 683 100–361 818 100–362 819 100–363 820 100–364 822 100–365 823 100–366 826 100–367 828xiv 100–368 829 100–369 835 100–370 840 100–371 857 100–372 876 100–373 878 100–374 879 100–375 880 100–376 882 100–377 883 100–378 887 100–379 890 100–380 896 100–381 897 100–382 898 100–383 903 100–384 917 100–385 918 100–386 919 100–387 924 100–388 962 100–389 963 100–390 964xv 100–391 966 100–392 968 100–393 969 100–394 976 100–395 979 100–396 982 100–397 983 100–398 985 100–399 989 100–400 1010 100–401 1011 100–402 1012 100–403 1013 100–404 1014 100–405 1040 100–406 1041 100–407 1044 100–408 1066 100–409 1086 100–410 1095 100–411 1097 100–412 1100 100–413 1101 100–414 1102 100–415 1104 100–416 1105 100–417 1106 100–418 1107 100–419 1575xvi 100–420 1577 100–421 1581 100–422 1583 100–423 1584 100–424 1585 100–425 1594 100–426 1598 100–427 1603 100–428 1615 100–429 1617 100–430 1619 100–431 1637 100–432 1638 100–433 1640 100–434 1643 100–435 1645 100–436 1680 100–437 1717 100–438 1718 100–439 1720 100–440 1721 100–441 1760 100–442 1763 100–443 1766 100–444 1772 100–445 1773 100–446 1774 100–447 1829 100–448 1836xvii 100–449 1851 100–450 1899 100–451 1900 100–452 1902 100–453 1904 100–454 1914 100–455 1916 100–456 1918 100–457 2125 100–458 2158 100–459 2186 100–460 2229 100–461 2268 100–462 2269 100–463 2270 100–464 2271 100–465 2272 100–466 2274 100–467 2275 100–468 2278 100–469 2280 100–470 2281 100–471 2284 100–472 2285 100–473 2299 100–474 2302 100–475 2303 100–476 2304 100–477 2305 100–478 2306 100–479 2324 100–480 2328xviii 100–481 2336 100–482 2337 100–483 2339 100–484 2342 100–485 2343 100–486 2429 100–487 2431 100–488 2432 100–489 2434 100–490 2435 100–491 2437 100–492 2438 100–493 2439 100–494 2441 100–495 2454 100–496 2455 100–497 2467 100–498 2489 100–499 2491 100–500 2501 100–501 2502 100–502 2504 100–503 2507 100–504 2515 100–505 2533xix 100–506 2538 100–507 2541 100–508 2542 100–509 2543 100–510 2547 100–511 2548 100–512 2549 100–513 2561 100–514 2562 100–515 2563 100–516 2566 100–517 2578 100–518 2584 100–519 2589 100–520 2599 100–521 2601 100–522 2604 100–523 2605 100–524 2606 100–525 2609 100–526 2623 100–527 2635 100–528 2649 100–529 2650 100–530 2651xx 100–531 2652 100–532 2654 100–533 2689 100–534 2699 100–535 2709 100–536 2710 100–537 2711 100–538 2717 100–539 2718 100–540 2719 100–541 2720 100–542 2721 100–543 2723 100–544 2724 100–545 2727 100–546 2730 100–547 2736 100–548 2740 100–549 2742 100–550 2749 100–551 2755xxi 100–552 2766 100–553 2769 100–554 2776 100–555 2778 100–556 2779 100–557 2782 100–558 2796 100–559 2797 100–560 2803 100–561 2805 100–562 2818 100–563 2826 100–564 2831 100–565 2833 100–566 2834 100–567 2847 100–568 2853 100–569 2862 100–570 2865 100–571 2879 100–572 2884 100–573 2890 100–574 2892 100–575 2895 100–576 2897 100–577 2901 100–578 2903 100–579 2916xxii 100–580 2924 100–581 2938 100–582 2950 100–583 2960 100–584 2970 100–585 2973 100–586 2980 100–587 2982 100–588 2983 100–589 2984 100–590 2989 100–591 3011 100–592 3018 100–593 3019 100–594 3021 100–595 3026 100–596 3027 100–597 3028 100–598 3031 100–599 3036 100–600 3037 100–601 3038 100–602 3039 100–603 3040 100–604 3042 100–605 3043xxiii 100–606 3045 100–607 3048 100–608 3174 100–609 3175 100–610 3176 100–611 3179 100–612 3180 100–613 3183 100–614 3184 100–615 3185 100–616 3192 100–617 3194 100–618 3195 100–619 3198 100–620 3199 100–621 3200 100–622 3201 100–623 3202 100–624 3204 100–625 3205 100–626 3205 100–627 3213 100–628 3224 100–629 3286 100–630 3289 100–631 3318 100–632 3319xxiv 100–633 3320 100–634 3322 100–635 3323 100–636 3324 100–637 3325 100–638 3327 100–639 3331 100–640 3333 100–641 3335 100–642 3337 100–643 3338 100–644 3339 100–645 3340 100–646 3341 100–647 3342 100–648 3813 100–649 3816 100–650 3819 100–651 3822 100–652 3823 100–653 3825 100–654 3837 100–655 3849 100–656 3853 100–657 3900 100–658 3908 100–659 3910xxv 100–660 3922 100–661 3923 100–662 3924 100–663 3925 100–664 3926 100–665 3927 100–666 3929 100–667 3935 100–668 3961 100–669 3969 100–670 3971 100–671 3990 100–672 3991 100–673 3992 100–674 3996 100–675 4000 100–676 4012 100–677 4047 100–678 4049 100–679 4055 100–680 4073 100–681 4078 100–682 4079 100–683 4081 100–684 4082 100–685 4083 100–686 4104xxvi 100–687 4105 100–688 4139 100–689 4161 100–690 4181 100–691 4546 100–692 4552 100–693 4559 100–694 4563 100–695 4568 100–696 4571 100–697 4613 100–698 4618 100–699 4624 100–700 4631 100–701 4640 100–702 4642 100–703 4674 100–704 4677 100–705 4685 100–706 4688 100–707 4689xxvii 100–708 4717 100–709 4725 100–710 4735 100–711 4755 100–712 4773 100–713 4784 LIST OF BILLS ENACTED INTO PRIVATE LAW THE ONE-HUNDREDTH CONGRESS OF THE UNITED STATES SECOND SESSION, 1988 BILL PRIVATE LAW H.R. 439 100–17 H.R. 441 100–43 H.R. 525 100–30 H.R. 610 100–44 H.R. 712 100–45 H.R. 945 100–24 H.R. 1133 100–32 H.R. 1275 100–25 H.R. 1385 100–26 H.R. 1386 100–15 H.R. 1388 100–37 H.R. 1418 100–46 H.R. 1490 100–33 H.R. 1826 100–27 H.R. 1864 100–22 H.R. 2032 100–21 H.R. 2109 100–38 H.R. 2139 100–10 H.R. 2461 100–39 H.R. 2511 100–40 H.R. 2802 100–47 H.R. 2819 100–8 H.R. 2889 100–12 H.R. 3238 100–41 H.R. 3347 100–28 H.R. 3414 100–31 H.R. 3439 100–11 H.R. 3606 100–13 H.R. 3917 100–42 H.R. 4050 100–34 H.R. 4642 100–29 S. 391 100–23 S. 393 100–14 S. 425 100–18 S. 892 100–16 S. 1583 100–19 S. 1609 100–9 S. 1842 100–48 S. 1919 100–36 S. 1972 100–20 S. 2637 100–35 xxix LIST OF PRIVATE LAWS CONTAINED IN THIS VOLUME PRIVATE LAW PAGE 100–8 4843 100–9 4843 100–10 4844 100–11 4844 100–12 4844 100–13 4845 100–14 4846 100–15 4847 100–16 4847 100–17 4848 100–18 4848 100–19 4849 100–20 4849 100–21 4850 100–22 4851 100–23 4851 100–24 4852 100–25 4852 100–26 4854 100–27 4854 100–28 4855 100–29 4855 100–30 4856 100–31 4856 100–32 4857 100–33 4857 100–34 4858 100–35 4859 100–36 4859 100–37 4860 100–38 4861 100–39 4862 100–40 4862xxxixxxii 100–41 4863 100–42 4863 100–43 4863 100–44 4864 100–45 4865 100–46 4866 100–47 4867 100–48 4867 LIST OF CONCURRENT RESOLUTIONS CONTAINED IN THIS VOLUME CON. RES. PAGE H. Con. Res. 236 4871 H. Con. Res. 242 4871 S. Con. Res. 101 4871 S. Con. Res. 106 4872 S. Con. Res. 110 4872 H. Con. Res. 272 4872 S. Con. Res. 98 4873 H. Con. Res. 270 4873 S. Con. Res. 114 4873 S. Con. Res. 116 4874 H. Con. Res. 306 4874 H. Con. Res. 268 4875 H. Con. Res. 312 4886 S. Con. Res. 123 4887 S. Con. Res. 121 4887 H. Con. Res. 296 4888 S. Con. Res. 105 4889 S. Con. Res. 130 4889 H. Con. Res. 319 4889 H. Con. Res. 335 4890 H. Con. Res. 338 4891 S. Con. Res. 95 4897 S. Con. Res. 120 4897 S. Con. Res. 134 4899 H. Con. Res. 61 4900 H. Con. Res. 356 4900 H. Con. Res. 348 4901 S. Con. Res. 9 4902 H. Con. Res. 364 4903 S. Con. Res. 102 4904 S. Con. Res. 141 4904 H. Con. Res. 357 4905 H. Con. Res. 350 4906xxxiiixxxiv H. Con. Res. 361 4906 S. Con. Res. 144 4906 H. Con. Res. 373 4907 S. Con. Res. 148 4907 H. Con. Res. 351 4908 S. Con. Res. 137 4908 S. Con. Res. 143 4909 S. Con. Res. 149 4909 S. Con. Res. 153 4911 S. Con. Res. 154 4913 H. Con. Res. 276 4919 H. Con. Res. 371 4920 H. Con. Res. 303 4922 S. Con. Res. 156 4924 S. Con. Res. 160 4924 H. Con. Res. 388 4925 H. Con. Res. 115 4925 H. Con. Res. 369 4926 S. Con. Res. 159 4927 S. Con. Res. 162 4927 S. Con. Res. 163 4928 S. Con. Res. 165 4928 H. Con. Res. 344 4928 H. Con. Res. 381 4929 H. Con. Res. 392 4930 S. Con. Res. 164 4931 H. Con. Res. 126 4932 H. Con. Res. 331 4932 S. Con. Res. 146 4933 S. Con. Res. 169 4934 H. Con. Res. 398 4934 LIST OF PROCLAMATIONS CONTAINED IN THIS VOLUME PROC. PAGE 5754 4937 5755 4938 5756 4938 5757 4939 5758 4941 5759 4942 5760 4945 5761 4947 5762 4948 5763 4949 5764 4950 5765 4952 5766 4953 5767 4954 5768 4955 5769 4956 5770 4957 5771 4958 5772 4959 5773 4960 5774 4961 5775 4962 5776 4963 5777 4964 5778 4965 5779 4966 5780 4967 5781 4968 5782 4970 5783 4970 5784 4971 5785 4972 5786 4973 5787 4974 5788 4980 5789 4981 5790 4982 5791 4983 5792 4984xxxvxxxvi 5793 4985 5794 4987 5795 4988 5796 4989 5797 4990 5798 4991 5799 4992 5800 4993 5801 4994 5802 4995 5803 4996 5804 4997 5805 4998 5806 5003 5807 5004 5808 5005 5809 5006 5810 5007 5811 5008 5812 5009 5813 5011 5814 5011 5815 5013 5816 5014 5817 5015 5818 5016 5819 5017 5820 5018 5821 5019 5822 5020 5823 5021 5824 5022 5825 5023 5826 5024 5827 5025 5828 5026 5829 5027 5830 5028 5831 5029 5832 5030 5833 5031 5834 5032 5835 5033 5836 5034 5837 5035 5838 5036 5839 5037 5840 5038xxxvii 5841 5039 5842 5040 5843 5041 5844 5043 5845 5044 5846 5045 5847 5046 5848 5047 5849 5048 5850 5049 5851 5050 5852 5052 5853 5053 5854 5054 5855 5054 5856 5055 5857 5056 5858 5057 5859 5059 5860 5060 5861 5060 5862 5061 5863 5063 5864 5064 5865 5065 5866 5066 5867 6067 5868 5068 5869 5069 5870 5070 5871 5071 5872 5072 5873 5073 5874 5074 5875 5076 5876 5077 5877 5078 5878 5079 5879 5080 5880 5081 5881 5082 5882 5083 5883 5084 5884 5085 5885 5086 5886 5092 5887 5093

PUBLIC LAWS

enacted during

SECOND SESSION OF THE ONE HUNDREDTH CONGRESS

of the

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

 Begun and held at the City of Washington on Monday, January 25, 1988, adjourned sine die on Saturday, October 22, 1988. Ronald Reagan, President; George Bush, Vice President; Jim Wright, Speaker of the House of Representatives. Public Law 100–243: To designate February 4, 1988, as “National Women in Sports Day”. Public Law 243 Public Law 100–243 102 Stat. 3 1988-02-09 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 3 Public Law 100–243 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate February 4, 1988, as “National Women in Sports Day”.

Feb. 9, 1988

[S.J. Res. 196]

 Whereas women’s athletics is one of the most effective avenues available through which women of America may develop self-discipline, initiative, confidence, and leadership skills; Whereas support and fitness activity contributes to emotional and physical well-being and women need strong bodies as well as strong minds; Whereas the history of women in sports is rich and long, but there has been little national recognition of the significance of women’s athletic achievements; Whereas the number of women in leadership positions of coaches, officials, and administrators has declined drastically over the last decade and there is a need to restore women to these positions to ensure a fair representation of women’s abilities and to provide role models for young female athletes; Whereas the bonds built between women through athletics help to break down the social barriers of racism and prejudice; Whereas the communication and cooperation skills learned through athletic experience play a key role in the athlete’s contributions at home, at work, and to society; Whereas women’s athletics has produced such winners as Flo Hyman, whose spirit, talent, and accomplishments distinguished her above others and exhibited for all of us the true meaning of fairness, determination, and team play; Whereas early motor-skill training and enjoyable experiences of physical activity strongly influence life-long habits of physical fitness; Whereas the athletic opportunities for male students at the collegiate and high school level remain significantly greater than those for female students; and Whereas the number of funded research projects focusing on the specific needs of women athletes is limited and the information provided by these projects is imperative to the health and performance of future women athletes: Now, therefore, be it 102 STAT. 4 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That February 4, 1988, is hereby designated as “National Women in Sports Day”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon local and State jurisdictions, appropriate Federal agencies, and the people of the United States to observe the day with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved February 9, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 196: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Dec. 3, considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Feb. 2, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–244: To designate January 28, 1988, as “National Challenger Center Day” to honor the crew of the space shuttle Challenger. Public Law 244 Public Law 100–244 102 Stat. 5 1988-02-09 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 5 Public Law 100–244 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate January 28, 1988, as “National Challenger Center Day” to honor the crew of the space shuttle Challenger.

Feb. 9, 1988

[S.J. Res. 201]

 Whereas the crew of the space shuttle Challenger was dedicated to stimulating the interest of American children in space flight and science generally; Whereas the members of the Challenger crew gave their lives trying to benefit the education of American children; Whereas a fitting tribute to that effort and to the sacrifice of the Challenger crew and their families is needed; Whereas an appropriate form for such a tribute would be to expand educational opportunities in science by the creation of a center that will offer children and teachers activities and information derived from American space research; and Whereas the Challenger Center is the only institution expressly established by the immediate families of the crew of the Challenger for the above-named purposes, and is intended to be the living expression of the Nation’s commemoration of the Challenger crew: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That January 28, 1988, is designated as “National Challenger Center Day” and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling on the people of the United States to observe such day— (1) by resolving that in the course of their regular activities the people of the United States will remember both the Challenger astronauts who died while serving their country, and the importance of the Challenger Center is honoring the accomplishments of the Challenger crew by continuing their goal of the expansion of interest and ability in space and science education; and (2) with other appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved February 9, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 201: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Oct. 30, considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Jan. 27, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–245: To designate the week of February 7–13. 1988, as “National Child Passenger Safety Awareness Week”. Public Law 245 Public Law 100–245 102 Stat. 6 1988-02-10 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 6 Public Law 100–245 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the week of February 7–13. 1988, as “National Child Passenger Safety Awareness Week”.

Feb. 10, 1988

[H.J. Res. 402]

 Whereas motor vehicle crashes are the number one cause of death of children over the age of 6 months in the United States; Whereas motor vehicle crashes are the number one cause of the crippling of children in the United States; Whereas more children under the age of 5 years are killed or crippled as passengers involved in motor vehicle crashes than the total number of children killed or crippled by the 7 most common childhood diseases; pertussis (whooping cough), tetanus, diphtheria, measles, mumps, rubella (German measles), and polio; Whereas motor vehicle crashes are the leading trauma related cause of spinal cord injuries, epilepsy, and mental retardation in the United States; Whereas, during the years 1978 through 1986, nearly 9,300 children under the age of 5 years were killed in traffic crashes and more than 450,000 children were injured in the United States; Whereas an unrestrained child is less protected by padding and energy-absorbing materials than an adult in a motor vehicle crash as a result of protective devices being placed in areas more likely to benefit adults; Whereas unrestrained children are subject to a significantly higher risk of serious head, spine, chest, and abdominal injury in motor vehicle crashes than adult passengers because the bodies of children are less developed and provide less protection; Whereas an unrestrained child in a motor vehicle crash faces an increased danger of fatal or serious injury from ejection as well as injuries resulting from contact with the vehicle interior; Whereas an unrestrained child in a motor vehicle not involved in a collision may be killed or injured as a result of sudden stops, turns, swerves, or falling from a moving vehicle; Whereas all 50 States and the District of Columbia have enacted laws mandating the use of child passenger protection systems; Whereas the latest national surveys show that 72 percent of children under the age of 5 are placed in child safety seats in the United States and that one-third of such seats are used incorrectly; Whereas current nationwide studies estimate that only 48 percent of children under the age of 5 are fully protected in cars in the United States through the correct usage of child safety seats; Whereas numerous government and private sector organizations have agreed to work in concert to achieve a minimum 70 percent correct usage of child passenger protection devices and adult safety belts by the year 1990; Whereas research shows that the correct use of child passenger protection devices is 90 percent effective in preventing death and 67 percent effective in preventing injury; and 102 STAT. 7 Whereas death and injuries may be reduced significantly through greater public awareness, information, education, and enforcement: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the week of February 7–13, 1988, is designated as “National Child Passenger Safety Awareness Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities to maximize correct usage of child safety seats.
Approved February 10, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H J. Res. 402 (S.J. Res. 214): CONGRESSIONAL RECORD. Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 3, considered and passed House.

Feb. 4, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–246: To designate the period commencing February 21, 1988, and ending February 27, 1988, as “National Visiting Nurse Associations Week”. Public Law 246 Public Law 100–246 102 Stat. 8 1988-02-11 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 8 Public Law 100–246 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the period commencing February 21, 1988, and ending February 27, 1988, as “National Visiting Nurse Associations Week”.

Feb. 11, 1988

[S.J. Res. 172]

 Whereas Visiting Nurse Associations have served homebound Americans since 1885; Whereas such Associations annually provide home care and support services to nearly 1,000,000 men, women, children, and infants; Whereas such Associations serve 504 urban and rural communities in 47 States; Whereas such Associations adhere to high standards of quality and provide personalized and cost-effective home health care and support regardless of the individual’s ability to pay; Whereas such Associations are voluntary in nature, independently operated, and community-based; Whereas such Associations ensure the quality of care through over-sight provided by professional advisory committees composed of local physicians and nurses; Whereas such Associations enable hundreds of thousands of Americans to recover from illness and injury in the comfort and security of their homes; Whereas such Associations ensure that individuals who are chronically ill or who have physical and mental handicaps receive the therapeutic benefits of care and support services provided in the home; Whereas, in the absence of such Associations, thousands of patients with mental or physical handicaps or chronically disabling illnesses would have to be institutionalized; Whereas such Associations provide a wide range of services, including (where appropriate) health care, hospice care, personal care, homemaking, occupational, physical, and speech therapy, “friendly visiting services”, social services, nutritional counseling, specialized nursing services, and meals on wheels; Whereas such Associations offer nursing care provided by registered nurses, homemaking, therapy, and social services by qualified specialists, and “friendly visiting services” by volunteers; Whereas in each community served by such Associations, local volunteers support the Association by serving on the board of directors, raising funds, visiting patients in their homes, assisting patients and nurses at wellness clinics, delivering meals on wheels to patients, running errands for patients, working in the Association’s office, and providing tender loving care; Whereas the need for home health care for young and old alike continues to grow annually; and Whereas on February 23, 1988 a national meeting of Visting Nurse Associations from throughout the United States will be held in Innisbrook, Florida: Now, therefore, be it 102 STAT. 9 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the period commencing February 21, 1988, and ending February 27, 1988, is designated as “National Visiting Nurse Associations Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved February 11, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 172: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Nov. 4, considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Feb. 2, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–247: To provide for the designation of the 70th anniversary of the renewal of Lithuanian independence, February 16. 1988, as “Lithuanian Independence Day”. Public Law 247 Public Law 100–247 102 Stat. 10 1988-02-11 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 10 Public Law 100–247 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To provide for the designation of the 70th anniversary of the renewal of Lithuanian independence, February 16. 1988, as “Lithuanian Independence Day”.

Feb. 11, 1988

[S.J. Res. 39]

 Whereas this year marks the 70th anniversary of the establishment of the Independent Democratic Republic of Lithuania by the Lithuanian National Council on February 16, 1918; Whereas the Government of the Soviet Union recognized the sovereignty and independence of the Republic of Lithuania in the peace treaty of July 12, 1920; Whereas the United States does not recognize the illegal incorporation of the free and independent Republic of Lithuania into the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics in 1940; Whereas the United States continues to provide accreditation to the Charges d’ Affaires of the Republic of Lithuania; Whereas the United States remains firmly committed to the principle of self-determination as contained in the Final Act of the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe (also known as the “Helsinki Final Act”), an agreement to which the Soviet Union is a party; Whereas the people of the Republic of Lithuania struggle every day under Soviet domination; Whereas the United States condemns the Soviet policy of forced Russification, ethnic dilution, and religious and political persecution; and Whereas it is appropriate that the people of the United States, who so strongly cherish the principles of independence and self-determination denied the Lithuanian people by the Soviet Union, join with the people of the Republic of Lithuania to demonstrate our common desire to advance the cause of freedom: Now, therefore, be it 102 STAT. 11 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the 70th anniversary of the renewal of Lithuanian independence, February 16, 1988, is designated as “Lithuanian Independence Day” and the President of the United States is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe that day with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved February 11, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 39 (H J. Res. 129): CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Feb. 24. H J. Res. 129 considered and passed House.

June 5, S.J. Res. 39 considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Feb. 2, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–248: To designate April 1988, as “Fair Housing Month”. Public Law 248 Public Law 100–248 102 Stat. 12 1988-02-11 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 12 Public Law 100–248 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate April 1988, as “Fair Housing Month”.

Feb. 11, 1988

[S.J. Res. 143]

 Whereas the year 1988 marks the twentieth anniversary of the passage of title VIII of the Civil Rights Act of 1968, commonly referred to as the “Federal Fair Housing Act”, declaring a national policy to provide fair housing throughout the United States; Whereas the Federal Fair Housing Act prohibits discrimination in housing on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin; Whereas fairness is the foundation of our way of life and reflects the best of our traditional American values; Whereas invidious discriminatory housing practices undermine the strength and vitality of America and the American people; and Whereas in this twentieth year since the passage of the Fair Housing Act, all Americans must work to continue to improve the Fair Housing Act by strengthening enforcement provisions, by extending the protections of the Act to all our citizens, by assuring there are no victims of discriminatory housing practices, and by making the ideal of fair housing a reality: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation designating April as “Fair Housing Month” and to invite the Governors of the several States, the chief officials of local governments, and the people of the United States to observe the month with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved February 11, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 143 (H.J. Res. 201): CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): May 4, H.J. Res. 201 considered and passed House.

June 5, S.J. Res. 143 considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Feb. 2, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–249: Authorizing the Secretary of the Interior to preserve certain wetlands and historic and prehistoric sites in the St. Johns River Valley, Florida, and for other purposes. Public Law 249 Public Law 100–249 102 Stat. 13 1988-02-16 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 13 Public Law 100–249 100th Congress
An Act Authorizing the Secretary of the Interior to preserve certain wetlands and historic and prehistoric sites in the St. Johns River Valley, Florida, and for other purposes.

Feb. 16, 1988

[H.R. 1983]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

National parks, monuments, etc.

 <num value="I">TITLE I—</num><heading class="inline">FORT CAROLINE NATIONAL MEMORIAL</heading> <section> <num value="101">SECTION 101. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS OF 1950 ACT.</heading> <chapeau>The Act entitled “An Act to provide for the acquisition, investigation, and preservation of lands to commemorate the historic Fort Caroline settlement, Saint Johns Bluff, Florida”, approved September 21, 1950 (64 Stat. 897), is amended as follows:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Section 2 is amended by adding the following after the final period: “<quotedText>Such historical park shall serve as the principal interpretive center and administrative facility for the ecological, historic, and prehistoric resources made available under this legislation. In furtherance of the interpretive and administrative functions referred to in the preceding sentence, the Secretary shall construct and maintain appropriate museum facilities for the display of important artifacts and materials that illustrate the history and prehistory of the region.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 3 is repealed, and sections 4 and 5 are redesignated as sections 3 and 4, respectively.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Section 4, as so redesignated, is amended by striking out the phrase “<quotedText>, not to exceed $40,000,</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </section> <num value="II">TITLE II—</num><heading class="inline">PRESERVATION OF ST. JOHNS RIVER VALLEY ECOLOGICAL AREA AND PROTECTION OF SIGNIFICANT HISTORIC ASSETS</heading> <section> <num value="201">SEC. 201. </num> <heading>TIMUCUAN ECOLOGICAL AND HISTORIC PRESERVE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t16/s698N">16 USC 698n</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment</inline>.—</heading> <content>There is hereby established in the St. Johns River Valley, Florida, where the Timucuan Indians lived in prehistoric and historic times, the Timucuan Ecological and Historic Preserve (hereafter in this Act referred to as the “Preserve”). The Preserve shall comprise the lands, waters, and interests therein within the boundaries generally depicted on a map of Duval County, Florida, entitled “Timucuan Ecological and Historic Preserve” numbered NATEHP 80,003-A and dated July 1987. The map shall be on<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote> file and available for public inspection in the Office of the National Park Service, Department of the Interior. The Secretary of the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/14">102 STAT. 14</page> Interior may make minor revisions in the boundary of the Preserve in accordance with section 7(c) of the Land and Water Conservation Fund Act of 1965. The Preserve shall also include within its boundaries all that land consisting of approximately 500 acres adjacent to Fort Caroline National Memorial and known as the Theodore Roosevelt Preserve, being land formerly owned by one Willie Brown and donated by him to The Nature Conservancy.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Gifts and property.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Land Acquisition</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Secretary of the Interior (hereinafter in this Act referred to as the “Secretary”) is authorized to acquire lands and interests therein within the Preserve by donation, purchase with donated or appropriated funds, or exchange, but no lands other than wetlands or interests therein may be acquired without the consent of the owner. For purposes of this subsection, the term “wetlands” has the same meaning as provided by section 3 of the Emergency Wetlands Resources Act of 1986. Lands, interests in lands, and improvements thereon within the boundaries of the Preserve which are owned by the State of Florida or any political subdivision thereof may be acquired only by donation or exchange. On lands acquired for inclusion within the Preserve, the Secretary shall not impair any legal riparian right of access nor shall he preclude the continued use of any legal right of way.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administration</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Secretary shall administer those lands acquired for inclusion within the Preserve in such a manner as to protect the natural ecology of such land and water areas in accordance with this Act and the provisions of law generally applicable to units of the National Park System, including the Act of August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535; 16 U.S.C. 1, 2–4). The Secretary shall permit <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Boating.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Hunting.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Fish and fishing.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Safety.</p></sidenote>boating, boating-related activities, hunting, and fishing within the Preserve in accordance with applicable Federal and State laws. The Secretary may designate zones where, and establish periods when, no hunting or fishing shall be permitted for reasons of public safety.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <content>Nothing in this Act shall affect development of a multi-unit residential/resort project currently proposed for Fort George Island, nor shall any provision of this Act be construed to affect any Federal, State or local law applicable to such project.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="202">SEC. 202. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Gifts and property.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t16/s698o">16 USC 698o</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>PROTECTION OF SIGNIFICANT HISTORIC ASSETS.</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary, with the consent of the owners thereof, may acquire by donation or purchase with donated funds the following properties or sites of significant historic interest in Duval County, Florida:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Spanish sixteenth century forts San Gabriel and San Estaban.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Spanish eighteenth century fort Dos Hermanas.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>English eighteenth century forts at Saint Johns Bluff and Fort George Island.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>Spanish sixteenth and seventeenth century mission San Juan del Puerto.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>Site of the American Revolutionary War battle of Thomas Creek.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>The Zephaniah Kingsley plantation, with its eighteenth and nineteenth century buildings.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>The Spanish American War fortification on Saint Johns Bluff.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(8) </num> <content>The confederate fort known as the Yellow Bluff Fort State Historic Site.</content> </paragraph> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/15">102 STAT. 15</page> <section> <num value="203">SEC. 203. </num> <heading>INTEGRATED ADMINISTRATION AND INTERPRETATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t16/s698p">16 USC 698p</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Any properties of historic interest acquired under section 202 shall become part of the Preserve established under section 201. The Secretary shall administer such properties in accordance with a plan that integrates the administration and interpretation of the ecological values of the Preserve and the historical values of the sites so acquired and the historical features of Fort Caroline. Such administration and interpretation shall be conducted through the facilities and staff of Fort Caroline National Memorial consistent with section 2 of the Act of September 21, 1950 (64 Stat. 897).</content> </section> Approved February 16, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1983: HOUSE REPORTS No. 100–224 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs). SENATE REPORTS No. 100–247 (Comm. on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): July 21, considered and passed House.

Dec. 11, considered and passed Senate, amended.

Vol. 134 (1988): Feb. 2, House concurred in Senate amendments.

 Public Law 100–250: To amend the National Parka and Recreation Act of 1978, as amended, to extend the term of the Delta Region Preservation Commission, and for other purposes. Public Law 250 Public Law 100–250 102 Stat. 16 1988-02-16 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 16 Public Law 100–250 100th Congress
An Act To amend the National Parka and Recreation Act of 1978, as amended, to extend the term of the Delta Region Preservation Commission, and for other purposes.

Feb. 16, 1988

[H.R. 2566]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That title IX of the National Parks and Recreation Act of 1978, as amended (16 U.S.C. 230), is further amended as follows: (a)

16 USC 230.

 In section 901 by adding the following new phrase and renumbering subsequent phrases accordingly: “(4)

Cultural programs.

 folk life centers to be established in the Acadian region;”. (b)

16 USC 230a.

 In section 902 by adding the following new subsection: “(g)

Public lands.

Gifts and property.

 The Secretary is authorized to acquire lands or interests in lands by donation, purchase with donated or appropriated funds or exchange, not to exceed approximately 20 acres, in Acadian villages and towns. Any lands so acquired shall be developed, maintained and operated as part of the Jean Lafitte National Historical Park.”. (c)

16 USC 230f.

 In section 907(e) by striking out “ten years” and inserting in lieu thereof “twenty years”.
Approved February 16, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1983: HOUSE REPORTS No. 100–304 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs). SENATE REPORTS No. 100–251 (Comm. on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Sept. 29, considered and passed House.

Dec. 19, considered and passed Senate, amended.

Vol. 134 (1988): Feb. 2, House concurred in Senate amendment.

 Public Law 100–251: To rescind certain budget authority recommended in Public Law 100–202. Public Law 251 Public Law 100–251 102 Stat. 17 1988-02-16 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 17 Public Law 100–251 100th Congress
An Act To rescind certain budget authority recommended in Public Law 100–202.

Feb. 16, 1988

[H.R. 3884]

[H.R. 3884]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That of the funds made available in the fiscal year 1988 Foreign Operations, Export Financing and Related Programs Appropriations Act (Public Law 100–202), under the heading Migration and Refugee Assistance,

101 Stat. 1329..

 $8,000,000 for the construction of educational facilities for North African Jewish refugees in France is rescinded.
Approved February 16, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1983: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 2, considered and passed House and Senate.

 Public Law 100–252: To authorize appropriations under the Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act of 1977 for fiscal years 1988, 1989, and 1990. Public Law 252 Public Law 100–252 102 Stat. 18 1988-02-29 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 18 Public Law 100–252 100th Congress
An Act To authorize appropriations under the Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act of 1977 for fiscal years 1988, 1989, and 1990.

Feb. 29, 1988

[H.R. 1983]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That (a) section 7(a) of the Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act of 1977 (42 U.S.C. 7706(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following: “(7) There are authorized to be appropriated to the Director, to carry out the provisions of sections 5 and 6 of this Act, $5,778,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988, $5,788,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1989, and $5,798,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1990.”. (b) Section 7(b) of the Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act of 1977 (42 U.S.C. 7706(b)) is amended— (1) by striking “and” after “1986;”; and (2) by inserting immediately before the period the following: “; $38,540,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988; $41,819,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1989; and $43,283,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1990”. (c) Section 7(c) of the Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act of 1977 (42 U.S.C. 7706(c)) is amended— (1) by striking “and” after “1986;”; and (2) by inserting immediately before the period the following: “; $28,235,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988; $31,634,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1989; and $35,454,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1990”. (d) Section 7(d) of the Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act of 1977 (42 U.S.C. 7706(d)) is amended— (1) by striking “and” after “1986;”; and (2) by inserting immediately before the period the following: “; $525,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988; $525,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1989; and $525,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1990”.
Sec. 2. Section 5 of the Earthquake Hazards Reduction Act of 1977 (42 U.S.C. 7704) is amended by adding at the end the following: “(j) Cost Sharing.— (1) In the case of any State which has voluntarily engaged in cost sharing by matching Federal grants from the Federal Emergency Management Agency for activities under this Act over the three-fiscal-year period ending September 30, 1987, any such cost sharing that may be required for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988, or the fiscal year ending September 30, 1989, shall be at a level no higher than the State’s average level of such cost sharing over such three-year period. “(2) In the case of any State which has not engaged in cost sharing by matching Federal grants from the Federal Emergency Management Agency for activities under this Act over such three-fiscal-year period— 102 STAT. 19 “(A) no such cost sharing may be required for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988; and “(B) any such cost sharing that may be required for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1989, shall be at a level no higher than 25 percent of the cost of the activities involved. “(3) Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to prevent a State, voluntarily and at its option, from engaging in cost sharing at a level higher than the maximum level which may be required of it under paragraph (1) or (2).”.
Approved February 29, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1983: HOUSE REPORTS No. 100–89, Pt. 1 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs) and Pt. 2 (Comm. on Science, Space, and Technology). SENATE REPORTS No. 100–239 (Comm. on Commerce, Science, and Transportation). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): June 8, considered and passed House.

Dec. 21, considered and passed Senate, amended.

Vol. 134 (1988): Feb. 16, House concurred in Senate amendment.

 Public Law 100–253: To amend title 38, United States Code, to authorize reductions under certain circumstances in the downpayments required for loans made by the Veterans’ Administration to finance the sales of properties acquired by the Veterans’Administration as the result of foreclosures and to clarify the calculation of available guaranty entitlement and make other technical and conforming amendments. Public Law 253 Public Law 100–253 102 Stat. 20 1988-02-29 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 20 Public Law 100–253 100th Congress
An Act To amend title 38, United States Code, to authorize reductions under certain circumstances in the downpayments required for loans made by the Veterans’ Administration to finance the sales of properties acquired by the Veterans’Administration as the result of foreclosures and to clarify the calculation of available guaranty entitlement and make other technical and conforming amendments.

Feb. 29, 1988

[S. 2022]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Veterans’ Home Loan Program Emergency Amendments of 1988.

38 USC 101 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.This Act may be cited as the “Veterans’ Home Loan Program Emergency Amendments of 1988”.
SEC. 2. DOWNPAYMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR VENDEE LOANS. Section 1816(d)(4)(B) of title 38, United States Code (as amended by section 6(b)(1) of Public Law 100–198), is amended— (1) by inserting “(i)” after “(B)”; and (2) by adding at the end the following new division: “(ii) A loan described in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph may, to the extent the Administrator determines to be necessary in order to market competitively the property involved, exceed 95 percent of the purchase price.”.
SEC. 3. AMOUNT OF GUARANTY ENTITLEMENT. (a) Conventional Housing.— Section 1803(a)(1) of title 38, United States Code (as amended by section 3(a)(1) of Public Law 100–198) is amended to read as follows: “(a)(1)(A) Any loan to a veteran eligible for benefits under this chapter, if made for any of the purposes specified in section 1810 of this title and in compliance with the provisions of this chapter, is automatically guaranteed by the United States in an amount not to exceed the lesser of— “(i)(I) in the case of any loan of not more than $45,000, 50 percent of the loan; or “(II) in the case of any loan of more than $45,000, the lesser of $36,000 or 40 percent of the loan, except that the amount of such guaranty for any such loan shall not be less than $22,500; or “(ii) the maximum amount of guaranty entitlement available to the veteran. “(B) The maximum amount of guaranty entitlement available to a veteran under section 1810 of this chapter shall be $36,000 reduced by the amount of entitlement previously used by the veteran under this chapter and not restored as a result of the exclusion in section 1802(b) of this title.”. (b) Manufactured Housing.—Section 1819(c) of such title (as amended by section 3(b) of Public Law 100–198) is amended— (1) in paragraph (3), by amending the first sentence to read as follows: “The Administrator’s guaranty may not exceed the 102 STAT. 21lesser of (A) the lesser of $20,000 or 40 percent of the loan, or (B) the maximum amount of guaranty entitlement available to the veteran.”; (2) in paragraph (4), by amending the first sentence to read as follows: “The maximum amount of guaranty entitlement available to a veteran under this section shall be $20,000 reduced by the amount of any such entitlement previously used by the veteran.”; and (3) by adding at the end the following new paragraph: “(5) The amount of any loan guaranteed under this section shall not exceed an amount equal to 95 percent of the purchase price of the property securing the loan.”. (c) Effective Dates.—The amendments made by this section shall38 USC 1803 note. apply to loans which are closed on or after February 1, 1988, except that they shall not apply to any loan for which a guaranty commitment is made on or before December 31, 1987.
Approved February 29, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 2022: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 11988):

Feb. 1, considered and passed Senate.

Feb. 17, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–254: To designate the week beginning October 16, 1988, as “Gaucher’s Disease Awareness Week.” Public Law 254 Public Law 100–254 102 Stat. 22 1988-02-29 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 22 Public Law 100–254 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the week beginning October 16, 1988, as “Gaucher’s Disease Awareness Week.”

Feb. 29, 1988

[S.J. Res. 122]

 Whereas Gaucher’s disease is caused by the failure of the body to produce an essential enzyme; Whereas the absence of such enzyme causes the body to store abnormal quantities of lipids in the liver and spleen and frequently has an adverse effect on tissues in the body, particularly bone tissue; Whereas among Jewish persons, Gaucher’s disease is the most common inherited disorder affecting the metabolism of lipids, which are one of the principle structural components of living cells; Whereas there is no known cure for Gaucher’s disease and no successful treatment of the symptoms of the disease; Whereas the increased awareness and understanding of Gaucher’s disease by the people of the United States can aid in the development of a treatment and cure for the disease; Whereas the National Gaucher’s Disease Foundation provides funds for research in the United States with respect to the disease; and Whereas research and clinical programs with respect to Gaucher’s disease should be increased: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the week beginning October 16, 1988, is designated as “Gaucher’s Disease Awareness Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved February 29, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 122: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): June 25, considered and passed Senate.

Dec. 2, considered and passed House, amended.

Vol. 134 (1988): Feb. 16, Senate concurred in House amendments.

 Public Law 100–255: To make a technical correction to section 8103 of title 46, United States Code. Public Law 255 Public Law 100–255 102 Stat. 23 1988-03-04 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 23 Public Law 100–255 100th Congress
An Act To make a technical correction to section 8103 of title 46, United States Code.

Mar. 4, 1988

[H.R. 3923]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That section 8103(b)(3) of title 46, United States Code, is amended by striking “subsection,” and substituting “section,”.
Approved March 4, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 3923 CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 16, considered and passed House.

Feb. 19, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–256: Designating March 4, 1988, as “Department of Commerce Day”. Public Law 256 Public Law 100–256 102 Stat. 24 1988-03-08 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 24 Public Law 100–256 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating March 4, 1988, as “Department of Commerce Day”.

Mar. 8, 1988

[S.J. Res. 251]

 Whereas the ability of the United States to provide for the economic security of the American people depends primarily upon the vitality of the private sector and the competitive free enterprise system; Whereas the ability of the private sector to generate jobs and a constantly improving standard of living depends heavily on the policies which the Federal Government pursues and the services it provides; Whereas the Congress of the United States, recognizing the importance of these policies and services, on March 4, 1913, reestablished as the Department of Commerce the executive agency created by the Act of February 14, 1903, and directed it to “foster, promote, and develop the foreign and domestic commerce” of the United States; Whereas the Department of Commerce has been charged with many important responsibilities, including the effective administration of the trade laws, providing social and economic statistics for business and government planners, promoting the protection of intellectual property at home and abroad, advancing the Nation’s science and technology and facilitating their use for public benefit, working to improve our understanding of the Earth’s physical environment and ocean resources, helping the private sector take advantage of commercial opportunities in space, assisting in the growth of minority business, promoting domestic economic development, assessing policies and conducting research on telecommunications, and encouraging foreign travel to the United States; and Whereas the officers and employees of the Department of Commerce, by their dedication, diligence, loyalty, and integrity, reflect the finest traditions of public service and, along with the important work they perform deserve public recognition as the Department of Commerce celebrates its seventy-fifth birthday: Now, therefore, be it 102 STAT. 25 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That March 4, 1988, is designated as “Department of Commerce Day”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe that day with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved March 8, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 251: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 2, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–257: To designate the month of March 1988, as “Women’s History Month“. Public Law 257 Public Law 100–257 102 Stat. 26 1988-03-08 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 26 Public Law 100–257 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the month of March 1988, as “Women’s History Month“.

Mar. 8, 1988

[S.J. Res. 262]

 Whereas American women of every race, class, and ethnic background have made historical contributions to the growth and strength of the Nation in countless recorded and unrecorded ways; Whereas American women have played and continue to play a critical economic, cultural, and social role in every sphere of our Nation’s life by constituting a significant portion of the labor force working in and outside of the home; Whereas American women have played a unique role throughout our history by providing the majority of the Nation’s volunteer labor force and have been particularly important in the establishment of early charitable philanthropic and cultural institutions in this country; Whereas American women of every race, class, and ethnic background served as early leaders in the forefront of every major progressive social change movement, not only to secure their own right of suffrage and equal opportunity, but also in the abolitionist movement, the emancipation movement, the industrial labor movement, the civil rights movement, and other movements to create a more fair and just society for all; and Whereas, despite these contributions, the role of American women in history has been consistently overlooked and undervalued in the body of American history: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the month of March 1988, is designated as “Women’s History Month”, and the President is requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such month with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved March 8, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 262: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 2, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–258: To designate Morgan and Lawrence Counties in Alabama as a single metropolitan statistical area. Public Law 258 Public Law 100–258 102 Stat. 27 1988-03-14 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 27 Public Law 100–258 100th Congress
An Act To designate Morgan and Lawrence Counties in Alabama as a single metropolitan statistical area.

Mar. 14, 1988

[S. 1447]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the counties of Morgan and Lawrence in Alabama shall be considered for designation as a single metropolitan statistical area by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget without regard to the portion of the Bankhead National Forest located within Lawrence County.
Approved March 14, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 1447: HOUSE REPORTS No. 100–503 (Comm. on Post Office and Civil Service). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): June 30, considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Mar. 1, 2, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–259: To restore the broad scope of coverage and to clarify the application of title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, and title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964. Public Law 259 Public Law 100–259 102 Stat. 28 1988-03-22 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 28 Public Law 100–259 100th Congress
An Act To restore the broad scope of coverage and to clarify the application of title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, and title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.

Mar. 22, 1988

[S. 557]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987.
short title Section 1.

20 USC 1681 note.

 This Act may be cited as the “Civil Rights Restoration Act of 1987”.
findings of congress Sec. 2. 20 USC 1687 note. The Congress finds that— (1) certain aspects of recent decisions and opinions of the Supreme Court have unduly narrowed or cast doubt upon the broad application of title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, and title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; and (2) legislative action is necessary to restore the prior consistent and long-standing executive branch interpretation and broad, institution-wide application of those laws as previously administered.
education amendments amendment Sec. 3. (a) Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 is amended by adding at the end the following new sections:
“interpretation of ‘program or activity’ “Sec. 908. 20 USC 1687. For the purposes of this title, the term ‘program or activity’ and ‘program’ mean all of the operations of— “(1)(A) a department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or “(B) the entity of such State or local government that distributes such assistance and each such department or agency (and each other State or local government entity) to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government; “(2)(A) a college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or “(B) a local educational agency (as defined in section 198(a)(10) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965), system of vocational education, or other school system; “(3)(A) an entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship— 102 STAT. 29 “(i) if assistance is extended to such corporation, partner-ship, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or “(ii) which is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation; or “(B) the entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which Federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship; or “(4) any other entity which is established by two or more of the entities described in paragraph (1), (2), or (3); any part of which is extended Federal financial assistance, except that such term does not include any operation of an entity which is controlled by a religious organization if the application of section 901 to such operation would not be consistent with the religious tenets of such organization.”.
(b) Notwithstanding any provision of this Act or any amendment adopted thereto:
“neutrality with respect to abortion “Sec. 909. Nothing in this title shall be construed to require or20 USC 1688. prohibit any person, or public or private entity, to provide or pay for any benefit or service, including the use of facilities, related to an abortion. Nothing in this section shall be construed to permit a penalty to be imposed on any person or individual because such person or individual is seeking or has received any benefit or service related to a legal abortion.”.
rehabilitation act amendment Sec. 4. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 is amended—29 USC 794. (1) by inserting “(a)” after “Sec. 504.”; and (2) by adding at the end the following new subsections: “(b) For the purposes of this section, the term ‘program or activity’ means all of the operations of— “(1)(A) a department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or “(B) the entity of such State or local government that distributes such assistance and each such department or agency (and each other State or local government entity) to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government; “(2)(A) a college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or “(B) a local educational agency (as defined in section 198(a)(10) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965), system of vocational education, or other school system; “(3)(A) an entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship— “(i) if assistance is extended to such corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or “(ii) which is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation; or 102 STAT. 30 “(B) the entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which Federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship; or “(4) any other entity which is established by two or more of the entities described in paragraph (1), (2), or (3); any part of which is extended Federal financial assistance. “(c)

Health care facilities.

 Small providers are not required by subsection (a) to make significant structural alterations to their existing facilities for the purpose of assuring program accessibility, if alternative means of providing the services are available. The terms used in this subsection shall be construed with reference to the regulations existing on the date of the enactment of this subsection. ”.
age discrimination act amendment Sec. 5. 42 USC 6107. Section 309 of the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 is amended— (1) by striking out “and” at the end of paragraph (2); (2) by striking out the period at the end of paragraph (3) and inserting “; and” in lieu thereof; and (3) by inserting after paragraph (3) the following new paragraph: “(4) the term ‘program or activity’ means all of the operations of— “(A)(i) a department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or “(ii) the entity of such State or local government that distributes such assistance and each such department or agency (and each other State or local government entity) to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government; “(B)(i) a college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or “(ii) a local educational agency (as defined in section 198(a)(10), of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965), system of vocational education, or other school system; “(C)(i) an entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship— “(I) if assistance is extended to such corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or “(II) which is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation; or “(ii) the entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which Federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship; or “(D) any other entity which is established by two or more of the entities described in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C); any part of which is extended Federal financial assistance.”.
102 STAT. 31
civil rights act amendment Sec. 6. Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 is amended by adding at the end the following new section:
“Sec. 606. For the purposes of this title, the term ‘program or activity’ and the term ‘program’42 USC 2000d–4a. mean all of the operations of— “(1)(A) a department, agency, special purpose district, or other instrumentality of a State or of a local government; or “(B) the entity of such State or local government that distributes such assistance and each such department or agency (and each other State or local government entity) to which the assistance is extended, in the case of assistance to a State or local government; “(2)(A) a college, university, or other postsecondary institution, or a public system of higher education; or “(B) a local educational agency (as defined in section 198(a)(10) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965), system of vocational education, or other school system; “(3)(A) an entire corporation, partnership, or other private organization, or an entire sole proprietorship— “(i) if assistance is extended to such corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship as a whole; or “(ii) which is principally engaged in the business of providing education, health care, housing, social services, or parks and recreation; or “(B) the entire plant or other comparable, geographically separate facility to which Federal financial assistance is extended, in the case of any other corporation, partnership, private organization, or sole proprietorship; or “(4) any other entity which is established by two or more of the entities described in paragraph (1), (2), or (3); any part of which is extended Federal financial assistance.’’.
rule of construction Sec. 7. Nothing in the amendments made by this Act shall be20 USC 1687 note. construed to extend the application of the Acts so amended to ultimate beneficiaries of Federal financial assistance excluded from coverage before the enactment of this Act.
abortion neutrality Sec. 8. No provision of this Act or any amendment made by this20 USC 1688 note. Act shall be construed to force or require any individual or hospital or any other institution, program, or activity receiving Federal Funds to perform or pay for an abortion.
clarification of individuals with handicaps in the employment context Sec. 9. Section 7(8) of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 is amended29 USC 706. by adding after subparagraph (B) the following: “(C) For the purpose of sections 503 and 504, as such sections relate to employment, such term does not include an individual who 102 STAT. 32has a currently contagious disease or infection and who, by reason of such disease or infection, would constitute a direct threat to the health or safety of other individuals or who, by reason of the currently contagious disease or infection, is unable to perform the duties of the job.”.
Jim Wright Speaker of the House of Representatives. Harry M. Rew Acting President of the Senate pro tempore. IN THE SENATE OF THE UNITED STATES,

March 22 (legislative day, March 21), 1988.

The Senate having proceeded to reconsider the bill (S. 557) entitled “An Act to restore the broad scope of coverage and to clarify the application of title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, and title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964”, returned By the President of the United States with his objections, to the Senate, in which it originated, it was

Resolved,

That the said bill pass, two-thirds of the Senators present having voted in the affirmative.

Attest: Walter J. Stewart Secretary. I certify that this Act originated in the Senate. Walter J. Stewart Secretary. IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES. U.S.,

March 22, 1988.

The House of Representatives having proceeded to reconsider the bill (S. 557) entitled “An Act to restore the broad scope of coverage and to clarify the application of title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Age Discrimination Act of 1975, and title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964”, returned by the President of the United States with his objections, to the Senate, in which it originated, and passed by the Senate on reconsideration of the same, it was

Resolved,

That the said bill pass, two-thirds of the House of Representatives agreeing to pass the same.

Attest: Donnald K. Anderson Clerk.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 557: SENATE REPORTS No. 100–64 (Comm. on Labor and Human Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD. Vol. 134 (1988):

Jan. 26–28, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 2, considered and passed House.

 WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 24 (1988):

Mar. 16. Presidential veto messages

 CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 22, Senate and House overrode veto.

 Public Law 100–260: To designate March 16, 1988, as “Freedom of Information Day”. Public Law 260 Public Law 100–260 102 Stat. 33 1988-03-23 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 33 Public Law 100–260 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate March 16, 1988, as “Freedom of Information Day”.

Mar. 23, 1988

[S.J. Res. 126]

 Whereas a fundamental principle of our Government is that a well-informed citizenry can reach the important decisions that determine the present and future of the Nation; Whereas the freedoms we cherish as Americans are fostered by free access to information; Whereas many Americans, because they have never known any other way of life, take for granted the guarantee of free access to information that derives from the First Amendment to the Constitution of the United States; Whereas the guarantee of free access to information should be emphasized and celebrated annually; and Whereas March 16 is the anniversary of the birth of James Madison, one of the Founding Fathers, who recognized and supported the need to guarantee individual rights through the Bill of Rights: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That March 16, 1988, is designated as “Freedom of Information Day”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon Federal, State, and local government agencies and the people of the United States to observe such day with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved March 23, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 126: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Oct. 30, considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Mar. 15, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–261: Designating June 11, 1988, as “National NHS—NeighborWorks Week”. Public Law 261 Public Law 100–261 102 Stat. 34 1988-03-23 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 34 Public Law 100–261 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating June 11, 1988, as “National NHS—NeighborWorks Week”.

Mar. 23, 1988

[S.J. Res. 252]

 Whereas Neighborhood Housing Services (NHS) and its affiliated partnership organizations of neighborhood residents, local governments, and businesses all comprise the NeighborWorks Network; Whereas the NeighborWorks Network is successfully revitalizing declining neighborhoods and building and rehabilitating housing for lower income Americans in 137 cities throughout the United States; Whereas America’s neighborhoods are made up of families of a variety of ethnic, social, and economic backgrounds and such diversity is fundamental to a strong nation; Whereas deterioration of a neighborhood’s physical, economic, and social structures harms the neighborhood’s homes, businesses, and residents and especially harms the neighborhood’s elderly and poor residents; Whereas reversing such deterioration is essential to the strength of America’s families, neighborhoods, and businesses; Whereas the NeighborWorks Network has generated over $4,000,000,000 in reinvestment funds for 297 declining neighbor-hoods and has improved the quality of life of over 3 million individuals, the majority of whom are lower income, elderly, or minority Americans; Whereas more than 3,000 businesses and local governments are annually contributing over $16,000,000 to the operations of their local NeighborWorks partnerships; and Whereas, to accomplish their goals, NHS and both Apartment Improvement Programs and Mutual Housing Associations in the NeighborWorks partnerships rely on local government and private sector resources and on the help of thousands of volunteers who contribute millions of hours of service to rebuild America’s declining neighborhoods: Now, therefore, be it 102 STAT. 35 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That June 5–11, 1988, is designated as “National NHS—Neighbor Works Week” and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon all government agencies and the people of the United States to observe the week with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved March 23, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 252: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 10, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–262: To designate March 20, 1988 as “National Agriculture Day”. Public Law 262 Public Law 100–262 102 Stat. 36 1988-03-23 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 36 Public Law 100–262 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate March 20, 1988 as “National Agriculture Day”.

Mar. 23, 1988

[S.J. Res 265]

 Whereas agriculture is the Nation’s largest and most basic industry, and its associated production, processing, and marketing segments together provide more jobs than any other single industry; Whereas agriculture serves all Americans by providing food, fiber, and other basic necessities of life; Whereas the performance of the agricultural economy is vital to maintaining the strength of our national economy, the standard of living of our citizens, and our presence in world trade markets; Whereas it is important that all Americans should understand the role that agriculture plays in their lives and well-being, whether they live in urban or rural areas; and Whereas, since 1973, the first day of spring has been celebrated as National Agriculture Day by farmers and ranchers, commodity and farm organizations, cooperatives and agribusiness organizations, nonprofit and community organizations, and Federal, State, and local governments: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That March 20, 1988, is hereby proclaimed “National Agriculture Day”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe this day with appropriate ceremonies and activities during the week of March 20 through March 26, 1988.
Approved March 23, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res 265: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 17, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–263: To designate the period commencing on May 9, 1988, and ending on May 15, 1988, as “National Stuttering Awareness Week”. Public Law 263 Public Law 100–263 102 Stat. 37 1988-03-24 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 37 Public Law 100–263 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the period commencing on May 9, 1988, and ending on May 15, 1988, as “National Stuttering Awareness Week”.

Mar. 24, 1988

[S.J. Res. 125]

 Whereas stuttering occurs when the natural flow of speech is interrupted, such as with the inability to produce certain sounds, or when an initial sound, word, or phrase is repeated; Whereas over 3,000,000 Americans, both children and adults, suffer from this handicap; Whereas there is a tendency for stuttering to be an inherited trait which can often be traced through family genealogy; Whereas men have been found to be four times as likely as women to have this disorder, the same male to female ratio as with some learning disorders; Whereas it should be recognized that although there is no known cure for stuttering, there is help available, and that available help should be emphasized; and Whereas there has been no national recognition of the condition known as stuttering, and the public and Federal Government are not sufficiently aware of the frustration and anxiety felt by persons who stutter and the diminished self-respect and self-esteem which follows: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the period commencing on May 9, 1988, and ending on May 15, 1988, is designated as “National Stuttering Awareness Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling on the people of the United States to observe such period with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved March 24, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 125: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Oct. 30, considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Mar. 10, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–264: To designate the United Slates Post Office Building located at 300 Sycamore Street in Waterloo, Iowa, as the “H. R. Gross Post Office Building”. Public Law 264 Public Law 100–264 102 Stat. 38 1988-03-25 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 38 Public Law 100–264 100th Congress
An Act To designate the United Slates Post Office Building located at 300 Sycamore Street in Waterloo, Iowa, as the “H. R. Gross Post Office Building”.

Mar. 25, 1988

[H.R. 1983]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Public buildings and grounds.
That the United States Post Office Building located at 300 Sycamore Street in Water-loo, Iowa, is hereby designated as the “H. R. Gross Post Office Building”. Any reference to such building in a law, rule, map, document, record, or other paper of the United States shall be considered to be a reference to the “H. R. Gross Post Office Building”.
Approved March 25, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1983: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 23, considered and passed House.

Mar. 3, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–265: Approving the location of the Black Revolutionary War Patriots Memorial. Public Law 265 Public Law 100–265 102 Stat. 39 1988-03-25 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 39 Public Law 100–265 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Approving the location of the Black Revolutionary War Patriots Memorial.

Mar. 25, 1988

[S.J. Res. 216]

 Whereas section 6(a) of the Act entitled “An Act to provide standards for placement of commemorative works on certain Federal lands in the District of Columbia and its environs, and for other purposes”, approved November 14, 1986 (100 Stat. 3650, 3651), provides that the location of a commemorative work in the area described therein as area I shall be deemed disapproved unless, not later than one hundred and fifty days after the Secretary of the Interior or the Administrator of General Services notifies the Congress of his determination that the commemorative work should be located in area I, the location is approved by law; Whereas the joint resolution approved October 27, 1986 (100 Stat. 3144), authorizes the Black Revolutionary War Patriots Foundation to establish a memorial on Federal land in the District of Columbia and its environs to honor the estimated five thousand courageous slaves and free black persons who served as soldiers and sailors or provided civilian assistance during the American Revolution and to honor the countless black men, women, and children who ran away from slavery or filed petitions with courts and legislatures seeking their freedom; and Whereas the Secretary of the Interior has notified the Congress of his determination that the memorial authorized by the said joint resolution approved October 27, 1986, should be located in area I: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the location

40 USC 1003 note.

 of a commemorative work to honor the slaves and free black persons who served as soldiers and sailors or provided civilian assistance during the American Revolution and to honor the black men, women, and children who ran away from slavery or filed petitions with courts and legislatures seeking their freedom, authorized by the joint resolution approved October 27, 1986 (100 Stat. 3144), in the area described in the Act approved November 14, 1986 (100 Stat. 3650), as area I, is hereby approved.
Approved March 25, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 216: HOUSE REPORTS; No. 100–215 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs). SENATE REPORTS No. 100–288 (Comm. on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate

Mar. 15, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–266: To designate March 25, 1988, as “Greek Independence Day: A National Day of Celebration of Greek and American Democracy”. Public Law 266 Public Law 100–266 102 Stat. 40 1988-03-25 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 40 Public Law 100–266 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate March 25, 1988, as “Greek Independence Day: A National Day of Celebration of Greek and American Democracy”.

Mar. 25, 1988

[S.J. Ras. 218]

 Whereas the ancient Greeks developed the concept of democracy, in which the supreme power to govern was vested in the people; Whereas the Founding Fathers of the United States of America drew heavily upon the political and philosophical experience of ancient Greece in forming our representative democracy; Whereas March 25, 1988, marks the one hundred and sixty-seventh anniversary of the beginning of the revolution which freed the Greek people from tbe Ottoman Empire; Whereas these and other ideals have forged a close bond between our two nations and their peoples; and Whereas it is proper and desirable to celebrate with the Greek people, and to reaffirm the democratic principles from which our two great nations sprang: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That March 25, 1988, is designated as “Greek Independence Day: A National Day of Celebration of Greek and American Democracy”, and that the President of the United States is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe the designated day with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved March 25, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Ras. 218: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 17, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 10, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–267: Approving the location of the Korean War Memorial. Public Law 267 Public Law 100–267 102 Stat. 41 1988-03-28 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 41 Public Law 100–267 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Approving the location of the Korean War Memorial.

Mar. 28, 1988

[S.J. Res. 225]

 Whereas section 6(a) of the Act entitled “An Act to provide standards for placement of commemorative works on certain Federal lands in the District of Columbia and its environs, and for other purposes,” approved November 14, 1986 (100 Stat. 3650, 3651), provides that the location of a commemorative work in the area described therein as Area I shall be deemed disapproved unless, not later than 150 days after the Secretary of the Interior or the Administrator of General Services notifies the Congress of his determination that the commemorative work should be located in Area I, the location is approved by law; Whereas the Act approved October 28, 1986 (100 Stat. 3226), authorizes The American Battle Monuments Commission to establish a memorial on Federal land in the District of Columbia and its environs to honor members of the Armed Forces of the United States who served in the Korean War, particularly those who were killed in action, are still listed as missing in action, or were held as prisoners of war; and Whereas the Secretary of the Interior has notified the Congress of his determination that the memorial authorized by the said Act approved October 28, 1986, should be located in Area I: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the location of a

40 USC 1003 note.

 commemorative work to honor members of the Armed Forces who served in the Korean War, particularly those who were killed in action, are still listed as missing in action, or were held as prisoners of war, authorized by the Act approved October 28, 1986 (100 Stat. 3226), in the area described in the Act approved November 14, 1986 (100 Stat. 3650), as Area I, is hereby approved.
Approved March 28, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 225: HOUSE REPORTS No. 100–516 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs). SENATE REPORTS No. 100–289 (Comm. on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 15, 16, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–268: To designate the day of April 1, 1988, as “Run to Daylight Day”, Public Law 268 Public Law 100–268 102 Stat. 42 1988-03-28 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 42 Public Law 100–268 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the day of April 1, 1988, as “Run to Daylight Day”,

Mar. 28, 1988

[S.J. Res. 229]

 Whereas between one million and one million eight hundred thou-sand people in the United States suffer head injuries each year; Whereas twenty years ago 90 per centum of the people who suffered severe head injuries died as a result of such injuries, but currently the survival rate for such injuries is 50 per centum; Whereas most people who suffer head injuries are under thirty years of age and will survive such injuries for at least forty years; Whereas more than fifty thousand of the people who survive head injuries annually are unable to resume their normal lifestyles without intensive physical and psychological therapy; Whereas the long term rehabilitation that is available for survivors of head injuries has not improved at the same rate as the medical treatment of such injuries; Whereas Run to Daylight, a nonprofit corporation concerned with improving the rehabilitation that is available for survivors of head injuries, is sponsoring a three-thousand-six-hundred-mile run across the United States called the “Run to Daylight”; Whereas the purpose of the “Run to Daylight” is to raise the awareness of the people of the United States about the rehabilitation needs of survivors of head injuries and to raise funds to support the National Head Injury Foundation, an organization dedicated to improving the quality of life for survivors of such injuries and their families and to developing and supporting programs to prevent such injuries; and Whereas the “Run to Daylight” will begin in San Francisco, California, on April 1, 1988, and will end in Boston, Massachusetts, on June 30, 1988: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That April 1, 1988, is designated as “Run to Daylight Day”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling on the people of the United States to observe such day with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved March 28, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 229: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Mar, 17, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–269: Designating April 9, 1988, as “;National Former Prisoners of War Recognition Day”. Public Law 269 Public Law 100–269 102 Stat. 43 1988-03-28 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 43 Public Law 100–269 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating April 9, 1988, as “;National Former Prisoners of War Recognition Day”.

Mar. 28, 1988

[S.J. Res. 253]

 Whereas the United States has fought in many wars; Whereas thousands of members of the Armed Forces of the United States who served in such wars were captured by the enemy and held as prisoners of war; Whereas many such prisoners of war were subjected to brutal and inhumane treatment by their captors in violation of international codes and customs for the treatment of prisoners of war and died, or were disabled, as a result of such treatment; Whereas in 1985, the United States Congress (in Public Law 99–145) directed the Department of Defense to issue a medal to former prisoners of war in recognition and commemoration of their great sacrifices in service to our Nation; and Whereas these great sacrifices of former prisoners of war and their families deserve national recognition: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That April 9, 1988, is designated as “National Former Prisoners of War Recognition Day” in honor of the members of the Armed Forces of the United States who have been held as prisoners of war, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to commemorate such days with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved March 28, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 253: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 17, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–270: To designate the month of April 1988, as “National Know Your Cholesterol Month”. Public Law 270 Public Law 100–270 102 Stat. 44 1988-03-29 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 44 Public Law 100–270 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the month of April 1988, as “National Know Your Cholesterol Month”.

Mar. 29, 1988

[S.J. Res. 244]

 Whereas heart attacks struck an estimated 1,500,000 Americans in 1987, a third of whom died immediately; Whereas scientific data indicates that effective measures to lower serum cholesterol are capable of decreasing occurrences of heart disease; Whereas only 8 per centum of Americans know their cholesterol level; and Whereas as many as 250,000 lives could be saved each year if Americans were tested for and took action to reduce high levels of cholesterol: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the month of April 1988, is designated as “National Know Your Cholesterol Month”, and the President of the United States is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such month with appropriate programs and activities.
Approved March 29, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 244: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 17, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–271: To amend the Department of Defense Authorization Act, 1985, to extend medical benefits for certain former spouses. Public Law 271 Public Law 100–271 102 Stat. 45 1988-03-29 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 45 Public Law 100–271 100th Congress
An Act To amend the Department of Defense Authorization Act, 1985, to extend medical benefits for certain former spouses.

Mar. 29, 1988

[H.R. 3967]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION I. EXTENSION OF MEDICAL BENEFITS FOK CERTAIN FORMER SPOUSES. Section 645(c) of the Department of Defense Authorization Act, 1985 (Public Law 98–525; 98 Stat. 2549), is amended by striking out

10 USC 1072 note.

 “April 1, 1988,” and inserting in lieu thereof “December 31, 1988,”.
Approved March 29, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1983: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 9, considered and passed House.

Mar. 17, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–272: To designate the period commencing on May 2, 1988, and ending on May 8, 1988, as “National Drinking Water Week”. Public Law 272 Public Law 100–272 102 Stat. 46 1988-03-30 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 46 Public Law 100–272 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the period commencing on May 2, 1988, and ending on May 8, 1988, as “National Drinking Water Week”.

Mar. 30, 1988

[S.J. Res. 185]

 Whereas water itself is God-given, and the drinking water that flows dependably through our household taps results from the dedication of the men and women who operate the public water systems of collection, storage, treatment, testing, and distribution that insures that drinking water is available, affordable, and of unquestionable quality; Whereas the advances in health effects research and water analysis and treatment technologies, in conjunction with the Safe Drinking Water Act Amendments of 1986 (Public Law 99–339), could create major changes in the production and distribution of drinking water; Whereas this substance, which the public uses with confidence in so many productive ways, is without doubt the single most important product in the world and a significant issue of the future; Whereas the public expects high quality drinking water to always be there when needed; and Whereas the public continues to increase its demand for drinking water of unquestionable quality: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the period commencing on May 2, 1988, and ending on May 8, 1988, is designated as “National Drinking Water Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such period with appropriate ceremonies, activities, and programs designed to enhance public awareness of drinking water issues and public recognition of the difference that drinking water makes to the health, safety, and quality of the life we enjoy.
Approved March 30, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 185: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Oct. 30, considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Mar. 22, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–273: To authorize and request the President to issue a proclamation designating April 24 through April 30, 1988, as “National Organ and Tissue Donor Awareness Week”. Public Law 273 Public Law 100–273 102 Stat. 47 1988-03-30 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 47 Public Law 100–273 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To authorize and request the President to issue a proclamation designating April 24 through April 30, 1988, as “National Organ and Tissue Donor Awareness Week”.

Mar. 30, 1988

[S.J. Res. 255]

 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation designating April 24 through April 30, 1988, as “National Organ and Tissue Donor Awareness Week”.
Approved March 30, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. RES. 255: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 22, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–274: To authorize appropriations for the Bureau of the Mint for fiscal year 1988, and for other purposes. Public Law 274 Public Law 100–274 102 Stat. 48 1988-03-31 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 48 Public Law 100–274 100th Congress
An Act To authorize appropriations for the Bureau of the Mint for fiscal year 1988, and for other purposes.

Mar. 31, 1988

[H.R. 1983]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS. Section 5132(a) of title 31, United States Code, is amended by striking out paragraph (2) and inserting in lieu thereof the following new paragraphs: “(2) Not more than $46,511,000 may be appropriated to the Secretary for the fiscal year ending on September 30, 1988, to pay costs of the mints. Not more than $965,000 of amounts appropriated pursuant to the preceding sentence shall remain available until expended for research and development. “(3) Of amounts appropriated pursuant to paragraph (2), not more than $75,000 may be expended for the purpose of hosting the International Mint Directors’ Conference in the United States in 1988, including reception, representation, and transportation expenses. “(4) Notwithstanding sections 3302 and 9701 of this title, the Director of the Mint may— “(A) collect from participants at the International Mint Directors’ Conference reasonable amounts imposed as fees and other assessments in connection with such conference; “(B) hold and administer the amounts referred to in subparagraph (A); and “(C) spend on behalf of the United States the amounts referred to in subparagraph (A) to pay expenses incurred in connection with such conference, including reception, representation, and transportation expenses.”.
SEC. 2.

New York.

 REDESIGNATION OF ASSAY OFFICES AS MINTS. (a)

California.

 San Francisco.—Section 5131(a)(4) of title 31, United States Code, is amended by striking out “assay office” and inserting in lieu thereof “mint”. (b) West Point.—Section 5131(a)(3) of title 31, United States Code, is amended by striking out “assay office at New York” and inserting in lieu thereof “mint at West Point”. (c) Technical and Conforming Amendments.— (1) The first sentence of section 5131(b) of title 31, United States Code, is amended by striking out “and assay offices, except that only bars may be made at the assay offices”. (2) Section 5131(c) of such title is amended by striking out “and the assay office at New York have” and inserting in lieu thereof “has”. (3) Section 5132(b) of such title is amended by striking out “and assay offices”. 102 STAT. 49 (4) Section 5133(a)(1) of such title is amended by striking out “and the assay office at New York and the officer in charge of the assay office at San Francisco” and by striking out “or officer”. (5) Section .5133(a)(2) of such title is amended by striking out “and the officer” and by striking out “or officer”. (6) Section 5133(a)(3) of such title is amended by striking out “and the officer”. (7) Section 5133(b) of such title is amended to read as follows: “(b) Settlement of Accounts.— (1) In general.—At least once each year, the Secretary of the Treasury shall settle the accounts of the superintendents of the mints. (2) Procedure.—At any settlement under this subsection, the superintendent shall— “(A) return to the Secretary any coin, clipping, or other bullion in the possession of the superintendent; and “(B) present the Secretary with a statement of bullion received and returned since the last settlement (including any bullion returned for settlement). (3) Audit.—The Secretary shall— “(A) audit the accounts of each superintendent; and “(B) allow each superintendent the waste of precious metals that the Secretary determines is necessary— “(i) for refining and minting (within the limitations which the Secretary shall prescribe); and “(ii) for casting fine gold and silver bars (within the limit prescribed for refining), except that any waste allowance under this clause may not apply to deposit operations.”. (8) Upon the enactment of this Act, the superintendent of the United States Assay Office at New York, New York, shall assume the position of superintendent of the Mint at West Point, New York. (9) Section 5133(c) of such title is amended by striking out “and assay offices”. (10) Section 5133(d) of such title is amended— (A) in the first sentence, by striking out “and assay office”; and (B) in the third sentence, by striking out “and assay offices”,
SEC. 3. PROTECTION OF INTEGRITY OF COINAGE MANUFACTURE.Section 5111(c) of title 31, United States Code, is amended to read is follows: “(c) Procurements Relating to Coin Production.— “(1) In general.—The Secretary may make contracts, on

Contracts.

Patents and trademarks.

 conditions the Secretary decides are appropriate and are in the public interest, to acquire articles, materials, supplies, and services (including equipment, manufacturing facilities, patents, patent rights, technical knowledge, and assistance) necessary to produce the coins referred to in this title. “(2) Domestic control of coinage.—(A) Subject to subparagraph

Defense and national security.

Federal Register, publication, Patents and trademarks.

 (B), in order to protect the national security through domestic control of the coinage process, the Secretary shall acquire only such articles, materials, supplies, and services (including equipment, manufacturing facilities, patents, patent 102 STAT. 50rights, technical knowledge, and assistance) for the production of coins as have been produced or manufactured in the United States unless the Secretary determines it to be inconsistent with the public interest, or the cost to be unreasonable, and publishes in the Federal Register a written finding stating the basis for the determination. “(B) Subparagraph (A) shall apply only in the case of a bid or offer from a supplier the principal place of business of which is in a foreign country which does not accord to United States companies the same competitive opportunities for procurements in connection with the production of coins as it accords to domestic companies. “(3) Determination.— “(A) In general.—Any determination of the Secretary referred to in paragraph (2) shall not be reviewable in any administrative proceeding or court of the United States. “(B) Other rights unaffected.—This paragraph does not alter or annul any right of review that arises under any provision of any law or regulation of the United States other than paragraph (2). “(4) Nothing in paragraph (2) of this subsection in any way affects the procurement by the Secretary of gold and silver for the production of coins by the United States Mint.”.
SEC. 4. STANDARDS FOR GOLD COINS. (a) Fineness.—Section 5112(b) of title 31, United States Code, is amended by inserting the following sentence before the last sentence: “In minting gold coins, the Secretary shall use alloys that vary not more than 0.1 percent from the percent of gold required.”. (b) Weight.—Section 5113(a) of title 31, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: “Any gold coin issued under section 5112 of this title shall contain the full weight of gold stated on the coin.”.
SEC. 5. GOLD SALES TO BE USED SOLELY TO REDUCE NATIONAL DEBT. The second sentence of section 5116(a)(2) of title 31, United States Code, is amended to read as follows: “Amounts received from the sale of gold shall be deposited by the Secretary in the general fund of the Treasury and shall be used for the sole purpose of reducing the national debt.”.
SEC. 6. BULK SALES OF SILVER BULLION COINS. Section 5112(f) of title 31, United States Code, is amended to read as follows: “(f) Silver Coins.— “(1) Sale price.—The Secretary shall sell the coins minted under subsection (e) to the public at a price equal to the market value of the bullion at the time of sale, plus the cost of minting, marketing, and distributing such coins (including labor, materials, dies, use of machinery, and promotional and overhead expenses). 102 STAT. 51 “(2) Bulk sales.—The Secretary shall make bulk sales of the coins minted under subsection (e) at a reasonable discount. “(3) Numismatic items.—For purposes of section 5132(a)(1) of this title, all coins minted under subsection (e) shall be considered to be numismatic items.”.
Approved March 31, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1983: SENATE REPORTS No. 100–260 (Comm. on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Oct. 6, considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): Feb. 17, considered and passed Senate, amended.

Mar. 10, House concurred in Senate amendments.

 WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS. Vol. 24 (1988):

Mar. 31, Presidential statement.

 Public Law 100–275: Entitled the “Nevada-Florida Land Exchange Authorization Act of 1988”. Public Law 275 Public Law 100–275 102 Stat. 52 1988-03-31 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 52 Public Law 100–275 100th Congress
An Act Entitled the “Nevada-Florida Land Exchange Authorization Act of 1988”.

Mar. 31, 1988

[S. 854]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Nevada-Florida Land Exchange Authorization Act of 1988. Public lands.

Contracts.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.This Act may be cited as the “Nevada-Florida Land Exchange Authorization Act of 1988”.
SEC. 2. DEFINITIONS.As used in this Act: (1) The term “land” means lands and interests (including the reserved mineral estate) therein, including leaseholds. (2) The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of the Interior. (3) The term “Aerojet” means the AerojetGeneral Corporation, an Ohio corporation. (4) The term “exchange agreement” means an agreement between the Secretary and Aerojet which is entered into for purposes of making the exchange authorized by this Act and which meets the requirements of this Act. (5) The term “lease agreement” means an agreement between the Secretary and Aerojet which is entered into for the purpose of making the lease authorized and directed by this Act and which meets the requirements of this Act. (6) The term “endangered or threatened species” means an endangered species or a threatened species, as defined in the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq.).
SEC. 3. EXCHANGE. (a) Authorization.—Subject to valid existing rights, the Secretary is authorized and directed to convey and lease public lands in the State of Nevada, described in subsection (b)(1)), in exchange for the conveyance to the United States of the lands in Dade County, Florida, described in subsection (b)(2). (b) Lands To Be Exchanged.— (1) Nevada.—(A) Public lands to be conveyed by the Secretary pursuant to this Act are the public lands, comprised of approximately twenty-eight thousand eight hundred acres, described as “For Conveyance to Aerojet General Corporation” on the map entitled “Public Domain Lands to be Exchanged and Leased to AerojetGeneral Corporation, Clark and Lincoln Counties, Nevada,” dated October 1987, and the public lands, comprised of approximately ten thousand and forty acres, generally depicted on the map entitled “Public Domain Lands to be Exchanged to AerojetGeneral Corporation, Mineral County, Nevada,” dated February 1987, (B) In furtherance of an exchange pursuant to this Act, the Secretary shall also lease to Aerojet the lands described in section 4. 102 STAT. 53 (2) Florida.—The private lands to be acquired by the Secretary

Public information.

 pursuant to this Act are all right, title, and interest of Aerojet (exclusive of severable use rights) in and to approximately four thousand six hundred and fifty acres of land as generally depicted on the map entitled “AerojetGeneral Corporation Lands to be Exchanged to United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Dade County, Florida,” dated February 1987, and available for inspection in the Office of the Secretary. (c) Conveyance Documents.— (1) Before survey.—Lands to be conveyed by the United

Patents and trademarks

 States pursuant to this Act which have not been surveyed, or with respect to which any boundary needs to be surveyed, shall be conveyed by an interim conveyance. An interim conveyance under this paragraph shall convey to and vest in the recipient the same right, title, and interest in and to such lands as the recipient would have received in a patent issued pursuant to this Act. (2) Patent.—Upon being surveyed, the Secretary shall issue a patent for such lands. The boundary of such lands shall be that which was defined in and conveyed by the interim conveyance, except that the boundary may be corrected and redescribed in the patent, where necessary, as a result of the survey of such lands. (3) Finality.—The issuance of an interim conveyance or patent pursuant to this section shall be subject to valid existing rights and shall be final and irrevocable. The United States shall not be required to accept a reconveyance or to take any actions with regard to the lands covered by such interim conveyance or patent. (4) Discrepancies.—The acreages cited in this Act are approximate, and in the event of discrepancies between cited acreages and the maps referred to in this section, the maps shall control. (d) Terms and Conditions.—The Secretary shall include in any interim conveyance, patent, or lease subject to this Act all terms and conditions required by this Act. Such terms and conditions shall apply to all subsequent purchasers, transferees, and other holders of any land covered by any such interim conveyance, patent, or lease. (e) Legal Description.—Within six months after the completion

Public information.

 of an exchange pursuant to this Act, the Secretary shall file maps and legal descriptions of the lands so exchanged (including lands conveyed and leased by the United States) with the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs of the House of Representatives. Such legal descriptions shall have the same force and effect as if included in this Act, except that the Secretary may correct clerical and typographical errors in such legal descriptions and in the maps referred to in subsection (a). Such legal descriptions and maps shall also be on file and available for public inspection in the Nevada office of the State Director of the Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior. For purposes of this subsection, the

Patents and trademarks.

 issuance of a conveyance document (either a patent or an interim conveyance) or lease, whichever is later, shall constitute completion of an exchange.
SEC. 4. LEASE OF CERTAIN LANDS IN NEVADA. (a) Lease.— 102 STAT. 54 (1) General authority.—The Secretary is authorized and directed to lease to Aerojet the approximately fourteen thousand acres of public lands described as “for Lease to Aerojet” on the map entitled “Public Lands to be Exchanged and Leased to AerojetGeneral Corporation, Clark and Lincoln Counties, Nevada,” dated October 1987. Any such lease shall be subject to subsection (b) and to the terms and conditions specified in section 5. (2)

Minerals and mining.

 Withdrawal.—Subject to valid existing rights, the lands described in paragraph (11 are withdrawn from all forms of entry and appropriation under the public land laws (including the mining laws) and from the operation of the mineral leasing and geothermal leasing laws. The withdrawal of such lands shall remain in effect so long as such lands are leased under authority of this Act. (b) Requirements Relating to Lease.— (1) Term.—Any lease issued pursuant to subsection (a) shall be for an initial term of ninety-nine years, during which time no rental shall be required to be paid to the United States. Lands leased pursuant to subsection (a) shall not be deemed to be entitlement lands for purposes of Public Law 94–565 (31 U.S.C. 1601 et seq.). (2) Use of leased lands.—During the term of any lease issued pursuant to subsection (a), the lessee shall be entitled to use the lands which are subject to such lease only for purposes of constructing and using necessary roads, utility lines, storage

Fish and fishing.

Plants.

Wildlife.

facilities, and wells. The lessee also shall be entitled to use such lands for such other related purposes as the Secretary may from time to time permit, subject to the requirements of this Act and other applicable law and to reasonable requirements the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Fish and Wildlife Service, may establish for the protection of fish, wildlife, or plants. The lease shall provide that the lessee shall consult with the Secretary concerning the location of any roads, utility lines, facilities, and wells on the leased lands, and that with regard to any such location, the lessee, so far as possible, shall follow recommendations of the Secretary intended to minimize ad-verse impacts on the desert tortoise and other species of wildlife or plants. (3) Fish, wildlife, and plants.—Any lease issued pursuant to subsection (a) shall require the lessee to take all reasonable steps the Secretary, acting through the Director of the Fish and Wildlife Service, may from time to time require to minimize adverse impacts on desert tortoises and any other species of fish, wildlife, and plants (including, but not limited to, endangered or threatened species) from the lessee’s activities occurring on such lands. (4) Assignability.—A lease issued pursuant to this section may be assigned or transferred by Aerojet only with the consent of the Secretary, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
SEC. 5. CONDITIONS OF EXCHANGE. (a) Value.— (1) Equalization of value.—Any exchange of lands pursuant to this Act shall be on the basis of equal value as determined by the Secretary, except that the Secretary may accept a payment of money in order to equalize values between lands transferred, 102 STAT. 55or leased, to Aerojet by the Secretary and lands transferred to the United States by Aerojet. The Secretary shall require that

Water.

Business and industry.

 any conveyance of a production well drilled at Federal expense which Aerojet or its successors or assigns subsequently uses for withdrawal of water for industrial purposes shall be in consideration of receipt by the United States of land or money equal in value to the cost of drilling a well suitable for industrial purposes and located at the same site as the well conveyed. (2) Appraisal.—Any determination by the Secretary of values of lands to be conveyed or leased by the Secretary pursuant to this Act shall be based on the fair market value of such lands, as determined by appraisals carried out in accordance with established procedures used by the Bureau of Land Management and done after the date of enactment of this Act by qualified appraisers selected and reimbursed by the Secretary. The values of lands to be conveyed by Aerojet pursuant to this Act shall be the values agreed to pursuant to section 7(a). (3) Notice and public inspection.—Upon completion of such appraisals, the Secretary shall— (A) publish in newspapers of general circulation in Clark, Lincoln, and Mineral Counties, Nevada, a notice as to where and when the results of appraisals carried out pursuant to this Act will be available for public inspection, and (B) transmit to the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs of the House of Representatives a copy of such appraisals and the determination by the Secretary of the values of lands to be conveyed and leased. The Secretary shall not issue any interim conveyance, patent, or lease pursuant to this Act before ten days after such transmittals are made to the committees specified in subparagraph (B). (b) Transmission Corridor.— (1) Reservation to the united states.—The transfer of the

Energy.

 lands in Clark and Lincoln Counties, Nevada to be conveyed to Aerojet under this Act shall be subject to the reservation to the United States of the right-of-way corridor described in the draft exchange agreement referred to in subsection (g). This corridor shall be designated and administered by the Secretary, who may grant rights-of-way over, upon, under, and through the corridor for systems and facilities used or useful for the construction, operation, and maintenance of electric transmission lines consistent with title V of the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (43 U.S.C. 1761 et seq,). (2) Activities in transmission corridor.—Activities to construct,

Defense and national security.

 operate, and maintain electric transmission lines within the corridor shall be given priority over all conflicting activities. The Secretary shall take all reasonable actions to facilitate and protect the activities planned and proposed for the land in Clark County and Lincoln County, Nevada, referred to in section 3(b), by AerojetGeneral Corporation relating to the development, manufacture, and testing of rocket motors or other aerospace and defense products, including the granting of rights-of-way to AerojetGeneral Corporation for roads across the corridor connecting the eastern and western portions of the land in Clark County and Lincoln County, Nevada, referred to in section 3(b). 102 STAT. 56 (3) Alternative to corridor on certain lands.—If, after five years from the date of enactment of this Act, other public lands within the six-mile width of land immediately west of the Clark County and Lincoln County, Nevada, land referred to in section 3(b) are returned to multiple use, are suitable as an alternative to the corridor reserved in this subsection, and are made available for the construction, operation, and maintenance of electric transmission lines, no further rights-of-way or other rights or privileges to construct, operate, and maintain electric transmission lines within the corridor reserved in this subsection shall be granted by the Secretary unless— (A) such rights-of-way or other rights or privileges are pursuant to or in furtherance or continuation of the specific rights referred to in subsection (c); (B) at the time the land becomes so available there is pending an application for a right-of-way in the corridor reserved in this subsection and in the opinion of the Secretary such application is being diligently pursued; or (C) such rights-of-way or other rights or privileges are in renewal of a right-of-way granted prior to the land becoming so available. (c)

Energy.

Utah.

 Preservation of Existing Rights.—The existing rights referred to in section 3(a) include the right-of-way (Number U–42519, granted April 3, 1980) to construct, operate, and maintain an electric transmission line from the Intermountain Power Project at Delta, Utah, through the land in Clark County and Lincoln County, Nevada, referred to in section 3(b), and the interest of the White Pine Power Project in the Southern Transmission System (described and analyzed in the final Environmental Impact Statement as the selected alternative and displayed on the map attached to the Record of Decision approved on March 26, 1985), within the land in Clark County and Lincoln County, Nevada, referred to in section 3(b). Nothing in this Act or in the draft exchange agreement referred to in subsection (g) shall negate or diminish such existing rights in any respect, except that (unless otherwise agreed to by the owner of the land in Clark County and Lincoln County, Nevada, referred to in section 3(b)) on and after the consummation of the exchange of lands authorized by this Act and without further act by the holders of such existing rights, such existing rights shall be altered so that— (1) all transmission lines and related facilities to be located on the land in Clark County and Lincoln County, Nevada, referred to in section 3(b) pursuant to such existing rights may only be located within the corridor referenced in subsection (b); and (2) the right to locate such transmission lines and related facilities pursuant to such existing rights on the land in Clark County and Lincoln County, Nevada, referred to in section 3(b) outside of that corridor shall be extinguished and of no further force or effect. (d)

Safety.

 Off-Road Vehicles and All-Terrain Vehicles.—Except for purposes of administration or in cases of emergency or for public safety, off-road vehicles and all-terrain vehicles may not be used on unroaded portions of land located in the State of Nevada which is conveyed or leased under this Act. (e)

Claims.

 Immunity.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the United States, its officers, employees, and instrumentalities, may not be held liable for, and shall be immune from, any claim arising 102 STAT. 57from any acts or omissions of Aerojet, its employees, agents, successors, or assigns, on or related to any land conveyed or leased pursuant to this Act. (f) Other Requirements.—Any exchange pursuant to this Act (including any conveyance and any lease) shall be performed in accordance with and subject to the terms of this Act, the exchange agreement, and the lease agreement. (g) Agreements.— (1) In general.—The issuance of any interim conveyance,

Patents and trademarks.

 patent, or lease in furtherance of an exchange under this Act shall be governed by and be in accordance with a written exchange agreement and lease agreement between the Secretary and Aerojet which shall incorporate the relevant terms and conditions of this Act. Such agreements shall incorporate all provisions of the draft exchange agreement and draft lease agreement, respectively, dated October 1, 1987, printed as Appendices to the Report of the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources to accompany S. 854 (S. Rept. 100–292), which are not inconsistent with this Act. (2) Limitations.—The Secretary shall not agree to the inclusion in the exchange agreement of any terms or conditions which, after completion of the exchange authorized and directed by this Act, would limit the ability of the Secretary to properly manage lands in Nevada or Florida for which the Secretary will have responsibility, or which, after completion of such exchange, would prevent the Secretary from properly discharging the responsibilities of the Secretary under any then-applicable provision of law. Nothing in the exchange agreement shall afford Aerojet or any other party a preferential position with regard to purchase or lease of any public lands other than those described in this Act. (3) Rule of construction; notification.—In the case of any inconsistency between the terms of the exchange agreement or the lease agreement or any amendments thereto and this Act, the provisions of this Act shall prevail. The Secretary shall not agree to any amendment to either the exchange agreement or the lease agreement without first consulting with the Commit-tee on Energy and Natural Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs of the House of Representatives, and shall transmit copies of any such amendment to such committees at the time of agreeing to such amendment.
SEC. 6. HABITAT PROTECTION. (a) Ground Water.— (1) Monitoring of conditions and habitat.—The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Fish and Wildlife Service, shall monitor the conditions and habitat of endangered or threatened species whose habitat the Secretary believes could be affected by the withdrawal of ground water from the aquifer beneath lands conveyed or leased pursuant to this Act. (2) Potential adverse effects.—If the Secretary has reason-able evidence to believe that the withdrawal of ground water from the aquifer beneath lands conveyed and leased pursuant to this Act is likely to adversely affect the habitat of any endangered or threatened species, the Secretary shall— 102 STAT. 58 (A) promptly notify Aerojet (or its successors or assigns in the event that Aerojet has transferred its interests in such lands), the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources of the Senate, the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs of the House of Representatives, and the State Engineer of Nevada concerning such likely adverse effect of such withdrawal; and (B) request the State Engineer to take appropriate action, in accordance with applicable laws of the State of Nevada, to ascertain whether the withdrawal of ground water from such aquifer is in fact reducing the supply of water to the habitat of any endangered or threatened species, and, if so, to mitigate that reduction in accordance with applicable laws of the State of Nevada. (3) Depletion.—In the event that the State Engineer of Nevada determines that the withdrawal of ground water from beneath lands conveyed or leased pursuant to this Act or from beneath other lands underlain by the same aquifer is causing depletion of water to a surface water habitat of any endangered or threatened species, Aerojet (or its successors or assigns) and the Secretary shall jointly petition the State Engineer to reduce the total water allocation in the affected area, or to take any other actions authorized by State law, in order to eliminate such depletion of water to such habitat. (b) Alternative Sources of Water.—The Secretary may not convey or lease lands under this Act until the Secretary has been assured by the State Engineer of Nevada that Aerojet has developed a feasible plan, consistent with applicable laws of the State of Nevada, for obtaining an alternative source of water (other than the withdrawal of ground water from the aquifer beneath lands conveyed and leased under this Act) to be used, in total or in part, in the event that Aerojet or a successor in interest is required to cease pumping ground water from beneath the conveyed or leased lands. (c) Access for Monitoring.—The Secretary, acting through the Director of the Fish and Wildlife Service, shall have access at any time to any land conveyed or leased under this Act to monitor— (1)

Water.

 the pumping of ground water from such land, (2) the condition of endangered or threatened species located on such land, (3)

Plants.

Wildlife.

 the impact of any activity occurring on such land on wildlife and plants, including (but not limited to) endangered or threatened species. In exercising such right of access, the Secretary shall afford reason-able notice to Aerojet (or its successors or assigns). (d) Pollution Controls.—Nothing in this Act shall be construed as limiting or impairing the power of any Federal or State agency to monitor and regulate the handling by Aerojet or its successors in interest of hazardous materials or wastes or air or water pollutants to assure compliance with applicable State and Federal laws. The Secretary, from time to time, shall consult and cooperate with the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency and appropriate officials of the State of Nevada to facilitate such monitoring and regulation.
102 STAT. 59
SEC. 7. TRANSFER OF FLORIDA LANDS TO WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT. (a) Sale To South Florida Water Management District.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary is authorized and directed to sell by issuance of a quitclaim deed any lands acquired in accordance with an exchange pursuant to this Act to the South Florida Water Management District at such per-acre price as may be mutually agreed upon by the Secretary and the District. (b) Use of Funds Received by the United States.—Notwithstanding

National Wildlife Refuge System.

 any other provision of law, any funds received by the United States from the sale of lands authorized by subsection (a) and from any payments by Aerojet to equalize values of lands exchanged pursuant to this Act shall be deposited in the “Contributed Fund Account” of the Fish and Wildlife Service, and shall be utilized for the purchase of additional lands at existing elements of the National Wildlife Refuge System in the State of Florida. Such funds shall be available for obligation without appropriation. (c) Notice to Congress.—The Secretary shall notify the Commit-tee on Appropriations of the Senate and the Committee on Appropriations of the House of Representatives of any proposal to obligate funds received in accordance with the provisions of subsection (a) at least sixty days prior to the obligation of such funds.
SEC. 8. WILDERNESS STUDY AREAS.Any public land in the State of Nevada which, as of March 1, 1987,

Congress.

 was managed pursuant to section 603(c) of the Federal Land Policy and Management Act of 1976 (43 U.S.C. 1782) shall be retained in Federal ownership and shall continue to be so managed until Congress determines otherwise.
SEC. 9. CLAIMS.Nothing in this Act or in the exchange and lease agreements shall be construed as affirming or denying the validity of any claim which is pending on the date of enactment of this Act by any Indian tribe or any other person with respect to any lands in Nevada.
SEC. 10. JUDICIAL REVIEW. (a) General Provisions.—Except as provided in subsection (b), nothing in this Act shall be construed as limiting any right of the Secretary or any other person to bring any action with regard to the responsibilities of the Secretary or any other person under applicable law, as affected or modified by this Act. The Secretary shall not include in the exchange agreement any term or condition that would limit the ability of the Secretary to bring any action or take any other step the Secretary may find appropriate in order to carry out the responsibility of the Secretary under this Act or any other applicable provision of law, as affected or modified by this Act. (b) Finding and Limitation.—The Congress hereby finds that

Environmental protection.

 studies and analyses completed prior to the date of enactment of this Act have made available information sufficient to meet the objectives of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 and other relevant law so far as concerns the possible environmental and other effects of the conveyance and lease of public lands in Nevada as provided for in this Act, and that the provisions of this Act adequately address such possible effects. 102 STAT. 60 (c)

Congress.

Patenta and trademarks.

 Limitation.—Based on the finding set forth in subsection (b), the Congress directs that the execution or consummation of any agreement, or the issuance of an interim conveyance, patent, or lease, pursuant to and in accordance with the provisions of this Act, shall not be subject to judicial review with respect to any complaint alleging a failure by the Secretary or any other person to comply with any provision of law other than the provisions of this Act.
SEC. 11. DEADLINE.It is the sense of Congress that the Secretary shall execute the exchange agreement and the lease agreement and shall implement the conveyance and lease of lands pursuant to this Act no later than one hundred and twenty days after the date of enactment of this Act.
SEC. 12.

16 USC 670g note.

 DESERT TORTOISE PLAN. (a) Preparation.—The Secretary shall— (1) review the status of populations of desert tortoises on lands in Nevada and other States managed by the Secretary, other than lands conveyed or leased pursuant to this Act; (2) assess the nature and extent of threats to the continued health or stability of such populations on such lands; and (3) prepare a comprehensive plan to address such threats through— (A) reductions in the extent to which uses of such lands which are potentially harmful to such populations are permitted to occur; and (B) other measures to remove or mitigate such threats. (b)

State and local governments.

 Consultation.—In preparing the plan required by subsection (a), the Secretary shall consult with State officials, other Federal agencies responsible for management of lands where desert tortoise populations are located, the Desert Tortoise Council, and other persons or groups identified by the Secretary as having expertise relevant to the requirements of this section. (c) Deadlines and Reports.— (1)

Public information.

 Review and assessment.—The review and assessment required by paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) shall be completed and the results thereof shall be made available to the public and transmitted to the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs of the House of Representatives no later than two years after the date of enactment of this Act. (2) Plan.—The plan required by subsection (a)(3) shall be developed and transmitted to the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Interior 102 STAT. 61and Insular Affairs of the House of Representatives no later than three years after the date of enactment of this Act. A failure by the Secretary to transmit such report within such three-year period shall not relieve the Secretary from the requirement to prepare such plan.
Approved March 31, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 854 (H.R. 1983): HOUSE REPORTS No. 100–513, Pt. 1 accompanying H.R. 1983 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs). SENATE REPORTS No. 100–292 (Comm. on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 4, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 15, considered and passed House.

 WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 24 (1988):

Mar. 31, Presidential statement.

 Public Law 100–276: To provide assistance and support for peace, democracy, and reconciliation in Central America. Public Law 276 Public Law 100–276 102 Stat. 62 1988-04-01 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 62 Public Law 100–276 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To provide assistance and support for peace, democracy, and reconciliation in Central America.

Apr. 1, 1988

[H.J. Res. 523]

 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United Sta tes of America in Congress assembled,

Nicaragua.

Defense and national security.
Section 1. General Policy.—It is the policy of the United States to advance peace and democracy in Central America, and to preserve and protect security interests in the region. Pursuant to that policy, it is the purpose of this joint resolution to assist in bringing peace and democracy to Central America, in a manner compatible with the Guatemala Peace Accord of August 7, 1987, the Declaration of the Presidents of the Central American Nations at San Jose, Costa Rica on January 16, 1988, the Agreement Between the Government of Nicaragua and the Nicaraguan Resistance signed March 23, 1988 at Sapoa, Nicaragua (hereinafter referred to as the “Sapoa Agreement”) and consistent with the national security interests of the United States.
Sec. 2. Consistency With Sapoa Agreement.—The assistance and support for which this joint resolution provides shall be administered consistent with the Sapoa Agreement. No authority contained in this joint resolution is intended to be exercised in any manner that might be determined by the Verification Commission established by the Sapoa Agreement to be inconsistent with that Agreement or any subsequent agreement between the Government of Nicaragua and the Nicaraguan democratic resistance.
Sec. 3. Purpose of Additional Assistance for the Nicaraguan Democratic Resistance.—(a) Congressional Intent.—It is the intention of Congress in providing additional assistance to the Nicaraguan democratic resistance to reinforce the Central American peace process by supporting negotiations leading to a permanent negotiated ceasefire agreement. Such an agreement is seen by the Congress as an essential step towards the establishment of peace and democracy in Nicaragua. The Congress provides assistance under this section with the understanding and strong expectation that the Government of Nicaragua and the Nicaraguan democratic resistance will cease permanently offensive military activities against each other and engage in good faith negotiations towards a permanent ceasefire. (b)

President of U.S.

 Transfer and Use.—(1) The President is authorized to transfer to the Agency for International Development $17,700,000 of unobligated funds from the appropriations accounts specified in section 6 to provide assistance for the Nicaraguan democratic resistance in accordance with this joint resolution. Funds so transferred shall remain available through September 30, 1988. (2) The amount which is authorized to be transferred under paragraph (1) shall be reduced by the cost to the United States Government of any items or services described in subsection (c)(1) which were previously, specifically authorized by law for the Nica-102 STAT. 63raguan democratic resistance and which are delivered to the Nicaraguan democratic resistance under subsection (e). (c) Description of Assistance Allowed.—(1) As used in this section, “assistance” means only food, clothing, shelter, medical services, medical supplies, and payment for such items or services. (2) The term “assistance” under this section also includes, to the extent consistent with the Sapoa Agreement, the use of not to exceed $1,500,000 of the funds made available under subsection (b) for the purchase of communications equipment. (d) Limitations.—The amount of funds transferred under subsection (b) which is obligated each month for purchasing items and services described in subsection (c)(1)— (1) for April and May 1988, shall not exceed $2,900,000, of which not less than $400,000 each month shall be available only for medical supplies and medical services; and (2) for any month thereafter, shall not exceed $2,700,000, except that each such amount for any month shall be reduced by the cost to the United States Government of the items and services described in subsection (c)(1) (medical supplies and medical services in the case of the second amount specified in paragraph (11) which were previously, specifically authorized by law for the Nicaraguan democratic resistance and which are delivered to the Nicaraguan democratic resistance under subsection (e) during that month. (e) Transportation.—(1) The President shall transfer to the

President of U.S.

 Agency for International Development, from unobligated funds from the appropriations accounts specified, in section 6, such funds as may be necessary to provide, to the extent consistent with the Sapoa Agreement, transportation for the assistance authorized by subsection (b), including rental and indemnification of aircraft, trucks or other vehicles, and transportation for the items and services described in paragraph (3) of this subsection. (2) Transportation provided under this subsection may not be used to deliver any assistance for the Nicaraguan democratic resistance other than the assistance authorized by subsection (b) and the items and services described in paragraph (3) of this subsection. (3) Transportation may be provided under this subsection for items and services described in subsection (c)(1) which were previously, specifically authorized by law for the Nicaraguan democratic resistance. (f) Prohibitions.—(1) Funds transferred by subsections (b) or (e) may not be obligated or expended to purchase aircraft or weapons, weapons systems, or ammunition or any other item or service not permitted under subsection (c) or to provide any transportation other than transportation permitted under subsection (e). (2) Except for items delivered under subsection (e)(3), no item authorized by “Title II—Central America” in section 101(k) of the continuing appropriations resolution for the fiscal year 1987 (Public Laws 99–500 and 99–591) or section 111 of the joint resolution making further continuing appropriations for the fiscal year 1988 (Public Law 100–202) may be provided to the Nicaragua democratic resistance. (g) Assistance for Yatama.— (1) In order to support all elements

Indians.

 of the Nicaraguan democratic resistance, assistance authorized by subsection (b) (including the cost of the United States Government of items and services delivered under subsection (e)(3)) in the amount of $2,190,000 shall be provided only to the Indian resistance force known as Yatama. 102 STAT. 64 (2) The Agency for International Development shall ensure that assistance under this subsection for Yatama is provided consistent with the Preliminary Accord signed by Yatama and the Government of Nicaragua on February 2, 1988, and any subsequent agreement based on that Accord.
Sec. 4. Direction, Management and Delivery.—(a) Delivery of Assistance.—(1) The Agency for International Development shall direct, manage and provide for the delivery of assistance and sup-port to the Nicaraguan democratic resistance through neutral organizations consistent with the Sapoa Agreement and as authorized by this joint resolution. (2)

President of U.S.

 The President shall transfer not to exceed $2,500,000 from the unobligated funds in the appropriations accounts specified in section 6 for “Operating Expenses of the Agency for International Development” to meet the necessary administrative expenses to carry out the purposes of this joint resolution. (b) Inapplicability of Certain Prohibitions.—Prohibitions on the furnishing of foreign assistance to Nicaragua shall not be construed to apply to the provision within Nicaragua of the assistance authorized by this joint resolution. (c) Accountability Standards, Procedures, and Controls.—In implementing this joint resolution, the Agency for International Development shall adopt standards, procedures, and controls for the accountability of funds comparable to those applicable with respect to the assistance for the Nicaraguan democratic resistance provided under section 111 of the joint resolution making further continuing appropriations for the fiscal year 1988 (Public Law 100–202). (d) Interagency Cooperation.—All Government agencies shall cooperate with the Agency for International Development to ensure the orderly, effective direction, management, and delivery by the Agency of assistance for the Nicaraguan democratic resistance. Such cooperation shall include detailing to the Agency, on a reimbursable basis, such personnel as the Agency, with the approval of the President, may request. (e) Supplemental Authorities.—In addition to the authorities otherwise available by law to the Agency for International Development, in carrying out this joint resolution, the Agency for International Development may exercise the same authorities, including authorities relating to procurement and expenditure of Government funds other than confidential funds, as the agency administering the assistance provided pursuant to section 111 of the joint resolution making further continuing appropriations for the fiscal year 1988 (Public Law 100–202) could exercise with respect to provision of that assistance.
Sec. 5. General Authorities and Limitations.—(a) Requirements Deemed Satisfied.—The requirements, terms and conditions of section 104 of the Intelligence Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 1988 (Public Law 100–178), section 8144 of the Department of Defense Appropriations Act, 1988 (as contained in section 101(b) of Public Law 100–202), section 10 of Public Law 91–672, section 502 of the National Security Act of 1947, section 15(a) of the State Department Basic Authorities Act of 1956, and any other provision of law shall be deemed to have been met for the transfer and use, consistent with the provisions of this joint resolution, of the funds made available by this joint resolution. (b) Continuation of Limitations.—Sections 203(e), 204(b), 207, 209(b), 209(c), and 216 in “Title II—Central America” in section 102 STAT. 65101(k) of the continuing appropriations resolution for the fiscal year 1987 (Public Laws 99–500 and 99–591), shall apply with respect to funds made available by this joint resolution, except that section 216 shall not apply with respect to personnel of the Agency for International Development or the Department of State.
Sec. 6. Defense Appropriations Accounts.—The appropriations accounts to which this resolution refers are the following accounts in the Department of Defense Appropriations Act, 1986, as contained in section 101(b) of the further continuing appropriations resolution for the fiscal year 1986 (Public Law 99–190): (1) Missile Procurement, Army; (2) Other, Procurement, Army; (3) Other Procurement, Navy; (4) Missile Procurement, Air Force; (5) Aircraft Procurement, Air Force; and (6) Weapons Procurement, Navy; except that section 1351 of the National Defense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1987 (Public Law 99–661) shall apply.
Sec. 7. Audit of Funds.—The Comptroller General shall conduct an independent audit of funds expended in the provision of assistance and support under this joint resolution.
Sec. 8. Children’s Survival Assistance.—(a) Authorization.—The President shall transfer to the Agency for International Development

President of U.S.

 $17,700,000 of unobligated funds from the appropriations accounts specified in section 6 to provide medical care and other relief for children who are victims of the Nicaraguan civil strife. Such assistance shall be used to make available prosthetic devices and rehabilitation, provide medicines and immunizations, assist burn victims, help children who have been orphaned, and otherwise provide assistance for children who have been physically injured or displaced by the Nicaraguan civil strife. Priority shall be given to those children with the greatest needs for assistance. Funds transferred pursuant to this subsection shall remain available until expended. (b) Use of PVO’s and International Relief Organizations.—Assistance pursuant to this section shall be provided only through non political private and voluntary organizations and international relief organizations. Preference in the distribution of such assistance shall be given to organizations presently providing similar services such as the Catholic Relief Services, International Committee of the Red Cross, CARE, United Nations Children’s Fund, United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees, Partners of the Americas, and the Pan-American Health Organization. (c) Children in Nicaragua.—At least one-half of the assistance provided under this section shall be provided through nonpolitical private and voluntary organizations and international relief organizations operating inside Nicaragua. None of this assistance may be provided to or through the Government of Nicaragua.
102 STAT. 66
Sec. 9.

President of U.S.

 Verification Commission.—The President shall transfer to the Agency for International Development $10,000,000 of unobligated funds from the appropriations accounts specified in section 6 for periodic payments to support the activities of the Verification Commission established by the Sapoa Agreement. Funds transferred pursuant to this section shall remain available until expended.
Approved April 1, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H J. Res. 523: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 30, considered and passed House.

Mar. 31, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–277: To amend section 416 of the Agricultural Act of 1949, and for other purposes. Public Law 277 Public Law 100–277 102 Stat. 67 1988-04-04 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 67 Public Law 100–277 100th Congress
An Act To amend section 416 of the Agricultural Act of 1949, and for other purposes.

Apr. 4, 1988

[S. 2151]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION. 1. ELIGIBLE COMMODITIES. (a) In General.—Section 416{b)(2)(A) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1431(b)(2)(A)) is amended— (1) by striking out “grains,” and inserting in iieu thereof “wheat, rice, feed grains,”; and (2) by inserting “, and the products thereof,” after “price support operations”. (b) Conforming Amendments.— (1) Section 416(b)(10)(B)(i) of such Act is amended by striking out “grains” both places it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “wheat, rice, feed grains,”. (2) Section 416(b)(7) of such Act is amended by striking out “, and products thereof,”.
SEC. 2. AVAILABILITY OF COMMODITIES.Section 416(b)(3) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1431(b)(3)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: “(D) If eligible commodities are made available under this subsection to a friendly country, nonprofit and voluntary agencies and cooperatives shall also be eligible to receive commodities for food aid programs in the country.”.
SEC. 3. MULTIYEAR AGREEMENTS.Section 416(b)(4) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1431(b)(4)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: “In agreements with recipients of eligible commodities under this subsection (including nonprofit and voluntary agencies or cooperatives), subject to the availability of commodities each fiscal year, the Secretary, on request, shall approve multiyear agreements to make agricultural commodities available for distribution or sale by the recipients if the agreements otherwise meet the requirements of this subsection.”.
SEC. 4. FOREIGN CURRENCY USE AND ALLOCATION REQUIREMENTS. (a) Foreign Currency Uses.—Clause (ii) of section 416(b)(7)(D) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1431(b)(7)(D)(ii)) is amended to read as follows: “(ii) Foreign currencies generated from partial or full sales or barter of commodities by a nonprofit and voluntary agency or cooperative shall be used— “(I) to transport, store, distribute, and otherwise enhance the effectiveness of the use of commodities and the products thereof donated under this section; and “(II) to implement income generating, community development, health, nutrition, cooperative development, agri-102 STAT. 68cultural programs, and other developmental activities.”. (b) Allocation Requirements.—Section 416(b)(7)(D)(iii) of such Act is amended— (1) by striking out “5 percent” and inserting in lieu thereof “10 percent”; and (2) by inserting “, or the minimum tonnage required, whichever is greater,” after “furnished”.
SEC. 5. PERIODS FOR REVIEW AND COMMENT.Section 416(b)(8) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1431(b)(8)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: “(C)(i) If a proposal to make eligible commodities available under this subsection is submitted by a nonprofit and voluntary agency or cooperative with the concurrence of the appropriate United States Government field mission or if a proposal to make such commodities available to a nonprofit and voluntary agency or cooperative is submitted by the United States Government field mission, a decision on the proposal shall be provided within 45 days after receipt by the Agency for International Development office in Washington, D.C. The response shall detail the reasons for approval or denial of the proposal. If the proposal is denied, the response shall specify the conditions that would need to be met for the proposal to be approved. “(ii)

Public information.

 Not later than 30 days before the issuance of a final guideline issued to carry out this subsection, the Secretary shall— “(I) provide notice of the proposed guideline to nonprofit and voluntary agencies and cooperatives that participate in programs under this subsection, and other interested persons, that the proposed guideline is available for review and comment; “(II) make the proposed guideline available, on request, to nonprofit and voluntary agencies, cooperatives, and others; and “(III) take any comments received into consideration before the issuance of the final guideline. “(iii) Not later than 15 days after receipt of a call forward from a field mission for commodities or products that meets the requirements of this subsection, the order for the purchase or the supply, from inventory, of such commodities or products shall be transmitted to the Commodity Credit Corporation.”.
102 STAT. 69
SEC. 6. EXTENSION OF FARMER-TO-FARMER PROGRAM.Section 1107(a) of the Food Security Act of 1985 (7 U.S.C. 1736 note) is amended by striking out “, and September 30, 1987” and inserting in lieu thereof “through September 30, 1990”.
SEC. 7. INAPPLICABILITY OF THE FEDERAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE ACT TO AGRICULTURAL AID AND TRADE MISSIONS.

7 USC 1736bb note.

Any agricultural aid and trade mission established under section 1 of that portion of the joint resolution entitled “Joint resolution making further continuing appropriations for the fiscal year 1988, and for other purposes” approved December 22, 1987, under the heading “Agricultural Aid and Trade Missions Act”, and any other activity under this section and sections 2 through 7 of such portion, shall not be considered an advisory committee for the purposes of the Federal Advisory Committee Act.
Approved April 4, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 2151: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 4, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 15, 16, considered and passed House, amended.

Mar. 23, Senate concurred in House amendments.

 Public Law 100–278: To designate interstate route I–195 in the State of New Jersey as the “James J. Howard Interstate Highway”. Public Law 278 Public Law 100–278 102 Stat. 70 1988-04-06 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 70 Public Law 100–278 100th Congress
An Act To designate interstate route I–195 in the State of New Jersey as the “James J. Howard Interstate Highway”.

Apr. 6, 1988

[H.R. 1983]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. DESIGNATION.The segment of the National System for Interstate and Defense Highways designated as I–195 in the State of New Jersey shall hereafter be known and designated as the “James J. Howard Interstate Highway”.
SEC. 2. REFERENCE.Any reference in a law, map, regulation, document, or other paper of the United States to the highway referred to in section 1 shall be deemed to be a reference to the “James J. Howard Interstate Highway”.
Approved April 6, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1983: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 28, considered and passed House and Senate.

 Public Law 100–279: To designate March 29, 1988, as “Education Day, U.S.A.”. Public Law 279 Public Law 100–279 102 Stat. 71 1988-04-06 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 71 Public Law 100–279 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate March 29, 1988, as “Education Day, U.S.A.”.

Apr. 6, 1988

[H.J. Res. 470]

 Whereas Congress recognizes the historical tradition of ethical values and principles which are the basis of civilized society and upon which our great Nation was founded; Whereas these ethical values and principles have been the bedrock of society from the dawn of civilization, when they were known as the Seven Noahide Laws; Whereas without these ethical values and principles the edifice of civilization stands in serious peril of returning to chaos; Whereas society is profoundly concerned with the recent weakening of these principles that has resulted in crises that beleaguer and threaten the fabric of civilized society; Whereas the justified preoccupation with these crises must not let the citizens of this Nation lose sight of their responsibility to transmit these historical ethical values from our distinguished past to the generations of the future; Whereas the Lubavitch movement has fostered and promoted these ethical values and principles throughout the world; Whereas Rabbi Menachem Mendel Schneerson, leader of the Lubavitch movement, is universally respected and revered and his eighty-sixth year will be seen as the year of continued “turn and return”, the year in which we continue to turn to an education which will return the world to the moral and ethical values contained in the Seven Noah ide Laws; and Whereas this is reflected in the “international scroll of honor” which has been signed by the President of the United States and other heads of state: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That March 29, 1988, the birthday of Rabbi Menachem Mendel Schneerson, leader and head of the worldwide Lubavitch movement, is designated as “Education Day, U.S.A.”. The President is requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such day with appropriate ceremonies and activities. We also call on heads of state of the world to join our President in this tribute by signing the international scroll of honor which will be presented in their respective countries this year of completing “celebration 85”.
Approved April 6, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 470: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD. Vol. 134 (19881:

Mar. 17, considered and passed House.

Mar. 25, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–280: To continue the withdrawal of certain public lands in Nevada. Public Law 280 Public Law 100–280 102 Stat. 72 1988-04-06 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 72 Public Law 100–280 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To continue the withdrawal of certain public lands in Nevada.

Apr. 6, 1988

[H.J. Res. 519]

 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That section 1(b) of the Act of October 17, 1985 entitled “An Act to withdraw certain public lands in Lincoln County, Nevada, and for other purposes” (Public

98 Stat. 2261.

Law 98–485), as amended, is hereby further amended by striking out “March 31, 1988” and by inserting in lieu thereof “June 15, 1988”.
Approved April 6, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H J. Res. 519: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 29, considered and passed House.

Mar. 31, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–281: To recognize the organization known as the Non Commissioned Officers Association of the United States of America. Public Law 281 Public Law 100–281 102 Stat. 73 1988-04-06 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 73 Public Law 100–281 100th Congress
An Act To recognize the organization known as the Non Commissioned Officers Association of the United States of America.

Apr. 6, 1988

[S. 1397]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Corporations.
charter Section 1. The Non Commissioned Officers Association of the

36 USC 4001.

 United States of America, Incorporated, a nonprofit corporation organized under the laws of the State of Texas, is recognized as such and is granted a Federal charter.
powers Sec. 2. The Non Commissioned Officers Association of the United

36 USC 4002.

 States of America, Incorporated, (hereinafter in this Act referred to as the “corporation”) shall have only those powers granted to it through its bylaws and articles of incorporation filed in the State in which it is incorporated and subject to the laws of such State.
objects and purposes of corporation Sec. 3. The objects and purposes of the corporation are those

36 USC 4003.

 provided in its bylaws and articles of incorporation and shall include— (1) upholding and defending the Constitution of the United States; (2) promoting health, prosperity, and scholarship among its members and their dependents and survivors through benevolent programs; (3) assisting veterans and their dependents and survivors through a service program established for that purpose; (4) improving conditions for service members, veterans and their dependents and survivors; and (5) fostering fraternal and social activities among its members in recognition that cooperative action is required for the furtherance of their common interests.
service of process Sec. 4. With respect to service of process, the corporation shall

36 USC 4004.

 comply with the laws of the State in which it is incorporated and those States in which it carries on its activities in furtherance of its corporate purposes.
membership Sec. 5. Except as provided in section 8, eligibility for membership

36 USC 4005.

 in the corporation and the rights and privileges of members of the 102 STAT. 74corporation shall be as provided in the constitution and bylaws of the corporation.
board of directors; composition; responsibilities Sec. 6.

36 USC 4006.

 Except as provided in section 8, the composition of the board of directors of the corporation and the responsibilities of such board shall be as provided in the articles of incorporation of the corporation and in conformity with the laws of the State in which it is incorporated.
officers of corporation Sec. 7.

36 USC 4007.

 Except as provided in section 8, the positions of officers of the corporation and the election of members to such positions shall be as provided in the articles of incorporation of the corporation and in conformity with the laws of the State in which it is incorporated.
nondiscrimination Sec. 8.

36 USC 4008.

 In establishing the conditions of membership in the corporation and in determining the requirements for serving on the board of directors or as an officer of the corporation, the corporation may not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, handicap, age, or national origin.
restrictions Sec. 9.

36 USC 4009.

(a) No part of the income or assets of the corporation may inure to the benefit of any member, officer, or director of the corporation or be distributed to any such individual during the life of this charter. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to prevent the payment of reasonable compensation to the officers of the corporation or reimbursement for actual necessary expenses in amounts approved by the board of directors. (b) The corporation may not make any loan to any officer, director, or employee of the corporation. (c) The corporation shall have no power to issue any shares of stock nor to declare or pay any dividends. (d) The corporation shall not claim congressional approval or the authorization of the Federal Government for any of its activities by virtue of this Act.
liability Sec. 10.

36 USC 4010.

 The corporation shall be liable for the acts of its officers and agents whenever such officers and agents have acted within the scope of their authority.
books and records; inspection Sec. 11.

36 USC 4011.

 The corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of account and minutes of any proceeding of the corporation involving any of its members, the board of directors, or any committee having authority under the board of directors. The corporation shall keep, at its principal office, a record of the names and addresses of all members having the right to vote in any proceeding of the corporation. All books and records of such corporation may be inspected by any member having the right to vote in any corporation proceeding, or by any agent or attorney of such member, for 102 STAT. 75any proper purpose at any reasonable time. Nothing in this section shall be construed to contravene any applicable State law.
audit of financial transactions Sec. 12. The first section of the Act entitled “An Act to provide for audit of accounts of private corporations established under Federal law”, approved August 30, 1964 (36 U.S.C, 1101), is amended by adding at the end thereof the following:

“The Non Commissioned Officers Association of the United States of America, Incorporated.”.
annual report Sec. 13. The corporation shall report annually to the Congress

36 USC 4012.

 concerning the activities of the corporation during the preceding fiscal year. Such annual report shall be submitted at the same time as the report of the audit required by section 2 of the Act referred to in section 12 of this Act. The report shall not be printed as a public document.
reservation of right to amend or repeal charter Sec. 14. The right to alter, amend, or repeal this Act is expressly

36 USC 4013.

 reserved to the Congress.
definition of “state” Sec. 15. For purposes of this Act, the term “State” includes the

36 USC 4014.

 District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the territories and possessions of the United States.
tax-exempt status Sec. 16. The corporation shall maintain its status as an organization

36 USC 4015.

 exempt from taxation as provided in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, if the corporation fails to maintain such status, the charter granted by this Act shall expire.
exclusive right to names Sec. 17. The corporation shall have the sole and exclusive right to

36 USC 4016.

 use the names “The Non Commissioned Officers Association of the United States of America”, “Non Commissioned Officers Association of the United States of America”, “Non Commissioned Officers Association”, and “NCOA”, and such seals, emblems, and badges as the corporation may lawfully adopt. Nothing in this section may be construed to conflict or interfere with established or vested rights.
102 STAT. 76
termination Sec. 18.

36 USC 4017.

 If the corporation shall fail to comply with any of the restrictions or provisions of this Act, the charter granted by this Act shall expire.
Approved April 6, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 1397: HOUSE REPORTS No. 100–522 (Comm. on the Judiciary). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Oct. 21, considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Mar. 21, considered and passed House, amended.

Mar. 24, Senate concurred in House amendments.

 Public Law 100–282: To designate April 8, 1988, as “Dennis Chavez Day”, Public Law 282 Public Law 100–282 102 Stat. 77 1988-04-06 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 77 Public Law 100–282 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate April 8, 1988, as “Dennis Chavez Day”,

Apr. 6, 1988

[S.J. Res. 206]

 Whereas the Honorable Dennis Chavez was the first native-born Hispanic elected to the United States Senate; Whereas Dennis Chavez served the State of New Mexico and his country in a most distinguished manner, serving as a United States Representative for four years and as a United States Senator for twenty-seven years until his death in office; Whereas Dennis Chavez was the highest ranking Hispanic in the Federal Government for over thirty years; Whereas Dennis Chavez was too poor to attend high school, but later passed a special entrance exam to attend Georgetown Law School; Whereas Dennis Chavez provided a source of pride and inspiration to the underprivileged; Whereas Dennis Chavez served as a spokesman for the poor and oppressed; Whereas Dennis Chavez exemplifies the true public servant; Whereas Dennis Chavez provided an everlasting symbol of opportunity found only in America; and Whereas 1988 marks the centenary of the birth of Dennis Chavez: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That April 8, 1988 is designated as “Dennis Chavez Day”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon all Government agencies and the people of the United States to observe the day with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved April 6, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. J. Res. 206: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 17, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 30, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–283: To extend the statute of limitations applicable to certain claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 that were filed with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission before the date of enactment of this Act. Public Law 283 Public Law 100–283 102 Stat. 78 1988-04-07 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 78 Public Law 100–283 100th Congress
An Act To extend the statute of limitations applicable to certain claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 that were filed with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission before the date of enactment of this Act.

Apr. 7, 1988

[S. 2117]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of A merica in Congress assembled,

Age Discrimination Claims Assistance Act of 1988.

29 USC 626 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.This Act may be cited as the “Age Discrimination Claims Assistance Act of 1988“.
SEC. 2.

29 USC 626 note.

 FINDINGS.The Congress finds that— (1) the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (hereafter in this Act referred to as the “Commission”) has failed to process an undetermined number of charges filed under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (29 U.S.C. 621–634) before the running of the statute of limitations applicable to bringing civil actions in the Federal courts under such Act, and (2) many persons who filed such charges with the Commission have lost the right to bring private civil actions with respect to the unlawful practices alleged in such charges.
SEC. 3

29 USC 626 note.

 EXTENSION OF STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS.Notwithstanding section 7(e) of the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (29 U.S.C. 626(e)), a civil action may be brought under section 7 of such Act by the Commission or an aggrieved person, during the 540-day period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act if— (1) with respect to the alleged unlawful practice on which the claim in such civil action is based, a charge was timely filed under such Act with the Commission after December 31, 1983, (2) the Commission did not, within the applicable period set forth in section 7(e) either— (A) eliminate such alleged unlawful practice by informal methods of conciliation, conference, and persuasion, or (B) notify such person, in writing, of the disposition of such charge and of the right of such person to bring a civil action on such claim, (3) the statute of limitations applicable under such section 7(e) to such claim ran before the date of enactment of this Act, and (4) a civil action on such claim was not brought by the Commission or such person before the running of the statute of limitations.
102 STAT. 79
SEC. 4. NOTICE OF STATUTE OF LIMITATIONS. (a) Notice Regarding Claims for Which Statute of Limitations is Extended.—Not later than 60 days alter the date of enactment of this Act, the Commission shall provide the notice specified in subsection tb) to each person who has filed a charge to which section 3 applies. (b) Contents of Notice.—The notice required to be provided under subsection (a) to a person shall be in writing and shall include the following information: (1) The rights and benefits to which such person is entitled under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967. (2) The date (which is 540 days after the date of the enactment of this Act) on which the statute of limitations applicable to such person’s claim will run. (3) That such person may bring a civil action on such claim before the date specified in paragraph (2).
SEC. 5. REPORTS.

29 USC 626 note.

 (a) Contents of Reports.—For each 180-day period in the 540-day period beginning on the date of enactment of this Act, the Commission shall submit a written report that includes all of the following information: (1) The number of persons who have claims to which section 3 applies and the dates charges based on such claims were filed with the Commission. (2) The number of persons to whom notice was provided in accordance with section 4(a) and the date the notice was provided. (3) With respect to alleged unlawful practices on which claims affected by section 3 are based, the number of such alleged unlawful practices that the Commission has attempted to eliminate by informal methods of conciliation, conference, and persuasion in the 180-day period for which the report is submitted. (4) The number of alleged unlawful practices referred to in paragraph (3) that were so eliminated in such period. (5) The number of civil actions filed by the Commission on behalf of persons to whom notice was sent under section 4. (b) Submission of Reports.—Each report required by subsection (a) shall be submitted by the Commission to— 102 STAT. 80 (1) the Committee on Education and Labor, and the Select Committee on Aging, of the House of Representatives, and (2) the Committee on Labor and Human Resources, and the Special Committee on Aging, of the Senate. not later than 30 days after the expiration of the 180-day period for which such report is required.
Approved April 7, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 2117: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol, 134 (1988):

Mar. 17, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 29, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–284: To make section 7351 of title 5, United States Code, inapplicable to leave transfers under certain experimental programs covering Federal employees, except as the Office of Personnel Management may otherwise prescribe. Public Law 284 Public Law 100–284 102 Stat. 81 1988-04-07 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 81 Public Law 100–284 100th Congress
An Act To make section 7351 of title 5, United States Code, inapplicable to leave transfers under certain experimental programs covering Federal employees, except as the Office of Personnel Management may otherwise prescribe.

Apr. 7, 1988

[H.R. 1983]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That, except as the

5 USC 7351 note.

 Office of Personnel Management may by regulation prescribe, nothing in section 7351 of title 5, United States Code, shall apply with respect to a solicitation, donation, or acceptance of leave under any program under which, during the fiscal year ending on September 30, 1988, unused accrued annual leave of officers or employees of the Federal Government may be transferred for use by other officers or employees who need such leave due to a personal emergency.
Approved April 7, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 3981: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 15, considered and passed House.

Mar. 23, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–285: Granting the consent of the Congress to amendments made by Maryland, Virginia, and the District of Columbia to the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Regulation Compact. Public Law 285 Public Law 100–285 102 Stat. 82 1988-04-07 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 82 Public Law 100–285 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Granting the consent of the Congress to amendments made by Maryland, Virginia, and the District of Columbia to the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Regulation Compact.

Apr. 7, 1988

[H.J. Res. 480]

Securities.

Safety.

Whereas the State of Maryland, the Commonwealth of Virginia, and the District of Columbia have adopted amendments to the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Regulation Compact relating to public hearing requirements, investment flexibility, procurement, and public safety; and Whereas the Congress has reviewed such amendments and is willing to consent to such amendments: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. CONSENT OF CONGRESS TO AMENDMENTS TO COMPACT.The Congress consents to the amendments of the State of Maryland (chapters 674 and 675, 1984 Acts of the Maryland General Assembly), the amendments of the Commonwealth of Virginia (chapter 610, 1984 Acts of Assembly of Virginia; chapter 112, 1987 Acts of Assembly of Virginia), and the amendments of the District of Columbia (D.C. Law 5–122) to sections 62(a), 69(a), 69(b), 73, 76(a), and 76(c) of the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Regulation Compact. Such amendments are substantially as follows: (1) Section 62(a) is amended to read as follows:
“62. (a) The Board shall not make or change any fare or rate, nor establish or abandon any service except after holding a public hearing with respect thereto, except for service changes required by an emergency; minor service changes as defined by regulations promulgated by the Board; experimental service established to test the effect of such service, and in effect for not more than six months; and fare and service changes established for special events.”.
(2) Subsections (a) and (b) of section 69 are amended to read as follows:
“69. (a) The Board may provide for the creation and administration of such funds as may be required. The funds shall be disbursed in accordance with rules established by the Board and ail payments

Banks and banking.

from any fund shall be reported to the Board. Moneys in such funds and other moneys of the Authority shall be deposited, as directed by the Board, in any branch or subsidiary of any state or national bank which has operations within the Zone, and having a total paid-in capital of at least one million dollars ($1,009,000). The trust department of any state or national bank may be designated as a depositary to receive any securities acquired or owned by the Authority. The restriction with respect to paid-in capital may be waived for any such bank which agrees to pledge federal securities to protect the funds and securities of the Authority in such amounts and pursuant to such arrangements as may be acceptable to the Board. 102 STAT. 83 “(b) Any moneys of the Authority may, in the discretion of the Board and subject to any agreement or covenant between the Authority and the holders of any of its obligations limiting or restricting classes of investments, be invested in: “(1) Direct obligations of or obligations guaranteed by the United States of America; “(2) Bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness

Banks and banking.

 issued by agencies of the United States of America, including but not limited to the following: Bank for Cooperatives; Federal Intermediate Credit Banks; Federal Home Loan Bank System; ExportIm port Bank of the United States; Federal Land Banks; Federal National Mortgage Association; Student Loan Marketing Association; Government National Mortgage Association; Tennessee Valley Authority; or United States Postal Service; “(3) Securities that qualify as lawful investments and may be accepted as security for fiduciary, trust and public funds under the control of the United States or any officer or officers thereof, or securities eligible as collateral for deposits of moneys of the United States, including United States Treasury tax and loan accounts; “(4) Domestic and Eurodollar certificates of deposits; and “(5) Bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued by a domestic corporation, such as a corporation organized under the laws of one of the States of the United States, provided that such obligations are nonconvertible and at the time of their purchase are rated in the highest rating categories by a nationally recognized bond rating agency.”.
(3) Section 73 is amended to read as follows:
“73. Contracts for the construction, reconstruction or improvement

Contracts.

 of any facility when the expenditure required exceeds twenty-five thousand dollars ($25,000) and contracts for the purchase of supplies, equipment and materials when the expenditure required exceeds ten thousand dollars ($10,000) shall be advertised and let upon sealed bids to the lowest responsible bidder. Notice requesting

Public information.

 such bids shall be published in a manner reasonably likely to attract prospective bidders, which publication shall be made at least ten days before bids are received and in at least two newspapers of general circulation in the Zone. The Board may reject any and all bids and readvertise in its discretion. If after rejecting bids the Board determines and resolves that, in its opinion, the supplies, equipment and materials may be purchased at a lower price in the open market, the Board may give each responsible bidder an opportunity to negotiate a price and may proceed to purchase the sup-plies, equipment and materials in the open market at a negotiated price which is lower than the lowest rejected bid of a responsible bidder, without further observance of the provisions requiring bids or notice. The Board shall adopt rules and regulations to provide for

Regulations.

 purchasing from the lowest responsible bidder when sealed bids, notice and publication are not required by this section. The Board may suspend and waive the provisions of this section requiring competitive bids whenever: “(a) the purchase is to be made from or the contract is to be

State and local governments.

 made with the Federal or any State government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or pursuant to any open-end bulk-purchase contract of any of them; 102 STAT. 84 “(b) the public exigency requires the immediate delivery of the articles; “(c) only one source of supply is available; or “(d) the equipment to be purchased is of a technical nature and the procurement thereof without advertising is necessary in order to assure standardization of equipment and interchange-ability of parts in the public interest.”.
(4) Section 76(a) is amended to read as follows:
“76.

Law enforcement and crime.

 (a) The Authority is authorized to establish and maintain a regular police force, to be known as the Metro Transit Police, to provide protection for its patrons, personnel, and transit facilities. The Metro Transit Police shall have the powers and duties and shall be subject to the limitations set forth in this section. It shall be composed of both uniformed and plainclothes personnel and shall be charged with the duty of enforcing the laws of the signatories, and the laws, ordinances and regulations of the political subdivisions thereof in the Transit Zone, and the rules and regulations of the Authority. The jurisdiction of the Metro Transit Police shall be limited to all the transit facilities (including bus stops) owned, controlled or operated by the Authority, but this restriction shall not limit the power of the Metro Transit Police to make arrests in the Transit Zone for violations committed upon, to or against such transit facilities committed from within or outside such transit facilities, while in hot or close pursuit or to execute traffic citations and criminal process in accordance with subsection (c) below. The members of the Metro Transit Police shall have concurrent jurisdiction in the performance of their duties with the duly constituted law enforcement agencies of the signatories and of the political subdivisions thereof in which any transit facility of the Authority is located or in which the Authority operates any transit service. Nothing contained in this section shall either relieve any signatory or political subdivision or agency thereof from its duty to provide police, fire and other public safety service and protection, or limit, restrict or interfere with the jurisdiction of or the performance of duties by the existing police, fire and other public safety agencies. For purposes of this section, ‘bus stop’ means that area within 150 feet of a metrobus bus stop sign, excluding the interior of any building not owned, controlled, or operated by the Washington Metropolitan Area Transit Authority.”.
(5) Section 76(c) is amended to read as follows; “(c)

Law enforcement and crime.

 Members of the Metro Transit Police shall have power to execute on the transit facilities owned, controlled, or operated by the Authority any traffic citation or any criminal process issued by any court of any signatory or of any political subdivision of a signatory, for any felony, misdemeanor, or other offense against the laws, ordinances, rules, or regulations specified in subsection (a). However, with respect to offenses committed upon, to, or against the 102 STAT. 85transit facilities owned, controlled, or operated by the Authority, the Metro Transit Police shall have power to execute criminal process within the Transit Zone.”.
SEC. 2. RESERVATION BY THE CONGRESS. The right of Congress to alter, amend, or repeal this joint resolution is hereby expressly reserved.
Approved April 7, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 480: HOUSE REPORTS No. 100–521 (Comm. on the Judiciary). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 21, considered and passed House.

Mar. 23, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–286: To designate the period commencing on April 10. 1988, and ending on April 16, 1988, as “National Productivity Improvement Week”. Public Law 286 Public Law 100–286 102 Stat. 86 1988-04-07 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 86 Public Law 100–286 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the period commencing on April 10. 1988, and ending on April 16, 1988, as “National Productivity Improvement Week”.

Apr. 7, 1988

[S.J. Res. 223]

 Whereas the economic stability and growth of this Nation relies largely on the collective industry and endeavor of its working citizens; Whereas the time-honored tradition of American leadership in work-related ingenuity and know-how has brought about great strides In productivity; Whereas growth in productivity in turn improves the standard of living for United States citizens; Whereas public awareness of the economic importance of productivity will promote individual and collective ideas and innovations for productivity improvement; and Whereas a conscientious effort to improve productivity will foster a better standard of living for all citizens and reduce the level of inflation: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That, for the purpose of providing for a better understanding of the need for productivity growth and of encouraging the development of methods to improve individual and collective productivity in the public and private sectors, the period commencing on April 10, 1988, and ending on April 16, 1988, is designated as “National Productivity Improvement Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such period with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved April 7, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 223: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb 17, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 30, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–287: To designate April 21, 1988, as “John Muir Day”, Public Law 287 Public Law 100–287 102 Stat. 87 1988-04-07 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 87 Public Law 100–287 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate April 21, 1988, as “John Muir Day”,

Apr. 7, 1988

[S.J. Res. 245]

 Whereas April 21, 1988, marks the one hundred and fiftieth birth-day of the great American conservationist John Muir, heralded worldwide for his dedication to the preservation of wilderness in this country; Whereas generations of Americans have reveled in the wonders of Yosemite, the Grand Canyon, and other parklands set aside by past Presidents and Congresses at the urging of the Scottish-born naturalist; Whereas a system of natural, cultural, historical, and recreational national parks which John Muir helped pioneer has grown in size to almost eighty million acres symbolizing the stewardship Americans demonstrate for their precious public resources; Whereas John Muir was the cofounder and first president of the Sierra Club, an organization which contributes in making this Nation a leader in the global environmental movement; Whereas the John Muir National Historic Site, in Martinez, California, one of three hundred and thirty-seven units of the National Park Service, was set aside by Congress in 1964 as a monument to the wild lands crusader and was the site from which Muir wrote books celebrating the natural beauty and wildlife of the United States, books that are still widely read and treasured by people of all ages; and Whereas the important role of an ecologically sound environment in the quality of life for all people was proselytised by the tireless voice and pen of John Muir: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That April 21, 1988, is designated as “John Muir Day”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such day with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved April 7, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 245: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 17, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 30, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–288: To designate the week beginning April 10, 1988, as “National Child Care Awareness Week”. Public Law 288 Public Law 100–288 102 Stat. 88 1988-04-07 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 88 Public Law 100–288 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the week beginning April 10, 1988, as “National Child Care Awareness Week”.

Apr. 7, 1988

[S.J. Res. 260]

 Whereas the status and composition of the family in the United States is constantly changing; Whereas women hold 53 percent of all jobs in the United States; Whereas 80 percent of the women in the United States who are employed are of childbearing age; Whereas, while child care is no longer considered the sole responsibility of women, the percentage of single-parent families headed by women has increased by more than 51 percent in 12 years; Whereas it is estimated that 80 percent of the women with children of preschool age will hold jobs by 1990; Whereas the increasing participation of women in the workforce will continue to increase the demand for child care during the working hours; Whereas communities across the United States are planning special activities to honor child care providers and to illustrate the importance of quality child care as part of the Child Care America project of the Public Television Outreach Alliance; Whereas the National Association for the Education of Young Children and the Public Television Outreach Alliance are sponsoring a week of the child, and it is appropriate for the Congress to designate the same week as a period devoted to increasing public awareness of child care issues; and Whereas all children deserve quality child care, and all parents have a profound obligation to provide a safe and wholesome environment for their children at all times: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the week beginning April 10, 1988, is designated as “National Child Care Awareness Week’’, and the President of the United States is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe the week with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved April 7, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 260: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 30, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–289: To designate April 6, 1988, as “National Student-Athlete Day”. Public Law 289 Public Law 100–289 102 Stat. 89 1988-04-12 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 89 Public Law 100–289 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate April 6, 1988, as “National Student-Athlete Day”.

Apr. 12, 1988

[H.J. Res. 513]

 Whereas, the student-athlete represents a role model worthy of emulation by America’s youth; Whereas, such worthy values and behaviors as perseverance, team-work, self-discipline and commitment to a goal are fostered and promoted by both academic and athletic pursuits; Whereas, participation in athletics, together with education, provides opportunities to develop valuable social and leadership skills and to gain an appreciation of ethnic and racial groups different from one’s own; Whereas, in spite of all the positive aspects of sport, overemphasis on sport at the expense of education can cause serious harm to an athlete’s future; Whereas, the pursuit of victory in athletics among our nation’s schools and colleges too often leads to exploitation and abuse of the student-athlete; Whereas, only 1 in 10,000 high school athletes who dream of a career in, professional sports ever realize that aspiration, while those who do can expect a professional sports career of less than 4 years; Whereas, thousands of America’s youth sacrifice academic achievement to the dream of professional athletics; Whereas, the practice of keeping athletes eligible for participation on a team, even at the high school level, must be abandoned for a policy of ensuring a meaningful education and degree; Whereas, coaches, parents and educators of student-athletes must express high expectations for academic performance as well as for athletic performance; and Whereas, there is a need in this Nation to reemphasize the “student” in the term “student-athlete”: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That April 6, 1988, is designated as “National Student-Athlete Day” and the President of the United States is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe that day with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved April 12, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 513: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 30, considered and passed House and Senate.

 Public Law 100–290: To amend the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act to revise the provisions respecting orphan drugs, and for other purposes. Public Law 290 Public Law 100–290 102 Stat. 90 1988-04-18 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 90 Public Law 100–290 100th Congress
An Act To amend the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act to revise the provisions respecting orphan drugs, and for other purposes.

Apr. 18, 1988

[H.R. 3459]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Orphan Drug Amendments of 1988.

Diseases.

21 USC 301 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.This Act may be cited as the “Orphan Drug Amendments of 1988”.
SEC. 2. DESIGNATION AS AN ORPHAN DRUG. (a) Request.—Section 526(a)(1) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360bb(a)(1) is amended by adding after the first sentence the following: “A request for designation of a drug shall be made before the submission of an application under section 505(b) for the drug, the submission of an application for certification of the drug under section 507, or the submission of an application for licensing of the drug under section 351 of the Public Health Service Act”. (b) Discontinuance.—Section 526 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 360bb) is amended by redesignating subsections (b) and (c) as subsections (c) and (d), respectively, and by adding after subsection (a) the following: “(b) A designation of a drug under subsection (a) shall be subject to the condition that— “(1) if an application was approved for the drug under section 505(b), a certificate was issued for the drug under section 507, or a license was issued forthedrugunder section 351 of the Public Health Service Act, the manufacturer of the drug will notify the Secretary of any discontinuance of the production of the drug at least one year before discontinuance, and “(2) if an application has not been approved for the drug under section 505(b), a certificate has not been issued for the drug under section 507, or a license has not been issued for the drug under section 351 of the Public Health Service Act and if preclinical investigations or investigations under section 505(i) are being conducted with the drug, the manufacturer or sponsor of the drug will notify the Secretary of any decision to discontinue active pursuit of approval of an application under section 505(b), approval of an application for certification under section 507, or approval of a license under section 351 of the Public Health Service Act.”.
SEC. 3. FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE. (a) Medical Devices.—Section 5 of the Orphan Drug Act (21 U.S.C. 360ee) is amended— (1) in subsection (a), by inserting “(1)” after “assist in” and by inserting before the period a comma and “(2) defraying the costs 102 STAT. 91of developing medical devices for rare diseases or conditions”, and (2) in subsection (b)(2)— (A) by inserting “(1) in the case of a drug,” after “means” in the first sentence and by adding before the period in that sentence a comma and “(2) in the case of a medical device, any disease or condition that occurs so infrequently in the United States that there is no reasonable expectation that a medical device for such disease or condition will be developed without assistance under subsection (a)”, and (B) by striking out “under this subsection” in the last sentence and inserting in lieu thereof “under section 526 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act”. (b) Medical Foods.—Section 5 of the Orphan Drug Act (21 U.S.C. 360ee) is amended— (1) in subsection (a) (as amended by subsection (a)), by inserting before the period a comma and “and (3) defraying the costs of developing medical foods for rare diseases or conditions”, (2) in subsection (b)(2) (as amended by subsection (a)), by inserting before the period at the end of the first sentence a comma and “and (3) in the case of a medical food, any disease or condition that occurs so infrequently in the United States that there is no reasonable expectation that a medical food for such disease or condition will be developed without assistance under subsection (a)”, and (3) by adding at the end of subsection (b) the following: “(3) The term ‘medical food’ means a food which is formulated to be consumed or administered enterally under the supervision of a physician and which is intended for the specific dietary management of a disease or condition for which distinctive nutritional requirements, based on recognized scientific principles, are established by medical evaluation.”. (c) Authorization.—Section 5(c) of the Orphan Drug Act (21 U.S.C. 360ee(c)) is amended to read as follows: “(c) For grants and contracts under subsection (a) there are authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for fiscal year 1988, $12,000,000 for fiscal year 1989, $14,000,000 for fiscal year 1990.”. (d) Study.—The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall

Taxes.

21 USC 360aa note.

 conduct a study to determine whether the application of subchapter B of chapter V of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (relating to drugs for rare diseases and conditions) and section 28 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (relating to tax credit) to medical devices or medical foods for rare diseases or conditions or to both is needed to encourage the development of such devices and foods. The

Reports.

 Secretary shall report the results of the study to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate not later than one year after the date of the enactment of this Act. For purposes of this section, the term “rare diseases or conditions” has the meaning prescribed by section 5 of the Orphan Drug Act (21 U.S.C. 360ee).
102 STAT. 92
SEC. 4. NATIONAL COMMISSION ON ORPHAN DISEASES.Section 4(n) of the Orphan Drug Amendments of 1985 (42 U.S.C. 236 note) is amended by striking out “September 30, 1987” and inserting in lieu thereof “February 1, 1989”.
Approved April 18, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 3459: HOUSE REPORTS No. 100–473 (Comm. on Energy and Commerce). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 22, considered and passed House.

Mar. 31, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–291: Designating the week of April 17, 1988, as “Crime Victims Week”. Public Law 291 Public Law 100–291 102 Stat. 93 1988-04-18 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 93 Public Law 100–291 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating the week of April 17, 1988, as “Crime Victims Week”.

Apr. 18, 1988

[S.J. Res. 234]

 Whereas millions of Americans are victims of crime each year; Whereas many of those crime victims are traumatized further by the physical, psychological, and financial burdens resulting from their victimizations; Whereas the sensitivity of our Nation’s criminal justice system must be improved when working with crime victims and their families; Whereas much progress has been made to correct these injustices by implementing in the Federal, State, local, and private sectors the recommendations of the President’s Task Force on Victims of Crime; and Whereas continuation of these efforts must be encouraged to ensure the restoration of balance to our Nation’s criminal justice system and the fair and compassionate treatment of crime victims and their families: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the week of April 17, 1988, is designated as “Crime Victims Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved April 18, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 234: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Apr. 12, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–292: To designate the week of April 17, 1988, through April 24, 1988, as “Jewish Heritage Week”. Public Law 292 Public Law 100–292 102 Stat. 94 1988-04-20 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 94 Public Law 100–292 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the week of April 17, 1988, through April 24, 1988, as “Jewish Heritage Week”.

Apr. 20, 1988

[H.J. Res. 527]

 Whereas April 21, 1988, marks the fortieth anniversary of the founding of the State of Israel; Whereas the months of March, April, and May contain events of major significance in the Jewish calendar—Passover, the anniversary of the Warsaw Ghetto Uprising, Solidarity Sunday for Soviet Jewry, and Jerusalem Day; Whereas the Congress recognizes that an understanding of the heritage of all American ethnic groups contributes to the unity of our country; and Whereas intergroup understanding can be further fostered through an appreciation of the culture, history and traditions of the Jewish community and the contributions of Jews to our country and society: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the week of April 17, 1988, through April 24, 1988, is designated as “Jewish Heritage Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States, State and local government agencies, and interested organizations to observe the week with appropriate ceremonies, activities and programs.
Approved April 20, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 527: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Apr. 12, considered and passed House.

Apr. 14, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–293: To amend the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act to ban the reimportation of drugs produced in the United States, to place restrictions on the distribution of drug samples, to ban certain resales of drugs by hospitals and other health care entities, and for other purposes. Public Law 293 Public Law 100–293 102 Stat. 95 1988-04-22 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 95 Public Law 100–293 100th Congress
An Act To amend the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act to ban the reimportation of drugs produced in the United States, to place restrictions on the distribution of drug samples, to ban certain resales of drugs by hospitals and other health care entities, and for other purposes.

Apr. 22, 1988

[H.R. 1983]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Prescription Drug Marketing Act of 1987.

Commerce and trade.

21 USC 301 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE: REFERENCE. (a) Short Title.—This Act may be cited as the “Prescription Drug Marketing Act of 1987”. (b) Reference.—Whenever in this Act an amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal of, a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to be made to a section or other provision of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.
SEC. 2. FINDINGS.

21 USC 353 note.

The Congress finds the following: (1) American consumers cannot purchase prescription drugs with the certainty that the products are safe and effective. (2) The integrity of the distribution system for prescription drugs is insufficient to prevent the introduction and eventual retail sale of substandard, ineffective, or even counterfeit drugs. (3) The existence and operation of a wholesale submarket, commonly known as the “diversion market”, prevents effective control over or even routine knowledge of the true sources of prescription drugs in a significant number of cases. (4) Large amounts of drugs are being reimported to the United States as American goods returned. These imports are a health and safety risk to American consumers because they may have become subpotent or adulterated during foreign handling and shipping. (5) The ready market for prescription drug reimports has been the catalyst for a continuing series of frauds against American manufacturers and has provided the cover for the importation of foreign counterfeit drugs. (6) The existing system of providing drug samples to physicians through manufacturer’s representatives has been abused for decades and has resulted in the sale to consumers of misbranded, expired, and adulterated pharmaceuticals. (7) The bulk resale of below wholesale priced prescription drugs by health care entities, for ultimate sale at retail, helps fuel the diversion market and is an unfair form of competition to wholesalers and retailers that must pay otherwise prevailing market prices. (8) The effect of these several practices and conditions is to create an unacceptable risk that counterfeit, adulterated, mis-102 STAT. 96branded, subpotent, or expired drugs will be sold to American consumers.
SEC. 3. REIMPORTATION.Section 801 (21 U.S.C. 381) is amended by redesignating subsection (d) as subsection (e) and by inserting after subsection (c) the following: “(d) (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), no drug subject to section 503(b) which is manufactured in a State and exported may be imported into the United States unless the drug is imported by the person who manufactured the drug. “(2) The Secretary may authorize the importation of a drug the importation of which is prohibited by paragraph (1) if the drug is required for emergency medical care.”.
SEC. 4. SALES RESTRICTIONS.Section 503 (21 U.S.C. 353) is amended by adding at the end the following: “(c)(1) No person may sell, purchase, or trade or offer to sell, purchase, or trade any drug sample. For purposes of this paragraph and subsection (d), the term ‘drug sample’ means a unit of a drug, subject to subsection (b), which is not intended to be sold and is intended to promote the sale of the drug. Nothing in this paragraph shall subject an officer or executive of a drug manufacturer or distributor to criminal liability solely because of a sale, purchase, trade, or offer to sell, purchase, or trade in violation of this paragraph by other employees of the manufacturer or distributor. “(2) No person may sell, purchase, or trade, offer to sell, purchase, or trade, or counterfeit any coupon. For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘coupon’ means a form which may be redeemed, at no cost or at a reduced cost, for a drug which is prescribed in accordance with section 503(b). “(3)(A) No person may sell, purchase, or trade, or offer to sell, purchase, or trade, any drug— “(i) which is subject to subsection (b), and “(ii)(I) which was purchased by a public or private hospital or other health care entity, or “(II) which was donated or supplied at a reduced price to a charitable organization described in section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954. “(B) Subparagraph (A) does not apply to— “(i) the purchase or other acquisition by a hospital or other health care entity which is a member of a group purchasing organization of a drug for its own use from the group purchasing organization or from other hospitals or health care entities which are members of such organization, “(ii) the sale, purchase, or trade of a drug or an offer to sell, purchase, or trade a drug by an organization described in subparagraph (A)(ii)(II) to a nonprofit affiliate of the organization to the extent otherwise permitted by law, “(iii) a sale, purchase, or trade of a drug or an offer to sell, purchase, or trade a drug among hospitals or other health care entities which are under common control, “(iv) a sale, purchase, or trade of a drug or an offer to sell, purchase, or trade a drug for emergency medical reasons, or 102 STAT. 97 “(v) a sale, purchase, or trade of a drug, an offer to sell, purchase, or trade a drug, or the dispensing of a drug pursuant to a prescription executed in accordance with section 503(b). For purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘entity’ does not include a wholesale distributor of drugs or a retail pharmacy licensed under State law and the term ‘emergency medical reasons’ includes transfers of a drug between health care entities or from a health care entity to a retail pharmacy undertaken to alleviate temporary shortages of the drug arising from delays in or interruptions of regular distribution schedules.”.
SEC. 5. DISTRIBUTION OF DRUG SAMPLES.Section 503 (as amended by section 4 of this Act) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: “(d)(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3), no representative of a drug manufacturer or distributor may distribute any drug sample. “(2)(A) The manufacturer or distributor of a drug subject to

Mail.

Health care professionals.

 subsection (b) may, in accordance with this paragraph, distribute drug samples by mail or common carrier to practitioners licensed to prescribe such drugs or, at the request of a licensed practitioner, to pharmacies of hospitals or other health care entities. Such a distribution of drug samples may only be made— “(i) in response to a written request for drug samples made on a form which meets the requirements of subparagraph (B), and “(ii) under a system which requires the recipient of the drug sample to execute a written receipt for the drug sample upon its delivery and the return of the receipt to the manufacturer or distributor. “(B) A written request for a drug sample required by subparagraph (A)(i) shall contain— “(i) the name, address, professional designation, and signature of the practitioner making the request, “(ii) the identity of the drug sample requested and the quantity requested, “(iii) the name of the manufacturer of the drug sample requested, and “(iv) the date of the request. “(C) Each drug manufacturer or distributor which makes distributions

Mail.

Records.

State and local governments.

 by mail or common carrier under this paragraph shall maintain, for a period of 3 years, the request forms submitted for such distributions and the receipts submitted for such distributions and shall maintain a record of distributions of drug samples which identifies the drugs distributed and the recipients of the distributions. Forms, receipts, and records required to be maintained under this subparagraph shall be made available by the drug manufacturer or distributor to Federal and State officials engaged in the regulation of drugs and in the enforcement of laws applicable to drugs. “(3) The manufacturer or distributor of a drug subject to subsection (b) may, by means other than mail or common carrier, distribute drug samples only if the manufacturer or distributor makes the distributions in accordance with subparagraph (A) and carries out the activities described in subparagraphs (B) through (F) as follows: “(A) Drug samples may only be distributed—

Health care professionals.

 “(i) to practitioners licensed to prescribe such drugs if they make a written request for the drug samples, or 102 STAT. 98 “(ii) at the written request of such a licensed practitioner, to pharmacies of hospitals or other health care entities. A written request for drug samples shall be made on a form which contains the practitioners name, address, and professional designation, the identity of the drug sample requested, the quantity of drug samples requested, the name of the manufacturer or distributor of the drug sample, the date of the request and signature of the practitioner making the request. “(B) Drug manufacturers or distributors shall store drug samples under conditions that will maintain their stability, integrity, and effectiveness and will assure that the drug samples will be free of contamination, deterioration, and adulteration. “(C)

Records.

 Drug manufacturers or distributors shall conduct, at least annually, a complete and accurate inventory of all drug samples in the possession of representatives of the manufacturer or distributor. Drug manufacturers or distributors shall maintain lists of the names and address of each of their representatives who distribute drug samples and of the sites where drug samples are stored. Drug manufacturers or distributors shall maintain records for at least 3 years of all drug samples distributed, destroyed, or returned to the manufacturer or distributor, of all inventories maintained under this subparagraph, of all thefts or significant losses of drug samples, and of all requests made under subparagraph (A) for drug samples. Records and lists maintained under this subparagraph shall be made available by the drug manufacturer or distributor to the Secretary upon request. “(D) Drug manufacturers or distributors shall notify the Secretary of any significant loss of drug samples and any known theft of drug samples. “(E)

Reports.

 Drug manufacturers or distributors shall report to the Secretary any conviction of their representatives for violations of section 503(c)(1) or a State law because of the sale, purchase, or trade of a drug sample or the offer to sell, purchase, or trade a drug sample. “(F) Drug manufacturers or distributors shall provide to the Secretary the name and telephone number of the individual responsible for responding to a request for information respecting drug samples.”.
SEC. 6. WHOLESALE DISTRIBUTORS.Section 503 (as amended by section 5 of this Act) is amended by adding at the end the following: “(e) (1) Each person who is engaged in the wholesale distribution of drugs subject to subsection (b) and who is not an authorized distributor of record of such drugs shall provide to each wholesale distributor of such drugs a statement identifying each sale of the drug (including the date of the sale) before the sale to such wholesale

Records.

distributor. Each manufacturer shall maintain at its corporate offices a current list of such authorized distributors. “(2)(A) No person may engage in the wholesale distribution in interstate commerce of drugs subject to subsection (b) in a State unless such person is licensed by the State in accordance with the guidelines issued under subparagraph (B). “(B) The

Regulations.

 Secretary shall by regulation issue guidelines establishing minimum standards, terms, and conditions for the licensing of persons to make wholesale distributions in interstate commerce of 102 STAT. 99drugs subject to subsection (b). Such guidelines shall prescribe

Records.

 requirements for the storage and handling of such drugs and for the establishment and maintenance of records of the distributions of such drugs. “(3) For the purposes of this subsection— “(A) the term ‘authorized distributors of record’ means those distributors with whom a manufacturer has established an ongoing relationship to distribute such manufacturer’s products, and “(B) the term ‘wholesale distribution’ means distribution of drugs subject to subsection (b) to other than the consumer or patient but does not include intracompany sales and does not include distributions of drugs described in subsection (c)(3)(B).”.
SEC. 7. PENALTIES. (a) Prohibited Acts.—Section 301 (21 U.S.C. 331) is amended by adding at the end the following: “(t) The importation of a drug in violation of section 801(d)(1), the sale, purchase, or trade of a drug or drug sample or the offer to sell, purchase, or trade a drug or drug sample in violation of section 503(c), the sale, purchase, or trade of a coupon, the offer to sell, purchase, or trade such a coupon, or the counterfeiting of such a coupon in violation of section 503(c)(2), the distribution of a drug sample in violation of section 503(d) or the failure to otherwise comply with the requirements of section 503(d), or the distribution of drugs in violation of section 503(e) or the failure to otherwise comply with the requirements of section 503(e).”. (b) Penalties.—Section 303 (21 U.S.C. 333) is amended— (1) by inserting “(1)” after “(a)”, (2) by redesignating subsection (b) as paragraph (2) and by striking out “subsection (a)” in such subsection and inserting in lieu thereof “paragraph (1)”, and (3) by inserting after subsection (a) the following: “(b)(1) Notwithstanding subsection (a), any person who violates section 301(t) because of an importation of a drug in violation of section 801(d)(1), because of a sale, purchase, or trade of a drug or drug sample or the offer to sell, purchase, or trade a drug or drug sample in violation of section 503(c), because of the sale, purchase, or trade of a coupon, the offer to sell, purchase, or trade such a coupon, or the counterfeiting of such a coupon in violation of section 503(c)(2), or the distribution of drugs in violation of section 503(e)(2)(A) shall be imprisoned for not more than 10 years or fined not more than $250,000, or both. “(2) Any manufacturer or distributor who distributes drug samples by means other than the mail or common carrier whose representative, during the course of the representative’s employment or association with that manufacturer or distributor, violated section 301(t) because of a violation of section 503(c)(1) or violated any State law prohibiting the sale, purchase, or trade of a drug sample subject to section 503(b) or the offer to sell, purchase, or trade such a drug sample shall, upon conviction of the representative for such violation, be subject to the following civil penalties: “(A) A civil penalty of not more than $50,000 for each of the first two such violations resulting in a conviction of any representative of the manufacturer or distributor in any 10-year period. 102 STAT. 100 “(B) A civil penalty of not more than $1,000,000 for each violation resulting in a conviction of any representative after the second conviction in any 10-year period. For the purposes of this paragraph, multiple convictions of one or more persons arising out of the same event or transaction, or a related series of events or transactions, shall be considered as one violation. “(3) Any manufacturer or distributor who violates section 30(t) because of a failure to make a report required by section 503(d)(3)(E) shall be subject to a civil penalty of not more than $100,000. “(4)(A) If a manufacturer or distributor or any representative of such manufacturer or distributor provides information leading to the arrest and conviction of any representative of that manufacturer or distributor for a violation of section 301(t) because of a sale, purchase, or trade or offer to purchase, sell, or trade a drug sample in violation of section 503(c)(1) or for a violation of State law prohibiting the sale, purchase, or trade or offer to sell, purchase, or trade a drug sample, the conviction of such representative shall not be considered as a violation for purposes of paragraph (2). “(B) If, in an action brought under paragraph (2) against a manufacturer or distributor relating to the conviction of a representative of such manufacturer or distributor for the sale, purchase, or trade of a drug or the offer to sell, purchase, or trade a drug, it is shown, by clear and convincing evidence— “(i) that the manufacturer or distributor conducted, before the arrest of such representative for the violation which resulted in such conviction, an investigation of events or transactions which would have led to the reporting of information leading to the arrest and conviction of such representative for such purchase, sale, or trade or offer to purchase, sell, or trade, or “(ii) that, except in the case of the conviction of a representative employed in a supervisory function, despite diligent implementation by the manufacturer or distributor of an independent audit and security system designed to detect such a violation, the manufacturer or distributor could not reasonably have been expected to have detected such violation, the conviction of such representative shall not be considered as a conviction for purposes of paragraph (2). “(5) If a person provides information leading to the arrest and conviction of a person for a violation of section 301(t) because of the sale, purchase, or trade of a drug sample or the offer to sell, purchase, or trade a drug sample in violation of section 503(c)(1), such person shall be entitled to one-half of the criminal fine imposed and collected for such violation but not more than $12,5,000.”.
SEC. 8.

21 USC 353 note.

 EFFECTIVE DATE. (a) General Rule.—Except as provided in subsection (b), this Act and the amendments made by this Act shall take effect upon the expiration of 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act. (b) Exception.— (1) Section 503(d) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (as added by section 5 of this Act) shall take effect upon the expiration of 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act. (2)

Regulations.

 The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall by regulation issue the guidelines required by section 503(e)(2)(B) of 102 STAT. 101the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (as added by section 6 of this Act) not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act. Section 503(e)(2)(A) of such Act shall take effect upon the expiration of 2 years after the date such regulations are promulgated and take effect.
Approved April 22, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1983: HOUSE REPORTS No. 100–76 (Comm. on Energy and Commerce). SENATE REPORTS No. 100–303 (Comm. on Finance). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): May 4, considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): Mar. 31, considered and passed Senate.

 WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS. Vol. 24 (1988):

Apr. 22, Presidential statement.

 Public Law 100–294: To amend the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act, the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment and Adoption Reform Act of 1978, and the Family Violence Prevention and Services Act to extend through fiscal year 1991 the authorities established in such Acts. Public Law 294 Public Law 100–294 102 Stat. 102 1988-04-25 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 102 Public Law 100–294 100th Congress
An Act To amend the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act, the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment and Adoption Reform Act of 1978, and the Family Violence Prevention and Services Act to extend through fiscal year 1991 the authorities established in such Acts.

Apr. 25, 1988

[H.R. 1983]

 Be if enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Child Abuse Prevention, Adoption, and Family Services Act of 1988.

42 USC 5101 note.

State and local governments.

Health and medical care.

Health care professionals.

Health care facilities.

42 USC 5101 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.This Act may be referred to as the “Child Abuse Prevention, Adoption, and Family Services Act of 1988”.
<num value="I">TITLE I—</num><heading class="inline">CHILD ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT ACT</heading> <section> <num value="101">SEC. 101. </num> <heading>AMENDMENT TO THE CHILD ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT ACT.</heading><content>The Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act (42 U.S.C. 5101 et seq.) is amended to read as follows:<quotedContent> <section> <num value="1">“SECTION 1. </num> <heading>SHORT TITLE AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Short Title</inline>.—</heading><content>This Act may be cited as the ‘<shortTitle role="act">Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act</shortTitle>’.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Table of Contents</inline>.—</heading><content>The table of contents is as follows: <toc> <heading class="centered">“TABLE OF CONTENTS</heading> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 1.</designator> <label>Short title and table of contents.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 2.</designator> <label>National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 3.</designator> <label>Advisory Board on Child Abuse and Neglect.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 4.</designator> <label>Inter-Agency Task Force on Child Abuse and Neglect.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 5.</designator> <label>National clearinghouse for information relating to child abuse.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 6.</designator> <label>Research and assistance activities of the National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 7.</designator> <label>Grants to public agencies and nonprofit private organizations for demonstration or service programs and projects.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 8.</designator> <label>Grants to States for child abuse and neglect prevention and treatment programs.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 9.</designator> <label>Technical assistance to States for child abuse prevention and treatment programs,</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 10.</designator> <label>Grants to States for programs relating to the investigation and prosecution of child abuse cases.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 11.</designator> <label>Miscellaneous requirements relating to assistance.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 12.</designator> <label>Coordination of child abuse and neglect programs.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 13.</designator> <label>Reports.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 14.</designator> <label>Definitions.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 15.</designator> <label>Authorization of appropriations.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/103">102 STAT. 103</page> <section> <num value="2">“SEC. 2. </num> <heading>NATIONAL CENTER ON CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5101">42 USC 5101</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall establish an office to be known as the National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Appointment of Director</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Appointment</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall appoint a Director of the Center. Except as otherwise provided in this Act, the Director shall be responsible only for administration and operation of the Center and for carrying out the functions of the Center under this Act. The Director shall have experience in the field of child abuse and neglect.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Compensation</inline>.—</heading><content>The Director shall be compensated at the annual rate provided for a level GS–15 employee under section 5332 of title 5, United States Code.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Other Staff and Resources</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall make available to the Center such staff and resources as are necessary for the Center to carry out effectively its functions under this Act. The Secretary shall require that professional staff have experience relating to child abuse and neglect. The Secretary is required to justify, based on the priorities and needs of the Center, the hiring of any professional staff member who does not have experience relating to child abuse and neglect.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="3">“SEC. 3. </num> <heading>ADVISORY BOARD ON CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5102">42 USC 5102</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Appointment</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall appoint an advisory board to be known as the Advisory Board on Child Abuse and Neglect.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Solicitation of Nominations</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Secretary shall publish<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p></sidenote> a notice in the Federal Register soliciting nominations for the appointments required by subsection (a).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Composition of Board</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Number of members</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The board shall consist of 15 members, each of which shall be a person who is recognized for expertise in an aspect of the area of child abuse, of which—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>2 shall be members of the task force established under section 4; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>13 shall be members of the general public and may not be Federal employees.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Representation</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall appoint members from the general public under paragraph (1)(B) who are individuals knowledgeable in child abuse and neglect prevention, intervention, treatment, or research, and with due consideration to representation of ethnic or racial minorities and diverse geographic areas, and who represent—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>law (including the judiciary);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>psychology (including child development);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>social services (including child protective services);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>medicine (including pediatrics);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>State and local government;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>organizations providing services to disabled persons;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(G) </num> <content>organizations providing services to adolescents;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">“(H) </num> <content>teachers;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>parent self-help organizations;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="J">“(J) </num> <content>parents’ groups; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="K">“(K) </num> <content>voluntary groups.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/104">102 STAT. 104</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Terms of office</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, members shall be appointed for terms of office of 4 years.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>Of the members of the board from the general public first appointed under subsection (a)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>4 shall be appointed for terms of office of 2 years;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>4 shall be appointed for terms of office of 3 years; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>5 shall be appointed for terms of office of 4 years, as determined by the members from the general public during the first meeting of the board.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>No member of the board appointed under subsection (a) shall be eligible to serve in excess of two consecutive terms, but may continue to serve until such member’s successor is appointed.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Vacancies</inline>.—</heading><content>Any member of the board appointed under subsection (a) to fill a vacancy occurring before the expiration of the term to which such member’s predecessor was appointed shall be appointed for the remainder of such term. If the vacancy occurs prior to the expiration of the term of a member of the board appointed under subsection (a), a replacement shall be appointed in the same manner in which the original appointment was made.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Removal</inline>.—</heading><content>No member of the board may be removed during the term of office of such member except for just and sufficient cause.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Election of Officers</inline>.—</heading><content>The board shall elect a chairperson and vice-chairperson at its first meeting from among the members from the general public.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Meetings</inline>.—</heading><content>The board shall meet not less than twice a year at the call of the chairperson. The chairperson, to the maximum extent practicable, shall coordinate meetings of the board with receipt of reports from the task force under section 4(f).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duties</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The board shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>annually submit to the Secretary and the appropriate committees of Congress a report containing—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>recommendations on coordinating Federal child abuse and neglect activities to prevent duplication and ensure efficient allocations of resources and program effectiveness; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>recommendations as to carrying out the purposes of this Act;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>annually submit to the Secretary and the Director a report containing long-term and short-term recommendations on—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>programs;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>research;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>grant and contract needs;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>areas of unmet needs; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>areas to which the Secretary should provide grant and contract priorities under sections 6 and 7; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>annually review the budget of the Center and submit to the Director a report concerning such review.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">“(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Compensation</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as provided in paragraph (3), members of the board, other than those regularly employed by the Federal Government, while serving on business of the board, may receive compensation at a rate not in excess of the daily <page identifier="/us/stat/102/105">102 STAT. 105</page> equivalent payable to a GS–18 employee under section 5332 of title 5, United States Code, including traveltime.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Travel</inline>.—</heading> <content>Except as provided in paragraph (3), members of the board, while serving on business of the board away from their homes or regular places of business, may be allowed travel expenses (including per diem in lieu of subsistence! as authorized by section 5703 of title 5, United States Code, for persons in the Government service employed intermittently.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Restriction</inline>.—</heading><content>The Director may not compensate a member of the board under this section if the member is receiving compensation or travel expenses from another source while serving on business of the board.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4">“SEC. 4. </num> <heading>INTER-AGENCY TASK FORCE ON CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5103">42 USC 5103</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall establish a task force to be known as the Inter-Agency Task Force on Child Abuse and Neglect.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Composition</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall request representation for the task force from Federal agencies with responsibility for programs and activities related to child abuse and neglect.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Chairperson</inline>.—</heading><content>The task force shall be chaired by the Director.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duties</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The task force shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>coordinate Federal efforts with respect to child abuse prevention and treatment programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>encourage the development by other Federal agencies of activities relating to child abuse prevention and treatment;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>coordinate the use of grants received under this Act with the use of grants received under other programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>prepare a comprehensive plan for coordinating the goals, objectives, and activities of all Federal agencies and organizations which have responsibilities for programs and activities related to child abuse and neglect, and submit such plan to such Advisory Board not later than 12 months after the date of enactment of the Child Abuse Prevention, Adoption, and Family Services Act of 1988; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>coordinate adoption related activities, develop Federal standards with respect to adoption activities under this Act, and prevent duplication with respect to the allocation of resources to adoption activities.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Meetings</inline>.—</heading><content>The task force shall meet not less than three times annually at the call of the chairperson.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reports</inline>.—</heading><content>The task force shall report not less than twice annually to the Center and the Board.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5">“SEC. 5. </num> <heading>NATIONAL CLEARINGHOUSE FOR INFORMATION RELATING TO CHILD ABUSE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5104">42 USC 5104</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment</inline>.—</heading><content>Before the end of the 2-year period beginning<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> on the date of the enactment of the Child Abuse Prevention, Adoption, and Family Services Act of 1988, the Secretary shall through the Center, or by contract of no less than 3 years duration let through a competition, establish a national clearinghouse for information relating to child abuse.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Functions</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Director shall, through the clearinghouse established by subsection (a)—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>maintain, coordinate, and disseminate information on all programs, including private programs, that show promise of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/106">102 STAT. 106</page>success with respect to the prevention, identification, and treatment of child abuse and neglect, including the information provided by the National Center for Child Abuse and Neglect under section 6(b); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>maintain and disseminate information relating to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the incidence of cases of child abuse and neglect in the general population;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the incidence of such cases in populations determined by the Secretary under section 105(a)(1);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the incidence of any such cases related to alcohol or drug abuse; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>State and local recordkeeping with respect to such cases.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Coordination With Available Resources</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In establishing a national clearinghouse as required by subsection (a), the Director shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>consult with other Federal agencies that operate similar clearinghouses;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>consult with the head of each agency that is represented on the task force on the development of the components for information collection and management of such clearinghouse;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>develop a Federal data system involving the elements under subsection (b) which, to the extent practicable, coordinates existing State, regional, and local data systems; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>solicit public comment on the components of such clearinghouse.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="6">“SEC. 6. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5105">42 USC 5105</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>RESEARCH AND ASSISTANCE ACTIVITIES OF THE NATIONAL CENTER ON CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Research</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Topics</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall, through the Center, conduct research on—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the causes, prevention, identification, and treatment of child abuse and neglect;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>appropriate and effective investigative, administrative, and judicial procedures with respect to cases of child abuse; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau>the national incidence of child abuse and neglect, including—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the extent to which incidents of child abuse are increasing or decreasing In number and severity;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the relationship of child abuse and neglect to nonpayment of child support, handicaps, and various other factors; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>the incidence of substantiated reported child abuse cases that result in civil child protection proceedings or criminal proceedings, including the number of such cases with respect to which the court makes a finding that abuse or neglect exists and the disposition of such cases.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Priorities</inline>.—</heading><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num> <content>The Secretary shall establish research and demonstration priorities for making grants or contracts for purposes of carrying out paragraph (1)(A) and activities under section 7.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>In establishing research and demonstration priorities as required by subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/107">102 STAT. 107</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>publish proposed priorities in the Federal Register for<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p></sidenote> public comment; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>allow not less than 60 days for public comment on such proposed priorities.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Publication and Dissemination of Information</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall, through the Center—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>as a part of research activities establish a national data<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> collection and analysis program, which, to the extent practical, coordinates existing State child abuse and neglect reports and which shall include—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>standardized data on false, unfounded, or unsubstantiated reports; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>information on the number of deaths due to child abuse and neglect;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>annually compile and analyze research on child abuse and neglect and publish a summary of such research;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>compile, evaluate, publish, and disseminate to the States and to the clearinghouse, established under section 5, materials and information designed to assist the States in developing, establishing, and operating the programs described in section 10, including an evaluation of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>various methods and procedures for the investigation and prosecution of child physical and sexual abuse cases; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>resultant psychological trauma to the child victim;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau>compile, publish, and disseminate training materials—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>for persons who are engaged in or intend to engage in the prevention, identification, and treatment of child abuse and neglect; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>to appropriate State and local officials to assist in training law enforcement, legal, judicial, medical, mental health, and child welfare personnel in appropriate methods of interacting during investigative, administrative, and judicial proceedings with children who have been subjected to abuse; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>establish model information collection systems, in consultation with appropriate State and local agencies and professionals.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Provision of Technical Assistance</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall,<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> through the Center, provide technical assistance to public and non-profit private agencies and organizations, including disability organizations and persons who work with children with handicaps, to assist such agencies and organizations in planning, improving, developing, and carrying out programs and activities relating to the prevention, identification, and treatment of child abuse and neglect.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authority to Make Grants or Enter Into Contracts</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>The functions of the Secretary under this section may be carried out either directly or through grant or contract.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duration</inline>.—</heading><content>Grants under this section shall be made for periods of not more than 5 years. The Secretary shall review each such grant at least annually, utilizing peer review mechanisms to assure the quality and progress of research conducted under such grant.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Preference for long-term studies</inline>.—</heading><content>In making grants for purposes of conducting research under subsection (a), the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/108">102 STAT. 108</page>Secretary shall give special consideration to applications for long-term projects.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Peer Review for Grants</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment of peer review process</inline>.—</heading><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num> <content>The Secretary shall establish a formal peer review process for purposes of evaluating applications for grants and contracts under this section and determining the relative merits of the projects for which such assistance is requested.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Members of peer review panels shall be appointed by the Secretary from among individuals who are not officers or employees of the Office of Human Development Services. In making appointments to such panels, the Secretary shall include only experts in the field of child abuse and neglect.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Review of applications for assistance</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Each peer review panel established under paragraph (1)(A) that reviews any application for a grant, contract, or other financial assistance shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>determine the merit of each project described in such application; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>rank such application with respect to all other applications it reviews in the same priority area for the fiscal year involved, according to the relative merit of all of the projects that are described in such application and for which financial assistance is requested.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Notice of approval</inline>.—</heading><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num> <content>At the end of each application process, the Secretary shall make available upon request, no later than 14 days after the request, to the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate the list which identifies all applications reviewed by such panel and arranges such applications according to rank determined under paragraph (2) and a list of all applications funded.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>In the instance in which the Secretary approves an application for a program without having approved all applications ranked above such application (as determined under subsection (e)(2)(B)), the Secretary shall append to the approved application a detailed explanation of the reasons relied on for approving the application and for failing to approve each pending application that is superior in merit, as indicated on the list under subsection (e)(2)(B).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="7">“SEC. 7. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5106">42 USC 5106</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>GRANTS TO PUBLIC AGENCIES AND NONPROFIT PRIVATE ORGANIZATIONS FOR DEMONSTRATION OR SERVICE PROGRAMS AND PROJECTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Secretary, through the Center, shall, in accordance with subsections (b) and (c), make grants to, and enter into contracts with, public agencies or nonprofit private organizations (or combinations of such agencies or organizations) for demonstration or service programs and projects designed to prevent, identify, and treat child abuse and neglect.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants for Resource Centers</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary shall, directly or through grants or contracts with public or private nonprofit organizations under this section, provide for the establishment of resource centers—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>serving defined geographic areas;</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/109">102 STAT. 109</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>staffed by multidisciplinary teams of personnel trained in the prevention, identification, and treatment of child abuse and neglect; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>providing advice and consultation to individuals, agencies, and organizations which request such services.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Discretionary Grants</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In addition to grants or contracts<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Education.</p></sidenote> made under subsection (b), grants or contracts under this section may be used for the following:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Training programs</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>for professional and paraprofessional personnel in the fields of medicine, law, education, social work, and other relevant fields who are engaged in, or intend to work in, the field of prevention, identification, and treatment of child abuse and neglect; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>to provide instruction in methods of protecting children<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> from child abuse and neglect to children and to persons responsible for the welfare of children, including parents of and persons who work with children with handicaps.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Such other innovative programs and projects as the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Alcohol and alcoholic beverages.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Drugs and drug abuse.</p></sidenote> Secretary may approve, including programs and projects for parent self-help, for prevention and treatment of alcohol and drug-related child abuse and neglect, and for home health visitor programs designed to reach parents of children in populations in which risk is high, that show promise of successfully preventing and treating cases of child abuse and neglect, and for a parent self-help program of demonstrated effectiveness which is national in scope.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Projects which provide educational identification, prevention, and treatment services in cooperation with preschool and elementary and secondary schools.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Respite and crisis nursery programs provided by community-based organizations under the direction and supervision of hospitals.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>Respite and crisis nursery programs provided by community-based organizations.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau>Providing hospital-based information and referral services to—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>parents of children with handicaps; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>children who have been neglected or abused and their parents.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>Except as provided in subparagraph (C)(iii), services provided under a grant received under this paragraph shall be provided at the hospital involved—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>upon the birth or admission of a handicapped child; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>upon the treatment of a child for abuse or neglect.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau>Services, as determined as appropriate by the grantee, provided under a grant received under this paragraph shall be hospital-based and shall consist of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the provision of notice to parents that information relating to community services is available;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the provision of appropriate information to parents of a child with handicaps regarding resources in the community, particularly parent training resources, that will assist such parents in caring for their child;</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/110">102 STAT. 110</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>the provision of appropriate information to parents of a child who has been neglected or abused regarding resources in the community, particularly parent training resources, that will assist such parents in caring for their child and reduce the possibility of abuse or neglect;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>the provision of appropriate follow-up services to parents of a child described in subparagraph (B) after the child has left the hospital; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>where necessary, assistance in coordination of community services available to parents of children described in subparagraph (B).</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">The grantee shall assure that parental involvement described in this subparagraph is voluntary.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <chapeau>For purposes of this paragraph, a qualified grantee is a nonprofit acute care hospital that—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <chapeau>is in a combination with—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>a health-care provider organization;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>a child welfare organization;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num> <content>a disability organization; and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">“(IV) </num> <content>a State child protection agency;</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>submits an application for a grant under this paragraph that is approved by the Secretary;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>maintains an office in the hospital involved for purposes of providing services under such grant;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>provides assurances to the Secretary that in the conduct of the project the confidentiality of medical, social, and personal information concerning any person described in subparagraph (A) or (B) shall be maintained, and shall be disclosed only to qualified persons providing required services described in subparagraph (C) for purposes relating to conduct of the project; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>assumes legal responsibility for carrying out the terms and conditions of the grant.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Urban areas.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>In awarding grants under this paragraph, the Secretary shall—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>give priority under this section for two grants under this paragraph, provided that one grant shall be made to provide services in an urban setting and one grant shall be made to provide services in rural setting; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>encourage qualified grantees to combine the amounts received under the grant with other funds available to such grantees.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>Such other innovative programs and projects that show promise of preventing and treating cases of child abuse and neglect as the Secretary may approve.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="8">“SEC. 8. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5106a">42 USC 5106a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>GRANTS TO STATES FOR CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT PREVENTION AND TREATMENT PROGRAMS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Development and Operation Grants</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary, through the Center, is authorized to make grants to the States for purposes of assisting the States in developing, strengthening, and carrying out child abuse and neglect prevention and treatment programs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eligibility Requirements</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In order for a State to qualify for a grant under subsection (a), such State shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>have in effect a State law relating to child abuse and neglect, including—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/111">102 STAT. 111</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>provisions for the reporting of known and suspected instances of child abuse and neglect; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>provisions for immunity from prosecution under State and local laws for persons who report instances of child abuse or neglect for circumstances arising from such reporting;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>provide that upon receipt of a report of known or suspected instances of child abuse or neglect an investigation shall be initiated promptly to substantiate the accuracy of the report, and, upon a finding of abuse or neglect, immediate steps shall be taken to protect the health and welfare of the abused or neglected child and of any other child under the same care who may be in danger of abuse or neglect;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>demonstrate that there are in effect throughout the State, in connection with the enforcement of child abuse and neglect laws and with the reporting of suspected instances of child abuse and neglect, such—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>administrative procedures;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>personnel trained in child abuse and neglect prevention and treatment;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>training procedures;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>institutional and other facilities (public and private); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>such related multidisciplinary programs and services,</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">as may be necessary or appropriate to ensure that the State will deal effectively with child abuse and neglect cases in the State;</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>provide for methods to preserve the confidentiality of all<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Classified information.</p></sidenote> records in order to protect the rights of the child and of the child’s parents or guardians;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>provide for the cooperation of law enforcement officials, courts of competent jurisdiction, and appropriate State agencies providing human services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>provide that in every case involving an abused or neglected child which results in a judicial proceeding a guardian ad litem shall be appointed to represent the child in such proceedings;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>provide that the aggregate of support for programs or projects related to child abuse and neglect assisted by State funds shall not be reduced below the level provided during fiscal year 1973, and set forth policies and procedures designed to ensure that Federal funds made available under this Act for any fiscal year shall be so used as to supplement and, to the extent practicable, increase the level of State funds which would, in the absence of Federal funds, be available for such programs and projects;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>provide for dissemination of information, including efforts<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public Information.</p></sidenote> to encourage more accurate reporting, to the general public with respect to the problem of child abuse and neglect and the facilities and prevention and treatment methods available to combat instances of child abuse and neglect;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>to the extent feasible, ensure that parental organizations combating child abuse and neglect receive preferential treatment; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <chapeau>have in place for the purpose of responding to the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> reporting of medical neglect (including instances of withholding of medically indicated treatment from disabled infants with life-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/112">102 STAT. 112</page>threatening conditions), procedures or programs, or both (within the State child protective services system), to provide for—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>coordination and consultation with individuals designated by and within appropriate health-care facilities;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>prompt notification by individuals designated by and within appropriate health-care facilities of cases of suspected medical neglect (including instances of withholding of medically indicated treatment from disabled infants with life-threatening conditions); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>authority, under State law, for the State child protective service system to pursue any legal remedies, including the authority to initiate legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction, as may be necessary to prevent the withholding of medically indicated treatment from disabled infants with life-threatening conditions.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Waivers</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Subject to paragraph (3) of this subsection, any State which does not qualify for assistance under this subsection may be granted a waiver of any requirement under paragraph (2) of this subsection—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>for a period of not more than one year, if the Secretary makes a finding that such State is making a good faith effort to comply with any such requirement, and for a second one-year period if the Secretary makes a finding that such State is making substantial progress to achieve such compliance; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>for a nonrenewable period of not more than two years in the case of a State the legislature of which meets only biennially, if the Secretary makes a finding that such State is making a good faith effort to comply with such requirement.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Extension</inline>.—</heading><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau>Subject to paragraph (3) of this subsection, any State whose waiver under paragraph (1) expired as of the end of fiscal year 1986 may be granted an extension of such waiver, if the Secretary makes a finding that such State is making a good faith effort to comply with the requirements under subsection (b) of this section—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>through the end of fiscal year 1988; or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>in the case of a State the legislature of which meets biennially, through the end of the fiscal year 1989 or the end of the next regularly scheduled session of such legislature, whichever is earlier.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p></sidenote> <content>This provision shall be effective retroactively to October 1, 1986.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Requirements under subsection (b)(10)</inline>.—</heading><content>No waiver under paragraph (1) or (2) may apply to any requirement under subsection (b)(10) of this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reduction of Funds in Case of Failure To Obligate</inline>.—</heading><content>If a State fails to obligate funds awarded under subsection (a) before the expiration of the 18-month period beginning on the date of such award, the next award made to such State under this section after the expiration of such period shall be reduced by an amount equal of the amount of such unobligated funds unless the Secretary determines that extraordinary reasons justify the failure to so obligate.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Restrictions Relating to Child Welfare Services</inline>.—</heading><content>Programs or projects relating to child abuse and neglect assisted under part B of title IV of the Social Security Act shall comply with the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/113">102 STAT. 113</page>requirements set forth in paragraphs (1)(A), (2), (4), (5), and (10) of subsection (b).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Compliance and Education Grants</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary is authorized<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> to make grants to the States for purposes of developing, implementing, or operating—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the procedures or programs required under subsection (b)(10);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>information and education programs or training programs designed to improve the provision of services to disabled infants with life-threatening conditions for—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>professional and para professional personnel concerned with the welfare of disabled infants with life-threatening conditions, including personnel employed in child protective services programs and health-care facilities; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the parents of such infants; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>programs to assist in obtaining or coordinating necessary services for families of disabled infants with life-threatening conditions, including—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>existing social and health services;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>financial assistance; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>services necessary to facilitate adoptive placement of any such infants who have been relinquished for adoption.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="9">“SEC. 9. </num> <heading>TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE TO STATES FOR CHILD ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT PROGRAMS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5106b">42 USC 5106b</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Training and Technical Assistance</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> provide, directly or through grants or contracts with public or private nonprofit organizations, for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>training and technical assistance programs to assist States in developing, implementing, or operating programs and procedures meeting the requirements of section 8(b)(10); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>the establishment and operation of national and regional<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> information and resource clearinghouses for the purpose of providing the most current and complete information regarding medical treatment procedures and resources and community resources for the provision of services and treatment to disabled infants with life-threatening conditions, including—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>compiling, maintaining, updating, and disseminating regional directories of community services and resources (including the names and phone numbers of State and local medical organizations) to assist parents, families, and physicians; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>attempting to coordinate the availability of appropriate <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Education.</p></sidenote>regional education resources for health-care personnel.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on Funding</inline>.—</heading><content>Not more than $1,000,000 of the funds appropriated for any fiscal year for purposes of carrying out this Act may be used to carry out this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="10">“SEC. 10. </num> <heading>GRANTS TO STATES FOR PROGRAMS RELATING TO THE INVESTIGATION AND PROSECUTION OF CHILD ABUSE CASES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5106c">42 USC 5106c</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants to States</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary, acting through the Center and in consultation with the Attorney General, is authorized to make grants to the States for the purpose of assisting States in developing, establishing, and operating programs designed to improve—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/114">102 STAT. 114</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the handling of child abuse cases, particularly cases of child sexual abuse, in a manner which limits additional trauma to the child victim; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the investigation and prosecution of cases of child abuse, particularly child sexual abuse.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eligibility Requirements</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In order for a State to qualify for assistance under this section, such State shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>fulfill the requirements of sections 8(b) and 8(e) or receive a waiver under section 8(c);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>establish a task force as provided in subsection (c);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>fulfill the requirements of subsection (d); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau>submit an application to the Secretary at such time and containing such information and assurances as the Secretary considers necessary, including an assurance that the State will—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <content>make such reports to the Secretary as may reason-ably be required; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote> <content>maintain and provide access to records relating to activities under subsections (a) and (b).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Task Forces</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Except as provided in paragraph (2), a State requesting assistance under this section shall establish or designate a State multidisciplinary task force on children’s justice (hereinafter referred to as ‘State task force’) composed of professionals with knowledge and experience relating to the criminal justice system and issues of child abuse. The State task force shall include—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>individuals representing the law enforcement community;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>judicial and legal officers (including individuals involved with the defense as well as the prosecution of such cases);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>child advocates;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>health and mental health professionals;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>individuals representing child protective service agencies;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>individuals experienced in working with children with handicaps;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">“(G) </num> <content>parents; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">“(H) </num> <content>representatives of parents’ groups.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Existing task force</inline>.—</heading><content>As determined by the Secretary, a State commission or task force established after January 1, 1983, with substantially comparable membership and functions, may be considered the State task force for purposes of this subsection.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Task Force Study</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Before a State receives assistance under this section, the State task force shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>review and evaluate State investigative, administrative and judicial handling of cases of child abuse, particularly child sexual abuse; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>make recommendations in each of the categories described in subsection (e).</content> </paragraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">The task force may make such other comments and recommendations as are considered relevant and useful.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Adoption of State Task Force Recommendations</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Subject to the provisions of paragraph (2), before a State receives assistance under this section, a State <page identifier="/us/stat/102/115">102 STAT. 115</page>shall adopt recommendations of the State task force in each of the following categories—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>investigative, administrative, and judicial handling of cases of child abuse, particularly child sexual abuse cases, in a manner which reduces the additional trauma to the child victim and which also ensures procedural fairness to the accused;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>experimental, model and demonstration programs<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Research and development.</p></sidenote> for testing innovative approaches and techniques which may improve the rate of successful prosecution or enhance the effectiveness of judicial and administrative action in child abuse cases, particularly child sexual abuse cases, and which also ensure procedural fairness to the accused; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>reform of State laws, ordinances, regulations and procedures to provide comprehensive protection for children from abuse, particularly child sexual abuse, while ensuring fairness to all affected persons.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Exemption</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>As determined by the Secretary, a State shall be considered to be in fulfillment of the requirements of this subsection if—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the State adopts an alternative to the recommendations of the State task force, which carries out the purpose of this section, in each of the categories under paragraph (1) for which the State task force’s recommendations are not adopted; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the State is making substantial progress toward adopting recommendations of the State task force or a comparable alternative to such recommendations.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Funds Available</inline>.—</heading><content>For grants under this section, the Secretary shall use the amount authorized by section 1404A of the Victims of Crime Act of 1984.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="11">“SEC. 11. </num> <heading>MISCELLANEOUS REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO ASSISTANCE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5106d">42 USC 5106d</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Construction of Facilities</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Restriction on use of funds</inline>.—</heading><content>Assistance provided under this Act may not be used for construction of facilities.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Lease, rental, or repair</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary may authorize the use of funds received under this Act—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>where adequate facilities are not otherwise available, for the lease or rental of facilities; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>for the repair or minor remodeling or alteration of existing facilities.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Geographical Distribution</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall establish<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Urban areas.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p></sidenote> criteria designed to achieve equitable distribution of assistance under this Act among the States, among geographic areas of the Nation, and among rural and urban areas of the Nation. To the extent possible, the Secretary shall ensure that the citizens of each State receive assistance from at least one project under this Act.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Prevention Activities</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary, in consultation with<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Research and development.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> the task force and the board, shall ensure that a majority share of assistance under this Act is available for discretionary research and demonstration grants.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>No funds appropriated for any grant or contract pursuant to authorizations made in this Act may be used for any purpose other than that for which such funds were authorized to be appropriated.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/116">102 STAT. 116</page> <section> <num value="12">“SEC. 12. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5106e">42 USC 5106e</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>COORDINATION OF CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT PROGRAMS.</heading> <content><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote>“The Secretary shall prescribe regulations and make such arrangements as may be necessary or appropriate to ensure that there is effective coordination among programs related to child abuse and neglect under this Act and other such programs which are assisted by Federal funds.</content> </section> <section> <num value="13">“SEC. 13. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5106f">42 USC 5106f</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>REPORTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Coordination Efforts</inline>.—</heading><content>Not later than March 1 of the second year following the date of enactment of the Child Abuse Prevention, Adoption, and Family Services Act of 1988 and every 2 years thereafter, the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report on efforts during the 2-year period preceding the date of the report to coordinate the objectives and activities of agencies and organizations which are responsible for programs and activities related to child abuse and neglect.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effectiveness of State Programs and Technical Assistance</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Not later than two years after the first fiscal year for which funds are obligated under section 1404A of the Victims of Crime Act of 1984, the Secretary shall submit to the appropriate committees of Congress a report evaluating the effectiveness of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>assisted programs in achieving the objectives of section 10; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the technical assistance provided under section 9,</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="14">“SEC. 14. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5106g">42 USC 5106g</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading> <chapeau>“For purposes of this Act—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the term ‘board’ means the Advisory Board on Child Abuse and Neglect established under section 3;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the term ‘Center’ means the National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect established under section 2;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>the term ‘child’ means a person who has not attained the lesser of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the age of 18; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>except in the case of sexual abuse, the age specified by the child protection law of the State in which the child resides;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>the term ‘child abuse and neglect’ means the physical or mental injury, sexual abuse or exploitation, negligent treatment, or maltreatment of a child by a person who is responsible for the child’s welfare, under circumstances which indicate that the child’s health or welfare is harmed or threatened thereby, as determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <chapeau>the term ‘person who is responsible for the child’s welfare’ includes—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>any employee of a residential facility; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>any staff person providing out-of-home care;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>the term ‘Secretary’ means the Secretary of Health and Human Services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <chapeau>the term ‘sexual abuse’ includes—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the employment, use, persuasion, inducement, enticement, or coercion of any child to engage in, or assist any other person to engage in, any sexually explicit conduct or simulation of such conduct for the purpose of producing a visual depiction of such conduct; or</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/117">102 STAT. 117</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the rape, molestation, prostitution, or other form of sexual exploitation of children, or incest with children;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>the term ‘State’ means each of the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>the term ‘task force’ means the Inter-Agency Task Force on Child Abuse and Neglect established under section 4; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <chapeau>the term ‘withholding of medically indicated treatment’ means the failure to respond to the infant’s life-threatening conditions by providing treatment (including appropriate nutrition, hydration, and medication) which, in the treating physician’s or physicians’ reasonable medical judgment, will be most likely to be effective in ameliorating or correcting all such conditions, except that the term does not include the failure to provide treatment (other than appropriate nutrition, hydration, or medication) to an infant when, in the treating physician’s or physicians’ reasonable medical judgment—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the infant is chronically and irreversibly comatose;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>the provision of such treatment would—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>merely prolong dying;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>not be effective in ameliorating or correcting all of the infant’s life-threatening conditions; or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>otherwise be futile in terms of the survival of the infant; or</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the provision of such treatment would be virtually futile in terms of the survival of the infant and the treatment itself under such circumstances would be inhumane.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="15">“SEC. 15. </num> <heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/100/">42 USC 5106h</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated for purposes of carrying out this Act $48,000,000 for fiscal year 1988, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 1989, 1990, and 1991. Of the funds appropriated for any fiscal year under this<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> section, except as provided in the succeeding sentence (1)(A) $11,000,000 shall be available for activities under sections 5, 6, and 7, and (B), $9,000,000 shall be available in each fiscal year for activities under sections 8(a) and 9 of this Act, giving special consideration to continued funding of child abuse and neglect programs or projects (previously funded by the Department of Health and Human Services) of national or regional scope and demonstrated effectiveness, (2) $5,000,000 shall be available in each such year for grants and contracts under section 7(a) of this Act, for identification, treatment, and prevention of sexual abuse, and (3) $5,000,000 shall be available in each such year for the purpose of making additional grants to the States to carry out the provisions of section 8(f) of this Act. With respect to any fiscal year in which the total amount appropriated under this section is less than $30,000,000, no less than $20,000,000 of the funds appropriated in such fiscal year shall be available as provided in clause (1) in the preceding sentence and of the remainder, one-half shall be available as provided for in clause (2) and one-half as provided for in clause (3) in the preceding sentence.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Availability of Funds Without Fiscal Year Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall ensure that funds appropriated pursuant to authorizations in this Act shall remain available until expended for the purposes for which they were appropriated.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/118">102 STAT. 118</page> <section> <num value="102">SEC. 102. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5105">42 USC 5105 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>CHILD ABUSE AND DISABILITY.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Study</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Director of the National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect shall conduct a study of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the incidence of child abuse among children with handicaps, including children in out-of-home placements, and the relationship between child abuse and children’s handicapping conditions; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the incidence of children who have developed handicapping conditions as a result of child abuse or neglect.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Director shall report to the appropriate committees of Congress with respect to the study conducted pursuant to subsection (a). The report shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the information and data gathered;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>an analysis of such information and data; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>recommendations on how to prevent abuse of disabled children.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="103">SEC. 103. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5105">42 USC 5105 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>CHILD ABUSE AND ALCOHOLIC FAMILIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Study</inline>.—</heading><content>The Director of the National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect shall conduct a study of the incidence of child abuse in alcoholic families and the relationship between child abuse and familial alcoholism.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Director shall report to the appropriate committees of Congress with respect to the study conducted pursuant to subsection (a). The report shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the information and data gathered;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>an analysis of such information and data; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>recommendations on how to prevent child abuse in alcoholic families.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="101">SEC. 104. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5105">42 USC 5105 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>STUDY OF GUADIAN-AD-LITEM.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Study</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Director of the National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect shall conduct a study of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>how individual legal representation of children in cases of child abuse or neglect has been provided in each State; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the effectiveness of legal representation of children in cases of abuse or neglect through the use of guardian-ad-litem and court appointed special advocates.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Director shall report to the appropriate committees of Congress with respect to the study conducted pursuant to subsection (a). The report shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the information and data gathered;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>an analysis of such information and data; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>recommendations on how to improve legal representation of children in cases of abuse or neglect.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="105">SEC. 105. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5105">42 USC 5105 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>HIGH RISK STUDY.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Study</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Director of the National Center on Child Abuse and Neglect shall conduct a study—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>to identify groups which have been historically under-served or unserved by programs relating to child abuse and neglect; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>to report the incidence of child abuse and neglect among children who are members of such groups.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/119">102 STAT. 119</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Not later than 2 years after the date of enactment of this Act, the Director shall report to the appropriate committees of Congress with respect to the study conducted pursuant to subsection (a). The report shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the information and data gathered;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>an analysis of such information and data; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>recommendations on how to better meet the needs of underserved or unserved groups.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="106">SEC. 106. </num> <heading>PRESIDENTIAL COMMISSION ON CHILD AND YOUTH DEATHS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5101"></ref>42 USC 5101 note.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Findings</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Congress finds that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>even by conservative estimates, during 1985 and 1986, child abuse fatalities in this country increased by 23 percent;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the average age of children who die from abuse and neglect is two years old;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>child abuse fatalities are not inherently predictable but many are preventable;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>many accidental childhood injuries are likewise preventable;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>accidental childhood injuries remain the biggest killer and disabler of children between the ages of 1 and 14;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>in the face of stagnating infant mortality indicators, the United States is now tied for last place among 20 industrialized nations with respect to infant mortality;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>the teen suicide rate is starting to climb again, with deaths totaling over 5,000 in 1986; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(8) </num> <content>homicide is the second leading cause of death in youths aged fourteen to twenty-four years.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment of Commission</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>There is established a National Commission oh Child and Youth Deaths (hereafter in this section referred to as the “Commission”). The Commission shall be composed of fifteen members as follows:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Two members of the Senate, one to be selected by the Majority Leader of the Senate, the other to be selected by the Minority Leader of the Senate.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Two members of the House, one to be selected by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, the other to be selected by the Minority Leader of the House.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <chapeau>Four representatives of State government shall be selected by the President:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>The chief executive officer of a State.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>A chief State official responsible for administering child health and mental health programs.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>A chief State official responsible for administering children’s social services programs.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>A chief State official responsible for administering law enforcement programs.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>The Secretary of Health and Human Services.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>Six at large members, including representatives of community-based organizations with demonstrated expertise in the prevention and identification of child and youth deaths due to child abuse and neglect, infant mortality (including sudden infant death syndrome), suicide, homicide, and unintentional injuries, to be jointly selected by the Majority Leader of the Senate and Speaker of the House of Representatives.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Study and Evaluation by the Commission</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Commission shall study and evaluate comprehensively Federal, State, and local <page identifier="/us/stat/102/120">102 STAT. 120</page>public and private resources which affect child and youth deaths and shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>evaluate the adequacy and effectiveness of programs designed to prevent or identify child and youth deaths which are intentionally caused or which occur due to negligence, neglect, or a failure to exercise proper care, including child health and mental health services, child protective services, child welfare services, education, juvenile justice services, and law enforcement activities;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>evaluate the effectiveness of current Federal, State, and local policies and systems aimed at appropriately identifying and collecting accurate, uniform data on child and youth deaths in a coordinated fashion;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>evaluate the adequacy of current Federal, State, and local efforts to enable an appropriate distribution of properly trained child health, mental health, social services, protective services, education, juvenile justice, and law enforcement personnel to prevent and identify child and youth deaths; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>identify current resource limitations on and intergovernmental and Federal interagency barriers to the care needed to prevent high child and youth death rates.</content> </paragraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">In order to conduct the study and evaluation required by this subsection, the Commission shall hold hearings in areas of the United States with high child and youth death rates.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Recommendations and Report of the Commission</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>The Commission shall make recommendations with respect to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>a national policy designed to reduce and prevent child and youth deaths, including recommendations for more accurate reporting systems and recommendations concerning appropriate roles for the Federal Government, States, and local governments and the private sector;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>specific changes needed in Federal laws and Federal programs to achieve an effective Federal role in preventing child and youth deaths, including the programs specified in subparagraph (A); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>specific changes needed to improve national data collection with respect to child and youth deaths.</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">In making its recommendations, the Commission shall review recommendations made in recent regional and national conferences and reports on child and youth deaths.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Within 12 months after the appointment of the Commission, the Commission shall prepare and transmit to the President and the appropriate committees of the Congress a report describing the activities of the Commission and containing information gathered and evaluations required by subsection (c) and recommendations required by paragraph (1) of this subsection.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administration Provisions</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num> <content>A vacancy in the Commission shall be filled in the same manner as the original appointment was made. A vacancy in the Commission shall not affect its powers.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Members shall be appointed for the life of the Commission.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The members of the Commission shall elect a Chairman from among the members of the Commission.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>Eleven members of the Commission shall constitute a quorum, but a lesser number may hold hearings.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>The Commission shall hold its first meeting on a date specified by the President which is not later than 90 days after October 1, 1988. Thereafter, the Commission shall meet at the call of the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/121">102 STAT. 121</page>Chairman or a majority of its members, but shall meet at least three times during the life of the Commission.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Compensation of Members</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Each member of the Commission who is not an officer or employee of the United States shall be compensated at a rate equal to the daily equivalent of the annual rate of basic pay prescribed for grade GS–18 of the General Schedule under section 5332 of title 5, United States Code, for each day (including traveltime) during which such member is engaged in the actual performance of duties as a member of the Commission. Each member of the Commission who is an officer or employee of the United States shall receive no additional compensation.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>While away from their homes or regular place of business in the performance of duties for the Commission, all members of the Commission shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, at rates authorized for employees of agencies under sections 5702 and 5703 of title 5, United States Code.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Executive Director of Commission</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Commission shall appoint an Executive Director who shall be compensated at a rate not to exceed the rate of basic pay prescribed for level V of the Executive Schedule under section 5316 of title 5, United States Code,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>With the approval of the Commission, the Executive Director may appoint and fix the compensation of such additional personnel as the Executive Director considers necessary to carry out the duties of the Commission.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The Executive Director and the additional personnel of the Commission referred to in paragraph (2) may be appointed without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>Subject to such rules as may be prescribed by the Commission, the Executive Director may procure temporary or intermittent services under section 3109(b) of title 5, United States Code, at rates for individuals not to exceed $200 per day.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>Upon request of the Commission, the head of any Federal agency is authorized to detail, on a reimbursable basis, any of the personnel of such agency to the Commission to assist the Commission in carrying out its duties under this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>The Administrator of General Services shall provide to the Commission on a reimbursable basis such administrative and sup-port services as the Commission may request.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="h">(h) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Powers of Commission</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num> <content>For the purpose of carrying out this section, the Commission may hold such hearings, sit and act at such times and places, take such testimony, and receive such evidence, as the Commission considers appropriate. The commission may administer oaths or affirmations to witnesses appearing before the Commission.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Any member or employee of the Commission may, if authorized by the Commission, take any action which the Commission is authorized to take by this subsection.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The Commission may secure directly from any Federal agency such information as may be necessary to enable the Commission to carry out this section. Upon request of the Chairman of the Commission, the head of such agency shall furnish such information to the Commission.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>For fiscal years beginning after September 30, 1987, there are authorized to he appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this section.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/122">102 STAT. 122</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="j">(j) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Termination</inline>.—</heading><content>The Commission shall terminate 90 days after the date on which the Commission transmits the report required under subsection (d)(2) to the President and the appropriate committees of Congress.</content> </subsection> </section> <num value="II">TITLE II—</num><heading class="inline">CHILD ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT AND ADOPTION REFORM ACT OF 1978</heading> <section> <num value="201">SEC. 201. </num> <heading>AUTHORIZATION FOR CHILD ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT AND ADOPTION REFORM ACT OF 1978.</heading><content>Section 205 of the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment and <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5115">42 USC 5115</ref>.</p></sidenote>Adoption Reform Act of 1978 is amended to read as follows:<quotedContent> <section> <heading class="smallCaps centered">“authorization of appropriations</heading> <num value="205">“Sec. 205. </num> <subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num> <content>There are hereby authorized to be appropriated $6,000,000 for the fiscal year 1988, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1989, 1990, and 1991 to carry out programs and activities under this Act except for programs and activities authorized under sections 203(b)(8) and 203(c)(1).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>For any fiscal year in which appropriations under subsection (a) exceeds $5,000,000, there are authorized to be appropriated $3,000,000 for fiscal year 1988, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 1989, 1990, and 1991 for the purpose of carrying out section 203(b)(8), and there are authorized to be appropriated $3,000,000 for fiscal year 1988, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 1989, 1990, and 1991 for the purpose of carrying out section 203(c)(1).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>The Secretary shall ensure that funds appropriated pursuant to authorizations in this Act shall remain available until expended for the purposes for which they were appropriated.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="202">SEC. 202. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS TO CHILD ABUSE PREVENTION AND TREATMENT AND ADOPTION REFORM ACT OF 1978 RELATING TO ADOPTION ASSISTANCE AND SERVICES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Minority Children Placements</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 203(b) of title II of the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment and Adoption Reform <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5113">42 USC 5113</ref>.</p></sidenote>Act of 1978 is amended by—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>striking the “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of paragraph (6);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>striking the period at the end of paragraph (7) and inserting “<quotedText>; and</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>adding the following new paragraph:<quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>provide (directly or by grant to or contract with States, local government entities, public or private nonprofit licensed child welfare or adoption agencies or adoptive family groups and community-based organizations with experience in working with minority populations) for the provision of programs aimed at increasing the number of minority children (who are in foster care and have the goal of adoption) placed in adoptive families, with a special emphasis on recruitment of minority families—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>which may include such activities as—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>outreach, public education, or media campaigns to inform the public of the needs and numbers of such children;</content> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/123">102 STAT. 123</page> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>recruitment of prospective adoptive families for such children;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>expediting, where appropriate, the legal availability of such children;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>expediting, where appropriate, the agency assessment of prospective adoptive families identified for such children;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>formation of prospective adoptive family support groups;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">“(vi) </num> <chapeau>training of personnel of—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>public agencies;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>private nonprofit child welfare and adoption agencies that are licensed by the State; and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num> <content>adoptive parents organizations and community-based organizations with experience in working with minority populations;</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">“(vii) </num> <content>use of volunteers and adoptive parent groups; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="viii">“(viii) </num> <content>any other activities determined by the Secretary to further the purposes of this Act; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>shall be subject to the condition that such grants or contracts may be renewed if documentation is provided to the Secretary demonstrating that appropriate and sufficient placements of such children have occurred during the previous funding period.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Post Legal Adoption Services</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 203 is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5113">42 USC 5113</ref>.</p></sidenote> adding the following new subsection:<quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Secretary shall provide (directly or<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> by grant to or contract with States, local government entities, public or private nonprofit licensed child welfare or adoption agencies or adoptive family groups) for the provision of post legal adoption services for families who have adopted special needs children.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>Services provided under grants made under this subsection shall supplement, not supplant, services from any other funds available for the same general purposes, including—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>individual counseling;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>group counseling;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>family counseling;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>case management;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>training public agency adoption personnel, personnel of private, nonprofit child welfare and adoption agencies licensed by the State to provide adoption services, mental health services professionals, and other support personnel to provide services under this subsection;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>assistance to adoptive parent organizations; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">“(G) </num> <content>assistance to support groups for adoptive parents, adopted children, and siblings of adopted children.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Placement of Foster Care Children</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 203, as amended by subsection (b), is amended by adding the following new subsection:<quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Secretary shall make grants for improving State efforts<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> to increase the placement of foster care children legally free for adoption, according to a preestablished plan and goals for improvement. Grants funded by this section must include a strong evaluation component which outlines the innovations used to improve the placement of special needs children who are legally free for adoption, and the successes and failures of the initiative. The<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/124">102 STAT. 124</page>evaluations will be submitted to the Secretary who will compile the results of projects funded by this section and submit a report to the appropriate committees of Congress. The emphasis of this program must focus on the improvement of the placement rate—not the aggregate number of special needs children placed in permanent homes. The Secretary, when reviewing grant applications shall give priority to grantees who propose improvements designed to continue in the absence of Federal funds.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content>Each State entering into an agreement under this subsection shall submit an application to the Secretary for each fiscal year in a form and manner determined to be appropriate by the Secretary. Each application shall include verification of the placements described in paragraph (1),</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num> <content>Payments under this subsection shall begin during fiscal year 1989. Payments under this section during any fiscal year shall not exceed $1,000,000. No payment may be made under this subsection unless an amount in excess of $5,000,000 is appropriated for such fiscal year under section 205(a).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Any payment made to a State under this subsection which is not used by such State for the purpose provided in paragraph (1) during the fiscal year payment is made shall revert to the Secretary on October 1st of the next fiscal year and shall be used to carry out the purposes of this Act.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </section> <num value="III">TITLE III—</num><heading class="inline">FAMILY VIOLENCE PREVENTION AND SERVICES ACT</heading> <section> <num value="301">SEC. 301. </num> <heading>AUTHORIZATION FOR FAMILY VIOLENCE PREVENTION AND SERVICES ACT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 310(a) of the Family Violence <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s10409">42 USC 10409</ref>.</p></sidenote>Prevention and Services Act is amended by—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” the first place it appears and inserting a comma; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out the period at the end and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “<quotedText>, $26,000,000 for fiscal year 1988, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1989, 1990, and 1991.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on Funds Available</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 310 of such Act is amended by adding at the end thereof the following:<quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>The Secretary shall ensure that funds appropriated pursuant to authorizations in this Act shall remain available until expended for the purposes for which they were appropriated.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="302">SEC. 302. </num> <heading>REMOVAL OF THREE-YEAR LIMIT ON GRANTS FOR SHELTERS.</heading><content>Section 303(c) of the Family Violence Prevention and Services Act (42 U.S.C. 10402(c)) is amended by striking out the second sentence.</content> </section> <section> <num value="303">SEC. 303. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS TO FAMILY VIOLENCE PREVENTION AND SERVICES ACT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Amendment</inline>.—</heading><content>The Family Violence Prevention and Services Act is amended by striking out section 312 the first time such section appears in such Act (Public Law 98–457; 42 U.S.C. 10411).</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/125">102 STAT. 125</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Information and Training Grants</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 311(b) of the Family Violence Prevention and Services Act is amended by inserting<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s10410">42 USC 10410</ref>.</p></sidenote> at the end thereof the following:<quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall award grants or contracts to local law enforcement agencies, acting in coordination with domestic violence shelters, social service agencies and hospitals, for the purposes of—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <chapeau>the development of materials, to be provided to each abused family member at the time such spouse is identified by law enforcement officers, hospital personnel, social services personnel, education counseling personnel, and other appropriate personnel involved in the identification of family violence cases that include—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <chapeau>an explanation in basic terms of—</chapeau> <item class="indent5 fontsize10"> <num value="aa">“(aa) </num> <content>the rights of the abused family member under the laws of the jurisdiction involved; and</content> </item> <item class="indent5 fontsize10"> <num value="bb">“(bb) </num> <content>the services available to the abused family member, including intervention, treatment, and support services; and</content> </item> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>phone numbers and addresses for the services described in subparagraph (A)(ii);</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the development of procedures whereby domestic violence shelter, hospital, social service, or law enforcement personnel provide to an abused family member a written report, relating to each incidence of physical abuse reported by the family member, that includes a description of physical injuries to the family member observed by such personnel; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>the development of systems whereby domestic violence shelter or local social service personnel, with the consent of the abused family member involved, may obtain from local law enforcement personnel information relating to abuse of such family member, including a report describing the initial contact of such family member and the law enforcement agency.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The Secretary shall provide assurances that procedures will<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Classified information.</p></sidenote> be developed under this paragraph to guarantee the confidentiality of the records maintained.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Family Violence Prevention Project</inline>.—</heading><content>The Family Violence Prevention and Services Act is amended by adding at the end the following new section:<quotedContent> <section> <heading class="smallCaps centered">“family member abuse information and documentation project</heading> <num value="313">“Sec. 313. </num><chapeau>The Secretary shall, directly or by grant or contract—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s10413">42 USC 10413</ref>.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> </chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>develop data on the individual characteristics relating to family violence;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>provide for the objective documentation of data on the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote> victims of family violence and their dependents based on in-juries that are brought to the attention of domestic violence shelter, hospital, social service, or law enforcement personnel, whether or not formal civil or criminal action is taken; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>provide assurances that procedures will be developed to<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Classified information.</p></sidenote> guarantee the confidentiality of records pertaining to any individual for whom data are compiled through this subsection.”.</content> </paragraph> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </section> 102 STAT. 126 <num value="IV">TITLE IV—</num><heading class="inline">ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS</heading> <section> <num value="401">SEC. 401. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s5101">42 USC 5101 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>REGULATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <chapeau>For any rule or regulation needed to implement this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>publish proposed regulations for purposes of implementing the amendments made by this Act before the expiration of the 90-day period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>allow not less than 45 days for public comment on such proposed regulations; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>publish final regulations for purposes of implementing the amendments made by this Act before the end of the 195-day period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> Approved April 25, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1983 (S. 1663): HOUSE REPORTS No. 100–135 (Comm. on Education and Labor) and No. 100–543 (Comm. of Conference). SENATE REPORTS No. 100–210 accompanying S. 1663 (Comm. on Labor and Human Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): June 8, considered and passed House.

Nov. 3, considered and passed Senate, amended, in lieu of S. 1663.

Vol. 134 (1988): Mar. 30, Senate agreed to conference report,

Apr. 12, House agreed to conference report.

 Public Law 100–295: Recognizing the identical plaques initiated by Sami Bandak, created by Margareta Hennix and Ginvanni Bizzini, and depicting the Galmare Nyckel, the ship that brought the first Swedish settlers to North America, as significant symbols of the “Year of New Sweden”; and providing for the placement of one of such plaques at Fort Christina in the State of Delaware. Public Law 295 Public Law 100–295 102 Stat. 127 1988-04-25 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 127 Public Law 100–295 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Recognizing the identical plaques initiated by Sami Bandak, created by Margareta Hennix and Ginvanni Bizzini, and depicting the Galmare Nyckel, the ship that brought the first Swedish settlers to North America, as significant symbols of the “Year of New Sweden”; and providing for the placement of one of such plaques at Fort Christina in the State of Delaware.

Apr. 25, 1988

[H.J. Res. 347]

 Whereas, in Public Law 99–304 (100 Stat. 439), the Congress designated 1988 as the “Year of New Sweden” to commemorate the 350th anniversary of the arrival of the first Swedish settlers in North America; Whereas such Swedish settlers sailed aboard the Cal mare Nyckel, established New Sweden as their first settlement in North America in what is now Wilmington, Delaware, and built Fort Christina to defend their settlement; Whereas Fort Christina is designated as a National Historic Land-mark and will be the site of several activities to observe the “Year of New Sweden”; Whereas, as part of the celebration of the “Year of New Sweden”, the artists Margareta Hennix and Ginvanni Bizzini, together with the House of Gustavsberg in Gustavsberg, Sweden, created a limited number of identical plaques depicting the Calmare Nyckel; Whereas such plaques are painted in silver and bear the seal of His Majesty Carl Gustaf XVI, the King of Sweden; and Whereas a part of the proceeds from the sale of such plaques will be donated to charities that help the handicapped: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. RECOGNITION OF CALMARE NYCKEL PLAQUES.The identical plaques initiated by Sami Bandak, created by Margareta Hennix and Ginvanni Bizzini (together with the House of Gustavsberg), and depicting the Calmare Nyckel, the ship that brought the first Swedish settlers to North America, are hereby recognized as significant symbols of the “Year of New Sweden”.
102 STAT. 128
SEC. 2. ACCEPTANCE AND PLACEMENT OF PLAQUE.The Secretary of the Interior shall— (1)

Gifts and property.

 accept as a gift from Sami Bandak on behalf of the House of Gustavsberg one of the plaques referred to in section 1, and (2) with the consent of the owner of Fort Christina in the State of Delaware, place such plaque at such site to commemorate the 350th anniversary of the establishment of New Sweden.
Approved April 25, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 347: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Apr. 12, considered and passed House.

Apr, 14, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–296: To designate May 1988 as “National Trauma Awareness Month”. Public Law 296 Public Law 100–296 102 Stat. 129 1988-04-26 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 129 Public Law 100–296 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate May 1988 as “National Trauma Awareness Month”.

Apr. 26, 1988

[H.J. Res. 373]

 Whereas more than nine million individuals in the United States suffer traumatic injury each year; Whereas traumatic injury is the leading cause of death of individuals of less than forty years of age in the United States; Whereas every individual is a potential victim of traumatic injury; Whereas traumatic injury can occur without warning; Whereas traumatic injury frequently renders its victims incapable of caring for themselves; Whereas past inattention to the causes and effects of trauma has led to the inclusion of trauma among the most neglected medical conditions; Whereas the people of the United States spend more than $100,000,000,000 annually on the problem of trauma; Whereas the problem of trauma can be remedied only by prevention and treatment; and Whereas the people of the United States should be educated in the prevention and treatment of trauma: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That May 1988 is designated as “National Trauma Awareness Month”, and the President of the United States is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe the month with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved April 26, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 373 (S.J. Res. 199): CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, S.J. Res. 199 considered and passed Senate.

Apr. 12, H.J. Res. 373 considered and passed House.

Apr. 14, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–297: To improve elementary and secondary education, and for other purposes. Public Law 297 Public Law 100–297 102 Stat. 130 1988-04-28 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 130 Public Law 100–297 100th Congress
An Act To improve elementary and secondary education, and for other purposes.

Apr. 28, 1988

[H.R. 5]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988.

State and local governments.

20 USC 2701 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; TABLE OF CONTENTS. (a) Short Title.—This Act may be cited as the “Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988”. (b) Table of Contents.— Sec. 1. TITLE I— Sec. 1001. “Sec. 1. “TITLE I— “Chapter 1— “Sec. 1001. “Part A— “subpart 1— “Sec. 1005. “Sec, 1006. “subpart 2— “Sec. 1011. “Sec. 1012. “Sec. 1013. “Sec. 1014. “Sec. 1015. “Sec. 1016. “Sec. 1017. “Sec. 1018. “Sec. 1019. “Sec. 1020. “Sec. 1021. “Part B— “Sec. 1051. “Sec. 1052. “Sec. 1053. “Sec. 1054. “Sec. 1055. “Sec. 1056. “Sec. 1057. “Sec. 1058. “Sec. 1059. 102 STAT. 131 “Part C— “Sec. 1101. “Sec. 1102. “Sec. 1103. “Sec. 1104. “Sec. 1105. “Sec. 1106. “Sec. 1107. “Sec. 1108. “Part D— “subpart 1— “Sec. 1201. “Sec. 1202. “Sec. 1203. “subpart 2— “Sec. 1221. “Sec. 1222. “Sec. 1223. “Sec. 1224. “Sec. 1225. “Sec. 1226. “subpart 3— “Sec. 1241. “Sec. 1242. “Sec. 1243. “Sec. 1244. “subpart 4— “Sec. 1291. “Sec. 1292. “Part E— “Sec. 1401. “Sec. 1402. “Sec. 1403. “Sec. 1404. “Sec. 1405. “Sec. 1406. “Part F— “subpart 1— “Sec. 1431. “Sec. 1432. “Sec. 1433. “Sec. 1435. “Sec. 1436. “Sec. 1437. “Sec. 1438. “Sec. 1439. “subpart 2— “Sec. 1451. “Sec. 1452. “Sec. 1453. “Sec. 1454. “subpart 3— “Sec. 1456. “Sec. 1457. “Sec. 1458. “Sec. 1459. 102 STAT. 132 “subpart 4— “Sec. 1461 “Sec. 1462. “Sec. 1463. “subpart 5— “Sec. 1471. “subpart 6— “Sec. 1491. “Chapter 2— “See. 1501. “Sec. 1502. “Part A— “subpart 1— “Sec. 1511. “Sec. 1512. “subpart 2— “Sec. 1521. “Sec. 1522. “subpart 3— “Sec. 1531. “Sec. 1532. “Sec. 1533. “subpart 4— “Sec. 1541. “Sec. 1542. “Part B— “Sec. 1561. “Sec. 1562. “Sec. 1563. “Sec. 1564. “Sec. 1565. “Sec. 1566. “Part C— “Sec. 1571. “Sec. 1572. “Sec. 1573. “Sec. 1574. “Sec. 1575. “Sec. 1576. “TITLE II— “Part A— “Sec. 2001. “Sec. 2002. “Sec. 2003. “Sec. 2004. “Sec. 2005. “Sec. 2006. “Sec. 2007. “Sec. 2008. “Sec. 2009. “Sec. 2010. “Sec. 2011. “Sec. 2012. “Sec. 2013. 102 STAT. 133 “Part B— “Sec. 2101. “Sec. 2102. “Sec. 2103. “Sec. 2104. “Sec. 2105. “Sec. 2106. “Part C— “Sec. 2201. “Sec. 2202. “Sec. 2203. “TITLE III— “Sec. 3001. “Sec. 3002. “Sec. 3003. “Sec. 3004. “Sec. 3005. “Sec. 3006. “Sec. 3007. “Sec. 3008. “Sec. 3009. “Sec. 3010. “Sec. 3011. “Sec. 3012. “TITLE IV— “Part A— “Sec. 4001. “Sec. 4002. “Sec. 4003. “Sec. 4004. “Sec. 4005. “Sec. 4006. “Sec. 4007. “Part B— “Sec. 4101. “Sec. 4102. “Sec. 4103. “Sec. 4104. “Sec. 4105. “Sec. 4106. “Sec. 4107. “Sec. 4108. “Part C— “Sec. 4301. “subpart 1— “Sec. 4311. “Sec. 4312. “subpart 2— “Sec. 4321. “Sec. 4322. “subpart 3— “Sec. 4331. “Sec. 4332. “Part D— “Sec. 4401. “Sec. 4402. “Sec. 4403. “Sec. 4404. 102 STAT. 134 “Sec. 4405. “Sec. 4406. “Sec. 4407. “Sec. 4408. “Sec. 4409. “Sec. 4410. “Part E— “Sec. 4501. “Sec. 4502. “Part F— “Sec. 4601. “Sec. 4602. “Sec. 4603. “Sec. 4604. “Sec. 4605. “Sec. 4606. “Sec. 4607. “TITLE V— “Sec. 5101. “Sec. 5102. “Sec. 5103 “Part A— “Sec. 5111. “Sec. 5112. “Part B— “Sec. 5121. “Sec. 5122. “Sec. 5123. “Sec. 5124. “Sec. 5125. “Sec. 5126. “Sec. 5127. “Part C— “Sec. 5131. “Sec. 5132. “Sec. 5133. “Sec. 5134. “Sec. 5135. “Part D— “Sec. 5141. “Sec. 5142. “Sec. 5143. “Sec. 5144. “Part E— “Sec. 5191. “Sec. 5192. “TITLE VI— “Part A— “Sec. 6001. “Sec. 6002. “Sec. 6003. “Sec. 6004. “Sec. 6005. “Sec. 6006. “Sec. 6007. 102 STAT. 135 “Part B— “Sec. 6101. “Sec. 6102. “Sec. 6103. “Sec. 6104. “Sec. 6105. “Sec. 6106. “Part C— “Sec. 6201. “Sec. 6202. “TITLE VII— “Sec. 7001. “Sec. 7002. “Sec. 7003. “Part A— “Sec. 7021. “Sec. 7022. “Part B— “Sec. 7031. “Sec. 7032 “Sec. 7033. “Sec. 7034. “Sec. 7035. “Sec. 7036. “Sec. 7037. “Part C— “Sec. 7041. “Sec. 7042. “Sec. 7043. “Sec. 7044. “Sec. 7045. “Part D— “Sec. 7051. “Sec. 7052. “Part E— “Sec. 7063. Sec. 1002. Sec. 1003. Sec. 1004. TITLE II— Part A— Sec. 2001. subpart 1— Sec. 2011. Sec. 2012. Sec. 2013. Sec. 2014. Sec. 2015. Sec. 2016. Sec. 2017. Sec. 2018. Sec. 2019. Sec. 2020. Sec. 2021. 102 STAT. 136 subpart 2— Sec. 2031. Sec. 2032. Sec. 2033. Sec. 2034. Part B— Sec. 2101. Sec. 2102. “TITLE III— “Sec. 301. “Part A— “Sec. 311. “Sec. 312. “Sec. 313. “Part B— “subpart 1— “Sec. 321. “Sec. 322. “Sec. 323. “Sec. 324. “subpart 2— “Sec. 326. “subpart 3— “Sec. 331. “Sec. 332. “subpart 4— “Sec. 341. “Sec. 342. “Sec. 343. “subpart 5— “Sec. 351. “Sec. 352. “subpart 6— “Sec. 353. “subpart 7— “Sec. 361. “Part C— “Sec. 371. “Sec. 372. “Part D— “Sec. 381. “Sec. 382. “Sec. 383. “Sec. 384. “Sec. 385. Part C— Sec. 2301. Sec. 2302. “TITLE IX— “Sec. 901. “Sec. 902. “Sec. 903. 102 STAT. 137 “Sec. 904. “Sec. 905. “Sec. 906. “Sec. 907. Sec. 2303. Part D— Sec. 2401. Sec. 2402. Part E— Sec. 2501. Sec. 2502. Sec. 2503. “Subchapter E— “Sec. 670m. “Sec. 670n. “Sec. 670o. “Sec. 670p. “Sec. 670q. “Sec. 670r. “Sec. 670s. “Sec. 670t. Sec. 2504. Part F— Sec. 2601. TITLE III— Part A— Sec. 3001. Sec. 3002. Part B— Sec. 3201. Sec. 3202. subpart 1— Sec. 3211. Sec. 3212. subpart 2— Sec. 3221. Sec. 3222. Sec. 3223. subpart 3— Sec. 3231. Sec. 3232. Sec. 3233. subpart 4— Sec. 3241. Sec. 3242. Sec. 3243. Part C— Sec. 3401. Sec. 3402. Sec. 3403. Part D— Sec. 3501. 102 STAT. 138 “Part E— “Sec. 451. “Sec. 452. “Sec. 453. “Sec. 454. “Sec. 455. “Sec. 456. “Sec. 457. “Sec. 458. “Sec. 459. “Sec. 460. TITLE IV— Sec. 4001. Sec. 4002. Sec. 4003. Sec. 4004. Sec. 4005. Sec. 4006. Sec. 4007. Sec. 4008. TITLE V— Part A— Sec. 5101. Sec. 5102. Sec. 5103. Sec. 5104. Sec. 5105. Sec. 5106. Sec. 5107. Sec. 5108. Sec. 5109. Sec. 5110. Sec. 5111. Sec. 5112. Sec. 5113. Sec. 5114. Sec. 5115. Sec. 5116. Sec. 5117. Sec. 5118. Sec. 5119. Sec. 5120. Part B— Sec. 5201. Sec. 5202. Sec. 5203. Sec. 5204. Sec. 5205. Sec. 5206. Sec. 5207. Sec. 5208 Sec. 5209. Sec. 5210. Sec. 5211. Sec. 5212. Part C— Sec. 5301. subpart 1— Sec. 5311. Sec. 5312. Sec. 5313. 102 STAT. 139 Sec. 5314. Sec. 5315. Sec. 5316. subpart 2— Sec. 5321. Sec. 5322. Sec. 5323. Sec. 5324. subpart 3— Sec. 5330. subpart 4— Sec. 5341. Sec. 5342. Sec. 5343. subpart 5— Sec. 5351. Sec. 5352. Part D— Sec. 5401. Sec. 5402. Sec. 5403. Sec. 5404. Sec. 5405. Sec. 5406. Part E— Sec. 5501. Sec. 5502. Sec. 5503. Sec. 5504. Sec. 5505. Sec. 5506. Sec. 5507. Sec. 5508. TITLE VI— Part A— subpart 1— Sec. 6001. subpart 2— Sec. 6011. Part B— Sec. 6101. Part C— Sec. 6201. Sec. 6202. Sec. 6203. Sec. 6204. Sec. 6205. Sec. 6206. Sec. 6207. Sec. 6208. Sec. 6209. Sec. 6210. Sec. 6211. Sec. 6212. Sec. 6213. 102 STAT. 140 Sec. 6214. Sec. 6215. Part D— Sec. 6301. Sec. 6302. Sec. 6303.
<num value="I">TITLE I—</num><heading class="inline">ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAMS REAUTHORIZED</heading> <section> <num value="1001">SEC. 1001. </num><heading>AMENDMENT TO THE ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY EDUCATION ACT OF 1965.</heading> <content>The Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 2701 et seq.) (other than title X of such Act) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="1">“SECTION 1. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2701">20 USC 2701 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>“This Act may be cited as the ‘<shortTitle role="act">Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965</shortTitle>’.</content> </section> <title> <num value="I">“TITLE I—</num><heading class="inline">BASIC PROGRAMS</heading> <chapter><num value="1">“CHAPTER 1—</num><heading class="inline">FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE TO MEET SPECIAL EDUCATIONAL NEEDS OF CHILDREN</heading> <section> <num value="1001">“SEC. 1001. </num><heading>DECLARATION OF POLICY AND STATEMENT OF PURPOSE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2701">20 USC 2701</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Declaration of Policy</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In recognition of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the special educational needs of children of low-income families and the impact of concentrations of low-income families on the ability of local educational agencies to provide educational programs which meet such needs, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>the special educational needs of children of migrant parents, of Indian children, and of handicapped, neglected, and delinquent children, the Congress declares it to be the policy of the United States to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>provide financial assistance to State and local educational agencies to meet the special needs of such educationally deprived children at the preschool, elementary, and secondary levels;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>expand the program authorized by this chapter over the next 5 years by increasing funding for this chapter by at least $500,000,000 over baseline each fiscal year and thereby increasing the percentage of eligible children served in each fiscal year with the intent of serving all eligible children by fiscal year 1993; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>provide such assistance in a way which eliminates unnecessary administrative burden and paperwork and overly prescriptive regulations and provides flexibility to State and local educational agencies in making educational decisions.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Statement of Purpose</inline>.—</heading><content>The purpose of assistance under this chapter is to improve the educational opportunities of educationally deprived children by helping such children succeed in the regular program of the local educational agency, attain grade-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/141">102 STAT. 141</page>level proficiency, and improve achievement in basic and more advanced skills. These purposes shall be accomplished through such means as supplemental education programs, schoolwide programs, and the increased involvement of parents in their children’s education.</content> </subsection> </section> <part><num value="A">“PART A—</num><heading class="inline">BASIC PROGRAMS OPERATED BY LOCAL EDUCATIONAL AGENCIES</heading> <subpart><num value="1">“Subpart 1—</num><heading class="inline">Allocations</heading> <section> <num value="1005">“SEC. 1005. </num><heading>BASIC GRANTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2711">20 USC 2711</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Amount of Grants</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants for territories</inline>.—</heading><content>There is authorized to be <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote>appropriated for each fiscal year for the purpose of this para-graph 1 percent of the amount appropriated for such year for payments to States under this section. The amount appropriated pursuant to this paragraph shall be allotted by the Secretary (A) among Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Is-lands, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands according to their respective need for grants under this part, and (B) to the Secretary of the Interior in the amount necessary (i) to make payments pursuant to paragraph (1) of subsection (d), and (ii) to make payments pursuant to paragraph (2) of subsection (d). The grant which a local educational agency in Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands is eligible to receive shall be determined pursuant to such criteria as the Secretary determines will best carry out the purposes of this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants for local educational agencies and Puerto Rico</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>In any case in which the Secretary determines that satisfactory data for that purpose are available, the grant which a local educational agency in a State is eligible to receive under this subpart for a fiscal year shall (except as provided in paragraph (31), be determined by multiplying the number of children counted under subsection (c) by 40 percent of the amount determined under the next sentence. The amount determined under this sentence shall be the average per pupil expenditure in the State except that (i) if the average per pupil expenditure in the State is less than 80 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States, such amount shall be 80 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States, or (ii) if the average per pupil expenditure in the State is more than 120 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States, such amount shall be 120 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>In any case in which such data are not available, subject to paragraph (3), the grant for any local educational agency in a State shall be determined on the basis of the aggregate amount of such grants for all such agencies in the county or counties in which the school district of the particular agency is located, which aggregate amount shall be equal to the aggregate amount determined under <page identifier="/us/stat/102/142">102 STAT. 142</page>subparagraph (A) for such county or counties, and shall be allocated among those agencies upon such equitable basis as may be determined by the State educational agency in accordance with the basic criteria prescribed by the Secretary.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau>For each fiscal year, the Secretary shall determine the percentage which the average per pupil expenditure in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico is of the lowest average per pupil expenditure of any of the 50 States. The grant which the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico shall be eligible to receive under this subpart for a fiscal year shall be the amount arrived at by multiplying the number of children counted under subsection (c) for the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico by the product of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the percentage determined under the preceding sentence; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>32 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special allocation procedures</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>Upon determination by the State educational agency that a local educational agency in the State is unable or unwilling to provide for the special educational needs of children described in clause (C) of paragraph (1) of subsection (c) who are living in institutions for neglected or delinquent children, the State educational agency shall, if it assumes responsibility for the special educational needs of such children, be eligible to receive the portion of the allocation to such local educational agency which is attributable to such neglected or delinquent children, but if the State educational agency does not assume such responsibility, any other State or local public agency, as determined by regulations established by the Secretary, which does assume such responsibility, shall be eligible to receive such portion of the allocation.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>In the case of local educational agencies which serve in whole or in part the same geographical area, and in the case of a local educational agency which provides free public education for a substantial number of children who reside in the school district of another local educational agency, the State educational agency may allocate the amount of the grants for those agencies among them in such manner as it determines will best carry out the purposes of this chapter.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>In any State in which a large number of local educational agencies overlap county boundaries, the State educational agency may apply to the Secretary for authority during any particular fiscal year to make the allocations under this part (other than section 1006) directly to local educational agencies without regard to the counties or may continue to make such allocations if the agency had the authority to do so under chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981. If the Secretary approves an application of a State educational agency for a particular year under this subparagraph, the State educational agency shall provide assurances that such allocations will be made using precisely the same factors for determining a grant as are used under this part and that a <page identifier="/us/stat/102/143">102 STAT. 143</page>procedure will be established through which local educational agencies dissatisfied with the determinations made by the State educational agency may appeal directly to the Secretary for a final determination.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definition</inline>.—</heading><content>For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘State’ does not include Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Minimum Number of Children To Qualify</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>A local educational agency shall be eligible for a basic grant for a fiscal year under this subpart only if it meets the following requirements with respect to the number of children counted under subsection (c):</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>In any case (except as provided in paragraph (3)) in which the Secretary determines that satisfactory data for the purpose of this subsection as to the number of such children are available on a school district basis, the number of such children in the school district of such local educational agency shall be at least 10.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In any other case, except as provided in paragraph (3), the number of such children in the county which includes such local educational agency’s school district shall be at least 10.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>In any case in which a county includes a part of the school district of the local educational agency concerned and the Secretary has not determined that satisfactory data for the purpose of this subsection are available on a school district basis for all the local educational agencies or all the counties into which the school district of the local educational agency concerned extends, the eligibility requirement with respect to the number of such children for such local educational agency shall be determined in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary for the purposes of this subsection.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Children To Be Counted</inline>.—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote></heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Categories of children</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The number of children to be counted for purposes of this section is the aggregate of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the number of children aged 5 to 17, inclusive, in the school district of the local educational agency from families below the poverty level as determined under paragraph (2)(A),</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the number of children aged 5 to 17, inclusive, in the school district of such agency from families above the poverty level as determined under paragraph (2)(B), and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the number of children aged 5 to 17, inclusive, in the school district of such agency living in institutions for neglected or delinquent children (other than such institutions operated by the United States) but not counted pursuant to subpart 3 of part D for the purposes of a grant to a State agency, or being supported in foster homes with public funds.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination of number of children </inline>—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>For the purposes of this section, the Secretary shall determine the number of children aged 5 to 17, inclusive, from families below the poverty level on the basis of the most recent satisfactory data available from the Department of Commerce for local educational agencies (or, if such data are not available for such agencies, for counties); and in determining the families which are below the poverty level, the Secretary shall utilize the criteria of poverty used <page identifier="/us/stat/102/144">102 STAT. 144</page>by the Bureau of the Census in compiling the most recent decennial census.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>For purposes of this section, the Secretary shall determine the number of children aged 5 to 17, inclusive, from families above the poverty level on the basis of the number of such children from families receiving an annual income, in excess of the current criteria of poverty, from payments under the program of aid to families with dependent children under a State plan approved under title IV of the Social Security Act; and in making such determinations the Secretary shall utilize the criteria of poverty used by the Bureau of the Census in compiling the most recent decennial census for a family of 4 in such form as those criteria have been updated by increases in the Consumer Price Index. The Secretary shall determine the number of such children and the number of children of such ages living in institutions for neglected or delinquent children, or being supported in foster homes with public funds, on the basis of the caseload data for the month of October of the preceding fiscal year (using, in the case of children described in the preceding sentence, the criteria of poverty and the form of such criteria required by such sentence which were determined for the calendar year preceding such month of October) or, to the extent that such data are not available to the Secretary before January of the calendar year in which the Secretary’s determination is made, then on the basis of the most recent reliable data available to the Secretary at the time of such determination. The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall collect and transmit the information required by this subparagraph to the Secretary not later than January 1 of each year.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>When requested by the Secretary, the Secretary of Commerce shall make a special estimate of the number of children of such ages who are from families below the poverty level (as determined under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph) in each county or school district, and the Secretary is authorized to pay (either in advance or by way of reimbursement) the Secretary of Commerce the cost of making this special estimate. The Secretary of Commerce shall give consideration to any request of the chief executive of a State for the collection of additional census information. For purposes of this section, the Secretary shall consider all children who are in correctional institutions to be living in institutions for delinquent children.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Program for Indian Children</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>From the amount allotted for payments to the Secretary of the Interior under the second sentence of subsection (a)(1), the Secretary of the Interior shall make payments to local educational agencies, upon such terms as the Secretary determines will best carry out the purposes of this chapter with respect to out-of-State Indian children in the elementary and secondary schools of such agencies under special contracts with the Department of the Interior. The amount of such payment may not exceed, for each such child, 40 percent of (A) the average per pupil expenditure in the State in which the agency is located, or (B) 120 percent of such expenditure in the United States, which-ever is the greater.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/145">102 STAT. 145</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The amount allotted for payments to the Secretary of the Interior under the second sentence of subsection (a)(1) for any fiscal year shall be, as determined pursuant to criteria established by the Secretary, the amount necessary to meet the special educational needs of educationally deprived Indian children on reservations serviced by elementary and secondary schools for Indian children operated with Federal assistance or operated by the Department of the Interior. Such payment shall <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>be made pursuant to an agreement between the Secretary and the Secretary of the Interior containing such assurances and terms as the Secretary determines will best achieve the purposes of this chapter. Such agreement shall contain (A) an assurance that payments made pursuant to this subparagraph will be used solely for programs and projects approved by the Secretary of the Interior which meet the applicable requirements of subpart 2 of this part and that the Department of the Interior will comply in all other respects with the requirements of this chapter, and (B) provision for carrying out the applicable provisions of subpart 2 of this part and part F. Such agreement shall consider a tribal organization operating a school under the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450 et seq.) or the Tribally Controlled Schools Act of 1987 as a local educational agency, and shall consider the Secretary of the Interior as a State or State educational agency for all purposes defining the authority of States or State educational agencies relative to local educational agencies. If, in the capacity as a State educational agency, the Secretary of the Interior promulgates regulations applicable to such tribal organizations, the Secretary shall comply with section 1451 of this Act and with section 553 of title 5 of the United States Code, relating to administrative procedure, and such regulations must be consistent with subsections (d) and (e) of section 1121, section 1130, and section 1133 of the Education Amendments of 1978.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Minimum</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>For any fiscal year for which—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>sums available for the purposes of this section exceed sums available under chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 for fiscal year 1988; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>sums available for the purpose of section 1006 equal or exceed $400,000,000, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>sums available for the purpose of section 1005 equal or exceed amounts appropriated for such purpose in fiscal year 1988 by $700,000,000,</content> </clause> <continuation>the aggregate amount allotted for ail local educational agencies within a State may not be less than one-quarter of 1 percent of the total amount available for such fiscal year under this section.</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The provisions of paragraph (1) shall apply only if each State is allotted an amount which is not less than the payment made to each State under chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 for fiscal year 1988.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>No State shall, by reason of the application of the provisions of paragraph (1) of this subsection, be allotted more than—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>150 percent of the amount that the State received in the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is made, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the amount calculated under subparagraph (B), whichever is less.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/146">102 STAT. 146</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>For the purpose of subparagraph (A)(ii), the amount for each State equals—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the number of children in such State counted under subsection (c) in the fiscal year specified in subparagraph (A), multiplied by</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>150 percent of the national average per pupil payment made with funds available under this section for that year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">“(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duration of Assistance</inline>.—</heading><content>During the period beginning October 1, 1988, and ending September 30, 1993, the Secretary shall, in accordance with the provisions of this part, make payments to State educational agencies for grants made on the basis of entitlements created under this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1006">“SEC. 1006. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2712">20 USC 2712</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>GRANTS FOR LOCAL EDUCATIONAL AGENCIES IN COUNTIES WITH ESPECIALLY HIGH CONCENTRATIONS OF CHILDREN FROM LOW-INCOME FAMILIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eligibility for and Amount of Special Grants</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, each county, in a State other than Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, which is eligible for a grant under this chapter for any fiscal year shall be entitled to an additional grant under this section for that fiscal year if—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the number of children counted under section 1005(c) of this chapter in the school district of local educational agencies in such county for the preceding fiscal year exceeds 6,500, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the number of children counted under section 1005(c) exceeds 15 percent of the total number of children aged five to seventeen, inclusive, in the school districts of local educational agencies in such county in that fiscal year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>Except as provided in subparagraph (C), no State described in subparagraph (A) shall receive less than—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>one-quarter of 1 percent of the sums appropriated under subsection (c) of this section for such fiscal year; or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>$250,000,</content> </clause> <continuation>whichever is higher.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau>No State shall, by reason of the application of the provisions of subparagraph (B)(i) of this paragraph, be allotted more than—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>150 percent of the amount that the State received in the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is made, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the amount calculated under subparagraph (B), whichever is less.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <chapeau>For the purpose of subparagraph (C), the amount for each State equals—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the number of children in such State counted for purposes of this section in the fiscal year specified in subparagraph (B), multiplied by</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>150 percent of the national average per pupil payment made with funds available under this section for that year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>For each county in which there are local educational agencies eligible to receive an additional grant under this sec-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/147">102 STAT. 147</page>tion for any fiscal year the Secretary shall determine the product of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>the greater of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the number of children in excess of 6,500 counted under section 1005(c) for the preceding fiscal year, in the school districts of local educational agencies of a county which qualifies on the basis of subparagraph (A) of paragraph (1); or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the number of children counted under section 1005(c) for the preceding fiscal year in the school districts of local educational agencies in a county which qualifies on the basis of subparagraph (B) of paragraph (1); and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the quotient resulting from the division of the amount determined for those agencies under section 1005(a)(2) of this chapter for the fiscal year for which the determination is being made divided by the total number of children counted under section 1005(c) for that agency for the preceding fiscal year.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The amount of the additional grant to which an eligible county is entitled under this section for any fiscal year shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to the amount reserved under subsection (c) for that fiscal year as the product deter-mined under paragraph (2) for such county for that fiscal year bears to the sum of such products for all counties in the United States for that fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>For the purposes of this section, the Secretary shall determine the number of children counted under section 1005(c) for any county, and the total number of children aged five to seventeen, inclusive, in school districts of local educational agencies in such county, on the basis of the most recent satisfactory data available at the time the payment for such county is determined under section 1005.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Pursuant to regulations established by the Secretary and except as provided in subparagraphs (B) and (C) and para-graph (6), funds allocated to counties under this part shall be allocated by the State educational agency only to those local educational agencies whose school districts lie (in whole or in part) within the county and which are determined by the State educational agency to meet the eligibility criteria of clauses (i) and (ii) of paragraph (1)(A). Such determination shall be made on the basis of the available poverty data which such State educational agency determines best reflect the current distribution in the local educational agency of low-income families consistent with the purposes of this chapter. The amount of funds under this part that each qualifying local educational agency receives shall be proportionate to the number or percentage of children from low-income families in the school districts of the local educational agency.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>In counties where no local educational agency meets the criteria of clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (1)(A), the State educational agency shall allocate such funds among the local educational agencies within such counties (in whole or in part) in rank order of their respective concentration and numbers of children from low-income families and in amounts which are consistent with the degree of concentration of poverty. Only local educational agencies with concentrations of poverty that <page identifier="/us/stat/102/148">102 STAT. 148</page>exceed the county wide average of poverty shall receive any funds pursuant to the provisions of this subparagraph.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau>In States which receive the minimum grant amount under paragraph (1), the State educational agency shall allocate such funds among the local educational agencies in such State by either of the following methods:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>in accordance with the provisions of subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this paragraph; or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>without regard to the counties in which such local educational agencies are located, in rank order of their respective concentration and numbers of children from low-income families and in amounts which are consistent with the degree of concentration of poverty, except that only those local educational agencies with concentrations of poverty that exceed the Statewide average of poverty shall receive any funds pursuant to the provisions of this clause.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>A State may reserve not more than 2 percent of its allocation under this section for the purpose of making direct payments to local educational agencies that meet the criteria of clauses (i) and (ii) of paragraph (1)(A), but are otherwise ineligible.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payments; Use of Funds</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The total amount which counties in a State are entitled to under this section for any fiscal year shall be added to the amount paid to that State under section 1401 for such year. From the amount paid to it under this section, the State shall distribute to local educational agencies in each county of the State the amount (if any) to which it is entitled under this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The amount paid to a local educational agency under this section shall be used by that agency for activities undertaken pursuant to its application submitted under section 1012 and shall be subject to the other requirements in subpart 2 of this part.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reservation of Funds</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>For any fiscal year for which amounts appropriated for part A of this chapter exceed $3,900,000,000, the amounts specified in paragraph (2) of this subsection shall be available to carry out this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The first $400,000,000 in excess of $3,900,000,000 appropriated for part A of this chapter in any fiscal year shall be available to carry out this section.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Whenever the amounts appropriated for part A exceed $4,300,000,000 in any fiscal year, 10 percent of the amount appropriated for that fiscal year shall be available to carry out this section, except that no State shall, as a result of implementation of paragraph (2) of this subsection, receive less under section 1005 than it received for the previous fiscal year under such section or under section 554(a)(1)(A) of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Ratable Reduction Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>If the sums available under subsection (c) for any fiscal year for making payments under this section are not sufficient to pay in full the total amounts which all States are entitled to receive under subsection (a) for such fiscal year, the maximum amounts which all States are entitled to receive under subsection (a) for such fiscal year shall be ratably reduced. In case additional funds become available for making such payments <page identifier="/us/stat/102/149">102 STAT. 149</page>for any fiscal year during which the preceding sentence is applicable, such reduced amounts shall be increased on the same basis as they were reduced.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="2">“Subpart 2—</num><heading class="inline">Basic Program Requirements</heading> <section> <num value="1011">“SEC. 1011. </num><heading>USES OF FUNDS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2721">20 USC 2721</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Program Description</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>A local educational agency may use funds received under this part only for programs and projects which are designed to meet the special educational needs of educationally deprived children identified in accordance with section 1014 and which are included in an application for assistance approved by the State educational agency.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Such programs and projects under paragraph (1) may include preschool through secondary programs; the acquisition of equipment and instructional materials; books and school library resources; employment of special instructional personnel, school counselors, and other pupil services personnel; employment and training of education aides; payments to teachers of amounts in excess of regular salary schedules as a bonus for service in schools serving project areas; the training of teachers, librarians, other instructional and pupil services personnel, and, as appropriate, early childhood education professionals (including training in preparation for the implementation of programs and projects in a subsequent school year); the construction, where necessary, of school facilities; parental involvement activities under section 1016; planning for and evaluation of such programs and projects assisted under this chapter; and other expenditures authorized under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>State and local educational agencies are encouraged to develop programs to assist eligible children to improve their achievement in basic skills and more advanced skills and to consider year-round services and activities, including intensive summer school programs.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Innovation Projects</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Subject to the approval of the State educational agency, a local educational agency may use not more than 5 percent of payments under this part for the costs of conducting innovative projects developed by the local educational agency that include only—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the continuation of services to children eligible for services in any preceding year for a period sufficient to maintain progress made during their eligibility;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the provision of continued services to eligible children transferred to ineligible areas or schools as part of a desegregation plan for a period not to exceed 2 years;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>incentive payments to schools that have demonstrated significant progress and success in attaining the goals of this chapter;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>training of chapter 1 and nonchapter 1 paid teachers and librarians with respect to the special educational needs of eligible children and integration of activities under this part into regular classroom programs;</content> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/150">102 STAT. 150</page> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>programs to encourage innovative approaches to parental involvement or rewards to or expansion of exemplary parental involvement programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>encouraging the involvement of community and private sector resources (including fiscal resources) in meeting the needs of eligible children; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>assistance by local educational agencies of schools identified under section 1021(b).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1012">“SEC. 1012. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2722">20 USC 2722</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ASSURANCES AND APPLICATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Educational Agency Assurances</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Any State desiring to participate under this chapter shall submit to the Secretary, through its State educational agency, assurances that the State educational agency—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>will meet the requirements in section 435(b)(2) and (b)(5) of the General Education Provisions Act relating to fiscal control and fund accounting procedures;</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>will carry out the activities required under this chapter with regard to evaluation and school program improvement;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>has on file a program improvement plan that meets the requirements of section 1020; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>will ensure that its local educational agencies and State agencies receiving funds under this chapter comply with all applicable statutory and regulatory provisions pertaining to this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <continuation>Such assurances shall remain in effect for the duration of participation under this chapter.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Local Applications</inline>.—</heading> <content>A local educational agency may receive a grant under this chapter for any fiscal year if it has on file with the State educational agency an application which describes the procedure to be used under section 1014(b) to assess students’ needs and establish program goals, describes the programs and projects to be conducted with such assistance for a period of not more than 3 years, and describes the desired outcomes for eligible children, in terms of basic and more advanced skills that all children are expected to master, which will be used as the basis for evaluating the program or project as required by section 1019, and such application has been approved by the State educational agency and developed in consultation with teachers and parents.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Local Assurances</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Such application shall provide assurance that the programs and projects described—</chapeau><paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>are of sufficient size, scope, and quality to give reasonable promise of substantial progress toward meeting the special educational needs of the children being served, are designed and implemented in consultation with teachers (including early childhood education professionals and librarians when appropriate), and provide for parental involvement in accordance with section 1016;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>make provision for services to educationally deprived children attending private elementary and secondary schools in accordance with section 1017;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>allocate time and resources for frequent and regular coordination of the curriculum under this chapter with the regular instructional program; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">in the case of participating students who are also limited English proficient or are handicapped, provide maximum coordination between services provided under this chapter and <page identifier="/us/stat/102/151">102 STAT. 151</page>services provided to address children’s handicapping conditions or limited English proficiency, in order to increase program effectiveness, eliminate duplication, and reduce fragmentation of the students’ programs.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1013">“SEC. 1013, </num><heading>ELIGIBLE SCHOOLS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2723">20 USC 2723</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Provisions</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Subject to subsection (b), a local educational agency shall use funds received under this chapter in school attendance areas having high concentrations of children from low-income families (hereinafter referred to as ‘eligible school attendance areas’), and where funds under this chapter are insufficient to provide programs and projects for all educationally deprived children in eligible school attendance areas, a local educational agency shall annually rank its eligible school attendance areas from highest to lowest within each grade span grouping or for the entire local educational agency, according to relative degree of concentration of children from low-income families. A local educational agency may carry out a program or project assisted under this chapter in an eligible school attendance area only if it also carries out such program or project in all other eligible school attendance areas which are ranked higher under the first sentence of this paragraph.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The same measure of low income, which shall be chosen by the local educational agency on the basis of the best available data and which may be a composite of several indicators, shall be used with respect to all school attendance areas within a grade span grouping or for the entire local educational agency, both to identify the areas having high concentrations of children from low-income families and to determine the ranking of each area,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The requirements of this subsection shall not apply in the case of a local educational agency with a total enrollment of less than 1,000 children, but this paragraph does not relieve such an agency from the responsibility to serve eligible children according to the provisions of section 1014.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Local Educational Agency Discretion</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Notwithstanding subsection (a)(1) of this section, a local educational agency shall have discretion to identify and rank eligible attendance areas as follows:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>A local educational agency may designate as eligible and serve all of its attendance areas within a grade span grouping or in the entire local educational agency if the percentage of children from low-income families in each attendance area of the agency is within 5 percentage points of the average percent-age of such children within a grade span grouping or for the entire local educational agency.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>A local educational agency may designate any school attendance area in which at least 25 percent of the children are from low-income families as an eligible school attendance area if the aggregate amount expended under this chapter and under a State program meeting the requirements of section 1018(d)(1(B) in that fiscal year in each school attendance area of that agency eligible under subsection (a) in which projects assisted under this chapter were carried out in the preceding fiscal year equals or exceeds the amount expended from those sources in that area in such preceding fiscal year if such <page identifier="/us/stat/102/152">102 STAT. 152</page>attendance areas qualify for such amounts under subsection (c)(1).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>A local educational agency may, with the approval of the State educational agency, designate as eligible and serve school attendance areas with substantially higher numbers or percentages of educationally deprived children before school attendance areas with higher concentrations of children from low-income families, but this paragraph shall not permit the provision of services to more school attendance areas than could otherwise be served. A State educational agency shall approve such a proposal only if the State educational agency finds that the proposal will not substantially impair the delivery of deprived children from low-income families in project areas served by the local educational agency.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Funds received under this part may be used for educationally deprived children who are in a school which is not located in an eligible school attendance area when the proportion of children from low-income families in average daily attendance in such school is substantially equal to the proportion of such children in an eligible school attendance area of such agency.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>If an eligible school attendance area or eligible school was so designated and served in accordance with subsection (a) in the immediately preceding fiscal year, it may continue to be so designated for the subsequent fiscal year even though it does not qualify as eligible under such subsection in such additional year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>With the approval of the State educational agency, eligible school attendance areas or eligible schools which have higher proportions or numbers of children from low-income families may be skipped if they are receiving, from non-Federal funds, services of the same nature and scope as would otherwise be provided under this part, except that (A) the number of children attending private elementary and secondary schools who receive services under this part shall be determined without regard to non-Federal compensatory education funds which serve eligible children in public elementary and secondary schools, and (B) children attending private elementary and secondary schools who receive assistance under this part shall be identified in accordance with this section and without regard to skipping public school attendance areas or schools under this paragraph.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Allocations</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Except as provided in paragraph (2), a local educational agency shall allocate funds under this part among project areas or schools on the basis of the number and needs of children to be served as determined in accordance with section 1014.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Children in eligible schools, who receive services under this part and subsequently become ineligible due to improved academic achievement attributable to such services, may continue to be considered eligible for 2 additional years only for the purpose of determining the allocation of funds among eligible schools under paragraph (1). Any funds so allocated shall be used to provide services to any children determined to be eligible under section 1014.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/153">102 STAT. 153</page> <section> <num value="1014">“SEC. 1014. </num><heading>ELIGIBLE CHILDREN.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2724">20 USC 2724</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Provisions</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Except as provided in subsections (c) and (d) of this section and section 1015, a local educational agency shall use funds received under this part for educationally deprived children, identified in accordance with subsection (b) as having the great-est need for special assistance, in school attendance areas or schools satisfying the requirements of section 1013.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The eligible population for services under this part are—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>those children up to age 21 who are entitled to a free public education through grade 12, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>those children who are not yet at a grade level where the local educational agency provides a free public education, yet are of an age at which they can benefit from an organized instructional program provided in a school or other educational setting.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Assessment of Educational Need</inline>.—</heading><content>A local educational agency may receive funds under this part only if it makes an assessment of educational needs each year to (1) identify education-ally deprived children in all eligible attendance areas; (2) identify the general instructional areas on which the program will focus; (3) select those educationally deprived children who have the greatest need for special assistance, as identified on the basis of education-ally related objective criteria established by the local educational agency, which include written or oral testing instruments, that are uniformly applied to particular grade levels throughout the local educational agency; and (4) determine the special educational needs (and library resource needs) of participating children with specificity sufficient to ensure concentration on such needs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Local Educational Agency Discretion</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Educationally deprived children who begin participation in a program or project assisted under this part, in accordance with subsections (a) and (b) but who, in the same school year, are transferred to a school attendance area or school not receiving funds under this part, may, if the local agency so determines, continue to participate in a program or project funded under this part for the duration of that same school year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In providing services under this part a local educational agency may skip educationally deprived children in greatest need of assistance who are receiving, from non-Federal sources, services of the same nature and scope as would otherwise be provided under this part.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>A child who, in the previous year, was identified as being in greatest need of assistance, and who continues to be educationally deprived, but who is no longer identified as being in greatest need of assistance, may participate in a program or project assisted under this part while continuing to be educationally deprived for a maxi-mum of 2 additional years.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rules</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Children receiving services to overcome a handicapping condition or limited English proficiency shall also be eligible to receive services under this part, if they have needs stemming from educational deprivation and not related solely to the handicapping condition or limited English proficiency. Such children shall be selected on the same basis as other children identified as eligible for and selected to receive services under this part. Funds <page identifier="/us/stat/102/154">102 STAT. 154</page>under this part may not be used to provide services that are otherwise required by law to be made available to such children.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>A student who at any time in the previous 2 years was receiving services under subpart 3 of part D of this chapter or under subpart 3 of part B of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act (as amended by chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981) shall be considered eligible for services under this part, and may be served subject to the provisions of subsections (a) and (b).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1015">“SEC. 1015. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2725">20 USC 2725</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>SCHOOLWIDE PROJECTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Funds for Schoolwide Projects</inline>.—</heading><content>In the case of any school serving an attendance area that is eligible to receive services under this part and in which, for the first year of the 3-year period of projects assisted under this section, not less than 75 percent of the children are from low-income families or any eligible school in which not less than 75 percent of the children enrolled in the school are from low-income families, the local educational agency may carry out a project under this part to upgrade the entire educational program in that school if the requirements of subsections (b), (c), (d), and (e) are met.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Designation of Schools</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>A school may be designated for a school wide project under subsection (a) if—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>a plan has been developed for that school by the local educational agency and has been approved by the State educational agency which—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>provides for a comprehensive assessment of educational needs of all students in the school, in particular the special needs of educationally deprived children;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>establishes goals to meet the special needs of all students and to ensure that educationally deprived children are served effectively and demonstrate performance gains comparable to other students;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>describes the instructional program, pupil services, and procedures to be used to implement those goals;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>describes the specific uses of funds under this part as part of that program; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>describes how the school will move to implement an effective schools program as defined tn section 1471, if appropriate;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the plan has been developed with the involvement of those individuals who will be engaged in carrying out the plan, including parents, teachers, librarians, education aides, pupil services personnel, and administrators (and secondary students if the plan relates to a secondary school);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the plan provides for consultation among individuals described in paragraph (2) as to the educational progress of all students and the participation of such individuals in the development and implementation of the accountability measures required by subsection (e);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>appropriate training is provided to parents of children to be served, teachers, librarians, and other instructional, administrative, and pupil services personnel to enable them effectively to carry out the plan;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>the plan includes procedures for measuring progress, as required by subsection (e), and describes the particular measures to be used; and</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/155">102 STAT. 155</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>in the case of a school district in which there are one or more schools described in subsection (a) and there are also one or more other schools serving project areas, the local educational agency makes the Federal funds provided under this part available for children in such schools described in subsection (a) in amounts which, per educationally deprived child served, equal or exceed the amount of such funds made available per educationally deprived child served in such other schools; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the average per pupil expenditure in schools described in subsection (a) (excluding amounts expended under a State compensatory education program) for the fiscal year in which the plan is to be carried out will not be less than such expenditure in such schools in the previous fiscal year, except that the cost of services for programs described in section 1018(d)(2)(A) shall be included for each fiscal year as appropriate only in proportion to the number of children in the building served in such programs in the year for which this determination is made.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Approval of Plan; Operation of Project</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The State educational agency shall approve the plan of any local educational agency for a school wide project if that plan meets the requirements of subsection (b).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">For any school which has such a plan approved, the local educational agency</inline>—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>shall, in order to carry out the plan, be relieved of any requirements under this part with respect to the commingling of funds provided under this chapter with funds available for regular programs;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>shall use funds received under this part only to supplement, and to the extent practicable, increase the level of funds that would, in the absence of such Federal funds, be made available from non-Federal sources for the school approved for a schoolwide project under paragraph</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>shall comply with the provisions of section 1018(c); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>may not be required to identify particular children as being eligible to participate in projects assisted under this part but shall identify educationally deprived children for purposes of subsections (b) and (e) of this section.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In addition to uses under section 1011, funds may be used in schoolwide projects for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>planning and implementing effective schools programs, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>other activities to improve the instructional program and pupil services in the school, such as reducing class size, training staff and parents of children to be served, and implementing extended schoolday programs.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Accountability</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The State educational agency may grant authority for a local educational agency to operate a schoolwide project for a period of 3 years. If a school meets the accountability requirements in paragraphs (2) and (3) at the end of such period, as determined by the State educational agency, that school will be allowed to continue the schoolwide project for an additional 3-year period.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/156">102 STAT. 156</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Except as provided in subparagraph (B), after 3 years, a school must be able to demonstrate (i) that the achievement level of educationally deprived children as measured according to the means specified in the plan required by subsection (b) exceeds the average achievement of participating children districtwide, or (ii) that the achievement of educationally deprived children in that school exceeds the average achievement of such children in that school in the 3 fiscal years prior to initiation of the schoolwide project.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>For a secondary school, demonstration of lower dropout rates, increased retention rates, or increased graduation rates is acceptable in lieu of increased achievement, if achievement levels over the 3-year schoolwide project period, compared with the 3-year period immediately preceding the schoolwide project, do not decline.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Schools shall annually collect achievement and other assessment data for the purposes of paragraph (2). The results of achievement and other assessments shall be made available annually to parents, the public, and the State educational agency.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1016">“SEC. 1016. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2726">20 USC 2726</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PARENTAL INVOLVEMENT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Findings; General Requirement</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Congress finds that activities by schools to increase parental involvement are a vital part of programs under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Toward that end, a local educational agency may receive funds under this chapter only if it implements programs, activities, and procedures for the involvement of parents in programs assisted under this chapter. Such activities and procedures shall be planned and implemented with meaningful consultation with parents of participating children and must be of sufficient size, scope, and quality to give reasonable promise of substantial progress toward achieving the goals under subsection (b).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>For purposes of this section, parental involvement includes, but is not limited to, parent input into the design and implementation of programs under this chapter, volunteer or paid participation by parents in school activities, and programs, training, and materials which build parents’ capacity to improve their children’s learning in the home and in school.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Goals of Parental Involvement</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In carrying out the requirements of subsection (a), a local educational agency shall, in coordination with parents of participating children, develop programs, activities, and procedures which have the following goals—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>to inform parents of participating children of the program under this chapter, the reasons for their children’s participation in such programs, and the specific instructional objectives and methods of the program;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>to support the efforts of parents, including training parents, to the maximum extent practicable, to work with their children in the home to attain the instructional objectives of programs under this chapter and to understand the program requirements of this chapter and to train parents and teachers to build a partnership between home and school;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>to train teachers and other staff involved in programs under this chapter to work effectively with the parents of participating students;</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/157">102 STAT. 157</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>to consult with parents, on an ongoing basis, concerning the manner in which the school and parents can better work together to achieve the program’s objectives and to give parents a feeling of partnership in the education of their children;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>to provide a comprehensive range of opportunities for parents to become informed, in a timely way, about how the program will be designed, operated, and evaluated, allowing opportunities for parental participation, so that parents and educators can work together to achieve the program’s objectives; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>to ensure opportunities, to the extent practicable, for the full participation of parents who lack literacy skills or whose native language is not English.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Mechanisms for Parental Involvement</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Each local educational agency, after consultation with and review by parents, shall develop written policies to ensure that parents are involved in the planning, design, and implementation of programs and shall provide such reasonable support for parental involvement activities as parents may request. Such policies shall be made available to parents of participating children.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Each local educational agency shall convene an annual meeting to which all parents of participating children shall be invited, to explain to parents the programs and activities provided with funds under this chapter. Such meetings may be districtwide or at the building level, as long as all such parents are given an opportunity to participate.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Each local educational agency shall provide parents of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>participating children with reports on the children’s progress, and, to the extent practical, hold a parent-teacher conference with the parents of each child served in the program, to discuss that child’s progress, placement, and methods by which parents can complement the child’s instruction. Educational personnel under this chapter shall be readily accessible to parents and shall permit parents to observe activities under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Each local educational agency shall (A) provide opportunities for regular meetings of parents to formulate parental input into the program, if parents of participating children so desire; (B) provide parents of participating children with timely information about the program; and (C) make parents aware of parental involvement requirements and other relevant provisions of programs under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>Parent programs, activities, and procedures may include regular parent conferences; parent resource centers: parent training programs and reasonable and necessary expenditures associated with the attendance of parents at training sessions; hiring, training, and utilization of parental involvement liaison workers; reporting to parents on the children’s progress; training and support of personnel to work with parents, to coordinate parent activities, and to make contact in the home; use of parents as classroom volunteers, tutors, and aides; provision of school-to-home complementary curriculum and materials and assistance in implementing home-based education activities that reinforce classroom instruction and student motivation; provision of timely information on programs under this chapter (such as program plans and evaluations); soliciting parents’ suggestions in the planning, development, and operation of the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/158">102 STAT. 158</page>program; providing timely responses to parent recommendations; parent advisory councils; and other activities designed to enlist the support and participation of parents to aid in the instruction of their children.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>Parents of participating children are expected to co-operate with the local educational agency by becoming knowledgeable of the program goals and activities and by working to reinforce their children’s training at home.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Coordination With Adult Education Act</inline>.—</heading><content>Programs of parental involvement shall coordinate, to the extent possible, with programs funded under the Adult Education Act.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Accessibility Requirement</inline>.—</heading><content>Information, programs, and activities for parents pursuant to this section shall be provided, to the extent practicable, in a language and form which the parents understand.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1017">“SEC. 1017. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2727">20 USC 2727</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PARTICIPATION OF CHILDREN ENROLLED IN PRIVATE SCHOOLS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Requirements</inline>.—</heading><content>To the extent consistent with the number of educationally deprived children in the school district of the local educational agency who are enrolled in private elementary and secondary schools, such agency shall, after timely and meaningful consultation with appropriate private school officials, make provisions for including special educational services and arrangements (such as dual enrollment, educational radio and television, computer equipment and materials, other technology, and mobile educational services and equipment) in which such children can participate and which meet the requirements of sections 1011(a), 1012(b)(1), 1013, 1014, and 1018(b). Expenditures for educational services and arrangements pursuant to this section for education-ally deprived children in private schools shall be equal (taking into account the number of children to be served and the special educational needs of such children) to expenditures for children en-rolled in the public schools of the local educational agency.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Bypass Provision</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>If a local educational agency is prohibited by law from providing for the participation in special programs for educationally deprived children enrolled in private elementary and secondary schools as required by subsection (a), the Secretary shall waive such requirements, and shall arrange for the provision of services to such children through arrangements which shall be subject to the requirements of subsection (a).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>If the Secretary determines that a local educational agency has substantially failed to provide for the participation on an equitable basis of educationally deprived children en-rolled in private elementary and secondary schools as required by subsection (a), the Secretary shall arrange for the provision of services to such children through arrangements which shall be subject to the requirements of subsection (a), upon which determination the provisions of subsection (a) shall be waived.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Secretary shall develop and implement written procedures for receiving, investigating, and resolving com-plaints from parents, teachers, or other concerned organizations or individuals concerning violations of this section. The Secretary shall investigate and resolve each such complaint within 120 days after receipt of the complaint.</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/159">102 STAT. 159</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>When the Secretary arranges for services pursuant to this subsection, the Secretary shall, after consultation with the appropriate public and private school officials, pay to the provider the cost of such services, including the administrative cost of arranging for such services, from the appropriate allocation or allocations under this chapter.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>Pending final resolution of any investigation or com-plaint that could result in a determination under this subsection, the Secretary may withhold from the allocation of the affected State or local educational agency the amount the Secretary estimates would be necessary to pay the cost of such services.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>Any determination by the Secretary under this section shall continue in effect until the Secretary determines that there will no longer be any failure or inability on the part of the local educational agency to meet the requirements of subsection (a).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Secretary shall not take any final action under this subsection until the State educational agency and local educational agency affected by such action have had an opportunity, for at least 45 days after receiving written notice thereof, to submit written objections and to appear before the Secretary or a designee to show cause why such action should not be taken.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>If a State or local educational agency is dissatisfied with the Secretary’s final action after a proceeding under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, it may, within 60 days after notice of such action, file with the United States court of appeals for the circuit in which such State is located a petition for review of that action. A copy of the petition shall be forthwith transmit-ted by the clerk of the court to the Secretary. The Secretary thereupon shall file in the court the record of the proceedings on which the Secretary’s action was based, as provided in section 2112 of title 28, United States Code.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>The findings of fact by the Secretary, if supported by substantial evidence, shall be conclusive; but the court, for good cause shown, may remand the case to the Secretary to take further evidence, and the Secretary may thereupon make new or modified findings of fact and may modify the previous action, and shall file in the court the record of the further proceedings. Such new or modified findings of fact shall likewise be conclusive if supported by substantial evidence.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>Upon the filing of a petition under subparagraph (B), the court shall have jurisdiction to affirm the action of the Secretary or to set it aside, in whole or in part. The judgment of the court shall be subject to review by the Supreme Court of the United States upon certiorari or certification as provided in section 1254 of title 28, United States Code.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Prior Determination</inline>.—</heading><content>Any bypass determination by the Secretary under title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, as in effect prior to July 1, 1988, or chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 shall remain in effect to the extent consistent with the purposes of this chapter.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Capital Expenses</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>A local educational agency may apply to the State educational agency for payments for capital expenses consistent with the provisions of this subsection. State educational agen-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/160">102 STAT. 160</page>cies shall distribute funds to local educational agencies based on the degree of need as set forth in the application. Such an application shall contain information on such capital expenses by fiscal year and shall contain an assurance that any funds received pursuant to this subsection shall be used solely for purposes of the program authorized by this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>From the amount appropriated for the purposes of this subsection for any fiscal year, the amount which each State shall be eligible to receive shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to the amount appropriated as the number of children enrolled in private schools who were served under chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 in the State during the period July 1, 1984 through June 30, 1985, bears to the total number of such children served during such period in all States.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Amounts which are not used by a State for the purposes of this subsection shall be reallocated by the Secretary among other States on the basis of need.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">There is authorized to be appropriated $30,000,000 for fiscal year 1988, $40,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993. Any sums appropriated under this provision shall be used for increases in capital expenses paid from funds under chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act or this section subsequent to July 1, 1985, of local educational agencies in providing the instructional services required under section 557 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act and this section, when without such funds, services to private schoolchildren would have been or have been reduced or would be reduced or adversely affected.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>For the purposes of this subsection, the term ‘capital expenses’ is limited to expenditures for noninstructional goods and services such as the purchase, lease and renovation of real and personal property (including but not limited to mobile educational units and leasing of neutral sites or space), insurance and maintenance costs, transportation, and other com-parable goods and services.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1018">“SEC. 1018. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2728">20 USC 2728</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>FISCAL REQUIREMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Maintenance of Effort</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Except as provided in paragraph (2), a local educational agency may receive funds under this chapter for any fiscal year only if the State educational agency finds that either the combined fiscal effort per student or the aggregate expenditures of that agency and the State with respect to the provision of free public education by that agency for the preceding fiscal year was not less than 90 percent of such combined fiscal effort or aggregate expenditures for the second preceding fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The State educational agency shall reduce the amount of the allocation of funds under this chapter in any fiscal year in the exact proportion to which a local educational agency fails to meet the requirement of paragraph (1) by falling below 90 percent of both the combined fiscal effort per student and aggregate expenditures (using the measure most favorable to such local agency), and no such lesser amount shall be used for computing the effort required under paragraph (1) for subsequent years.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/161">102 STAT. 161</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Each State educational agency may waive, for 1 fiscal year only, the requirements of this subsection if the State educational agency determines that such a waiver would be equitable due to exceptional or uncontrollable circumstances such as a natural disaster or a precipitous and unforeseen decline in the financial resources of the local educational agency.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Federal Funds To Supplement, Not Supplant Regular Non-Federal Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>A State educational agency or other State agency in operating its State level programs or a local educational agency may use funds received under this chapter only so as to supplement and, to the extent practicable, increase the level of funds that would, in the absence of such Federal funds, be made available from non-Federal sources for the education of pupils participating in programs and projects assisted under this chapter and in no case may such funds be so used as to supplant such funds from such non-Federal sources. In order to demonstrate compliance with this subsection, no State educational agency, other State agency, or local educational agency shall be required to provide services under this chapter through use of a particular instructional method or in a particular instructional setting.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Comparability of Services</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>A local educational agency may receive funds under this chapter only if State and local funds will be used in the district of such agency to provide services in project areas which, taken as a whole, are at least comparable to services being provided in areas in such district which are not receiving funds under this chapter. Where all school attendance areas in the district of the agency are designated as project areas, the agency may receive such funds only if State and local funds are used to provide services which, taken as a whole, are substantially comparable in each project area.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>A local educational agency shall be considered to have met the requirements of paragraph (1) if it has filed with the State educational agency a written assurance that it has established and implemented—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>a districtwide salary schedule;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>a policy to ensure equivalence among schools in teachers, administrators, and auxiliary personnel; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>a policy to ensure equivalence among schools in the provision of curriculum materials and instructional supplies.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Unpredictable changes in student enrollment or personnel assignments which occur after the beginning of a school year shall not be included as a factor in determining comparability of services.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Each educational agency shall develop procedures for <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote>compliance with the provisions of this subsection, and shall annually maintain records documenting compliance. Each State educational agency shall monitor the compliance of local educational agencies within the States with respect to the requirements of this subsection.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Each local educational agency with not more than 1 building for each grade span shall not be subject to the provisions of this subsection.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>Each local educational agency which is found to be out of compliance with this subsection shall be subject to withholding <page identifier="/us/stat/102/162">102 STAT. 162</page>or repayment of funds only to the amount or percentage by which the local educational agency has failed to comply.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Exclusion of Special State and Local Program Funds</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>For the purposes of determining compliance with the requirements of subsections (b) and (c), a local educational agency or a State agency operating a program under part D of this chapter may exclude State and local funds expended for carrying out special programs to meet the educational needs of educationally deprived children including compensatory education for educationally deprived children after prior determination pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of this subsection that such programs meet the requirements of subparagraph (B).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>A State or local program meets the requirements of this subparagraph if it is similar to programs assisted under this part. The Secretary shall consider a State or local program to be similar to programs assisted under this part if—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>all children participating in the program are educationally deprived,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the program is based on similar performance objectives related to educational achievement and is evaluated in a mariner consistent with those performance objectives.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>the program provides supplementary services designed to meet the special educational needs of the children who are participating,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">the local educational agency keeps such records and affords such access thereto as are necessary to assure the correctness and verification of the requirements of this subparagraph, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>the State educational agency monitors performance under the program to assure that the requirements of this subparagraph are met.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">For the purpose of determining compliance with the requirements of subsection (c), a local educational agency may exclude State and local funds expended for</inline>—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Minorities.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">bilingual education for children of limited English proficiency,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>special education for handicapped children, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">certain State phase-in programs as described in subparagraph (B).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>A State education program which is being phased into full operation meets the requirements of this subparagraph if the Secretary is satisfied that—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the program is authorized and governed specifically by the provisions of State law;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the purpose of the program is to provide for the comprehensive and systematic restructuring of the total educational environment at the level of the individual school;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>the program is based on objectives, including but not limited to, performance objectives related to educational achievement and is evaluated in a manner consistent with those objectives;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>parents and school staff are involved in comprehensive planning, implementation, and evaluation of the program;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>the program will benefit all children in a particular school or grade-span within a school;</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/163">102 STAT. 163</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">“(vi) </num> <content>schools participating in a program describe, in a school level plan, program strategies for meeting the special educational needs of educationally deprived children;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">“(vii) </num> <content>at all times during such phase-in period at least 50 percent of the schools participating in the program are the schools serving project areas which have the greatest number or concentrations of educationally deprived children or children from low-income families;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="viii">“(viii) </num> <content>State funds made available for the phase-in program will supplement, and not supplant, State and local funds which would, in the absence of the phase-in program, have been provided for schools participating in such program;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ix">“(ix) </num> <content>the local educational agency is separately account-able, for purposes of compliance with the clauses of this subparagraph, to the State educational agency for any funds expended for such program; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="x">“(x) </num> <content>the local educational agencies carrying out the program are complying with the clauses of this subparagraph and the State educational agency is complying with applicable provisions of this paragraph.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The Secretary shall make an advance determination of whether or not a State program meets the requirements of this subsection. The Secretary shall require each State educational agency to submit the provisions of State law together with implementing rules, regulations, orders, guidelines, and interpretations which are necessary for an advance determination. The Secretary’s determination shall be in writing and shall include the reasons for the determination. Whenever there is any material change in pertinent State law affecting the program, the State educational agency shall submit such changes to the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The State educational agency shall make an advance determination of whether or not a local program meets the requirements of this subsection. The State educational agency shall require each local educational agency to submit the provisions of local law, together with implementing rules, regulations, guidelines, and interpretations which are necessary to make such an advance determination. The State educational agency’s determination shall be in writing and shall include the reasons for the determination. Whenever there is any material change in pertinent local law affecting the program, the local educational agency shall submit such changes to the State educational agency.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1019">“SEC. 1019. </num><heading>EVALUATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2729">20 USC 2729</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Local Evaluation</inline>—</heading><chapeau>Each local educational agency shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>evaluate the effectiveness of programs assisted under this part, in accordance with national standards developed according to section 1435, at least once every 3 years (using objective measurement of individual student achievement in basic skills and more advanced skills, aggregated for the local educational agency as a whole) as an indicator of the impact of the program;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>submit such evaluation results to the State educational agency at least once during each 3-year application cycle;</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/164">102 STAT. 164</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>determine whether improved performance under para-graph (1) is sustained over a period of more than one program year.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Evaluations</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In accordance with national standards, each State educational agency shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">conduct an evaluation (based on local evaluation data collected under subsection (a) and sections 1107(b), 1202(a)(6), and 1242(d)) of the programs assisted under this chapter at least every 2 years, submit that evaluation to the Secretary and make public the results of that evaluation;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>inform local educational agencies, in advance, of the specific evaluation data that will be needed and how it may be collected; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">collect data on the race, age, gender, and number of children with handicapping conditions served by the programs assisted under this chapter and on the number of children served by grade-level under the programs assisted under this chapter and annually submit such data to the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Condition</inline>.—</heading><content>Projects funded under this part that serve only preschool, kindergarten, or first grade students or students in such grade levels who are included in projects serving children above such grade levels shall not be subject to the requirements of subsection (a).</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1020">“SEC. 1020. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2730">20 USC 2730</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>STATE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM IMPROVEMENT PLAN.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Plan Requirements</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>A State educational agency which receives funds under part A, part C, and part E of this chapter shall develop, in consultation with a committee of practitioners constituted pursuant to section 1451(b) of this chapter, a plan to ensure implementation of the provisions of this section and section 1021. Each such plan shall contain, but shall not be limited to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the objective measures and standards the State educational agency and other agencies receiving funds under part A, part C, and part E of this chapter will use to assess aggregate performance pursuant to section 1021, and may include implementation of section 1019;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the means the State educational agency will use to develop joint plans with local educational agencies which have identified, pursuant to section 1021(b), schools in need of program improvement to attain satisfactory student progress, the timetable for developing and implementing such plans (within parameters defined pursuant to section 1431) and the program improvement assistance that will be provided to such schools pursuant to section 1021. Such program improvement assistance may include, but shall not be limited to, training and retraining of personnel, development of curricula that has shown promise in similar schools, replication of promising practices in effective schools models, improving coordination between programs assisted under this chapter and the regular school program, and the development of innovative strategies to enhance parental involvement.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Dissemination and Availability of Plan</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The State educational agency shall disseminate the plan developed under this subsection to all local educational agencies and other State agencies receiving funds under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The State educational program improvement plan shall be available at the State educational agency for inspection by the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/165">102 STAT. 165</page>Secretary and may be amended by the State educational agency after consultation with a committee of practitioners when necessary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Availability of Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>In any fiscal year for which appropriations are made pursuant to section 1405, the State educational agency shall fully implement the program improvement activities described in sections 1020 and 1021. In any fiscal year for which appropriations are not made, the State educational agency shall conduct, at a minimum, the activities required under section 1021(d), and other program improvement activities to the extent practicable.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1021">“SEC. 1021. </num><heading>PROGRAM IMPROVEMENT.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2731">20 USC 2731</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Local Review</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each local educational agency shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>conduct an annual review of the program’s effectiveness in improving student performance for which purpose the local educational agency shall use outcomes developed pursuant to section 1012 and subsection (b) of this section, and make the results of such review available to teachers, parents of participating children, and other appropriate parties;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>determine whether improved performance under para-graph (1) is sustained over a period of more than one program year;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>use the results of such review and of evaluation pursuant to section 1019 in program improvement efforts required by section 1021(b); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>annually assess through consultation with parents, the effectiveness of the parental involvement program and deter-mine what action needs to be taken, if any, to increase parental participation.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">School Program Improvement</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>With respect to each school which does not show substantial progress toward meeting the desired outcomes described in the local educational agency’s application under section 1012(a) or shows no improvement or a decline in aggregate performance of children served under this chapter for one school year as assessed by measures developed pursuant to section 1019(a) or subsection (a), pursuant to the program improvement timetable developed under sections 1020 and 1431, the local educational agency snail—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau>develop and implement in coordination with such school a plan for program improvement which shall describe how such agency will identify and modify programs funded under this chapter for schools and children pursuant to this section and which shall incorporate those program changes which have the greatest likelihood of improving the performance of education-ally disadvantaged children, including—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>a description of educational strategies designed to achieve the stated program outcomes or to otherwise improve the performance and meet the needs of eligible children; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau>a description of the resources, and how such re-sources will be applied, to carry out the strategies selected, including, as appropriate, qualified personnel, inservice training, curriculum materials, equipment, and physical facilities; and, where appropriate—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>technical assistance;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>alternative curriculum that has shown promise in similar schools;</content> </subclause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/166">102 STAT. 166</page> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num> <content>improving coordination between part A and part C of this chapter and the regular school program;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">“(IV) </num> <content>evaluation of parent involvement;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="V">“(V) </num> <content>appropriate inservice training for staff paid with funds under this chapter and other staff who teach children served under this chapter; and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="VI">“(VI) </num> <content>other measures selected by the local educational agency; and</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>submit the plan to the local school board and the State educational agency, and make it available to parents of children served under this chapter in that school.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>A school which has 10 or fewer students served during an entire program year shall not be subject to the requirements of this subsection.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Discretionary Assistance</inline>—</heading><content>The local educational agency may apply to the State educational agency for program improvement assistance funds authorized under section 1405.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Assistance to Local Educational Agencies</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>If after the locally developed program improvement plan shall have been in effect according to the timetable established under sections 1020 and 1431, the aggregate performance of children served under this chapter in a school does not meet the standards stated in subsections (a) and (b), the local educational agency shall, with the State educational agency, and in consultation with school staff and parents of participating children, develop and implement a joint plan for program improvement in that school until improved performance is sustained over a period of more than 1 year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The State educational agency shall ensure that program improvement assistance is provided to each school identified under paragraph (1).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Local Conditions</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The local educational agency and the State educational agency, in performing their responsibilities under this section, shall take into consideration—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the mobility of the student population,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the extent of educational deprivation among program participants which may negatively affect improvement efforts.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the difficulties Involved in dealing with older children in secondary school programs funded under this chapter,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>whether indicators other than improved achievement demonstrate the positive effects on participating children of the activities funded under this chapter, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>whether a change in the review cycle pursuant to section 1019 or 1021(a)(1) or in the measurement instrument used or other measure-related phenomena has rendered results invalid or unreliable for that particular year.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Student Program Improvement</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>On the basis of the evaluations and reviews under sections 1019(a)(1) and 1021(a)(1), each local educational agency shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>identify students who have been served for a program year and have not met the standards stated in subsections (a) and (b),</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>consider modifications in the program offered to better serve students so identified, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>conduct a thorough assessment of the educational needs of students who remain in the program after 2 consecutive years of participation and have not met the standards stated in subsection (a).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/167">102 STAT. 167</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">“(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Program Improvement Assistance,</inline>—</heading><content>In carrying out the program improvement and student improvement activities required in subsections (a), (b), (c), and (d), local educational agencies and State educational agencies shall utilize the resources of the regional technical assistance centers and appropriate regional rural assistance programs established by section 1456 to the full extent such resources are available,</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="h">“(h) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Further Action</inline>.—</heading><content>If the State educational agency finds that, consistent with the program improvement timetable established under sections 1020 and 1431, after one year under the joint plan developed pursuant to subsection (d), including services in accordance with section 1017, a school which continues to fall below the standards for improvement stated in subsections (a) and (b) with regard to the aggregate performance of children served under part A, part C, and part E of this chapter, the State educational agency shall, with the local educational agency, review the joint plan and make revisions which are design to improve performance, and continue to do so each consecutive year until such performance is sustained over a period of more than one year. Nothing in this section or section 1020 shall be construed to give the State any authority concerning the educational program of a local educational agency that does not otherwise exist under State law.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Mutual Agreement</inline>.—</heading><content>Before any joint plan may be implemented under subsection (d) and subsection (h) both the local educational agency and State educational agency must approve such plan.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> </part> <part><num value="B">“PART B—</num><heading class="inline">EVEN START PROGRAMS OPERATED BY LOCAL EDUCATIONAL AGENCIES</heading> <section> <num value="1051">“SEC. 1051. </num><heading>STATEMENT OF PURPOSE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2741">20 USC 2741</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“It is the purpose of this part to improve the educational opportunities of the Nation’s children and adults by integrating early childhood education and adult education for parents into a unified program to be referred to as ‘Even Start’. The program shall be implemented through cooperative projects that build on existing community resources to create a new range of services.</content> </section> <section> <num value="1052">“SEC. 1052. </num><heading>PROGRAM AUTHORIZATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2742">20 USC 2742</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants by the Secretary</inline>.—</heading><content>In any fiscal year in which the appropriations for this part do not equal or exceed $50,000,000, the Secretary is authorized, in accordance with the provisions of this part which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this subsection, to make grants to local educational agencies or consortia of such agencies to carry out Even Start programs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Grant Program</inline>.—</heading><content>In any fiscal year in which the appropriations for this part equal or exceed $50,000,000, the Secretary is authorized, in accordance with the provisions of this part, to make grants to States from allocations under section 1053 to enable States to carry out Even Start programs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definition</inline>.—</heading><content>For the purpose of this part, the term ‘State’ includes each of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1053">“SEC. 1053. </num><heading>ALLOCATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2743">20 USC 2743</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reservation for Migrant Programs</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall first reserve an amount equal to 3 percent of such amount for <page identifier="/us/stat/102/168">102 STAT. 168</page>programs consistent with the purpose of this part for migrant children. Programs for which funds are reserved under this subsection shall be conducted through the Office of Migrant Education.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Allocation</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as provided in section 1052(a) and subsection (c) of this section, each State shall be eligible to receive a grant under this part in each fiscal year that bears the same ratio to the remainder of the amount appropriated under section 1052(b) in that fiscal year as the amount allocated under section 1005 of this Act to the local educational agencies in the State bears to the total amount allocated to such agencies in all States.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Minimum</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>Subject to the provisions of paragraph (2), no State shall receive less than the greater of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>one-half of one percent of the amount appropriated for this part and allocated under subsection (b) for any fiscal year; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>$250,000.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num> <subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau>No state shall, by reason of the application of the provisions of paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection, be allotted more than—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>150 percent of the amount that the State received in the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is made, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the amount calculated under subparagraph (B), whichever is less.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>For the purpose of subparagraph (A)(ii), the amount for each State equals—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the number of children in such State counted for purposes of this part in the fiscal year specified in subparagraph (A), multiplied by</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>150 percent of the national average per pupil payment made with funds available under this part for that year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1054">“SEC. 1054. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2744">20 USC 2744</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>USES OF FUNDS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>In carrying out the program under this part, funds made available to local educational agencies, in collaboration with, where appropriate, institutions of higher education, community-based organizations, the appropriate State educational agency, or other appropriate nonprofit organizations, shall be used to pay the Federal share of the cost of providing family-centered education programs which involve parents and children in a cooperative effort to help parents become full partners in the education of their children and to assist children in reaching their full potential as learners.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Program Elements</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each program assisted under this part shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the identification and recruitment of eligible children;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>screening and preparation of parents and children for participation, including testing, referral to necessary counseling, and related services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>design of programs and provision of support services (when unavailable from other sources) appropriate to the participants’ work and other responsibilities, including—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>scheduling and location of services to allow joint participation by parents and children;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>child care for the period that parents are involved in the program provided for under this part; and</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/169">102 STAT. 169</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>transportation for the purpose of enabling parents and their children to participate in the program authorized by this part;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>the establishment of instructional programs that promote adult literacy, training parents to support the educational growth of their children , and preparation of children for success in regular school programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>provision of special training to enable staff to develop the skills necessary to work with parents and young children in the full range of instructional services offered through this part (including child care staff in programs enrolling children of participants under this part on a space available basis);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>provision of and monitoring of integrated instructional services to participating parents and children through home-based programs; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>coordination of programs assisted under this part with programs assisted under this chapter and any relevant programs under chapter 2 of this title, the Adult Education Act, the Education of the Handicapped Act, the Job Training Partnership Act, and with the Head Start program, volunteer literacy programs, and other relevant programs.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Federal Share Limitation</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Federal share under this part may be—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>not more than 90 percent of the total cost of the program in the first year the local educational agency receives assistance under this part,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>80 percent in the second such year,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>70 percent in the third such year, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>60 percent in the fourth and any subsequent such year. Funds may not be used for indirect costs. The remaining cost may be obtained from any source other than funds made available for programs under this title.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1055">“SEC. 1055. </num><heading>ELIGIBLE PARTICIPANTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2745">20 USC 2745</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“Eligible participants shall be—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>a parent or parents who are eligible for participation in an adult basic education program under the Adult Education Act; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the child or children (aged 1 to 7, inclusive), of any individual under paragraph (1), who reside in a school attendance area designated for participation in programs under part A.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="1056">“SEC. 1056. </num><heading>APPLICATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2746">20 USC 2746</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Submission</inline>.—</heading><content>To be eligible to receive a grant under this part <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>a local educational agency shall submit an application to the Secretary under section 1052(a) and to the State educational agency under section 1052(b) in such form and containing or accompanied by such information as the Secretary or the State educational agency, as the case may be, may require.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Required Documentation</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Such application shall include documentation that the local educational agency has the qualified personnel required—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>to develop, administer, and implement the program required by this part, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>to provide special training necessary to prepare staff for the program.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/170">102 STAT. 170</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Plan</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Such application shall also include a plan of operation for the program which includes—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>a description of the program goals;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>a description of the activities and services which will be provided under the program (including training and preparation of staff);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>a description of the population to be served and an estimate of the number of participants;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>if appropriate, a description of the collaborative efforts of the institutions of higher education, community-based organizations, the appropriate State educational agency, private elementary schools, or other appropriate nonprofit organizations in carrying out the program for which assistance is sought;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <chapeau>a statement of the methods which will be used—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>to ensure that the programs will serve those eligible participants most in need of the activities and services provided by this part;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">to provide services under this part to special populations, such as individuals with limited English proficiency and individuals with handicaps; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>to encourage participants to remain in the programs for a time sufficient to meet program goals; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>a description of the methods by which the applicant will coordinate programs under this part with programs under chapter 1 and chapter 2, where appropriate, of this title, the Adult Education Act, the Job Training Partnership Act, and with Head Start programs, volunteer literacy programs, and other relevant programs.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1057">“SEC. 1057. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2747">20 USC 2747</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AWARD OF GRANTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Selection Process</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary or each State educational agency, as the case may be, shall appoint a review panel that will award grants on the basis of proposals which—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>are most likely to be successful in meeting the goals of this part;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>serve the greatest percentage of eligible children and parents as described in section 1055;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>demonstrate the greatest degree of cooperation and coordination between a variety of relevant service providers in all phases of the program;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>submit budgets which appear reasonable, given the scope of the proposal;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>demonstrate the local educational agency’s ability to provide additional funding under section 1054(c);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>are representative of urban and rural regions of the State or of the United States, as the case may be; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>show the greatest promise for providing models which may be transferred to other local educational agencies.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Review Panel</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>A review panel shall, to the extent practicable, consist of 7 members as follows:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>an early childhood education professional;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>an adult education professional;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>a representative of parent-child education organizations;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>a representative of community-based literacy organizations;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>a member of a local board of education;</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/171">102 STAT. 171</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>a representative of business and industry with a commitment to education; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>an individual involved in the implementation of programs under this chapter within the State.</content> </paragraph> <continuation>The panel shall contain members described in paragraphs (1), (2), (61, and (7).</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Equitable Distribution of Assistance</inline>—</heading><content>In approving grants <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Urban areas.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p></sidenote>under this part under section 1052(a), the Secretary shall assure an equitable distribution of assistance among the States, among urban and rural areas of the United States, and among urban and rural areas of a State.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duration</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Grants may be awarded for a period not to exceed 4 years. In any application from a local educational agency for a grant to continue a project for the second, third, or fourth fiscal year following the first fiscal year in which a grant was awarded to such local educational agency, the Secretary or the State educational agency, as the case may be, shall review the progress being made toward meeting the objectives of the project. The Secretary or the State educational agency, as the case may be, may refuse to award a grant if the Secretary or such agency finds that sufficient progress has not been made toward meeting such objectives, but only after affording the applicant notice and an opportunity for a hearing.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall establish criteria for carrying out the provisions of paragraph (1) in the transition fiscal year whenever the provisions of section 1052(b) apply to authorized State grant programs.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1058">“SEC. 1058, </num><heading>EVALUATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2748">20 USC 2748</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Independent Annual Evaluation</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall provide for the annual independent evaluation of programs under this part to determine their effectiveness in providing—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>services to special populations;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>adult education services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>parent training;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>home-based programs involving parents and children.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>coordination with related programs; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>training of related personnel in appropriate skill areas.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Criteria</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Each evaluation shall be conducted by individuals not directly involved in the administration of the program or project operated under this part. Such independent evaluators and the program administrators shall jointly develop evaluation criteria which provide for appropriate analysis of the factors under subsection (a). When possible, each evaluation shall include comparisons with appropriate control groups.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In order to determine a program’s effectiveness in achieving its stated goals, each evaluation shall contain objective measures of such goals and, whenever feasible, shall obtain the specific views of program participants about such programs.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report to Congress and Dissemination</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Congress a review and summary of the results of such evaluations not later than September 30, 1993. The annual evaluations shall be submitted to the National Diffusion Network for consideration for possible dissemination.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/172">102 STAT. 172</page> <section> <num value="1059">“SEC. 1059. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2749">20 USC 2749</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <content>“There are authorized to be appropriated for the purposes of this part $50,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993.</content> </section> </part> <part><num value="C">“PART C—</num><heading class="inline">SECONDARY SCHOOL PROGRAMS FOR BASIC SKILLS IMPROVEMENT AND DROPOUT PREVENTION AND REENTRY</heading> <section> <num value="1101">“SEC. 1101. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2761">20 USC 2761</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PURPOSE.</heading> <content>“It is the purpose of this subpart to provide additional assistance to local educational agencies with high concentrations of low-income children, low-achieving children, or school dropouts to improve the achievement of educationally disadvantaged children enrolled in secondary schools of such agencies, and to reduce the number of youths who do not complete their elementary and secondary education.</content> </section> <section> <num value="1102">“SEC. 1102. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2762">20 USC 2762</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ALLOCATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reservation for Migrant Programs</inline>.—</heading><content>From the amount appropriated under section 1108 for the fiscal years 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993, the Secretary shall first reserve an amount equal to 3 percent of such amount for programs consistent with the purpose of this part for school dropout prevention and reentry programs and secondary school basic skills improvement programs for migrant children. Programs for which funds are reserved under this subsection shall be conducted through the Office of Migrant Education.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Allocation</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as provided in subsection (c), each State shall be eligible to receive a grant under this part in each fiscal year that bears the same ratio to the remainder of the amount appropriated in that fiscal year as the amount allocated under section 1005 of this Act to the local educational agencies in the State bears to the total amount allocated to such agencies in all States.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Minimum</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>No State shall receive less than the greater of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>one-quarter of 1 percent of the amount appropriated for this part and allocated under subsection (b) for any fiscal year; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>$250,000.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>No State shall, by reason of the application of the provisions of paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection, be allotted more than—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>150 percent of the amount that the State received in the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the determination is made, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the amount calculated under subparagraph (B), whichever is less.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>For the purpose of subparagraph (A)(ii), the amount for each State equals—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the number of children in such State counted for purposes of this part in the fiscal year specified in subparagraph (A), multiplied by</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>150 percent of the national average per pupil payment made with funds available under this part for that year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Local Educational Agency Allocation</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each State educational agency shall allocate funds among local educational agencies in the State on the basis of—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/173">102 STAT. 173</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the eligibility of such agency for funds under section 1005 of this Act; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the criteria described in section 1105.</content> </paragraph> <continuation>Each local educational agency may carry out the activities described in section 1103 in cooperation with community-based organizations.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Administration</inline>.—</heading><content>A State may reserve not more than 5 percent of the amounts available under this part for any fiscal year for State administrative costs.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1103">“SEC. 1103. </num><heading>USES OF FUNDS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2763">20 USC 2763</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>A local educational agency may use—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the remainder of such funds for secondary schools basic skills improvement activities pursuant to subsection (b), and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>not to exceed 50 percent of funds paid under this part in any fiscal year for dropout prevention and reentry activities pursuant to subsection (c).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Basic Skills for Secondary Schools</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Funds made available under this subpart may be used—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>to initiate or expand programs designed to meet the special educational needs of secondary school students and to help such students attain grade level proficiency in basic skills, and, as appropriate, learn more advanced skills;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>to develop innovative approaches for—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>surmounting barriers that make secondary school programs under this subpart difficult for certain students to attend and difficult for secondary schools to administer, such as scheduling problems; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>courses leading to successful completion of the general education development test or of graduation requirements;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>to develop and implement innovative programs involving community-based organizations or the private sector, or both, to provide motivational activities, preemployment training, or transition-to-work activities;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>to provide programs for eligible students outside the school, with the goal of reaching school dropouts who will not reenter the traditional school, for the purpose of providing compensatory education, basic skills education, or courses for general educational development;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>to use the resources of the community to assist in providing services to the target population;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>to provide training for staff who will work with the target population on strategies and techniques for identifying, instructing, and assisting such students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>to provide guidance and counseling activities, support services, exploration of postsecondary educational opportunities, youth employment activities, and other student services which are necessary to assist eligible students; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>to recruit, train, and supervise secondary school students (including the provision of stipends to students in greatest need of financial assistance) to serve as tutors of other students eligible for services under this subpart and under part A, in order to assist such eligible students with homework assignments, provide instructional activities, and foster good study habits and improved achievement.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/174">102 STAT. 174</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Uses of Funds for School Dropout Prevention and Re-entry Projects</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Funds made available under this subsection may be used for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>effective programs which identify potential student dropouts and prevent them from dropping out of elementary and secondary school;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>effective programs which identify and encourage children who have already dropped out to reenter school and complete their elementary and secondary education;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>effective programs for early intervention designed to identify at-risk students in elementary and early secondary schools;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>model systems for collecting and reporting information to local school officials on the number, ages, and grade levels of the children not completing their elementary and secondary education and the reasons why such children have dropped out of school;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>school dropout programs which include coordinated services and activities with programs of vocational education, adult basic education, and programs under the Job Training Partnership Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>projects which are carried out in consortia with a community-based organization, any nonprofit private organization, institution of higher education, State educational agency, State and local public agencies, private industry councils (established under the Job Training Partnership Act), museum, library, or educational television or broadcasting station, or community-based organization; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>any of the activities described in section 6005 or 6006 of title VI.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>Not more than 25 percent of amounts available may be used by a local educational agency for noninstructional services.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1104">“SEC. 1104. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2764">20 USC 2764</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>APPLICATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application Required</inline>.—</heading><content>Any local educational agency which desires to receive a grant under this part shall submit to the State educational agency an application which describes the program to be supported with funds under this part and complies with the provisions of subsection (b).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Application</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each application submitted under subsection (a) shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>describe the program goals and the manner in which funds will be used to initiate or expand services to secondary school students, school dropouts, and potential school dropouts;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>describe the activities and services which will be provided by the program (including documentation to demonstrate that the local educational agency has the qualified personnel required to develop, administer, and implement the program under this part);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>assure that the programs will be conducted in schools with the greatest need for assistance, in terms of achievement levels, poverty rates, or school dropout rates;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>assure that the programs will serve those eligible students most in need of the activities and services provided by this part;</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/175">102 STAT. 175</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>assure that services will be provided under this part, as <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote>appropriate, to special populations, such as individuals with limited English proficiency and individuals with handicaps;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>assure that parents of eligible students will be involved in the development and implementation of programs under this part;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>describe the methods by which the applicant will coordinate programs under this part with programs for the eligible student population operated by community-based organizations, social service organizations and agencies, private sector entities, and other agencies, organizations, and institutions, and with programs conducted under the Carl D. Perkins Vocational Education Act, the Adult Education Act, the Job Training Partner-ship Act, and other relevant Acts;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>assure that, if feasible, the local educational agency will enter into arrangements with local businesses, labor organizations, or chambers of commerce under which such businesses and organizations will help secure employment for graduates of schools operating projects under this part;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>assure that to the extent consistent with the number of students in the school district of the local educational agency who are enrolled in private secondary schools, such agency shall, after timely and meaningful consultation with appropriate private school officials, make provision for including such services and arrangements for the benefit of such students as will assure their equitable participation in the purposes and benefits of this part; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>provide such other information as the State educational agency may require to determine the nature and quality of the proposed project and the applicant’s ability to carry it out.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>If the Secretary determines that a local educational agency has substantially failed to comply with paragraph ’9) (by reason of State law or otherwise) or is unwilling to provide for such participation on an equitable basis, the Secretary shall waive such requirement, and, subject to the provisions of section 1017(b) of part A of this chapter, shall arrange for the provision of services to such students.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duration of Grants</inline>.—</heading><content>Grants may be awarded for a period of 3 years.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1105">“SEC. 1105. </num><heading>AWARD OF GRANTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2765">20 USC 2765</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“Each State educational agency shall award grants to local educational agencies within the State which—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>demonstrate the greatest need for services provided <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote>under this part based on their numbers of low-income children, numbers of low-achieving children, or numbers of school dropouts;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>are representative of urban and rural regions of the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Urban areas.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p></sidenote>State;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>offer innovative approaches to improving achievement among eligible youth or offer approaches which show promise for replication and dissemination; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>offer innovative approaches to reducing the number of school dropouts.</content> </paragraph> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/176">102 STAT. 176</page> <section> <num value="1106">“SEC. 1106. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2766">20 USC 2766</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>FISCAL REQUIREMENTS AND COORDINATION PROVISIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The provisions of subsections (a) through (d) of section 1018 of this Act shall apply to the program authorized by this part.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Costs</inline>.—</heading><content>Not more than 5 percent of a grant may be used for local administrative costs.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Coordination and Dissemination</inline>.—</heading><content>Local educational agencies receiving grants under this part shall cooperate with the coordination and dissemination efforts of the National Diffusion Network and State educational agencies.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Each local educational agency shall use funds under this part to supplement the level of funds under this chapter that are used for secondary school programs.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In order to comply with paragraph (1), any local educational agency which operates secondary school programs funded under chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 or part A of this Act and which is operating secondary school basic skills programs under this part shall continue the same aggregate level of funding for such programs, at the same schools or at other eligible schools within the local educational agency.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1107">“SEC. 1107. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2767">20 USC 2767</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>EVALUATION.</heading> <content>“The provisions of sections 1019 and 1021 shall apply to local educational agencies receiving grants under this part.</content> </section> <section> <num value="1108">“SEC. 1108. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2768">20 USC 2768</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <content>“There are authorized to be appropriated $400,000,000 for the fiscal year 1990, $450,000,000 for the fiscal year 1991, $500,000,000 for the fiscal year 1992, and $550,000,000 for the fiscal year 1993 to carry out this part.</content> </section> </part> <part><num value="D">“PART D—</num><heading class="inline">PROGRAMS OPERATED BY STATE AGENCIES</heading> <subpart><num value="1">“Subpart 1—</num><heading class="inline">Programs for Migratory Children</heading> <section> <num value="1201">“SEC. 1201. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2781">20 USC 2781</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>GRANTS—ENTITLEMENT AND AMOUNT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Entitlement</inline>.—</heading><content>A State educational agency or a combination of such agencies shall, upon application, be entitled to receive a grant for any fiscal year under this part to establish or improve, either directly or through local educational agencies, programs of education for migratory children of migratory agricultural workers (including migratory agricultural dairy workers) or of migratory fishermen which meet the requirements of section 1202.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Amount of Grant</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Except as provided in section 1291, the total grants which shall be made available for use in any State (other than the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico) for this subpart shall be an amount equal to 40 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the State (or (A) in the case where the average per pupil expenditure in the State is less than 80 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States, of 80 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States, or (B) in the case where the average per pupil expenditure in the State is more than 120 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States, of 120 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States) multiplied by (i) the estimated number of such migratory children aged 3 to 21, inclusive, who reside in the State full time, and (ii) the full-time equivalent of the estimated number of such <page identifier="/us/stat/102/177">102 STAT. 177</page>migratory children aged 3 to 21, inclusive, who reside in the State part time, as determined by the Secretary in accordance with regulations, except that if, in the case of any State, such amount exceeds the amount required under section 1202, the Secretary shall allocate such excess, to the extent necessary, to other States, whose total of grants under this sentence would otherwise be insufficient for all such children to be served in such other States. In determining the full-time equivalent number of migratory children who are in a State during the summer months, the Secretary shall adjust the number so determined to take into account the special needs of those children for summer programs and the additional costs of operating such programs during the summer. In determining the number of migrant children for the purposes of this section the Secretary shall use statistics made available by the migrant student record transfer system or such other system as the Secretary may determine most accurately and fully reflects the actual number of migrant students. In submitting the information required to make such determination, the States may not exceed a standard error rate of 5 percent.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>To carry out the determinations of eligibility required by this section, the Secretary shall develop a national standard form for certification of migrant students.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>For each fiscal year, the Secretary shall determine the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Puerto Rico.</p></sidenote>percentage which the average per pupil expenditure in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico is of the lowest average per pupil expenditure of any of the 50 States. The grant which the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico shall be eligible to receive under this section for a fiscal year shall be the amount arrived at by multiplying the number of such migrant children in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico by the product of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the percentage determined under the preceding sentence, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>32 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1202">“SEC. 1202. </num><heading>PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2782">20 USC 2782</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Requirements for Approval of Application</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary may approve an application submitted under section 1201(a) only upon a determination—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>that payments will be used for programs and projects <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote>(including the acquisition of equipment and where necessary the construction of school facilities) which are designed to meet the special educational needs of migratory children of migratory agricultural workers (including migratory agricultural dairy workers) or of migratory fishermen, and to coordinate such programs and projects with similar programs and projects in other States, including the transmittal of pertinent information with respect to school records of such children;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>that in planning and carrying out programs and projects there has been and will be appropriate coordination with programs administered under section 418 of the Higher Education Act, section 402 of the Job Training Partnership Act, the Education of the Handicapped Act, the Community Services Block Grant Act, the Head Start program, the migrant health program, and all other appropriate programs under the Departments of Education, Labor, and Agriculture;</content> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/178">102 STAT. 178</page> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>that such programs and projects will be administered and carried out in a manner consistent with the basic objectives of section 1011 (other than subsection (b)), sections 1012, 1014, and 1018, and subpart 2 of part F;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>that, in the planning and operation of programs and projects at both the State and local educational agency level, there is appropriate consultation with parent advisory councils (established in order to comply with this provision) for programs extending for the duration of a school year, and that all programs are carried out in a manner consistent with the requirements of section 1016;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>that, in planning and carrying out programs and projects, there has been adequate assurance that provision will be made for the preschool education needs of migratory children of migratory agricultural workers (including migratory agricultural dairy workers) or of migratory fishermen; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>that programs conducted under this subpart will be evaluated in terms of their effectiveness in achieving stated goals, including objective measurements of educational achievement in basic skills, and that for formerly migratory children who have been served under this subpart in a full school year program for at least 2 years, such evaluations shall include a determination of whether improved performance is sustained for more than 1 year.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Continuation of Migrant Status</inline>.—</heading><content>For purposes of this subpart, with the concurrence of the parents, a migratory child of a migratory agricultural worker (including migratory agricultural dairy workers) or of a migratory fisherman shall be considered to continue to be such a child for a period, not in excess of 5 years. Such children who are currently migrant, as determined pursuant to regulations of the Secretary, shall be given priority in the consideration of programs and activities contained in applications submit-ted under this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definitions</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall continue to use the definitions of ‘agricultural activity’, ‘currently migratory child’, and ‘fishing activity’ which were published in the Federal Register on April 30, 1985, in regulations prescribed under section 555(b) of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 and subpart 1 of part B of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (as in effect on April 30, 1985). No additional definition of ‘migratory agricultural worker’ or ‘migratory fisherman’ may be applied to the provisions of this subpart.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Bypass Provision</inline>.—</heading><content>If the Secretary determines that a State is unable or unwilling to conduct educational programs for migratory children of migratory agricultural workers (including migratory agricultural dairy workers) or of migratory fishermen, that it would result in more efficient and economic administration, or that it would add substantially to the welfare or educational attainment of such children, the Secretary may make special arrangements with other public or nonprofit private agencies to carry out the purposes of this section in 1 or more States, and for this purpose the Secretary may use all or part of the total of grants available for any such State under this subpart.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1203">“SEC. 1203. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2783">20 USC 2783</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>COORDINATION OF MIGRANT EDUCATION ACTIVITIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Activities Authorized</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary is authorized to make grants to, and enter into contracts with, State educational <page identifier="/us/stat/102/179">102 STAT. 179</page>agencies (in consultation with and with the approval of the States) for activities to improve the interstate and intrastate coordination among State and local educational agencies of the educational programs available for migratory students. Each grant issued under this paragraph shall not exceed 3 years for its stated purpose.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Secretary is also authorized to enter into contracts with State educational agencies to operate a system for the transfer among State and local educational agencies of migrant student records (including individualized education programs approved under the Education of the Handicapped Act).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Except as provided in subparagraph (C), for the purpose of ensuring continuity in the operation of such system, the Secretary shall, not later than July 1 of each year, continue to award such contract to the State educational agency receiving the award in the preceding year, unless a majority of the States notify the Secretary in writing that such agency has substantially failed to perform its responsibilities under the contract during that preceding year.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>Beginning on July 1, 1992, and every 4 years thereafter, the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p></sidenote>Secretary shall conduct a competition to award such contract.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>No activity under this section shall, for purposes of any Federal law, be treated as an information collection that is conducted or sponsored by a Federal agency.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Grants or contracts shall also be made under this section to State educational agencies to develop and establish a national program of credit exchange and accrual for migrant students so that such students will be better able to meet graduation requirements and receive their high school diplomas. Such grants or contracts may not exceed 3 years.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Availability of Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall, from the funds appropriated for carrying out this subpart, reserve for purposes of this section for any fiscal year an amount, determined by the Secretary, which shall not be less than $6,000,000 nor more than 5 percent of the amount appropriated.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="2">“Subpart 2—</num><heading class="inline">Programs for Handicapped Children</heading> <section> <num value="1221">“SEC. 1221. </num><heading>AMOUNT AND ELIGIBILITY.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2791">20 USC 2791</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eligibility for Grant</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>A State educational agency shall be eligible to receive a grant under this subpart for any fiscal year for programs (as defined in sections 1222 and 1223) for handicapped children (as defined in paragraph (2)(B)).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>For the purpose of this subpart—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>‘children’ includes infants and toddlers described in part , H of the Education of the Handicapped Act, as appropriate, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>‘handicapped children’ means children who by reason of their handicap require special education and related services, or in the case of infants and toddlers, require early intervention services and who are mentally retarded, hard of hearing, deaf, speech or language impaired, visually handicapped, seriously emotionally disturbed, orthopedically impaired, or other health impaired children or children with specific learning disabilities.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Educational Agency Application.-</inline>—</heading><chapeau>In order to receive <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>a grant under this subpart, a State educational agency shall submit an application to the Secretary which provides assurances that—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/180">102 STAT. 180</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>all handicapped children (other than handicapped infants and toddlers) in the State participating in programs and projects funded under this subpart receive a free appropriate public education and such children and such children’s parents are provided all the rights and procedural safeguards under part B of the Education of the Handicapped Act and this subpart and that all handicapped infants and toddlers in the State participating under this subpart receive early intervention services and such infants and toddlers and their families are provided the rights and procedural safeguards under part H of such Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>programs and projects receiving assistance under this subpart are administered in a manner consistent with this subpart, subpart 2 of part F, part B of the Education of the Handicapped Act, and as determined by the Secretary to be appropriate, part H of the Education of the Handicapped Act, including the monitoring by such agency of compliance under paragraph (1);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>programs and projects under this subpart will be coordinated with services under the Education of the Handicapped Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>for fiscal year 1991, and each subsequent fiscal year, the State educational agency will administer the program authorized by this subpart through the State office responsible for administering part B of the Education of the Handicapped Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">the agency will report annually to the Secretary—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the number of children served under this sub part for each disability and age category as described in part B of the Education of the Handicapped Act;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the number of children served under this subpart in each of the educational placements described in section 618(b)(2) of the Education of the Handicapped Act (and will report separately State-operated and State-supported programs and local educational agency programs for children previously served in such State programs); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>on the uses of funds and the allocation of such funds for such uses under this subpart; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">the agency will report to the Secretary such other information as the Secretary may reasonably request.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Amount of Grant</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>Except as provided in subsection (e) and section 1291, the grant which a State educational agency (other than the agency for Puerto Rico) shall be eligible to receive under this section shall be an amount equal to 40 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the State (or (A) in the case where the average per pupil expenditure in the State is less than 80 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States, of 80 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States, or (B) in the case where the average per pupil expenditure in the State is more than 120 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States, of 120 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States), multiplied by the number of handicapped children, from birth through 21, enrolled on December 1, as determined by the Secretary, in programs or schools for handicapped infants, toddlers and children operated or sup-ported by a State agency which—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>is directly responsible for providing free public education for handicapped children (including schools or programs provid-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/181">102 STAT. 181</page>ing special education and related services for handicapped children under contract or other arrangement with such agency); or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>is directly responsible for providing early intervention services for handicapped infants or toddlers (including schools or programs providing special education and related services for handicapped children under contract or other arrangement with such agency),</content> </clause> <continuation>in the most recent fiscal year for which satisfactory data are available. The State educational agency shall distribute such funds to the appropriate State agency on the basis of the December 1 child count by distributing an equal amount for each child counted.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">For each fiscal year, the Secretary shall determine the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Puerto Rico.</p></sidenote>percentage which the average per pupil expenditure in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico is of the lowest average per pupil expenditure of any of the 50 States. Except as provided in subsection (e), a grant which the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico shall be eligible to receive under this subpart for a fiscal year shall be the amount arrived at by multiplying the number of such handicapped children in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico by the product of</inline>—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the percentage determined under the preceding sentence, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>32 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Counting of Children Transferring From State to Local Programs</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In any case in which a child described in sections 1225(1)(A) and 1225(1)(B)(i) leaves an educational program for handicapped children operated or supported by a State agency in order to participate in such a program operated or supported by a local educational agency, such child shall be counted under subsection (c) if—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the child was receiving and continues to receive a free appropriate public education; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the State educational agency transfers to the local educational agency in whose program such child participates an amount equal to the sums received by such State educational agency under this section which are attributable to such child, to be used for the purpose set forth in section 1223.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Requirement</inline>.—</heading><content>The State educational agency may count handicapped children aged 3 to 5, inclusive, in a State only if such State is eligible for a grant under section 619 of the Education of the Handicapped Act.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1222">“SEC. 1222. </num><heading>PROGRAM RETIREMENTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2792">20 USC 2792</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Requirements</inline>.—</heading><content>A State educational agency shall use the payments made under this subpart for programs and projects (including the acquisition of equipment) which are designed to supplement the special education needs of handicapped children (other than handicapped infants and toddlers) or the early intervention needs of handicapped infants and toddlers. Such programs and projects shall be administered in a manner consistent with this subpart, subpart 2 of part F, part B of the Education of the Handicapped Act, and, as determined by the Secretary to be appropriate, part H of the Education of the Handicapped Act.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Services</inline>.—</heading><content>Funds under this subpart shall be used to supplement the provision of special education and related services for handicapped children (other than handicapped infants and toddlers) or early intervention services for handicapped infants and toddlers.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/182">102 STAT. 182</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Demonstration of Benefit</inline>.—</heading><content>Recipients of funds under this subpart shall collect and maintain such evaluations and assessments as may be necessary to demonstrate that the programs and projects were beneficial to the children served.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1223">“SEC. 1223. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2793">20 USC 2793</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>USES OF FUNDS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Programs, and projects authorized under this subpart may include, but are not limited to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>services provided in early intervention, preschool, elementary, secondary, and transition programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>acquisition of equipment and instructional materials;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>employment of special personnel;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>training and employment of education aides; -</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>training in the use and provision of assistive devices and other specialized equipment;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>training of teachers and other personnel;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>training of parents of handicapped children;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>training of nonhandicapped children to facilitate their participation with handicapped children in joint activities;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>training of employers and independent living personnel involved in assisting the transition of handicapped children from school to the world of work and independent living;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>outreach activities to identify and involve handicapped children and their families more fully in a wide range of educational and recreational activities in their communities; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(11) </num> <content>planning for, evaluation of, and dissemination of information regarding such programs and projects assisted under this subpart.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Prohibition</inline>.—</heading><content>Programs and projects authorized under this subpart may not include the construction of facilities.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1224">“SEC. 1224. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2794">20 USC 2794</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>SERVICE AND PROGRAM APPLICATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application Required</inline>.—</heading><content>A State agency or local educational agency may receive a grant under this subpart for any fiscal year if it has on file with the State educational agency an application which describes the services, programs, and projects to be conducted with such assistance for a period of not more than 3 years, and each such application has been approved by the State educational agency. Any State educational agency operating programs or projects under this subpart shall prepare a written description of such programs and projects in accordance with subsections (b) and (c).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Requirements</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>At a minimum each such application shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>indicate the number of children to be served;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>specify the number of children to be served for each disability and age category as described in part B of the Education of the Handicapped Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>describe the purpose or purposes of the project and the method or methods of evaluating the effectiveness of the services, projects, or program;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>specify the services to be provided with the funds furnished under this subpart; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>include other information the Secretary or State educational agency may request.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application Assurances</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Any such application shall provide assurances that—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/183">102 STAT. 183</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>all handicapped children in the State (other than handicapped infants and toddlers) participating in programs and projects funded under this subpart receive a free appropriate public education and such children and such children’s parents are provided all the rights and procedural safeguards under part B of the Education of the Handicapped Act and this subpart and that all handicapped infants and toddlers in the State participating under this subpart receive early intervention services and such infants and toddlers and their families are provided the rights and procedural safeguards under part H of such Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>services, programs, and projects conducted under this sub part are of sufficient size, scope, and quality to give reason-able promise toward meeting the special educational and early intervention needs of children to be served;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>funds made available under the subpart will supplement, not supplant State and local funds in accordance with section 1018(b);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>the agency will maintain its fiscal effort in accordance with section 1018(a);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>the agency will conduct such evaluations and assessments as may be necessary to demonstrate that the programs and projects are beneficial to the children served;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>the parents of children to be served with funds under this subpart are provided an opportunity to participate in the development of its project application; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>the agency will comply with all reporting requirements in a timely manner.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Letter of Request</inline>.—</heading><content>The State educational agency may accept, in lieu of a project application, a letter of request for payment from a local educational agency, if the local agency intends to serve fewer than 5 children with its payment. In such a letter the agency shall include an assurance that the payment will be used to supplement the provision of special education and related services.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1225">“SEC. 1225. </num><heading>ELIGIBLE CHILDREN.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2795">20 USC 2795</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“The children eligible for services under this subpart are—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>those handicapped children from birth to 21, inclusive, who—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the State is directly responsible for providing special education or early intervention services to (including schools or programs providing special education and related services for handicapped children under contract or other arrangement with such agency), and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>are participating in a State-operated or State-supported school or program for handicapped children (including schools and programs operated under contract or other arrangement with a State agency), or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>previously participated in such a program and are receiving special education or early intervention services from local educational agencies; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>other handicapped children, if children described in para-graph (1) have been fully served.</content> </paragraph> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/184">102 STAT. 184</page> <section> <num value="1226">“SEC. 1226. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2796">20 USC 2796</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>FEDERAL MONITORING REQUIREMENT.</heading> <content>“Whenever the Secretary conducts monitoring visits under part B of the Education of the Handicapped Act, the Secretary shall monitor the program authorized by this subpart, if applicable.</content> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="3">“Subpart 3—</num><heading class="inline">Programs for Neglected and Delinquent Children</heading> <section> <num value="1241">“SEC. 1241. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2801">20 USC 2801</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AMOUNT AND ENTITLEMENT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Entitlement to Grants</inline>.—</heading><content>A State agency which is responsible for providing free public education for children in institutions for neglected or delinquent children or in adult correctional institutions shall be entitled to receive a grant under this subpart for any fiscal year (but only if grants received under this subpart are used only for children in such institutions).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Amount of Grant</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Except as provided in section 1291, the grant which such an agency (other than the agency for Puerto Rico) shall be eligible to receive shall be an amount equal to 40 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the State (or (A) in the case where the average per pupil expenditure in the State is less than 80 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States, of 80 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States, or (B) in the case where the average per pupil expenditure in the State is more than 120 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States, of 120 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States) multiplied by the number of such neglected or delinquent children in average daily attendance, as determined by the Secretary, at schools for such children operated or supported by that agency, including schools providing education for such children under contract or other arrangement with such agency, in the most recent fiscal year for which satisfactory data are available.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Puerto Rico.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">For each fiscal year, the Secretary shall determine the percentage which the average per pupil expenditure in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico is of the lowest average per pupil expenditure of any of the 50 States. The grant which the Common-wealth of Puerto Rico shall be eligible to receive under this subpart for a fiscal year shall be the amount arrived at by multiplying the number of such neglected or delinquent children in the Common-wealth of Puerto Rico by the product of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the percentage determined under the preceding sentence, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>32 percent of the average per pupil expenditure in the United States.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1242">“SEC. 1242. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2802">20 USC 2802</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Payments</inline>.—</heading><content>A State agency shall use payments under this subpart only for programs and projects (including the acquisition of equipment and, where necessary, the construction of school facilities) which are designed to meet the special educational needs of children in institutions for neglected or delinquent children, children attending community day programs for neglected and delinquent children, or children in adult correctional institutions. Such programs and projects shall be designed to support educational services supplemental to the basic education of such children which must be provided by the State, and such programs and projects shall be administered and carried out in a manner consistent with sub-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/185">102 STAT. 185</page>part 2 of part F and sections 1011(a), 1014, and section 1018 (other than subsection (c)). The transfer of neglected and delinquent <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote>student records among State and local educational agencies, institutions, and programs shall include any individualized education programs of such students.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Compliance</inline>.—</heading><content>In determining whether programs under this subpart have complied with the supplement not supplant requirement under section 1018(b), programs which are supplementary in terms of the number of hours of instruction students are receiving from State and local sources shall be considered in compliance without regard to the subject areas in which those instructional hours are given.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Three-Year Projects</inline>.—</heading><content>Where a State agency operates programs under this subpart in which children are likely to participate for more than 1 year, the State educational agency may approve the application for a grant under this subpart for a period of more than 1 year, but not to exceed 3 years.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Evaluation</inline>.—</heading><content>Programs for neglected and delinquent children under this subpart shall be evaluated annually to determine their impact on the ability of such children to maintain and improve educational achievement, to maintain school credit in compliance with State requirements, and to make the transition to a regular program or special education program operated by a local educational agency.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1243">“SEC. 1243. </num><heading>TRANSITION SERVICES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2803">20 USC 2803</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Transition Services</inline>.—</heading><content>Each State may reserve not more than 10 percent of the amount it receives under section 1241 for any fiscal year to support projects that facilitate the transition of children from State operated institutions for neglected and delinquent children into locally operated programs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conduct of Projects</inline>.—</heading><content>Projects supported under this section may be conducted directly by the State agency, or by contracts or other arrangements with one or more local educational agencies, other public agencies, or private nonprofit organizations.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>Assistance under this section shall be used only to provide special educational services to neglected and delinquent children in schools other than State operated institutions.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1244">“SEC. 1244. </num><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2804">20 USC 2804</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“For the purposes of this subpart, the following terms have the following meanings:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘institution for delinquent children’, as deter-mined by the State educational agency, means a public or private residential facility that is operated for the care of children who have been determined to be delinquent or in need of supervision.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘institution for neglected children’ means, as determined by the State educational agency, a public or private residential facility (other than a foster home) that is operated for the care of children who have been committed to the institution or voluntarily placed in the institution under applicable State law, due to abandonment, neglect, or death of parents or guardians.</content> </paragraph> </section> </subpart> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/186">102 STAT. 186</page> <subpart><num value="4">“Subpart 4—</num><heading class="inline">General Provisions for State Operated Programs</heading> <section> <num value="1291">“SEC. 1291. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2811">20 USC 2811</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>RESERVATION OF FUNDS FOR TERRITORIES.</heading> <content><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote>“There is authorized to be appropriated for each fiscal year for purposes of each of subparts 1, 2, and 3 of this part, an amount equal to not more than 1 percent of the amount appropriated for such year for such subparts, for payments to Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands under each such subpart. The amounts appropriated for each such subpart shall be allotted among Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands according to their respective need for such grants, based on such criteria as the Secretary determines will best carry out the purposes of this chapter.</content> </section> <section> <num value="1292">“SEC. 1292. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2812">20 USC 2812</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>DUAL ELIGIBILITY FOR PROGRAMS.</heading> <content>“Neglected and delinquent children under subpart 3 who are eligible for programs for handicapped children under subpart 2, may be counted under each subpart for purposes of grant determination and may be served under each such program.</content> </section> </subpart> </part> <part><num value="E">“PART E—</num><heading class="inline">PAYMENTS</heading> <section> <num value="1401">“SEC. 1401. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2821">20 USC 2821</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PAYMENT METHODS.</heading> <content>“The Secretary shall, from time to time, pay to each State, in advance or otherwise, the amount which it and the local educational agencies of that State are eligible to receive under this chapter. Such payments shall take into account the extent (if any) to which any previous payment to such State educational agency under this chapter or chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 (whether or not in the same fiscal year) was greater or less than the amount which should have been paid to it.</content> </section> <section> <num value="1402">“SEC. 1402. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2822">20 USC 2822</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AMOUNT OF PAYMENTS TO LOCAL EDUCATIONAL AGENCIES.</heading> <content>“From the funds paid to it pursuant to section 1401 each State educational agency shall distribute to each local educational agency of the State which is eligible to receive a grant under this chapter and which has submitted an application approved pursuant to section 1012 the amount for which such application has been approved, and the amount which the local educational agency is eligible to receive under sections 1053 and 1102 except that the amount shall not exceed the amount determined for that local educational agency under this chapter.</content> </section> <section> <num value="1403">“SEC. 1403. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2823">20 USC 2823</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ADJUSTMENTS WHERE NECESSITATED BY APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Adjustment Allocation</inline>.—</heading><content>If the sums appropriated for any fiscal year for making the payments provided for in this chapter are not sufficient to pay in full the total amounts which all local and State educational agencies are entitled to receive under this chapter for such year, the amount available for each grant to a State agency eligible for a grant under subpart 1, 2, or 3 of part D shall be equal to the total amount of the grant as computed under each such subpart. If the remainder of such sums available after the application of the preceding sentence is not sufficient to pay in full the total amounts which all local educational agencies are entitled to receive under subpart 1 of part A of this chapter for such year, the alloca-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/187">102 STAT. 187</page>tions to such agencies shall, subject to section 1006(c) and to adjustments under the next sentence, be ratably reduced to the extent necessary to bring the aggregate of such allocations within the limits of the amount so appropriated. The allocation of a local educational agency which would be reduced under the preceding sentence to less than 85 percent of its allocation under subpart 1 of the part A for the preceding fiscal year, shall be increased to such amount, the total of the increases thereby required being derived by proportionately reducing the allocations of the remaining local educational agencies, under the preceding sentence, but with such adjustments as may be necessary to prevent the allocation to any remaining local educational agency from being thereby reduced to less than 85 percent of its allocation for such year.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Additional Funds Allocation</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>If additional funds become available for making payments under this chapter for that year, allocations that were reduced pursuant to subsection (a) shall be increased on the same basis as they were reduced.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In order to permit the most effective use of all appropriations made to carry out this chapter, the Secretary may set dates by which (A) State educational agencies must certify to the Secretary the amounts for which the applications of educational agencies have been or will be approved by the State, and (B) State educational agencies referred to in sub part 1 of part D must file applications. If <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>the maximum grant a local educational agency would receive (after any ratable reduction which may have been required under the first sentence of subsection (a) of this section) is more than an amount which the State educational agency determines, in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary, such agency will use, the excess amount shall be made available first to educational agencies in that State. Determinations of the educational agencies to which such excess amounts shall be made available by the State educational agency in furtherance of the purposes of this chapter shall be in accordance with criteria prescribed by the Secretary which are designed to assure that such excess amounts will be made available to other eligible educational agencies with the greatest need, for the purpose of, where appropriate, redressing inequities inherent in, or mitigating hardships caused by, the application of the provisions of section 1005(a) as a result of such factors as population shifts and changing economic circumstances. In the event excess amounts remain after carrying out the preceding 2 sentences of this section, such excess amounts shall be distributed among the other States as the Secretary shall prescribe for use by local educational agencies in such States for the purposes of this chapter in such manner as the respective State educational agencies shall prescribe.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1404">“SEC. 1404. </num><heading>PAYMENTS FOR STATE ADMINISTRATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2824">20 USC 2824</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary is authorized to pay to each State amounts equal to the amounts expended by it for the proper and efficient performance of its duties under this chapter (other than section 1021), except that the total of such payments in any fiscal year shall be the greater of the following:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>1 percent of the amount allocated to the State and its local educational agencies and to other State agencies as deter-mined for that year under parts A and D; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>$325,000, or $50,000 in the case of Guam, American <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Territories, U.S.</p></sidenote>Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, or the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/188">102 STAT. 188</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on Indirect Costs</inline>.—</heading><content>Not more than 15 percent of the State administrative allocation under subsection (a) may be used for indirect costs of the grant.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1405">“SEC. 1405. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2825">20 USC 2825</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>FUNDS FOR THE IMPLEMENTATION OF SCHOOL IMPROVEMENT PROGRAMS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary is authorized to pay, for the purpose of carrying out program improvement plans described in section 1021, to each State an amount equal to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>0.25 percent of the amount allocated to the State and its local educational agencies as determined under parts A and D for fiscal years 1989, 1990, and 1991; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>0.5 percent of the amount allocated to the State and its local educational agencies as determined under parts A and D for fiscal years 1992 and 1993; or</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>590,000 or $15,000 in the case of Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, or the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands for fiscal years 1989, 1990 and 1991; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Territories, U.S.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">$180,000 or $30,000 in the case of Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, or the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands for fiscal years 1992 and 1993.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitations</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>No funds made available to States under subsection (a) may be used for administrative functions related to any provisions of this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Funds made available to States under this section shall only be used for direct educational services in schools implementing program improvement plans as described under section 1021.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>Parents of participating children, school staff, the local educational agency and the State educational agency shall jointly agree to the selection of providers of technical assistance and the best use of funds available under subsection (a) for the effective implementation of the program improvement plan. Uses of such funds include assistance from—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>an institution of higher education;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>federally supported educational laboratory or center;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>State personnel with expertise in educational improvement;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>locally, State, or nationally based consultants; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>other possible providers of the specific services required by the school’s program plan.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1406">“SEC. 1406. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2826">20 USC 2826</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>LIMITATION ON GRANT TO THE COMMONWEALTH OF PUERTO RICO.</heading> <content>“Notwithstanding the provisions of this chapter, the amount paid to the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico under this chapter for any fiscal year shall not exceed 150 percent of the amount received by the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico under chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act or under this chapter in the preceding fiscal year. Any excess over such amount shall be used to ratably increase the allocations under subpart 1 of part A of the other local educational agencies whose allocations do not exceed the maximum amount for which the agencies are eligible under section 1005.</content> </section> </part> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/189">102 STAT. 189</page> <part><num value="F">“PART F—</num><heading class="inline">GENERAL PROVISIONS</heading> <subpart><num value="1">“Subpart 1—</num><heading class="inline">Federal Administration</heading> <section> <num value="1431">“SEC. 1431. </num><heading>FEDERAL REGULATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2831">20 USC 2831</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized to issue such regulations as are considered necessary to reasonably ensure that there is compliance with the specific requirements and assurances required by this chapter.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Procedure</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Prior to publishing proposed regulations pursuant to this chapter, the Secretary shall convene regional meetings which shall provide input to the Secretary on the content of proposed regulations. Such meetings shall include representatives of Federal, State, and local administrators, parents, teachers, and members of local boards of education involved with implementation of programs under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Subsequent to regional meetings and prior to publishing proposed regulations in the Federal Register, the Secretary shall prepare draft regulations and submit regulations on a minimum of 4 key issues to a modified negotiated rulemaking process as a demonstration of such process. The modified process shall waive application of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, but shall otherwise follow the guidance provided in the Administrative Conference of the United States in Recommendation 82–4, ‘Procedures for Negotiating Proposed Regulations’ (47 Fed. Reg. 30708, June 18, 1982) and any successor regulation. Participants in the demonstration shall be chosen by the Secretary from among participants in the regional meetings, representing the groups described in paragraph (1) and all geographic regions. The demonstration shall be conducted in a timely manner in order that final regulations may be issued by the Secretary within the 240-day period required by section 431(g) of the General Education Provisions Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>In an emergency situation in which regulations pursuant to this chapter must be issued within a very limited time to assist State and local educational agencies with the operation of the program, the Secretary may issue a regulation without such prior consultation, but shall immediately thereafter convene regional meetings to review the emergency regulation prior to issuance in final form.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Funds made available under sections 1437 <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p></sidenote>and 1463 of this chapter shall be released for expenditure by the Secretary only at such time as final regulations pertaining to this chapter are published in the Federal Register.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>Programs under this chapter may not be required to follow any 1 instructional model, such as the provision of services outside the regular classroom or school program.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1432">“SEC. 1432. </num><heading>AVAILABILITY OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2832">20 USC 2832</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Provision</inline>.—</heading><content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, unless expressly in limitation of this section, funds appropriated in any fiscal year to carry out activities under this chapter shall become available for obligation on July 1 of such fiscal year and shall remain available for obligation until the end of the subsequent fiscal year.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Carryover and Waiver</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Notwithstanding section 412 of the General Education Provisions Act, subsection (a) or any other provision of law—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/190">102 STAT. 190</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>not more than 25 percent of funds appropriated for fiscal year 1989 and 15 percent of funds appropriated for fiscal year 1990 and each subsequent year may remain available for obligation for 1 additional year;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>a State educational agency may grant a 1-time waiver of the percentage limitation under paragraph (1) if the agency determines that the request by a local educational agency is reasonable and necessary or may grant a waiver in any fiscal year in which supplemental appropriations for this chapter become available for obligation; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the percentage limitation under paragraph (1) shall not apply with respect to any local educational agency which receives less than $50,000 under this chapter for any fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1433">“SEC. 1433. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2833">20 USC 2833</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Withholding</inline>.—</heading><content>Whenever the Secretary, after reasonable notice to any State educational agency and an opportunity for a hearing on the record, finds that there has been a failure to comply substantially with any assurances required to be given or conditions required to be met under this chapter, the Secretary shall notify such agency of these findings and that beginning 60 days after the date of such notification, further payments will not be made to the State under this chapter, or affected part or subpart thereof (or, in the Secretary’s discretion, that the State educational agency shall reduce or terminate further payments under the affected part or subpart thereof, to specified local educational agencies or State agencies affected by the failure) until the Secretary is satisfied that there is no longer any such failure to comply. Until the Secretary is so satisfied, (1) no further payments shall be made to the State under the part or subpart thereof, or (2) payments by the State educational agency under the part or subpart thereof shall be limited to local educational agencies and State agencies not affected by the failure, or (3) payments to particular local educational agencies shall be reduced, as the case may be.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Notice to Public</inline>.—</heading><content>Upon submission to a State of a notice under subsection (a) that the Secretary is withholding payments, the Secretary shall take such action as may be necessary to bring the withholding of payments to the attention of the public within the State.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1434">“SEC. 1434. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2834">20 USC 2834</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>JUDICIAL REVIEW.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Filing Appeals</inline>.—</heading><content>If any State is dissatisfied with the Secretary’s action under section 1433(a), such State may, within 60 days after notice of such action, file with the United States court of appeals for the circuit in which such State is located a petition for review of that action. A copy of the petition shall be forthwith transmitted by the clerk of the court to the Secretary. The filing of such petition shall act to suspend any withholding of funds by the Secretary pending the judgment of the court and prior to a final <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote>action on any review of such judgment. The Secretary thereupon shall file in the court the record of the proceedings on which the Secretary’s action was based, as provided in section 2112 of title 28, United States Code.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Basis of Review</inline>.—</heading><content>For the purposes of this chapter, the basis of review shall be as provided in section 458(c) of the General Education Provisions Act.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/191">102 STAT. 191</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Judicial Appeals</inline>.—</heading><content>Upon the filing of such petition, the court shall have jurisdiction to affirm the action of the Secretary or to set it aside, in whole or in part. The judgment of the court shall be subject to review by the Supreme Court of the United States upon certiorari of certification as provided in section 1254 of title 28, United States Code.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1435">“SEC. 1435. </num><heading>EVALUATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2835">20 USC 2835</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">National Standards</inline>.—</heading><content>In consultation with State and local educational agencies (including members of State and local boards of education and parent representatives), the Secretary shall develop national standards for local evaluation of programs under this chapter. In developing such standards, the Secretary may use the Title I Evaluation and Reporting System designed and implemented under title I of this Act, as in effect prior to the date of the enactment of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988 as the model. The Secretary shall provide advance notification to State and local educational agencies of the requirements of such national standards of evaluations.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reports</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall submit a comprehensive and detailed report concerning State and local evaluation results based on data collected under sections 1019, 1107, 1202(a)(6), and 1242(d) to the appropriate committees of the Congress on a biennial basis.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1436">“SEC. 1436. </num><heading>COORDINATION OF FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL ADMINISTRATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2836">20 USC 2836</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Policy Manual</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall, not later than 6 months after the publication of final regulations with respect to this chapter, prepare and distribute to State educational agencies, State agencies operating programs under part D, and local educational agencies, and shall make available to parents and other interested individuals, organizations, and agencies, a policy manual for this chapter to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>assist such agencies in (A) preparing applications for program funds under this chapter, (B) meeting the applicable program requirements under this chapter, and (C) enhancing the quality, increasing the depth, or broadening the scope of activities for programs under this chapter;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>assist State educational agencies in achieving proper and efficient administration of programs funded under this chapter;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>assist parents to become involved in the planning for, and implementation and evaluation of, programs and projects under this chapter; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>ensure that officers and employees of the Department of Education, including officers and employees of the Secretary and officers and employees of such Department charged with auditing programs carried on under this chapter, uniformly interpret, apply, and enforce requirements under this chapter throughout the United States.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Policy Manual</inline>—</heading><chapeau>The policy manual shall, with respect to programs carried out under this chapter, contain descriptions, statements, procedural and substantive rules, opinions, policy statements and interpretations and indices to and amendments of the foregoing, and in particular, whether or not such items are required under section 552 of title 5, United States Code to be <page identifier="/us/stat/102/192">102 STAT. 192</page>published or made available. The manual shall include (but not be limited to)—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>a statement of the requirements applicable to the programs carried out under this chapter, including such requirements contained in this chapter, the General Education Provisions Act, other applicable statutes, and regulations issued under the authority of such statutes;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>an explanation of the purpose of each requirement and its interrelationship with other applicable requirements;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>a statement of the procedures to be followed by the Secretary with respect to proper and efficient performance of administrative responsibilities;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>summaries of (A) advisory opinions interpreting and applying applicable requirements, and (B) final audit determinations relevant to programs under this chapter, including examples of actual applications of the legal requirements of applicable statutes and regulations;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>model forms and instructions developed by the Secretary for use by State and local educational agencies, at their discretion, including, but not limited to, application forms, application review checklists, and instruments for monitoring programs under this chapter;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>summaries of appropriate court decisions concerning programs under this chapter; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>model forms, policies, and procedures developed by State educational agencies.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Response to Inquiries</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall respond with written guidance not more than 90 days after any written request (return receipt requested) from a State or local educational agency regarding a policy, question, or interpretation under this chapter. In the case of a request from a local educational agency, such agency must first have addressed its request to the State educational agency.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Assistance</inline>.—</heading><content>From funds available to the Secretary for studies, evaluations, and technical assistance, the Secretary shall continue, establish, and expand technical assistance centers to provide assistance to State and local educational agencies with respect to programs under this chapter. In providing such assistance, centers shall place particular emphasis on information relating to program improvement, parental involvement, instruction, testing and evaluation, and curriculum under this chapter. Such centers shall be accessible through electronic means.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Federal Dissemination of Exemplary Programs</inline>.—</heading><content>To the extent possible, the Secretary shall provide information to State and local educational agencies regarding opportunities for dissemination of exemplary programs under this chapter through the National Diffusion Network. The Secretary shall emphasize programs which are exemplary in their implementation of the parent involvement provisions of section 1016. The Secretary shall coordinate Federal exemplary project identification activities with the National Diffusion Network.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Federal Review of State and Local Administration</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall provide for a review of State and local administration of programs under this chapter. In addition to such other areas as the Secretary may consider appropriate, the review shall consider State policies, guidance materials, monitoring and enforcement <page identifier="/us/stat/102/193">102 STAT. 193</page>activities, and the detection and resolution of problems of local noncompliance.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1437">“SEC. 1437. </num><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS FOR EVALUATION AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2837">20 USC 2837</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“There are authorized to be appropriated for the purposes of sections 1435 and 1436 for other Federal evaluation, technical assistance, and research activities related to this chapter, and authorized studies under this chapter, $4,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990 through 1993.</content> </section> <section> <num value="1438">“SEC. 1438. </num><heading>APPLICATION OF GENERAL EDUCATION PROVISIONS ACT.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2838">20 USC 2838</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as otherwise specifically provided by this section, the General Education Provisions Act shall apply to the programs authorized by this chapter.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Supercession Rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The following provisions of the General Education Provisions Act shall be superseded by the specified provisions of this chapter with respect to the programs authorized by this subtitle:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Section 408(a)(1) of the General Education Provisions Act <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221e–3">20 USC 1221e–3</ref>.</p></sidenote>is superseded by section 1431 of this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Section 426(a) of such Act is superseded by section 1437 of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1231c">20 USC 1231c</ref>.</p></sidenote>this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Section 427 of such Act is superseded by section 1016 of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1231d">20 USC 1231d</ref>.</p></sidenote>this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Section 430 of such Act is superseded by sections 1012, <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1231g">20 USC 1231g</ref>.</p></sidenote>1056, 1104(b), 1125, 1202(a), and 1224 of this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>Section 455 of such Act is superseded by section 1433 of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1234d">20 USC 1234d</ref>.</p></sidenote>this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>Section 458 of such Act is superseded by section 1434 of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1234g">20 USC 1234g</ref>.</p></sidenote>this chapter with respect to judicial review of withholding of payments.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Exclusion Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Sections 434, 435, and 436 of the General Education Provisions Act, except to the extent that such sections relate to fiscal control and fund accounting procedures, shall not apply to the programs authorized by this chapter and shall not be construed to authorize the Secretary to require any reports or take any actions not specifically authorized by this chapter.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1138">“SEC. 1138. </num><heading>NATIONAL COMMISSION ON MIGRANT EDUCATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2839">20 USC 2839</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment</inline>.—</heading><content>There is established, as an independent agency within the executive branch, a National Commission on Migrant Education (referred to in this section as the ‘Commission’).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Membership</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The Commission shall be composed of 12 members. Four of the members shall be appointed by the President. Four of the members shall be appointed by the Speaker of the House, including 2 Members of the House, 1 from each political party. Four of the members shall be appointed by the President pro tempore of the Senate, including 2 Members of the Senate, 1 from each political party.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The chairman shall be designated by the President from among the members appointed by the President. If the President has not appointed 4 members of the Commission and designated a chairman within 60 days of the enactment of this Act, the members of the Commission appointed by the Speaker <page identifier="/us/stat/102/194">102 STAT. 194</page>of the House and the President pro tempore of the Senate shall elect a chairman who shall continue to serve for the duration of the Commission.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Any vacancy in the Commission shall be filled in the same manner as the original appointment.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Study</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Commission shall make a study of the following issues:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>What are the demographics of the children of migratory workers today compared with 10 years ago and how are the demographics expected to change over the next decade.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>What are the individual roles of the Federal, State, and private sectors in migrant affairs; how has each sector enhanced migrant educational opportunities, including entry into all types of postsecondary education programs; and should Federal programs include incentives for private and State participation.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>What is the number of unserved or underserved migrant students who are eligible for the programs under this chapter nationwide and on a State-by-State basis.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>How can migrant education, migrant health, migrant Head Start, Job Training Partnership programs serving mi-grants, HEP/CAMP, and adult literacy programs be integrated and coordinated at both the Federal and State levels.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>How many migrant students are identified as potential drop-outs; how might this issue be addressed at the national policy level; and what effect does the migrant mother have on her children’s performance.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>How do the migrant programs under this chapter vary from State to State; how do their administrative costs vary; how do parent involvement and services vary.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>What role has the Migrant Student Record Transfer System performed in assisting the migrant population; to what degree is it utilized for enhancing the education program at the local level and by the classroom teacher; is it cost effective; and how well would such a system adapt to other mobile populations like those in the inner cities or those in the Department of Defense overseas schools.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>How many prekindergarten programs are available to migratory children; what services are they provided; what is the degree of parent involvement with these programs; what is a typical profile of a student in such a program.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>How well are migrant handicapped and gifted and talented students identified and served; and what improvements might be made in this area.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>How many of the students being served are identified as ‘currently migrant’ and how many are ‘formerly migrant’; what differences are there in their needs; and how do services provided differ between those of ‘currently migrant’ and those of ‘formerly migrant’.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">“(11) </num> <content>How does interstate and intrastate coordination occur at the State and local levels.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="12">“(12) </num> <content>Is there a need to establish a National Center for Migrant Affairs and what are the options for funding such a Center.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reports</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The Commission shall prepare and submit reports and recommendations to the President and to the appropriate committees of the Congress on the studies required to be con-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/195">102 STAT. 195</page>ducted under this section. The reports for the studies required shall be submitted as soon as practicable.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Any recommendations and reports submitted under this paragraph which contemplate changes in Federal legislation shall include draft legislation to accomplish the recommendations.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Study on the Migrant Student Records Transfer System</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Commission shall conduct a study of the function and the effectiveness of the Migrant Student Records Transfer System.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Commission shall prepare and submit to the Secretary of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>Education and to the Congress, not later than 2 years after the first meeting of the Commission, a report on the study required by paragraph (1).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Compensation</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Members of the Commission who are officers or full-time employees of the United States shall serve without compensation in addition to that received for their services as officers or employees of the United States; but they may be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5, United States Code, for persons in the Government service employed intermittently.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Members of the Commission who are not officers or full-time employees of the United States may each receive $150 per diem when engaged in the actual performance of duties vested tn the Commission. In addition, they may be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as authorized by section 5703 of title 5, United States Code, for persons in the Government service employed intermittently.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Staff</inline>.—</heading><content>Such personnel as the Commission deems necessary may be appointed by the Commission without regard to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive service, and may be paid without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subtitle in of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates, but no individual so appointed shall be paid in excess of the rate authorized for GS–18 of the General Schedule.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">“(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administration</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The Commission or, on the authorization of the Commission, any committee thereof, may, for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this section, hold such hearings and sit and act at such times and such places within the United States as the Commission or such committee may deem advisable.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In carrying out its duties under this section, the Commission shall consult with other Federal agencies, representatives of State and local governments, and private organizations to the extent feasible.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The Commission is authorized to secure directly from any executive department, bureau, agency, board, commission, office, independent establishment, or instrumentality, information, suggestions, estimates, and statistics for the purpose of this section, and each such department, bureau, agency, board, commission, office, establishment, or instrumentality is authorized and directed, to the extent permitted by law, to furnish such information, suggestions, estimates, and statistics directly to the Commission, upon request made by the Chairman.</content> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/196">102 STAT. 196</page> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">For the purpose of securing the necessary data and information, the Commission may enter into contracts with universities, research institutions, foundations, and other competent public or private agencies. For such purpose, the Commission is authorized to obtain the services of experts and consultants in accordance with section 3109 of title 5, United States Code.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>The heads of all Federal agencies are, to the extent not prohibited by law, directed to cooperate with the Commission in carrying out this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>The Commission is authorized to utilize, with their con-sent, the services, personnel, information, and facilities of other Federal, State, local, and private agencies with or without reimbursement.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Gifts and property.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">The Commission shall have authority to accept in the name of the United States, grants, gifts, or bequests of money for immediate disbursement in furtherance of the functions of the Commission. Such grants, gifts, or bequests, after acceptance by the Commission, shall be paid by the donor or the donor’s representative to the Treasurer of the United States whose receipts shall be their acquittance. The Treasurer of the United States shall enter them in a special account to the credit of the Commission for the purposes in each case specified.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>Six members of the Commission shall constitute a quorum, but a lesser number of 2 or more may conduct hearings.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="h">“(h) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Termination</inline>.—</heading><content>The Commission shall terminate 3 years after the date of its first meeting.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>Effective October 1, 1988, there is authorized to be appropriated $2,000,000 to carry out the provisions of this section, which shall remain available until expended or until the termination of the Commission, whichever occurs first.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="2">“Subpart 2—</num><heading class="inline">State Administration</heading> <section> <num value="1451">“SEC. 1451. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2851">20 USC 2851</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>STATE REGULATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Except as provided in paragraph (2), nothing in this chapter may be interpreted to preempt, prohibit, or encourage State regulations issued pursuant to State law which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this chapter, regulations promulgated under this chapter, or other applicable Federal statutes and regulations.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>State rules or policies may not limit local school districts’ decisions regarding the grade levels to be served; the basic skills areas (such as reading, mathematics, or language arts) to be ad-dressed; instructional settings, materials or teaching techniques to be used; instructional staff to be employed (as long es such staff meet State certification and licensing requirements for education personnel); or other essential support services (such as counseling and other pupil personnel services) to be provided as part of the programs authorized under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Nothing in this subsection may be construed to inhibit the State educational agency’s responsibility to work jointly with local educational agencies and other State agencies receiving funds under this chapter in program improvement activities pursuant to section <page identifier="/us/stat/102/197">102 STAT. 197</page>1021 where the State may suggest various activities and approaches as it works with such agencies to develop program improvement plans.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Review by Committee of Practitioners</inline>.—</heading><content>Before publication of any proposed or final State rule or regulation pursuant to this chapter, each such rule shall be reviewed by a State committee of practitioners which shall include administrators, teachers, parents, and members of local boards of education, and on which a majority of the members shall be local educational agency representatives. In an emergency situation where such regulation must be issued within a very limited time to assist local educational agencies with the operation of the program, the State educational agency may issue a regulation without such prior consultation, but shall immediately thereafter convene a State committee of practitioners to review the emergency regulation prior to issuance in final form.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Identification as State Requirement</inline>.—</heading><content>The imposition of any State rule or policy relating to the administration and operation of programs funded by this chapter (including those based on State interpretation of any Federal law, regulation, or guideline) shall be identified as a State imposed requirement.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1452">“SEC. 1452. </num><heading>RECORDS AND INFORMATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2852">20 USC 2852</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“Each State educational agency shall keep such records and provide such information to the Secretary as may be required for fiscal audit and program evaluation (consistent with the responsibilities of the Secretary under this chapter).</content> </section> <section> <num value="1453">“SEC. 1453. </num><heading>ASSIGNMENT OF PERSONNEL.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2853">20 USC 2853</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitations</inline>—</heading><chapeau>Public school personnel paid entirely by funds made available under this chapter may be assigned limited supervisory duties which are assigned to similarly situated personnel who are not paid with such funds, and such duties need not be limited to classroom instruction or to the benefit of children participating in programs or projects funded under this chapter. The time spent by public school personnel on duties described in the preceding sentence may not exceed either—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the same proportion of total work time as prevails with respect to similarly situated personnel at the same school site, or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>one period per day,</content> </paragraph> <continuation>whichever is less.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use in State Programs</inline>.—</heading><content>If a State carries out a program as <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Wages.</p></sidenote>defined under section 1018(d), the State may use funds under this chapter to pay salaries of personnel assigned to both the State program and the program under this chapter for administration, training, and technical assistance, if the State educational agency maintains time distribution records reflecting the actual amount of time spent by each such employee signed by that employee’s super-visor, and costs are charged on a prorated basis to both programs.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1454">“SEC. 1454. </num><heading>PROHIBITION REGARDING STATE AID.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2854">20 USC 2854</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“No State shall take into consideration payments under this chapter in determining the eligibility of any local educational agency in that State for State aid, or the amount of State aid, with respect to free public education of children.</content> </section> </subpart> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/198">102 STAT. 198</page> <subpart><num value="3">“Subpart 3—</num><heading class="inline">Rural Educational Opportunities</heading> <section> <num value="1456">“SEC. 1456. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2861">20 USC 2861</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall make grants to, or enter into contracts with, institutions of higher education, private nonprofit agencies and organizations, regional educational laboratories, technical assistance centers established pursuant to section 1436(d), public agencies, State education agencies, or combinations of such agencies or institutions within particular regions of the United States, to pay all or part of the cost of operating at least 10 rural assistance programs. The Secretary may not make a grant to, or enter into a contract with, any agency, institution, organization, or combination thereof under the preceding sentence unless such agency, institution, organization, or combination thereof has extensive experience providing educational assistance to State and local educational agencies.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Functions of Regional Rural Assistance Programs</inline>.—</heading><content>Each regional rural assistance program established under subsection (a) shall provide technical assistance, consultation, training, and such other assistance as will assist State educational agencies and local educational agencies in the region to improve the quality of the education provided to educationally disadvantaged children participating in programs under this chapter who reside in rural <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>areas or attend small schools. Each such program shall give special consideration to, and report on, problems related to districts with declining enrollments and ways in which districts can combine management to provide effective programs.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1457">“SEC. 1457. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2862">20 USC 2862</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>APPLICATION PRIORITY REQUIREMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <chapeau>In carrying out this subpart, the Secretary shall give priority to applicants which describe assistance to school districts in local educational agencies in rural areas—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>with the highest concentrations of children from low-income families;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>that have a significant number or percentage of schools serving children from low-income families; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>in which there are a significant number of schools in which evaluations indicate lack of substantial progress toward meeting desired outcomes, no improvement, or a decline in aggregate performance by the children participating in programs under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>Applicants shall consult with State educational agencies and local educational agencies in the application process.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1458">“SEC. 1458. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2863">20 USC 2863</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>COORDINATION, DISSEMINATION, AND REPORT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Coordination</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each program established under this subpart shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>coordinate its activities with technical assistance centers established under section 1436(d),</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>coordinate its activities with the activities of local educational agencies and State educational agencies under section 1021, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>assist in identifying successful programs and practices for dissemination through existing dissemination networks and efforts.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Dissemination and Report</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Each rural assistance program shall be accessible through electronic means.</content></paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/199">102 STAT. 199</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Regional rural assistance programs shall submit a report to the Secretary every 2 years containing such reasonable information about its activities as the Secretary may request, but including at a minimum information on efforts to provide effective services under this chapter in rural school districts facing declining enrollments, with particular attention to issues inherent in consolidating, jointly administering, or otherwise combining the resources of 2 or more districts.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1459">“SEC. 1459. </num><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2864">20 USC 2864</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“There are authorized to be appropriated $10,000,000 for fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993.</content> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="4">“Subpart 4—</num><heading class="inline">Studies</heading> <section> <num value="1461">“SEC. 1461. </num><heading>REPORT ON STATE AND LOCAL EVALUATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2881">20 USC 2881</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“The Secretary shall submit a comprehensive and detailed report concerning State and local evaluation results based on data collected under sections 1019, 1107(a), 1202(a)(6), and 1242(d) to the appropriate committees of the Congress on a biennial basis.</content> </section> <section> <num value="1462">“SEC. 1462. </num><heading>NATION AI. STUDY ON EFFECT OF PROGRAMS ON CHILDREN.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2882">20 USC 2882</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">National Longitudinal Study</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall contract <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>with a qualified organization or agency to conduct a national longitudinal study of eligible children participating in programs under this chapter. The study shall assess the impact of participation by such children in chapter 1 programs until they are 18 years of age. The study shall compare educational achievement of those children with significant participation in chapter 1 programs and comparable children who did not receive chapter 1 services. Such study shall consider the correlations between participation in programs under this chapter and academic achievement, delinquency rates, truancy, school dropout rates, employment and earnings, and enrollment in postsecondary education. The study shall be conducted <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Urban areas.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Suburban areas.</p></sidenote>throughout the country in urban, rural, and suburban areas and shall be of sufficient size and scope to assess and evaluate the effect of the program in all regions of the Nation.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Follow-Up</inline>.—</heading><content>The agency or organization with which the Secretary has entered a contract under subsection (a) shall conduct a follow-up of the initial survey which shall include a periodic update on the participation and achievement of a representative group of children who participated in the initial study. Such follow-up shall evaluate the effects of participation until such children are 25 years of age.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><content>A final report summarizing the findings of the study shall be submitted to the appropriate committees of the Congress not later than January 1, 1997; an interim report shall be so submitted not later than January 1, 1993.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1463">“SEC. 1463. </num><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2883">20 USC 2883</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“There are authorized to be appropriated $4,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989, $4,200,000 for the fiscal year 1990, $4,400,000 for the fiscal year 1991, $4,700,000 for the fiscal year 1992, and $5,000,000 for the fiscal year 1993 for carrying out sections 1461 and 1462.</content> </section> </subpart> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/200">102 STAT. 200</page> <subpart><num value="5">“Subpart 5—</num><heading class="inline">Definitions</heading> <section> <num value="1471">“SEC. 1471. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2891">20 USC 2891</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading> <chapeau>“Except as otherwise provided, for purposes of this Act:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘average daily attendance’ means attendance determined in accordance with State law, except that notwithstanding any other provision of this chapter, where the local educational agency of the school district in which any child resides makes or contracts to make a tuition payment for the free public education of such child in a school situated in another school district, for purposes of this chapter the attendance of such child at such school shall be held and considered (A) to be in attendance at a school of the local educational agency so making or contracting to make such tuition payment, and (B) not to be in attendance at a school of the local educational agency receiving such tuition payment or entitled to receive such payment under the contract.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘average per pupil expenditure’ means in the case of a State or the United States, the aggregate current expenditures, during the third fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the computation is made (or if satisfactory data for that year are not available at the time of computation, then during the most recent preceding fiscal year for which satisfactory data are available), of all local educational agencies in the State, or in the United States (which for the purposes of this subsection means the 50 States, and the District of Columbia), as the case may be, plus any direct current expenditures by the State for operation of such agencies (without regard to the source of funds from which either of such expenditures are made), divided by the aggregate number of children in average daily attendance to whom such agencies provided free public education during such preceding year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The term ‘community-based organization’ means a private nonprofit organization which is representative of a community or significant segments of a community and which provides educational or related services to individuals in the community.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The term ‘construction’ includes the preparation of drawings and specifications for school facilities; erecting, building, acquiring, altering, remodeling, improving, or extending school facilities; and the inspection and supervision of the construction of school facilities.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>The term ‘county’ means those divisions of a State utilized by the Secretary of Commerce in compiling and reporting data regarding counties.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>The term ‘current expenditures means expenditures for free public education, including expenditures for administration, instruction, attendance, and health services, pupil transportation services, operation and maintenance of plant, fixed charges, and net expenditures to cover deficits for food services and student body activities, but not including expenditures for community services, capital outlay, and debt service, or any expenditures made from funds granted under this chapter, chapter 2 of this title, or chapter 1 or 2 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <chapeau>The term ‘effective schools programs’ means school-based programs that may encompass preschool through secondary <page identifier="/us/stat/102/201">102 STAT. 201</page>school levels and that have the objective of (A) promoting school-level planning, instructional improvement, and staff development, (B) increasing the academic achievement levels of all children and, particularly, educationally deprived children, and (C) achieving as ongoing conditions in the school the fol-lowing factors identified through effective school research as distinguishing effective from ineffective schools—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>strong and effective administrative and instructional leadership that creates consensus on instructional goals and organizational capacity for instructional problem solving;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>emphasis on the acquisition of basic and higher order skills;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>a safe and orderly school environment that allows teachers and pupils to focus their energies on academic achievement;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>a climate of expectations that all children can learn under appropriate conditions; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>continuous assessment of students and programs to evaluate the effects of instruction.</content> </clause> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>The term ‘elementary school’ means a day or residential school which provides elementary education, as determined under State law.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>The term ‘equipment’ includes machinery, utilities, and building equipment and any necessary enclosures or structures to house them, and includes all other items necessary for the functioning of a particular facility as a facility for the provision of educational services, including items such as instructional equipment and necessary furniture, printed, published, and audio-visual instructional materials, and books, periodicals, documents, and other related materials.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>The term ‘institution of higher education’ has the meaning given that term in section 1201(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">“(11) </num> <content>The term ‘free public education’ means education which is provided at public expense, under public supervision and direction, and without tuition charge, and which is provided as elementary or secondary school education in the applicable State, except that such term does not include any education provided beyond grade 12.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="12">“(12) </num> <content>The term ‘local educational agency’ means a public board of education or other public authority legally constituted within a State for either administrative control or direction of, or to perform a service function for, public elementary or secondary schools in a city, county, township, school district, or other political subdivision of a State, or such combination of school districts or counties as are recognized in a State as an administrative agency for its public elementary or secondary schools. Such term includes any other public institution or agency having administrative control and direction of a public elementary or secondary school.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="13">“(13) </num> <content>The term ‘more advanced skills’ means skills including reasoning, analysis, interpretation, problem-solving, and decisionmaking as they relate to the particular subjects in which instruction is provided under programs supported by this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/202">102 STAT. 202</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="14">“(14) </num> <content>The term ‘parent’ includes a legal guardian or other person standing in loco parentis.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="15">“(15) </num> <content>The term ‘parent advisory council’ means a body com-posed primarily of members who are parents of children served by the programs or projects assisted under this chapter and who are elected by such parents, in order to advise the State or local educational agency in the planning, implementation, and evaluation of programs under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="16">“(16) </num> <content>The term ‘project area’ means a school attendance area having a high concentration of children from low-income families which, without regard to the locality of the project itself, is designated as an area from which children are to be selected to participate in a program or project assisted under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="17">“(17) </num> <content>The terms ‘pupil services personnel’ and ‘pupil services’ mean school counselors, school social workers, school psychologists, and other qualified professional personnel involved in providing assessment, diagnosis, counseling, educational, therapeutic, and other necessary services as part of a comprehensive program to meet student needs, and the services provided by such individuals.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="18">“(18) </num> <content>The term ‘school attendance area’ means in relation to a particular school, the geographical area in which the children who are normally served by that school reside.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="19">“(19) </num> <content>The term ‘school facilities’ means classrooms and related facilities (including initial equipment) for free public education and interests in land (including site, grading, and improvements) on which such facilities are constructed, except that such term does not include those gymnasiums and similar facilities intended primarily for exhibitions for which admission is to be charged to the general public.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="20">“(20) </num> <content>The term ‘Secretary’ means the United States Secretary of Education.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="21">“(21) </num> <content>The term ‘secondary school’ means a day or residential school which provides secondary education, as determined under State law, except that it does not include any education provided beyond grade 12.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="22">“(22) </num> <content>The term ‘State’ means a State, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, the District of Columbia, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, or the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="23">“(23) </num> <content>The term ‘State educational agency means the officer or agency primarily responsible for the State supervision of public elementary and secondary schools.</content> </paragraph> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="6">“Subpart 6—</num><heading class="inline">Miscellaneous Provisions</heading> <section> <num value="1491">“SEC. 1491. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2901">20 USC 2901</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>TRANSITION PROVISIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Regulations</inline>.—</heading><content>All orders, determinations, rules, regulations, permits, grants, and contracts, which have been issued by the Secretary under chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 and title I of this Act (as in effect on the date before the effective date of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988), or which are issued under such Acts on or before the effective date of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988 <page identifier="/us/stat/102/203">102 STAT. 203</page>shall continue in effect until modified or revoked by the Secretary, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or by operation of law.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effect on Pending Proceedings</inline>.—</heading><content>The provisions of this chapter shall not affect administrative or judicial proceedings pending on the effective date of this section under chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 or this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Transition</inline>.—</heading><content>With respect to the period beginning on July 1, 1988, and ending June 30, 1989, no recipient of funds under this chapter, or chapter 2 of this title, or under chapter 1 or 2 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 shall be held to have expended such funds in violation of the requirements of this Act or of such Act if such funds are expended either in accordance with this Act or such Act.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> </part> </chapter> <chapter><num value="2">“CHAPTER 2—</num><heading class="inline">FEDERAL, STATE, AND LOCAL PARTNERSHIP FOR EDUCATIONAL IMPROVEMENT</heading> <section> <num value="1501">“SEC. 1501. </num><heading>FINDINGS AND STATEMENT OF PURPOSE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2911">20 USC 2911</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Findings</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Congress finds that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>chapter 2 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 has been successful in achieving the goals of increasing local flexibility, reducing administrative burden, providing services for private school students, encouraging innovation, and contributing to the improvement of elementary and secondary educational programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>State and local governments have placed a new focus on education;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>school effectiveness can be increased through effective schools programs to improve student achievement, student behavior, teaching, learning, and school management; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>teachers make a significant and positive contribution to the education of our Nation’s students, and local educational agencies are encouraged to recognize this contribution.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Statement of Purpose</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>It is the purpose of programs under this chapter—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>to provide the initial funding to enable State and local educational agencies to implement promising educational programs that can be supported by State and local sources of funding after such programs are demonstrated to be effective;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>to provide a continuing source of innovation, educational improvement, and support for library and instructional materials;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>to meet the special educational needs of at risk and high cost students, as described in section 1531(b);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>to enhance the quality of teaching and learning through initiating and expanding effective schools programs; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>to allow State and local educational agencies to meet their educational needs and priorities for targeted assistance described in section 1531.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">State and Local Responsibility</inline>.—</heading> <content>The basic responsibility for the administration of funds made available under this chapter is in the State educational agencies, but it is the intent of Congress that this responsibility be carried out with a minimum of paperwork and that the responsibility for the design and implementation of programs assisted under this chapter will be mainly that of local educational agencies, school superintendents and principals, and <page identifier="/us/stat/102/204">102 STAT. 204</page>classroom teachers and supporting personnel, because they have the most direct contact with students and are most directly responsible to parents and because they are the most likely to be able to design programs to meet the educational needs of students in their own districts.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1502">“SEC. 1502. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2912">20 USC 2912</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS; DURATION OF ASSISTANCE.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated $580,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989, $610,000,000 for the fiscal year 1990, $640,000,000 for the fiscal year 1991, $672,000,000 for the fiscal year 1992, and $706,000,000 for the fiscal year 1993, to carry out the provisions of this chapter.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duration of Assistance</inline>.—</heading><content>During the period beginning October 1, 1988, and ending September 30, 1993, the Secretary snail, in accordance with the provisions of this chapter, make payments to State educational agencies for the purpose of this chapter.</content> </subsection> </section> <part><num value="A">“PART A—</num><heading class="inline">STATE AND LOCAL PROGRAMS</heading> <subpart><num value="1">“Subpart 1—</num><heading class="inline">General Provisions</heading> <section> <num value="1511">“SEC. 1511. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2921">20 USC 2921</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ALLOTMENT TO STATES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Territories, U.S.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Reservations</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">“(1) </num><content>From the sums appropriated to carry out this chapter in any fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve not to exceed 1 percent for payments to Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and the Northern Mariana Islands, to be allotted in accordance with their respective needs.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall reserve an additional amount, not to exceed 6 percent of the sums appropriated in each fiscal year, to carry out the provisions of part B.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Allotment</inline>.—</heading><content>From the remainder of such sums the Secretary shall allot to each State an amount which bears the same ratio to the amount of such remainder as the school-age population of the State bears to the school-age population of all States, except that no State shall receive less than an amount equal to one-half of 1 percent of such remainder.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definitions</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>For purposes of this section—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘school-age population’ means the population aged 5 through 17.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘States’ includes the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1512">“SEC. 1512. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2922">20 USC 2922</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ALLOCATION TO LOCAL EDUCATIONAL AGENCIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Distribution Rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>From the sum made available each year under section 1511, the State educational agency shall distribute not less than 80 percent to local educational agencies within such State according to the relative enrollments in public and private, non-profit schools within the school districts of such agencies, adjusted, in accordance with criteria approved by the Secretary, to provide higher per pupil allocations to local educational agencies which have the greatest numbers or percentages of children whose education imposes a higher than average cost per child, such as—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>children living in areas with high concentrations of low-income families,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>children from low-income families, and</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/205">102 STAT. 205</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>children living in sparsely populated areas.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Calculation of Enrollments</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>The calculation of relative enrollments under subsection (a) shall be on the basis of the total of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the number of children enrolled in public schools, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the number of children enrolled in private nonprofit schools that desire that their children participate in programs or projects assisted under this chapter, for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the determination is made. Nothing in this subsection shall diminish the responsibility of local educational agencies to contact, on an annual basis, appropriate officials from private nonprofit schools within the areas served by such agencies in order to determine whether such schools desire that their children participate in programs assisted under this chapter.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>Relative enrollments under subsection (a) shall be adjusted, <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote>in accordance with criteria approved by the Secretary under subparagraph (B), to provide higher per pupil allocations only to local educational agencies which serve the greatest numbers or percentages of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>children living in areas with high concentrations of low-income families,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>children from low-income families, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>children living in sparsely populated areas.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The Secretary shall review criteria submitted by a State educational agency for adjusting allocations under paragraph (1) and shall approve such criteria only if the Secretary determines that such criteria are reasonably calculated to produce an adjusted allocation that reflects the relative needs within the State’s local educational agencies based on the factors set forth in subparagraph (A).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment of Allocations</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>From the funds paid to it pursuant to section 1511 for a fiscal year, a State educational agency shall distribute to each eligible local educational agency which has submitted an application as required in section 1533 the amount of its allocation as determined under subsection (a).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Additional funds resulting from higher per pupil allocations provided to a local educational agency on the basis of adjusted enrollments of children described in subsection (a), may, at the discretion of the local educational agency, be allocated for expenditures to provide services for children enrolled in public and private nonprofit schools in direct proportion to the number of children described in subsection (a) and enrolled in such schools within the local educational agency.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>In any fiscal year, any local educational agency that elects to allocate such additional funds in the manner described in subparagraph (A) shall allocate all additional funds to schools within the local educational agency in such manner.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>The provisions of subparagraphs (A) and (B) may not be construed to require any school to limit the use of such additional funds to the provision of services to specific students or categories of students.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/206">102 STAT. 206</page> <subpart><num value="2">“Subpart 2—</num><heading class="inline">State Programs</heading> <section> <num value="1521">“SEC. 1521. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2931">20 USC 2931</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>STATE USES OF FUNDS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorized Activities</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>A State educational agency may use funds reserved for State use under this chapter only for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>State administration of programs under this chapter including—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>supervision of the allocation of funds to local educational agencies;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>planning, supervision, and processing of State funds;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>monitoring and evaluation of programs and activities under this part; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>operations of the State advisory committee;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>technical assistance and direct grants to local educational agencies and statewide activities which assist local educational agencies to provide targeted assistance as provided in section 1531; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>assistance to local educational agencies and statewide activities to carry out effective schools programs under subpart 4.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitations and Requirements</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Not more than 25 percent of funds available for State programs under this part in any fiscal year may be used for State administration under subsection (a)(1).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>At least 20 percent of funds available for State programs under this part in any fiscal year shall be used for effective schools programs under subsection (a)(3).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>If a State is spending from non-Federal sources an amount equal to twice as much as the State is required to use for the purposes of subsection (a)(3), the Secretary may waive the requirement of subparagraph (A). In deciding whether or not to grant such a waiver, the Secretary shall use the definition of effective schools contained in section 1471(18).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1522">“SEC. 1522. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2932">20 USC 2932</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>STATE APPLICATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Application Requirements</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Any State which desires to receive grants under this chapter shall submit to the Secretary an application which—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>designates the State educational agency as the State agency responsible for the administration and supervision of programs assisted under this chapter;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>provides for a process of active and continuing consultation with the State educational agency of an advisory commit-tee, appointed by the Governor and determined by the Governor to be broadly representative of the educational interests and the general public in the State, including individuals representative of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>public and private elementary and secondary school-children;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>classroom teachers;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>parents of elementary and secondary schoolchildren;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>local boards of education;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>local and regional school administrators (including principals, superintendents, and administrators of inter-mediate educational units);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>institutions of higher education;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">“(G) </num> <content>the State legislature;</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/207">102 STAT. 207</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">“(H) </num> <content>elementary and secondary school librarians; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>school counselors and other pupil services personnel, to advise the State educational agency on the allocation among targeted programs in accordance with section 1531 (not to exceed 20 percent of the amount of the State’s allotment) reserved for State use under section 1512(a), on the formula for the allocation of funds to local educational agencies, and on the planning, development, support, implementation, and evaluation of State programs assisted under this chapter;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>sets forth planned allocation of funds reserved for State use under section 1512(a) among the targeted assistance programs described in section 1531 and describes programs, projects, and activities which are designed to carry out such targeted assistance, together with the reasons for the selection of such programs, projects, and activities; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>sets forth the allocation of such funds required to implement section 1572;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>describes how funds reserved under section 1521(b)(2) will be used to carry out subpart 4;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>provides for timely public notice and public dissemination of the information provided pursuant to paragraphs (2) and (3);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>provides for an annual submission of data on the use of funds, the types of services furnished, and the students served under this chapter;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in fiscal year 1992, provides for an evaluation of the effectiveness of programs assisted under this chapter, which shall include comments of the advisory committee, and shall be made available to the public;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>provides that the State educational agency will keep such records and provide such information to the Secretary as may be required for fiscal audit and program evaluation (consistent with the responsibilities of the Secretary under this chapter);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>provides assurance that, apart from technical and advisory assistance and monitoring compliance with this chapter, the State educational agency has not exercised and will not exercise any influence in the decisionmaking processes of local educational agencies as to the expenditures made pursuant to an application under section 1531;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>provides the following information: (A) how the State will adjust its formula to comply with section 1512(b)(2), (B) how children under section 1512(b)(2)(A) are defined, (C) the basis on which a determination of the local educational agencies under section 1512(b)(2)(A) is made, and (D) the percentage of the State grant which is proposed to be allotted on an adjusted basis under section 1512; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>contains assurances that there is compliance with the specific requirements of this chapter.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Period of Application</inline>.—</heading><content>An application filed by the State under subsection (a) shall be for a period not to exceed 3 years, and may be amended annually as may be necessary to reflect changes without filing a new application.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Audit Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Notwithstanding section 1745 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981, local educational agencies receiving less than an average $5,000 each year under this chapter need not be audited more frequently than once every 5 years.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/208">102 STAT. 208</page> <subpart><num value="3">“Subpart 3—</num><heading class="inline">Local Targeted Assistance Programs</heading> <section> <num value="1531">“SEC. 1531. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2941">20 USC 2941</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>TARGETED USE OF FUNDS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Funds allocated for use under this chapter shall be used by State and local educational agencies for targeted assistance described in subsection (b).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Targeted Assistance</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The targeted assistance programs referred to in subsection (a) are—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>programs to meet the educational needs of students at risk of failure in school and of dropping out and students for whom providing an education entails higher than average costs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>programs for the acquisition and use of instructional and educational materials, including library books, reference mate-rials, computer software and hardware for instructional use, and other curricular materials that would be used to improve the quality of instruction;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>innovative programs designed to carry out school wide improvements, including the effective schools program;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>programs of training and professional development to enhance the knowledge and skills of educational personnel, including teachers, librarians, school counselors and other pupil services personnel, and administrators and school board members;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>programs designed to enhance personal excellence of students and student achievement, including instruction in ethics, performing and creative arts, humanities, activities in physical fitness and comprehensive health education, and participation in community service projects; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>other innovative projects which would enhance the educational program and climate of the school, including programs for gifted and talented students, technology education programs, early childhood education programs, community education and programs for youth suicide prevention.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1532">“SEC. 1532. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2942">20 USC 2942</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Activities authorized under this subpart may include the planning, development, or operation and expansion of programs, projects, and activities which are designed to carry out the targeted assistance described in section 1531. Such activities may include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>training of educational personnel in any of the targeted assistance programs described;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>guidance and counseling services; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>any other education or related activities which the State or local educational agency determines will contribute to improving the programs described in section 1531.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>In order to conduct the activities authorized by this part, each State or local educational agency may use funds reserved for this part to make grants to and to enter into contracts with local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, libraries, museums, and other public and private non-profit agencies, organizations, and institutions.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1533">“SEC. 1533. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2943">20 USC 2943</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>LOCAL APPLICATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Application</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>A local educational agency or consortia of local educational agencies may receive an allocation of funds under this chapter for any year for which an application is <page identifier="/us/stat/102/209">102 STAT. 209</page>submitted to the State educational agency and such application is certified to meet the requirements of this section. The State educational agency shall certify any such application if such application—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>sets forth the planned allocation of funds among targeted assistance programs described in section 1531 of this chapter and describes the programs, projects, and activities designed to carry out such targeted assistance which it intends to support, together with the reasons for the selection of such programs, projects, and activities; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>sets forth the allocation of such funds required to implement section 1572;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>describes how assistance under this chapter will contribute to the goals of the program of improving student achievement or improving the quality of education for students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>provides assurances of compliance with provisions of this chapter including the participation of children enrolled in private, nonprofit schools in accordance with section 1572;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>agrees to keep such records, and provide such information to the State educational agency as reasonably may be required for fiscal audit and program evaluation, consistent with the responsibilities of the State agency under this chapter; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>provides, in the allocation of funds for the assistance authorized by this chapter, and in the design, planning, and implementation of such programs, for systematic consultation with parents of children attending elementary and secondary schools in the area served by the local agency, with teachers and administrative personnel in such schools, and with other groups involved in the implementation of this chapter (such as librarians, school counselors, and other pupil services personnel) as may be considered appropriate by the local educational agency.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Period of Application</inline>.—</heading><content>An application filed by a local educational agency under subsection (a) shall be for a period not to exceed 3 fiscal years, may provide for the allocation of funds among programs and purposes authorized by this chapter for a period of 3 years, and may be amended annually as may be necessary to reflect changes without filing a new application.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Local Educational Agency Discretion</inline>.—</heading><content>Subject to the limitations and requirements of this chapter, a local educational agency shall have complete discretion in determining how funds under this subpart shall be divided among the areas of targeted assistance of this subpart. In exercising such discretion, a local educational agency shall ensure that expenditures under this subpart carry out the purposes of this chapter and are intended to meet the educational needs within the schools of that local educational agency.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="4">“Subpart 4—</num><heading class="inline">Effective Schools Programs</heading> <section> <num value="1541">“SEC. 1541. </num><heading>ESTABLISHMENT.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2951">20 USC 2951</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“Funds shall be available under this chapter in accordance with sections 1521 and 1531 to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>plan, implement, support, evaluate, revise, and strengthen effective schools programs;</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/210">102 STAT. 210</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>plan and conduct training and other professional development activities for teachers, administrators and other education personnel on the implementation of effective schools programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>provide technical assistance and promote State and local educational agency awareness of effective schools research, model programs, and implementation;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>develop and implement systems to evaluate and analyze effective schools programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>improve parent and community involvement and participation as part of an ongoing effective schools program;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>support model and demonstration programs related to effective schools programs; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>develop and disseminate educational materials related to effective schools programs.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="1542">“SEC. 1542. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2952">20 USC 2952</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>EFFECTIVE SCHOOLS.</heading> <chapeau>“For the purposes of this chapter the term ‘effective schools programs’ means school-based programs that may encompass preschool through secondary school levels and that have the objectives of (1) promoting school-level planning, instructional improvement, and staff development, (2) increasing the academic achievement levels of all children and particularly educationally deprived children, and (3) achieving as ongoing conditions in the school the following factors identified through effective schools research as distinguishing effective from ineffective schools:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>strong and effective administrative and instructional leadership that creates consensus on instructional goals and organizational capacity for instructional problem solving;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>emphasis on the acquisition of basic and higher order skills;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>a safe and orderly school environment that allows teachers and pupils to focus their energies on academic achievement;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>a climate of expectation that virtually all children can learn under appropriate conditions; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>continuous assessment of students and programs to evaluate the effects of instruction.</content> </subparagraph> </section> </subpart> </part> <part><num value="B">“PART B—</num><heading class="inline">NATIONAL PROGRAMS AND ACTIVITIES</heading> <section> <num value="1561">“SEC. 1561. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2961">20 USC 2961</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>GENERAL AUTHORITY.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization</inline>.—</heading><content>From funds reserved under section 1511(a)(2), the Secretary is authorized to carry out the programs and activities under this part.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Priority Funding</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Subject to the availability of funds for any fiscal year for this part, the Secretary shall make available—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>not less than $11,200,000 for National Diffusion Network activities under section 1562;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>not less than $8,200,000 for the Inexpensive Book Distribution program under section 1563;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>not less than $3,500,000 for the Arts In Education program under section 1564;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>not less than $3,200,000 for the law-related education program under section 1565; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>not more than $1,500,000 for the Blue Ribbon Schools program under section 1566.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/211">102 STAT. 211</page> <section> <num value="1562">“SEC. 1562. </num><heading>NATIONAL DIFFUSION NETWORK ACTIVITIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Purposes</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The National Diffusion Network shall be a national program that recognizes and furthers excellence in education by—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>promoting the awareness and implementation of exemplary educational programs, products, and practices to interested elementary, secondary, and postsecondary institutions throughout the Nation; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>promoting the utilization of the knowledge, talents, and services of local staff associated with various educational excellence recognition efforts.</content> </paragraph> <continuation>The National Diffusion Network shall be designed to improve the quality of education through the implementation of promising and validated innovations and improvements in educational programs, products, and practices, and through the provision of training, consultation, and related assistance services.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Responsibilities of Secretary</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In carrying out the activities under this section, which shall be limited to activities directly related to the National Diffusion Network, the Secretary shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>acquaint persons responsible for the operation of elementary, secondary, and postsecondary schools with information about exemplary educational programs, products, practices, and services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>assist such persons in implementing programs, products, and practices which such persons determine may improve the quality of education in the schools for which they are responsible, by providing materials, initial training, and ongoing implementation assistance;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>ensure that all such activities, programs, products, and practices are subjected to rigorous evaluation with respect to their effectiveness and their capacity for implementation;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>provide program development assistance toward the recognition, dissemination, and implementation of promising practices that hold the potential for answering critical needs and that have achieved credibility because of their effective use in schools; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>ensure that a substantial percentage of the innovations disseminated represent significant changes in practice for schools and teachers.</content> </paragraph> <continuation>In carrying out paragraph (3) of this section, the Secretary shall conduct a single external review by a program effectiveness panel that focuses exclusively on whether the program is efficacious and transferable to other educational settings. Any activity, program, product, or practice which meets the criteria of the preceding sentence may then be disseminated through the National Diffusion Network, and each eligible recipient (as described in subsection (c)) may apply for assistance in accordance with subsection (d).</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Éligible Recipients of Grants and Contracts</inline>.—</heading><content>For the purpose of carrying out the activities under this section, the Secretary is authorized to make grants to, and contracts with, local educational agencies, State educational agencies, institutions of higher education, and other public and private nonprofit educational institutions and organizations.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Funding Criteria</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>For the purpose of determining which projects to fund under this section, the Secretary shall assess the extent to which the projects meet the following criteria:</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/212">102 STAT. 212</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>The applicant has a workable plan for disseminating its program.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The program’s approach is innovative.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>The program is accurate and up-to-date.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Each applicant for assistance under this section shall submit statements and supporting materials as required by the Secretary but shall not be required to submit more than a representative sample of the program materials of the applicant.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>In establishing regulations under this section, including the specific evaluation criteria under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall consult with interested parties, including participants in the National Diffusion Network.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>For fiscal year 1988 only, the Secretary shall assess applications for financial assistance under this section on the basis of the application or reapplication proposals.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1563">“SEC. 1563. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2963">20 USC 2963</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>INEXPENSIVE BOOK DISTRIBUTION PROGRAM FOR READING MOTIVATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reading is Fundamental.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized (1) to enter into a contract with Reading is Fundamental (RIF) (hereinafter in this section referred to as the ‘contractor’), a private nonprofit organization which has as its primary purpose the motivation of children to learn to read, to support and promote the establishment of reading motivation programs which include the distribution of inexpensive books to students, and (2) to pay the Federal share of the cost of such programs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Requirements of Contract</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The contract shall provide that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the contractor will enter into subcontracts with local private nonprofit groups or organizations or with public agencies (hereinafter referred to as ‘subcontractors’) under which the subcontractors will agree to establish, operate, and provide the non-Federal share of the cost of reading motivational programs which include the distribution of books by gift or loan, to preschool and elementary and secondary school children;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>funds made available by the Secretary to a contractor pursuant to any contract entered into under this section will be used to pay the Federal share of the cost of establishing and operating reading motivational programs as provided in paragraph (1); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the contractor will meet such other conditions and standards as the Secretary determines to be necessary to assure the effectiveness of the programs authorized by this section and will provide such technical assistance as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Restriction on Payments</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall make no payment of the Federal share of the cost of acquiring and distributing books pursuant to a contract authorized by this section unless the Secretary determines that the contractor or subcontractor, as the case may be, has made arrangements with book publishers or distributors to obtain books at discounts at least as favorable as discounts that are customarily given by such publisher or distributor for book purchases made under similar circumstances in the absence of Federal assistance.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definitions</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>For purposes of this section the term ‘Federal share’ means—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/213">102 STAT. 213</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>with respect to the cost of books purchased by a sub-contractor for a program in a locality for distribution of such books to children in that locality, 75 percent of the cost to such subcontractor; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>with respect to the cost of books purchased by a sub-contractor for a program of distribution of books to children of migrant or seasonal farmworkers, 100 percent of the cost to such subcontractor for such books.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1564">“SEC. 1564. </num><heading>ARTS IN EOUCATION PROGRAM.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2964">20 USC 2964</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“The Secretary shall carry out a program of grants and contracts <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>to encourage and assist State and local educational agencies and other public and private agencies, organizations, and institutions to establish and conduct programs in which the arts are an integral part of elementary and secondary school curricula such as—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>programs with public and private cultural organizations, agencies, and institutions, including museums, libraries, and theaters;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>a program to develop and implement model projects and programs in the performing arts for children and youth, through arrangements made with the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>a program for the identification, development and implementation <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote>of model programs and projects in the arts for individuals with handicaps through arrangements with the organization Very Special Arts.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="1565">“SEC. 1565. </num><heading>LAW-RELATED EDUCATION PROGRAM.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2965">20 USC 2965</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall carry out a program of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>grants and contracts to encourage State and local educational agencies and other public and private nonprofit agencies, organizations, and institutions to provide law-related education programs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definition</inline>.—</heading><content>For the purpose of this section, the term ‘law-related education’ means education to equip nonlawyers with knowledge and skills pertaining to the law, the legal process, the legal system, and the fundamental principles and values on which they are based,</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorized Activities</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Funds made available for the purposes of this section may be available for activities such as—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>awareness activities to provide educators, law-related personnel, and the public with an understanding of what law-related education is;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>support for new and ongoing programs in elementary and secondary schools, adult education, community organizations, and institutions of higher education, to provide law-related education, to develop materials and methods, to conduct pilot and demonstration projects, and to disseminate the products of such activities;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>clearinghouse and technical assistance, to collect and provide information and assistance to institutions, groups, agencies, organizations, and individuals to aid in establishing, improving, and expanding law-related education activities;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>training for law-related personnel in the substance and practice of law-related education, including preservice and in-service seminars, workshops, institutes, and courses;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>research and evaluation to study and improve the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Research and development.</p></sidenote>effectiveness of materials and methods in law-related education;</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/214">102 STAT. 214</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>involvement of law-related organizations, agencies, and personnel, such as lawyers, law schools, law students, and law enforcement personnel in the provision of law-related education activities; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>youth internships for outside-the-classroom experiences with the law and the legal system.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1566">“SEC. 1566. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2966">20 USC 2966</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>BLUE RIBBON SCHOOLS PROGRAM.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized to carry out programs to recognize elementary and secondary schools or programs which have established standards of excellence and which have demonstrated a high level of quality. Such programs shall be designated as ‘Blue Ribbon Schools’. In selecting schools and programs to be recognized, the Secretary shall competitively select public and private schools or programs within local educational agencies in the States, schools operated for Indian children by the Department of the Interior, and schools operated by the Department of Defense for dependents of Department of Defense personnel.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Selection Process</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary shall designate, each fiscal year, several categories for a Blue Ribbon Schools program. Such categories may include, but shall not be limited to, outstanding elementary schools, outstanding secondary schools, outstanding mathematics and science programs, or outstanding reading programs.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Within each category, the Secretary shall determine the criteria and procedures for selection. Selection for such awards shall be based solely on merit. Schools or programs selected for awards under this section shall not be required to be representative of the States.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Provisions</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary shall carry out the provisions of this section including the establishment of the selection procedures, after consultation with appropriate outside parties.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>No award may be made under this section unless the local educational agency submits an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information, as the Secretary may reasonably require.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>For the purposes of this section, the term ‘State’ means each of the several States, the District of Columbia, and the Common-wealth of Puerto Rico.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </part> <part><num value="C">“PART C—</num><heading class="inline">GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS</heading> <section> <num value="1571">“SEC. 1571. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2971">20 USC 2971</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>MAINTENANCE OF EFFORT; FEDERAL FUNDS SUPPLEMENTARY.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Maintenance of Effort</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Except as provided in para-graph (2), a State is entitled to receive its full allocation of funds under this chapter for any fiscal year if the Secretary finds that either the combined fiscal effort per student or the aggregate expenditures within the State with respect to the provision of free public education for the preceding fiscal year was not less than 90 percent of such combined fiscal effort or aggregate expenditures for the second preceding fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall reduce the amount of the allocation of funds under this chapter in any fiscal year in the exact proportion to which the State fails to meet the requirements of paragraph (1) by falling below 90 percent of both the fiscal effort per student and <page identifier="/us/stat/102/215">102 STAT. 215</page>aggregate expenditures (using the measure most favorable to the State), and no such lesser amount shall be used for computing the effort required under paragraph (1) for subsequent years.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The Secretary may waive, for 1 fiscal year only, the requirements of this subsection if the Secretary determines that such a waiver would be equitable due to exceptional or uncontrollable circumstances such as a natural disaster or a precipitous and unforeseen decline in the financial resources of the State.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Federal Funds Supplementary</inline>.—</heading><content>A State or local educational agency may use and allocate funds received under this chapter only so as to supplement and, to the extent practical, increase the level of funds that would, in the absence of Federal funds made available under this chapter, be made available from non-Federal sources, and in no case may such funds be used so as to supplant funds from non-Federal sources.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1572">“SEC. 1572. </num><heading>PARTICIPATION OF CHILDREN ENROLLED IN PRIVATE SCHOOLS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2972">20 USC 2972</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Participation on Equitable Basis</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>To the extent consistent with the number of children in the school district of a local educational agency which is eligible to receive funds under this chapter or which serves the area in which a program or project assisted under this chapter is located who are enrolled in private nonprofit elementary and secondary schools, or with respect to instructional or personnel training programs funded by the State educational agency from funds reserved for State use, such agency, after consultation with appropriate private school officials, shall provide for the benefit of such children in such schools secular, neutral, and nonideological services, materials, and equipment, including the participation of the teachers of such children (and other educational personnel serving such children) in training programs, and the repair, minor remodeling, or construction of public facilities as may be necessary for their provision (consistent with subsection (c) of this section), or, if such services, materials, and equipment are not feasible or necessary in one or more such private schools as determined by the local educational agency after consultation with the appropriate private school officials, shall provide such other arrangements as will assure equitable participation of such children in the purposes and benefits of this chapter,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>If no program or project is carried out under subsection (a)(1) <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>of this section in the school district of a local educational agency, the State educational agency shall make arrangements, such as through contracts with nonprofit agencies or organizations, under which children in private schools in that district are provided with services and materials to the extent that would have occurred if the local educational agency had received funds under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The requirements of this section relating to the participation of children, teachers, and other personnel serving such children shall apply to programs and projects carried out under this chapter by a State or local educational agency, whether directly or through grants to or contracts with other public or private agencies, institutions, or organizations.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Equal Expenditures</inline>.—</heading><content>Expenditures for programs pursuant to subsection (a) shall be equal (consistent with the number of children to be served) to expenditures for programs under this chapter for children enrolled in the public schools of the local educational agency, taking into account the needs of the individual <page identifier="/us/stat/102/216">102 STAT. 216</page>children and other factors which relate to such expenditures, and when funds available to a local educational agency under this chapter are used to concentrate programs or projects on a particular group, attendance area, or grade or age level, children enrolled in private schools who are included within the group, attendance area, or grade or age level selected for such concentration shall, after consultation with the appropriate private school officials, be assured equitable participation in the purposes and benefits of such programs or projects.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Funds</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The control of funds provided under this chapter, and title to materials, equipment, and property repaired, remodeled, or constructed therewith, shall be in a public agency for the uses and purposes provided in this chapter, and a public agency shall administer such funds and property.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">The provision of services pursuant to this section shall be provided by employees of a public agency or through contract by such public agency with a person, an association, agency, or corporation who or which, in the provision of such services, is independent of such private school and of any religious organizations, and such employment or contract shall be under the control and supervision of such public agency, and the funds provided under this chapter shall not be commingled with State or local funds.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Prohibition Waiver,</inline>—</heading><content>If by reason of any provision of law a State or local educational agency is prohibited from providing for the participation in programs of children enrolled in private elementary and secondary schools, as required by this section, the Secretary shall waive such requirements and shall arrange for the provision of services to such children through arrangements which shall be subject to the requirements of this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Waiver and Provision of Services</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>If the Secretary determines that a State or a local educational agency has substantially failed or is unwilling to provide for the participation on an equitable basis of children enrolled in private elementary and secondary schools as required by this section, the Secretary may waive such requirements and shall arrange for the provision of services to such children through arrangements which shall be subject to the requirements of this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Pending final resolution of any investigation or complaint that could result in a determination under this subsection or subsection (d), the Secretary may withhold from the allocation of the affected State or local educational agency the amount estimated by the Secretary to be necessary to pay the cost of those services.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination</inline>.—</heading><content>Any determination by the Secretary under this section shall continue in effect until the Secretary determines that there will no longer be any failure or inability on the part of the State or local educational agency to meet the requirements of subsections (a) and (b).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">“(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment From State Allotment</inline>.—</heading><content>When the Secretary arranges for services pursuant to this section, the Secretary shall, after consultation with the appropriate public and private school officials, pay the cost of such services, including the administrative costs of arranging for those services, from the appropriate allotment of the State under this chapter.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="h">“(h) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Courts, U.S.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Review</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary shall not take any final action under this section until the State educational agency and the local educational agency affected by such action have had an opportunity, for at least 45 days after receiving written notice thereof, to submit <page identifier="/us/stat/102/217">102 STAT. 217</page>written objections and to appear before the Secretary or the Secretary’s designee to show cause why that action should not be taken.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>If a State or local educational agency is dissatisfied with the Secretary’s final action after a proceeding under paragraph (1) of this subsection, it may, within 60 days after notice of such action, file with the United States court of appeals for the circuit in which such State is located a petition for review of that action. A copy of the petition shall be forthwith transmitted by the clerk of the court to the Secretary. The Secretary thereupon shall file in the court the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote>record of the proceedings on which the Secretary based this action, as provided in section 2112 of title 28, United States Code.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The findings of fact by the Secretary, if supported by substantial evidence, shall be conclusive; but the court, for good cause shown, may remand the case to the Secretary to take further evidence and the Secretary may thereupon make new or modified findings of fact and may modify the Secretary’s previous action, and shall file in the court the record of the further proceedings. Such new or modified findings of fact shall likewise be conclusive if supported by substantial evidence.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Upon the filing of such petition, the court shall have jurisdiction to affirm the action of the Secretary or to set it aside, in whole or in part. The judgment of the court shall be subject to review by the Supreme Court of the United States upon certiorari or certification as provided in section 1254 of title 28, United States Code.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Prior Determination</inline>.—</heading><content>Any bypass determination by the Secretary under chapter 2 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 shall to the extent consistent with the purposes of this chapter apply to programs under this chapter.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1573">“SEC. 1573. </num><heading>EVALUATIONS AND REPORTING.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2973">20 USC 2973</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Local Educational Agencies</inline>.—</heading><content>A local educational agency which receives financial assistance under this chapter shall report annually to the State educational agency on the use of funds under section 1531. Such reporting shall be carried out in a manner which minimizes the amount of paperwork required while providing the State educational agency with the necessary information under the preceding sentence. Such report shall be made available to the public.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Educational Agencies</inline>.—</heading><content>A State educational agency which receives financial assistance under this chapter shall evaluate the effectiveness of State and local programs under this chapter in accordance with section 1522(a)(6)(B). That evaluation shall be submitted for review and comment by the State advisory committee and shall be made available to the public. The State educational agency shall submit to the Secretary a copy of the evaluation and a summary of the reports under subsection (a).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reports</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary, in consultation with State and local educational agency representatives, shall develop a model system which State educational agencies may use for data collection and reporting under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Secretary shall submit annually a report to the Congress for the use of funds, the types of services furnished, and the students served under this chapter.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The Secretary shall not later than October 1, 1992, submit a report to the Congress summarizing evaluations under subsection (b) in order to provide a national overview of the uses of funds and effectiveness of programs under this chapter.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/218">102 STAT. 218</page> <section> <num value="1574">“SEC. 1574. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/20/s2974">20 USC 2974</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>FEDERAL ADMINISTRATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Assistance</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary, upon request, shall provide technical assistance to State and local educational agencies under this chapter, particularly with respect to implementation of the programs and activities under sub part 4.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Rulemaking</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall issue regulations under this chapter only to the extent that such regulations are necessary to ensure that there is compliance with the specific requirements and assurances required by this chapter.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Availability of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, unless expressly in limitation of this subsection, funds appropriated in any fiscal year to carry out activities under this chapter shall become available for obligation on July 1 of such fiscal year and shall remain available for obligation until the end of the subsequent fiscal year.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>—</heading><content>The provisions of sections 1433 and 1434 shall apply to the programs authorized by this chapter.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1575">“SEC. 1575. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/20/s2975">20 USC 2975</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>APPLICATION OF GENERAL EDUCATION PROVISIONS ACT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as otherwise specifically provided by this section, the General Education Provisions Act shall apply to the programs authorized by this chapter.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Applicability</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The following provisions of the General Education Provisions Act shall be superseded by the specified provisions of this chapter with respect to the programs authorized by this chapter:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/20/s1221e–3">20 USC 1221e–3</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 408(a)(1) of the General Education Provisions Act is superseded by section 1574(b) of this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/20/s1231c">20 USC 1231c</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 426(a) of such Act is superseded by section 1574(a) of this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/20/s1231d">20 USC 1231d</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 427 of such Act is superseded by section 1534(a)(5) of this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/20/s1231g">20 USC 1231g</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 430 of such Act is superseded by sections 1522 and 1533 of this chapter.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Sections 434, 435, and 436 of the General Education Provisions Act, except to the extent that such sections relate to fiscal control and fund accounting procedures, may not apply to the programs authorized by this chapter and shall not be construed to authorize the Secretary to require any reports or take any actions not specifically authorized by this chapter.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="1576">“SEC. 1576. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/20/s2976">20 USC 2976</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>TRANSITION PROVISIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Regulations</inline>.—</heading><content>All orders, determinations, rules, regulations, permits, grants, and contracts, which have been issued under chapters 2 and 3 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 (as in effect on the date before the effective date of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988), or which are issued under such Act on or before the effective date of this Act shall continue in effect until modified or revoked by the Secretary, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or by operation of law other than this Act.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Effect on Pending Proceedings</inline>.—</heading><content>The provisions of this chapter shall not affect administrative or judicial proceedings pending on the effective date of this Act under chapters 2 and 3 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/219">102 STAT. 219</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Transition</inline>.—</heading><content>With respect to the period beginning July 1, 1988, and ending June 30, 1989, no recipient of funds under this Act or chapter 2 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 shall be held to have expended such funds in violation of the requirements of this Act or of such Act if such funds are expended in accordance with this Act or such Act.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> </chapter> <num value="II">“TITLE II—</num><heading class="inline">CRITICAL SKILLS IMPROVEMENT</heading> <part><num value="II">“PART A—</num><heading class="inline">DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE EDUCATION ACT</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Dwight D. Eisenhower Mathematics and Science Education Act. 20 USC 2981.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="2001">“SEC. 2001. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>“This part may be cited as the ‘<shortTitle role="part">Dwight D. Eisenhower Mathematics and Science Education Act</shortTitle>’.</content> </section> <section> <num value="2002">“SEC. 2002. </num><heading>STATEMENT OF PURPOSE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2982">20 USC 2982</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“The purpose of this part is to strengthen the economic competitiveness and national security of the United States by improving the skills of teachers and the quality of instruction in mathematics and science in the Nation’s public and private elementary and secondary schools through assistance to State educational agencies, local educational agencies, and institutions of higher education,</content> </section> <section> <num value="2003">“SEC. 2003. </num><heading>PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2983">20 USC 2983</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized to make grants to States and discretionary grants in accordance with the provisions of this part for strengthening the skills of teachers and improving instruction in mathematics and science.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated for the purposes of this part, $250,000,000 for fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2004">“SEC. 2004. </num><heading>ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2984">20 USC 2984</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>From the amount appropriated under section 2003(b) for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>not more than 14 of 1 percent for allocation among <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Territories, U.S.</p></sidenote>Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands according to their respective needs for assistance under this part;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>½ of 1 percent for programs for Indian students served <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Indians.</p></sidenote>by schools funded by the Secretary of the Interior consistent with the purposes of this part; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>4 percent for section 2012.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The remainder of the amount so appropriated (after meeting the requirements of paragraph (1)) shall be allocated among the States (treating the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico as States) as follows—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>14 of such remainder shall be allocated among the States by allocating to each State an amount which bears the same ratio to such 14 of such remainder as the number of children aged 5 to 17, inclusive, in the State bears to the number of such children in all States; and</content> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/220">102 STAT. 220</page> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>½ of such remainder shall be allocated among the States according to each State’s share of allocations under chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 or part A of chapter 1 of title I of this Act, whichever program was effective for the previous fiscal year,</content> </subparagraph> <continuation>except that no State shall receive less than 14 of 1 percent of the amount available under this subsection in any fiscal year or less than the amount allotted to such State for fiscal year 1988 under title II of the Education for Economic Security Act.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>For the purposes of this subsection, the term ‘State’ does not include Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, or the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The number of children aged 5 to 17, inclusive, in the State and in ail States shall be determined by the Secretary on the basis of the most recent satisfactory data available to the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>The Secretary shall make payments under paragraph (1)(B) on whatever terms the Secretary determines will best carry out the purposes of this part.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reallotment of Unused Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>The amount of any State’s allotment under subsection (a) for any fiscal year to carry out this part which the Secretary determines will not be required for that fiscal year to carry out this part shall be available for reallotment from time to time, on such dates during that year as the Secretary may determine, to other States in proportion to the original allotments to those States under subsection (a) for that year but with such proportionate amount for any of those other States being reduced to the extent it exceeds the sum the Secretary estimates that State needs and will be able to use for that year; and the total of those reductions shall be similarly reallotted among the States whose proportionate amounts were not so reduced. Any amounts reallotted to a State under this subsection during a year shall be deemed a part of its allotment under subsection (a) for that year.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2005">“SEC. 2005. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2985">20 USC 2985</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>IN-STATE APPORTIONMENT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Elementary and Secondary Education Programs</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>For each fiscal year, an amount equal to 75 percent of each State’s allotment under section 2004 shall be used for elementary and secondary education programs in accordance with section 2006, for demonstration and exemplary programs under section 2006(c) and for technical assistance under section 2006(d).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>Not less than 90 percent of such amount shall be distributed as follows:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>The State educational agency shall distribute 50 percent of the funds available under this subsection to local educational agencies according to the relative enrollments in public and private nonprofit schools within the school districts of such agencies. Such relative enrollments may be calculated, at the option of the State educational agency, on the basis of the total number of children enrolled in public schools, and—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>private nonprofit schools, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>private nonprofit schools desiring that their children and teachers participate in programs or projects assisted under this part.</content> </clause> <continuation>Nothing in the preceding sentence shall diminish the responsibility of local educational agencies to contact, on an annual basis, appropriate officials from private nonprofit schools within their school districts in order to determine whether such schools <page identifier="/us/stat/102/221">102 STAT. 221</page>desire that their children and teachers participate in programs or projects assisted under this part.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>The State educational agency shall distribute 50 percent <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote>of the funds available under this subsection based on the relative number of children aged 5 to 17 who—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>are from families below the poverty level as determined under section 1005(c)(2)(A) of this Act; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>are from families above the poverty level as determined under section 1005(c)(2)(B) of this Act;</content> </clause> <continuation>in the schools of the local educational agencies within the State.</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Higher Education Programs</inline>.—</heading><content>For each fiscal year, 25 per-cent of each State’s allotment under section 2004 shall be used for higher education programs in accordance with section 2007.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2006">“SEC. 2006. </num><heading>ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY EDUCATION PROGRAMS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Women.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Minorities.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2986">20 USC 2986</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>The amount apportioned under section 2005(a)(2) from each State’s allotment under this part shall be used by the State educational agency to strengthen elementary and secondary education programs in accordance with the provisions of this section.</content></subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Local Educational Agencies</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>Each local educational agency shall use funds distributed under this part for—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the expansion and improvement of preservice training, inservice training, and retraining of teachers and other appropriate school personnel in the fields of mathematics and science, including vocational education teachers who use mathematics and science in the courses of study they teach;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>recruitment or retraining of minority teachers to become mathematics and science teachers;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>training in and instructional use of computers, video, and other telecommunications technologies as part of a mathematics and science program (which may include the purchase of computers or other telecommunications equipment in schools with an enrollment of 50 percent or more of students from low-income families after all other training needs have been met);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>integrating higher order analytical and problem-solving skills into the mathematics and science curriculum; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>providing funds for grants projects for individual teachers within the local educational agency to undertake projects to improve their teaching ability or to improve the instructional materials used in their classrooms in mathematics and science.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Such training and instruction may be carried out through <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>agreements with public agencies, private industry, institutions of higher education, and nonprofit organizations, including museums, libraries, educational television stations, professional science, mathematics and engineering associations, and other appropriate institutions. Agreements for funds available under section 2004(a)(1)(B) may be made with institutions of higher education receiving funds under the Tribally Controlled Community College Assistance Act of 1978. A local educational agency may carry out the activities authorized by this paragraph with one or more other local educational agencies within the State, or with the State educational agency, or both. Each local educational agency shall assure that programs of training, inservice training and retraining will take into account the need for greater access to and participation in mathematics and science programs and careers of students from historically underrepresented groups, including females, minorities, <page identifier="/us/stat/102/222">102 STAT. 222</page>individuals with limited-English proficiency, the handicapped, migrants, and, especially, gifted and talented children from within such groups.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>A local educational agency for any fiscal year may apply for funds as part of a consortium with other local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, or an intermediate educational unit for the conduct of local programs. The State educational agency may assist in the formation of consortia between local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, or intermediate educational units to provide services for the teachers and students in such local educational agency at the request of such local educational agency.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Not more than 5 percent of funds available to the local educational agency for the purpose of this section for any fiscal year may be used for local administration.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Demonstration and Exemplary Programs</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Not less than 5 percent of the amount available under this section shall be used by the State educational agency for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>demonstration and exemplary programs for teacher training and retraining and inservice upgrading of teacher skills in the fields of mathematics and science;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>demonstration and exemplary programs for instructional equipment and materials in such fields and necessary technical assistance;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>demonstration and exemplary programs for special projects for historically underrepresented and underserved populations and for gifted and talented students; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>the dissemination of information to all local educational agencies within the State relating to the exemplary programs in the fields of mathematics and science.</content> </paragraph> <continuation>In providing financial assistance for such demonstration and exemplary programs, the State educational agency shall give special consideration to special projects in mathematics and science to historically underrepresented and underserved populations of students, including females, minorities, handicapped individuals, individuals with limited-English proficiency, and migrant students, and to programs for gifted and talented students. The programs for gifted and talented students may include assistance to magnet schools for such students.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Assistance and Administrative Costs</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Not more than 5 percent of the amount available under this section may be used by the State educational agency—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>to provide technical assistance to local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, and nonprofit organizations, including museums, libraries, and educational television stations, in the conduct of programs specified in subsection (b); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>for the costs of administration and assessment of programs assisted under this part.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2007">“SEC. 2007. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2987">20 USC 2987</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>HIGHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amount apportioned under section 2005(b) from each State’s allotment under this part shall be used by the State agency for higher education for education programs in accordance with the provisions of this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Funds available under section 2004(a)(1)(B) and reserved under section 2005(b) shall be used, in accordance with the provi-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/223">102 STAT. 223</page>sions of this section, to support programs conducted within institutions of higher education funded through the Bureau of Indian Affairs.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants to Institutions of Higher Education</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Not less than 95 percent of the amount available for this section shall be used by the State agency for higher education for grants to institutions of higher education in accordance with the provisions of this subsection.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The State agency for higher education shall make funds <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Women.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Minorities.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote>available on a competitive basis to institutions of higher education in the State which apply for payments under this section and which demonstrate involvement of local educational agencies. The State agency for higher education shall make every effort to ensure equitable participation of private and public institutions of higher education.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The amount available under this subsection shall be used for—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>establishing traineeship programs for new teachers who will specialize in teaching mathematics and science at the secondary school level;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>retraining of secondary school teachers who specialize in disciplines other than the teaching of mathematics or science to specialize in the teaching of mathematics or science, including the provision of stipends for participation in institutes authorized under title I of the Education for Economic Security Act or any other program of the National Science Foundation; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>inservice training for elementary, secondary, and vocational school teachers and training for other appropriate school personnel to improve their teaching skills in the fields of mathematics and science, including stipends for participation in institutes authorized under title I of the Education for Economic Security Act, or any other program of the National Science Foundation.</content> </subparagraph> <continuation>Each institution of higher education receiving a grant under this subsection shall assure that programs of training, retraining, and inservice training will take into account the need for greater access to and participation in mathematics and science and careers by students from historically underrepresented and underserved groups, including females, minorities, individuals with limited-English proficiency, the handicapped, migrants, and the gifted and talented, and will ensure cooperative agreements or cooperative arrangements with local educational agencies.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>No institution of higher education may receive assistance under paragraphs (2)(B) and (2)(C) of this subsection unless the institution enters into an agreement with a local educational agency, or consortium of such agencies, to provide inservice training and retraining for the elementary and secondary school teachers in the public and private schools of the school district of each such agency.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Cooperative Programs</inline>.—</heading><content>The State agency for higher education may use funds described in subsection (b)(1)(A) for cooperative programs among institutions of higher education, local educational agencies, State educational agencies, private industry, and nonprofit organizations, including museums, libraries, educational television stations, and professional matehmatics, science, and engineering societies and associations for the development and dissemination of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/224">102 STAT. 224</page>projects designed to improve student understanding and performance in science and mathematics.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Assessment and Administrative Costs</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Not to exceed 5 percent of the amount available under this section may be used by the State agency for higher education for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the State assessment required by section 2008(c); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the costs incurred by such agency for administration and evaluation of programs assisted under this part.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2008">“SEC. 2008. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Women.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Minorities.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2988">20 USC 2988</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>STATE APPLICATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application</inline>.—</heading><content>Each State which desires to receive a grant under this part shall file an application with the Secretary which covers a period of 3 fiscal years. Such application shall be filed at such time, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Application</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each such application shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>designate the State educational agency for the purpose of programs described in section 2006, and the State agency for higher education for the purpose of programs described in section 2007 as the agency or agencies responsible for the administration and supervision of the programs described in section 2006 or 2007, as the case may be;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>provide assurances that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>payments will be distributed by the State in accordance with the provisions of this title;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>for programs described in section 2006, the provisions of section 2010 will be carried out;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the State will provide such fiscal control and funds accounting as the Secretary may require;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>funds provided under this part will supplement, not supplant, State and local funds made available for activities authorized under this part;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>during the 3-year period of the plan, the State will evaluate its standards for teacher preparation, licensing, certification, and endorsement for elementary and secondary mathematics and science;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>the State will take into account the needs for greater access to and participation in mathematics and science by students and teachers from historically underrepresented groups including females, minorities, individuals with limited-English proficiency, the economically disadvantaged, and the handicapped;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">“(G) </num> <content>that the needs of teachers and students in areas with high concentrations of low-income students and sparsely populated areas will be considered in the distribution of funds reserved for State use; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">“(H) </num> <content>that the programs conducted with State funds will be assessed annually (including statistics on the number of students and teachers involved in these programs) and that the data from such assessments, as well as a summary of the local assessments required under section 2009(b)(6), will be submitted to the Secretary;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>if appropriate, provide a description of how funds paid under this part will be coordinated with State and local funds and other Federal resources, particularly with respect to any program available from the National Science Foundation or the Department of Energy, or both; and</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/225">102 STAT. 225</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau>describe procedures—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>for submitting applications for programs described in sections 2006 and 2007 for distribution of payments under this part within the State, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>for approval of applications by the appropriate State agency, including appropriate procedures to assure that such agency will not disapprove an application without notice and opportunity for a hearing.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Informational Requirements</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each State application shall also contain the following:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>A projection of the supply and demand for teachers within the State in all the mathematics and science subject areas at the elementary and secondary levels, including a consideration of the impact of changing State graduation requirements and other State reforms upon such supply.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>An assessment of the current elementary and secondary curriculum needs within the State in mathematics and science.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Description of Assisted Activities</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each application shall also contain the following descriptions:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>How the programs under this Act will meet the teacher training and curriculum needs projected under subsections (c)(1) and (c)(2).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The specific activities that will be undertaken that involve institutions of higher education.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The specific activities that will be supported with funds reserved for State use and how those activities relate to the State’s needs in mathematics and science.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The specific activities the State will support to improve access of historically underrepresented groups in mathematics and science education.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Approval</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall expeditiously approve any State application that meets the requirements of this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2009">“SEC. 2009. </num><heading>LOCAL APPLICATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2989">20 USC 2989</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application</inline>.—</heading><content>A local educational agency that desires to receive a grant under this part shall submit an application which covers a 3-year period (singly or in conjunction with other local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, or an inter-mediate educational unit).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Application</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>A local educational agency application shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>provide a summary assessment of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the needs of its current teachers in mathematics and science and whether a shortage of such qualified teachers exists or will exist within 5 years after the date of the application;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the current levels of mathematics and science student achievement in the local educational agency; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the curricular needs of the local educational agency in mathematics and science;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>describe how the local educational agency plans to use funds received under this part to meet the needs described in paragraph (1)(A);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>if applicable, describe how funds under this part will be coordinated with State and local and other Federal resources, especially with respect to any programs available from the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/226">102 STAT. 226</page>National Science Foundation, or the Department of Energy, or both;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>if applicable, describe how the programs will use other resources of the community and involve public agencies, private industry, institutions of higher education, public and private nonprofit organizations (including, museums, libraries, educational television stations, professional science, mathematics, and engineering associations), and other appropriate institutions;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Women.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Minorities.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">assure that programs will take into account the need for greater access to and participation in mathematics and science programs by students from historically underrepresented groups, including females, minorities, individuals with limited-English proficiency, the economically disadvantaged, and the handicapped; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>assure that the programs will be assessed, that progress made will be reported in terms of numbers of teachers and students affected, and that the results will be submitted to the State educational agency in the time and manner required.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Renewal of Payments</inline>.—</heading><content>The State educational agency shall renew payments to local educational agencies under this section based upon a determination by the State educational agency that the local educational agency is making adequate progress toward the goals of this part. The State educational agency will not disapprove an application without notice and opportunity for a hearing.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2010">“SEC. 2010. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2990">20 USC 2990</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PARTICIPATION OF CHILDREN AND TEACHERS FROM PRIVATE SCHOOLS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Participation of Private School Students</inline>.—</heading><content>To the extent consistent with the number of children in the State or in the school district of each local educational agency who are enrolled in private nonprofit elementary and secondary schools, such State or agency shall, after consultation with appropriate private school representatives, make provision for including services and arrangements for the benefit of such children as will assure the equitable participation of such children in the purposes and benefits of this part.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Participation of Private School Teachers</inline>.—</heading><content>To the extent consistent with the number of children in the State or in the school district of a local educational agency who are enrolled in private nonprofit elementary and secondary schools, such State, or agency or institution of higher education shall, after consultation with appropriate private school representatives, make provision, for the benefit of such teachers in such schools, for such inservice and teacher training and retraining as will assure equitable participation of such teachers in the purposes and benefits of this part.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Waiver</inline>—</heading><content>If by reason of any provision of law a State or local educational agency or institution of higher education is prohibited from providing for the participation of children or teachers from private nonprofit schools as required by subsections (a) and (b), or if the Secretary determines that a State or local educational agency has substantially failed or is unwilling to provide for such participation on an equitable basis, the Secretary shall waive such requirements and shall arrange for the provision of services to such children or teachers, subject to the requirements of this section. Such waivers shall be subject to consultation, withholding, notice, <page identifier="/us/stat/102/227">102 STAT. 227</page>and judicial review requirements in accordance with section 1017 of this Act.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2011">“SEC. 2011. </num><heading>FEDERAL ADMINISTRATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2991">20 USC 2991</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Assistance and Evaluation Procedures</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall provide technical assistance and, in consultation with State and local representatives, shall develop procedures for State and local evaluations of the programs under this part.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Summary</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall submit to the Congress every 2 years a summary of the State evaluations of programs under this part.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Model Reporting Standards</inline>.—</heading><content>In conjunction with State and local educational agencies and organizations of mathematics and science educators, the Secretary shall develop model reporting standards to encourage comparability of data required under sections 2008 and 2009.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2012">“SEC. 2012. </num><heading>NATIONAL PROGRAMS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2992">20 USC 2992</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Amount Available</inline>.—</heading><content>From 4 percent of amounts appropriated under section 2003(b), the Secretary shall make grants or enter into cooperative agreements in accordance with this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eligible Grantees</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall make grants to and enter into cooperative agreements with State and local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, and public and private nonprofit organizations (including museums, libraries, educational television producers, distributors, and stations, and professional science, mathematics, and engineering societies and associations) for programs of national significance in mathematics and science instruction. The Secretary shall give special consideration in providing such assistance to local educational agencies (or consortia thereof), institutions of higher education, and public and private nonprofit organizations, providing special services to historically underserved and underrepresented populations (and especially g’fted and talented children from within such populations) in the aids of mathematics and science.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Programs for Training and Retraining Teachers</inline>—</heading><content>In awarding grants and cooperative agreements, the Secretary shall also give special consideration to programs of such institutions and organizations (such as museums) which train and retrain teachers in methods of scientific inquiry and provide materials which aid the education of students. In awarding grants and cooperative agreements, the Secretary shall give preference to developed and currently operating programs which are disseminated throughout the region in which such an institution or organization is located.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Dissemination of Information</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall disseminate information concerning grants and cooperative agreements under this section to State and local educational agencies and institutions of higher education. Such dissemination of information shall include examples of exemplary national programs in mathematics and science instruction and necessary technical assistance for the establishment of similar programs.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2013">“SEC. 2013. </num><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2993">20 USC 2993</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“As used in this part:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘institution of higher education’ has the meaning given that term in section 1201(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/228">102 STAT. 228</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘State agency for higher education’ means the State board of higher education or other agency or officer primarily responsible for the State supervision of higher education, or, if there is no such officer or agency, an officer or agency designated for the purpose of this title by the Governor or by State law.</content> </paragraph> </section> </part> <part><num value="B">“PART B—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Foreign Language Assistance Act of 1988.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3001">20 USC 3001</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">FOREIGN LANGUAGES ASSISTANCE</heading> <section> <num value="2101">“SEC. 2101. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>“This part may be cited as the ‘<shortTitle role="part">Foreign Language Assistance Act of 1988</shortTitle>’.</content> </section> <section> <num value="2102">“SEC. 2102. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3002">20 USC 3002</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>FINDINGS.</heading> <content>“The Congress finds that the economic and security interests of this Nation require significant improvement in the quantity and quality of foreign language instruction offered in the Nation’s elementary and secondary schools, and Federal funds should be made available to assist the purpose of this part.</content> </section> <section> <num value="2103">“SEC. 2103. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3003">20 USC 3003</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall make grants to State educational agencies whose applications are approved under subsection (b) to pay the Federal share of the cost of model programs, designed and operated by local educational agencies, providing for the commencement or improvement and expansion of foreign language study for students.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Any State educational agency desiring to receive a grant under this part shall submit an application therefor to the Secretary at such time, in such form, and containing such information and assurances as the Secretary may require. No application may be approved by the Secretary unless the application—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>contains a description of model programs which—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>are designed by local educational agencies.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>represent a variety of alternative and innovative approaches to foreign language instruction, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>are selected on a competitive basis by the State educational agency;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>provides assurances that all children aged 5 through 17 who reside within the school district of the local educational agency shall be eligible to participate in any model program funded under this section (without regard to whether such children attend schools operated by such agency);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>provides assurances that the State will pay the non-Federal share of the activities for which assistance is sought from non-Federal sources; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>provides that the local educational agency will provide standard evaluations of the proficiency of participants at appropriate intervals in the program which are reliable and valid, and provide such evaluations to the State educational agency.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Federal Share</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Federal share for each fiscal year shall be 50 percent.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary may waive the requirement of paragraph (1) for any local educational agency which the Secretary determines does not have adequate resources to pay the non-Federal share of the cost of the project.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/229">102 STAT. 229</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Participation of Private Schools</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>To the extent consistent with the number of children in the State or in the school district of each local educational agency who are enrolled in private elementary and secondary schools, such State or agency shall, after consultation with appropriate private school representatives, make provision for including special educational services and arrangements (such as dual enrollment, educational radio and television, and mobile educational services and equipment) in which such children can participate and which meet the requirements of this section. Expenditures for educational services and arrangements pursuant to this subsection for children in private schools shall be equal (taking into account the number of children to be served and the needs of such children) to expenditures for children enrolled in the public schools of the State or local educational agency.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>If by reason of any provision of law a State or local educational agency is prohibited from providing for the participation of children from private schools as required by paragraph (1), or if the Secretary determines that a State or local educational agency has substantially failed or is unwilling to provide for such participation on an equitable basis, the Secretary shall waive such requirements and shall arrange for the provision of services to such children which shall be subject to the requirements of this subsection. Such waivers shall be subject to consultation, withholding, notice, and judicial review requirements in accordance with paragraphs (3) and (4) of section 1017(b) of this Act.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2104">“SEC. 2104. </num><heading>ALLOTMENTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3004">20 USC 3004</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>From the sums appropriated to carry out <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Territories, U.S.</p></sidenote>this part in any fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve 1 percent for payments to Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, to be allotted in accordance with their respective needs.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>From the remainder of such sums the Secretary shall allot to each State an amount which bears the same ratio to the amount of such remainder as the school age population of the State bears to the school age population of all States, except that no State shall receive less than an amount equal to one-half of 1 percent of such remainder.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Availability of Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>The allotment of a State under subsection (a) shall be made available to the State for 2 additional years after the first fiscal year during which the State receives its allotment under this section if the Secretary determines that the funds made available to the State during the first such year were used in the manner required under the State’s approved application.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2105">“SEC. 2105. </num><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3005">20 USC 3005</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>For the purpose of this part:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘foreign language instruction’ means instruction in critical foreign languages as defined by the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘institution of higher education’ has the meaning given that term in section 1201(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The term ‘State agency for higher education’ means the State board of higher education or other agency or officer primarily responsible for the State supervision of higher education, or, if there is no such officer or agency, an officer or <page identifier="/us/stat/102/230">102 STAT. 230</page>agency designated for the purpose of this title by the Governor or by State law.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>For the purpose of section 2104—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the term ‘school age population’ means the population aged 5 through 17; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the term ‘States’ includes the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2106">“SEC. 2106. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3006">20 USC 3006</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <content>“There are authorized to be appropriated $20,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993 to carry out this part.</content> </section> </part> <part><num value="C">“PART C—</num><heading class="inline">PRESIDENTIAL AWARDS FOR TEACHING EXCELLENCE IN MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE AND IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES</heading> <section> <num value="2201">“SEC. 2201. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3011">20 USC 3011</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PRESIDENTIAL AWARDS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The President is authorized to make Presidential awards for teaching excellence in mathematics and science to elementary and secondary school teachers of mathematics or science who have demonstrated outstanding teaching qualifications in the field of teaching mathematics or science.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The President is authorized to make Presidential awards for teaching excellence in foreign languages to elementary and secondary school teachers of foreign languages who have demonstrated outstanding teaching qualifications in the field of teaching foreign languages.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>Each year the President is authorized to make 104 awards under subsection (a)(1), and 104 awards under subsection (a)(2). In selecting elementary and secondary school teachers for the award authorized by this section, the President shall select at least one elementary school teacher and one secondary school teacher from each of the several States, the District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2202">“SEC. 2202. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3012">20 USC 3012</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.</heading> <content>“The President shall carry out the provisions of this part, including the establishment of the selection procedures, after consultation with the Secretary of Education, and other appropriate officials of Federal agencies, and representatives of professional foreign language teacher associations.</content> </section> <section> <num value="2203">“SEC. 2203. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3013">20 USC 3013</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Funds to carry out this part for any fiscal year shall be made available from amounts appropriated pursuant to annual authorizations of appropriations for the National Science Foundation for Science and Engineering Education.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>There are authorized to be appropriated $2,000,000 for each fiscal year to carry out the provisions of this part.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Not more than $1,000,000 are authorized to be available to carry out the provisions of paragraph (2) of section 2201(a).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Availability</inline>.—</heading><content>Amounts appropriated pursuant to subsection (a) and amounts made available under subsection (a) shall be available for making awards under this part, for administrative expenses, for necessary travel by teachers selected under this part, <page identifier="/us/stat/102/231">102 STAT. 231</page>and for special activities related to carrying out the provisions of this part.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <num value="III">“TITLE III—</num><heading class="inline">MAGNET SCHOOLS ASSISTANCE</heading> <section> <num value="3001">“SEC. 3001. </num><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS; RESERVATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3021">20 USC 3021</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated $165,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for the fiscal years 1990 through 1993 to carry out the provisions of this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Availability of Funds for Grants to Agencies Not Previously Assisted</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>In any fiscal year in which the amount appropriated pursuant to section 3001 exceeds $75,000,000, the Secretary shall, with respect to such excess amount, give priority to grants to local educational agencies which—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>meet the requirements of section 3002; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>have not received a grant under title VII of the Education for Economic Security Act, or under this title, in the last fiscal year of the funding cycle prior to the fiscal year for which the determination is made.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In awarding grants with the first $75,000,000, the Secretary shall not take into account, in whole or in title, whether a local educational agency has received an award in the prior funding cycle.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="3002">“SEC. 3002. </num><heading>ELIGIBILITY.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Minorities.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Discrimination.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">prohibition.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3022">20 USC 3022</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“A local educational agency is eligible to receive assistance under this title if the local educational agency—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>is implementing a plan undertaken pursuant to a final order issued by a court of the United States, or a court of any State, or any other State agency or official of competent jurisdiction, and which requires the desegregation of minority group segregated children or faculty in the elementary and secondary schools of such agency; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>without having been required to do so, has adopted and is implementing, or will, if assistance is made available to it under this title, adopt and implement, a plan which has been approved by the Secretary as adequate under title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 for the desegregation of minority group segregated children or faculty in such schools.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="3003">“SEC. 3003. </num><heading>STATEMENT OF PURPOSE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3023">20 USC 3023</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“It is the purpose of this title to support, through financial assistance to eligible local educational agencies—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the elimination, reduction, or prevention of minority group isolation in elementary and secondary schools with substantial portions of minority students; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>courses of instruction within magnet schools that will substantially strengthen the knowledge of academic subjects and the grasp of tangible and marketable vocational skills of students attending such schools.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="3004">“SEC. 3004. </num><heading>PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3024">20 USC 3024</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“The Secretary is authorized, in accordance with the provisions of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>this part, to make grants to eligible local educational agencies for use in magnet schools which are part of an approved desegregation <page identifier="/us/stat/102/232">102 STAT. 232</page>plan and which are designed to bring students from different social, economic, ethnic, and racial backgrounds together.</content> </section> <section> <num value="3005">“SEC. 3005. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3025">20 USC 3025</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>DEFINITION.</heading> <content>“For the purpose of this title, the term ‘magnet school’ means a school or education center that offers a special curriculum capable of attracting substantial numbers of students of different racial backgrounds.</content> </section> <section> <num value="3006">“SEC. 3006. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3026">20 USC 3026</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>USES OF FUNDS.</heading> <chapeau><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>“Grants made under this title may be used by eligible local educational agencies for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>planning and promotional activities directly related to expansion, continuation, or enhancement of academic programs and services offered at magnet schools;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the acquisition of books, materials, and equipment, including computers and the maintenance and operation thereof, necessary for the conduct of programs in magnet schools; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the payment of or subsidization of the compensation of elementary and secondary school teachers who are certified or licensed by the State and who are necessary for the conduct of programs in magnet schools;</content> </paragraph> <continuation>where, with respect to clauses (2) and (3), such assistance is directly related to improving the knowledge of mathematics, science, history, English, foreign languages, art, or music, or to improving vocational skills.</continuation> </section> <section> <num value="3007">“SEC. 3007. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3027">20 USC 3027</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>APPLICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application</inline>.—</heading><content>Each eligible local educational agency which desires to receive assistance under this title shall submit an application to the Secretary. Each such application shall be in such form as the Secretary may reasonably require. Each such application shall contain assurances that the local educational agency will meet the conditions enumerated in subsection (b).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Requirements Certified</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>As part of the annual application required by subsection (a), each eligible local educational agency shall certify that the agency agrees—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>to use funds made available under this title for the purposes specified in section 3003;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>to employ teachers in the courses of instruction assisted under this title who are certified or licensed by the State to teach the subject matter of the courses of instruction;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Discrimination, prohibition.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">to provide assurances that the local educational agency will not engage in discrimination based upon race, religion, color, national origin, sex, or handicap in the hiring, promotion, or assignment of employees of the agency or other personnel for whom the agency has any administrative responsibility;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>to provide assurances that the local educational agency will not engage in discrimination based upon race, religion, color, national origin, sex, or handicap in the mandatory assignment of students to schools or to courses of instruction within schools of such agency except to carry out the approved plan;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>to provide assurances that the local educational agency will not engage in discrimination based upon race, religion, color, national origin, sex, or handicap in designing or operating extracurricular activities for students;</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/233">102 STAT. 233</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>to describe how assistance made available under this title will be used to promote desegregation;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>to provide assurances that the agency will carry out a high quality education program that will encourage greater parental decisionmaking and involvement;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>to provide a description of the manner in which the local educational agency will continue the magnet schools program after assistance under this title is no longer available; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>to provide such other assurances as the Secretary deter-mines necessary to carry out the provisions of this title.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>No application may be approved under this section unless the Assistant Secretary of Education for Civil Rights determines that the assurances described in clauses (3), (4), and (5) of subsection (b) will be met.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="3008">“SEC. 3008. </num><heading>SPECIAL CONSIDERATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3028">20 USC 3028</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Priority</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In approving applications under this title the Secretary shall give priority to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the recentness of the implementation of the approved plan or modification thereof;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the proportion of minority group children involved in any <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Minorities.</p></sidenote>approved plan;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the need for assistance based on the expense or difficulty of effectively carrying out an approved plan and the program or projects for which assistance is sought; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>the degree to which the program or project for which assistance is sought affords promise of achieving the purposes of this title.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Consideration</inline>.—</heading><content>In approving applications under this title, the Secretary shall give special consideration to the degree to which the program for which assistance is sought involves the collaborative efforts of institutions of higher education, community-based organizations, the appropriate State educational agency, or any other private organization.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="3009">“SEC. 3009. </num><heading>PROHIBITIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3029">20 USC 3029</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“Grants under this title may not be used for consultants, for transportation, or for any activity which does not augment academic improvement.</content> </section> <section> <num value="3010">“SEC. 3010. </num><heading>LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3030">20 USC 3030</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on Duration and Progress</inline>.—</heading><content>No local educational agency may receive a grant under this title for more than one fiscal year unless the Secretary determines that the program for which assistance was provided in the first fiscal year is making satisfactory progress in achieving the purposes of this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on Planning Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>No local educational agency may expend more than 10 percent of the amount that the agency receives in any fiscal year for planning.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule on Chapter 2 Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>No State shall reduce the amount of State aid with respect to the provision of free public education or the amount of assistance received under chapter 2 of title I of this Act in any school district of any local educational agency within such State because of assistance made or to be made available to such agency under this title.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/234">102 STAT. 234</page> <section> <num value="3011">“SEC. 3011. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3031">20 USC 3031</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PAYMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary shall pay to each local educational agency having an application approved under this title the amount set forth in the application.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Notwithstanding section 412 of the General Education Provisions Act, not more than 15 percent of funds available for each fiscal year for the purposes of this title may remain available to local educational agencies for obligation and expenditure during the succeeding fiscal year pursuant to such section. The provisions of this subsection shall not apply if grants are not awarded in a timely manner.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The Secretary may not reduce any payment under this title for any fiscal year by any amount on the basis of the availability of funds pursuant to sections 412 (b) and (c) of the General Education Provisions Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Payments under this title for a fiscal year shall remain available for obligation and expenditure by the recipient until the end of the succeeding fiscal year, except that no such agency shall receive more than $4,000,000 under this title in any one grant cycle.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Award Requirement</inline>.—</heading><content>To the extent practicable, for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall award grants to local educational agencies under this title no later than June 30 of the applicable fiscal year.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="3012">“SEC 3012. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3032">20 USC 3032</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>WITHHOLDING.</heading> <content>“The provisions of sections 453 and 454 of the General Education Provisions Act, relating to withholding and cease and desist orders, shall apply to the program authorized by this title.</content> </section> <num value="IV">“TITLE IV—</num><heading class="inline">SPECIAL PROGRAMS</heading> <part><num value="A">“PART A—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Women’s Educational Equity Act.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">WOMEN’S EDUCATIONAL EQUITY</heading> <section> <num value="4001">“SEC. 4001. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE; FINDINGS AND STATEMENT OF PURPOSE.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3041">20 USC 3041</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Short Title</inline>.—</heading> <content>This part may be cited as the ‘<shortTitle role="part">Women’s Educational Equity Act</shortTitle>’.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Findings and Statement of Purpose</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Congress finds and declares that educational programs in the United States, as presently conducted, are frequently inequitable as such programs relate to women and frequently limit the full participation of all individuals in American society. The Congress finds and declares that excellence in education cannot be achieved without equity for women and girls.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>It is the purpose of this part to provide educational equity for women in the United States and to provide financial assistance to enable educational agencies and institutions to meet the requirements of title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972. It is also the purpose of this part to provide educational equity for women and girls who suffer multiple discrimination, bias, or stereotyping based on sex and on race, ethnic origin, disability, or age.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4002">“SEC. 4002. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3042">20 USC 3042</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary is authorized to make grants to, and enter into contracts with, public agencies, private nonprofit agencies, organizations, and institutions, including student and community groups, and individuals, for activities designed to <page identifier="/us/stat/102/235">102 STAT. 235</page>achieve the purpose of this part at all levels of education, including preschool, elementary and secondary education, higher education, and adult education. The activities may include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>demonstration, developmental, and dissemination activities of national, statewide, or general significance, including—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the development, where such materials are commercially unavailable, and evaluation of curricula, textbooks, and other educational materials related to educational equity;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>model preservice and inservice training programs for educational personnel with special emphasis on programs and activities designed to provide educational equity;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>research and development activities designed to advance educational equity;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>guidance and counseling activities, including the development of nondiscriminatory tests, designed to ensure educational equity;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>educational activities to increase opportunities for adult women, including continuing educational activities and programs for underemployed and unemployed women; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>the expansion and improvement of educational programs and activities for women in vocational education, career education, physical education, and educational administration; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>assistance to eligible entities to pay a portion of the costs of the establishment and operation, for a period of not to exceed 2 years, of special programs and projects of local significance to provide equal opportunities for both sexes, including activities listed in paragraph (1), activities incident to achieving compliance with title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 and other special activities designed to achieve the purposes of this part.</content> </paragraph> <continuation>Not less than 75 percent of funds used to support activities described by paragraph (2) shall be used for awards to local educational agencies. The Secretary shall ensure that at least 1 grant or contract is available during each fiscal year for the performance of each of the activities described in paragraph (1) of this subsection.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>For each fiscal year, the Secretary shall use $4,500,000 from the funds available under this part to support activities described in paragraph (1) of subsection (a). Any funds in excess of $4,500,000 available under this part may be used to support new activities described in paragraph (1) or to support activities described in paragraph (2), or both.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4003">“SEC. 4003. </num><heading>APPLICATION; PARTICIPATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3043">20 USC 3043</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>A grant may be <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>made, and a contract may be entered into, under this part only upon application to the Secretary, at such time, in such form, and containing or accompanied by such information as the Secretary may prescribe. Each such application shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>provide that the program or activity for which assistance is sought will be administered by or under the supervision of the applicant;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>describe a program for carrying out one or more of the purposes set forth in section 4001(b) which holds promise of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/236">102 STAT. 236</page>making a substantial contribution toward attaining such purposes; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>set forth policies and procedures which insure adequate evaluation of the activities intended to be carried out under the application, including where appropriate an evaluation or estimate of the potential for continued significance following completion of the grant period.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In approving applications under this part, the Secretary shall give special consideration to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>applications submitted by applicants that have not received assistance under this part or under part C of title IX of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (as in effect prior to October 1, 1988); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>proposals from applicants on the basis of geographic distribution throughout the United States.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Discrimination, prohibition.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>Nothing in this part shall be construed as prohibiting men and boys from participating in any programs or activities assisted under this part.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4004">“SEC. 4004. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3044">20 USC 3044</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>CHALLENGE GRANTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Purpose</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In addition to the authority of the Secretary under section 4002, the Secretary shall carry out a program of challenge grants (as part of the grant program administered under section 4002(a)(1)), not to exceed $40,000 each, in order to support projects to develop—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>comprehensive plans for implementation of equity programs at every educational level;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>innovative approaches to school-community partnerships;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>new dissemination and replication strategies; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>other innovative approaches to achieving the purposes of this part.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grant Recipients</inline>.—</heading><content>For the purpose described in paragraphs (1) through (4) of subsection (a), the Secretary is authorized to make grants to public agencies and private nonprofit organizations and consortia of these groups and to individuals.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4005">“SEC. 4005. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3045">20 USC 3045</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>CRITERIA AND PRIORITIES.</heading> <content>“The Secretary shall establish separate criteria and priorities for awards under sections 4002(a)(1) and 4002(a)(2) under this part to insure that available funds are used for programs that most effectively will achieve the purposes of this part. The criteria and priorities shall be promulgated in accordance with section 431 of the General Education Provisions Act.</content> </section> <section> <num value="4006">“SEC. 4006. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3046">20 USC 3046</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>REPORTS, EVALUATION. AND DISSEMINATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reports</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall, from funds authorized under this part, not later than September 30, 1992, submit to the President and the Congress a report setting forth the programs and activities assisted under this part, and provide for the distribution of this report.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Evaluation and Dissemination</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary, through the Office of Educational Research and Improvement, shall evaluate and disseminate (at low cost) materials and programs developed under this part.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/237">102 STAT. 237</page> <section> <num value="4007">“SEC. 4007. </num><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <content>“There are authorized to be appropriated $9,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993, to carry out the provisions of this part.</content> </section> </part> <part><num value="B">“PART B—</num><heading class="inline">GIFTED AND TALENTED CHILDREN</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Jacob K. Javits Gifted and Talented Students Education Act of 1988.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3061">20 USC 3061</ref>.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3062">20 USC 3062</ref>.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="4101">“SEC. 4101. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>“This part may be referred to as the ‘Jacob K. Javits Gifted and Talented Students Education Act of 1988’.</content> </section> <section> <num value="4102">“SEC. 4102. </num><heading>FINDINGS AND PURPOSES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Findings</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Congress finds and declares that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>gifted and talented students are a national resource vital to the future of the Nation and its security and well-being;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>unless the special abilities of gifted and talented students are recognized and developed during their elementary and secondary school years, much of their special potential for contributing to the national interest is likely to be lost;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>gifted and talented students from economically disadvantaged families and areas, and students of limited English proficiency are at greatest risk of being unrecognized and of not being provided adequate or appropriate educational services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>State and local educational agencies and private non-profit schools often lack the necessary specialized resources to plan and implement effective programs for the early identification of gifted and talented students for the provision of educational services and programs appropriate to their special needs; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>the Federal Government can best carry out the limited but essential role of stimulating research and development and personnel training, and providing a national focal point of information and technical assistance, that is necessary to ensure that our Nation’s schools are able to meet the special educational needs of gifted and talented students, and thereby serve a profound national interest.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Statement of Purpose</inline>.—</heading><content>It is the purpose of this part to provide financial assistance to State and local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, and other public and private agencies and organizations, to initiate a coordinated program of research, demonstration projects, personnel training, and similar activities designed to build a nationwide capability in elementary and secondary schools to identify and meet the special educational needs of gifted and talented students. It is also the purpose of this part to supplement and make more effective the expenditure of State and local funds, and of Federal funds made available under chapter 2 of title I of this Act and title II of this Act, for the education of gifted and talented students.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4103">“SEC. 4103. </num><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3063">20 USC 3063</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“For the purposes of this part:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘gifted and talented students’ means children and youth who give evidence of high performance capability in areas such as intellectual, creative, artistic, or leadership capacity, or in specific academic fields, and who require services or <page identifier="/us/stat/102/238">102 STAT. 238</page>activities not ordinarily provided by the school in order to fully develop such capabilities.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘institution of higher education’ has the same meaning given such term in section 435(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The term ‘Hawaiian native’ means any individual any of whose ancestors were natives prior to 1778 of the area which now comprises the State of Hawaii.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The term ‘Hawaiian native organization’ means any organization recognized by the Governor of the State of Hawaii primarily serving and representing Hawaiian natives.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="4103">‘SEC. 4104. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3064">20 USC 3064</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZED PROGRAMS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Indians.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment of Program</inline>.—</heading><content>From the sums appropriated under section 4108 in any fiscal year the Secretary (after consultation with experts in the field of the education of gifted and talented students) shall make grants to or enter into contracts with State educational agencies, local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, or other public agencies and private agencies and organizations (including Indian tribes and organizations as defined by the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act and Hawaiian native organizations) to assist such agencies, institutions, and organizations which submit applications in carrying out programs or projects authorized by this Act that are designed to meet the educational needs of gifted and talented students, including the training of personnel in the education of gifted and talented students or in supervising such personnel.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Uses of Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Programs and projects assisted under this section may include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>preservice and inservice training (including fellowships) for personnel (including leadership personnel) involved in the education of gifted and talented students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>establishment and operation of model projects and exemplary programs for the identification and education of gifted and talented students, including summer programs and co-operative programs involving business, industry, and education;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>strengthening the capability of State educational agencies and institutions of higher education to provide leadership and assistance to local educational agencies and nonprofit private schools in the planning, operation, and improvement of programs for the identification and education of gifted and talented students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>programs of technical assistance and information dissemination; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <chapeau>carrying out (through the National Center for Research and Development in the Education of Gifted and Talented Children and Youth established pursuant to subsection (c))—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>research on methods and techniques for identifying and teaching gifted and talented students, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>program evaluations, surveys, and the collection, analysis, and development of information needed to accomplish the purposes of this part.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment of National Center</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary (after consultation with experts in the field of the education of gifted and talented students) shall establish a National Center for Research and Development in the Education of Gifted and Talented Children and Youth through grants to or contracts with one or more institu-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/239">102 STAT. 239</page>tions of higher education or State educational agencies, or a combination or consortium of such institutions and agencies, for the purpose of carrying out clause (5) of subsection (b). Such National Center shall have a Director. The Secretary may authorize the Director to carry out such functions of the National Center as may be agreed upon through arrangements with other institutions of higher education, State or local educational agencies, or other public or private agencies and organizations.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>Not more than 30 percent of the funds available in any fiscal year to carry out the programs and projects authorized by this section may be used for the conduct of activities pursuant to subsections (b)(5) or (c).</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4105">“SEC. 4105. </num><heading>PROGRAM PRIORITIES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3065">20 USC 3065</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Priority</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In the administration of this part the Secretary shall give highest priority—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>to the identification of gifted and talented students who <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote>may not be identified through traditional assessment methods (including economically disadvantaged individuals, individuals of limited English proficiency, and individuals with handicaps) and to education programs designed to include gifted and talented students from such groups; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>to programs and projects designed to develop or improve the capability of schools in an entire State or region of the Nation through cooperative efforts and participation of State and local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, and other public and private agencies and organizations (including business, industry, and labor), to plan, conduct, and improve programs for the identification and education of gifted and talented students.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Service Priority</inline>.—</heading><content>In approving applications under section <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote>4104(a) of this part, the Secretary shall assure that in each fiscal year at least one-half of the applications approved contain a component designed to serve gifted and talented students who are economically disadvantaged individuals.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4106">“SEC. 4106. </num><heading>PARTICIPATION OF PRIVATE SCHOOL CHILDREN AND TEACHERS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3066">20 USC 3066</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“In making grants and entering into contracts under this Act, the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>Secretary shall ensure, where appropriate, that provision is made for the equitable participation of students and teachers in private nonprofit elementary and secondary schools, including the participation of teachers and other personnel in preservice and inservice training programs for serving such children.</content> </section> <section> <num value="4107">“SEC. 4107. </num><heading>ADMINISTRATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3067">20 USC 3067</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“The Secretary shall establish or designate an administrative unit within the Department of Education—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>to administer the programs authorized by this part.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>to coordinate all programs for gifted and talented students administered by the Department, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>to serve as a focal point of national leadership and information on the educational needs of gifted and talented students and the availability of educational services and programs designed to meet those needs.</content> </paragraph> <continuation>The administrative unit established or designated pursuant to this section shall be headed by a person of recognized professional <page identifier="/us/stat/102/240">102 STAT. 240</page>qualifications and experience in the field of the education of gifted and talented students.</continuation> </section> <section> <num value="4108">“SEC. 4108. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3068">20 USC 3068</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <content>“There are authorized to be appropriated $20,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993, to carry out the provisions of this part.</content> </section> </part> <part><num value="C">“PART C—</num><heading class="inline">ALLEN J. ELLENDER FELLOWSHIP PROGRAM</heading> <section> <num value="4301">“SEC. 4301. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3081">20 USC 3081</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>FINDINGS.</heading> <chapeau>“The Congress makes the following findings:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Allen J. Ellender, a Senator from Louisiana and President pro tempore of the United States Senate, had a distinguished career in public service characterized by extraordinary energy and real concern for young people and the development of greater opportunities for active and responsible citizenship by young people.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Senator Ellender provided valuable support and encouragement to the Close Up Foundation, a nonpartisan, nonprofit foundation promoting knowledge and understanding of the Federal Government among young people and their educators.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>It is a fitting and appropriate tribute to the beloved Senator Ellender to provide in his name an opportunity for participation, by students of limited economic means and by their teachers, in the program supported by the Close Up Foundation.</content> </paragraph> </section> <subpart><num value="1">“Subpart 1—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">Program for Secondary School Students and Teachers</heading> <section> <num value="4311">“SEC. 4311. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3091">20 USC 3091</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ESTABLISHMENT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Close Up Foundation.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">District of Columbia.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized to make grants in accordance with the provisions of this subpart to the Close Up Foundation of Washington, District of Columbia, a nonpartisan, nonprofit foundation, for the purpose of assisting the Close Up Foundation in carrying out its program of increasing understanding of the Federal Government among secondary school students, their teachers, and the communities they represent.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>Grants under this subpart shall be used only for financial assistance to economically disadvantaged students and their teachers who participate in the program described in subsection (a) of this section. Financial assistance received pursuant to this subpart by such students and teachers shall be known as Allen J. Ellender fellowships.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4312">“SEC. 4312. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3092">20 USC 3092</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>APPLICATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application Required</inline>.—</heading><content>No grant under this subpart may be made except upon an application at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Application</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each such application shall contain provisions to assure—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/241">102 STAT. 241</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>that fellowship grants are made to economically disadvantaged <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote>secondary school students, and to secondary school teachers;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>that not more than 1 secondary school teacher in each such school participating in the program may receive a fellow-ship grant in any fiscal year;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>that every effort will be made to ensure the participation <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Urban areas.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Minorities.</p></sidenote>of students and teachers from rural and small town areas, as well as from urban areas, and that in awarding fellowships to economically disadvantaged students, special consideration will be given to the participation of students with special educational needs, including handicapped students, students from recent immigrant families, ethnic minority students, gifted and talented students, and students of migrant parents; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>the proper disbursement of the funds of the United States received under this part.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="2">“Subpart 2—</num><heading class="inline">Programs for Older Americans and Recent Immigrants</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="4321">“SEC. 4321. </num><heading>ESTABLISHMENT.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3101">20 USC 3101</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary is authorized to <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Close Up Foundation.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">District of Columbia.</p></sidenote>make grants in accordance with the provisions of this subpart to the Close Up Foundation of Washington, District of Columbia, a non-partisan, nonprofit foundation, for the purpose of assisting the Close Up Foundation in carrying out its programs of increasing under-standing of the Federal Government among economically disadvantaged older Americans and recent immigrants.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>For the purpose of this subpart, the term ‘older American’ means an individual who has attained 55 years of age.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>Grants under this subpart shall be used only for financial assistance to economically disadvantaged older Americans and recent immigrants who participate in the program described in subsection (a) of this section. Financial assistance received pursuant to this subpart by such individuals shall be known as Allen J. Ellender fellowships.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4322">“SEC. 4322. </num><heading>APPLICATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3102">20 USC 3102</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application Required</inline>.—</heading><content>No grant under this subpart may be made except upon application at such time, in such manner, and accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Application</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each such application shall contain provisions to assure—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>that fellowship grants are made to economically dis-advantaged older Americans and recent immigrants;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>that every effort will be made to ensure the participation <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Urban areas.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Minorities.</p></sidenote>of older Americans and recent immigrants from rural and small town areas, as well as from urban areas, and that in awarding fellowships, special consideration will be given to the participation of older Americans and recent immigrants with special needs, including handicapped individuals and ethnic minorities;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>that activities permitted by section 4321 are fully described; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>the proper disbursement of the funds of the United States received under this part.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/242">102 STAT. 242</page> <subpart><num value="3">“Subpart 3—</num><heading class="inline">General Provisions</heading> <section> <num value="4331">“SEC 4331. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3111">20 USC 3111</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Payments under this part may be made in installments, in advance, or by way of reimbursement, with necessary adjustments on account of underpayment or overpayment.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Audit Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>The Comptroller General of the United States or any of the Comptroller General’s duly authorized representatives shall have access for the purpose of audit and examination to any books, documents, papers, and records that are pertinent to any grant under this part.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4332">“SEC 4332. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3112">20 USC 3112</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization for Subpart 1</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out the provisions of subpart 1 of this part $3,000,000 for fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990 through 1993.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization for Subpart 2</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out the provisions of subpart 2 of this part $2,000,000 for fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990 through 1993.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>No funds may be appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1) for the fiscal year 1989 unless amounts appropriated pursuant to subsection (a) for such fiscal year total not less than $2,500,000. In each of the fiscal years 1990 through 1993, no funds may be appropriated pursuant to paragraph (1) unless sufficient amounts are appropriated pursuant to subsection (a) for the fiscal year to carry out activities under subpart 1 of this part at the level established during the fiscal year 1989.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </subpart> </part> <part><num value="D">“PART D—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Emergency Immigrant Education Act of 1984.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3121">20 USC 3121</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">IMMIGRANT EDUCATION</heading> <section> <num value="4401">“SEC. 4401. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>“This part may be cited as the ’<shortTitle role="part">Emergency Immigrant Education Act of 1984</shortTitle>’.</content> </section> <section> <num value="4402">“SEC. 4402. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3122">20 USC 3122</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading> <chapeau>“As used in this part—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘immigrant children’ means children who were not born in any State and who have been attending schools in any 1 or more States for less than 3 complete academic years.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘elementary or secondary nonpublic schools’ means schools which comply with the applicable compulsory attendance laws of the State and which are exempt from taxation under section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="1103">“SEC. 1103. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3123">20 USC 3123</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZATIONS AND ALLOCATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorizations of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated to make payments to which State educational agencies are entitled under this part and payments for administration under section 4404 $30,000,000 for the fiscal year 1985, $40,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1986, 1987, 1988, and 1989, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Allocation of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>If the sums appropriated for any fiscal year to make payments to States under this part are <page identifier="/us/stat/102/243">102 STAT. 243</page>not sufficient to pay in full the sum of the amounts which State educational agencies are entitled to receive under this part for such year, the allocations to State educational agencies shall be ratably reduced to the extent necessary to bring the aggregate of such allocations within the limits of the amounts so appropriated.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In the event that funds become available for making payments under this part for any period after allocations have been made under paragraph (1) of this subsection for such period, the amounts reduced under such paragraph shall be increased on the same basis as they were reduced.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4404">“SEC. 4404. </num><heading>STATE ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3124">20 USC 3124</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The Secretary is authorized to pay to each State educational agency amounts equal to the amounts expended by it for the proper and efficient administration of its functions under this part, except that the total of such payments for any period shall not exceed 1.5 per centum of the amounts which that State educational agency is entitled to receive for that period under this part.</content> </section> <section> <num value="4405">“SEC. 4405. </num><heading>WITHHOLDING.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3125">20 USC 3125</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“Whenever the Secretary, after reasonable notice and opportunity for a hearing to any State educational agency, finds that there is a failure to meet the requirements of any provision of this part, the Secretary shall notify that agency that further payments will not be made to the agency under this part, or in the discretion of the Secretary, that the State educational agency shall not make further payments under this part to specified local educational agencies whose actions cause or are involved in such failure until the Secretary is satisfied that there is no longer any such failure to comply. Until the Secretary is so satisfied, no further payments shall be made to the State educational agency under this part, or payments by the State educational agency under this part shall be limited to local educational agencies whose actions did not cause or were not involved in the failure, as the case may be.</content> </section> <section> <num value="4406">“SEC. 4406. </num><heading>>STATE ENTITLEMENTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3126">20 USC 3126</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payments</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall, in accordance with the provisions of this section, make payments to State educational agencies for each of the fiscal years 1985 through 1993 for the purpose set forth in section 4407.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Entitlements</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Except as provided in paragraph (3) and in subsections (c) and (d) of this section, the amount of the grant to which a State educational agency is entitled under this part shall be equal to the product of (A) the number of immigrant children enrolled during such fiscal year in elementary and secondary public schools under the jurisdiction of each local educational agency described under paragraph (2) within that State, and in any elementary or secondary nonpublic school within the district served by each such local educational agency, multiplied by (B) $500.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The local educational agencies referred to in paragraph (1) are those local educational agencies in which the sum of the number of immigrant children who are enrolled in elementary or secondary public schools under the jurisdiction of such agencies, and in elementary or secondary nonpublic schools within the districts served by such agencies, during the fiscal year for which the payments are to be made under this part, is equal to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>at least 500; or</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/244">102 STAT. 244</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>at least 3 percent of the total number of students enrolled in such public or non public schools during such fiscal year; whichever number is less.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The amount of the grant of any State educational agency for any fiscal year as determined under paragraph (1) shall be reduced by the amounts made available for such fiscal year under any other Federal law for expenditure within the State for the same purpose as those for which funds are available under this part, but such reduction shall be made only to the extent that (i) such amounts are made available for such purpose specifically because of the refugee, parollee, asylee, or other immigrant status of the individuals served by such funds, and (ii) such amounts are made available to provide assistance to individuals eligible for services under this part.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>No reduction of a grant under this part shall be made under subparagraph (A) for any fiscal year if a reduction is made, pursuant to a comparable provision in any such other Federal law, in the amount made available for expenditure in the State for such fiscal year under such other Federal law, based on the amount assumed to be available under this part.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determinations of Number of Children</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Determinations by the Secretary under this section for any period with respect to the number of immigrant children shall be made on the basis of data or estimates provided to the Secretary by each State educational agency in accordance with criteria established by the Secretary, unless the Secretary determines, after notice and opportunity for a hearing to the affected State educational agency, that such data or estimates are clearly erroneous.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>No such determination with respect to the number of immigrant children shall operate because of an underestimate or overestimate to deprive any State educational agency of its entitlement to any payment (or the amount thereof) under this section to which such agency would be entitled had such determination been made on the basis of accurate data.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reallocation</inline>.—</heading><content>Whenever the Secretary determines that any amount of a payment made to a State under this part for a fiscal year will not be used by such State for carrying out the purpose for which the payment was made, the Secretary shall make such amount available for carrying out such purpose to 1 or more other States to the extent the Secretary determines that such other States will be able to use such additional amount for carrying out such purpose. Any amount made available to a State from an appropriation for a fiscal year in accordance with the preceding sentence shall, for purposes of this part, be regarded as part of such State’s payment (as determined under subsection (b)) for such year, but shall remain available until the end of the succeeding fiscal year.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4407">“SEC. 4407. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3127">20 USC 3127</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>USES OF FUNDS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Supplementary Educational Services and Costs</inline>.—</heading><content>Payments made under this part to any State may be used in accordance with applications approved under section 4408 for supplementary educational services and costs, as described under subsection (b) of this section, for immigrant children enrolled in the elementary and secondary public schools under the jurisdiction of the local educational agencies of the State described in section 4406(b)(2) and in <page identifier="/us/stat/102/245">102 STAT. 245</page>elementary and secondary non public schools of that State within the districts served by such agencies.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Kinds of Services and Costs</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Financial assistance provided under this part shall be available to meet the costs of providing immigrant children supplementary educational services, including but not limited to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>supplementary educational services necessary to enable those children to achieve a satisfactory level of performance, including—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>English language instruction;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>other bilingual educational services; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>special materials and supplies;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>additional basic instructional services which are directly attributable to the presence in the school district of immigrant children, including the costs of providing additional classroom supplies, overhead costs, costs of construction, acquisition or rental of space, costs of transportation, or such other costs as are directly attributable to such additional basic instructional services; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>essential inservice training for personnel who will be providing instruction described in either paragraph (1) or (2) of this subsection.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4408">“SEC. 4408. </num><heading>APPLICATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3128">20 USC 3128</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Submission</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>No State educational agency shall be entitled to any payment under this part for any period unless that agency submits an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such information, as the Secretary may reasonably require. Each such application shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>provide that the educational programs, services, and activities for which payments under this part are made will be administered by or under the supervision of the agency;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>provide assurances that payments under this part will be used for purposes set forth in section 4407;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>provide assurances that such payments will be distributed among local educational agencies within that State on the basis of the number of children counted with respect to such local educational agency under section 4406(b)(1), adjusted to reflect any reductions imposed pursuant to section 4406(b)(3) which are attributable to such local educational agency;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>provide assurances that the State educational agency will not finally disapprove in whole or in part any application for funds received under this part without first affording the local educational agency submitting an application for such funds reasonable notice and opportunity for a hearing;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>provide for making such reports as the Secretary may <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>reasonably require to perform the functions under this part; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <chapeau>pprovide assurances—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>that to the extent consistent with the number of immigrant children enrolled in the elementary or secondary nonpublic schools within the district served by a local educational agency, such agency, after consultation with appropriate officials of such schools, shall provide for the benefit of these children secular, neutral, and nonideological services, materials, and equipment necessary for the education of such children;</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/246">102 STAT. 246</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>that the control of funds provided under this part and title to any materials, equipment, and property repaired, remodeled, or constructed with those funds shall be in a public agency for the uses and purposes provided in this part, and a public agency shall administer such funds and property; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">that the provision of services pursuant to this para-graph shall be provided by employees of a public agency or through contract by such public agency with a person, association, agency, or corporation who or which, in the provision of such services, is independent of such elementary or secondary nonpublic school and of any religious organization; and such employment or contract shall be under the control and supervision of such public agency, and the funds provided under this paragraph shall not be commingled with State or local funds.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Approval of Application</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall approve an application which meets the requirements of subsection (a). The Secretary shall not finally disapprove an application of a State educational agency except after reasonable notice and opportunity for a hearing on the record to such agency.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4409">“SEC. 4409. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3129">20 USC 3129</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PAYMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Amount</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as provided in section 4403(b), the Secretary shall pay to each State educational agency having an application approved under section 4408 the amount which that State is entitled to receive under this part.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Services to Children Enrolled in Nonpublic Schools</inline>.—</heading><content>If by reason of any provision of law a local educational agency is prohibited from providing educational services for children enrolled in elementary and secondary nonpublic schools, as required by section 4408(a)(6), or if the Secretary determines that a local educational agency has substantially failed or is unwilling to provide for the participation on an equitable basis of children enrolled in such schools, the Secretary may waive such requirement and shall arrange for the provision of services to such children through arrangements which shall be subject to the requirements of this part. Such waivers shall be subject to consultation, withholding, notice, and judicial review requirements in accordance with the provisions of chapter 1 of title I.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4410">“SEC. 4410. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3130">20 USC 3130</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>REPORTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Biennial Report</inline>.—</heading><content>Each State educational agency receiving funds under this part shall submit, biennially, a report to the Secretary concerning the expenditure of funds by local educational agencies under this part. Each local educational agency receiving funds under this part shall submit to the State educational agency such information as may be necessary for such report.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report to Congress</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall submit biannually a report to the appropriate committees of the Congress concerning programs under this part.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <part><num value="E">“PART E—</num><heading class="inline">TERRITORIAL ASSISTANCE</heading> <section> <num value="4501">“SEC. 4501. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3141">20 USC 3141</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>GENERAL ASSISTANCE FOR THE VIRGIN ISLANDS.</heading> <content><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote>“There are authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989 and for each of the 4 subsequent fiscal years, for the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/247">102 STAT. 247</page>purpose of providing general assistance to improve public education in the Virgin Islands.</content> </section> <section> <num value="4502">“SEC. 4502. </num><heading>TERRITORIAL TEACHER TRAINING ASSISTANCE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3142">20 USC 3142</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“There are authorized to be appropriated $2,000,000 for the fiscal <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>year 1989 and for each of the 4 subsequent fiscal years for the purpose of assisting teacher training programs in Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands. From the sums appropriated pursuant to this section the Secretary shall make grants and enter into contracts for the purpose of providing training to teachers in schools in Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands. The Secretary may make grants to or contracts with any organization considered qualified to provide training for teachers in such schools and shall allot such sums among such territories on the basis of the need for such training.</content> </section> </part> <part><num value="F">“PART F—</num><heading class="inline">SECRETARY’S FUND FOR INNOVATION IN EDUCATION</heading> <section> <num value="4601">“SEC. 4601. </num><heading>PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3151">20 USC 3151</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>From funds appropriated under this part, the Secretary is authorized to carry out programs and projects which show promise of identifying and disseminating innovative educational approaches.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary, in carrying out the provisions of this part, is authorized to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>develop, prepare, and conduct an optional test for academic excellence in accordance with section 4602;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>carry out programs for technology education in accordance with section 4603;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>strengthen and expand computer education resources available in public and private elementary and secondary schools in accordance with section 4604; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>establish and strengthen comprehensive school health education programs in accordance with section 4605.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized to <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>carry out programs and projects under this section directly, or through grants to or contracts with State and local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, and other public and private agencies, organizations, and institutions.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4602">“SEC. 4602. </num><heading>OPTIONAL TESTS FOR ACADEMIC EXCELLENCE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3152">20 USC 3152</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Test of Academic Excellence Authorized</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized, after consultation with appropriate State and local educational agencies and public and private organizations, to approve comprehensive tests of academic excellence or to develop such a test where commercially unavailable, to be administered to identify outstanding students who are in the eleventh grade of public and private secondary schools.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Preparation and Conduct of Tests</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary is authorized to establish a program through arrangements with appropriate State educational agencies, local educational agencies, public and private secondary schools, and public and private organizations throughout the Nation, under which the tests of academic excellence prepared or approved under this part may be <page identifier="/us/stat/102/248">102 STAT. 248</page>given by such agencies or schools, on a voluntary basis, to students described in this section. The tests of academic excellence shall be tests of acquired skills and knowledge appropriate for the completion of a secondary school education. Such students may file applications for the test at such time and in such manner as the Secretary may prescribe. Upon application by any appropriate agency or school by such time and in such manner as the Secretary may determine, the Secretary shall pay to such agency or school the cost of the administrative expenses it has incurred pursuant to an arrangement made under this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Classified information.</p></sidenote> <content>The Secretary shall assure that the tests authorized by this part are conducted in a secure manner, and that test items remain confidential so that such items may be used in future tests.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Certificate</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary is authorized and directed to prepare a certificate, of such appropriate design as the Secretary shall prescribe, and in such numbers as are necessary, for issuance to students who have scored at a sufficiently high level, as deter-mined by the Secretary, on a test of academic excellence prepared or approved under this subpart and given in accordance with arrangements made under this section. Each such student shall be awarded a certificate within 60 days following the date on which the student was given the test.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content class="inline">Each certificate awarded pursuant to this section shall be signed by the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Congress a report on the estimated costs of administering, scoring, and analyzing the tests of academic excellence prepared or approved under this subpart.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4603">“SEC. 4603. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Communications and telecomm unications.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3153">20 USC 3153</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized to develop materials for educational television and radio programming for use in elementary and secondary education, together with programs which use telecommunications and video resources for the instruction of public and private elementary and secondary school students and for related teacher training programs for public and private elementary and secondary school teachers.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Uses of Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Funds available to carry out this section may be used for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>programs and projects which use such technology to address specifically the educational needs in critical subject matter areas;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>programs and projects to assist in the training of public and private elementary and secondary school teachers, administrators, and other educational personnel to use in the schools of such television programming, radio programming, telecommunications programs, or video resources, or in the coordination of such technology with the school curriculum; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>educational television, educational radio, telecommunications or video resources programs or projects which promote a partnership between elementary and secondary schools, the parents of elementary and secondary students. State educational agencies, and institutions of higher education or the community in which such schools are located.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definition</inline>—</heading><content>For the purpose of this section the term ‘telecommunications’ means the full range of technologies that can be used for educational instruction, including closed circuit television <page identifier="/us/stat/102/249">102 STAT. 249</page>systems, educational television and radio broadcasting, cable television, satellite transmission, computer laser discs, and video and audio discs and tapes.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4604">“SEC. 4604. </num><heading>PROGRAMS FOR COMPUTER-BASED INSTRUCTION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3154">20 USC 3154</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized to make grants and enter into contracts, as authorized by section 4601 for the purpose of strengthening and expanding computer education resources available in public and private elementary and secondary schools.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Uses of Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Projects assisted under this section may include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the acquisition and leasing of computer hardware for instructional purposes, including services necessary for the operation, installation, and maintenance of computer hardware;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the acquisition of computer software and complementary instructional materials; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>teacher training programs designed to improve the quality of instruction in computer education and to expand the use of computers in the curriculum. Such programs may make provision for teacher stipends at, a rate of $275 per week for the period of attendance in such program. The Secretary may enter into cooperative agreements with the National Science Foundation and other appropriate nonprofit agencies and organizations in carrying out programs under this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>No grant may expend more than 25 percent for the acquisition of computer hardware.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Planning Requirement</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>No grant may be made under this section unless the applicant carries out planning activities designed to facilitate the use of Federal financial assistance under this section for the expansion of computer resources in elementary or secondary schools. Such planning activities shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the goals for computer education in the schools;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>integration with the curriculum;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>where appropriate, provisions for computer use after school by students, parents, teachers, and adult learners; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>standards for the evaluation of computer education programs.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4605">“SEC. 4605. </num><heading>PROGRAMS FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3155">20 USC 3155</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary through the Office established under subsection (c) of this section, may—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>encourage State and local educational agencies to provide comprehensive school health education to the elementary and secondary school students in the schools of such agencies;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>provide technical support to State and local educational agencies on health education programs and curricula;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>make grants to State and local educational agencies in <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>accordance with this section;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>provide an annual report on the progress of the Office <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>(established under subsection (c)) and the status of school health education in the United States;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>cooperate with other Federal agencies carrying out school health education programs to ensure coordination of such programs; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>advise the Secretary on school health education policy.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/250">102 STAT. 250</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Uses of Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Grants under this section may be used to improve elementary and secondary education in the areas of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>personal health and fitness;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>nutrition;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>mental and emotional health;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>prevention of chronic diseases;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>substance use and abuse;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>accident prevention and safety;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>community and environmental health;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>prevention and control of communicable diseases;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>effective use of the health services delivery system; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>development and aging.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Establishment.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Office of Comprehensive School Health Education</inline>—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary may establish within the Office of the Secretary an Office of Comprehensive School Health Education with the following responsibilities:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>To recommend mechanisms for the coordination of school health education programs conducted by various Federal agencies.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>To advise the Secretary on the formulation of school health education policy within the Department of Education.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>To disseminate information on the benefits to health education of utilizing a comprehensive health curriculum in schools.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4606">“SEC. 4606. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3156">20 USC 3156</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ALTERNATIVE CURRICULUM SCHOOLS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Statement of Purpose</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>It is the purpose of this section to assist—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>local educational agencies;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>consortia of such agencies; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>intermediate educational units; which have significant percentages of minority students to establish and conduct programs which reflect a minority composition of at least 50 percent in the alternative curriculum school established by the applicant to strengthen the knowledge of elementary and secondary school students in academic subjects and to contribute to the desegregation of the schools of the applicant.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Eligibility</inline>.—</heading><content>A local educational agency, consortium of such agencies, or intermediate educational unit, is eligible to receive a grant under this section if such agency, unit, or consortium submits an application which contains evidence of collaborative arrangements between the applicant and an institution of higher education, a community-based organization, another local educational agency, an appropriate State educational agency, or any combination of such institutions, organizations, or agencies.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Uses of Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Grants under this section may be used for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>planning and outreach activities directly related to expansion and enhancement of academic programs and services in the alternative curriculum school;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the acquisition of books, materials, and equipment (including computers and the maintenance and operation thereof) necessary for the conduct of educational programs in the alternative curriculum school; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Wages.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">the payment, or subsidization of the compensation, of elementary and secondary school teachers who are certified or licensed by the State and who are necessary for the conduct of educational programs in the alternative curriculum school; <page identifier="/us/stat/102/251">102 STAT. 251</page>whenever such assistance is directly related to improving the knowledge of mathematics, science, history, English, foreign languages, art, or music, or to improving the vocational skills of elementary and secondary school students.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Applications</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each applicant desiring to receive a grant <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Minorities.</p></sidenote>under this section shall submit an application in such form, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require. Each such application shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>provide assurances that the assistance will be used for the purposes described in subsection (c);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>provide assurances that the local educational agency or intermediate educational unit would have a minority composition of at least 65 percent, or in the case of a consortium, that at least one local educational agency would have a minority composition of 65 percent;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>provide assurances that the students served in the alternative curriculum school established reflect a minority composition of at least 50 percent;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>demonstrate the extent to which the alternative curriculum school will contribute to desegregation in the local educational agency;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>demonstrate the extent to which the alternative curriculum school will contribute to the improvements of the academic quality of the education offered by schools throughout the local educational agency;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>describe the collaborative efforts required by subsection (b);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>provide assurances that teachers will be employed in the courses of instruction assisted under this section who are certified or licensed by the State to teach the subject matter of the courses of instruction;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <chapeau>provide assurances that the applicant will not engage in <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Discrimination, prohibition.</p></sidenote>discrimination based upon race, religion, color, national origin, sex, or handicapping conditions in—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>hiring, promotion, or assignment of employees of the applicant or other personnel for whom the applicant has any administrative responsibility;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the mandatory assignment of students to schools or to courses of instruction within schools of such applicant, except as is necessary to carry out an approved desegregation plan; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>designing or operating extracurricular activities for students;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>describe how funds made available under this section will be used to promote integration and provide a high quality education program for local educational agencies with significant concentrations of minority students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>describe how such applicant will devote its resources to continuing the program when funds made available to it under this section may no longer be made available; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">“(11) </num> <content>provide such other assurances as the Secretary deter-mines necessary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Unused Amounts</inline>.—</heading><content>In any fiscal year in which amounts are <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>appropriated but not allocated under this section, the Secretary shall use such amounts to make grants under title III of this Act (relating to magnet schools).</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/252">102 STAT. 252</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Evidentiary Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the award of funds under this section may not be used in any cause of action or administrative proceeding as evidence relating to the issue of desegregation of a public school of a local educational agency receiving such an award.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4607">“SEC. 4607. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3157">20 USC 3157</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <content>There are authorized to be appropriated $20,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990 through 1993, to carry out the provisions of this part (other than section 4606).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Subject to paragraph (2), there are authorized to be appropriated $35,000,000 for fiscal year 1989, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990 through 1993 to carry out section 4606.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>No appropriation may be made under paragraph (1) for any fiscal year unless the amount appropriated for the Magnet Schools Assistance Program in title III for that fiscal year is equal to or exceeds $165,000,000.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </part> <num value="V">“TITLE V—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Drug-Free Schools and Communities Act of 1986.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3171">20 USC 3171.</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">DRUG EDUCATION</heading> <section> <num value="5101">“SEC. 5101. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>“This title may be cited as the ‘<shortTitle role="title">Drug-Free Schools and Communities Act of 1986</shortTitle>’.</content> </section> <section> <num value="5102">“SEC. 5102. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3172">20 USC 3172</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>FINDINGS.</heading> <chapeau>“The Congress finds that:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Drug abuse education and prevention programs are essential components of a comprehensive strategy to reduce the demand for and use of drugs throughout the Nation.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Drug use and alcohol abuse are widespread among the Nation’s students, not only in secondary schools, but increasingly in elementary schools as well.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The use of drugs and the abuse of alcohol by students constitute a grave threat to their physical and mental well-being and significantly impede the learning process.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The tragic consequences of drug use and alcohol abuse by students are felt not only by students and their families, but also by their communities and the Nation, which can ill afford to lose their skills, talents, and vitality.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>Schools and local organizations in communities through-out the Nation have special responsibilities to work together to combat the scourge of drug use and alcohol abuse.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>Prompt action by our Nation’s schools, families, and communities can bring significantly closer the goal of a drug-free generation and a drug-free society.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="5103">“SEC. 5103. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3173">20 USC 3173</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PURPOSE.</heading> <chapeau>“It is the purpose of this title to establish programs of drug abuse education and prevention (coordinated with related community efforts and resources) through the provision of Federal financial assistance—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <content>to States for grants to local and intermediate educational agencies and consortia to establish, operate, and improve local programs of drug abuse prevention, early intervention, <page identifier="/us/stat/102/253">102 STAT. 253</page>rehabilitation referral, and education in elementary and secondary schools (including intermediate and junior high schools);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>to States for grants to and contracts with community-based <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>organizations for programs of drug abuse prevention, early intervention, rehabilitation referral, and education for school dropouts and other high-risk youth;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>to States for development, training, technical assistance, and coordination activities;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>to institutions of higher education to establish, implement, and expand programs of drug abuse education and prevention (including rehabilitation referral) for students enrolled in colleges and universities; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>to institutions of higher education in cooperation with State and local educational agencies for teacher training programs in drug abuse education and prevention.</content> </paragraph> </section> <part><num value="A">“PART A—</num><heading class="inline">FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR DRUG ABUSE EDUCATION AND PREVENTION PROGRAMS</heading> <section> <num value="5111">“SEC. 5111. </num><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3181">20 USC 3181</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>For the purpose of carrying out this title, there are authorized to be appropriated $250,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Availability</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Appropriations for any fiscal year for payments made under this title in accordance with regulations of the Secretary may be made available for obligation or expenditure by the agency or institution concerned on the basis of an academic or school year differing from such fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Funds appropriated for any fiscal year under this title shall remain available for obligation and expenditure until the end of the fiscal year succeeding the fiscal year for which such funds were appropriated.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5112">“SEC. 5112. </num><heading>RESERVATIONS AND STATE ALLOTMENTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3182">20 USC 3182</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reservations</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>From the sums appropriated or otherwise made available to carry out this title for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>1 percent for payments to Guam, American Samoa, the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Territories, U.S.</p></sidenote>Virgin Islands, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and the Northern Mariana Islands, to be allotted in accordance with their respective needs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>1 percent for programs for Indian youth under section <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Indians.</p></sidenote>5133;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>0.2 percent for programs for Hawaiian natives under section 5134;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>8 percent for programs with institutions of higher education under section 5131;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>3.5 percent for Federal activities under section 5132; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>4.5 percent for regional centers under section 5135.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Allotments</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>From the remainder of the sums not reserved under subsection (a), the Secretary shall allot to each State an amount which bears the same ratio to the amount of such remainder as the school-age population of the State bears to the school-age population of all States, except that no State shall be allotted less than an amount equal to 0.5 percent of such remainder.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/254">102 STAT. 254</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary may reallot any amount of any allotment to a State to the extent that the Secretary determines that the State will not be able to obligate such amount within 2 years of allotment. Any such reallotment shall be made on the same basis as an allotment under paragraph (1),</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘State’ means any of the 50 States, the District of Columbia, and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>For each fiscal year, the Secretary shall make payments, as provided by section 6503(a) of title 31, United States Code, to each State from its allotment under this subsection from amounts appropriated for that fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </part> <part><num value="B">“PART B—</num><heading class="inline">STATE AND LOCAL PROGRAMS</heading> <section> <num value="5121">“SEC. 5121. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3191">20 USC 3191</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>USE OF ALLOTMENTS BY STATES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Program</inline>.—</heading><content>An amount equal to 30 percent of the total amount paid to a State from its allotment under section 5112 for any fiscal year shall be used by the chief executive officer of such State for a State program in accordance with section 5122.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Within State Distribution; Administrative Costs</inline>.—</heading><content>An amount equal to 70 percent of the total amount paid to a State from its allotment under section 5112 for any fiscal year shall be used by the State educational agency to carry out its responsibilities in accordance with section 5124 and for grants to local and intermediate educational agencies and consortia for programs and activities in accordance with section 5125.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5122">“SEC. 5122. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3192">20 USC 3192</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>STATE PROGRAMS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Not more than 50 percent of the funds available for each fiscal year under section 5121(a) to the chief executive officer of a State shall be used for grants to and contracts with local governments and other public or private nonprofit entities (including parent groups, community action agencies, and other community-based organizations) for the development and implementation of programs and activities such as—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>local broadly-based programs for drug and alcohol abuse prevention, early intervention, rehabilitation referral, and education for all age groups;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>training programs concerning drug abuse education and prevention for teachers, counselors, other educational personnel, parents, local law enforcement officials, judicial officials, other public service personnel, and community leaders;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the development and distribution of educational and informational materials to provide public information (through the media and otherwise) for the purpose of achieving a drug-free society;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>technical assistance to help community-based organizations and local and intermediate educational agencies and consortia in the planning and implementation of drug abuse prevention, early intervention, rehabilitation referral, and education programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>activities to encourage the coordination of drug abuse education and prevention programs with related community efforts and resources, which may involve the use of a broadly representative State advisory council including members of the State board of education, members of local boards of education, <page identifier="/us/stat/102/255">102 STAT. 255</page>parents, teachers, counselors, health and social service professionals, and others having special interest or expertise; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>other drug abuse education and prevention activities consistent with the purposes of this title, which may include a youth suicide prevention program.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Innovative Programs</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Not less than 50 percent of the funds available for each fiscal year under section 5121(a) to the chief executive officer of a State shall be used for innovative community-based programs of coordinated services for high-risk youth. The <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>chief executive officer of such State shall make grants to or contracts with local governments and other public and private non-profit entities (including parent groups, community action agencies, and other community-based organizations) to carry out such services.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘high risk youth’ means an individual who has not attained the age of 21 years, who is at high risk of becoming or who has been a drug or alcohol abuser, and who—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>is a school dropout;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>has become pregnant;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>is economically disadvantaged;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>is the child of a drug or alcohol abuser;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>is a victim of physical, sexual, or psychological abuse;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>has committed a violent or delinquent act;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">“(G) </num> <content>has experienced mental health problems;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">“(H) </num> <content>has attempted suicide; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>has experienced long-term physical pain due to injury.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5123">“SEC. 5123. </num><heading>STATE APPLICATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3193">20 USC 3193</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>In order to receive an allotment under section 5112(b), a State shall submit an application to the Secretary. As part of such application, the chief executive officer of the State shall agree to use the funds made available under section 5121(a) in accordance with the requirements of this part. As part of such application, the State educational agency of the State shall agree to use the funds made available under section 5121(b) in accordance with the requirements of this part.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Applications</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The application submitted by each State under subsection (a) shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>cover a period of three fiscal years;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>be submitted at such time and in such manner, and contain such information, as the Secretary may require;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>contain assurances that the Federal funds made available under this part for any period will be so used as to supplement and increase the level of State, local, and non-Federal funds that would in the absence of such Federal funds be made available for the programs and activities for which funds are provided under this part and will in no event supplant such State, local, and other non-Federal funds;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>provide that the State will keep such records and provide <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote>such information as may be required by the Secretary for fiscal audit and program evaluation;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>contain assurances that there is compliance with the specific requirements of this part;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>describe the manner in which the State educational agency will coordinate its efforts with appropriate State health, law enforcement, and drug abuse prevention agencies, including <page identifier="/us/stat/102/256">102 STAT. 256</page>the State agency which administers the Alcohol, Drug Abuse, and Mental Health block grant under part B of title XIX of the Public Health Service Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>provide assurances that the State educational agency will provide financial assistance under this part only to local and intermediate educational agencies and consortia which establish and implement drug abuse education and prevention programs in elementary and secondary schools;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>provide for an annual evaluation of the effectiveness of programs assisted under this part; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>provide a description of how, where feasible, the alcohol and drug abuse programs will be coordinated with youth suicide prevention programs funded by the Federal Government, State and local governments, and nongovernmental agencies and organizations.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5124">“SEC. 5124. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3194">20 USC 3194</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>RESPONSIBILITIES OF STATE EDUCATIONAL AGENCIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants to Local and Intermediate Educational Agencies</inline>.—</heading><content>Each State educational agency shall use a sum which shall be not less than 90 percent of the amounts available under section 5121(b) for each fiscal year for grants to local and intermediate educational agencies and consortia in the State, in accordance with applications approved under section 5126. From such sum, the State educational agency shall distribute funds for use among areas served by local or intermediate educational agencies or consortia on the basis of the relative enrollments in public and private nonprofit schools within the areas served by such agencies. Any amount of the funds made available for use in any area remaining unobligated for more than 1 year after the funds were made available may be provided by the State educational agency to local or intermediate educational agencies or consortia having plans for programs or activities capable of using such amount on a timely basis.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Programs</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each State educational agency shall use not more than 10 percent of the amounts available under section 5121(b) for each fiscal year for such activities as—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>training and technical assistance programs concerning drug abuse education and prevention for local and intermediate educational agencies, including teachers, administrators, athletic directors, other educational personnel, parents, local law enforcement officials, and judicial officials;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the development, dissemination, implementation, and evaluation of drug abuse education curricular and teaching materials for elementary and secondary schools throughout the State;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>demonstration projects in drug abuse education and prevention;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>special financial assistance to enhance resources available for drug abuse education and prevention in areas serving large numbers of economically disadvantaged children or sparsely populated areas, or to meet special needs; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>administrative costs of the State educational agency in carrying out its responsibilities under this part, not in excess of 2.5 percent of the amount available under section 5121(b).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/257">102 STAT. 257</page> <section> <num value="5125">“SEC. 5125. </num><heading>LOCAL DRUG ABUSE EDUCATION AND PREVENTION PROGRAMS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3195">20 USC 3195</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Any amounts made available to local or intermediate educational agencies or consortia under section 5124(a) shall be used for drug and alcohol abuse prevention and education programs and activities, including—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the development, acquisition, and implementation of elementary and secondary school drug abuse education and prevention curricula which clearly and consistently teach that illicit drug use is wrong and harmfull;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>school-based programs of drug abuse prevention and early intervention (other than treatment);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>family drug abuse prevention programs, including education for parents to increase awareness about the symptoms and effects of drug use through the development and dissemination of appropriate educational materials;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>drug abuse prevention counseling programs (which counsel that illicit drug use is wrong and harmful) for students and parents, including professional and peer counselors and involving the participation (where appropriate) of parent, or other adult counselors and reformed abusers;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>programs of referral for drug abuse treatment and rehabilitation;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>programs of inservice and preservice training in drug and alcohol abuse prevention for teachers, counselors, other educational personnel, athletic directors, public service personnel, law enforcement officials, judicial officials, and community leaders;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>programs in primary prevention and early intervention, such as the interdisciplinary school-team approach;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>community education programs and other activities to involve parents and communities in the fight against drug and alcohol abuse;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>public education programs on drug and alcohol abuse, including programs utilizing professionals and former drug and alcohol abusers;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>on-site efforts in schools to enhance identification and discipline of drug and alcohol abusers, and to enable law enforcement officials to take necessary action in cases of drug possession and supplying of drugs and alcohol to the student population;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">“(11) </num> <content>special programs and activities to prevent drug and alcohol abuse among student athletes, involving their parents and family in such drug and alcohol abuse prevention efforts and using athletic programs and personnel in preventing drug and alcohol abuse among all students; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="12">“(12) </num> <content>other programs of drug and alcohol abuse education and prevention, consistent with the purposes of this part.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eligibility</inline>.—</heading><content>A local or intermediate educational agency or consortium may receive funds under this part for any fiscal year covered by an application under section 5126 approved by the State educational agency.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5126">“SEC. 5126. </num><heading>LOCAL APPLICATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3196">20 USC 3196</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>In order to be eligible to receive a grant <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>under this part for any fiscal year, a local or intermediate edu-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/258">102 STAT. 258</page>cational agency or consortium shall submit an application to the State educational agency for approval.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>An application under this section shall be for a period not to exceed 3 fiscal years and may be amended annually as may be necessary to reflect changes without filing a new application. Such application shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>set forth a comprehensive plan for programs to be carried out by the applicant under this part;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>contain an estimate of the cost for the establishment and operation of such programs;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>establish or designate a local or substate regional advisory council on drug abuse education and prevention com-posed of individuals who are parents, teachers, officers of State and local government, medical professionals, representatives of the law enforcement community, community-based organizations, and other groups with interest and expertise in the field of drug abuse education and prevention;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>describe the extent of the current drug and alcohol problem in the schools of the applicant;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <chapeau>describe the applicant’s drug and alcohol policy, including an explanation of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the practices and procedures it will enforce to eliminate the sale or use of drugs and alcohol on school premises; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>how it will convey to students the message that drug use is not permissible;</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>describe how the applicant will monitor the effectiveness of its program;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">“(G) </num> <content>describe the manner in which the applicant will establish, implement, or augment mandatory age-appropriate, developmentally-based, drug abuse education and prevention programs for students throughout all grades of the schools operated or served by the applicant (from the early childhood level through grade 12), and provide assurances that the applicant enforces related rules and regulations of student conduct;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">“(H) </num> <content>describe the manner in which the applicant will coordinate its efforts under this part with other programs in the community related to drug abuse education, prevention, treatment, and rehabilitation;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>provides assurances that the applicant will coordinate its efforts with appropriate State and local drug and alcohol abuse, health, and law enforcement agencies, in order to effectively conduct drug and alcohol abuse education, intervention, and referral for treatment and rehabilitation for the student population;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="J">“(J) </num> <content>provide assurances that the Federal funds made available under this part shall be used to supplement and, to the extent practical, to increase the level of funds that would, in the absence of such Federal funds, be made available by the applicant for the purposes described in this part, and in no case supplant such funds;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="K">“(K) </num> <content>provide assurances of compliance with the provisions of this part;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="L">“(L) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">agree to keep such records and provide such information to the State educational agency as reasonably may be required <page identifier="/us/stat/102/259">102 STAT. 259</page>for fiscal audit and program evaluation, consistent with the responsibilities of the State agency under this part; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="M">“(M) </num> <content>include such other information and assurances as the State educational agency reasonably determines to be necessary.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Progress Reports</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>An applicant shall submit to the State educational agency a progress report on the first 2 fiscal years of implementation of its plan. The progress report shall include—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the applicant’s significant accomplishments under the plan during the preceding 2 years; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the extent to which the original objectives of the plan are being achieved.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>If the State educational agency determines that the applicant’s progress report shows that it is not making reasonable progress toward accomplishing the objectives of its plan and the purposes of this Act, the State educational agency shall provide such technical assistance to the applicant as may be necessary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5127">“SEC. 5127. </num><heading>STATE REPORTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3197">20 USC 3197</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“Each State shall submit to the Secretary a biennial report that contains information on the State and local programs conducted under this Act in the State.</content> </section> </part> <part><num value="C">“PART C—</num><heading class="inline">NATIONAL PROGRAMS</heading> <section> <num value="5131">“SEC. 5131. </num><heading>GRANTS TO INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3211">20 USC 3211</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>From sums reserved by the Secretary under <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>section 5112(a)(4) for the purposes of this section, the Secretary shall make grants to or enter into contracts with institutions of higher education or consortia of such institutions for drug abuse education and prevention programs under this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall make financial assistance available on a competitive basis under this section. An institution of higher education or consortium of such institutions which desires to receive a grant or enter into a contract under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require in accordance with regulations.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The Secretary shall make every effort to ensure the equitable participation of private and public institutions of higher education (including community and junior colleges) and to ensure the equitable geographic participation of such institutions. In the award of grants and contracts under this section, the Secretary shall give appropriate consideration to colleges and universities of limited enrollment.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Not less than 50 percent of sums available for the purposes of this section shall be used to make grants under subsection (d).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Training Grants</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Training grants shall be available for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>preservice and inservice training and instruction of teachers and other personnel in the field of drug abuse education and prevention in elementary and secondary schools;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>summer institutes and workshops in instruction in the field of drug abuse education and prevention;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>research and demonstration programs for teacher training <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Research and development.</p></sidenote>and retraining in drug abuse education and prevention; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>training programs for law enforcement officials, judicial officials, community leaders, parents, and government officials.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/260">102 STAT. 260</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants for Model Demonstration Programs</inline>.—</heading><content>Grants shall be available for model demonstration programs to be coordinated with local elementary and secondary schools for the development <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Research and development.</p></sidenote>and implementation of quality drug abuse education curricula. In the award of grants under this subsection, the Secretary shall give priority consideration to joint projects involving faculty of institutions of higher education and teachers in elementary and secondary schools in the practical application of the findings of educational research and evaluation and the integration of such research into drug abuse education and prevention programs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants for Programs of Drug Abuse Education and Prevention</inline>.—</heading><content>Grants shall be available under this subsection to develop, implement, operate, and improve programs of drug abuse education and prevention (including rehabilitation referral) for students enrolled in institutions of higher education.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Collaborative Efforts</inline>.—</heading><content>In making grants under para-graphs (1) and (2) of subsection (b), the Secretary shall encourage projects which provide for coordinated and collaborative efforts between State educational agencies, local educational agencies, and regional centers established under section 5135.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5132">“SEC. 5132. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3212">20 USC 3212</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>FEDERAL ACTIVITIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Reserved Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>From sums reserved by the Secretary under section 5112(a)(5), the Secretary shall carry out the purposes of this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Federal Drug Abuse Education and Prevention Activities</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary of Education in conjunction with the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall carry out Federal education and prevention activities on drug abuse. The Secretary shall coordinate such drug abuse education and prevention activities with other <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>appropriate Federal activities related to drug abuse. The Secretary shall directly or through grants, cooperative agreements, or contracts—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>provide information on drug abuse education and prevention to the Secretary of Health and Human Services for dissemination by the clearinghouse for alcohol and drug abuse information established under section 509 of the Public Health Service Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>facilitate the utilization of appropriate means of communicating to students at all educational levels about the dangers of drug use and alcohol abuse, especially involving the participation of entertainment personalities and athletes who are recognizable role models for many young people;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>develop, publicize the availability of, and widely disseminate audio-visual and other curricular materials for drug abuse education and prevention programs in elementary and secondary schools throughout the Nation;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>provide technical assistance to State, local, and inter-mediate education agencies and consortia in the selection and implementation of drug abuse education and prevention curricula, approaches, and programs to address most effectively the needs of the elementary and secondary schools served by such agencies; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Research and development.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">identify research and development priorities with regard to school-based drug abuse education and prevention, particularly age-appropriate programs focusing on kindergarten through grade 4.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/261">102 STAT. 261</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Studies</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary of Education in conjunction with the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>Secretary of Health and Human Services shall conduct, directly or by contract, a study of the relationship between drug and alcohol abuse and youth suicide and shall submit a report of the findings of such studies to the President and to the appropriate committees of the Congress not later than I year after the date of the enactment of this title. In addition the Secretary may conduct periodic evaluations of programs authorized by this Act.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5133">“SEC. 5133. </num><heading>PROGRAMS FOR INDIAN YOUTH.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3213">20 USC 3213</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Reserved Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>From the funds reserved pursuant <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>to section 5112(a)(2), the Secretary shall make payments and grants and enter into other financial arrangements for Indian programs in accordance with this subsection.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Financial Arrangements</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary of Education shall enter into such financial arrangements as the Secretary determines will best carry out the purposes of this title to meet the needs of Indian children on reservations serviced by elementary and secondary schools funded for Indian children by the Department of the Interior. Such arrangements shall be made pursuant to an <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>agreement between the Secretary of Education and the Secretary of the Interior containing such assurances and terms as they determine will best achieve the purposes of this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grant and Contract Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary of Education may, upon request of any Indian tribe which is eligible to contract with the Secretary of the Interior for the administration of programs under the Indian Self-Determination Act or under the Act of April 16, 1934, enter into grants or contracts with any tribal organization of any such Indian tribe to plan, conduct, and administer programs which are authorized and consistent with the purposes of this title (particularly programs for Indian children who are school dropouts), except that such grants or contracts shall be subject to the terms and conditions of section 102 of the Indian Self-Determination Act and shall be conducted in accordance with sections 4, 5, and 6 of the Act of April 16, 1934, which are relevant to the programs administered under this paragraph.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Additional Programs</inline>.—</heading><content>Programs funded under this subsection shall be in addition to such other programs, services, and activities as are made available to eligible Indians under other provisions of this title.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5134">“SEC. 5134. </num><heading>PROGRAMS FOR HAWAIIAN NATIVES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3214">20 USC 3214</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>From the funds reserved pursuant to <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>section 5112(a)(3), the Secretary shall make grants to or enter into cooperative agreements or contracts with organizations primarily serving and representing Hawaiian natives which are recognized by the Governor of the State of Hawaii to plan, conduct, and administer programs, or portions thereof, which are authorized by and consistent with the provisions of this title for the benefit of Hawaiian natives.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definition of ‘Hawaiian Native’</inline>.—</heading><content>For the purposes of this section, the term ‘Hawaiian native’ means any individual any of whose ancestors were natives, prior to 1778, of the area which now comprises the State of Hawaii.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/262">102 STAT. 262</page> <section> <num value="5135">“SEC. 5135. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3215">20 USC 3215</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>REGIONAL CENTERS.</heading> <chapeau><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>“The Secretary, through grants, cooperative agreements, or contracts, shall use the amounts made available to carry out this section for each fiscal year to maintain 5 regional centers to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>train school teams to assess the scope and nature of their drug abuse and alcohol abuse problems, mobilize the community to address such problems, design appropriate curricula, identify students at highest risk and refer them to appropriate treatment, and institutionalize long-term effective drug and alcohol abuse programs, including long-range technical assistance, evaluation, and followup on such training;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>assist State educational agencies in coordinating and strengthening drug abuse and alcohol abuse education and prevention programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>assist local educational agencies and institutions of higher education in developing appropriate preservice and in-service training programs for educational personnel; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>evaluate and disseminate information on effective drug abuse and alcohol abuse education and prevention programs and strategies.</content> </paragraph> </section> </part> <part><num value="D">“PART D—</num><heading class="inline">GENERAL PROVISIONS</heading> <section> <num value="5141">“SEC. 5141. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3221">20 USC 3221</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as otherwise provided, the terms used in this title shall have the meaning provided under section 1471 of title 1 of this Act.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Specific Definitions</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>For the purposes of this title, the following terms have the following meanings:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘drug abuse education and prevention’ means prevention, early intervention, rehabilitation referral, and education related to the abuse of alcohol and the use and abuse of controlled, Illegal, addictive, or harmful substances.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘illicit drug use’ means the use of illegal drugs and the abuse of other drugs and alcohol.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The term ‘Secretary’ means the Secretary of Education.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The term ‘school-age population’ means the population aged 5 through 17 (inclusive), as determined by the Secretary on the basis of the most recent satisfactory data available from the Department of Commerce.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>The term ‘school dropout’ means an individual aged 5 through 18 who is not attending any school and who has not received a secondary school diploma or a certificate from a program of equivalency for such a diploma. This definition shall not apply after the Secretary defines such term as required by section 6201 of this Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>The term ‘State’ means a State, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the Northern Mariana Islands, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, or the Virgin Islands.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <chapeau>The term ‘institution of higher education’ means an educational institution in any State which—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>admits as regular students only individuals having a certificate of graduation from a high school, or the recognized equivalent of such a certificate;</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/263">102 STAT. 263</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>is legally authorized within such State to provide a program of education beyond high school;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>provides an educational program for which it awards a bachelor’s degree, or provides not less than a 2-year program which is acceptable for full credit toward such a degree, or offers a 2-year program in engineering, mathematics, or the physical or biological sciences which is designed to prepare the student to work as a technician and at a semiprofessional level in engineering, scientific, or other technological fields which require the understanding and application of basic engineering, scientific, or mathematical principles or knowledge;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>is a public or other nonprofit institution; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>is accredited by a nationally recognized accrediting agency or association listed by the Secretary pursuant to this paragraph or, if not so accredited, is an institution whose credits are accepted, on transfer, by not less than 3 institutions which are so accredited, for credit on the same basis as if transferred from an institution so accredited, except that in the case of an institution offering a 2-year program in engineering, mathematics, or the physical or biological sciences which is designed to prepare the student to work as a technician and at a semiprofessional level in engineering, scientific, or technological fields which requires the understanding and application of basic engineering, scientific, or mathematical principles or knowledge if the Secretary determines that there is no nationally recognized accrediting agency or association qualified to accredit such institutions, the Secretary shall appoint an advisory committee, composed of persons specially qualified to evaluate training provided by such institutions, which shall prescribe the standards of content, scope, and quality which must be met in order to qualify such institutions to participate under this title and shall also determine whether particular institutions meet such standards. For the purposes of this paragraph the Secretary shall publish a list of nationally recognized accrediting agencies or associations which he determines to be reliable authority as to the quality of education or training offered.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>The term ‘nonprofit’ as applied to a school, agency, organization, or institution means a school, agency, organization, or institution owned and operated by one or more non-profit corporations or associations no part of the net earnings of which inures, or may lawfully inure, to the benefit of any private shareholder or individual.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>The term ‘consortium* (except in section 5131) means a consortium of local educational agencies or of one or more intermediate educational agencies and one or more local educational agencies.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5142">“SEC 5142. </num><heading>FUNCTIONS OF THE SECRETARY OF EDUCATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3222">20 USC 3222</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administration</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall be responsible for the administration of the programs authorized by this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Applicability of General Education Provisions Act</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as otherwise provided, the General Education Provisions Act shall apply to programs authorized by this title.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/264">102 STAT. 264</page> <section> <num value="5143">“SEC. 5143. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3223">20 USC 3223</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PARTICIPATION OF CHILDREN AND TEACHERS FROM PRIVATE NONPROFIT SCHOOLS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Participation of Private School Children</inline>.—</heading><content>To the extent consistent with the number of school-age children in the State or in the school attendance area of a local or intermediate educational agency or consortium receiving financial assistance under part B who are enrolled in private nonprofit elementary and secondary schools, such State, agency, or consortium shall, after consultation with appropriate private school representatives, make provision for including services and arrangements for the benefit of such children as will assure the equitable participation of such children in the purposes and benefits of this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Participation of Private School Teachers</inline>.—</heading><content>To the extent consistent with the number of school-age children in the State or in the school attendance area of a local or intermediate educational agency or consortium receiving financial assistance under part B who are enrolled in private nonprofit elementary and secondary schools, such State, agency, or consortium shall, after consultation with appropriate private school representatives, make provision, for the benefit of such teachers in such schools, for such teacher training as will assure equitable participation of such teachers in the purposes and benefits of this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Waiver; Provision of Services by Secretary</inline>.—</heading><content>If by reason of any provision of law a State, local, or intermediate educational agency or consortium is prohibited from providing for the participation of children or teachers from private nonprofit schools as required by subsections (a) and (b) or, if the Secretary determines that a State, local, or intermediate educational agency or consortium has substantially failed or is unwilling to provide for such participation on an equitable basis, the Secretary shall waive such requirements and shall arrange for the provision of services to such children or teachers which shall be subject to the requirements of this section. Such waivers shall be subject to consultation, withholding, notice, and judicial review requirements in accordance with section 1017 of this Act.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5144">“SEC. 5144. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3224">20 USC 3224</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>MATERIALS.</heading> <content>“Any materials produced or distributed with funds made available under this title shall reflect the message that illicit drug use is wrong and harmful. The Secretary shall not review curricula and shall not promulgate regulations to carry out this subsection or subparagraph (1) or (4) of section 5125(a).</content> </section> </part> <part><num value="E">“PART E—</num><heading class="inline">MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS</heading> <section> <num value="5191">“SEC. 5191. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3231">20 USC 3231</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>INDIAN EDUCATION PROGRAMS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Pilot Programs</inline>.—</heading><content>The Assistant Secretary of Indian Affairs shall develop and implement pilot programs in selected schools funded by the Bureau of Indian Affairs (subject to the approval of the local school board or contract school board) to determine the effectiveness of summer youth programs in furthering the purposes and goals of the Indian Alcohol and Substance Abuse Prevention Act of 1986. The Assistant Secretary shall defray all costs associated with the actual operation and support of the pilot programs in the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote>school from funds appropriated for this section. For the pilot pro-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/265">102 STAT. 265</page>grams there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1987, 1988, and 1989.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Federal financial assistance made available to public or private schools because of the enrollment of Indian children pursuant to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the Act of April 16, 1934, as amended by’ the Indian Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 452 et seq.),</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the Indian Elementary and Secondary School Assistance Act (20 U.S.C. 241aa et seq.), and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the Indian Education Act (20 U.S.C. 3385), may be used to support a program of instruction relating to alcohol and substance abuse prevention and treatment.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5192">“SEC. 5192. </num><heading>TRANSITION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3232">20 USC 3232</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“Notwithstanding section 1003 of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988, a State educational agency may allot funds for each of the fiscal years 1987 and 1988 to local and intermediate educational agencies and consortia under section 4124 of the Drug-Free Schools and Communities Act of 1986 on the basis of their relative numbers of children in the school-age population.</content> </section> </part> <num value="VI">“TITLE VI—</num><heading class="inline">PROJECTS AND PROGRAMS DESIGNED TO ADDRESS SCHOOL DROP-OUT PROBLEMS AND TO STRENGTHEN BASIC SKILLS INSTRUCTION</heading> <part><num value="A">“PART A—</num><heading class="inline">ASSISTANCE TO ADDRESS SCHOOL DROPOUT PROBLEMS</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">School Dropout Demonstration Assistance Act of 1988.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3241">20 USC 3241</ref>.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="6001">“SEC. 6001. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>“This part may be cited as the ‘<shortTitle role="part">School Dropout Demonstration Assistance Act of 1988</shortTitle>’.</content> </section> <section> <num value="6002">“SEC. 6002. </num><heading>PURPOSE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3242">20 USC 3242</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“The purpose of this part is to reduce the number of children who do not complete their elementary and secondary education by providing grants to local educational agencies to establish and demonstrate—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>effective programs to identify potential student dropouts and prevent them from dropping out;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>effective programs to identify and encourage children who have already dropped out to reenter school and complete their elementary and secondary education;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>effective early intervention programs designed to identify at-risk students in elementary and secondary schools; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>model systems for collecting and reporting information to local school officials on the number, ages, and grade levels of the children not completing their elementary and secondary education and the reasons why such children have dropped out of school.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="6003">“SEC. 6003. </num><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3243">20 USC 3243</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part $50,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989.</content> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/266">102 STAT. 266</page> <section> <num value="6004">“SEC. 6004. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3244">20 USC 3244</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>GRANTS TO LOCAL EDUCATIONAL AGENCIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Allotment to Categories of Local Educational Agencies</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>From the amount appropriated under section 6003 for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot the following percentages to each of the following categories of local educational agencies:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Local educational agencies administering schools with a total enrollment of 100,000 or more elementary and secondary school students shall be allotted 25 percent of the amount appropriated.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Local educational agencies administering schools with a total enrollment of at least 20,000 but less than 100,000 elementary and secondary school students shall be allotted 40 percent of the amount appropriated.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Local educational agencies administering schools with a total enrollment of less than 20,000 elementary and secondary school students shall be allotted 30 percent of the amount appropriated. Grants may be made under this paragraph to intermediate educational units and consortia of not more than 5 local educational agencies in any case in which the total enrollment of the largest such local educational agency is less than 20,000 elementary and secondary students. Such units and consortia may also apply in conjunction with the State educational agency. Not less than 20 percent of funds available under this paragraph shall be awarded to local educational agencies administering schools with a total enrollment of less than 2,000 elementary and secondary school students.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Community-based organizations shall be allotted 5 per-cent of the amount appropriated. Grants under this category shall be made after consultation between the community-based organization and the local educational agency that is to benefit from such a grant.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Treatment of Educational Partnerships</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary shall allot 25 percent of the funds available for each category described in paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of subsection (a) of this section to educational partnerships.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>Educational partnerships under this subsection shall include—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>a local educational agency; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>a business concern or business organization, or, if an appropriate business concern or business organization is not available, one of the following: any community-based organization, nonprofit private organization, institution of higher education, State educational agency, State or local public agency, private industry council (established under the Job Training Partnership Act), museum, library, or educational television or broadcasting station.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Award of Grant</inline>.—</heading><content>From the amount allotted for any fiscal year to a category of local educational agencies under subsection (a), the Secretary shall award as many grants as practicable within each such category to local educational agencies and educational partner-ships whose applications have been approved by the Secretary for such fiscal year under section 6005 and whose applications propose a program of sufficient size and scope to be of value as a demonstration. The grants shall be made under such terms and conditions as the Secretary shall prescribe consistent with the provisions of this part.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/267">102 STAT. 267</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Funds When Not Fully Needed for Educational Partnerships</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Whenever the Secretary determines that the full amount of the sums made available under subsection (b) in each category for educational partnerships will not be required for applications of educational partnerships, the Secretary shall make the amount not so required available to local educational agencies in the same category in which the funds are made available.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In order to transfer funds under this subsection, the Secretary shall use a peer review process to determine that such excess funds are not needed to fund educational partnerships and shall prepare a list of the categories in which additional funds are available, and the reasons therefor, and make such list available to local educational agencies upon request. The Secretary may use the peer review process to determine grant recipients of funds transferred in accordance with this subsection.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Funds When Not Fully Allotted to Categories Under Subsection (a)</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Whenever the Secretary determines that the full amount of the sums allotted under any category set forth under subsection (a) will not be required for applications of the local educational agencies in the case of categories (1) through (3), the Secretary shall make the amount not so required available to another category under subsection (a). In carrying out the provisions of this subsection, the Secretary shall assure that the transfer of amounts from one category to another is made to a category in which there is the greatest need for funds.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In order to transfer funds under this subsection, the Secretary shall use a peer review process to determine that such excess funds are not needed to fund projects in particular categories and shall prepare a list of the categories in which funds were not fully expended and the reasons therefor, and make such list available to local educational agencies and educational partnerships, upon request. The Secretary may use the peer review process to deter-mine grant recipients of funds transferred in accordance with this subsection.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Federal Share</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>The Federal share of a grant under this part may not exceed—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>90 percent of the total cost of a project for the first year for which the project receives assistance under this part, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>75 percent of such cost for the second such year.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The remaining cost of a project that receives assistance under this part may be paid from any source other than funds made available under this part, except that not more than 10 percent of the remaining cost in any fiscal year may be provided from Federal sources other than this part.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The share of payments from sources other than funds made available under this part may be in cash or in kind fairly evaluated, including plant, equipment or services.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="6005">“SEC. 6005. </num><heading>APPLICATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3245">20 USC 3245</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>A grant under this part may be made only <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>to a local educational agency or an educational partnership which submits an application to the Secretary containing such information as may be required by the Secretary by regulation.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Applications shall be for a 1-year period.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Application</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each such application shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>provide documentation of—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/268">102 STAT. 268</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the number of children who were enrolled in the schools of the applicant for the 5 academic years prior to the date application is made who have not completed their elementary or secondary education and who are classified as school dropouts pursuant to section 5141(b)(5); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the percentage that such number of children is of the total school-age population in the applicant’s schools;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>include a plan for the development and implementation of a dropout information collection and reporting system for documenting the extent and nature of the dropout problem;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>include a plan for coordinated activities involving at least 1 high school and its feeder junior high or middle schools and elementary schools for local educational agencies that have feeder systems;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau>include a plan for the development and implementation of a project including activities designed to carry out the purpose of this part, such as—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>implementing identification, prevention, outreach, or reentry projects for dropouts and potential dropouts;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>addressing the special needs of school-age parents;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>disseminating information to students, parents, and the community related to the dropout problem;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>as appropriate, including coordinated services and activities with programs of vocational education, adult basic education, and programs under the Job Training Partnership Act;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Communications and telecommunications.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">involving the use of educational and telecommunications and broadcasting technologies and educational materials for dropout prevention, outreach, and reentry;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>providing activities which focus on developing occupational competencies which link job skill preparation and training with genuine job opportunities;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">“(G) </num> <chapeau>establishing annual procedures for—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>evaluating the effectiveness of the project; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>where possible, determining the cost-effectiveness of the particular dropout prevention and reentry methods used and the potential for reproducing such methods in other areas of the country;</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">“(H) </num> <content>coordinating, to the extent practicable, with other student dropout activities in the community; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>using the resources of the community and parents to help develop and implement solutions to the local dropout problem; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>contain such other information as the Secretary considers necessary to determine the nature of the local needs, the quality of the proposed project, and the capability of the applicant to carry out the project.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Priority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall, in approving applications under this section, give priority to applications which Doth show the replication of successful programs conducted in other local educational agencies or the expansion of successful programs within a local educational agency and reflect very high numbers or very high percentages of school dropouts in the schools of the applicant in each category described in section 6004(a).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Consideration</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall give additional special consideration to applications that include—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/269">102 STAT. 269</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>provisions which emphasize early intervention services designed to identify at-risk students in elementary or early secondary schools; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>provisions for significant parental involvement.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="6006">“SEC. 6006. </num><heading>AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3246">20 USC 3246</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Grants under this part shall be used to carry <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>out plans set forth in applications approved under section 6005. In addition, grants may be used for educational, occupational, and basic skills testing services and activities, including, but not limited to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the establishment of systemwide or school-level policies, procedures, and plans for dropout prevention and school reentry;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the development and implementation of activities, including extended day or summer programs, designed to address poor achievement, basic skills deficiencies, language deficiencies, or course failures, in order to assist students at risk of dropping out of school and students reentering school;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the establishment or expansion of work-study, apprentice, or internship programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>the use of resources of the community, including contracting <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>with public or private entities or community-based organizations of demonstrated performance, to provide services to the grant recipient or the target population;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>the evaluation and revision of program placement of students at risk;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>the evaluation of program effectiveness of dropout programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>the development and implementation of programs for traditionally underserved groups of students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>the implementation of activities which will improve student motivation and the school learning environment;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <chapeau>the provision of training for school staff on strategies and techniques designed to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>identify children at risk of dropping out;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>intervene in the instructional program with support and remedial services;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>develop realistic expectations for student performance; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>improve student-staff interactions;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>the study of the relationship between drugs and drop-outs and between youth gangs and dropouts, and the coordination of dropout prevention and reentry programs with appropriate drug prevention and community organizations for the prevention of youth gangs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">“(11) </num> <content>the study of the relationship between handicapping conditions and student dropouts;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="12">“(12) </num> <content>the study of the relationship between the dropout rate for gifted and talented students compared to the dropout rate for the general student enrollment;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="13">“(13) </num> <content>the use of educational telecommunications and broadcasting <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Communications and telecommunications.</p></sidenote>technologies and educational materials designed to extend, motivate, and reinforce school, community, and home dropout prevention and reentry activities; and</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/270">102 STAT. 270</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="14">“(14) </num> <content>the provision of other educational, occupational and testing services and activities which directly relate to the purpose of this part.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Activities for Educational Partnerships</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Grants under this part may be used by educational partnerships for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Employment and unemployment.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">activities which offer jobs and college admissions for successful completion of the program for which assistance is sought;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>internship, work study, or apprenticeship programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>summer employment programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>occupational training programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>career opportunity and skills counseling;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>job placement services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>the development of skill employment competency testing programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>special school staff training projects; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>any other activity described in subsection (a).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="6007">“SEC. 6007. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3247">20 USC 3247</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>DISTRIBUTION OF ASSISTANCE; LIMITATION ON COSTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Distribution of Assistance</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall ensure that, to the extent practicable, in approving grant applications under this part—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>grants are equitably distributed on a geographic basis within each category set forth in section 6004(a);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the amount of a grant to a local educational agency for a fiscal year is proportionate to the extent and severity of the local school dropout problem;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>not less than 30 percent of the amount available for grants in each fiscal year is used for activities relating to school dropout prevention; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>not less than 30 percent of the amount available for grants in each fiscal year is used for activities relating to persuading school dropouts to return to school and assisting former school dropouts with specialized services once they return to school.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Costs</inline>.—</heading><content>Not more than 5 percent of any grant made under this part may be used for administrative costs.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <part><num value="B">“PART B—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Secondary Schools Basic Skills Demonstration Assistance Act of 1988.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3261">20 USC 3261</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">ASSISTANCE TO PROVIDE BASIC SKILLS IMPROVEMENT</heading> <section> <num value="6101">“SEC. 6101. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>“This part may be cited as the ‘<shortTitle role="part">Secondary Schools Basic Skills Demonstration Assistance Act of 1988</shortTitle>’.</content> </section> <section> <num value="6102">“SEC. 6102. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3262">20 USC 3262</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PURPOSE.</heading> <content>“It is the purpose of this part to provide assistance to local educational agencies with high concentrations of children from low-income families to improve the achievement of educationally dis-advantaged children enrolled in the secondary schools of such agencies.</content> </section> <section> <num value="6103">“SEC. 6103. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3263">20 USC 3263</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <content>“There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out this part $200,000,000 for fiscal year 1989.</content> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/271">102 STAT. 271</page> <section> <num value="6104">“SEC. 6104. </num><heading>GRANTS TO LOCAL EDUCATIONAL AGENCIES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3264">20 USC 3264</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>From the amount appropriated under section 6103 for any fiscal year the Secretary shall make grants to local educational agencies in accordance with the provisions of this part.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Community-Based Organizations Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Each local educational agency may carry out the activities described in section 6105 in cooperation with community-based organizations.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eligible Students</inline>.—</heading><content>Secondary school students who meet the requirements of part A of chapter 1 of title I of this Act other than the requirement of attendance in the designated school attendance area shall be eligible to participate in programs and activities assisted under this part.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="6105">“SEC. 6105. </num><heading>AUTHORIZED ACTIVITIES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3265">20 USC 3265</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Funds made available under this part may be used—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>to initiate or expand programs designed to meet the special educational needs of secondary school students and to help such students attain grade level proficiency in basic skills, and, as appropriate, learn more advanced skills;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>to develop innovative approaches—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>for surmounting barriers that make secondary school programs under this part difficult for certain students to attend and difficult for secondary schools to administer, such as scheduling problems; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>for courses leading to successful completion of the general educational development test or of graduation requirements;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>to develop and implement innovative programs involving <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Employment and unemployment.</p></sidenote>community-based organizations or the private sector, or both, to provide motivational activities, preemployment training, or transition-to-work activities;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>to provide programs for eligible students outside the school, with the goal of reaching school dropouts who will not reenter the traditional school, for the purpose of providing compensatory education, basic skills education, or courses for general educational development;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>to use the resources of the community to assist in providing services to the target population;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>to provide training for staff who will work with the target population on strategies and techniques for identifying, instructing, and assisting such students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>to provide guidance and counseling activities, support services, exploration of postsecondary educational opportunities, youth employment activities, and other pupil services which are necessary to assist eligible students; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>to recruit, train, and supervise secondary school students (including the provision of stipends to students in greatest need of financial assistance) to serve as tutors of other students eligible for services under this part and under part A of chapter 1 of title I of this Act, in order to assist such eligible students with homework assignments, provide instructional activities, and foster good study habits and improved achievement.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>Not more than 25 percent of amounts available to a local educational agency under this part may be used by such <page identifier="/us/stat/102/272">102 STAT. 272</page>agency for noninstructional services such as those described in subsections (a)(3), (a)(5), and (a)(7).</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="6106">“SEC. 6106. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3266">20 USC 3266</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>APPLICATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>A grant under this part may be made only to a local educational agency which submits an application to the Secretary containing or accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Applications shall be for a 1-year period.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Application</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each such application shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>a description of the program goals and the manner in which funds will be used to initiate or expand services to secondary school students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>a description of the activities and services which will be provided by the program (including documentation to demonstrate that the local educational agency has the qualified personnel needed to develop, administer, and implement the program under this part);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>a list of the secondary schools within the local educational agency in which programs will be conducted and a description of the needs of the schools, in terms of achievement levels of students and poverty rates;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>an assurance that programs will be operated in secondary schools with the greatest need for assistance, in terms of achievement levels and poverty rates;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>an assurance that parents of eligible students will be involved in the development and implementation of programs under this part;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <chapeau>a statement of the methods which will be used—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>to ensure that the programs will serve eligible students most in need of the activities and services provided by this part; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> <content>an assurance that services will be provided under this part to special populations, such as individuals with limited English proficiency and individuals with handicaps;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>an assurance that the program will be of sufficient size, scope, and quality to offer reasonable promise of success;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>a description of the manner in which the agency will provide for equitable participation of private school students as provided under section 1017 of this Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>a description of the methods by which the applicant will coordinate programs under this part with programs for the eligible student population operated by community-based organizations, social service organizations and agencies, private sector entities, and other agencies, organizations, and institutions, and with programs conducted under the Carl D. Perkins Vocational Education Act, the Job Training Partnership Act, and other relevant Acts; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>such other information as the Secretary may require to determine the nature and quality of the proposed project and the applicant’s ability to carry out the project.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Approval of Applications</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>The Secretary shall, in approving applications under this section, give special consideration to programs that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">demonstrate the greatest need for services assisted under this part based on their numbers or proportions of secondary <page identifier="/us/stat/102/273">102 STAT. 273</page>school children from low-income families and numbers or proportions of low-achieving secondary school children; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>offer innovative approaches to improving achievement among eligible secondary school children and offer approaches which show promise for replication and dissemination.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall ensure that programs for which applications <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Urban areas.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p></sidenote>are approved under this section are representative of urban and rural regions in the United States.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Costs</inline>.—</heading><content>Not more than 5 percent of any grant under this part may be used for administrative costs.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <part><num value="C">“PART C—</num><heading class="inline">GENERAL PROVISIONS</heading> <section> <num value="6201">“SEC. 6201. </num><heading>GENERAL PROVISIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3271">20 USC 3271</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definition of School Dropout</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall, not later than 60 days after the date of the enactment of this title, establish a standard definition of a school dropout, after consultation with pertinent organizations and groups. If the Secretary has defined the term ‘school dropout’ for fiscal year 1988 that definition shall apply for the purposes of this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Timely Award of Grants</inline>.—</heading><content>To the extent possible, for any fiscal year the Secretary shall award grants to local educational agencies and educational partnerships under this part not later than June 30 preceding such fiscal year.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants Must Supplement Other Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>A local educational agency receiving Federal funds under this title shall use such Federal funds only to supplement the funds that would, in the absence of such Federal funds, be made available from non-Federal sources or under provisions of Federal law other than this title for activities described in part A or part B of this title, as the case may be.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Evaluation</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall evaluate programs operated <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>with funds received under this title, and shall issue a report at the end of the grant period, but in no case later than January 30, 1991.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Coordination and Dissemination</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall re-quire local educational agencies receiving grants under this title to cooperate with the coordination and dissemination efforts of the National Diffusion Network and State educational agencies.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Audit</inline>.—</heading><content>The Comptroller General shall have access for the purpose of audit and examination to any books, documents, papers, and records of any local educational agency or educational partner-ship receiving assistance under this title that are pertinent to the sums received and disbursed under this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">“(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Withholding Payments</inline>.—</heading><content>Whenever the Secretary, after reasonable notice and opportunity for a hearing to any local educational agency or educational partnership, finds that the local educational agency or educational partnership has failed to comply substantially with the provisions set forth in its application approved under section 6105 or section 6106, the Secretary shall withhold payments under this title in accordance with section 453 of the General Education Provisions Act until the Secretary is satisfied that there is no longer any failure to comply.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="6202">“SEC. 6202. </num><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3272">20 USC 3272</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <chapeau>As used in this title—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/274">102 STAT. 274</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘community-based organization’ means a private nonprofit organization which is representative of a community or significant segments of a community and which has a proven record of providing effective educational or related services to individuals in the community.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘basic skills’ includes reading, writing, mathematics, and computational proficiency as well as comprehension and reasoning.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </part> <num value="VII">“TITLE VII—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Bilingual Education Act.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">BILINGUAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS</heading> <section> <num value="7001">“SEC. 7001. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3281">20 USC 3281</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>“This title may be cited as the ‘<shortTitle role="title">Bilingual Education Act</shortTitle>’.</content> </section> <section> <num value="7002">“SEC. 7002. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3282">20 USC 3282</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>POLICY: APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Policy</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Recognizing—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>that there are large and growing numbers of children of limited English proficiency;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>that many of such children have a cultural heritage which differs from that of English proficient persons;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>that the Federal Government has a special and continuing obligation to assist in providing equal educational opportunity to limited English proficient children;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>that, regardless of the method of instruction, programs which serve limited English proficient students have the equally important goals of developing academic achievement and English proficiency;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>that the Federal Government has a special and continuing obligation to assist language minority students to acquire the English language proficiency that will enable them to become full and productive members of society;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>that the instructional use and development of a child’s non-English native language promotes student self-esteem, subject matter achievement, and English-language acquisition;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>that a primary means by which a child learns is through the use of such child’s native language and cultural heritage;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>that, therefore, large numbers of children of limited English proficiency have educational needs which can be met by the use of bilingual educational methods and techniques;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>that in some school districts establishment of bilingual education programs may be administratively impractical due to the presence of small numbers of students of a particular native language or because personnel who are qualified to provide bilingual instructional services are unavailable;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>that States and local school districts should be encouraged to determine appropriate curricula for limited English proficient students within their jurisdictions and to develop and implement appropriate instructional programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">“(11) </num> <content>that children of limited English proficiency have a high dropout rate and low median years of education;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="12">“(12) </num> <content>that the segregation of many groups of limited English proficient students remains a serious problem;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="13">“(13) </num> <content>that reliance on student evaluation procedures which are inappropriate for limited English proficient students have <page identifier="/us/stat/102/275">102 STAT. 275</page>resulted in the disproportionate representation of limited English proficient students in special education, gifted and talented, and other special programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="14">“(14) </num> <content>that there is a serious shortage of teachers and educational personnel who are professionally trained and qualified to serve children of limited English proficiency;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="15">“(15) </num> <content>that many schools fail to meet the full instructional needs of limited English proficient students who also may be handicapped or gifted and talented;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="16">“(16) </num> <content>that both limited English proficient children and children whose primary language is English can benefit from bilingual education programs, and that such programs help develop our national linguistic resources and promote our international competitiveness;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="17">“(17) </num> <content>that research, evaluation, and data collection capabilities in the field of bilingual education need to be strengthened so as to better identify and promote those programs and instructional practices which result in effective education;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="18">“(18) </num> <content>that parent and community participation in bilingual education programs contributes to program effectiveness; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="19">“(19) </num> <content>that because of limited English proficiency, many adults are not able to participate fully in national life, and that limited English proficient parents are often not able to participate effectively in their children’s education,</content> </paragraph> <continuation>the Congress declares it to be the policy of the United States, in order to establish equal educational opportunity for all children and to promote educational excellence (A) to encourage the establishment and operation, where appropriate, of educational programs using bilingual educational practices, techniques, and methods, (B) to encourage the establishment of special alternative instructional programs for students of limited English proficiency in school districts where the establishment of bilingual education programs is not practicable or for other appropriate reasons, and (C) for those purposes, to provide financial assistance to local educational agencies, and, for certain related purposes, to State educational agencies, institutions of higher education, and community organizations. The programs assisted under this title include programs in elementary and secondary schools as well as related preschool and adult programs which are designed to meet the educational needs of individuals of limited English proficiency, with particular attention to children having the greatest need for such programs. Such programs shall be designed to enable students to achieve full competence in English and to meet school grade-promotion and graduation requirements. Such programs may additionally provide for the development of student competence in a second language.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>For the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this title, there are authorized to be appropriated, subject to paragraph (6), $200,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for the fiscal year 1990 and for each succeeding fiscal year ending prior to October 1, 1993.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>There are further authorized to be appropriated to carry out the provisions of section 7032, subject to paragraph (6), such sums as may be necessary for the fiscal year 1989 and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>From the sums appropriated under paragraph (1) for part A for any fiscal year, the Secretary may reserve not to exceed 25 percent for special alternative instructional programs and related <page identifier="/us/stat/102/276">102 STAT. 276</page>activities authorized under section 7021(a)(3) and may include programs under paragraphs (2), (4), (5), and (6) of section 7021(a).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>From the sums appropriated under paragraph (1) for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve at least 60 percent for the programs carried out under part A of this title; and of this amount, at least 75 percent shall be reserved for the programs of transitional bilingual education carried out under section 7021(a)(1), and may include programs under paragraphs (2), (4), (5), and (6) of section 7021(a).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>From the sums appropriated under paragraph (1) for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall reserve at least 25 percent for training activities carried out under part C.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>Notwithstanding paragraphs (1) and (2), no amount in excess of $200,000,000 may be appropriated for the fiscal year 1989 to carry out the provisions of this title (including section 7032).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>The reservation required by paragraph (3) shall not result in changing the terms, conditions, or negotiated levels of any grant awaited in fiscal year 1987 to which section 7021(d)(1)(A), 7021(d)(1)(C), or 7021(d)(2) applies.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="7003">“SEC 7003. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3283">20 USC 3283</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>DEFINITIONS; REGULATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The following definitions shall apply to the terms used in this title:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>The terms ‘limited English proficiency’ and ‘limited English proficient’ when used with reference to individuals means—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>individuals who were not born in the United States or whose native language is a language other than English;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>individuals who come from environments where a language other than English is dominant; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>individuals who are American Indian and Alaska Natives and who come from environments where a language other than English has had a significant impact on their level of English language proficiency;</content> </subparagraph> <continuation>and who, by reason thereof, have sufficient difficulty speaking, reading, writing, or understanding the English language to deny such individuals the opportunity to learn successfully in classrooms where the language of instruction is English or to participate fully in our society.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘native language’, when used with reference to an individual of limited English proficiency, means the language normally used by such individuals, or in the case of a child, the language normally used by the parents of the child.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The term ‘low-income’ when used with respect to a family means an annual income for such a family which does not exceed the poverty level determined pursuant to section 1005(c)(2) of this Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The term ‘program of transitional bilingual education’ means a program of instruction, designed for children of limited English proficiency in elementary or secondary schools, which provides, with respect to the years of study to which such program is applicable, structured English language instruction, and, to the extent necessary to allow a child to achieve competence in the English language, instruction in the child’s native language. Such instruction shall incorporate the cultural heritage of such children and of other children in American society. Such instruction shall, to the extent necessary, be in all <page identifier="/us/stat/102/277">102 STAT. 277</page>courses or subjects of study which will allow a child to meet grade-promotion and graduation standards.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>In order to prevent the segregation of children on the basis of national origin in programs of transitional bilingual education, and in order to broaden the understanding of children about languages and cultural heritages other than their own, a program of transitional bilingual education may include the participation of children whose language is English, but in no event shall the percentage of such children exceed 40 percent. The program may provide for centralization of teacher training and curriculum development, but it shall serve such children in the schools which they normally attend.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>In such courses or subjects of study as art, music, and physical education, a program of transitional bilingual education shall make provision for the participation of children of limited English proficiency in regular classes.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>Children enrolled in a program of transitional bilingual education shall, if graded classes are used, be placed, to the extent practicable, in classes with children of approximately the same age and level of educational attainment. If children of significantly varying ages or levels of educational attainment are placed in the same class, the program of transitional bilingual education shall seek to insure that each child is provided with instruction which is appropriate for such child’s level of educational attainment.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The term ‘program of developmental bilingual education’ means a full-time program of instruction in elementary and secondary schools which provides, with respect to the years of study to which such program is applicable, structured English language instruction and instruction in a second language. Such programs shall be designed to help children achieve competence in English and a second language, while mastering subject matter skills. Such instruction shall, to the extent necessary, be in all courses or subjects of study which will allow a child to meet grade-promotion and graduation standards.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Where possible, classes in programs of developmental bilingual education shall be comprised of approximately equal numbers of students whose native language is English and limited English proficient students whose native language is the second language of instruction and study in the program.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>The term ‘special alternative instructional programs’ means programs of instruction designed for children of limited English proficiency in elementary and secondary schools. Such programs are not transitional or developmental bilingual education programs, but have specially designed curricula and are appropriate for the particular linguistic and instructional needs of the children enrolled. Such programs shall provide, with respect to the years of study to which such program is applicable, structured English language instruction and special instructional services which will allow a child to achieve competence in the English language and to meet grade-promotion and graduation standards.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>The term ‘family English literacy program’ means a program of instruction designed to help limited English proficient adults and out-of-school youth achieve competence in the English language. Such programs of instruction may be conducted exclusively in English or in English and the student’s <page identifier="/us/stat/102/278">102 STAT. 278</page>native language. Where appropriate, such programs may include instruction on how parents and family members can facilitate the educational achievement of limited English proficient children. To the extent feasible, preference for participation in such programs shall be accorded to the parents and immediate family members of children enrolled in programs assisted under this title. Such programs of instruction may include instruction designed to enable aliens who are otherwise eligible for temporary resident status under section 245A of the Immigration and Nationality Act to achieve a minimal understanding of ordinary English and a knowledge and understanding of history and government of the United States as required by section 312 of such Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <chapeau>The term ‘programs of academic excellence’ means programs of transitional bilingual education, developmental bilingual education, or special alternative instruction (A) which have an established record of providing effective, academically excel-lent instruction; and (B) which—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>can be used as models for effective schools for limited English proficient students to facilitate the dissemination and use of effective teaching practices for limited English proficient students; or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content> which are designed to serve as models of exemplary bilingual education programs and to facilitate the dissemination of effective bilingual educational practices.</content> </clause> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>The term ‘Office’ means the Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages Affairs.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>The term ‘Director’ means the Director of the Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages Affairs.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">“(11) </num> <content>The term ‘Secretary’ means the Secretary of Education.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="12">“(12) </num> <content>The term ‘other programs for persons of limited English proficiency’ when used in this title means any programs within the Department of Education directly involving bilingual education activities serving persons of limited English proficiency, such as the programs carried out in coordination with the provisions of this title pursuant to part E of title IV of the Carl D. Perkins Vocational Education Act, and section 306(b)(11) of the Adult Education Act, and programs and projects serving individuals of limited English proficiency pursuant to section 6(b)(4) of the Library Services and Construction Act.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Regulation Requirement</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>In prescribing regulations under this title, the Secretary shall consult with State and local educational agencies, organizations representing persons of limited English proficiency, and organizations representing teachers and other personnel involved in bilingual education.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall not prescribe under this title any regulations further defining the terms defined in subsection (a), or any regulations restricting or expanding the definitions set out in subsection (a).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Information Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Parents of children participating in programs assisted under this title shall be informed of the instructional goals of the program and the progress of their children in such program. Every effort shall be made to provide the information to parents pursuant to this subsection in a language and form the parents understand.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/279">102 STAT. 279</page> <part><num value="A">PART A—</num><heading class="inline">FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FOR BILINGUAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS</heading> <section> <num value="7021">“SEC. 7021. </num><heading>BILINGUAL EDUCATION PROGRAMS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3291">20 USC 3291</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Uses of Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Funds available for grants under this part shall be used for the establishment, operation, and improvement of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>programs of transitional bilingual education;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>programs of developmental bilingual education;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>special alternative instructional programs for students of limited English proficiency;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>programs of academic excellence;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>family English literacy programs; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>bilingual preschool, special education, and gifted and talented programs preparatory or supplementary to programs such as those assisted under this Act.</content> </paragraph> <continuation>Programs under this subsection may use available funds to provide technology-based instruction to students in order to enhance the program.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Applications</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>A grant may be made under subsection (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section only upon application therefor by 1 or more local educational agencies or by institutions of higher education, including junior or community colleges, applying jointly with 1 or more local educational agencies.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>A grant may be made under subsection (a)(4), (a)(5), or (a)(6) only upon application by one or more local educational agencies; institutions of higher education, including junior or community colleges; or private nonprofit organizations, applying separately or jointly.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Content of Application</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Any application for a grant authorized under subsection (a) of this section shall be made to the Secretary at such time, and in such manner, as the Secretary considers appropriate.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>Applications for grants authorized under subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this section shall contain information regarding—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the number of children enrolled in programs conducted by the local educational agency;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the number of children residing in the area served by the local educational agency who are enrolled in private schools;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(C)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>the number of children enrolled in public and private schools in the area served by the local educational agency who are limited in their English proficiency; (ii) the method used by the applicant to make this determination; and (iii) evidence of the educational condition of the limited English proficient students, such as reading, mathematics, and subject matter test scores, and, where available, data on grade retention rates and student dropout rates;</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>the number of limited English proficient children who are enrolled in instructional programs specifically designed to meet their educational needs, as well as descriptions of such programs;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>the number of limited English proficient children enrolled in public or private schools in the area served by the local educational agency who need or could benefit from education programs such as those assisted under this title;</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/280">102 STAT. 280</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>the number of children who are to receive instruction through the proposed program and the extent of their educational needs;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">“(G) </num> <content>a statement of the applicant’s ability to serve children of limited English proficiency, including an assessment of the qualifications of personnel who will participate in the proposed project and of the need for further training of such personnel;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">“(H) </num> <content>the resources needed to develop and operate or improve the proposed program;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the activities which would be undertaken under the grant, including training of educational personnel and parents, and how these activities will improve the educational attainment of students and expand the capacity of the applicant to operate programs such as those assisted under this Act when Federal assistance under this section is no longer available; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="J">“(J) </num> <content>the specific educational goals of the proposed program and how achievement of these goals will be measured.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>An application for a grant under subsection (a)(3) of this section shall receive priority if the application—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>describes the administrative impracticability of establishing a bilingual education program due to the presence of a small number of students of a particular native language,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>describes the unavailability of personnel qualified to provide bilingual instructional services, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>is made on behalf of a local educational agency having a small number of limited English proficient students in the schools of such agency that because of isolation or regional location is unable to obtain a native language teacher.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau>Applications for grants authorized under subsection (a)(4) shall contain information regarding—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the number of children served by the existing bilingual education program and evidence of their educational condition prior to enrollment in the program;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>a description of the existing program as well as the educational background and linguistic competencies of program personnel;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the extent to which the program has promoted student academic achievement as indicated by objective evidence, such as improvements in language, mathematics, and subject matter test scores; grade retention rates; student dropout rates; and, where appropriate, postsecondary education and employment experiences of students;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>the extent of parent involvement in and satisfaction with the existing bilingual education program; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>how the activities carried out under the grant would utilize and promote programs of academic excellence which employ bilingual education practices, techniques, and methods.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <chapeau>Applications for grants authorized under subsection (a)(5) shall contain information regarding—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the number of limited English proficient parents and out-of-school family members of limited English proficient students who would be served by the English literacy program;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the activities which would be undertaken under the grant and how these activities will promote English literacy and enable parents and family members to assist in the education of limited English proficient children;</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/281">102 STAT. 281</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the extent to which the persons to be served by the program have been involved in its development;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>applicant’s prior experience and performance in providing educational programs to limited English proficient adults and out-of-school youth;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>with respect to applications by a local educational agency, the extent to which limited English proficient students enrolled in the educational agency are served by programs specifically designed to meet their needs; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>with respect to other applicants, a description of how the applicant will coordinate its program with a local education agency to ensure that the program will help limited English proficient family members promote the academic progress of limited English proficient children.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duration of Grants</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Grants made pursuant to subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this section shall be for 3 years.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>During the first 12 months of grants made pursuant to subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this section, an applicant may engage exclusively in preservice activities. Such activities may include program design, materials development, staff recruitment and training, development of evaluation mechanisms and procedures, and the operation of programs to involve parents in the educational program and to enable parents and family members to assist in the education of limited English proficient children.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau>Upon reapplication, grants authorized under subsections (a) (1), (2), and (3) of this section shall be renewed for 2 additional years unless the Secretary determines that—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the applicant’s program does not comply with the requirements set out in this title;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the applicant’s program has not made substantial progress in achieving the specific educational goals set out in the original application; or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>there is no longer a need for the applicant’s program.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>Parents or legal guardians of students identified for enrollment in bilingual education programs shall be informed of (i) the reasons for the selection of their child as in need of bilingual education, (ii) the alternative educational programs that are available, and (iii) the nature of the bilingual education program and of the instructional alternatives. Parents shall also be informed that they have the option of declining enrollment of their children in such programs and shall be given an opportunity to do so if they so choose. Every effort shall be made to provide the information to parents pursuant to this subsection in a language and form the parents understand.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Grants made pursuant to subsections (a)(4), (a)(5), and (a)(6) shall be for 3 years.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>No student may be enrolled in a bilingual program for which a grant is made under subsection (a)(1) or (a)(3) of this section for a period of more than 3 years, except where the school in which the student is enrolled—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>conducts a comprehensive evaluation of the overall academic progress of the student, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the results of the evaluation indicate that lack of English <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote>proficiency is impeding the academic progress of the student in meeting grade promotion and graduation standards and, in the case of a handicapped child attainment of the objective in the child’s individualized education program.</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/282">102 STAT. 282</page> <continuation>Any student with respect to whom the requirements of this paragraph are met, may remain in the program for a fourth year, except as provided in division (ii) of subparagraph (B).</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>The evaluation required by paragraph (A) shall involve teachers and school personnel familiar with the students’ overall academic progress. The results of such an evaluation shall be made available to the parents of the student.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>An evaluation shall be carried out at the end of the fourth year the student is in the program described in subparagraph (A) if the student is to continue in the program for a fifth year and shall be conducted in accordance with division (i) of this subparagraph.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>Each evaluation shall indicate how the students’ English language development will be addressed during the period a student is retained in the program. The students’ academic program during that period shall emphasize mastery of English.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>No student shall remain in a bilingual education program described in subparagraph (A) for more than 5 years.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <chapeau>In carrying out this title, each local educational agency, institution of higher education, and private nonprofit organization having an application approved under this section may intensify instruction for limited English proficient students throughout the regular and any supplementary program by—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>expanding the educational calendar of the schools in which such student is enrolled to include programs before and after school and during the summer months;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>lowering per pupil ratios, including the use of professional and volunteer aides; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>the application of technology to the course of instruction.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application Requirements</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>An application for a grant authorized under subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this section shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>be developed in consultation with an advisory council, of which a majority shall be parents and other representatives of the children to be served in such programs, in accordance with criteria prescribed by the Secretary;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>be accompanied by documentation of such consultation and by the comments which the council makes on the application;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>contain assurances that, after the application has been approved, the applicant will provide for the continuing consultation with, and participation by, the committee of parents, teachers, and other interested individuals which shall be selected by and predominantly composed of parents of children participating in the program, and in the case of programs carried out in secondary schools, representatives of the secondary students to be served;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>ensure applicant support for additional advisory council activities, if support is requested by the advisory council; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>include evidence that the State educational agency has been notified of the application and has been given the opportunity to offer recommendations thereon to the applicant and to the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Approval of Applications</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>An application for a grant under subsections (a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(3) of this section may be approved only if the Secretary determines—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/283">102 STAT. 283</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>that the program will use qualified personnel, including only those personnel who are proficient in the language or languages used for instruction;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>that in designing the program for which application is made, the needs of the children in nonprofit private elementary and secondary schools have been taken into account through consultation with appropriate private school officials and, consistent with the number of such children enrolled in such schools in the area to be served whose educational needs are of the type and whose language and grade levels are of a similar type which the program is intended to address, after consultation with appropriate private school officials, provision has been made for the participation of such children on a basis comparable to that provided for public schoolchildren;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>that the program will be evaluated in accordance with a plan that meets the requirements of section 7033 of this title;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>that student evaluation and assessment procedures in the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote>program are appropriate for limited English proficiency students, and that limited English proficient students who are handicapped are identified and served in accordance with the requirements of the Education of the Handicapped Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <chapeau>that Federal funds made available for the project or activity will be used so as to supplement the level of State and local funds that, in the absence of those Federal funds, would have been expended for special programs for children of limited English proficiency and in no case to supplant such State and local funds, except that nothing in this paragraph shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>preclude a local educational agency from using funds under this title for activities carried out under an order of a court of the United States or of any State respecting services to be provided such children, or to carry out a plan approved by the Secretary as adequate under title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 with respect to services to be provided such children; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>authorize any priority or preference to be assigned by the Secretary to the funding of the activities under this title;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>that the assistance provided under the application will contribute toward building the capacity of the applicant to provide a program on a regular basis, similar to that proposed for assistance, which will be of sufficient size, scope, and quality to promise significant improvement in the education of children of limited English proficiency, and that the applicant will have the resources and commitment to continue the program when assistance under this title is reduced or no longer available;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>that the applicant will provide or secure training for personnel participating, or preparing to participate, in the program which will assist them to meet State and local certification requirements and that, to the extent possible, college or university credit will be awarded for such training; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <chapeau>that the provision of assistance proposed in the application is consistent with criteria established by the Secretary, after consultation with the State educational agency, for the purpose of achieving an equitable distribution of assistance under this part within the State in which the applicant is located, taking into consideration—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/284">102 STAT. 284</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the geographic distribution of children of limited English proficiency;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the relative need of persons in different geographic areas within the State for the kinds of services and activities authorized under this title;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the relative ability of applicant local educational agencies within the State to provide needed services and activities; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">the relative numbers of persons from low-income families who would benefit from the applicants’ programs; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>that the State educational agency has been notified of the application and has been given the opportunity to offer recommendations thereon to the applicant and to the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">“(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Priority Consideration of Grants</inline>.—</heading><content>An application for a grant under subsection (a)(3) of this section may receive priority based upon the information provided by the applicant pursuant to clause (A), (B), or (C) of subsection (c)(3) of this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="h">“(h) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Priority for Programs Serving Underserved Children</inline>.—</heading><content>In the consideration of applications from local educational agencies to carry out programs authorized under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to applications from local educational agencies which are located in various geographical regions of the Nation and which propose to assist children of limited English proficiency who have historically been underserved by programs of bilingual education, taking into consideration the relative numbers of such children in the schools of such local educational agencies and the relative need for such programs. In approving such applications, the Secretary shall, to the extent feasible, allocate funds appropriated in proportion to the geographical distribution of children of limited English proficiency throughout the Nation, with due regard for the relative ability of particular local educational agencies to carry out such programs and the relative numbers of persons from low-income families who would benefit from such programs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on the Assignment of Students</inline>.—</heading><content>No action taken may involve the admission or exclusion of students to or from any federally assisted education programs merely on the basis of the surnames of such students.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="j">“(j) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Programs in Puerto Rico</inline>.—</heading><content>Programs authorized under this title in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico may, notwithstanding any other provision of this title, include programs of instruction, teacher training, curriculum development, research, evaluation, and testing designed to improve the English proficiency of children, and may also make provision for serving the needs of students of limited proficiency in Spanish.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="k">“(k) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Bypass Provision</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>If the Secretary determines that an applicant for assistance under this title is unable or unwilling to provide for the participation in the program for which assistance is sought of children of limited English proficiency enrolled in non-profit, private schools, as required by subsection (f)(2) of this section, the Secretary shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>withhold approval of such application until the applicant demonstrates that it is in compliance with those requirements; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>reduce the amount of the grant to such applicant by the amount which is required for the Secretary to arrange (such as through a contract with a nonprofit, nonsectarian agency, <page identifier="/us/stat/102/285">102 STAT. 285</page>organization, or institution) to assess the needs of the children in the area to be served for programs of the type authorized in this title and to carry out such programs for the children.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="7022">“SEC. 7022. </num><heading>INDIAN CHILDREN IN SCHOOLS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3292">20 USC 3292</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eligible Entities</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>For the purpose of carrying out programs <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Alaska.</p></sidenote>under this title for individuals served by elementary, secondary, or postsecondary schools operated predominantly for Indian or Alaskan Native children, an Indian tribe or a tribally sanctioned educational authority may be considered to be a local educational agency as such term is used in this title, subject to the following qualifications:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘Indian tribe’ means any Indian tribe, band, nation, or other organized group or community, including any Alaska Native village or regional or village corporation as defined in or established pursuant to the Alaskan Native Claims Settlement Act (85 Stat. 688) which is recognized for the special programs and services provided by the United States to Indians because of their status as Indians.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘tribally sanctioned educational authority’ means any department or division of education operating within the administrative structure of the duly constituted governing body of an Indian tribe, as well as any nonprofit institution or organization which is chartered by the governing body of an Indian tribe to operate any such school or otherwise to oversee delivery of educational services to members of that tribe and which is approved by the Secretary for the purposes of this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Bureau of Indian Affairs Schools</inline>.—</heading><content>From the sums appropriated pursuant to section 7002(b), the Secretary is authorized to make payments to the applicants to carry out programs of bilingual education for Indian children on reservations served by elementary and secondary schools operated or funded by the Bureau of Indian Affairs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Annual Report</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Assistant Secretary of the Interior for the Bureau of Indian Affairs shall submit to the Congress, the President, and the Secretary by September 30 of each year an annual report which provides—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>an assessment of the needs of the Indian children with respect to the purposes of this title in schools operated or funded by the Department of the Interior, including those tribes and local educational agencies receiving assistance under the Johnson-O’Malley Act (25 U.S.C. 452 et seq.); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>an assessment of the extent to which such needs are being met by funds provided to such schools for educational purposes through the Secretary of the Interior.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </part> <part><num value="B">“PART B—</num><heading class="inline">DATA COLLECTION, EVALUATION, AND RESEARCH</heading> <section> <num value="7031">“SEC. 7031. </num><heading>USE OF FUNDS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3301">20 USC 3301</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“Funds available under this part shall be used for (1) collecting data on the number of limited English proficient persons and the educational services available to such persons, (2) evaluating the operation and effectiveness of programs assisted under this title, (3) conducting research to improve the effectiveness of bilingual edu-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/286">102 STAT. 286</page>cation programs, and (4) collecting, analyzing, and disseminating data and information on bilingual education.</content> </section> <section> <num value="7032">“SEC. 7032. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3302">20 USC 3302</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>GRANTS FOR STATE PROGRAMS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Data Collection and Dissemination</inline>.—</heading><content>Upon application from a State educational agency, the Secretary shall make provision for the submission and approval of a State program for the collection, aggregation, analysis, and publication of data and information on the State’s population of limited English proficient persons and the educational services provided or available to such persons.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report to Secretary</inline>.—</heading><content>State programs under this part shall provide for the annual submission of a report to the Secretary containing data and information on such matters as the Secretary shall, by regulation, determine necessary and proper to achieve the purposes of this title, including the matters specified in section <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote>7021(c)(2). Such reports shall be in such form and shall be submitted on such date as the Secretary shall specify by regulation. State programs shall provide for the dissemination of information regarding these matters to the public, and particularly to persons of limited English proficiency.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Other Uses of Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>State programs authorized under this section may also provide for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the planning and development of educational programs such as those assisted under this title;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the review and evaluation of programs of bilingual education, including bilingual education programs that are not funded under this title;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the provision, coordination, or supervision of technical and other forms of non financial assistance to local educational agencies, community organizations, and private elementary and secondary schools that serve limited English proficient persons;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>the development and administration of instruments and procedures for the assessment of the educational needs and competencies of persons of limited English proficiency;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>the training of State and local educational agency staff to carry out the purposes of this title; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>other activities and services designed to build the capacity of State and local educational agencies to serve the educational needs of persons of limited English proficiency.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payments</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as provided in the second sentence of this subparagraph, the Secretary shall pay from the amounts appropriated for the purposes of this section pursuant to section 7002(b)(2) for each fiscal year to each State educational agency which has a State program submitted and approved under subsection (a) of this section such sums as may be necessary for the proper and efficient conduct of such State program. The amount paid by the Secretary to any State educational agency under the preceding sentence for any fiscal year may not be less than $75,000 nor greater than 5 percent of the aggregate of the amounts paid under section 7021 for programs within such State in the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year to which this limitation applies.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Supplement Not Supplant</inline>.—</heading><content>Funds made available under this section for any fiscal year shall be used by the State educational agency to supplement and, to the extent practical, to increase the level of funds that would, in the absence of such funds, be made available by the State for the purposes described in this section, and in no case to supplant such funds.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/287">102 STAT. 287</page> <section> <num value="7033">“SEC. 7033. </num><heading>PROGRAM EVALUATION REQUIREMENTS.</heading> <chapeau>“The Secretary shall issue, within 6 months of the date of enactment of this section, regulations which set forth a comprehensive design for evaluating the programs assisted under part A of this title. Such regulations shall be developed by the Director in consultation with State directors of bilingual education programs, the evaluation assistance centers authorized in section 7034, and individuals and organizations with expertise in testing and evaluation of educational programs for children of limited English proficiency. Such regulations shall provide for the collection of information and data including—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the educational background, needs, and competencies of the limited English proficient persons served by the program;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the specific educational activities undertaken pursuant to the program; the pedagogical materials, methods, and techniques utilized in the program; and, with respect to classroom activities, the relative amount of instructional time spent with students on specified tasks;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the educational and professional qualifications, including language competencies, of the staff responsible for planning and operating the program;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>the specific activities undertaken to improve prereferral, evaluation procedures and instructional programs for limited English proficient children who may be handicapped or gifted and talented; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>the extent of educational progress achieved through the program measured, as appropriate, by (A) tests of academic achievement in English language arts, and where appropriate, second language arts; (B) tests of academic achievement in subject matter areas; and (C) changes in the rate of student grade-retention, dropout, absenteeism, placement in programs for the gifted and talented, and enrollment in postsecondary education institutions.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="7034">“SEC. 7034. </num><heading>EVALUATION ASSISTANCE CENTERS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3304">20 USC 3304</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“The Secretary shall establish, through competitive grants to institutions of higher education, at least 2 evaluation assistance centers. Such centers shall provide, upon the request of State or local educational agencies, technical assistance regarding methods and techniques for identifying the educational needs and competencies of limited English proficient persons and assessing the educational progress achieved through programs such as those assisted under this title. Grants made pursuant to this section shall be for a period of 3 years.</content> </section> <section> <num value="7035">“SEC. 7035. </num><heading>RESEARCH.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3305">20 USC 3305</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Research and Development</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall, through <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>competitive contracts under this section, provide financial assistance for research and development proposals submitted by institutions of higher education, private for-profit and nonprofit organizations, State and local educational agencies, and individuals.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorized Activities</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Research activities authorized to be assisted under this section shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>studies to determine and evaluate effective models for bilingual education programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>studies which examine the process by which individuals acquire a second language and master the subject matter skills <page identifier="/us/stat/102/288">102 STAT. 288</page>required for grade-promotion and graduation, and which identify effective methods for teaching English and subject matter skills within the context of a bilingual education program or special alternative instructional program to students who have language proficiencies other than English;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>longitudinal studies to measure the effect of this title on students enrolled in title VII programs (including a longitudinal study of the impact of bilingual education programs on limited-English proficient students using a nationally representative sample of the programs funded under this title and which provides information including data on grade retention, academic performance, and dropout rates);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>studies to determine effective and reliable methods for identifying students who are entitled to services under this title and for determining when their English language proficiency is sufficiently well developed to permit them to derive optimal benefits from an all-English instructional program;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>the operation of a clearinghouse which shall collect, analyze, and disseminate information about bilingual education and related programs (and coordinate its activities with the National Diffusion Network);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>studies to determine effective methods of teaching English to adults who have language proficiencies other than English;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>studies to determine and evaluate effective methods of instruction for bilingual programs, taking into account language and cultural differences among students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>studies to determine effective approaches to preservice and inservice training for teachers, taking into account the language and cultural differences of their students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>studies to determine effective and reliable techniques for providing bilingual education to handicapped students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>studies to determine effective and reliable methods for identifying gifted and talented students who have language proficiencies other than English; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">“(11) </num> <content>the effect of this title on the capacity of local educational agencies to operate bilingual programs following the termination of assistance under this title.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Consultation and Delegation of Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>In carrying out the responsibilities of this section, the Secretary may delegate authority to the Director, and in any event, shall consult with the Director, representatives of State and local educational agencies, appropriate groups and organizations involved in bilingual education, the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Publication of Proposals</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall publish and disseminate all requests for proposals in research and development assisted under this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation of Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>Nothing in this title shall be construed as authorizing the Secretary to conduct or support studies or analyses of the content of educational textbooks.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="7036">“SEC. 7036. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3306">20 USC 3306</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>COORDINATION OF RESEARCH.</heading> <content>“Notwithstanding section 405(b)(1) of the General Education Provisions Act, the Assistant Secretary for Educational Research and Improvement shall consult with the Director, the Committee on <page identifier="/us/stat/102/289">102 STAT. 289</page>Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives to ensure that research activities undertaken pursuant to section 405(b)(2)(C) of the General Education Provisions Act complement and do not duplicate the activities conducted pursuant to this part.</content> </section> <section> <num value="7037">“SEC. 7037. </num><heading>EDUCATION STATISTICS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3307">20 USC 3307</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Data Collection</inline>.—</heading><content>Notwithstanding section 406 of the General Education Provisions Act, the National Center for Education Statistics shall collect and publish, as part of its annual report on the condition of education, data for States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the trust territories with respect to the population of limited English proficient persons, the special educational services and programs available to limited English proficient persons, and the availability of educational personnel qualified to provide special educational services and programs to limited English proficient persons.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Data</inline>.—</heading><content>In carrying out its responsibilities under this section, the National Center for Education Statistics shall utilize, to the extent feasible, data submitted to the Department of Education by State and local educational agencies and institutions of higher education pursuant to the provisions of this title as well as data collected on limited English proficient persons by other Federal agencies.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <part><num value="C">“PART C—</num><heading class="inline">TRAINING AND TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE</heading> <section> <num value="7041">“SEC. 7041. </num><heading>USE OF FUNDS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3321">20 USC 3321</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Funds available under this part shall be used for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the establishment, operation, and improvement of training programs for educational personnel preparing to participate in, or personnel participating in, the conduct of programs of bilingual education or special alternative instructional programs for limited English proficient students, which shall emphasize opportunities for career development, advancement, and lateral mobility, and may provide training to teachers, administrators, counselors, paraprofessionals, teacher aides, and parents;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the training of persons to teach and counsel such persons;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the encouragement of reform, innovation, and improvement in applicable education curricula in graduate education, in the structure of the academic profession, and in recruitment and retention of higher education and graduate school faculties, as related to bilingual education;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>the operation of short-term training institutes designed to improve the skills of participants in programs of bilingual education or special alternative instructional programs for limited English proficient students; which may include summer programs designed to improve the instructional competence of educational personnel in the languages used in the program; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>the provision of inservice training and technical assistance to parents and educational personnel participating in, or preparing to participate in, bilingual education programs or special alternative instructional programs for limited English proficient students.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/290">102 STAT. 290</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Applications</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>A grant or contract may be made under subsection (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(3) of this section upon application of an institution of higher education.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>A grant or contract may be made under subsection (a)(4) of this section upon application of (A) institutions of higher education (including junior colleges and community colleges) and private for-profit or nonprofit organizations which apply, after consultation with, or jointly with, one or more local educational agencies or a State educational agency; (B) local educational agencies; or (C) a State educational agency.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>A grant or contract may be made under subsection (a)(5) of this section upon application of (A) institutions of higher education (including junior colleges and community colleges), (B) private for-profit or nonprofit organizations, or (C) a State educational agency.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application Requirement for Training Programs</inline>.—</heading><content>An application for a grant or contract for preservice or inservice training activities described in subsection (a)(1) of this section shall be developed in consultation with an advisory council composed of representatives of State and local educational agencies within the applicant’s service area or geographic region which operate programs of bilingual education or special alternative instruction for limited English proficientstudents.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Training Program Requirements</inline>.—</heading><content>A preservice or in-service training program funded under subsection (a)(1) shall assist educational personnel in meeting State and local certification requirements, and, whenever possible, should award college or university credit.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Preference in Assistance and Purpose of Training</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>In making a grant or contract for preservice training programs described in subsection (a)(1) of this section, the Secretary shall give preference to programs which contain course work in—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>teaching English as a second language;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>use of a non-English language for instructional purposes;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>linguistics; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>evaluation and assessment;</content> </subparagraph> <continuation>and which involve parents in the educational process.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Preservice training programs shall be designed to ensure that participants become proficient in English and a second language of instruction.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="7042">“SEC. 7042. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3322">20 USC 3322</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>MULTIFUNCTIONAL RESOURCE CENTERS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment</inline>.—</heading><content>Pursuant to subsection (a)(5) of section 7041, the Secretary shall establish, through competitive grants or contracts, at least 16 multifunctional resource centers (hereafter in this section referred to as ‘centers’). Grants and contracts shall be awarded with consideration given to the geographic and linguistic distribution of children of limited English proficiency.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Required Services</inline>.—</heading><content>In addition to providing technical assistance and training to persons participating in or preparing to participate in bilingual education programs or special alternative instructional programs for limited English proficient students, each center shall be responsible for gathering and providing information to other centers on a particular area of bilingual education, including (but not limited to) bilingual special education, bilingual education for gifted and talented limited English proficient students, bilingual vocational education, bilingual adult education, bilingual education program administration, literacy, education technology in <page identifier="/us/stat/102/291">102 STAT. 291</page>bilingual programs, mathematics and science education in bilingual programs, counseling limited English proficient students, and career education programs for limited English proficient students.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="7043">“SEC. 7043. </num><heading>FELLOWSHIPS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3323">20 USC 3323</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization</inline>.—</heading><content>Pursuant to subsection (a)(2) of section 7041, the Secretary is authorized to award fellowships for advanced study of bilingual education or special alternative instructional programs for limited English proficient students in such areas as teacher training, program administration, research and evaluation, and curriculum development. For fiscal year 1989 and each of the 4 subsequent fiscal years, not less than 500 fellowships leading to a masters or doctorate degree shall be awarded under the preceding sentence. Such fellowships shall be awarded, to the extent feasible, in proportion to the needs of various groups of individuals with limited English proficiency. Tn awarding fellowships, the Secretary shall give preference to individuals intending to study bilingual education or special alternative instructional programs for limited English proficient students in the following specialized areas: vocational education, adult education, gifted and talented education, special education, education technology, literacy, and mathematics and science education. The Secretary shall include information on the operation of the fellowship program in the report required under section 7051(c) of this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Fellowship Requirements</inline>.—</heading><content>Any person receiving a fellowship under this section shall agree either to repay such assistance or to work for a period equivalent to the period of time during which such person received assistance, and such work shall be in an activity related to programs and activities such as those authorized under this Act. The Secretary may waive this requirement in extraordinary circumstances.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="7044">“SEC. 7044. </num><heading>PRIORITY.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3324">20 USC 3324</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“In making grants or contracts under this part, the Secretary shall give priority to eligible applicants with demonstrated competence and experience in programs and activities such as those authorized under this Act.</content> </section> <section> <num value="7045">“SEC. 7045. </num><heading>STIPENDS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3325">20 USC 3325</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“In the terms of any arrangement described in this part, the Secretary shall provide for the payment, to persons participating in training programs so described, of such stipends (including allowances for subsistence and other expenses for such persons and their dependents) as the Secretary may determine to be consistent with prevailing practices under comparable federally supported programs.</content> </section> </part> <part><num value="D">PART D—</num><heading class="inline">ADMINISTRATION</heading> <section> <num value="7051">“SEC. 7051. </num><heading>OFFICE OF BILINGUAL EDUCATION AND MINORITY LANGUAGES AFFAIRS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3331">20 USC 3331</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment</inline>.—</heading><content>There shall be, in the Department of Education, an Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages Affairs (hereafter in this section referred to as the ‘Office’) through which the Secretary shall carry out functions relating to bilingual education.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/292">102 STAT. 292</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Director</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Office shall be headed by a Director of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages Affairs, appointed by the Secretary, to whom the Secretary shall delegate all delegable functions relating to bilingual education. The Director shall also be assigned responsibility for coordinating the bilingual education aspects of other programs administered by the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Office shall be organized as the Director determines to be appropriate in order to enable the Director to carry out such functions and responsibilities effectively, except that there shall be a division, within the Office, which is exclusively responsible for the collection, aggregation, analysis, and publication of data and information on the operation and effectiveness of programs assisted under this title.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">The Director shall prepare and, not later than February 1 of each year, shall submit to Congress and the President a report on—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the grants and contracts made pursuant to this title in the preceding fiscal year;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the number of individuals benefiting from the programs assisted under this title;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the evaluation of activities carried out under this title during the preceding 2 fiscal years and the extent to which each of such activities achieves the policy set forth in section 7002(a);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>an estimate of the number of fellowships in the field of training teachers for bilingual education which will be necessary for the 2 succeeding fiscal years; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>the research activities carried out under such title during the preceding 2 fiscal years and the major findings of research studies.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Coordination With Related Programs</inline>.—</heading><content>In order to maximize Federal efforts aimed at serving the educational needs of children of limited English proficiency, the Secretary shall coordinate and ensure close cooperation with other programs administered by the Department of Education, including such areas as teacher training, program content, research, and curriculum. The Secretary’s report under section 6213 of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988 shall include demonstration that such coordination has taken place.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Staffing Requirement</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall ensure that the Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Language Affairs is staffed with sufficient personnel trained, or with experience in, bilingual education to discharge effectively the provisions of this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reading and Scoring Applications</inline>.—</heading><content>For the purpose of reading and scoring applications for competitive grants authorized under parts A and C of this title, the Secretary shall use persons who are not otherwise employed by the Federal Government and who are experienced and involved in educational programs similar to those assisted under parts A and C of this title. The Secretary shall solicit nominations for application readers from State directors of bilingual education and may use funds appropriated for parts A and C of this title to pay for the application reading and scoring services required by this provision.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/293">102 STAT. 293</page> <section> <num value="7052">“SEC. 7052. </num><heading>LIMITATION OF AUTHORITY.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3332">20 USC 3332</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“The Secretary shall not impose restrictions on the availability or use of funds authorized under this title other than those set out in this title or other applicable Federal statutes and regulations.</content> </section> </part> <part><num value="E">“PART E—</num><heading class="inline">TRANSITION</heading> <section> <num value="7063">“SEC. 7063. </num><heading>TRANSITION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3341">20 USC 3341</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“This title shall not apply to grants and contracts entered into under the Bilingual Education Act as in effect before October 1, 1988.”.</content> </section> </part>
SEC. 1002. CONFORMING AMENDMENTS. (a) In General.—Sections 1001 through 1004, and 1006 of the

20 USC 3381–3384, 3386.

Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 are redesignated as sections 8001 through 8005, respectively. (b) Special Definition Rule.—Section 8001 of such Act (as re-designated by subsection (a) of this section) is amended to read as follows:
“definitions “Sec. 8001. Except as otherwise provided, the terms used in this

20 USC 3381.

Act have the same meanings provided in section 1471 of this Act.”
SEC. 1003. REPEALS. (a) Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981.—The Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 (20 U.S.C. 3801 et seq.l is repealed. (b) Ellender Program.—The joint resolution of October 19, 1972 (Public Law 92–506) is repealed. (c) Immigrant Education.—Title VI of the Education Amendments of 1984 (20 U.S.C. 4101 et seq.) is repealed. (d) Territorial Assistance.—Sections 1524 and 1525 of the Education Amendments of 1978 are repealed. (e) Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986.—Subtitle B of title IV of the Anti-Drug Abuse Act of 1986 (Public Law 99–570) is repealed.

20 USC 4601 et seq.

20 USC 3245 note.
SEC. 1004. SPECIAL RULE ON SCHOOL DROPOUT DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM. The provisions of section 6005(c) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (as added by section 1001 of this Act) shall apply to funds appropriated for the fiscal year 1988 for the dropout demonstration program.
<num value="II">TITLE II—</num><heading class="inline">AMENDMENTS TO OTHER EDUCATION PROGRAMS</heading> <part><num value="A">PART A—</num><heading class="inline">IMPACT AID PROGRAM</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Impact Aid Reauthorization Act of 1988.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s236">20 USC 236 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="2001">SEC. 2001. </num> <heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>This part may be cited as the “<shortTitle role="part">Impact Aid Reauthorization Act of 1988</shortTitle>”.</content> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/294">102 STAT. 294</page> <subpart><num value="I">Subpart I—</num><heading class="inline">Public Law 874</heading> <section> <num value="2011">SEC. 2011. </num><heading>ADMINISTRATIVE AMENDMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Act of September 30, 1950 (Public Law <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s236">20 USC 236 <i>et seq</i></ref>.</p></sidenote>874, Eighty-first Congress) (hereafter referred to in this subpart as the “Act ”) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>the Commissioner</quotedText>” each time it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>the Secretary</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s240">20 USC 240</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 5(b)(3)(C)(vii) of the Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>Commissioner’s</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Secretary’s</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s244">20 USC 244</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 403(9) of the Act is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>The term ‘Secretary’ means the Secretary of Education.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s241–1">20 USC 241–1</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rules</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Section 7(c)(1) of the Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>Labor and Public Welfare</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Labor and Human Resources</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The last sentence of section 7(d) of the Act is amended to read as follows: “<quotedText>The Secretary shall complete action of approval or disapproval of an application within 90 days of the filing of an application.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2012">SEC. 2012. </num><heading>REAUTHORIZATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Extension of Program</inline>.—</heading><content>The Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>October 1, 1988</quotedText>” each place it appears in sections 2(a), 3(b), 4(a), and <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s237–239/241–1">20 USC 237–239, 241–1</ref>.</p></sidenote>7(a)(1) and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>October 1, 1993</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The first section of the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s236">20 USC 236</ref>.</p></sidenote>Act is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(a)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>Section 1.</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>There are authorized to be appropriated $735,000,000 for fiscal year 1989, $785,000,000 for fiscal year 1990, $835,000,000 for fiscal year 1991, $885,000,000 for fiscal year 1992, and $935,000,000 for fiscal year 1993, to carry out the provisions of this Act.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2013">SEC. 2013. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Taxes.</p></sidenote><heading>FEDERAL ACQUISITION OF REAL PROPERTY.</heading> <content>Section 2(a) of the Act is amended by adding at the end of such subsection the following: “In making the determination of the amount that would have been derived in such year, the Secretary shall apply the current levied real property tax rate for current expenditures levied by fiscally independent local educational agencies or imputed for fiscally dependent local educational agencies to the current annually determined aggregate assessed value of such acquired Federal property.”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="2014">SEC. 2014. </num><heading>ENTITLEMENTS AND PAYMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Amount for Section 3(a) Children</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 3(d)(1)(A) of the Act is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in the case of any local educational agency with respect to which the number of children is determined under subsection (a) an amount equal to 100 per centum of the local contribution rate multiplied by the number of children determined under such subsection plus the product obtained with respect to such agency under subparagraph (B); and”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Amount for Other Children</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 3(d)(1)(B) of the Act is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in any other case, an amount equal to 25 per centum of the local contribution rate multiplied by the number of children determined with respect to such agency for such fiscal year under subsection (b).”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/295">102 STAT. 295</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rules</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Section 3(d)(2)(B)(i) of the Act is amended to <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s238">20 USC 238</ref>.</p></sidenote>read as follows: <quotedContent> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>the amount of payment resulting from paragraph (1), as is otherwise provided in this subsection with respect to any local educational agency for any fiscal year, together with the funds available to such agency from State and local sources and from other sections of this title, determined in accordance with subparagraph (E), is less than the amount necessary to enable such agency to provide a level of education equivalent to the State average during the preceding fiscal year or to the average of that maintained during the preceding fiscal year in three or more of the school districts of the State which are generally comparable to the school district of such agency, whichever is higher, increased or decreased, as the case may be, in the same percentage as the cost of such level of education increased or decreased from the second preceding fiscal year to the prior fiscal year;”.</content> </clause> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 3(d)(2)(B) of the Act is amended by inserting after the first sentence the following new sentences: “<quotedText>The increase computed <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Taxes.</p></sidenote>under this subparagraph shall be sufficient to allow the school district of the local educational agency to provide a level of education (calculated in accordance with this subparagraph) equal to the average of the three comparable districts in the State or the State average, whichever is greater, as described in clause (i). For the purpose of clause (ii), the Secretary shall determine that a reasonable tax effort has been made if the tax rate of the agency in the year for which the determination is made is an amount that is at least equal to 80 percent of the average tax rate for general fund purposes of comparable school districts for such fiscal year. Coterminous military districts shall be deemed to meet the requirement of such reasonable tax effort. Except for coterminous military districts, payments made to any agency under this subparagraph in any fiscal year shall be reduced by the percentage that the average tax rate for operational purposes of the comparable school districts or, if none, the State average tax rate, exceeds the tax rate of such agency.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Section 3(d)(2)(E) of the Act is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <chapeau>For the purpose of subparagraph (B)(i) of this paragraph—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>available funds may not include any cash balance at the end of a year allowed under State law; or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>whenever no State law governing cash balance exists, available funds may not include 30 percent of the local educational agency’s operating costs.”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Districts With Unusual Geographic Factors</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Section 3(d)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>is authorized to</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>shall</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 3(d)(3)(B)(ii) of the Act is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: “<quotedText>The amount of any such supplementary payment may not exceed the per pupil share (computed with regard to all children in average daily attendance), as determined by the Secretary, of the increased current expenditures necessitated by such unusual geographical factors.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Coterminous Agency Rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 3(h) of the Act is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” after the subsection designation; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/296">102 STAT. 296</page> <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>For the fiscal year beginning October 1, 1987, and for each year thereafter, the local contribution rate for coterminous local educational agencies under paragraph (1) shall be not less than 70 per centum of the average per pupil expenditure in all States during the second preceding year prior to the fiscal year for which the determination is made unless such payment would raise the per pupil expenditure above the average for that State. Whenever the preceding sentence applies, the local contribution rate may not be less than the amount necessary to raise the per pupil expenditure for that district to the average per pupil expenditure for the State in which such agency is located. The first 2 sentences of this paragraph shall not apply for local educational agencies in any State in which the State equalization law would prohibit the local educational agency from retaining such additional funds or in which State law would require that the State contribution would be reduced in proportion to such additional funds. The local contribution rate for local educational agencies under this paragraph may not be less than 50 per centum of the average per pupil expenditure in all States during the second preceding fiscal year prior to the fiscal year for which the determination is made.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2015">SEC. 2015. </num><heading>METHOD OF PAYMENT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Rounding of Payments</inline>.—</heading><content>The first sentence of section 5(b) of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s240">20 USC 240</ref>.</p></sidenote>the Act is amended by inserting after “<quotedText>agency</quotedText>” a comma and the following: “<quotedText>rounded to the nearest whole dollar,</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Disposition of Recovered Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 5(b) of the Act is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” after the subsection designation; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following sentence: “<quotedText>The Secretary shall return to the United States Treasury any funds appropriated for payments under this title for fiscal years 1988 and thereafter that, as the result of overpayments or unallowable expenditures, are recovered by the Department of Education after the end of the fifth fiscal year following the end of the fiscal year for which the sums were appropriated, or that remain in Department of Education accounts after that time.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Preliminary Payments</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 5(b)(2) of the Act is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>As soon as possible after the beginning of any fiscal year, the Secretary shall, on the basis of a written request for a preliminary payment from any local educational agency that was eligible for a payment for the preceding fiscal year on the basis of entitlements established under section 2 or 3, make such a preliminary payment—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>to any agency for whom the number of children determined under section 3(a) amounts to at least 20 per centum of such agency’s total average daily attendance, of 75 per centum of the amount that such agency received for such preceding fiscal year on the basis of such entitlements; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>to any other agency, of 50 per centum of the amount that such agency received for such preceding fiscal year on the basis of such entitlements.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule on Payments</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 5(c)(1) of the Act is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Secretary shall first allocate to each local educational agency which is entitled to a payment under section 2 an amount equal to 100 per centum of the amount to which it is <page identifier="/us/stat/102/297">102 STAT. 297</page>entitled as computed under that section for such fiscal year and to each local educational agency an amount equal to the supplemental 50 per centum of the entitlement that each child described in section 3(d)(2)(C) served by such agency is eligible to receive under section 3(d)(2)(C).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The Secretary shall then allocate to any local educational agency which is eligible under section 3(d)(2)(B) an amount equal to 100 per centum of the amount to which such agency is entitled under sections 3(a) and 3(b).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall reserve from the remainder of the sums appropriated for this Act (other than amounts needed for section 7) for such fiscal year—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>80 per centum for the purpose of allocating sums under paragraph (2) for entitlements determined under section 3(a); and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>20 per centum for the purpose of allocating sums under paragraph (3) for entitlements determined under section 3(b).”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Allocation of Payments Rule</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Section 5(c)(2) of the Act <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s240">20 USC 240</ref>.</p></sidenote>is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>For the purpose of allocating sums available for section 3(a) for any fiscal year which remain after the allocation required by paragraph (1) and any allocation required by sections 5(e) and 3(h) for such fiscal year, the Secretary shall determine the category to which a local educational agency belongs as follows:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>Each local educational agency in which the number of children determined under section 3(a) amounts to at least 20 per centum of the total number of children who were in average daily attendance in the schools of such agency is in category (i).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>Each local educational agency in which the number of children determined under section 3(a) amounts to at least 15 per centum, but less than 20 per centum of the total number of children who were in average daily attendance in the schools of such agency is in category (ii).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>Each local educational agency in which the number of children determined under section 3(a) amounts to less than 15 per centum of the total number of children who were in average daily attendance in the schools of such agency is in category (iii).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall allocate the amounts described in subparagraph (A) according to the following schedule:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <chapeau>A first allocation shall be made as follows:</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>80 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (i);</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>60 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (ii); and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num> <content>40 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (iii).</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau>Any sums remaining after the allocation pursuant to clause (i) shall be allocated as follows:</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>20 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (i);</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>15 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (ii); and</content> </subclause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/298">102 STAT. 298</page> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num> <content>10 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (iii).</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <chapeau>Any sums remaining after the allocation pursuant to clause (ii) shall be allocated as follows:</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>25 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (ii); and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>50 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (iii).</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>For the purpose of allocating sums available for section 3(b) for any fiscal year which remain after the allocation required by paragraph (1) and any allocation required by sections 5(e) and 3(h) for such fiscal year, the Secretary shall determine the category to which a local educational agency belongs as follows:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>Each local educational agency in which the number of children determined under section 3(b) amounts to at least 20 per centum of the total number of children who were in average daily attendance in the schools of such agency is in category (i).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>Each local educational agency in which the number of children determined under section 3(b) amounts to less than 20 per centum of the total number of children who were in average daily attendance in the schools of such agency is in category (ii).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall allocate the amounts described in subparagraph (A) according to the following schedule:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <chapeau>A first allocation shall be made as follows:</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>20 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (i); and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>10 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (ii).</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau>Any sums remaining after the allocation pursuant to clause (i) shall be allocated as follows:</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>30 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (i); and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>5 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (ii).</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <chapeau>Any sums remaining after the allocation pursuant to clause (ii) shall be allocated as follows:</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>50 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (i); and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>85 per centum of entitlement to local educational agencies described in category (ii).</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Whenever the additional amounts described in para-graphs (2)(A) and (3)(A) in each fiscal year are insufficient to provide the required percent of entitlement to each local educational agency under clause (ii) or (iii) of paragraph (2)(B), or clause (ii) or (iii) of paragraph (3)(B), respectively, the full amount which local educational agencies are entitled to receive under such clauses shall be ratably reduced. If additional funds become available for making such payments for any fiscal year during which the preceding sentence is applicable, such reduced amounts shall be increased on the same basis as they were reduced.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2)</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s240">20 USC 240</ref>.</p></sidenote><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 5(c)(3) of the Act is repealed.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The sentence following paragraph (2) of section 5(c) (as amended by subparagraph (An is amended by striking out “<quotedText>or (3)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/299">102 STAT. 299</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s240">20 USC 240</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">The last sentence of section 5(c) of the Act is repealed.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Aid Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 5(d)(2)(A) of the Act is amended by inserting after the first sentence the following flush sentence: “<quotedText>The increase in payments described in sections 3(d)(2)(B), 3(d)(2)(C), 3(d)(2)(D), and 3(d)(3)(B)(ii) shall not be taken into consideration by the State for the purpose of this subparagraph.</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Hold Harmless Rules</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 5(e) of the Act is amended to read as follows:</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>For any fiscal year after September 30, 1988, the Secretary shall allocate to any local educational agency which received a payment under section 3(a) in fiscal year 1987, an amount which is not less than the product of 100 per centum of the per pupil amount paid to such agency in fiscal year 1987 and the number of such children in average daily attendance for the fiscal year for which the determination is made under such subsection.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>For any fiscal year beginning after September 30, 1988, the Secretary shall allocate to any local educational agency which received a payment under section 3(b) in fiscal year 1987 for children described in section 5(c)(3)(A)(i), an amount which is not less than the product of 100 per centum of the per pupil amount paid to such agency in fiscal year 1987 and the number of such children in average daily attendance in the fiscal year for which such determination is made.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>The provisions of subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this paragraph shall not apply to any local educational agency for which the factor in the determination of the local contribution rate described in section 3(d)(3)(A)(i) in the year for which the determination is made is less than the amount for such factor for fiscal year 1987.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>The Secretary is authorized to modify the per pupil amount described in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, in any case in which, in the fiscal year for which the determination is made a local educational agency is no longer an agency described in section 5(c)(2)(A)(i), or section 5(c)(2)(A)(ii), but is an agency described in section 5(c)(2)(A)(ii) or section 5(c)(2)(A)(iii), as the case may be.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>The provisions of subparagraph (B) of this paragraph shall not apply to any local educational agency which, in the fiscal year for which the determination is made, is not a local educational agency described in section 5(c)(3)(A)(i).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>If sums appropriated for any fiscal year for making payments under this section are not sufficient to pay in full the amount to which each local educational agency is entitled under the previous paragraph, such amounts shall be ratably reduced.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>In no event shall the amount allocated to any local educational agency in any fiscal year under paragraph (1) exceed the amount received by such agency in the fiscal year 1987.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2016">SEC. 2016. </num><heading>CHILDREN FOR WHOM LOCAL AGENCY IS UNABLE TO PROVIDE EDUCATION.</heading> <content>Section 6 of the Act is amended by adding at the end thereof the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s241">20 USC 241</ref>.</p></sidenote>following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, a local educational agency receiving funds under section 3 may also receive funds under section 6.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="2017">SEC. 2017. </num><heading>DISASTER ASSISTANCE.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 7(a)(1) of the Act is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s241–1">20 USC 241–1</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out subparagraph (B);</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/300">102 STAT. 300</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>or</quotedText>” at the end of subparagraph (A) <quotedText>and</quotedText> inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>and</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by striking out the subparagraph designation “<quotedText>(A)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s241–1">20 USC 241–1</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Eligibility</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 7(a)(3) of the Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>$1,000 or one-half of 1 per centum</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>$10,000 or 5 per centum</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Availability of Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 7 of the Act is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection (f): <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num> <content>Funds available for this section for any fiscal year shall also be available for section 16 of the Act of September 23, 1950 (Public Law 815, Eighty-first Congress).”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2018">SEC. 2018. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s238">20 USC 238 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>TREATMENT OF CHILDREN RESIDING ON PROPERTY ASSISTED UNDER SECTION 8 OF THE UNITED STATES HOUSING ACT OF 1937.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Claims.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, for fiscal years prior to fiscal year 1989, applicants may claim and receive payments under section 3 of Public Law 81–874 on behalf of children residing in or whose parents are employed on property assisted under section 8 of the United States Housing Act of 1937, if such property was claimed by such applicants and such payments were received for the previous fiscal year.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Payments made to any local educational agency under section 3(b) of the Act for fiscal years prior to fiscal year 1989, on behalf of children who reside on or whose parents are employed on property that is housing assisted under section 8 of the United States Housing Act of 1937, shall stand, and such payments withheld or recovered shall be made or restored.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2019">SEC. 2019. </num><heading>CHILDREN RESIDING ON, OR WHOSE PARENTS ARE EMPLOYED ON, FEDERAL PROPERTY.</heading> <content>Section 3(d)(2)(D) of the Act of September 30, 1950 (20 U.S.C. 236, <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s238">20 USC 238</ref>.</p></sidenote>Public Law 81–874) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: “<quotedText>Funds received under this section may be used to pay tuition for any student not eligible for funding under section 1128 of Public Law 95–561 in any school receiving funding under such section. No condition involving program or personnel shall apply to any such payments.</quotedText>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="2020">SEC. 2020. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s236">20 USC 236 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>REGULATION REQUIREMENTS.</heading> <content>No regulations may be established to carry out the provisions of this Act unless such regulations will become final only after a period for comment which is not less than 90 days. No provision of the regulations may have a retroactive effect which results in the recovery of assistance by the United States (other than such recovery based on regulations in effect at the time the assistance was made). To the extent that the provisions of section 431 of the General Education Provisions Act are not inconsistent with the provisions of this section, the provisions of section 431 shall apply to regulations established under this Act.</content> </section> <section> <num value="2021">SEC. 2021. </num><heading>DEFINITION.</heading> <content><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s244">20 USC 244</ref>.</p></sidenote>Section 403(5) of the Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>under title I, II, or III</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>under chapter 1 or 2 of title I</quotedText>”.</content> </section> </subpart> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/301">102 STAT. 301</page> <subpart><num value="2">Subpart 2—</num><heading class="inline">Public Law 815</heading> <section> <num value="2031">SEC. 2031. </num><heading>REAUTHORIZATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Extension of Program</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Act of September 23, 1950 (Public Law 815, Eighty-first Congress) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in section 3 by striking “<quotedText>1988</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>;1993</quotedText>”;<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s633">20 USC 633</ref>.</p></sidenote></content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in section 16(a)(1)(A) by striking “<quotedText>1988,</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1993,</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in paragraph (15) of section 15 by striking “<quotedText>1978–1979</quotedText>” and <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s645">20 USC 645</ref>.</p></sidenote>inserting “<quotedText>1988–1989</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The first section of such Act is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s631">20 USC 631</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(a)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>Section 1.</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>There are authorized to be appropriated $25,000,000 for fiscal year 1989, $26,000,000 for fiscal year 1990, $27,000,000 for fiscal year 1991, $28,000,000 for fiscal year 1992, and $29,000,000 for fiscal year 1993, to carry out the provisions of the Act of September 23, 1950 (Public Law 815, Eighty-first Congress).”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2032">SEC. 2032. </num><heading>ADMINISTRATIVE AMENDMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Act of September 23, 1950 (Public Law 815, Eighty-first Congress) is further amended by striking out “<quotedText>the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s631">20 USC 631 <i>et seq</i></ref>.</p></sidenote>Commissioner</quotedText>” each time it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>the Secretary</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 11(b) of such Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>Commissioner’s</quotedText>” <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s641">20 USC 641</ref>.</p></sidenote>and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Secretary’s</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Section 15(14) of such Act is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(14) </num> <content>The term ‘Secretary’ means the Secretary of Education.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>The fifth sentence of section 16(c) of such Act is <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s646">20 USC 646</ref>.</p></sidenote>amended to read as follows: <quotedContent>“The Secretary shall complete action of approval or disapproval of an application within 90 days of the filing of an application.”.</quotedContent></content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2033">SEC. 2033. </num><heading>DISASTER ASSISTANCE.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 16(a)(1) of the Act of September 23, 1950 (Public Law 815, Eighty-first Congress) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out subparagraph (B);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>or</quotedText>” at the end of subparagraph (A) and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>and</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by striking out the subparagraph designation “<quotedText>(A)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eligibility</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 16(a)(5) of such Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>$1,000 or one-half of 1 per centum</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>$10,000 or 5 per centum</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="2034">SEC. 2034. </num><heading>TECHNICAL AMENDMENT.</heading> <chapeau>Section 14 of the Act is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s64">20 USC 644</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out subsection (d); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding after subsection (c) the following: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>There are hereby authorized to be appropriated for each fiscal <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote>year such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section. There are also authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for administration of such provisions. Amounts so appropriated, other than amounts appropriated for administration, shall remain available until expended.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </section> </subpart> </part> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/302">102 STAT. 302</page> <part><num value="B">PART B—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Adult Education Amendments of 1988.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1201">20 USC 1201 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">ADULT EDUCATION</heading> <section> <num value="2101">SECTION 2101. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>This part may be cited as the “<shortTitle role="part">Adult Education Amendments of 1988</shortTitle>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="2102">SEC. 2102. </num><heading>AMENDMENT TO ADULT EDUCATION ACT.</heading> <content>Title III of the Elementary and Secondary Education Amendments of 1966 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <title> <num value="III">“TITLE III—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Adult Education Act.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">ADULT EDUCATION PROGRAMS</heading> <section> <num value="301">“SEC. 301. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1201">20 USC 1201 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>“This title may be cited as the ‘<shortTitle role="title">Adult Education Act</shortTitle>’.</content> </section> <part><num value="A">“PART A—</num><heading class="inline">BASIC PROGRAM PROVISIONS</heading> <section> <num value="311">“SEC. 311. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1201">20 USC 1201</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>STATEMENT OF PURPOSE.</heading> <chapeau>“It is the purpose of this title to assist the States to improve educational opportunities for adults who lack the level of literacy skills requisite to effective citizenship and productive employment, to expand and improve the current system for delivering adult education services including delivery of such services to education-ally disadvantaged adults, and to encourage the establishment of adult education programs that will—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>enable these adults to acquire the basic educational skills necessary for literate functioning;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>provide these adults with sufficient basic education to enable them to benefit from job training and retraining programs and obtain and retain productive employment so that they might more fully enjoy the benefits and responsibilities of citizenship; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>enable adults who so desire to continue their education to at least the level of completion of secondary school.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="312">“SEC. 312. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1201a">20 USC 1201a</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading> <chapeau>“As used in this title—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘adult’ means an individual who has attained 16 years of age or who is beyond the age of compulsory school attendance under State law, except that for the purpose of section 313(b), the term ‘adult’ means an individual 16 years of age or older.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The term ‘adult education’ means services or instruction below the college level for adults—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>who are not enrolled in secondary school;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>who lack sufficient mastery of basic educational skills to enable them to function effectively in society or who do not have a certificate of graduation from a school providing secondary education and who have not achieved an equivalent level of education;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>who are not currently required to be enrolled in school; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>whose lack of mastery of basic skills results in an inability to speak, read, or write the English language <page identifier="/us/stat/102/303">102 STAT. 303</page>which constitutes a substantial impairment of their ability to get or retain employment commensurate with their real ability, and thus are in need of programs to help eliminate such inability and raise the level of education of such individuals with a view to making them less likely to become dependent on others.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>The term ‘educationally disadvantaged adult’ means an adult who—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>demonstrates basic skills equivalent to or below that of students at the fifth grade level; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>has been placed in the lowest or beginning level of an adult education program when that program does not use grade level equivalencies as a measure of students’ basic skills.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The term ‘community school program’ is a program in which a public building, including but not limited to a public elementary or secondary school or a community or junior college, is used as a community center operated in conjunction with other groups in the community, community organizations, and local governmental agencies, to provide educational, recreational, cultural, and other related community services for the community which the center serves in accordance with the needs, interest, and concerns of that community.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>The term ‘local educational agency’ means a public board of education or other public authority legally constituted within a State for either administrative control or direction of public elementary or secondary schools in a city, county, township, school district, or other political subdivision of a State, or such combination of school districts or counties as are recognized in a State as an administrative agency for its public elementary or secondary schools, except that, if there is a separate board or other legally constituted local authority having administrative control and direction of adult education in public schools therein, such term means such other board or authority.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>The term ‘Secretary’ means the Secretary of Education.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>The term ‘State’ includes the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and except for the purposes of section 313, Guam, American Samoa, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Virgin Islands.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>The term ‘State educational agency’ means the State board of education or other agency or officer primarily responsible for the State supervision of public elementary and secondary schools, or, if there is a separate State agency or officer primarily responsible for supervision of adult education in public schools, then such agency or officer may be designated for the purpose of this title by the Governor or by State law. If no agency or officer qualifies under the preceding sentence, such term shall mean an appropriate agency or officer designated for the purposes of this title by the Governor.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>The term ‘academic education’ means the theoretical, the liberal, the speculative, and classical subject matter found to compose the curriculum of the public secondary school.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>The term ‘institution of higher education’ means any such institution as defined by section 481 of the Higher Education Act of 1965.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/304">102 STAT. 304</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">“(11) </num> <chapeau>The term ‘individual of limited English proficiency’ means an adult or out-of-school youth who has limited ability in speaking, reading, writing, or understanding the English language and—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>whose native language is a language other than English; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>who lives in a family or community environment where a language other than English is the dominant language.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="12">“(12) </num> <content>The term ‘out-of-school youth’ means an individual who is under 16 years of age and beyond the age of compulsory school attendance under State law who has not completed high school or the equivalent.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="13">“(13) </num> <content>The term ‘English literacy program’ means a program of instruction designed to help limited English proficient adults, out-of-school youths, or both, achieve lull competence in, the English language.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="14">“(14) </num> <content>The term ‘community-based organization’ means a private nonprofit organization which is representative of a community or significant segments of a community and which provides education, vocational education or rehabilitation, job training, or internship services and programs and includes neighborhood groups and organizations, community action agencies, community development corporations, union-related organizations, employer-related organizations, tribal governments, and organizations serving Native Alaskans and Indians.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="15">“(15) </num> <content>The term ‘private industry council’ means the private industry council established under section 102 of the Job Training Partnership Act.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="313">“SEC. 313. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1201b">20 USC 1201b</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS; ALLOTMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated $200,000,000 for fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for each succeeding fiscal year through fiscal year 1993 to carry out the provisions of this title (other than sections 371 and 372).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Territories, U.S.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Allotment</inline>.—</heading><content>From the sums available for the purposes of section 311 for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allot (1) $100,000 each to Guam, American Samoa, the Northern Mariana Islands, the Virgin Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and (2) $250,000 to each of the other States. From the remainder of such sums the Secretary shall allot to each State an amount which bears the same ratio to such remainder as the number of adults who do not have a certificate of graduation from a school providing secondary education (or its equivalent) and who are not currently required to be enrolled in schools of such State bears to the number of such adults in all States.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reallotment</inline>.—</heading><content>The portion of any State’s allotment under subsection (b) for a fiscal year which the Secretary determines will not be required for the period such allotment is available for carrying out the State plan approved under this title shall be available for reallotment from time to time, on such dates during such period as the Secretary shall fix, to other States in proportion to the original allotments to such States under subsection (b) for such year, but with such proportionate amount for any of such other State being reduced to the extent it exceeds the sum which the Secretary estimates such State needs and will be able to use for such period for carrying out its State plan approved under this title, and the total of such reductions shall be similarly reallotted among the States whose <page identifier="/us/stat/102/305">102 STAT. 305</page>proportionate amounts are not so reduced. Any amount allotted to a State under this subsection during a year shall be deemed part of its allotment under subsection (b) for such year.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reservation of Funds for National Programs</inline>.—</heading><content>For any fiscal year, if the amount appropriated to carry out the purposes of this title exceeds $108,000,000, not more than $3,000,000 of such amount shall be reserved to carry out the programs described in part D, relating to national programs.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <part> <num value="B">“PART B—</num><heading class="inline">STATE PROGRAMS</heading> <subpart> <num value="1">“Subpart 1—</num><heading class="inline">Basic State Grants</heading> <section> <num value="321">“SEC. 321. </num><heading>BASIC GRANTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1203">20 USC 1203</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“From the sums allotted to States for this subpart pursuant to section 313, the Secretary is authorized to make grants to States to assist them in funding adult education programs, services, and activities carried out by eligible recipients to achieve the purposes of this title.</content> </section> <section> <num value="322">“SEC. 322. </num><heading>USE OF FUNDS: LOCAL APPLICATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1203a">20 USC 1203a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Funds</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Grants to States under this subpart shall be used in accordance with State plans (and amendments thereto) approved under sections 341 and 351, to pay the Federal share of the cost of the establishment or expansion of adult education programs to be carried out by local educational agencies and by public or private nonprofit agencies, organizations, and institutions. Grants provided under this section to States to carry out the programs described in the preceding sentence may be carried out by public or private nonprofit agencies, organizations, and institutions only if the applicable local educational agency has been consulted with and has had an opportunity to comment on the application of such agency, organization, or institution. The comments of the local educational agency, and responses thereto, shall be attached to the application when it is forwarded to the State.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Grants to States provided under this section may also be used to carry out programs by a consortium which includes a for-profit agency, organization, or institution if such agency, organization, or institution can make a significant contribution to attaining the objectives of this Act. Whenever the establishment <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>or expansion of programs includes a for-profit agency, organization, or institution, as part of a consortium, a contract with such agency, organization, or institution, for the establishment or expansion of such programs shall be entered into by the public or private nonprofit agency, institution, or organization.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The State educational agency shall not approve any application unless evidence that any consultation required by paragraph (1) has taken place is provided. Such application shall contain such information as the State educational agency considers necessary, including a description of current programs, activities, and services receiving assistance from Federal, State, and local sources; cooperative arrangements (including arrangements with business, industry, and volunteer literacy organizations as appropriate) that have been made to deliver services to adults as well as assurances that adult <page identifier="/us/stat/102/306">102 STAT. 306</page>educational programs, services, or activities provided under this title are coordinated with and not duplicative of services, programs, or activities made available to adults under other Federal, State, and local programs, including the Job Training Partnership Act, the Carl D. Perkins Vocational Education Act, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Education of the Handicapped Act, the Indian Education Act, the Higher Education Act of 1965, and the Domestic Volunteer Service Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The State educational agency shall give preference to those applicants who have demonstrated or can demonstrate a capability to recruit and serve educationally disadvantaged adults.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The provisions of subparagraph (A) shall apply in any fiscal year in which the amount appropriated for basic State grants under this subpart exceeds the amounts available for such grants in fiscal year 1988.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitations On Use of Funds</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Not less than 10 percent of the funds paid to a State under subsection (a) shall be used for corrections education and education for other institutionalized individuals in accordance with subpart 2.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Not more than 20 percent of a State’s allotment shall be used for programs of equivalency for a certificate of graduation from a secondary school.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="323">“SEC. 323. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1203b">20 USC 1203b</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>LOCAL ADMINISTRATIVE COST LIMITS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <content>Of the funds provided by the State agency to eligible recipients, at least 95 percent must be expended for provision of adult education instructional activities. The remainder shall be used for planning, administration, personnel development, and interagency coordination.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>In cases where the administrative cost limits under subsection (a) would be insufficient for adequate planning, administration, evaluation, and coordination of programs supported under this Act, the State agency shall negotiate with the local grant recipient in order to determine an adequate level of funds to be used for noninstructional purposes.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="2">“Subpart 2—</num><heading class="inline">Programs for Corrections Education and Education for Other Institutionalized Individuals</heading> <section> <num value="326">“SEC. 326. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1203b">20 USC 1204</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <chapeau>“Funds set aside under section 322(b)(1) by a State shall be used for the cost of educational programs for criminal offenders in corrections institutions and for other institutionalized individuals, including—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>academic programs for—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>basic education with special emphasis on reading, writing, vocabulary, and arithmetic;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>special education programs as defined by State law;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>bilingual or English as a second language programs; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>secondary school credit programs;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>vocational training programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>library development and library service programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>corrections education programs, training for teacher personnel specializing in corrections education, particularly <page identifier="/us/stat/102/307">102 STAT. 307</page>courses in social education, basic skills instruction, and abnormal psychology;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>guidance and counseling programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>supportive services for criminal offenders, with special emphasis on the coordination of educational services with agencies furnishing services to criminal offenders after their release; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>cooperative programs with educational institutions, community-based organizations of demonstrated effectiveness, and the private sector, designed to provide education and training.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <chapeau>As used in this section, the term—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>‘criminal offender’ means any individual who is charged with or convicted of any criminal offense; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">‘correctional institution’ means any</inline>—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>prison,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>jail,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>reformatory,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>work farm,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>detention center, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>halfway house, community-based rehabilitation center, or any other similar institution designed for the confinement or rehabilitation of criminal offenders.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="3">“Subpart 3—</num><heading class="inline">State Administrative Responsibilities</heading> <section> <num value="331">“SEC. 331. </num><heading>STATE ADMINISTRATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1205">20 USC 1205</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Agency Responsibilities</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Any State desiring to participate in the programs authorized by this title shall designate the State educational agency to be the sole State agency responsible for the administration and supervision of such programs. The responsibilities of the State agency shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the development, submission, and implementation of the State application and plan and any amendments thereto (pursuant to sections 342 and 351), and the State evaluation (pursuant to section 352);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>consultation with the State advisory council established pursuant to section 332, and other appropriate agencies, groups, and individuals involved in the planning, administration, evaluation, and coordination of programs funded under this title; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the assignment of such personnel as may be necessary for State administration of programs under this title.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Imposed Requirements </inline>—</heading><content>Whenever any State imposes any rule or policy relating to the administration and operation of programs funded by this title (including any rule or policy based on State interpretation of any Federal law, regulation, or guideline) the rule or policy shall be identified as a State imposed requirement.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on State Administrative Costs</inline>.—</heading><content>Effective for fiscal years beginning after September 30, 1990, a State educational agency may use no more than 5 percent of the State’s grant or $50,000, whichever is greater, to pay the cost of its administration of the State’s program.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="332">“SEC. 332. </num><heading>STATE ADVISORY COUNCIL ON ADULT EDUCATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1205a">20 USC 1205a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Requirement</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Any State may designate a body, or establish a new body if there is no suitable existing body, to act as a State <page identifier="/us/stat/102/308">102 STAT. 308</page>advisory council on adult education, appointed by the Governor. The membership of the State advisory council shall be broadly representative of citizens and groups within the State having an interest in adult education, and shall consist of representatives of public education; private and public sector employment; recognized State labor organizations; private, voluntary, or community literacy organizations; libraries; and State economic development agencies.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>A State which elects to designate or establish a State advisory council available for this subsection may use funds under this subpart for the purposes of this subsection.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Representation on Council</inline>.—</heading><content>The State shall ensure that there is appropriate representation on the State advisory council of urban as well as rural areas, of women, persons with handicaps, and racial and ethnic minorities.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Certification</inline>.—</heading><content>The State shall certify the establishment and membership of the State advisory council to the Secretary prior to the beginning of any fiscal year in which the State desires to receive a grant under this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Procedures</inline>.—</heading><content>Members of the State advisory council shall, using procedures agreed upon, elect their own chairperson. The State advisory council shall determine its own procedures, staffing needs (subject to funding levels authorized by the Governor), and the number, time, place, and conduct of meetings, except that it shall hold at least 1 public meeting each year at which the general public is given an opportunity to express views concerning adult education programs in the State. In approving the plan for the evaluations under subsection (f)(3)(A), the council shall ensure that persons knowledgeable of the daily operation of adult education programs are involved.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Terms</inline>.—</heading><content>Members shall be appointed for fixed and staggered terms and may serve until their successors are appointed. Any vacancy in the membership of the council shall be filled in the same manner as the original appointment. Any member of the council may be removed for cause in accordance with procedures established by the council.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duties</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each State advisory council shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>meet with the State agency or its representatives during the planning year to advise on the development of the State plan;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>advise the State agency concerning—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>policies the State should pursue to strengthen adult education; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>initiatives and methods the private sector could undertake to assist the State’s improvement of adult education programs; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>approve the plan for evaluations required in section 352 and participate in the implementation and dissemination of such evaluations, (B) advise the Governor, the State legislature, and the general public of the State of the findings of such evaluations, and (C) include in any report of such evaluations its comments and recommendations.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/309">102 STAT. 309</page> <subpart><num value="4">“Subpart 4—</num><heading class="inline">Planning and Applications</heading> <section> <num value="341">“SEC. 341. </num><heading>STATE PLAN AND APPLICATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1206">20 USC 1206</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Requirement</inline>.—</heading><content>Any State desiring to receive funds under this title shall submit to the Secretary, during the fiscal year 1989 and during each fourth fiscal year thereafter, a State plan and application for adult education (in one document) for the four fiscal years succeeding each fiscal year in which the State plan and application are submitted.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Procedure for Submission and Consideration</inline>.—</heading><content>Each State plan and application shall be submitted to the Secretary by July 1 preceding the beginning of the first fiscal year for which the plan is in effect. The Secretary shall approve, within 60 days, each such plan and application which is formulated in accordance with sections 342 and 343 and which meets the requirements of such sections, and shall not finally disapprove a State plan except after giving reasonable notice and an opportunity for a hearing to the State agency.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">GEPA Provision</inline>.—</heading><content>Such document shall be considered to be the general application required to be submitted by the State for funds received under this Act for the purpose of the provisions of section 435 of the General Education Provisions Act.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="342">“SEC. 342. </num><heading>FOUR-YEAR STATE PLAN.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1206a">20 USC 1206a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Procedures Required in Formulating State Plan</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>In formulating the State plan, the State agency shall meet with and utilize the State advisory council, if established pursuant to section 332 of this title.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The State agency shall conduct public hearings in the State, <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote>after appropriate and sufficient notice, for the purpose of affording all segments of the public, including groups serving educationally disadvantaged adults, and interested organizations and groups an opportunity to present their views and make recommendations regarding the State plan. A summary of such recommendations and the State agency’s response shall be included with the State plan submitted to the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Not less than 60 days before submission of the State plan to the Secretary under section 341, the State agency shall simultaneously submit the proposed State plan to (i) the State Board or agency for vocational education, (ii) the State Job Training Coordinating Council under the Job Training Partnership Act, and (iii) the State Board responsible for postsecondary education for review and comment. Such comments (to the extent such comments are received in a timely fashion) and the State’s response shall be included with the State plan submitted to the Secretary. The Secretary shall consider such comments in reviewing such plan.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Not less than 60 days before the submission of the State plan to the Secretary, such plan shall be submitted to the State advisory council (if such a council exists). Should the State advisory council find that it has substantial disagreement with the final State plan, the Council may file timely objections with the State agency. The State agency shall respond to all substantial objections of the State advisory council in submitting such plan to the Secretary. The Secretary shall consider such comments in reviewing the State plan.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Required Assessments</inline>.—</heading><content>In developing the 4-year State plan, each State shall (1) make a thorough assessment of (A) the needs of adults, including educationally disadvantaged adults, eligible to be <page identifier="/us/stat/102/310">102 STAT. 310</page>served as well as adults proposed to be served and those served and 1B) the capability of existing programs and institutions to meet those needs, and (2) state the changes and improvements required in adult education to fulfill the purposes of this title, and the options for implementing these changes and improvements.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Components of State Plan</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Consistent with the assessments described in subsection (b) each such plan shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>set forth the goals, the methods and strategies, and the expected outcomes of programs, services, and activities during the 4-year period;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>describe the curriculum, equipment, and instruments that are being used by instruction personnel and indicate how current these elements are;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">describe the means by which the delivery of adult education services will be significantly expanded (including efforts to reach typically underserved groups such as educationally disadvantaged adults, individuals with limited English proficiency and individuals with handicaps) through the use of agencies, institutions, and organizations other than the public school system, such as businesses, labor unions, libraries, institutions of higher education, public health authorities, employment or training programs, antipoverty programs, organizations providing assistance to the homeless, and community and voluntary organizations;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>describe the means by which representatives of the public and private sector are involved in the development and implementation of the plan, especially in the expansion of the delivery of adult education services by cooperation and collaboration with those public and private agencies, institutions, and organizations;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>describe specialized efforts to attract and assist meaningful participation in adult education programs through flexible course schedules, provision of auxiliary aids and services, convenient locations, adequate transportation, and meeting child care needs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>provide for the needs of persons with limited English proficiency (as defined in section 7004(a) of title VII of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 or no English proficiency by providing adequate appropriate language assistance to the extent necessary to all such persons so they may progress effectively through adult education programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Homeless persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Minorities.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">describe how the particular educational needs of adult immigrants, the incarcerated, persons with handicaps, the chronically unemployed, the homeless, the disadvantaged, and minorities will be addressed;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>describe the progress the State has made in achieving the goals set forth in each State plan subsequent to the initial State plan;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>describe the progress it expects to make toward achieving the purpose of this title during the 4-year period of the State plan;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>set forth the criteria the State agency will use in approving applications by eligible recipients and allocating funds made available under this title to such recipients;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">“(11) </num> <content>describe the methods proposed for the joint planning and coordination of programs carried out under this title with those conducted under applicable Federal and State programs, includ-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/311">102 STAT. 311</page>ing the Carl D. Perkins Vocational Education Act of 1963, the Job Training Partnership Act, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Education of the Handicapped Act, the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, the Higher Education Act of 1965, and the Domestic Volunteer Service Act, to assure maximum use of funds under these Acts and to avoid duplication of services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="12">“(12) </num> <content>describe the steps taken to utilize volunteers, particularly volunteers assigned to the Literacy Corps established under the Domestic Volunteer Service Act and volunteers trained in programs carried out by section 382 of this title, but only to the extent that such volunteers supplement and do not supplant salaried employees; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="13">“(13) </num> <content>describe the measures to be taken to ensure that adult education programs, services, and activities assisted under this title will take into account the findings or program reviews and evaluations carried out pursuant to section 352.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limited English Proficiency Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Programs conducted under subsection (c)(6) shall be designed to teach English to limited English proficient adults and, as appropriate, to allow such adults to progress effectively through the adult education program or to prepare them to enter the regular program of adult education as quickly as possible. Such programs may provide instruction in the native language, to the extent necessary, or may provide instruction exclusively in English, and shall be carried out in coordination with programs assisted under the Bilingual Education Act and with bilingual vocational education programs under the Carl D. Perkins Vocational Education Act.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="343">“SEC. 343. </num><heading>STATE APPLICATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1206b">20 USC 1206b</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“The State application submitted pursuant to section 341 shall provide assurances—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>that the State will provide such methods of administration as are necessary for the proper and efficient administration of this title;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>that Federal funds made available under this title will be so used as to supplement the amount of State and local funds available for uses specified in this title, and in no case to supplant such State and local funds;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>that the programs, services, and activities funded in accordance with the uses specified in section 322 are designed to expand or improve the quality of adult education programs including programs for educationally disadvantaged adults, to initiate new programs of high quality, or where necessary, to maintain programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>that the State will provide such fiscal control and fundings accounting procedures as may be necessary to ensure proper disbursement of, and accounting for, Federal funds paid to the State (including such funds paid by the State to eligible recipients under this title); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>that the State has instituted policies and procedures to ensure that copies of the State plan and all statements of general policy, rules, regulations, and procedures will be made available to the public.</content> </paragraph> </section> </subpart> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/312">102 STAT. 312</page> <subpart><num value="5">“Subpart 5—</num><heading class="inline">Evaluation and State Plan Amendments</heading> <section> <num value="351">“SEC. 351. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1207">20 USC 1207</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>STATE PLAN AMENDMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Timely Submission</inline>.—</heading><content>When changes are necessary in a State plan, the State shall submit amendments to its plan by July 1 preceding the fiscal year of operation to which the amendments apply.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Consideration by Secretary</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall approve, within 60 days of submission, State plan amendments which meet the requirements of this section, unless such amendments propose changes that are inconsistent with the requirements and purposes of this title. The Secretary shall not finally disapprove such amendments except after giving reasonable notice and an opportunity for hearing to the State agency.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Transition Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Upon a written request from a State, the Secretary shall approve an extension of 1 year, from June 30, 1988, to June 30, 1989, for the revision of any plan already approved under this section for the period July 1, 1985, through June 30, 1988.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="352">“SEC. 352. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1207">20 USC 1207a</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>EVALUATION.</heading> <chapeau>“In order to assist grant recipients receiving funds under this title to plan and operate the best possible programs of adult education, each State agency during the 4-year period of the State plan shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>annually submit data to the Secretary with respect to grant recipients;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>before the end of such period evaluate at least one-third of grant recipients (which are representative of all grant recipients in the State) and such evaluations shall consider—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the planning and content of the program;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the curriculum, instructional materials, equipment, and qualifications of all personnel;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the effect of the program on the subsequent work experience of graduates; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>other factors determined to affect program operation; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>gather and analyze data (including standardized test data) to determine the extent to which the adult programs are achieving the goals set forth in the plan including the goal of serving educationally disadvantaged adults, and the extent to which grant recipients have improved their capacity to achieve the purposes of this title as set forth in section 311.</content> </paragraph> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="6">“Subpart 6—</num><heading class="inline">Demonstration Projects</heading> <section> <num value="353">“SEC. 353. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1208">20 USC 1208</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>SPECIAL EXPERIMENTAL DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS AND TEACHER TRAINING.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Of the funds allotted to a State under section 313 for a fiscal year, not less than 10 percent shall be used for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>special projects which will be carried out in furtherance of the purposes of this title, which will be coordinated with other programs funded under this title and which—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>involve the use of innovative methods (including methods for educating persons with handicaps, the home-less, and persons of limited English proficiency), systems, materials, or programs which may have national signifi-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/313">102 STAT. 313</page>cance or will be of special value in promoting effective programs under this title, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>involve programs of adult education, including education for persons with handicaps, the homeless, and per-sons of limited English proficiency, which are part of community school programs, carried out in cooperation with other Federal, State, or local programs which have unusual promise in promoting a comprehensive or coordinated approach to the problems of persons with educational deficiencies; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>training persons engaged, or preparing to engage, as personnel in programs designed to carry out the purposes of this title.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Applications</inline>.—</heading><content>Applications for funds under subsection (a) shall include such information as the State educational agency considers appropriate, including plans for continuing the activities and services under the project after the completion of the funding.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="7">“Subpart 7—</num><heading class="inline">Federal Share; Federal Administrative Responsibilities</heading> <section> <num value="361">“SEC. 361. </num><heading>PAYMENTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1209">20 USC 1209</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Federal Share</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Federal share of expenditures to carry out a State plan shall be paid from a State’s allotment available for grants to that State. The Federal share shall be—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Territories, U.S.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>90 percent of the cost of carrying out the State’s programs for fiscal year 1988;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>85 percent of such cost for fiscal year 1990;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>80 percent of such cost for fiscal year 1991; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>75 percent of such cost for fiscal year 1992 and for each fiscal year thereafter,</content> </paragraph> <continuation>except that with respect to Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, the Federal share of such cost shall be 100 percent.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Maintenance of Effort</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>No payment may be made to any State from its allotment for any fiscal year unless the Secretary finds that the fiscal effort per student or the amount available for expenditure by such State for adult education from non-Federal sources for the second preceding fiscal year was not less than such fiscal effort per student or such amount available for expenditure for such purposes from such sources during the third preceding fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary may waive the requirements of this subsection for 1 fiscal year only, upon making a determination that such waiver would be equitable due to exceptional or uncontrollable circumstances affecting the ability of the applicant to meet such requirements, such as a natural disaster or an unforeseen and precipitous decline in financial resources.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </subpart> </part> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/314">102 STAT. 314</page> <part><num value="C">“PART C—</num><heading class="inline">WORKPLACE LITERACY AND ENGLISH LITERACY GRANTS</heading> <section> <num value="371">“SEC. 371. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1211">20 USC 1211</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>BUSINESS, INDUSTRY, LABOR, AND EDUCATION PARTNERSHIPS FOR WORKPLACE LITERACY.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants for Exemplary Demonstration Partnerships for Workplace Literacy</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>Subject to subsection (b), the Secretary shall make demonstration grants to exemplary education partnerships for workplace literacy to pay the Federal share of the cost of adult education programs which teach literacy skills needed in the workplace through partnerships between—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>business, industry, labor organizations, or private industry councils; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>State educational agencies, local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, or schools (including employment and training agencies or community-based organizations).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>Grants under paragraph (1) may be used—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>to fund 70 percent of the cost of programs which meet the requirements of paragraph (3); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>for administrative costs incurred by State educational agencies and local educational agencies in establishing programs funded under subparagraph (A).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>Programs funded under paragraph (2)(A) shall be designed to improve the productivity of the workforce through improvement of literacy skills needed in the workplace by—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>providing adult literacy and other basic skills services and activities;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>providing adult secondary education services and activities which may lead to the completion of a high school diploma or its equivalent;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>meeting the literacy needs of adults with limited English proficiency;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>upgrading or updating basic skills of adult workers in accordance<sup>-</sup> with changes in workplace requirements, technology, products, or processes;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>improving the competency of adult workers in speaking, listening, reasoning, and problem solving; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>providing education counseling, transportation, and nonworking hours child care services to adult workers while they participate in a program funded under paragraph (2)(A).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau>An application to receive funding for a program out of a grant made to a partnership under this subsection shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>be submitted jointly by—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>a business, industry, or labor organization, or private industry council; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>a State educational agency, local educational agency, institution of higher education, or school (including an area vocational school, an employment and training agency, or community-based organization);</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>set forth the respective roles of each member of the partnership;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>contain such additional information as the Secretary may require, including evidence of the applicant’s experience in providing literacy services to working adults;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>describe the plan for carrying out the requirements of paragraph (3); and</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/315">102 STAT. 315</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>provide assurances that the applicant will use the funds to supplement and not supplant funds otherwise available for the purpose of this section.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants to States</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>Whenever in any fiscal year, appropriations under subsection (c) are equal to or exceed $50,000,000, the Secretary shall make grants to States which have State plans approved by the Secretary under section 342 to pay the Federal share of the cost of adult education programs which teach literacy skills needed in the workplace through partnerships between—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>business, industry, or labor organizations, or private industry councils; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>State educational agencies, local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, or schools (including employment and training agencies or community-based organizations).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>Grants under paragraph (1) may be used—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>to fund 70 percent of the cost of programs which meet the requirements of paragraph (4);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>for administrative costs incurred by State educational agencies and local educational agencies in establishing programs funded under subparagraph (A); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>for costs incurred by State educational agencies in obtaining evaluations described in paragraph (3)(A)(iii).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>A State shall be eligible to receive its allotment under paragraph (7)(B) if it—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>includes in a State plan submitted to the Secretary under section 342 a description of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the requirements for State approval of funding of a program;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the procedures under which applications for such funding may be submitted; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>the method by which the State shall obtain annual third-party evaluation of student achievement in, and over-all effectiveness of services provided by, all programs which receive funding out of a grant made to the State under this section; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>satisfies the requirements of section 306(a).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The program requirements set forth in subsection (a)(3) shall apply to the program authorized by this subsection.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>An application to receive funding for a program from a grant made to a State under paragraph (1) shall contain the same information required in subparagraphs (A) through (E) of subsection (a)(4).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>If a State is not eligible for a grant under paragraph (1) of this subsection, the Secretary shall use the State’s allotment under paragraph (7) to make direct grants to applicants in that State who are qualified to teach literacy skills needed in the workplace.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(7)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Federal share of expenditures for programs in a State funded under this subsection shall be paid from a State’s allotment under this paragraph.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>From the sum appropriated for each fiscal year under subsection (c) for any fiscal year in which appropriations equal or exceed $50,000,000, the Secretary shall allot—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>$25,000 to each of American Samoa, Guam, the Northern <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Territories, U.S.</p></sidenote>Mariana Islands, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and the Virgin Islands; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau>to each remaining State an amount which bears the same ratio to the remainder of such sum as—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/316">102 STAT. 316</page> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the number of adults in the State who do not have a certificate of graduation from a school providing secondary education (or its equivalent) and who are not currently required to be enrolled in schools in the State, bears to</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>the number of such adults in all States;</content> </subclause> <continuation>except that no State shall receive less than $125,000 in any fiscal year.</continuation> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau>At the end of each fiscal year, the portion of any State’s allotment for that fiscal year which—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>exceeds 10 percent of the total allotment for the State under paragraph (2) for the fiscal year; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>remains unobligated;</content> </clause> <continuation>shall be reallocated among the other States in the same proportion as each State’s allocation for such fiscal year under paragraph (2).</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>There are authorized to be appropriated $30,000,000 for the fiscal year 1988, $31,500,000 for the fiscal year 1989, and such sums as may be necessary for the fiscal year 1990 and each succeeding fiscal year ending prior to October 1, 1993, to carry out the provisions of this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>No funds may be appropriated under paragraph (1) of this subsection for any fiscal year unless the appropriation for this Act (other than this part) for that year is equal to or greater than $110,000,000.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Amounts appropriated under this subsection shall remain available until expended.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="372">“SEC. 372. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1211a">20 USC 1211a</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ENGLISH LITERACY GRANTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants to States</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary may make grants to States which have State plans approved by the Secretary under section 342 for the establishment, operation, and improvement of English literacy programs for individuals of limited English proficiency. Such grants may provide for support services for program participants, Including child care and transportation costs.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>A State shall be eligible to receive a grant under paragraph (1) if the State includes in a State plan submitted to the Secretary under section 342 a description of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the number of individuals of limited English proficiency in the State who need or could benefit from programs assisted under this chapter;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the activities which would be undertaken under the grant and the manner in which such activities will promote English literacy and enable individuals in the State to participate fully in national life;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>how the activities described in subparagraph (B) will serve individuals of limited English proficiency, including the qualifications and training of personnel who will participate in the proposed activities;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>the resources necessary to develop and operate the proposed activities and the resources to be provided by the State; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>the specific goals of the proposed activities and how achievement of these goals will be measured.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary may terminate a grant only if the Secretary determines that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the State has not made substantial progress in achieving the specific educational goals set out in the application; or</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/317">102 STAT. 317</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>there is no longer a need in the State for the activities funded by the grant.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Set-Aside for Comm unity-Based Organizations</inline>.—</heading><content>A State that is awarded a grant under subsection (a) shall use not less than 50 percent of funds awarded under the grant to fund programs operated by community-based organizations with the demonstrated capability to administer English proficiency programs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><content>A State that is awarded a grant under subsection (a) shall submit to the Secretary a report describing the activities funded under the grant for each fiscal year covered by the grant.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Demonstration Program</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary, subject to the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>availability of funds appropriated pursuant to this section, shall directly, and through grants and contracts with public and private nonprofit agencies, institutions, and organizations, carry out a program—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>through the Adult Education Division to develop innovative approaches and methods of literacy education for individuals of limited English proficiency utilizing new instructional methods and technologies; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>to designate the Center for Applied Linguistics of the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote>Office of Educational Research and Improvement as a national clearinghouse on literacy education for individuals of limited English proficiency to collect and disseminate information concerning effective approaches or methods, including coordination with employment training and other education programs.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Evaluation and Audit</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall evaluate the effectiveness of programs conducted under this section. Programs funded under this section shall be audited in accordance with chapter 75 of title 31, United States Code.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>There are authorized to be appropriated $25,000,000 for the fiscal year 1988, $26,300,000 for the fiscal year 1989, $27,600,000 for the fiscal year 1990, $29,000,000 for the fiscal year 1991, $30,500,000 for the fiscal year 1992, and $32,000,000 for the fiscal year 1993 to carry out this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Funds appropriated pursuant to this section shall remain available until expended.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Funds appropriated under this subsection may be combined with other funds made available for the State by the Federal Government for literacy training for individuals with limited English proficiency.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Not more than 10 percent of funds available under this section may be used to carry out the provisions of subsection (d).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>Not more than 5 percent of funds available under this section may be used for State administration, technical assistance, and training.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </part> <part><num value="D">“PART D—</num><heading class="inline">NATIONAL PROGRAMS</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="381">“SEC. 381. </num><heading>ADULT MIGRANT FARMWORKER AND IMMIGRANT EDUCATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1213">20 USC 1213</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized to carry out a program of making grants to States and local eligible recipients to support planning, developing, and evaluating programs which are designed to provide adult education programs, services, and activities to meet the special needs of migrant farmworkers and immigrants. Programs operated from such grants shall be included <page identifier="/us/stat/102/318">102 STAT. 318</page>in a State’s plan and must conform to all requirements of programs <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>provided for by the State’s basic grant. In carrying out this section, the Secretary may enter into interagency agreements with the Secretary of Health and Human Services to conduct programs in conjunction with activities authorized under the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Priority</inline>.—</heading><content>In carrying out the provisions of this part, the Secretary shall from funds reserved under section 313(d) give first priority to the portion of the program described in subsection (a) for migrant farmworkers.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="382">“SEC. 382. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1213a">20 USC 1213a</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ADULT LITERACY VOLUNTEER TRAINING.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Aged persons.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized to carry out a program of making grants to States and local eligible recipients to support planning, implementation, and evaluation of programs designed to train adult volunteers, especially the elderly, who wish to participate as tutors in local adult education programs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Priority</inline>.—</heading><content>In carrying out the provisions of this part the Secretary shall from funds reserved under section 313(d) give second priority to the portion of the program described in subsection (a) for adult volunteers.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="383">“SEC. 383. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1213b">20 USC 1213b</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>STATE PROGRAM ANALYSIS ASSISTANCE AND POLICY STUDIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Federal Assistance</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>The Secretary is authorized to assist States in evaluating the status and progress of adult education in achieving the purposes of this title, and activities designed to provide such assistance shall include, but are not limited to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>an analysis of State plans and of the findings of evaluations conducted pursuant to section 352, with suggestions to State agencies for improvements in planning or program operation; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">the provision of an information network (in conjunction with the National Diffusion Network) on the results of research in adult education, the operation of model or innovative programs (including efforts to continue activities and services, under the program after the Federal funding has been discontinued) successful experiences in the planning, administration, and conduct of adult education programs, advances in curriculum and instructional practices, and other information useful in the improvement of adult education.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Priority</inline>.—</heading><content>In carrying out the provisions of this part the Secretary shall from funds reserved under section 313(d) give third priority to the portion of the program described in paragraph (1) for evaluation and research.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination of Literacy</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary, in consultation with the Congress shall, within the first 2 years after enactment of the Adult Education Amendments of 1988, make a determination of the criteria for defining literacy, taking into consideration reports prepared by the National Assessment of Educational Progress and others and shall identify concretely those skills that comprise the basic educational skills needed for literate functioning. The Secretary, once the definition of literacy has been determined, shall, in consultation with the Congress and using the appropriate statistical sampling methodology, determine an accurate estimate of the number of illiterate adults in the Nation.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report on Status of Literacy and Adult Education</inline>.—</heading><content>Subsequent to the determination of literacy and the number of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/319">102 STAT. 319</page>illiterate individuals required in subsection (b), the Secretary shall submit a report every 4 years to the President and to the appropriate committees of the Congress on the status of literacy and adult education in the Nation.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Evaluation Report</inline>.—</heading><content>Three years after the date of enactment of the Adult Education Amendments of 1988, and thereafter in conjunction with the report under subsection (c), the Secretary shall report to the appropriate committees of the Congress on the results of program evaluations required under this title and conclusions drawn therefrom regarding progress toward meeting the goals and purposes of this title, together with such recommendations as the Secretary may wish to make.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="384">“SEC. 384. </num><heading>NATIONAL RESEARCH ACTIVITIES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1213c">20 USC 1213c</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Approved Activities</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall, through the Office of Educational Research and Improvement, support applied research, development, demonstration, dissemination, evaluation, and related activities which will contribute to the improvement and expansion of adult education in the Nation. Such activities shall include the establishment of a national clearinghouse to compile information on literacy curriculum and resources for adults, including youth and adults of limited English proficiency and adults with handicaps. The Secretary may support such activities directly, or <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>through grants to, or cooperative agreements with, public or private institutions, agencies, or organizations, or individuals.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Research Concerning Special Needs</inline>.—</heading><content>In addition to the responsibilities of the Assistant Secretary for Educational Research and Improvement under section 405 of the General Education Provisions Act, the Assistant Secretary may, with funds available under that section, with funds available under other Federal programs, or with funds set aside under section 313(d) of this title, support research on the special needs of persons requiring adult education including a study of the magnitude and nature of the needs of adults with learning disabilities who are eligible for participation in adult education programs. The Assistant Secretary may support such <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>research directly or through grants to, or contracts or cooperative agreements with, public or private institutions, agencies, or organizations.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="385">“SEC. 385. </num><heading>LIMITATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1213d">20 USC 1213d</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>“No grant may be made under this title for any educational program, activity, or service related to sectarian instruction or religious worship, or provided by a school or department of divinity. For purposes of this section, the term ‘school or department of divinity’ means an institution or a department or branch of an institution whose program is specifically for the education of students to prepare them to become ministers of religion or to enter upon some other religious vocation, or to prepare them to teach theological subjects.”.</content> </section> </part> PART C—EDUCATION FOR ECONOMIC SECURITY
SEC. 2301. REAUTHORIZATION OF PARTNERSHIP IN EDUCATION. Section 304(b) of the Education for Economic Security Act (20 U.S.C. 3983) is amended— (1) by striking “, and 1988” and all that follows before the period; 102 STAT. 320 (2) by striking “1986,” and inserting “1986 and”; and (3)

Appropriation authorization.

 by adding at the end “There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out the provisions of this title $15,000,000 for fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993.”.
SEC. 2302. STAR SCHOOLS PROGRAM AUTHORIZED. The Education for Economic Security Act is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new title: <num value="IX">“TITLE IX—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Star Schools Program Assistance Act. Communications and telecommunications.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4081">20 USC 4081 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">STAR SCHOOLS PROGRAM</heading> <section> <heading class="centered smallCaps">“short title</heading> <num value="901"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 901. </num> <content>This title may be cited as the ‘<shortTitle role="title">Star Schools Program Assistance Act</shortTitle>’.</content> </section> <section> <heading class="centered smallCaps">“statement of purpose</heading> <num value="902"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec. 902</inline>. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4081">20 USC 4081</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">It is the purpose of this title to encourage improved instruction in mathematics, science, and foreign languages as well as other subjects such as vocational education through a star schools program under which demonstration grants are made to eligible telecommunications partnerships to enable such eligible telecommunications partnerships to develop, construct, and acquire telecommunications audio and visual facilities and equipment, to develop and acquire instructional programming, and obtain technical assistance for the use of such facilities and instructional programming.</content> </section> <section> <heading class="centered smallCaps">“program authorized</heading> <num value="903"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 903. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4082">20 USC 4082</ref>.</p></sidenote><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized, in accordance with the provisions of this title, to make grants to eligible telecommunications partnerships for the Federal share of the cost of the development, construction, and acquisition of telecommunications facilities and equipment, of the development and acquisition of instructional programming, and of technical assistance.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>There is authorized to be appropriated $100,000,000 for the period beginning October 1, 1987, and ending September 30, 1992.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>No appropriation in excess of $20,000,000 may be made in fiscal year 1988, and no appropriation in excess of $60,000,000 may be made in any of the fiscal years 1989 through 1992 pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Funds appropriated pursuant to this subsection shall remain available until expended.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitations</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>A demonstration grant made to an eligible telecommunications partnership under this title may not exceed $10,000,000.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>An eligible telecommunications partnership may receive a grant for a second year under this title, but in no event may such a partnership receive more than $20,000,000.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Not less than 25 percent of the funds available in any fiscal year under this Act shall be used for the cost of instructional programming.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/321">102 STAT. 321</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Not less than 50 percent of the funds available in any fiscal year under this title shall be used for the cost of facilities, equipment, teacher training or retraining, technical assistance, or programming, for local educational agencies which are eligible to receive assistance under chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Federal Share</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Federal share for any fiscal year shall be 75 percent.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary may reduce or waive the requirements of the non-Federal share required under paragraph (1) of this subsection upon a showing of financial hardship.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <heading class="centered smallCaps">“eligible telecommunications partnerships</heading> <num value="904"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec. 904</inline>. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In order to be eligible for demonstration <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4083">20 USC 4083</ref>.</p></sidenote>grants under this title, an eligible telecommunications partnership shall consist of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>a public agency or corporation established for the purpose of developing and operating telecommunications networks to enhance educational opportunities provided by educational institutions, teacher training centers, and other entities, except that any such agency or corporation shall represent the interests of elementary and secondary schools which are eligible to participate in the program under chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>a partnership which includes three or more of the following, and at least one of which shall be an agency described in subparagraph (A) or (B), and which will provide a telecommunications network:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>a local educational agency, which has a significant <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Indians.</p></sidenote>number of elementary and secondary schools which are eligible for assistance under chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 or elementary and secondary schools operated for Indian children by the Department of the Interior eligible under section 1005(d) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>a State educational agency, or a State higher education agency,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>an institution of higher education,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <chapeau>a teacher training center which—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>provides teacher preservice and inservice training, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>receives Federal financial assistance or has been approved by a State agency, or</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>a public agency with experience or expertise in the planning or operation of a telecommunications network.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>a private organization with such experience, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>a public broadcasting entity with such experience.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>An eligible telecommunications partnership must be organized on a statewide or multistate basis.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <heading class="centered smallCaps">“applications</heading> <num value="905"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 905. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application Required</inline>.—</heading><content>Each eligible telecommunications <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4084">20 USC 4084</ref>.</p></sidenote>partnership which desires to receive a demonstration grant under this title may submit an application to the Secretary, at such <page identifier="/us/stat/102/322">102 STAT. 322</page>time, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Application</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each such application shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">describe the telecommunications facilities and equipment and technical assistance for which assistance is sought which may include</inline>—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the design, development, construction, and acquisition of State or multistate educational telecommunications networks and technology resource centers;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>microwave, fiber optics, cable, and satellite trans-mission equipment;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>reception facilities;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>satellite time;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>production facilities;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>other telecommunications equipment capable of serving a wide geographic area;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">“(G) </num> <content>the provision of training services to elementary and secondary school teachers (particularly teachers in schools receiving assistance under chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965) in using the facilities and equipment for which assistance is sought; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">“(H) </num> <content>the development of educational programming for use on a telecommunications network;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>describe, in the case of an application for assistance for instructional programming, the types of programming which will be developed to enhance instruction and training;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>demonstrate that the eligible telecommunications partnership has engaged in sufficient survey and analysis of the area to be served to ensure that the services offered by the telecommunications partnership will increase the availability of courses of instruction in mathematics, science, and foreign languages, as well as the other subjects to be offered;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>describe the teacher training policies to be implemented to ensure the effective use of the telecommunications facilities and equipment for which assistance is sought;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>provide assurances that the financial interest of the United States in the telecommunications facilities and equipment will be protected for the useful life of such facilities and equipment;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>provide assurances that a significant portion of the facilities, equipment, technical assistance, and programming for which assistance is sought will be made available to elementary and secondary schools of local educational agencies which have a high percentage of children counted for the purpose of chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">describe the manner in which traditionally underserved students will participate in the benefits of the telecommunications facilities, equipment, technical assistance, and programming assisted under this title;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>provide assurances that the applicant will use the funds to supplement and not supplant funds otherwise available for the purpose of this title; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>provide such additional assurances as the Secretary may reasonably require.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/323">102 STAT. 323</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Approval of Application; Priority</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall, in approving applications under this title, give priority to applications which demonstrate that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>a concentration and quality of mathematics, science, and <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote>foreign language resources which, by their distribution through the eligible telecommunications partnership, will offer significant new educational opportunities to network participants, particularly to traditionally underserved populations and areas with scarce resources and limited access to courses in mathematics, science, and foreign languages;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the eligible telecommunications partnership has secured the direct cooperation and involvement of public and private educational institutions, State and local government, and industry in planning the network;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the eligible telecommunications partnership will serve the broadest range of institutions, including public and private elementary and secondary schools (particularly schools having significant numbers of children counted for the purpose of chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 19651, programs providing instruction outside of the school setting, institutions of higher education, teacher training centers, research institutes, and private industry;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>a significant number of educational institutions have agreed to participate or will participate in the use of the telecommunications system for which assistance is sought;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>the eligible telecommunications partnership will have substantial academic and teaching capabilities including the capability of training, retraining, and inservice upgrading of teaching skills;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>the eligible telecommunications partnership will serve a multistate area; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>the eligible telecommunications partnership will, in providing services with assistance sought under this Act, meet the needs of groups of individuals traditionally excluded from careers in mathematics and science because of discrimination, inaccessibility, or economically disadvantaged backgrounds.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Geographic Distribution</inline>.—</heading><content>In approving applications under <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>this title, the Secretary shall assure an equitable geographic distribution of grants.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <heading class="centered smallCaps">“dissemination of courses and materials under the star schools program</heading> <num value="906"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 906. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><content>Each eligible telecommunications partnership <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4085">20 USC 4085</ref>.</p></sidenote>awarded a grant under this title shall report to the Secretary a listing and description of available courses of instruction and mate-rials to be offered by educational institutions and teacher training centers which will be transmitted over satellite, specifying the satellite on which such transmission will occur and the time of such transmission.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Dissemination of Courses of Instruction</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall compile and prepare for dissemination a listing and description of available courses of instruction and materials to be offered by educational institutions and teacher training centers equipped with satellite transmission capabilities, as reported to the Secretary under subsection (a) of this section.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/324">102 STAT. 324</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Dissemination to State Educational Agencies</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall distribute the list requited by subsection (b) of this section to all State educational agencies.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <heading class="centered smallCaps">“definitions</heading> <num value="907"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 907. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4086">20 USC 4086</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">As used in this title—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the term ‘educational institution’ means an institution of higher education, a local educational agency, and a State educational agency;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the term ‘institution of higher education’ has the same meaning given that term under section 1201(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the term ‘local educational agency’ has the same meaning given that term under section 1471(10) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>the term ‘instructional programming’ means courses of instruction, and training courses, and materials for use in such instruction and training which have been prepared in audio and visual form on tape, disc, film, or live, and presented by means of telecommunications devices;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>the term ‘public broadcasting entity’ has the same meaning given that term in section 397 of the Communications Act of 1934;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>the term ‘Secretary’ means the Secretary of Education;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>the term ‘State educational agency’ has the same meaning given that term under section 1471(16) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>the term ‘State’ means each of the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands.”.</content> </paragraph> </section>
SEC. 2303. REPEAL. Titles II, IV, VI, and VII of the Education for Economic Security

20 USC 3961–3973, 4001–4003, 4031, 4031 note, 4032–4037, 4051–4062.

Act are repealed.
PART D—VOCATIONAL EDUCATION
SEC. 2401. TECHNICAL AMENDMENT. (a) Uses of Funds.—Section 201 of the Carl D. Perkins Vocational Education Act (20 U.S.C. 2331) is amended— (1) in subsection (b)(4), by striking “or homemakers;” and inserting “, homemakers, or single pregnant women;”; and (2) in subsection (f), by striking “and homemakers” each place it appears and inserting “, homemakers, and single pregnant women”. (b) Distribution of Assistance.—Section 202(a)(4) of the Carl D. Perkins Vocational Education Act (20 U.S.C. 2332(4)) is amended by striking “and homemakers;” and inserting “, homemakers, or single pregnant women;”. (c) Conforming Amendment.—Section 202 of the Carl D. Perkins Vocational Education Act (20 U.S.C. 2332) is amended— (1) by striking “(a)”; and (2) by striking subsection (b).
102 STAT. 325
SEC. 2402. THE NATIONAL CENTER FOR RESEARCH IN VOCATIONAL EDUCATION. (a) In General.—From funds appropriated for the fiscal year 1987 for section 404 of the Carl D. Perkins Vocational Education Act of 1984, the Secretary of Education shall provide financial assistance to a Center for Research in Vocational Education at The Ohio State University in the amount of $2,000,000 and the University of California at Berkeley in the amount of $2,000,000 to support on-going activities, but not to support any new hiring after April 10, 1988, through December 31, 1988. Funds allocated to either institution shall be shared equitably according to the expenses of ail subcontractors. The funds made available under this section shall not be affected by the outcome of the final decision on a grant award recipient for the National Center for Research in Vocational Education. Any funds received under this section shall be deducted from the total award made for a National Center for the 1988 grant award year. (b) Construction.—Nothing in this section shall be construed to affect the decision with respect to the location of the National Center for Research in Vocational Education.
PART E—COMPREHENSIVE CHILD DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM

Comprehensive Child Development Centers Act of 1988.

42 USC 9801 note.
SEC. 2501. SHORT TITLE. This part may be cited as the “Comprehensive Child Development Centers Act of 1988”.
SEC. 2502. STATEMENT OF PURPOSE.

42 USC 9881 note.

 It is the purpose of this part to provide financial assistance to projects, on a multiyear basis, that— (1) are designed to encourage intensive, comprehensive, integrated, and continuous supportive services for infants and young children from low-income families; (2) will enhance their physical, social, emotional, and intellectual development and provide support to their parents and other family members; and (3) target services on infants and young children from families who have incomes below the poverty line and who, because of environmental, health, or other factors, need intensive and comprehensive supportive services to enhance their development.
SEC. 2503. PROGRAM AUTHORIZED. Chapter 8 of subtitle A of title VI of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981 (Public Law 97–35; 42 U.S.C. 9801 et seq.) is amended by adding at the end the following: “Subchapter E—Comprehensive Child Development Program

Comprehensive Child Development Act.

Grants.

42 USC 9801 note.
“short title “Sec. 670M. This subchapter may be cited as the “Comprehensive Child Development Act”.
102 STAT. 326
“child development projects “Sec. 670N.

Urban areas.

Rural areas.

Disadvantaged persons.

42 USC 9881.

(a)(1) The Secretary is authorized to make operating grants to eligible agencies in rural and urban areas to pay the Federal share of the cost of projects designed to encourage intensive and comprehensive supportive services which will enhance the physical, social, emotional, and intellectual development of low-income children from birth to compulsoiy school age, including providing necessary support to their parents and other family members. “(2)

Contracts.

 The Secretary shall enter into contracts, agreements, or other arrangements with at least 10, but not more than 25, eligible agencies to carry out this section. “(3) In carrying out this section, the Secretary shall consider— “(A) the capacity of the eligible agency to administer the project for which assistance is sought; “(B) the proximity of the eligible agency and facilities associated with the project to the infants, young children, parents, and other family members, to be served by the project, or the ability of the agency to provide offsite services; “(C) the ability of the eligible agency to coordinate its activities with State and local public agencies (such as agencies responsible for education, health and mental health services, social services, child care, nutrition, income assistance, and other relevant services), with appropriate nonprofit private organizations involved in the delivery of intensive and comprehensive support services, and with the appropriate local educational agency; “(D) the management and accounting skills of the eligible agency; “(E) the ability of the eligible agency to use the appropriate Federal, State, and local programs in carrying out the project; and “(F) the eligible agency’s involvement of project participants and community representatives in the planning and operation of the project. “(b)(1)(A) The Secretary may make planning grants to eligible agencies to pay the Federal share of the cost of planning for projects funded under this section. “(B)(i) No planning grant may be for a period longer than 1 year. “(ii) Not more than 30 planning grants may be made under this subsection. “(2) Each eligible agency desiring to receive a planning grant under this section shall submit an application to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require. Each such application shall— “(A) describe the capacity of the eligible agency to provide or ensure the availability of the intensive and comprehensive supportive services pursuant to the purposes of section 2402 of the Comprehensive Child Development Centers Act of 1988; “(B) describe the eligible infants, young children, parents, and other family members to be served by the project, including the number to be served and information on the population and geographic location to be served; “(C) describe how the needs of such infants and young children will be met by the project; 102 STAT. 327 “(D) describe the intensive and comprehensive supportive services that project planners intend to address in the development of the plan; “(E) describe the manner in which the project will be operated together with the involvement of other community groups and public agencies; “(F) specify the entities that the eligible agency intends to contact and coordinate activities with during the planning phase; “(G) identify a planning phase advisory board which includes prospective project participants, representatives of the community in which the project will be located, and individuals with expertise in the services to be offered; “(H) describe the capacity of the eligible agency to raise the non-Federal share of the costs of the project; and “(I) contain such other information as the Secretary may reasonably require. “(c)(1)(A) The Secretary shall make operating grants to eligible

Disadvantaged persons.

agencies selected in accordance with this section to pay the Federal share of the cost of carrying out projects for intensive and comprehensive supportive services for low-income infants, young children, parents, and other family members. “(B) The Secretary shall ensure that there will be projects receiving grants under this section in rural areas. “(C) In making operating grants in a fiscal year, the Secretary shall give priority to eligible entities that received operating grants under this section for the preceding fiscal year. “(2)(A) To be eligible to receive an operating grant under this section, an eligible agency shall— “(i) have a planning grant application approved under subsection (b) on file with the Secretary or have experience in conducting projects similar to the projects authorized by this section, and “(ii) submit an operating grant application at such time, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such information as the Secretary may reasonably require. “(B) Each such application shall— “(i) identify the population and geographic location to be served by the project; “(ii) provide assurances that services are closely related to the identifiable needs of the target population; “(iii) provide assurances that each project will provide directly or arrange for intensive and comprehensive support services; “(iv) identify the referral providers, agencies, and organizations that the eligible entity will use to carry out the project for which such operating grant is requested; “(v) provide assurances that intensive and comprehensive supportive services will be furnished to parents beginning with prenatal care and will be furnished on a continuous basis to infants and young children, as well as to their parents and other family members; “(vi) describe how services will be furnished at offsite locations, if appropriate; “(vii) describe the extent to which the eligible agency through its project, will coordinate and expand existing services 102 STAT. 328as well as provide services not available in the area to be served by the project; “(viii) describe how the project will relate to the local educational agency as well as State and local agencies providing health, nutritional, education, social, and income maintenance services; “(ix) provide assurances that the eligible agency will pay the non-Federal share of the cost of the project for which such operating grant is requested, from non-Federal sources; “(x) collect and provide data on groups of individuals and geographic areas served, including types of services to be furnished, estimated cost of providing comprehensive services on an average per user basis, types and nature of conditions and needs identified and met, and such other information as the Secretary may require; “(xi) provide for an advisory committee consisting of— “(I) participants in the project, “(II) individuals with expertise in furnishing services the project offers and in other aspects of child health and child development, and “(III) representatives of the community in which the project will be located; “(xii) describe plans for evaluating the impact of the project; and “(xiii) include such additional assurances, and agree to submit such necessary reports, as the Secretary may reasonably require. “(d)(1)(A) The Secretary shall pay to eligible agencies having applications approved under subsections (b) and (c) the Federal share of the cost of the activities described in such applications. “(B) The Federal share of such costs shall be 80 percent for each fiscal year. “(C) The non-Federal share of such costs may be provided in cash or in kind fairly evaluated, including equipment or services. “(D) Payments under this section may be made in installments, and in advance or by way of reimbursement, with necessary adjustments on account of overpayments or underpayments, as the Secretary may determine. “(2) No planning grant to a single eligible agency may exceed $35,000. “(e)(1) The Secretary shall, based on the projects assisted under this section, conduct or provide for, an evaluation of the success of projects authorized by this section. “(2) Each eligible agency receiving a grant under this section shall furnish information requested in order to carry out the evaluation required by paragraph (1). “(f)

Reports.

 Not later than October 1, 1993, the Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Congress a report on the evaluation required by subsection (e)(1), together with such recommendations, including recommendations for legislation, as the Secretary deems appropriate.
“limitation “Sec. 670O.

42 USC 9882.

For purposes of making any grant under section 67ON, the Secretary may not take into consideration whether the applicant for such grant applies for or receives funds under subchapter B.
102 STAT. 329
“applicability of certain rules and regulations “Sec. 670P. Except when inconsistent with the provisions of this

42 USC 9883.

subchapter, the rules and regulations prescribed by the Secretary, as in effect from time to time, to carry out subchapter B shall apply to carrying out this subchapter to the extent that services provided under this subchapter are similar to services provided under subchapter B.
“continuing evaluation of projects “Sec. 670Q. (a) The Secretary shall provide, directly or through

42 USC 9884.

Contracts.

grants and contracts, for the continuing evaluation of projects under this subchapter in order to determine their effectiveness in achieving stated goals, their impact on related programs, and their structure and mechanisms for delivery of services. Such evaluation shall include— “(1) evaluations that measure the impact of such projects; and “(2) where appropriate, comparisons of individuals who participate in such projects with appropriate control groups composed of individuals who do not participate in such projects. “(b) Each evaluation conducted under subsection (a) of a project shall be conducted by persons who are not directly involved in the administration of such project. “(c) In carrying out subsection (a), the Secretary may require eligible agencies to provide for independent evaluations.
“general administration “Sec. 670R. The Secretary shall carry out this subchapter through

42 USC 9885.

the administrative entity of the Department of Health and Human Services used by the Secretary to carry out subchapter B.
“definitions “Sec. 670S. As used in this subchapter—

42 USC 9886.

 “(1) the term ‘early intervention services’ has the same meaning given that term by section 672(2) of the Education of the Handicapped Act (20 U.S.C. 1472(2)); “(2) the term ‘eligible agency’ means a Head Start agency, an agency that is eligible to be designated as a Head Start agency under section 641, a community-based organization, an institution of higher education, a public hospital, a community development corporation, or a public or private nonprofit agency or organization specializing in delivering social services to infants or young children; “(3) the term ‘institution of higher education’ has the same meaning given that term by section 1201(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1141(a)); “(4) the term ‘intensive and comprehensive supportive services’ means— “(A) in the case of infants and young children, services designed to enhance the physical, social, emotional, and intellectual development of such infants and children and such term includes infant and child health services (including screening and referral), child care that meets State licensing requirements, early childhood development programs, early intervention services for children with or at-risk of developmental delays, and nutritional services; and 102 STAT. 330 “(B) in the case of parents and other family members, services designed to better enable parents and other family members to contribute to their child’s healthy development and such term includes prenatal care; education in infant and child development, health, nutrition, and parenting; referral to education, employment counseling and training as appropriate; and assistance in securing adequate income support, health care, nutritional assistance, and housing; “(5) the term ‘local educational agency’ has the same meaning given that term by section 1471(12) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965; “(6) the term ‘low income’ means persons who are from families having incomes below the poverty line as determined and revised in accordance with section 673(2) of the Community Services Block Grant Act (42 U.S.C. 9902(2)); and “(7) the term ‘Secretary’ means the Secretary of Health and Human Services.
“authorization of appropriations “Sec. 670T.

42 USC 9887.

(a) Subject to subsection (b), there is authorized to be appropriated $25,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993 to carry out this subchapter. “(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, no funds shall be available for fiscal year 1989 or 1990 to carry out this subchapter if the amount appropriated for such fiscal year to carry out sub-chapter B is less than 104 percent of the amount appropriated for the preceding fiscal year to carry out subchapter B. “(c) Funds made available in accordance with this section shall remain available for obligation and expenditure for one fiscal year succeeding the fiscal year for which such funds are appropriated.”.
SEC. 2504. CONFORMING AMENDMENTS. Section 638 of the Head Start Act (42 U.S.C. 9833) is amended— (1) by inserting “(a)” after “Sec. 638.”; and (2) by adding at the end thereof the following: “(b) For purposes of providing financial assistance under subsection (a) to agencies, the Secretary may not take into consideration whether such agency applies for or receives funds under subchapter E.”.
PART F—HIGHER EDUCATION
SEC. 2601. ROBERTT. STAFFORD STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM. (a) Amendment to Title of Program.—Section 421 of the Higher

20 USC 1071.

Education Act of 1965 (hereafter in this section referred to as the “Act”) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(c) The program established under this part may be referred to as the ‘Robert T. Stafford Student Loan Pregram’.”. (b) Conforming Amendment.—The heading for Part B of title IV

20 USC prec. 1071.

of the Act is amended to read as follows: “Part B—Robert T. Stafford Student Loan Program”.
102 STAT. 331 <num value="III">TITLE III—</num><heading class="inline">EDUCATIONAL ASSESSMENT, ACHIEVEMENT, AND ADMINISTRATION</heading> <part><num value="A">PART A—</num><heading class="inline">STATISTICS</heading> <section> <num value="3001">SEC. 3001. </num><heading>NATIONAL CENTER FOR EDUCATION STATISTICS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administration</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 406(a) of the General Education Provisions Act (hereinafter in this section referred to as “the Act”) <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221e–1">20 USC 1221e–1</ref>.</p></sidenote>is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(a)</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in the first sentence of subsection (a) by inserting “<quotedText>National</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>Center</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by striking all after the first sentence and inserting the following: “<quotedText>The general design and duties of the National <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote>Center for Education Statistics shall be to acquire and diffuse among the people of the United States useful statistical information on subjects connected with education (in the most general and comprehensive sense of the word) particularly the retention of students, the assessment of their progress, the financing of institutions of education, financial aid to students, the supply of and demand for teachers and other school personnel, libraries, comparisons of the education of the United States and foreign nations and the means of promoting material, social, and intellectual prosperity through education.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Commissioner of Education Statistics</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Section 406(a) of the Act is amended by inserting after paragraph (1) (as so designated in subsection (a)) the following new paragraph; <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Center shall be headed by a Commissioner of Education Statistics who shall be appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate. The Commissioner of the National Center for Education Statistics shall have substantial experience and knowledge of programs encompassed by the National Center The Commissioner shall be-paid in accordance with section 5315 of title 5, United States Code. The Commissioner shall serve for terms of 4 years, except that the initial appointment shall commence June 21, 1991.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>There shall be within the Center (i) an Associate Commissioner for Statistical Standards and Methodology who shall be qualified in the field of mathematical statistics or statistical methodology; and (ii) an Associate Commissioner for Data Collection and Dissemination, who shall be an individual who has extensive knowledge of uses of statistics for policy purposes at all levels of American education, and who shall promote the participation of States, localities, and institutions of higher education in designing education statistics programs, encourage widespread dissemination and use of the Center’s data, and promote United States participation in international and regional education statistics. The Commissioner may appoint such other Associate Commissioners as may be necessary and appropriate.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 5315 of title 5 of the United States Code, is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: <quotedContent> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">“Commissioner, National Center for Education Statistics.”.</p> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Transition Provision</inline>.—</heading><content>During the period beginning on the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221e–1">20 USC 1221e–1 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>date of the enactment of this Act and ending on the date that an appointment is made pursuant to section 406(a)(2MA) (as inserted by <page identifier="/us/stat/102/332">102 STAT. 332</page>paragraph (1)), the individual serving as the director of the Center for Education Statistics on the date of the enactment of this Act may serve as acting Commissioner.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Advisory Council on Education Statistics</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 406(c) of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221e–1">20 USC 1221e–1</ref>.</p></sidenote>the Act is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in the first sentence of paragraph (1) by inserting “<quotedText>public</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>7</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>in paragraph (2)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in subparagraph (Bl by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (C) and inserting a comma; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following subparagraphs: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>Commissioner of Education Statistics, and;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>Chairman, National Commission on Libraries and Information Science.”;</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content></subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in paragraph (4) by striking “<quotedText>Assistant Secretary</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>Commissioner of Education Statistics</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>in paragraph (7) by striking “<quotedText>establishing</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>advising on</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>by adding after paragraph (7) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>The Commissioner may appoint such other ad hoc advisory committees as the Commissioner considers necessary.”</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Condition of Education Report</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 406(d) of the Act is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>in paragraph (1)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>Secretary</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>Commissioner</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by adding “and” at the end of subparagraph (B);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>; and</quotedText>” at the end of subparagraph (C) and inserting a period; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>by striking all of subparagraph (D);</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by redesignating paragraph “<quotedText>(2)</quotedText>” as paragraph “<quotedText>(3)</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by adding after paragraph (1) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall submit annually a report to the Congress giving information of the State of Education in the Nation. In such report the Secretary shall clearly set forth the Secretary’s views of critical needs in education and the most effective manner in which the nation and the Federal Government may address such needs.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authority of Commissioner</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 406(e) of the Act is amended by adding at the end the following paragraphs: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">In carrying out any authorized responsibilities under this section, the Commissioner may enter into contracts under regular competitive procedures of the Federal Government or other financial arrangements. Contracts or financial arrangements may also include sole source contracts with States, additional institutions, organizations performing international studies, and associations that are nationally representative of a wide <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>variety of States or nonpublic schools. The Commissioner shall submit annually a report to the appropriate committees of the Congress, listing each sole source contract, its purpose, and the reasons why competitive bidding was not feasible in each such instance.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The Commissioner is authorized to prepare and publish such information and documents as may be of value in carrying <page identifier="/us/stat/102/333">102 STAT. 333</page>out the purposes of this section. Periodically, the Commissioner shall issue a regular schedule of publications.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>In addition to the condition of education report under <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>subsection (d), the Commissioner is authorized to make special reports on particular subjects whenever required to do so by the President or either House of Congress or when considered appropriate by the Commissioner.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>The Commissioner is authorized to use information collected by other offices in the Department of Education and by other executive agencies and to enter into interagency agreements for the collection of statistics for the purposes of this section. The Commissioner is authorized to arrange with any agency, organization, or institution for the collection of statistics for the purposes of this section and may assign employees of the Center to any such agency, organization, or institution to assist in such collection.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>The Commissioner is authorized to use the statistical method known as sampling to carry out this section. Data may be collected from States, local educational agencies, schools, libraries, administrators, teachers, students, the general public, and such other individuals, persons, organizations, agencies, and institutions as the Commissioner may consider appropriate.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>To assure the technical quality and the coordination of statistical activities of the Department, the Commissioner shall provide technical assistance to Department offices that gather data for statistical purposes. Such assistance may include a review of and advice on data collection plans, survey designs and pretests, the management of data, and the quality of reporting of data.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <chapeau>The Commissioner is authorized to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>select, appoint, and employ such officers and employees as may be necessary to carry out the functions of the Center, subject to the provisions of title 5, United States Code (governing appointments in the competitive service), and the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title (relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, to obtain services as authorized by section 3109 of title 5, United States Code, at a rate not to exceed the equivalent daily rate payable for grade GS–18 of the General Schedule under section 5332 of such title.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Retorts on Education Indicators</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 406(g) of the Act <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221e–1">20 USC 1221e–1</ref>.</p></sidenote>is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(g)</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting after paragraph (1) (as so designated in para-graph (1) of this section) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In addition to other duties of the Commissioner under this section, it shall be the responsibility of the Commissioner to issue regular public reports to the President and Congress on dropout and retention rates, results of education, supply and demand of teachers and school personnel, libraries, financial aid and on such other education indicators as the Commissioner determines to be appropriate.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Study Panel on Education Indicators</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 406(g) of the Act is amended by adding after paragraph (2) (as added by subsection (F)) the following new paragraph: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/334">102 STAT. 334</page> <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The Commissioner shall establish a special study panel to make recommendations concerning the determination of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>education indicators for study and report under paragraph (2). Not more than 18 months after the date of the enactment of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988, the Commissioner shall submit the report of the panel to the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Termination date.</p></sidenote>appropriate committees of the Congress. The panel shall cease to exist 6 months after the date of such submission.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="h">(h) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Dropout and Retention Study and Reports</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 406(g) <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221e–1">20 USC 1221e–1</ref>.</p></sidenote>of the Act is amended by adding after paragraph (3) (as added by subsection (g)) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Center shall conduct an annual national survey of dropout and retention rates as an education indicator</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The Commissioner shall appoint a special task force to develop and test an effective methodology to accurately measure dropout and retention rates. Not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988, the task force shall submit a report of its recommendations, including procedures for implementation of such recommendations, to the Commissioner and the appropriate committees of the Congress.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>On the second Tuesday after Labor Day of 1989 and on each such Tuesday thereafter, the Center shall submit a report to the appropriate committees of the Congress of the dropout and retention rate prevailing on March 30 of each such year.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="i">(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Financial Aid Studies</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 406(g) of the Act is amended by adding after paragraph (4) (as added by subsection (h)) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>As of March 30, 1990, and not less than every 3 years thereafter, the Center shall conduct a national study and survey of financial aid in accordance with the provisions of section <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>1303(c) of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986. The Center shall submit a report to the appropriate committees of the Congress concerning the findings of such study”</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Concurrent with each survey, the Center, shall conduct longitudinal studies of freshman and graduating students concerning access, choice, persistence progress, curriculum and attainment. Such studies shall evaluate such students at 3 points over a 6-year interval.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="j">(j) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Decennial Analysis of School Districts</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 406(g) of the Act is amended by adding after paragraph (5) (as added by subsection (i)) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">On April 1, 1993, and every 10 years thereafter, the Center shall submit a report to the appropriate committees of the Congress concerning the social and economic status of children who reside in the areas served by different local educational agencies. Such report shall be based on data collected during the most recent decennial census.”,</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="k">(k) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">National Longitudinal Survey</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 406(g) of the Act is amended by adding after paragraph (6) (as added by subsection (j)) the following new paragraphs: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>The Center shall conduct a study of a statistically relevant sample of students enrolled in elementary and secondary school and postsecondary education training concerning educational progress, intellectual development, and economic <page identifier="/us/stat/102/335">102 STAT. 335</page>prosperity. The study shall collect data on participation in higher education, including enrollment, persistence, and attainment. Such study shall evaluate such students by such criteria at 2-year intervals. As of February 1, 1989, and every 8 years thereafter, the Commissioner shall select a sample of students enrolled in school for this study.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>The Center with the assistance of State library agencies, <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Libraries.</p></sidenote>shall develop and support a cooperative system of annual data collection for public libraries. Participation shall be voluntary; however, all States should be encouraged to join the system. Attention should be given to insuring timely, consistent and accurate reporting.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="l">(l) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">School Reform Efforts Study</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 406(g) of the Act is <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221e–1">20 USC 1221e–1</ref>.</p></sidenote>amended by adding after paragraph (8) (as added by subsection (k)) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>The National Center for Education Statistics shall conduct a study on the effects of higher standards prompted by school reform efforts on student enrollment and persistence. The study shall examine academic achievement, and graduation rates of low-income, handicapped, limited English proficient, and educationally disadvantaged students.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="m">(m) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Confidential Treatment of Data</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 406(d) of the Act is amended by adding after paragraph (3) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>Except as provided in this section, no person may—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>use any individually identifiable information furnished under the provisions of this section for any purpose other than statistical purposes for which it is supplied;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>make any publication whereby the data furnished by any particular person under this section can be identified; or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>permit anyone other than the individuals authorized by the Commissioner to examine the individual reports; or</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>No department, bureau, agency, officer, or employee of the Government, except the Commissioner of Education Statistics in carrying out the purposes of this section, shall require, for any reason, copies of reports which have been filed under this section with the Center for Education Statistics or retained by any individual respondent. Copies of such reports which have been so retained or filed with the Center or any of its employees or contractors or agents shall be immune from legal process, and shall not, without the consent of the individual concerned, be admitted as evidence or used for any purpose in any action, suit, or other judicial or administrative proceeding. This subsection shall only apply to individually identifiable data (as defined in subparagraph (E)).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>Whoever, being or having been an employee or staff member appointed under the authority of the Commissioner or in accordance with this section of the Act, having taken and subscribed the oath of office, or having sworn to observe the limitations imposed by subsection (a), knowingly publishes or communicates any individually identifiable information (as defined in subparagraph (E)), the disclosure of which is prohibited under the provisions of subparagraph (A), and which comes into his or her possession by reason of employment (or other-wise providing services) under the provisions of this section, <page identifier="/us/stat/102/336">102 STAT. 336</page>shall be fined under title 18, United States Code, or imprisoned not more than 5 years, or both.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>The Commissioner may utilize temporary staff, including employees of Federal, State, or local agencies or instrumentalities including local education agencies, and employees of private organizations to assist the Center in performing the work authorized by this section, but only if such temporary staff is sworn to observe the limitations imposed by this section.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>No collection of information or data acquisition activity undertaken by the Center shall be subject to any review, coordination or approval procedure except as required by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget under the rules and regulations established pursuant to chapter 35 of title 44, United States Code.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <chapeau>For the purposes of this section—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the term ‘individually identifiable information’ means any record, response form, completed survey or aggregation thereof from which information about individual students, teachers, administrators or other individual persons may be revealed;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the term ‘report’ means a response provided by or about an individual to an inquiry from the Center and does not include a statistical aggregation from which individually identifiable information cannot be revealed; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>as used in clause (i), the term ‘persons’ does not include States, local educational agencies, or schools.”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="n">(n) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221e–1">20 USC 1221e–1</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Education Information and Data</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 406 of the Act is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in subsection (e)(i) by striking in the first sentence “<quotedText>of the Office</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by redesignating subsection (h) as subjection (i);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by inserting after subsection (g) a new subsection (h): <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="h">“(h)</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Establishment.</p></sidenote><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>There is established within the Center a National Cooperative Education Statistics System (hereafter referred to in this subsection as the ‘System’). The purpose of the System is to produce and maintain, with the cooperation of the States, comparable and uniform educational information and data that are useful for policy-making at the Federal, State, and local level.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>Each State that desires to participate in the system shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>first develop with the Center the information and data-gathering requirements that are needed to report on the condition and progress of elementary and secondary education in the United States, such as information and data on—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>schools and school districts;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>students and enrollments, including special populations;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>the availability and use of school libraries and their resources;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>teachers, librarians, and school administrators;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>the financing of elementary and secondary education;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">“(vi) </num> <content>student outcomes, including scores on standardized tests and other measures of educational achievement; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">“(vii) </num> <content>the progress of education reform in the States and the Nation; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content>then enter into an agreement with the Center for that fiscal year to comply with those information and data-gathering requirements.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/337">102 STAT. 337</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>To establish and maintain the system, the Commissioner—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>shall—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>provide technical assistance to the States regarding the collection, maintenance, and use of the System’s data, including the timely dissemination of such data; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>to the extent possible, implement standard definitions and data collection procedures; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>may—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>directly, or through grants, cooperative agreements, or contracts, conduct research, development, demonstration, and evaluation activities that are related to the purposes of the System; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>prescribe appropriate guidelines to ensure that the statistical activities of the States participating in the System produce data that are uniform, timely, and appropriately accessible.”;</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <chapeau>in subsection (f)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(f)</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by adding after paragraph (1) the following paragraphs: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The Commissioner may contract with States to carry out <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>subsection (h). Such contracts may not exceed the additional cost to the State—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>of meeting the information and data gathering requirements in compliance with such subsection; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>for compliance with related efforts of the National Center for Education Statistics to achieve comparable and uniform data consistent with the purposes of this subsection.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="o">(o) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Training Program</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 406(b)(3) of the Act is <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221e–1">20 USC 1221e–1</ref>.</p></sidenote>amended by adding before the semicolon the following: “<quotedText>(and shall establish a special program to train employees of such State and local agencies in the use of the Center’s standard statistical procedures and concepts and may establish a fellows program to temporarily appoint such employees as fellows at the Center for the purpose of familiarization with the operations of the Center)</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="p">(p) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Section 406(f)(1) of the Act (as so redesignated in subsection (m) of this section) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>There are authorized to be appropriated for the purposes of this section (including salaries and expenses) $42,323,000 for fiscal year 1989, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 405(f)(1) of the Act is amended by striking “<quotedText>and section 406 of this Act</quotedText>”.<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221e">20 USC 1221e</ref>.</p></sidenote></content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="q">(q) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading><content>The heading of section 406 of the Act is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <heading class="centered smallCaps">“national center for education statistics”.</heading> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="3002">SEC. 3002. </num><heading>ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY EDUCATION ACT OF 1965 DATA.</heading> <content>Section 405(e)(1)(A) of the General Education Provisions Act is amended by inserting before the semicolon “<quotedText>, including data on the performance in these areas of students served by chapter 1 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 and chapter 1 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981</quotedText>”.</content> </section> </part> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/338">102 STAT. 338</page> <part><num value="B">PART B—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Fund for the Improvement and Reform of Schools and Teaching Act.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4801">20 USC 4801 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">FUND FOR THE IMPROVEMENT AND REFORM OF SCHOOLS AND TEACHING</heading> <section> <num value="3201">SEC. 3201. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>This part may be cited as the “<shortTitle role="part">Fund for the Improvement and Reform of Schools and Teaching Act</shortTitle>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="3202">SEC. 3202. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4801">20 USC 4801</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ESTABLISHMENT OF FUND.</heading> <content>There is established a Fund for the Improvement and Reform of Schools and Teaching.</content> </section> <subpart><num value="1">Subpart 1—</num><heading class="inline">Grants for Schools and Teachers</heading> <section> <num value="3211">SEC. 3211. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4811">20 USC 4811</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>FUND FOR THE IMPROVEMENT AND REFORM OF SCHOOLS AND TEACHING.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary is authorized to make grants to, and enter into contracts with. State educational agencies, local educational agencies, institutions of higher education, non-profit organizations, individual schools, consortia of such schools, and consortia of such schools and institutions, to improve educational opportunities for and the performance of elementary and secondary school students and teachers by—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>helping educationally disadvantaged or at risk children meet higher educational standards;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>providing incentives for improved performance;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>strengthening school leadership and teaching;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>promoting closer ties among school teachers, administrators, families and the local community;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>providing opportunities for teacher enrichment and other means to improve the professional status of teachers;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>encouraging projects that reallocate existing resources (both human and financial) to serve children better by refocusing priorities;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>allowing local schools to establish closer ties with an institution of higher education to increase educational achievement;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(8) </num> <content>increasing the number and quality of minority teachers;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">(9) </num> <content>providing entry-year assistance to new teachers and administrators ;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">(10) </num> <content>improving the teacher certification process, especially for schools, school districts, or States facing serious shortages; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">(11) </num> <content>encouraging pride in schools by teaching students to be responsible for their school environment, involving students in the care and maintenance of their classrooms and promoting individual responsibility and involvement in civic activities.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Priority Rule </inline>—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall give priority to proposed projects that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>will benefit students or schools with below average academic performance;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>will lead to increased access of all students to a high quality education; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>develop or implement systems for providing incentives to schools, administrators, teachers, students, or others to make measurable progress toward specific goals of improved educational performance.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/339">102 STAT. 339</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall carry out the provisions of this part through the Board established under section 3231.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="3212">SEC. 3212. </num><heading>APPLICATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4812">20 USC 4812</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Applications</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>For grants described under this subpart, each applicant shall, if relevant, describe how the program relates to the priorities listed in section 3211(b). Where appropriate, proposals shall contain a description of the incentive system described in section 3211(b)(3), including specific goals and timetables for progress toward such goals.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>For the purpose of this section, incentives may include financial rewards, regulatory waivers, open enrollment among schools, grants to schools for innovative projects, or other rewards for meeting specific goals.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>For the purpose of this section, the goals described in subparagraph (A) may include increased graduation rates, reduced dropout rates, increased attendance rates, increased student achievement, reduced rates of incidents of juvenile delinquency or vandalism, or other goals of educational improvement.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Each teacher and administrator desiring to receive a grant at the school level shall submit an application for school level projects involving an individual school or a consortium of schools. Each application shall contain assurances that the project will be carried out under the responsibility of a full-time teacher or school administrator.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Each such application shall be reviewed by the appropriate local educational agency. The local educational agency shall act as the fiscal agent in administering the school’s grant to the school, but funds must be expended at the school level.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Educational Agency Review</inline>.—</heading><content>Each application for a grant under this subpart (other than an application from a State educational agency) shall be forwarded to the appropriate State educational agency for review and comment, if the State educational agency requests the opportunity for review. The State educational agency must complete its review of the application and comment to the Secretary within 30 calendar days of receipt.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Evaluation Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>In evaluating an application for a grant or contract under this subpart, the Secretary shall consider the extent to which the proposed project is likely to improve teaching and learning at the school level.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="2">Subpart 2—</num><heading class="inline">Family-School Partnership</heading> <section> <num value="3221">SEC. 3221. </num><heading>FINDINGS AND PURPOSE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4821">20 USC 4821</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Findings</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Congress finds that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>it has been clearly demonstrated that parent involvement is directly related to better student achievement, attitudes, and performance in school;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>demographics of the American family are changing to the degree that significant numbers of children attending school come from families with single parents, families in which both parents are employed outside the home, or where the primary caregiver is not the biological parent;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the demographics mean that current approaches to developing and maintaining partnerships with educators in compensatory education programs require review and modification to <page identifier="/us/stat/102/340">102 STAT. 340</page>make them more responsive to the needs of both families and schools; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>effective approaches to more fully involving families as partners in their children’s education should be encouraged as a matter of Federal policy.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Purpose</inline>.—</heading><content>The purpose of this subpart is to encourage eligible local educational agencies to increase the involvement of families in the improvement of the educational achievement of their children in the preschool, elementary, and secondary schools within such agency.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="3222">SEC. 3222. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4822">20 USC 4822</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ELIGIBLE AGENCY.</heading> <content>In order to be eligible to receive a grant under this subpart, a local educational agency must be eligible to receive a grant under section 1005 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.</content> </section> <section> <num value="3223">SEC. 3223. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4823">20 USC 4823</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PROGRAM AUTHORIZED.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary, through the Fund, is authorized to make demonstration grants to eligible local educational agencies for the development of innovative, promising family-school educational partnership activities designed to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>support the efforts of families, including training, to the maximum extent practicable, to work with children in the home to attain both the instructional objectives of the schools within eligible local educational agencies and instill positive attitudes about the importance of education;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>train teachers and other staff personnel involved in the program supported under chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 to work effectively as educational partners with the families of participating students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>train families, teachers and other staff personnel in the schools within such agency to build an educational partnership between home and school; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>evaluate how well family involvement activities of the schools within such agency are working, what barriers exist to greater participation, and what steps need to be taken to expand participation in such family involvement activities.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Uses of Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The activities and procedures for which gr ants may be made under this subpart may include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>training programs for the family on the family’s educational responsibilities and reasonable and necessary expenditures associated with the attendance of parents or guardians at training sessions;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>planning and development of new school procedures and practices to meet the changing demographic characteristics of the families of school-age children;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>planning and development of modifications of school procedures and practices necessary for the involvement of parents of special groups, including minorities, disadvantaged, gifted and talented, and students with handicaps;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>hiring, training, and use of educational personnel in eligible local educational agencies to coordinate family involvement activities and to foster communications among families, educators, and students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>development and purchase by a local educational agency of educational materials where such materials are commercially unavailable to reinforce school learning at home and assistance <page identifier="/us/stat/102/341">102 STAT. 341</page>in implementing other home-based education activities that reinforce and extend classroom instruction and student motivation; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>securing technical assistance, including training, to design and carry out family involvement programs.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Private School Students</inline>.—</heading><content>An application may, consistent with the number of children enrolled in private elementary and secondary schools located in the school district of an eligible educational agency, provide for the participation of such children, their families and teachers.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="3">Subpart 3—</num><heading class="inline">Administrative Provisions</heading> <section> <num value="3231">SEC. 3231. </num><heading>BOARD AUTHORIZED.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4831">20 USC 4831</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Fund for the Improvement and Reform of Schools and Teaching Board Established</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>There is established the Fund Board.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>The Board shall—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>advise the Secretary concerning developments in education that merit the attention of the Secretary;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>identify promising initiatives to be supported under this part; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>advise the Secretary and the Director of the Fund on the selection of projects under consideration for support, planning documents, guidelines, and procedures for grant competitions carried out by the Fund.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The Secretary shall provide such information and assistance as may be necessary to enable the Board to carry out its functions under this part.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Board shall be composed of 15 members and the Secretary. Appointed members of the Board shall be appointed from among individuals who have extensive backgrounds in the field of education and shall represent a broad range of viewpoints and experience.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>The term of office of each member of the Board shall be 3 years, except that, subject to the provisions of paragraphs (4) and (5), the members first taking office shall serve as designated by the Secretary, one-third of the members for terms of 1 year, one-third of the members for terms of 2 years, and one-third of the members for terms of 3 years;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>Any member appointed to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the term for which the predecessor of such member was appointed. No Board member may serve more than 2 consecutive terms.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>The initial membership of the Board shall be appointed by the Secretary after consultation with appropriate educational organizations and other interest groups.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>As vacancies occur, new members of the Board shall be appointed by the Secretary from among individuals who are nominated by the Board. The Board shall nominate at least 3 individuals for each vacancy.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>The Board shall elect a chairman and vice-chairman from among its membership.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>The Board shall meet at least 3 times each year. A meeting shall also be held whenever one-third of the Board members request <page identifier="/us/stat/102/342">102 STAT. 342</page>in writing that a meeting be held. A majority of the Board shall constitute a quorum.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Director of the Fund</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary shall appoint a Director of the Fund to serve a 4-year term. No individual may serve as Director for more than 8 years.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Director shall advise the Board about developments in education that merit the attention of the Board, identify promising initiatives, coordinate the work of the Fund with the work of the Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education, and provide such information and assistance as may be necessary to enable the Board to carry out its functions. The Director may offer comments to the Board on any application to the Fund.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <chapeau>The Director shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>consult with the Board on priorities for the improvement of education,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>design grant competitions,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>solicit proposals,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>administer grant competitions,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>review and prioritize proposals,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content>monitor funded projects, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">(G) </num> <content>disseminate the results of successful projects.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Priorities Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>In January of every calendar year, the Board shall advise the Secretary and the Congress of the priorities of the Board for the improvement of education and the implications of the priorities for the Fund. The Secretary shall give careful <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>consideration to the priorities set forth by the Board. By December 31 of each calendar year, the Director shall provide the Congress with a report for that year summarizing the projects funded for that year.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Review and Evaluation Procedures</inline>.—</heading><content>The Director shall establish procedures for reviewing and evaluating grants and con-tracts made or entered into under this part. The procedures established under this subsection for reviewing grant applications or contracts for financial assistance under this Act may not be subject to any review outside of officials responsible for the administration of the Fund.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Proposal Review</inline>.—</heading><content>In reviewing proposals, the Director shall consider the need for the proposed project and its plan of operation, educational value, budget and cost effectiveness, plan for evaluation, proposed impact, expected outcomes, potential transferability to other settings, and other factors as appropriate with respect to the goals and priorities of the Fund. The Secretary shall also consider, to the extent practicable, the geographic distribution of the projects <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>selected for funding. The Secretary shall take appropriate steps to ensure that new applicants are encouraged to participate in any grant competition sponsored by the Fund for the Improvement and Reform of Schools and Teaching,</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Personnel</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary may appoint for terms not to exceed 3 years, without regard to the provisions of title 5 of the United States Code governing appointments in the competitive service, not more than 7 technical employees to administer this part who may be paid without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/343">102 STAT. 343</page> <section> <num value="3232">SEC. 3232. </num><heading>DISSEMINATION AND REPORTING.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4832">20 USC 4832</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Exemplary Projects</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall take appropriate steps to ensure that exemplary projects that are developed with assistance furnished under this part are made available to institutions of higher education and State and local educational agencies. In carrying out this paragraph the Secretary and Director shall ensure that exemplary projects apply to the National Diffusion Network for dissemination through the procedures established by that program.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall submit a final report to Congress not later than June 1, 1990. The report shall describe the programs assisted by this part, document the success of such programs in improving education, and make such recommendations as the Secretary deems appropriate.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report for Continued Funding Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>As a condition to continue to receive funding after the first year of a multi-year project, the project administrator shall submit an annual report to describe the activities conducted during the preceding year and the progress that has been made toward reaching the goals described in its application, if applicable.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="3233">SEC. 3233. </num><heading>COORDINATION WITH THE FUND FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF POSTSECONDARY EDUCATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4833">20 USC 4833</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>In order to facilitate coordination between the Fund and the Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education, the Director of the Fund shall meet regularly with the Director of the Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education. The Board of the Fund shall meet at least once each year with the Board of the Fund for the Improvement of Postsecondary Education to discuss priorities and projects to be funded.</content> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="4">Subpart 4—</num><heading class="inline">General Provisions</heading> <section> <num value="3241">SEC. 3241. </num><heading>SPECIAL GRANT RULES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4841">20 USC 4841</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grant Conditions</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Federal funds paid under this part shall supplement, not supplant, other resources available to the grantee.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Financial assistance made under this part is not intended to be used for the acquisition of capital equipment as a primary purpose.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Distribution of Funds</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>At least 25 percent of the funds appropriated for the Fund in any fiscal year shall be used for grants to applicants described in section 3212(a)(2)(A).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Grants to a single school as described in section 3212(a)(2)(A) may not be less than $5,000 nor more than $125,000 in any fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>No grant may be made for more than a 3-year period.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="3242">SEC. 3242. </num><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4842">20 USC 4842</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorizations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated to carry out the provisions of this part $30,000,000 for fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reservations</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Secretary shall reserve one-third of the funds appropriated for activities under subpart 2 of this part.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall reserve $150,000 from funds appropriated for activities authorized by section 3232.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/344">102 STAT. 344</page> <section> <num value="3243">SEC. 3243. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4843">20 USC 4843</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading> <chapeau>For the purpose of this part—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the term “at risk” means students who, because of learning deficiencies, lack of school readiness, limited English proficiency, poverty, educational or economic disadvantage, or physical or emotional handicapping conditions face greater risk of low educational achievement and have greater potential of becoming school dropouts;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the term “Board” means the Fund Board established under section 3231;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the term “Fund” means the Fund for the Improvement and Reform of Schools and Teaching established under section 3202; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>the term “Secretary” means the Secretary of Education.</content> </paragraph> </section> </subpart> </part> <part><num value="C">PART C—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">National Assessment of Educational Progress Improvement Act.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221">20 USC 1221 note</ref>.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221e–1">20 USC 1221e–1 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">NATIONAL ASSESSMENT OF EDUCATIONAL PROGRESS</heading> <section> <num value="3401">SEC. 3401. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>This part may be cited as the “<shortTitle role="part">National Assessment of Educational Progress Improvement Act</shortTitle>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="3402">SEC. 3402. </num><heading>STATEMENT OF PURPOSE.</heading> <content>The purpose of this part is to improve the effectiveness of our Nations schools by making objective information about student performance in selected learning areas available to policymakers at the national, regional, State, and local levels. To enhance its utility, such information shall be both representative and comparable and shall be maintained in a manner that ensures the privacy of individual students and their families. It is not the purpose of this Act to authorize the collection or reporting of information on student attitudes or beliefs or on other matters that are not germane to the acquisition and analysis of information about academic achievement.</content> </section> <section> <num value="3403">SEC. 3403. </num><heading>NATIONAL ASSESSMENT OF EDUCATIONAL PROGRESS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 406 of the General Education Provisions Act (hereafter in this part referred to as “the Act” and as <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221e–1">20 USC 1221e–1</ref>.</p></sidenote>amended by section 3001 of this title) is amended by redesignating subsection (i) as subsection (j) and by inserting after subsection (h) the following: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="i">“(i) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>With the advice of the National Assessment Governing Board established by paragraph (5)(a)(i), the Commissioner shall carry out, by grants, contracts, or cooperative agreements with qualified organizations, or consortia thereof, a National Assessment of Educational Progress. The National Assessment of Educational Progress shall be placed in the National Center for Education Statistics and shall report directly to the Commissioner for Educational Statistics. The purpose of the National Assessment is the assessment of the performance of children and adults in the basic skills of reading, mathematics, science, writing, history/geography and other areas selected by the Board.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>The National Assessment shall provide a fair and accurate presentation of educational achievement in skills, abilities, and knowledge in reading, writing, mathematics, science, history/geography, and other areas specified by the Board, and shall use sampling techniques that produce data that are representative on a <page identifier="/us/stat/102/345">102 STAT. 345</page>national and regional basis and on a State basis pursuant to subparagraphs (C)(i) and (C)(ii). In addition, the National Assessment <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>shall—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>collect and report data on a periodic basis, at least once every 2 years for reading and mathematics; at least once every 4 years for writing and science; and at least once every 6 years for history/geography and other subject areas selected by the Board;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>collect and report data every 2 years on students at ages 9, 13, and 17 and in grades 4,8, and 12;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>report achievement data on a basis that ensures valid reliable trend reporting;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>include information on special groups.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>In carrying out the provisions of subparagraph (A), the Secretary and the Board appointed under paragraph (5) shall assure that at least 1 of the subject matters in each of the 4 and 6 year cycles described in subparagraph (A)(i) will be included in each 2 year cycle Assessment.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>The National Assessment shall develop a trial mathematics assessment survey instrument for the eighth grade and shall con-duct a demonstration of the instrument in 1990 in States which wish to participate, with the purpose of determining whether such an assessment yields valid, reliable State representative data.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>The National Assessment shall conduct a trial mathematics assessment for the fourth and eighth grades in 1992 and, pursuant to subparagraph (6)(D), shall develop a trial reading assessment to be administered in 1992 for the fourth grade in States which wish to participate, with the purpose of determining whether such an assessment yields valid, reliable State representative data.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>The National Assessment shall ensure that a representative sample of students participate in such assessments.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>No State may agree to participate in the demonstration described in this subsection without full knowledge of the process for consensus decisionmaking on objectives to be tested, required in paragraph (6)(E), and of assessment demonstration standards for sampling, test administration, test security, data collection, validation and reporting. States wishing to participate shall sign an <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>agreement developed by the Commissioner. A participating State shall review and give permission for release of results from any test of its students administered as a part of this demonstration prior to the release of such data. Refusal by a State to release its data shall not restrict the reporting of data from other States that have approved the release of such data.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>The Commissioner shall provide for an independent evaluation <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>conducted by a nationally recognized organization (such as the National Academy of Sciences or the National Academy of Education) of the pilot programs to assess the feasibility and validity of assessments and the fairness and accuracy of the data they produce. The report shall also describe the technical problems encountered and a description about what was learned about how to best report data from the National Assessment of Educational Progress. The results of this report will be provided to the Congress and to States which participated tn assessments pursuant to paragraph (C) (i) and (ii) within 18 months of the time such assessments were conducted.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(D)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>The National Assessment shall have the authority to develop and conduct, upon the direction of the Board and subject to the availability of appropriations, assessments of adult literacy.</content></clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/346">102 STAT. 346</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The National Assessment shall not collect any data that are not directly related to the appraisal of educational performance, achievements, and traditional demographic reporting variables, or to the fair and accurate presentation of such information.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The National Assessment shall provide technical assistance to States, localities, and other parties that desire to participate in the assessment to yield additional information described in paragraph (2).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4)</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the public shall have access to all data, questions, and test instruments of the National Assessment.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B)</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Classified information.</p></sidenote><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>The Commissioner shall ensure that all personally identifiable information about students, their educational performance, and their families and that information with respect to individual schools remain confidential, in accordance with section 552a of title 5, United States Code.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>Notwithstanding any other provision of the law, the Secretary may decline to make available to the public for a period not to exceed 10 years following their initial use cognitive questions that the Secretary intends to reuse in the future.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>The use of National Assessment test items and test data employed in the pilot program authorized in subsection (2)(C) to rank, compare, or otherwise evaluate individual students, schools, or school districts is prohibited.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5)</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Establishment.</p></sidenote><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>There is established the National Assessment Governing Board (hereafter in this section referred to as the ‘Board’).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>The Board shall formulate the policy guidelines for the National Assessment.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>The Board shall be appointed by the Secretary in accordance with this subparagraph and subparagraphs (C), (D), and (E). The Board shall be composed of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>two Governors, or former Governors, who shall not be members of the same political party;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>two State legislators, who shall not be members of the same political party;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>two chief State school officers;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>one superintendent of a local educational agency;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>one member of a State board of education;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">“(vi) </num> <content>one member of a local board of education;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">“(vii) </num> <content>three classroom teachers representing the grade levels at which the National Assessment is conducted;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="viii">“(viii) </num> <content>one representative of business or industry;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ix">“(ix) </num> <content>two curriculum specialists;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="x">“(x) </num> <content>two testing and measurement experts;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="xi">“(xi) </num> <content>one nonpublic school administrator or policymaker;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="xii">“(xii) </num> <content>two school principals, one elementary and one secondary;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="xiii">“(xiii) </num> <content>three additional members who are representatives of the general public, including parents.</content> </clause> <continuation>The Assistant Secretary for Educational Research and Improvement shall serve as an ex officio member of the Board as a nonvoting member.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>The Secretary and the Board shall ensure at all times that the membership of the Board reflects regional, racial, gender and cultural balance and diversity and that it exercises its independent judgment, free from inappropriate influences and special interests.</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/347">102 STAT. 347</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>In the exercise of its functions, powers, and duties, the Board shall hire its own staff and shall be independent of the Secretary and the other offices and officers of the Department of Education.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>The Secretary may appoint, at the direction of the Board, for terms not to exceed 3 years, without regard to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive service, not more than 6 technical employees to administer this subsection who may be paid without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>The members of the Assessment Policy Committee, serving on the date of enactment of the National Assessment of Educational Progress Improvement Act, shall become members of the Board for the remainder of the terms of the appointment to the Assessment Policy Committee.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>To complete the initial membership of the Board, the Secretary shall appoint members of the Board as necessary in the categories described in subparagraph (B) for which there are no members continuing from the Assessment Policy Committee on the date of enactment of the National Assessment of Educational Progress Improvement Act. The Secretary shall appoint such members from among nominees furnished by the Governors, chief State school officers, education associations and organizations, the National Academy of Sciences, the National Academy of Education, parent organizations, and learned societies.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>As vacancies occur, new members of the Board shall be appointed by the Secretary from among individuals who are nominated by the Board after consultation with representatives of the groups listed in subparagraph (B). For each vacancy the Board shall nominate at least 3 individuals who, by reason of experience or training, are qualified in that particular Board vacancy.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>Members of the Board appointed in accordance with this paragraph shall serve for terms not to exceed 4 years which shall be staggered, as determined by the Secretary, subject to the provisions of subparagraph (D)(i). Any appointed member of the Board who changes status under subparagraph (B) during the term of the appointment of the member may continue to serve as a member until the expiration of that term.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>In carrying out its functions under this subsection, the Board shall be responsible for—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>selecting subject areas to be assessed (consistent with paragraph (2)(A));</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>identifying appropriate achievement goals for each age and grade in each subject area to be tested under the National Assessment;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>developing assessment objectives;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>developing test specifications;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>designing the methodology of the assessment;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">“(vi) </num> <content>developing guidelines and standards for analysis plans and for reporting and disseminating results;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">“(vii) </num> <content>developing standards and procedures for interstate, regional and national comparisons; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="viii">“(viii) </num> <content>taking appropriate actions needed to improve the form and use of the National Assessment.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The Board may delegate any functions described in subparagraph (A) to its staff.</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/348">102 STAT. 348</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>The Board shall have final authority on the appropriateness of cognitive items.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>The Board shall take steps to ensure that all items selected for use in the National Assessment are free from racial, cultural, gender, or regional bias.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>Each learning area assessment shall have goal statements devised through a national consensus approach, providing for active participation of teachers, curriculum specialists, local school administrators, parents and concerned members of the general public.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">The Secretary shall report to the Board at regular intervals of the Department’s action to implement the decisions of the Board.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">“(G) </num> <content>Any activity of the Board or of the organization described in paragraph (1), shall be subject to the provisions of this subsection.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Not to exceed 10 percent of the funds available for this subsection may be used for administrative expenses (including staff, consultants and contracts authorized by the Board) and to carry out the functions described in paragraph (6)(A).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>For the purposes of its administrative functions, the Board shall have the authorities authorized by the Federal Advisory Committee Act and shall be subject to the open meeting provisions of that law.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Participation in the National and Regional Assessments by State and local educational agencies shall be voluntary.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>Participation in assessments made on a State basis shall be <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>voluntary. The Secretary shall enter into an agreement with any State which desires to carry out an assessment for the State under this subsection. Each such agreement shall contain provisions designed to assure—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>that the State will participate in the assessment;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>that the State will pay from non-Federal sources the non-Federal share of participation; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>that the State agrees with the terms and conditions specified in subsection (a)(2)(C)(iv).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>For each fiscal year, the non-Federal share for the purpose of clause (ii) of subparagraph (B) shall be the cost of conducting the assessment in the State including the cost of administering the assessment at the school level for all schools in the State sample and the cost of coordination within the (State.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>The non-Federal share of payments under this paragraph may be in cash or in kind.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Commissioner shall provide for continuing reviews of the National Assessment, including validation studies by the National Center for Education Statistics and solicitation of public comment on the conduct and usefulness of the National Assessment. <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>The Secretary shall report to the Congress, the President, and the Nation on the findings and recommendations of such reviews. The Commissioner shall consider the findings and recommendations in designing the competition to select the organization through which the Office carries out the National Assessment.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The Commissioner shall, not later than 6 months after the date of enactment of the National Assessment of Educational Progress Improvement Act, publish a report setting forth plans for the collection of data for the 1990 assessment and plans for including other subject areas in the 1992 and later assessments. The report shall include methods by which the results of the National Assessment of Educational Progress may be reported so that the results <page identifier="/us/stat/102/349">102 STAT. 349</page>are more readily available and more easily understood by educators, policymakers, and the general public, and methods by which items will be reviewed to identify and exclude items which reflect racial, cultural, gender, or regional bias. The report shall be developed after consultation with educators. State education officials, members of the Board appointed under paragraph (5), and the general public.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>The report required by this paragraph shall be submitted to <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote>the Congress and made available to the public. The appropriate authorizing committees of the Congress may request the Secretary to modify the plan contained in the report. The Secretary shall take such actions as may be appropriate to carry out the recommendations contained in tire report.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 405 of the Act is <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1221e">20 USC 1221e</ref>.</p></sidenote>amended by striking out subsection (e) and by redesignating subsections (0 and (g) as subsections (e) and (f), respectively.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reservation of Funds for Assessments</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Section 405(f)(1)(D) of the Act (as redesignated by subsection (b)(1)) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>Not less than $9,500,000 for the fiscal year 1989, and such sums as may be necessary for each of the fiscal years 1990 through 1993, shall be available to carry out section 406(i) of this Act (relating to the National Assessment of Education Progress);”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 405(f)(1)(E) of the Act (as redesignated by subsection (a)(1)) is amended by inserting a comma and “<quotedText>except for subsection (i) of that section,</quotedText>” immediately after “<quotedText>Act</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </part> <part><num value="D">PART D—</num><heading class="inline">GENERAL EDUCATION PROVISIONS ACT</heading> <section> <num value="3501">SEC. 3501. </num><heading>ENFORCEMENT UNDER THE GENERAL EDUCATION PROVISIONS ACT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Amendment to Part E of GEPA</inline>.—</heading><content>Part E of the General Education Provisions Act is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <part><num value="E">“PART E—</num><heading class="inline">ENFORCEMENT</heading> <section> <num value="451">“SEC. 451. </num><heading>OFFICE OF ADMINISTRATIVE LAW JUDGES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Establishment.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1234">20 USC 1234</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall establish in the Department of Education an Office of Administrative Law Judges (hereinafter in this part referred to as the ‘Office’) which shall conduct—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>recovery of funds hearings pursuant to section 452 of this Act,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>withholding hearings pursuant to section 455 of this Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>cease and desist hearings pursuant to section 456 of this Act, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>other proceedings designated by the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>The administrative law judges (hereinafter ‘judges’) of the Office shall be appointed by the Secretary in accordance with section 3105 of title 5, United States Code.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>The judges shall be officers or employees of the Department. The judges shall meet the requirements imposed for administrative law judges pursuant to section 3105 of title 5, United States Code. In choosing among equally qualified candidates for such positions the Secretary shall give favorable consideration to the candidates’ experience in State or local educational agencies and their knowl-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/350">102 STAT. 350</page>edge of the workings of Federal education programs in such agencies. The Secretary shall designate one of the judges of the Office to be the chief judge.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>For the purposes of conducting hearings described in subsection (a), the chief judge shall assign a judge to each case or class of cases, judge shall be disqualified in any case in which the judge has a substantial interest, has been of counsel, is or has been a material witness, or is so related to or connected with any party or the party’s attorney as to make it improper for the judge to be assigned to the case.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <content>The judge shall review and may require that evidence be taken on the sufficiency of the preliminary departmental determination as set forth in section 452.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f)</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The proceedings of the Office shall be conducted according to such rules as the Secretary shall prescribe by regulation in conformance with the rules relating to hearings in title 5, United States Code, sections 554, 556, and 557.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The provisions of title 5, United States Code, section 504, relating to costs and fees of parties, shall apply to the proceedings before the Department.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">“(g)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>In order to secure a fair, expeditious, and economical resolution of cases and where the judge determines that the discovered information is likely to elicit relevant information with respect to an issue in the case, is not sought primarily for the purposes of delay or harassment, and would serve the ends of justice, the judge may order a party to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>produce relevant documents;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>answer written interrogatories that inquire into relevant matters; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>have depositions taken.</content> </subparagraph> <continuation>The judge shall set a time limit of 90 days on the discovery period. The judge may extend this period for good cause shown. At the request of any party, the judge may establish a specific schedule for the conduct of discovery.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In order to carry out the provisions of subsections (f)(1) and (g)(1), the judge is authorized to issue subpoenas and apply to the appropriate court of the United States for enforcement of a subpoena. The court may enforce the subpoena as if it pertained to a proceeding before that court.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="h">“(h) </num> <content>The Secretary shall establish a process for the voluntary mediation of disputes pending before the Office. The mediator shall be agreed to by all parties involved in mediation and shall be independent of the parties to the dispute. In the mediation of disputes the Secretary shall consider mitigating circumstances and proportion of harm pursuant to section 453. In accordance with rule 408 of the Federal Rules of Evidence, evidence of conduct or statements made in compromise negotiations shall not be admissible in proceedings before the Office. Mediation shall be limited to 120 days, except that the mediator may grant extensions of such period.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>The Secretary shall employ, assign, or transfer sufficient professional personnel, including judges of the Office, to ensure that all matters brought before the Office may be dealt with in a timely manner.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="452">“SEC. 452. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1234a">20 USC 1234a</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>RECOVERY OF FUNDS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a)</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Whenever the Secretary determines that a recipient of a grant or cooperative agreement under an applicable program must <page identifier="/us/stat/102/351">102 STAT. 351</page>return funds because the recipient has made an expenditure of funds that is not allowable under that grant or cooperative agreement, or has otherwise failed to discharge its obligation to account properly for funds under the grant or cooperative agreement, the Secretary shall give the recipient written notice of a preliminary departmental decision and notify the recipient of its right to have that decision reviewed by the Office and of its right to request mediation.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In a preliminary departmental decision, the Secretary shall have the burden of stating a prima facie case for the recovery of funds. The facts to serve as the basis of the preliminary depart-mental decision may come from an audit report, an investigative report, a monitoring report, or other evidence. The amount of funds to be recovered shall be determined on the basis of section 453.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>For the purpose of paragraph (2), failure by a recipient to maintain records required by law, or to allow the Secretary access to such records, shall constitute a prima facie case.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>A recipient that has received written notice of a preliminary departmental decision and that desires to have such decision reviewed by the Office shall submit to the Office an application for review not later than 30 days after receipt of notice of the preliminary departmental decision. The application shall be in the form and contain the information specified by the Office. As expeditiously as possible, the Office shall return to the Secretary for such action as the Secretary considers appropriate any preliminary depart-mental decision which the Office determines does not meet the requirements of subsection (a)(2).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>In cases where the preliminary departmental decision requests a recovery of funds from a State recipient, that State recipient may not recover funds from an affected local educational agency unless that State recipient has—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>transmitted a copy of the preliminary departmental decision to any affected subrecipient within 10 days of the date that the State recipient in a State administered program received such written notice; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>consulted with each affected subrecipient to determine whether the State recipient should submit an application for review under paragraph (1).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>In any proceeding before the Office under this section, the burden shall be upon the recipient to demonstrate that it should not be required to return the amount of funds for which recovery is sought in the preliminary departmental decision under subsection (a).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>A hearing shall be set 90 days after receipt of a request for review of a preliminary departmental decision by the Office, except that such 90-day requirement may be waived at the discretion of the judge for good cause.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>Upon review of a decision of the Office by the Secretary, the findings of fact by the Office, if supported by substantial evidence, shall be conclusive. However, the Secretary, for good cause shown, may remand the case to the Office to take further evidence, and the Office may thereupon make new or modified findings of fact and may modify its previous action. Such new or modified findings of fact shall likewise be conclusive if supported by substantial evidence.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/352">102 STAT. 352</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <content>Parties to the proceeding shall have 30 days to file a petition for review of a decision of the administrative law judges with the Office of the Secretary.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>If a recipient submits a timely application for review of a preliminary departmental decision, the Secretary shall take no collection action until the decision of the Office upholding the preliminary Department decision in whole or in part becomes final agency action under subsection (g).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>If a recipient files a timely petition for judicial review under section 458, the Secretary shall take no collection action until judicial review is completed.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The filing of an application for review under paragraph (1) or a petition for judicial review under paragraph (2) shall not affect the authority of the Secretary to take any other adverse action under this part against the recipient.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">“(g) </num> <chapeau>A decision of the Office regarding the review of a preliminary departmental decision shall become final agency action 60 days after the recipient receives written notice of the decision unless the Secretary either—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>modifies or sets aside the decision, in whole or in part, in which case the decision of the Secretary shall become final agency action when the recipient receives written notice of the Secretary’s action, or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>remands the decision to the Office.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="h">“(h) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">The Secretary shall publish decisions that have become final agency action under subsection (g) in the Federal Register or in another appropriate publication within 60 days.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>The amount of a preliminary departmental decision under subsection (a) for which review has not been requested in accordance with subsection (b), and the amount sustained by a decision of the Office or the Secretary which becomes final agency action under subsection (g), may be collected by the Secretary in accordance with chapter 37 of title 31, United States Code.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="k">“(k)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary may, subject to the notice requirements of paragraph (2), compromise any preliminary departmental decision under this section which does not exceed the amount agreed to be returned by more than $200,000, if the Secretary determines that (A) the collection of any or all or the amount thereof would not be practical or in the public interest, and (B) the practice which resulted in the preliminary departmental decision has been corrected and will not recur.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Not less than 45 days prior to the exercise of the authority to compromise a preliminary departmental decision pursuant to para-graph (1), the Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register a notice of intention to do so. The notice shall provide interested persons an opportunity to comment on any proposed action under this subsection through the submission of written data, views, or arguments. .</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="k">“(k) </num> <content>No recipient under an applicable program shall be liable to return funds which were expended in a manner not authorized by law more than 5 years before the recipient received written notice of a preliminary departmental decision.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="l">“(l) </num> <content>No interest shall be charged arising from a claim during the administrative review of the preliminary departmental decision.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/353">102 STAT. 353</page> <section> <num value="453">“SEC. 453. </num><heading>MEASURE OF RECOVERY.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>A recipient determined to have made an unallowable expenditure, or to have otherwise failed to discharge its responsibility to account properly for funds, shall be required to return funds in an amount that is proportionate to the extent of the harm its violation caused to an identifiable Federal interest associated with the program under which the recipient received the award. Such amount shall be reduced in whole or in part by an amount that is proportionate to the extent the mitigating circumstances caused the violation.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>For the purpose of paragraph (1), an identifiable Federal interest includes, but is not limited to, serving only eligible beneficiaries; providing only authorized services or benefits; complying with expenditure requirements and conditions (such as set-aside, excess cost, maintenance of effort, comparability, supplement-not-supplant, and matching requirements); preserving the integrity of planning, application, recordkeeping, and reporting requirements; and maintaining accountability for the use of funds.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>When a State or local educational agency is determined to have made an unallowable expenditure, or to have otherwise failed to discharge its responsibility to account properly for funds, and mitigating circumstances exist, as described in paragraph (2), the judge shall reduce such amount by an amount that is proportionate to the extent the mitigating circumstances caused the violation. Furthermore, the judge is authorized to determine that no recovery is justified when mitigating circumstances warrant. The burden of demonstrating the existence of mitigating circumstances shall be upon the State or local educational agency.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>For the purpose of paragraph (1), mitigating circumstances exist only when it would be unjust to compel the recovery of funds because the State or local educational agency—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>actually and reasonably relied upon erroneous written guidance provided by the Department;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>made an expenditure or engaged in a practice after—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the State or local educational agency submitted to the Secretary, in good faith, a written request for guidance with respect to the expenditure or practice at issue, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>a Department official did not respond within 90 days of receipt by the Department of such request; or</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>actually and reasonably relied upon a judicial decree issued to the recipient.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>A written request for guidance as described in paragraph (2) <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Mail.</p></sidenote>sent by certified mail (return receipt requested) shall be conclusive proof of receipt by the Department.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>If the Secretary responds to a written request for guidance described in paragraph (2)(B) more than 90 days after its receipt, the State or local educational agency that submitted the request shall comply with the guidance received at the earliest practicable time.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <chapeau>In order to demonstrate the existence of the mitigating circumstances described in paragraph (2)(B), the State or local educational agency shall demonstrate that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the written request for guidance accurately described the proposed expenditure or practice and included the facts necessary for a determination of its legality; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the written request for guidance contained a certification by the chief legal officer of the State educational agency that <page identifier="/us/stat/102/354">102 STAT. 354</page>such officer had examined the proposed expenditure or practice and believed the proposed expenditure or practice was permissible under then applicable State and Federal law; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the State or local educational agency reasonably believed that the proposed expenditure or practice was permissible under then applicable State and Federal law.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>The Secretary shall disseminate to State educational agencies responses to written requests for guidance, described in paragraph (5), that reflect significant interpretations of applicable law or policy.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>The Secretary shall periodically, review the written requests for guidance submitted under this section to determine the need for new or supplementary regulatory or other guidance tinder applicable programs.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="454">“SEC. 454. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1234c">20 USC 1234c</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>REMEDIES FOR EXISTING VIOLATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <chapeau>Whenever the Secretary has reason to believe that any recipient of funds under any applicable program is failing to comply substantially with any requirement of law applicable to such funds, the Secretary may—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>withhold further payments under that program, as authorized by section 455;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>issue a complaint to compel compliance through a cease and desist order of the Office, as authorized by section 456;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>enter into a compliance agreement with a recipient to bring it into compliance, as authorized by section 457; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>take any other action authorized by law with respect to the recipient.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>Any action, or failure to take action, by the Secretary under this section shall not preclude the Secretary from seeking a recovery of funds under Section 452.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="455">“SEC. 455. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1234d">20 USC 1234d</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>WITHHOLDING.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <content>In accordance with section 454, the Secretary may withhold from a recipient, in whole or in part, further payments (including payments for administrative costs) under an applicable program.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <chapeau>Before withholding payments, the Secretary shall notify the recipient, in writing, of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the intent to withhold payments;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the factual and legal basis for the Secretary’s belief that the recipient has failed to comply substantially with a requirement of law; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>an opportunity for a hearing to be held on a date at least 30 days after the notification has been sent to the recipient.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>The hearing shall be held before the Office and shall be conducted in accordance with the rules prescribed pursuant to subsections (f) and (g) of section 451 of this Act.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>Pending the outcome of any hearing under this section, the Secretary may suspend payments to a recipient, suspend the authority of the recipient to obligate Federal funds, or both, after such recipient has been given reasonable notice and an opportunity to show cause why future payments or authority to obligate Federal funds should not be suspended.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <content>Upon review of a decision of the Office by the Secretary, the findings of fact by the Office, if supported by substantial evidence, shall be conclusive. However, the Secretary, for good cause shown, may remand the case to the Office to take further evidence, and the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/355">102 STAT. 355</page>Office may thereupon make new or modified findings of fact and may modify its previous action. Such new or modified findings of fact shall likewise be conclusive if supported by substantial evidence.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num> <chapeau>The decision of the Office in any hearing under this section shall become final agency action 60 days after the recipient receives written notice of the decision unless the Secretary either—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>modifies or sets aside the decision, in whole or in part, in which case the decision of the Secretary shall become final agency action when the recipient receives written notice of the Secretary’s action; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>remands the decision of the Office.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="456">“SEC. 456. </num><heading>CEASE AND DESIST ORDERS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1234e">20 USC 1234e</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <chapeau>In accordance with section 454, the Secretary may issue to a recipient under an applicable program a complaint which—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>describes the factual and legal basis for the Secretary’s belief that the recipient is failing to comply substantially with a requirement of law; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>contains a notice of a hearing to be held before the Office on a date at least 30 days after the service of the complaint.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>The recipient upon which a complaint has been served shall have the right to appear before the Office on the date specified and to show cause why an order should not be entered by the Office requiring the recipient to cease and desist from the violation of law charged in the complaint.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <chapeau>The testimony in any hearing held under this section shall be reduced to writing and filed with the Office. If upon that hearing the Office is of the opinion that the recipient is in violation of any requirement of law as charged in the complaint, the Office shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>make a report in writing stating its findings of fact; and<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote></content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>issue to the recipient an order requiring the recipient to cease and desist from the practice, policy, or procedure which resulted in the violation.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>The report and order of the Office under this section shall become the final agency action when the recipient receives the report and order.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary may enforce a final order of the Office under this section which becomes final agency action by—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>withholding from the recipient any portion of the amount payable to it, including the amount payable for administrative costs, under the applicable program; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>certifying the facts to the Attorney General who shall cause an appropriate proceeding to be brought for the enforcement of the order.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="457">“SEC. 457. </num><heading>COMPLIANCE AGREEMENTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1234f">20 USC 1234f</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <content>In accordance with section 454, the Secretary may enter into a compliance agreement with a recipient under an applicable program. The purpose of any compliance agreement under this section shall be to bring the recipient into full compliance with the applicable requirements of law as soon as feasible and not to excuse or remedy past violations of such requirements.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Before entering into a compliance agreement with a recipient, the Secretary shall hold a hearing at which the recipient, affected students and parents or their representatives, and other interested parties are invited to participate. The recipient shall have <page identifier="/us/stat/102/356">102 STAT. 356</page>the burden of persuading the Secretary that full compliance with the applicable requirements of law is not feasible until a future date.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">If the Secretary determines, on the basis of all the evidence presented, that full compliance is genuinely not feasible until a future date, the Secretary shall make written findings to that effect and shall publish those findings, along with the substance of any compliance agreement, in the Federal Register.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">A compliance agreement under this section shall contain</inline>—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>an expiration date not later than 3 years from the date of the written findings under subsection (b)(2), by which the recipient shall be in full compliance with the applicable requirements of law, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>those terms and conditions with which the recipient must comply until it is in full compliance.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>If a recipient fails to comply with the terms and conditions of a compliance agreement under this section, the Secretary may consider that compliance agreement to be no longer in effect, and the Secretary may take any action authorized by law with respect to the recipient.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="458">“SEC. 458. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1234g">20 USC 1234g</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>JUDICIAL REVIEW.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <content>Any recipient of funds under an applicable program that would be adversely affected by a final agency action under section 452, 455, or 456 of this Act, and any State entitled to receive funds under a program described in section 435(a) of this title whose application has been disapproved by the Secretary, shall be entitled to judicial review of such action in accordance with the provisions of this section. The Secretary may not take any action on the basis of a final agency action until judicial review is completed.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>A recipient that desires judicial review of an action described in subsection (a) shall, within 60 days of that action, file with the United States Court of Appeals for the circuit in which that recipient is located, a petition for review of such action. A copy of the petition shall be transmitted by the clerk of the court to the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote>Secretary. The Secretary shall file in the court the record of the proceedings on which the action was based, as provided in section 2112 of title 28, United States Code.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>The findings of fact by the Office, if supported by substantial evidence, shall be conclusive; but the court, for good cause shown, may remand the case to the Office to take further evidence, and the Office may make new or modified findings of fact and may modify its previous action, and shall certify to the court the record of the further proceedings. Such new or modified findings of fact shall likewise be conclusive if supported by substantial evidence.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>The court shall have jurisdiction to affirm the action of the Office or the Secretary or to set it aside, in whole or in part. The judgment of the court shall be subject to review by the Supreme Court of the United States upon certiorari or certification as provided in section 1254 of title 28, United States Code.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="459">“SEC. 459. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1234b">20 USC 1234b</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>USE OF RECOVERED FUNDS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num><chapeau>Whenever the Secretary recovers funds paid to a recipient under a grant or cooperative agreement made under an applicable program because the recipient made an expenditure of funds that was not allowable, or otherwise failed to discharge its responsibility to account properly for funds, the Secretary may consider those funds to be additional funds available for that program and may <page identifier="/us/stat/102/357">102 STAT. 357</page>arrange to repay to the recipient affected by that action an amount not to exceed 75 percent of the recovered funds if the Secretary determines that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the practices or procedures of the recipient that resulted in the violation of law have been corrected, and that the recipient is in all other respects in compliance with the requirements of that program;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the recipient has submitted to the Secretary a plan for the use of those funds pursuant to the requirements of that program and, to the extent possible, for the benefit of the population that was affected by the failure to comply or by the misuse of funds that resulted in the recovery; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the use of those funds in accordance with that plan would serve to achieve the purposes of the program under which the funds were originally paid.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <chapeau>Any payments by the Secretary under this section shall be subject to such other terms and conditions as the Secretary considers necessary to accomplish the purposes of the affected programs, including—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the submission of periodic reports on the use of funds provided under this section; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>consultation by the recipient with students, parents, or representatives of the population that will benefit from the payments.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>Notwithstanding any other provisions of law, the funds made available under this section shall remain available for expenditure for a period of time deemed reasonable by the Secretary, but in no case to exceed more than 3 fiscal years following the fiscal year in which final agency action under section 452(e) is taken.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>At least 30 days prior to entering into an arrangement under <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p></sidenote>this section, the Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register a notice of intent to enter into such an arrangement and the terms and conditions under which payments will be made. Interested persons shall have an opportunity for at least 30 days to submit comments to the Secretary regarding the proposed arrangement.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="460">“SEC. 460. </num><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1234i">20 USC 1234i</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>“For purposes of this part:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘recipient’ means a recipient of a grant or cooperative agreement under an applicable program.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘applicable program’ excludes programs authorized by the Higher Education Act of 1965 and assistance programs provided under the Act of September 30, 1950 (Public Law 874, 81st Congress), and the Act of September 23, 1950 (Public Law 815, 81st Congress).”.</content> </paragraph> </section> </part> </quotedContent> </content></subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Dates</inline>.—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1234">20 USC 1234 note</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Except as provided in paragraph (2), the amendments made by this section shall be effective 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The amendments made by this part shall not apply to any case in which the recipient, prior to the effective date of this part, received a written notice that such recipient must return funds to the Department.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 435(a) of the General Education Provisions Act is amended by striking “<quotedText>titles I and IV</quotedText>” <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1232d">20 USC 1232d</ref>.</p></sidenote>and all that follows through “<quotedText>such Act)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>chapter 1 <page identifier="/us/stat/102/358">102 STAT. 358</page>and chapter 2 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965)</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <num value="IV">TITLE IV—</num><heading class="inline">EDUCATION FOR NATIVE HAWAIIANS</heading> <section> <num value="4001">SEC. 4001. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4901">20 USC 4901</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>FINDINGS.</heading> <chapeau>The Congress finds and declares that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the Federal Government retains the legal responsibility to enforce the administration of the State of Hawaii’s public trust responsibility for the betterment of the conditions of Native Hawaiians;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in furtherance of the responsibility for the betterment of the conditions of Native Hawaiians, Congress has the power to specially legislate for the benefit of Native Hawaiians;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the attainment of educational success is critical to the betterment of the conditions of Native Hawaiians;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>it is the policy of the Federal Government to encourage the maximum participation of Native Hawaiians in the planning and management of Native Hawaiian Education Programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>Native Hawaiian students score below national norms on standardized education achievement tests;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>both public and private schools show a pattern of low percentages of Native Hawaiian students in the uppermost achievement levels and in gifted and talented programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>Native Hawaiian students are over-represented among those qualifying for special education programs provided to learning disabled, educable mentally retarded, handicapped, and other such students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(8) </num> <chapeau>Native Hawaiians are disproportionately represented in many negative social and physical statistics, indicative of special educational needs—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>lower educational attainment among Native Hawaiians has been found to relate to lower socioeconomic out-comes;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Native Hawaiian students are disproportionately under-represented in Institutions of Higher Education;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Native Hawaiians are under-represented in both traditional white collar professions, health care professions, and the newly emerging technology based professions and are over-represented in service occupations;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>Native Hawaiians are beset with multiple health problems;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>Native Hawaiian children are disproportionately victimized by child abuse and neglect, a signal of family stress; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content>there are and will continue to be geographically rural isolated areas with a high Native Hawaiian population density; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">(9) </num> <content>special efforts in education recognizing the unique cultural and historical circumstances of Native Hawaiians are required</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="4002">SEC. 4002. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4902">20 USC 4902</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PURPOSE.</heading> <chapeau>It is the purpose of this title to—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/359">102 STAT. 359</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>authorize and develop supplemental educational programs to benefit Native Hawaiians,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>provide direction and guidance to appropriate Federal, State, and local agencies to focus resources, including those made available by this title on the problem of Native Hawaiian education, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>supplement and expand existing programs and authorities in the area of education to further the purposes of this title.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="4003">SEC. 4003. </num><heading>NATIVE HAWAIIAN MODEL CURRICULUM IMPLEMENTATION PROJECT.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4903">20 USC 4903</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Curriculum Development Authority</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In order to implement <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>the Kamehameha Elementary Education Program (KEEP) model curriculum developed by the Kamehameha Elementary Demonstration School in appropriate public schools, the Secretary shall make direct grants to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the State of Hawaii (University of Hawaii) for comprehensive teacher training;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the State of Hawaii (Department of Education) for educational support services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the Kamehameha Schools/Bernice Pauahi Bishop Estate for continued research and development; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>the Kamehameha Schools/Bernice Pauahi Bishop Estate and the State of Hawaii for the establishment of long-term followup and assessment activities.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>By no later than school year 1992–1993, the Secretary shall assure that the State of Hawaii (Department of Education) has implemented the KEEP model curriculum in a minimum of twenty public schools.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Costs</inline>.—</heading><content>No more than 7 percent of the funds appropriated to carry out the provisions of this section for any fiscal year may be used for administrative purposes.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated $3,000,000 for fiscal year 1988, and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 1989 through 1993, to carry out the provisions of tins Act. Such funds shall remain available until expended.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4004">SEC. 4004. </num><heading>NATIVE HAWAIIAN FAMILY-BASED EDUCATION CENTERS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4904">20 USC 4904</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Family-Based Education Centers General Authority</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote>Secretary shall make direct grants to Native Hawaiian Organizations (including Native Hawaiian Educational Organizations) to develop and operate a minimum of eleven Family-Based Education Centers throughout the Hawaiian Islands. Such centers shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Parent-Infant programs (prenatal through age 3);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Preschool programs for four and five year-olds;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>continued research and development; and<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Research and development.</p></sidenote></content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>a long term followup and assessment program.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Costs</inline>.—</heading><content>No more than 7 percent of the funds appropriated to carry out the provisions of this section for any fiscal year may be used for administrative purposes.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>In addition to any other amount authorized for the centers described in subsection (a), there is authorized to be appropriated $2,400,000 for fiscal year 1988, and such sums as may be necessary for such centers for fiscal years 1989 through 1993. Such funds shall remain available until expended.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/360">102 STAT. 360</page> <section> <num value="4005">SEC. 4005. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4905">20 USC 4905</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>NATIVE HAWAIIAN HIGHER EDUCATION DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Higher Education General Authority</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall make grants to the Kamehameha Schools/Bernice Pauahi Bishop Estate for a demonstration program to provide Higher Education fellowship assistance to Native Hawaiian students. The demonstration program under this section may include—</chapeau><paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>full or partial fellowship support for Native Hawaiian students enrolled at an accredited two or four year degree granting institution of higher education with awards to be based on academic potential and financial need;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>counseling and support services for such students receiving fellowship assistance pursuant to subsection (a)(1) of this section;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>college preparation and guidance counseling at the secondary school level for students who may be eligible for fellowship assistance pursuant to subsection (a)(1) of this section;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Research and development.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">appropriate research and evaluation of the activities authorized by this section; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>implementation of faculty development programs for the improvement and matriculation of Native Hawaiian students.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants Authorized</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall make grants to the Kamehameha Schools/Bernice Pauahi Bishop Estate for a demonstration project of fellowship assistance for Native Hawaiian students in post-bachelor degree programs. Such project may include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>full or partial fellowship support for Native Hawaiian students enrolled at an accredited post-bachelor degree granting institution of higher education, with priority given to professions in which Native Hawaiians are under-represented and with awards to be based on academic potential and financial need;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>counseling and support services for such students receiving fellowship assistance pursuant to subsection (b)(1) of this section; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>appropriate research and evaluation of the activities authorized by this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Special Condition Required</inline>.—</heading><content>For the purpose of subsection (b) fellowship conditions shall be established whereby recipients obtain an enforceable contract obligation to provide their professional services, either during their fellowship or upon completion of post-bachelor degree program, to the Native Hawaiian community within the State of Hawaii.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Costs</inline>.—</heading><content>No more than 7 percent of the funds appropriated to carry out the provisions of this section for any fiscal year may be used for administrative purposes.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>There are authorized to be appropriated $1,250,000 for fiscal year 1988 and for each succeeding fiscal year through 1993 for the purpose of funding the fellowship assistance demonstration project under subsection (a).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>There are authorized to be appropriated $750,000 for fiscal year 1988, and for each succeeding fiscal year through 1993, for the purpose of funding the fellowship assistance demonstration project provided under subsection (b).</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/361">102 STAT. 361</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Funds appropriated under the authority of this subsection shall remain available until expended.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4006">SEC. 4006. </num><heading>NATIVE HAWAIIAN GIFTED AND TALENTED DEMONSTRATION PROGRAM.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4906">20 USC 4906</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Gifted and Talented Demonstration Authority</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall provide a grant to, or enter into a <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>contract with, the University of Hawaii at Hilo for—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>the establishment of a Native Hawaiian Gifted and Talented Center at the University of Hawaii at Hilo, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau>for demonstration projects designed to—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>address the special needs of Native Hawaiian elementary and secondary school students who are gifted and talented students, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>provide those support services to their families that are needed to enable such students to benefit from the project.</content> </clause> <continuation>Such grant or contract shall be subject to the availability of appropriated funds and, contingent on satisfactory performance by the grantee, shall be provided for a term of 3 years.</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>After the term of the grant or contract provided, or entered into, under paragraph (1) has expired, the Secretary shall, for the purposes described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (1), provide a grant to, or enter into a contract with, the public, 4-year, fully accredited institution of higher education located in the State of Hawaii which has made the greatest contribution to Native Hawaiian students. Such grant or contract shall be provided on an annual basis. The grantees <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Children’s Television Workshop.</p></sidenote>shall be authorized to subcontract when appropriate, including with the Children’s Television Workshop.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Uses of Funds</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Demonstration projects funded under this section may include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>the identification of the special needs of gifted and talented students, particularly at the elementary school level, with attention to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>the emotional and psychosocial needs of these students, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the provision of those support services to their families that are needed to enable these students to benefit from the projects;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the conduct of educational, psychosocial, and developmental activities which hold reasonable promise of resulting in substantial progress toward meeting the educational needs of such gifted and talented children, including, but not limited to, demonstrating and exploring the use of the Native Hawaiian language and exposure to Native Hawaiian cultural traditions;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the use of public television in meeting the special educational needs of such gifted and talented children;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>leadership programs designed to replicate programs for such children throughout the State of Hawaii and to other Native American peoples, including the dissemination of information derived from the demonstration projects conducted under this section; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">appropriate research, evaluation, and related activities pertaining to</inline>—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>the needs of such children, and</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/362">102 STAT. 362</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the provision of those support services to their families that are needed to enable such children to benefit from the projects.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Information Provision</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall facilitate the establishment of a national network of Native Hawaiian and American Indian Gifted and Talented Centers, and ensure that the information developed by these centers shall be readily available to the educational community at large.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Costs</inline>.—</heading><content>No more than 7 percent of the amounts appropriated to carry out the provisions of this section for any fiscal year may be used for administrative purposes.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>In addition to any other amount authorized for projects described in this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $1,000,000 for fiscal year 1988 and for each succeeding fiscal year through fiscal year 1993. Such sums shall remain available until expended.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4007">SEC. 4007. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4907">20 USC 4907</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>NATIVE HAWAIIAN SPECIAL EDUCATION PROGRAM.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Special Education Authority</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall make grants to, and enter into contracts with, the State of Hawaii, or Native Hawaiian Organizations, to operate projects to address the special education needs of Native Hawaiian students. Such projects assisted under this section may include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the identification of Native Hawaiian children who are learning disabled, mentally or physically handicapped, educable mentally retarded, or otherwise in need of special education services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the conduct of educational activities consistent with part B of the Education of the Handicapped Act which hold reasonable promise of improving the provision of special education and related services to Native Hawaiian children who are identified as being handicapped; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>appropriate research, evaluation and related activities pertaining to the needs of such children.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Costs</inline>.—</heading><content>No more than 7 percent of the funds appropriated to carry out the provisions of this section for any fiscal year may be used for administrative purposes.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>In addition to any other amount authorized for such project, there is authorized to be appropriated $1,500,000 for fiscal year 1988 and for each succeeding fiscal year through 1993. Such sums shall remain available until expended.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4008">SEC. 4008. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4908">20 USC 4908</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application Required</inline>.—</heading><content>No grant may be made under this title, nor any contract be entered into under this title, unless an application is submitted to the Secretary in such form, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may determine necessary to carry out the provisions of this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Each application submitted under this title shall be accompanied by the comments of each local educational agency serving students who will participate in the project for which assistance is sought.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4009">SEC. 4009. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4909">20 USC 4909</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading> <chapeau>For purposes of this title—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/363">102 STAT. 363</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>The term “Native Hawaiian” means any individual who is—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>a citizen of the United States,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>a resident of the State of Hawaii, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <chapeau>a descendant of the aboriginal people, who prior to 1778, occupied and exercised sovereignty in the area that now comprises the State of Hawaii, as evidenced by—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>genealogical records.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>Kupuna (elders) or Kama’aina (long-term community residents) verification, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>birth records of the State of Hawaii.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of Education.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">The term “Native Hawaiian Educational Organization” means a private nonprofit organization that</inline>—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>serves the interests of Native Hawaiians,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>has a demonstrated expertise in the education of Native Hawaiian youth, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>has demonstrated expertise in research and program development.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <chapeau>The term “Native Hawaiian Organization” means a private nonprofit organization that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>serves the interests of Native Hawaiians, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>is recognized by the Governor of Hawaii for the purpose of planning, conducting, or administering programs (or portion of programs) for the benefit of Native Hawaiians.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>The term “elementary school” has the same meaning given that term under section 1471(7) of this Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>The term “local educational agency” has the same meaning given that term under section 1471(10) of this Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>The term “secondary school” has the same meaning given that term under section 1471(7) of this Act.</content> </paragraph> </section> <num value="V">TITLE V—</num><heading class="inline">INDIAN EDUCATION</heading> <part><num value="A">PART A—</num><heading class="inline">BUREAU AND CONTRACT SCHOOLS</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Indian Education Amendments of 1988.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2001">25 USC 2001 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="5101">SEC. 5101. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>This part may be cited as the “<shortTitle role="part">Indian Education Amendments of 1988</shortTitle>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="5102">SEC. 5102. </num><heading>PROHIBITION ON TRANSFERS OF BUREAU AND CONTRACT SCHOOLS.</heading> <chapeau>Section 1121 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2001) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by adding at the end of subsection (g) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary may terminate, contract, transfer to any other authority, or consolidate or substantially curtail the operation or facilities of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>any Bureau funded school that is operated on or after April 1, 1987, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>any program of such a school that is operated on or after April 1, 1987.</content> </subparagraph> <continuation>only if the tribal governing body approves such action.”.</continuation> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/364">102 STAT. 364</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>Such standards and procedures shall require that whenever</quotedText>” in subsection (g)(3) and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Whenever</quotedText>”,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>transfer to any other authority,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>close,</quotedText>” and after “<quotedText>closure,</quotedText>” each place either term appears in paragraphs (3) and (4) of subsection (g), and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="j">“(j) </num> <content>For purposes of this section, the term ‘tribal governing body’ means, with respect to any school, the tribal governing body, or tribal governing bodies, that represent at least 90 percent of the students served by such school.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="5103">SEC. 5103. </num><heading>REPORT ON TEMPORARY ACTIONS TAKEN FOR A YEAR.</heading> <chapeau>Section 1125 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2005) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by redesignating subsection (d) as subsection (e),</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting after subsection (c) the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d)</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Safety.</p></sidenote><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>A Bureau school may be closed or consolidated, and the programs of a Bureau school may be substantially curtailed, by reason of plant conditions that constitute an immediate hazard to health and safety only if a health and safety officer of the Bureau determines that such conditions exist at the Bureau school.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>In making determinations described in paragraph (1) before July 1, 1989, health and safety officers of the Bureau shall use the health and safety guidelines of the Bureau that were in effect on January 1, 1988.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Upon the enactment of the Indian Education Amendments of 1988, the Secretary shall conduct a review of the guidelines used by the Bureau in determining whether plant conditions at a Bureau <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p></sidenote>school constitute an immediate hazard to health and safety. By no later than June 30, 1989, the Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register the final form of regulations which shall be used by health and safety officers of the Bureau in making such determinations.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(C)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><chapeau>If—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the Secretary fails to publish in the Federal Register in final form the regulations required under subparagraph (B) before July 1, 1989, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>action described in paragraph (1) is taken after June 30, 1989, and before the date on which such regulations are published in final form in the Federal Register by reason of the condition of any plant,</content> </subclause> <continuation>an inspection of the condition of such plant shall be conducted by an appropriate tribal, county, municipal, or State health and safety officer to determine whether conditions at such plant constitute an immediate hazard to health and safety. Such inspection shall be completed by no later than the date that is 30 days after the date on which the action described in paragraph (1) is taken.</continuation> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>The inspection required under clause (i) shall be conducted by a health and safety officer designated jointly by the Secretary and the tribes affected by the action described in paragraph (1). If the Secretary and such tribes are unable to agree on the designation of the health and safety officer, the Secretary shall designate the health and safety officer and shall provide notice of such designation to each of such tribes before the inspection is conducted by such officer.</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/365">102 STAT. 365</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>If the health and safety officer conducting an inspection of a plant required under clause (i) determines that conditions at the plant do not constitute an immediate hazard to health and safety, any consolidation or curtailment that was made by reason of conditions at the plant shall immediately cease and any school closed by reason of conditions at the plant shall be reopened immediately.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>If—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>a Bureau school is temporarily closed or consolidated, or the programs of a Bureau school are substantially curtailed, by reason of plant conditions that constitute an immediate hazard to health and safety, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the Secretary estimates that the closure, consolidation, or <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>curtailment will be more than 1 year in duration,</content> </subparagraph> <continuation>the Secretary shall submit to the Congress, by no later than the date that is 6 months after the date on which the closure, consolidation, or curtailment is initiated, a report which sets forth the reasons for such temporary actions and the actions the Secretary is taking to eliminate the conditions that constitute the hazard.”.</continuation> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="5101">SEC. 5101. </num><heading>ELIGIBILITY AND EXPANSION OF BUREAU FUNDED SCHOOLS.</heading> <chapeau>Section 1121 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2001) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>Indian controlled contract schools (hereinafter referred to as ‘contract schools’)</quotedText>” in subsection (a) and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>contract schools</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="k">“(k)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>The Secretary shall only consider the factors described in subparagraphs (B) and (C) in reviewing—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>applications from any tribe for the awarding of a contract or grant for a school that has not previously received funds from the Bureau,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau>applications from any tribe or Bureau school board for—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>a school which has not previously been operated or funded by the Bureau, or</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>the expansion of any program currently funded by the Bureau which would increase the amount of funds received by the Indian tribe or school board under section 1128.</content> </subclause> <continuation>The Secretary shall give consideration to all of such factors, but none of such applications may be denied based primarily upon the geographic proximity of public education.</continuation> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall consider the following factors relating to the program that is the subject of an application described in subparagraph (A):</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the adequacy of facilities or the potential to obtain or provide adequate facilities;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>geographic and demographic factors in the affected areas;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>adequacy of the applicant’s program plans or, in the case of a Bureau operated program, of projected needs analysis done either by a tribe or by Bureau personnel;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>geographic proximity of comparable public education; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>the stated needs of all affected parties, including (but not limited to) students, families, tribal governments at both the central and local levels, and school organizations.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall consider with respect to applications described in subparagraph (A) the following factors relating to all <page identifier="/us/stat/102/366">102 STAT. 366</page>the educational services available at the time the application is considered:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>geographic and demographic factors in the affected areas;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>adequacy and comparability of programs already available;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>consistency of available programs with tribal educational codes or tribal legislation on education; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>the history and success of these services for the proposed population to be served, as determined from all factors and not just standardized examination performance.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Secretary shall make a determination of whether to approve any application described in paragraph (1)(A) by no later than the date that is 180 days after the day on which such application is submitted to the Secretary.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>If the Secretary fails to make the determination described in subparagraph (A) with respect to an application by the date described in subparagraph (A), the application shall be treated as having been approved by the Secretary.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>Any application described in paragraph (1)(A) may be submitted to the Secretary only if—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the application has been approved by the tribal governing body of the students served by (or to be served by) the school or program that is the subject of the application, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>written evidence of such approval is submitted with the application.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>Each application described in paragraph (1)(A)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>shall provide information concerning each of the factors described in paragraph (1)(B), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>may provide information concerning the factors described in paragraph (1)(C).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau>Whenever the Secretary makes a determination to deny approval of any application described in paragraph (1)(A), the Secretary shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>state the objections in writing to the applicant by no later than the date that is 180 days after the day on which the application is submitted to the Secretary,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>provide assistance to the applicant to overcome stated objections, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>provide the applicant a hearing, under the same rules and regulations pertaining to the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act, and an opportunity to appeal the objections raised by the Secretary.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the action which is the subject of any application described in paragraph (1)(A) that is approved by the Secretary shall become effective with the commencement of the academic year succeeding the fiscal year in which the application is approved, or at an earlier date determined by the Secretary.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>If an application is treated as having been approved by the Secretary by reason of paragraph (2)(B), the action that is the subject of the application shall become effective on the date that is 18 months after the date on which the application is submitted to the Secretary, or at an earlier date determined by the Secretary.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Any application for expansion of the grade levels offered by a tribally controlled school which has been submitted to the Secretary prior to the date of enactment of this Act shall be reviewed under the regulations and guidelines in effect on the date <page identifier="/us/stat/102/367">102 STAT. 367</page>on which such application was submitted, unless the applicant elects to have the provisions of this subsection apply to the review of such application.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, if the school board of the Bureau funded schools at the Pueblo of Zia and the Tama Settlement vote within the 2-year period beginning on the date of enactment of the Indian Education Amendments of 1988 to expand each of the schools to include kindergarten through grade 8, the schools shall be so expanded at the beginning of the next school year occurring after the vote.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="5105">SEC. 5105. </num><heading>DORMITORY CRITERIA.</heading> <content>Section 1122 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2002) is amended by redesignating subsection (d) as subsection (e) and inserting after subsection (c) the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The criteria established under this section may be waived in the same manner as the standards provided under section 1121(b) may be waived under section 1121(d).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>No school in operation on or before January 1, 1987 (regard-less of compliance or noncompliance with the criteria established under this section) may be closed, transferred to another authority, consolidated or have its program substantially curtailed for failure to meet the criteria.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>By no later than May 1, 1989, the Secretary shall submit to <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>the Congress a report detailing the costs associated with, and the actions necessary for, complete compliance with the criteria established under this section.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></section> <section> <num value="5106">SEC. 5106. </num><heading>REGULATIONS.</heading> <content>Section 1123 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2003) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <section> <heading class="centered smallCaps">“regulations</heading> <num value="1123">“Sec. 1123. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><content>The provisions of part 32 of title 25 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as in effect on January 1, 1987, are hereby incorporated into this Act and shall be treated as though such provisions are set forth in this subsection. Accordingly, such provisions may be altered only by means of an amendment to this subsection that is contained in an Act or joint resolution which is enacted into law. To the extent that such provisions of part 32 do not conform with this Act or any statutory provision of law enacted before the date of enactment of this Act, the provisions of this Act and the provisions of such other statutory law shall govern.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>The provisions of parts 31, 33, 36, 39, 42, and 43 of title 25 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as in effect on January 1, 1987, shall be applied by the Federal Government and shall not, before July 1, 1989, be amended, revoked, or altered in any manner. No officer or employee of the Executive Branch shall have the authority to issue any other regulations, prior to July 1, 1989, that supersede, supplement, or otherwise affect the provisions of such parts. To the extent that the provisions of such parts do not conform with this Act or any statutory provision of law enacted before the date of enactment of this Act, the provisions of this Act and the provisions of such other statutory law shall govern.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/368">102 STAT. 368</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <chapeau>After June 30, 1989, no regulation prescribed for the application of any program provided under this title shall become effective unless—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the regulation has been published as a proposed regulation in the Federal Register,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>an opportunity of no less than 90 days has been afforded the public to comment on the published proposed regulation, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the regulation has, after such period for public comment, been published in the Federal Register as a final regulation.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>For purposes of this section, the term ‘regulation’ means any rules, regulations, guidelines, interpretations, orders, or requirements of general applicability prescribed by any officer or employee of the Executive Branch.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="5107">SEC. 5107. </num><heading>FORMULA MODIFICATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Paragraph (1) of section 1128(c) of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2008(c)(1)) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>For fiscal year 1990, and for each subsequent fiscal year, the Secretary shall adjust the formula established under subsection (a) to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>use a weighted unit of 1.2 for each eligible Indian student enrolled in the seventh and eighth grades of the school in considering the number of eligible Indian students served by the school;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>consider a school with an average daily attendance of less than 50 eligible Indian students as having an average daily attendance of 50 eligible Indian students for purposes of implementing the adjustment factor for small schools; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>take into account the provision of residential services on a less than 9-month basis at a school when the school board and supervisor of the school determine that a less than 9-month basis will be implemented for the school year involved.”,</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Subsection (c) of section 1128 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2008(c)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraphs: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>The Secretary shall adjust the formula established under subsection (a) to use a weighted unit of 2.0 for each eligible Indian student that—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>is gifted and talented (as determined pursuant to section 5324 of the Indian Education Amendments of 1988), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>is enrolled in the school on a full-time basis, in considering the number of eligible Indian students served by the school.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>The adjustment required under subparagraph (A) shall be used for the later of the following fiscal years and for each fiscal year succeeding such later fiscal year:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the second fiscal year succeeding the fiscal year in which the Secretary of Education makes the report required under section 5324(c)(6)(B) of the Indian Education Act of 1988, or</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/369">102 STAT. 369</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the first fiscal year for which an increase in the amount of funds appropriated for allotment under this section is designated by the law that appropriates such funds as the amount necessary to implement such adjustment without reducing allotments made under this section to any school .</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>For each of the fiscal years 1989 and 1990, the Secretary shall adjust the formula established under subsection (a) to provide funding to schools operated by Indian tribes that are treated under State law as political subdivisions of the State in an amount sufficient to enable the schools to meet standards imposed by the State.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Study</inline>.—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1411">20 USC 1411 note</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> </subsection> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>The Comptroller General of the United States (hereafter in this subsection referred to as the “Comptroller General”) shall conduct a study to determine—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau>the number of children who—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>are 3 or 4 years of age,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>are eligible for services provided by the Bureau of Indian Affairs of the Department of the Interior, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>are handicapped children (within the meaning of section 602(1) of the Education of the Handicapped Act (20 U.S.C. 401(D)),</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the geographic disbursement of such children,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>the number of such children who the Comptroller General estimates will receive services under the preschool set-aside program under Public Law 99–457,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>the sufficiency of the preschool services described in subparagraph (C),</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>the unmet needs of such children,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content>the number of such children who the Comptroller General estimates will attend education programs (schools or residential programs) funded by the Bureau, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">(G) </num> <content>the information described in subparagraphs (B), (C), (D), and (E) with respect to the children described in subparagraph (F).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>By no later than the date that is 1 year after the date of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>enactment of this Act, the Comptroller General shall submit to the Congress a report on the study conducted under paragraph (1).</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="5108">SEC. 5108. </num><heading>ADMINISTRATIVE COST.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>The Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2008) is amended by inserting after section 1128 (25 U.S.C. 2008) the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <heading class="centered smallCaps">“administrative cost grants</heading> <num value="1128A"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 1128A. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>The Secretary shall, subject to the availability <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2008a">25 USC 2008a</ref>.</p></sidenote>of appropriated funds, provide grants to each tribe or tribal organization operating a contract school in the amount determined under this section with respect to the tribe or tribal organization for the purpose of paying the administrative and indirect costs incurred in operating contract schools in order to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>enable tribes and tribal organizations operating such schools, without reducing direct program services to the beneficiaries of the program, to provide all related administrative <page identifier="/us/stat/102/370">102 STAT. 370</page>overhead services and operations necessary to meet the requirements of law and prudent management practice, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>carry out other necessary support functions which would otherwise be provided by the Secretary or other Federal officers or employees, from resources other than direct program funds, in support of comparable Bureau operated programs.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Amounts appropriated to fund the grants provided under this section shall be in addition to, and shall not reduce, the amounts appropriated for the program being administered by the contract schools.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The amount of the grant provided to each tribe or tribal organization under this section for each fiscal year shall be determined by applying the administrative cost percentage rate of the tribe or tribal organization to each of the direct cost education programs operated by the tribe or tribal organization for which funds are received from or through the Bureau.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>reduce the amount of the grant determined under paragraph (1) to the extent that payments for administrative costs are actually received by an Indian tribe or tribal organization under any Federal education program included in the direct cost base of the tribe or tribal organization, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>take such actions as may be necessary to be reimbursed by any other department or agency of the Federal Government for the portion of grants made under this section for the costs of administering any program for Indians that is funded by appropriations made to such other department or agency.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <chapeau>For purposes of this section, the administrative cost percent-age rate for a contract school for a fiscal year is equal to the percentage determined by dividing—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>the sum of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>the amount equal to—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the direct cost base of the tribe or tribal organization for the fiscal year, multiplied by</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the minimum base rate, plus</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>the amount equal to—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the standard direct cost base, multiplied by</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the maximum base rate, by</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>the sum of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the direct cost base of the tribe or tribal organization for the fiscal year, plus</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the standard direct cost base.</content> </subparagraph> <continuation>The administrative cost percentage rate shall be determined to the one hundredth of a decimal point.</continuation> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Funds received by a contract school as grants under this section for tribal elementary or secondary educational programs may be combined by the contract school into a single administrative cost account without the necessity of maintaining separate funding source accounting.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Indirect cost funds for programs at the school which share common administrative services with tribal elementary or secondary educational programs may be included in the administrative cost account described in subparagraph (A).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Funds received as grants under this section with respect to tribal elementary or secondary education programs shall remain <page identifier="/us/stat/102/371">102 STAT. 371</page>available to the contract school without fiscal year limitation and without diminishing the amount of any grants otherwise payable to the school under this section for any fiscal year beginning after the fiscal year for which the grant is provided.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Funds received as grants under this section for Bureau funded programs operated by a tribe or tribal organization under a contract or agreement shall not be taken into consideration for purposes of indirect cost under recovery and over recovery determinations by any Federal agency for any other funds, from whatever source derived.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <chapeau>For purposes of this section—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>The term ‘administrative cost’ means the costs of necessary administrative functions which—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the tribe or tribal organization incurs as a result of operating a tribal elementary or secondary educational program,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>are not customarily paid by comparable Bureau operated programs out of direct program funds, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <chapeau>are either—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>normally provided for comparable Bureau programs by Federal officials using resources other than Bureau direct program funds, or</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>are otherwise required of tribal self-determination program operators by law or prudent management practice.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>The term ‘administrative cost’ may include, but is not necessarily limited to—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>contract (or other agreement) administration;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>executive, policy, and corporate leadership and decisionmaking;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>program planning, development, and management;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>fiscal, personnel, property, and procurement management;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>related office services and record keeping; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">“(vi) </num> <content>costs of necessary insurance, auditing, legal, safety and security services.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">The term ‘Bureau elementary and secondary functions’ means</inline>—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>all functions funded at Bureau schools by the Office of Indian Education Programs of the Bureau;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>all programs—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>funds for which are appropriated to other agencies of the Federal Government, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>which are administered for the benefit of Indians through Bureau schools; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>all operation, maintenance, and repair funds for facilities and government quarters used in the operation or support of elementary and secondary education functions for the benefit of Indians, from whatever source derived.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The term ‘tribal elementary or secondary educational programs’ means all Bureau elementary and secondary functions, together with any other Bureau programs or portions of programs (excluding funds for social services that are appropriated to agencies other than the Bureau and are expended through the Bureau, funds for major subcontracts, construction, and other major capital expenditures, and unexpended funds carried over from prior years) which share common administra-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/372">102 STAT. 372</page>tive cost functions, that are operated directly by a tribe or tribal organization under a contract or agreement with the Bureau.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the direct cost base of a tribe or tribal organization for the fiscal year is the aggregate direct cost program funding for all tribal elementary or secondary educational programs operated by the tribe or tribal organization during—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the second fiscal year preceding such fiscal year, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>if such programs have not been operated by the tribe or tribal organization during the 2 preceding fiscal years, the first fiscal year preceding such fiscal year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>In the case of Bureau elementary or secondary education functions which have not previously been operated by a tribe or tribal organization under contract or agreement with the Bureau, the direct cost base for the initial year shall be the projected aggregate direct cost program funding for all Bureau elementary and secondary functions to be operated by the tribe or tribal organization during that fiscal year.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>The term ‘maximum base rate’ means 50 percent.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>The term ‘minimum base rate’ means 11 percent.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>The term ‘standard direct cost baseߣ means $600,000.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>Upon the enactment of the Indian Education Amendments of 1988, the Secretary shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>conduct such studies as may be needed to establish an empirical basis for determining relevant factors substantially affecting the required administrative costs of tribal elementary and secondary educational programs, using the formula set forth in subsection (c), and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>a study to determine—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>a maximum base rate which ensures that the amount of the grants provided under this section will provide adequate (but not excessive) funding of the administrative costs of the smallest tribal elementary or secondary educational programs,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>a minimum base rate which ensures that the amount of the grants provided under this section will provide adequate (but not excessive) funding of the administrative costs of the largest tribal elementary or secondary educational programs, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <chapeau>a standard direct cost base which is the aggregate direct cost funding level for which the percentage determined under subsection (c) will—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>be equal to the median between the maximum base rate and the minimum base rate, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>ensure that the amount of the grants provided under this section will provide adequate (but not excessive) funding of the administrative costs of tribal elementary or secondary educational programs closest to the size of the program.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The studies required under paragraph (1) shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>be conducted in full consultation (in accordance with section 1130) with—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the tribes and tribal organizations that are affected by the application of the formula set forth in subsection (c), and</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/373">102 STAT. 373</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>all national and regional Indian organizations of which such tribes and tribal organizations are typically members;</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>be conducted on-site at a representative statistical sample of the tribal elementary or secondary educational programs under a contract entered into with a nationally reputable public accounting and business consulting firm;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>take into account the availability of skilled labor, commodities, business and automatic data processing services, related Indian preference and Indian control of education requirements, and any other market factors found substantially to affect the administrative costs and efficiency of each such tribal elementary or secondary educational program studied in order to assure that all required administrative activities can reasonably be delivered in a cost effective manner for each such program, given an administrative cost allowance generated by the values, percentages, or other factors found in the studies to be relevant in such formula;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>identify, and quantify in terms of percentages of direct program costs, any general factors arising from geographic isolation, or numbers of programs administered, independent of program size factors used to compute a base administrative cost percentage in such formula; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>identify any other incremental cost factors substantially affecting the costs of required administrative cost functions at any of the tribal elementary or secondary educational programs studied and determine whether the factors are of general applicability to other such programs, and (if so) how they may effectively be incorporated into such formula.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Determinations described in paragraph (2)(C) shall be based on what is pragmatically possible to do at each location studied, given prudent management practice, irrespective of whether required administrative services were actually or fully delivered at these sites, or other services were delivered instead, during the period of the study.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Upon completion of the studies conducted under paragraph <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>(1), but in no case later than October 1, 1989, the Secretary shall submit to the Congress a report on the findings of the studies, together with determinations based upon such findings that would affect the definitions of terms used in the formula that is set forth in subsection (c).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>The Secretary shall include in the Bureau’s justification for each appropriations request for each fiscal year beginning after fiscal year 1989, a projection of the overall costs associated with the formula set forth in subsection (c) for all tribal elementary or secondary educational programs which the Secretary expects to be funded in the fiscal year for which the appropriations are sought.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>For purposes of this subsection, the size of tribal elementary or secondary educational programs is determined by the aggregate direct cost program funding level for all Bureau funded programs which share common administrative cost functions.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">“(g)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>There are authorized to be appropriated for each fiscal year <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote>such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>If the total amount of funds necessary to provide grants to tribes and tribal organizations in the amounts determined under subsection (b) for a fiscal year exceeds the amount of funds appro-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/374">102 STAT. 374</page>priated to carry out this section for such fiscal year, the Secretary shall reduce the amount of each grant determined under subsection (b) for such fiscal year by an amount that bears the same relationship to such excess as the amount of such grant determined under subsection (b) bears to the total of all grants determined under subsection (b) for all tribes and tribal organizations for such fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="h">“(h)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the amount of the grants provided under this section for fiscal year 1989 shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in lieu of being determined under subsection (b), be determined for each tribal elementary or secondary educational program on the same basis that indirect costs were determined for such programs for fiscal year 1988, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>be subject to the provisions of subsection (d).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the amount of the grant provided under this section for fiscal year 1990 with respect to each tribal elementary and secondary educational program that was operated by a tribe or tribal organization in fiscal year 1989 shall be equal to</inline>—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>if the amount of the grant determined under subsection (b) for fiscal year 1990 with respect to such program exceeds the amount received by the tribe or tribal organization with respect to such program for administrative costs for fiscal year 1988 (or fiscal year 1989 if such program was not operated by the tribe or tribal organization during fiscal year 1988), the sum of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>such amount received, plus</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau>one-third of the excess of—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>such amount determined under subsection (b), over</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>such amount received, or</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>if such amount received exceeds such amount determined under subsection (b), the excess of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>such amount received, over</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau>an amount equal to one-third of the excess of—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>such amount received, over</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>such amount determined under subsection (b).</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the amount of the grants provided under this section for fiscal year 1991 with respect to each tribal elementary and secondary educational program that was operated by a tribe or tribal organization in fiscal year 1989 shall be equal to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>if the amount of the grant determined under subsection (b) for fiscal year 1991 with respect to such program exceeds the amount received by the tribe or tribal organization with respect to such program for administrative costs for fiscal year 1990, the sum of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>such amount received, plus</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau>one-half of the excess of—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>such amount determined under subsection (b), over</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>such amount received, or</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>if such amount received exceeds such amount determined under subsection (b), the excess of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>such amount received, over</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau>an amount equal to one-half of the excess of—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>such amount received over.</content> </subclause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/375">102 STAT. 375</page> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>such amount determined under subsection (b).”.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content></subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">School Board Training</inline>.—</heading><content>Paragraph (3) of section 1128(c) of the Education Amendments of 1978 (20 U.S.C. 2008(c)(3)) is amended <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2008">25 USC 2008</ref>.</p></sidenote>to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Secretary shall reserve for national school board training 0.133 percent of the funds appropriated for each fiscal year for distribution under this section. Such training shall be conducted through the same organizations through which, and in the same manner in which, the training was conducted in fiscal year 1986. If <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>the contract for such training is not awarded before May 1 of each fiscal year, the contract under which such training was provided for the fiscal year preceding such fiscal year shall be renewed by the Secretary for such fiscal year. The agenda for the training sessions shall be established by the school boards through their regional or national organizations.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>For each year in which the Secretary uses a weighted unit formula established under subsection (a) to fund Bureau schools, a Bureau school which generates less than 168 weighted units shall receive an additional 2 weighted units to defray school board activities.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau>From the funds allotted in accordance with the formula established under subsection (a) for each Bureau school, the local school board of such school may reserve an amount which does not exceed the greater of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>$4,000, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>2 percent of such allotted funds,</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">for school board activities for such school, including but not limited to, and notwithstanding any other provision of law, meeting expenses and the cost of membership in, and support of, organizations engaged in activities on behalf of Indian education.”.</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Percentage of Funds Not Subject to Fiscal Year Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1128 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (20 U.S.C. 2008) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2008">25 USC 2008</ref>.</p></sidenote>subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="h">“(h) </num> <content>At the election of the local school board made at any time during the fiscal year, a portion equal to no more than 15 percent of the funds allocated with respect to a school under this section for any fiscal year shall remain available to the school for expenditure without fiscal year limitation.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5109">SEC. 5109. </num><heading>LOCAL PROCUREMENT.</heading> <content>Paragraph (4) of section 1129(a) of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2009) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau>Notwithstanding any law or regulation, the supervisor of a Bureau school may expend an aggregate of no more than $25,000 of the amount allotted the school under section 1128 to acquire supplies and equipment for the school without competitive bidding if—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the cost for any single item purchased does not exceed $10,000;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the school board approves the procurement;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the supervisor certifies that the cost is fair and reasonable;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>the documents relating to the procurement executed by the supervisor or other school staff cite this paragraph as authority for the procurement; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>the transaction is documented in a journal maintained at the school clearly identifying when the transaction occurred, <page identifier="/us/stat/102/376">102 STAT. 376</page>what was acquired and from whom, the prices paid, the quantities acquired, and any other information the supervisor or school board considers relevant.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="5110">SEC. 5110. </num><heading>COORDINATED PROGRAMS.</heading> <content>Section 1129 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2009) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f)</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>From funds allotted to a school under section 1128, the Secretary shall, if specifically requested by the tribal governing body (within the meaning of section 1121(j)) whose children are served by a program operated by the Bureau, implement any cooperative agreement entered into between the tribe, the Bureau school board, and the local public school district which meets the requirements of paragraph (2) and involves education programs operated by the Bureau. The tribe, the Bureau school board, and the local public school district shall determine the terms of the agreement. Such agreement may encompass coordination of all or any part of the following:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>Academic program and curriculum, if a facility operated by the Bureau which is currently accredited by a State or regional accrediting entity would continue to be accredited.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(B) </num> <content>Support services, including procurement and facilities maintenance.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(C) </num> <content>Transportation.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Each agreement entered into pursuant to the authority provided in paragraph (1) shall confer a benefit upon the Bureau school commensurate with the burden assumed, though this requirement shall not be construed so as to require equal expenditures or an exchange of similar services.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="5111">SEC. 5111. </num><heading>CONSULTATION.</heading> <chapeau>Section 1130 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2010) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>Bureau</quotedText>” the first time it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>the Secretary and the Bureau</quotedText>”,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>It shall</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(a) It shall</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>All actions under this Act shall be done with active consultation with tribes.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The consultation required under paragraph (1) means a process involving the open discussion and joint deliberation of all options with respect to potential issues or changes between the Bureau and all interested parties. During such discussions and joint deliberations, interested parties (including, but not limited to, tribes and school officials) shall be given an opportunity to present issues including proposals regarding changes in current practices or programs which will be considered for future action by the Bureau. All interested parties shall be given an opportunity to participate and discuss the options presented or to present other alternatives, with the views and concerns of the interested parties given effect unless the Secretary determines, from information educed or presented during the discussions, that there is a substantial reason for another course of action. The Secretary shall submit to any Member of Congress, within 18 days of the receipt of a written request by such Member, a written explanation of any decision made by the Sec-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/377">102 STAT. 377</page>retary which is not consistent with the views of the interested parties.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="5112">SEC. 5112. </num><heading>INDIAN EMPLOYMENT PREFERENCE.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Applicants</inline>.—</heading><content>Subsection (f)(1) of section 1131 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2011) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>an employee</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>an applicant or employee</quotedText>”</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Providers of Support Services</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>Subparagraph (A) of section H31(n)(1) of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2011(n)(1)(A)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>or</quotedText>” at the end of clause (ii), and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following new clause: <quotedContent> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>support services at, or associated with, the site of the school; or”.</content> </clause> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The amendments made by paragraph (1) shall apply with <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2011">25 USC 2011 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>respect to an individual who is employed by the Bureau of Indian Affairs of the Department of the Interior on the date of enactment of this Act only if such individual elects, in such form and at such time as the Secretary of the Interior may prescribe, the application of such amendments with respect to such individual.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5113">SEC. 5113. </num><heading>PERSONNEL COMPENSATION. RECRUITMENT. AND RETENTION STUDIES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2011">25 USC 2011 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall conduct such studies and <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>gather such information as may be necessary to prepare a report that the Secretary shall submit to the Congress by no later than the date that is 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act. The report shall compare personnel compensation in Bureau funded schools with—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>nearest public schools that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>have successful educational programs, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>are comparable in size, geographic location, grade levels, and student population characteristics to Bureau funded schools, and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>schools operated within the United States by the Department of Defense.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Inclusions</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The report required under subsection (a) shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>detailed information on the current salaries and personnel benefits for comparable positions in the Bureau funded schools and the schools described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a),</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>a comparison of starting salaries, tenure, length of service, educational and certification requirements, length of work year and work day, and fringe benefits between Bureau funded schools and the schools described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a),</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>a projection of the compensation factors described in para-graphs (1) and (2) for Bureau funded schools and the schools described in paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (a) over the next five years, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>such additional information and analysis as the Secretary deems appropriate.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Funding and Staff</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The cost of the studies and the report required under subsection (a) (including, but not limited to, costs for all con-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/378">102 STAT. 378</page>tracts, travel, and staff assigned to the study) shall be paid from amounts appropriated to the Bureau’s Management and Administration subactivity of the General Administration activity, except that the salaries and personnel benefits of employees detailed to the study from the Office of Indian Education of the Bureau may continue to be charged to the amounts appropriated to the Bureau’s Education account.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>If the Secretary does not conduct the studies required under subsection (a) by contract, the staff detailed to work on the studies and report required under subsection (a) shall include not less than two career employees from the Office of Indian Education of the Bureau who have substantial experience in the administration (at the level of an agency office! of school operations and in the drafting of personnel regulations, including but not limited to those under this Act.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contracts</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary may conduct part or all of the studies required under subsection (a) through contracts entered into with one or more Indian education organizations.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Additional Studies</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall conduct such other studies of personnel compensation and recruitment in Bureau funded and public schools as are desirable in carrying out the purposes of title 11 of the Education Amendments of 1978.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definitions</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>For purposes of this section—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of the Interior.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The term “Bureau” means the Bureau of Indian Affairs of the Department of the Interior.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5111">SEC. 5111. </num><heading>REGULAR COMPENSATION OF BUREAU EDUCATORS; NONVOLUNTARY FURLOUGHS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Compensation</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Paragraph (1) of section 1131(h) of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2011(h)(1)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>or on the basis of the Federal Wage System schedule in effect for the locality</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>is applicable</quotedText>”,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>The Secretary shall</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(A) Except as otherwise provided in this section, the Secretary shall</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following new subparagraphs: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>By no later than the close of the 6-month period beginning on the date of enactment of the Indian Education Amendments of 1988, the Secretary shall establish, for contracts for the 1991–1992 academic year, and thereafter, the rates of basic compensation, or annual salary rates, for the positions of teachers and counselors (including dormitory counselors and home-living counselors) at the rates of basic compensation applicable (on the date of enactment of such Amendments and thereafter) to comparable positions in overseas schools under the Defense Department Overseas Teachers Pay and Personnel Practices Act, unless the Secretary establishes such rates within such 6-month period through collective bargaining with the appropriate union representative of the education employees that is recognized by the Bureau.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau>By no later than the close of the 6-month period described in subparagraph (B), the Secretary shall establish the rates of basic compensation or annual salary rates for the positions of teachers and counselors (including dormitory and home-living counselors)—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/379">102 STAT. 379</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>for contracts for the 1989–1990 academic year, at rates which reflect one-third of the changes in the rates applicable to such positions on the date of enactment of the Indian Education Amendments of 1988 that must be made to conform the rates to the rates established under subparagraph (B) for such positions for contracts for the 1991–1992 academic year, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>for contracts for the 1990–1991 academic year, at rates which reflect two-thirds of such changes.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>The establishment of rates of basic compensation and annual salary rates by the Secretary under subparagraphs (B) and (C) shall not preclude the use of regulations and procedures used by the Bureau before the enactment of the Indian Education Amendments of 1988 in making determinations regarding promotions and advancements through levels of pay that are based on the merit, education, experience, or tenure of the educator.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>Except as provided in clause (ii), the establishment of rates of basic compensation and annual salary rates by the Secretary under subparagraphs (B) and (C) shall not affect the continued employment or compensation of any individual employed in an education position on the day before the date of enactment of the Indian Education Amendments of 1988 if this paragraph did not apply to such individual on such day.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>Any individual described in clause (i) may, during the 5-year period beginning on the date on which the Secretary establishes rates of basic compensation and annual salary rates under subparagraph (B), make an irrevocable election to have the basic compensation rate or annual salary rate of such individual determined in accordance with this paragraph.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>If an individual makes the election described in clause (ii), such election shall not affect the application to the individual of the same retirement system and leave system that applies to the individual during the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which such election is made.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <chapeau>The President shall include with the budget submitted <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">President of U.S.</p></sidenote>under section 1105 of title 31, United States Code, for each of the fiscal years 1990, 1991, and 1992 a written statement by the Secretary which specifies—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the amount of funds the Secretary needs to pay basic compensation and the annual salaries of educators for such fiscal year, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the amount of funds the Secretary estimates would be needed to pay basic compensation and the annual salaries of educators for such fiscal year if the amendments made to this paragraph by the Indian Education Amendments of 1988 had not been enacted.”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Furloughs</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1131 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (20 U.S.C. 2011) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="p">“(p)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>No educator whose basic compensation is paid from funds allocated under section 1128 may be placed on furlough (within the meaning of section 7511(a)(5) of title 5, United States Code) without the consent of such educator for an aggregate of more than 4 weeks within the same calendar year, unless—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the supervisor, with the approval of the local school board (or of the agency superintendent for education upon <page identifier="/us/stat/102/380">102 STAT. 380</page>appeal under paragraph (2)), of the Bureau school at which such educator provides services determines that a longer period of furlough is necessary due to a shortage of funds, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>all educators (other than principals and clerical employees) providing services at such Bureau school are placed on furloughs of equal length.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The supervisor of a Bureau school may appeal to the appropriate agency superintendent for education any refusal by the local school board to approve any determination of the supervisor that is described in paragraph (1)(A) by filing a written statement describing the determination and the reasons the supervisor believes such determination should be approved. A copy of such statement shall be submitted to the local school board and such board shall be afforded an opportunity to respond, in writing, to such appeal. After reviewing such written appeal and response, the superintendent may, for good cause, approve the determination of the supervisor. The superintendent shall transmit the determination of such appeal in the form of a written opinion to such local school board and to the supervisor identifying the reasons for approving such determination.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5115">SEC. 5115. </num><heading>POST DIFFERENTIALS.</heading> <chapeau>Paragraph (3) of section 1131(h) of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 201 l(h)(3)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>The Secretary</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(A) The Secretary</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following new subparagraph: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">“(i) </num><chapeau>Upon the request of the supervisor and the local school board of a Bureau school, the Secretary shall grant the supervisor of the school authorization to provide one or more post differentials under subparagraph (A) unless the Secretary determines for clear and convincing reasons (and advises the board in writing of those reasons) that certain of the requested post differentials should be disapproved or decreased because there is no disparity of compensation for the involved employees or positions in the Bureau school, as compared with the nearest public school, that is either—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>at least 5 percent, or</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>less than 5 percent and affects the recruitment or retention of employees at the school.</content> </subclause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">The request under this subparagraph shall be deemed granted as requested at the end of the 60th day after the request is received in the Central Office of the Bureau unless before that time it is approved, approved with modification, or disapproved by the Secretary.</continuation> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary or the supervisor of a Bureau school may discontinue or decrease a post differential authorized by reason of this subparagraph at the beginning of a school year after either—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the local school board requests that it be discontinued or decreased, or</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>the Secretary or the supervisor determines for clear and convincing reasons (and advises the board in writing of those reasons) that there is no disparity of compensation that would affect the recruitment or retention of employees at the school after the differential is discontinued or decreased.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">On or before February 1 of each year, the Secretary shall submit to Congress a report describing the requests and grants of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/381">102 STAT. 381</page>authority under this subparagraph during the previous fiscal year and listing the positions contracted under those grants of authority.”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="5116">SEC. 5116. </num><heading>EARLY CHILDHOOD DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM.</heading> <chapeau>Title XI of the Education Amendments of 1978 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out part C, and<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s241aa/241bb–1">20 USC 241aa note, 241bb–1</ref>.</p></sidenote></content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end of part B the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <heading class="centered smallCaps">“early childhood development program</heading> <num value="1141"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 1141. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><content>The Secretary shall provide grants to tribes, tribal <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2022a">25 USC 2022a</ref>.</p></sidenote>organizations, and consortia of tribes and tribal organizations to fund early childhood development programs that are operated by such tribes, organizations, or consortia.</content></subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>The total amount of the grants provided under subsection (a) with respect to each tribe, tribal organization, or consortium of tribes or tribal organizations for each fiscal year shall be equal to the amount which bears the same relationship to the total amount appropriated under the authority of subsection (0 for such fiscal year (less amounts provided under subsection (e)) as—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>the total number of children under 6 years of age who are members of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>such tribe,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the tribe that authorized such tribal organization, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <chapeau>any tribe that—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>is a member of such consortium, or</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>authorizes any tribal organization that is a member of such consortium, bears to</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>the total number of all children under 6 years of age who are members of any tribe that—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>is eligible to receive funds under subsection (a),</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>is a member of a consortium that is eligible to receive such funds, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>authorizes a tribal organization that is eligible to receive such funds.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>No grant may be provided under subsection (a)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>to any tribe that has less than 500 members,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>to any tribal organization which is authorized—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>by only one tribe that has less than 500 members, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>by one or more tribes that have a combined total membership of less than 500 members, or</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>to any consortium composed of tribes, or tribal organizations authorized by tribes, that have a combined total tribal membership of less than 500 members.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>A grant may be provided under subsection (a) to a tribe, tribal organization, or consortia of tribes and tribal organizations only if the tribe, organization or consortia submits to the Secretary an application for the grant at such time and in such form as the Secretary shall prescribe.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Applications submitted under paragraph (1) shall set forth the early childhood development program that the applicant desires to operate.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num><chapeau>The early childhood development programs that are funded by grants provided under subsection (a)—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>shall coordinate existing programs and may provide services that meet identified needs of parents and children under 6 <page identifier="/us/stat/102/382">102 STAT. 382</page>years of age which are not being met by existing programs, including—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>prenatal care,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>nutrition education,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>health education and screening,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>educational testing, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>other educational services,</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>may include instruction in the language, art, and culture of the tribe, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>shall provide for periodic assessment of the program.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <content>The Secretary shall, out of funds appropriated under the authority of subsection (f), include in the grants provided under subsection (a) amounts for administrative costs incurred by the tribe or tribal organization in establishing and maintaining the early childhood development program.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">There are authorized to be appropriated for fiscal year 1989, and for each succeeding fiscal year, $15,000,000 for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this section.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="5117">SEC. 5117. </num><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading> <chapeau>Section 1139 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2019) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out paragraph (3) and inserting in lieu thereof the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>the term ‘Bureau funded school’ means—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>a Bureau school;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>a contract school; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>a school for which assistance is provided under the Tribally Controlled Schools Act of 1988;”,</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by redesignating paragraphs (4) through (10) as paragraphs (6) through (12), respectively, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by inserting after paragraph (3) the following new paragraphs: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>the term ‘Bureau school’ means a Bureau operated elementary or secondary day or boarding school or a Bureau operated dormitory for students attending a school other than a Bureau school;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>the term ‘contract school’ means an elementary or secondary school or a dormitory which receives financial assistance for its operation under a contract or agreement with the Bureau under section 102, 104(1), or 208 of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450f, 450h(1), and 458d);”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="5118">SEC. 5118. </num><heading>SEQUESTRATION ORDERS.</heading> <content>Subsection (a) of section 1129 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2009(a)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <chapeau>If a sequestration order issued under the Balanced Budget and Emergency Deficit Control Act of 1985 reduces the amount of funds available for allotment under section 1128 for any fiscal year by more than 7 percent of the amount of funds available for allotment under section 1128 during the preceding fiscal year—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>the Secretary may, notwithstanding any other provision of law, use—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>funds appropriated for the operation of any Bureau school that is closed or consolidated, and</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/383">102 STAT. 383</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>funds appropriated for any program that has been curtailed at any Bureau school,</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">to fund allotments made under section 1128, and</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the Secretary may waive the application of the provisions of section 1121(g) with respect to the closure or consolidation of a school, or the curtailment of a program at a school, during such fiscal year if the funds described in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (A) with respect to such school are used to fund allotments made under section 1128 for such fiscal year.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="5119">SEC. 5119. </num><heading>TRIBAL DEPARTMENTS OF EDUCATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <content>Part B of title XI of the Education Amendments of 1978 is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <heading class="centered smallCaps">“tribal departments of education</heading> <num value="1142">“Sec. 1142. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><content>Subject to the availability of appropriations, the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2022b">25 USC 2022b</ref>.</p></sidenote>Secretary shall provide grants and technical assistance to tribes for the development and operation of tribal departments of education for the purpose of planning and coordinating all educational programs of the tribe.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <chapeau>Grants provided under this section shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>be based on applications from the governing body of the tribe,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>reflect factors such as geographic and population diversity,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>facilitate tribal control in all matters relating to the education of Indian children on Indian reservations and on former Indian reservations in Oklahoma,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>provide for the development of coordinated educational programs on Indian reservations (including all preschool, elementary, secondary, and higher or vocational educational programs funded by tribal, Federal, or other sources) by encouraging tribal administrative support of all Bureau funded educational programs as well as encouraging tribal cooperation and coordination with all educational programs receiving financial support from State agencies, other Federal agencies, or private entities,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>provide for the development and enforcement of tribal educational codes, including tribal educational policies and tribal standards applicable to curriculum, personnel, students, facilities, and support programs, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>otherwise comply with regulations for grants under section 104(a) of the Indian Self-Determination and Educational Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450h) that are in effect on the date application for such grants are made.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>In approving and funding applications for grants under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to any application that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>includes assurances from the majority of Bureau funded schools located within the boundaries of the reservation of the applicant that the tribal department of education to be funded under this section will provide coordinating services and technical assistance to all of such schools, including (but not limited to) the submission to each applicable agency of a unified application for funding for all of such schools which provides that—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/384">102 STAT. 384</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>no administrative costs other than those attributable to the individual programs of such schools will be associated with the unified application, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the distribution of all funds received under the unified application will be equal to the amount of funds provided by the applicable agency to which each of such schools is entitled under law,</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>includes assurances from the tribal governing body that the tribal department of education funded under this section will administer all contracts or grants (except those covered by the other provisions of this title and the Tribally Controlled Community College Assistance Act of 1978) for education programs administered by the tribe and will coordinate all of the programs to the greatest extent possible,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>includes assurances for the monitoring and auditing by or through the tribal department of education of all education programs for which funds are provided by contract or grant to ensure that the programs meet the requirements of law, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <chapeau>provides a plan and schedule for—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the assumption over the term of the grant by the tribal department of education of all assets and functions of the Bureau agency office associated with the tribe, insofar as those responsibilities relate to education, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the termination by the Bureau of such operations and office at the time of such assumption,</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">but when mutually agreeable between the tribal governing body and the Assistant Secretary, the period in which such assumption is to occur may be modified, reduced, or extended after the initial year of the grant.</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Subject to the availability of appropriated funds, grants provided under this section shall be provided for a period of 3 years and the grant may, if performance by the grantee is satisfactory to the Secretary, be renewed for additional 3-year terms.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>The Secretary shall not impose any terms, conditions, or requirements on the provision of grants under this section that are not specified in this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">There are authorized to be appropriated for each fiscal year such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="5120">SEC. 5120. </num><heading>SCHOOL BOUNDARIES.</heading> <chapeau>Subsection (b) of section 1124 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2004(b)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>On or after</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), on or after</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In any case where there is more than one Bureau funded school located on an Indian reservation, at the direction of the tribal governing body, the relevant school boards of the Bureau funded schools on the reservation may, by mutual consent, establish the relevant attendance areas for such schools, subject to the approval of the tribal governing body. Any such boundaries so established shall be accepted by the Secretary.”,</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </section> </part> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/385">102 STAT. 385</page> <part><num value="B">PART B—</num><heading class="inline">TRIBALLY CONTROLLED SCHOOL GRANTS</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Tribally Controlled Schools Act of 1988.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2501">25 USC 2501 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="5201">SEC. 5201. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>This part may be cited as the “<shortTitle role="part">Tribally Controlled Schools Act of 1988</shortTitle>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="5202">SEC. 5202. </num><heading>FINDINGS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2501">25 USC 2501</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>The Congress, after careful review of the Federal Government’s historical and special legal relationship with, and resulting responsibilities to, Indians, finds that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act, which was a product of the legitimate aspirations and a recognition of the inherent authority of Indian nations, was and is a crucial positive step towards tribal and community control;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the Bureau of Indian Affairs’ administration and domination of the contracting process under such Act has not provided the full opportunity to develop leadership skills crucial to the realization of self-government, and has denied to the Indian people an effective voice in the planning and implementation of programs for the benefit of Indians which are responsive to the true needs of Indian communities;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Indians will never surrender their desire to control their relationships both among themselves and with the non-Indian governments, organizations, and persons;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>true self-determination in any society of people is dependent upon an educational process which will ensure the development of qualified people to fulfill meaningful leadership roles;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>the Federal administration of education for Indian children has not effected the desired level of educational achievement nor created the diverse opportunities and personal satisfaction which education can and should provide;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>true local control requires the least possible Federal interference; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>the time has come to enhance the concepts made manifest in the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="5203">SEC. 5203. </num><heading>DECLARATION OF POLICY.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2502">25 USC 2502</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Recognition</inline>.—</heading><content>The Congress recognizes the obligation of the United States to respond to the strong expression of the Indian people for self-determination by assuring maximum Indian participation in the direction of educational services so as to render such services more responsive to the needs and desires of those communities.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Commitment</inline>.—</heading><content>The Congress declares its commitment to the maintenance of the Federal Government’s unique and continuing trust relationship with and responsibility to the Indian people through the establishment of a meaningful Indian self-determination policy for education which will deter further perpetuation of Federal bureaucratic domination of programs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">National Goal</inline>.—</heading><content>The Congress declares that a major national goal of the United States is to provide the resources, processes, and structures which will enable tribes and local communities to effect the quantity and quality of educational services and opportunities which will permit Indian children to compete and excel in the life areas of their choice, and to achieve the measure of self-determination essential to their social and economic well-being.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/386">102 STAT. 386</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Educational Needs</inline>.—</heading><content>The Congress affirms the reality of the special and unique educational needs of Indian peoples, including the need for programs to meet the linguistic and cultural aspirations of Indian tribes and communities. These may best be met through a grant process.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Federal Relations</inline>.—</heading><content>The Congress declares its commitment to these policies and its support, to the full extent of its responsibility, for Federal relations with the Indian Nations.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Termination</inline>.—</heading><content>The Congress hereby repudiates and rejects House Concurrent Resolution 108 of the 83rd Congress and any policy of unilateral termination of Federal relations with any Indian Nation.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5204">SEC. 5204. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2503">25 USC 2503</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>GRANTS AUTHORIZED.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall provide grants to Indian tribes, and tribal organizations, that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>operate tribally controlled schools which are eligible for assistance under this part, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>submit to the Secretary applications for such grants.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Grants provided under this part shall be deposited into the general operating fund of the tribally controlled school with respect to which the grant is provided.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, grants provided under this part shall be used to defray, at the discretion of the school board of the tribally controlled school with respect to which the grant is provided, any expenditures for educat ion-related activities for which any funds that compose the grant may be used under the laws described in section 5205(a), including but not limited to, expenditures for—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>school operations, academic, educational, residential, guidance and counseling, and administrative purposes, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>support services for the school, including transportation.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Grants provided under this part may, at the discretion of the school board of the tribally controlled school with respect to which such grant is provided, be used to defray operation and maintenance expenditures for the school if any funds for the operation and maintenance of the school are allocated to the school under the provisions of any of the laws described in section 5205(a).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>If funds allocated to a tribally controlled school under chapter 1 of title 1 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, the Education of the Handicapped Act, or any Federal education law other than title XI of the Education Amendments of 1978 are included in a grant provided under this part, a portion of the grant equal to the amount of the funds allocated under such law shall be expended only for those activities for which funds provided under such law may be expended under the terms of such law.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitations</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>No more than one grant may be provided under this part with respect to any Indian tribe or tribal organization for any fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Funds provided under any grant made under this part may not be used in connection with religious worship or sectarian instruction.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/387">102 STAT. 387</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Funds provided under any grant made under this part may not be expended for administrative costs (as defined under section 1128A(e)(1) of the Education Amendments of 1978) in excess of the amount generated for such costs under section 1128A of such Act.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on Transfer of Funds Among Schoolsites</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>In the case of a grantee which operates schools at more than one schoolsite, the grantee may expend no more than the lesser of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>10 percent of the funds allocated for a schoolsite under section 1128 of the Education Amendments of 1978, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>$400,000 of such funds,</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">at any other schoolsite.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>For purposes of this subsection, the term “schoolsite” means the physical location and the facilities of an elementary or secondary educational or residential program operated by, or under contract with, the Bureau for which a discreet student count is identified under the funding formula established under section 1128 of the Education Amendments of 1978.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">No Requirement To Accept Grants</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Nothing in this part may be construed—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>to require a tribe or tribal organization to apply for or accept, or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>to allow any person to coerce any tribe or tribal organization into applying for, or accepting,</content> </paragraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">a grant under this part to plan, conduct, and administer all of, or any portion of, any Bureau program. Such applications, and the timing of such applications, shall be strictly voluntary. Nothing in this part may be construed as allowing or requiring any grant with any entity other than the entity to which the grant is provided.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">No Effect on Federal Responsibility</inline>.—</heading><content>Grants provided under this part shall not terminate, modify, suspend, or reduce the responsibility of the Federal Government to provide a program.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Retrocession</inline>.—</heading><content>Whenever an Indian tribe requests retrocession of any program for which assistance is provided under this part, such retrocession shall become effective upon a date specified by the Secretary not more than 120 days after the date on which the tribe requests the retrocession, or such later date as may be mutually agreed upon by the Secretary and the tribe. If such a program is retroceded, the Secretary shall provide to any Indian tribe served by such program at least the same quantity and quality of services that would have been provided under such program at the level of funding provided under this part prior to the retrocession.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">No Termination for Administrative Convenience</inline>.—</heading><content>Grants provided under this Act may not be terminated, modified, suspended, or reduced only for the convenience of the administering agency.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5205">SEC. 5205. </num><heading>COMPOSITION OF GRANTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2504">25 USC 2504</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The grant provided under this part to an Indian tribe or tribal organization for any fiscal year shall consist of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the total amount of funds allocated for such fiscal year under sections 1128 and 1128A of the Education Amendments of 1978 with respect to the tribally controlled schools eligible for assistance under this part that are operated by such Indian tribe or tribal organization, including, but not limited to, funds <page identifier="/us/stat/102/388">102 STAT. 388</page>provided under such sections, or under any other provision of law, for transportation costs,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>to the extent requested by such Indian tribe or tribal organization, the total amount of funds provided from operations and maintenance accounts and other facilities accounts for such schools for such fiscal year under section 1126(d) of the Education Amendments of 1978 or under any other law, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <chapeau>the total amount of funds provided under—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the Education of the Handicapped Act, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>any other Federal education law, that are allocated to such schools for such fiscal year.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rules</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>In the allocation of funds under sections 1128, 1128A, and 1126(d) of the Education Amendments of 1978, tribally controlled schools for which grants are provided under this part shall be treated as contract schools.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>In the allocation of funds provided under—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the Education of the Handicapped Act, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>any other Federal education law,</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">that are distributed through the Bureau, tribally controlled schools for which grants are provided under this part shall be treated as Bureau schools.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>Funds allocated to a tribally controlled school by reason of paragraph (1) or (2) shall be subject to the provisions of this part and shall not be subject to any additional restriction, priority, or limitation that is imposed by the Bureau with respect to funds provided under—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>the Education of the Handicapped Act, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>any Federal education law other than title XI of the Education Amendments of 1978.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Indian tribes and tribal organizations to which grants are provided under this part, and tribally controlled schools for which such grants are provided, shall not be subject to any requirements, obligations, restrictions, or limitations imposed by the Bureau that would otherwise apply solely by reason of the receipt of funds provided under any law referred to in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) of subparagraph (A).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5206">SEC. 5206. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2505">25 USC 2505</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ELIGIBILITY FOR GRANTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>A tribally controlled school is eligible for assistance under this part if the school—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>was, on the date of enactment of this Act, a school which received funds under the authority of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450, et seq.),</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>was a school operated (as either an elementary or secondary school or a combined program) by the Bureau and has met the requirements of subsection (b),</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/389">102 STAT. 389</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>is a school for which the Bureau has not provided funds, but which has met the requirements of subsection (c), or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>is a school with respect to which an election has been made under paragraph (2) and which has met the requirements of subsection (b).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Any application which has been submitted under the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act by an Indian tribe for a school which is not in operation on the date of enactment of this Act shall be reviewed under the guidelines and regulations for applications submitted under the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act that were in effect at the time the application was submitted, unless the Indian tribe or tribal organization elects to have the application reviewed under the provisions of subsection (b).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Additional Requirements for Bureau Schools and Certain Electing Schools</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>Any school that was operated as a Bureau school on the date of enactment of this Act, and any school with respect to which an election is made under subsection (a)(2), meets the requirements of this subsection if—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau>the Indian tribe or tribal organization that operates, or desires to operate, the school submits to the Secretary an application requesting that the Secretary—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>transfer operation of the school to the Indian tribe or tribal organization, if the Indian tribe or tribal organization is not already operating the school, and (ii) make a determination of whether the school is eligible for assistance under this part, and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the Secretary makes a determination that the school is eligible for assistance under this part.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>By no later than the date that is 120 days after the date on which an application is submitted to the Secretary under paragraph UK A), the Secretary shall determine—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>if the school is not being operated by the Indian tribe or tribal organization, whether to transfer operation of the school to the Indian tribe or tribal organization, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>whether the school is eligible for assistance under this part.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau>In considering applications submitted under paragraph (1)(A), the Secretary—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>shall transfer operation of the school to the Indian tribe or tribal organization, if the Indian tribe or tribal organization is not already operating the school, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>shall determine that the school is eligible for assistance under this part,</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">unless the Secretary finds by clear and convincing evidence that the services to be provided by the Indian tribe or tribal organization will be deleterious to the welfare of the Indians served by the school.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <chapeau>In considering applications submitted under paragraph (1)(A), the Secretary shall consider whether the Indian tribe or tribal organization would be deficient in operating the school with respect to—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>equipment,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>bookkeeping and accounting procedures,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>substantive knowledge of operating the school,</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/390">102 STAT. 390</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>adequately trained personnel, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num> <content>any other necessary components in the operation of the school.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Additional Requirements for Schools That Have Not Received Bureau Funds</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>A school for which the Bureau has not provided funds meets the requirements of this subsection if—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>the Indian tribe or tribal organization that operates, or desires to operate, the school submits to the Secretary an application requesting a determination by the Secretary of whether the school is eligible for assistance under this part, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the Secretary makes a determination that the school is eligible for assistance under this part.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>By no later than the date that is 180 days after the date on which an application is submitted to the Secretary under paragraph (1)(A), the Secretary shall determine whether the school is eligible for assistance under this part.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau>In making the determination under subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall give equal consideration to each of the following factors:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <chapeau>with respect to the applicant’s proposal—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>the adequacy of facilities or the potential to obtain or provide adequate facilities;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>geographic and demographic factors in the affected areas;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>adequacy of applicant’s program plans;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">(IV) </num> <content>geographic proximity of comparable public education; and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="V">(V) </num> <content>the needs as expressed by all affected parties, including but not limited to students, families, tribal governments at both the central and local levels, and school organizations; and</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <chapeau>with respect to all education services already available—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>geographic and demographic factors in the affected areas;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>adequacy and comparability of programs already available;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>consistency of available programs with tribal education codes or tribal legislation to education; and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">(IV) </num> <content>the history and success of these services for the proposed population to be served, as determined from all factors and not just standardized examination performance.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>The Secretary may not make a determination under this paragraph that is primarily based upon the geographic proximity of comparable public education.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>Applications submitted under paragraph (1)(A) shall include information on the factors described in subparagraph (B)(i), but the applicant may also provide the Secretary such information relative to the factors described in subparagraph (B)(ii) as the applicant considers appropriate.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>If the Secretary fails to make a determination under subparagraph (A) with respect to an application within 180 days after the date on which the Secretary received the application, the Secretary shall be treated as having made a determination <page identifier="/us/stat/102/391">102 STAT. 391</page>that the tribally controlled school is eligible for assistance under the title and the grant shall become effective 18 months after the date on which the Secretary received the application, or an earlier date, at the Secretary’s discretion.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Applications and Reports</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>All applications and reports submitted to the Secretary under this part, and any amendments to such applications or reports, shall be filed with the agency or area education officer designated by the Director of the Office of Indian Education of the Department of Education. The date on which such filing occurs shall, for purposes of this part, be treated as the date on which the application or amendment is submitted to the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Any application that is submitted under this part shall be accompanied by a document indicating the action taken by the tribal governing body in authorizing such application.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date for Approved Applications</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as provided in subsection (c)(2)(E), a grant provided under this part, and any transfer of the operation of a Bureau school made under subsection (b), shall become effective beginning with the academic year succeeding the fiscal year in which the application for the grant or transfer is made, or at an earlier date determined by the Secretary.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Denial of Applications</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>Whenever the Secretary declines to provide a grant under this part, to transfer operation of a Bureau school under subsection (b), or determines that a school is not eligible for assistance under this part, the Secretary shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>state the objections in writing to the tribe or tribal organization within the allotted time,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>provide assistance to the tribe or tribal organization to overcome all stated objections,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>provide the tribe or tribal organization a hearing, under the same rules and regulations that apply under the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>provide an opportunity to appeal the objection raised.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall reconsider any amended application submitted under this part within 60 days after the amended application is submitted to the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><content>The Bureau shall submit an annual report to the Congress on all applications received, and actions taken (including the costs associated with such actions), under this section at the same time that the President is required to submit to the Congress the budget under section 1105 of title 31, United States Code.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5207">SEC. 5207. </num><heading>DURATION OF ELIGIBILITY DETERMINATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2506">25 USC 2506</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>If the Secretary determines that a tribally controlled school is eligible for assistance under this part, the eligibility determination shall remain in effect until the determination is revoked by the Secretary, and the requirements of subsection (b) or (c) of section 5206, if applicable, shall be considered to have been met with respect to such school until the eligibility determination is revoked by the Secretary.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Annual Reports</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each recipient of a grant provided under this part shall submit to the Secretary and to the tribal governing body (within the meaning of section 1121(j) of the Education Amend-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/392">102 STAT. 392</page>ments of 1978) of the tribally controlled school an annual report that shall be limited to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>an annual financial statement reporting revenue and expenditures as defined by the cost accounting established by the grantee;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>a biannual financial audit conducted pursuant to the standards of the Single Audit Act of 1984;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>an annual submission to the Secretary of the number of students served and a brief description of programs offered under the grant; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>a program evaluation conducted by an impartial entity, to be based on the standards established for purposes of subsection (c)(1)(A)(ii).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Revocation of Eligibility</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>The Secretary shall not revoke a determination that a school is eligible for assistance under this part if—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>the Indian tribe or tribal organization submits the reports required under subsection (b) with respect to the school, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <chapeau>at least one of the following subclauses applies with respect to the school:</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>The school is certified or accredited by a State or regional accrediting association as determined by the Secretary of Education, or is a candidate in good standing for such accreditation under the rules of the State or regional accrediting association, showing that cred-its achieved by students within the education programs are, or will be, accepted at grade level by a State certified or regionally accredited institution.</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>A determination made by the Secretary that there is a reasonable expectation that the accreditation described in subclause (I), or the candidacy in good standing for such accreditation, will be reached by the school within 3 years and that the program offered by the school is beneficial to the Indian students.</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>The school is accredited by a tribal department of education if such accreditation is accepted by a generally recognized regional or State accreditation agency.</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">(IV) </num> <content>The school accepts the standards promulgated under section 1121 of the Education Amendments of 1978 and an evaluation of performance is conducted under this section in conformance with the regulations pertaining to Bureau operated schools by an impartial evaluator chosen by the grantee, but no grantee shall be required to comply with these standards to a higher degree than a comparable Bureau operated school.</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="V">(V) </num> <content>A positive evaluation of the school is conducted once every 3 years under standards adopted by the contractor under a contract for a school entered into under the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act prior to the date of enactment of this Act, such evaluation to be conducted by an impartial evaluator agreed to by the Secretary and the grantee. Upon failure to agree on such an evaluator, the governing body of the tribe shall choose the evaluator or perform the evaluation.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/393">102 STAT. 393</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The choice of standards employed for purposes of subparagraph (A)(ii) shall be consistent with section 1121(e) of the Education Amendments of 1978.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall not revoke a determination that a school is eligible for assistance under this part, or reassume control of a school that was a Bureau school prior to approval of an application submitted under section 5206(b)(1)(A), until the Secretary—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau>provides notice to the tribally controlled school and the tribal governing body (within the meaning of section 1121(j) of the Education Amendments of 1978} of the tribally controlled school which states—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>the specific deficiencies that led to the revocation or resumption determination, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>the actions that are needed to remedy such deficiencies, and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>affords such authority an opportunity to effect any remedial actions.</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">The Secretary shall provide such technical assistance as is necessary to effect such remedial actions. Such notice and technical assistance shall be in addition to a hearing and appeal to be conducted pursuant to the regulations described in section 5206(f)(1)(C).</continuation> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5208">SEC 5208. </num><heading>PAYMENT OF GRANTS; INVESTMENT OF FUNDS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2507">25 USC 2507</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the Secretary shall make payments to grantees under this part in two payments:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>one payment to be made no later than October 1 of each fiscal year in an amount equal to one-half the amount paid during the preceding fiscal year to the grantee or a contractor that has elected to have the provisions of this part apply, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the second payment consisting of the remainder to which the grantee or contractor is entitled for the fiscal year to be made by no later than January 1 of the fiscal year.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>For any school for which no payment was made under this part in the preceding fiscal year, full payment of the amount computed for each fiscal year shall be made by January 1 of the fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Investment of Funds</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any interest or investment income that accrues on any funds provided under this part after such funds are paid to the Indian tribe or tribal organization and before such funds are expended for the purpose for which such funds were provided under this part shall be the property of the Indian tribe or tribal organization and shall not be taken into account by any officer or employee of the Federal Government in determining whether to provide assistance, or the amount of assistance, under any provision of Federal law.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>Funds provided under this part may be—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>invested by the Indian tribe or tribal organization only in obligations of the United States or in obligations or <page identifier="/us/stat/102/394">102 STAT. 394</page>securities that are guaranteed or insured by the United States, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>deposited only into accounts that are insured by an agency or instrumentality of the United States.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Recoveries</inline>.—</heading><content>For the purposes of underrecovery and overrecovery determinations by any Federal agency for any other funds, from whatever source derived, funds received under this part shall not be taken into consideration.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5209">SEC. 5209. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2508">25 USC 2508</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>APPLICATION WITH RESPECT TO INDIAN SELF-DETERMINATION AND EDUCATION ASSISTANCE ACT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Certain Provisions To Apply To Grants</inline>.—</heading><content>All provisions of sections 5, 6, 7, 105, 109, and 110 of the Indian Self Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450c, et seq.) except those provisions pertaining to indirect costs and length of contract, shall apply to grants provided under this part.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Election for Grant In Lieu of Contract</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Contractors for activities to which this part applies who have entered into a contract under the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act that is in effect upon the date of enactment of this Act may, by giving notice to the Secretary, elect to have the provisions of this part apply to such activity in lieu of such contract.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>Any election made under paragraph (I) shall take effect on the later of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>October 1 of the fiscal year succeeding the fiscal year in which such election is made, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the date that is 60 days after the date of such election.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">No Duplication</inline>.—</heading><content>No funds may be provided under any con-tract entered into under the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act to pay any expenses incurred in providing any program or service if a grant has been made under this part to pay such expenses.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5210">SEC. 5210. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2509">25 USC 2509</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ROLE OF THE DIRECTOR.</heading> <content>Applications for grants under this part, and all application modifications, shall be reviewed and approved by personnel under the direction and control of the Director of the Office of Indian <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>Education Programs. Required reports shall be submitted to education personnel under the direction and control of the Director of such Office.</content> </section> <section> <num value="5211">SEC. 5211. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2510">25 USC 2510</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>REGULATIONS.</heading> <content>The Secretary is authorized to issue regulations relating to the discharge of duties specifically assigned to the Secretary by this part. In all other matters relating to the details of planning, development, implementing, and evaluating grants under this part, the Secretary shall not issue regulations. Regulations issued pursuant to this part shall not have the standing of a Federal statute for the purposes of judicial review.</content> </section> <section> <num value="5212">SEC. 5212. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2511">25 USC 2511</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading> <chapeau>For purposes of this part—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The term “eligible Indian student” has the meaning of such term in section 1128(0 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2008(f)).</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/395">102 STAT. 395</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The term “Indian tribe” means any Indian tribe, band, nation, or other organized group or community, including any Alaska Native Village or regional or village corporation (as defined in or established pursuant to the Alaskan Native Claims Settlement Act), which is recognized as eligible for the special programs and services provided by the United States to Indians because of their status as Indians.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>The term “tribal organization” means—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>the recognized governing body of any Indian tribe, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <chapeau>any legally established organization of Indians which—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>is controlled, sanctioned, or chartered by such governing body or is democratically elected by the adult members of the Indian community to be served by such organization, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>includes the maximum participation of Indians in all phases of its activities.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>In any case in which a grant is provided under this part to an organization to perform services benefiting more than one Indian tribe, the approval of the governing bodies of Indian tribes representing 80 percent of those students attending the tribally controlled school shall be considered a sufficient tribal authorization for such grant.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of the Interior.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>The term “tribally controlled school” means a school, operated by a tribe or a tribal organization, enrolling students in kindergarten through grade 12, including preschools, which is not a local educational agency and which is not directly administered by the Bureau of Indian Affairs.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>The term “a local educational agency” means a public board of education or other public authority legally constituted within a State for either administrative control or direction of, or to perform a service function for, public elementary or secondary schools in a city, county, township, school district, or other political subdivision of a State, or such combination of school districts or counties as are recognized in a State as an administrative agency for its public elementary or secondary schools. Such term includes any other public institution or agency having administrative control and direction of a public elementary or secondary school.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>The term “Bureau” means the Bureau of Indian Affairs of the Department of the Interior.</content> </paragraph> </section> </part> <part><num value="C">PART C—</num><heading class="inline">DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Indian Education Act of 1988.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2601">25 USC 2601 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="5301">SEC. 5301. </num><heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>This part may be cited as the “<shortTitle role="part">Indian Education Act of 1988</shortTitle>”.</content> </section> <subpart><num value="1">Subpart 1—</num><heading class="inline">Financial Assistance to Local Educational Agencies for the Education of Indian Children</heading> <section> <num value="5311">SEC. 5311. </num><heading>DECLARATION OF POLICY.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2691">25 USC 2691</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>In recognition of the special educational and culturally related academic needs of Indian students in the United States, Congress hereby declares it to be the policy of the United States to provide financial assistance to local educational agencies to develop and <page identifier="/us/stat/102/396">102 STAT. 396</page>carry out elementary and secondary school programs specially designed to meet these special educational and culturally related academic needs, or both.</content> </section> <section> <num value="5312">SEC. 5312. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2602">25 USC 2602</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>GRANTS TO LOCAL EDUCATIONAL AGENCIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall, in order to effectuate the policy set forth in section 5311, carry out a program of making grants to local educational agencies which are entitled to payments under this subpart and which have submitted, and have had approved, applications therefor, in accordance with the provisions of this subpart.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Amount of Grants</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>For any fiscal year for which appropriations are authorized under section 5316 of this Act, the Secretary shall determine the number of eligible Indian children who were enrolled in the schools of a local educational agency, and for whom such agency provided free public education, during such fiscal year.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau>For purposes of this subpart, the term “eligible Indian children” means Indian children whom the Secretary has determined—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>were enrolled in a school of the local educational agency, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>were provided free public education by the local educational agency,</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>From the sums appropriated under section 5316(a) for any fiscal year, the Secretary shall allocate to each local educational agency which has an application approved under this subpart an amount which bears the same ratio to such sums as the product of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>the number of eligible Indian children, multiplied by</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>the average per pupil expenditure per local educational agency,</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">bears to the sum of such products for all such local educational agencies.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>A local educational agency shall not be entitled to receive a grant under this subpart for any fiscal year unless the number of eligible Indian children, with respect to such agency, is at least 10 or constitutes at least 50 percent of its total enrollment. The requirements of this subparagraph shall not apply to any local educational agencies serving Indian children in Alaska, California, and Oklahoma or located on, or in proximity to, an Indian reservation.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">For the purposes of this subsection, the average per pupil expenditure for a local educational agency is equal to the amount determined by dividing</inline>—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <chapeau>the sum of—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>the aggregate current expenditures, during the second fiscal year preceding the fiscal year for which the computation is made, of all of the local educational agencies in the State in which such agency is located, plus</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II)</num> <content>any direct current expenditures by such State for the operation of such agencies (without regard to the sources of funds from which either of such expenditures are made), by</content> </subclause> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/397">102 STAT. 397</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>the aggregate number of children who were in aver-age daily attendance for whom such agencies provided free public education during such preceding fiscal year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>The first fiscal year for which schools operated by the Bureau of Indian Affairs of the Department of the Interior shall be treated as local educational agencies for the purposes of this subpart (other than sections 5314(b)(2)(B)(ii) and 5315(c)(2)) is the first fiscal year beginning after the date of enactment of this Act for which the amount of funds appropriated for allocation under this subsection equals or exceeds the amount of funds that, if such schools are not treated as local educational agencies, is necessary to allocate under paragraph (2) (determined without regard to subparagraph (B)) to each local educational agency which has an application approved under this subpart for such fiscal year an amount of funds for each eligible Indian child equal to the sum of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>the average amount of funds per eligible Indian child that was received by such local educational agency for fiscal year 1988 under section 303(a)(2) of the Indian Elementary and Secondary School Assistance Act (20 U.S.C. 241bb(a)(2)), plus</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>2 percent of the amount described in clause (i).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B)</num><clause class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><chapeau>Notwithstanding any other provision of this subpart, for each fiscal year to which this clause applies—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>paragraph (2) shall first be applied to allocate the portion of the funds appropriated for such fiscal year for allocation under this subsection that does not exceed the amount determined to be necessary under subparagraph (A) among only those local educational agencies that received funds under section 303(a)(2) of the Indian Elementary and Secondary School Assistance Act (20 U.S.C 241bb(a)(2)) for fiscal year 1988, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>paragraph (2) shall then be applied to allocate the remaining portion (if any) of the funds appropriated for such fiscal year for allocation under this subsection among only those local educational agencies that are schools operated by the Bureau of Indian Affairs.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <chapeau>Clause (i) applies to the first fiscal year described in subparagraph (A), and each succeeding fiscal year, until the amount of funds appropriated for allocation under this subsection for any fiscal year beginning after the date of enactment of this Act equals or exceeds the amount of funds that, if all schools operated by the Bureau of Indian Affairs are treated as local educational agencies, is necessary to allocate under para-graph (2) (determined without regard to clause (i)) to each local educational agency which has an application approved under this subpart for such fiscal year an amount of funds for each eligible Indian child equal to the sum of—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>the average amount of funds per eligible Indian child that was received by such local educational agency for fiscal year 1988 under the Indian Elementary and Secondary School Assistance Act, plus</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>2 percent of the amount described in subclause (I).</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants to Schools That Are Not, or Have Not Been, Local Educational Agencies</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>In addition to the sums appropriated for any fiscal year for grants to local educational agencies under this subpart, there is <page identifier="/us/stat/102/398">102 STAT. 398</page>hereby authorized to be appropriated for any fiscal year an amount not in excess of 10 percent of the amount appropriated for payments on the basis of entitlements computed under subsection (b) for that fiscal year, for the purpose of enabling the Secretary to provide financial assistance in accordance with the provisions of this subpart to schools—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>which are located on or near reservations; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau>which—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>are not local educational agencies, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>have not been local educational agencies for more than 3 years.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State Listing.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">The requirements of clause (A) of paragraph (1) shall not apply to any school serving Indian children in California, Oklahoma, or Alaska.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants for Demonstration Projects</inline>.—</heading><content>In addition to the sums appropriated for any fiscal year for grants to local educational agencies under this subpart, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated for any fiscal year an amount not in excess of 10 percent of the amount appropriated for payments of entitlements computed under subsection (b) for that fiscal year, for the purpose of enabling the Secretary to make grants on a competitive basis to local educational agencies to support demonstration projects and programs which are designed to plan for and improve educational opportunities for Indian children, except that the Secretary shall reserve a portion not to exceed 25 percent of such funds to make grants for demonstration projects examining the special educational and culturally related academic needs that arise in school districts with high concentrations of Indian children.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5313">SEC. 5313. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2603">25 USC 2603</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>USES OF FEDERAL FUNDS.</heading> <chapeau>Grants under this subpart may be used, in accordance with applications approved under section 5314, for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>planning and development of programs specifically designed to meet the special educational or culturally related academic needs, or both, of Indian children, including pilot projects designed to test the effectiveness of plans so developed;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the establishment, maintenance, and operation of such programs, including, in accordance with regulations of the Secretary, minor remodeling of classroom or other space used for such programs and acquisition of necessary equipment; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the training of counselors at schools eligible to receive funds under this subpart in counseling techniques relevant to the treatment of alcohol and substance abuse.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="5314">SEC. 5314. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2604">25 USC 2604</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>APPLICATIONS FOR GRANTS; CONDITIONS FOR APPROVAL.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>A grant provided under this subpart, except as provided in section 5312(b), may be made only to a local educational agency or agencies, and only upon application to the Secretary at such time or times, in such manner, and containing or accompanied by such information as the Secretary deems necessary. Such application shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>provide that the activities and services for which assistance under this subpart is sought will be administered by or under the supervision of the applicant;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>set forth a program for carrying out the purposes of section 5313, and provide for such methods of administration as are necessary for the proper and efficient operation of the program;</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/399">102 STAT. 399</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <chapeau>in the case of an application for payments for planning, provide that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>the planning was or will be directly related to proSrams or projects to be carried out under this subpart and as resulted, or is reasonably likely to result, in a program or project which will be carried out under this subpart, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the planning funds are needed because of the innovative nature of the program or project or because the local educational agency lacks the resources necessary to plan adequately for programs and projects to be carried out under this subpart;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>provide that effective procedures, including provisions for appropriate objective measurement of educational achievement, will be adopted for evaluating at least annually the effectiveness of the programs and projects in meeting the special educational needs of Indian students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>set forth policies and procedures which assure that Federal funds made available under this subpart for any fiscal year will be so used as to supplement and, to the extent practical, increase the level of funds that would, in the absence of such Federal funds, be made available by the applicant for the education of Indian children and in no case supplant such funds;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>provide for such fiscal control and fund accounting procedures as may be necessary to assure proper disbursement of, and accounting for. Federal funds paid to the applicant under this subpart; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>provide for making an annual report and such other <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote>reports, in such form and containing such information, as the Secretary may reasonably require to carry out his functions under this subpart and to determine the extent to which funds provided under this subpart have been effective in improving the educational opportunities of Indian students in the area served, and for the keeping of such records, and the affording of such access thereto, as the Secretary may find necessary to assure the correctness and verification of such reports.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Approval of Applications</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>An application by a local educational agency or agencies for a grant under this subpart may be approved only if it is consistent with the applicable provisions of this subpart and—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>meets the requirements set forth in subsection (a);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>provides that the program or project for which application is made—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>will utilize the best available talents and resources (including persons from the Indian community) and will substantially increase the educational opportunities of Indian children in the area to be served by the applicant; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau>has been developed—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in open consultation with parents of Indian children, teachers, and, where applicable, secondary school students, including public hearings at which such per-sons have had a full opportunity to understand the program for which assistance is being sought and to offer recommendations thereon, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <chapeau>with the participation and written approval of a committee—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/400">102 STAT. 400</page> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>which is composed of, and selected by, parents of children participating in the program for which assistance is sought, teachers, and, where applicable, secondary school students, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>of which at least half the members shall be parents described in subclause (I);</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>sets forth such policies and procedures including policies and procedures relating to the hiring of personnel, as will ensure that the program for which assistance is sought will be operated and evaluated in consultation with, and with the involvement of, parents of the children and representatives of the area to be served, including the committee established for the purposes of paragraph (2)(B)(ii); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>provides that the parent committee formed pursuant to paragraph (2)(B)(ii) will adopt and abide by reasonable bylaws for the conduct of the program for which assistance is sought.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Amendments of Applications</inline>.—</heading> <content>Amendments of applications submitted under this subpart shall, except as the Secretary may otherwise provide by regulation, be subject to approval in the same manner as original applications.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eligibility Forms</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Secretary shall require that each application for a grant under this subpart for each fiscal year include a form for each eligible Indian child for whom the local educational agency is providing free public education that sets forth information establishing the status of the child as an eligible Indian child.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall request on the form required under paragraph (1) at least the following information:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau>either—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>the name of the tribe, band, or other organized group of Indians with which the child claims member-ship, along with the enrollment number establishing membership (if readily available), and the name and address of the organization which has updated and accurate membership data for such tribe, band, or other organized group of Indians, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>if the child is not a member of a tribe, band, or other organized group of Indians, the name, the enrollment number (if readily available) and the organization (and address thereof) responsible for maintaining updated and accurate membership rolls of any of the child’s parents or grandparents, from whom the child claims eligibility;</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>whether the tribe, band, or other organized group of Indians with which the applicant, his parents, or grand-parents claim membership is federally recognized;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>the name and address of the parent or legal guardian;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>the signature of the parent or legal guardian verifying the accuracy of the information supplied; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>any other information which the Secretary deems necessary to provide an accurate program profile.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Nothing in the requirements of paragraph (2) may be construed as affecting the definition set forth in section 5351(4). The failure of an applicant to furnish any information listed in paragraph (2) with respect to any child shall have no bearing on the determination of whether the child is an eligible Indian child.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/401">102 STAT. 401</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>The forms and the standards of proof (including the standard of good faith compliance) that were in use during the 1985–1986 academic year to establish a child’s eligibility for entitlement under the Indian Elementary and Secondary School Assistance Act shall be the only forms and standards of proof used to establish such eligibility and to meet the requirements of paragraph (1) after the date of enactment of this Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>For purposes of determining whether a child is an eligible Indian child, the membership of the child, or any parent or grandparent of the child, in a tribe, band, or other organized group of Indians may be established by proof other than an enrollment number, even if enrollment numbers for members of such tribe, band, or groups are available. Nothing in paragraph (2) may be construed as requiring the furnishing of enrollment numbers.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Auditing; Penalties for False Information</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Secretary shall establish a method of auditing, on <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>an annual basis, a sample of not less than one-fourth of the total number of local education agencies receiving funds under this subpart and shall submit to the Congress an annual report on the findings of the audits.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau>For purposes of any audit conducted by the Federal Government with respect to funds provide under this subpart, all procedures, practices, and policies that are established by—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>the Office of Indian Education of the Department of Education, Or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>a grantee under this subpart who, in establishing such procedures, practices, and policies, was acting under the direction of any employee of such Office that is authorized by the Director of such Office to provide such direction, shall, with respect to the period beginning on the date of the establishment of such procedures, practices, and policies, and ending on the date (if any) on which the Director of such Office revokes authorization for such procedures, practices, and policies, be considered appropriate and acceptable procedures, practices, and policies which are in conformity with Federal law.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <chapeau>No local education agency may be held liable to the United States, or be otherwise penalized, by reason of the findings of any audit conducted before the date of enactment of this Act that—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>relate to the date of completion, or the date of submission, of any forms used to establish a child’s eligibility for entitlement under the Indian Elementary and Secondary School Assistance Act, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>are the subject of any administrative or judicial proceeding pending on the date of enactment of this Act.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Any local educational agency that provides false information in the application for a grant under this subpart shall be ineligible to apply for any other grants under this subpart and shall be liable to the United States for any funds provided under this subpart that have not been expended.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Any student who provides false information on the form required under subsection (d)(1) may not be taken into account in determining the amount of any grant under this subpart.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/402">102 STAT. 402</page> <section> <num value="5315">SEC. 5315. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2605">25 USC 2605</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>PAYMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall, subject to the provisions of section 5316, from time-to-time pay to each local educational agency which has had an application approved under section 5314, an amount equal to the amount estimated to be expended by such agency in carrying out activities under such application.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Denial of Payments if Payments Taken Into Account by State</inline>.—</heading><content>No payments shall be made under this subpart for any fiscal year to any local educational agency in a State which has taken into consideration payments under this subpart in determining the eligibility of such local educational agency in that State for State aid, or the amount of that aid, with respect to the free public education of children during that year or the preceding fiscal year.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reduction for Failure To Maintain Fiscal Effort</inline>.—</heading> <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Except as provided in paragraph (2), a local educational agency may receive funds under this subpart for any fiscal year only if the State educational agency finds that either the combined fiscal effort per student or the aggregate expenditures of that agency and the State with respect to the provision of free public education by that agency for the preceding fiscal year was not less than 90 percent of such combined fiscal effort or aggregate expenditures for the second preceding fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The State educational agency shall reduce the amount of the allocation of funds under this subpart in any fiscal year in the exact proportion to which a local educational agency fails to meet the requirement of paragraph (1) by falling below 90 percent of both the combined fiscal effort per student and aggregate expenditures (using the measure most favorable to such local agency), and no such lesser amount shall be used for computing the effort required under paragraph (1) for subsequent years.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The State educational agency may waive, for 1 fiscal year only, the requirements of this subsection if the State educational agency determines that such a waiver would be equitable due to exceptional or uncontrollable circumstances such as a natural disaster or a precipitous and unforeseen decline in the financial resources of the local educational agency.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5316">SEC. 5316. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2606">25 USC 2606</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS; ADJUSTMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>For the purpose of making payments under this subpart, there are authorized to be appropriated—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>for fiscal year 1988, $70,000,000, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>for each of the fiscal years 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993, such sums as may be necessary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reallocations</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary may reallocate, in such manner as will best assist in advancing the purposes of this subpart, any amount which the Secretary determines, based upon estimates made by local educational agencies, will not be needed by any such agency to carry out its approved project.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/403">102 STAT. 403</page> <subpart><num value="2">Subpart 2—</num><heading class="inline">Special Programs and Projects to Improve Educational Opportunities for Indian Children</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="5321">SEC. 5321. </num><heading>IMPROVEMENT OF EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES FOR INDIAN CHILDREN.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2621">25 USC 2621</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall carry out a program of making grants for the improvement of educational opportunities for Indian children—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>to support planning, pilot, and demonstration projects, in accordance with subsection (b), which are designed to test and demonstrate the effectiveness of programs for improving educational opportunities for Indian children;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>to assist in the establishment and operation of programs, in accordance with subsection (c), which are designed to stimulate—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>the provision of educational services not available to Indian children in sufficient quantity or quality, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the development and establishment of exemplary educational programs to serve as models for regular school programs in which Indian children are educated;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>to assist in the establishment and operation of preservice and inservice training programs, in accordance with subsection (d), for persons serving Indian children as educational personnel; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>to encourage the dissemination of information and mate-rials relating to, and the evaluation of the effectiveness of, education programs which may offer educational opportunities to Indian children.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Demonstration Projects</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary is authorized to make grants to State and local educational agencies, federally sup-ported elementary and secondary schools for Indian children and to Indian tribes, Indian organizations, and Indian institutions to sup-port planning, pilot, and demonstration projects which are designed to plan for, and test and demonstrate the effectiveness of, programs for improving educational opportunities for Indian children, including—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>innovative programs related to the educational needs of educationally deprived children;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>bilingual and bicultural education programs and projects;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>special health and nutrition services, and other related activities, which meet the special health, social, and psycho-logical problems of Indian children; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>coordination of the operation of other federally assisted programs which may be used to assist in meeting the needs of such children.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Services and Programs To Improve Educational Opportunities</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary is authorized to make grants to State and local educational agencies and to tribal and other Indian community organizations to assist them in developing and establishing educational services and programs specifically designed to improve educational opportunities for Indian children. Such grants may be used—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau>to provide educational services not available to such children in sufficient quantity or quality, including—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/404">102 STAT. 404</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>remedial and compensatory instruction, school health, physical education, psychological, and other services designed to assist and encourage Indian children to enter, remain in, or reenter elementary or secondary school;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>comprehensive academic and vocational instruction;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>instructional materials (such as library books, textbooks, and other printed, published, or audiovisual materials) and equipment;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>comprehensive guidance, counseling, and testing services;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num> <content>special education programs for handicapped and gifted and talented Indian children;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">(vi) </num> <content>early childhood programs, including kindergarten;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">(vii) </num> <content>bilingual and bi cultural education programs; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="viii">(viii) </num> <content>other services which meet the purposes of this subsection; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>to establish and operate exemplary and innovative educational programs and centers, involving new educational approaches, methods, and techniques designed to enrich programs of elementary and secondary education for Indian children.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>In addition to the grants provided under paragraph (1), the Secretary is authorized to provide grants to consortia of Indian tribes or tribal organizations, local educational agencies, and institutions of higher education for the purpose of developing, improving, and implementing a program of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>encouraging Indian students to acquire a higher education, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>reducing the incidence of dropouts among elementary and secondary school students.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Training</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary is authorized to make grants to institutions of higher education and to State and local educational agencies, in combination with institutions of higher education, for carrying out programs and projects—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>to prepare persons to serve Indian students as teachers, administrators, teacher aides, social workers, and ancillary educational personnel; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>to improve the qualifications of such persons who are serving Indian students in such capacities.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Grants made under this subsection may be used for the establishment of fellowship programs leading to an advanced degree, for institutes and, as part of a continuing program, for seminars, symposia, workshops, and conferences.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>In programs funded by grants authorized under this subsection, preference shall be given to the training of Indians.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Grants for Evaluation and Technical Assistance</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary is authorized to make grants to, and to enter into contracts with, public agencies. State educational agencies in States in which more than 5,000 Indian children are enrolled in public elementary and secondary schools, Indian tribes, Indian institutions, and Indian organizations, and to make con-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/405">102 STAT. 405</page>tracts with private institutions and organizations, to establish, on a regional basis, information centers to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>evaluate programs assisted under this Act and under other Indian education programs in order to determine their effectiveness in meeting the special educational and culturally related academic needs of Indian children and adults and to conduct research to determine those needs;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>provide technical assistance upon request to local educational agencies and Indian tribes, Indian organizations, Indian institutions, and parent committees created pursuant to section 5314(b)(2)(B)(ii) in evaluating and carrying out programs assisted under this Act, through the provision of materials and personnel resources; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>disseminate information upon request to the parties <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote>described in subparagraph (B) concerning all Federal education programs which affect the education of Indian children and adults, including information on successful models and programs designed to meet the special educational needs of Indian children.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Grants or contracts made under this subsection may be <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>made for a term not to exceed 3 years and may be renewed for additional 3-year terms if provision is made to ensure annual review of the projects.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">From funds appropriated under the authority of subsection <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>(g)(1), the Secretary is authorized to make grants to, and to enter into contracts with, Indian tribes, Indian institutions, and Indian organizations, and public agencies and institutions for</inline>—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>the national dissemination of information concerning education programs, services, and resources available to Indian children, including evaluations thereof; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the evaluation of the effectiveness of federally assisted programs in which Indian children may participate in achieving the purposes of such programs with respect to such children.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>The sum of the grants made under this subsection to State educational agencies for any fiscal year shall not exceed 15 percent of the total amount of funds appropriated for the provision of grants under this subsection for such fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Applications for Grants</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>Applications for a grant under this section shall be submitted at such time, in such manner, and shall contain such information, and shall be consistent with such criteria, as may be required under regulations prescribed by the Secretary. Such applications shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>set forth a statement describing the activities for which assistance is sought;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau>in the case of an application for a grant under subsection (c)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <chapeau>subject to such criteria as the Secretary shall prescribe, provide for—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>the use of funds available under this section, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>the coordination of other resources available to the applicant,</content> </subclause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">in order to ensure that, within the scope of the purpose of the project, there will be a comprehensive program to achieve the purposes of this section, and</continuation> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/406">102 STAT. 406</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>provide for the training of personnel participating in the project; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>provide for an evaluation of the effectiveness of the project in achieving its purpose and the purposes of this section.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>The Secretary may approve an application for a grant under subsection (b), (c), or (d) only if the Secretary is satisfied that such application, and any document submitted with respect thereto—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <chapeau>demonstrate that—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>there has been adequate participation by the parents of the children to be served and tribal communities in the planning and development of the project, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>there will be such participation in the operation and evaluation of the project, and</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <chapeau>provide for the participation, on an equitable basis, of eligible Indian children—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>who reside in the area to be served,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>who are enrolled in private nonprofit elementary and secondary schools, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>whose needs are of the type which the program is intended to meet,</content> </subclause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">to the extent consistent with the number of such children.</continuation> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>In approving applications under this section, the Secretary shall give priority to applications from Indian educational agencies, organizations, and institutions.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The Secretary may approve an application for a grant under subsection (e) only if the Secretary is satisfied that the funds made available under that subsection will be used to supplement the level of funds from State, local, and other Federal sources that would, in the absence of Federal funds provided under that subsection, be made available by the State or local educational agency for the activities described in that subsection, and in no case will be used to supplant those funds.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>For the purpose of making grants under the provisions of this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $35,000,000 for each fiscal year ending prior to October 1, 1993.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>For the purpose of making grants under subsection (e)(i), there are authorized to be appropriated $8,000,000 for each of the fiscal years ending prior to October 1, 1993.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5322">SEC. 5322. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2622">25 USC 2622</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>SPECIAL EDUCATIONAL TRAINING PROGRAMS FOR THE TEACHERS OF INDIAN CHILDREN.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary is authorized to make grants to, and enter into contracts with, institutions of higher education, Indian organizations, and Indian tribes for the purpose of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>preparing individuals for teaching or administering special programs and projects designed to meet the special educational needs of Indian people, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>providing in-service training for persons teaching in such programs.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Priority shall be given in the awarding of grants, and in the entering into of contracts, under subsection (a) to Indian institutions and organizations.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/407">102 STAT. 407</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Fellowships and Traineeships</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>In carrying out the provisions of this section, the Secretary <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>is authorized to award fellowships and traineeships to individuals and to make grants to, and to enter into contracts with, institutions of higher education, Indian organizations, and Indian tribes for the costs of education allowances.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>In awarding fellowships and traineeships under this subsection, the Secretary shall give preference to Indians.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>In the case of traineeships and fellowships, the Secretary is authorized to grant stipends to, and allowances for dependents of, persons receiving traineeships and fellowships.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated for each fiscal year ending prior to October 1, 1993, such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5323">SEC. 5323. </num><heading>FELLOWSHIPS FOR INDIAN STUDENTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2623">25 USC 2623</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>During each fiscal year ending prior to October 1, 1993, the Secretary is authorized to award fellowships to be used for study in graduate and professional programs at institutions of higher education. Such fellowships shall be awarded to Indian students in order to enable them to pursue a course of study of not more than 4 academic years leading toward a post baccalaureate degree in medicine, clinical psychology, psychology, law, education, and related fields or leading to an undergraduate or graduate degree in engineering, business administration, natural resources, and related fields.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Stipends</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall pay to persons awarded fellow-ships under subsection (a) such stipends (including such allowances for subsistence of such persons and their dependents) as he may determine to be consistent with prevailing practices under com-parable federally supported programs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payments to Institutions In Lieu of Tuition</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall pay to the institution of higher education at which the holder of a fellowship awarded under subsection (a) is pursuing a course of study, in lieu of tuition charged such holder, such amounts as the Secretary may determine to be necessary to cover the cost of education provided the holder of such a fellowship.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rules</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Secretary may, if a fellowship awarded under subsection (a) is vacated prior to the end of the period for which it was awarded, award an additional fellowship for the remainder of such period.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>By no later than the date that is 45 days before the commencement of an academic term, the Secretary shall provide to each individual who is awarded a fellowship under subsection (a) for such academic term written notice of the amount of such fellowship and of any stipends or other payments that will be made under this section to, or for the benefit of, such individual for such academic term.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Not more than 10 percent of the fellowships awarded under subsection (a) shall be awarded, on a priority basis, to persons receiving training in guidance counseling with a specialty in the area of alcohol and substance abuse counseling and education.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated for fiscal year 1989, and for each of the 4 succeeding <page identifier="/us/stat/102/408">102 STAT. 408</page>fiscal years, such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5324">SEC. 5324. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2624">25 USC 2624</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>GIFTED AND TALENTED.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment of Centers</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall establish 2 centers for gifted and talented Indian students at tribally controlled community colleges.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Demonstration Projects</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall award separate grants to, or enter into contracts with—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau>2 tribally controlled community colleges that—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>are eligible for funding under the Tribally Controlled Community College Assistance Act of 1978, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>are fully accredited, or</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>if acceptable applications are not submitted to the Secretary by 2 of such colleges, the American Indian Higher Education Consortium,</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">for the establishment of centers under subsection (a) and for demonstration projects designed to address the special needs of Indian students in elementary and secondary schools who are gifted and talented and to provide those support services to their families that are needed to enable the students to benefit from the project.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Children’s Television Network.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Any person to whom a grant is made, or with whom a contract is entered into, under paragraph (1) may enter into a contract with any other persons, including the Children’s Television Workshop, for the purpose of carrying out the demonstration projects for which such grant was awarded or for which the contract was entered into by the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <chapeau>Demonstration projects funded under this section may include—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>the identification of the special needs of gifted and talented students, particularly at the elementary school level, with attention to the emotional and psychosocial needs of these students and to the provision of those sup-port services to their families that are needed to enable these students to benefit from the project;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the conduct of educational, psychosocial, and developmental activities which hold reasonable promise of resulting in substantial progress toward meeting the educational needs of such gifted and talented children, including, but not limited to, demonstrating and exploring the use of Indian languages and exposure to Indian cultural traditions;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>the provision of technical assistance and the coordination of activities at schools which receive grants under subsection (d) with respect to the activities funded by such grants, the evaluation of programs at such schools funded by such grants, or the dissemination of such evaluations;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>the use of public television in meeting the special educational needs of such gifted and talented children;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>leadership programs designed to replicate programs for such children throughout the United States, including the dissemination of information derived from the demonstration projects conducted under this section; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content>appropriate research, evaluation, and related activities pertaining to the needs of such children and to the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/409">102 STAT. 409</page>provision of those support services to their families that are needed to enable such children to benefit from the project.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Additional Grants</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of the Interior, shall provide 5 grants to schools that are Bureau funded schools for program research and development regarding, and the development and dissemination of curriculum and teacher training material regarding—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>gifted and talented students,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>college preparatory studies (including programs for Indian students interested in teaching careers),</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>students with special culturally related academic needs, including social, lingual, and cultural needs, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>math and science education.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Applications for the grants provided under paragraph (1) shall be submitted to the Secretary in such form and at such time as the Secretary may prescribe. Applications for such grants by Bureau schools, and the administration of any of such grants made to a Bureau school, shall be undertaken jointly by the supervisor of the Bureau school and the local school board.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Grants may be provided under paragraph (1) for one or more activities described in paragraph (1).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <chapeau>In providing grants under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>achieve a mixture of programs described in paragraph (1) which ensures that students at all grade levels and in all geographic areas of the United States are able to participate in some programs funded by grants provided under this subsection, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>ensure that a definition of the term “gifted and talented student” for purposes of this section and section 1128(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Education Amendments of 1978 is developed as soon as possible.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>Subject to the availability of appropriated funds, grants provided under paragraph (1) shall be made for a 3-year period and may be renewed by the Secretary for additional 3-year periods if performance by the grantee is satisfactory to the Secretary,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The dissemination of any materials developed from activities funded by grants provided under paragraph (1) shall be carried out in cooperation with institutions receiving funds under subsection (b).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The Secretary shall report to the Secretary of the Interior <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>and to the Congress any results from activities described in paragraph (4)(B).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The costs of evaluating any activities funded by grants made under paragraph (1) shall be divided between the school conducting such activities and the evaluator.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau>If no funds are provided under subsection (b) for—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>the evaluation of activities funded by grants made under paragraph (1),</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>technical assistance and coordination with respect to such activities, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>dissemination of such evaluations,</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">the Secretary shall, by grant or through contract, provide for such evaluations, technical assistance, coordination, and</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/410">102 STAT. 410</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Information Network</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall encourage per-sons to whom a grant is made, or with whom a contract is entered into, under this section to work cooperatively as a national network so that the information developed by such persons is readily available to the entire educational community.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations,</inline>—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated $3,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993 for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this section. Such sums shall remain available until expended.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="3">Subpart 3—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">Special Programs Relating to Adult Education for Indians</heading> <section> <num value="5330">SEC. 5330. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2631">25 USC 2631</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>IMPROVEMENT OF EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES FOR ADULT INDIANS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall carry out a program of awarding grants to State and local educational agencies and to Indian tribes, institutions, and organizations—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>to support planning, pilot, and demonstration projects which are designed to test and demonstrate the effectiveness of programs for improving employment and educational opportunities for adult Indians;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>to assist in the establishment and operation of programs which are designed to stimulate—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>the provision of basic literacy opportunities to all nonliterate Indian adults, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the provision of opportunities to all Indian adults to qualify for a high school equivalency certificate in the shortest period of time feasible;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>to support a major research and development program to develop more innovative and effective techniques for achieving the literacy and high school equivalency goals;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>to provide for basic surveys and evaluations to define accurately the extent of the problems of illiteracy and lack of high school completion among Indians; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">to encourage the dissemination of information and mate-rials relating to, and the evaluation of the effectiveness of, education programs which may offer educational opportunities to Indian adults.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Educational Services</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized to make grants to Indian tribes, Indian institutions, and Indian organizations to develop and establish educational services and programs specifically designed to improve educational opportunities for Indian adults.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Information and Evaluation</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary is also authorized to make grants to, and to enter into contracts with, public agencies and institutions and Indian tribes, institutions, and organizations for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the dissemination of information concerning educational programs, services, and resources available to Indian adults, including evaluations thereof; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the evaluation of federally assisted programs in which Indian adults may participate to determine the effectiveness of such programs in achieving the purposes of such programs with respect to such adults.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/411">102 STAT. 411</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Applications</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>Applications for a grant under this section shall be submitted at such time, in such manner, contain such information, and be consistent with such criteria, as may be required under regulations prescribed by the Secretary. Such applications shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>set forth a statement describing the activities for which assistance is sought; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>provide for an evaluation of the effectiveness of the project in achieving its purposes and those of this section.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall not approve an application for a grant under subsection (a) unless he is satisfied that such application, and any documents submitted with respect thereto, indicate that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>there has been adequate participation by the individuals to be served and tribal communities in the planning and development of the project, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>there will be such a participation in the operation and evaluation of the project.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>In approving applications under subsection (a), the Secretary shall give priority to applications from Indian educational agencies, organizations, and institutions.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated for fiscal year 1989, and for each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years, such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="4">Subpart 4—</num><heading class="inline">Program Administration</heading> <section> <num value="5341">SEC. 5341. </num><heading>OFFICE OF INDIAN EDUCATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Establishment.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2641">25 USC 2641</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>There is established, in the Department of Education, an Office of Indian Education.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Director</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Office of Indian Education shall be under the direction of the Director of the Office of Indian Education, who shall be appointed by the Secretary from a list of nominees submitted to the Secretary by the National Advisory Council on Indian Education.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>The Director of the Office of Indian Education shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>be responsible for administering the provisions of this part,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>be responsible for the development of all policies and procedures relative to the implementation of this part,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>be involved in, and primarily responsible for, development of all policies affecting Indians under programs within the Office of Elementary and Secondary Education of the Department of Education, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>coordinate the development of policy and practices for all programs in the Department of Education relating to Indians and Alaskan Natives.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Director of the Office of Indian Education shall report directly to the Assistant Secretary of Education for Elementary and Secondary Education.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The Director of the Office of Indian Education shall be compensated at the rate prescribed for, and shall be placed in, grade 18 of the General Schedule set forth in section 5332 of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/412">102 STAT. 412</page>title 5, United States Code, and shall perform such duties as are delegated or assigned to the Director by the Secretary. The position created by this subsection shall be in addition to the number of positions placed in grade 18 of such General Schedule under section 5108 of title 5, United States Code.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Indian Preference</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>All professional staff within the Office of Indian Education shall have experience with Indian education programs. The Secretary shall give a preference to Indians in all personnel actions within the Office of Indian Education. Such preference shall be implemented in the same fashion as the preference given to any veteran referred to in subparagraph (A), (B), or (C) of section 2108(3) of title 5, United States Code.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The provisions of this paragraph shall apply to all personnel actions taken after the date of enactment of this Act.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>The Secretary shall provide a one-time preference for qualified individuals who—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>are not Indians,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>are serving within the Office of Indian Education on the date of enactment of this Act, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>desire to take another position in the Department of Education which is not within the Office of Indian Education and for which there is a vacancy.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5342">SEC. 5342. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Establishment.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2642">25 USC 2642</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>NATIONAL ADVISORY COUNCIL ON INDIAN EDUCATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>There is hereby established the National Advisory Council on Indian Education (hereafter in this subpart referred to as the “National Council”), which—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>shall consist of 15 members who are Indians appointed by the President from lists of nominees furnished, from time to time, by Indian tribes and organizations, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>shall represent diverse geographic areas of the country.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Termination date.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Subject to section 448(b) of the General Education Provisions Act, the National Council shall continue to exist until October 1, 1993.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Functions</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The National Council shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>advise the Secretary with respect to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau>the administration (including the development of regulations and of administrative practices and policies) of any program—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in which Indian children or adults participate, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>from which they can benefit, including this part, and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>adequate funding of such programs;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>review applications for assistance under this part and make recommendations to the Secretary with respect to their approval;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>evaluate programs and projects carried out under any program of the Department of Education in which Indian children or adults can participate or from which they can benefit, and disseminate the results of such evaluations;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>provide technical assistance to local educational agencies and to Indian educational agencies, institutions, and organizations to assist them in improving the education of Indian children;</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/413">102 STAT. 413</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>assist the Secretary in developing criteria and regulations <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote>for the administration and evaluation of grants made under subpart 1;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>submit to the Secretary a list of nominees for the position of Director of the Office of Indian Education whenever a vacancy in such position occurs, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <chapeau>submit to the Congress by no later than June 30 of each <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>year a report on its activities, which shall include—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>any recommendations it may deem necessary for the improvement of Federal education programs in which Indian children and adults participate, or from which they can benefit, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>a statement of the National Council’s recommendations to the Secretary with respect to the funding of any such programs.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contracting</inline>.—</heading><content>With respect to functions of the National Council described in paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) of subsection (b), the National Council is authorized to contract with any public or private nonprofit agency, institution, or organization for assistance in carrying out such functions.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Funding</inline>.—</heading><content>From sums appropriated pursuant to section 400(d) of the General Education Provisions Act which are available for part D of such Act, the Secretary shall make available such sums as may be necessary to enable the National Council to carry out its functions under this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5343">SEC. 5343. </num><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <content>There are authorized to be appropriated for fiscal year 1989, and each of the 4 succeeding fiscal years, such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this subpart.</content> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="5">Subpart 5—</num><heading class="inline">Miscellaneous</heading> <section> <num value="5351">SEC. 5351. </num><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2651">25 USC 2651</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>For purposes of this part—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>The term “adult” means any individual who—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>is 16 years old or older, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>who is beyond the age of compulsory school attendance under State law.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>The term “adult education” means instruction or services below college level for adults who are not enrolled in a secondary school and who do not have—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>the basic skills to enable them to function effectively in society, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>a certificate of graduation from a school providing secondary education (and who have not achieved an equivalent level of education).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The term “free public education” means education that is provided at public expense, under public supervision and direction, and without tuition charge, and that is provided as elementary or secondary education in the applicable State.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <chapeau>The term “Indian” means any individual who is—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>a member of an Indian tribe, band, or other organized group of Indians (as defined by the Indian tribe, band, or other organized group), including those Indian tribes, bands, or groups terminated since 1940 and those recognized by the State in which they reside,</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/414">102 STAT. 414</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>a descendant, in the first or second degree, of an individual described in subparagraph (A),</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>considered by the Secretary of the Interior to be an Indian for any purpose,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>an Eskimo, Aleut, or other Alaska Native, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>is determined to be an Indian under regulations promulgated by the Secretary after consultation with the National Advisory Council on Indian Education.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The term “local educational agency” has the meaning given to such term by section 198(a)(10) of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 2854(a)(10)).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau>The term “local educational agency”, for purposes of subpart 1 (except for sections 5314(b)(2)(B)(2) and 5315(c)(2)) includes—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <chapeau>any Indian tribe, or an organization controlled or sanctioned by an Indian tribal government, that operates a school for the children of that tribe if the school either—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>provides its students an educational program that meets the standards established by the Secretary of the Interior under section 1121 of the Education Amendments of 1978, or</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>is operated by that tribe or organization under a contract with the Department of the Interior in accordance with the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act, and</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>for the fiscal year described in section 5312(b)(3)(A) and each succeeding fiscal year, any school operated by the Bureau of Indian Affairs of the Department of the Interior, either individually or in cooperation with any other local education agency.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>The term “parent” includes an individual acting in loco parentis, other than by virtue of being a school administrator or official.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of Education.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(8) </num> <content>The terms “Bureau school”, “contract school”, and “Bureau funded school” have the respective meaning given to such terms by section 1139 of the Education Amendments of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 2019).</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="5352">SEC. 5352. </num><heading>CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.</heading> <chapeau>The following provisions of law are hereby repealed:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Indian Elementary and Secondary School Assistance <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s241aa">20 USC 241aa et <i>seq</i></ref>.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3385">20 USC 3385</ref>.</p></sidenote>Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 1005 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Section 315 of the Adult Education Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>Sections 421(b)(2), 422, 423, 441, 442, and 453 of the Indian <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1211/1411/3385a/3385b/1221f–1221h">20 USC 1211, 1411 note, 3385a, 3385b, 1221f–1221h</ref>.</p></sidenote>Education Act (title IV of Public Law 92–318).</content> </paragraph> </section> </subpart> </part> <part><num value="D">PART D—</num><heading class="inline">MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS</heading> <section> <num value="5401">SEC. 5401. </num><heading>NAVAJO COMMUNITY COLLEGE.</heading> <content>Paragraph (1) of section 5(h) of the Navajo Community College Act (25 U.S.C. 640c–1(b)(1) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">There are authorized to be appropriated for grants to the Navajo Community College, for each fiscal year, an amount necessary to pay expenses incurred for—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/415">102 STAT. 415</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>the maintenance and operation of the college, including—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>basic, special, developmental, vocational, technical, and special handicapped education costs,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>annual capital expenditures, including equipment needs, minor capital improvements and remodeling projects, physical plant maintenance and operation costs, and exceptions and supplemental need account, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>summer and special interest programs,</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>major capital improvements, including internal capital outlay funds and capital improvement projects,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>mandatory payments, including payments due on bonds, loans, notes, or lease purchases, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>supplemental student services, including student housing, food service, and the provision of access to books and services.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="5102">SEC. 5102. </num><heading>PAYMENT OF GRANTS; INTEREST.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Tribally Controlled Community Colleges</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Subsection (b) of section 108 of the Tribally Controlled Community College Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1808(b)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>The Secretary</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(1) The Secretary</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraphs:<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Securities.</p></sidenote> <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary shall not, in disbursing funds provided under this title, use any method of payment which was not used during fiscal year 1987 in the disbursement of funds provided under this title.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Notwithstanding any provision of law other than subparagraph (B), any interest or investment income that accrues on any funds provided under this title after such funds are paid to the tribally controlled community college and before such funds are expended for the purpose for which such funds were provided under this title shall be the property of the tribally controlled community college and shall not be taken into account by any officer or employee of the Federal Government in determining whether to provide assistance, or the amount of assistance, to the tribally controlled community college under any provision of Federal law.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>All interest or investment income described in subparagraph (A) shall be expended by the tribally controlled community college by no later than the close of the fiscal year succeeding the fiscal year in which such interest or investment income accrues.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Funds provided under this title may only be invested by the tribally controlled community college in obligations of the United States or in obligations or securities that are guaranteed or insured by the United States.”,</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Navajo Community College</inline>.—</heading><content>The Navajo Community College Act is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <heading class="centered smallCaps">“payments; interest</heading> <num value="7">“Sec. 7. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s640c–3">25 USC 640c–3</ref>.</p></sidenote>Secretary of the Interior shall not, tn disbursing funds provided under this Act, use any method of payment which was not used during fiscal year 1987 in the disbursement of funds provided under this Act.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/416">102 STAT. 416</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b)</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Securities.</p></sidenote><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Notwithstanding any provision of law other than subparagraph (B), any interest or investment income that accrues on any funds provided under this Act after such funds are paid to the Navajo Community College and before such funds are expended for the purpose for which such funds were provided under this Act shall be the property of the Navajo Community College and shall not be taken into account by any officer or employee of the Federal Government in determining whether to provide assistance, or the amount of assistance, to the Navajo Community College under any provision of Federal law.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>All interest or investment income described in subparagraph (A) shall be expended by the Navajo Community College by no later than the close of the fiscal year succeeding the fiscal year in which such interest or investment income accrues.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>Funds provided under this Act may only be invested by the Navajo Community College in obligations of the United States or in obligations or securities that are guaranteed or insured by the United States.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5403">SEC. 5403. </num><heading>MATCHING FUNDS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Tribally Controlled Community Colleges</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 109 of the Tribally Controlled Community College Assistance Act of 1978 (25 U.S.C. 1809) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, funds provided under this title to the tribally controlled community college may be treated as non-Federal, private funds of the college for purposes of any provision of Federal law which requires that non-Federal or private funds of the college be used in a project or for a specific purpose.”,</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Navajo Community College</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 6 of the Navajo <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s640c–2">25 USC 640c–2</ref>.</p></sidenote>Community College Act is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>Except</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Except</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: “<quotedText>(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, funds provided under this Act to the Navajo Community College may be treated as non-Federal, private funds of the College for purposes of any provision of Federal law which requires that non-Federal or private funds of the college be used in a project or for a specific purpose.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s309b">25 USC 309b</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Vocational Education Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, funds provided by the Bureau for adult vocational education to any vocational school (as defined for purposes of any program of assistance to students under the Higher Education Act of 1965) may be treated as non-Federal, private funds of such school for purposes of any provision of Federal law which requires that non-Federal or private funds of such school be used in a project or for a specific purpose.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5404">SEC. 5404. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s13d–2">25 USC 13d–2</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ENROLLMENT AND GENERAL ASSISTANCE PAYMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary of the Interior shall not disqualify from continued receipt of general assistance payments from the Bureau of Indian Affairs an otherwise eligible Indian for whom the Bureau has been making general assistance payments for at least 3 months (or exclude such an individual from continued consideration in determining the amount of general assistance payments for a household) because the individual is enrolled (and is making satis-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/417">102 STAT. 417</page>factory progress toward completion of a program or training that can reasonably be expected to lead to gainful employment) for at least half-time study or training in—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>a college assisted by the Bureau under the Tribally Con-trolled Community College Assistance Act of 1978 (92 Stat. 1325; 25 U.S.C. 1801) or the Navajo Community College Act (85 Stat. 645; 25 U.S.C. 640a);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>an institution of higher education or a vocational school (as defined for purposes of any program of assistance to students under the Higher Education Act of 1965);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>a course the Secretary determines will lead to a high school diploma or an equivalent certificate; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>other programs or training approved by the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Factors Not To Be Considered</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In determining the amount of general assistance provided by the Bureau of Indian Affairs, the Secretary of the Interior shall not include consideration of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>additional expenses in connection with the study or training described in subsection (a), and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the amount of any financial assistance received by the individual as a student or trainee.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">No Effect on Other Eligibility Requirements</inline>.—</heading><content>This section does not alter any eligibility requirement for general assistance from the Bureau of Indian Affairs other than the requirement to be available for employment and to seek employment.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5405">SEC. 5405. </num><heading>USE OF BUREAU FACILITIES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s17">25 USC 17</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary of the Interior may permit tribal, student, and other non-Federal organizations to use facilities, lands, and equipment administered by the Bureau of Indian Affairs if such use does not interfere with the purpose for which the facilities, land, and equipment are administered by the Bureau. The Secretary of the Interior may charge the user for the actual or estimated additional cost of utilities or other expenses incurred because of the use and the amounts collected shall be credited to the appropriation or fund from which the expenses are paid.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Scope of Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The authority provided by this section is in addition to, and not in derogation of, any other authority available to the Secretary of the Interior.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5406">SEC. 5406. </num><heading>INSTITUTE OF AMERICAN INDIAN AND ALASKA NATIVE CULTURE AND ARTS DEVELOPMENT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Termination of Civil Service Positions</inline>.—</heading><content>Paragraph (1) of section 1509(g) of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 4416(g)(1)) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>At the end of the 2-year period beginning on the date referred to in section 1514(f)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>On June 30, 1989</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Endowment Program</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 1518 of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 4425) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>From the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1521(a), the Secretary shall make available to the Institute not more than $500,000 which</quotedText>” in subsection (a)(1) and and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>From amounts appropriated under section 1531(a), not more than $500,000</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">Allocation of Funds</inline>.—From the amount appropriated pursuant to section 1521(a), the Secretary shall allocate to the Institute an amount for</quotedText>” in subsection (d) and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">Payment of Federal Contribu-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/418">102 STAT. 418</page>tion</inline>.—Amounts appropriated under section 1531(a) for use under this section shall be paid by the Secretary of the Treasury to the Institute as</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>Subsection (a) of section 1531 of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 4451(a)) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Part A</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>There are authorized to be appropriated for each fiscal year such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of part A.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Funds appropriated under the authority of paragraph (1) shall remain available without fiscal year limitation.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>Except as provided for amounts subject to section 1518(d), amounts appropriated under the authority of this subsection for fiscal year 1989, and for each succeeding fiscal year, shall be paid to the Institute at the later of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the beginning of the fiscal year, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>upon enactment of such appropriation.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Unobligated Appropriation and Responsibility for Obligations</inline>.—</heading><content>Subsection (e) of section 1514 of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 4421(e)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraphs: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Any funds appropriated for the Institute for fiscal year 1988 that are not expended or obligated on the date described in paragraph (2) shall be paid to the Institute within 10 days of that date.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The Institute shall be responsible for all obligations of the Institute incurred after the date described in paragraph (2) and the Secretary of the Interior shall be responsible for all obligations of the Institute incurred on or before that date.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Accounting for Non-Federal Funds</inline>—</heading><chapeau>Section 1507 of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 4414) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>In carrying out</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(a) <inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—In carrying out</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Accounting for Non-Federal Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>Any funds received by, or under the control of, the Institute that are not Federal funds shall be accounted for separately from Federal funds.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Budget Proposals</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Subsection (b) of section 1515 of the Higher Education Amendments of 1986 (20 U.S.C. 4422(b)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>During the 2-year period beginning on the date referred to in section 1514(f)</quotedText>” in paragraph (1) and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Prior to October 1, 1988</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>the period described in paragraph (1)</quotedText>” in paragraph (2) and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>September 30, 1988</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </part> <part><num value="E">PART E—</num><heading class="inline">WHITE HOUSE CONFERENCE ON INDIAN EDUCATION</heading> <section> <num value="5501">SEC. 5501. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2001">25 USC 2001 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>FINDINGS.</heading> <chapeau>The Congress finds that—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/419">102 STAT. 419</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the Government of the United States has a special relationship with the Indians which has given rise to a responsibility to assure superior educational opportunities for all Indians;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>this responsibility is being carried out by Federal schools and federally funded programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>while the States provide educational services to the majority of Indian students in the United States, the State services are largely funded by Federal funds and are not, in any way, in derogation of the Federal responsibility;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>changes in the Federal and State systems in the past decade and the growth of tribal control over schools has led to substantial improvements in the educational opportunities and successes of Indian students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>substantial and substantive problems continue to exist and interfere with the realization of full opportunities for Indian students; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>identification of these problems through the convening of a White House conference will facilitate formulation of solutions.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="5502">SEC. 5502. </num><heading>AUTHORIZATION TO CALL CONFERENCE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2001">25 USC 2001 note</ref>.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">President of U.S.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>The President shall call and conduct a White House <quotedText>Conference</quotedText> on Indian Education (hereafter in this part referred to as the “<quotedText>Conference</quotedText>”) which shall be held not earlier than September 1, 1989, and not later than September 30, 1991.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Purpose</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The purpose of the White House Conference on Indian Education shall be to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>explore the feasibility of establishing an independent Board of Indian Education that would assume responsibility for all existing Federal programs relating to the education of Indians, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>develop recommendations for the improvement of educational programs to make the programs more relevant to the needs of Indians, in accordance with the findings set forth in section 5501.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5503">SEC. 5503. </num><heading>COMPOSITION OF CONFERENCE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2001">25 USC 2001 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Conference shall be composed of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>representatives of the Bureau of Indian Affairs of the Department of the Interior;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>representatives of Indian educational institutions, public schools, agencies, organizations and associations that deal with the education of Indians;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>educators from reservations and urban areas where Indians make up a substantial portion of the student population; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>individuals with a special knowledge of, and special competence in dealing with, Indians and Indian problems, including education and health.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Selection</inline>.—</heading><content>The President shall select one-third of the participants <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">President of U.S.</p></sidenote>of the Conference, the Speaker of the House of Representatives shall select one-third of the participants, and the President pro tempore of the Senate shall select the remaining one-third of the participants.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Distribution of Participants</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In selecting the participants of the Conference the President, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the President pro tempore of the Senate shall ensure that—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/420">102 STAT. 420</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>one-fourth of the participants are individuals who are currently active educators on Indian reservations;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>one-fourth of the participants are educators selected from urban areas with large concentrations of Indians;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>one-fourth of the participants are individuals who are Federal and tribal government officials; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>one-fourth of the participants are Indians, including members of Indian tribes that are not recognized by the Federal Government.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5504">SEC. 5504. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2001">25 USC 2001 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Planning and Direction</inline>.—</heading><content>The Conference shall be planned and conducted by the Interagency Task Force on the White House Conference on Indian Education (hereafter in this part referred to as the “Task Force”).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment of Task Force</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>If the President calls the Conference, the Secretary of the Interior and the Secretary of Education, acting jointly, shall establish the Task Force on the White House Conference on Indian Education which shall consist of such employees of the Department of the Interior and the Department of Education as the Secretary of the Interior and the Secretary of Education determine to be necessary to enable the Task Force to carry out its duties.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Secretary of the Interior and the Secretary of Education shall each appoint no less than 2 professional staff members and one support staff member to the Task Force.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>All staff assigned to the Task Force shall work on preparations for, and the conduct of, the Conference on a full-time basis.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>The Secretary of the Interior shall provide office space and materials for the Task Force, including an allowance for mailing costs.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>Each professional staff person appointed to the Task Force shall have expertise directly related to Indian education and at least one person appointed by the Secretary of the Interior shall be experienced in dealing with the Congress, Indian tribes, and nongovernmental organizations.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>The Secretary of the Interior and the Secretary of Education, acting jointly, shall designate one staff person as the Director of the Task Force.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Function of the Task Force</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Task Force shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>when appropriate, request the cooperation and assistance of other Federal departments and agencies in order to carry out its responsibilities;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>prepare and make available background materials for the use of participants in the Conference and any associated State conferences, and prepare and distribute such reports of the Conference and of any associated State conferences as may be appropriate;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>make technical and financial assistance (by grants, con-tracts, or otherwise) available to the States and intertribal organizations to enable them to organize and conduct conferences and other meetings in order to prepare for the Conference; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>conduct fiscal oversight activities with respect to the preparation for, and the convening of, the Conference, including contracting for the services of an auditor.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/421">102 STAT. 421</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Federal Agency Cooperation and Assistance</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Each Federal department and agency shall cooperate with, and provide assistance to, the Task Force upon request made by the Task Force under subsection (c)(1). For that purpose, each Federal department and agency is authorized and encouraged to provide personnel to the Task Force.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Commissioner of the Administration for Native Americans of the Department of Health and Human Services and the Director of the Indian Health Service of the Department of Health and Human Services are authorized to detail personnel to the Task Force, upon request, to enable the Task Force to carry out its functions under this part.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Personnel</inline>.—</heading><content>In carrying out the provisions of this part, the Task Force is authorized to engage such personnel as may be necessary to assist the Conference and the Advisory Committee of the Conference, without regard for the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive service, and without regard to chapter 51, and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Expenses </inline>—</heading><content>Participants in the Conference may, while away from their homes or regular places of business and attending the Conference, be allowed such travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as are allowed under section 5703 of title 5, United States Code. Such expenses may be paid by way of advances, reimbursement, or in installments, as the Task Force may determine.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5505">SEC. 5505. </num><heading>REPORTS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2001">25 USC 2001 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>—</heading><content>A final report of the Conference, containing such findings and recommendations as may be made by the Conference, shall be submitted to the President not later than 120 days following the close of the Conference. The final report shall be made <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote>public and, within 90 days after its receipt by the President, transmitted to the Congress together with a statement of the President containing recommendations of the President with respect to such report.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Distribution</inline>.—</heading><content>The Conference is authorized to publish and <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote>distribute for the Conference the reports authorized under this part. Copies of all such reports shall be provided to the Federal depository libraries.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5506">SEC. 5506. </num><heading>ADVISORY COMMITTEE.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Establishment.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2001">25 USC 2001 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Composition</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>There is hereby established the Advisory Committee of the Conference (hereafter in this part referred to as the “Advisory Committee’”) composed of—</chapeau><paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>five individuals designated by the Speaker of the House of Representatives, with not more than three being Members of the House of Representatives;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>five individuals designated by the President pro tempore of the Senate, with not more than three being Members of the Senate;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>ten individuals appointed by the President:</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>the Assistant Secretary of the Interior for Indian Affairs or a delegate of the Assistant Secretary;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>the Secretary of Education or a delegate of the Secretary; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>the Director of the Task Force. <page identifier="/us/stat/102/422">102 STAT. 422</page>The President, the President pro tempore of the Senate, and the Speaker of the House of Representatives, shall, after consultation with Indian tribes, ensure that members of the Advisory Committee are broadly representative of all Indians of the United States.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Function</inline>.—</heading><content>The Advisory Committee shall assist and advise the Task Force in planning and conducting the Conference.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administration</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Director of the Task Force shall serve as vice chair-man of the Advisory Committee. The Advisory Committee shall elect the chairman of the Advisory Committee from among those members of the Advisory Committee who are not full-time Federal employees.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Advisory Committee shall select the chairman of the Conference.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The chairman of the Advisory Committee is authorized to establish, prescribe functions for, and appoint members to such advisory and technical committees as may be necessary to assist and advise the Task Force in carrying out its duties.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Compensation</inline>.—</heading><content>Members of any committee established under this section who are not regular full-time officers or employees of the United States shall, while attending to the business of the Conference, be entitled to receive compensation at a rate fixed by the President that does not exceed the rate of pay specified at the time of such service for grade GS–18 under section 5332, of title 5, United States Code, including travel time. Such members may, while away from their homes or regular places of business, be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as may be authorized under section 5703 of title 5, United States Code.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5507">SEC. 5507. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2001">25 USC 2001 note</ref>.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote><heading>GIFTS AND TITLE TO CERTAIN PROPERTY.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Gifts</inline>.—</heading><content>The Task Force shall have authority to accept, on behalf of the Conference, in the name of the United States, grants, gifts, or bequests of money for immediate disbursement by the Task Force in furtherance of the Conference. Such grants, gifts, or be-quests offered the Task Force, shall be paid by the donor or his representative into the Treasury of the United States in a special account to the credit of the Conference for the purposes of this part.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Disposition of Materials</inline>.—</heading><content>Materials and equipment acquired for the use of the Conference, or for the Task Force, shall be transferred to the Bureau of Indian Affairs after the close of the Conference.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="5508">SEC. 5508. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2001">25 USC 2001 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <content>There are authorized to be appropriated for each of the fiscal years 1988, 1989, and 1990 such sums as may be necessary to carry out this part. Such sums shall remain available until expended.</content> </section> </part> 102 STAT. 423 <num value="VI">TITLE VI—</num><heading class="inline">GENERAL AND MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS</heading> <part><num value="A">PART A—</num><heading class="inline">MISCELLANEOUS EDUCATION PROVISIONS</heading> <subpart><num value="1">Subpart 1—</num><heading class="inline">Education for the Homeless</heading> <section> <num value="6001">SEC. 6001. </num><heading>TECHNICAL AMENDMENT.</heading> <chapeau>Section 702 of the Stewart B. McKinney Homeless Assistance Act <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s11421">42 USC 11421</ref>.</p></sidenote>is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting at the end of subsection (b) the following: “<quotedText>Each such application shall include an estimate of the number of homeless expected to be served and the number of homeless adults within each of the school districts within the States to be served.</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out paragraph (2) of subsection (c) and inserting in lieu thereof the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary of Education shall, in making grants under this section, give special consideration to the estimates submit-ted in the application under subsection (b) of this section.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> </section> </subpart> <subpart><num value="2">Subpart 2—</num><heading class="inline">Special Grant Program</heading> <section> <num value="6011">SEC. 6011. </num><heading>EDUCATION AND TRAINING FOR INDIVIDUALS AT RISK.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1441">20 USC 1441 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">General authority</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary is authorized to make a grant for a project of national significance to develop or demonstrate new or improved methods of existing approaches or techniques which will contribute to the education and training for individuals who are at risk such as—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>infants, toddlers, children (including preschoolers), youth, <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote>and adults with disabilities; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>individuals with limited English proficiency.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>The project funded under this section may include the development <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote>of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>a statewide delivery system for severely handicapped <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Communications and telecommunications.</p></sidenote>infants, toddlers, children, youth, and adults for access to adaptive technology, including alternative communication systems;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>a statewide comprehensive plan to strengthen and coordinate special education and related services for handicapped youth who are currently in school or who left school to assist such youth in making the transition to post-secondary education, vocational training, competitive employment (including supported employment), continuing education, or adult services.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>No grant may be made under this section unless an application is submitted to the Secretary at such time, in such manner, and containing such information as the Secretary may reasonably require.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>This grant shall be awarded to a predominantly rural centrally <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p></sidenote>located western State which has a high birthrate and with a low per pupil expenditure.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated $4,000,000 for the fiscal year 1989 to carry out the provision of this section.</content> </subsection> </section> </subpart> </part> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/424">102 STAT. 424</page> <part><num value="B">PART B—</num><heading class="inline">PROHIBITION OF DIAL-A-PORN</heading> <section> <num value="6101">SEC. 6101. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t47/s223">47 USC 223</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>AMENDMENT TO THE COMMUNICATIONS ACT OF 1934.</heading> <chapeau>Section 223(b) of the Communications Act of 1934 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in paragraph (1)(A), by striking out “<quotedText>under eighteen years of age or to any other person without that person’s consent</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out paragraph (2);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in paragraph (4), by striking out “<quotedText>paragraphs (1) and (3)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>paragraphs (1) and (2)</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>by redesignating paragraphs (3), (4), and (5) as paragraphs (2), (3), and (4), respectively.</content> </paragraph> </section> </part> <part><num value="C">PART C—</num><heading class="inline">STUDIES</heading> <section> <num value="6201">SEC. 6201. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2748">20 USC 2748 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>EVEN START STUDY.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Independent Evaluation</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall provide for an independent evaluation of a representative sample of programs under part B of chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 to determine their effectiveness in providing—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>services to special populations;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>adult education services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>parent training;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>home-based programs involving parents and children;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>coordination with related services programs; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>training of related personnel in appropriate skill areas.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Criteria</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Evaluations shall be conducted by individuals not directly involved in the administration of the program or project operation under part B of chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965. Such independent evaluators and the program administrators shall jointly develop evaluation criteria which provide for appropriate analysis of the factors under subsection (a). When possible, evaluations shall include comparisons with appropriate control groups.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>In order to determine a program’s effectiveness in achieving its stated goals, the evaluations shall contain objective measures of such goals and, whenever feasible, shall obtain the specific views of program participants about such programs.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report to Congress and Dissemination</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall prepare and submit to the Congress the results of such evaluations. The evaluations shall be submitted to the National Diffusion Network in the form required for consideration for possible dissemination.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="6292">SEC. 6292. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3241">20 USC 3241 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>STUDENT DROPOUT STUDY.</heading> <content>With the advice and consultation of the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, the Secretary shall, with funds available under section 1439, conduct an evaluation of the programs funded under title VI of the Elemental and Secondary Education Act of 1965. The Secretary shall take into account data collected from the national school dropout study and shall incorporate information from any locally conducted evaluations and other objective evidence. The results of such evaluations shall be <page identifier="/us/stat/102/425">102 STAT. 425</page>made available to the Congress, State educational agencies, and the National Diffusion Network.</content> </section> <section> <num value="6203">SEC. 6203. </num><heading>STUDY OF STATE OPERATED PROGRAM FOR HANDICAPPED CHILDREN.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2791">20 USC 2791 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Study Required</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Comptroller General of the United States shall conduct a study of the State Operated Program for Handicapped Children under chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Not later than January 30, 1989, the Comptroller General shall <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>prepare and submit a report to the appropriate committees of the Congress containing the findings of such study to the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>For the purpose of this section, the term “children” includes infants and toddlers.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Study Components</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The study shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>a description of State and local agencies that participate in the program, the children the agencies serve, and the programs for which the agencies use funds;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>how such program is administered by the State educational agency or any predecessor agencies serving as fiscal agents for the States;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the major policies, procedures and practices pertaining to the determination of when a child is considered eligible to be counted under such program; the allocation of funds to agencies, schools! programs and projects within schools; the supplementary nature of the services provided; and authorized use of funds;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>the policies and procedures governing the placement of handicapped children, including local educational agency trans-fer children, in schools and programs and projects receiving assistance under chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>the relationship between the chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 program and parts B and H of the Education of the Handicapped Act (conceptual relationship; comparison of how the two programs are administered by the State educational agency; and a comparison between the programs with respect to the extent to which handicapped children receive a free appropriate public education and such children and their parents are provided the rights and procedural safeguards guaranteed under part B of the Education of the Handicapped Act); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>such other information as the Comptroller General considers appropriate.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Findings and Recommendations</inline>.—</heading><content>The Comptroller General shall include in the report the findings based on the study, a State-by-State analysis for the States subject to the study, together with such recommendations, including recommendations for legislation, as the Comptroller General deems appropriate.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="6204">SEC. 6204. </num><heading>STUDY ON TUTORING PROGRAMS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2882">20 USC 2882 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The Secretary shall conduct a study of tutoring programs for eligible participants under chapter 1 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 carried out by students in institutions of higher education. In conducting such research, the Secretary shall <page identifier="/us/stat/102/426">102 STAT. 426</page>(1) determine if such programs are effective, (2) determine the role the Federal Government should play in promoting and encouraging such programs, (3) determine if such programs are effective if conducted on a volunteer basis or whether it is necessary to offer incentives, such as tuition assistance, academic credit or reduced obligations for student loans, to induce participation by students in institutions of higher education, and (4) review available evidence on programs being conducted in foreign countries with a view toward determining whether their experience is applicable to the United <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>States. The Secretary shall report the results of the study to the Congress within 1 year of the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </section> <section> <num value="6205">SEC. 6205. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2973">20 USC 2973 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>STUDY OF LOCAL USE OF CHAPTER 2 FUNDS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Local Educational Agencies</inline>.—</heading><content>A local educational agency which receives financial assistance under chapter 2 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Act of 1965 shall report annually to the State educational agency on the use of funds under section 1531 of such chapter. Such reporting shall be carried out in a manner which minimizes the amount of paperwork required while providing the State educational agency with the necessary information under the preceding sentence. Such report shall be made available to the public.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">State Educational Agencies</inline>.—</heading><content>A State educational agency which receives financial assistance under chapter 2 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 shall annually evaluate the effectiveness of State and local programs under this chapter. Such evaluations shall be submitted for review and comment by the State advisory committee and shall be made available to the public. The State educational agency shall submit to the Secretary a copy of such evaluations and a summary of the reports under subsection (a).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reports</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Secretary, in consultation with State and local educational agency representatives, shall develop a model system which State educational agencies may use for data collection and reporting under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall submit not later than October 1990 and October 1992 a report to the appropriate committees of the Congress summarizing evaluations under subsection (b) in order to provide a national overview of the uses of funds and effectiveness of programs under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="6206">SEC. 6206. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2951">20 USC 2951 note</ref>.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote><heading>NATIONAL STUDY OF EFFECTIVE SCHOOLS PROGRAMS.</heading> <content>From funds available for the purposes of chapter 2 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, the Secretary shall contract with a qualified organization or agency to conduct a national study of effective schools programs to determine the impact of effective schools programs under such chapter. The study shall consider relevant measures of the impact of the effective schools programs, including student achievement, attitudes, and graduation rates.</content> </section> <section> <num value="6207">SEC. 6207. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2921">20 USC 2921 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>STUDY OF FUND DISTRIBUTION.</heading> <content>The Secretary of Education shall conduct a study concerning the methods used for the allocation of funds among the States in the various programs of financial assistance to elementary and <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Taxes.</p></sidenote>secondary education administered by the Department of Education. The <page identifier="/us/stat/102/427">102 STAT. 427</page>study shall consider whether States and local school districts should be rewarded for making greater tax and fiscal efforts in support of general elementary and secondary education through adjustment of allocations under the various Federal financial assistance programs. The study shall investigate various methods of defining tax and fiscal efforts. Such study may consider other issues relating to the allocation of funds, such as the reliability and currency of poverty data used for purposes of program allocations under chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965. The <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>Secretary shall submit an interim report of such study on June 30, 1990, and shall submit a final report of such study not later than June 30, 1991.</content> </section> <section> <num value="6208">SEC. 6208. </num><heading>STUDY RELATING TO WOMEN’S EDUCATIONAL EQUITY.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3046">20 USC 3046 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The Secretary is directed, not later than September 30 of each of the years 1988 through 1993, to submit to the President and the Congress a report setting forth the programs and activities assisted under part A of title IV of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965, and to provide for the distribution of this report to all interested groups and individuals, including the appropriate committees of the Congress, from funds authorized under such part.</content> </section> <section> <num value="6209">SEC. 6209. </num><heading>IMMIGRANT EDUCATION REPORT AND ASSESSMENT.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3130">20 USC 3130 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Annual Report</inline>.—</heading><content>Each State educational agency receiving funds under part D of title IV of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 shall submit, annually, a report to the Secretary concerning the expenditure of funds by local educational agencies under such part. Each local educational agency receiving funds under such part shall submit to the State educational agency such information as may be necessary for such report.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report to Congress</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall submit biennially a report to the appropriate committees of the Congress concerning programs under such part.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Assessment by Comptroller General</inline>.—</heading><content>The Comptroller General of the United States shall review and assess programs conducted under such part. The Comptroller shall submit the findings to the appropriate committees of the Congress by March 15, 1991.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="6210">SEC. 6210. </num><heading>ANNUAL REPORTON EDUCATION OF INDIAN CHILDREN.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t25/s2016a">25 USC 2016a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>The Assistant Secretary of the Interior for the Bureau of Indian Affairs shall submit to the appropriate committees of the Congress, the President, and the Secretary by September 30 of every other year a report which provides—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>an assessment of the needs of the Indian children with respect to the purposes of title IV of this Act in schools operated or funded by the Department of the Interior, including those tribes and local educational agencies receiving assistance under the Johnson-O’Malley Act; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>an assessment of the extent to which such needs are being met by funds provided to such schools for educational purposes through the Secretary of the Interior.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="6211">SEC. 6211. </num><heading>RESEARCH RELATING TO BILINGUAL EDUCATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3305">20 USC 3305 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Research and Development</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall, through competitive contracts under this section, provide financial assistance for research and development proposals submitted by institu-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/428">102 STAT. 428</page>tions of higher education, private for-profit and nonprofit organizations, State and local educational agencies, and individuals.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorized Activities</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Research activities authorized to be assisted under this section shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>studies to determine and evaluate effective models for bilingual education programs;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>studies which examine the process by which individuals acquire a second language and master the subject matter skills required for grade-promotion and graduation, and which identify effective methods for teaching English and subject matter skills within the context of a bilingual education program or special alternative instructional program to students who have language proficiencies other than English;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>longitudinal studies to measure the effect of title VII of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 on students enrolled in programs under such title (including a longitudinal study of the impact of bilingual education programs on limited-English proficient students using a nationally representative sample of the programs funded under such title and which provides information including data on grade retention, academic performance, and dropout rates);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>studies to determine effective and reliable methods for identifying students who are entitled to services under such title and for determining when their English language proficiency is sufficiently well developed to permit them to derive optimal benefits from an all-English instructional program;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>the operation of a clearinghouse which shall collect, analyze, and disseminate information about bilingual education and related programs (and coordinate its activities with the National Diffusion Network);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>studies to determine effective methods of teaching English to adults who have language proficiencies other than English;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>studies to determine and evaluate effective methods of instruction for bilingual programs, taking into account language and cultural differences among students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(8) </num> <content>studies to determine effective approaches to preservice and inservice training for teachers, taking into account the language and cultural differences of their students;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">(9) </num> <content>the effect of such title on the capacity of local educational agencies to operate bilingual programs following the termination of assistance under this title; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">(10) </num> <content>studies to determine effective and reliable methods for identifying gifted and talented students who have language proficiencies other than English.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Consultation and Delegation of Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>In carrying out the responsibilities of this section, the Secretary may delegate authority to the Director, and in any event, shall consult with the Director, representatives of State and local educational agencies, appropriate groups and organizations involved in bilingual education, the Committee on Labor and Human Resources of the Senate, and the Committee on Education and Labor of the House of Representatives.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Publication of Proposals</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall publish and disseminate all requests for proposals in research and development assisted under such title.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/429">102 STAT. 429</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation of Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>Nothing in this section shall be construed as authorizing the Secretary to conduct or support studies or analyses of the content of educational textbooks.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="6212">SEC. 6212. </num><heading>BILINGUAL TRAINING FELLOWSHIP IMPACT STUDY.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3323">20 USC 3323 note</ref>.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content>The Secretary shall by grant or contract undertake a study of the impact of recipients of fellowships under section 7043 of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 on the field of bilingual education. The report shall be submitted no later <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>than December 31, 1991. Copies of the report shall be sent to the appropriate committees of the Congress.</content> </section> <section> <num value="6213">SEC. 6213. </num><heading>REPORT ON BILINGUAL EDUCATION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s3303">20 USC 3303 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>The Secretary shall prepare and, not later than June 30, 1991, and June 30, 1992, shall submit to the appropriate committees of the Congress and the President a report on the condition of bilingual education in the Nation and the administration and operation of title VII of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 and of other programs for persons of limited English proficiency. Such report shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>a national assessment of the educational needs of children and other persons with limited English proficiency and of the extent to which such needs are being met from Federal, State, and local efforts;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>a plan, including cost estimates, to be carried out during the 5-year period beginning on such date, for extending programs of bilingual education and bilingual vocational and adult education programs to all such preschool and elementary schoolchildren and other persons of limited English proficiency, including a phased plan for the training of the necessary teachers and other education personnel necessary for sucn purpose;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>a statement of the activities intended to be carried out during the succeeding period, including an estimate of the cost of such activities; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>an assessment of the number of teachers and other educational personnel needed to carry out programs of bilingual education under such title and those carried out under other programs for persons of limited English proficiency;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>a statement describing the activities carried out there-under designed to prepare teachers and other educational personnel for such programs; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>the number of other educational personnel needed to carry out programs of bilingual education in the States.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="6214">SEC. 6214. </num><heading>JOINT STUDY OF SERVICES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s1201">20 USC 1201 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The Secretary of Education, in conjunction with the Secretary of Labor and the Secretary of Health and Human Services, shall conduct a joint study of Federal funding sources for and services for adult education programs currently available, including literacy initiatives offered by public and private agencies, and shall jointly act to facilitate interagency coordination. The Secretary shall ensure the local and State officials involved in the delivery of adult education and literacy programs are involved in the study under this section. Not later than 24 months after the date of enactment of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>this Act, a joint report shall be submitted to the appropriate committees of the Congress describing the findings of the study.</content> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/430">102 STAT. 430</page> <section> <num value="6215">SEC. 6215. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s4832">20 USC 4832 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>REPORT ON PROJECTS DEVELOPED WITH ASSISTANCE FROM THE FUND FOR IMPROVEMENT AND REFORM OF SCHOOLS AND TEACHING.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Exemplary Projects</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall take appropriate steps to ensure that information regarding exemplary projects that are developed with assistance furnished under part B of title III of this Act are made available to institutions of higher education and State and local educational agencies.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall submit a final report to the appropriate committees of the Congress not later than June 1, 1990. The report shall describe the programs assisted by part B of title III of this Act, document the success of such programs in improving education, and make such recommendations as the Secretary deems appropriate.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report for Continued Funding Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>As a condition to continue to receive funding after the first year of a multi-year project, the project administrator shall submit an annual report to describe the activities conducted during the preceding year and the progress that has been made toward reaching the goals described in its application, if applicable.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="6216">SEC. 6216. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s642">20 USC 642 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>STUDY OF EFFECTIVENESS OF PUBLIC LAW 815.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Comptroller General shall conduct a thorough study of the need for financial assistance for school construction as authorized by the Act of September 23, 1950 (Public <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>Law 815, 81st Congress). The Comptroller General shall prepare and submit a report on the study required by this section not later than 1 year after the date of enactment of this Act together with such recommendations, including recommendations for such legislation, as the Comptroller deems necessary.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Study</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In carrying out the study required by subsection (a) of this section, the Comptroller General shall examine a representative sample of federally impacted school districts of local educational agencies. The Comptroller General shall—</chapeau><paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>identify the number of children affected in each such school district;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>determine the type of school facility needed for such school district; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>determine the estimated cost involved for building or repairing the school facility in each such district.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Consideration Required</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In conducting the study required by this section, the Comptroller General shall give special consideration to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the eligibility criteria used for determining which federally impacted school districts are entitled to Federal funds for school construction,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the criteria used for setting the priorities for the approval of such applications, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the process for reevaluating the needs of previously approved applicants which are on the waiting list for funds covered under Public Law 815, Eighty-first Congress.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </part> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/431">102 STAT. 431</page> <part><num value="D">PART D—</num><heading class="inline">GENERAL PROVISIONS</heading> <section> <num value="6301">SEC. 6301. </num><heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2701">20 USC 2701 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Except as otherwise provided, for the purpose of this Act the terms used in this Act have the meanings provided under section 1471 of chapter 1 of title I of the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965.</content> </section> <section> <num value="6302">SEC. 6302. </num><heading>BUDGET ACT PROVISION.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2701">20 USC 2701 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Any new spending authority (within the meaning of section 401 of the Congressional Budget Act of 1974) which is provided under this Act shall be effective for any fiscal year only to the extent or in such amounts as are provided in appropriation Acts.</content> </section> <section> <num value="6303">SEC. 6303. </num><heading>EFFECTIVE DATES.</heading><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t20/s2701">20 USC 2701 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as otherwise provided, this Act and the amendments made by this Act shall take effect July 1, 1988.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rules</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Any provision of this Act or any amendment made by this Act which authorizes appropriations for fiscal year 1988 shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The provisions of section 2402, relating to the National Center for Vocational Research, shall take effect on April 10, 1988.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The amendments made by section 3403 shall take effect for assessments made after September 30, 1989, with respect to State data.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </part> Approved April 28, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 5 (S. 373): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–95 (Comm. on Education and Labor) and No. 100–567 (Comm. of Conference). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–222 accompanying S. 373 (Comm. on Labor and Human Resources) CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): May 20, 21, considered and passed House.

Dec. 1, considered and passed Senate, amended, in lieu of S. 373.

Vol. 134 (1988): Apr. 19, House rejected conference report; receded and concurred in Senate amendment with an amendment.

Apr. 20, Senate concurred in House amendment.

WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 24 (1988):

Apr. 28, Presidential remarks.

 Public Law 100–298: To establish the title of States in certain abandoned shipwrecks, and for other purposes. Public Law 298 Public Law 100–298 102 Stat. 432 1988-04-28 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 432 Public Law 100–298 100th Congress
An Act To establish the title of States in certain abandoned shipwrecks, and for other purposes.

Apr. 28, 1988

[S. 858]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Abandoned Shipwreck Act of 1987.

Maritime affairs.

43 USC 2101 note.

43 USC 2101.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. This Act may be cited as the “Abandoned Shipwreck Act of 1987”.
SEC. 2. FINDINGS. The Congress finds that— (a) States have the responsibility for management of a broad range of living and nonliving resources in State waters and submerged lands; and (b) included in the range of resources are certain abandoned shipwrecks, which have been deserted and to which the owner has relinquished ownership rights with no retention.
SEC. 3.

43 USC 2102.

 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Act— (a) the term “embedded” means firmly affixed in the submerged lands or in coralline formations such that the use of tools of excavation is required in order to move the bottom sediments to gain access to the shipwreck, its cargo, and any part thereof; (b) the term “National Register” means the National Register of Historic Places maintained by the Secretary of the Interior under section 101 of the National Historic Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470a); (c) the terms “public lands”, “Indian lands”, and “Indian tribe” have the same meaning given the terms in the Archaeological Resource Protection Act of 1979 (16 U.S.C. 470aa–47011); (d) the term “shipwreck” means a vessel or wreck, its cargo, and other contents; (e) the term “State” means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Guam, the Virgin Islands, American Samoa, and the Northern Mariana Islands; and (f) the term “submerged lands” means the lands— (1) that are “lands beneath navigable waters,” as defined in section 2 of the Submerged Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1301); (2) of Puerto Rico, as described in section 8 of the Act of March 2, 1917, as amended (48 U.S.C. 749); (3) of Guam, the Virgin Islands and American Samoa, as described in section 1 of Public Law 93–435 (48 U.S.C. 1705); and (4) of the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, as described in section 801 of Public Law 94–241 (48 U.S.C. 1681).
102 STAT. 433
SEC. 4.

Cultural programs.

Historic preservation.

Environmental protection.

42 USC 2103.

 RIGHTS OF ACCESS. (a) Access Rights.— In order to— (1) clarify that State waters and shipwrecks offer recreational and educational opportunities to sport divers and other interested groups, as well as irreplaceable State resources for tourism, biological sanctuaries, and historical research; and (2)

provide that reasonable access by the public to such abandoned shipwrecks be permitted by the State holding title to such shipwrecks pursuant to section 6 of this Act,

it is the declared policy of the Congress that States carry out their responsibilities under this Act to develop appropriate and consistent policies so as to—

 (A) protect natural resources and habitat areas; (B) guarantee recreational exploration of shipwreck sites; and (C) allow for appropriate public and private sector recovery of shipwrecks consistent with the protection of historical values and environmental integrity of the shipwrecks and the sites. (b) Parks and Protected Areas.— In managing the resources subject to the provisions of this Act, States are encouraged to create underwater parks or areas to provide additional protection for such resources. Funds available to States from grants from the Historic

Grants.

Preservation Fund shall be available, in accordance with the provisions of title I of the National Historic Preservation Act, for the study, interpretation, protection, and preservation of historic shipwrecks and properties.
SEC. 5.

43 USC 2104.

 PREPARATION OF GUIDELINES. (a) In order to encourage the development of underwater parks

National parks, monuments, etc.

Federal Register, publication.

and the administrative cooperation necessary for the comprehensive management of underwater resources related to historic shipwrecks, the Secretary of the Interior, acting through the Director of the National Park Service, shall within nine months after the date of enactment of this Act prepare and publish guidelines in the Federal Register which shall seek to: (1) ma)(imize the enhancement of cultural resources; (2) foster a partnership among sport divers, fishermen, archeologists, salvors, and other interests to manage shipwreck resources of the States and the United States; (3) facilitate access and utilization by recreational interests; (4) recognize the interests of individuals and groups engaged in shipwreck discovery and salvage. (b) Such guidelines shall be developed after consultation with appropriate public and private sector interests (including the Secretary of Commerce, the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation, sport divers, State Historic Preservation Officers, professional dive operators, salvors, archeologists, historic preservationists, and fishermen). (c) Such guidelines shall be available to assist States and the appropriate Federal agencies in developing legislation and regulations to carry out their responsibilities under this Act.
SEC. 6.

43 USC 2105.

 RIGHTS OF OWNERSHIP. (a) United States Title.— The United States asserts title to any abandoned shipwreck that is— (1) embedded in submerged lands of a State; . (2) embedded in coralline formations protected by a State on submerged lands of a State; or 102 STAT. 434 (3) on submerged lands of a State and is included in or determined eligible for inclusion in the National Register. (b)

Public information.

Historic preservation.

 The public shall be given adequate notice of the location of any shipwreck to which title is asserted under this section. The Secretary of the Interior, after consultation with the appropriate State Historic Preservation Officer, shall make a written determination that an abandoned shipwreck meets the criteria for eligibility for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places under clause (a)(3). (c) Transfer of Title to States.— The title of the United States to any abandoned shipwreck asserted under subsection (a) of this section is transferred to the State in or on whose submerged lands the shipwreck is located. (d)

Gifts and property.

Indians.

 Exception.— Any abandoned shipwreck in or on the public lands of the United States is the property of the United States Government. Any abandoned shipwreck in or on any Indian lands is the property of the Indian tribe owning such lands. (e) Reservation of Rights.— This section does not affect any right reserved by the United States or by any State (including any right reserved with respect to Indian lands) under— (1) section 3, 5, or 6 of the Submerged Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1311, 1313, and 1314); or (2) section 19 or 20 of the Act of March 3, 1899 (33 U.S.C. 414 and 415).
SEC. 7.

43 USC 2106.

 RELATIONSHIP TO OTHER LAWS. (a) Law of Salvage and the Law of Finds.— The law of salvage and the law of finds shall not apply to abandoned shipwrecks to which section 6 of this Act applies. (b) Laws of the United States.— This Act shall not change the laws of the United States relating to shipwrecks, other than those to which this Act applies. (c) Effective Date.— This Act shall not affect any legal proceeding brought prior to the date of enactment of this Act.
Approved April 28, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 858: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–514, Pt. I (Comm, on Interior and Insular Affairs) and Pt. 2 (Comm, on Merchant Marine and Fisheries). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–241 (Comm, on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Dec. 19, considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Mar. 28, 29, Apr. 13, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–299: To designate the month of April 1988, as “National Child Abuse Prevention Month”. Public Law 299 Public Law 100–299 102 Stat. 435 1988-04-28 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 435 Public Law 100–299 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the month of April 1988, as “National Child Abuse Prevention Month”.

Apr. 28, 1988

[S.J. Res. 246]

 Whereas the incidence and prevalence of child abuse and neglect have reached alarming proportions in the United States; Whereas an estimated four million children become victims of child abuse in this Nation each year; Whereas an estimated five thousand of these children die as a result of such abuse each year; Whereas the Nation faces a continuing need to support innovative programs to prevent child abuse and assist parents and family members in which child abuse occurs; Whereas Congress has expressed its commitment to seeking and applying solutions to this problem by enacting the Child Abuse Prevention and Treatment Act of 1974; Whereas many dedicated individuals and private organizations, including Child Help U.S.A., Parents Anonymous, the National Committee for the Prevention of Child Abuse, the American Humane Association, and other members of the National Child Abuse Coalition, are working to counter the ravages of abuse and neglect and to help child abusers break this destructive pattern of behavior; Whereas the average cost for a public welfare agency to serve a family through a child abuse program is twenty times greater than self-help programs administered by private organizations; Whereas organizations such as Parents Anonymous, and other members of the National Child Abuse Coalition, are expediting efforts to prevent child abuse in the next generation through special programs for abused children; and Whereas it is appropriate to focus the attention of the Nation upon the problem of child abuse: Now, therefore, be it 102 STAT. 436 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the month of April 1988, is designated as “National Child Abuse Prevention Month”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon all Government agencies and the people of the United States to observe such month with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved April 28, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 246: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 17, considered and passed Senate.

Apr. 20, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–300: To establish procedures to implement the Convention on the Civil Aspects of International Child Abduction, done at The Hague on October 25, 1980, and for other purposes. Public Law 300 Public Law 100–300 102 Stat. 437 1988-04-29 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 437 Public Law 100–300 100th Congress
An Act To establish procedures to implement the Convention on the Civil Aspects of International Child Abduction, done at The Hague on October 25, 1980, and for other purposes.

Apr. 29, 1988

[H.R. 3971]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

International Child Abduction Remedies Act.

42 USC 11601 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. This Act may be cited as the “International Child Abduction Remedies Act”.
SEC. 2.

42 USC 11601.

 FINDINGS AND DECLARATIONS. (a) Findings.— The Congress makes the following findings: (1) The international abduction or wrongful retention of children is harmful to their well-being. (2) Persons should not be permitted to obtain custody of children by virtue of their wrongful removal or retention. (3) International abductions and retentions of children are increasing, and only concerted cooperation pursuant to an international agreement can effectively combat this problem. (4) The Convention on the Civil Aspects of International Child Abduction, done at The Hague on October 25, 1980, establishes legal rights and procedures for the prompt return of children who have been wrongfully removed or retained, as well as for securing the exercise of visitation rights. Children who are wrongfully removed or retained within the meaning of the Convention are to be promptly returned unless one of the narrow exceptions set forth in the Convention applies. The Convention provides a sound treaty framework to help resolve the problem of international abduction and retention of children and will deter such wrongful removals and retentions. (b) Declarations.— The Congress makes the following declarations: (1) It is the purpose of this Act to establish procedures for the implementation of the Convention in the United States. (2) The provisions of this Act are in addition to and not in lieu of the provisions of the Convention. (3) In enacting this Act the Congress recognizes— (A) the international character of the Convention; and (B) the need for uniform international interpretation of the Convention. (4) The Convention and this Act empower courts in the United States to determine only rights under the Convention and not the merits of any underlying child custody claims.
SEC. 3.

42 USC 11602.

 DEFINITIONS.For the purposes of this Act— (1) the term “applicant” means any person who, pursuant to the Convention, files an application with the United States 102 STAT. 438Central Authority or a Central Authority of any other party to the Convention for the return of a child alleged to have been wrongfully removed or retained or for arrangements for organizing or securing the effective exercise of rights of access pursuant to the Convention; (2) the term “Convention” means the Convention on the Civil Aspects of International Child Abduction, done at The Hague on October 25, 1980; (3) the term “Parent Locator Service” means the service established by the Secretary of Health and Human Services under section 453 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 653); (4) the term “petitioner” means any person who, in accordance with this Act, files a petition in court seeking relief under the Convention; (5) the term “person” includes any individual, institution, or other legal entity or body; (6) the term “respondent” means any person against whose interests a petition is filed in court, in accordance with this Act, which seeks relief under the Convention; (7) the term “rights of access” means visitation rights; (8) the term “State” means any of the several States, the District of Columbia, and any commonwealth, territory, or possession of the United States; and (9) the term “United States Central Authority” means the agency of the Federal Government designated by the President under section 7(a).
SEC. 4.

42 USC 11603.

 JUDICIAL REMEDIES. (a) Jurisdiction of the Courts.— The courts of the States and the United States district courts shall have concurrent original jurisdiction of actions arising under the Convention. (b) Petitions.— Any person seeking to initiate judicial proceedings under the Convention for the return of a child or for arrangements for organizing or securing the effective exercise of rights of access to a child may do so by commencing a civil action by filing a petition for the relief sought in any court which has jurisdiction of such action and which is authorized to exercise its jurisdiction in the place where the child is located at the time the petition is filed. (c) Notice.— Notice of an action brought under subsection (b) shall be given in accordance with the applicable law governing notice in interstate child custody proceedings. (d) Determination of Case.— The court in which an action is brought under subsection (b) shall decide the case in accordance with the Convention. (e) Burdens of Proof.— (1) A petitioner in an action brought under subsection (b) shall establish by a preponderance of the evidence— (A) in the case of an action for the return of a child, that the child has been wrongfully removed or retained within the meaning of the Convention; and (B) in the case of an action for arrangements for organizing or securing the effective exercise of rights of access, that the petitioner has such rights. (2) In the case of an action for the return of a child, a respondent who opposes the return of the child has the burden of establishing— (A) by clear and convincing evidence that one of the exceptions set forth in article 13b or 20 of the Convention applies; and 102 STAT. 439 (B) by a preponderance of the evidence that any other exception set forth in article 12 or 13 of the Convention applies. (f) Application of the Convention.— For purposes of any action brought under this Act— (1) the term “authorities”, as used in article 15 of the Convention to refer to the authorities of the state of the habitual residence of a child, includes courts and appropriate government agencies; (2) the terms “wrongful removal or retention” and “wrongfully removed or retained“, as used in the Convention, include a removal or retention of a child before the entry of a custody order regarding that child; and (3) the term “commencement of proceedings”, as used in article 12 of the Convention, means, with respect to the return of a child located in the United States, the filing of a petition in accordance with subsection (b) of this section. (g) Full Faith and Credit.— Full faith and credit shall be accorded by the courts of the States and the courts of the United States to the judgment of any other such court ordering or denying the return of a child, pursuant to the Convention, in an action brought under this Act. (h) Remedies Under the Convention Not Exclusive.— The remedies established by the Convention and this Act shall be in addition to remedies available under other laws or international agreements.
SEC. 5.

42 USC 11604.

 PROVISIONAL REMEDIES. (a) Authority of Courts.— In furtherance of the objectives of article 7(b) and other provisions of the Convention, and subject to the provisions of subsection (b) of this section, any court exercising jurisdiction of an action brought under section 4(b) of this Act may take or cause to be taken measures under Federal or State law, as appropriate, to protect the well-being of the child involved or to prevent the child’s further removal or concealment before the final disposition of the petition. (b) Limitation on Authority.— No court exercising jurisdiction of an action brought under section 4(b) may, under subsection (a) of this section, order a child removed from a person having physical control of the child unless the applicable requirements of State law are satisfied.
SEC. 6.

42 USC 11605.

 ADMISSIBILITY OF DOCUMENTS. With respect to any application to the United States Central Authority, or any petition to a court under section 4, which seeks relief under the Convention, or any other documents or information included with such application or petition or provided after such submission which relates to the application or petition, as the case may be, no authentication of such application, petition, document, or information shall be required in order for the application, petition, document, or information to be admissible in court.
SEC. 7.

42 USC 11606.

 UNITED STATES CENTRAL AUTHORITY. (a) Designation.— The President shall designate a Federal agency

President of U.S.

to serve as the Central Authority for the United States under the Convention. (b) Functions.— The functions of the United States Central Authority are those ascribed to the Central Authority by the Convention and this Act. 102 STAT. 440 (c) Regulatory Authority.— The United States Central Authority is authorized to issue such regulations as may be necessary to carry out its functions under the Convention and this Act. (d) Obtaining Information From Parent Locator Service.— The United States Central Authority may, to the extent authorized by the Social Security Act, obtain information from the Parent Locator Service.
SEC. 8.

State and local governments.

42 USC 11607.

 COSTS AND FEES. (a) Administrative Costs.— No department, agency, or instrumentality of the Federal Government or of any State or local government may impose on an applicant any fee in relation to the administrative processing of applications submitted under the Convention. (b) Costs Incurred in Civil Actions.— (1) Petitioners may be required to bear the costs of legal counsel or advisors, court costs incurred in connection with their petitions, and travel costs for the return of the child involved and any accompanying persons, except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3). (2) Subject to paragraph (3), legal fees or court costs incurred in connection with an action brought under section 4 shall be borne by the petitioner unless they are covered by payments from Federal, State, or local legal assistance or other programs. (3) Any court ordering the return of a child pursuant to an action brought under section 4 shall order the respondent to pay necessary expenses incurred by or on behalf of the petitioner, including court costs, legal fees, foster home or other care during the course of proceedings in the action, and transportation costs related to the return of the child, unless the respondent establishes that such order would be clearly inappropriate.
SEC. 9.

State and local governments.

42 USC 11608.

 COLLECTION, MAINTENANCE. AND DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION. (a) In General.— In performing its functions under the Convention, the United States Central Authority may, under such conditions as the Central Authority prescribes by regulation, but subject to subsection (c), receive from or transmit to any department, agency, or instrumentality of the Federal Government or of any State or foreign government, and receive from or transmit to any applicant, petitioner, or respondent, information necessary to locate a child or for the purpose of otherwise implementing the Convention with respect to a child, except that the United States Central Authority— (1) may receive such information from a Federal or State department, agency, or instrumentality only pursuant to applicable Federal and State statutes; and (2) may transmit any information received under this subsection notwithstanding any provision of law other than this Act. (b) Requests for Information.— Requests for information under this section shall be submitted in such manner and form as the United States Central Authority may prescribe by regulation and shall be accompanied or supported by such documents as the United States Central Authority may require. (c) Responsibility of Government Entities.— Whenever any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States or of any State receives a request from the United States Central Authority for information authorized to be provided to such Central 102 STAT. 441Authority under subsection (a), the head of such department, agency, or instrumentality shall promptly cause a search to be made of the files and records maintained by such department, agency, or instrumentality in order to determine whether the information requested is contained in any such files or records. If such search

Classified information.

discloses the information requested, the head of such department, agency, or instrumentality shall immediately transmit such information to the United States Central Authority, except that any such information the disclosure of which— (1) would adversely affect the national security interests of

Defense and national security.

Law enforcement and crime.

the United States or the law enforcement interests of the United States or of any State; or (2) would be prohibited by section 9 of title 13, United States Code; shall not be transmitted to the Central Authority. The head of such department, agency, or instrumentality shall, immediately upon completion of the requested search, notify the Central Authority of the results of the search, and whether an exception set forth in paragraph (1) or (2) applies. In the event that the United States Central Authority receives information and the appropriate Federal or State department, agency, or instrumentality thereafter notifies the Central Authority that an exception set forth in paragraph (1) or (2) applies to that information, the Central Authority may not disclose that information under subsection (a). (d) Information Available From Parent Locator Service.— To the extent that information which the United States Central Authority is authorized to obtain under the provisions of subsection (c) can be obtained through the Parent Locator Service, the United States Central Authority shall first seek to obtain such information from the Parent Locator Service, before requesting such information directly under the provisions of subsection (c) of this section. (e) Recordkeeping.— The United States Central Authority shall maintain appropriate records concerning its activities and the disposition of cases brought to its attention.
SEC. 10.

Government organization and employees.

42 USC 11609.

 INTERAGENCY COORDINATING GROUP. The Secretary of State, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, and the Attorney General shall designate Federal employees and may, from time to time, designate private citizens to serve on an interagency coordinating group to monitor the operation of the Convention and to provide advice on its implementation to the United States Central Authority and other Federal agencies. This group shall meet from time to time at the request of the United States Central Authority. The agency in which the United States Central Authority is located is authorized to reimburse such private citizens for travel and other expenses incurred in participating at meetings of the interagency coordinating group at rates not to exceed those authorized under subchapter I of chapter 57 of title 5, United States Code, for employees of agencies.
SEC. 11. AGREEMENT FOR USE OF PARENT LOCATOR SERVICE IN DETERMINING WHEREABOUTS OF PARENT OR CHILD. Section 463 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 663) is amended— (1) by striking “under this section” in subsection (b) and inserting “under subsection (a)”; 102 STAT. 442 (2) by striking “under this section” where it first appears in subsection (c) and inserting “under subsection (a), (b), or (e)”; and (3) by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(e)

Contracts.

 The Secretary shall enter into an agreement with the Central Authority designated by the President in accordance with section 7 of the International Child Abduction Remedies Act, under which the services of the Parent Locator Service established under section 453 shall be made available to such Central Authority upon its request for the purpose of locating any parent or child on behalf of an applicant to such Central Authority within the meaning of section 3(1) of that Act. The Parent Locator Service shall charge no fees for services requested pursuant to this subsection.”.
SEC. 12.

42 USC 11610.

 AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS. There are authorized to be appropriated for each fiscal year such sums as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of the Convention and this Act.
Approved April 29, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 3971: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–525 (Comm, on the Judiciary). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 28, considered and passed House.

Apr. 12, considered and passed Senate, amended.

Apr. 25, House concurred in Senate amendment.

 Public Law 100–301: To establish the Big Cypress National Preserve Addition in the State of Florida, and for other purposes. Public Law 301 Public Law 100–301 102 Stat. 443 1988-04-29 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 443 Public Law 100–301 100th Congress
An Act To establish the Big Cypress National Preserve Addition in the State of Florida, and for other purposes.

Apr. 29, 1988

[S. 90]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Big Cypress National Preserve Addition Act. National Wilderness Preservation System.

Conservation.

Public lands.

16 USC 698f note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. (a) Short Title.— This Act may be cited as the “Big Cypress National Preserve Addition Act”. (b) Amendment of Big Cypress National Preserve Act.— Whenever in this Act an amendment is expressed in terms of an amendment to the Act of October 11, 1974, such amendment shall be considered to be made to the Act entitled “An Act to establish the Big Cypress National Preserve in the State of Florida, and for other purposes”, approved October 11, 1974 (Public Law 93–440; 88 Stat. 1257).
SEC. 2.

16 USC 698f note.

 FINDINGS AND PURPOSE. (a) Findings.— The Congress finds that— (1) the planned construction of Interstate 75 is presently being designed in such a way as to improve the natural water flow to the Everglades National Park, which has been disrupted by State Road 84 (commonly known as “Alligator Alley”); (2) the planned construction of Interstate 75 provides an opportunity to enhance protection of the Everglades National Park, to promote protection of the endangered Florida panther, and to provide for public recreational use and enjoyment of public lands by expanding the Big Cypress National Preserve to include those lands adjacent to Interstate 75 in Collier County north and east of the Big Cypress National Preserve, west of the Broward County line, and south of the Hendry County line; (3) the Federal acquisition of lands bordering the Big Cypress National Preserve in conjunction with the construction of Interstate 75 would provide significant public benefits by limiting development pressure on lands which are important both in terms of fish and wildlife habitat supporting endangered species and of wetlands which are the headwaters of the Big Cypress National Preserve; and (4) public ownership of lands adjacent to the Big Cypress National Preserve would enhance the protection of the Everglades National Park while providing recreational opportunities and other public uses currently offered by the Big Cypress National Preserve. (b) Purpose.— It is the purpose of this Act to establish the Big Cypress National Preserve Addition.
102 STAT. 444
SEC. 3. ESTABLISHMENT OF ADDITION. (a) Big Cypress National Preserve Addition.— The Act of October 11, 1974, is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new section:
“Sec. 9.

16 USC 698m–1.

 (a) In order to— “(1) achieve the purposes of the first section of this Act; “(2) complete the preserve in conjunction with the planned construction of Interstate Highway 75; and “(3) insure appropriately managed use and access to the Big Cypress Watershed in the State of Florida, the Big Cypress National Preserve Addition is established. “(b)

Public information.

 The Big Cypress National Preserve Addition (referred to In this Act as the ‘Addition’) shall comprise approximately 146,000 acres as generally depicted on the map entitled Big Cypress National Preserve Addition, dated April, 1987, and numbered 176– 91000C, which shall be on file and available for public inspection in the Office of the National Park Service, Department of the Interior, Washington, D.C., and shall be filed with appropriate offices of

Federal Register, publication.

Collier County in the State of Florida. The Secretary shall, as soon as practicable, publish a detailed description of the boundaries of the Addition in the Federal Register. “(c) The area within the boundaries depicted on the map referred to in subsection (b) shall be known as the ‘Big Cypress National Preserve Addition’ and shall be managed in accordance with section 4. “(d) For purposes of administering the Addition and notwithstanding section 2(c), it is the express intent of the Congress that the Secretary should substantially complete the land acquisition program contemplated with respect to the Addition in not more than five years after the date of the enactment of this paragraph.”.
(b) Hunting, Fishing, and Trapping.— Section 5 of the Act of

16 USC 698j.

October 11, 1974, is amended by inserting “and the Addition” after “preserve” each place it appears. (c) Suitability as Wilderness.— Section 7 of the Act of October 11,

16 USC 698l.

1974, is amended— (1) by inserting “with respect to the preserve and five years from the date of the enactment of the Big Cypress National Preserve Addition Act with respect to the Addition” after “date of the enactment of this Act” in the first sentence; and (2) by inserting “or the area within the Addition (as the case may be)” after “preserve” each place it appears. (d)

16 USC 698k.

 Indian Rights.— Section 6 of the Act of October 11, 1974, is amended as follows: (1) In clause (i) insert “and the Addition” after “preserve” and insert “(January 1, 1985, in the case of the Addition)” after “1972”. (2) In clause (ii) insert “or within the Addition” after “preserve”.
SEC. 4. ACQUISITION OF LAND WITHIN ADDITION. (a)

16 USC 898f.

 United States Share of Acquisition Costs.— The first section of the Act of October 11, 1974, is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: “(d) (1) The aggregate cost to the United States of acquiring lands within the Addition may not exceed 80 percent of the total cost of such lands. 102 STAT. 445 “(2) Except as provided in paragraph (3), if the State of Florida transfers to the Secretary lands within the Addition, the Secretary shall pay to or reimburse the State of Florida (out of funds appropriated for such purpose) an amount equal to 80 percent of the total costs to the State of Florida of acquiring such lands. “(3) The amount described in paragraph (1) shall be reduced by an amount equal to 20 percent of the amount of the total cost incurred by the Secretary in acquiring lands in the Addition other than from the State of Florida. “(4) For purposes of this subsection, the term ‘total cost’ means that amount of the total acquisition costs (including the value of exchanged or donated lands) less the amount of the costs incurred by the Federal Highway Administration and the Florida Department of Transportation, including severance damages paid to private property owners as a result of the construction of Interstate 75.”. (b) Methods of Land Acquisition in the Addition.— The first sentence of subsection (c) of the first section of the Act of October 11, 1974, is amended—

16 USC 698f.

 (1) by inserting “or the Addition” after “preserve” the first place it appears; and (2) in the first proviso— (A) by inserting “in the preserve” after “subdivisions,”; and (B) by striking out the colon and inserting in lieu thereof “and, any land acquired by the State of Florida, or any of its subdivisions, in the Addition shall be acquired in accordance with subsection (d):”. (c) Valuation and Appraisal.— The fourth sentence of subsection (c) of such section is amended by inserting “or the Addition” after “preserve” each place it appears. (d) Acquisition of Property Rights by the State of Florida.— Subsection (c) of such section is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: “Nothing in this Act shall be construed to interfere with the right of the State of Florida to acquire such property rights as may be necessary for Interstate 75.”. (e) Exclusion of Subsurface Estate.— The third sentence of subsection (c) of such section is amended by inserting “and the Addition” after “preserve” each place it appears. (f) Improved Property in Addition.— Section 3(b) of the Act of October 11, 1974, is amended—

16 USC 698h.

 (1) in clause (i) by inserting “with respect to the preserve and January 1, 1986, with respect to the Addition” after “November 23, 1971,”; and (2) in clause (ii)— (A) by inserting “with respect to the preserve and January 1, 1986, with respect to the Addition” after “November 23, 1971,” the first place it appears; and (B) by inserting “or January 1, 1986, as the case may be,” after “November 23, 1971,” the second and third places it appears.
SEC. 5. COOPERATION AMONG AGENCIES. The Act of October 11, 1974, is further amended by adding at the end thereof the following new section:
“Sec. 10. The Secretary and other involved Federal agencies shall

Recreation.

16 USC 698m–2.

cooperate with the State of Florida to establish recreational access 102 STAT. 446points and roads, rest and recreation areas, wildlife protection, hunting, fishing, frogging, and other traditional recreational opportunities in conjunction with the creation of the Addition and in the construction of Interstate Highway 75. Three of such access points shall be located within the preserve (including the Addition).”.
SEC. 6. REPORT TO CONGRESS. The Act of October 11, 1974, is further amended by adding at the end thereof the following new section:
“Sec. 11.

16 USC 698m–3.

 Not later than two years after the date of the enactment of this section, the Secretary shall submit to the Congress a detailed report on, and further plan for, the preserve and Addition including— “(1) the status of the e)(isting preserve, the effectiveness of past regulation and management of the preserve, and recommendations for future management of the preserve and the Addition; “(2) a summary of the public’s use of the preserve and the status of the access points developed pursuant to section 10; “(3) the need for involvement of other State and Federal agencies in the management and expansion of the preserve and Addition; “(4) the status of land acquisition; and “(5) a determination, made in conjunction with the State of Florida, of the adequacy of the number, location, and design of the recreational access points on 1–75/Alligator Alley for access to the Big Cypress National Preserve, including the Addition. The determination required by paragraph (5) shall incorporate the results of any related studies of the State of Florida Department of Transportation and other Florida State agencies. Any recommendation for significant changes in the approved recreational access points, including any proposed additions, shall be accompanied by an assessment of the environmental impact of such changes.”.
SEC. 7. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.

16 USC 698m.

Section 8 of the Act of October 11, 1974, is amended— (1) by striking out “There” in the first sentence and inserting in lieu thereof “(a) Except as provided in subsection (b), there”, and (2) by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: “(b) There is hereby authorized to be appropriated from the Land and Water Conservation Fund not to exceed $49,500,000 for the acquisition of lands within the Addition. There is hereby authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for development in the Addition.
SEC. 8. OIL AND GAS EXPLORATION. DEVELOPMENT AND PRODUCTION. The Act of October 11, 1974, is further amended by adding at the end thereof the following new section:
“Sec. 12.

Regulations.

16 USC 698m–4.

 (a) Within nine months from the date of the enactment of the Big Cypress National Preserve Addition Act, the Secretary shall promulgate, subject to the requirements of subsections (b)-(e) of this section, such rules and regulations governing the exploration for and development and production of non-Federal interests in oil and gas located within the boundaries of the Big Cypress National Preserve and the Addition, including but not limited to access on, 102 STAT. 447across, or through all lands within the boundaries of the Big Cypress National Preserve and the Addition for the purpose of conducting such exploration or development and production, as are necessary and appropriate to provide reasonable use and enjoyment of privately owned oil and gas interests, and consistent with the purposes for which the Big Cypress National Preserve and the Addition were established. Rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the authority of this section may be made by appropriate amendment to or in substitution of the rules and regulations respecting non-Federal oil and gas rights (currently codified at 36 CFR 9.30, et seq. (1986)1. “(b) Any rule or regulation promulgated by the Secretary under subsection (a) of this section shall provide that— “(1) exploration or development and production activities may not be undertaken, except pursuant to a permit issued by the National Park Service authorizing such activities or access; and “(2) final action by the National Park Service with respect to any application for a permit authorizing such activities shall occur within 90 days from the date such an application is submitted unless— “(A) the National Park Service and the applicant agree that such final action shall occur within a shorter or longer period of time; or “(B) the National Park Service determines that an additional period of time is required to ensure that the National Park Service has, in reviewing the application, complied with other applicable law, Executive orders and regulations; or “(C) the National Park Service, within 30 days from the date of submission of such application, notifies the applicant that such application does not contain all information reasonably necessary to allow the National Park Service to consider such application and requests that such additional information be provided. After receipt of such notification to the applicant, the applicant shall supply any reasonably necessary additional information and shall advise the National Park Service that the applicant believes that the application contains all reasonably necessary information and is therefore complete, whereupon the National Park Service may— “(i) within 30 days of receipt of such notice from the applicant to the National Park Service determine that the application does not contain all reasonably necessary additional information and, on that basis, deny the application; or “(ii) review the application and take final action within 60 days from the date that the applicant provides notification to the National Park Service that its application is complete. “(c) Such activities shall be permitted to occur if such activities conform to requirements established by the National Park Service under authority of law. “(d) In establishing standards governing the conduct of exploration or development and production activities within the boundaries of the Big Cypress National Preserve or the Addition, the Secretary shall take into consideration oil and gas exploration and development and production practices used in similar habitats or 102 STAT. 448ecosystems within the Big Cypress National Preserve or the Addition at the time of promulgation of the rules and regulations under subsection (a) or at the time of the submission of the application seeking authorization for such activities, as appropriate. “(e)

Contracts.

 Prior to the promulgation of rules or regulations under this section, the Secretary is authorized, consistent with the purposes of which the Big Cypress National Preserve Addition was established, to enter into interim agreements with owners of non-Federal oil and gas interests governing the conduct of oil and gas exploration, development or production activities within the boundaries of the Addition, which agreements shall be superseded by the rules and regulations promulgated by the Secretary when applicable: Provided, That such agreement shall be consistent with the requirements of subsections (b)-(d) of this section and may be altered by the terms of rules and regulations subsequently promulgated by the Secretary: Provided further, That this provision shall not be construed to enlarge or diminish the authority of the Secretary to establish rules and regulations applicable to the conduct of exploration or development and production activities within the Big Cypress National Preserve or the Addition. “(f) There is hereby authorized to be established a Minerals Management Office within the Office of the Superintendent of the Big Cypress National Preserve, for the purpose of ensuring, consistent with the purposes for which the Big Cypress National Preserve was established, timely consideration of and final action on applications for the exploration or development and production of non-Federal oil and gas rights located beneath the surface of lands within the boundaries of the Big Cypress National Preserve and the Addition. “(g)

Appropriation authorization.

 There are hereby authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out the activities set forth in this section.”.
Approved April 29, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 90 (H.R. 3971): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–30 accompanying H.R. 3971 (Comm, on Interior and Insular Affairs). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–45 (Comm, on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Mar. 31, H.R. 184 considered and passed House.

Dec. 11, S. 90 considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Mar. 1, considered and passed House, amended.

Mar. 31, Senate concurred in House amendments with amendments.

Apr. 12, House concurred in Senate amendments.

 WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol 24 (1988):

Apr. 29, Presidential statement.

 Public Law 100–302: To express gratitude for law enforcement personnel. Public Law 302 Public Law 100–302 102 Stat. 449 1988-04-29 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 449 Public Law 100–302 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To express gratitude for law enforcement personnel.

Apr. 29, 1988

[S.J. Res. 227]

 Whereas the first day of May of each year was designated as “Law Day U.S.A.” and has been set aside as a special day to advance equality and justice under law; to encourage citizen support both of law enforcement and law observance; and to foster respect for law and to understanding its essential place in the life of every citizen of the United States; Whereas during the course of each year many law enforcement officers are killed and tens of thousands are injured or assaulted in the course of their duties; Whereas each day police officers and other law enforcement personnel perform their duties unflinchingly and without hesitation; and Whereas these dedicated people are devoted to their jobs, underpaid for their efforts, and tireless in their work, performing without adequate recognition: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That in celebration of “Law Day U.S.A.”, May 1, 1988, special emphasis be given by grateful people to all law enforcement personnel of the United States for the unflinching and devoted service in helping to preserve the domestic tranquility and guaranteeing to all individuals their rights under law.
Approved April 29, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 227: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Apr. 20, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–303: To authorize the President to proclaim the last Friday of April 1988 as “National Arbor Day”. Public Law 303 Public Law 100–303 102 Stat. 450 1988-04-29 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 450 Public Law 100–303 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To authorize the President to proclaim the last Friday of April 1988 as “National Arbor Day”.

Apr. 29, 1988

[S.J. Res. 247]

 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the President is hereby authorized and requested to issue a proclamation designating the last Friday of April 1988 as “National Arbor Day” and calling upon the people of the United States to observe such a day with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved April 29, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 247: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Apr, 20, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–304: Making emergency mandatory veterans supplemental appropriations for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988. Public Law 304 Public Law 100–304 102 Stat. 451 1988-04-29 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 451 Public Law 100–304 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Making emergency mandatory veterans supplemental appropriations for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988.

Apr. 29, 1988

[H J. Res. 552]

 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the following sums are appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988, namely:
VETERANS ADMINISTRATION loan guaranty revolving fund For an additional amount for the “Loan Guaranty Revolving Fund”, $526,600,000, to remain available until expended: Provided, That the last proviso in the “General operating expenses” appropriation in the Department of Housing and Urban Development-Independent Agencies Appropriations Act, 1988 (H.R. 3971), as enacted under the provision of section 101(f) of Public Law 100–202,

101 Stat 1329–187.

an Act Making Further Continuing Appropriations for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988, is deleted. readjustment benefits For an additional amount for “Readjustment benefits”, $182,500,000, to remain available until expended. Approved April 29, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H J. Res. 552: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988k):

Apr. 27, considered and passed House.

Apr. 28, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–305: Deploring the Soviet Government’s active persecution of religious believers in Ukraine. Public Law 305 Public Law 100–305 102 Stat. 452 1988-05-02 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 452 Public Law 100–305 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Deploring the Soviet Government’s active persecution of religious believers in Ukraine.

May 2, 1988

[S.J. Res. 235]

 Whereas 1988 marks the Millennium of the Christianity of Kievan Rus’, adopted by Prince Volodymyr in a ceremony on the banks of the Dnieper River; Whereas today freedom of religion is a fundamental right which is explicitly guaranteed by the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Covenants on Human Rights, and the Final Act of the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe; Whereas the Soviet Government has violated the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Covenants on Human Rights, and the Final Act of the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe by engaging in the persecution of religious believers in the Soviet Union, including the systematic liquidation of the historic and national churches in Ukraine; Whereas the Ukrainian Orthodox and Ukrainian Catholic churches, both forcibly liquidated in the 1930’s and 1940’s, respectively, have remained outlawed while their clergy and laity have been murdered, imprisoned, or exiled for their religious beliefs; Whereas, despite decades of severe persecution, Ukrainian Orthodox and Ukrainian Catholic believers to this day continue to practice their faiths clandestinely for fear of persecution by Soviet authorities; Whereas the Soviet Government has, in addition, sought to restrain and undermine the spiritual mission of the Evangelical Church in Ukraine, and has established restrictive legislation in direct contravention of the Biblical precepts that undergird the evangelical movement; Whereas many members of the Ukrainian Evangelical churches, in particular unregistered Baptist and Pentecostal congregations, are currently imprisoned and harassed for their faith; Whereas suspected clergy and lay members of the Ukrainian Orthodox, Ukrainian Catholic, Baptist, and Pentecostal churches are victimized by job discrimination, their access to religious literature is restricted, and they are subject to various forms of harassment such as house searches, interrogations, and arbitrary arrests by Soviet authorities; Whereas, despite the Soviet government’s policies of religious persecution in Ukraine, faith in God is widespread among Ukrainians as evidenced by the underground Ukrainian Catholic movement which embraces hundreds of priests headed by a number of secret bishops assisted by more than 1,000 religious women in orders; and Whereas Ukrainian Catholic catacomb bishops, priests, and laity have placed themselves In direct danger of persecution by appeal-102 STAT. 453ing to the Kremlin to end its prohibition of the Ukrainian Catholic Church: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Human rights.
That the Congress of the United States deplores the Soviet Government’s active persecution of religious believers in Ukraine, as well as the forcible liquidation of the Ukrainian Orthodox and Ukrainian Catholic Churches.
Sec. 2. On the occasion of the Millennium of Christianity in Kievan Rus’, the Congress of the United States— (1) discourages official participation by the Government of the United States in ceremonies of the Millennium in the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, so long as individuals remain harassed and imprisoned for their religious beliefs, are denied access to religious literature and the opportunity to receive religious instruction, and the Ukrainian Catholic and Ukrainian Orthodox Churches remain outlawed; (2) sends its greetings to the Ukrainian people as they mark this solemn event in the history of the Ukrainian nation; (3) voices its concern for those Ukrainian religious believers who are persecuted for attempting to exercise their rights to religious worship; (4) urges the President of the United States, the Secretary of State, the United States delegation to the United Nations, the United States Delegation to the Vienna Review Meeting of the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe to continue to speak out forcefully against violations of religious liberty throughout the Soviet Union and specifically in Ukraine during this anniversary year; (5) calls upon the Soviet Government to abide by the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the International Covenants on Human Rights, and the Final Act of the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe, and release ail those imprisoned for their religious beliefs; and (6) urges, in observance of the Christian Millennium, the Soviet Government to legalize the Ukrainian Orthodox and Ukrainian Catholic Churches.
Approved May 2, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 235: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988)

Mar. 4, considered and passed Senate.

Apr. 19, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–306: Designating May 1988 as “National Digestive Disease Awareness Month”. Public Law 306 Public Law 100–306 102 Stat. 454 1988-05-03 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 454 Public Law 100–306 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating May 1988 as “National Digestive Disease Awareness Month”.

May 3, 1988

[H.J. Res. 421]

 Whereas digestive diseases rank third among illnesses in total economic cost in the United States; Whereas digestive diseases represent one of the Nation’s most serious health problems in terms of discomfort and pain, personal expenditures for treatment, working hours lost, and mortality; Whereas 20 million Americans suffer from chronic digestive diseases; Whereas more than 14 million cases of acute digestive diseases are treated in this country each year, including Vs of all malignancies and some of the most common acute infections; Whereas more Americans are hospitalized because of digestive diseases than any other type of disease; Whereas digestive diseases necessitate 25 percent of all surgical operations; Whereas digestive diseases are one of the most prevalent causes of disability in the work force; Whereas, in the United States, digestive diseases cause yearly expenditures of over $17,000,000,000 in direct health care costs and a total annual economic burden of nearly $50,000,000,000; Whereas more than 100 different digestive diseases, and other disorders of the gastrointestinal tract, each cause more than 200 deaths every year; Whereas there has been interest on the part of the research community in the causes, cures, prevention, and clinical treatment of digestive diseases and related nutritional problems; Whereas the people of the United States should recognize prevention and treatment of digestive diseases as a major health priority; Whereas national organizations, such as the Digestive Diseases National Coalition, are committed to increasing awareness and understanding of digestive diseases in the health care community and among members of the general public; Whereas the National Institutes of Health, through the National Digestive Diseases Education and Information Clearinghouse and the National Digestive Diseases Advisory Board, is committed to encouraging and coordinating such educational efforts; Whereas the National Digestive Disease Education Program is a coordinated effort to educate the public and the health care community on the seriousness of digestive diseases and to provide information relative to the treatment, prevention, and control of digestive diseases; and Whereas May 1988 marks the fourth anniversary of the National Digestive Disease Education Program: Now, therefore, be it 102 STAT. 455 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That May 1988 is designated as “National Digestive Disease Awareness Month”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon all government agencies and the people of the United States to observe such month with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved May 3, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 421: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Apr. 20, considered and passed House.

Apr. 22, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–307: To provide for setting aside the first Thursday in May as the date on which the National Day of Prayer is celebrated. Public Law 307 Public Law 100–307 102 Stat. 456 1988-05-05 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 456 Public Law 100–307 100th Congress
An Act To provide for setting aside the first Thursday in May as the date on which the National Day of Prayer is celebrated.

May 5, 1988

[S. 1378]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the joint resolution entitled “Joint Resolution to provide for setting aside an appropriate day as a National Day of Prayer”, approved April 17, 1952

36 USC 169h.

(Public Law 82–324; 66 Stat. 64), is amended by striking “a suitable day each year, other than a Sunday,” and inserting in lieu thereof “the first Thursday in May in each year”.
Approved May 5, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 1378: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988)

Apr. 22, considered and passed Senate.

May 2, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–308: To designate the period commencing on May 1, 1988, and ending on May 7, 1988, as “National Older Americans Abuse Prevention Week”. Public Law 308 Public Law 100–308 102 Stat. 457 1988-05-05 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 457 Public Law 100–308 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the period commencing on May 1, 1988, and ending on May 7, 1988, as “National Older Americans Abuse Prevention Week”.

May 5, 1988

[S.J. Res. 222]

 Whereas each year an estimated 550,000 to 2.5 million elders are the victims of physical and emotional abuse, neglect, and denial of fundamental civil rights; Whereas these elders represent every racial, religious and socioeconomic class; Whereas the suffering of these elders poses a threat to our families and to our society as a whole; Whereas in most instances this neglect and abuse stems from the lack of information on intervention and prevention; Whereas the health and well-being of our elders is, and must be, one of our Nation’s highest priorities; Whereas May, 1988, has traditionally been designated as “Older Americans Month”, and provides the ideal opportunity for the people of the United States to become educated and aware of the welfare of the elderly; and Whereas it is appropriate to focus the attention of the Nation upon the problem of elderly abuse: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the period commencing on May 1, 1988, and ending on May 7, 1988, is designated as “National Older Americans Abuse Prevention Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon all Government agencies and the people of the United States to observe such period with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved May 5, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 222: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 17, considered and passed Senate.

Apr. 28, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–309: Designating the period commencing May 2, 1988, and ending on May 8, 1988, as “Public Service Recognition Week”. Public Law 309 Public Law 100–309 102 Stat. 458 1988-05-05 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 458 Public Law 100–309 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating the period commencing May 2, 1988, and ending on May 8, 1988, as “Public Service Recognition Week”.

May 5, 1988

[S.J. Res. 242]

 Whereas the remarkable range of skills and unceasing dedication of government employees has supported the United State’ leadership position in the world; Whereas government employees have helped make the United States a global leader in industry, health care, agriculture, and defense by developing some of the world’s most important technologies; Whereas career government employees provide the Nation’s defense, carry out the laws of the land, ensure environmental protection, maintain transportation systems, guard the Nation’s borders to stem the flow of illegal drugs, administer Social Security, support health programs, provide policy direction for the education of the Nation’s children, and provide countless other crucial public services; Whereas government employees perform their demanding duties in exchange for compensation which is often far less than that received by their private sector counterparts; and Whereas government employees are a valuable national resource, fulfilling the needs and desires of the American people as expressed through their elected representatives in the executive, legislative, and judicial branches of government: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That May 2–8, 1988, is designated as “Public Service Recognition Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved May 5, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 242: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 17, considered and passed Senate.

Apr. 28, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–310: Designating May 1988 as “Older Americans Month”. Public Law 310 Public Law 100–310 102 Stat. 459 1988-05-06 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 459 Public Law 100–310 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating May 1988 as “Older Americans Month”.

May 6, 1988

[H.J. Res. 508]

 Whereas older Americans have contributed many years of service to their families, their communities, and the Nation; Whereas the population of the United States is comprised of a large percentage of older Americans representing a wealth of knowledge and experience; Whereas older Americans should be acknowledged for the contributions they continue to make to their communities and the Nation; and Whereas many States and communities acknowledge older Americans during the month of May: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That, in recognition of the traditional designation of the month of May as “Older Americans Month” and the repeated expression by the Congress of its appreciation and respect for the achievements of older Americans and its desire that these Americans continue to play an active role in the life of the Nation, the President is directed to issue a proclamation designating the month of May 1988 as “Older Americans Month” and calling on the people of the United States to observe this month with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved May 6, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 508 (S.J. Res. 287): CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 {1988):

Apr. 20, considered and passed House.

Apr. 21, S.J. Res. 287 considered and passed Senate.

Apr. 22, H.J. Res. 508 considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–311: Commending the State of Israel and its people on the occasion of the fortieth anniversary of the reestablishment of the independent State of Israel. Public Law 311 Public Law 100–311 102 Stat. 460 1988-05-06 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 460 Public Law 100–311 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Commending the State of Israel and its people on the occasion of the fortieth anniversary of the reestablishment of the independent State of Israel.

May 6, 1988

[H.J. Res. 541]

 Whereas the State of Israel redeems the Biblical promise to the Jewish people of the homeland from which they were exiled for 2,000 years; Whereas the establishment of the State of Israel as a homeland for the Jews followed the slaughter of more than 6,000,000 Jews during the Holocaust; Whereas the United States helped in the creation of the State of Israel by extending diplomatic relations to the State of Israel upon its proclamation of independence on May 14, 1948; Whereas since its establishment 40 years ago, Israel has rebuilt a nation, forged a new society, and created an economic, cultural, and intellectual infrastructure that is nothing short of miraculous; Whereas despite the heavy costs of six wars, terrorism, international ostracism, and economic boycotts, the people of Israel have relinquished neither their desire to live in peace with their neighbors nor their democratic ideals; Whereas at great social and financial costs, Israel has absorbed hundreds of thousands of Jews from countries throughout the world, many of them refugees from Arab countries, and fully integrated them into Israeli society; Whereas the world, particularly the less developed countries of Latin America and Africa, has benefited tremendously from Israeli advances in agriculture, medicine, and industry; Whereas the United States and Israel have always maintained a special relationship based on mutually shared democratic values, strategic interests, and moral bonds of friendship and respect; and Whereas the American people have shared an affinity with the people of Israel and regard Israel as a strong and trusted ally and important strategic partner: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the United States— (1) hails the historic milestone of 40 years of e)(istence of the reestablished, independent State of Israel; (2) praises the people of Israel for their remarkable achievements in building a new state and society and maintaining the only democracy in the Middle East in the face of constant belligerence by her neighbors; 102 STAT. 461 (3) notes with deep satisfaction the bonds of friendship and cooperation between the United States and the State of Israel which have meant so much to both countries; and (4) extends the warmest congratulations and best wishes to the State of Israel and its people for a peaceful and successful future.
Approved May 6, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 541: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Apr. 21, considered and passed House.

Apr. 22, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–312: To authorize and request the President to issue a proclamation designating June 6–12, 1988, as “National Fishing Week”. Public Law 312 Public Law 100–312 102 Stat. 462 1988-05-06 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 462 Public Law 100–312 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To authorize and request the President to issue a proclamation designating June 6–12, 1988, as “National Fishing Week”.

May 6, 1988

[S.J. Res. 190]

 Whereas the United States Bureau of the Census reported that fifty-four million residents of our country participated in sport fishing in 1980; Whereas sport fishing is a family oriented, outdoor, recreational activity that provides therapeutic rewards and enjoyment to people of all ages; Whereas the demands for goods and services by sport fishing participants is estimated to generate $25,000,000,000 in economic activity and employment for an estimated six hundred thousand individuals each year; Whereas fishing promotes respect for Nation’s marine, estuarine, and fresh waters, and their associated plant and animal communities; and Whereas our country’s league of fishing enthusiasts represent a constituency that seeks to prevent the degradation of our Nation’s diverse aquatic habitats: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the President is requested and authorized to issue a proclamation designating June 6–12, 1988, as “National Fishing Week” and calling upon Federal, State, and local government agencies, and the people of the United States to observe the week with appropriate programs and activities.
Approved May 6, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 190: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 17, considered and passed Senate.

Apr. 20, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–313: Designating May 8–14, 1988, as “Just Say No Week”. Public Law 313 Public Law 100–313 102 Stat. 463 1988-05-10 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 463 Public Law 100–313 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating May 8–14, 1988, as “Just Say No Week”.

May 10, 1988

[H.J. Res. 545]

 Whereas America’s youth are our Nation’s most precious resource; Whereas young people are contributing to drug abuse prevention by starting just-say-no clubs and saying “no” to drugs; Whereas children across America will participate in a national just-say-no walk against drugs on May 11, 1988; and Whereas America’s youth should be recognized for and encouraged in their efforts in the fight against drug abuse: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That May 8–14, 1988, is designated as “Just Say No Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved May 10, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 545 (S.J. Res. 300): CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Apr. 28, considered and passed House and Senate.

 Public Law 100–314: To designate the month of May, 1988 as “National Foster Care Month”. Public Law 314 Public Law 100–314 102 Stat. 464 1988-05-10 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 464 Public Law 100–314 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the month of May, 1988 as “National Foster Care Month”.

May 10, 1988

[S.J. Res. 59]

 Whereas there are more than 250,000 licensed foster families in the United States who temporarily provide guidance, emotional support, food, shelter, and nurture to children who cannot remain in their own home; Whereas foster parents devotedly and unselfishly open their home and family life to children in need; Whereas foster parents are a vital part in permanency planning to protect the best interests of a foster child; Whereas foster parents work cooperatively with human service agencies and biological parents to strengthen family life; Whereas foster parents must have the commitment of the national, State and local communities in terms of funding, support, and training; and Whereas the National Foster Parent Association holds its annual training conference during the month of May, 1987: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the month of May, 1988 is designated as “National Foster Care Month”. The President is requested to issue a proclamation calling on the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved May 10, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 59: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26. considered and passed Senate.

Apr. 28, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–315: Designating the week of May 8, 1988, through May 14, 1988, as “National Osteoporosis Prevention Week of 1988”. Public Law 315 Public Law 100–315 102 Stat. 465 1988-05-10 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 465 Public Law 100–315 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating the week of May 8, 1988, through May 14, 1988, as “National Osteoporosis Prevention Week of 1988”.

May 10, 1988

[S.J. Res. 250]

 Whereas osteoporosis, a degenerative bone condition, afflicts twenty-four million people in the United States; Whereas osteoporosis, afflicts 90 per centum of women over age 75; Whereas 50 per centum of all women in the United States over age 45 will develop some form of osteoporosis; Whereas hip fractures are the most disabling outcome of osteoporosis, and 32 per centum of women and 17 per centum of men who live to age 90 will likely suffer a hip fracture due primarily to osteoporosis; Whereas the mortality rates for people who suffer a hip fracture increase by 20 per centum, with such fractures resulting in the death of over fifty thousand older women and many older men each year; Whereas 15 to 25 per centum of people who suffer a hip fracture stay in a long-term care facility for at least one year after the fracture occurs, and 25 to 35 per centum of people who return home from a long-term care facility after recovering from a hip fracture require assistance with daily living after returning home; Whereas the total cost to society of dealing with osteoporosis was $7,000,000,000 to $10,000,000,000 in 1986 and such cost is expected to rise as the population ages; Whereas osteoporosis is associated with the loss of bone mass due to a lack of estrogen as a result of menopause, alcohol or cigarette use, and low calcium intake; Whereas exercise and proper nutrition before an individual is age 35 will build bone mass to help prevent osteoporosis; and Whereas people who suffer from osteoporosis should be aware of the increased risk of bone fractures, and should take precautions to reduce the chance of accidents that may result in bone fractures due primarily to osteoporosis: Now, therefore, be it 102 STAT. 466 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the week of May 8, 1988, through May 14, 1988, is designated as “National Osteoporosis Prevention Week of 1988”, and the President of the United States is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate programs and activities.
Approved May 10, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 250: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

Apr. 28, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–316: To designate the period commencing May 8, 1988, and ending on May 14, 1988, as “National Tuberous Sclerosis Awareness Week”. Public Law 316 Public Law 100–316 102 Stat. 467 1988-05-12 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 467 Public Law 100–316 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the period commencing May 8, 1988, and ending on May 14, 1988, as “National Tuberous Sclerosis Awareness Week”.

May 12, 1988

[S.J. Res. 212]

 Whereas tuberous sclerosis (hereinafter referred to in this resolution as “TS”) is a genetic disorder affecting as many as 1 in 10,000 Americans; Whereas TS remains poorly understood and frequently misdiagnosed, even though it is one of the more common genetic disorders; Whereas TS affects males and females of all races; Whereas the characteristics of TS include skin markings, seizures, motor difficulties, mental retardation, tumors of the brain and other organs, and behavioral abnormalities; Whereas in any individual, the disease’s severity can range from being mild, when patients can live normal lives, to being extreme, when TS is disabling and may be life threatening; Whereas although modern research technology has provided information about TS, there remains much to be learned; Whereas only with continued, extensive research is there any chance of conquering TS; and Whereas establishing a national TS awareness week would serve to enhance public awareness of TS and stimulate further TS research: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the period commencing May 8, 1988, and ending on May 14, 1988, is designated as “National Tuberous Sclerosis Awareness Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe the week with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved May 12, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 212: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

May 5, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–317: To designate the period commencing on May 16, 1988 and ending on May 22, 1988, as “National Safe Kids Week”. Public Law 317 Public Law 100–317 102 Stat. 468 1988-05-13 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 468 Public Law 100–317 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the period commencing on May 16, 1988 and ending on May 22, 1988, as “National Safe Kids Week”.

May 13, 1988

[S J. Res. 240]

 Whereas the children of the United States represent the most precious natural resource of the United States; Whereas each year approximately one out of every four children under the age of fifteen in the United States is involved in an accident; Whereas injuries resulting from accidents are the leading cause of death among children in the United States, claiming the lives of nearly eight thousand children each year; Whereas approximately fifty thousand children in the United States are left permanently disabled because of accidental injuries each year; Whereas the incidence and seriousness of such injuries can be significantly reduced through preventive measures and appropriate treatments; and Whereas adults and children in the United States should become aware of the frequency and nature of accidental injuries to children, and of the need to undertake preventive measures and seek appropriate treatment: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the period commencing on May 16, 1988 and ending on May 22, 1988, is designated “National Safe Kids Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved May 13, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S J. Res. 240: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

May 5, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–318: To provide for the transfer of certain funds to the Secretary of the Interior for the benefit of certain members of the Crow Tribe. Public Law 318 Public Law 100–318 102 Stat. 469 1988-05-13 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 469 Public Law 100–318 100th Congress
An Act To provide for the transfer of certain funds to the Secretary of the Interior for the benefit of certain members of the Crow Tribe.

May 13, 1988

[S. 2273]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. TRANSFER OF FUNDS. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary of

Grants.

Health and Human Services shall transfer to the Secretary of the Interior $180,000 of the funds appropriated to provide a grant to the Crow Tribe under section 2604(d) of the Low-Income Home Energy Assistance Act of 1981 (42 U.S.C. 8623(d)) for fiscal year 1988. (b) The funds transferred under this section and any other fiscal year 1988 funds, appropriated pursuant to the Low-Income Home Energy Assistance Program, which have been retained by the Secretary of Health and Human Services and which have been allocated, but not distributed, for the benefit of the Crow Tribe, shall remain available for that purpose until expended.
SEC. 2. USE OF TRANSFERRED FUNDS. The Secretary of the Interior and the Secretary of Health and

Contracts.

Human Services shall enter into an Interagency Agreement for the administration on an expedited basis of the funds transferred under section 1. The Agreement shall include assurances that the Secretary of the Interior shall follow the requirements contained in paragraphs (1), (2), (5), (7), (8), and (13) of subsection 2605(b) of the Low-Income Home Energy Assistance Act of 1981 and such terms regarding the provision of technical assistance as the Secretaries may deem necessary. All such funds shall be used to provide, through the Crow Agency Social Services Program of the Bureau of Indian Affairs, the assistance and benefits otherwise available under the Low-Income Home Energy Assistance Act of 1981 to households who meet the eligibility criteria established by the Crow Tribe in its grant application for fiscal year 1988 and the agreement between the State of Montana and the Crow Tribe for such year. There shall be equitable consideration of claims or applications

Claims.

involving all forms of energy. If direct vendor payments are made, the vendor shall agree to refrain from termination of service to an eligible household until such time as all administrative actions involving withholding of fiscal year 1988 grants under the Low-Income Home Energy Assistance Act of 1981 from the Crow Tribe have been resolved. The provisions of the Interagency Agreement shall be in lieu of any other legal requirements that would otherwise be applicable to the administration of such funds or the assistance and benefits to be provided with such funds.
102 STAT. 470
SEC. 3. CONSTRUCTION. Nothing in this Act may be construed to affect administrative actions relating to grants received by the Crow Tribe under section 2604(d) of the Low-Income Home Energy Assistance Act of 1981 (42 U.S.C. 8623(d)) for fiscal year 1988 or preceding fiscal years or the eligibility of the Crow Tribe to receive a grant for fiscal year 1989, or any succeeding fiscal year.
Approved May 13, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 2273: SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–315 (Select Comm, on Indian Affairs). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Apr. 18, considered and passed Senate.

Apr. 28, considered and passed House, amended. Senate concurred in House amendment.

 Public Law 100–319: To grant the consent of the Congress to the Appalachian States Low-Level Radioactive Waste Compact. Public Law 319 Public Law 100–319 102 Stat. 471 1988-05-19 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 471 Public Law 100–319 100th Congress
An Act To grant the consent of the Congress to the Appalachian States Low-Level Radioactive Waste Compact.

May 19, 1988

[H.R. 3025]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Appalachian States Low-Level Radioactive Waste Compact Consent Act.

42 USC 2021d note.

42 USC 2921d note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. This Act may be cited as the “Appalachian States Low-level Radioactive Waste Compact Consent Act”.
SEC. 2. CONGRESSIONAL FINDING. The Congress finds that the compact set forth in section 5 is in furtherance of the Low-Level Radioactive Waste Policy Act.
SEC. 3.

42 USC 2021d note.

 CONDITIONS OF CONSENT TO COMPACT. The consent of the Congress to the compact set forth in section 5— (1) shall become effective on the date of the enactment of this Act, (2) is granted subject to the provisions of the Low-Level Radioactive Waste Policy Act, and (3) is granted only for so long as the Appalachian States Low-Level Radioactive Waste Commission, advisory committees, and regional boards established in the compact comply with all the provisions of such Act.
SEC. 4.

42 USC 2021d note.

 CONGRESSIONAL REVIEW. The Congress may alter, amend, or repeal this Act with respect to the compact set forth in section 5 after the expiration of the 10-year period following the date of the enactment of this Act, and at such intervals thereafter as may be provided for in such compact.
SEC. 5.

State listing.

42 USC 2021d note.

 APPALACHIAN STATES LOW-LEVEL RADIOACTIVE WASTE COMPACT. In accordance with section 4(a)(2) of the Low-Level Radioactive Waste Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 2021d(A)(2)), the consent of Congress is given to the States of Pennsylvania, West Virginia, and any eligible States as defined in Article 5(A) of the Appalachian States Low-Level Radioactive Waste Compact to enter into such compact. Such compact is substantially as follows: “APPALACHIAN STATES LOW-LEVEL RADIOACTIVE WASTE COMPACT “Preamble “Whereas, The United States Congress, by enacting the Low-Level Radioactive Waste Policy Act (42 U.S.C. §§ 2021b–2021d) has encouraged the use of interstate compacts to provide for the establishment and operation of facilities for regional management of low-level radioactive waste; 102 STAT. 472 “Whereas, Under section 4(a)(1)(A) of the Low-Level Radioactive Waste Policy Act (42 U.S.C. § 2021d(a)(1)(A)), each state is responsible for providing for the capacity for disposal of low-level radioactive waste generated within its borders;

Safety.

“Whereas, To promote the health, safety and welfare of residents within, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and other eligible states as defined in Article 5(A) of this compact shall enter into a compact for the regional management and disposal of low-level radioactive waste.

“Now, therefore, the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the state of West Virginia and other eligible states hereby agree to enter into the Appalachian States Low-Level Radioactive Waste Compact.
“Article I “Definitions “As used in this compact, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise: “(a) ‘Broker’ means any intermediate person who handles, treats, processes, stores, packages, ships or otherwise has responsibility for or possesses low-level waste obtained from a generator. “(b) ‘Carrier’ means a person who transports low-level waste to a regional facility. “(c) ‘Commission’ means the Appalachian States Low-Level Radioactive Waste Commission. “(d) ‘Disposal’ means the isolation of low-level waste from the biosphere. “(e) ‘Facility’ means any real or personal property within the region, and improvements thereof or thereon, and any and all plant structures, machinery and equipment acquired, constructed, operated or maintained for the management or disposal of low-level waste. “(f) ‘Generate’ means to produce low-level waste requiring disposal. “(g) ‘Generator’ means a person whose activity results in the production of low-level waste requiring disposal. “(h) ‘Hazardous life’ means the time required for radioactive materials to decay to safe levels, as defined by the time period for the concentration of radioactive materials within a given container or package to decay to maximum permissible concentrations as defined by Federal law or by standards to be set by a host state, whichever is more restrictive. “(i) ‘Host state’ means Pennsylvania or other party state so designated by the Commission in accordance with Article 3 of this compact. “(j) ‘Institutional control period’ means the time of the continued observation, monitoring and care of the regional facility following transfer of control from the operator to the custodial agency. “(k) ‘Low-level waste’ means radioactive waste that: “(1) is neither high-level waste or transuranic waste, nor spent nuclear fuel, nor by-product material as defined in Section 11(e)(2) of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 as amended; and “(2) is classified by the Federal Government as low-level waste, consistent with e)(isting law; but does not include waste generated as a result of atomic energy defense activities of the 102 STAT. 473Federal Government, as defined in Public Law 96–573, or Federal research and development activities. “(l) ‘Management’ means the reduction, collection, consolidation, storage, packaging or treatment of low-level waste. “(m) ‘Operator’ means a person who operates a regional facility. “(n) ‘Party state’ means any state that has become a party in accordance with Article 5 of this compact. “(o) ‘Person’ means an individual, corporation, partnership or other legal entity, whether public or private. “(p) ‘Region’ means the combined geographical area within the boundaries of the party states. “(q) ‘Regional facility’ means a facility within any party state which has been approved by the Commission for the disposal of Low-level waste. “(r) ‘Shallow land burial’ means the disposal of low-level radioactive waste directly in subsurface trenches without additional confinement in engineered structures or by proper packaging in containers as determined by the law of the host state. “(s) ‘Transuranic waste’ means low-level waste containing radionuclides with an atomic number greater than 92 which are excluded from shallow-land burial by the Federal Government. “(A)

Establishment.

 Creation and Organization. “(1) Creation—There is hereby created the Appalachian States Low-Level Radioactive Waste Commission. The Commission is hereby created as a body corporate and politic, with succession for the duration of this compact, as an agency and instrumentality of the governments of the respective signatory parties, but separate and distinct from the respective signatory party states. The Commission shall have central offices located in Pennsylvania. “(2) Commission Membership—The Commission shall consist of two voting members from each party state to be appointed according to the laws of each party state and two additional voting members from each host state to be appointed according to the laws of each host state. Upon selection of the site of the regional facility, an additional voting member shall be appointed to the Commission who shall be a resident of the county or municipality where the facility is to be located. The appointing authority of each party state shall notify the Commission in writing of the identities of the members and of any alternates. An alternate may vote and act in the member’s absence. No member shall have a financial interest in any industry which generates low-level radioactive waste, any low-level radioactive waste regional facility or any related industry for the duration of the member’s term. No more than one-half the members and alternates from any party state shall have been employed by or be employed by a low-level waste generator or related industry upon appointment to or during their tenure of office; provided, that no member shall have been employed by or be employed by a regional facility operator. No member or alternate from any party state shall accept employment from any regional facility operator or brokers for at least three years after leaving office. “(3) Compensation—Members of the Commission and alternates shall serve without compensation from the Commission but may be reimbursed for necessary expenses incurred in and incident to the performance of their duties. “(4) Voting Power—Each Commission member is entitled to one vote. Unless otherwise provided in this compact, affirmative votes by a majority of a host state’s members are necessary for the 102 STAT. 474Commission to take any action related to the regional facility and the disposal and management of low-level waste within that host state. “(5) Organization and Procedure— “(a) The Commission shall provide for its own organization and procedures and shall adopt by-laws not inconsistent with this compact and any rules and regulations necessary to implement this compact. It shall meet at least once a year in the county selected to host a regional facility and shall elect a chairman and vice chairman from among its members. In the absence of the chairman, the vice chairman shall serve. “(b)

Public information.

 All meetings of the Commission shall be open to the public with at least 14 day’ advance notice, except that the chairman may convene an emergency meeting with less advance notice. Each municipality and county selected to host a regional facility shall be specifically notified in advance. of all Commission meetings. All meetings of the Commission shall be conducted in a manner that substantially conforms to the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C–Ch. 5, Subch. II, and Ch. 7). The Commission may, by a two-thirds vote, including approval of a majority of each host state’s Commission members, hold an Executive Session closed to the public for the purpose of: considering or discussing legally privileged or proprietary information; to consider dismissal, disciplining of or hearing complaints or charges brought against an employee or other public agent unless such person requests such public hearing; or to consult with its attorney regarding information or strategy in connection with specific litigation. The reason for the Executive Session must be announced at least 14 days prior to the Executive Session, except that the chairman may convene an emergency meeting with less advance notice, in which case the reason for the Executive Session must be announced at the open meeting immediately subsequent to the Executive Session. All action taken in violation of this open meeting provision shall be null and void. “(c)

Records.

Public information.

 Detailed written minutes shall be kept of all meetings of the Commission. All decisions, files, records and data of the Commission, except for information privileged against introduction in judicial proceedings, personnel records and minutes of a properly convened Executive Session, shall be open to public inspection subject to a procedure that substantially conforms to the Freedom of Information Act (Public Law 89–554, 5 U.S.C. § 552) and applicable Pennsylvania law and may be copied upon request and payment of fees which shall be no higher than necessary to recover copying costs. “(d) The Commission shall select an appropriate staff, including an Executive Director, to carry out the duties and functions assigned by the Commission. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Commission may hire and/or retain its own legal counsel. “(e) Any person aggrieved by a final decision of the Commission which adversely affects the legal rights, duties or privileges of such person may petition a court of competent jurisdiction, within 60 days after the Commission’s final decision, to obtain judicial review of said final decisions. “(f) Liabilities of the Commission shall not be deemed liabilities of the party states. Members of the Commission shall not be personally liable for actions taken in their official capacity. “(B) Powers and Duties. “The Commission: 102 STAT. 475 “(a) Shall conduct research and establish regulations to promote

Research and development.

Regulations.

a reasonable reduction of volume and curie content of Low-level wastes generated in the region. The regulations shall be reviewed and, if necessary, revised by the Commission at least annually. “(b) Shall ensure, to the extent authorized by Federal law, that low-level wastes are safely disposed of within the region except that the Commission shall have no power or authority to license, regulate or otherwise develop a regional facility, such powers and authority being reserved for the host state(s) as permitted under the law. “(c) Shall designate as ‘host states’ any party state which generates 25 percent or more of Pennsylvania’s volume or total curie content of low-level waste generated based on a comparison of averages over three successive years, as determined by the Commission. This determination shall be based on volume or total curie content, whichever is greater. “(d) Shall ensure, to the extent authorized by Federal law, that low-level waste packages brought into the regional facility for disposal conform to applicable state and Federal regulations. Low-level waste brokers or generators who violate these regulations will be subject to a fine or other penalty imposed by the Commission, including restricted access to a regional facility. The Commission may impose such fines and/or penalties in addition to any other penalty levied by the party states pursuant to Article 4(D). “(e) Shall establish such advisory committees as it deems necessary for the purpose of advising the Commission on matters pertaining to the management and disposal of low-level waste. “(f) May contract to accomplish its duties and effectuate its

Contracts.

powers subject to projected available resources. No contract made by the Commission shall bind a party state. “(g) Shall prepare contingency plans for management and disposal of low-level waste in the event any regional facility should be closed or otherwise unavailable. “(h) Shall examine all records of operators of regional facilities

Records.

pertaining to operating costs, profits or the assessment or collection of any charge, fee or surcharge and may make recommendations to the host state(s) which shall review the recommendations in accordance with its (their) own sovereign laws. “(i) Shall have the power to sue and be sued subject to Article 2(A)(5)(e) and may seek to intervene in any administrative or judicial proceeding. “(j) Shall assemble and make available, to the party states and to the public, information concerning low-level waste management and disposal needs, technologies, and problems. “(k) Shall keep current and annual inventories of all generators

Records.

by name and quantity of low-level waste generated within the region, based upon information provided by the party states. Inventory information shall include both volume in cubic feet and total curie content of the low-level waste and all available information on chemical composition and to)(icity of such wastes. “(l) Shall keep an inventory of all regional facilities and

Records.

specialized facilities, including, but not necessarily restricted to, 102 STAT. 476information on their size, capacity and location, as well as specific wastes capable of being managed, and the projected useful life of each regional facility. “(m)

Reports.

 Shall make and publish an annual report to the governors of the signatory party states and to the public detailing its programs, operations and finances, including copies of the annual budget and the independent audit required by this compact. “(n)

Contracts.

 Notwithstanding any other provision of this compact to the contrary, may, with the unanimous approval of the Commission members of the host state(s), enter into temporary agreements with non-party states or other regional boards for the emergency disposal of low-level waste at the regional facility, if so authorized by law(s) of the host state(s), or other disposal facilities located in states that are not parties to this agreement. “(o)

Regulations.

 Shall promulgate regulations, pursuant to host state law, to specifically govern and define exactly what would constitute an emergency situation and exactly what restrictions and limitations would be placed on temporary agreements. “(p) Shall not accept any donations, grants, equipment, supplies, materials or services, conditional or otherwise, from any source, except from any Federal agency and from party states which are certified as being legal and proper under the laws of the donating party state. “(C) Budget and Operation. “(1) Fiscal Year— The Commission shall establish a fiscal year which conforms to the fiscal year of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. “(2) Current Expense Budget—

Upon legislative enactment of this compact by two party states and each year until the regional facility becomes available, the Commission shall adopt a current expense budget for its fiscal year. The budget shall include the Commission’s estimated expenses for administration. Such expenses shall be allocated to the party states according to the following formula:

“Each designated initial host state will be allocated costs equal to twice the costs of the other party states, but such costs will not exceed $200,000.

“Each remaining party state will be allocated a cost of one half the cost of the initial host state, but such costs will not exceed $100,000.

“The party states will include the amounts allocated above in their respective budgets, subject to such review and approval as may be required by their respective budgetary processes. Such amounts shall be due and payable to the Commission in quarterly installments during the fiscal year.

 “(3) Annual Budget Request— For continued funding of its activities, the Commission shall submit an annual budget request to each party state for funding, based upon the percentage of the region’s waste generated in each state in the region, as reported in the latest available annual inventory required under Article 2(B)(k). The percentage of waste shall be based on volume of waste or total curie content as determined by the Commission. “(4) Annual Report to Include Budget— The Commission shall prepare and include in the annual report a budget showing anticipated receipts and disbursements for the ensuing year. “(5) Annual Independent Audit— 102 STAT. 477 “(a) As soon as practicable after the closing of the fiscal year, an audit shall be made of the financial accounts of the Commission. The audit shall be made by qualified certified public accountants selected by the Commission, who have no personal direct or indirect interest in the financial affairs of the Commission or any of its officers or employees. The report of audit shall

Reports.

be prepared in accordance with accepted accounting practices and shall be filed with the chairman and such other officers as the Commission shall direct. Copies of the report shall be

Public information.

distributed to each Commission member and shall be made available for public distribution. “(b) Each signatory party, by its duly authorized officers, shall be entitled to examine and audit at any time all of the books, documents, records, files and accounts and all other papers, things or property of the Commission. The representatives of the signatory parties shall have access to all books, documents, records, accounts, reports, files and all other papers, things or property belonging to or in use by the Commission and necessary to facilitate the audit; and they shall be afforded full facilities for verifying transactions with the balances or securities held by depositaries, fiscal agents and custodians.
“Article 3 “Rights, Responsibilities and Obligations of Party States “(A) Regional Facilities. “There shall be regional facilities sufficient to dispose of the Low-level waste generated within the region. Each regional facility shall be capable of disposing of such low-level waste but in the form(s) required by regulations or license conditions. Specialized facilities for particular types of low-level waste management, reduction or treatment may not be developed in any party state unless they are in accordance with the laws and regulations of such state and applicable Federal laws and regulations. “(B) Equal Access to Regional Facilities. “Each party state shall have equal access as other party states to

Safety.

regional facilities located within the region and accepting low-level waste, provided, however, that the host state may close the regional facility located within its borders when necessary for public health and safety. However, a host state shall send notification to the Commission in writing within three (3) days of its action and shall, within thirty (30) working days, provide in writing the reasons for the closing. “(C) Initial Host State. “Pennsylvania and party states which generated 25 percent or more of the volume or curies of low-level waste generated by Pennsylvania, based on a comparison of averages over the three years 1982 through 1984, are designated as “initial host states” and are required to develop and host low-level waste sites as regional facilities. The percentage of waste from each state shall be determined by cubic foot volume or total curie content, whichever is greater. “(D) Exemption From Being Initial Host State. “Party states which generate less than 25 percent of the volume or curies of low-level waste generated by Pennsylvania, based on a comparison of averages over the years 1982 through 1984, shall be exempt from initial host state responsibilities. These states shall 102 STAT. 478continue to be exempt as long as they generate less than 25 percent threshold over successive 3–year periods. Once a state generates an average of 25 percent or more of the volume or curies generated by Pennsylvania over a successive 3–year period, it shall be designated as a “host state” for a 30-year period by the Commission and shall immediately initiate development of a regional facility to be operational within five years. Such host state shall be prepared to accept at its regional facility low-level waste at least equal to that generated in the state. With Commission approval, any party state may volunteer to host a regional facility. The percentage of waste from each state shall be determined by either a cubic foot volume or total curie content, whichever is greater. “(E) Useful Life of Regional Facilities. “Pennsylvania and other host states are obligated to develop regional facilities for the duration of this compact. All regional facilities shall be designed for at least a 30-year useful life. At the end of the facility’s life, normal closure and maintenance procedures shall be initiated in accordance with the applicable requirements of the host state and the Federal Government. Each host state’s obligation for operating regional facilities shall remain as long as the state continues to produce over a 3–year period 25 percent or more of the volume or curies of low-level waste generated by Pennsylvania. “(F) Duties of Host State. “Each host state shall: “(a) Cause a regional facility to be sited and developed on a timely basis. “(b)

Safety.

Environmental protection.

 Ensure by law, consistent with applicable state and Federal law, the protection and preservation of public health, safety and environmental quality in the siting, design, development, licensure or other regulation, operation, closure, decommissioning, long-term care and the institutional control period of the regional facility within the state. To the extent authorized by Federal law, a host state may adopt more stringent laws, rules or regulations than required by Federal law. “(c) Ensure and maintain a manifest system which documents all waste-related activities of generators, brokers, carriers and related activities of generators, brokers, carriers and operators, and establish the chain of custody of waste from its initial generation to the end of its hazardous life. Copies of all such manifests shall be submitted to the Commission on a timely basis. “(d) Ensure that charges for disposal of low-level waste at the regional facility are sufficient to fully fund the safe disposal and perpetual care of the regional facility and that charges are assessed without discrimination as to the party state of origin. “(e)

Reports.

 Submit an annual report to the Commission on the status of the regional facility which contains projections of the anticipated future capacity. “(f) Notify the Commission immediately if any e)(igency arises requiring the possible temporary or permanent closure of a regional facility within the state at a time earlier than was projected in the state’s most recent annual report to the Commission. “(g) Require that the institutional control period of any disposal facility be at least as long as the hazardous life, as defined in Article 1(h), of the radioactive materials that are disposed at that facility. 102 STAT. 479 “(h) Prohibit the use of any shallow land burial, as defined in Article l(r), and develop alternative means for treatment, storage and disposal of low-level waste. “(i) Establish by law, to the extent not prohibited by Federal law, requirements for financial responsibility, including, but not limited to: “(i) Requirements for the purchase and maintenance of adequate insurance by generators, brokers, carriers and operators of the regional facility; “(ii) Requirements for the establishment of a long-term care fund to be funded by a fee placed on generators to pay for preventative or corrective measures of low-level waste to the regional facility; and “(iii) Any further financial responsibility requirements that shall be submitted by generators, brokers, carriers and operators as deemed necessary by the host state. “(G) Duties of Party State. “Each party state: “(a) Shall appropriate its portion of the Commission’s initial and annual budgets as set out in Article 2(C) (2) and (3). “(b) To the extent authorized by Federal law, shall develop and enforce procedures requiring low-level waste shipments originating within its borders and destined for a regional facility to conform to volume reduction, packaging and transportation requirements and regulations as well as any other requirements specified by the regional facility. Such procedures shall include, but are not limited to: “(i) Periodic inspections of packaging and shipping practices; “(ii) Periodic inspections of low-level waste containers while in custody of carriers; and “(iii) Appropriate enforcement actions with respect to violations. “(c) To the extent authorized by Federal law, shall, after receiving notification from a host state or other person that a person in a party state has violated volume reduction, packaging, shipping or transportation requirements or regulations, take appropriate action to ensure that violations do not recur. Appropriate action shall include, ..but is not limited to, the requirement that a bond be posted by the violator to pay the cost of repackaging at the regional facility and the requirement that future shipments be inspected. Appropriate action may also include suspension of the violator’s use of the regional facility. Should such suspension be imposed, the suspension shall remain in effect until such time as the violator has, to the satisfaction of the party state imposing such suspension, complied with the appropriate requirements or regulations upon which the suspension was based and has taken appropriate action to ensure that such violation or violations do not recur. “(d) Shall maintain a registry of all generators and quantities

Records.

generated within the state. “(H) Liability. “In the event of liability arising from the operation of any regional facility and during and after closure of that facility, each party state shall share in that liability in an amount equal to that state’s share of the region’s low-level waste disposed of at the facility. If such liability arises from negligence, malfeasance or

Claims.

 102 STAT. 480neglect on the part of a host state or any party state, then any other host or party state(s) may make any claim allowable under law for that negligence, malfeasance or neglect. If such liability arises from a particular waste shipment or shipments to, or quantity of waste or condition at, the regional facility, then any host or party state may make any claim allowable under law for such liability. The percentage of waste shall be based on volume of waste or total curie content. “(I) Failure of Party State to Fulfill Obligations. “A party state which fails to fulfill its obligations, including timely funding of the Commission, may have its privileges under the Compact suspended or its membership in the Compact revoked by the Commission and be subject to any other legal and equitable remedies available to the party states.
“Article 4 “Prohibited Acts and Penalties “(A) Prohibition. “It shall be unlawful for any person to dispose of low-level waste within the region except at a regional facility unless authorized by the Commission. “(B) Waste Disposed of Within Region. “After establishment of the regional facility(s), it shall be unlawful for any person to dispose of any low-level waste within the region unless the waste was generated within the region or unless authorized to do so both by the Commission and by law of the host state in which said disposal takes place. For the purposes of this compact, waste generated within the region excludes radioactive material shipped from outside the party states to a waste management facility within the region. In determining whether to grant such authorization, the factors to be considered by the Commission shall include, but not be limited to, the following: “(a)

Safety.

Environmental protection.

 The impact on the health, safety and environmental quality of the citizens of the party states; “(b) The impact of importing waste on the available capacity and projected life of the regional facility; “(c) The availability of a regional facility appropriate for the safe disposal of the type of low-level waste involved. “(C) Waste Generated Within Region. “Any and all low-level waste generated within the region shall be disposed of at a regional facility, except for specific cases agreed upon by the Commission, with the affirmative votes by a majority of the Commission members of the host state(s) affected by the decision. “(D) Liability. “Generators, brokers and carriers of wastes, and owners and operators of sites shall be liable for their acts, omissions, conduct or relationships in accordance with all laws relating thereto. The party states shall impose a fine for any violation in an amount equal to the present and future costs associated with correcting any harm caused by the violation and shall assess punitive fines or penalties if it is deemed necessary. In addition, the host state shall bar any person who violates host state or Federal regulations from using the regional facility until that person demonstrates to the satisfaction of the host state the ability and willingness to comply with the law. 102 STAT. 481 “(E) Conflict of Interest. “(1) Prohibitions— “No commissioner, officer or employee shall: “(a) Be financially interested, either directly or in-directly, in a contract, sale, purchase, lease or transfer of real or personal property to which the Commission is a party. “(b) Solicit or accept money or any other thing of value in addition to the expenses paid to him by the Commission for services performed within the scope of his official duties. “(c) Offer money or anything of value for or in consideration of obtaining an appointment, promotion or privilege in his employment with the Commission. “(2)

Employment and unemployment.

 Forfeiture of Office or Employment— “Any officer or employee who shall willfully violate any of the provisions of this section shall forfeit his office or employment. “(3) Agreement Void— “Any contract or agreement knowingly made in contravention of

Contracts.

 this section is void. “(4) Criminal and Civil Sanctions— “Officers and employees of the Commission shall be subject, in addition to the provisions of this section, to such criminal and civil sanctions for misconduct in office as may be imposed by Federal law and the law of the signatory state in which such misconduct occurs.
“Article 5 “Eligibility, Entry Into Effect, Congressional Consent, Withdrawal “(A) Eligibility. “Only the States of Pennsylvania, West Virginia, Delaware and

State listing.

Maryland are eligible to become parties to this compact. “(B) Entry into Effect. “An eligible state may become a party state by legislative enactment of this compact or by executive order of the governor adopting this compact; provided, however, a state becoming a party state by executive order shall cease to be a party state upon adjournment of the first general session of its legislature convened thereafter, unless the legislature shall have enacted this compact before such adjournment. “(C) Congressional Consent. “This compact shall take effect when it has been enacted by the

Effective date.

legislatures of Pennsylvania and one or more eligible states. However, Article 4 (B) and (C) shall not take effect until Congress has consented to this compact. Every fifth year after such consent has been given, Congress may withdraw consent. “(D) Withdrawal. “A party state may withdraw from the compact by repealing the enactment of this compact, but no such withdrawal shall become effective until two years after enactment of the repealing legislation. If the withdrawing state is a host state, any regional facility in that state shall remain available to receive low-level waste generated within the region until five years after the effective date of the withdrawal.
102 STAT. 482
“Article 6 “Construction and Severability “(A) Construction. “The provisions of this compact shall be broadly construed to carry out the purposes of the compact, but the sovereign powers of a party state shall not unnecessarily be infringed. “(B) Severability. “If any part or application of this compact is held invalid, the remainder, or its application to other situations or persons, shall not be affected.”.
Approved May 19, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 3971: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–322, Pt. I (Comm, on Interior and Insular Affairs) and Pt. 2 (Comm, on Energy and Commerce). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–285 (Comm, on the Judiciary). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Oct. 13, considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): Apr. 28, considered and passed Senate.

 WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 24 (1988):

May 19, Presidential statement.

 Public Law 100–320: To designate the period commencing on May 15, 1988, and ending on May 21, 1988, as “National Rural Health Awareness Week”. Public Law 320 Public Law 100–320 102 Stat. 483 1988-05-19 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 483 Public Law 100–320 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the period commencing on May 15, 1988, and ending on May 21, 1988, as “National Rural Health Awareness Week”.

May 19, 1988

[S.J. Res. 254]

 Whereas the health of a nation depends on the health of its people; Whereas one quarter of the population of the United States lives in rural communities; Whereas one third of the Nation’s elderly live in rural communities; Whereas rural communities have disproportionately fewer health care providers compared to the urban population, with rural communities holding 12 percent of the Nation’s doctors, 18 percent of the Nation’s nurses, and 14 percent of the Nation’s pharmacies; Whereas rural areas face an acute and growing nursing shortage, with 50 percent of rural hospitals and long-term care facilities reporting difficulty in recruiting and retaining nurses; Whereas rural areas are increasingly impacted by a lack of access to obstetric care; Whereas the decline of the rural economy in recent years has reduced economic resources available to rural communities, leading to increased closures of hospitals and other health care facilities in rural areas, the loss or curtailing of services by local health departments, and disruption of social service programs; Whereas the decline in availability of health care services in rural areas has, in turn, increased the shortage of physicians, nurses, psychologists, and other allied health professionals; Whereas rural communities have few transportation services, preventing rural residents from obtaining needed health care; Whereas the health status of rural Americans is lower than for residents of urban areas, with rural residents having higher infant and maternal mortality rates, higher rates of chronic illness, and higher rates of injury; Whereas there are more poor and medically indigent in rural areas than in urban areas; Whereas rural hospitals serve a higher than average number of elderly patients, resulting in a high proportion of Medicare payment as a percentage of their total revenue; and Whereas current policies result in substantially lower Medicare payments to rural health care providers for equivalent services, further increasing the likelihood of financial failure and closure of these facilities: Now, therefore, be it 102 STAT. 484 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the period commencing on May 15, 1988, and ending on May 21, 1988, is designated as “National Rural Health Awareness Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe the above period with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved May 19, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 254: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

May 11, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–321: To amend title 38, United States Code, to provide a presumption of service connection to veterans (and survivors of such veterans) who participated in atmospheric or underwater nuclear tests as part of the United States nuclear weapons testing program or in the American occupation of Hiroshima or Nagasaki, Japan, and who suffer from certain diseases that may be attributable to exposure to ionizing radiation, and other purposes. Public Law 321 Public Law 100–321 102 Stat. 485 1988-05-20 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 485 Public Law 100–321 100th Congress
An Act To amend title 38, United States Code, to provide a presumption of service connection to veterans (and survivors of such veterans) who participated in atmospheric or underwater nuclear tests as part of the United States nuclear weapons testing program or in the American occupation of Hiroshima or Nagasaki, Japan, and who suffer from certain diseases that may be attributable to exposure to ionizing radiation, and other purposes.

May 20, 1988

[H.R. 1811]
SECTION 1.

Radiation-Exposed Veterans Compensation Act of 1988.

38 USC 101 note.

 SHORT TITLE. This Act may be cited as the “Radiation-Exposed Veterans Compensation Act of 1988”.
SEC. 2. PRESUMPTION OF SERVICE CONNECTION FOR CERTAIN RADIATION-EXPOSED VETERANS. (a) Presumption.— Section 312 of title 38, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(c) (1) For the purposes of section 310 of this title, and subject to the provisions of section 313 of this title, a disease specified in paragraph (2) of this subsection becoming manifest in a radiation-exposed veteran to a degree of 10 percent or more within the presumption period (as specified in paragraph (3) of this subsection) shall be considered to have been incurred in or aggravated during the veteran’s service on active duty, notwithstanding that there is no record of evidence of such disease during the period of such service. “(2) The diseases referred to in paragraph (1) of this subsection are the following: “(A) Leukemia (other than chronic lymphocytic leukemia). “(B) Cancer of the thyroid. “(C) Cancer of the breast. “(D) Cancer of the pharynx, “(E) Cancer of the esophagus. “(F) Cancer of the stomach. “(G) Cancer of the small intestine. “(H) Cancer of the pancreas. “(I) Multiple myeloma. “(J) Lymphomas (except Hodgkin’s disease). “(K) Cancer of the bile ducts. “(L) Cancer of the gall bladder. “(M) Primary liver cancer (except if cirrhosis or hepatitis B is indicated). “(3) The presumption period for purposes of paragraph (1) of this subsection is the 40-year period beginning on the last date on which the veteran participated in a radiation-risk activity, except that such period shall be the 30-year period beginning on that date in the case of leukemia (other than chronic lymphocytic leukemia). “(4) For the purposes of this subsection: 102 STAT. 486 “(A) The term ‘radiation-exposed veteran’ means a veteran who, while serving on active duty, participated in a radiation-risk activity. “(B) The term ‘radiation-risk activity’ means any of the following: “(i) Onsite participation in a test involving the atmospheric detonation of a nuclear device. “(ii) The occupation of Hiroshima or Nagasaki, Japan, by United States forces during the period beginning on August 6, 1945, and ending on July 1, 1946. “(iii) Internment as prisoner of war in Japan (or service on active duty in Japan immediately following such internment) during World War II which (as determined by the Administrator) resulted in an opportunity for exposure to ionizing radiation comparable to that of veterans described in clause (ii) of this subparagraph.”. (b)

38 USC 312 note.

 Effective Date.— Subsection (c) of section 312 of title 38, United States Code, as added by subsection (a), shall take effect on May 1, 1988. (c)

38 USC 354 note.

 Requirements Regarding Veterans’ Environmental Hazards Advisory Committee Scientific Council Reports.— Section 6(d)(3) of the Veterans’ Dioxin and Radiation Exposure Compensation Standards Act (Public Law 98–542) is amended by striking out “the Committee and the Administrator” and inserting in lieu thereof “the Committee, the Administrator, and the Committees on Veteran’ Affairs of the Senate and House of Representatives”.
Approved May 20, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1811: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–235 (Comm, on Veteran’ Affairs). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): July 28, considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): Apr. 25, considered and passed Senate, amended.

May 2. House concurred in Senate amendments.

 WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 24 (1988):

May 20, Presidential statement.

 Public Law 100–322: To amend title 38, United States Code, to revise, improve, and extend various veterans’ programs, and for other purposes. Public Law 322 Public Law 100–322 102 Stat. 487 1988-05-20 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 487 Public Law 100–322 100th Congress
An Act To amend title 38, United States Code, to revise, improve, and extend various veterans’ programs, and for other purposes.

May 20, 1988

[H.R. 2616]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Veterans’ Benefits and Services Act of 1988.

38 USC 101 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; TABLE OF CONTENTS. (a) Short Title.— This Act may be cited as the “Veterans” Benefits and Services Act of 1988”. (b) Table of Contents.— The table of contents for this Act is as follows: Sec. 1. Sec. 2. Sec. 3. TITLE I— Part A— Sec. 101. Sec. 102. Sec. 103. Sec. 104. Sec. 105. Sec. 106. Sec. 107 Sec. 108 Part B— Sec. 111. Sec. 112. Sec. 113. Sec. 114. Sec. 115. Sec. 116. Part C— Sec. 121. Sec. 122. Sec. 123. Sec. 124. Part D— Sec. 131. Sec. 132. Sec. 133. Sec. 134. Sec. 135. Sec. 136. 102 STAT. 488 Part A— Sec. 201. Sec. 202. Sec. 203. Sec. 204. Sec. 205. Sec. 206. Part B— Sec. 211. Sec. 212. Sec. 213. Sec. 214. Sec. 215. Sec. 216. Sec. 217. Part C— Sec. 221. Sec. 222. Sec. 223. Sec. 224. Part D— Sec. 231. Sec. 232. TITLE III— Part A— Sec. 301. Sec. 302. Sec. 303. Sec. 304. Part B— Sec. 311. Sec. 312. Sec. 313. Sec. 314. Part C— Sec. 321. Sec. 322. Sec. 323. Part D— Sec. 331. Sec. 332. Sec. 333. Part E— Sec. 341. Sec. 342. Sec. 343. Sec. 344. Sec. 345. Sec. 346. 102 STAT. 489 TITLE IV— Part A— Sec. 401. Sec. 402 Sec. 403. Sec. 404. Part B— Sec. 411. Sec. 412. Sec. 413. Sec. 414. Sec. 415. Part C— Sec. 421. Sec. 422. Sec. 423. Sec. 424.
SEC. 2. REFERENCES TO TITLE 38, UNITED STATES CODE. Except as otherwise expressly provided, whenever in this Act an amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal of, a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to be made to a section or other provision of title 38, United States Code.
SEC. 3.

38 USC 101 note.

 DEFINITION OF ADMINISTRATOR. For purposes of this Act, the term “Administrator” means the Administrator of Veterans’ Affairs.
<num value="I">TITLE I—</num> <heading class="inline">HEALTH-CARE PROGRAMS</heading> <part> <num value="A"><inline class="smallCaps">Part A</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Benefits</inline></heading> <section> <num value="101">SEC 101. </num> <heading class="inline">ELIGIBILITY FOR OUTPATIENT SERVICES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Certain Veterans With Service-Connected Disabilities</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Paragraph (1) of section 612(a) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in the matter preceding clause (A), by striking out “<quotedText>may furnish</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>shall furnish on an ambulatory or outpatient basis</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of clause (A);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by striking out the period at the end of clause (B) and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>; and</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new clause: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>to any veteran for a disability for which the veteran is in receipt of compensation under section 351 of this title or for which the veteran would be entitled to compensation under that section but for a suspension pursuant to that section (but in the case of such a suspension, such medical services may be furnished only to the extent that such person’s continuing eligibility for medical services is provided for in the judgment or settlement described in that section).”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Other Veterans</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 612(a) is further amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out paragraph (2);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph (6); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by inserting after paragraph (1) the following: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/490">102 STAT. 490</page> <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The Administrator shall furnish on an ambulatory or out-patient basis medical services for a purpose described in paragraph (5) of this subsection—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>to any veteran who has a service-connected disability rated at 30 percent or 40 percent; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>to any veteran who is eligible for hospital care under section 610(a) of this title and whose annual income (as determined under section 503 of this title) does not exceed the maximum annual rate of pension that would be applicable to the veteran if the veteran were eligible for pension under section 521(d) of this title.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>The Administrator may furnish on an ambulatory or out-patient basis medical services which the Administrator determines are needed—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>to any veteran who is a former prisoner of war;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>to any veteran of the Me)(ican border period or cf World War I; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>to any veteran who is in receipt of increased pension or additional compensation or allowances based on the need of regular aid and attendance or by reason of being permanently housebound (or who, but for the receipt of retired pay, would be in receipt of such pension, compensation, or allowance).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Subject to subsection (f) of this section, the Administrator may furnish on an ambulatory or outpatient basis medical services for a purpose described in paragraph (5) of this subsection to any veteran who is eligible for hospital care under section 610 of this title and who is not otherwise eligible for such services under this subsection.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">Medical services for a purpose described in this paragraph are medical services reasonably necessary in preparation for hospital admission or to obviate the need of hospital admission. In the case of a veteran described in paragraph (4) of this subsection, services to obviate the need of hospital admission may be furnished only to the extent that facilities are available.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>In the case of a veteran who has been furnished hospital care, nursing home care, or domiciliary care, medical services for a purpose described in this paragraph include medical services reasonably necessary to complete treatment incident to such care. Such medical services may not be provided for a period in excess of 12 months after discharge from such care. However, the Administrator may authorize a longer period in any case if the Administrator finds that a longer period is required by reason of the disability being treated.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Priority for Outpatient Services</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 612(i) is amended by striking out paragraphs (1) through (6) and inserting in lieu thereof the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>To a veteran who is entitled to such services under paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (a) of this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>To a veteran (A) who has a service-connected disability rated at less than 30-percent disabling, or (B) who is being examined to determine the e)(istence or severity of a service-connected disability.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>To a veteran (A) who is a former prisoner of war, or (B) who is eligible for hospital care under section 610(e) of this title.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>To a veteran eligible for medical services under subsection (a)(3)(B) or (a)(3)(C) of this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>To a veteran not covered by paragraphs (1) through (4) of this subsection who is unable to defray the expenses of nec-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/491">102 STAT. 491</page>essary care as determined under section 622(a)(1)(C) of this title.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Home Health Services</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 617 is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">by redesignating subsections (a) and (b) as subsections (b) and (c), respectively; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content class="inline">by inserting after the section heading the following new subsection (a): <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">As part of medical services furnished to a veteran under section 612(a) of this title, the Administrator may furnish such home health services as the Administrator finds to be necessary or appropriate for the effective and economical treatment of the veteran’s disability.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>Improvements and structural alterations may be furnished as part of such home health services only as necessary to assure the continuation of treatment for the veteran’s disability or to provide access to the home or to essential lavatory and sanitary facilities. The cost of such improvements and structural alterations (or the amount of reimbursement therefor) under this subsection may not exceed—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>$2,500 in the case of medical services furnished under paragraph (1) of section 612(a) of this title; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>$600 in the case of medical services furnished under any other provision of section 612 of this title.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Subsection (k) of section 612 is transferred to section 617 (as amended by paragraph (1)), inserted at the end of subsection (a) (as added by paragraph (1)), and redesignated as paragraph (3).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The heading of section 617 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="617">“§ 617. </num> <heading class="inline">Home health services; invalid lifts and other devices”.</heading> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 612(f) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">by striking out paragraphs (1), (2), and (3);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content class="inline">by striking out “<quotedText>(4)(A) The Administrator may not furnish medical services under this subsection (including home health services under paragraph (2) of this subsection)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(1) The Administrator may not furnish medical services under subsection (a) of this section (including home health services under section 617 of this title)</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content class="inline">by striking out “<quotedText>subparagraph (B) of this paragraph</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>paragraph (2) of this subsection</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content class="inline">by redesignating subparagraphs (B) through (G) as paragraphs (2) through (7), respectively;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content class="inline">by striking out “<quotedText>this paragraph</quotedText>” each place it appears in such paragraphs and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>this subsection</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content class="inline">in paragraph (2) (as so redesignated), by striking out “<quotedText>this subsection and who is required under subparagraph (A)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>subsection (a) of this section and who is required under paragraph (1)</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">(G) </num> <content class="inline">in paragraph (3) (as so redesignated), by striking out “<quotedText>furnished under this subsection</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>furnished under subsection (a) of this section</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">(H) </num> <content class="inline">in paragraph (5) (as so redesignated), by striking out “<quotedText>under this subsection</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>under section 617 of this title</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>Section 612 is further amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in the first sentence of subsection (b)(4), by striking out “<quotedText>subsections (a) and (f) of this section</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu <page identifier="/us/stat/102/492">102 STAT. 492</page>thereof “<quotedText>subsection (a) of this section (other than paragraphs (3)(B) and (3)(C) of that subsection)</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking out subsection (g).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <chapeau>Section 603(a)(2) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in clause (B), by striking out “<quotedText>section 612(f)(1)(A)(ii) of this title</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>section 612(a)(4) of this title, for a purpose described in section 612(a)(5) of this title</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in clause (C), by striking out “<quotedText>section 612(g)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>section 612(a)(3) (other than a veteran who is a former prisoner of war)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 612(b)(1)(B) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in clause (i), by striking out “<quotedText>at time of</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>at the time of the veteran’s</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in clause (ii), by striking out “<quotedText>one hundred and eighty days</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>180 days</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in clause (iii), by striking out “<quotedText>ninety days</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>90 days</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>in clause (iv), by striking out “<quotedText>ninety-day</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>90-day</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Repeal of Dated Provisions; Grandfather Provision</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 612 is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">in subsection (b)(1), by striking out subparagraph (F) and redesignating subparagraphs (G) and (H) as subparagraphs (F) and (G), respectively; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content class="inline">by striking out subsection (e).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s612">38 USC 612 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Any disability of a veteran of the Spanish-American War, upon application for outpatient medical services under section 612 or 624 of title 38, United States Code, shall be considered for the purposes thereof to be a service-connected disabilty and, for the purposes of section 612(b) of such title, to be compensable in degree.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="h">(h) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Clerical Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The heading of section 612 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="612">“§ 612. </num> <heading class="inline">Eligibility for outpatient services”</heading> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 17 is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline"> <p class="inline">by striking out the item relating to section 612 and inserting in lieu thereof the following:</p> <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“612.</designator> <label>Eligibility for outpatient services.”;</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> <p class="indent0 fontsize10">and</p> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content class="inline">by striking out the item relating to section 617 and inserting in lieu thereof the following: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“ 617.</designator> <label>Home health services; invalid lifts and other devices.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content></subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s603">38 USC 603 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">The amendments made by this section shall apply with respect to the furnishing of medical services to veterans who apply for such services after June 30, 1988.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="102">SEC. 102. </num> <heading class="inline">ELIGIBILITY FOR DOMICILIARY CARE.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Revised Eligibility</inline>.—</heading> <content>Subsection (b) of section 610 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator may furnish to a veteran described in paragraph (2) of this subsection such domiciliary care as the Administrator determines is needed for the purpose of the furnishing of medical services to the veteran.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>This subsection applies in the case of the following veterans:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>Any veteran whose annual income (as determined under section 503 of this title) does not exceed the maximum annual <page identifier="/us/stat/102/493">102 STAT. 493</page>rate of pension that would be applicable to the veteran if the veteran were eligible for pension under section 521(d) of this title.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Any veteran who the Administrator determines has no adequate means of support.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendment</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 622(g) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>sections 610(b)(2) and</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>section</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Savings Provision</inline>.—</heading> <content>The amendment made by subsection (a) <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s610">38 USC 610 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>shall not Limit or restrict the eligibility for domiciliary care of a veteran who was a patient or a resident in a State home facility or a Veteran’ Administration domiciliary facility during the period beginning on January 1, 1987, and ending on April 1, 1988.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="103">SEC. 103. </num> <heading class="inline">DEFINITION OF NURSING HOME CARE.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Clarification of Definition</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 101(28) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>skilled</quotedText>” in the first sentence; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out the second sentence and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “<quotedText>Such term includes services furnished in skilled nursing care facilities, in intermediate care facilities, and in combined facilities. It does not include domiciliary care.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 620(e)(1) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out the first sentence; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>(as defined in section 101(28) of this title)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="104">SEC. 104. </num> <heading class="inline">EXPANSION OF CONTRACT-CARE AUTHORITY.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Additional Covered Services</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 603(a) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">in clause (3), by inserting “<quotedText>or nursing home care under section 620 of this title</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>Veterans’ Administration facility</quotedText>” the first place it appears; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>Diagnostic services (on an inpatient or outpatient basis) for observation or examination of a person to determine eligibility for a benefit or service under laws administered by the Veteran’ Administration.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Stylistic Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 603(a) is further amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in the matter preceding clause (1), by striking out “<quotedText>furnish—</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>furnish any of the following:</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in each of clauses (1) through (7), by capitalizing the first letter of the first word;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>at the end of each of clauses (1) through (5), by striking out the semicolon and inserting in lieu thereof a period; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>at the end of clause (6), by striking out “<quotedText>; or</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof a period.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="105">SEC. 105. </num> <heading class="inline">HEALTH CARE OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES FOR VETERANS WITH SERVICE-CONNECTED DISABILITIES.</heading> <content>Section 624(b) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator may furnish hospital care and medical services outside a State to a veteran who is otherwise eligible to receive hospital care and medical services if the Administrator determines that such care and services are needed for the treatment of a service-connected disability of the veteran or as part of a rehabilitation program under chapter 31 of this title.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/494">102 STAT. 494</page> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>Care and services for a service-connected disability of a veteran who is not a citizen of the United States may be furnished under this subsection only—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>if the veteran is in the Republic of the Philippines or in Canada; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>if the Administrator determines, as a matter of discretion and pursuant to regulations which the Administrator shall prescribe, that it is appropriate and feasible to furnish such care and services.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="106">SEC. 106. </num> <heading class="inline">INTERNMENT PERIOD REQUIRED FOR ELIGIBILITY FOR DENTAL CARE FOR FORMER PRISONERS OF WAR.</heading> <content>Section 612(b)(1)(F) (as redesignated by section 101(g)(1)) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>six months</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>90 days</quotedText>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="107">SEC. 107. </num> <heading class="inline">READJUSTMENT COUNSELING PROGRAM.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Repeal of Transition Requirement</inline>.—</heading> <content>Subsection (g)(1) of section 612A is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">“(g) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1)</num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator may close or relocate a center in e)(istence on January 1, 1988, only as described in the national plan required by paragraph (3) of this subsection (or in a revision to such plan under paragraph (4) of this subsection in which the closure or relocation of that center is proposed).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content class="inline">A closure or relocation of a center which is proposed in such national plan may be carried out only after the end of the 120-day period beginning on the date on which the national plan is submitted. A closure or relocation of a center not proposed in such plan may be carried out only after the end of the 60-day period beginning on the date the Administrator submits a revision to such plan in which the closure or relocation of that center is proposed.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Change in Report Deadline</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Paragraph (2)(A) of section 612A(g) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>April 1, 1987</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>April 1, 1988</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>(or</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>available)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Requirement for a National Plan</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 612A(g) is further amended by striking out paragraphs (3) and (4) and inserting in lieu thereof the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator, after considering the recommendations of the Chief Medical Director, shall submit to such committees a report setting forth a national plan for all centers in e)(istence on January 1, 1988. Such national plan shall set forth the Administrator’s proposals as to each such center for a period (to be determined by the Administrator) of not less than 12 months beginning on the date of the submission of the report. The plan shall include, as to each center, whether the Administrator proposes to relocate the center to a general Veteran’ Administration facility, relocate the center to a new location away from a general Veterans’ Administration facility, expand the center in the same location, or close the center. The plan shall also set forth any proposal of the Administrator to open additional centers.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The plan shall include the Administrator’s evaluation as to how, in light of each of the criteria described in subparagraph (C) of this paragraph, the proposal set forth in the plan for each center covered by the plan would ensure the continued availability and <page identifier="/us/stat/102/495">102 STAT. 495</page>effective furnishing of readjustment counseling services to eligible veterans needing such services in the geographic area served by that center.</content> </subparagraph> <subsection class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The Administrator shall make the evaluation described in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph with respect to any center in light of the following:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>The distribution of Vietnam-era veterans in the geographic area served by the center and the relationships between the location of such center and the general Veterans’ Administration facility and such distribution.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>The distance between the center and the general Veterans’ Administration facility.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>The availability of other entities (such as State, local, or private outreach facilities) which provide assistance to Vietnam-era veterans in the area served by the center.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>The availability of transportation to, and parking at, the center and the general Veteran’ Administration facility.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>The availability, cost, and suitability of the space at the general Veterans’ Administration facility.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">“(vi) </num> <content>The overall cost impact of the proposed closure or relocation, including a comparison of the recurring nonpersonnel costs of providing readjustment counseling to the same estimated number of veterans at the center and the general Veterans’ Administration facility.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">“(vii) </num> <content>The workload trends over the two previous fiscal years, and projected over the next fiscal year (or longer), at the center.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="viii">“(viii) </num> <content>Such other factors as the Administrator determines to be relevant to making the evaluation described in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph.</content> </clause> </subsection> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>For the purposes of this paragraph, the term ‘general Veteran’ Administration facility’ means a Veterans’ Administration facility which is not a center and at which readjustment counseling would be furnished in a particular geographic area upon the closure or relocation of a center.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>After submitting the plan required by paragraph (3) of this subsection, the Administrator may submit to the committees a revision to such plan in order to modify the proposal set forth in the plan as to any center. Any such revision shall include, with respect to each center addressed in the revision, a description of the Administrator’s evaluation of the matters specified in paragraphs (3)(B) and (3)(C) of this subsection.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>For purposes of determining a period of time under paragraph (1)(B) of this subsection, if the national plan (or a revision to the national plan) is submitted to the committees during the 121–day period beginning 60 days before and ending 60 days after the final day of a session of the Congress, it shall be deemed to have been submitted on the sixty-first day after the final day of such session.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Definitions</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 612A is further amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <chapeau class="inline">For the purposes of this section:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘center’ means a facility (including a Resource Center designated under subsection (h)(3)(A) of this section) which is operated by the Veterans’ Administration for the provision of services under this section and which (A) is situated apart from Veteran’ Administration general health-care facilities, or (B) was so situated but has been relocated to a Veterans’ Administration general health-care facility.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/496">102 STAT. 496</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘Veteran’ Administration general health-care facility’ means a health-care facility which is operated by the Veteran’ Administration for the furnishing of health-care services under this chapter, not limited to services provided through the program established under this section.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Subsection (g)(2)(B) of section 612A is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">in clause (i), by striking out “<quotedText>a program</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>health-care facilities</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>centers</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content class="inline">in clause (ii), by striking out “<quotedText>paragraph (1) of</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>Subsection (h) of such section is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in paragraph (3)(B), by striking out “<quotedText> ‘Centers’ </quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText> ‘Resource Centers’ </quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in paragraphs (4)(A), (4)(B), and (5), by striking out “<quotedText>Center</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Resource Center</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s612A">38 USC 612A note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Prohibition of Delegation of Duties</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Chief Medical Director of the Veteran’ Administration may not delegate the function of making recommendations under section 612A(g)(3)(A) of title 38, United States Code, as amended by subsection (c).</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="108">SEC. 108. </num> <heading class="inline">BENEFICIARY TRAVEL PROGRAM.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Program Revisions</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 111 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by redesignating subsections (b), (c), (d), and (e) as subsections (d), (e), (f), and (g), respectively; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting after subsection (a) the following new subsections (b) and (c): <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Except as provided in subsection (c) of this section and notwithstanding subsection (g)(2)(A) of this section or any other provision of law, if, with respect to any fiscal year, the Administrator exercises the authority under this section to make any payments, the Administrator shall make the payments provided for in this section to or for the following persons for travel during such fiscal year for examination, treatment, or care for which the person is eligible:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(A) </num> <content class="inline">A veteran or other person whose travel is in connection with treatment or care for a service-connected disability.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(B) </num> <content class="inline">A veteran with a service-connected disability rated at 30 percent or more.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(C) </num> <content class="inline">A veteran receiving pension under section 521 of this title.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(D) </num> <content class="inline">A veteran (i) whose annual income (as determined under section 503 of this title) does not exceed the maximum annual rate of pension which would be payable to such veteran if such veteran were eligible for pension under section 521 of this title, or (ii) who is determined, under regulations prescribed by the Administrator, to be unable to defray the expenses of the travel for which payment under this section is claimed.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(E) </num> <content class="inline">Subject to paragraph (3) of this subsection, a veteran or other person whose travel to or from a Veteran’ Administration facility is medically required to be performed by a special mode of travel and who is determined under such regulations to be unable to defray the expenses of the travel for which payment under this section is claimed.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(F) </num> <content class="inline">A veteran whose travel to a Veterans’ Administration facility is incident to a scheduled compensation and pension examination.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/497">102 STAT. 497</page> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Administrator may make payments provided for in this section to or for any person not covered by paragraph (1) of this subsection for travel by such person for examination, treatment, or care. Such payments shall be made in accordance with regulations which the Administrator shall prescribe.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">Except as provided in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, the Administrator shall not make payments under this section for travel performed by a special mode of travel unless (i) the travel by such mode is medically required and is authorized by the Administrator before the travel begins, or (ii) the travel by such mode is in connection with a medical emergency of such a nature that the delay incident to obtaining authorization from the Administrator to use that mode of travel would have been hazardous to the person’s life or health.</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>In the case of travel by a person to or from the Veteran’s Administration facility by special mode of travel, the Administrator may provide payment under this section to the provider of the transportation by special mode before determining the eligibility of such person for such payment if the Administrator determines that providing such payment is in the best interest of furnishing care and services. Such a payment shall be made subject to subsequently recovering from such person the amount of the payment if such person is determined to have been ineligible for payment for such travel.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the Administrator, in making a payment under this section to or for a person described in subparagraph (A), (B), (C), or (D) of subsection (b)(1) of this section for travel for examination, treatment, or care, shall deduct from the amount otherwise payable an amount equal to $3 for each one-way trip.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In the case of a person who is determined by the Administrator to be a person who is required to make six or more one-way trips for needed examination, treatment, or care during the remainder of the calendar month in which the determination is made or during any subsequent calendar month during the one-year period following the last day of the month in which the determination is made, the amount deducted by the Administrator pursuant to para graph (1) of this subsection from payments for trips made to or from such facility during any such month shall not, except as provided in paragraph (5) of this subsection, exceed $18.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>No deduction shall be made pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection in the case of a person whose travel to or from a Veterans’ Administration facility is performed by a special mode of travel for which payment under this section is authorized under subsection (b)(3) of this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The Administrator may waive the deduction requirement of paragraph (1) of this subsection in the case of the travel of any veteran for whom the imposition of the deduction would cause severe financial hardship. The Administrator shall prescribe in <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote>regulations the conditions under which a finding of severe financial hardship is warranted for purposes of this paragraph.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>Whenever the Administrator increases or decreases the rates of allowances or reimbursement to be paid under this section, the Administrator shall, effective on the date on which such increase or decrease takes effect, adjust proportionately the dollar amounts specified in paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection as such amounts <page identifier="/us/stat/102/498">102 STAT. 498</page>may have been increased or decreased pursuant to this paragraph before such date.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Volunteer Transportation</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Such section is further amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="h">“(h) </num> <content>The Administrator, in consultation and coordination with the Secretary of Transportation and appropriate representatives of veteran’ service organizations, shall take all appropriate steps to facilitate the establishment and maintenance of a program under which such organizations, or individuals who are volunteering their services to the Veterans’ Administration, would take responsibility for the transportation, without reimbursement from the Veteran’ Administration, to Veterans’ Administration facilities of veterans (primarily those residing in areas which are geographically accessible to such facilities) who seek services or benefits from the Veteran’ Administration under chapter 17 or other provisions of this title.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <content>Not later than six months after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Administrator shall submit to the Committees on Veteran’ Affairs of the Senate and the House of Representatives a report on the implementation of subsection (h) of section 111 of title 38, United States Code, as added by paragraph (1),</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Paragraph (4) of subsection (g) of such section (as redesignated by subsection (a)(1)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>or adjusting amounts</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>rates</quotedText>” the first place it appears; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>and amounts</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>rates</quotedText>” the third place it appears.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Stylistic Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Subsection (d) of such section (as redesignated by subsection (a)(1)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>in paragraph (1)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>the</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>The</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>hereof;</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>of this section </quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>in paragraph (2)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>actual</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Actual</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking out the semicolon at the end and inserting in lieu thereof a period; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in paragraph (3), by striking out “<quotedText>the expense</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>The expense</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Clerical Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The heading of section 111 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="111">“§ 111 .</num> <heading class="inline">Payments or allowances for beneficiary travel”.</heading> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The item relating to such section in the table of sections at the beginning of chapter 1 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“111.</designator><label>Payments or allowances for beneficiary travel.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s111">38 USC 111 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Transition Provision</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">In determining for the purposes of subsection (b)(1) of section 111 of title 38, United States Code, as amended by subsection (a), whether during fiscal year 1988 the Administrator has exercised the authority under that section to make payments there shall be disregarded any exercise of authority under that section before the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/499">102 STAT. 499</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">The amendments made by subsection (a) shall take effect with respect to travel performed after June 30, 1988.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <part> <num value="B"><inline class="smallCaps">Part B</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Pilot Programs and Reports</inline></heading> <section> <num value="111">SEC. 111. </num> <heading class="inline">ADULT DAY HEALTH-CARE PROGRAM.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Three-Year Extension</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 620(f)(3) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>September 30, 1988</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>September 30, 1991</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Study Requirement</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau class="inline">The Administrator shall conduct a <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s620">38 USC 620 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>study of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the medical efficacy and the cost-effectiveness of furnishing adult day health care under section 620(f) of title 38, United States Code, as an alternative to nursing home care; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the comparative advantages and disadvantages of providing such care through facilities that are not under the direct jurisdiction of the Administrator and through facilities that are under the direct jurisdiction of the Administrator.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Reports</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The Administrator shall submit to the Committees on Veteran’ Affairs of the Senate and House of Representatives—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">an interim report on the study under subsection (b) not later than February 1, 1988; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content class="inline">a final report on such study not later than February 1, 1991.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>Each such report shall include—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>the results of the study under subsection (b) through September 30 of the year preceding the deadline under para graph (1) for submission of the report: and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>any other recommendation that the Administrator considers appropriate for legislative or administrative action with respect to the furnishing of adult day health care under section 620(f) of title 38, United States Code.) are repealed.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Repeal of Existing Study and Report Requirements</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">Subsections (b) and (c) of section 103 of Public Law 98–160 (38 U.S.C. 620 note) are repealed.</content></subsection> </section> <section> <num value="112">SEC. 112. </num> <heading class="inline">REPORT ON USE OF CONTRACT-CARE AUTHORITIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Revised Report Requirement</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 603 is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>The Administrator shall include in the budget documents which the Administrator submits to Congress for any fiscal year a detailed report on the furnishing of contract care and services during the most recently completed fiscal year under this section, sections 612A, 620, 620A, 624, and 632 of this title, and section 115 of the Veteran’ Benefits and Services Act of 1988.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Repeal of Previous Requirement</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 201(b) of the Veteran’ Health Care Amendments of 1979 (Public Law 96–22; 93 Stat. 54) is repealed.<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s601">38 USC 601 note</ref>.</p></sidenote></content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="113">SEC. 113. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s612">38 USC 612 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">PILOT PROGRAM OF MOBILE HEALTH-CARE CLINICS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Program</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>In order to evaluate the desirability of using <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p></sidenote>mobile health-care clinics to increase the access to Veteran’ Administration health-care services of veterans who reside in isolated rural areas, the Administrator may conduct a pilot program under which eligible veterans residing in areas which are at least <page identifier="/us/stat/102/500">102 STAT. 500</page>100 miles from the nearest Veterans’ Administration health-care facility are furnished health-care services at a location convenient to their residences by Veteran’ Administration employees furnishing such services through the use of appropriately equipped mobile health-care clinics. The pilot program shall be conducted for a period of not less than 24 months.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The pilot program authorized by paragraph (1) shall be carried out using at least two mobile health-care clinics in each of the following geographic areas of the United States: the Northeast, the Midwest, the South, and the West.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Funding</inline>.—</heading> <content>There is authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 for each of fiscal years 1989 and 1990 in order to carry out this section. No funds may be used for the pilot program unless specifically appropriated for that purpose.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Evaluation</inline>.—</heading> <content>In carrying out the pilot program, the Administrator shall evaluate the efficacy and cost-effectiveness of furnishing care to eligible veterans through the use of mobile health-care clinics.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Reports</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Not later than 20 months after the first health-care service under the pilot program is furnished, the Administrator shall submit to the Committees on Veteran’ Affairs of the Senate and House of Representatives an interim report on the implementation, operation, and results of the first 17 month’ experience under the pilot program. Not later than 27 months after the beginning of the pilot program, the Administrator shall submit to such committees a final such report. Each such report shall include the following:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Information on the health-care services that were furnished under such pilot program and a detailed specification of the costs of furnishing such services.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Information describing the veterans who were furnished services under the pilot program, including a detailed description with respect to service connection, age, prior access to and use of Veterans’ Administration care and services, and the financial need of such veterans.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The preliminary or final results of the Administrator’s evaluation.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>Any plans for administrative action, and any recommendations for legislation, that the Administrator considers appropriate to include in the report.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="114">SEC. 114. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s612">38 USC 612 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">MODIFICATION OF REPORT ON CARE FURNISHED TO VETERANS HAVING CHRONIC MENTAL ILLNESS DISABILITIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Report on Institutional Care Furnished Mentally III Veterans</inline>.—</heading> <content>The report required by section 235 of the Veteran’ Benefits Improvement and Health Care Authorization Act of 1986 (Public Law 99–576; 100 Stat. 3266) shall, to the extent feasible, include (1) information on the number of veterans being treated by the Veterans’ Administration for mental illness disabilities who were furnished hospital, domiciliary, or nursing home care by the Administrator during each of fiscal years 1986, 1987, and 1988, shown by type of care furnished and the duration of such care, and (2) the Administrator’s analysis of any change in the numbers of veterans being furnished any type of such care during such fiscal years, with particular emphasis on the effect of the implementation by the Veterans’ Administration of a resource allocation methodology.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/501">102 STAT. 501</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Deadline for Submission of Report</inline>.—</heading> <content>Notwithstanding the date specified in subsection (c) of such section, the report required by such section shall be submitted not later than December 15, 1988.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="115">SEC. 115. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s612">38 USC 612 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">PILOT PROGRAM OF COMMUNITY-BASED RESIDENTIAL CARE FOR HOMELESS CHRONICALLY MENTALLY ILL AND OTHER VETERANS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Authority for Program</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator shall conduct a pilot program to provide care and treatment and rehabilitative services (directly or by contract) in halfway houses, therapeutic communities, psychiatric residential treatment centers, and other community-based treatment facilities to homeless veterans suffering from chronic mental illness disabilities who are eligible for care under section 610(a)(1) of title 38, United States Code.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>As part of the pilot program, the Administrator may also provide such care and treatment and rehabilitative services—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>to veterans being furnished hospital or nursing home care by the Administrator for a chronic mental illness disability; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>to veterans with service-connected chronic mental illness disabilities.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Criteria for Facilities</inline>.—</heading> <content>Before furnishing care and treatment and rehabilitative services by contract under subsection (a) to a veteran through a facility described in subsection (a), the Administrator shall approve (in accordance with criteria which the Administrator shall prescribe) the quality and effectiveness of the program operated by such facility for the purpose for which such veteran is to be furnished such care and services.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">In-Kind Assistance</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Administrator may provide in-kind assistance (through the services of Veterans’ Administration employees and the sharing of other Veterans’ Administration resources) to a facility described in subsection (a) under this section. Any such in-kind assistance shall be provided under a contract <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>between the Veterans’ Administration and the contract facility. The Administrator may provide such assistance only for use solely in the furnishing of appropriate care and services under this section and only if, under such contract, the Veteran’ Administration receives reimbursement for the full cost of such assistance, including the cost of services and supplies and normal depreciation and amortization of equipment. Such reimbursement may be made by reduction in the charges to the United States or by payment to the United States. Any funds received through such reimbursement shall be credited to funds allotted to the Veterans’ Administration facility that provided the assistance.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Duration of Program</inline>.—</heading> <content>The authority for the pilot program <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Termination date.</p></sidenote>authorized by this section expires on September 30, 1989.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading> <content>Not later than February 1, 1989, the Administrator shall submit to the Committees on Veterans’ Affairs of the Senate and House of Representatives a report on the experience of the Veteran’ Administration under the pilot program through September 30, 1988, and the recommendation of the Administrator (together with the reasons for such recommendation) as to whether the pilot program should be continued.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Funding</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">There is authorized to be appropriated for the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote>pilot program under this section $6,000,000 for each of fiscal years 1988 and 1989.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Of the amounts appropriated for the pilot program for each such fiscal year, not less than $250,000 shall be expended for <page identifier="/us/stat/102/502">102 STAT. 502</page>management and monitoring of the program to ensure that a high quality of care is provided under the program and to ensure an accurate accounting of hinds for the program.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>During fiscal year 1989, funds may not be obligated for the pilot program under this section other than funds specifically appropriated for that program.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Repeal of Contract Authority in Title 38</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Section 620C is repealed.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 17 is amended by striking out the item relating to that section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="116">SEC. 116. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s214">38 USC 214 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">REPORTS ON ASSISTANCE TO HOMELESS VETERANS.</heading> <content>Not later than December 15 of each of 1988, 1989, and 1990, the Administrator shall submit to the Committees on Veterans’ Affairs of the Senate and House of Representatives a report on the activities (including outreach activities and delivery of medical benefits and other benefits) of the Veterans’ Administration during the preceding fiscal year to assist homeless veterans. The report shall include any suggestions of the Administrator for changes in those activities.</content> </section> </part> <part> <num value="C"><inline class="smallCaps">Part C</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Matters Relating to AIDS</inline></heading> <section> <num value="121">SEC. 121. </num> <heading class="inline">CONFIDENTIALITY OF MEDICAL RECORDS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Subsection (a) of section 4132 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>Records</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>infection with the human immunodeficiency virus,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>alcohol abuse,</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Paragraph (1) of this subsection prohibits the disclosure to any person or entity other than the patient or subject concerned of the fact that a special written consent is required in order for such records to be disclosed.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Public Health Exception</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Subsection (b) of such section is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by striking out “<quotedText>pursuant to section 4134 of this title</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>in paragraph (2)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by redesignating subparagraph (C) as subparagraph (D); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by inserting after subparagraph (B) the following new subparagraph (C): <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content class="inline">In the case of any record which is maintained in connection with the performance of any program or activity relating to infection with the human immunodeficiency virus, to a Federal, State, or local public-health authority, charged under Federal or State law with the protection of the public health, and to which Federal or State law requires disclosure of such record, if a qualified representative of such authority has made a written request that such record be provided as required pursuant to such law for a purpose authorized by such law.</content> </clause> <clause class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>A person to whom a record is disclosed under this paragraph may not redisclose or use such record for a purpose other than that for which the disclosure was made.”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Disclosure to Spouse or Sexual Partner</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Such section is further amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by redesignating subsection (f) as subsection (g); and</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/503">102 STAT. 503</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting after subsection (e) the following new subsection (f): <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Notwithstanding subsection (a) of this section but subject to <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Health care professionals.</p></sidenote>paragraph (2) of this subsection, a physician or a professional counselor may disclose information or records indicating that a patient or subject is infected with the human immunodeficiency virus if the disclosure is made to (A) the spouse of the patient or subject, or (B) to an individual whom the patient or subject has, during the process of professional counseling or of testing to determine whether the patient or subject is infected with such virus, identified as being a sexual partner of such patient or subject.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">A disclosure under paragraph (1) of this subsection may be made only if the physician or counselor, after making reasonable efforts to counsel and encourage the patient or subject to provide the information to the spouse or sexual partner, reasonably believes that the patient or subject will not provide the information to the spouse or sexual partner and that the disclosure is necessary to protect the health of the spouse or sexual partner.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>A disclosure under such paragraph may be made by a physician or counselor other than the physician or counselor referred to in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph if such physician or counselor is unavailable by reason of absence or termination of employment to make the disclosure.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Penalty for Unauthorized Disclosure</inline>.—</heading> <content>Subsection (g) of such section (as redesignated by paragraph (4)(A)) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>shall be fined</quotedText>” and all that follows and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>shall be fined, in the case of a first offense, up to the maximum amount provided under section 3301(f) of this title for a first offense under that section and, in the case of a subsequent offense, up to the maximum amount provided under section 3301(0 of this title for a subsequent offense under that section.</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Cross-Reference Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Subsection (a) of such section is amended by striking out “<quotedText>subsection (e)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>subsections (e) and (f)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Subsection (c) of such section is amended by striking out “<quotedText>subsection (b)(2)(C)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>subsection (b)(2)(1))</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="122">SEC. 122. </num> <heading class="inline">NONDISCRIMINATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Admission and Treatment of Persons Infected With the Human Immunodeficiency Virus</inline>.—</heading> <content>Sections 4133 and 4134 are amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="4133">“§ 4133. </num> <heading class="inline">Nondiscrimination against alcohol and drug abusers and persons infected with the human immunodeficiency virus</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content>Veterans eligible for treatment under chapter 17 of this title who are alcohol or drug abusers or who are infected with the human immunodeficiency virus shall not be discriminated against in admission or treatment by any Veteran’ Administration health-care facility solely because of their alcohol or drug abuse or dependency or because of their viral infection.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>The Administrator shall prescribe regulations for the enforcement <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote>of this section. Such regulations, with respect to the admission and treatment of such veterans who are alcohol or drug abusers, shall be prescribed in accordance with section 4134 of this title.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/504">102 STAT. 504</page> <section> <num value="4134">“§ 4134. </num> <heading class="inline">Regulations</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Research and development.</p></sidenote> <content>Regulations prescribed by the Administrator under section 4131 of this title, section 4132 of this title with respect to the confidentiality of alcohol and drug abuse medical records, and section 4133 of this title with respect to alcohol or drug abusers shall, to the maximum extent feasible consistent with other provisions of this title, make applicable the regulations described in subsection (b) of this section to the conduct of research and to the provision of hospital care, nursing home care, domiciliary care, and medical services under this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <chapeau>The regulations referred to in subsection (a) of this section are—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>regulations governing human experimentation and informed consent prescribed by the Secretary of Health and Human Services, based on the recommendations of the National Commission for the Protection of Human Subjects of Biomedical and Behavioral Research, established by section 201 of the National Research Act (Public Law 93–348; 88 Stat. 348); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>regulations governing (A) the confidentiality of drug and alcohol abuse medical records, and (B) the admission of drug and alcohol abusers to private and public hospitals, prescribed pursuant to the Comprehensive Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism Prevention, Treatment, and Rehabilitation Act of 1970 (42 U.S.C. 4551 et seq.) and the Drug Abuse Office and Treatment Act of 1972 (21 U.S.C. 1101 et seq.).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>Regulations prescribed by the Administrator under sections 4131, 4132, and 4133 of this title may contain such definitions, and may provide for such safeguards and procedures (including procedures and criteria for the issuance and scope of court orders under section 4132(b)(2)(C) of this title), as are necessary to prevent circumvention or evasion of such regulations or to facilitate compliance with such regulations.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>In prescribing and implementing such regulations, the Administrator shall, from time to time, consult with the Secretary of Health and Human Services and, as appropriate, with the President (or the delegate of the President) in order to achieve the maximum possible coordination of the regulations, and the implementation of the regulations, which they and the Administrator prescribe.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Clerical Amendment</inline>.—</heading> <content>The items relating to sections 4133 and 4134 in the table of sections at the beginning of chapter 73 of such title are amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4133.</designator> <label>Nondiscrimination against alcohol and drug abusers and persons infected with human immunodeficiency virus.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4134.</designator> <label>Regulations.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="123">SEC. 123. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s210">38 USC 210 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">INFORMATION AND TRAINING CONCERNING AIDS PREVENTION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Information Program</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Administrator shall establish and carry out an information program relating to the acquired immune deficiency syndrome (hereinafter in this section referred to as “AIDS”). The information program shall be for employees and consultants of the Veteran’ Administration, for other persons providing services in Veteran’ Administration facilities to beneficiaries of programs administered by the Veteran’ Administration, and for such beneficiaries.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/505">102 STAT. 505</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Required Elements of Information Program</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In conducting the program under subsection (a), the Administrator shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>develop, in consultation with the Surgeon General of the United States and the Director of the Centers for Disease Control, publications and other materials containing information on AIDS, including information on the prevention of infection with the human immunodeficiency virus;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>provide for periodic dissemination of publications {including the Surgeon General’s Report on AIDS) and other materials containing such information;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>make publications and other suitable materials containing such information readily available in Veteran’ Administration health-care facilities and such other Veterans’ Administration facilities as the Administrator considers appropriate; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>disseminate information (including the Surgeon General’s Report on AIDS) on the risk of transmission of the human immunodeficiency virus, and information on preventing the transmission of such virus, to Veteran’ Administration substance abuse treatment personnel, to each person being furnished treatment by the Veterans’ Administration for drug abuse, and to each person receiving care or services from the Veterans’ Administration whom the Administrator believes to be at high risk for AIDS.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Training in AIDS Prevention</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Administrator shall <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Education.</p></sidenote>establish and carry out a program that provides for education, training, and other activities (including continuing education and infection control programs) regarding AIDS and the human immunodeficiency virus designed to improve the effectiveness and safety of all health-care personnel and all health-care support personnel involved in the furnishing of care under programs administered by the Veterans’ Administration.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="124">SEC. 124. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4133">38 USC 4133 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">RESTRICTION ON TESTING FOR INFECTION WITH THE HUMAN IMMUNODEFICIENCY VIRUS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading> <content>Except as provided in subsection (b), the Administrator may not during any fiscal year conduct a widespread testing program to determine infection of humans with the human immunodeficiency virus unless funds have been appropriated to the Veterans’ Administration specifically for such a program during that fiscal year.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Voluntary Testing</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator shall provide for a program under which the Veteran’ Administration offers each patient to whom the Veterans’ Administration is furnishing health care or services and who is described in paragraph (2) the opportunity to be tested to determine whether such patient is infected with the human immunodeficiency virus.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>Patients referred to in paragraph (1) are—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>patients who are receiving treatment for intravenous drug <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Drugs and drug abuse.</p></sidenote>abuse,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>patients who are receiving treatment for a disease associated <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Diseases.</p></sidenote>with the human immunodeficiency virus, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>patients who are otherwise at high risk for infection with such virus.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Subject to the consent requirement in paragraph (4) and unless medically contraindicated, the test shall be administered to each patient requesting to be tested for infection with such virus.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/506">102 STAT. 506</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>A test may not be conducted under this subsection without the prior informed and separate written consent of the patient tested. The Administrator shall provide pre- and poet-test counseling regarding the acquired immune deficiency syndrome and the test to each patient who is administered the test.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </part> <part> <num value="D"><inline class="smallCaps">Part D</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Other Matters</inline></heading> <section> <num value="131">SEC. 131. </num> <heading class="inline">DEFINITION OF VETERANS-ADMINISTRATION MEDICAL FACILITIES TO INCLUDE CERTAIN RECREATIONAL FACILITIES.</heading> <chapeau>Section 601(4) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of clause (A);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out the period at the end of clause (B) and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>; and</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>public or private facilities at which the Administrator provides recreational activities for patients receiving care under section 610 of this title.”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="132">SEC 132. </num> <heading class="inline">VETERANS’ ADMINISTRATION ASSISTANCE WITH REHABILITATION ACTIVITIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <content>Chapter 3 is amended by inserting after section 215 the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="216">“§ 216. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s216">38 USC 216</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Assistance to certain rehabilitation activities</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <chapeau>The Administrator may assist any organization named in or approved under section 3402 of this title in providing recreational activities which would further the rehabilitation of disabled veterans. Such assistance may be provided only if—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the activities are available to disabled veterans on a national basis; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>a significant percentage of the individuals participating in the activities are eligible for rehabilitative services under chapter 17 of this title.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>The Administrator may accept from any appropriate source contributions of funds and of other assistance to support the Administrator’s provision of assistance for such activities.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Subject to paragraph (2) of this subsection, the Administrator may authorize the use, for purposes approved by the Administrator in connection with the activity involved, of the seal and other official symbols of the Veteran’ Administration and the name ‘Veterans’ Administration’ by—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content class="inline">any organization which provides an activity described in subsection (a) of this section with assistance from the Administrator; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content class="inline">any individual or entity from which the Administrator accepts a significant contribution under subsection (b) of this section or an offer of such a contribution.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The use of such seal or name or any official symbol of the Veteran’ Administration in an advertisement may be authorized by the Administrator under this subsection only if—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the Administrator has approved the advertisement; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the advertisement contains a clear statement that no product, project, or commercial line of endeavor referred to m the advertisement is endorsed by the Veteran’ Administration.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/507">102 STAT. 507</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Clerical Amendment</inline>.—</heading> <content>The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 215 the following new item: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“216.</designator> <label>Assistance to certain rehabilitation activities.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="133">SEC. 133. </num> <heading class="inline">RULES AND REGULATIONS RELATING TO VETERAN’ HEALTH CARE.</heading> <content>The text of section 621 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">“Rules and regulations prescribed under section 210(c)(1) of this title shall include rules and regulations to promote good conduct on the part of persons who are receiving hospital, nursing home, and domiciliary care and medical services in Veterans’ Administration facilities. The Administrator may prescribe in rules and regulations under such section limitations in connection with the furnishing of such care and services during a period of national emergency (other than a period of war or an emergency described in section 5011A of this title).”.</p> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="134">SEC. 134. </num> <heading class="inline">PER DIEM RATES FOR CARE IN STATE HOMES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Increases in Rates</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 641 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in subsection (a), by striking out clauses (1) through (3) and inserting in lieu thereof the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>$8.70 for domiciliary care; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>$20.35 for nursing home care and hospital care,”; and</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content class="inline">by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>Whenever the Administrator makes a determination pursuant to section 620(a)(2)(A) of this title that the cost of care furnished by the Veterans’ Administration in a general hospital under the direct jurisdiction of the Administrator has increased, the Administrator may, effective no earlier than the date of such determination, increase the rates paid under subsection (a) of this section by a percentage not greater than the percentage by which the Administrator has determined that such cost of care has increased.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Dates</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">The amendment made by subsection <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s641">38 USC 641 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>(a)(1) shall take effect as of January 1, 1988.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The amendment made by subsection (a)(2) shall take effect on October 1, 1988.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="135">SEC. 135. </num> <heading class="inline">MEDICAL RESEARCH.</heading> <content>Section 4101(c)(1) is amended by striking out the parenthetical phrase and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(including biomedical, mental illness, prosthetic and other rehabilitative, and health-care-services research and stressing research into spinal-cord injuries and other diseases that lead to paralysis of the lower extremities and research into injuries and illnesses particularly related to service)</quotedText>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="136">SEC. 136. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s5010">38 USC 5010 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">CONVERSION OF UNDERUSED SPACE TO DOMICILIARY-CARE BEDS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Subject to subsection (b), the Administrator <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Urban areas.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Homeless persons.</p></sidenote>shall, not later than June 1, 1988, in urban areas in which there are significant numbers of homeless veterans, convert underused space located in facilities under the jurisdiction of the Administrator to 500 domiciliary-care beds to be used for the care of veterans in need of domiciliary care, primarily homeless veterans.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>If the Administrator determines that it is impractical to undertake the conversions required in paragraph (1) to the extent required in that paragraph—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/508">102 STAT. 508</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>because appropriate space for the conversions is not available in sufficient quantity, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>because in areas in which there is sufficient space the numbers of homeless veterans in need of domiciliary care who would likely use the beds are not sufficient to warrant the conversions,</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">the Administrator shall carry out paragraph (1) only to the extent that the Administrator has not determined that it is impractical to do so.</continuation> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Prohibition Against Diminution of Certain Other Conversions</inline>.—</heading> <content>Nothing in this section shall result in the diminution of the conversion of hospital-care beds to nursing-home-care beds by the Veterans’ Administration.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Funding</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Administrator shall carry out subsection (a) within the limits of available appropriations.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <num value="II">TITLE II—</num> <heading class="inline">HEALTH-CARE ADMINISTRATION AND PERSONNEL MATTERS</heading> <part> <num value="A"><inline class="smallCaps">Part A</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Administration</inline></heading> <section> <num value="201">SEC. 201. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4151">38 USC 4151 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">HEALTH CARE QUALITY ASSURANCE ACTIVITIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Actions To Improve Quality Assurance Activities</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Not later than 60 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Administrator shall take actions to improve the operation of health-care quality assurance programs and activities in the Veterans’ Administration, including actions to achieve the following purposes:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Upgrading the Office of Quality Assurance within the Department of Medicine and Surgery Central Office and assigning responsibility for risk-management activities (to be carried out with the concurrence of the General Counsel) to it.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Expanding, and assigning higher priority and greater resources to, quality-assurance programs and activities at each Veterans’ Administration health-care facility, including implementation of the review (known as “occurrence screening”) of patient records for adverse events which are not the natural consequence of the patient’s disease, injury, or treatment and the maximum use of the facility’s computerized management information system for such activities.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Upgrading and expanding the office of the Medical Inspector in the Department of Medicine and Surgery Central Office, including increasing the number of employees assigned to such office on a full-time basis, so as to ensure that each medical inspection carried out by that office includes at least one such full-time employee and otherwise ensuring such adequate numbers of, and such skills and training on the part of, the employees assigned to that office as are necessary to ensure the independence, objectivity, and accountability of that office.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>Upgrading and expanding the activities of the Veteran’ Administration’s Office of Inspector General in overseeing, monitoring, and evaluating the operations of the Department of Medicine and Surgery’s quality-assurance programs and activities and its Medical Inspector office so as to provide the Chief Medical Director, the Administrator, and the Congress with clear and objective assessments of the effectiveness of those <page identifier="/us/stat/102/509">102 STAT. 509</page>programs and operations, including ensuring such numbers of, and such skills and training on the part of, employees assigned to the Office of the Inspector General as are necessary to carry out such oversight, monitoring, and evaluation effectively.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Not later than 75 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Administrator shall submit to the Committees on Veteran’ Affairs of the Senate and the House of Representatives, a report describing the actions taken pursuant to subsection (a), including reports of the Chief Medical Director and the Inspector General of the Veteran’ Administration on such actions, and any future actions planned (and a timetable therefor) in connection with such actions. The report shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the Administrator’s views on (A) the effectiveness of quality assurance and risk management and medical inspection programs and activities in the Department of Medicine and Surgery and of the oversight, monitoring, and evaluation of those programs and activities before the implementation of the actions described in the preceding sentence, and (B) how those actions will improve the effectiveness of these programs and activities; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>a description of actions that have been or will be taken (and the justification for those actions) by the Administrator, the Inspector General, and the Chief Medical Director, as appropriate, to make other improvements in such programs and activities and the overnight, monitoring, and evaluation therefor.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="202">SEC. 202. </num> <heading class="inline">HOSPITAL COST COLLECTIONS.</heading> <content>Section 629(b)(2) is amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content class="inline">A proceeding under subparagraph (B) of this paragraph may not be brought after the end of the six-year period beginning on the last day on which the care or services for which recovery is sought are furnished.”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="203">SEC. 203. </num> <heading class="inline">TORT CLAIMS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Inapplicability of an Exception Relating to Federal Tort Claims in Medical Malpractice and Negligence Cases</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Section 4116 is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num> <content>The exception provided in section 2680(h) of title 28 shall not apply to any claim arising out of a negligent or wrongful act or omission of any person described in subsection (a) of this section in furnishing medical care or treatment (including medical care or treatment furnished in the course of a clinical study or investigation) while in the exercise of such person’s duties in or for the Department of Medicine and Surgery.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The amendment made by paragraph (1) shall apply with <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4116">38 USC 4116 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>respect to claims as to which a final judgment has not been rendered as of the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Increased Authority To Adjust Tort Claims Administratively</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Subchapter II of chapter 3 is amended by adding at the end the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="223">“§ 223. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s223">38 USC 223</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Administrative settlement of tort claims</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content>Notwithstanding the limitations contained in section 2672 of title 28, the Administrator may settle any claim for money damages <page identifier="/us/stat/102/510">102 STAT. 510</page>against the United States cognizable under section 1346(b) or 2672 of title 28 or section 4116 of this title to the extent the authority to do so is delegated to the Administrator by the Attorney General. Such delegation may not exceed the authority delegated by the Attorney General to United States attorneys to settle claims for money damages against the United States.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>For purposes of this subsection, the term ’settle‘, with respect to a claim, means consider, ascertain, adjust, determine, and dispose of the claim, whether by full or partial allowance or by disallowance.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 3 is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 222 the following: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“223.</designator> <label>Administrative settlement of tort claims.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="204">SEC. 204. </num> <heading class="inline">NONPROFIT RESEARCH CORPORATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Authority of Administrator</inline>.—</heading> <content>Chapter 73 is amended by adding at the end the following new subchapter: <quotedContent> <subchapter> <num value="VI">“SUBCHAPTER VI—</num> <heading class="inline">RESEARCH CORPORATIONS</heading> <section> <num value="4161">“§ 4161. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4161">38 USC 4161</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Authority to establish; status</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator may authorize the establishment at any Veterans’ Administration medical center of a nonprofit corporation to provide a flexible funding mechanism for the conduct of approved research at the medical center. Except as otherwise required in this subchapter or under regulations prescribed by the Administrator, any such corporation, and its directors and employees, shall be required to comply only with those Federal laws, regulations, and executive orders and directives which apply generally to private nonprofit corporations.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content class="inline">If by the end of the three-year period beginning on the date of the establishment of a corporation under this subchapter the corporation is not recognized as an entity the income of which is exempt from taxation under section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Administrator shall dissolve the corporation.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4162">“§ 4162. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4162">38 USC 4162</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Purpose of corporations</heading> <content>“Any corporation established under this subchapter shall be established solely to facilitate research as described in section 4101(c)(1) of this title in conjunction with the applicable Veteran’ Administration medical center. Any funds received by the Administrator for the conduct of research at the medical center other than funds appropriated to the Veterans’ Administration may be transferred to and administered by the corporation for that purpose.</content> </section> <section> <num value="4163">“§ 4163. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4163">38 USC 4163</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Board of directors; executive director</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The Administrator shall provide for the appointment of a board of directors for any corporation established under this subchapter. The board shall include—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the director of the medical center, the chief of staff of the medical center, and the assistant chief of staff for research of the medical center; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>subject to subsection (c) of this section, members who are not officers or employees of the Federal Government and who are familiar with issues involving medical and scientific research.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/511">102 STAT. 511</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content class="inline">Each such corporation shall have an executive director who shall be appointed by the board of directors with the concurrence of the Chief Medical Director of the Veterans’ Administration. The executive director of a corporation shall be responsible for the operations of the corporation and shall have such specific duties and responsibilities as the board may prescribe.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content class="inline">An individual appointed under subsection (a)(2) of this section to the board of directors of a corporation established under this subchapter may not be affiliated with, employed by, or have any other financial relationship with any entity that is a source of funding for research by the Veterans’ Administration unless that source of funding is a governmental entity or an entity the income of which is exempt from taxation under section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4164">“§ 4164. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4164">38 USC 4164</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">General powers</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <chapeau class="inline">A corporation established under this subchapter may—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>accept gifts and grants from, and enter into contracts <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Gifts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>with, individuals and public and private entities solely to carry out the purposes of this subchapter; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>employ such employees as it considers necessary for such purposes and fix the compensation of such employees.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content class="inline">A corporation established under this subchapter may not spend funds for a research project unless the project is approved in accordance with procedures prescribed by the Chief Medical Director for research carried out with Veteran’ Administration funds. Such procedures shall include a peer review process.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4165">“§ 4165. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4165">38 USC 4165</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Applicable State law</heading> <content>“Any corporation established under this subchapter shall be established in accordance with the nonprofit corporation laws of the State in which the applicable medical center is located and shall, to the extent not inconsistent with any Federal law, be subject to the laws of such State.</content> </section> <section> <num value="4166">“§ 4166. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4166">38 USC 4166</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Accountability and oversight</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1)</num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">The records of a corporation established under this <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote>subchapter shall be available to the Administrator.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>For the purposes of sections 4(a)(1) and 6(a)(1) of the Inspector General Act of 1978, the programs and operations of such a corporation shall be considered to be programs and operations of the Veterans’ Administration with respect to which the Inspector General of the Veterans’ Administration has responsibilities under such Act.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Such a corporation shall be considered an agency for the purposes of section 716 of title 31 (relating to availability of information and inspection of records by the Comptroller General).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content class="inline">Each such corporation shall submit to the Administrator an <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>annual report providing a detailed statement of its operations, activities, and accomplishments during that year. The corporation shall obtain a report of independent auditors concerning the receipts and expenditures of funds by the corporation during that year and shall include that report in the corporation’s report to the Administrator for that year.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Each member of the board of directors of a corporation established under this subchapter, each employee of such a corpora-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/512">102 STAT. 512</page>tion, and each employee of the Veterans’ Administration who is involved in the functions of the corporation during any year—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>shall be subject to Federal laws and regulations applicable to Federal employees with respect to conflicts of interest in the performance of official functions; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content class="inline">shall submit to the Administrator an annual statement signed by the director or employee certifying that the director or employee is aware of, and has complied with, such laws and regulations in the same manner as Federal employees are required to.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator shall submit to the Committees on Veteran’ Affairs of the Senate and House of Representatives an annual report on the number and location of corporations established and the amount of the contributions made to each such corporation.</content></subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4167">“§ 4167. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4167">38 USC 4167</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Report to Congress</heading> <content>“Not later than February 1, 1991, the Administrator shall submit to Congress a report on the experience through the end of fiscal year 1990 under this subchapter. The report shall include such recommendations as the Administrator considers appropriate.</content></section> <section> <num value="4168">“§ 4168. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4168">38 USC 4168</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Expiration of authority</heading> <content>“No corporation may be established under this subchapter after September 30, 1991.”.</content></section> </subchapter> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Clerical Amendment</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="subchapter"><designator>“SUBCHAPTER VI—</designator><label>RESEARCH CORPORATIONS</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4161.</designator> <label>Authority to establish; status.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4162.</designator> <label>Purpose of corporations.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4163.</designator> <label>Board of directors; executive director.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4164.</designator> <label>General powers.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4165.</designator> <label>Applicable State law.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4166.</designator> <label>Accountability and oversight.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4167.</designator> <label>Report to Congress.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4168.</designator> <label>Expiration of authority.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="205">SEC. 205. </num> <heading class="inline">NURSING HOME REVOLVING FUND.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment of Fund</inline>.—</heading> <content>Chapter 81 is amended by inserting after section 5015 the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="5016">“§ 5016. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s5016">38 USC 5016</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Nursing home revolving fund</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Amounts realized from a transfer pursuant to section 5022(a)(2)(C) of this title shall be administered as a revolving fund and shall be available without fiscal year limitation.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The revolving fund shall be deposited in a checking account with the Treasurer of the United States.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">The expenditure of funds from the revolving fund may be made only for the construction, alteration, and acquisition (including site acquisition) of nursing home facilities and may be made only as provided for in appropriation Acts.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>For the purpose of section 5004(a)(2) of this title, a bill, resolution, or amendment which provides that funds in the revolving fund may be expended for a project involving a total expenditure of more than $2,000,000 for the construction, alteration, or acquisition (including site acquisition) of a nursing home facility shall be considered to be a bill, resolution, or amendment making an appropriation which may be expended for a major medical facility project.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/513">102 STAT. 513</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Clerical Amendment</inline>.—</heading> <content>The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by adding at the end the following new item: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“5016.</designator> <label>Nursing home revolving fund.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="206">SEC. 206. </num> <heading class="inline">STATE HOME CONSTRUCTION GRANTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Date of List of Approved Projects</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 5035(b)(4) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>July 1</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>August 15</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Conditional Approval of Applications</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 5035(b) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in paragraph (4), by inserting “<quotedText>(including projects that have been conditionally approved under paragraph (6) of this subsection)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>projects</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new paragraphs: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator may conditionally approve a project under this section, conditionally award a grant for the project, and obligate funds for the grant if the Administrator determines that the application for the grant is sufficiently complete to warrant awarding the grant and that, based on assurances provided by the State submitting the application, the State will complete the application and meet all the requirements referred to in paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection by the date, not later than 90 days after the date of the conditional approval, specified by the Administrator.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>If a State does not complete the application and meet all the requirements referred to in such paragraph by the date specified by the Administrator under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, the Administrator shall rescind the conditional approval and award under such subparagraph and deobligate the funds previously obligated in connection with the application.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">Subject to subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, the Administrator may increase the amount of any grant awarded to any State for a project under this section by an amount by which the Administrator determines that the estimated cost of the construction or acquisition has increased from the estimated cost on which the Administrator based the determination to award the grant, without regard to the position of such project on the list established under paragraph (4) of this subsection, if the Administrator determines that the grant was awarded before the State entered into a contract for the construction or acquisition provided for in such project.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>A grant may not be increased under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph by more than 10 percent of the amount of the grant initially awarded for such project, and the amount of such grant, as increased, may not exceed 65 percent of the cost of the project.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </part> <part> <num value="B"><inline class="smallCaps">Part B</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Pay and Other Personnel Benefits</inline></heading> <section> <num value="211">SEC. 211. </num> <heading class="inline">ADDITIONAL PAY AUTHORITIES FOR NURSES TO BE AVAILABLE FOR PHARMACISTS AND OCCUPATIONAL THERAPISTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Category of Appointment</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 4104 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in paragraph (2), by striking out “<quotedText>Pharmacists</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>therapists</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Psychologists (other than those described in paragraph (3) of this section)</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>in paragraph (3)—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/514">102 STAT. 514</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>and</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>, pharmacists, and occupational therapists</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>nurses</quotedText>” .</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Authority for Premium Pay</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The second sentence of section 4107(f) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>or licensed</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>licensed</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>inserting “<quotedText>pharmacists, or occupational therapists,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>nurses,</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="212">SEC. 212. </num> <heading class="inline">RECRUITMENT AND RETENTION BONUS PAY.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Authority To Pay Bonus</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <content>Chapter 73 is amended by inserting after section 4119 the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="4120">“§ 4120. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4120">38 USC 4120</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Recruitment and retention bonus pay for nurses and certain other health-care personnel</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">In order to recruit and retain registered nurses, the Administrator may enter into agreements under this section. Such an agreement may be entered into with any registered nurse who is employed at, or who agrees to accept employment with the Veteran’ Administration at, a Veteran’ Administration health-care facility that is designated by the Administrator as a health-care facility with a significant shortage in registered nurses in any clinical service.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>A registered nurse entering into an agreement under this section shall agree to remain employed by the Veterans’ Administration as a registered nurse for a period of time to be specified in the agreement and to serve during that period in a specific health-care facility that is designated by the Administrator as a health-care facility with a significant shortage of registered nurses in that nurse s clinical service. Such period may not be less than two years or more than four years. Such employment during such period may be on a full-time basis or a part-time basis, as specified in the agreement. Part-time employment as specified in such an agreement may not be less than half-time.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The Administrator shall pay to any nurse entering into an agreement under this section bonus pay in an amount specified in the agreement. The amount of such bonus pay may not exceed—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content class="inline">$2,000 per year, in the case of an agreement for two years,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content class="inline">$3,000 per year, in the case of an agreement for three years, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content class="inline">$4,000 per year, in the case of an agreement for four years.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In the case of an agreement for employment on less than a full-time basis, the amount of bonus pay shall be pro rated accordingly.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection, a bonus under this section shall be paid in equal installments after each year of service is completed throughout the period of obligated service specified in the agreement.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator may make a payment in an amount not in excess of 25 percent of the total bonus in a lump sum at the time that the period of obligated service commences under the agreement.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>If the Administrator makes a lump-sum payment under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, the remaining balance of the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/515">102 STAT. 515</page>bonus shall be paid in equal installments after each year of service is completed throughout the period of obligated service specified in the agreement.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">A bonus paid to any individual under this section shall be in addition to any pay or allowance to which the individual is entitled.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The amount of a bonus paid under this section shall not be considered to be basic pay for the purposes of sections 5551, 5552, and 5595 of title 5, chapters 81, 83, 84, and 87 of such title, or any other provision of law creating an entitlement to benefits based on basic pay.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <content>At least once each year the Administrator, upon the recommendation of the Chief Medical Director, shall determine the specific health-care facilities and clinical services, if any, as to which there are significant problems with respect to the recruitment and retention of registered nurses. Upon making any such determination, the Administrator shall promptly notify the Committees on Veterans’ Affairs of the Senate and the House of Representatives of the determination and the basis for the determination.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num> <content>The Administrator may enter into agreements under this <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>section with individuals in a health profession other than nursing (and other than a health profession for which special pay may be provided under section 4118 of this title) if the Administrator determines that there are significant problems with respect to recruitment and retention of employees in that health profession. The Administrator’s authority to enter into any such agreement under this section, and such agreement, shall be subject to the provisions of this section in the same manner as are the authority to enter into an agreement under this section with a registered nurse and such an agreement.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">“(g) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection, an individual who voluntarily, or because of misconduct, fails to perform services as assigned by the Administrator for the period of obligated service provided in an agreement under this section shall refund to the United States the amount by which the total amount of bonus payments received by that individual under this section exceeds the amount that such individual would have received under an agreement under this section to serve for the period of obligated service actually served (as determined at the time the agreement is entered into). If the period actually served is less than two years, the amount to be refunded is the entire amount paid to the individual.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>An individual shall not be required to make a refund under paragraph (1) of this subsection if the Administrator determines, in accordance with regulations prescribed under subsection (h) of this section, that the individual’s failure to perform services for the period of obligated service is due to circumstances (not including separation for cause) beyond the control of the individual.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>An obligation to refund any portion of a bonus payment under this subsection is, for all purposes, a debt owed to the United States.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The provisions of this subsection and the specific amounts that the individual could be required to refund shall be disclosed to the individual at the time the agreement is entered into and shall be clearly set forth in the contract.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="h">“(h) </num> <content>The Administrator shall prescribe regulations to carry out <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote>this section.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/516">102 STAT. 516</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 4119 the following: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4210.</designator> <label>Recruitment and retention bonus pay for nurses and certain other health-care personnel.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendment</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">Section 4107(d) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>section 4118</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>sections 4118 and 4120</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="213">SEC. 213. </num> <heading class="inline">ON-CALL PAY.</heading> <content>Section 4107 is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="j">“(j) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator may pay an employee to whom this subsection applies pay at the rate provided in subsection (e)(8) of this section except for such time as the employee may be called back to work.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>This subsection applies to an employee who meets each of the following criteria:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>The employee is employed in a position listed in paragraph (3) of section 4104 of this title or meets the criteria specified in subclauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of subsection (g)(1)(B) of this section.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The employee is employed in a work unit for which on-call premium pay is authorized.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>The employee is officially scheduled to be on call outside such employee’s regular hours or on a holiday designated by Federal statute or Executive order.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>An employee who is eligible for on-call pay under paragraph (1) of this subsection and who was receiving standby premium pay pursuant to section 5545 of title 5 on the date of the enactment of this subsection shall, as long as such employee is employed in the same position and work unit and remains eligible for such standby pay, receive pay for any period of on-call duty at the rate equal to the greater of (A) the rate of pay which such employee would receive if being paid the rate of standby pay pursuant to such section that such individual would be entitled to receive if such individual were not scheduled to be on call instead, or (B) the rate of pay which such employee is entitled to receive including on-call premium pay described in paragraph (1) of this subsection.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="214">SEC. 214. </num> <heading class="inline">PREMIUM PAY FOR SATURDAY WORK.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Extension of Sunday Work Premium Pay</inline>.—</heading> <content>Paragraph (3) of section 4107(e) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>Saturday</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Friday</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Subparagraph (A) of paragraph (10) of such section is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content class="inline">Notwithstanding any other provision of law and subject to subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, the Administrator may increase the rates of additional pay authorized under paragraphs (2) through (8) of this subsection if the Administrator determines that it is necessary to do so in order to obtain or retain the services of nurses.”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content></paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>Such paragraph is further amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in subparagraph (B), by striking out “<quotedText>subparagraph (A)(i)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>subparagraph (A)</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking out subparagraph (C).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/517">102 STAT. 517</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading> <content>The amendments made by this section shall <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4107">38 USC 4107 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>apply with respect to tours of duty performed by nurses which begin on or after the first day of the first pay period beginning on or after the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="215">SEC. 215. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4104">38 USC 4104 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">REPORT ON EFFECT OF CERTAIN PAY AND BENEFITS AMENDMENTS.</heading> <chapeau>Not later than one year after the date of the enactment of this <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Health care professionals.</p></sidenote>Act, the Administrator shall submit to the Committees on Veteran’ Affairs of the Senate and House of Representatives a report on the implementation of the amendments made by sections 211 through 214, relating to pay and benefits for various health care professionals in the Department of Medicine and Surgery. The report—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">shall particularly describe the effect of such amendments and other provisions of law on the ability of the Veterans’ Administration to meet its requirements for nurses, pharmacists, occupational therapists, and physical therapists; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content class="inline">shall include such recommendations for further legislative action as the Administrator considers appropriate.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="216">SEC. 216. </num> <heading class="inline">HEALTH PROFESSIONALS EDUCATIONAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAM.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Repeal of Old Program</inline>.—</heading> <content>Subchapter IV of chapter 73 is repealed.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Improved and Expanded Program</inline>.—</heading> <content>Part V is amended by adding at the end the following new chapter: <quotedContent> <chapter> <num value="76">“CHAPTER 76—</num> <heading class="inline">HEALTH PROFESSIONALS EDUCATIONAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAM</heading> <toc> <referenceItem role="subchapter"><designator>“SUBCHAPTER</designator> <label>GENERAL</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec.</designator><label></label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4301.</designator> <label>Establishment of program; purpose.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4302.</designator> <label>Eligibility.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4303.</designator> <label>Application and acceptance.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4304.</designator> <label>Terms of agreement.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="subchapter"><designator>“SUBCHAPTER II—</designator> <label>SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4311.</designator> <label>Authority for program.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4312.</designator> <label>Eligibility; application; agreement.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4313.</designator> <label>Scholarship.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4314.</designator> <label>Part-time students.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4315.</designator> <label>Status of participants.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4316.</designator> <label>Obligated service.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4317.</designator> <label>Breach of agreement: liability.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4318.</designator> <label>Expiration of program.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="subchapter"><designator>“SUBCHAPTER III—</designator> <label>TUITION REIMBURSEMENT PROGRAM</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4321.</designator> <label>Authority for program.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4322.</designator> <label>Eligibility; application; agreement.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4323.</designator> <label>Obligated service,</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4324.</designator> <label>Breach of agreement: liability.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4325.</designator> <label>Allocation and distribution of funding.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="subchapter"><designator>“SUBCHAPTER IV—</designator> <label>ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4331.</designator> <label>Periodic adjustments in amount of assistance.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4332.</designator> <label>Annual report.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4333.</designator> <label>Regulations.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4334.</designator> <label>Breach of agreement; waiver of liability.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4335.</designator> <label>Service in other agencies.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4336.</designator> <label>Exemption of educational assistance payments from taxation.</label></referenceItem> </toc> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/518">102 STAT. 518</page> <subchapter> <num value="I">“SUBCHAPTER I—</num> <heading class="inline">GENERAL</heading> <section> <num value="4301">“§ 4301. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4301">38 USC 4301</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Establishment of program; purpose</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <chapeau class="inline">There is hereby established a program to be known as the Veterans’ Administration Health Professionals Educational Assistance Program (hereinafter in this chapter referred to as the ‘Educational Assistance Program’). The program consists of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the scholarship program provided for in subchapter II of this chapter, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the tuition reimbursement program provided for in subchapter III of this chapter.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content class="inline">The purpose of the Educational Assistance Program is to assist in providing an adequate supply of trained health-care personnel for the Veterans’ Administration and the Nation.</content></subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4302">“§ 4302. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4302">38 USC 4302</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Eligibility</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">To be eligible to participate in the Educational Assistance Program, an individual must be accepted for enrollment or be currently enrolled as a student at a qualifying educational institution in a course of education or training that is approved by the Administrator and that leads toward completion of a degree in a field of education or training for which a scholarship may be awarded under subchapter II of this chapter or for which tuition reimbursement may be provided under subchapter III of this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>A qualifying educational institution for purposes of this section is an educational institution that is in a State and that (as determined by the Administrator) is an accredited institution.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content class="inline">An individual is not eligible to apply to participate in the Educational Assistance Program if the individual is obligated under any other Federal program to perform service after completion of the course of education or training of such individual referred to in subsection (a) of this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4303">“§ 4303. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4303">38 USC 4303</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Application and acceptance</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">To apply to participate in the Educational Assistance Program, an individual shall submit to the Administrator an application for such participation together with an agreement described in section 4304 of this title under which the participant agrees to serve a period of obligated service in the Department of Medicine and Surgery as provided in the agreement in return for payment of educational assistance as provided in the agreement.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">An individual becomes a participant in the Educational Assistance Program upon the Administrator’s approval of the individual’s application and the Administrator’s acceptance of the agreement.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Upon the Administrator’s approval of an individual’s participation in the program, the Administrator shall promptly notify the individual of that approval. Such notice shall be in writing.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">In distributing application forms and agreement forms to individuals desiring to participate in the Educational Assistance Program, the Administrator shall include with such forms the following:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>A fair summary of the rights and liabilities of an individual whose application is approved (and whose agreement is accepted) by the Administrator, including a clear explanation of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/519">102 STAT. 519</page>the damages to which the United States is entitled if the individual breaches the agreement.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>A full description of the terms and conditions that apply to participation in the Educational Assistance Program and service in the Department of Medicine and Surgery.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Administrator shall make such application forms and other information available to individuals desiring to participate in the Educational Assistance Program on a date sufficiently early to allow such individuals adequate time to prepare and submit such forms.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <content class="inline">In selecting applicants for acceptance in the Educational Assistance Program, the Administrator shall give priority to the applications of individuals who have previously received educational assistance under the program and have not completed the course of education or training undertaken under such program.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4304">“§ 4304. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4304">38 USC 4304</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Terms of agreement</heading> <chapeau>“An agreement between the Administrator and a participant in the Educational Assistance Program shall be in writing, shall be signed by the participant, and shall include the following provisions:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>The Administrator’s agreement—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>to provide the participant with educational assistance as authorized in subchapter II or III of this chapter and specified in the agreement; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>to afford the participant the opportunity for employment in the Department of Medicine and Surgery (subject to the availability of appropriated funds for such purpose and other qualifications established in accordance with section 4105 of this title).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The participant’s agreement—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>to accept such educational assistance;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>to maintain enrollment and attendance in the course of training until completed;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>while enrolled in such course, to maintain an acceptable level of academic standing (as determined by the educational institution offering such course of training under regulations prescribed by the Administrator); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>after completion of the course of training, to serve as a full-time employee in the Department of Medicine and Surgery as specified in the agreement in accordance with subchapter II or III of this chapter.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>A provision that any financial obligation of the United States arising out of an agreement entered into under this chapter, and any obligation of the participant which is conditioned on such agreement, is contingent upon funds being appropriated for educational assistance under this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>A statement of the damages to which the United States is entitled under this chapter for the participant’s breach of the agreement.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>Such other terms as are required to be included in the agreement under subchapter II or III of this chapter or as the Administrator may require consistent with the provisions of this chapter.</content> </paragraph> </section> </subchapter> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/520">102 STAT. 520</page> <subchapter> <num value="II">“SUBCHAPTER II—</num> <heading class="inline">SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM</heading> <section> <num value="4311">“§ 4311. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4311">38 USC 4311</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Authority for program</heading> <content>“As part of the Educational Assistance Program, the Administrator shall carry out a scholarship program under this subchapter. The program shall be known as the Veterans’ Administration Health Professional Scholarship Program (hereinafter in this chapter referred to as the “Scholarship Program”).</content> </section> <section> <num value="4312">“§ 4312. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4312">38 USC 4312</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Eligibility; application; agreement</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection, an individual must be accepted for enrollment or be enrolled (as described in section 4302 of this title) as a full-time student to be eligible to participate in the Scholarship Program.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>An individual who is an eligible Veteran’ Administration employee may be accepted as a participant if accepted for enrollment or enrolled (as described in section 4302 of this title) for study on less than a full-time but not less than a half-time basis. (Such a participant is hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as a “part-time student”.)</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>For the purposes of paragraph (2) of this subsection, an eligible Veterans’ Administration employee is a full-time Veteran’ Administration employee who is permanently assigned to a Veterans’ Administration health-care facility on the date on which the individual submits the application referred to in section 4303 of this title and on the date on which the individual becomes a participant in the Scholarship Program.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">A scholarship may be awarded under this subchapter only in a qualifying field of education or training.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>A qualifying field of education or training for purposes of this subchapter is education or training leading to employment (under section 4104 of this title) as any of the following:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>A physician, dentist, podiatrist, optometrist, nurse, physician assistant, or expanded function dental au)(iliary.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>A psychologist described in section 4104(3) of this title or a certified or registered respiratory therapist, licensed physical therapist, or licensed practical or vocational nurse.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The Administrator may designate additional fields of education or training as qualifying fields of education or training if the education or training leads to employment in a position which would qualify the individual for increased basic pay under section 4107(g)(1)(B) of this title.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Before awarding the initial scholarship in a course of education or training other than medicine or nursing, the Administrator shall notify the Committees on Veterans’ Affairs of the Senate and House of Representatives of the Administrator’s intent to award a scholarship in such course of education or training. The notice shall include a statement of the reasons why the award of scholarships in that course of education or training is necessary to assist in providing the Veterans’ Administration with an adequate supply of personnel in the health profession concerned. Any such notice shall be given not less than 60 days before the first such scholarship is awarded.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>In selecting applicants for the Scholarship Program, the Administrator shall give priority to the applications of individuals who will be entering their final year in a course of training.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/521">102 STAT. 521</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">An agreement between the Administrator and a participant in the Scholarship Program shall (in addition to the requirements set forth in section 4304 of this title) include the following:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>The Administrator’s agreement to provide the participant with a scholarship under this subchapter for a specified number (from one to four) of school years during which the participant is pursuing a course of education or training described in section 4302 of this title.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The participant’s agreement to serve as a full-time employee in the Department of Medicine and Surgery for a period of time (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as the ‘period of obligated service’) of one calendar year for each school year or part thereof for which the participant was provided a scholarship under the Scholarship Program.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>in a case in which an extension is granted under section 4314(3) of this title, the number of years for which a scholarship may be provided under this subchapter shall be the number of school years provided for as a result of the extension.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>In the case of a participant who is a part-time student—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content class="inline">the period of obligated service shall be reduced in accordance with the proportion that the number of credit hours carried by such participant in any such school year bears to the number of credit hours required to be carried by a full-time student in the course of training being pursued by the participant, but in no event to less than one year; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the agreement shall include the participant’s agreement to maintain employment, while enrolled in such course of education or training, as a Veteran’ Administration employee permanently assigned to a Veteran’ Administration health-care facility.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>If a participant’s period of obligated service is deferred under section 4316(b)(3)(A)(i) of this title, the agreement terms under paragraph (1) of this subsection shall provide for the participant to serve any additional period of obligated service that is prescribed by the Administrator under section 4316(b)(4)(B) of this title.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4313">“§ 4313. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4313">38 USC 4313</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Scholarship</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content class="inline">A scholarship provided to a participant in the Scholarship Program for a school year under the Scholarship Program shall consist of payment of the tuition of the participant for that school year, payment of other reasonable educational expenses (including fees, books, and laboratory expenses) for that school year, and a stipend determined under subsection (b) of this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content class="inline">A stipend under this section for a school year shall be payment to the participant of not in excess of $485 per month (adjusted in accordance with section 4331 of this title) for each of the 12 consecutive months beginning with the first month of the school year, except that a stipend may not be paid to a participant who is a full-time employee of the Veterans’ Administration. The stipend of a participant who is a part-time student shall be adjusted as provided in sections 4314(1) and 4314(2) of this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator may arrange with an educational institution in which a participant in the Scholarship Program is enrolled for the payment to the educational institution of the amounts of tuition and other reasonable educational expenses described in subsection (a) of this section. Such payments may be made without regard to subsections (a) and (b) of section 3324 of title 31.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/522">102 STAT. 522</page> <section> <num value="4314">“§ 4314. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4314">38 USC 4314</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Part-time students</heading> <chapeau>“In the case of a participant who is a part-time student—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the maximum amount of the stipend payable to the participant shall be reduced in accordance with the proportion that the number of credit hours carried by such participant bears to the number of credit hours required to be carried by a full-time student in the course of education or training being pursued by the participant;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>a stipend may not be paid for any month during which the participant is not actually attending the course of training in which the participant is enrolled; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>the Administrator may extend the period for which a scholarship may be awarded to the participant to a maximum of six school years if the Administrator determines that the extension would be in the best interest of the United States.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="4315">“§ 4315. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4315">38 USC 4315</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Status of participants</heading> <content>“Participants in the Scholarship Program shall not by reason of their participation in such program (1) be considered to be employees of the Federal Government, or (2) be counted against any personnel ceiling affecting the Department of Medicine and Surgery.</content> </section> <section> <num value="4316">“§ 4316. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4316">38 USC 4316</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Obligated service</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content class="inline">Each participant in the Scholarship Program shall provide service as a full-time employee of the Veteran’ Administration for the period of obligated service provided in the agreement of the participant entered into under section 4303 of this title. Such service shall be provided in the full-time clinical practice of such participant’s profession or in another health-care position in an assignment or location determined by the Administrator.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Not later than 60 days before the participant’s service commencement date, the Administrator shall notify the participant of that service commencement date. That date is the date for the beginning of the participant’s period of obligated service.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2} </num> <chapeau class="inline">As soon as possible after the participant’s service commencement date, the Administrator shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in the case of a participant who is not a full-time employee in the Department of Medicine and Surgery, appoint such participant as such an employee; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in the case of a participant who is an employee in the Department of Medicine and Surgery but is not serving in a position for which such participant’s course of education or training prepared such participant, assign such participant to such a position.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A)</num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content class="inline">In the case of a participant receiving a degree from a school of medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, optometry, or podiatry, the participant’s service commencement date is the date upon which the participant becomes licensed to practice medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, optometry, or podiatry, as the case may be, in a State. However, the Administrator may, at the request of such participant, defer such date until the end of the period of time required for the participant to complete an internship or residency or other advanced clinical training. If the participant requests such a deferral, the Administrator shall notify the participant that such deferral <page identifier="/us/stat/102/523">102 STAT. 523</page>could lead to an additional period of obligated service in accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection.</content></clause> <clause class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content class="inline">No such period of internship or residency or other advanced clinical training shall be counted toward satisfying a period of obligated service under this subchapter.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>In the case of a participant receiving a degree from a school of nursing, the participant’s service commencement date is the later of (i) the participant’s course completion date, or (ii) the date upon which the participant becomes licensed as a registered nurse in a State.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>In the case of a participant not covered by subparagraph (A) or (B) of this paragraph, the participant’s service commencement date is the later of (i) the participant’s course completion date, or (ii) the date the participant meets any applicable licensure or certification requirements.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau>A participant whose period of obligated service is deferred under paragraph (3)(A) of this subsection shall be required to undertake internship or residency or other advanced clinical training in an accredited program in an educational institution which is an affiliated institution (as defined in section 4108(c)(1) of this title) and with respect to which the affiliation agreement provides that all or part of the internship or residency or other advanced clinical training will be undertaken in a Veterans’ Administration health-care facility. Such a participant may, at the discretion of the Administrator and upon the recommendation of the Chief Medical Director, incur an additional period of obligated service—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>at the rate of one-half of a calendar year for each year of internship or residency or other advanced clinical training (or a proportionate ratio thereof), if the internship, residency, or advanced clinical training is in a medical specialty necessary to meet the health-care requirements of the Veteran’ Administration (as determined under regulations prescribed by the Administrator); or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>at the rate of three-quarters of a calendar year for each year of internship or residency or other advanced clinical training (or a proportionate ratio thereof), if the internship, residency, or advanced clinical training is not in a medical specialty necessary to meet the health-care requirements of the Veteran’ Administration (as determined under regulations prescribed by the Administrator).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>The Administrator shall by regulation prescribe the service <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote>commencement date for participants who were part-time students. Such regulations shall prescribe terms as similar as practicable to the terms set forth in paragraph (3) of this subsection.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Except as provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection, a participant in the Scholarship Program shall be considered to have begun serving such participant’s period of obligated service—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>on the date, after such participant’s course completion date, on which such participant (in accordance with subsection (b) of this section) is appointed under this chapter as a full-time employee in the Department of Medicine and Surgery; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>if the participant is a full-time employee in the Department of Medicine and Surgery on such course completion date, on the date thereafter on which such participant is assigned to a position for which such participant’s course of training prepared such participant.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/524">102 STAT. 524</page> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>A participant in the Scholarship Program who on such participant’s course completion date is a full-time employee in the Department of Medicine and Surgery serving in a capacity for which such participant’s course of training prepared such participant shall be considered to have begun serving such participant’s period of obligated service on such course completion date.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>For the purposes of this section, the term ‘course completion date’ means the date on which a participant in the Scholarship Program completes such participant’s course of education or training under the program.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4317">“§ 4317. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4317">38 USC 4317</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Breach of agreement; liability</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content class="inline">A participant in the Scholarship Program (other than a participant described in subsection (b) of this section) who fails to accept payment, or instructs the educational institution in which the participant is enrolled not to accept payment, in whole or in part, of a scholarship under the agreement entered into under section 4303 of this title shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages in the amount of $1,500. Such liability is in addition to any period of obligated service or other obligation or liability under the agreement.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <chapeau class="inline">A participant in the Scholarship Program shall be liable to the United States for the amount which has been paid to or on behalf of the participant under the agreement if any of the following occurs:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The participant fails to maintain an acceptable level of academic standing in the educational institution in which the participant is enrolled (as determined by the educational institution under regulations prescribed by the Administrator).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The participant is dismissed from such educational institution for disciplinary reasons.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The participant voluntarily terminates the course of training in such educational institution before the completion of such course of training.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The participant fails to become licensed to practice medicine, osteopathy, dentistry, podiatry, or optometry in a State, fails to become licensed as a registered nurse in a State, or fails to meet any applicable licensure requirement in the case of any other health-care personnel who provide either direct patient-care services or services incident to direct patient-care services, during a period of time determined under regulations prescribed by the Administrator.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>In the case of a participant who is a part-time student, the participant fails to maintain employment, while enrolled in the course of training being pursued by such participant, as a Veterans’ Administration employee permanently assigned to a Veterans’ Administration health-care facility.</content> </paragraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">Liability under this subsection is in lieu of any service obligation arising under the participant’s agreement.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline"> <p class="inline">If a participant in the Scholarship Program breaches the agreement by failing (for any reason) to complete such participant’s period of obligated service, the United States shall be entitled to recover from the participant an amount determined in accordance with the following formula:</p> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/525">102 STAT. 525</page> <p class="centered">A=3φ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow><mo>(</mo><mfrac><mrow><mi>t</mi><mo>—</mo><mi>s</mi></mrow><mi>t</mi></mfrac><mo>)</mo></mrow></math></p> <p class="indent0 fontsize10">In such formula:</p> </chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>‘A’ is the amount the United States is entitled to recover.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>‘φ’ is the sum of (i) the amounts paid under this subchapter to or on behalf of the participant, and (ii) the interest on such amounts which would be payable if at the time the amounts were paid they were loans bearing interest at the maximum legal prevailing rate, as determined by the Treasurer of the United States.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content class="inline">‘t’ is the total number of months in the participant’s period of obligated service, including any additional period of obligated service in accordance with section 4316(b)(4) of this title.</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>’s’ is the number of months of such period served by the participant in accordance with section 4313 of this title.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Any amount of damages which the United States is entitled to recover under this section shall be paid to the United States within the one-year period beginning on the date of the breach of the agreement.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4318">“§ 4318. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4318">38 USC 4318</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Expiration of program</heading> <content>“The Administrator may not furnish scholarships to new participants in the Scholarship Program after September 30, 1992.</content> </section> </subchapter> <subchapter> <num value="III">“SUBCHAPTER III—</num> <heading class="inline">TUITION REIMBURSEMENT PROGRAM</heading> <section> <num value="4321">“§ 4321. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4321">38 USC 4321</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Authority for program</heading> <content>“As part of the Educational Assistance Program, the Administrator shall carry out a tuition reimbursement program under this subchapter. The program shall be known as the Veteran’ Administration Nurse Education Tuition Reimbursement Program (herein-after in this chapter referred to as the “Tuition Reimbursement Program”).</content> </section> <section> <num value="4322">“§ 4322. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4322">38 USC 4322</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Eligibility; application; agreement</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content class="inline">To be eligible to participate in the Tuition Reimbursement Program, an individual must be a full-time employee in the Veterans’ Administration permanently assigned to a Veteran’ Administration health-care facility and must be enrolled in a course of training offered by an institution approved by the Administrator leading toward completion of (1) an associate or higher degree in nursing, or (2) a masters degree or doctoral degree in nursing.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <chapeau class="inline">In selecting applicants for acceptance in the Tuition Reimbursement Program, the Administrator (in addition to according priorities as set forth in section 4303(d) of this title) shall give special consideration and emphasis to individuals pursuing a course of study which will expedite an increase in the number of registered nurses employed by the Veteran’ Administration. The Administrator shall then give priority, in the following order, to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>individuals who have been employed as full-time employees in the Nursing Service in the Department of Medicine and Surgery; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>individuals who have previously received tuition reimbursement under the Tuition Reimbursement Program.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/526">102 STAT. 526</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <chapeau class="inline">An agreement between the Administrator and a participant in the Tuition Reimbursement Program shall (in addition to the requirements set forth in section 4304 of this title) contain the following:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The Administrator’s agreement to provide the participant with tuition reimbursement following successful completion (as determined, pursuant to regulations prescribed by the Administrator, by the educational institution involved) of (A) a course or courses required for the course of study described in subsection (a) of this section, or (B) a course or courses taken as necessary prerequisites for degree program enrollment if a letter regarding the potential enrollment of the participant from an appropriate official of the institution involved includes a statement specifying such prerequisites.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The participant’s agreement—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>to maintain employment, while enrolled in the course of training being pursued by such participant, as a full-time Veterans’ Administration employee in the Department of Medicine and Surgery permanently assigned to a Veterans’ Administration health-care facility; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>to continue to serve as a full-time employee in such Department for one year (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as the ‘period of obligated service’) after completion of the course for which the participant received tuition reimbursement.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <content class="inline">Tuition reimbursement provided to a participant in the Tuition Reimbursement Program may not exceed $2,000 per year adjusted in accordance with section 4331 of this title).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator may arrange with an educational institution pursuant to which such an institution would provide a course or courses at a Veterans’ Administration health-care facility to participants in the Tuition Reimbursement Program. Under such an arrangement, the Administrator may agree to pay to the institution an amount not in excess of an amount determined by multiplying the number of participants in such a course by the amount of tuition reimbursement each participant would receive for enrolling and successfully completing such course.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4323">“§ 4323. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4322">38 USC 4322</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Obligated service</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content class="inline">Each participant in the Tuition Reimbursement Program shall provide service in the full-time clinical practice of such participant’s profession as a full-time employee of the Veterans’ Administration for the period of obligated service provided in the agreement of such participant entered into under section 4303 of this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content class="inline">A participant who on such participant’s course completion date is a full-time employee in the Department of Medicine and Surgery shall be considered to have begun serving such participant’s period of obligated service on the course completion date.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>Except in the case of a participant whose tuition was paid pursuant to section 4322(f) of this title, if a participant in the Tuition Reimbursement Program fails to successfully complete a course, no reimbursement will be provided and no period of obligated service will be incurred.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>In the case of a participant whose tuition was paid pursuant to section 4322(f) of this title and who fails to complete the course involved, the period of obligation shall be of the same duration as it would have been if the participant had successfully completed the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/527">102 STAT. 527</page>course and the course completion date shall be considered to be the date on which the participant’s failure becomes an established fact.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <content class="inline">For the purposes of this section, the term ‘course completion date’ means the date on which a participant in the Tuition Reimbursement Program completes such participant’s course of training under the program.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4324">“§ 4324. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4324">38 USC 4324</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Breach of agreement: liability</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <chapeau class="inline">A participant in the Tuition Reimbursement Program who fails to maintain employment as a Veterans’ Administration employee permanently assigned to a Veteran’ Administration health-care facility—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>may not be provided reimbursement for tuition for the course or courses in which the participant is enrolled; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>in lieu of any service obligation arising from completion of a course or courses in a previous semester or quarter, shall be liable to the United States for the amount which has been paid to or on behalf of the participant under the agreement.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline"> <p class="inline">If a participant in the Tuition Reimbursement Program breaches the agreement by failing (for any reason) to complete such participant’s period of obligated service, the United States shall be entitled to recover from the participant an amount determined in accordance with the following formula:</p> <p class="centered">A=3φ <math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow><mo>(</mo><mfrac><mrow><mi>t</mi><mo>—</mo><mi>s</mi></mrow><mi>t</mi></mfrac><mo>)</mo></mrow></math></p> <p class="indent0 fontsize10">In such formula:</p> </chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>‘A’ is the amount the United States is entitled to recover.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>‘4’ is the sum of (i) the amounts paid under this subchapter to or on behalf of the participant, and (ii) the interest on such amounts which would be payable if at the time the amounts were paid they were Ioans bearing interest at the maximum legal prevailing rate, as determined by the Treasurer of the United States.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>‘t’ is the total number of months in the participant’s period of obligated service.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>‘s’ is the number of months of such period served by the participant in accordance with section 4323 of this title.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Any amount of damages which the United States is entitled to recover under this section shall be paid to the United States within the one-year period beginning on the date of the breach of the agreement.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4325">“§ 4325. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4325">38 USC 4325</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Allocation and distribution of funding</heading> <content>“In determining the amount of funding to allocate to Veterans’ Administration health-care facilities for any fiscal year in connection with the Tuition Reimbursement Program, the Administrator shall take into account (1) the personnel ceiling for that fiscal year for nursing personnel, and (2) the recruitment and retention needs of such facilities, as determined by the Administrator.</content> </section> </subchapter> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/528">102 STAT. 528</page> <subchapter> <num value="IV">“SUBCHAPTER IV—</num> <heading class="inline">ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS</heading> <section> <num value="4331">“§ 4331. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4331">38 USC 4331</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Periodic adjustments in amount of assistance</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Whenever there is a general Federal pay increase, the Administrator shall increase the maximum monthly stipend amount and the maximum tuition reimbursement amount. Any such increase shall take effect with respect to any school year that ends in the fiscal year in which the pay increase takes effect.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The amount of any increase under paragraph (1) of this subsection is the previous maximum amount under that paragraph multiplied by the overall percentage of the adjustment in the rates of pay under the General Schedule made under the general Federal pay increase. Such amount shall be rounded to the next lower multiple of $1.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <chapeau class="inline">For purposes of this section:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘maximum monthly stipend amount’ means the maximum monthly stipend that may be paid to a participant in the Scholarship Program specified in section 4313(b) of this title and as previously adjusted (if at all) in accordance with this subsection.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘maximum tuition reimbursement amount’ means the maximum amount of tuition reimbursement provided to a participant in the Tuition Reimbursement Program specified in section 4322(e) of this title and as previously adjusted (if at all) in accordance with this subsection.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The term ‘general Federal pay increase’ means an adjustment (if an increase) in the rates of pay under the General Schedule under subchapter III of chapter 51 of title 5.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4332">“§ 4332. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4332">38 USC 4332</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Annual report</heading> <chapeau>Not later than March 1 of each year, the Administrator shall submit to Congress a report on the Educational Assistance Program. Each such report shall include the following information:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The number of students receiving educational assistance under the Educational Assistance Program, showing the numbers of students receiving assistance under the Scholarship Program and the Tuition Reimbursement Program separately, and the number of students enrolled in each type of health profession training under each program.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The education institutions providing such training to students in each program.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The number of applications filed under each program, by health profession category, during the school year beginning in such year and the total number of such applications so filed for all years in which the Educational Assistance Program (or predecessor program) has been in e)(istence.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The average amounts of educational assistance provided per participant in the Scholarship Program and per participant in the Tuition Reimbursement Program.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>The amount of tuition and other expenses paid, by health profession category, in the aggregate and at each educational institution for the school year beginning in such year and for prior school years.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>The number of scholarships accepted, by health profession category, during the school year beginning in such year <page identifier="/us/stat/102/529">102 STAT. 529</page>and the number, by health profession category, which were offered and not accepted.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>The number of participants who complete a course or course of training in each program each year and for all years that such program (or predecessor program) has been in e)(istence.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="4333">“§ 4333. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4333">38 USC 4333</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Regulations</heading> <content>“The Administrator shall prescribe regulations to carry out the Educational Assistance Program.</content> </section> <section> <num value="4334">“§ 4334. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4334">38 USC 4334</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Breach of agreement; waiver of liability</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content class="inline">An obligation under the Educational Assistance Program (or an agreement under the program) of a participant in the Educational Assistance Program for performance of services or payment of damages is canceled upon the death of the participant.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator shall prescribe regulations providing for <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote>the waiver or suspension of any obligation of a participant for service or payment under the Educational Assistance Program (or an agreement under the program) whenever noncompliance by the participant is due to circumstances beyond the control of the participant or whenever the Administrator determines that the waiver or suspension of compliance is in the best interest of the United States.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content class="inline">An obligation of a participant under the Educational Assistance Program (or an agreement thereunder) for payment of damages may not be released by a discharge in bankruptcy under title 11 before the expiration of the five-year period beginning on the first date the payment of such damages is due.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4335">“§ 4335. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4335">38 USC 4335</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Service in other agencies</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The Administrator, with the consent of the participant or individual involved and the consent of the head of the department or agency involved, may permit—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>a period of obligated service required under this chapter to be performed in the Department of Medicine and Surgery to be performed in another Federal department or agency or in the Armed Forces in lieu of performance of such service in the Department of Medicine and Surgery; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>a period of obligated service required to be performed in another Federal department or agency or in the Armed Forces under another Federal health personnel educational assistance program to be performed in the Department of Medicine and Surgery.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content class="inline">This section shall be carried out in cooperation with the heads of other appropriate departments and agencies.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="4336">“§ 4336. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4336">38 USC 4336</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Exemption of educational assistance payments from taxation</heading> <content>“Notwithstanding any other law, any payment to, or on behalf of a participant in the Educational Assistance Program, for tuition, education expenses, or a stipend under this chapter shall be exempt from taxation.”.</content> </section> </subchapter> </chapter> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Savings Provision</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">The provisions of subchapter <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4141">38 USC 4141 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>IV of chapter 73 of title 38, United States Code, as in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act, shall remain in effect with respect to scholarships awarded under that subchapter.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/530">102 STAT. 530</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4331">38 USC 4331 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Transition</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">Section 4331 of title 38, United States Code, as added by subsection (b), shall not apply with respect to a school year ending during fiscal year 1988.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Clerical Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 73 is amended by striking out the items relating to subchapter IV and sections 4141 through 4146.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content class="inline">The tables of chapters before part I and at the beginning of part V are each amended by inserting after the item relating to chapter 75 the following new item: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“76.</designator> <label leaderAlign="right" leaderChar="＿">Health Professionals Educational Assistance Program</label><target>4301”.</target> </referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="217">SEC. 217. </num> <heading class="inline">PAY SCALES AND AWARDS FOR DEPARTMENT OF MEDICINE AND SURGERY EMPLOYEES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4103 Schedule</inline>.—</heading> <content>Subsection (a) of section 4107 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content>The annual rates or ranges of rates of basic pay for positions provided in section 4103 of this title shall be prescribed from time to time by Executive order as authorized by chapter 53 of title 5 or as otherwise authorized by law.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4104(1) Positions</inline>.—</heading> <content>Subsection (b)(1) of section 4107 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The grades and annual ranges of rates of basic pay for positions provided for in paragraph (1) of section 4104 of this title shall be prescribed from time to time by Executive order as authorized by chapter 53 of title 5 or as otherwise authorized by law:</chapeau> <level> <heading class="smallCaps centered">“Physician and Dentist Schedule</heading> <content> <list> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Director grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Executive grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Chief grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Senior grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Intermediate grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Full grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Associate grade.</listContent></listItem> </list> </content> </level> <level> <heading class="smallCaps centered">“Nurse Schedule</heading> <content> <list> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Director grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Assistant Director grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Chief grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Senior grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Intermediate grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Full grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Associate grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Junior grade.</listContent></listItem> </list> </content> </level> <level> <heading class="smallCaps centered">“Clinical Podiatrist and Optometrist Schedule</heading> <content> <list> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Chief grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Senior grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Intermediate grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Full grade.</listContent></listItem> <listItem><listContent class="indent1 fontsize10 depth0">“Associate grade.”.</listContent></listItem> </list> </content> </level> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Awards for Career Appointees</inline>.—</heading> <content>Subsection (c)(3) of such section is amended by inserting “<quotedText>and any person appointed under section 4103 of this title who is not eligible for special pay under section 4118 of this title</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>applies</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/531">102 STAT. 531</page> <part> <num value="C"><inline class="smallCaps">Part C</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Personnel Administration</inline></heading> <section> <num value="221">SEC. 221. </num> <heading class="inline">DISCIPLINARY MATTERS AS TO CERTAIN APPOINTEES.</heading> <content>Section 4106(g) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Notwithstanding any other provision of this title or other law, all matters relating to adverse actions, disciplinary actions, and grievance procedures involving individuals appointed to such positions (including similar actions and procedures involving an employee in a probationary status) shall be resolved under the provisions of title 5 as though such individuals had been appointed under such title.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="222">SEC. 222. </num> <heading class="inline">PERSONNEL CEILINGS FOR NONCAREER RESEARCH PERSONNEL.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Exclusion From Personnel Ceilings</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">Section 5010(a) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">Temporary research personnel of the Department of Medicine and Surgery shall be excluded from any ceiling on full-time equivalent employees of the Veterans’ Administration or any other personnel ceiling otherwise applicable to employees of the Veterans’ Administration.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>For purposes of subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, the term ‘temporary research personnel’ means personnel who are employed in the Department of Medicine and Surgery in other than a career appointment for work on a research activity and who are not paid by the Veterans’ Administration or are paid from funds appropriated to the Veterans’ Administration to support such activity.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading> <content>The amendment made by subsection (a) <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s5010">38 USC 5010 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>shall apply with respect to fiscal years after fiscal year 1987.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="223">SEC. 223. </num> <heading class="inline">AUTHORITY TO WAIVE LICENSURE AND INTERNSHIP REQUIREMENTS FOR CERTAIN HEALTH-CARE PERSONNEL.</heading> <content>Subsection (d) of section 4114 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Subject to paragraph (2) of this subsection, the Chief Medical Director may waive for the purpose of the appointment of an individual under this section the requirements set forth in section 4105(a) of this title—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content class="inline">that a physician, dentist, psychologist, optometrist, registered nurse, practical or vocational nurse, or physical therapist be licensed or certified, as appropriate;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content class="inline">that the licensure or certification of such an individual be in a State; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content class="inline">that a psychologist have completed an internship.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The waivers authorized in paragraph (1) of this subsection may be granted—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in the case of clauses (A) and (C) of such paragraph, if the individual (i) will be employed to conduct research or serve in an academic position, and (ii) will have no responsibility for furnishing direct patient care services; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in the case of clause (B) of such paragraph, if the individual will be employed to serve in a country other than the United States and the individual’s licensure or registration is in the country in which the individual is to serve.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/532">102 STAT. 532</page> <section> <num value="224">SEC. 224. </num> <heading class="inline">NURSE REPRESENTATION ON POLICYMAKING COMMITTEES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Inclusion of Facility Chief of Nursing</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 4112 is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>The Administrator shall require that the Chief of the Nursing Service (or the designee of the Chief) at each Veteran’ Administration health-care facility be included in the membership of each policymaking committee at that facility. Such committees include (1) committees relating to matters such as budget, education, position management, clinical executive issues, planning, and resource allocation, and (2) the dean’s committee or other advisory committee established under subsection (b) of this section,”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Amendment</inline>.—</heading> <content>Subsection (b) of such section is amended in the first sentence by striking out “<quotedText>deans committee</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>dean’s committee</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <part> <num value="D"><inline class="smallCaps">Part D</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Reports</inline></heading> <section> <num value="231">SEC. 231. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4104">38 USC 4104 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">STUDY OF PAY AND OTHER PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT PRACTICES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Administrator shall conduct a study in order to determine—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the effects of the pay and other personnel management practices of the Department of Medicine and Surgery of the Veteran’ Administration on the ability of the Veterans’ Administration to recruit and retain categories of employees (A) who are qualified to provide direct patient-care services, or services that are incident to direct patient-care services, in Veteran’ Administration health-care facilities, and (B) as to which problems of recruitment and retention have arisen, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the effects that flexible employment benefits programs would have on the recruitment and retention of such employees.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Matters Required To Be Determined</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In conducting the study under subsection (a), the Administrator shall make determinations with respect to various factors which may affect the determinations to be made under subsection (a), including determinations of the following:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Whether there is inappropriate pay compression between the rates of pay of long-time employees of the Veterans’ Administration and either the rates of pay of their supervisors or the rates of pay of relatively new employees performing the same services as a result of the position classification and pay systems applicable to such long-time and relatively new employees or to their supervisors.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>If any such inappropriate pay compression e)(ists and such compression results from such position classification and pay systems, whether it is feasible to revise such system or systems in order to eliminate such pay compression and how much would be the cost to revise such system or systems for that purpose and to implement the revisions.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Whether the payment of pay differentials (or of increased pay differentials) for evening or night service is needed in order to improve the ability of the Veteran’ Administration to recruit and retain personnel to perform services referred to in subsection (a) on evening or night shifts, in what amounts such differentials should be paid, how much would be the cost of the payment of such differentials, and what, if any, effects the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/533">102 STAT. 533</page>payment of such differentials would be expected to have on the ability of the Veterans’ Administration to recruit and retain personnel to perform such services on a shift for which a differential is not paid.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Consideration of flexible Employee Benefits Programs</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In conducting the study under subsection (a), the Administrator shall review the personnel management practices of an appropriate sample of employers other than the Federal Government. The Administrator shall consider—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the extent to which such employers provide flexible employment benefits under programs designed to meet the individual needs to their employees,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the advantages of such programs for such employers and employees, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the feasibility, desirability, and appropriateness of establishing and carrying out any such flexible employment benefits program for employees of the Department of Medicine and Surgery of the Veterans’ Administration.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Reports</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Not later than one year after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Administrator shall submit to the Committees on Veteran’ Affairs of the Senate and House of Representatives a report on the results of the study required by subsection (a). The report shall contain—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the determinations of the Administrator under subsections (a) and (b); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>any planned administrative actions, and any recommendations for legislation, that the Administrator considers appropriate to include in the report on the basis of the results of the study.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="232">SEC. 232. </num> <heading class="inline">REPORT ON CERTAIN ACTIVITIES RELATING TO TRAINING IN GERIATRICS OF MEDICAL AND OTHER HEALTH-PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS AFFILIATED WITH THE VETERAN’ ADMINISTRATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading> <content>Not later than August 1, 1988, the Administrator shall submit to the Committees on Veterans’ Affairs of the Senate and House of Representatives a report regarding the Veteran’ Administration’s activities, and the success of those activities, designed to promote increased efforts by affiliated institutions (1) in training health-care professionals to care for older patients, and (2) in research into the aging process and diseases and disabilities associated with aging.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Matters To Be Included</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The report under subsection (a) shall include the following:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>Information, for each academic year from 1980–1981 through 1987–1988, on the number of affiliated institutions, shown by type of institution and type of training, that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>have a program through which students or trainees receive education and training in geriatrics through regular rotation through Veterans’ Administration medical centers, nursing homes, domiciliary facilities, or other units providing extended care to veterans; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>have a formal program providing education and training in geriatrics; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>have both such programs.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Information on the number of affiliated institutions (shown by type of institution) that are planning to establish <page identifier="/us/stat/102/534">102 STAT. 534</page>programs as described in paragraph (1), together with a timetable for such actions.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Estimates of the costs, both to the Veterans’ Administration and to the affiliated institutions, of the programs described in paragraphs (1) and (2).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>Estimates of the number of Veterans’ Administration patients receiving care or who will receive care from the students or trainees participating in programs described in paragraphs (1)(A) and (2).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>A description of the role of the Veterans’ Administration in encouraging the establishment and continuation of the programs described in paragraph (1).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>The views of the Administrator on the feasibility and desirability of requiring, as a condition of the Veterans’ Administration’s entering into or continuing an affiliation agreement with a health-care professional training institution, the establishment with such institution of the appropriate type of arrangements described in clause (C)(i) or (C)(ii) of section 4101(f)(1) of title 38, United States Code.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Definition</inline>.—</heading> <content>For purposes of this section, the term “affiliated institutions” means medical and other health-professional training schools affiliated with the Veterans’ Administration.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <num value="III">TITLE III—</num> <heading class="inline">VETERAN’S BENEFITS</heading> <part> <num value="A"><inline class="smallCaps">Part A</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Benefits Based on Service-Connected Disabilities</inline></heading> <section> <num value="301">SEC. 301. </num> <heading class="inline">SPECIALLY ADAPTED HOUSING ASSISTANCE.</heading> <chapeau>Section 802 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in subsection (a), by striking out “<quotedText>$35,500</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>$38,000</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in subsection (b), by striking out “<quotedText>$6,000</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>$6,500</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="302">SEC. 302. </num> <heading class="inline">AUTOMOBILE ASSISTANCE ALLOWANCE.</heading> <content>Section 1902(a) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>$5,000</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>$5,500</quotedText>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="303">SEC. 303. </num> <heading class="inline">BURIAL BENEFIT FOR SERVICE-CONNECTED DEATHS.</heading> <content>Section 907 is amended by striking out “<quotedText>$1,100</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>$1,500</quotedText>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="304">SEC. 304. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s802">38 USC 802 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">EFFECTIVE DATE.</heading> <content>The amendments made by sections 301, 302, and 303 shall take effect on April 1, 1988.</content> </section> </part> <part> <num value="B"><inline class="smallCaps">Part B</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Compensation-Related Provisions</inline></heading> <section> <num value="311">SEC. 311. </num> <heading class="inline">DEFINITION OF FORMER PRISONER OF WAR.</heading> <content>Section 101(32)(8) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>during a period other than a period of war in which such person was held</quotedText>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="312">SEC. 312. </num> <heading class="inline">PRESUMPTION OF SERVICE CONNECTION FOR CERTAIN DISABILITIES FOR FORMER PRISONERS OF WAR.</heading> <chapeau>Section 312(b) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>or</quotedText>” at the end of clause (11); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting after clause (12) the following new clauses: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/535">102 STAT. 535</page> <quotedContent> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="13">“(13) </num> <content>peripheral neuropathy except where directly related to infectious causes,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="14">“(14) </num> <content>irritable bowel syndrome, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="15">“(15) </num> <content>peptic ulcer disease,”.</content> </clause> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="313">SEC. 313. </num> <heading class="inline">PRESUMPTION OF SERVICE CONNECTION FOR LUPUS.</heading> <content>Section 301(3) is amended by inserting below “<quotedText>Leukemia</quotedText>” the following: “<quotedText>Lupus erythematosus, systemic</quotedText>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="314">SEC. 314. </num> <heading class="inline">REINSTATED ENTITLEMENT FOR CERTAIN SURVIVORS.</heading> <chapeau>Section 156(a)(1) of Public Law 97–377 (96 Stat. 1830, 1920) is <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s402">42 USC 402 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in subparagraph (B), by inserting “<quotedText>or who meets the requirements for entitlement to the equivalent of such benefit provided under section 412(a) of title 38, United States Code</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>month</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in subparagraph (C), by inserting “<quotedText>, or to the equivalent of such benefit based on meeting the requirements of section 412(a) of title 38, United States Code,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(42 U.S.C. 402(g))</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </section> </part> <part> <num value="C"><inline class="smallCaps">Part C</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Education Provisions</inline></heading> <section> <num value="321">SEC. 321. </num> <heading class="inline">MEASUREMENT OF LABORATORY INSTRUCTION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1788 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in clause (B) of the first sentence of the matter following clause (7) of subsection (a), by inserting “<quotedText>(or two 50-minute periods)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>two hours</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in subsection (c), by inserting “<quotedText>(or two 50-minute periods)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>two hours</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading> <content>The amendments made by subsection (a) <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s1788">38 USC 1788 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>shall apply to any enrollment or reenrollment commencing on or after the date of enactment of this Act.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="322">SEC. 322. </num> <heading class="inline">AUTHORITY TO WAIVE COMPLIANCE SURVEYS.</heading> <content>The text of section 1793 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content>Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, the Administrator shall conduct an annual compliance survey of each institution offering one or more courses approved for the enrollment of eligible veterans or persons if at least 300 veterans or persons are enrolled in such course or courses under provisions of this title or if any such course does not lead to a standard college degree. Such compliance survey shall be designed to ensure that the institution and approved courses are in compliance with all applicable provisions of chapters 30 through 36 of this title. The Administrator shall assign at least one education compliance specialist to work on compliance surveys in any year for each 40 compliance surveys required to be made under this section for such year,</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>The Administrator may waive the requirement in subsection (a) of this section for an annual compliance survey with respect to an institution if the Administrator determines, based on the institution’s demonstrated record of compliance with all the applicable provisions of chapters 30 through 36 of this title, that the waiver would be appropriate and in the best interest of the United States Government.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/536">102 STAT. 536</page> <section> <num value="323">SEC. 323. </num> <heading class="inline">EFFECTIVE DATE OF AWARDS UNDER THE POST-VIETNAM ERA VETERANS’ EDUCATION ASSISTANCE PROGRAM.</heading> <content>Section 3013 is amended by inserting “<quotedText>32,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>31,</quotedText>”.</content> </section> </part> <part> <num value="D"><inline class="smallCaps">Part D</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Insurance Provisions</inline></heading> <section> <num value="331">SEC. 331. </num> <heading class="inline">AUTHORITY FOR ANNUITY ADJUSTMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Subchapter I of chapter 19 is amended by adding at the end the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="727">“§ 727. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s727">38 USC 727</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Authority for higher monthly installments payable to certain annuitants</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content>Subject to subsections (b) and (c) of this section, the Administrator may from time to time adjust the dollar amount of the monthly installments payable to a beneficiary of National Service Life Insurance, Veterans Special Life Insurance, or Veterans Re-opened Insurance who is receiving the proceeds of such insurance under a life annuity settlement option. The Administrator may make such an adjustment only if the Administrator determines that the adjustment is administratively and actuarially sound for the program of insurance concerned. The Administrator may make such an adjustment without regard to the provisions of sections 702, 723, and 725 of this title with respect to interest rates and the use of mortality tables.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>The Administrator shall determine the amount in the trust funds in the Treasury held for payment of proceeds to National Service Life Insurance, Veterans Special Life Insurance, and Veterans Reopened Insurance beneficiaries attributable to interest and mortality gains on the reserves held for annuity accounts. Such amount shall be available for distribution to the life annuitants referred to in subsection (a) of this section as a fixed percentage of, and in addition to, the monthly installment amount to which the annuitants are entitled under this subchapter. For the purposes of this section, gains on the reserves are defined as funds attributable solely to annuity accounts that are in excess of actuarial liabilities.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>The monthly amount of an annuity authorized in sections 702, 723, and 725 of this title, as adjusted under this section, may not be less than the monthly amount of such annuity that would otherwise be applicable without regard to this section.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 19 is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 726 the following new item: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“727.</designator> <label>Authority for higher monthly installments payable to certain annuitants.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Subchapter II of chapter 19 is amended by adding at the end the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="762">“§ 762. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s762">38 USC 762</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Authority for higher monthly installments payable to certain annuitants</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content>Subject to subsections (b) and (c) of this section, the Administrator may from time to time adjust the dollar amount of the monthly installments payable to a beneficiary of United States Government Life Insurance who is receiving the proceeds of such insurance under a life annuity settlement option. The Administrator may make such an adjustment only if the Administrator determines that the adjustment is administratively and actuarially <page identifier="/us/stat/102/537">102 STAT. 537</page>sound. The Administrator may make such an adjustment without regard to the provisions of section 744 of this title with respect to interest rates and the use of mortality tables.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>The Administrator shall determine the amount in the trust fund in the Treasury held for payment of proceeds to United States Government Life Insurance beneficiaries attributable to interest and mortality gains on the reserves held for annuity accounts. Such amount shall be available for distribution to the life annuitants referred to in subsection (a) of this section as a fixed percentage of, and in addition to, the monthly installment amount to which the annuitants are entitled under this subchapter. For the purposes of this section, gains on the reserves are defined as funds attributable solely to annuity accounts that are in excess of actuarial liabilities.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>The monthly amount of an annuity authorized in section 744 of this title, as adjusted under this section, may not be less than the monthly amount of such annuity that would otherwise be applicable without regard to this section.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 19 is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 761 the following new item: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“762.</designator> <label>Authority for higher monthly installments payable to certain annuitants.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="332">SEC. 332. </num> <heading class="inline">EXEMPTIONS FROM STATE TAXATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Exemption</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 769 is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">“(g) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">No tax, fee, or other monetary payment may be imposed or collected by any State, or by any political subdivision or other governmental authority of a State, on or with respect to any premium paid under an insurance policy purchased under this subchapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Paragraph (1) of this subsection shall not be construed to exempt any company issuing a policy of insurance under this subchapter from the imposition, payment, or collection of a tax, fee, or other monetary payment on the net income or profit accruing to or realized by that company from business conducted under this subchapter, if that tax, fee, or payment is applicable to a broad range of business activity.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading> <content>The amendment made by subsection (a) <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s769">38 USC 769 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>shall take effect with respect to premiums paid for periods beginning after June 30, 1988.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="333">SEC. 333. </num> <heading class="inline">DIRECT ADMINISTRATION OF VETERANS’ MORTGAGE LIFE INSURANCE.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Revision of Program</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Section 806 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="806">“§ 806. </num> <heading class="inline">Veteran’ Mortgage Life Insurance</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <content>The United States shall automatically insure any eligible veteran who is or has been granted assistance in securing a suitable housing unit under this chapter against the death of the veteran unless the veteran (1) submits to the Administrator in writing the veterans’ election not to be insured under this section, or (2) fails to respond in a timely manner to a request from the Administrator for information on which the premium for such insurance can be based.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>The initial amount of insurance provided a veteran under this section may not exceed the lesser of $40,000 or the amount of the loan outstanding on the housing unit. The amount of such insurance <page identifier="/us/stat/102/538">102 STAT. 538</page>shall be reduced according to the amortization schedule of the loan and may not at any time exceed the amount of the outstanding loan with interest. If there is no outstanding loan on the housing unit, insurance is not payable under this section. If an eligible veteran elects not to be insured under this section, the veteran may there-after be insured under this section, but only upon submission of an application, payment of required premiums, and compliance with such health requirements and other terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Administrator.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>The premiums charged a veteran for insurance under this section shall be paid at such time and in such manner as the Administrator prescribes. The rates for such premiums shall be based on such mortality data as the Administrator considers appropriate to cover only the mortality cost of insuring standard lives. In the case of a veteran receiving compensation or other cash benefits paid to the veteran by the Administrator, the Administrator shall deduct from such compensation or other benefits the premiums charged the veteran under this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">The United States shall bear the costs of insurance under this section to the extent that such costs exceed premiums established by the Administrator. Premiums collected on insurance under this section shall be credited to the ‘Veterans Insurance and Indemnitie’ appropriation account, and all disbursements of insurance proceeds under this section shall be made from that account.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote> <content>There are authorized to be appropriated to the Administrator for such account such amounts as may be necessary to carry out this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <content>Any amount of insurance in force under this section on the date of the death of an eligible veteran insured under this section shall be paid to the holder of the mortgage loan, for payment of which the insurance was granted, for credit on the loan indebtedness. Any liability of the United States under such insurance shall be satisfied when such payment is made. If the Administrator is the holder of the mortgage loan, the insurance proceeds shall be credited to the loan indebtedness and, as appropriate, deposited in either the direct loan or loan guaranty revolving fund established by section 1823 or 1824 of this title, respectively.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num> <content>The Administrator may prescribe such regulations relating to eligibility for insurance under this section, the maximum amount of insurance, the effective date of insurance, the maximum duration of insurance, and other pertinent matters not specifically provided for in this section as the Administrator determines are in the best interest of veterans or the United States.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">“(g) </num> <content>The amount of the insurance in force at any time shall be the amount necessary to pay the mortgage indebtedness in full, except as otherwise limited by subsection (b) of this section or regulations prescribed by the Administrator under this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="h">“(h) </num> <content>The Administrator shall issue to each veteran insured under this section a certificate setting forth the benefits to which the veteran is entitled under the insurance.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Insurance under this section shall terminate upon whichever of the following events first occurs:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Satisfaction of the veteran’s indebtedness under the loan upon which the insurance is based.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The veteran’s seventieth birthday.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Termination of the veteran’s ownership of the property securing the loan.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/539">102 STAT. 539</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Discontinuance of payment of premiums by the veteran.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="j">“(j) </num> <content>Termination of life insurance under this section shall not affect the guaranty or insurance of the loan by the Administrator.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The item relating to section 806 in the table of sections at the beginning of chapter 21 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“806.</designator> <label>Veteran’s mortgage life insurance.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading> <content>The amendment made by subsection (a) <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s806">38 USC 806 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>shall take effect on the first day of the fourth month beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Savings Provision</inline>.—</heading> <content>Mortgage protection life insurance <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s806">38 USC 806 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>granted to any veteran under the former section 806 shall continue in force with the United States as insurer, subject to the terms of subsection (d). Nothing in that subsection shall impair any rights of any veteran or mortgage loan holder under the former section 806 that matured before the effective date specified in subsection (b).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Discontinuance of Contract Program</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Effective as of the effective date specified in subsection (b), the Administrator shall discontinue the policy of insurance purchased in accordance with the former section 806.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>All premiums collected or received by the insurer on or after such effective date under a policy purchased under the former section 806 shall be promptly forwarded to the Administrator and shall be credited to the “<quotedText>Veterans Insurance and Indemnities</quotedText>” appropriation account. Any positive balance of the contingency reserve maintained by the insurer under such policy remaining after all charges have been made shall be payable to the Administrator and shall be deposited by the Administrator in such account, except that such balance may, upon the election of the insurer, be paid by the insurer in equal monthly installments over a period of not more than two years beginning on the date, after such effective date, that the Administrator specifies.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Former Section 806 Defined</inline>.—</heading> <content>For the purpose of subsections (c) and (d), the term “<quotedText>former section 806</quotedText>” means section 806 of title 38, United States Code, as in effect on the day before the effective date specified in subsection (b).</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <part> <num value="E">Part E—</num> <heading class="inline">Memorial Affairs</heading> <section> <num value="341">SEC. 341. </num> <heading class="inline">NATIONAL CEMETERY GRAVE MARKERS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1004(c)(2) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of clause (A);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out the period at the end and inserting in lieu thereof a semicolon; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new clauses: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>in the case of any cemetery located on the grounds of or adjacent to a Veterans’ Administration health-care facility, the Administrator may provide for flat grave markers; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>in the case of grave sites of cremated remains that are interred in the ground, the Administrator may provide for flat grave markers.”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Grave Markers in Certain Locations</inline>.—</heading> <content>Notwithstanding section <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State listing</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s1004">38 USC 1004 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>1004(c)(2) of title 38, United States Code, the Administrator may provide for flat grave markers in the cases of the national cemeteries in Riverside, California; Bourne, Massachusetts; Augusta, Michigan; and Indiantown Gap, Pennsylvania; and the proposed <page identifier="/us/stat/102/540">102 STAT. 540</page>national cemetery approved by the Administrator, as of July 31, 1987, for Northern California.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="342">SEC. 342. </num> <heading class="inline">CONTRIBUTIONS FOR CERTAIN PROJECTS.</heading> <chapeau>Section 1004(f) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>The</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(1) The</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Administrator may, to the extent of appropriated funds available for such purpose, make a contribution to local authorities for the construction of road improvements or traffic controls or other devices on land adjacent to a national cemetery if the Administrator determines that such a contribution is essential to ensure safe ingress to or egress from the cemetery.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="343">SEC. 343. </num> <heading class="inline">STATE VETERAN’ CEMETERY CONSTRUCTION GRANTS.</heading> <chapeau>Section 1008(b) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out paragraph (1);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by redesignating paragraphs (2), (3), and (4) as paragraphs (1), (2), and (3), respectively;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in paragraphs (1) and (2) (as so redesignated), by striking out “<quotedText>per centum</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>percent</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>in paragraph (2) (as so redesignated), by striking out “<quotedText>paragraph (2)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>paragraph (1)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="344">SEC. 344. </num> <heading class="inline">GRAVE LINERS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Authority to Provide</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 906 is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator may provide a grave liner for any grave in a cemetery within the National Cemetery System in which remains are interred in a casket. The Secretary of the Army may provide a grave liner for such a grave in the Arlington National Cemetery.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The use of grave liners in a cemetery within the National Cemetery System or in the Arlington National Cemetery shall be in accordance with specifications and procedures approved by the Administrator or the Secretary, respectively.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Clerical Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The heading of such section is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="906">“§ 906. </num> <heading class="inline">Headstones, markers, and grave liners”.</heading></section> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The item relating to such section in the table of sections at the beginning of chapter 23 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“906.</designator> <label>Headstones, markers, and grave liners.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="345">SEC. 345. </num> <heading class="inline">AMERICAN BATTLE MONUMENTS COMMISSION FOREIGN CURRENCY FLUCTUATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment of Foreign Currency Fluctuations Account</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">The Act entitled “An Act for the creation of an American Battle Monuments Commission to erect suitable memorials commemorating the services of the American soldier in Europe, and for other purposes”, approved March 4, 1923 (36 U.S.C. 121 et seq.), is amended by adding at the end the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="13">“<inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 13. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t36/s138c">36 USC 138c</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="inline"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <content class="inline">There is hereby established in the Treasury an account to be known as the ‘Foreign Currency Fluctuations, American Battle Monuments Commission, Account. The account shall be used to provide funds, in addition to funds appropriated for salaries <page identifier="/us/stat/102/541">102 STAT. 541</page>and expenses of the American Battle Monuments Commission, to pay the costs of such salaries and expenses that exceed the amount appropriated therefor as a result of fluctuations in currency exchange rates of foreign countries occurring after a budget request for the Commission is submitted to Congress. The account may not be used for any other purpose. Funds in the account may be transferred to funds appropriated for salaries and expenses of the Commission.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content class="inline">Funds transferred under subsection (a) shall be merged with and available for the same time period as the appropriation to which they are applied. A provision of law limiting the amount of funds the Commission may obligate in any fiscal year shall be increased to the extent necessary to reflect fluctuations in exchange rates from those used in preparing the budget submission.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content class="inline">An obligation of the Commission payable in the currency of a foreign country may be recorded as an obligation based upon exchange rates used in preparing a budget submission. A change reflecting fluctuations in exchange rates may be recorded as a disbursement is made.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Funds transferred from the Foreign Currency Fluctuations, American Battle Monuments Commission, Account may be transferred back to that account—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>if the funds are not needed to pay obligations incurred because of fluctuations in currency exchange rates of foreign countries in the appropriation to which the funds were originally transferred; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content class="inline">because of subsequent favorable fluctuations in the rates or because other funds are, or become, available to pay such obligations.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <content class="inline">A transfer back to the account under subsection (d) may not be made after the end of the second fiscal year after the fiscal year in which the appropriation to which the funds were originally transferred is available for obligation.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num> <content class="inline">Not later than the end of the second fiscal year following the fiscal year for which appropriations for salaries and expenses have been made available to the Commission, unobligated balances of such appropriation provided for a fiscal year may be transferred into the Foreign Currency Fluctuations, American Battle Monuments Commission, Account, to be merged with and available for the same period and purposes as that account.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">“(g) </num> <content class="inline">The Commission shall submit to the appropriate committees <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>of the Congress each year a report on funds transferred under this section.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">There is authorized to be appropriated to the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t36/s138c">36 USC 138c note</ref>.</p></sidenote>Foreign Currency Fluctuations, American Battle Monuments Commission, Account the sum of $3,000,000.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">The amendment made by subsection (a) <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t36/s158c">36 USC 158c note</ref>.</p></sidenote>applies with respect to each fiscal year after fiscal year 1988.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="346">SEC. 346. </num> <heading class="inline">TRANSFER OF THE ARIZONA VETERANS MEMORIAL CEMETERY TO THE VETERANS’ ADMINISTRATION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Not later than six months after the date of the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>enactment of this Act, the Administrator shall enter into an agreement with the State of Arizona that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>provides for the conveyance to the United States, without <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Real property.</p></sidenote>consideration, of all right, title, and interest in and to the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/542">102 STAT. 542</page>Arizona Veterans Memorial Cemetery in the State of Arizona, consisting of approximately 225 acres; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>commits the State to provide to the Veteran’ Administration in a timely manner funding in the amount necessary to supplement Federal funding so that the level of operation and maintenance of the cemetery as of the date the agreement is entered into can be maintained during the three-year period beginning on the date of the conveyance of the cemetery under the agreement.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Cemetery To Become Part of the National Cemetery System</inline>.—</heading> <content>After acceptance by the Administrator, the Arizona Veterans Memorial Cemetery shall become part of the National Cemetery System and shall be administered in accordance with the provisions of chapter 24 of title 38, United States Code.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Legal Description</inline>.—</heading> <content>The exact acreage and legal description of the real property to be conveyed under subsection (a) shall be determined by a survey that is conducted at no charge to the United States and is satisfactory to the Administrator of Veterans’ Affairs.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Terms and Conditions</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Administrator may require such terms and conditions with respect to the conveyance authorized by this section as the Administrator considers appropriate to protect the interests of the United States.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Waiver of Liabiuty for Repayment of Veterans’ Administration Grant</inline>.—</heading> <content>The State of Arizona is not required to repay the Veteran’ Administration, by reason of the conveyance of the Arizona Veterans Memorial Cemetery under this section, the amount of any grant made to such State with respect to such cemetery under section 1008 of title 38, United States Code.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Expenditures</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">During each of the one-year periods occurring during the three-year period beginning on the date on which the conveyance under subsection (a) is made, the Administrator may not obligate appropriated funds for the operation and maintenance of the Arizona Veterans Memorial Cemetery in excess of the greater of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">the amount that the Administrator estimates would have been obligated for payment during the one-year period involved to the State pursuant to section 903(b)(1) of title 38, United States Code, in connection with the burial of deceased veterans had the cemetery not been transferred to the Veterans’ Administration; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content class="inline">the amount obligated for such purpose during fiscal year 1987.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">Subject to subparagraph (B), in each of the fiscal years occurring during the three-year period described in paragraph (1), the Administrator shall use amounts available for payments under such section 903(b)(1) for the operation and maintenance of such cemetery.</content> </paragraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(B) </num> <content>Expenditures under subparagraph (A) shall not exceed the applicable limitation under paragraph (1).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The Administrator shall use all funding received from the State, as described in subsection (a)(2), for the operation and maintenance of such cemetery.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Acceptance of Gifts</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Administrator may accept devises, bequests, and gifts made in any manner by any person or entity for the purpose of the operation, maintenance, or improvement of the Arizona Veterans Memorial Cemetery after the Administrator has <page identifier="/us/stat/102/543">102 STAT. 543</page>accepted title thereto pursuant to subsection (a) and shall use the funds or property involved for the intended purpose.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="h">(h) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Grave Markers</inline>.—</heading> <content>Notwithstanding section 1004(c)(2) of title 38, United States Code, the Administrator shall provide for the use of flat grave markers for interments at the Arizona Veterans Memorial Cemetery after the conveyance of the cemetery to the United States.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <num value="IV">TITLE IV—</num> <heading class="inline">VETERANS’ ADMINISTRATION MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION</heading> <part> <num value="A"><inline class="smallCaps">Part A</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Procurement Policy</inline></heading> <section> <num value="401">SEC. 401. </num> <heading class="inline">INTEGRITY OF CONTRACTING OUT PROCESS AT HEALTH-CARE FACILITIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Requirement for Two Bidders</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 5010(c)(2) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>responsive bids are received from at least two responsible, financially autonomous bidders and</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>only if</quotedText>.”</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Applicability</inline>.—</heading> <content>The amendment made by subsection (a) shall <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s5010">38 USC 5010 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>apply only with respect to the awarding of contracts under solicitations issued after the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="402">SEC. 402. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s5025">38 USC 5025 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">STANDARDIZATION OF MEDICAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL ITEMS.</heading> <content>Not later than October 1, 1989, the Administrator shall develop and fully implement an agency-wide plan for the cost-effective standardization, in a manner consistent with the effective furnishing of health-care services, of medical and pharmaceutical items procured by the Veterans’ Administration. The plan shall provide for the procurement of generic pharmaceutical items when such procurement is more economical than procurement of a name-brand pharmaceutical item unless the Chief Medical Director of the Veterans’ Administration (1) determines, after consultation with the Commissioner of the Food and Drug Administration, that an equivalent generic item is not available, or (2) determines that the procurement of a name-brand item is necessary in the interests of effective patient care.</content> </section> <section> <num value="403">SEC. 403. </num> <heading class="inline">REQUIREMENTS FOR THE PROCUREMENT OF HEALTH-CARE ITEMS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Subchapter II of chapter 81 is amended by adding at the end the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="5025">“§ 5025. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s5025">38 USC 5025</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Procurement of health-care items</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10" ><num value="a">“(a) </num> <content>Except as provided in subsections (b) and (c) of this section, the Administrator may not procure health-care items under local contracts.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">A health-care item for use by the Veterans’ Administration may be procured under a local contract if—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content class="inline">the procurement is within the limits prescribed in paragraph (3) of this subsection; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B)</num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content class="inline">the item is not otherwise available to the Veterans’ Administration medical center concerned.</content> </clause> <clause class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content class="inline">procurement of the item by a local contract is necessary for the effective furnishing of health-care services or the conduct of a research or education program at a Veteran’ Administration medical center, as determined by the director of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/544">102 STAT. 544</page>the center in accordance with regulations which the Chief Medical Director shall prescribe, or</content> </clause> <clause class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content class="inline">procurement under a local contract is demonstrably more cost-effective for the item.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In the case of the need for an emergency procurement of a health-care item, such item may be procured under a local contract, but no greater quantity of such item may be procured by a local contract than is reasonably necessary to meet the emergency need and the reasonably foreseeable need for the item at the medical center concerned until resupply can be achieved through procurement actions other than emergency procurement.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">Except as provided in subparagraphs (C) and (D) of this paragraph, not more than 20 percent of the total of all health-care items procured by the Veteran’ Administration in any fiscal year (measured as a percent of the total cost of all such health-care items procured by the Veteran’ Administration in that fiscal year) may be procured under local contracts.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content>Local contracts for the procurement of health-care items shall, to the maximum extent feasible, be awarded to regular dealers or manufacturers engaged in the wholesale supply of such items.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>The Administrator may increase for a fiscal year the percentage specified in subparagraph (A) of this section to a percentage not greater than 30 percent if the Administrator, based on the experience of the Veteran’ Administration during the two fiscal years preceding such fiscal year, determines that the increase and the amount of the increase are necessary in the interest of the effective furnishing of health-care services by the Veteran’ Administration, The authority to increase such percentage may not be delegated.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>Items procured through an emergency procurement shall not be counted for the purpose of this paragraph.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>A provision of law that is inconsistent with subsection (a) or (b) of this section shall not apply, to the extent of the inconsistency, to the procurement of a health-care item for use by the Veterans’ Administration.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Not later than December 1 of each year, the director of each Veterans’ Administration medical center shall transmit to the Administrator a report containing a list indicating the quantity of each health-care item procured at that medical center under a local contract during the preceding fiscal year and the total amount paid for such item during such fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <content>Not later than February 1 of each year, the Administrator shall submit to the Committees on Veterans’ Affairs of the Senate and the House of Representatives a report on the experience in carrying out this section during the preceding fiscal year.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <chapeau>For the purposes of this section:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘health-care item’ includes any item listed in, or (as determined by the Administrator) of the same nature as an item listed in, Federal Supply Classification (FSC) Group 65, 66, or 73. Such term does not include perishable items.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘local contract’ means a contract entered into by a Veterans’ Administration medical center for procurement of an item for use by that medical center.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The term ‘emergency procurement’ means a procurement necessary to meet an emergency need, affecting the health or safety of a person being furnished health-care services by the Veterans’ Administration, for an item.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/545">102 STAT. 545</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 5024 the following new item: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“5025.</designator> <label>Procurement of health-care items.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Dates</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Subsection (b)(1) of section 5025 of title <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s5025">38 USC 5025 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>38, United States Code (as added by subsection (a)), shall take effect one year after the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content class="inline">Subsection (b)(3) of such section shall apply to health-care items procured for use by the Veteran’ Administration after September 30, 1990.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="404">SEC. 404. </num> <heading class="inline">MULTIYEAR PROCUREMENT OF CERTAIN MEDICAL ITEMS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Authority for Multiyear Contracts</inline>.—</heading> <content>Chapter 1 is amended by adding at the end the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="114">“§ 114. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s114">38 USC 114</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Multiyear procurement for certain medical items</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <chapeau>The Administrator may enter into a multiyear contract for the procurement of supplies or services for use in Veterans’ Administration health-care facilities if the Administrator makes each of the following determinations:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Appropriations are available for obligations that are necessary for total payments that would be required during the fiscal year in which the contract is entered into, plus the estimated amount of any cancellation charge payable under the contract.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The contract is in the best interest of the United States by reason of the effect that use of a multiyear, rather than one-year, contract would have in—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>reducing costs;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>achieving economies in contract administration or in any other Veterans’ Administration activities;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>increasing quality of performance by or service from the contractors; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>encouraging effective competition.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>During the proposed contract period—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>there will be a continuing or recurring need for the supplies or services being procured;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>there is not a substantial likelihood of substantial changes in the need for such supplies or services in terms of the total quantity of such supplies or services or of the rate of delivery of such supplies or services; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the specifications for the supplies or services are expected to be reasonably stable.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The risks relating to the prospective contractor’s ability to perform in accordance with the specifications and other terms of the contract are not excessive.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>The use of a multiyear contract will not inhibit small business concerns in competing for the contract.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>In the case of the procurement of a pharmaceutical item for which a patent has expired less than four years before the date on which the solicitation of offers is issued, there is no substantial likelihood that increased competition among potential contractors would occur during the term of the contract as the result of the availability of generic equivalents increasing during the term of the contract.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/546">102 STAT. 546</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">A multiyear contract authorized by this section shall contain—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content class="inline">a provision that the obligation of the United States under the contract during any fiscal year which is included in the contract period and is subsequent to the fiscal year during which the contract is entered into is contingent on the availability of sufficient appropriations (as determined by the Administrator pursuant to paragraph (2)(A) of this subsection) if, at the time the contract is entered into, appropriations are not available to cover the total estimated payments that will be required during the full term of the contract; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content class="inline">notwithstanding section 1502(a) of title 31, a provision for the payment of reasonable cancellation charges to compensate the contractor for nonrecurring, unrecovered costs, if any, if the performance is cancelled pursuant to the provision required by subparagraph (A) of this paragraph.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">If, during a fiscal year after the fiscal year during which a multiyear contract is entered into under this section, the Administrator determines that, in light of other funding needs involved in the operation of Veterans’ Administration health-care programs, the amount of funds appropriated for such subsequent fiscal year is not sufficient for such contract, the Administrator shall cancel such contract pursuant to the provisions required by paragraph (1)(A) of this subsection.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Cancellation charges under a multiyear contract shall be paid from the appropriated funds which were originally available for performance of the contract or the payment of cancellation costs unless such funds are not available in an amount sufficient to pay the entire amount of the cancellation charges payable under the contract. In a case in which such funds are not available in such amount, funds available for the procurement of supplies and services for use for the same purposes as the supplies or services procured through such contract shall be used to the extent necessary to pay such cost.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>Nothing in this section shall be construed so as to restrict the Administrator’s exercise of the right to terminate for convenience a contract under any other provision of law which authorizes multiyear contracting.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote> <content>The Administrator shall prescribe regulations for the implementation of this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <chapeau>For the purposes of this section:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘appropriations’ has the meaning given that term in section 1511 of title 31.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘cancel’ or ‘cancellation’ refers to the termination of a contract by the Administrator as required under paragraph (2)(B)(i) of this subsection.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The term ‘multiyear contract’ means a contract which by its terms is to remain in effect for a period which extends beyond the end of the fiscal year during which the contract is entered into but not beyond the end of the fourth fiscal year following such fiscal year. Such term does not include a contract for construction or for a lease of real property.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The term ‘nonrecurring, unrecovered cost’ means those costs reasonably incurred by the contractor in performing a multiyear contract which (as determined under regulations prescribed under subsection (d) of this section) are generally incurred on a one-time basis.”</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/547">102 STAT. 547</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Clerical Amendment</inline>.—</heading> <content>The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by adding at the end the following new item: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“114.</designator> <label>Multiyear procurement for certain medical items.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </section> </part> <part> <num value="B"><inline class="smallCaps">Part B</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">General Administrative and Financial Matters</inline></heading> <section> <num value="411">SEC. 411. </num> <heading class="inline">SEQUESTRATION RULES APPLICABLE TO VETERANS’ PROGRAMS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Restoration of Certain Revolving Funds</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Notwithstanding <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s113">38 USC 113 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>section 601(b) of the Veteran’ Benefits Improvement and Healthcare Authorization Act of 1986 (Public Law 99–576), section 113(b)(2) of title 38, United States Code, shall apply with respect to a sequestration order issued, or a sequestration law enacted, for any fiscal year after fiscal year 1985.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Secretary of the Treasury shall take such action as is necessary to implement paragraph (1). Not later than 60 days after <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to the Committees on Veteran’ Affairs of the Senate and House of Representatives a report on the action taken by the Secretary pursuant to that paragraph.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Extension of Exemption for Certain Service-Connected Rehabilitation and Education Benefits</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 113(a) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>(but only with respect to fiscal year 1987)</quotedText>” each place it appears in paragraphs (4) and (5).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <content>Subsection (d) of such section is <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>amended by striking out “<quotedText>a joint report of the Directors of the Office of Management and Budget and the Congressional Budget Office</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>a report of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="412">SEC. 412. </num> <heading class="inline">CHILD-CARE SERVICES AT VETERAN’ ADMINISTRATION FACILITIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Operation by Veteran’ Canteen Service</inline>.—</heading> <content>Chapter 75 is amended by adding at the end the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="4209">“§ 4209. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4209">38 USC 4209</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Child-care centers</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator, through the Service, shall provide for the operation of child care centers at Veteran’ Administration facilities in accordance with this section. The operation of such centers shall be carried out to the extent that the Administrator determines, based on the demand for the care involved, that such operation is in the-best interest of the Veteran’ Administration and that is practicable to do so. The centers shall be available for the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Government organization and employees.</p></sidenote>children of Veterans’ Administration employees and, to the extent space is available, the children of other employees of the Federal Government and the children of employees of affiliated schools and corporations created under section 4161 of this title.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content class="inline">There shall be in the Service an official who is responsible for all matters relating to the provision of child care services under the authority of this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>The Service shall establish reasonable charges for child-care services provided at each child-care center operated under this section. The charges shall be subject to the approval of the Administrator. In the case of a center operated directly by the Service, the charges with respect to the center shall be sufficient to provide for <page identifier="/us/stat/102/548">102 STAT. 548</page>the operating expenses of the center, including the expenses of personnel assigned to the center. In the case of a center operated by a contractor which is a for-profit entity, the charges shall be established by taking into consideration the value of the space and services furnished with respect to the center under subsection (c)(1) of this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <chapeau>In connection with the establishment and operation of any child care center under this section, the Administrator—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>shall furnish, at no cost to the center, space in e)(isting Veterans’ Administration facilities and utilities, custodial services, and other services and amenities necessary (as determined by the Administrator) for the health and safety of the children provided care at the center;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>may, on a reimbursable basis, convert space furnished under clause (1) of this subsection for use as the child care center and provide other items necessary for the operation of the center, including furniture, office machines and equipment, and telephone service, except that the Administrator may furnish basic telephone service and surplus furniture and equipment without reimbursement;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>shall provide for the participation (directly or through a parent advisory committee) of parents of children receiving care in the center in the establishment of policies to govern the operation of the center and in the oversight of the implementation of such policies;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>shall require the development and use of a process for determining the fitness and suitability of prospective employees of or volunteers at the center; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>shall require in connection with the operation of the center compliance with all State and local laws, ordinances, and regulations relating to health and safety and the operation of child-care centers.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote> <content>The Administrator shall prescribe regulations to carry out this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <content>For the purpose of this section, the term ‘parent advisory committee’ means a committee comprised of, and selected by, the parents of children receiving care in a child care center operated under this section.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Clerical Amendment</inline>.—</heading> <content>The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by adding at the end the following new item: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4209.</designator> <label>Child-care centers.“.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="413">SEC. 413. </num> <heading class="inline">ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON NATIVE-AMERICAN VETERANS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Native Hawaiian Representation</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Subsections (b) and (c)(3)(A) of section 19032 of the Veterans’ Health-Care Amendments <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s219">38 USC 219 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>of 1986 (Public Law 99–272; 100 Stat. 388) are amended by striking out “<quotedText>and Alaska Natives</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>, Alaska Natives, and Native Hawaiians</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Subsection (g) of such section is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">“(g) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Definitions</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau class="inline">For the purposes of this section:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The term ‘Alaska Native’ has the meaning given the term ‘Native’ in section 3(b) of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (43 U.S.C. 1602(b)).</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/549">102 STAT. 549</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘Native Hawaiian’ has the meaning given that term in section 813(3) of the Native American Programs Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 2992c(3)).”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">One-Year Extension</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Subsection (f)(1) of such section is amended by striking out “<quotedText>and February 1, 1988</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>February 1, 1988, and February 1, 1989</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>Subsection (h) of such section is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>second</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>third</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>the Committee</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>the Administrator</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="414">SEC. 414. </num> <heading class="inline">MANAGEMENT OF CANTEEN SERVICE.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Financial Management</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">The second sentence of section 4205 is amended by inserting “<quotedText>or other interest-bearing accounts</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>checking accounts</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 4206 is amended by striking out the second sentence.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Exemption of Canteen Service From Personnel Ceiling</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Chapter 75 is amended by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="4210">“§ 4210. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s4210">38 USC 4210</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">Exemption from personnel ceilings</heading> <content>“Persons who are employed by the Service and compensated from the revolving fund established by section 4204 of this title may not be considered to be employees of the Veterans’ Administration for the purposes of any personnel ceiling which may otherwise be applied to employees of the Veterans’ Administration by the President or an official of the executive branch.”.</content> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by adding at the end the following new item: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“4210.</designator> <label>Exemption from personnel ceilings.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="415">SEC. 415. </num> <heading class="inline">TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS TO CHAPTER 37.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Reorganization of Subchapter I</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1802(a) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">by striking out “<quotedText>(a)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(a)(1)</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content class="inline">by striking out the first sentence and inserting in lieu thereof: “<quotedText>The veterans described in paragraph (2) of this subsection <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Loans.</p></sidenote>are eligible for the housing loan benefits of this chapter.</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content class="inline">by striking out “<quotedText>in the preceding sentence, or in section 1818 of this title,</quotedText>” in the second sentence and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>in paragraph (2)</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content class="inline">by striking out “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>(2)</quotedText>” in the second sentence and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(A)</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>(B)</quotedText>”, respectively;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content class="inline">by redesignating clauses (A) and (B) as clauses (i) and (ii), respectively; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content class="inline">by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The veterans referred to in the first sentence of paragraph (1) of this subsection are the following:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>Each veteran who served on active duty at any time during World War II, the Korean conflict, or the Vietnam era and whose total service was for 90 days or more.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Each veteran who after September 15, 1940, was discharged or released from a period of active duty for a service-connected disability.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau>Each veteran, other than a veteran described in clause (A) or (B) of this paragraph, who—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/550">102 STAT. 550</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>served after July 25, 1947, for a period of more than 180 days and was discharged or released therefrom under conditions other than dishonorable; or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>has served more than 180 days in active duty status and continues on active duty without a break therein.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Any unused entitlement of World War II or Korean conflict veterans which expired under provisions of law in effect before October 23, 1970, is hereby restored and shall not expire until used.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>Subsection (g) of section 1802—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>is amended by striking out “<quotedText>1801(a)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>1801(b)</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>as amended by subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, is transferred so that it will appear at the end of subsection (a) of such section and is redesignated as paragraph (4) of such subsection (a).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1815—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content class="inline">is amended by striking out the section heading;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content class="inline">is amended by redesignating subsection (a) as paragraph (2)(A) and redesignating subsection (b) as subparagraph (B); and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content class="inline">as amended by clauses (i) and (ii) of this subparagraph, is transferred so that it will appear as paragraph (2) of section 1803(a), as amended by subparagraph (B)(ii) of this paragraph.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau>Section 1803 is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking out the section heading and inserting in lieu thereof the following: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="1803">“§ 1803. </num> <heading class="inline">Basic provisions relating to loan guaranty and insurance”</heading> <content class="inline">; and</content> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in subsection (a) by striking out paragraph (2).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>Section 1807 is repealed.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Reorganization of Subchapters II and III</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1)</num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">Section 1816(a)(4)(A)(i)(I) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>section 1816(a)(2) of this title</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>paragraph (2) of this subsection</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1816(c)(10) is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content class="inline">in subparagraph (A), by inserting “<quotedText>(or such earlier date following the expiration of a reasonable period of time for such sale to occur as the Administrator may specify pursuant to regulations prescribed by the Administrator to implement this subsection)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>loan</quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content class="inline">in subparagraph (B)(ii), by inserting “<quotedText>(5)(A) or</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>under paragraph</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content class="inline">The heading and subsections (a), (b), and (c) of section 1816, as amended by subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this paragraph, are redesignated as a new section 1832 and transferred to subchapter III of chapter 37 so that they will appear following section 1831.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content class="inline">Subsections (d), (e), and (f) of section 1816 are redesignated as subsections (a), (b), and (c), respectively, and transferred so that they will appear after section 1832, as transferred by subparagraph (C) of this paragraph with the following heading: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="1833">“§ 1833. </num> <heading class="inline">Property management”.</heading> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">Section 1817(a) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>under section 1810</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>for purposes specified in section 1810</quotedText>”</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/551">102 STAT. 551</page> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 1817, as amended by subparagraph (A) of this paragraph, and section 1817 A are redesignated as sections 1813 and 1814, respectively, and transferred so that they will appear after section 1812, as transferred by paragraph (4)(C) of this subsection.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Section 1818 is repealed.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">Section 1819 is amended by striking out “<quotedText>under this section</quotedText>” each place it appears in subsections (a)(4)(C), (b)(1), (c)(2), (c)(4), (d)(1), (e), (f), (g) (except where it appears in the second sentence), and (h)(1) and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>for purposes specified in this section</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau>Section 1819(c) is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in the first sentence of paragraph (3) by inserting before the period the following: “<quotedText>as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in the second sentence of paragraph (4), by striking out “<quotedText>under section 1810</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>for purposes specified in section 1810</quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in the second sentence of paragraph (4), by striking out “<quotedText>under such section 1810</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>for purposes specified in such section 1810</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Section 1819, as amended by subparagraphs (A) and (B) of this paragraph, is redesignated as section 1812 and transferred so that it will appear following section 1811.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <chapeau>Section 1832—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>is amended by striking out the section heading;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>is amended by redesignating subsection (a) as subsection (d)(1) and subsection (b) as paragraph (2); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>as amended by clause (A) and (B) of this paragraph, is transferred so that it will appear at the end of the new section 1833 added by paragraph (4) of this subsection.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Section 1801(a) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>1819(a)(1)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>1812(a)(1)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>Section 1803(c)(3) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in clause (A), by striking out “<quotedText>1819(a)(1)(F)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof ”<quotedText>1812(a)(1)(F)</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in clause (E), by striking out “<quotedText>1819(a)(1)(G)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>1812(a)(1)(G)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <chapeau>Section 1804 is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in clause (C) of subsection (c)(2), by striking out “<quotedText>1819(a)(5)(A)(i)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>4812(a)(5)(A)(i)</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in clause (D) of subsection (c)(2), by striking out “<quotedText>1819(e)(5)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>1812(e)(5)</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>in subsection (f), by striking out “<quotedText>1817A</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>1814</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <chapeau>Section 1810 is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(9)(B)(ii), by striking out “<quotedText>section 1819(a)(5)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>section 1812(a)(5)</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in subsection (g)(2), by striking out “<quotedText>section 1819(e)(2)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>section 1812(e)(2)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <chapeau>Section 1811 is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>1819</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>1812</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in subsection (b), by striking out “<quotedText>1819(a)(1)(F)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>1812(a)(1)(F)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>Section 1829(d) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>1817A</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>1814</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>Any reference, in effect on the date of the enactment of this <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s1802">38 USC 1802 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>Act, in any law, rule, or regulation to any of the sections, or parts <page identifier="/us/stat/102/552">102 STAT. 552</page>thereof, which are redesignated or transferred by this section shall be construed to refer to the section, or part thereof, as redesignated or transferred by this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1803(a)(1) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">in clause (A)(ii), by inserting “<quotedText>as specified in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph</quotedText>” before the period; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content class="inline">in clause (B), by striking out “<quotedText>under section 1810 of this chapter</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>for purposes specified in section 1810 of this title</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>Section 1811 is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in subsections (a), (b), and (g), by striking out “<quotedText>under section 1810 or</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>for purposes specified in section 1810 or</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in subsection (d)(2)(B), by striking out “<quotedText>under section 1810(c)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>for purposes specified in section 1810</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Clerical Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 37 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out the item relating to section 1803 and inserting in lieu thereof the following: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“1803.</designator> <label>Basic provisions relating to loan guaranty and insurance.”;</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out the item relating to section 1807;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by striking out the items relating to subchapter II and inserting in lieu thereof the following: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="subchapter"><designator>“SUBCHAPTER II—</designator> <label>LOANS</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“1810.</designator> <label>Purchase or construction of homes.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“1811.</designator> <label>Direct loans to veterans.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“1812.</designator> <label>Loans to purchase manufactured homes and lots.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“1818.</designator> <label>Release from liability under guaranty.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“1814.</designator> <label>Assumptions; release from liability.”;</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> <p class="indent0 fontsize10">and</p> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content class="inline">by striking out the item relating to section 1832 and inserting in lieu thereof the following: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“1832.</designator> <label>Procedure on default.</label></referenceItem> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“1833.</designator> <label>Property management”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s1802">38 USC 1802 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Nature of Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">The status of any veteran with respect to benefits under chapter 37 of title 38, United States Code, shall not be affected by the amendments made by, or other provisions of, this section.</content> </subsection> </section> </part> <part> <num value="C"><inline class="smallCaps">Part C</inline>—</num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Real Property</inline></heading> <section> <num value="421">SEC. 421. </num> <heading class="inline">LIMITATION ON TRANSFER OF PROPERTY TO OTHER AGENCIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Paragraph (2) of section 5022(a) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content class="inline">The Administrator may not during any fiscal year transfer to another Federal agency or to a State (or any political subdivision of a State) any interest in real property described in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph unless (i) the transfer (as proposed) was described in the budget for that fiscal year submitted to Congress pursuant to section 1105 of title 31, and (ii) the Veterans’ Administration receives compensation equal to the fair market value of the property.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>An interest in real property described in this subparagraph is an interest in real property that is owned by the United States and <page identifier="/us/stat/102/553">102 STAT. 553</page>administered by the Veteran’ Administration and that has an estimated value in excess of $50,000.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>Amounts realized from the transfer of any interest in real property described in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph shall be deposited in the nursing home revolving fund established under section 5016 of this title.’.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Any proposed transfer of real property described in subparagraph <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t38/s5022">38 USC 5022 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>(B) of section 5022(a)(2) of title 38, United States Code, as amended by paragraph (1), that is described in a report submitted to the Committees on Veterans’ Affairs of the Senate and House of Representatives by the Administrator not later than 30 days after the date of the enactment of this Act shall be deemed for purposes of subparagraph (A) of that section to have been described in the President’s budget for fiscal year 1989.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content class="inline">Section 234 of Public Law 99–576 is repealed.<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/stat/100/3266">100 Stat. 3266</ref>.</p></sidenote></content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="indent0 firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Administrator may not declare as excess to the needs of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">California.</p></sidenote>the Veteran’ Administration, or otherwise take any action to dispose of, the land and improvements at the Veterans’ Administration Medical Center, West Los Angeles, California (consisting of approximately 109 acres), and at the Veterans’ Administration Medical Center, Sepulveda, California (consisting of approximately 46 acres), described in letters dated February 5, 1986 (and enclosed maps), from the Administrator to the Committees on Veterans’ Affairs of the Senate and House of Representatives pursuant to section 5022(a)(2) of title 38, United States Code, as in effect on that date.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="422">SEC. 422. </num> <heading>CONGRESSIONAL PROCEDURES FOR APPROVAL OF MEDICAL FACILITY ACQUISITION AND CONSTRUCTION.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Procedures</inline>.—</heading> <content>Paragraph (2) of section 5004(a) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>It shall not be in order in the Senate or in the House of Representatives to consider a bill, resolution, or amendment which would make an appropriation for any fiscal year which may be expended for a major medical facility project or a major medical facility lease unless—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>such bill, resolution, or amendment specifies the amount to be appropriated for that project or lease,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the project or lease has been approved in a resolution adopted by the Committee on Veterans’ Affairs of that House, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the amount to be appropriated for that project or lease is no more than the amount specified in that resolution for that project or lease for that fiscal year.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Definitions</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 5004(a) is further amended by striking out paragraphs (3) and (4) and inserting in lieu thereof the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau>For the purpose of this subsection:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>The term ‘major medical facility project’ means a project for the construction, alteration, or acquisition of a medical facility involving a total expenditure of more than $2,000,000, but such term does not include an acquisition by exchange.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The term ‘major medical facility lease’ means a lease for space for use as a medical facility at an average annual rental of more than $500,000.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Cost Variations</inline>.—</heading> <content>Subsection (c) of section 5004 is amended to read as follows: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/554">102 STAT. 554</page> <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>Not less than 30 days before obligating funds for a major medical facility project approved by a resolution described in subsection (a)(2) of this section in an amount that would cause the total amount obligated for that project to exceed the amount specified in the resolution for that project (or would add to total obligations exceeding such specified amount) by more than 10 percent, the Administrator shall provide the committees with notice of the Administrator’s intention to do so and the reasons for the specified amount being exceeded.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Repeal</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Such section is further amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out subsection (d); and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by redesignating subsections (e) and (f) as subsections (d) and (e), respectively.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="423">SEC. 423. </num> <heading class="inline">USE OF FORMER HOSPITAL IN MINOT, NORTH DAKOTA.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Agreement With Secretary of Labor</inline>.—</heading> <content>Upon the satisfaction of the conditions specified in subsection (b), the Administrator shall enter into an agreement with the Secretary of Labor for the use by the Secretary for nominal consideration of the 20.6 acres of land in the city of Minot, North Dakota, on which the Department of the Air Force on July 31, 1987, was operating, under a no-cost use agreement with the Veterans’ Administration, the John Moses Air Force Hospital and on which the Veterans’ Administration Hospital, Minot, North Dakota, was formerly located.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Conditions</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The conditions referred to in subsection (a) are as follows:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Sufficient funds are appropriated to the Department of Labor by the end of fiscal year 1989 to enable the Department to establish a Job Corps Center in North Dakota.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Secretary of Labor selects the property referred to in subsection (a) as the site for such a Job Corps Center.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The Secretary agrees to use such property as a Job Corp Center for the duration of the lease agreement with the Administrator.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Renewals</inline>.—</heading> <content>The agreement between the Administrator and the Secretary of Labor under subsection (a) shall be renewed for nominal consideration for successive 10-year periods upon request of the Secretary of Labor.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Reversal of Prior Administrative Action</inline>.—</heading> <content>The action of the Veterans’ Administration of September 29, 1987, in declaring the property referred to in subsection (a) to be excess to the needs of the Veterans’ Administration is hereby rescinded, and such property is returned to the jurisdiction of the Veterans’ Administration.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Prohibition on Veteran’ Administration Expenditures</inline>.—</heading> <content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Veteran’ Administration shall not expend any funds for the repair, improvement, or alteration of the property referred to in subsection (a) in connection with the use of such property by the Secretary of Labor.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="424">SEC. 424. </num> <heading class="inline">NAMING OF VETERAN’ ADMINISTRATION MEDICAL CENTER IN SHREVEPORT, LOUISIANA.</heading> <content> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public buildings and grounds.</p></sidenote>The Veterans’ Administration Medical Center in Shreveport, Louisiana, shall after the date of the enactment of this Act be known <page identifier="/us/stat/102/555">102 STAT. 555</page>and designated as the “<quotedText>Overton Brooks Veterans’ Administration Medical Center</quotedText>”. Any reference to such medical center in any law, regulation, map, document, record, or other paper of the United States shall after such date be deemed to be a reference to the Overton Brooks Veteran’ Administration Medical Center.</content> </section> </part> Approved May 20, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 2616 (S. 9): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–191 (Comm, on Veteran’ Affairs) and No. 100–578 (Comm, of Conference). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–215accompanying S. 9 (Comm, on Veterans’ Affairs). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): June 29, 30, considered and passed House.

Dec. 3, S. 9 considered in Senate.

Dec. 4, H.R. 2616 considered and passed Senate, amended, in lieu of S. 9.

Vol. 134 (1988): Mar. 29, House concurred in Senate amendments with amendments.

Apr. 27, House agreed to conference report.

Apr. 28, Senate agreed to conference report.

 Public Law 100–323: To amend title 38, United States Code, and the Veterans’ Job Training Art to improve veterans’ employment, counseling, and job-training services and programs; and for other purposes. Public Law 323 Public Law 100–323 102 Stat. 556 1988-05-20 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 556 Public Law 100–323 100th Congress
An Act To amend title 38, United States Code, and the Veterans’ Job Training Art to improve veterans’ employment, counseling, and job-training services and programs; and for other purposes.

May 20, 1988

[S. 999]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Veterans’ Employment, Training, and Counseling Amendments of 1988.

38 USC 101 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; REFERENCE TO TITLE 38, UNITED STATES CODE. (a) Short Title.— This Act may be cited as the “Veterans’ Employment, Training, and Counseling Amendments of 1988”. (b) References to Title 38.— Except as otherwise expressly provided, whenever in this Act an amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment to, or a repeal of, a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to be made to a section or other provision of title 38, United States Code.
SEC. 2. ADMINISTRATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING PROGRAMS. (a) In General.— Section 2002A is amended— (1) by inserting “(a)” before “There”; and (2) by adding at the end the following new subsections: “(b)

Handicapped persons.

State and local governments.

 The Secretary shall— “(1) except as expressly provided otherwise, carry out all provisions of this chapter and chapter 43 of this title through the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Veterans’ Employment and Training and administer through such Assistant Secretary all programs under the jurisdiction of the Secretary for the provision of employment and training services designed to meet the needs of disabled veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, and all other eligible veterans and eligible persons; “(2)

Contracts.

 in order to make maximum use of available resources in meeting such needs, encourage all such programs and all grantees under such programs to enter into cooperative arrangements with private industry and business concerns (including small business concerns), educational institutions, trade associations, and labor unions; “(3) ensure that maximum effectiveness and efficiency are achieved in providing services and assistance to eligible veterans under all such programs by coordinating and consulting with the Administrator with respect to (A) programs conducted under other provisions of this title, with particular emphasis on coordination of such programs with readjustment counseling activities carried out under section 612A of this title, apprenticeship or other on-the-job training programs carried 102 STAT. 557out under section 1787 of this title, and rehabilitation and training activities carried out under chapter 31 of this title, and (B) the Veterans’ Job Training Act (29 U.S.C. 1721 note); “(4) ensure that job placement activities are carried out in coordination and cooperation with appropriate State public employment service officials; “(5) subject to subsection (c)(2) of this section, make available

Grants.

Contracts.

for use in each State, directly or by grant or contract, such funds as may be necessary (A) to support (i) disabled veterans’ outreach program specialists appointed under section 2003A(a)(1) of this title, and (ii) local veterans’ employment representatives assigned under section 2004(b) of this title, and (B) to support the reasonable expenses of such specialists and representatives for training, travel, supplies, and fringe benefits, including travel expenses and per diem for attendance at the National Veterans’ Employment and Training Services Institute established under section 2009 of this title; “(6) monitor and supervise on a continuing basis the distribution and use of funds provided for use in the States under paragraph (5) of this subsection; and “(7) monitor the appointment of disabled veterans’ outreach specialists and the assignment of local veterans’ employment representatives in order to ensure compliance with the provisions of sections 2003A(a)(1) and 2004(a)(4), respectively, of this title. “(c) (1) The distribution and use of funds under subsection (b)(5) of this section in order to carry out sections 2003A(a) and 2004(a) of this title shall be subject to the continuing supervision and monitoring of the Secretary and shall not be governed by the provisions of any other law, or any regulations prescribed thereunder, that are inconsistent with this section or section 2003A or 2004 of this title. “(2) In determining the terms and conditions of a grant or contract

Grants.

Contracts.

State and local governments.

under which funds are made available in a State in order to carry out section 2003A or 2004 of this title, the Secretary shall take into account (A) the results of the evaluations, carried out pursuant to section 2003(c)(15) of this title, of the performance of local employment offices in the State, and (B) the monitoring carried out under this section. “(3) Each grant or contract by which funds are made available in a State shall contain a provision requiring the recipient of the funds to comply with the provisions of this chapter. “(d) The Assistant Secretary of Labor for Veterans’ Employment and Training shall promote and monitor participation of qualified veterans and eligible persons in employment and training opportunities under the Job Training Partnership Act and other federally funded employment and training programs. “(e) (1) The Secretary shall assign to each region for which the Secretary operates a regional office a representative of the Veterans’ Employment and Training Service to serve as the Regional Administrator for Veterans’ Employment and Training in such region. “(2) Each such Regional Administrator shall be responsible for— “(A) ensuring the promotion, operation, and implementation of all veterans’ employment and training programs and services within the region; 102 STAT. 558 “(B)

Contracts.

 monitoring compliance with section 2012 of this title with respect to veterans’ employment under Federal contracts within the region; “(C) protecting and advancing veterans’ reemployment rights within the region; and “(D)

Grants.

Contracts.

 coordinating, monitoring, and providing technical assistance on veterans’ employment and training programs with respect to all entities receiving funds under grants from or contracts with the Department of Labor within the region.”. (b) Budgeting.— Section 2006(a) is amended— (1) in the fifth sentence— (A)

State and local governments.

 by striking out “to fund the disabled veterans’ out-reach program under section 2003A” and inserting in lieu thereof “in all of the States for the purposes specified in paragraph (5) of section 2002A(b) of this title and to fund the National Veterans’ Employment and Training Services Institute under section 2009”; (B) by striking out “such section” and inserting in lieu thereof “such sections”; and (2)

Handicapped persons.

 by striking out the sixth sentence and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “Each budget submission with respect to such funds shall include separate listings of the amount for the National Veterans’ Employment and Training Services Institute and of the proposed numbers, by State, of disabled veterans’ outreach program specialists appointed under section 2003A of this title and local veterans’ employment representatives assigned under section 2004 of this title, together with information demonstrating the compliance of such budget submission with the funding requirements specified in the preceding sentence.”. (c) Use of Administrative Funds.— Section 2006(d) is amended by striking out “, except with” and all that follows through “purposes”. (d) Reporting Requirements.— Section 2007(c) is amended to read as follows: “(c) Not later than February 1 of each year, the Secretary shall report to the Committees on Veterans’ Affairs of the Senate and the House of Representatives on the success during the preceding program year of the Department of Labor and its affiliated State employment service agencies in carrying out the provisions of this chapter and programs for the provision of employment and training services to meet the needs of eligible veterans and eligible persons. The report shall include— “(1)

Vietnam.

Handicapped persons.

 specification, by State and by age group, of the numbers of eligible veterans, veterans of the Vietnam era, disabled veterans, special disabled veterans, and eligible persons who registered for assistance with the public employment service system and, for each of such categories, the numbers referred to and placed in permanent and other jobs, the numbers referred to and placed in jobs and job training programs supported by the Federal Government, the number counseled, and the number who received some, and the number who received no, reportable service; “(2) a comparison of the job placement rate for each of the categories of veterans and persons described in clause (1) of this subsection with the job placement rate for non veterans of the same age groups registered for assistance with the public employment system in each State; 102 STAT. 559 “(3) any determination made by the Secretary during the preceding fiscal year under section 2006 of this title or subsection (a)(2) of this section and a statement of the reasons for such determination; “(4) a report on activities carried out during the preceding program year under sections 2003A and 2004 of this title; and “(5) a report on the operation during the preceding program

Handicapped persons.

year of programs for the provision of employment and training services designed to meet the needs of eligible veterans and eligible persons, including an evaluation of the effectiveness of such programs during such program year in meeting the requirements of section 2002A(b) of this title, the efficiency with which services were provided through such programs during such year, and such recommendations for further legislative action (including the need for any changes in the formulas governing the appointment of disabled veterans’ outreach program specialists under section 2003A(a)(2) of this title and the assignment of local veterans’ employment representatives under section 2004(b) of this title and the allocation of funds for the support of such specialists and representatives) relating to veterans’ employment and training as the Secretary considers appropriate.”. (e) Conforming, Technical, and Clerical Amendments.— (1) Section 2003A is amended— (A) in subsection (a)— (i) by striking out paragraphs (1), (3), and (5) and redesignating paragraphs (2) and (4) as paragraphs (1) and (2), respectively; (ii) in paragraph (1) (as so redesignated)— (I) by amending the first sentence to read as follows: “The amount of funds made available for use in a State

State and local governments.

Handicapped persons.

under section 2002A(b)(5)(A)(i) of this title shall be sufficient to support the appointment of one disabled veterans’ outreach program specialist for each 5,300 veterans of the Vietnam era and disabled veterans residing in such State.”; (II) in the second sentence, by inserting “qualified” before “veteran”; (III) in the third, fourth, and fifth sentences, by inserting “qualified” before “disabled” each place it appears; and (IV) in the fifth sentence, by inserting “qualified” after “any”; and (iii) in paragraph (2) (as so redesignated) by striking out “paragraph (2) of”; and (B) by striking out subsection (d). (2) Section 2006(a) is amended by striking out the last sentence. (3) (A) The section heading of section 2002A is amended to read as follows:
“§ 2002A. Assistant Secretary of Labor for Veterans’ Employment and Training; Regional Administrators”.
(B) The table of contents of chapter 41 is amended by striking out the item relating to section 2002A and inserting in lieu thereof the following: 102 STAT. 560 “2002A.
SEC. 3. LOCAL VETERANS’ EMPLOYMENT REPRESENTATIVES. (a) In General.— Section 2004 is amended to read as follows:
“§ 2004. Local veterans’ employment representatives “(a)

Effective date.

 (1) Beginning with fiscal year 1988, the total of the amount of funds made available for use in the States under section 2002A(b)(5)(A)(ii) of this title shall be sufficient to support the assignment of 1,600 full-time local veterans’ employment representatives and the States’ administrative expenses associated with the assignment of that number of such representatives and shall be allocated to the several States so that each State receives funding sufficient to support— “(A) the number of such representatives who were assigned in such State on January 1, 1987, for which funds were provided under this chapter, plus one additional such representative; “(B) the percentage of the 1,600 such representatives for which funding is not provided under clause (A) of this paragraph which is equal to the average of (i) the percentage of all veterans residing in the United States who reside in such State, (ii) the percentage of the total of all eligible veterans and eligible persons registered for assistance with local employment service offices in the United States who are registered for assistance with local employment service offices in such State, and (iii) the percentage of all full-service local employment service offices in the United States which are located in such State; and “(C) the State’s administrative expenses associated with the assignment of the number of such representatives for which funding is allocated to the State under clauses (A) and (B) of this paragraph. “(2) (A) The local veterans’ employment representatives allocated to a State pursuant to paragraph (1) of this subsection shall be assigned by the administrative head of the employment service in the State, after consultation with the Director for Veterans’ Employment and Training for the State, so that as nearly as practical (i) one full-time representative is assigned to each local employment service office at which at least 1,100 eligible veterans and eligible persons are registered for assistance, (ii) one additional full-time representative is assigned to each local employment service office for each 1,500 eligible veterans and eligible persons above 1,100 who are registered at such office for assistance, and (iii) one half-time representative is assigned to each local employment service office at which at least 350 but less than 1,100 eligible veterans and eligible persons are registered for assistance. “(B) In the case of a service delivery point (other than a local employment service office described in subparagraph (A) of this paragraph) at which employment services are offered under the Wagner-Peyser Act, the head of such service delivery point shall be responsible for ensuring compliance with the provisions of this title providing for priority services for veterans and priority referral of veterans to Federal contractors. “(3) For the purposes of this subsection, an individual shall be considered to be registered for assistance with a local employment service office during a program year if the individual— 102 STAT. 561 “(A) registered, or renewed such individual’s r registration, for assistance with the office during that program year; or “(B) so registered or renewed such individual’s registration

Regulations.

during a previous program year and, in accordance with regulations which the Secretary shall prescribe, is counted as still being registered for administrative purposes. “(4) In the assigning of local veterans’ employment representatives on or after July 1, 1988, preference shall be given to qualified eligible veterans or eligible persons. Preference shall be accorded

Handicapped persons.

first to qualified service-connected disabled veterans; then, if no such disabled veteran is available, to qualified eligible veterans; and, if no such eligible veteran is available, then to qualified eligible persons. “(b) Local veterans’ employment representatives shall— “(1) functionally supervise the providing of services to eligible veterans and eligible persons by the local employment service staff; “(2) maintain regular contact with community leaders, employers, labor unions, training programs, and veterans’ organizations for the purpose of (A) keeping them advised of eligible veterans and eligible persons available for employment and training, and (B) keeping eligible veterans and eligible persons advised of opportunities for employment and training; “(3) provide directly, or facilitate the provision of, labor exchange services by local employment service staff to eligible veterans and eligible persons, including intake and assessment, counseling, testing, job-search assistance, and referral and placement; “(4) encourage employers and labor unions to employ eligible veterans and eligible persons and conduct on-the-job training and apprenticeship programs for such veterans and persons; “(5) promote and monitor the participation of veterans in

Reports.

federally funded employment and training programs, monitor the listing of vacant positions with State employment agencies by Federal agencies, and report to the Director for Veterans’ Employment and Training for the State concerned any evidence of failure to provide priority or other special consideration in the provision of services to veterans as is required by law or regulation; “(6) monitor the listing of jobs and subsequent referrals of qualified veterans as required by section 2012 of this title; “(7) work closely with appropriate Veterans’ Administration

Handicapped persons.

personnel engaged in providing counseling or rehabilitation services under chapter 31 of this title, and cooperate with employers in identifying disabled veterans who have completed or are participating in a vocational rehabilitation training program under such chapter and who are in need of employment; “(8) refer eligible veterans and eligible persons to training, supportive services, and educational opportunities, as appropriate; “(9) assist, through automated data processing, in securing

Records.

and maintaining current information regarding available employment and training opportunities; “(10) cooperate with the staff of programs operated under section 612A of this title in identifying and assisting veterans who have readjustment problems and who may need services available at the local employment service office; 102 STAT. 562 “(11)

Handicapped persons.

 when requested by a Federal or State agency, a private employer, or a service-connected disabled veteran, assist such agency, employer, or veteran in identifying and acquiring prosthetic and sensory aids and devices needed to enhance the employability of disabled veterans; and “(12) facilitate the provision of guidance or counseling services, or both, to veterans who, pursuant to section 5(b)(3) of the Veterans’ Job Training Act (29 U.S.C. 1721 note), are certified as eligible for participation under such Act. “(c)

Reports.

 Each local veterans’ employment representative shall be administratively responsible to the manager of the local employment service office and shall provide reports, not less frequently than quarterly, to the manager of such office and to the Director for Veterans’ Employment and Training for the State regarding compliance with Federal law and regulations with respect to special services and priorities for eligible veterans and eligible persons. “(d) Local veterans’ employment representatives shall be assigned, in accordance with this section, by the administrative head of the employment service in each State after consultation with the Director for Veterans’ Employment and Training.”.
(b) Definition.— Section 2001 is amended by adding the following at the end: “(7) The term ‘local employment service office’ means a service delivery point which has an intrinsic management structure and at which employment services are offered in accordance with the Wagner-Peyser Act.”. (c) Clerical Amendment.— The item for section 2004 in the table of contents for chapter 41 is amended to read as follows: “2004.
SEC. 4. PERFORMANCE OF DISABLED VETERANS’ OUTREACH PROGRAM SPECIALISTS AND LOCAL VETERANS’ EMPLOYMENT REPRESENTATIVES. (a) In General.— (1) Chapter 41 is amended by inserting after section 2004 the following new section:
Ҥ 2004A.

38 USC 2004A.

 Performance of disabled veterans’ outreach program specialists and local veterans’ employment representatives “(a) (1) Subject to paragraph (2) of this subsection, each State employment agency shall develop and apply standards for the performance of disabled veterans’ outreach program specialists appointed under section 2003A(a) of this title and local veterans’ employment representatives assigned under section 2004(b) of this title. “(2) (A) Such standards shall be consistent with the duties and functions specified in section 2003A(b) of this title with respect to such specialists and section 2004(b) (1) through (12) of this title with respect to such representatives. “(B) In developing such standards, the State employment agency— “(i) shall take into account (I) the prototype developed under paragraph (3) of this subsection, and (I) the comments submitted under clause (ii) of this subparagraph by the Director for Veterans’ Employment and Training for the State; “(ii) shall submit to such Director proposed standards for comment; 102 STAT. 563 “(iii) may take into account the State’s personnel merit system requirements and other local circumstances and requirements; and “(iv) may request the assistance of such Director. “(C) Such standards shall include as one of the measures of the performance of such a specialist the extent to which the specialist, in serving as a case manager under section 14(b)(1)(A) of the Veterans’ Job Training Act (29 U.S.C. 1721 note), facilitates rates of successful completion of training by veterans participating in programs of job training under the Act. “(3) (A) The Secretary, after consultation with State employment agencies or their representatives, or both, shall provide to such agencies a prototype of performance standards for use by such agencies in the development of performance standards under subsection (a)(1) of this section. “(B) Each Director for Veterans’ Employment and Training— “(i) shall, upon the request of the State employment agency under paragraph (2)(B)(iv) of this subsection, provide appropriate assistance in the development of performance standards, “(ii) may, within 30 days after receiving proposed standards under paragraph (2)(B)(i) of this subsection, provide comments on the proposed standards, particularly regarding the consistency of the proposed standards with such prototype. “(b) (1) Directors for Veterans’ Employment and Training and Assistant Directors for Veterans’ Employment and Training shall regularly monitor the performance of the specialists and representatives referred to in subsection (a)(1) of this section through the application of the standards required to be prescribed by subsection (a)(1). “(2) A Director for Veterans’ Employment and Training for a State may submit to the head of the employment service in the State recommendations and comments in connection with each annual performance rating of such specialists and representatives in the State.”.
(2) Each State employment agency (A) shall develop and promulgate

38 USC 2004A note.

standards under section 2004A of title 38, United States Code, as added by paragraph (1) of this subsection, as soon as feasible, and in doing so (B) shall submit proposed standards to the Director for Veterans’ Employment and Training for the State not later than 12 months after the date on which the Secretary provides the agency with prototype standards under subsection (a)(3)(A) of such section, and (C) shall adopt final standards not later than 90 days after submitting the proposed standards to the Director for Veterans’ Employment and Training for comment under subsection (a)(3)(B)(ii) of such section. (b) Clerical Amendment.— The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 41 is amended by adding after the item for section 2004 the following new item: “2004A.
SEC. 5. WAIVER OF RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT FOR DIRECTORS AND ASSISTANT DIRECTORS FOR VETERANS’ EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING. Section 2003(b)(1) is amended— (1) by inserting “(A)” after “(1)”; 102 STAT. 564 (2) by redesignating clauses (A) and (B) as clauses (i) and (ii), respectively; (3) in clause (i), as redesignated by clause (2) of this section, by striking out “be an eligible veteran” and inserting in lieu thereof “, except as provided in subparagraph (B) of this paragraph, be a qualified veteran”; and (4) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph: “(B) If, in appointing a Director or Assistant Director for any State under this section, the Secretary determines that there is no qualified veteran available who meets the residency requirement in subparagraph (A)(i), the Secretary may appoint as such Director or Assistant Director any qualified veteran.”.
SEC. 6. SHARING OF INFORMATION REGARDING POTENTIAL EMPLOYERS. (a) Between the Departments of Defense and Labor.— Section 2005 is amended— (1) by inserting “(a)” before “All”; and (2) by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(b) For the purpose of assisting the Secretary and the Administrator in identifying employers with potential job training opportunities under the Veterans’ Job Training Act (Public Law 98–77; 29 U.S.C. 1721 note) and otherwise in order to carry out this chapter, the Secretary of Defense shall provide, not more than 30 days after the date of the enactment of this subsection, the Secretary and the Administrator with any list maintained by the Secretary of Defense of employers participating in the National Committee for Employer Support of the Guard and Reserve and shall provide, on the 15th day of each month thereafter, updated information regarding the list.”. (b) Between the Veterans’ Administration and the Department of Labor.— (1) Section 2008 is amended— (A) by inserting “(a)” before “In”; and (B) by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(b) The Administrator shall provide to appropriate employment service offices and Department of Labor offices, as designated by the Secretary, on a monthly or more frequent basis, the name and address of each employer located in the areas served by such offices that offer a program of job training which has been approved by the Administrator under section 7 of the Veterans’ Job Training Act (29 U.S.C. 1721 note).”. (2) (A) The heading of section 2008 is amended to read as follows:
“§ 2008. Cooperation and coordination”.
 (B) The item relating to such section in the table of sections at the beginning of chapter 41 is amended to read as follows: “2008.
SEC. 7. RESPONSIBILITIES OF PERSONNEL. (a) Directors for Veterans’ Employment and Training.— Section 2003(c) is amended— (1) in clause (1)— (A) by inserting “(A) functionally supervise the provision of services to eligible veterans and eligible persons by such system and such program and their staffs, and (B)” after “(1)”; and 102 STAT. 565 (B) by inserting “, including the program conducted under the Veterans’ Job Training Act (Public Law 98–77; 29 U.S.C. 1721 note)” after “programs”; (2) in clause (2), by inserting “and otherwise to promote the employment of eligible veterans and eligible persons” after “opportunities”; (3) in clause (11), by striking out “and” at the end; (4) in clause (12), by striking out the period and inserting in lieu thereof a semicolon; and (5) by adding at the end the following new clauses: “(13) monitor the implementation of Federal laws requiring

Reports.

veterans preference in employment and job advancement opportunities within the Federal Government and report to the Office of Personnel Management or other appropriate agency, for enforcement or other remedial action, any evidence of failure to provide such preference or to provide priority or other special consideration in the provision of services to veterans as is required by law or regulation; “(14) monitor, through disabled veterans’ outreach program

Reports.

specialists and local veterans’ employment representatives, the listing of vacant positions with State employment agencies by Federal agencies, and report to the Office of Personnel Management or other appropriate agency, for enforcement or other remedial action, any evidence of failure to provide priority or other special consideration in the provision of services to veterans as is required by law or regulation; and “(15) (A) not less frequently than annually, conduct, subject to subclause (B) of this clause, an evaluation at each local employment office of the services provided to eligible veterans and eligible persons and make recommendations for corrective action as appropriate; and “(B) carry out such evaluations in the following order of priority: (I) offices that demonstrated less than satisfactory performance during either of the two previous program years, (II) offices with the largest number of veterans registered during the previous program year, and (III) other offices as resources permit.”. (b) Disabled Veterans’ Outreach Program Specialists.— Section 2003A(c) is amended— (1) in clause (4), by inserting “(including part C of title IV of the Job Training Partnership Act (29 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.))” after “programs”; (2) in clause (6), by inserting “(including the program conducted under the Veterans’ Job Training Act (Public Law 98–77; 29 U.S.C. 1721 note))” after “programs”; and (3) by adding at the end the following new clauses: “(9) Provision of vocational guidance or vocational counseling services, or both, to veterans with respect to veterans’ selection of and changes in vocations and veterans’ vocational adjustment. “(10) Provision of services as a case manager under section 14(b)(l)(A) of the Veterans’ Job Training Act (Public Law 98–77; 29 U.S.C. 1721 note}.”.
102 STAT. 566
SEC. 8. NATIONAL VETERANS’ EMPLOYMENT AND TRAINING SERVICES INSTITUTE. (a) Establishment of Institute.— Section 2009 is amended to read as follows:
“§ 2009. National Veterans’ Employment and Training Services Institute “(a) In order to provide for such training as the Secretary considers necessary and appropriate for the efficient and effective provision of employment, job-training, counseling, placement, job-search, and related services to veterans, the Secretary shall establish and make available such funds as may be necessary to operate a National Veterans’ Employment and Training Services Institute for the training of disabled veterans’ outreach program specialists, local veterans’ employment representatives, Directors for Veterans’ Employment and Training, and Assistant Directors for Veterans’ Employment and Training, Regional Administrators for Veterans’ Employment and Training, and such other personnel involved in the provision of employment, job-training, counseling, placement, or related services to veterans as the Secretary considers appropriate, including travel expenses and per diem for attendance at the Institute. “(b) In implementing this section, the Secretary shall, as the Secretary considers appropriate, provide, out of program funds designated for the Institute, training for Veterans’ Employment and Training Service personnel, including travel expenses and per diem to attend the Institute.”.
(b) Clerical Amendment.— The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 41 is amended by striking out the item for section 2009 and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “2008.
SEC. 9. STUDY OF UNEMPLOYMENT AMONG CERTAIN DISABLED VETERANS AND VIETNAM THEATER VETERANS. (a) In General.— Chapter 41 is further amended by adding at the end the following new section:
Ҥ 2010A.

38 USC 2010A.

Reports.

 Special unemployment study “(a) The Secretary, through the Bureau of Labor Statistics, shall conduct, on a biennial basis, studies of unemployment among special disabled veterans and among veterans who served in the Vietnam Theater of Operations during the Vietnam era and promptly report to the Congress on the results of such studies. “(b) The first study under this section shall be completed not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment pf this section.“.
(b) Clerical Amendment.— The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 41 is amended by adding at the end the following new item: “2010A.
SEC. 10. SECRETARY’S COMMITTEE ON VETERANS’ EMPLOYMENT. Clause (1) of section 2010(b) is amended— (1) by redesignating subclauses (D), (E), and (F) as subclauses (E), (F), and (G), respectively; (2) by inserting after subclause (C) the following: “(D) the Secretary of Education;” 102 STAT. 567 (3) by striking out “and” at the end of subclauses (F) and (G) (as so redesignated); and (4) by adding at the end the following: “(H) the Postmaster General; and “(I) any other agency of the Federal Government which has had its request to have a representative on the committee approved by the Secretary; and”.
SEC. 11. VETERANS’ JOB TRAINING ACT AMENDMENTS. (a) Counseling.— (1) Section 14 of the Veterans’ Job Training Act

29 USC 1721 note.

is amended by striking out subsection (b) and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “(b) (1) The Secretary shall provide for a program under which— “(A) except as provided in paragraph (2), a disabled veteran’s outreach program specialist appointed under section 2003A(a) of title 38, United States Code, is assigned as a case manager for each veteran participating in a program of job training under this Act; “(B) the veteran has an in-person interview with the case manager not later than 60 days after entering into a program of training under this Act; and “(C) periodic (not less frequent than monthly) contact is maintained with each such veteran for the purpose of (i) avoiding unnecessary termination of employment, (ii) referring the veteran to appropriate counseling, if necessary, (iii) facilitating the veteran’s r successful completion of such program, and (iv) following up with the employer and the veteran in order to determine the veteran’s r progress in the program and the outcome regarding the veteran’s r participation in and successful completion of the program. “(2) No case manager shall be assigned pursuant to paragraph (1)(A)— “(A) for a veteran if, on the basis of a recommendation made by a disabled veterans’ outreach program specialist, the Secretary determines that there is no need for a case manager for such veteran; or “(B) in the case of the employees of an employer, if the Secretary determines that— “(i) the employer has an appropriate and effective employee assistance program that is available to all veterans participating in the employer’s r programs of job training under this Act; or “(ii) the rate of veterans’ successful completion of the employer’s r programs of job training under this Act, either cumulatively or during the previous program year, is 60 percent or higher. “(3) The Secretary and the Administrator shall jointly provide, to the extent feasible— “(A) a program of counseling or other services (to be provided pursuant to subchapter IV of chapter 3 of title 38, United States Code, and sections 612A, 2O03A, and 2004 of such title) designed to resolve difficulties that may be encountered by veterans during their training under this Act; and “(B) a program of information services under which— “(i) each veteran who enters into a program of job training under this Act and each employer participating under this Act is informed of the supportive services and re-102 STAT. 568sources available to the veteran (I) under clauses (A) and (B), (11) through Veterans’ Administration counseling and career-development activities (especially, in the case of a Vietnamera veteran, readjustment counseling services under section 612A of such title) and under part C of title IV of the Job Training Partnership Act (29 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.), and (III) through other appropriate agencies in the community; and “(ii) veterans and employers are encouraged to request such services whenever appropriate. “(c) Before a veteran who voluntarily terminates from a program of job training under this Act or is involuntarily terminated from such program by the employer may be eligible to be provided with a further certificate, or renewal of certification, of eligibility for participation under this Act, such veteran must be provided by the Secretary, after consultation with the Administrator, with a case manager.”. (2)

29 USC 1721 note.

 Section 14(a) of the Veterans’ Job Training Act is amended— (A) by striking out “The” and inserting in lieu thereof “(1) The”; and (B) by adding at the end the following new paragraph: “(2) The Administrator shall, after consultation with the Secretary, provide a program of job-readiness skills development and counseling services designed to assist veterans in need of such assistance in finding, applying for, and successfully participating in a suitable program of job training under this Act. As part of providing such services, the Administrator shall coordinate activities, to the extent practicable, with the readjustment counseling program described in section 612A of title 38, United States Code. The Administrator shall advise veterans participating under this Act of the availability of such services and encourage them to request such services whenever appropriate.”. (3) (A) Section 1504(a)(7) is amended— (i) by inserting “(A)” before “individualized”; and (ii) by striking out the period and inserting in lieu thereof “, and (B) job-readiness skills development and counseling under section 14(a)(2) of the Veterans’ Job Training Act (29 U.S.C. 1721 note) for a participant in a program of training under such Act.”. (B) Section 14 of the Veterans’ Job Training Act is amended by adding after the subsections inserted by paragraph (1) of this subsection the following: “(d) Payments made under this Act pursuant to contracts entered into for the provision of job-readiness skills development and counseling services under subsection (a)(2) may only be paid out of the same account used to make payments under section 1504(a)(7) of title 38, United States Code, and the amount paid out of such account in any fiscal year for such services shall not exceed an amount equal to 5 percent of the amount obligated to carry out this Act for such fiscal year, except that for fiscal year 1988 the amount shall not exceed 5 percent of the amount available to carry out this Act on October 1, 1987.”. (4)

29 USC 1721 note.

 Section 7(d) of such Act is amended— (A) by redesignating paragraph (12) as paragraph (13); and (B) inserting after paragraph (11) the following new paragraph: 102 STAT. 569 “(12) That, as applicable, the employer will provide each participating veteran with the full opportunity to participate in a personal interview pursuant to section 14(b)(1)(A) during the veteran’s normal workday.”. (b) Discontinuance of Approval of Participation in Programs of Employers With Unsatisfactory Completion Rates.— Section 11 of such Act is amended—

29 USC 1721 note.

 (1) by inserting “(a)” after “Sec. 11.”; and (2) by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(b) (1) If the Administrator determines that the rate of veterans’ successful completion of an employer’s programs of job training previously approved by the Administrator for the purposes of this Act is disproportionately low because of deficiencies in the quality of such programs, the Administrator shall disapprove participation in such programs on the part of veterans who had not begun such participation on the date that the employer is notified of the disapproval. In determining whether any such rate is disproportionately low because of such deficiencies, the Administrator shall take into account appropriate data, including— “(A) the quarterly data provided by the Secretary with respect to the number of veterans who receive counseling in connection with training under this Act, are referred to employers under this Act, participate in job training under this Act, complete such training or do not complete such training, and the reasons for noncompletion; and “(B) data compiled through the particular employer’s compliance surveys. “(2) With respect to a disapproval under paragraph (1), the Administrator shall provide to the employer concerned the kind of statement, opportunity for hearing, and notice described in subsection (a). “(3) A disapproval under paragraph (1) shall remain in effect until such time as the Administrator determines that adequate remedial action has been taken.”. (c) Authorization of Appropriations.— Section 16 of such Act is

29 USC 1721 note.

amended— (1) by inserting “(a)” before “There”; (2) in subsection (a) (as so designated)— (A) in the first sentence— (i) by inserting “(1)” after “Administration”; (ii) by striking out “and” the second place it appears and inserting in lieu thereof ”, (2)”; and (iii) by striking out “1987, and 1988” and inserting in lieu thereof “and 1987, and (3) $60,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1988 and 1989”; and (B) in the final sentence, by striking out “1989” and inserting in lieu thereof “1991”; and (3) by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any funds appropriated under subsection (a) for any fiscal year which are obligated for the purpose of making payments under section 8 on behalf of a veteran (including binds so obligated which previously had been obligated for such purpose on behalf of another veteran and were thereafter deobligated) and are later deobligated shall immediately upon deobligation become available to the Administrator for obligation for such purpose. The further obligation of such funds by the Administrator for such 102 STAT. 570purpose shall not be delayed, directly or indirectly, in any manner by any officer or employee in the executive branch.”. (2)

29 USC 1721 note.

 Deadlines for Veterans’ Applications and Entry Into Training.— Section 17 of such Act is amended to read as follows:
“time periods for application and initiation of training “Sec. 17. Assistance may not be paid to an employer under this Act— “(1) on behalf of a veteran who initially applies for a program of job training under this Act after September 30, 1989; or “(2) for any such program which begins after March 31, 1990.”.
(e)

29 USC 1721 note.

 Conforming Amendment.— Section 5(b)(3)(A) of such Act is amended by striking out “The” at the beginning of the first sentence and inserting in lieu thereof “Subject to section 14(c), the”. (f)

29 USC 1721 note.

 Data on Participation.— Section 15 of such Act is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(f)

State and local governments.

 The Secretary shall, on a not less frequent than quarterly basis, collect and compile from the heads of State employment services and Directors for Veterans’ Employment and Training for each State information available to such heads and Directors, and derived from programs carried out in their respective States, with respect to the numbers of veterans who receive counseling services pursuant to section 14, who are referred to employers participating under this Act, who participate in programs of job training under this Act, and who complete such programs, and the reasons for veterans’ noncompletion.”.
SEC. 12.

29 USC 1721 note.

 TRAINING AND EMPLOYMENT STUDY AND REPORT. The Administrator of Veterans’ Affairs shall provide for a study, based on valid statistical samplings, of the implementation of the Veterans’ Job Training Act and shall transmit, not later than one year after the date of the enactment of this Act, a report to the Committees on Veterans’ Affairs of the Senate and the House of Representatives containing the findings and conclusions of such study, including, to the extent feasible— (1) a listing, by regional office and by State, of the number of veterans placed in a program of job training under the Veterans’ Job Training Act and the percentage that this number represents of the total number of veterans certified (not including renewal of certifications), by regional office and by State, as eligible for participation under such Act; (2) a description, by regional office and by State, of the demographic nature (including race, sex, age, educational level, service-connected disability status, income before placement, and income after placement) of veterans placed in a program of job training under such Act; (3) a description, by regional office and by State, of the demographic nature (including, race, sex, age, educational level, service-connected disability status, and income) of veterans certified as eligible for participation under such Act but not placed in a job training program; (4) an analysis of the reasons that veterans certified as eligible for participation have not been placed in a program of job training under such Act; 102 STAT. 571 (5) a Listing, by regional office and by State, of the number of veterans who were certified as eligible for participation under such Act and were not placed in a program of job training under such Act but were later placed in another job training program or employment; (6) a description, by regional office and by State, of the rate at which veterans have discontinued participation in, without completing, a program of job training under such Act, with a separate rate stated for those who discontinued within 3 months after beginning such a program, those who discontinued within 3 to 6 months after such beginning, and those who discontinued within 6 to 9 months after such beginning; (7) an analysis of the major reasons for veterans failing to complete such a training program; (8) a ranking of the twenty-five categories of employment (by types of business or industry and trade) for which programs of job training have most frequently been denied approval under such Act, with such ranking being made on the basis of the number of denials for each such category; and (9) a ranking of the twenty-five categories of employment (by types of business or industry and trade) for which veterans have most frequently received employment as a result of a program of job training under such Act, with such ranking being made on the basis of the number of jobs provided in each such category.
SEC. 13. STATE APPROVING AGENCIES. (a) Payments.— (1) Section 1774(a) is amended— (A) by striking out “The” in the first sentence and inserting in lieu thereof “(1) Subject to paragraphs (2) through (4) of this subsection, the”; (B) by striking out “(1)” and “(2)” in the first sentence and inserting in lieu thereof “(A)” and “(B)”, respectively; and (C) by adding at the end the following new paragraphs: “(2) (A) The Administrator shall, effective at the beginning of fiscal

Contracts.

Wages.

year 1988, make payments to State and local agencies, out of amounts available for the payment of readjustment benefits, for the reasonable and necessary expenses of salary and travel incurred by employees of such agencies in carrying out contracts or agreements entered into under this section and for the allowance for administrative expenses described in subsection (b). “(B) The Administrator shall make such a payment to an agency within a reasonable time after the agency has submitted a report pursuant to paragraph (3)(A) of this subsection. “(C) Subject to paragraph (4) of this subsection, the amount of any such payment made to an agency for any period shall be equal to the amount of the reasonable and necessary expenses of salary and travel certified by such agency for such period in accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection plus the allowance for administrative expenses described in subsection (b). “(3) (A) Each State and local agency with which a contract or

Contracts.

Reports.

agreement is entered into under this section shall submit to the Administrator on a monthly or quarterly basis, as determined by the agency, a report containing a certification of the reasonable and necessary expenses incurred for salary and travel by such agency under such contract or agreement for the period covered by the102 STAT. 572 report. The report shall be submitted in the form and manner required by the Administrator. “(B) The Administrator shall transmit a report to the Congress on a quarterly basis which summarizes— “(i) the amounts for which certifications were made by State and local agencies in the reports submitted under subparagraph (A) of this paragraph with respect to the quarter for which the report is made; and “(ii) the amounts of the payments made by the Administrator for such quarter with respect to such certifications and with respect to administrative expenses. “(4) The total amount made available under this section for any fiscal year may not exceed $12,000,000. For any fiscal year in which the total amount that would be made available under this section would exceed $12,000,000 except for the provisions of this paragraph, the Administrator shall provide that each agency shall receive the same percentage of $12,000,000 as the agency would have received of the total amount that would have been made available without the limitation of this paragraph.”. (2)

38 USC 1774 note.

 If any payment is made to State or local approving agencies with respect to activities carried out under subchapter I of chapter 36 of title 38, United States Code, for fiscal year 1988 before the date of the enactment of this Act and from an account other than the account used for payment of readjustment benefits, the account from which such payment was made shall be reimbursed from the account used for payment of readjustment benefits. (b) Employment Standards.— (1) Subchapter I of chapter 36 is amended— (A) by inserting the following new section after section 1774:
Ҥ 1774A.

38 USC 1774A.

 Evaluations of agency performance; qualifications and performance of agency personnel “(a) The Administrator shall— “(1)(A) conduct, in conjunction with State approving agencies, an annual evaluation of each State approving agency on the basis of standards developed by the Administrator in conjunction with the State approving agencies, and (B) provide each such agency an opportunity to comment on the evaluation; “(2)

Contracts.

 take into account the results of annual evaluations carried out under clause (1) when negotiating the terms and conditions of a contract or agreement under section 1774 of this title; “(3)

Contracts.

 supervise functionally the provision of course-approval services by State approving agencies under this subchapter; “(4) cooperate with State approving agencies in developing and implementing a uniform national curriculum, to the extent practicable, for training new employees and for continuing the training of employees of such agencies, and sponsor, with the agencies, such training and continuation of training; and “(5) prescribe prototype qualification and performance standards, developed in conjunction with State approving agencies, for use by such agencies in the development of qualification and performance standards for State approving agency personnel carrying out approval responsibilities under a contract or agreement entered into under section 1774(a). “(b)

Contracts.

 (1) Each State approving agency carrying out a contract or agreement with the Administrator under section 1774(a) after the 102 STAT. 57318-month period beginning on the date of the enactment of this section shall— “(A) apply qualification and performance standards based on the standards developed under subsection (a)(5) of this section; and “(B) make available to any person, upon request, the criteria used to carry out its functions under a contract or agreement entered into under section 1774(a). “(2) In developing and applying standards described in subsection (a)(5) of this section, the State approving agency may take into consideration the State’s merit system requirements and other local requirements and conditions. “(3) The Administrator shall provide assistance in developing such standards to a State approving agency that requests it.”; and
(B) by inserting after the item for section 1774 in the table of sections for such subchapter the following: “1774A. (2) For purposes of implementing the amendments made by paragraph

38 USC 1774A note.

 (1)— (A) the Administrator of Veterans’ Affairs shall, within 120 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, publish prototype standards developed under section 1774A(a)(5) of title 38, United States Code, as added by paragraph (1); (B) each State approving agency shall, within 1 year after the Administrator has published prototype standards under subparagraph (A), submit to thé Administrator of Veterans’ Affairs a copy of the standards to be implemented by such agency under section 1774A(b)(1)(A) of such title; and (C) the Administrator may, within 30 days after receiving such standards from an agency, provide comments to the agency, especially with regard to whether the State’s standards are consistent with the prototype standards developed by the Administrator under section 1774A(a)(5) of such title. (3) None of the qualification standards implemented pursuant to

38 USC 1774A note.

the amendments made by paragraph (1) shall apply to any person employed by a State approving agency on the date of the enactment of this Act as long as such person remains in the position in which the person is employed on such date. (4) Section 1771(b)(1) is amended by striking out “approving

Contracts.

agency,” the first place it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “approving agency, or fails to enter into an agreement under section 1774(a),”. (5) Section 1774(a)(1), as amended by subsection (a)(1) of this section, is amended— (A) by striking out “chapters 34 and 35 of this title” the first place it appears in the first sentence and inserting in lieu thereof “chapters 30 through 35 of this title and chapters 106 and 107 of title 10”; (B) by striking out “chapters 34 and 35 of this title” the second place it appears in the first sentence and where it apppears in the second sentence and inserting in lieu thereof “such chapters”; and (C) by striking out “chapter 32, 34, 35, or 36 of this title” in the third sentence and inserting in lieu thereof “such chapters”. 102 STAT. 574 (6) Section 1782 is amended by striking out “No” in the first sentence and inserting in lieu thereof “Except as provided in section 1774A of this title, no”.
SEC. 14. COMMISSION ON VETERANS’ EDUCATION POLICY. Section 320(a)(3) of the Veterans’ Benefits Improvement and Health-Care Authorization Act of 1986 (Public Law 99–576; 100 Stat.

38 USC 1792 note.

3248) is amended by inserting “the Assistant Secretary of Defense for Force Management and Personnel,” after “paragraph (2)(A),”.
SEC. 15. REVISIONS OF NOMENCLATURE. (a) Secretary of Labor.— (1) Section 2001 is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: “(8) The term ‘Secretary’ means the Secretary of Labor.”. (2) Sections 2002A, 2003 (a) and (b)(2), 2005, 2006(a), 2007, 2008, and 2010(b) are amended by striking out “Secretary of Labor” each place it appears except where preceded by “Assistant” and inserting in lieu thereof “Secretary”. (3) The first sentence of section 2010(b) is amended by striking out “The” and inserting in lieu thereof “Notwithstanding section 2002A(b) of this title, the”. (b) Assistant Secretary of Labor for Veterans’ Employment and Training.— (1) Sections 2000(2), 2002, 2002A, and 2010(b) are amended by inserting “and Training” after “Assistant Secretary of Labor for Veterans’ Employment” each place it appears. (2)

29 USC 1721 note.

 Section 4(b) of the Veterans’ Job Training Act is amended by inserting “and Training” after “Assistant Secretary of Labor for Veterans’ Employment”. (c) Directors for Veterans’ Employment and Training.— (1) Sections 2003 and 2003A(b)(2) are amended by striking out “State Director for Veterans’ Employment”, “State Directors for Veterans’ Employment”, “Assistant State Director for Veterans’ Employment” and “Assistant State Directors for Veterans’ Employment” each place those terms appear and inserting in lieu thereof “Director for Veterans’ Employment and Training”, “Directors for Veterans’ Employment and Training”, “Assistant Director for Veterans’ Employment and Training”, and “Assistant Directors for Veterans’ Employment and Training”, respectively. (2)

29 USC 1721 note.

 Section 15(c)(2) of the Veterans Job Training Act is amended by striking out “State and Assistant State Directors for Veterans’ Employment” and inserting in lieu thereof “Directors and Assistant Directors for Veterans’ Employment and Training”. (3) (A) The heading of section 2003 is amended to read as follows:
“§ 2003. Directors and Assistant Directors for Veterans’ Employment and Training”.
 (B) The item relating to such section in the table of sections at the beginning of chapter 41 is amended to read as follows: “2003. (d) Veterans’ Employment and Training Service.— Section 2002 is amended by striking out “Veterans Employment Service” and inserting in lieu thereof “Veterans’ Employment and Training Service”.
102 STAT. 575
SEC. 16.

38 USC 1504 note.

 EFFECTIVE DATES. (a) In General.— Except as provided in subsection (b), the provisions of and amendments made by this Act shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act. (b) Exceptions.— (1) The following provisions of or amendments made by this Act shall take effect for all of fiscal year 1988 and subsequent fiscal years: (A) Clause (5) of subsection (b) of section 2O02A of title 38, United States Code, as added by section 2(a)(2) of this Act. (B) Subsection (a) of section 2003A of such title, as amended by section 2(e)(1)(A) of this Act. (C) Paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of section 2004(a) of such title, as amended by section 3(a) of this Act. (D) Paragraphs (2) through (5) of section 1774(a) of such title, as added by section 13(a)(1) of this Act. (2) The provisions of and amendments made by sections 4 through 11 shall take effect on the 60th day after the date of the enactment of this Act.
Approved May 20, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 999 (H.R. 1504): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–192 accompanying H.R. 1504 (Comm. on Veterans’ Affairs). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–128 (Comm. on Veterans’ Affairs). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): June 29, 30, H.R. 1504 considered and passed House.

Aug. 4, considered and passed Senate, amended, in lieu of S. 999

Dec. 19, passage of H.R. 1504 vitiated; S. 999 considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Apr. 27, considered and passed House, amended.

Apr. 28, Senate concurred in House amendments.

 Public Law 100–324: To authorize decorations, medals, and other recognition for service in the United States merchant marine, and for other purposes. Public Law 324 Public Law 100–324 102 Stat. 576 1988-05-30 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 576 Public Law 100–324 100th Congress
An Act To authorize decorations, medals, and other recognition for service in the United States merchant marine, and for other purposes.

May 30, 1988

[H.R. 1430]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Merchant Marine Decorations and Medals Act.

Maritime affairs.

46 USC app. 2001 note.

46 USC app. 2001.

46 USC app. 2002.
Section 1. This Act may be cited as the “Merchant Marine Decorations and Medals Act”.
Sec. 2. The Secretary of Transportation may award decorations and medals of appropriate design (including ribbons, ribbon bars, emblems, rosettes, miniature facsimiles, plaques, citations, or other suitable devices or insignia) for individual acts or service in the United States merchant marine.
Sec. 3. The Secretary of Transportation may award— (1) a Merchant Marine Distinguished Service Medal to an individual for outstanding acts, conduct, or valor beyond the line of duty; (2) a Merchant Marine Meritorious Service Medal to an individual for meritorious acts, conduct, or valor in the line of duty, but not of the outstanding character as would warrant the award of the Merchant Marine Distinguished Service Medal; (3) a decoration or medal to an individual for service in time of war or national emergency proclaimed by the President or Congress, or during operations by the Armed Forces of the United States outside the continental United States under conditions of danger to life and property; and (4) a decoration or medal to an individual for other acts or service of conspicuous gallantry, intrepidity, and extraordinary heroism under conditions of danger to life and property that would warrant a similar decoration or medal for a member of the Armed Forces of the United States.
Sec. 4.

46 USC app. 2003.

 The Secretary of Transportation may issue a Gallant Ship Award and a citation to a United States vessel or to a foreign-flag vessel participating in outstanding or gallant action in marine disasters or other emergencies for the purpose of saving life or property at sea. The Secretary may award a plaque to a vessel so cited, and a replica of the plaque may be preserved as a permanent historical record. The Secretary may also award an appropriate citation ribbon bar to the master and each individual serving on board the vessel at the time of the action for which the citation is made. The Secretary shall consult with the Secretary of State before giving an award or citation to a foreign-flag vessel or its crew under this section.
Sec. 5.

46 USC app. 2004.

 (a) The Secretary of Transportation may not award more than one of any type of decoration or medal to an individual. For each succeeding act or service justifying the same decoration or medal, a suitable device may be awarded to be worn with the decoration or medal. 102 STAT. 577 (b) When an individual scheduled to receive a decoration or medal under this Act is unable to accept it, the Secretary may make the award to an appropriate personal representative. (c) The Secretary may provide at cost, or authorize for the manufacture and sale at reasonable prices by private persons— (1) the decorations and medals authorized under section 2 of this Act and replacements for those decorations and medals; and (2) replacements for decorations and medals issued under a prior law. (d) Decorations and medals authorized under section 2 of this Act may be of similar design as are authorized for members of the Armed Forces of the United States for similar acts or service.
Sec. 6. Except as authorized under another law, the Secretary of

46 USC app. 2005.

 Transportation may issue at no cost a flag of the United States and a grave marker to the family or personal representative of a deceased individual, who served in the United States merchant marine in support of the Armed Forces of the United States or its allies in periods of war or national emergency.
Sec. 7. (a) The Maritime Administrator may issue a special certificate

46 USC app. 2006.

in recognition of service to an individual, or the personal representative of an individual, whose service in the United States merchant marine has been determined to be active duty under section 401 of Public Law 95–202 (38 U.S.C. 106, Note). (b) Issuance of a certificate to any individual under subsection (a) of this section does not entitle that individual to any rights, privileges, or benefits under any law of the United States.
Sec. 8. Except as authorized by this Act, a person may not

46 USC app. 2007.

manufacture, sell, possess, or display a decoration or medal provided for in this Act. A person violating this section is liable to the United States Government for a civil penalty of $2,000.
Sec. 9. The Act of July 24, 1956 (46 App. U.S.C. 249–249c) is repealed.
Sec. 10. (a) The Act entitled “An Act to set aside certain surplus vessels for use in the provision of health and other humanitarian services”, as amended, approved October 22, 1982 (Public Law 97–360; 96 Stat. 1718), is amended— 102 STAT. 578 (1) in section 6, by striking “United States Ship Colonial LSD–18”, and substituting “United States Ship Sanctuary AH–20”; and (2) in section 7, by striking “1989” and substituting “1992”. (b) The United States Ship Sanctuary AH–20 shall be transferred to the National Defense Reserve Fleet.
Approved May 30, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1430: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–510 (Comm. on Merchant Marine and Fisheries). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–329 (Comm. on Commerce, Science, and Transportation). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988)

Mar. 8, considered and passed House.

May 13, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–325: To amend title 5, United States Code, to authorize the establishment of the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service, and for other purposes. Public Law 325 Public Law 100–325 102 Stat. 579 1988-05-30 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 579 Public Law 100–325 100th Congress
An Act To amend title 5, United States Code, to authorize the establishment of the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service, and for other purposes.

May 30, 1988

[H.R. 4083]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. AUTHORITY. (a) In General.— Chapter 31 of title 5, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new subchapter: “SUBCHAPTER III— THE FEDERAL BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION AND DRUG ENFORCEMENT ADMINISTRATION SENIOR EXECUTIVE SERVICE
Ҥ 3151.

5 USC 3151.

 The Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service “(a) The Attorney General may by regulation establish a personnel system for senior personnel within the Federal Bureau of Investigation and the Drug Enforcement Administration to be known as the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service (hereinafter in this subchapter referred to as the ‘FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service’). The

Regulations.

regulations establishing the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service shall— “(1) meet the requirements set forth in section 3131 for the Senior Executive Service; “(2) provide that positions in the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service meet requirements that are consistent with the provisions of section 3132(a)(2); “(3) provide rates of pay for the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service that are not in excess of the maximum rate or less than the minimum rate of basic pay established for the Senior Executive Service under section 5382 and that are adjusted at the same time and to the same extent as rates of basic pay for the Senior Executive Service are adjusted; “(4) provide a performance appraisal system for the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service that conforms to the provisions of subchapter II of chapter 43; “(5) provide for— “(A) removal consistent with section 3592; “(B) reduction-in-force procedures consistent with section 3595(a), together with measures to ensure that a member of the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service may not be removed due to a reduction in force unless reasonable efforts to place such member in another such position are first taken; 102 STAT. 580 “(C) procedures in accordance with which any furlough affecting the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service shall be carried out; and “(D) removal or suspension consistent with subsections (a), (b), and (c) of section 7543 (except that any hearing or appeal to which a member of the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service is entitled shall be held or decided pursuant to procedures established by regulations of the Attorney General); “(6) permit the payment of performance awards to members of the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service consistent with the provisions applicable to performance awards under section 5384; and “(7) provide that members of the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service may be granted sabbatical leaves consistent with the provisions of section 3396(c). “(b) (1) Except as provided in subsection (a), the Attorney General may— “(A) make applicable to the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service any of the provisions of this title applicable to applicants for or members of the Senior Executive Service; and “(B) appoint, promote, and assign individuals to positions established within the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service without regard to the provisions of this title governing appointments and other personnel actions in the competitive service. “(2) (A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, an individual may not be selected for the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service unless such individual is a career employee in the civil service. “(B) For the purpose of subparagraph (A), ‘career employee in the civil service’ shall have such meaning as the Attorney General, in consultation with the Director of the Office of Personnel Management, by regulation prescribes. “(c) The President, based on the recommendations of the Attorney General, may award ranks to members of the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service in a manner consistent with the provisions of section 4507. “(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the Attorney General may detail or assign any member of the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service to serve in a position outside the Federal Bureau of Investigation or the Drug Enforcement Administration (as the case may be) in which the member’s r expertise and experience may be of benefit to the Federal Bureau of Investigation or the Drug Enforcement Administration (as the case may be) or another Government agency. Any such member shall not by reason of such detail or assignment lose any entitlement or status associated with membership in the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service. “(e)

Reports.

 The Attorney General shall each year submit to Congress, at the time the budget is submitted by the President to the Congress for the next fiscal year, a report on the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service. The report shall include, in the aggregate and by agency— “(1) the number of FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service positions established as of the end of the preceding fiscal year; “(2) the number of individuals being paid at each rate of basic pay for the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service as of the end of the preceding fiscal year; 102 STAT. 581 “(3) the number, distribution, and amount of awards paid to members of the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service during the preceding fiscal year; and “(4) the number of individuals removed from the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service during the preceding fiscal year— “(A) for less than fully successful performance; “(B) due to a reduction in force; or “(C) for any other reason.
Ҥ 3152.

5 USC 3152.

 Limitation on pay “Nothing in this subchapter shall be construed to allow the aggregate amount payable to a member of the FBI-DEA Senior Executive Service under this subchapter during any fiscal year to exceed the annual rate payable for positions at level I of the Executive Schedule in effect at the end of such year. This section shall be applied in a manner consistent with paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 5383(b).”.
(b) Chapter Analysis.— The analysis for chapter 31 of title 5, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following: “SUBCHAPTER Ill— “Sec. “3151. “3152.
SEC. 2. TECHNICAL AND CONFORMING AMENDMENTS. (a) Section 2108(3) of title 5, United States Code, is amended in the matter following subparagraph (G)by inserting “the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service,” after “the Senior Cryptologic Executive Service,”. (b) Section 3109(c) of title 5, United States Code, is amended by inserting “or the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service” after “Service”. (c) Section 3132(a) of title 5, United States Code, is amended— (1) in paragraph (1)(B), by inserting “the Drug Enforcement Administration,” after “the Federal Bureau of Investigation,”; and (2) in paragraph (2)— (A) by adding “or” at the end of clause (i); (B) by striking “or” at the end of clause (ii); and (C) by striking clause (iii). (d) Section 3321(c) of title 5, United States Code, is amended by striking “Service.” and inserting “Service or the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service.”. (e) Section 3501(b) of title 5, United States Code, is amended by striking “Service.” and inserting “Service or the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service.”. (f) Section 4301 (2)(E) of title 5, United States Code, is amended by striking “Service;” and inserting “Service or the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service;”. (g) Section 5108(a) of title 5, United States Code, is amended— (1) by striking “and” at the end of clause (i); 102 STAT. 582 (2) by striking the period at the end of clause Qi) and inserting ; and ; (3) by inserting after clause (ii) the following: “(iii) the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service.”; and (4) in the last sentence, by striking “GS–16, 17, and 18 in the Federal Bureau of Investigation.” and inserting “the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service.”. (h) Chapter 53 of title 5, United States Code, is amended— (1) in section 5311(a), by striking “Service positions,” and inserting “Service positions and positions in the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service,”; (2) in section 5311(b)(2), by striking the matter after subparagraph (B) and inserting the following:

“but does not include any Senior Executive Service position (as defined in section 3132(a) of this title) or any position in the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service.”; and

 (3) in section 5331(b), by striking “Service positions,” and inserting “Service positions and positions in the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service,”. (i) Chapter 55 of title 5, United States Code, is amended— (1) in section 5541(2)— (A) by striking “or” at the end of clause (xv); (B) by striking the period at the end of clause (xvi) and inserting or”; and (C) by adding at the end the following: “(xvii) a member of the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service,”; and (2) in section 5595(a)(2)(i), by striking “other than a member of the Senior Executive Service” and inserting “, other than a member of the Senior Executive Service or the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service,”. (j) Section 5723(a)(1) of title 5, United States Code, is amended by striking “shortage,” and all that follows thereafter through “of any person” and inserting “shortage, (B) of a new appointee to the Senior Executive Service or the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service, or (C) of any person”. (k) Section 6304(f) of title 5, United States Code, is amended— (1) by striking “or” at the end of paragraph (3); (2) by striking the period at the end of paragraph (4) and inserting or”; and (3) by adding at the end the following: “(5) the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service.”. (l) Section 8336(h) of title 5, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following: “(3) A member of the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service who is removed from such service for less than fully successful executive performance after completing 25 years of service or after becoming 102 STAT. 58350 years of age and completing 20 years of service is entitled to an annuity.”. (m) Section 8414(a) of title 5, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following: “(3) A member of the Federal Bureau of Investigation and Drug Enforcement Administration Senior Executive Service who is removed from such service for less than fully successful executive performance after completing 25 years of service or after becoming 50 years of age and completing 20 years of service is entitled to an annuity.”.
Approved May 30, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4083: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–608 (Comm. on Poet Office and Civil Service). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 184 (1988):

May 9, considered and pawed House.

May 13, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–326: To designate certain national forest system lands in the States of Virginia and West Virginia as wilderness areas. Public Law 326 Public Law 100–326 102 Stat. 584 1988-06-07 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 584 Public Law 100–326 100th Congress
An Act To designate certain national forest system lands in the States of Virginia and West Virginia as wilderness areas.

June 7, 1988

[H.R. 2878]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

National Wilderness Preservation System.

16 USC 1132 note.
SECTION 1. DESIGNATION OF WILDERNESS AREAS. In furtherance of the purposes of the Wilderness Act (16 U.S.C. 1131–1136), the following lands in the States of Virginia and West Virginia are hereby designated as wilderness and, therefore, as components of the National Wilderness Preservation System— (1) certain lands in the George Washington National Forest, which comprise approximately 9,300 acres, as generally depicted on a map entitled “Rough Mountain Wilderness Area-Proposed”, dated June 1987, and which shall be known as the Rough Mountain Wilderness Area; (2) certain lands in the George Washington National Forest, which comprise approximately 6,450 acres, as generally depicted on a map entitled “Rich Hole Wilderness Area—Proposed”, dated June 1987, and which shall be known as the Rich Hole Wilderness Area; (3) certain lands in the Jefferson National Forest, and George Washington National Forest which comprise approximately 5,700 acres, as generally depicted on a map entitled “Barbours Creek Wilderness Area—Proposed”, dated June 1987, and which shall be known as the Barbours Creek Wilderness Area; (4) certain lands in the Jefferson National Forest and George Washington National Forest, which comprise approximately 3,665 acres, as generally depicted on a map entitled “Shawvers Run Wilderness Area—Proposed”, dated October 1987, and which shall be known as the Shawvers Run Wilderness Area; (5) certain lands in the Jefferson National Forest, which comprise approximately 72 acres, as generally depicted on a map entitled “Lewis Fork Wilderness Area Addition—Proposed”, dated June 1987, and which shall be known as the Lewis Fork Wilderness Area; and (6) certain lands in the Jefferson National Forest, which comprise approximately 2,500 acres, as generally depicted on a map entitled “Mountain Lake Wilderness Area Addition—Proposed”, dated June 1987, and which shall be known as the Mountain Lake Wilderness Area,
SEC. 2. ADMINISTRATION OF WILDERNESS AREAS. Subject to valid existing rights, lands designated as wilderness by section 1 shall be included within the National Forest System and administered in accordance with the laws and regulations applicable to national forest wilderness areas, including the provisions of the Wilderness Act (16 U.S.C. 1131–1136) and the Virginia Wilderness Act of 1984 (Public Law 98–586; 98 Stat. 3105).
102 STAT. 585
SEC. 3. MAPS AND BOUNDARIES. As soon as practicable after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Agriculture shall file a map and legal description of each wilderness area designated by this Act with the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs and the Committee on Agriculture of the United States House of Representatives and with the Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry of the United States Senate. Each such map shall have the same force and effect as if included in this Act, except that correction of clerical and typographical errors in each such map may be made by the Secretary. Each such map

Public information.

and description shall be on file and available for public inspection in the Office of the Chief of the Forest Service, Department of Agriculture.
SEC. 4. REPEAL OF STUDY. Subsection (d) of section 6 of the Virginia Wilderness Act of 1984 (98 Stat. 3108) is hereby repealed.
Approved June 7, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 2878: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–367, Pt. 1 (Comm. on Agriculture) and Pt. 2 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 183 (1987): Oct. 13, considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): May 19, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–327: To designate the United States Post Office Building located at 500 West Chestnut Expressway in Springfield, Missouri, as the “Gene Taylor Post Office Building”. Public Law 327 Public Law 100–327 102 Stat. 586 1988-06-07 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 586 Public Law 100–327 100th Congress
An Act To designate the United States Post Office Building located at 500 West Chestnut Expressway in Springfield, Missouri, as the “Gene Taylor Post Office Building”.

June 7, 1988

[H.R. 3987]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Public buildings and grounds.
That the United States Post Office Building legated at 500 West Chestnut Expressway in Springfield, Missouri, is hereby designated as the “Gene Taylor Post Office Building”. Any reference to such building in a law, rule, map, document, record, or other paper of the United States shall be considered to be a reference to the “Gene Taylor Post Office Building”.
Approved June 7, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 3987: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–593 (Comm. on Post Office and Civil Service). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

May 9, considered and passed House.

May 18, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–328: Designating May 1988 as “Take Pride in America Month”. Public Law 328 Public Law 100–328 102 Stat. 587 1988-06-07 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 587 Public Law 100–328 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating May 1988 as “Take Pride in America Month”.

June 7, 1988

[H.J. Res. 530]

 Whereas America is blessed with outstanding natural and cultural resources; Whereas America is blessed with tremendous human resources, including citizens with a unique volunteer spirit rooted in the Nation’s frontier tradition; Whereas the Nation’s recreational and cultural resources contribute to the economic and social well-being of the Nation; Whereas the future of the Nation’s great historical monuments and natural wonders depends upon the commitment of the American people to their preservation; Whereas the Take Pride in American Campaign is a partnership of Federal agencies, States, and numerous public and private organizations committed to the wise use of our natural and cultural resources; Whereas Take Pride in America Month will focus attention on the stewardship of public lands by concerned citizens and citizen groups around the Nation; and Whereas “Take Pride in America: You Can Make a Difference” will become the theme for Take Pride in America Month: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That May 1988 is designated as “Take Pride in America Month”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such month with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved June 7, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 530: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

May 2, considered and passed House.

May 18, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–329: To emend the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, and for other purposes. Public Law 329 Public Law 100–329 102 Stat. 588 1988-06-07 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 588 Public Law 100–329 100th Congress
An Act To emend the Merchant Marine Act, 1920, and for other purposes.

June 7, 1988

[S. 1988]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Maritime affairs.

Transportation.
Section 1. (a) Section 27 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920 (46 App. U.S.C. 883), is amended— (1) by striking “Treasury” the first time it appears and inserting “Treasury, or the actual cost of the transportation, whichever is greater,”; and (2) by striking “merchandise.” at the end thereof and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “merchandise: Provided further, That for purposes of this section, the term ‘merchandise’

Waste disposal.

includes valueless material: Provided further, That this section applies to the transportation of valueless material or any dredged material regardless of whether it has commercial value, from a point or place in the United States or a point or place on the high seas within the Exclusive Economic Zone as defined in the Presidential Proclamation of March 10, 1983, to another point or place in the United States or a point or place on the high seas within that Exclusive Economic Zone: Provided further, That the transportation of any platform jacket in or on a launch barge between two points in the United States, at one of which there is an installation or other device within the meaning of section 4(a) of the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act (43 U.S.C. 1333(a)), shall not be deemed transportation subject to this section if the launch barge has a launch capacity of 12,000 long tons or more, was built as of the date of enactment of this proviso, and is documented under the laws of the United States, and the platform jacket cannot be transported on and launched from a launch barge of lesser launch capacity that is identified by the Secretary of Transportation and is available for such transportation.”. (b)

46 USC app. 883 note.

 (1) For purposes of interpreting the proviso pertaining to transportation of any platform jacket by launch barge, as added by subsection (a) of this section to section 27 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920 (46 App. U.S.C. 883), the Secretary of Transportation shall develop, maintain, and periodically update an inventory of launch barges with less than a launch capacity of 12,000 long tons that are qualified to engage in the coastwise trade. Each launch barge listed on such inventory shall be identified by its name, launch capacity, length, beam, depth, and other distinguishing characteristics. For each such launch barge, the name and address of the person to whom inquiries may be made shall also be included on the inventory. A launch barge not listed on such inventory shall be deemed not to be “a launch barge of lesser launch capacity identified by the Secretary of Transportation” within the meaning of such proviso to section 27 of the Merchant Marine Act, 1920. 102 STAT. 589 (2) Not later than 15 days after the date of enactment of this Act,

Federal Register, publication.

the Secretary of Transportation shall publish in the Federal Register an initial inventory of launch barges developed and maintained in accordance with paragraph (1) of this subsection. (3) Not later than 60 days after the date of enactment of this Act,

Federal Register, publication.

and periodically thereafter, the Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register a current inventory of launch barges developed, maintained, and updated in accordance with paragraph (1) of this subsection.
Sec. 2. Section 4370(a) of the Revised Statutes of the United States

Waste disposal.

(46 App. U.S.C. 316(a)) is amended by striking the period at the end of the first sentence and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “, or to tow any vessel transporting valueless material or any dredged material, regardless of whether it has commercial value, from a point or place in the United States or a point or place on the high seas within the Exclusive Economic Zone as defined in the Presidential Proclamation of March 10, 1983, to another point or place in the United States or a point or place on the high seas within that Exclusive Economic Zone.”.
Sec. 3. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 1 of this Act, a

Waste disposal.

46 USC app. 883 note.

vessel may transport municipal sewage sludge if that vessel, regardless of where it was built, is documented under the Laws of the United States and, on the date of enactment of this Act, that vessel— (1) is in use by a municipality for the transportation of sewage sludge; or (2) is under contract with a municipality for the transportation

Contracts.

of sewage sludge.
Sec. 4. For purposes of the first paragraph of section 805(a) of the

46 USC app. 883 note.

Merchant Marine Act, 1936 (46 App. U.S.C. 1223(a)), a vessel described in section 3(2) of this Act is not a vessel engaged in domestic intercoastal or coastwise service, but the prohibitions in the second paragraph apply to that vessel.
Sec. 5. Notwithstanding the provisions of section 1 of this Act, the

Waste disposal.

46 USC app. 883 note.

Secretary of the department in which the Coast Guard is operating may issue a certificate of documentation under section 12106 of title 46, United States Code, to a vessel that— (1) is engaged in transporting only valueless material in the coastwise trade or transporting dredged material, whether or not of value, (A) from a point or place on the high seas within the Exclusive Economic Zone as defined in the Presidential Proclamation of March 10, 1983, to a point or place in the United States or to another point or place on the high seas within such Exclusive Economic Zone or (B) from a point or place within the United States to a point or place on the high seas within such Exclusive Economic Zone; (2) had a certificate of documentation issued under section 12105 of that title on October 1, 1987; (3) had been sold foreign or placed under a foreign registry before that certificate was issued; and (4) was built in the United States; except that such certificate of documentation shall be endorsed to restrict the use of such vessel to the transportation of valueless material in the coastwise trade, and to the transportation of dredged material, whether or not of value, (i) from a point or place on the 102 STAT. 590high seas within such Exclusive Economic Zone to a point or place in the United States or to another point or place on the high seas within such Exclusive Economic Zone, or (ii) from a point or place within the United States to a point or place on the high seas within such Exclusive Economic Zone.
Approved June 7, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 1988 (H.R. 82): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–219 accompanying H.R. 82 (Comm. on Merchant Marine and Fisheries). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–327 (Comm. on Commerce, Science, and Transportation). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): July 27, H.R. 82 considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): May 18, S. 1988 considered and passed Senate.

May 24, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–330: To implement the Treaty on Fisheries Between the Governments of Certain Pacific Island States and the Government of the United States of America. Public Law 330 Public Law 100–330 102 Stat. 591 1988-06-07 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 591 Public Law 100–330 100th Congress
An Act To implement the Treaty on Fisheries Between the Governments of Certain Pacific Island States and the Government of the United States of America.

June 7, 1988

[S. 1989]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That this Act may

South Pacific Tuna Act of 1988.

Maritime affairs.

16 USC 973 note.

16 USC 973.

be cited as the “South Pacific Tuna Act of 1988”.
SEC. 2. DEFINITIONS. As used in this Act— (1) The term “Administrator” means the individual or organization designated by the Pacific Island Parties to act on their behalf under the Treaty and notified to the United States Government. (2) The term “Authorized Officer” means any officer who is authorized by the Secretary, or the Secretary of the department in which the Coast Guard is operating, or the head of any Federal or State agency which has entered into an enforcement agreement with the Secretary under section 10(a) of this Act. (3) The term “Authorized Party Officer” means any officer authorized by a Pacific Island Party to enforce the provisions of the Treaty. (4) The term “applicable national law” means any provision of law of a Pacific Island Party which is described in paragraph 1(a) of Annex I of the Treaty. (5) The term “Closed Area” means any of the closed areas identified in Schedule 2 of Annex I of the Treaty. (6) The term “fishing” means— (A) searching for, catching, taking, or harvesting fish; (B) attempting to search for, catch, take, or harvest fish; (C) engaging in any other activity which can reasonably be expected to result in the locating, catching, taking, or harvesting of fish; (D) placing, searching for, or recovering fish aggregating devices or associated electronic equipment such as radio beacons; (E) any operations at sea directly in support of, or in preparation for, any activity described in this paragraph; or (F) aircraft use, relating to the activities described in this paragraph except for flights in emergencies involving the health or safety of crew members or the safety of a vessel. (7) The term “fishing vessel” or “vessel” means any boat, ship, or other craft which is used for, equipped to be used for, or of a type normally used for commercial fishing, and which is documented under the laws of the United States. (8) The term “Licensing Area” means all waters in the Treaty Area except for— (A) those waters subject to the jurisdiction of the United States in accordance with international law; (B) those waters within Closed Areas; and 102 STAT. 592 (C) those waters within Limited Areas closed to fishing. (9) The term “licensing period” means the period of validity of licenses issued in accordance with the Treaty. (10) The term “Limited Area” means any area so identified in Schedule 3 of Annex I of the Treaty. (11) The term “operator” means any person who is in charge of, directs or controls a vessel, including the owner, charterer, and master. (12) The term “Pacific Island Party” means a Pacific Island nation which is a party to the Treaty. (13) The term “Party” means a nation which is a party to the Treaty. (14) The term “person” means any individual (whether or not a citizen or national of the United States), any corporation, partnership, association, or other entity (whether or not organized or existing under the laws of any State), and any Federal, State, local, or foreign government or any entity of any such government. (15) The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of Commerce, or the designee of the Secretary of Commerce. (16) The term “State” means each of the several States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealths of Puerto Rico and the Northern Mariana Islands, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, Guam, and any other Commonwealth, territory, or possession of the United States. (17) The term “Treaty” means the Treaty on Fisheries Between the Governments of Certain Pacific Island States and the Government of the United States of America, signed in Port Moresby, Papua New Guinea, April 2, 1987, and its Annexes, Schedules, and implementing agreements. (18) The term “Treaty Area” means the area so described in paragraph l(k) of Article 1 of the Treaty.
SEC. 3.

16 USC 973a.

 APPLICATION TO OTHER LAWS. The seizure by a Pacific Island Party of a vessel of the United States shall not be determined to be a seizure described in section 205(a)(4)(C) of the Magnuson Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1825(a)(4)(C)) or section 2 of the Fishermen’s Protective Act of 1967 (22 U.S.C. 1972) if the seizure is found by the Secretary of State to be in accordance with the provisions of the Treaty.
SEC. 4.

16 USC 973b.

 REGULATIONS. The Secretary of Commerce, with the concurrence of the Secretary of State and after consultation with the Secretary of the department in which the Coast Guard is operating, shall issue regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purposes and objectives of the Treaty and this Act. These regulations shall be made applicable as necessary to all persons and vessels subject to the jurisdiction of the United States, wherever located.
SEC. 5.

16 USC 973c.

 PROHIBITED ACTS. (a) Except as provided in section 6 of this Act, it is unlawful for any person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States— (1) to violate any provision of this Act or any regulation or order issued pursuant to this Act; 102 STAT. 593 (2) to use a vessel for fishing in violation of an applicable national law; (3) who has entered into a fishing arrangement under paragraph 3 of Article 3 of the Treaty, to violate the terms and conditions of such fishing arrangement if the Secretary of State has decided under section 18 of this Act that Article 4 and paragraph 6 of Article 5 of the Treaty shall apply to the arrangement; (4) to use a vessel for fishing in any Limited Area in violation of any requirement in Schedule 3 of Annex I of the Treaty; (5) to use a vessel for fishing in any Closed Area; (6) to falsify any information required to be reported, notified, communicated, or recorded pursuant to a requirement of this Act, or to fail to submit any required information, or to fail to report to the Secretary immediately any change in circumstances which has the effect of rendering any such information false, incomplete, or misleading; (7) to intentionally destroy evidence which could be used to determine if a violation of this Act or the Treaty has occurred; (8) to refuse to permit any Authorized Officer or Authorized Party Officer to board a fishing vessel for purposes of conducting a search or inspection in connection with the enforcement of this Act or the Treaty; (9) to refuse to comply with the instructions of an Authorized Officer or Authorized Party Officer relating to fishing activities under the Treaty; (10) to forcibly assault, resist, oppose, impede, intimidate, or interfere with— (A) any Authorized Officer or Authorized Party Officer in the conduct of a search or inspection in connection with the enforcement of this Act or the Treaty; or (B) an observer in the conduct of observer duties under the Treaty; (11) to resist a lawful arrest for any act prohibited by this section; (12) to interfere with, delay, or prevent, by any means, the apprehension or arrest of another person, knowing that such other person has committed any act prohibited by this section; or (13) to ship, transport, offer for sale, sell, purchase, import, export, or have custody, control, or possession of, any fish taken or retained in violation of this Act or any regulation, permit, or the Treaty, with the knowledge that the fish were so taken or retained. (b) Except as provided in section 6 of this Act, it is unlawful for any person subject to the jurisdiction of the United States when in the Licensing Area— (1) to use a vessel to fish unless validly licensed as required by the Administrator; (2) to use a vessel for directed fishing for southern bluefin tuna or for fishing for any kinds of fish other than tunas, except that fish may be caught as an incidental by-catch; (3) to use a vessel for fishing by any method other than the purse-seine method; (4) to use any vessel to engage in fishing after the revocation of its license, or during the period of suspension of an applicable license; 102 STAT. 594 (5) to operate a vessel in such a way as to disrupt or in any other way adversely affect the activities of traditional and locally based fishermen and fishing vessels; (6) to use a vessel to fish in a manner inconsistent with an order issued by the Secretary under section 11 of this Act; or (7) except for circumstances involving force majeure and other emergencies involving the health or safety of crew members or the safety of the vessel, to use an aircraft in association with the fishing activities of a vessel unless it is identified in the license application for the vessel, or any amendment thereto.
SEC. 6.

16 USC 973d.

 EXCEPTIONS. (a) The prohibitions of section 5 of this Act and the licensing requirements of section 9 of this Act shall not apply to fishing for albacore tuna by vessels using the trolling method outside of the 200 nautical mile fisheries zones of the Pacific Island Parties. (b) The prohibitions of section 5 (a)(4), (a)(5), and (b)(3) of this Act shall not apply to fishing under the terms and conditions of an arrangement which has been reached under paragraph 3 of Article 3 of the Treaty and which, pursuant to a decision by the Secretary of State under section 18 of this Act, is covered by Article 4 and paragraph 6 of Article 5 of the Treaty.
SEC. 7.

16 USC 973e.

 CRIMINAL OFFENSES. (a) A person is guilty of a criminal offense if he or she commits any act prohibited by section 5(a) (8), (10), (11), or (12) of this Act. (b) Any offense described in subsection (a) of this section is punishable by a fine of not more than $50,000, or imprisonment for not more than 6 months, or both; except that if in the commission of any such offense the person uses a dangerous weapon, engages in conduct that causes bodily injury to any Authorized Officer, Authorized Party Officer, or observer under the Treaty in the conduct of their duties, or places any such Authorized Officer, Authorized Party Officer, or observer in fear of imminent bodily injury, the offense is punishable by a fine of not more than $100,000 or imprisonment for not more than 10 years, or both. (c)

Courts, U.S.

 The district courts of the United States shall have jurisdiction over any offense described in this section.
SEC. 8.

16 USC 973f.

 CIVIL PENALTIES. (a) Any person who is found by the Secretary, after notice and an opportunity for a hearing in accordance with section 554 of title 5, United States Code, to have committed an act prohibited by section 5 of this Act, shall be liable to the United States Code for a civil penalty. Before issuing a notice of violation, the Secretary shall consult with the Secretary of State. The amount of the civil penalty shall be determined in accordance with considerations set forth in the Treaty and shall take into account the nature, circumstances, extent, any gravity of the prohibited acts committed, and with respect to the violator, the degree of culpability, any history or prior offenses, ability to pay, and such other matters as justice may require. Except for those acts prohibited by section 5(a) (4), (5), (7), (8), (10), (11), and (12), and section 5(b) (1), (2), (3), and (7) of this Act, the amount of the civil penalty shall not exceed $250,000 for each violation. Upon written notice, the Secretary of State shall have the right to participate in any proceeding initiated to assess a civil penalty for violation of this Act. 102 STAT. 595 (b) Any person against whom a civil penalty is assessed under subsection (a) of tins section may obtain review thereof in the United States district court for the appropriate district by filing a complaint in such court within 30 days from the date of the order and by simultaneously serving a copy of the complaint by certified mail on the Secretary, the Attorney General of the UnitedStates, and the appropriate United States Attorney. The Secretary shall

Courts, U.S.

Records.

 promptly file in the court a certified copy of the record upon which the violation was found or the penalty imposed. The findings and order of the Secretary shall be set aside or modified by the court if they are not found to be supported by substantial evidence, as provided in section 706(2) of title 5, United States Code. (c) Except as provided in subsection (g) of this section, if any

Courts, U.S.

person fails to pay an assessment of a civil penalty after it has become a final and unappealable order, or after the appropriate court has entered final judgment in favor of the Secretary, the Secretary shall refer the matter to the Attorney General of the United States, who shall recover the amount assessed in any appropriate district court of the United States. (d) Except as provided in subsection (g) of this section, a fishing

Courts, U.S.

vessel (including its fishing gear, furniture, appurtenances, stores, and cargo) used in the commission of an act prohibited by section 5 of this Act shall be liable in rem for any civil penalty assessed for the violation under section 8 of this Act and may be proceeded against in any district court of the United States having jurisdiction thereof. The penalty shall constitute a maritime lien on the vessel which may be recovered in an action in rem in the district court of the United States having jurisdiction over the vessel. (e) The Secretary, after consultation with the Secretary of State, may compromise, modify, or remit, with or without conditions, any civil penalty which is subject to imposition or which has been imposed under this section. (f) For the purposes of conducting any hearing under this section, the Secretary may issue subpoenas for the attendance and testimony of witnesses and the production of relevant papers, books, and documents, and may administer oaths. Witnesses summoned shall be paid the same fees and mileage that are paid to witnesses in the courts of the United States. In case of contempt or refusal to obey a

Courts, U.S.

subpoena served upon a person pursuant to this subsection, the district court of the United States for any district in which the person is found, resides, or transacts business, upon application by the United States and after notice to the person, shall have jurisdiction to issue an order requiring the person to appear and give testimony before the Secretary or to appear and produce documents before the Secretary, or both, and any failure to obey the order of the court may be punished by the court as a contempt thereof. (g) If a vessel used in a violation of section 5(a) (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), or (13) or section 5(b) of this Act for which a civil penalty has been assessed— (1) had a valid license under the Treasury at the time of the violation, and (2) within 60 days after the penalty assessment has become final, leaves and remains outside of the Licensing Area, all Limited Areas closed to fishing, and all Closed Areas until the final penalty has been paid, 102 STAT. 596 there shall be no referral to the Attorney General under subsection (c) of this section or in rem action under subsection (d) of this section in connection with such civil penalty.
SEC. 9.

16 USC 973g.

 LICENSES. (a) Licenses to fish in the Licensing Area, to be issued by the Administrator in accordance with the Treaty, may be requested from the Secretary by operators of vessels, under procedures established by the Secretary. The license application shall designate an agent for the service of legal process to be located in Port Moresby, Papua New Guinea. The applicant shall ensure that the designated agent for service of process, acting on behalf of the license holder, will receive and respond to any legal process issued in accordance with the Treaty and will, within 21 days after notification, travel if necessary for this purpose to any Pacific Island Party at no expense to that Party. (b) Except as provided in subsections (e), (0, and (g) of this section, the Secretary shall forward a vessel license application to the Secretary of State for transmittal to the Administrator whenever such application is in accordance with application procedures established by the Secretary, includes a complete application form as required by Annex II of the Treaty, and is accompanied by the required license fee. (c) (1) In the initial year of implementation, fees for the first 40 vessel licenses shall be at least $50,000 each, for any 10 vessel licenses in addition to the first 40 shall be $60,000 each, and for vessel licenses in addition to the first 50 shall be in accordance with Annex II of the Treaty. (2) After such initial year, fees for vessel licenses shall be paid in accordance with fee schedules established under Annex n of the Treaty and published by the Secretary. (d) Licenses shall be valid for the licensing period specified by the Administrator. (e) The Secretary may establish a system of allocating licenses in the event more applications are received than there are licenses available. (f) For the initial year of implementation, license fees totaling at least $1,750,000 must be received by the Secretary before any license applications will be forwarded to the Secretary of State for transmittal to the Administrator. (g) The Secretary, in consultation with the Secretary of State, may determine that a license application should not be forwarded to the Administrator for one of the following reasons: (1) where the application is not in accordance with the Treaty or the procedures established by the Secretary; (2) where the owner or charterer is the subject of proceedings under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, unless reasonable financial assurances have been provided to the Secretary; (3) where the owner or charterer has not established to the satisfaction of the Secretary that the fishing vessel is fully insured against all risks and liabilities normally provided in maritime liability insurance; (4) where the owner or charterer has not paid any penalty which has become final, assessed by the Secretary in accordance with this Act.
102 STAT. 597
SEC. 10.

16 USC 973h.

 ENFORCEMENT. (a) The provisions of this Act shall be enforced by the Secretary in cooperation with the Secretary of State. The Secretary, after consultation

Contracts.

with the Secretary of State, may by agreement, on a reimbursable basis or otherwise, utilize the personnel, services, equipment (including aircraft and vessels), and facilities of any other Federal agency and of any State agency in the performance of these duties. (b) (1) The Secretary shall, at the request of a Pacific Island Party

Reports.

made to the Secretary of State, fully investigate any alleged infringement of the Treaty involving a vessel of the United States, and report as soon as practicable, and in any case within 2 months, to that Party through the Secretary of State on any action taken or proposed by the Secretary in regard to the alleged infringement. (2) Upon commencement of an investigation under paragraph (1) of this subsection, the Secretary shall notify the operator of any vessel concerned regarding— (A) the nature of the investigation; (B) the right of the operator to submit comments, information, or evidence bearing on the investigation and to receive, upon the operator’s timely written request to the Secretary, an opportunity to present such comments, information, or evidence orally to the Secretary or the Secretary’s representative within 30 days after receipt of such notification. (c) (1) Prior to instituting any legal proceedings under this Act for any action which involves an alleged infringement of the Treaty in waters within the jurisdiction of a Pacific Island Party, the Secretary, through the Secretary of State, shall notify the Pacific Island Party in accordance with paragraph 8 of Article 4 of the Treaty that the proceedings will be instituted. Such notice shall include a statement of the facts believed to show an infringement of the Treaty and the nature of the proposed proceedings, including any proposed charges and any proposed penalties. The Secretary shall not institute such proceedings if the Pacific Island Party objects within 30 days after the effective date of the notice under Article 10 of the Treaty. (2) The Pacific Island Party exercising jurisdiction over the waters involved in such a legal proceeding shall be promptly notified by the Secretary, through the Secretary of State, concerning the outcome of the proceeding. (d) (1) Any Authorized Officer may— (A) with or without a warrant or other process— (i) arrest any person, if he has reasonable cause to believe that the person has committed any act subject to prosecution under section 7 of this Act; (ii) board, and search or inspect, any fishing vessel which is subject to the provisions of this Act; or (iii) seize samples of fish or items for evidence (other than the vessel or its fishing gear or equipment) related to any violation of any provision of this Act; (iv) order a vessel into the most convenient port of the United States for investigation when an investigation has been requested by a Pacific Island Party in accordance with the Treaty and when such an order is necessary to gather information for such an investigation; 102 STAT. 598 (B) execute any warrant or other process issued by any court of competent jurisdiction; (C) exercise any other lawful authority; and (D) investigate alleged violations of the Treaty to the same extent authorized to investigate alleged violations of this Act. (2) To the extent possible. Authorized Officers shall exercise their powers under paragraph (1)(A) (ii), (iu), and (iv) of this subsection so as not to interfere unduly with the lawful operation of the vessel. (3) Nothing in this Act shall be construed to limit the enforcement of this or other applicable Federal laws under section 89 of title 14, United States Code. (e)

Courts, U.S.

 The district courts of the United States shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any case or controversy arising under the provisions of this Act.
SEC. 11.

16 USC 973i.

 FINDINGS SY THE SECRETARY. (a) Following any investigation conducted in accordance with section 10(b) of this Act, the Secretary, with the concurrence of the Secretary of State, and upon the request of the Pacific Island Party concerned, may order a fishing vessel which has not submitted to the jurisdiction of that Pacific Island Party to leave immediately the Licensing Area, all Limited Areas, and all Closed Areas upon making a finding— (1) that the fishing vessel— (A) while fishing in the Licensing Area did not have a license under the Treaty to fish in the Licensing Area, and that under paragraph 2 of Article 3 of the Treaty, such fishing is not authorized to be conducted in the Licensing Area without a license; (B) was involved in any incident in which an Authorized Officer, Authorized Party Officer, or observer was allegedly assaulted with resultant bodily harm, physically threatened, forcefully resisted, refused boarding, or subjected to physical intimidation or physical interference in the performance of duties as authorized by this Act or the Treaty; (C) has not made full payment within 60 days of any amount due as a result of a final judgment or other final determination deriving from a violation in waters within the Treaty Area of a Pacific Island Party; or (D) was not represented by an agent for service of process in accordance with the Treaty; or (2) that there is probable cause to believe that the fishing vessel— (A) was used in violation of section 5 (a)(4), (a)(5), (b)(2), or (b)(3) of this Act; (B) used an aircraft in violation of section 5(b)(7); or (C) was involved in an incident in which section 5(b)(7) was violated. (b) Upon being advised by the Secretary of State that proper notification to Parties has been made under paragraph 7 of Article 5 of the Treaty that a Pacific Island Party is investigating an alleged infringement of the Treaty by a vessel in waters under the jurisdiction of such Pacific Island Party, the Secretary shall order the vessel to leave such waters until the Secretary of State notifies the Secretary that such order is no longer necessary. 102 STAT. 599 (c) The Secretary shall rescind any order issued on the basis of a finding under subsection (a)(1) (C) or (D) of this section as soon as the Secretary determines that the facts underlying the finding do not apply. (d) No order issued in accordance with this section is subject to judicial review. (e) Upon a request by the Secretary, the Attorney General shall commence a civil action for appropriate relief, including permanent or temporary injunction, to enforce any order issued by the Secretary under this section.
SEC. 12.

16 USC 973j.

 REPORTING. (a) Holders of licenses shall comply with the reporting requirements of part 4 of Annex I to the Treaty. (b) Information provided by license holders in Schedules 5 and 6 of Annex I of the Treaty shall be provided to the Secretary for transmittal to the Administrator and to an entity designated by the license holder. Such information thereafter shall not be released

Classified information.

and shall be maintained as confidential by the Secretary, including information requested under the Freedom of Information Act, unless disclosure is required under court order or unless the information is essential for an enforcement action under section 5, 10(b), 10(c), or 11 of this Act, or any other proper law enforcement action.
SEC. 13,

16 USC 973k.

 CLOSED AREA STOWAGE REQUIREMENTS. At all times while a vessel is in a Closed Area, the fishing gear of the vessel shall be stowed in such a manner as not to be readily available for fishing. In particular, the boom shall be lowered as far as possible so that the vessel cannot be used for fishing, but so that the skiff is accessible for use in emergency situations; the helicopter, if any, shall be tied down; and launches shall be secured.
SEC. 14.

16 USC 973l.

 OBSERVERS. (a) The operator and each member of the crew of a vessel shall allow and assist any individual identified as an observer under the Treaty by the Pacific Island Parties— (1) to board the vessel for scientific, compliance, monitoring and other functions at the point and time notified by the Pacific Island Parties to the Secretary; (2) without interfering unduly with the lawful operation of the vessel, to have full access to and use of facilities and equipment on board the vessel which the observer may determine are necessary to carry out observer duties; have full

Records.

Public information.

access to the bridge, fish on board, and areas which may be used to hold, process, weigh, and store fish; remove samples; have full access to the vessel’s records, including its log and documentation for the purpose of inspection and copying; and gather any other information relating to fisheries in the Licensing Area; (3) to disembark at the point and time notified by the Pacific Island Parties to the Secretary; and (4) to carry out observer duties safely.

Safety.

 (b) The operator shall provide any such observer, while on board the vessel, at no expense to the Pacific Island Parties, with food, accommodation, and medical facilities of such reasonable standard as may be acceptable to the Pacific Island Party whose representative is serving as the observer. 102 STAT. 600 (c) The operator of any vessel from which any fish taken in the Licensing Área is unloaded shall allow, or arrange for, and assist any individual so authorized by the Pacific Island Parties to have full access to any place where such fish is unloaded, to remove samples, and to gather any other information relating to fisheries in the Licensing Area.
SEC. 15.

16 USC 973m.

 TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE.

Business and industry.

The United States tuna industry shall provide $250,000 annually in technical assistance, including provision of assistance by technicians, in response to requests coordinated through the Administrator.

Reports.

The Secretary of State shall designate an entity to coordinate the provision of such technical assistance as provided by the United States tuna industry and to provide an annual report to the Secretary of State regarding the provision of such technical assistance.
SEC. 16.

16 USC 973n.

 ARBITRATION. In the event of a dispute requiring the establishment of an arbitral tribunal under Article 6 of the Treaty, the Secretary of State, in consultation with the Secretary, shall appoint the arbitrator to be appointed by the United States under paragraph 3 of that Article, and shall represent the United States in reaching agreement under such paragraph with each Pacific Island Party involved concerning the appointment of the presiding arbitrator of the tribunal.
SEC. 17.

16 USC 973o.

 DISPOSITION OF FEES, PENALTIES, FORFEITURES, AND OTHER MONEYS. To the extent required by Article 4 of the Treaty, an amount equivalent to the total value of any fine, penalty, or other amount collected as a result of any action, judicial or otherwise, taken pursuant to sections 7 and 8 of this Act shall be paid by the United States through the Secretary of State to the Administrator as soon as reasonably possible following the date that such amount is collected.
SEC. 18.

16 USC 973p.

 ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS. Within 30 days after the Secretary of Stated receipt of notice from a Pacific Island Party that it has concluded an arrangement pursuant to paragraph 3 of Article 3 of the Treaty, the Secretary of State shall consult with the Secretary concerning whether the procedures of Article 4 and paragraph 6 of Article 5 of the Treaty should be made applicable to such arrangement. At the conclusion of the consultations the Pacific Island Party and all other persons agreeing to the arrangement shall be notified by the Secretary of State of the resulting decision.
SEC. 19.

16 USC 973q.

 SECRETARY OF STATE TO ACT FOR THE UNITED STATES. The Secretary of State is authorized to receive on behalf of the United States reports, requests, and other communications from the Administrator and to act thereon directly or by reference to the appropriate authorities. The Secretary of State, after consultations with the Secretary, may accept or reject, on behalf of the United States, changes or amendments to Annex I of the Treaty and its Schedules and Annex II to the Treaty and its Schedules.
102 STAT. 601
SEC. 20.

16 USC 973r.

 AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS. (a) There are authorized to be appropriated for fiscal years 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, and 1992 such sums as may be necessary for carrying out the purposes and provisions of the Treaty and this Act including— (1) for fiscal years 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, and 1992, an amount not to exceed $350,000 annually to the Department of Commerce for administrative expenses; and (2) for fiscal years 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, and 1992, an amount not to exceed $50,000 annually to the Department of State for administrative expenses. (b) Funds appropriated for the purposes of the Treaty may be used notwithstanding any of the provisions of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2151 et seq.) or of any appropriations Act that imposes restrictions on the maintenance or use of cash transfer assistance, which are inconsistent with the provisions of the Treaty.
SEC. 21.

16 USC 973 note.

 EFFECTIVE DATE. (a) Except as provided in subsection (b) of this section, this Act shall be effective on the date on which the Treaty enters into force for the United States. (b) (1) The authority to promulgate regulations pursuant to this Act shall be effective on the date of enactment of this Act. (2) Any regulation promulgated pursuant to this Act shall not be effective before the date on which the Treaty enters into force for the United States.
Approved June 7, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 1989 (H.R. 3767): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–645, Pt. 1, accompanying H.R. 3767 (Comm. on Merchant Marine and Fisheries). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–316 (Comm. on Commerce, Science, and Transportation). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

May 13, considered and passed Senate.

May 24, considered and passed House.

 WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 24 (1988):

June 7, Presidential statement.

 Public Law 100–331: To amend the provisions of the Agricultural Act of 1949 relating to certain cross compliance requirements under the extra long staple cotton program. Public Law 331 Public Law 100–331 102 Stat. 602 1988-06-14 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 602 Public Law 100–331 100th Congress
An Act To amend the provisions of the Agricultural Act of 1949 relating to certain cross compliance requirements under the extra long staple cotton program.

June 14, 1988

[H.R. 4556]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. EXTENSION OF RELEASE FROM CROSS-COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS.

7 USC 1444.

Section 103(h)(16)(C) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 is amended by striking out “and 1988” and inserting in lieu thereof “through 1990”.
SEC. 2. PROHIBITION ON INCREASES IN CROP ACREAGE BASES, Section 103(h)(8)(A) of such Act is amended by— (1) designating the existing subparagraph as subparagraph “(A)(i)”; and (2) adding at the end thereof the following new clause: “(ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, the Secretary shall ensure, under such terms and conditions as may be prescribed by the Secretary, that the total of the crop acreage bases established on a farm which is enrolled in a production adjustment program for any commodity shall not be increased as a result of the application of the provisions set forth in paragraph (16)(C), as extended for the 1989 and 1990 crop.”.
Approved June 14, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4556: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–643 (Comm. on Agriculture). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

May 23, considered and passed House.

May 25, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–332: To designate June 1988 as “National Recycling Month”. Public Law 332 Public Law 100–332 102 Stat. 603 1988-06-14 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 603 Public Law 100–332 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate June 1988 as “National Recycling Month”.

June 14, 1988

[H.J. Res. 469]

 Whereas a solid waste disposal crisis exists in the United States; Whereas half of the major cities in the United States will have no space available for disposal of garbage within 5 years; Whereas trash incineration and non-incineration industries should adopt recycling methods; Whereas source separation, mechanical separation, and community-based recycling programs divert a significant portion of waste from landfills; Whereas recycling preserves limited landfill capacity for disposal of non to x ic waste; Whereas recycling saves energy and avoids the pollution created in extracting resources from their natural environment; Whereas the revenues from goods recovered by public sector re-cycling programs help to offset the costs of the programs; Whereas shared savings, which accrue by avoiding the higher cost of landfills or incineration, make recycling an economically efficient disposal policy even where markets for recycled materials are weak or undeveloped; Whereas a well-developed system of recycling scrap metals, paper, and glass already exists and significantly reduces the quantity of solid waste composed of metal, paper, and glass; Whereas substantial increases in the amount of materials recycled will require development of markets that absorb the increase in the amount of materials recycled, known as incremental markets; Whereas many consumer products are designed without sufficient regard for safe and efficient recycling after disposal; Whereas the Federal Government and State and local governments should enact legislative measures that will increase the amount of solid waste that is recycled; Whereas the Federal Government and State and local governments should encourage the growth of incremental markets for materials recovered from recyclable goods; Whereas the Federal Government and State and local governments should promote the design of products that can be recycled safely and efficiently after use; Whereas the Federal Government and State and local governments should establish requirements for in-home separation of waste to enable efficient recycling; and Whereas the people of the United States should be encouraged to participate in educational and legislative endeavors that promote waste separation methods, community-based recycling programs, and expanded utilization of recovered materials; Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That June 1988 is designated as “National Recycling Month”, and the President of the 102 STAT. 604United States is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe the month with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved June 14, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 469: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

May 24, considered and passed House.

May 27, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–333: To prohibit the use of certain antifouling paints containing organotin and the use of organotin compounds, purchased at retail, used to make such paints. Public Law 333 Public Law 100–333 102 Stat. 605 1988-06-16 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 605 Public Law 100–333 100th Congress
An Act To prohibit the use of certain antifouling paints containing organotin and the use of organotin compounds, purchased at retail, used to make such paints.

June 16, 1988

[H.R. 2210]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Organotin Antifouling Paint Control Act of 1988.

Hazardous materials.

Environmental protection.

33 USC 2401 note.

33 USC 2401.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. This Act may be cited as the “Organotin Antifouling Paint Control Act of 1988”.
SEC. 2. FINDINGS; PURPOSE. (a) Findings.— The Congress finds the following: (1) Antifouling paints containing organotin biocides are used to prevent the build-up of barnacles and other encrusting organisms on vessels. (2) Laboratory and field studies show that organotin is very toxic to marine and freshwater organisms at very low levels. (3) Vessels that are less than 25 meters in length and are coated with organotin antifouling paint account for a large amount of the organotin released into the aquatic environment. (4) The Environmental Protection Agency has determined that concentrations of organotin currently in the waters of the United States may pose unreasonable risks to oysters, clams, fish, and other aquatic life. (b) Purpose.— The purpose of this Act is to protect the aquatic environment by reducing immediately the quantities of organotin entering the waters of the United States.
SEC. 3.

33 USC 2402.

 DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Act: (1) The term “Administrator” means the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency. (2) The term “antifouling paint” means a coating, paint, or treatment that is applied to a vessel to control fresh water or marine fouling organisms. (3) The term “estuary” means a body of water having an unimpaired connection with open sea, where the sea water is measurably diluted with fresh water derived from land drainage, and such term includes the Chesapeake Bay and estuary-type areas of the Great Lakes. (4) The term “organotin” means any compound of tin used as a biocide in an antifouling paint. (5) The term “person” means any individual, and partnership, association, corporation, or organized group of persons whether incorporated or not, or any government entity, including the military. (6) The term “qualified antifouling paint containing organotin” means an antifouling paint containing organotin that— 102 STAT. 606 (A) is allowed to be used under the terms of the final decision referred to in section 12(c); or (B) until such final decision takes effect, is certified by the Administrator under section 6 as having a release rate of not more than 4.0 micrograms per square centimeter per day. (7) The term “release rate” means the rate at which organotin is released from an antifouling paint over the long term, as determined by the Administrator, using— (A) the American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) standard test method which the Environmental Protection Agency required in its July 29, 1986, data call-in notice on tributyltin compounds used in antifouling paints; or (B) any similar test method specified by the Administrator. (8) The term “retail” means the transfer of title to tangible personal property other than for resale, after manufacturing or processing, (9) The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of the Navy. (10) The term “State” means a State of the United States, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, or any territory or possession of the United States. (11) The term “vessel” includes every description of watercraft or other artificial contrivance used, or capable of being used, as a means of transportation on water.
SEC. 4.

33 USC 2403.

 PROHIBITION ON THE APPLICATION OF ORGANOTIN ANTIFOULING PAINTS ON CERTAIN VESSELS. (a) Prohibition.— Subject to section 12(d), and except as provided in subsection (b), no person in any State may apply to a vessel that is less than 25 meters in length an antifouling paint containing organotin. (b) Exceptions.— Subsection (a) shall not prohibit the application of a qualified antifouling paint containing organotin on— (1) the aluminum hull of a vessel that is less than 25 meters in length; or (2) the outboard motor or lower drive unit of a vessel that is less than 25 meters in length.
SEC. 5.

33 USC 2404.

 PROHIBITION OF CERTAIN ORGANOTIN ANTIFOULING PAINTS AND ORGANOTIN ADDITIVES USED TO MAKE SUCH PAINTS. (a) Interim Prohibition of Certain Organotin Antifouling Paints.— Subject to section 12(d), no person in any State may— (1) sell or deliver to, or purchase or receive from, another person an antifouling paint containing organotin; or (2)

Maritime affairs.

 apply to a vessel an antifouling paint containing organotin; unless the antifouling paint is certified by the Administrator as being a qualified antifouling paint containing organotin. (b) Prohibition of Certain Organotin Additives.— Subject to section 12(d), no person in any State may sell or deliver to, or purchase or receive from, another person at retail any substance containing organotin for the purpose of adding such substance to paint to create an antifouling paint.
102 STAT. 607
SEC. 6.

33 USC 2405.

 CERTIFICATION. (a) Initial Certification.— Not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Administrator shall certify each antifouling paint containing organotin that the Administrator determines has a release rate of not more than 4.0 micrograms per square centimeter per day on the basis of the information submitted to the Environmental Protection Agency before the date of the enactment of this Act in response to its July 29, 1986, data call-in notice on tributyltin or any other data call-in notice. (b) Subsequent Certification.— After the initial period of certification required by subsection (a), and not later than 90 days after the receipt of information with regard to an antifouling paint containing organotin submitted— (1) in response to a data call-in referred to in subsection (a); or (2) under any provision of law; the Administrator shall certify such paint if, on the basis of such information, the Administrator determines that such paint has a release rate of not more than 4.0 micrograms per square centimeter per day.
SEC. 7.

Water.

33 USC 2406.

 MONITORING AND RESEARCH OF ECOLOGICAL EFFECTS. (a) Estuarine Monitoring.— The Administrator, in consultation with the Under Secretary of Commerce for Oceans and Atmosphere, shall monitor the concentrations of organotin in the water column, sediments, and aquatic organisms of representative estuaries and near-coastal waters in the United States. This monitoring program

Termination date.

shall remain in effect until 10 years after the date of the enactment of this Act. The Administrator shall submit a report annually to the

Reports.

Speaker of the House of Representatives and to the President pro tempore of the Senate detailing the results of such monitoring program for the preceding year. (b) Navy Home Port Monitoring.— The Secretary shall provide for periodic monitoring, not less than quarterly, of waters serving as the home port for any Navy vessel coated with an antifouling paint containing organotin to determine the concentration of organotin in the water column, sediments, and aquatic organisms of such waters. (c) Navy Research of Ecological Effects.— The Secretary shall continue existing Navy programs evaluating the laboratory toxicity and environmental risks associated with the use of antifouling paints containing organotin. (d) Report.— The Secretary shall submit a report annually to the Administrator and to the Governor of each State in which a home port for the Navy is monitored under subsection (b) detailing the results of such monitoring in the State. Such reports shall be included in the annual report required to be submitted under subsection (a). (e) Assistance to States.— To the extent practicable, the Administrator shall assist States in monitoring waters in such States for the presence of organotin and in analyzing samples taken during such monitoring. (f) Five-Year Report.— At the end of the 5-year period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act, the Administrator shall submit a report to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and to the President pro tempore of the Senate providing an assessment of— 102 STAT. 608 (1)

Safety.

 the effectiveness of existing laws and rules concerning organotin compounds in ensuring protection of human health and the environment; (2) compliance with water quality criteria established pursuant to section 9 of this Act and any applicable water quality standards; and (3)

Safety.

 recommendations for additional measures to protect human health and the environment.
SEC. 8.

33 USC 2407.

 ALTERNATIVE ANTIFOULANT RESEARCH. (a) Research.— The Secretary and the Administrator shall conduct research into chemical and nonchemical alternatives to antifouling paints containing organotin. (b) Report.— At the end of the 4-year period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act, the Administrator, in consultation with the Secretary, shall submit a report to the Speaker of the House of Representatives and to the President pro tempore of the Senate detailing the results of the research conducted pursuant to subsection (a).
SEC. 9.

33 USC 2408.

 WATER QUALITY CRITERIA DOCUMENT. Not later than March 30, 1989, the Administrator shall issue a final water quality criteria document concerning organotin compounds pursuant to section 304(a) of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1314(a)).
SEC. 10.

33 USC 2409.

 PENALTIES. (a) Civil Penalties.— (1) Any person violating section 4 or 5 shall be assessed a civil penalty of not more than $5,000 for each offense. (2) After notice and an opportunity for a hearing, a person found by the Administrator to have violated section 4 or 5 is liable to the United States Government for the civil penalty assessed under subsection (a). The amount of the civil penalty shall be assessed by the Administrator by written notice. In determining the amount of the penalty, the Administrator shall consider the nature, circumstances, extent, and gravity of the prohibited acts committed and, with respect to the violator, the degree of culpability, any history of prior offenses, ability to pay, and other matters that justice requires. (3) The Administrator may compromise, modify, or remit, with or without consideration, a civil penalty assessed under this section until the assessment is referred to the Attorney General. (4) If a person fails to pay an assessment of a civil penalty after it has become final, the Administrator may refer the matter to the Attorney General for collection in the appropriate United States district court. (b) Criminal Penalties.— Any person knowingly violating section 4 or 5 shall be fined not more than $25,000, or imprisoned for not more than one year, or both.
SEC. 11.

33 USC 2410.

 OTHER AUTHORITIES; STATE LAWS. (a) Other Authorities of the Administrator.— Nothing in this Act shall limit or prevent the Administrator from establishing a lower permissible release rate for organotin under authorities other than this Act, (b) State Laws.— Nothing in this Act shall preclude or deny any State or political subdivision thereof the right to adopt or enforce 102 STAT. 609any requirement regarding antifouling paint or any other substance containing organotin. Compliance with the requirements of any State or political subdivision thereof respecting antifouling paint or any other substance containing organotin shall not relieve any person of the obligation to comply with the provisions of this Act.
SEC. 12.

33 USC 2401 note.

 EFFECTIVE DATES; USE OF EXISTING STOCKS. (a) In General.— Except as provided in subsection (b), this Act shall take effect on the date of its enactment. (b) Termination of Interim Prohibition.— Section 5(a) shall remain in effect until a final decision regarding the release of organotin into the aquatic environment by antifouling paints, pursuant to the process initiated by the Administrator’s r Position Document 1 dated January 8, 1986— (1) is issued by the Administrator; and (2) takes effect. (c) Final Decision Defined.— For purposes of subsection (b), a final decision shall be considered to have taken effect upon the date of the expiration of the time for making any appeal with respect to such decision or, in the case of any such appeal, the resolution of such appeal. (d) Use of Existing Stocks.— Notwithstanding the prohibitions contained in sections 4 and 5, the Administrator, not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, shall provide reasonable times— (1) not to exceed 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, for the continued sale, delivery, purchase, and receipt of any anti fouling paints containing organotin and organotin additives that exist before the date of the enactment of this Act; and (2) not to exceed one year after the date of the enactment of this Act, for the application of any antifouling paints containing organotin and organotin additives that exist before the date of the enactment of this Act.
Approved June 16, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 2210 (S. 1788): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–400 (Comm. on Merchant Marine and Fisheries). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–237 accompanying S. 1788 (Comm. on Environment and Public Works). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Nov. 9, considered and passed House.

Dec. 11, considered and passed Senate, amended, in lieu of S. 1788.

Dec. 18, House concurred in Senate amendment with an amendment.

Vol. 134 (1988): Apr. 18, Senate concurred in House amendment with an amendment.

May 24, House concurred in Senate amendment.

 Public Law 100–334: To amend chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code to improve the treatment of claims for certain retiree benefits of former employees. Public Law 334 Public Law 100–334 102 Stat. 610 1988-06-16 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 610 Public Law 100–334 100th Congress
An Act To amend chapter 11 of title 11 of the United States Code to improve the treatment of claims for certain retiree benefits of former employees.

June 16, 1988

[H.R. 2969]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Retiree Benefits Bankruptcy Protection Act of 1988.

Courts, U.S.

11 USC 101 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. This Act may be cited as the “Retiree Benefits Bankruptcy Protection Act of 1988”.
SEC. 2. RETIREE BENEFITS. (a) Benefits.— Subchapter I of chapter 11 of title 11, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new section:
Ҥ 1114.

11 USC 1114.

 Payment of insurance benefits to retired employees “(a) For purposes of this section, the term ‘retiree benefits’ means payments to any entity or person for the purpose of providing or reimbursing payments for retired employees and their spouses and dependents, for medical, surgical, or hospital care benefits, or benefits in the event of sickness, accident, disability, or death under any plan, fund, or program (through the purchase of insurance or otherwise) maintained or established in whole or in part by the debtor prior to filing a petition commencing a case under this title. “(b) (1) For purposes of this section, the term ‘authorized representative’ means the authorized representative designated pursuant to subsection (c) for persons receiving any retiree benefits covered by a collective bargaining agreement or subsection (d) in the case of persons receiving retiree benefits not covered by such an agreement. “(2) Committees of retired employees appointed by the court pursuant to this section shall have the same rights, powers, and duties as committees appointed under sections 1102 and 1103 of this title for the purpose of carrying out the purposes of sections 1114 and 1129(a)(13) and, as permitted by the court, shall have the power to enforce the rights of persons under this title as they relate to retiree benefits. “(c) (1) A labor organization shall be, for purposes of this section, the authorized representative of those persons receiving any retiree benefits covered by any collective bargaining agreement to which that labor organization is signatory, unless (A) such labor organization elects not to serve as the authorized representative of such persons, or (B) the court, upon a motion by any party in interest, after notice and hearing, determines that different representation of such persons is appropriate. “(2) In cases where the labor organization referred to in paragraph (1) elects not to serve as the authorized representative of those persons receiving any retiree benefits covered by any collective bargaining agreement to which that labor organization is signatory, or in cases where the court, pursuant to paragraph (1) finds different 102 STAT. 611representation of such persons appropriate, the court, upon a motion by any party in interest, and after notice and a hearing, shall appoint a committee of retired employees if the debtor seeks to modify or not pay the retiree benefits or if the court otherwise determines that it is appropriate, from among such persons, to serve as the authorized representative of such persons under this section. “(d) The court, upon a motion by any party in interest, and after notice and a hearing, shall appoint a committee of retired employees if the debtor seeks to modify or not pay the retiree benefits or if the court otherwise determines that it is appropriate, to serve as the authorized representative, under this section, of those persons receiving any retiree benefits not covered by a collective bargaining agreement. “(e) (1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, the debtor in possession, or the trustee if one has been appointed under the provisions of this chapter (hereinafter in this section ‘trustee’ shall include a debtor in possession), shall timely pay and shall not modify any retiree benefits, except that— “(A) the court, on motion of the trustee or authorized representative, and after notice and a hearing, may order modification of such payments, pursuant to the provisions of subsections (g) and (h) of this section, or “(B) the trustee and the authorized representative of the recipients of those benefits may agree to modification of such payments, after which such benefits as modified shall continue to be paid by the trustee. “(2) Any payment for retiree benefits required to be made before a plan confirmed under section 1129 of this title is effective has the status of an allowed administrative expense as provided in section 503 of this title. “(f) (1) Subsequent to filing a petition and prior to filing an application seeking modification of the retiree benefits, the trustee shall— “(A) make a proposal to the authorized representative of the retirees, based on the most complete and reliable information available at the time of such proposal, which provides for those necessary modifications in the retiree benefits that are necessary to permit the reorganization of the debtor and assures that all creditors, the debtor and all of the affected parties are treated fairly and equitably; and “(B) provide, subject to subsection (k)(3), the representative of the retirees with such relevant information as is necessary to evaluate the proposal. “(2) During the period beginning on the date of the making of a proposal provided for in paragraph (1), and ending on the date of the nearing provided for in subsection (k)(1), the trustee shall meet, at reasonable times, with the authorized representative to confer in good faith in attempting to reach mutually satisfactory modifications of such retiree benefits. “(g) The court shall enter an order providing for modification in the payment of retiree benefits if the court finds that— “(1) the trustee has, prior to the hearing, made a proposal that fulfills the requirements of subsection (r); “(2) the authorized representative of the retirees has refused to accept such proposal without good cause; and “(3) such modification is necessary to permit the reorganization of the debtor and assures that all creditors, the debtor, and 102 STAT. 612all of the affected parties are treated fairly and equitably, and is clearly favored by the balance of the equities; except that in no case shall the court enter an order providing for such modification which provides for a modification to a level lower than that proposed by the trustee in the proposal found by the court to have complied with the requirements of this subsection and subsection (f): Provided, however, That at any time after an order is entered providing for modification in the payment of retiree benefits, or at any time after an agreement modifying such benefits is made between the trustee and the authorized representative of the recipients of such benefits, the authorized representative may apply to the court for an order increasing those benefits which order shall be granted if the increase in retiree benefits sought is consistent with the standard set forth in paragraph (3): Provided further, That neither the trustee nor the authorized representative is precluded from making more than one motion for a modification order governed by this subsection. “(h) (1) Prior to a court issuing a final order under subsection (g) of this section, if essential to the continuation of the debtor’s business, or in order to avoid irreparable damage to the estate, the court, after notice and a hearing, may authorize the trustee to implement interim modifications in retiree benefits. “(2) Any hearing under this subsection shall be scheduled in accordance with the needs of the trustee. “(3) The implementation of such interim changes does not render the motion for modification moot. “(i) No retiree benefits paid between the filing of the petition and the time a plan confirmed under section 1129 of this title becomes effective shall be deducted or offset from the amounts allowed as claims for any benefits which remain unpaid, or from the amounts to be paid under the plan with respect to such claims for unpaid benefits, whether such claims for unpaid benefits are based upon or arise from a right to future unpaid benefits or from any benefits not paid as a result of modifications allowed pursuant to this section. “(j) No claim for retiree benefits shall be limited by section 502(b)(7) of this title. “(k) (1) Upon the filing of an application for modifying retiree benefits, the court shall schedule a hearing to be held not later than fourteen days after the date of the filing of such application. All interested parties may appear and be heard at such hearing. Adequate notice shall be provided to such parties at least ten days before the date of such hearing. The court may extend the time for the commencement of such hearing for a period not exceeding seven days where the circumstances of the case, and the interests of justice require such extension, or for additional periods of time to which the trustee and the authorized representative agree. “(2) The court shall rule on such application for modification within ninety days after the date of the commencement of the hearing. In the interests of justice, the court may extend such time for ruling for such additional period as the trustee and the authorized representative may agree to. If the court does not rule on such application within ninety days after the date of the commencement of the hearing, or within such additional time as the trustee and the authorized representative may agree to, the trustee may implement the proposed modifications pending the ruling of the court on such application. 102 STAT. 613 “(3) The court may enter such protective orders, consistent with

Classified information.

the need of the authorized representative of the retirees to evaluate the trustee’s proposal and the application for modification, as may be necessary to prevent disclosure of information provided to such representative where such disclosure could compromise the position of the debtor with respect to its competitors in the industry in which it is engaged. “(l) This section shall not apply to any retiree, or the spouse or dependents of such retiree, if such retiree’s gross income for the twelve months preceding the filing of the bankruptcy petition equals or exceeds $250,000, unless such retiree can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the court that he is unable to obtain health, medical, life, and disability coverage for himself, his spouse, and his dependents who would otherwise be covered by the employer’s insurance plan, comparable to the coverage provided by the employer on the day before the filing of a petition under this title.”.
(b) Plan.— Section 1129 of title 11, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end of subsection (a) thereof the following: “(13) The plan provides for the continuation after its effective date of payment of all retiree benefits, as that term is defined in section 1114 of this title, at the level established pursuant to subsection (e)(1)(B) or (g) of section 1114 of this title, at any time prior to confirmation of the plan, for the duration of the period the debtor has obligated itself to provide such benefits.”. (c) Technical Amendment.— The table of sections for subchapter I of chapter 11, title 11, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new item: “1114.
SEC. 3. CONFORMING AMENDMENTS. (a) Public Law 99–591.— (1) Section 608(a) of the second title VI of

11 USC 1106 note.

the joint resolution entitled “Joint resolution making continuing appropriations for the fiscal year 1987, and for other purposes’, approved October 30, 1986 (Public Law 99–591; 100 Stat. 3341–74), is amended— (A) by striking “Notwithstanding” and all that follows through “Code” and inserting “(1) Subject to paragraphs (2), (3), (4), and (5), and notwithstanding title 11 of the United States Code”, (B) by striking “until” and all that follows through “1987”; and (C) by adding at the end thereof the following: “(2) The level of benefits required to be paid by this subsection may be modified prior to confirmation of a plan under section 1129 of such title if— “(A) the trustee and an authorized representative of the former employees with respect to whom such benefits are payable agree to the modification of such benefit payments; or “(B) the court finds that a modification proposed by the trustee meets the standards of section 1113(b)(1)(A) of such title and the balance of the equities clearly favors the modification. If such benefits are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, the authorized representative shall be the labor organization that is signatory to such collective bargaining agreement unless there is a conflict of interest. “(3) The trustee shall pay benefits in accordance with this subsection until— 102 STAT. 614 “(A) the dismissal of the case involved; or “(B) the effective date of a plan confirmed under section 1129 of such title which provides for the continued payment after confirmation of the plan of all such benefits at the level established under paragraph (2) of this subsection, at any time prior to the confirmation of the plan, for the duration of the period the debtor (as defined in such title) has obligated itself to provide such benefits. “(4) No such benefits paid between the filing of a petition in a case covered by this section and the time a plan confirmed under section 1129 of such title with respect to such case becomes effective shall be deducted or offset from the amount allowed as claims for any benefits which remain unpaid, or from the amount to be paid under the plan with respect to such claims for unpaid benefits, whether such claims for unpaid benefits are based upon or arise from a right to future benefits or from any benefit not paid as a result of modifications allowed pursuant to this section. “(5) No claim for benefits covered by this section shall be limited by section 502(b)(7) of such title.”. (2) Section 608(b) of the second title VI of the joint resolution entitled “Joint resolution making continuing appropriations for the fiscal year 1987, and for other purposes”, approved October 30, 1986

11 USC 1106 note.

(Public Law 99–591; 100 Stat. 3341–74), is amended by inserting before the period the following: “and before the date of the enactment of the Retiree Benefits Bankruptcy Protection Act of 1988”. (3) Section 608 of the second title VI of the joint resolution entitled “Joint resolution making continuing appropriations for the fiscal year 1987, and for other purposes”, approved October 30, 1986 (Public Law 99–591; 100 Stat. 3341–74), is amended— (A) by redesignating subsections (b) and (c) as subsections (c) and (d), respectively, and (B) by adding at the end the following: “(b) (1) Notwithstanding any provision of title 11 of the United States Code, the trustee shall pay an allowable claim of any person for a benefit paid— “(A) before the filing of the petition under title 11 of the United States Code; and “(B) directly or indirectly to a retired former employee under a plan, fund, or program described in subsection (a)(1); if, as determined by the court, such person is entitled to recover from such employee, or any provider of health care to such employee, directly or indirectly, the amount of such benefit for which such person receives no payment from the debtor. “(2) For purposes of paragraph (1), the term ‘provider of health care’ means a person who— “(A) is the direct provider of health care (including a physician, dentist, nurse, podiatrist, optometrist, physician assistant, or ancillary personnel employed under the supervision of a physician); or “(B) administers a facility or institution (including a hospital, alcohol and drug abuse treatment facility, outpatient facility, or health maintenance organization) in which health care is provided”. (b) Public Law 99–656.— Section 2 of the Act entitled “An Act to amend the interest provisions of the Declaration of Taking Act”,

11 USC 1106 note.

approved November 14, 1986 (Public Law 99–656), is repealed.
102 STAT. 615
SEC. 4.

11 USC 1114 note.

 EFFECTIVE DATE; APPLICATION OF AMENDMENTS. (a) General Effective Date.— Except as provided in subsection (b), this Act and the amendments made by this Act shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act. (b) Application of Amendments.— The amendments made by section 2 shall not apply with respect to cases commenced under title 11 of the United States Code before the date of the enactment of this Act.
Approved June 16, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 2969 (S. 548): HOUSE REPORTS: 100–119 accompanying S. 548 (Comm. on the Judiciary). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): July 24, S. 548 considered and passed Senate.

Oct. 13, H.R. 2969 considered and passed House.

Oct. 30, considered and passed Senate, amended.

Vol. 134 (1988): May 23, House concurred in Senate amendment with an amendment.

May 26, Senate concurred in House amendment.

 Public Law 100–335: To designate the week beginning June 12, 1988, as “National Scleroderma Awareness Week”. Public Law 335 Public Law 100–335 102 Stat. 616 1988-06-16 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 616 Public Law 100–335 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the week beginning June 12, 1988, as “National Scleroderma Awareness Week”.

June 16, 1988

[S.J. Res. 266]

 Whereas scleroderma is a disease in which connective tissue in the body becomes hardened and rigid, and might afflict any part of the body; Whereas approximately 300,000 people in the United States suffer from scleroderma; Whereas women are afflicted by scleroderma 3 times more often than men; Whereas scleroderma is a chronic and often progressive illness that can result in death; Whereas the symptoms of scleroderma vary greatly from person to person and can complicate and confuse diagnosis; Whereas the cause and cure of scleroderma are unknown; and Whereas scleroderma is an orphan disease, and is considered to be under studied; Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the week beginning June 12, 1988, is designated as “National Scleroderma Awareness Week”, and the President of the United States is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe the week with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved June 16, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 266: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

May 19, considered and passed Senate.

June 3, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–336: To authorize the Secretary of the Interior to provide assistance to Wildlife Prairie Park, in the State of Illinois, and for other purposes. Public Law 336 Public Law 100–336 102 Stat. 617 1988-06-17 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 617 Public Law 100–336 100th Congress
An Act To authorize the Secretary of the Interior to provide assistance to Wildlife Prairie Park, in the State of Illinois, and for other purposes.

June 17, 1988

[H.R. 1100]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
The Secretary of the

Conservation, National parks, monuments, etc.

Interior (hereinafter referred to as the “Secretary”) in recognition of the efforts to create Wildlife Prairie Park, is authorized and directed to prepare and make available within two years after the date of enactment of this Act to the Forest Park Foundation for publication and distribution, an interpretive handbook describing that area of approximately one thousand eight hundred acres near Peoria, Illinois, owned by the Forest Park Foundation and designated as the Wildlife Prairie Park. The handbook shall describe the purposes of the Wildlife Prairie Park, the historical, cultural, and ecological values, the methods of site acquisition and development, the management goals and the facilities that exist for public use.
Sec. 2. (a) The Secretary shall, in consultation with interested

Reports.

16 USC la–5 note.

conservation, professional, and park management organizations and individuals, prepare and submit to the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources of the Senate a report of criteria for the elements of national significance and other factors necessary for a proposed area to be considered appropriate for inclusion as an affiliated area of the National Park System including an analysis of applicability to Wildlife Prairie Park. In addition the report shall address the responsibilities to be required of the operators of an affiliated area and the responsibilities of the National Park Service to any such designated area. (b) The report shall be submitted not later than two years from the date of enactment of this Act and shall provide recommendations by the Secretary of the Interior including but not limited to how criteria for national significance and other factors should be made applicable to future proposed affiliated areas, when such areas are considered by the Secretary. The Secretary shall also recommend any criteria or procedures for such considerations by the Congress including recommendations for legislative action.
Sec. 3. There are authorized for appropriation such sums as may

Appropriation authorization.

be necessary to carry out the purposes of this Act.
Approved June 17, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1100: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–186 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–374 (Comm. on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): June 29, considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): June 6, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–337: To amend the Act providing for the establishment of the Tuskegee Institute National Historic Site, Alabama, to authorize an exchange of properties between the United States and Tuskegee University, and for other purposes. Public Law 337 Public Law 100–337 102 Stat. 618 1988-06-17 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 618 Public Law 100–337 100th Congress
An Act To amend the Act providing for the establishment of the Tuskegee Institute National Historic Site, Alabama, to authorize an exchange of properties between the United States and Tuskegee University, and for other purposes.

June 17, 1988

[H.R. 3869]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Conservation.

National parks, monuments, etc.
That section 101(a)(5) of the Act entitled “An Act to provide for the establishment of the Clara Barton National Historic Site, Maryland; John Day Fossil Beds National Monument, Oregon; Knife River Indian Villages National Historic Site, North Dakota; Springfield Armory National Historic Site, Massachusetts; Tuskegee Institute National Historic Site, Alabama; Martin Van Buren National Historic Site, New York; and Sewall-Belmont House National Historic Site, Washington, District of Columbia, and for other purposes”, approved

16 USC 461 note.

October 26, 1974 (88 Stat. 1461), is amended by striking out “(5)” and inserting in lieu thereof “(5)(A)” and by changing the semicolon to a period, deleting the word “and” thereafter, and inserting the following new subparagraph: “(B) If, following the acquisition of Grey Columns, the Secretary determines that it would be in the public interest and in furtherance of efficient administration of the national historic site to do so, the Secretary may convey Grey Columns to Tuskegee University and in exchange therefor he may accept from the University properties which the Secretary deems necessary for administrative, parking, and maintenance facilities

Public buildings and grounds.

for the national historic site. As to the property between the Carver Museum and the Oaks, the Secretary may accept an easement from the University which shall limit development for the purpose of maintaining the view between the Carver Museum and the Oaks and provide for construction and maintenance by the Secretary of a public walkway from Campus Avenue to Montgomery Road. The conveyance of Grey Columns shall be made upon the express condition that the grantee shall maintain its historic integrity in accordance with the Secretary’s standards on historic preservation and make the property available for public use subject to its primary purpose as the residence of the University’s president. The exchange herein authorized shall be accomplished without monetary

Federal Register, publication.

consideration to or from either party. Following such exchange, the Secretary shall cause to be published in the Federal Register a revised boundary map or other boundary description of the national historic site.”.
Approved June 17, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 3869: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–573 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–376 (Comm. on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Apr. 19, considered and passed House.

June 6, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–338: To extend the withdrawal of certain public lands in Lincoln County, Nevada. Public Law 338 Public Law 100–338 102 Stat. 619 1988-06-17 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 619 Public Law 100–338 100th Congress
An Act To extend the withdrawal of certain public lands in Lincoln County, Nevada.

June 17, 1988

[H.R. 4799]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That section 1(b) of the Military Lands Withdrawal Act of 1986 (100 Stat. 3457) is amended by striking out the period at the end of paragraph (2) and by inserting in lieu thereof the following: “and lands comprising approximately 89,600 acres of land in Lincoln County, Nevada, as generally depicted on the map entitled ‘Groom Mountain Addition to Nellis Air Force Range’ elated September 1984 and filed in accordance with section 2.”.
SEC. 2. CONFORMING AMENDMENT. Section 5(b)(2) of the Military Lands Withdrawal Act of 1986 (100 Stat. 3463) is hereby amended by striking out subparagraph (B) and by striking out “(A)” after “(2)”.
Approved June 17, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4799 (S. 1508): CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 25, S. 1508 considered and passed Senate.

Mar. 29, considered and passed House, amended.

June 10, Senate concurred In House amendment with an amendment.

June 14, H.R. 4799 considered and passed House.

June 15, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–339: To authorize the establishment by the Secretary of Agriculture of a plant stress and water conservation research laboratory and program at Lubbock, Texas. Public Law 339 Public Law 100–339 102 Stat. 620 1988-06-17 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 620 Public Law 100–339 100th Congress
An Act To authorize the establishment by the Secretary of Agriculture of a plant stress and water conservation research laboratory and program at Lubbock, Texas.

June 17, 1988

[S. 1652]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. ESTABLISHMENT OF PLANT STRESS AND WATER CONSERVATION RESEARCH LABORATORY AND PROGRAM. (a) Authorization of Appropriations.— Notwithstanding section 1431(a) of the National Agricultural Research, Extension, and Teaching Policy Act Amendments of 1985 (Public Law 99–198; 99 Stat. 1556), there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for the planning, construction, and acquisition by the Secretary of Agriculture acting through the Agricultural Research Service, of buildings and equipment to establish at Lubbock, Texas, a laboratory and program for plant stress and water conservation research. (b) Availability of Funds.— Funds appropriated under subsection (a) shall remain available for expenditure without fiscal year limitation.
SEC. 2. COLLEGE-AID ANNUAL APPROPRIATION. Section 5 of the Act of August 30, 1890 (26 Stat. 417, chapter 841; 7 U.S.C. 326a) is amended to read as follows:
“Sec. 5. There is appropriated annually, out of funds in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for payment to the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands of the United States, Guam, American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, and the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands or its successor governments the amount they would be entitled to receive 102 STAT. 621under this Act if they were States. Sums appropriated under this section shall be treated in the same manner and be subject to the same provisions of law, as would be the case if they had been appropriated by the first sentence of section 1.”.
SEC. 3.

7 USC 326a note.

 EFFECTIVE DATE. This Act shall take effect on October 1, 1987.
Approved June 17, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 1652 (H.R. 2663): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–240 accompanying H.R. 2663 (Comm. on Agriculture). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): July 27, H.R. 2663 considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): May 27, S. 1652 considered and passed Senate.

June 1, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–340: To amend the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriation Act, 1986, to extend the life of the Commission on the Ukraine Famine. Public Law 340 Public Law 100–340 102 Stat. 621 1988-06-17 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 622 Public Law 100–340 100th Congress
An Act To amend the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriation Act, 1986, to extend the life of the Commission on the Ukraine Famine.

June 17, 1988

[S. 2304]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies Appropriation Act, 1986 (Public Law 99–180; 99 Stat. 1157), is amended under the heading “Commission on the Ukraine Famine”— (1) in section 3(2), by striking out “two years after the organizational meeting of the Commission held under section 6(a)” and inserting in lieu thereof “June 22, 1990”; and (2) in section 4(b), by adding at the end the following; “A vacancy in the Commission shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made.”.
Approved June 17, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 2304: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Apr. 21, considered and passed Senate.

May 24, considered and passed House, amended.

June 7, Senate concurred in House amendment.

 Public Law 100–341: To designate the third week in June 1988 as “National Dairy Goat Awareness Week”. Public Law 341 Public Law 100–341 102 Stat. 623 1988-06-22 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 623 Public Law 100–341 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the third week in June 1988 as “National Dairy Goat Awareness Week”.

June 22, 1988

[H.J. Res. 423]

 Whereas United States goat cheeses are in demand by consumers and replacing imported cheeses; Whereas due to the efficiency of the modem domestic dairy goat, which produces an excellent healthful milk, the dairy goat is becoming increasingly popular and useful on our Nation’s family farms; Whereas United States farmers have developed a dairy goat that produces superior milk and that is sought after and exported worldwide; and Whereas there is a need to further educate consumers as to the high nutritional value of products made from goats’ milk: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That— (1) the period beginning the second Saturday, and ending the third Saturday, of June 1988 is designated as “National Daily Goat Awareness Week”; and (2) the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling on the people of the United States to commemorate such week with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved June 22, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 423): CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 3, considered and passed House.

June 13, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–342: To amend the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 and for other purposes. Public Law 342 Public Law 100–342 102 Stat. 624 1988-06-22 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 624 Public Law 100–342 100th Congress
An Act To amend the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 and for other purposes.

June 22, 1988

[S. 1539]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Rail Safety Improvement Act of 1988.

Law enforcement and crime.

45 USC 421 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. This Act may be cited as the “Rail Safety Improvement Act of 1988”.
SEC. 2. AUTHORIZATION FOR APPROPRIATIONS. Section 214 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 444) is amended to read as follows:
“SEC. 214. AUTHORIZATION FOR APPROPRIATIONS, “(a) There is authorized to be appropriated to carry out this Act not to exceed $40,649,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988, not to exceed $41,868,470 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1989, and not to exceed $44,381,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1990. “(b) Sums appropriated under this section for research and development, automated track inspection, and the State safety grant program are authorized to remain available until expended.’.
SEC. 3. INCREASED PENALTIES; LIABILITY OF INDIVIDUALS. (a) Section 209 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 438) is amended— (1) in subsection (a) by striking “railroad” and inserting in lieu thereof “person (including a railroad and any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad)”; (2) in subsection (b) by striking all after “(45 U.S.C. 39)” and inserting in lieu thereof “in an amount of not less than $250 nor more than $10,000, except that where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or has caused death or injury, a penalty of not to exceed $20,000 may be assessed.”; (3) in subsection (c)— (A) by striking the first sentence and inserting in lieu thereof “Any person violating any rule, regulation, order, or standard referred to in subsection (b) shall be assessed by the Secretary the civil penalty applicable to the standard violated. Penalties may be assessed against individuals under this subsection only for willful violations.”; (B) by inserting “, in which the individual resides,” after “such violation occurred”; and (C) by adding at the end the following new sentences: “For purposes of this section, an individual shall be deemed not to have committed a willful violation where such individual has acted pursuant to the direct order of a railroad official or supervisor, under protest communicated 102 STAT. 625to the supervisor. Such individual shall have the right to document such protest.>”; and (4) by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(f) Where an individual’s r violation of any rule, regulation, order, or standard prescribed by the Secretary under this title is shown to make that individual unfit for the performance of safety-sensitive functions, the Secretary, after notice and opportunity for a hearing, may issue an order prohibiting such individual from performing safety-sensitive functions in the rail industry for a specified period of time or until specified conditions are met This subsection shall not be construed to affect the Secretary’s authority under section 203 to take such action on an emergency basis.”. (b) Within 30 days after the date of the enactment of this Act the

Regulations.

45 USC 438 note.

Secretary of Transportation (hereafter in this Act referred to as the “Secretary”) shall issue interim rules, regulations, orders, or standards containing penalty schedules applicable to railroads and individuals reflecting the changes made by the amendments in subsection (a). The Secretary shall issue final rules, regulations, orders, or standards with respect to such penalty schedules within 6 months after such date of enactment.
SEC. 4. LICENSING OR CERTIFICATION OF ENGINEERS. (a) Section 202 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 431) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(l) (1) The Secretary shall, within 12 months after the date of the

Regulations.

enactment of this subsection, issue such rules, regulations, orders, and standards as may be necessary to establish a program requiring the licensing or certification of any operator of a locomotive, including any locomotive engineer, after the expiration of 12 months following the establishment of such program. “(2) The program established by the Secretary under paragraph (1)— “(A) shall be implemented through review and approval of each railroad’s operator qualification standards; “(B) shall provide minimum training requirements; “(C) shall require comprehensive knowledge of applicable railroad operating practices and operating rules; “(D) shall, except as provided in paragraph (4), require the

Records.

consideration, to the extent information is available, of the motor vehicle driving record of each individual seeking licensing or certification under such program, including— “(i) any denial of a motor vehicle operator’s license by a State for cause within the previous 5 years; “(ii) any cancellation, revocation, or suspension of a motor vehicle operator’s license by a State for cause within the previous 5 years; and “(iii) any conviction within the previous 5 years of an offense described under section 205(a)(3) (A) or (B) of the National Driver Register Act of 1982, and may, based on such driving record, require disqualification of an individual or the granting of a license or certification conditioned on such terms as the Secretary may prescribe; and “(E) shall require any individual seeking a license or certification under this subsection to— “(i) request the chief driver licensing official of each State

State and local governments.

Records.

in which such individual has within the previous 5 years 102 STAT. 626held a motor vehicle operator’s license to provide information to his or her employer or prospective employer, or to the Secretary, as the Secretary may determine, with respect to such individual’s driving record; and “(ii) make the request provided for in section 206(b)(5) of the National Driver Register Act of 1982, for information to be transmitted to his or her employer, prospective employer, or the Secretary, as the Secretary may determine. “(3) The Secretary, employer, or prospective employer, as appropriate, shall make information obtained under paragraph (2)(E) available to the individual, who shall be given an opportunity to

Records.

comment on it in writing. Any such comment shall be included in any record or file maintained by the Secretary, employer, or prospective employer that contains the information to which the comment is related. “(4) (A) The Secretary shall establish standards and procedures for waiving the application of requirements established under paragraph (2)(1)) to any individual or class of individuals who the Secretary determines are not currently unfit to operate a locomotive. “(B) In establishing the program under this subsection, the Secretary may not waive the application of requirements established under paragraph (2)(1)) to an individual or class of individuals with a conviction, cancellation, revocation, or suspension described in paragraph (6) (A) or (B) who have not successfully completed a rehabilitation program established by a railroad or approved by the Secretary. “(5) An individual who is denied a license or certification or whose License or certification is conditioned under requirements established under paragraph (2)(1)) shall be entitled to an administrative hearing under subsection (b) to determine whether such license or certification has been properly denied or conditioned. “(6)

Alcohol and alcoholic beverages.

Drugs and drug abuse.

 No individual shall be denied a license or certification under requirements established under paragraph (2)(1)) because of— “(A) a conviction for operating a motor vehicle while under the influence of, or impaired by, alcohol or a controlled substance; or “(B) the cancellation, revocation, or suspension of the motor vehicle operator’s r license of such individual on the basis of operating a motor vehicle while under the influence of, or impaired by, alcohol or a controlled substance, if such individual subsequent to such conviction, cancellation, revocation, or suspension has successfully completed a rehabilitation program established by a railroad or approved by the Secretary”. (b) (1) Section 206(b) of the National Driver Register Act of 1982 (23 U.S.C. 401, note) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: “(5)

State and local governments.

Records.

 Any individual who is employed by a railroad as an operator of a locomotive, or who seeks employment with a railroad as an operator of a locomotive, may request the chief driver licensing official of a State to transmit information regarding the individual under subsection (a) of this section to his or her employer or

Classified information.

prospective employer, or to the Secretary. There shall be no access to information in the Register under this paragraph which was entered in the Register more than three years before the date of such request, unless such information relates to revocations or suspensions that are still in effect on the date of the request Information submitted to the Register by the States under Public 102 STAT. 627Law 86–660 (74 Stat. 526) or under this title shall be subject to access for the purpose of this paragraph during the transition described under section 203(c) of this title”. (2) Paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (b) of section 206 of the National Driver Register Act of 1982 (23 U.S.C. 401, note) are each amended by adding at the end the following: “Information submitted

State and local governments.

to the Register by States under Public Law 86–660 (74 Stat. 526) or under this title shall be subject to access for the purpose of this paragraph during the transition described under section 203(c) of this title.”.
SEC. 5. PROTECTION OF EMPLOYEES AGAINST DISCRIMINATION. (a) Section 212(c)(2) of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 441(c)(2)) is amended to read as follows: “(2) In any proceeding with respect to which a dispute, grievance,

Claims.

or claim arising under this section is brought for resolution before the Adjustment Board (or any division or delegate thereof) of any other board of adjustment created under section 3 of the Railway Labor Act (45 U.S.C. 153), such dispute, grievance, or claim shall be expedited by such Board or other board and be resolved within 180 days after its filing. If the violation of subsection (a) or (b) is a form

Wages.

of discrimination other than discharge, suspension, or any other discrimination with respect to pay, and no other remedy is available under this subsection, the Adjustment Board (or any division or delegate thereof) or any other board of adjustment created under section 3 of the Railway Labor Act may award the aggrieved employee reasonable damages, including punitive damages, not to exceed $20,000.”. (b) Section 212 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 441) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(f) (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), or with the written

Classified information.

consent of the employee, the Secretary shall not disclose the name of any employee of a railroad who has provided information with respect to an alleged violation of this title, any other Federal railroad safety law, or any rule, regulation, order, or standard issued under this title or any other Federal railroad safety law. “(2) The Secretary shall disclose to the Attorney General the name of any employee described in paragraph (1) who has provided information with respect to a matter being referred to the Attorney General for enforcement under this title, any other Federal railroad safety law, or any rule, regulation, order, or standard issued under this title or any other Federal railroad safety law.”.
SEC. 6. NORTHEAST CORRIDOR IMPROVEMENT PROJECT. Section 704(a)(1) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (45 U.S.C. 854(a)(1)) is amended— (1) by striking “and” before “installation of evacuation”; and

State listing.

 (2) by adding at the end the following: “improvements to the communication and signal systems at locations between Wilmington, Delaware, and Boston, Massachusetts, on the Northeast Corridor main line and between Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, and Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, on the Harrisburg Line; improvement to the electric traction systems between Wilmington, Delaware, and Newark, New Jersey; installation of baggage rack restraints, seat back guards and seat lock devices on three hundred forty-eight passenger cars operating within the Northeast Corridor; installation of forty-four event record-102 STAT. 628ers and ten electronic warning devices on locomotives operating within the Northeast Corridor; and acquisition of cab signal test boxes and installation of nine way side loop code transmitters for use within the Northeast Corridor;”.
SEC 7. JURISDICTION OVER HIGH SPEED RAIL SYSTEMS. (a) Section 202(e) of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 431(e)) is amended to read as follows: “(e) The term ‘railroad’ as used in this title means all forms of non-highway ground transportation that run on rails or electromagnetic guideways, including (1) commuter or other short-haul rail passenger service in a metropolitan or suburban area, as well as any commuter rail service which was operated by the Consolidated Rail Corporation as of January 1, 1979, and (2) high speed ground transportation systems that connect metropolitan areas, without regard to whether they use new technologies not associated with traditional railroads. Such term does not include rapid transit operations within an urban area that are not connected to the general railroad system of transportation.”. (b) Section 202 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 431) is amended by striking subsections (i), (j), and (k), and redesignating subsection (1), as added by section 4 of this Act, as subsection (i).
SEC. 8. ENFORCEMENT OF SUBPOENAS AND ORDERS.

Business and industry.

Corporations.

Courts, U.S.

Section 208(a) of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 437(a)) is amended by striking “Act;” and all that follows and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “title. In case of contumacy or refusal to obey a subpoena, order, or directive of the Secretary issued under this title by any individual, partnership, or corporation that resides, is found, or conducts business within the jurisdiction of any district court of the United States, such district court shall have jurisdiction, upon petition by the Attorney General, to issue to such individual, partnership, or corporation an order requiring immediate compliance with the Secretary’s r subpoena, order, or directive.”.
SEC. 9. AUTOMATIC TRAIN CONTROL AND RELATED SYSTEMS. Section 202 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 is amended by adding at the end the following new subsections: “(j)

Regulations.

 Within 90 days after the date of enactment of this subsection, the Secretary shall issue such rules, regulations, orders, and standards as may be necessary to require that— “(1) whoever performs any test required by the Secretary of an automatic train stop, train control, or cab signal apparatus prior to entering territory where such apparatus will be used shall certify in writing that such test was properly performed; and “(2)

Records.

 that such certification shall be kept and maintained in the same manner and place as the daily inspection report for that locomotive. “(k)

District of Columbia.

Massachusetts.

 (1) All trains operating after April 1, 1990, on the main line of the Northeast Corridor betwen Washington, D.C., and Boston. Massachusetts, or on the feeder line referred to in section 704(a)(1)(B) of the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976, shall be equipped with automatic train control systems designed to slow or stop a train in response to external signals. 102 STAT. 629 “(2) If the Secretary finds that it is impracticable to equip all trains as required under paragraph (1) before April 1, 1990, the Secretary may extend the deadline for compliance with such requirement, but in no event shall such deadline be extended past July 1, 1990. “(l) The Secretary, in consultation with the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, freight carriers, commuter agencies, employee representatives, railroad passengers, and rail equipment manufacturers, shall undertake a study of the advisability and feasibility of requiring automatic train control systems, including systems using advanced technology, such as transponder and satellite relay systems, on each rail corridor on which passengers or hazardous materials are carried. Such study shall include— “(1) a specific assessment of the dangers of not requiring automatic train control systems on each such corridor, based on analysis of the number of passenger trains, persons, and freight trains traveling on such corridor daily, the frequency of train movements, mileage traveled, and the incident and accident history on such corridor; “(2) an analysis of the cost of requiring such systems to be installed on each specific corridor; and “(3) an investigation of alternative means of accomplishing the same safety objectives as would be achieved by requiring automatic train control systems to be installed. The Secretary shall submit to the Congress by April 1, 1990, a report

Reports.

detailing the results of such study.”.
SEC. 10. EVENT RECORDERS. Section 202 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 is amended

45 USC 431.

by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(m) (1) (A) The Secretary shall, within 18 months after the date of

Regulations.

the enactment of the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 1988, issue such rules, regulations, standards, and orders as may be necessary to enhance safety by requiring that trains be equipped with event recorders within 1 year after such rules, regulations, orders, and standards are issued. “(B) If the Secretary finds that it is impracticable to equip trains as required under subparagraph (A) within the time limit under such subparagraph, the Secretary may extend the deadline for compliance with such requirement, but in no event shall such deadline be extended past 18 months after such rules, regulations, orders, and standards are issued. “(2) For the purposes of this subsection, the term ‘event recorders’ means devices that— “(A) record train speed, hot box detection, throttle position, brake application, brake operations, and any other function the Secretary considers necessary to record to assist in monitoring the safety of train operation, such as time and signal indication; and “(B) are designed to resist tampering.”.
SEC. 11.

45 USC 431 note.

 NORTHEAST CORRIDOR SAFETY COMMITTEE. (a) Within 30 days after the

Establishment.

date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Transportation (hereafter in this Act referred to as the “Secretary”) shall establish a Northeast Corridor Safety Committee and appoint members to the Committee which shall consist of representatives of— 102 STAT. 630 (1) the Secretary; (2) the National Railroad Passenger Corporation; (3) freight carriers operating more than 150,000 train miles per year on the main line of the Northeast Corridor; (4) commuter agencies; (5) railroad passengers; (6) rail labor; and (7) any other persons or organizations the Secretary determines to have a significant interest in rail safety. (b) The Secretary shall consult with the Northeast Corridor Safety Committee on safety improvements on the main line of the North-east Corridor. (c)

Transportation.

 Within 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall, in accordance with section 333 of title 49, United States Code, convene a meeting of rail carriers operating more than 150,000 train miles per year on the main line of the Northeast Corridor for the purpose of reducing through freight traffic on portions of such line used primarily for passenger traffic. (d)

Reports.

 Within one year after the date of enactment of this Act the Secretary shall submit a report to the Congress on the status of efforts to improve safety on the main line of the Northeast Corridor pursuant to the provisions of this section.
SEC. 12. MISCELLANEOUS. Section 211(c) of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 440(c)) is repealed.
SEC. 13. AMENDMENTS TO SAFETY APPLIANCE ACTS. The Act of March 2, 1893 (45 U.S.C. 1–7), the Act of March 2, 1903 (45 U.S.C. 8–10), and the Act of April 14, 1910 (45 U.S.C. 11–16), commonly referred to as the Safety Appliance Acts, are amended as follows: (1) The Act of March 2, 1893, is amended— (A) in the first section (45 U.S.C. 1)— (i) by striking “common carrier engaged in interstate commerce by”; (ii) by striking “in moving interstate traffic”; and (iii) by striking “in such traffic”; (B) in section 2 (45 U.S.C. 2)— (i) by striking “common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; and (ii) by striking “used in moving interstate traffic”; (C) in section 3 (45 U.S.C. 3), by striking “person, firm, company, or corporation engaged in interstate commerce by”; (D) in section 4 (45 U.S.C. 4), by striking “in interstate commerce”; (E) in section 5 (45 U.S.C. 5)— (i) by striking “common carriers” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroads”; (ii) by striking “engaged in interstate commerce”; and (iii) by striking “in interstate traffic”; (F) in section 6 (45 U.S.C. 6)— (i)

Claims.

Courts, U.S.

 by striking all before the first semicolon and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “Any person (including a railroad and any manager, supervisor, 102 STAT. 631official, or other employee or agent of a railroad) using any locomotive engine, running any train, or hauling or permitting to be hauled or used on its line any car in violation of any of the provisions of this Act, shall be liable to a penalty in such amount, not less than $250 nor more than $10,000 per violation (with each day of a violation constituting a separate violation), or where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or has caused death or injury, not to exceed $20,000, as the Secretary of Transportation deems reasonable, except that a penalty may be assessed against an individual only for a willful violation, such penalty to be assessed by the Secretary of Transportation and, where compromise is not reached by the Secretary under the Federal Claims Collection Act of 1966, recovered in a suit or suits to be brought by the United States attorney for the judicial district in which the violation occurred, in winch the individual defendant resides, or in which the defendant has its principal executive office”; and (ii) by adding at the end the following: “For purposes of this section, an act by an individual that causes a railroad to be in violation of any of the provisions of this Act shall be deemed a violation, and an individual shall be deemed not to have committed a willful violation where such individual has acted pursuant to the direct order of a railroad official or supervisor, under protest communicated to the supervisor. Such individual

Records.

shall have the right to document such protest.”; (G) in section 7, by striking “common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; and (H) in section 8 (45 U.S.C. 7)— (i) by striking “common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; and (ii) by striking “such carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “such railroad”. (2) The Act of March 2, 1903, is amended— (A) in the first section (45 U.S.C. 8), by striking “common carriers by” and by striking “engaged in interstate commerce” the second time it appears; (B) in section 2 (45 U.S.C. 9)— (i) by striking “common carriers engaged in inter-state commerce by railroad” and inserting in lieu therof “railroads”; and (ii) by striking “engaged in interstate commerce”; and (C) in section 3 (45 U.S.C. 10), by striking “common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “person (including a railroad and any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad)”. (3) The Act of April 14, 1910, is amended— (A) in section 2 (45 U.S.C. 11), by striking “common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; (B) in section 3 (45 U.S.C. 12)— (i) by striking “in interstate or foreign traffic” wherever it appears; 102 STAT. 632 (ii) by striking “common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroads”; and (iii) by striking “common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; (C) in section 4 (45 U.S.C. 13)— (i) by striking “common carrier subject to this Act” and inserting in lieu thereof “person (including a rail-road and any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad)”; (ii) by striking “carrier” wherever it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “person”; (iii) by striking “of not less than $250 and not more than $2,500 for each and every such violation, to” and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “in such amount, not less than $250 nor more than $10,000 per violation (with each day of a violation constituting a separate violation), or where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or has caused death or injury, not to exceed $20,000, as the Secretary of Transportation deems reasonable, except that a penalty may be assessed against an individual only for a willful violation. Such penalty shall”; (iv) by striking “and recovered “and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “and, where compromise is not reached by the Secretary under the Federal Claims Collection Act of 1966, recovered”; and (v) by adding at the end the following: “For purposes of this section, an individual shall be deemed not to have committed a willful violation where such individual has acted pursuant to the direct order of a railroad official or supervisor under protest communicated to the supervisor. Such individual shall have the right to document such protest.”; (D) in section 5 (45 U.S.C. 14), by striking “common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; and (E) by amending the first section (45 U.S.C. 16) to read as follows: “That as used in this Act, the Act of March 2, 1893 (45 U.S.C. 1–7), and the Act of March 2, 1903 (45 U.S.C. 8–10), commonly known as the Safety Appliance Acts, the term ‘railroad’ shall have the same meaning as when used in the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 431 et seq.).”.
SEC. 14. AMENDMENTS™ LOCOMOTIVE INSPECTION ACT. The Act entitled “An Act to promote the safety of employees and travelers upon railroads by compelling common carriers engaged in interstate commerce to equip their locomotives with safe and suitable boilers and appurtenances thereto”, approved February 17, 1911 (45 U.S.C. 22 et seq.), is amended— (1) by amending the first section (45 U.S.C. 22) to read as follows: “That the term ‘railroad’, when used in this Act, shall have the same meaning as when used in the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 431 et seq.).”; (2) in section 2 (45 U.S.C. 23), by striking “carrier” wherever it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; 102 STAT. 633 (3) in section 3 (45 U.S.C. 24), by striking “common carriers” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroads”; (4) in section 5 (45 U.S.C. 28)— (A) by striking “common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; and (B) by striking “carrier” wherever it appears and inserting in Beu thereof “railroad”; (5) in section 6 (45 U.S.C. 2ft), by striking “carrier” and “carriers” wherever they appear and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad” and “railroads”, respectively; (6) in section 8 (45 U.S.C. 32), by striking “carrier” wherever it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; and (7) in section 9 (45 U.S.C. 34)— (A) by striking all before the first semicolon and inserting

Claims.

Courts, U.S.

in lieu thereof the following: “Any person (including a railroad and any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad) violating this Act, or any rule or regulation made under its provisions or any lawful order of any inspector, shall be liable to a penalty in such amount, not less than $250 nor more than $10,000 per violation (with each day of a violation constituting a separate violation), or where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or has caused death or injury, not to exceed $20,000, as the Secretary of Transportation deems reasonable, except that a penalty may be assessed against an individual only for a willful violation. Such penalty shall be assessed by the Secretary of Transportation and, where compromise is not reached by the Secretary under the Federal Claims Collection Act of 1966, recovered in a suit or suits to be brought by the United States attorney for the judicial district in which the violation occurred, in which the individual defendant resides, or in which the defendant has its principal executive office”; and (B) by adding at the end the following: “For purposes of this section, an act by an individual that causes a railroad to be in violation of any of the provisions of this Act, or any rule or regulation made under its provisions or any lawful order of any inspector, shall be deemed a violation, and an individual shall be deemed not to have committed a willful violation where such individual has acted pursuant to the direct order of a railroad official or supervisor under protest communicated to the supervisor. Such individual shall have

Records.

the right to document such protest”.
SEC. 15. AMENDMENTS TO ACCIDENT REPORTS ACT. The Act entitled “An Act requiring common carriers engaged in interstate and foreign commerce to make full reports of all accidents to the Interstate Commerce Commission, and authorizing investigations thereof by said commission”, approved May 6, 1910 (45 U.£C. 38 et seq.) is amended— (1) in the first section (45 U.S.C. 38)— (A) by striking “common carrier engaged in interstate or foreign commerce by”; (B) by striking “carriers” and by inserting in lieu thereof “railroads”; and 102 STAT. 634 (C) by adding at the end the following: “The term ‘rail-road’ when used in this Act shall have the same meaning as when used in the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 431 ets eq.).”; (2) in section 2 (45 U.S.C. 39)— (A) by striking “common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; and (B) by striking the last sentence; (3) in section 3 (45 U.S.C. 40)— (A) by striking “common carrier engaged in interstate or foreign commerce by”; and (B) by striking “carriers” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroads”; (4) by amending section 7 (45 U.S.C. 43) to read as follows:
“Sec. 7. Any person (including a railroad and any manager,

Claims.

Courte, U.S.

supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad) violating this Act or any rule, regulation, order, or standard issued under this Act or the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 pertaining to accident reporting or investigations shall be liable for a penalty in such amount, not less thant $250 nor more than $10,000 per violation (with each day of a violation constituting a separate violation), or where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or has caused death or injury, not to exceed $20,000, as the Secretary of Transportation deems reasonable, except that a penalty may be assessed against an individual only for a willful violation. Such penalty shall be assessed by the Secretary of Transportation and, where compromise is not reached by the Secretary under the Federal Claims Collection Act of 1966, recovered in a suit or suits to be brought by the United States attorney for the judicial district in which the violation occurred, in which the individual defendant resides, or in which the defendent has its principal executive office. For purposes of this section, an act by an individual that causes a railroad to be in violation of any of the provisions of this Act or any rule, regulation, order, or standard issued under this Act or the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 pertaining to accident reporting or investigations shall be deemed a violation, and an individual shall be deemed not to have committed a willful violation where such individual has acted pursuant to the direct order of a railroad official or supervisor under protest communicated to the supervisor.

Records.

Such individual shall have the right to document such protest.”.
SEC. 16. AMENDMENTS TO HOURS OF SERVICE ACT. The Act of March 4, 1907, commonly referred to as the Hours of Service Act (45 U.S.C. 61 et seq.), is amended— (1) in the first section (45 U.S.C. 61)— (A) in subsection (a), by striking “common carrier engaged in interstate or foreign commerce by”; (B) in subsection (b)(1), by striking all after “term” and inserting in lieu thereof “ ‘railroad’ shall have the same meaning as when used in the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U£C. 431 et seq.).”; and (C) in subsection (b)(4), by striking “carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; (2) in section 2 (45 U.S.C. 62), by striking “common carrier” wherever it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; 102 STAT. 635 (3) in section 3 (45 U.S.C. 63), by striking “common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; (4) in section 3A (45 U.S.C. 63a), by striking “common carrier” and “carrier” wherever they appear and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; (5) in section 4 (45 U.S.C. 64), by striking “common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; (6) in section 5 (45 U.S.C. 64a)— (A) by amending subsection (a)(1) to read as follows: “(a) (1) Any person (including a railroad and any manager, supervisor,

Claims.

Courts, U.S.

 official, or other employee or agent of a railroad) that requires or permits any employee to go, be, or remain on duty in violation of section 2, section 3, or section 3A of this Act, or that violates any other provision of this Act, shall be liable for a penalty of up to $1,000 per violation, as the Secretary of Transportation deems reasonable, except that a penalty may be assessed against an individual only for a willful violation. Such penalty shall be assessed by the Secretary of Transportation and, where compromise is not reached by the Secretary under the Federal Claims Collection Act of 1966, recovered in a suit or suits to be brought by the United States attorney for the judicial district in which the violation occurred, in which the individual defendant resides, or in which the defendant has its principal executive office. It shall be the duty of the United States attorney to bring such an action upon satisfactory information being lodged with him. In the case of a violation of section 2 (a)(3) or (a)(4) of this Act, each day a facility is in noncompliance shall constitute a separate offense. For purposes of this section, an act by an individual that causes a railroad to be in violation of this Act shall be deemed a violation, and an individual shall be deemed not to have committed a willful violation where such individual has acted pursuant to the direct order of a railroad official or supervisor under protest communicated to the supervisor. Such individual shall

Records.

have the right to document such protest”; (B) in subsection (a)(2), by striking “the common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “such person”; (C) in subsection (c), by striking “common carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; and (D) in subsection (d), by striking “carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”.
SEC. 17. AMENDMENTS TO SIGNAL INSPECTION ACT. Section 25 of the Act of February 4, 1887 (49 App. U.S.C. 26) is amended— (1) by amending subsection (a) to read as follows: “(a) The term ‘railroad’ as used in this section shall have the same meaning as when used in the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U,S.C. 431 ets eq.).”; (2) in subsection (b), by striking “carrier” wherever it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”, and by striking “carriers” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroads”; (3) in subsection (c)— (A) by striking “carrier by”; and (B) by striking “carrier” wherever it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; (4) in subsection (d), by striking “carrier” wherever it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; 102 STAT. 636 (5) in subsection (e), by striking “carrier” and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; (6) in subsection (f), by striking “carrier” wherever it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “railroad”; (7) in subsection (h)— (A) by amending the first sentence to read as follows:

Claims.

Courts, U.S.

“Any person (including a railroad and any manager, supervisor, official, or other employee or agent of a railroad) violating any provision of this section, or failing to comply with any of the rules, regulations, orders, standards, or instructions made, prescribed, or approved hereunder shall be liable to a penalty in such amount, not less than $250 nor more than $10,000 per violation (with each day of a violation constituting a separate violation), or where a grossly negligent violation or a pattern of repeated violations has created an imminent hazard of death or injury to persons, or has caused death or injury, not to exceed $20,000, as the Secretary of Transportation deems reasonable, except that a penalty may be assessed against an individual only for a willful violation. Such penalty shall be assessed by the Secretary of Transportation and, where compromise is not reached by the Secretary under the Federal Claims Collection Act of 1966, recovered in a suit or suits to be brought by the United States attorney for the judicial district in which the violation occurred, in which the individual defendant resides, or in which the defendant has its principal executive office.”; and (B) by adding at the end the following: “For purposes of this section, an act by an individual that causes a railroad to be in violation of any of the provisions of this section, or to fail to comply with any of the rules, regulations, orders, standards, or instructions made, prescribed, or approved under this section, shall be deemed a violation, and an individual shall be deemed not to have committed a willful violation where such individual has acted pursuant to the direct order of a railroad official or supervisor under protest

Records.

communicated to the supervisor. Such individual shall have the right to document such protest.”; and (8) by striking “Commission” wherever it appears, except as it appears in subsection (f) in the title of the Act of May 6, 1910, and inserting in lieu thereof “Secretary of Transportation”.
SEC. 18. RAIL PASSENGER SERVICE AMENDMENTS. (a) Section 301 of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 541) is amended by striking “agency” and inserting in lieu thereof “agency, instrumentality, authority, or entity,”. (b) Section 303(a)(1)(E) of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 543(a)(1)(E)) is amended to read as follows: “(E) Two members selected by the preferred stockholders of the Corporation, who each shall serve for a term of one year or until their successors have been appointed.”. (c) Section 303(d) of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 543(d)) is amended by striking the third sentence and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “The president and other officers of the Corporation shall receive compensation at a level no higher than the general level of compensation paid officers of railroads in positions of comparable responsibility.”. 102 STAT. 637 (d) Section 308(a) of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 548(a)) is amended by inserting immediately after “also” in the last sentence the following: “provide all relevant information concerning any decision to pay to any officer of the Corporation compensation at a rate in excess of that prescribed for level I of the Executive Schedule under section 5312 of title 5, United States Code, and”. (e) Section 602(i) of the Rail Passenger Service Act (45 U.S.C. 602(i)) is repealed. (f) Subsection (b) of the first section of the Act entitled “An Act to amend the Rail Passenger Service Act of 1970 in order to provide financial assistance to the National Railroad Passenger Corporation, and for other purposes”, approved June 22, 1972 (Public Law 92–316; 86 Stat 227), is repealed.

45 USC 543 note.

45 USC 650a.

 (g) (1) The National Railroad Passenger Corporation (hereafter in this subsection referred to as “Amtrak”), or the owner of any facility which presents a danger to the employees, passengers, or property of Amtrak, may petition the Secretary for assistance to the owner of such facility for relocation or other remedial measures to minimize or eliminate such danger under this subsection. (2) If the Secretary determines that— (A) a facility which is the subject of a petition under paragraph (1) presents a danger of death or serious injury to any employee or passenger of Amtrak or serious damage to any property of Amtrak; and (B) the owner of such facility should not be expected to bear the cost of relocating or other remedial measures necessary to minimize or eliminate such danger, the Secretary shall recommend to the Congress that the Congress authorize funding, by reimbursement or otherwise, for such relocation or other remedial measures. (3) Petitions may be submitted under paragraph (1) with respect to any relocation or remedial measures undertaken on or after January 1, 1978. (h) (1) There is authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary for

Appropriation authorization.

45 USC 650a note.

 the purposes of this subsection, $1,000,000, to remain available until expended. (2) The National Railroad Passenger Corporation, or such Corporation jointly with any owner or operator of a rail station used for the operations of such Corporation, may apply to the Secretary for funds appropriated under this subsection for payment or reimbursement of expenses, incurred after October 1, 1987, in connection with enabling such station to comply with the requirements of any official notice received before October 1, 1987, from State or local authorities asserting that a violation of building, construction, fire, electric, sanitation, mechanical, or plumbing codes exists or is alleged to exist with respect to such station.
SEC. 19. MAINTENANCE-OF-WAY OPERATIONS. (a) Section 202 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 431) is further amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(n) The Secretary shall, within one year after the date of the

Regulations.

Bridges.

Maritime affairs.

enactment of this subsection, issue such rules, regulations, orders, and standards as may be necessary for the safety of maintenance-of-way employees, including standards for bridge safety equipment, such as nets, walkways, handrails, and safety lines, and requirements relating to instances when boats shall be used.”. 102 STAT. 638 (b) (1) Section 2 of the Act of March 4, 1907, commonly referred to as the Hours of Service Act (45 U.S.C. 62), is amended by adding at the end the following: “(e) As used in section 2(a)(3) of this Act, the term ‘employees’ shall include an individual employed for the purpose of maintaining the right-of-way of any railroad.”. (2)

Effective date.

45 USC 62 note.

 As it applies to interruptions caused by noise under section 2(a)(3) of such Act, the amendment made by paragraph (1) shall take effect 180 days after the date of the enactment of this Act. (c) The Secretary shall, within one year after the date of the enactment of this Act, amend part 218 of title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, to apply blue signal protection to on-track vehicles where rest is provided.
SEC. 20. GRADE CROSSING DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS. The Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 is amended by adding at the end the following new section:
“SEC. 215.

45 USC 445.

Highways.

 GRADE CROSSING DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS. “(a) The Federal Railroad Administration shall establish demonstration projects for the purpose of evaluating— “(1) whether reflective markers installed on the road surface or on a signal post at grade crossings would reduce accidents involving trains; “(2) whether a stop sign or yield sign installed at grade crossings would reduce such accidents; and “(3) whether speed bumps or rumble strips installed on the road surface at the approach to grade crossings would reduce such accidents. “(b)

Reports.

 The Federal Railroad Administration shall, within two years after the date of the enactment of the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 1988, report to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and to the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate on the results of the demonstration projects established under subsection (a). “(c)

Appropriation authorization.

 There is authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary of Transportation for improvements in grade crossing safety other than the demonstration projects provided for under subsection (a), $1,000,000, to remain available until expended.”.
SEC. 21. TAMPERING WITH SAFETY DEVICES. Section 202 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 431) is further amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(o)

Regulations.

 (1) The Secretary shall, within 90 days after the date of the enactment of this subsection, issue such rules, regulations, orders, and standards as may be necessary to prohibit the willful tampering with, or disabling of, specified railroad safety or operational monitoring devices. “(2) (A) Any railroad company operating a train on which safety or operational monitoring devices are tampered with or disabled in violation of rules, regulations, orders, or standards issued by the Secretary under paragraph (1) shall be liable for a civil penalty under section 209. “(B) Any individual tampering with or disabling safety or operational monitoring devices in violation of rules, regulations, orders, or standards issued by the Secretary under paragraph (1), or who 102 STAT. 639knowingly operates or permits to be operated a train on which such devices have been tampered with or disabled by another person, shall be liable for such penalties as may be established by the Secretary, which may include fines under section 209, suspension from work, or suspension or loss of a license or certification issued under subsection (i).”.
SEC 22. DISPATCHER TRAINING. Section 202 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 431) is further amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(p) (1) The Secretary shall, within 180 days after the date of the enactment of the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 1988, conduct and complete an inquiry into whether training standards are necessary for those involved in dispatching trains. “(2) Upon the completion of such inquiry, the Secretary shall

Reports.

report the results of such inquiry to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Commerce, Science, and Transportation of the Senate along with the Secretary’s r recommendations, and if the Secretary recommends that rules, regulations, orders, or standards be issued, the Secretary shall promptly initiate appropriate rulemaking proceedings “.
SEC. 23. GRADE CROSSING SIGNAL SYSTEM SAFETY. Section 202 of the Federal Railroad Safety Act of 1970 (45 U.S.C. 431) is further amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(q) The Secretary shall, within one year after the date of the

Regulations.

Highways.

enactment of the Rail Safety Improvement Act of 1988, issue such rules, regulations, orders, and standards as may be necessary to ensure the safe maintenance, inspection, and testing of signal systems and devices at railroad highway grade crossings.”.
SEC. 24.

45 USC 43a.

 ACCIDENT REPORTS. If a railroad, in reporting an accident or incident under the Accident Reports Act (45 U.S.C. 38 et seq.), assigns human error as a cause of the accident or incident, such report shall include, at the option of each employee whose error is alleged, a statement by such employee explaining any factors the employee alleges contributed to the accident or incident.
Approved June 22, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 1539 (H R. 3743): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–637 (Comm. of Conference). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–1537 (Comm. on Commerce, Science, and Transportation). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Nov. 5, considered and passed Senate.

Dec. 18, H.R. 3743 considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): Feb. 3, S. 1539 considered and passed House, amended.

May 23, House agreed to conference report.

June 9, Senate agreed to conference report.

 Public Law 100–343: Designating June 14, 1988, as “Baltic Freedom Day”. Public Law 343 Public Law 100–343 102 Stat. 640 1988-06-22 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 640 Public Law 100–343 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating June 14, 1988, as “Baltic Freedom Day”.

June 22, 1988

[S.J. Res. 249]

 Whereas the people of the Baltic Republics of Lithuania, Latvia, and Estonia have cherished the principles of religious and political freedom and independence; Whereas the Baltic Republics have existed as independent, sovereign nations belonging to and fully recognized by the League of Nations; Whereas the Union of the Soviet Socialist Republics (U.S.S.R.) in collusion with Nazi Germany signed the Molotov-Ribbentrop Pact which allowed the U.S.S.R. in 1940 to illegally seize and occupy the Baltic States and by force incorporated them against their national will and contrary to their desire for independence and sovereignty into the U.S.S.R.; Whereas due to Soviet and Nazi tyranny, by the end of World War II, the Baltic nations had lost 20 per centum of their total population; Whereas the people of the Baltic Republics have individual and separate culture, national traditions, and languages distinctively foreign to those of Russia; Whereas the U.S.S.R. since 1940 has systematically implemented its Baltic genocide by deporting native Baltic peoples from their homelands to forced labor and concentration camps in Siberia and elsewhere, and by relocating masses of Russians to the Baltic Republics, thus threatening the Baltic Cultures with extinction through russification; Whereas the U.S.S.R. has imposed upon the captive people of the Baltic Republics an oppressive political system which has destroyed every vestige of democracy, civil liberties, and religious freedom; Whereas the people of Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia find themselves today subjugated by the U.S.S.R., locked into a union they deplore, denied basic human rights, and persecuted for daring to protest; Whereas the U.S.S.R. refuses to abide by the Helsinki accords which the U.S.S.R. voluntarily signed; Whereas the United States stands as a champion of liberty, dedicated to the principles of national self-determination, human rights, and religious freedom, and opposed to oppression and imperialism; Whereas the United States as a member of the United Nations has repeatedly voted with a majority of that international body to uphold the right of other countries of the world to determine their fates and be free of foreign domination; Whereas the U.S.S.R. has steadfastly refused to return to the people of the Baltic States of Lithuania, Latvia, and Estonia the right to exist as independent republics separate and apart from the 102 STAT. 641U.S.S.R. or permit a return of personal, political and religious freedoms; and Whereas 1988 marks the forty-eighth anniversary of the United States continued policy of non recognition of the illegal forcible occupation of Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia by the U.S.S.R.: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That— (1) the Congress recognizes the continuing desire and right of the people of Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia for freedom and independence from the domination of the U.S.S.R.; (2) the Congress deplores the refusal of the U.S.S.R. to recognize the sovereignty of the Baltic Republics and to yield to their rightful demands for independence from foreign domination and oppression; (3) the fourteenth day of June 1988, the anniversary of the mass deportation of Baltic peoples from their homelands in 1941, be designated “Baltic Freedom Day” as a symbol of the solidarity of the American people with the aspirations of the enslaved Baltic people; and (4) the President of the United States be authorized and requested to issue a proclamation for the observance of Baltic Freedom Day with appropriate ceremonies and activities and to submit the issue of the Baltic Republics to the United Nations so that the issue of Baltic self-determination will be brought to the attention of the United Nations General Assembly.
Approved June 22, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 249: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Feb. 26, considered and passed Senate.

June 14, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–344: Designating the week beginning on the third Sunday of September in 1988 as “National Adult Day Care Center Week”. Public Law 344 Public Law 100–344 102 Stat. 642 1988-06-23 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 642 Public Law 100–344 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating the week beginning on the third Sunday of September in 1988 as “National Adult Day Care Center Week”.

June 23, 1988

[S.J. Res. 147]

 Whereas more than 1,200 adult day care centers are in operation nationwide, providing safe and positive environments to functionally disabled adults and senior citizens who are in need of daytime assistance or supervision; Whereas adult day care centers have comprehensive programs providing a variety of services related to health, including medical therapy, medication monitoring, counseling, and health education; Whereas adult day care centers are operated by professional staffs which identify individual health needs and give appropriate advice; Whereas adult day care centers assist functionally disabled adults and senior citizens in maintaining a maximum level of independence; Whereas adult day care centers provide opportunities for social interaction to individuals who otherwise may be socially isolated; and Whereas adult day care centers offer relief to families who otherwise must provide constant care to functionally disabled adults and senior citizens, including victims of Alzheimer’s disease and other forms of dementia: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the week beginning on the third Sunday of September in 1988 is designated as “National Adult Day Care Center Week”. The President is requested to issue a proclamation calling on the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved June 23, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 147 (H.J. Res. 268): CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Aug. 6, H.J. Res. 268 considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): Feb. 26, S.J. Res. 147 considered and passed Senate.

June 14, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–345: To designate the Cleveland Ohio General Mail Facility and Main Office in Cleveland, Ohio, as the “John O. Holly Building of the United States Postal Service”. Public Law 345 Public Law 100–345 102 Stat. 643 1988-06-24 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 643 Public Law 100–345 100th Congress
An Act To designate the Cleveland Ohio General Mail Facility and Main Office in Cleveland, Ohio, as the “John O. Holly Building of the United States Postal Service”.

June 24, 1988

[H.R. 4448]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the building located at 2400 Orange Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio, known as the Cleveland Ohio General Mail Facility and Main Office is designated as the “John O. Holly Building of the United States Postal Service”. Any reference in a law, map, regulation, document, record, or other paper of the United States to that building shall be deemed to be a reference to the John O. Holly Building of the United States Postal Service.
SEC. 2.

Arizona.

Rivers and harbors.

43 USC 1521 note.

 DESIGNATION OF GRANITE REEF AQUEDUCT AS THE “HAYDENRHODES AQUEDUCT”. (a) The Granite Reef Aqueduct of the Central Arizona project, constructed, operated, and maintained under section 301(a)(1) of the Colorado River Basin Act (43 U.S.C. 1521(a)(1)), hereafter shall be known and designated as the “Hayden-Rhodes Aqueduct”. (b) Any reference in any law, regulation, document, record, map,

43 USC 1521.

or other paper of the United States to the aqueduct referred to in subsection (a) hereby is deemed to be a reference to the “Hayden-Rhodes Aqueduct”.
Approved June 24, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4448: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

May 9, considered and passed House.

May 25, considered and passed Senate, amended.

June 9, House concurred in Senate amendment.

 Public Law 100–346: To amend chapter 13 of title 18, United States Code, to impose criminal penalties for damage to religious property and for obstruction of persons in the free exercise of religious beliefs. Public Law 346 Public Law 100–346 102 Stat. 644 1988-06-24 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 644 Public Law 100–346 100th Congress
An Act To amend chapter 13 of title 18, United States Code, to impose criminal penalties for damage to religious property and for obstruction of persons in the free exercise of religious beliefs.

June 24, 1988

[S. 794]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. CRIMINAL PENALTIES FOR DAMAGE TO RELIGIOUS PROPERTY AND FOR OBSTRUCTION OF PERSONS IN THE FREE EXERCISE OF RELIGIOUS BELIEFS. Chapter 13 of title 18, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new section:
Ҥ 247.

18 USC 247.

 Damage to religious property; obstruction of persons in the free exercise of religious beliefs “(a) Whoever, in any of the circumstances referred to in subsection (b) of this section— “(1) intentionally defaces, damages, or destroys any religious real property, because of the religious character of that property, or attempts to do so; or “(2) intentionally obstructs, by force or threat of force, any person in the enjoyment of that person’s free exercise of religious beliefs, or attempts to do so; shall be punished as provided in subsection (c) of this section. “(b) The circumstances referred to in subsection (a) are that— “(1)

Commerce and trade.

 in committing the offense, the defendant travels in interstate or foreign commerce, or uses a facility or instrumentality of interstate or foreign commerce in interstate or foreign commerce; and “(2) in the case of an offense under subsection (a)(1), the loss resulting from the defacement, damage, or destruction is more than $10,000. “(c) The punishment for a violation of subsection (a) of this section shall be— “(1) if death results, a fine in accordance with this title and imprisonment for any term of years or for life, or both; “(2) if serious bodily injury results, a fine in accordance with this title and imprisonment for not more than ten years, or both; and “(3) in any other case, a fine in accordance with this title and imprisonment for not more than one year, or both. “(d) No prosecution of any offense described in this section shall be undertaken by the United States except upon the notification in writing of the Attorney General or his designee that in his judgment a prosecution by the United States is in the public interest and necessary to secure substantial justice. “(e) As used in this section— 102 STAT. 645 “(1) the term ‘religious real property’ means any church, synagogue, mosque, religious cemetery, or other religious real property; and “(2) the term ‘serious bodily injury’ means bodily injury that involves a substantial risk of death, unconsciousness, extreme physical pain, protracted and obvious disfigurement, or protracted loss or impairment of the function of a bodily member, organ, or mental faculty.”.
SEC. 3. TECHNICAL AMENDMENT. The table of sections for chapter 13 of title 18, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new item: “247.
Approved June 24, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 794 (H.R. 3258): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–337 accompanying H.R. 3258 (Comm. on the Judiciary). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–324 (Comm. on the Judiciary). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Oct. 5, H.R. 3258 considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): May 18, S. 794 considered and passed Senate.

June 14, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–347: To prevent the denial of employment opportunities by prohibiting the use of lie detectors by employers involved in or affecting interstate commerce. Public Law 347 Public Law 100–347 102 Stat. 646 1988-06-27 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 646 Public Law 100–347 100th Congress
An Act To prevent the denial of employment opportunities by prohibiting the use of lie detectors by employers involved in or affecting interstate commerce.

June 27, 1988

[H.R. 1212]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Employee Polygraph Protection Act of 1988.

29 USC 2001 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. This Act may be cited as the “Employee Polygraph Protection Act of 1988”.
SEC. 2.

29 USC 2001.

 DEFINITIONS. As used in this Act: (1) Commerce.— The term “commerce” has the meaning provided by section 3(b) of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938 (29 U.S.C. 203(b)). (2) Employer.— The term “employer” includes any person acting directly or indirectly in the interest of an employer in relation to an employee or prospective employee. (3) Lie detector.— The term ‘lie detector” includes a polygraph, deceptograph, voice stress analyzer, psychological stress evaluator, or any other similar device (whether mechanical or electrical) that is used, or the results of which are used, for the purpose of rendering a diagnostic opinion regarding the honesty or dishonesty of an individual. (4) Polygraph.— The term “polygraph” means an instrument that— (A) records continuously, visually, permanently, and simultaneously changes in cardiovascular, respiratory, and electrodermal patterns as minimum instrumentation standards; and (B) is used, or the results of which are used, for the purpose of rendering a diagnostic opinion regarding the honesty or dishonesty of an individual. (5) Secretary.— The term “Secretary” means the Secretary of Labor.
SEC. 3.

29 USC 2002.

 PROHIBITIONS ON LIE DETECTOR USE. Except as provided in sections 7 and 8, it shall be unlawful for any employer engaged in or affecting commerce or in the production of goods for commerce— (1) directly or indirectly, to require, request, suggest, or cause any employee or prospective employee to take or submit to any lie detector test; (2) to use, accept, refer to, or inquire concerning the results of any lie detector test of any employee or prospective employee; (3)

Discrimination, prohibition.

 to discharge, discipline, discriminate against in any manner, or deny employment or promotion to, or threaten to take any such action against— 102 STAT. 647 (A) any employee or prospective employee who refuses, declines, or fails to take or submit to any lie detector test, or . (B) any employee or prospective employee on the basis of the results of any lie detector test; or (4) to discharge, discipline, discriminate against in any manner, or deny employment or promotion to, or threaten to take any

Discrimination, prohibition.

such action against, any employee or prospective employee because— (A) such employee or prospective employee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be instituted any proceeding under or related to this Act, (B) such employee or prospective employee has testified or is about to testify in any such proceeding, or (C) of the exercise by such employee or prospective employee, on behalf of such employee or another person, of any right afforded by this Act.
SEC. 4.

29 USC 2003.

 NOTICE OF PROTECTION. The Secretary shall prepare, have printed, and distribute a notice setting forth excerpts from, or summaries of, the pertinent provisions of this Act. Each employer shall post and maintain such notice in conspicuous places on its premises where notices to employees and applicants to employment are customarily posted.
SEC. 5.

29 USC 2004.

 AUTHORITY OF THE SECRETARY. (a) In General.— The Secretary shall— (1) issue such rules and regulations as may be necessary or

Regulations.

appropriate to carry out this Act; (2) cooperate with regional, State, local, and other agencies,

State and local governments.

and cooperate with and furnish technical assistance to employers, labor organizations, and employment agencies to aid in effectuating the purposes of this Act; and (3) make investigations and inspections and require the keeping

Records.

of records necessary or appropriate for the administration of this Act. (b) Subpoena Authority.— For the purpose of any hearing or investigation under this Act, the Secretary shall have the authority contained in sections 9 and 10 of the Federal Trade Commission Act (15 U.S.C. 49 and 50).
SEC. 6.

29 USC 2005.

 ENFORCEMENT PROVISIONS. (a) Civil Penalties.— (1) In general.— Subject to paragraph (2), any employer who violates any provision of this Act may be assessed a civil penalty of not more than $10,000. (2) Determination of amount.— In determining the amount of any penalty under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall take into account the previous record of the person in terms of compliance with this Act and the gravity of the violation. (3) Collection.— Any civil penalty assessed under this subsection shall be collected in the same manner as is required by subsections (b) through (e) of section 503 of the Migrant and Seasonal Agricultural Worker Protection Act (29 U.S.C. 1853) with respect to civil penalties assessed under subsection (a) of such section. 102 STAT. 648 (b) Injunctive Actions by the Secretary.— The Secretary may bring an action under this section to restrain violations of this Act. The Solicitor of Labor may appear for and represent the Secretary

Courts, U.S.

Wages.

in any litigation brought under this Act. In any action brought under this section, the district courts of the United States shall have jurisdiction, for cause shown, to issue temporary or permanent restraining orders and injunctions to require compliance with this Act, including such legal or equitable relief incident thereto as may be appropriate, including, but not limited to, employment, reinstatement, promotion, and the payment of lost wages and benefits. (c) Private Civil Actions.— (1) Liability.— An employer who violates this Act shall be liable to the employee or prospective employee affected by such

Wages.

violation. Such employer shall be liable for such legal or equitable relief as may be appropriate, including, but not limited to, employment, reinstatement, promotion, and the payment of lost wages and benefits. (2) Court.— An action to recover the liability prescribed in paragraph (1) may be maintained against the employer in any Federal or State court of competent jurisdiction by an employee or prospective employee for or on behalf of such employee, prospective employee, and other employees or prospective employees similarly situated. No such action may be commenced more than 3 years after the date of the alleged violation. (3)

Courts, U.S.

 Costs.— The court, in its discretion, may allow the prevailing party (other than the United States) reasonable costs, including attorney’s r fees. (d) Waiver of Rights Prohibited.— The rights and procedures provided by this Act may not be waived by contract or otherwise, unless such waiver is part of a written settlement agreed to and signed by the parties to the pending action or complaint under this Act.
SEC. 7.

29 USC 2006.

 EXEMPTIONS. (a) No Application to Governmental Employers.— This Act shall not apply with respect to the United States Government, any State or local government, or any political subdivision of a State or local government. (b) National Defense and Security Exemption.— (1) National defense.— Nothing in this Act shall be construed to prohibit the administration, by the Federal Government, in the performance of any counterintelligence function, of any lie detector test to— (A) any expert or consultant under contract to the Department of Defense or any employee of any contractor of such Department; or (B) any expert or consultant under contract with the Department of Energy in connection with the atomic energy defense activities of such Department or any employee of any contractor of such Department in connection with such activities. (2) Security.— Nothing in this Act shall be construed to prohibit the administration, by the Federal Government, in the performance of any intelligence or counterintelligence function, of any lie detector test to— 102 STAT. 649 (A) (i) any individual employed by, assigned to, or detailed to, the National Security Agency, the Defense Intelligence Agency, or the Central Intelligence Agency, (ii) any expert or consultant under contract to any such

Contracts.

agency, (iii) any employee of a contractor to any such agency, (iv) any individual applying for a position in any such agency, or (v) any individual assigned to a space where sensitive

Classified information.

cryptologic information is produced, processed, or stored for any such agency; or (B) any expert, or consultant (or employee of such expert

Contracts.

Classified information.

or consultant) under contract with any Federal Government department, agency, or program whose duties involve access to information that has been classified at the level of top secret or designated as being within a special access program under section 4.2(a) of Executive Order 12356 (or a successor Executive order). (c) FBI Contractors Exemption.— Nothing in this Act shall be construed to prohibit the administration, by the Federal Government, in the performance of any counterintelligence function, of any lie detector test to an employee of a contractor of the Federal Bureau of Investigation of the Department of Justice who is engaged in the performance of any work under the contract with such Bureau. (d) Limited Exemption for Ongoing Investigations.— Subject to sections 8 and 10, this Act shall not prohibit an employer from requesting an employee to submit to a polygraph test if— (1) the test is administered in connection with an ongoing

Fraud.

Espionage.

 investigation involving economic loss or injury to the employer’s business, such as theft, embezzlement, misappropriation, or an act of unlawful industrial espionage or sabotage; (2) the employee had access to the property that is the subject of the investigation; (3) the employer has a reasonable suspicion that the employee was involved in the incident or activity under investigation; and (4) the employer executes a statement, provided to the examinee before the test, that— (A) sets forth with particularity the specific incident or activity being investigated and the basis tor testing particular employees, (B) is signed by a person (other than a polygraph examiner) authorized to legally bind the employer, (C) is retained by the employer for at least 3 years, and (D) contains at a minimum— (i) an identification of the specific economic loss or injury to the business of the employer, (ii) a statement indicating that the employee had access to the property that is the subject of the investigation, and (iii) a statement describing the basis of the employer’s reasonable suspicion that the employee was involved in the incident or activity under investigation. (e) Exemption for Security Services.— (1) In general.— Subject to paragraph (2) and sections 8 and 10, this Act shall not prohibit the use of polygraph tests on prospective employees by any private employer whose primary 102 STAT. 650business purpose consists of providing armored car personnel, personnel engaged in the design, installation, and maintenance of security alarm systems, or other uniformed or plainclothes security personnel and whose function includes protection of— (A)

Safety.

Defense and national security.

State and local governments.

 facilities, materials, or operations having a significant impact on the health or safety of any State or political subdivision thereof, or the national security of the United States, as determined under rules and regulations issued by the Secretary within 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, including— (i)

Energy.

 facilities engaged in the production, transmission, or distribution of electric or nuclear power, (ii)

Water.

Hazardous materials.

 public water supply facilities, (iii) shipments or storage of radioactive or other toxic waste materials, and (iv)

Transportation.

Securities.

 public transportation, or (B) currency, negotiable securities, precious commodities or instruments, or proprietary information. (2) Access.— The exemption provided under this subsection shall not apply if the test is administered to a prospective employee who would not be employed to protect facilities, materials, operations, or assets referred to in paragraph (1). (f) Exemption for Drug Security, Drug Theft, or Drug Diversion Investigations.— (1) In general.— Subject to paragraph (2) and sections 8 and 10, this Act shall not prohibit the use of a polygraph test by any employer authorized to manufacture, distribute, or dispense a controlled substance listed in schedule I, II, ID, or IV of section 202 of the Controlled Substances Act (21 U.S.C. 812). (2) Access.— The exemption provided under this subsection shall apply— (A) if the test is administered to a prospective employee who would have direct access to the manufacture, storage, distribution, or sale of any such controlled substance; or (B) in the case of a test administered to a current employee, if— (i) the test is administered in connection with an ongoing investigation of criminal or other misconduct involving, or potentially involving, loss or injury to the manufacture, distribution, or dispensing of any such controlled substance by such employer, and (ii) the employee had access to the person or property that is the subject of the investigation.
SEC. 8.

29 USC 2007.

 RESTRICTIONS ON USE OF EXEMPTIONS. (a) Test as Basis for Adverse Employment Action.— (1) Under ongoing investigations exemption.— Except as provided in paragraph (2), the exemption under subsection (d) of section 7 shall not apply if an employee is discharged, disciplined, denied employment or promotion, or otherwise discriminated against in any manner on the basis of the analysis of a polygraph test chart or the refusal to take a polygraph test, witnout additional supporting evidence. The evidence required by such subsection may serve as additional supporting evidence. (2) Under other exemptions.— In the case of an exemption described in subsection (e) or (fi of such section, the exemption 102 STAT. 651shall not apply if the results of an analysis of a polygraph test chart are used, or the refusal to take a polygraph test is used, as the sole basis upon which an adverse employment action described in paragraph (1) is taken against an employee or prospective employee. (b) Rights of Examinee.— The exemptions provided under subsections (d), (e), and (c) of section 7 shall not apply unless the requirements described in the following paragraphs are met: (1) All phases.— Throughout all phases of the test— (A) the examinee shall be permitted to terminate the test at any time; (B) the examinee is not asked questions in a manner designed to degrade, or needlessly intrude on, such examinee; (C) the examinee is not asked any question concerning—

Discrimination, prohibition.

 (i) religious beliefs or affiliations, (ii) beliefs or opinions regarding racial matters, (iii) political beliefs or affiliations, (iv) any matter relating to sexual behavior; and (v) beliefs, affiliations, opinions, or lawful activities regarding unions or labor organizations; and (D) the examiner does not conduct the test if there is sufficient written evidence by a physician that the examinee is

Health and medical care.

suffering from a medical or psychological condition or undergoing treatment that might cause abnormal responses during the actual testing phase. (2) Pretest phase.— During the pretest phase, the prospective examinee— (A) is provided with reasonable written notice of the date, time, and location of the test, and of such examinee’s right to obtain and consult with legal counsel or an employee representative before each phase of the test; (B) is informed in writing of the nature and characteristics of the tests and of the instruments involved; (C) is informed, in writing— (i) whether the testing area contains a two-way mirror, a camera, or any other device through which the test can be observed, (ii) whether any other device, including any device for recording or monitoring the test, will be used, or (iii) that the employer or the examinee may (with mutual knowledge) make a recording of the test; (D) is read and signs a written notice informing such examinee— (i) that the examinee cannot be required to take the test as a condition of employment, (ii) that any statement made during the test may constitute additional supporting evidence for the purposes of an adverse employment action described in subsection (a), (iii) of the limitations imposed under this section, (iv) of the legal rights and remedies available to the examinee if the polygraph test is not conducted in accordance with this Act, and (v) of the legal rights and remedies of the employer under this Act (including the rights of the employer under section 9(c)(2)); and 102 STAT. 652 (E) is provided an opportunity to review all questions to be asked during the test and is informed of the right to terminate the test at any time. (3) Actual testing phase.— During the actual testing phase, the examiner does not ask such examinee any question relevant during the test that was not presented in writing for review to such examinee before the test. (4) Post-test phase.— Before any adverse employment action, the employer shall— (A) further interview the examinee on the basis of the results of the test; and (B) provide the examinee with— (i) a written copy of any opinion or conclusion rendered as a result of the test, and (ii) a copy of the questions asked during the test along with the corresponding charted responses. (5) Maximum number and minimum duration of tests.— The examiner shall not conduct and complete more than five polygraph tests on a calendar day on which the test is given, and shall not conduct any such test for less than a 90-minute duration. (c) Qualifications and Requirements of Examiners.— The exemptions provided under subsections (d), (e), and (f) of section 7 shall not apply unless the individual who conducts the polygraph test satisfies the requirements under the following paragraphs: (1) Qualifications.— The examiner— (A) has a valid and current license granted by licensing and regulatory authorities in the State in which the test is to be conducted, if so required by the State; and (B) maintains a minimum of a $50,000 bond or an equivalent amount of professional liability coverage. (2) Requirements.— The examiner— (A) renders any opinion or conclusion regarding the test— (i) in writing and solely on the basis of an analysis of polygraph test charts, (ii) that does not contain information other than admissions, information, case facts, and interpretation of the charts relevant to the purpose and stated objectives of the test, and (iii) that does not include any recommendation concerning the employment of the examinee; and (B)

Records.

 maintains all opinions, reports, charts, written questions, lists, and other records relating to the test for a minimum period of 3 years after administration of the test.
SEC. 9.

29 USC 2008.

 DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION. (a) In General.— A person, other than the examinee, may not disclose information obtained during a polygraph test, except as provided in this section. (b) Permitted Disclosures.— A polygraph examiner may disclose information acquired from a polygraph test only to— (1) the examinee or any other person specifically designated in writing by the examinee; (2) the employer that requested the test; or 102 STAT. 653 (3) any court, governmental agency, arbitrator, or mediator, in accordance with due process of law, pursuant to an order from a court of competent jurisdiction. (c) Disclosure by Employer.— An employer (other than an employer described in subsection (a), (b), or (c) of section 7) for whom a polygraph test is conducted may disclose information from the test only to— (1) a person in accordance with subsection (b); or (2) a governmental agency, but only insofar as the disclosed information is an admission of criminal conduct.
SEC. 10.

29 USC 2009.

 EFFECT ON OTHER LAW AND AGREEMENTS. Except as provided in subsections (a), (b), and (c) of section 7, this Act shall not preempt any provision of any State or local law or of any negotiated collective bargaining agreement that prohibits lie detector tests or is more restrictive with respect to lie detector tests than any provision of this Act.
SEC. 11.

29 USC 2001 note.

 EFFECTIVE DATE. (a) In General.— Except as provided in subsection (b), this Act shall become effective 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act. (b) Regulations.— Not later than 90 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall issue such rules and regulations as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out this Act.
Approved June 27, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1212 (S. 1904): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–208 (Comm. on Education and Labor) and No. 100–659 (Comm. of Conference). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–284 accompanying S. 1904 (Comm. on Labor and Human Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Nov. 4, considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): Mar. 1, 2, S. 1904 considered in Senate.

Mar. 3, H.R. 1212 considered and passed Senate, amended, in lieu of S. 1904.

June 1, House agreed to conference report.

June 9, Senate agreed to conference report.

 Public Law 100–348: To establish the San Francisco Maritime National Historical Park in the State of California, and for other purposes. Public Law 348 Public Law 100–348 102 Stat. 654 1988-06-27 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 654 Public Law 100–348 100th Congress
An Act To establish the San Francisco Maritime National Historical Park in the State of California, and for other purposes.

June 27, 1988

[H.R. 1044]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

San Francisco Maritime National Historical Park Act of 1988.

Conservation.

National parks, monuments, etc.

16 USC 410nn note.

Public information.

16 USC 410nn.

Real property.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. This Act may be cited as the “San Francisco Maritime National Historical Park Act of 1988”.
SEC. 2. ESTABLISHMENT. (a) In General.— In order to preserve and interpret the history and achievements of seafaring Americans and of the Nation’s man-time heritage, especially on the Pacific coast, there is hereby established the San Francisco Maritime National Historical Park (hereinafter in this Act referred to as the “park”). (b) Area Included.— The park shall consist of the lands and interests therein within the area generally depicted on the map entitled “Boundary Map, San Francisco Maritime National Historical Park”, numbered 641/80,053 and dated April 7, 1987. The map shall be on file and available for public inspection in the offices of the National Park Service, Department of the Interior and in the office of the Superintendent of the park. If the Secretary of the Interior (hereinafter in this Act referred to as the “Secretary”) determines, upon completion of the General Management Plan for the park, that the inclusion of the property at Jefferson and Hyde Streets, San Francisco, known as the Haslett Warehouse, would promote the purposes of the park, the Secretary may adjust the boundaries of the park to include that property after notification to the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs of the United States House of Representatives and the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources of the United States Senate. The Secretary may make other minor revisions of the boundary of the park in accordance with section 7(c) of the Land and Water Conservation Fund Act of 1965. (c) Golden Gate National Recreation Area.— The Secretary shall revise the boundaries of the Golden Gate National Recreation Area to exclude from the National Recreation Area the area within the park (as depicted on the boundary map referred to in subsection

Real property.

Gifts and property.

Public buildings and grounds.

(b)). The Secretary shall transfer to the jurisdiction of the park all real and personal property of the United States administered by the Secretary as part of the National Recreation Area located within the boundaries of the park (including the museum building), together with all vessels, marine collections, libraries, historic documents, equipment and other marine artifacts which are administered by the Secretary as part of the National Recreation Area and which relate to maritime history. (d) Museum Building.— The building housing and displaying the marine collections, libraries, historic documents, equipment, and 102 STAT. 655marine artifacts shall be named the “Sala Burton Building” and an appropriate plaque with this designation shall be prominently displayed as part of the structure.
SEC. 3.

16 USC 410nn–1.

 ADMINISTRATION. (a) In General.— The Secretary shall administer the park in accordance with this Act and with the provisions of law generally applicable to units of the National Park System, including the Act entitled “An Act to establish a National Park Service, and for other purposes”, approved August 25, 1916 (39 Stat. 535; 16 U.S.C. 1–4), the Act of August 21, 1935 (49 Stat. 666; 16 U.S.C. 461–467), and the National Historic Preservation Act (16 U.S.C. 470–470t). The Secretary shall manage the park in such manner as will preserve and perpetuate knowledge and understanding of American maritime history and to provide for public understanding and enjoyment of maritime history. (b) Donations.— The Secretary may accept and retain donations

Gifts and property.

of funds, property, or services from individuals, foundations, corporations, or public entities for the purpose of providing services and facilities which he deems consistent with the purposes of this Act. (c) Leasing.— The Secretary may lease any real or personal property,

Real property.

Gifts and property.

including vessels and heavy marine equipment such as floating drydocks, which is administered as part of the park. The net receipts from any such lease shall be credited in accordance with subsection 4(f) of the Act of October 27, 1972 (86 Stat. 1299). (d) Fees.— Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary may impose entrance fees for admission to the ships in such amounts as he deems appropriate and may impose fees for the use by groups or organizations of the ships. All receipts from such fees shall be credited in accordance with subsection 4(f) of the Act of October 27, 1972 (86 Stat. 1299). (e) General Management Plan.— Within 2 years after establishment of the park, the Secretary shall prepare and transmit to the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs of the United States House of Representatives and the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources of the United States Senate a general management plan for the park. The plan shall include, but not be limited to: (1) a description of the resources of the park including, but not

Real property.

Gifts and property.

 limited to, maritime and associated artifacts, documents, the following historic vessels: the sailing ship Balclutha; the steam schooner Wapama; the steamship SS Jeremiah O’Brien; the ferry Eureka; the schooner C.A. Thayer; the tug Ellpleton Hall; the tug Hercules; and the scow schooner Alma, and other real and personal property comprising the park collections such as written and illustrative material, objects, wrecks, small watercraft, and vessels; (2) plans for the preservation of each historic vessel, including docking facilities, maintenance and ship repair facilities, and estimates for the costs thereof; a determination of the need for permanent docking facilities in a location best suited to the preservation of the historic vessels and for visitor access to the historic vessels; methods of accommodating visitors while protecting the historic vessels; and methods for providing for the proper care, exhibition, and storage of the park collections; (3) plans for the location, preliminary design, and estimated

Public buildings and grounds.

cost of public facilities to be developed for the park, including a museum building, visitor parking, and public transit access; and 102 STAT. 656 (4) Plans for the interpretation of the historic vessels and park collections.
SEC. 4.

16 USC 410nn–2.

 ACQUISITION OF PROPERTY. (a) General Authority.— The Secretary may acquire land and interests in land within the boundaries of the park by donation, purchase with donated or appropriated funds, or exchange. (b) Transfers From Other Agencies.— The Secretary of Commerce may transfer the Liberty Ship SS Jeremiah O’Brien to the Secretary for inclusion in the historic fleet of the park. Any other Federal property located within the boundaries of the park which is under the administrative jurisdiction of another department or agency of the United States may, with the concurrence of the head of the administering department or agency, be transferred without consideration to the administrative jurisdiction of the Secretary for the purposes of the park. (c) State and Local Lands.— Lands, and interests in lands, within the boundaries of the park which are owned by the State of California or any political subdivision thereof, may be acquired only by

Contracts.

donation. Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary is authorized to enter into an agreement with the State of California or any political subdivision thereof under which the Secretary may improve and may use appropriated funds for the improvement of berthing facilities if the State or any political subdivision thereof makes available to the Secretary, in accordance with terms and conditions acceptable to the Secretary, lands and interests in land for the purpose of berthing the ships and providing visitor access to the historic ships. (d) (1) Historic Vessels and Other Property.— In furtherance of the administration of the park, the Secretary is authorized to acquire by donation, purchase with donated or appropriated funds, or exchange such property as may be appropriate to carry out the purposes of this Act, including vessels, heavy marine equipment, and drydock facilities. The Secretary shall notify the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs of the United States House of Representatives and the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources of the United States Senate in writing not less than 90 days before acquisition of any large historic vessel. Such notification shall indicate the estimated cost of preservation, restoration if appropriate, and maintenance of the vessel concerned. (2) Acquisition Limitation.— The Secretary shall not acquire any historic vessel pursuant to this subsection until the Secretary has notified the Committees in writing that sufficient funds have been made available to preserve and maintain those vessels listed in paragraph 3(e)(1) of this Act.
SEC. 5.

16 USC 410nn–3.

 ADVISORY COMMISSION. (a) Establishment.— There is hereby established the Advisory Commission of the San Francisco Maritime National Historical Park (hereinafter in this Act referred to as the “Commission”). The Commission shall be composed of 12 members appointed by the Secretary as follows: (1) 3 members appointed for terms of 4 years from recommendations submitted by the National Maritime Museum Association. (2) 2 members appointed for terms of 4 years from recommendations submitted by the Governor of the State of 102 STAT. 657California, at least one of whom shall have professional expertise in maritime historic preservation. (3) 4 members appointed for terms of 5 years from recommendations submitted by the Mayor of San Francisco with special consideration given to individuals with knowledge of museum and/or maritime issues and who represent the local fishing industry, recreational users, the business community, and neighborhood groups. (4) 1 member appointed for a term of 5 years from recommendations from the Secretary of Commerce, who shall have professional expertise in the maritime industry. (5) 2 members appointed for terms of 5 years, who shall have professional expertise in maritime history or historic preservation. Any member of the Commission appointed for a definite term may serve after the expiration of his term until his successor is appointed. A vacancy in the Commission shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made. (b) Compensation.— Members of the Commission shall serve without pay. While away from their homes or regular places of business in the performance of services for the Commission, members of the Commission shall be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, in the same manner as persons employed intermittently in Government service are allowed expenses under section 5703 of title 5 of the United States Code. (c) Officers.— The Chair and other officers of the Commission shall be elected by a majority of the members of the Commission to serve for terms established by the Commission. (d) Meetings.— The Commission shall meet at the call of the Chair or a majority of its members, but not less than twice annually. Seven members of the Commission shall constitute a quorum. Consistent with the public meeting requirements of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, the Commission shall, from time to time, meet with persons concerned with maritime preservation. (e) Bylaws and Charter.— The Commission may make such bylaws, rules, and regulations as it considers necessary to carry out its functions under this Act. The provisions of section 14(b) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Act of October 6, 1972; 86 Stat. 776), are hereby waived with respect to this Commission. (f) Functions.— The Commission shall advise the Secretary on the management and development of the park. The Secretary, or his designee, shall from time to time, but at least semiannually, meet and consult with the Commission on matters relating to the management and development of the park. (g) Termination.— The Commission shall cease to exist 10 years after the date on which the first meeting of the Commission is held.
SEC. 6. CONFORMING AMENDMENT. Section 4(f) of the Act of October 27, 1972 (16 U.S.C. 460bb–3(f)), is amended by striking out “National Maritime Museum” and inserting “San Francisco Maritime National Historical Park”.
102 STAT. 658
SEC. 7.

16 USC 410nn–4.

 AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS. There are hereby authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this Act, but not to exceed $200,000 for planning.
Approved June 27, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 1044: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–73 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–373 (Comm. on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): May 4, considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): June 6, considered and passed Senate, amended.

June 14, House concurred in Senate amendments.

 Public Law 100–349: To revise the boundaries of Salem Maritime National Historic Site in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and for other purposes. Public Law 349 Public Law 100–349 102 Stat. 659 1988-06-27 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 659 Public Law 100–349 100th Congress
An Act To revise the boundaries of Salem Maritime National Historic Site in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and for other purposes.

June 27, 1988

[H.R. 2652]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Conservation.
SECTION 1. BOUNDARY REVISION OF SALEM MARITIME NATIONAL HISTORIC SITE. (a) Boundary Revision.— The Salem Maritime National Historic Site (hereafter in this Act referred to as the “national historic site”), designated on March 17, 1938, under section 2 of the Act of August 21, 1935 (49 Stat. 666), and located in Salem, Massachusetts, shall consist of lands and interests in lands as generally depicted on the map entitled “Boundary Map, Salem Maritime National Historic Site, Salem, Massachusetts”, numbered 373–80,011, and dated April 1987. The map shall be on file and available for public inspection in

Public information.

the offices of the National Park Service, Department of the Interior. (b) Acquisition of Lands.— The Secretary of the Interior may

Gifts and property.

acquire lands or interests therein within the boundary of the national historic site by donation, purchase with donated or appropriated funds, or exchange. Any lands or interests in lands owned by the Commonwealth of Massachusetts or any political subdivision thereof may be acquired only by donation. Lands and interests therein acquired pursuant to this Act shall become part of the national historic site and shall be subject to all the laws and regulations applicable to the national historic site.
Approved June 27, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 2652: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–344 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–357 (Comm. on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Oct. 5, considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): June 10, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–350: To provide Congressional approval of the Governing International Fishery Agreement between the United States and the Government of the German Democratic Republic. Public Law 350 Public Law 100–350 102 Stat. 660 1988-06-27 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 660 Public Law 100–350 100th Congress
An Act To provide Congressional approval of the Governing International Fishery Agreement between the United States and the Government of the German Democratic Republic.

June 27, 1988

[H.R. 4621]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

16 USC 1823 note.
SECTION 1. APPROVAL OF GIFA WITH GERMAN DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC. That notwithstanding section 203 of the Magnuson Fishery Conservation and Management Act (16 U.S.C. 1823), the extension of the governing international fishery agreement between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the German Democratic Republic, as contained in the message to Congress from the President of the United States, dated May 3, 1988— (1) is approved by Congress as a governing international fishery agreement for the purposes of such Act; and (2)

Effective date.

 shall enter into force and effect with respect to the United States on the date of enactment of this Act.
SEC. 2. REAUTHORIZATION OF FISHERMEN’S PROTECTIVE ACT. Section 7(e) of the Fishermen’s Protective Act (22 U.S.C. 1977(e)) is amended by striking “October 1, 1988” and inserting in lieu thereof “October 1, 1989”.
SEC 3. COMPOSITION OF NATIONAL FISH AND SEAFOOD PROMOTIONAL COUNCIL. Section 205(d)(1)(E) of the Fish and Seafood Promotion Act of 1986 (16 U.S.C. 4004(d)(1)(E)) is amended by striking “and who are not residents of the States of the Alaska, Pacific, Southeast, or Northeast regions” and inserting in lieu thereof “, at least one of whom is not a resident of the States of the Alaska, Pacific, Southeast, and North-east regions”.
SEC. 4. AMENDMENTS TO SOUTH PACIFIC TUNA ACT OF 1988. The South Pacific Tuna Act of 1988 is amended— (1)

16 USC 973f.

 in section 8(a)— (A) by striking “any gravity” and inserting in lieu thereof “and gravity”; and (B) by striking “history or prior” and inserting in lieu thereof “history of prior”; (2) in section 8(g)(1), by striking “Treasury” and inserting in lieu thereof “Treaty”; and (3)

16 USC 973i.

 in section ll(a)(2)(C), by striking “5(b)(7)” and inserting in lieu thereof “5(a)(7)”.
Approved June 27, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4621: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–612 (Comm. on Merchant Marine and Fisheries). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 7, considered and passed House.

June 14, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–351: To amend the effective date provision of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988. Public Law 351 Public Law 100–351 102 Stat. 661 1988-06-27 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 661 Public Law 100–351 100th Congress
An Act To amend the effective date provision of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988.

June 27, 1988

[H.R. 4638]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That, section 6303(b) of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988 is

20 USC 2701 note.

amended by adding at the end the following new paragraphs: “(4) Allotments to States made under chapters 1 and 2 of title I of

State and local governments.

the Elementary and Secondary Education Act of 1965 and under the Adult Education Act from amounts appropriated by the joint resolution entitled ‘Joint resolution making further continuing appropriations for the fiscal year 1988, and for other purposes’, approved December 22, 1987 (Public Law 100–202), shall be computed in accordance with the provisions of law applicable to allotments to States under chapters 1 and 2 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981 and under the Adult Education Act, respectively, as such Acts were in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act. “(5) Amounts appropriated by the joint resolution entitled ‘Joint resolution making further continuing appropriations for the fiscal year 1988, and for other purposes’, approved December 22, 1987 (Public Law 100–202), for the following programs shall be awarded in accordance with the applicable provisions of law in effect on the day before the date of the enactment of this Act: “(A) Programs under subchapter D of chapter 2 of the Education Consolidation and Improvement Act of 1981, except that projects under section 583(c) may not be reviewed by a program significance panel. “(B) National programs under the Adult Education Act. “(C) Programs under the Indian Education Act. “(D) Programs under title II of the Education for Economic Security Act. “(E) The program under section 702 of the Stewart B. McKinney Homeless Assistance Act. “(6) The provisions of part A of title II of this Act, excluding sections 2014(e) and 2018, shall apply only with respect to amounts appropriated for fiscal years beginning after September 30, 1988. “(7) The amendments made by section 6001, relating to literacy training of homeless adults, shall take effect on October 1, 1988. “(8) Any election under section 5209(b)(1) conveyed to the Secretary prior to August 1, 1988, shall take effect for the fiscal year beginning on October 1, 1988, and thereafter.”.
Approved June 27, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4638: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–668 (Comm. on Education and Labor). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 7, considered and passed House.

June 14, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–352: To improve the administration of justice by providing greater discretion to the Supreme Court in selecting the cases it will review, and for other purposes. Public Law 352 Public Law 100–352 102 Stat. 662 1988-06-27 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 662 Public Law 100–352 100th Congress
An Act To improve the administration of justice by providing greater discretion to the Supreme Court in selecting the cases it will review, and for other purposes.

June 27, 1988

[S. 952]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
Section 1. Section 1252 of title 28, United States Code, and the item relating to that section in the section analysis of chapter 81 of such title, are repealed.
review of decisions invalidating state statutes Sec. 2. (a) Section 1254 of title 28, United States Code, is amended by striking out paragraph (2) and redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph (2). (b) The section heading for section 1254 of such title is amended by striking out “appeal;”. (c) The item relating to section 1254 in the section analysis of chapter 81 of title 28, United States Code, is amended by striking out “appeal;”.
review of state court decisions involving validity of statutes Sec. 3. Section 1257 of title 28, United States Code, is amended to read as follows:
“§ 1257. State courts; certiorari “(a) Final judgments or decrees rendered by the highest court of a State in which a decision could be had, may be reviewed by the Supreme Court by writ of certiorari where the validity of a treaty or statute of the United States is drawn in question or where the validity of a statute of any State is drawn in question on the ground of its being repugnant to the Constitution, treaties, or laws of the United States, or where any title, right, privilege, or immunity is specially set up or claimed under the Constitution or the treaties or statutes of, or any commission held or authority exercised under, the United States. “(b) For the purposes of this section, the term ‘highest court of a State’ includes the District of Columbia Court of Appeals.”.
review of decisions from supreme court of puerto rico Sec. 4. Section 1258 of title 28, United States Code, is amended to read as follows:
“§ 1258. Supreme Court of Puerto Rico; certiorari “Final judgments or decrees rendered by the Supreme Court of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico may be reviewed by the Supreme Court by writ of certiorari where the validity of a treaty or statute of the United States is drawn in question or where the validity of a statute of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico is drawn in question on 102 STAT. 663the ground of its being repugnant to the Constitution, treaties, or laws of the United States, or where any title, right, privilege, or immunity; is specially set up or claimed under the Constitution or the treaties or statutes of, or any commission held or authority exercised under, the United States”.
conforming amendments Sec. 5. (a) The items relating to sections 1257 and 1258 in the section analysis of chapter 81 of title 28, United States Code, are amended to read as follows: “1257. “1258. (b) Section 2101(a) of title 28, United States Code, is amended by striking out “sections 1252, 1253 and 2282” and inserting in lieu thereof “section 1253”. (c) Section 2103 of title 28, United States Code, and the item relating to such section in the table of sections for chapter 133 of such title are repealed. (d) (1) Section 2104 of title 28, United States Code, is amended to read as follows:
“§ 2104. Reviews of State court decisions “A review by the Supreme Court of a judgment or decree of a State court shall be conducted in the same manner and under the same regulations, and shall have the same effect, as if the judgment or decree reviewed had been rendered in a court of the United States.”.
(2) The item relating to section 2104 in the section analysis of chapter 133 of title 28, United States Code, is amended to read as follows: “2104. (e) Section 2350(b) of title 28, United States Code, is amended by striking out “1254(3)” and inserting in lieu thereof “1254(2)”.
amendments to other laws Sec. 6. (a) Section 310 of the Federal Election Campaign Act of 1971 (2 U.S.C. 437h) is amended by repealing subsection (b), and by striking out “(a)” before “The Commission”. (b) Section 2 of the Act of May 18, 1928 (25 U.S.C. 652), is amended by striking out “, with the right of either party to appeal to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit”. (c) The last sentence of section 203(d) of the Trans Alaska Pipeline Authorization Act (43 U.S.C. 1652(d)) is amended to read as follows: “An interlocutory or final judgment, decree, or order of such district court may be reviewed only upon petition for a writ of certiorari to the Supreme Court of the United States.”. (d) Section 209(e)(3) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 719(e)(3)) is amended— (1) in the first sentence by striking out “, except that” and all that follows through the end of the sentence and inserting in lieu thereof a period; and (2) in the second sentence by striking out “petition or appeal shall be filed” and inserting in lieu thereof “such petition shall be filed in the Supreme Court”. 102 STAT. 664 (e) Section 303(d) of the Regional Rail Reorganization Act of 1973 (45 U.S.C. 743(d)) is amended to read as follows: “(d) Review.— A Finding or determination entered by the special court pursuant to subsection (c) of this section or section 306 of this title shall be reviewable only upon petition for a writ of certiorari to the Supreme Court of the United States. Such review is exclusive and any such petition shall be filed in the Supreme Court not more than 20 days after entry of such finding or determination.”. (f) Section 1152(b) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981 (45 U.S.C. 1105(b)) is amended— (1) in the first sentence by striking out “, except that” and all that follows through the end of the sentence and inserting in lieu thereof a period; and (2) in the second sentence by striking out “petition or appeal shall be filed” and inserting in lieu thereof “such petition shall be filed in the Supreme Court”. (g) Section 206 of the International Claims Settlement Act of 1949 (22 U.S.C. 1631e) is amended by striking out “sections 1252, 1254, 1291, and 1292” and inserting in lieu thereof “chapter 83”. (h) Section 12(a) of the Act of May 13, 1954, commonly known as the Saint Lawrence Seaway Act (33 U.S.C. 988(a)), is amended by striking out “1254(3)” and inserting in lieu thereof “1254(2)”. (i) Section 25(a)(4) of the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136w(a)(4)) is amended by— (1) repealing clause (ii) of subparagraph (E); and (2) striking out the following: “(E) Judicial review.— “(i) Any”, and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “(E) Judicial review.—Any”.
Sec. 7.

28 USC 1254 note.

 The amendments made by this Act shall take effect ninety days after the date of the enactment of this Act, except that such amendments shall not apply to cases pending in the Supreme Court on the effective date of such amendments or affect the right to review or the manner of reviewing the judgment or decree of a court which was entered before such effective date.
Approved June 27, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 952: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–660 (Comm. on the Judiciary). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–300 (Comm. on the Judiciary). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 18, considered and passed Senate.

June 7, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–353: To designate the Federal Building Located at 600 Las Vegas Boulevard in Las Vegas, Nevada, as the “Alan Bible Federal Building”. Public Law 353 Public Law 100–353 102 Stat. 665 1988-06-27 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 665 Public Law 100–353 100th Congress
An Act To designate the Federal Building Located at 600 Las Vegas Boulevard in Las Vegas, Nevada, as the “Alan Bible Federal Building”.

June 27, 1988

[S. 1901]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. DESIGNATION OF BUILDING. The Federal Building located at 600 Las Vegas Boulevard in Las Vegas, Nevada, is hereby designated, and hereafter shall be known, as the “Alan Bible Federal Building”.
SEC. 2. LEGAL REFERENCES TO BUILDING. Any reference in any law, regulation, document, record, map, or other paper of the United States to the building referred to in section 1 is deemed to be a reference to the “Alan Bible Federal Building”.
Approved June 27, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 1901 (H.R. 3691): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–632 accompanying H.R. 3691 (Comm. on Public Works and Transportation). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Dec. 18, considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): June 20, H.R. 3691 considered and passed House; proceedings vacated and S. 1901 passed in lieu.

 Public Law 100–354: To designate the Federal Building located at 215 North 17th Street in Omaha, Nebraska, as the “Edward Zorinsky Federal Building“. Public Law 354 Public Law 100–354 102 Stat. 666 1988-06-27 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 666 Public Law 100–354 100th Congress
An Act To designate the Federal Building located at 215 North 17th Street in Omaha, Nebraska, as the “Edward Zorinsky Federal Building“.

June 27, 1988

[S. 1960]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. DESIGNATION OF BUILDING. The Federal Building located at 215 North 17th Street in Omaha, Nebraska, shall hereafter be known and designated as the “Edward Zorinsky Federal Building”.
SEC. 2. LEGAL REFERENCES TO BUILDING. Any reference in any law, regulation, document, record, map, or other paper of the United States to the building referred to in section 1 is deemed to be a reference to the “Edward Zorinsky Federal Building”.
Approved June 27, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 1960 (H.R. 3838): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–635 accompanying H.R. 3838 (Comm. on Public Works and Transportation). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 31, considered and passed Senate.

June 20, H.R. 3838 considered and passed House; proceedings vacated and S. 1960 passed In lieu.

 Public Law 100–355: To increase the amount authorized to be appropriated with respect to the Sewall-Belmont House National Historic Site. Public Law 355 Public Law 100–355 102 Stat. 667 1988-06-28 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 667 Public Law 100–355 100th Congress
An Act To increase the amount authorized to be appropriated with respect to the Sewall-Belmont House National Historic Site.

June 28, 1988

[H.R. 2203]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Conservation.

National parka, monuments, etc.
SECTION 1. AMENDMENTS. Title II of Public Law 93–486 (88 Stat. 1463) is amended as follows: (1) In section 202 strike “101 of this Act” and insert “201 of this title”. (2) In section 204 strike “Act” and insert “title”. (3) Amend section 204 of Public Law 93–486 (88 Stat. 1463) authorizing the Sewall-Belmont House National Historic Site by striking “$500,000” and inserting “$2,000,000”. (4) After section 204 insert:
“Sec. 205. (a) In order to provide a planning framework for the

Reports.

management, preservation, and interpretation of the Sewall-Belmont House National Historic Site, the Secretary of the Interior shall develop a Statement for Management, a Statement for Interpretation, a Scope of Collections Statements, and a Historic Structures Report. Within one year of enactment of this section the Secretary shall transmit these documents to the House of Representatives Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs and the Senate Committee on Energy and Natural Resources. “(b) The National Park Service and the owner of the Sewall-Belmont

Contracts.

House shall enter into negotiations to prepare a revised cooperative agreement detailing the respective responsibilities of each party, including actions to be taken by each party in order to facilitate greater cooperation between them. The National Park Service shall transmit to the respective committees the revised cooperative agreement within 30 days after its execution.”.
SEC. 2. EXPANSION OF THE DELTA REGION PRESERVATION COMMISSION. Section 907(a) of Public Law 95–625, as amended, is further

16 USC 230f.

amended as follows: (1) In clause (6), strike “region; and” and insert “region;”. (2) In clause (7), strike “Arts, and insert “Arts; and”. (3) Add the following new clause: “(8) one member who shall have experience as a folklorist and who is familiar with the cultures of the Mississippi Delta Region appointed by the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.”.
SEC. 3.

Northern Mariana Islands.

 SAIPAN HARBOR AND SAN JOSE HARBOR PROJECTS. (a) There is authorized to be appropriated to the Secretary of the Interior such sums as are necessary for construction of the Saipan harbor project in the Northern Mariana Islands, in accordance with the May 1987 draft feasibility report of the Honolulu District Engineer. 102 STAT. 668 (b) There is authorized to be appropriated such sums as are necessary for project planning, design, and construction for replacement of the main breakwater and for necessary dredging of the San Jose harbor on the Island of Tinian in the Northern Mariana Islands. The cost-sharing provisions of Public Law 99–662 shall apply to the project, and particular consideration shall be given to possible defense uses of the harbor in determining the benefits of this project.
Approved June 28, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 2203 (S. 1682): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–611 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–356 accompanying S. 1682 (Comm. on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

May 23, considered and passed House.

June 6, considered and passed Senate, amended.

June 14, House concurred in Senate amendment.

 Public Law 100–356: To amend the National School Lunch Act to require eligibility for free lunches to be baaed on the nonfarm income poverty guidelines prescribed by the Office of Management and Budget. Public Law 356 Public Law 100–356 102 Stat. 669 1988-06-28 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 669 Public Law 100–356 100th Congress
An Act To amend the National School Lunch Act to require eligibility for free lunches to be baaed on the nonfarm income poverty guidelines prescribed by the Office of Management and Budget.

June 28, 1988

[S. 2156]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. FREE LUNCH PROGRAM ELIGIBILITY. Section 9(b)(1)(A) of the National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 1758(b)(1)(Al) is amended— (1) in the second sentence, by striking out “For the school years ending June 30, 1982, and June 30, 1983, the” and inserting in lieu thereof “The”; and (2) by striking out the third sentence.
SEC. 2. COMPUTATION OF CASH COMPENSATION TO DISTRICTS UNDER SECTION 14(g)(3) OF THE NATIONAL SCHOOL LUNCH ACT. (a) In General.— Section 14(g)(3)(A) of the National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 1762a(g)(3)(A)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sentences: “The Secretary, in computing losses sustained by any school district under the preceding sentence, shall base such computation on the actual amount of assistance received by such school district under this Act for the school year ending June 30, 1982, including— “(i) the value of assistance in the form of commodities provided in addition to those provided pursuant to section 6(e) of this Act; and “(ii) the value of assistance provided in the form of either cash or commodity letters of credit. The Secretary may provide cash compensation under this subparagraph only to eligible school districts that submit applications for such compensation not later than May 1, 1988.”. (b) Authorization of Appropriations.— Section 14(g)(3)(B) of the National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 1762a(g)(3)(B)) is amended by striking out “$50,000” and inserting in lieu thereof “such sums as may be necessary”. (c) Time for Payment of Claims.— Section 14(g)(3)(A) of the National School Lunch Act (42 U.S.C. 1762a(g)(3)(A)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: “The Secretary shall complete action on any claim submitted under this subparagraph not later than 45 days after the date of the enactment of this sentence.”.
SEC. 3.

State and local governments.

 FUNDS FOR NUTRITION SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATION. (a) Conversion of Funds.— Section 17(h)(5) of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786(h)(5)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subparagraphs: “(D) Following the implementation of an approved cost-saving strategy identified in subsection (h)(5)(A), a State agency may con-102 STAT. 670vert, in addition to funds otherwise converted to nutrition services and administration funds under subparagraphs (A), (B), and (C) of subsection (h)(5), food funds initially allocated to the State agency for program food purchases to nutrition services and administration funds. The amount of funds converted shall be limited to an amount sufficient to ensure that there is no more than a 2 percent annual decrease in the State agency’s administrative grant per person if a larger decrease would otherwise result from increased program participation due to the cost-saving system of the State. “(E) For each such State agency, the total amount of funds transferred from any fiscal year shall not exceed the amounts set forth in section 17(i)(3)(1)).”. (b) Cost-Savings Systems.— Section 17(1)(3) of the Child Nutrition Act of 1966 (42 U.S.C. 1786(i)(3)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subparagraph: “(D) For State agencies implementing approved cost-savings strategies as identified in subsection (h)(5)(A), not more than 5 percent of the amount of funds allocated under this section to such a State agency for supplemental foods for the fiscal year in which the system is implemented, and at the discretion of the Secretary, up to 5 percent of the amount of funds allocated to such a State agency for the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the system is implemented, may be expended by the State agency for expenses incurred under this section for supplemental foods during the succeeding fiscal year.”.
Approved June 28, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 2156: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

May 27, considered and passed Senate.

June 13, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–357: To amend the Energy Policy and Conservation Act to provide for Federal energy conservation standards for fluorescent lamp ballasts. Public Law 357 Public Law 100–357 102 Stat. 671 1988-06-28 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 671 Public Law 100–357 100th Congress
An Act To amend the Energy Policy and Conservation Act to provide for Federal energy conservation standards for fluorescent lamp ballasts.

June 28, 1988

[S. 2167]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

National Appliance Energy Conservation Amendments of 1988.

42 USC 6201 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. This Act may be referred to as the “National Appliance Energy Conservation Amendments of 1988”.
SEC. 2. AMENDMENTS FOR FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS. (a) Definition.— (1) Section 321(a) of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6291(a)) is amended by adding the following new paragraph at the end: “(29) (A) The term ‘fluorescent lamp ballast’ means a device which is used to start and operate fluorescent lamps by providing a starting voltage and current and limiting the current during normal operation. “(B) The term ‘ANSI standard’ means a standard developed by a committee accredited by the American National Standards Institute. “(C) The term ‘ballast efficacy factor’ means the relative light output divided by the power input of a fluorescent lamp ballast, as measured under test conditions specified in ANSI standard C82.2–1984, or as may be prescribed by the Secretary. “(D) (i) The term ‘F40T12 lamp’ means a nominal 40 watt tubular fluorescent lamp which is 48 inches in length and one- and-a-half inches in diameter, and conforms to ANSI standard C78.1–1978(R1984). “(ii) The term ‘F96T12 lamp’ means a nominal 75 watt tubular fluorescent lamp which is 96 inches in length and one- and-a-half inches in diameter, and conforms to ANSI standard C78.3–1978(R1984). “(iii) The term ‘F96T12HO lamp’ means a nominal 110 watt tubular fluorescent lamp which is 96 inches in length and one- and-a-half inches in diameter, and conforms to ANSI standard C78.1–1978(R1984). “(E) The term ‘input current’ means the root-mean-square (RMS) current in amperes delivered to a fluorescent lamp ballast. “(F) The term ‘luminaire’ means a complete lighting unit consisting of a fluorescent lamp or lamps, together with parts designed to distribute the light, to position and protect such lamps, and to connect such lamps to the power supply through the ballast. “(G) The term ‘ballast input voltage’ means the rated input voltage of a fluorescent lamp ballast. “(H) The term ‘nominal lamp watts’ means the wattage at which a fluorescent lamp is designed to operate. 102 STAT. 672 “(I) The term ‘power factor’ means the power input divided by the product of ballast input voltage and input current of a fluorescent lamp ballast, as measured under test conditions specified in ANSI standard C82.2–1984, or as may be prescribed by the Secretary. “(J) The term ‘power input’ means the power consumption in watts of a ballast and fluorescent lamp or lamps, as determined in accordance with the test procedures specified in ANSI standard C82.2–1984, or as may be prescribed by the Secretary. “(K) The term ‘relative light output’ means the light output delivered through the use of a ballast divided by the light output delivered through the use of a reference ballast, expressed as a percent, as determined in accordance with the test procedures specified in ANSI standard C82.2–1984, or as may be prescribed by the Secretary, “(L) The term ‘residential building’ means a structure or portion of a structure which provides facilities or shelter for human residency, except that such term does not include any multifamily residential structure of more than three stories above grade.”. (2)

Commerce and trade.

 Section 321 (a)(1) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 6291(a)(1)) is amended by inserting the following before the period at the end thereof: “, except that such term includes fluorescent lamp ballasts distributed in commerce for personal or commercial use or consumption.”. (3) Section 321(a)(6)(B) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 6291(a)(6)(B)) is amended by striking out “(13)” and inserting in lieu thereof “(14)”. (b) Coverage.— Section 322(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 6292(a)) is amended— (1) by redesignating paragraph (13) as paragraph (14); and (2) by inserting after paragraph (12) the following: “(13) Fluorescent lamp ballasts.”. (c) Test Procedures.— Section 323(b) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 6293(b)) is amended by adding at the end the following: “(5) With respect to fluorescent lamp ballasts manufactured on or after January 1, 1990, and to which standards are applicable under section 325, the Secretary shall prescribe test procedures that are in accord with ANSI standard C82.2–1984 or other test procedures determined appropriate by the Secretary.”. (d) Labeling.— Section 324 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 6294) is amended— (1) in subsection (a)(2)— (A) by striking out “(2) The” and inserting in lieu thereof “(2)(A) The”; and (B) by adding at the end the following: “(B) The Commission shall prescribe labeling rules under this section applicable to the covered product specified in paragraph (13) of section 322(a) and to which standards are applicable under section 325. Such rules shall provide that the labeling of any fluorescent lamp ballast manufactured on or after January 1, 1990, will indicate conspicuously, in a manner prescribed by the Commission under subsection (b) by July 1, 1989, a capital letter ‘E’ printed within a circle on the ballast and on the packaging of the ballast or of the luminaire into which the ballast has been incorporated.”. (2) by striking out “(13)” and inserting in lieu thereof “(14)” in subsection (a)(3) and in paragraphs (1)(B), (3), and (5) of subsection (b); and (3) by adding at the end of subsection (c) the following: 102 STAT. 673 “(7) Paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (5), and (6) of this subsection shall not apply to the covered product specified in paragraph (13) of section (e) Standards.— (1) Subsection (g) of section 325 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 6295(g)) is amended— (A) by inserting “; Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts;” after “Dryers” in the heading; and (B) by adding at the end the following: “(5) Except as provided in paragraph (6), each fluorescent lamp ballast— “(A) (i) manufactured on or after January 1, 1990; “(ii) sold by the manufacturer on or after April 1, 1990; or “(iii) incorporated into a luminaire by a luminaire manufacturer on or after April 1, 1991; and “(B) designed— “(i) to operate at nominal input voltages of 120 or 277 volts; “(ii) to operate with an input current frequency of 60 Hertz; and “(iii)

for use in connection with an F40T12, F96T12, or F96T12HO lamps;

shall have a power factor of 0.90 or greater and shall have a ballast efficacy factor not less than the following:

Application for Operation of Ballast Input Voltage Total Nominal Lamp Watts Ballast Efficacy Factor
one F40T12 lamp 120 40 1.805
277 40 1.805
two F40T12 lamps 120 80 1.060
277 80 1.050
two F96T12 lamps 120 150 0.570
277 150 0.570
two F96T12HO lamps 120 220 0.390
277 220 0.390
“(6) The standards described in paragraph (5) do not apply to (A) a ballast which is designed for dimming or for use in ambient temperatures of 0° F or less, or (B) a ballast which has a power factor of less than 0.90 and is designed for use only in residential building applications. “(7) (A) The Secretary shall publish a final rule no later than January 1, 1992, to determine if the standards established under paragraph (5) should be amended, including whether such standards should be amended so that they would be applicable to ballasts described in paragraph (6) and other fluorescent lamp ballasts. Such rule shall contain such amendment, if any, and provide that the amendment shall apply to products manufactured on or after January 1, 1995. “(B) After January 1, 1992, the Secretary shall publish a final rule no later than five years after the date of publication of a previous final rule. The Secretary shall determine in such rule whether to amend the standards in effect for fluorescent lamp ballasts, including whether such standards should be amended so that they would be applicable to additional fluorescent lamp ballasts. “(C) Any amendment prescribed under subparagraph (B) shall apply to products manufactured after a date which is five years after— “(i) the effective date of the previous amendment; or 102 STAT. 674 “(ii) if the previous final rule did not amend the standards, the earliest date by which a previous amendment could have been effective; except that in no case may any amended standard apply to products manufactured within three years after publication of the final rule establishing such amended standard.”. (2) Subsection (i) of section 325 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 6295(i)) is amended by striking out “(13)” in paragraphs (1) and (2) and inserting in lieu thereof “(14)”. (3) Subsection (e)(1)(C) of section 325 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 6295(e)(1)(C)) is amended by inserting “Volume” after “Rated Storage”. (4) Section 325 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 6295) is amended— (A) in subsection (j)(B)— (i) by inserting “fluorescent lamp ballasts,” after “clothes dryers,”; and (ii) by striking out “hearing” and inserting in lieu thereof “heating”; and (B) in subsection (k)— (i) by inserting “and in paragraph (13)” after “(11)” in paragraph (I); and (ii) by inserting “fluorescent lamp ballasts,” after “clothes dryers,” in paragraph (3)(B). (f) Effect on Other Law.— (1) Section 327(b)(1) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 6297(b)(1)) is amended by inserting before the semicolon at the end the following: “, or in the case of any portion of any regulation which establishes requirements for fluorescent lamp ballasts, was prescribed or enacted before the date of the enactment of the National Appliance Energy Conservation Amendments of 1988”. (2) Section 327(b)(4) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 6297(b)(4)) is amended by inserting before the semicolon at the end the following: “, or is a regulation (or portion thereof) regulating fluorescent lamp ballasts other than those to which paragraph (5) of section 325(g) is applicable”. 102 STAT. 675 (3) Section 327(c)(1) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 6297(c)(1)) is amended by inserting before the semicolon at the end the following: “, except

State and local governments.

that a State regulation (or portion thereof) regulating fluorescent lamp ballasts other than those to which paragraph (5) of section 325(g) is applicable shall be effective only until the effective date of a standard that is prescribed by the Secretary under paragraph (7) of such section and is applicable to such ballasts”.
Approved June 28, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 2167 (H.R. 4158): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–685 accompanying H.R. 4158 (Comm. on Energy and Commerce). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–345 (Comm. on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

May 19, considered and passed Senate.

June 13, H.R. 4158 considered and passed House; proceedings vacated and S. 2167 passed in lieu.

 Public Law 100–358: To amend the United States Housing Act of 1937 to establish a separate program to provide housing assistance for Indians and Alaska Natives. Public Law 358 Public Law 100–358 102 Stat. 676 1988-06-29 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 676 Public Law 100–358 100th Congress
An Act To amend the United States Housing Act of 1937 to establish a separate program to provide housing assistance for Indians and Alaska Natives.

June 29, 1988

[H.R. 3927]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Indian Housing Act of 1988.

42 USC 1437aa note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. This Act may be cited as the “Indian Housing Act of 1988”.
SEC. 2. ESTABLISHMENT OF SEPARATE PROGRAM OF ASSISTED HOUSING FOR INDIANS AND ALASKA NATIVES. The United States Housing Act of 1937 is amended by adding at the end the following new title: <num value="II">“TITLE II—</num> <heading class="inline">ASSISTED HOUSING FOR INDIANS AND ALASKA NATIVES</heading> <section> <num value="201">“SEC. 201. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1437aa">42 USC 1437aa</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">ESTABLISHMENT OF SEPARATE PROGRAM OF ASSISTED HOUSING FOR INDIANS AND ALASKA NATIVES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">The Secretary shall carry out programs to provide lower income housing on Indian reservations and other Indian areas in accordance with the provisions of this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Applicability of Title I</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <content>Except as otherwise provided in this title, the provisions of title I shall apply to lower income housing developed or operated pursuant to a contract between the Secretary and an Indian housing authority.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Public housing</inline>.—</heading> <content>No provision of title I (or of any other law specifically modifying the public housing program under title I) that is enacted after the date of the enactment of the Indian Housing Act of 1988 shall apply to public housing developed or operated pursuant to a contract between the Secretary and an Indian housing authority, unless the provision explicitly provides for such applicability.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Animals.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Aged persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Inapplicability of Certain Requirements</inline>.—</heading> <content>Lower income housing developed or operated pursuant to a contract between the Secretary and an Indian housing authority shall not be subject to section 227 of the Housing and Urban-Rural Recovery Act of 1983 (relating to pet ownership in assisted housing for the elderly or handicapped).</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="202">“SEC. 202. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1437bb">42 USC 1437bb</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">MUTUAL HELP HOMEOWNERSHIP OPPORTUNITY PROGRAM.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">The Secretary shall carry out a mutual help homeownership opportunity program for Indian families in accordance with this section. The program shall be designed to meet the homeownership needs of Indian families on Indian reservations <page identifier="/us/stat/102/677">102 STAT. 677</page>and other Indian areas, including Indian families whose incomes exceed the levels established for lower income families.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Financial Assistance</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Secretary may, to the extent <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>provided in appropriation Acts, enter into contracts with Indian housing authorities under title I to provide financial assistance for the development, acquisition, operation, and improvement of housing projects under this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Eligible Projects</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Project types</inline>.—</heading> <content>Projects for which assistance may be provided under this section may include single-family detached dwellings and other single-family dwellings (including row houses).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Forms of ownership</inline>.—</heading> <content>In addition to fee simple ownership and other forms of ownership, the Secretary may permit and facilitate cooperative ownership for any project assisted under this section, if the Indian housing authority requests cooperative ownership and the Secretary determines such ownership to be appropriate for the project.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Property standards</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Property standards for projects assisted under this section shall be established by regulation, in accordance with section 205. The standards shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>provide sufficient flexibility to permit the use of different designs and materials; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>include cost-effective energy conservation performance <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Energy.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Conservation.</p></sidenote>standards designed to ensure the lowest total construction and operating costs.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Eligible Families</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <content>Except as provided in paragraph (2), assistance under this section shall be limited to Indian lower income families on Indian reservations and other Indian areas.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Exception</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Demonstrated need</inline>.—</heading> <content>An Indian housing authority may provide assistance under this section to families on Indian reservations and other Indian areas whose incomes exceed the levels established for lower income families, if the Indian housing authority demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Secretary that there is a need for housing for such families that cannot reasonably be met without such assistance. An Indian housing authority may provide assistance under this section to any non-Indian family on an Indian reservation or other Indian area if the Indian housing authority determines that the presence of the family on the Indian reservation or other Indian area is essential to the well-being of Indian families and the need for housing for the family cannot reasonably be met without such assistance.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on number of units</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The number of dwelling units in any project assisted under this section that may be occupied by or reserved for families on Indian reservations and other Indian areas whose incomes exceed the levels established for Lower income families may not exceed whichever of the following is higher:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">10 percent</inline>.—</heading> <content>10 percent of the dwelling units in the project.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">5 units</inline>.—</heading> <content>5 dwelling units.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Mutual Help and Occupancy Agreement</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Each Indian housing authority operating a program under this section shall <page identifier="/us/stat/102/678">102 STAT. 678</page>require each family selected for housing under this section to enter into a mutual help and occupancy agreement. The agreement shall provide the following:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Family contribution</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">General requirement</inline>.—</heading> <content>The family shall agree to contribute toward the development cost of a project in the form of land, labor, cash, or materials or equipment. The value of the contribution of each family shall not be less than $1,500.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Contribution by Indian tribe</inline>.—</heading> <content>Contributions other than labor may be made by an Indian tribe on behalf of a family.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Monthly payment</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Calculation</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The family shall agree to make a monthly payment to the Indian housing authority that is equal to whichever of the following is higher:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Percentage of adjusted income</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>An amount computed by—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>multiplying the monthly adjusted income of the family by a percentage that is not less than 15 percent and not more than 30 percent, as determined by the Indian housing authority to be appropriate; and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>subtracting the estimated monthly payments of the family for the reasonable use of utilities (excluding telephone service).</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Administration charge</inline>.—</heading> <content>The amount budgeted by the Indian housing authority for monthly operating expenses on the dwelling of the family, excluding any operating cost for which operating assistance is provided by the Secretary under section 9.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Other applicable law</inline>.—</heading> <content>Monthly payments under this section shall be subject to section 203 of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Maintenance and utiijties</inline>.—</heading> <content>The family shall be responsible for the maintenance and monthly utility expenses of the dwelling. The Indian housing authority shall have in effect procedures determined by the Secretary to be sufficient for ensuring the timely periodic maintenance of the dwelling by the family.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Homeownership opportunities</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Indian housing authority shall afford the family an opportunity to purchase the dwelling under a I ease-purchase, mortgage, or loan agreement with the Indian housing authority or any other qualified entity, if the Indian housing authority determines (in accordance with objective standards and procedures established by the Secretary after consultation with Indian housing authorities) that the family is able to meet the obligations of homeownership.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Self-Help Housing Program</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Secretary shall establish a self-help housing program for projects assisted under this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Requirements</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In the case of any project approved by the Secretary for participation in the self-help housing program—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>each family shall make a contribution under subsection (e)(i) in the form of labor in accordance with labor contribution requirements similar to the requirements ap-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/679">102 STAT. 679</page>plicable under the mutual self-help housing program established in section 523 of the Housing Act of 1949; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the Secretary shall provide each family with technical and supervisory assistance similar to the assistance available under the mutual self-help housing program established in section 523 of the Housing Act of 1949.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Applications</inline>.—</heading> <content>Any Indian housing authority may submit an application to the Secretary for inclusion of a project assisted under this section in the self-help housing program.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="203">“SEC. 203. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1437cc">42 USC 1437cc</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Public Housing Maximum Contributions</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In determining the maximum contributions that may be made by the Secretary to an Indian housing authority for development of a public housing project (including a mutual help homeownership opportunity project under this title), the Secretary shall consider all relevant factors, including—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the logistical problems associated with projects of remote location, low density, or scattered sites; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content class="inline">the availability of skilled labor and acceptable materials.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Related Facilities and Services</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Secretary shall take <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Highways.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Water.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Waste disposal.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Utilities.</p></sidenote>such actions as may be necessary to ensure the timely and efficient provision, through the Interdepartmental Agreement on Indian Housing, of any roads, water supply and sewage facilities, and electrical and fuel distribution systems that are required for completion and occupancy of public housing projects assisted under this title (including mutual help homeownership opportunity projects).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Accessibility to Physically Handicapped Persons</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Secretary shall, in accordance with Public Law 90–480 (42 U.S.C. 4151 et seq.; commonly known as the Architectural Barriers Act of 1968) and other applicable law, require each Indian housing authority to give proper consideration to the needs of physically handicapped persons for ready access to, and use of, lower income housing assisted under this title.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="204">“SEC. 204. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1437dd">42 USC 1437dd</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">ANNUAL REPORT.</heading> <chapeau>“The Secretary shall include in the annual report under section 8 of the Department of Housing and Urban Development Act—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>a description of the actions taken to carry out the provisions of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1987 that relate to Indian housing;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>an evaluation of the status of the program of single-family mortgage insurance for Indians and Alaska Natives under section 248 of the National Housing Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>an assessment of the housing needs of native Hawaiians and an evaluation of current Federal programs designed to meet the needs, including programs of housing assistance for lower income families and the program of single-family mortgage insurance for native Hawaiians under section 247 of the National Housing Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>recommendations for resolving concerns relating to Indian housing authorities that are authorized to serve both Indians and non-Indians; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>a description of actions taken to ensure the timely and efficient provision, through the Interdepartmental Agreement on Indian Housing, of any roads, water supply and sewage facilities, and electrical and fuel distribution systems that are <page identifier="/us/stat/102/680">102 STAT. 680</page>required for completion and occupancy of public housing projects assisted under this title (including mutual help homeownership opportunity projects).</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="205">“SEC. 205. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1437ee">42 USC 1437ee</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline">REGULATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Issuance</inline>.—</heading> <content class="inline">The Secretary shall issue regulations to carry out this title and the amendments made by the Indian Housing Act of 1988. The regulations shall be issued in accordance with subsections (b) through (e) of section 553 of title 5, United States Code.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Consultation With Indian Housing Authorities</inline>.—</heading> <content>In formulating proposed regulations under this section, the Secretary shall consult with Indian housing authorities.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Secretary shall issue regulations under this section to become effective before the expiration of the 90-day period beginning on the date of the enactment of the Indian Housing Act of 1988.”.</content> </subsection> </section>
SEC. 3. CONTINUED AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS.

42 USC 1437c.

Section 5(c) of the United States Housing Act of 1937 is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: “(8) Any amount available for Indian housing under subsection (a) that is recaptured shall be used only for such housing.”.
SEC. 4.

42 USC 1437a.

 DEFINITIONS. (a) Adjusted Income.— Section 3(b)(5)(1)) of the United States Housing Act of 1937 is amended— (1) by inserting “(i)” after “(D)”; and (2) by inserting before the period at the end the following: “;or (ii) excessive travel expenses, not to exceed $25 per family per week, for employment or education related travel, except that this clause shall apply only to families assisted by Indian housing authorities”. (b) Public Housing Agency.— Section 3(b)(6) of the United States Housing Act of 1937 is amended by adding at the end the following: “The term includes any Indian housing authority.”. (c) State.— Section 3(b)(7) of the United States Housing Act of 1937 is amended by striking all that follows “Indian tribes” and inserting a period. (d) Indian.— Section 3(b) of the United States Housing Act of 1937 is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: “(9) The term ‘Indian’ means any person recognized as being an Indian or Alaska Native by an Indian tribe, the Federal Government, or any State.”. (e) Indian Area.— Section 3(b) of the United States Housing Act of 1937 (as amended by subsection (d) of this section) is further amended by adding at the end of the following new paragraph: “(10) The term ‘Indian area’ means the area within which an Indian housing authority is authorized to provide lower income housing.”. (f) Indian Housing Authority.— Section 3(b) of the United States Housing Act of 1937 (as amended by subsection (e) of this section) is further amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: “(11) The term ‘Indian housing authority’ means any entity that— “(A) is authorized to engage in or assist in the development or operation of lower income housing for Indians; and “(B) is established— 102 STAT. 681 “(i) by exercise of the power of self-government of an Indian tribe independent of State law; or “(ii) by operation of State law providing specifically for housing authorities for Indians, including regional housing authorities in the State of Alaska.”. (g) Indian Tribe.— Section 3(b) of the United States Housing Act of 1937 (as amended by subsection (f) of this section) is further amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: “(12) The term ‘Indian tribe’ means any tribe, band, pueblo, group, community, or nation of Indians or Alaska Natives.”.
SEC. 5. CONFORMING AMENDMENTS TO TITLE I. The United States Housing Act of 1937 is amended by inserting

42 USC 1437–1437s.

before section 1 the following title heading: <num value="I">“TITLE I—</num> <heading class="inline">GENERAL PROGRAM OF ASSISTED HOUSING”.</heading>
SEC 6. APPLICABILITY. The Secretary of Housing and Urban Development may carry out programs to provide lower income housing on Indian reservations and other Indian areas only in accordance with the amendments made by this Act, commencing on whichever of the following occurs earlier: (1) Effective date of regulations.— The effective date of regulations issued under section 205 of the United States Housing Act of 1937. (2) 90 days.— The expiration of the 90-day period beginning on the date of the enactment of this Act.
Approved June 29, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 3927 (S. 1987): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–604 (Comm. on Banking, Finance and Urban Affairs). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–344 accompanying S. 1987 (Select Comm. on Indian Affairs). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

May 10, considered and passed House.

June 10, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–359: Designating June 26 through July 2, 1988, as “National Safety Belt Use Week”. Public Law 359 Public Law 100–359 102 Stat. 682 1988-06-30 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 682 Public Law 100–359 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating June 26 through July 2, 1988, as “National Safety Belt Use Week”.

June 30, 1988

[H.J. Res. 485]

 Whereas safety belts and child safety seats have proven to be effective in reducing highway fatalities and injuries; Whereas the legislatures of 32 States and the District of Columbia have recognized the benefits of safety belt use and have enacted safety belt use laws; Whereas these laws apply to nearly 205,000,000 persons; Whereas child safety seat use laws are in effect in every State; Whereas as a result of safety belt and child safety seat use laws and other activities, millions of Americans are regularly wearing safety belts and using child safety seats; Whereas use of these safety systems by all drivers, passengers, and children would prevent thousands of fatalities and injuries each year; Whereas use of safety belts and child safety seats should be encouraged even as passive restraint systems are phased into the vehicle fleet; and Whereas numerous public interest and safety organizations are working to encourage more extensive use of safety belts and child safety seats: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That June 26 through July 2, 1988, is designated as “National Safety Belt Use Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation— (1) to urge the people of the United States— (A) to wear safety belts and to have their children wear safety belts, and (B) to use child safety seats, and (2) to encourage State and local governments, schools, health agencies, public safety and law enforcement agencies, motor vehicle manufacturers, the insurance industry, the military, media organizations, the business community, the entertainment industry, and other concerned organizations and officials to promote greater use of these essential safety devices.
Approved June 30, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 485 (S.J. Res. 270): CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 21, considered and passed House.

June 23, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–360: To amend title XVIII of the Social Security Act to provide protection against catastrophic medical expenses under the medicare program, and for other purposes. Public Law 360 Public Law 100–360 102 Stat. 683 1988-07-01 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 683 Public Law 100–360 100th Congress
An Act To amend title XVIII of the Social Security Act to provide protection against catastrophic medical expenses under the medicare program, and for other purposes.

July 1, 1988

[H.R. 2470]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Act of 1988.

Aged persons.

Insurance.

Health and medical care.

Health care facilities.

42 USC 1305 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE; REFERENCES IN ACT; TABLE OF CONTENTS. (a) Short Title.—This Act may be cited as the “Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Act of 1988”. (b) Amendments to the Social Security Act.—Except as otherwise specifically provided, whenever in this Act an amendment is expressed in terms of an amendment to or repeal of a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to be made to that section or other provision of the Social Security Act. (c) Table of Contents.—The table of contents of this Act is as follows: Sec. 1. TITLE I— Subtitle A— Sec. 101. Sec. 102. Sec. 103. Sec. 104. Subtitle B— Sec. 111. Sec. 112. Sec. 113. TITLE II— Subtitle A— Sec. 201. Sec. 202. Sec. 203. Sec. 204. Sec. 205. Sec. 206. Sec. 207. Sec. 208. Subtitle B— Sec. 211. Sec. 212. Sec. 213. 102 STAT. 684 Subtitle C— Sec. 221. Sec. 222. Sec. 223. Sec. 224. TITLE III— Sec. 301. Sec. 302. Sec. 303. TITLE IV— Subtitle A— Sec. 401. Sec. 402. Sec. 403. Sec. 404. Sec. 405. Sec. 406. Sec. 407. Sec. 408. Subtitle B— Sec. 411. Subtitle C— Sec. 421. Sec. 422. Sec. 423. Sec. 424. Sec. 425. Sec. 426. Sec. 427. Sec. 428. Sec. 429.
<num value="I">TITLE I—</num><heading class="inline">PROVISIONS RELATING TO PART A OF MEDICARE PROGRAM AND SUPPLEMENTAL MEDICARE PREMIUM</heading> <subtitle> <num value="A">Subtitle A—</num><heading class="inline">Expansion of Medicare Part A Benefits</heading> <section> <num value="101">SEC 101. </num> <heading>EXPANDING SCOPE OF BENEFITS UNDER PART A.</heading> <chapeau class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">Section 1812 (42 U.S.C. 1395d) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in subsection (a), by striking paragraphs (1) through (4) and inserting the following: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/685">102 STAT. 685</page> <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>inpatient hospital services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>extended care services for up to 150 days during any calendar year,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>home health services; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>in lieu of certain other benefits, hospice care with respect to the individual during up to two periods of 90 days each, a subsequent period of 30 days, and a subsequent extension period with respect to which the individual makes an election under subsection (d)(1)”;</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by amending subsection (b) to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Payment under this part for services furnished to an individual may not be made for—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>extended care services furnished to the individual during a calendar year after such services have been furnished to the individual for 150 days during that year, or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>inpatient psychiatric hospital services furnished to the individual after such services have been furnished to the individual for a total of 190 days during his lifetime.”;</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by amending subsection (c) to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><content>If an individual is an inpatient of a psychiatric hospital on the first day of medicare entitlement (as defined in paragraph (4)(A)) payment may not be made under this part during the period described in paragraph (2) for inpatient mental health services (as defined in paragraph (4)(B)) in excess of the number of days specified in paragraph (3).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The period described in this paragraph—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>begins on the first day of medicare entitlement, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><content>ends at the end of the first period of 60 consecutive days thereafter on each of which the individual is not receiving inpatient mental health services.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The number of days specified in this paragraph for an individual is 150 days less the number of days (during the 150-day period immediately before the first day of medicare entitlement) during which the individual was an inpatient of a psychiatric hospital.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau>In this subsection:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>The term ‘first day of medicare entitlement’ means, for an individual, the first day of the first month for which the individual is entitled to benefits under this part</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The term ‘inpatient mental health services’ means—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>inpatient psychiatric hospital services, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>inpatient hospital services for an individual who is an inpatient primarily for the diagnosis or treatment of mental illness.”;</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subsection (d)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by striking “<quotedText>and one subsequent period of 30 days</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>, a subsequent period of 30 days, and a subsequent extension period</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in paragraph (2)(B), by inserting “<quotedText>or a subsequent extension period</quotedText>” after “30-day period”;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>in subsection (e), by striking ‘post-hospital”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>by striking subsections (f) and (g).</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="102">SEC 102. </num> <heading>DEDUCTIBLES AND COINSURANCE UNDER PART A.</heading><chapeau class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">Section 1813 (42 U.S.C. 1395e) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by amending paragraphs (1) through (3) of subsection (a) to read as follows: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/686">102 STAT. 686</page> <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Subject to subparagraph (C), the amount payable for in-patient hospital services furnished to an individual during the individual’s first period of hospitalization to begin during a calendar year shall be reduced by a deduction equal to the inpatient hospital deductible for that year or, if less, the charges imposed with respect to such individual for such services, except that, if the customary charges for such services are greater than the charges so imposed, such customary charges shall be considered to be the charges so imposed.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>For purposes of subparagraph (A), the term ‘period of hospitalization <sup>r</sup> means, with respect to an individual, the period beginning on the first day the individual is furnished inpatient hospital services and ending on the individual’s date of discharge (as established by the Secretary for purposes of section 1886) from the hospital (or, in the case of a transfer, hospitals) involved.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau class="inline">In the case of an individual with respect to whom—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>a period of hospitalization begins during December of any calendar year,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>an inpatient hospital deductible is imposed with respect to such period of hospitalization, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>a period of hospitalization begins during January of the following calendar year,</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">no inpatient hospital deductible shall be imposed with respect to a period of hospitalization beginning in January of such following year (but such period of hospitalization shall not be taken into account in determining the application of an inpatient hospital deductible for any period of hospitalization beginning for such individual after January 31 of such following year).</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content>If the Secretary terminates a contract under section 1876 during a year, no inpatient hospital deductible shall be imposed during the remainder of the year in the case of an individual who can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Secretary that, during a period of enrollment with the organization in the year, the individual was admitted to a hospital for inpatient hospital services for which the organization was obligated to make payment under such section.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>The amount payable to any provider of services under this part for services furnished an individual shall be further reduced by a deduction equal to the expenses incurred for the first three pints of whole blood (or equivalent quantities of packed red blood cells, as defined under regulations) furnished to the individual during each calendar year, except that such deductible for such blood shall in accordance with regulations be appropriately reduced to the extent that there has been a replacement of such blood (or equivalent quantities of packed red blood cells, as so defined); and for such purposes blood (or equivalent quantities of packed red blood cells, as so defined) furnished such individual shall be deemed replaced when the institution or other person furnishing such blood (or such equivalent quantities of packed red blood cells, as so defined) is given one pint of blood for each pint of blood (or equivalent quantities of packed red blood cells, as so defined) furnished such individual with respect to which a deduction is made under this sentence.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The deductible under subparagraph (A) for blood or blood cells furnished an individual in a year shall be reduced to the extent that a deductible has been imposed under section 1833(b) to blood or blood cells furnished the individual in the year.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/687">102 STAT. 687</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>The amount payable for extended care services furnished an individual in any calendar year shall be reduced by the coinsurance amount (promulgated under subparagraph (C) for that year) for each day (before the 9th day) on which he is furnished such services during the year.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Before September 1 of each year (beginning with 1988), the Secretary shall estimate the national average per diem reasonable cost recognized under this title for extended care services which will be furnished in the succeeding calendar year.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>The Secretary shall, in September of each year (beginning with 1988) promulgate the coinsurance amount which shall apply to extended care services furnished in the succeeding year. Such amount shall be equal to 20 percent of the national average per diem cost estimated under subparagraph (B) in that year. If the coinsurance amount determined under the preceding sentence is not a multiple of 50 cents, it shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of 50 cents (or, if it is a multiple of 25 cents but not a multiple of 50 cents, to the next higher multiple of 50 cents).”; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking paragraph (3) of subsection (b).</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="103">SEC 103. </num> <heading>PART A PREMIUM FOR MEDICARE BUY-INS.</heading><content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">Subsection (d) of section 1818 (42 U.S.C. 1395i) is amended to read<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395i/2">42 USC 1395i–2</ref>.</p></sidenote> as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary shall, during September of each year (beginning with 1988), estimate the monthly actuarial rate for months in the succeeding year. Such actuarial rate shall be one-twelfth of the amount which the Secretary estimates (on an average, per capita basis) is equal to 100 percent of the benefits and administrative costs which will be payable from the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund for services performed and related administrative costs incurred in the succeeding year with respect to individuals age 65 and over who will be entitled to benefits under this part during that entire year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall, during September of each year determine and promulgate the dollar amount which shall be applicable for premiums for months occurring in the following year. Such amount shall be equal to the monthly actuarial rate determined under paragraph (1) for that following year. Any amount determined under the preceding sentence which is not a multiple of $1 shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $1 (or, if it is a multiple of 50 cents but not a multiple of $1, to the next higher multiple of $1).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Whenever the Secretary promulgates the dollar amount<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote> which shall be applicable as the monthly premium under this section, he shall, at the time such promulgation is announced, issue a public statement setting forth the actuarial assumptions and bases employed by him in arriving at the amount of an adequate actuarial rate for individuals 65 and older as provided in paragraph (1).”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </section> <section> <num value="104">SEC 104. </num><heading>EFFECTIVE DATES, TRANSITION. AND CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date —</inline></heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3),<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395d">42 USC 1395d note</ref>.</p></sidenote> the amendments made by this subtitle shall take effect on January 1, 1989, and shall apply—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>to the inpatient hospital deductible for 1989 and succeeding years,</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/688">102 STAT. 688</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>to care and services furnished on or after January 1, 1989,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>to premiums for January 1989 and succeeding months, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>to blood or blood cells furnished on or after January 1, 1989.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Elimination of post-hospital requirement for extended care services</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendments made by this subtitle, insofar as they eliminate the requirement (under section 1812(a)(2) of the Social Security Act) that extended care services are only covered under title) XVIII of such Act if they are post-hospital extended care services, shall only apply to extended care services furnished pursuant to an admission to a skilled nursing facility occurring on or after January 1, 1989.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395e">42 USC 1395e note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Hold Harmless Provisions</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In the case of an individual for whom a spell of illness (as defined in section 1861(a) of the Social Security Act, as in effect on December 31, 1988) began before January 1, 1989, and had not yet ended as of such date—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the amendment made to section 1813(a)(1) of such Act shall not apply to services furnished during that spell of illness during 1989 or 1990, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the amount of any deductible under section 1813(a)(2) of such Act (as amended by this subtitle) shall be reduced during that spell of illness during 1989 or 1990 to the extent the deductible under such section was applied during the spell of illness.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Adjustments in Payments for Inpatient Hospital Services</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">PPS hospitals</inline>.—</heading><content>In adjusting DRG prospective payment rates under section 1886(d) of the Social Security Act, outlier cutoff points under section 1886(d)(5)(A) of such Act, and weighting factors under section 1886(d)(4) of such Act for discharges occurring on or after October 1, 1988, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall, to the extent appropriate, take into consideration the reductions in payments to hospitals by medicare beneficiaries resulting from the elimination of a day limitation on medicare inpatient hospital services (under the amendments made by section 101).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">PPS-exempt hospitals</inline>.—</heading><content>In adjusting target amounts under section 1886(b)(3) of the Social Security Act for cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1988, the Secretary shall, on a hospital-specific basis, take into consideration the reductions in payments to hospitals by medicare beneficiaries resulting from the elimination of a day limitation on medicare inpatient hospital services (under the amendments made by section 101).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Miscellaneous Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Section 1811 (42 U.S.C. 1395c) is amended by striking “<quotedText>hospital, related post-hospital</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>inpatient hospital services, extended care services</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1814 (42 U.S.C. 1395f) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in paragraphs (2)(B) and (6) of subsection (a), by striking “<quotedText>post-hospital</quotedText>” each place it appears;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(2)(B), by striking “<quotedText>, for any of the conditions</quotedText>” and all that follows up to the semicolon;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><chapeau class="inline">in subsection (a)(1)(A)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of clause (i),</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/689">102 STAT. 689</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking the semicolon at the end of clause (ii) and inserting and”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new clause: <quotedContent> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>in a subsequent extension period, the medical director or physician described in clause (i)(II) recertifies at the beginning of the period that the individual is terminally ill;”; and</content> </clause> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subsection (d)(3)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>60 percent</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>80 percent</quotedText>” and inserting ‘TOO percent” both places, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>two-thirds of</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Section 1832(b) (42 U.S.C. 1395k(b)) is amended by striking “<quotedText> ‘spell of illness’,</quotedText>” <quotedText>and</quotedText> the comma before “<quotedText>and</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1861 (42 U.S.C. 1395x) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking subsection (a);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subsection (e)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in the matter before paragraph (1), by striking “<quotedText>paragraph (7) of this subsection, and subsection (i) of this section</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>and paragraph (7) of this subsection</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in the third sentence, by striking “<quotedText>section 1814(f)(2), and subsection (i) of this section</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>and section 1814(f)(2)</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in the fifth sentence, by striking except for purposes of subsection (a)(2),”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>by striking the second sentence;</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by striking subsection (i);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>in subsections (v)(1)(G)(i), (v)(2)(A), and (v)(3), by striking “<quotedText>post-hospital</quotedText>” each place it appears; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subsection (y)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>Post-Hospital</quotedText>” in the heading and by striking “<quotedText>post-hospital</quotedText>” each place it appears,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by striking “<quotedText>(except for purposes of subsection (a)(2))</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in paragraphs (2) and (3), by striking “<quotedText>spell of illness</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>spell</quotedText>” each place either appears and inserting “<quotedText>year</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>in paragraph (2)(A)(i), by striking “<quotedText>30 days</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>45 days</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num> <content>in paragraph (3), by striking “<quotedText>one-eighth</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>31st day</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>the coinsurance amount established under section 1813(a)(3)(C) for each day before the 46th day</quotedText>”, and (vi) by striking paragraph (4).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>Section 1866(d) (42 U.S.C. 1395cc(d)) is amended by striking “<quotedText>post-hospital</quotedText>” each place it appears.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>Subsections (d)(1) and (f) of section 1883 (42 U.S.C. 1395tt) are amended by striking “<quotedText>post-hospital</quotedText>” each place it appears.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </subtitle> <subtitle> <num value="B">Subtitle B—</num><heading class="inline">Supplemental Medicare Premium</heading> <section> <num value="111">SEC. 111. </num> <heading>IMPOSITION OF SUPPLEMENTAL MEDICARE PREMIUM.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>Subchapter A of chapter 1 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (relating to determination of tax liability) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new part: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/690">102 STAT. 690</page> <quotedContent> <part> <num value="VIII">“PART VIII—</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Taxes.</p></sidenote><heading class="inline">SUPPLEMENTAL MEDICARE PREMIUM</heading> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 59B.</designator> <label>Supplemental medicare premium.</label></referenceItem> </toc> <section> <num value="59B">“SEC. 59B. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t26/s59B">26 USC 59B</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading>SUPPLEMENTAL MEDICARE PREMIUM.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Imposition of Premium</inline>.—</heading><content>In the case of an individual to whom this section applies, there is hereby imposed (in addition to any other amount imposed by this subtitle) for each taxable year a supplemental premium equal to the annual premium for such year determined under subsection (c).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Individuals Subject to Premium</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>This section shall apply to an individual for any taxable year if—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>such individual is a medicare-eligible individual for more than 6 full months beginning in the taxable year, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>such individual’s adjusted income tax liability for the taxable year equals or exceeds $150.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination of Amount of Supplemental Premium</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>For purposes of this section—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the annual premium determined under this subsection with respect to any individual for any taxable year shall be equal to the product of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the supplemental premium ate determined under subsection (d) or (e) (whichever applies) for the taxable year, multiplied by</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">the amount determined by dividing—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the individual’s adjusted income tax liability for the taxable year, by</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>$150.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on annual premium</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Years before 1994</inline>.—</heading><content>In the case of any taxable year beginning before 1994, the annual premium determined under this subsection with respect to any individual shall not exceed the limitation determined under the following table: <table xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" width="100%" style="border-collapse:collapse"> <caption> </caption> <thead> <tr class="header" style="font-size:8pt"> <th style="text-align:left">“In the case of taxable years beginning in:</th> <th style="text-align:center">The limitation is:</th> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td style="text-align:left">1989.</td> <td style="text-align:center">$800</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left">1990</td> <td style="text-align:center">850</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left">1991.</td> <td style="text-align:center">900</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left">1992.</td> <td style="text-align:center">950</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left">1993.</td> <td style="text-align:center">1,050.</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Years after 1993</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In the case of any taxable year beginning in a calendar year after 1993, the annual premium determined under this subsection with respect to any individual shall not exceed—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the limitation which would be in effect under this paragraph for taxable years beginning in the preceding calendar year without regard to the last sentence of this subparagraph, increased by</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">the percentage (if any) by which—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the medicare-part B value for the 2nd preceding calendar year, exceeds</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>such value for the 3rd preceding calendar year. <page identifier="/us/stat/102/691">102 STAT. 691</page> If the limitation determined under the preceding sentence is not a multiple of $50, such limitation shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $50. </content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Medicare-part b value</inline>.—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><chapeau class="inline">For purposes of subparagraph (B), the term ‘medicare-part B value’ means, with respect to any calendar year, an amount equal to the excess of—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num><content>the average per capita part B outlays for the year, over</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>12 times the monthly premium for months in such calendar year established under section 1839 of such Act (without regard to subsections (b), (0, (g)(4), and (g)(5) thereof.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Average per capita part b outlays</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>For purposes of clause (i), the term ‘average per capita part B outlays’ means, with respect to a calendar year—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the outlays under part B of title XVIII of the Social Security Act for the year, divided by</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>the average number of individuals covered under such part during the year.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special rule for covered outpatient drugs</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In applying the limitation under subparagraph (B) with respect to taxable years beginning in any calendar year before 1998, for purposes of this subparagraph—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the term ‘outlays’ does not include outlays for covered outpatient drugs (as defined in section 1861(t)(2) of the Social Security Act), and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>the monthly premium shall be computed under clause (i)(II) excluding premiums under section 1839(g) of such Act attributable to the prescription drug monthly premium.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Tables</inline>.—</heading><content>The annual premium shall be determined under tables which shall be prescribed by the Secretary. Such tables shall be based on the foregoing provisions of this subsection; except that such tables may nave adjusted income tax liability brackets of less than $150.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination of Supplemental Premium Rate for Years Before 1994</inline>.—</heading><content>In the case of any taxable year beginning before 1994, the supplemental premium rate determined under this subsection shall be the sum of the catastrophic coverage premium rate and the prescription drug premium rate determined under the following table: <table xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" width="100%" style="border-collapse:collapse"> <caption> </caption> <thead> <tr class="header" style="font-size:8pt"> <th style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">“In the case of any taxable year beginning in:</th> <th style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">The catastrophic coverage premium rate is:</th> <th style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">The prescription drug premium rate is:</th> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:bottom" leaders="yes">1989</td> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:bottom">$22.50</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">$0</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top" leaders="yes">1990</td> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top">27.14</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:top">$10.36</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top" leaders="yes">1991</td> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top">30.17</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:top">8.83</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top" leaders="yes">1992</td> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top">30.55</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:top">9.95</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top" leaders="yes">1993</td> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top">29.55</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:top">12.45.</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num><heading class="smallCaps">Supplemental Premium Rate for Years After 1993.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In the case of any taxable year beginning in a calendar year after 1993, except as provided in paragraph (2), the supplemental premium rate determined under this subsection shall be the sum of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the catastrophic coverage premium rate (which would be in effect under this section for taxable years <page identifier="/us/stat/102/692">102 STAT. 692</page> beginning in the preceding calendar year if paragraph (2) did not apply to any preceding calendar year) adjusted by the percentage determined under paragraph (3) for the calendar year in which the taxable year begins, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the prescription drug premium rate (which would be in effect under this section for taxable years beginning in the preceding calendar year if paragraph (2) did not apply to any preceding calendar year) adjusted by the percentage determined under paragraph (4) for the calendar year in which the taxable year begins.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Supplemental premium rate cannot go down, and cannot go up by more than $1.50</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In no event shall the supplemental premium rate determined under this subsection for any taxable year beginning in a calendar year after 1993—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>be less than, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>exceed by more than $1.50, the supplemental premium rate in effect under this section for taxable years beginning in the preceding calendar year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination of component rates where subparagraph (a) applies</inline>.—</heading><content>If subparagraph (A) affects the supplemental premium rate determined under this subsection for taxable years beginning in any calendar year, the supplemental premium rate determined after the application of subparagraph (A) shall be allocated between the catastrophic coverage premium rate and the prescription drug premium rate on the basis of the respective amounts of such rates without regard to the application of subparagraph (A).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Percentage adjustment for catastrophic coverage premium rate</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><chapeau class="inline">The percentage determined under this paragraph for any calendar year shall be the sum of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>the outlay-premium percentage, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>the reserve account percentage.</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">For purposes of the preceding sentence, negative percentages shall be taken into account as negatives.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Outlay-premium percentage</inline>.—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Except as otherwise provided in this subparagraph, the outlay-premium percentage for any calendar year is—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the percentage by which the per capita catastrophic outlays in the 2nd preceding calendar year exceed such outlays in the 3rd preceding calendar year, reduced (including below zero) by</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>the percentage by which the per capita catastrophic coverage premium liability for the 2nd preceding calendar year exceeds such liability for the 3rd preceding calendar year (determined as if the catastrophic coverage premium rate for the 2nd preceding calendar year were the same as the rate in effect for the 3rd preceding calendar year).</content> </subclause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">If there is no excess described in subclause (I) or (II), such subclause shall be applied by substituting ‘is less than’ for ‘exceeds’ and the percentage determined with such substitution shall be taken into account as a negative percentage.</continuation> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/693">102 STAT. 693</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Adjustment for more recent increases in cost-of-living</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>If—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the percentage increase in the CPI for the 12-month period ending with May of the preceding calendar year, exceeds (or is less than)</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>such increase for the 12-month period ending with May of the 2nd preceding calendar year,</content> </subclause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">by at least 1 percentage point, the percentage determined under clause (i) for the calendar year shall be adjusted up (or down, respectively) by ½ of the amount by which such excess (or shortage, respectively) exceeds 1 percent.</continuation> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reserve account percentage</inline>.—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>The reserve account percentage for any calendar year is the percentage which the rate change determined under clause (ii) is of the catastrophic coverage premium rate which would be in effect under this section for taxable years beginning in the preceding calendar year if paragraph (2) did not apply to any preceding calendar year. If there is an excess determined under clause (iii), the percentage determined under the preceding sentence shall be taken into account as a negative percentage.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination of rate change</inline>.—</heading><content>The rate change determined under this clause for any calendar year is the adjustment in the catastrophic coverage premium rate (otherwise in effect for taxable years beginning in the 2nd preceding calendar year) which the Secretary determines would have resulted in an aggregate increase (or decrease) in the premiums imposed by this section for such taxable years equal to 63 percent of the shortfall or excess determined under clause (iii) for the calendar year.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination of shortfall or excess</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The shortfall (or excess) determined under this clause for any calendar year is the amount by which—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>20 percent of the outlays during the 2nd preceding calendar year from the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account created under section 1841B of the Social Security Act, exceeds (or is less than)</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>the balance in such Account as of the close of such 2nd preceding calendar year (determined by taking into account previous premium increases by reason of the reserve account percentage under this subsection or by reason of section 1839(g)(2) of the Social Security Act but not credited to the Account).</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definitions</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>For purposes of this paragraph—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Per capita catastrophic outlays</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The term ‘per capita catastrophic outlays’ means, with respect to any calendar year, the amount (as determined by the Secretary of Health and Human Services) equal to—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the outlays during such year from the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account created under section 1841B of the Social Security Act, divided by</content> </subclause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/694">102 STAT. 694</page> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>the average number of individuals entitled to receive benefits under part A of title )(VIII of the Social Security Act during such calendar year,</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Per capita catastrophic coverage premium liability</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The term ‘per capita catastrophic coverage premium liability’ means, with respect to any calendar year, the amount (as determined by the Secretary) equal to—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the aggregate premiums imposed by this section for taxable years beginning in such calendar year to the extent attributable to the catastrophic coverage premium rate, divided by</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>the number of individuals who had premium liability under this section for such taxable years.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Percentage increase in cpi</inline>.—</heading><content>The percentage increase in the CPI for any 12-month period shall be the percentage by which the Consumer Price Index (as defined in section 1(f)(5)) for the last month of such period exceeds such Index for the last month of the preceding 12-month period.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Percentage adjustment for prescription drug premium rate</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The percentage determined under this paragraph for any calendar year shall be determined under rules similar to the rules of paragraph (3); except that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in determining the prescription drug premium rate for any calendar year before 1998, the following percentages shall be substituted for 20 percent in paragraph (3)(C)(iii)(I): <table xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" width="100%" style="border-collapse:collapse"> <caption> </caption> <thead> <tr class="header" style="font-size:8pt"> <th style="text-align:left; vertical-align:bottom">“In the case of calendar year:</th> <th style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">The percentage is:</th> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:bottom" leaders="yes">1994</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">75</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:bottom" leaders="yes">1995</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">50</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:bottom" leaders="yes">1996</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">25</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:bottom" leaders="yes">1997</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">25,</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>no adjustment by reason of the outlay-premium percentage shall be made for any calendar year before 1998,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>any reference to the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account shall be treated as a reference to the Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>any reference to the catastrophic coverage premium rate shall be treated as a reference to the prescription drug premium rate.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definitions and Special Rules</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Medicare-eligible individual</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>For purposes of this section—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, the term ‘medicare-eligible individual’ means, with respect to any month, any individual who is entitled to (or, on application without the payment of an additional premium, would be entitled to) benefits under part A of title XVIII of the Social Security Act for such month.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Exceptions</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The term ‘medicare-eligible individual’ shall not include for any month—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>any individual who is entitled to benefits under part A of title )(VIII of the Social Security Act for such month solely by reason of the payment of a premium under section 1818 of such Act, or</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/695">102 STAT. 695</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>any qualified nonresident.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special rules for joint returns</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In the case of a joint return—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Where premium applies to both spouses</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>If both spouses meet the requirements of subsection (b)(1) for the taxable year—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>such spouses shall be treated as 1 individual for purposes of applying this section, except that</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the limitation of subsection (c)(2) shall be twice the amount which would otherwise apply.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Where premium applies to only 1 spouse</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>If only 1 spouse meets the requirements of subsection (b)(1) for the taxable year—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>this section shall be applied separately with respect to such spouse, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">the adjusted income tax liability of such spouse shall be determined under paragraph (4)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>by taking into account one-half of the income tax liability determined with respect to the joint return, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>by taking into account under clause (ii) of paragraph (4)(C) only amounts attributable to such spouse.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Separate returns by married individuals</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>If an individual is married as of the close of the taxable year (within the meaning of section 7703) but does not file a joint return for the taxable year and such individual does not live apart from his spouse at all times during the taxable year—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the limitation of subsection (c)(2) shall be twice the amount which would otherwise apply if both the individual and the spouse of the individual meet the requirements of subsection (b)(1) with respect to the calendar year in which the taxable year begins (determined without regard to subparagraph (B) of this paragraph),</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>if such individual does not otherwise meet the requirements of subsection (b)(1), such individual shall be treated as meeting the requirements of subsection (b)(1) for the taxable year if the spouse of such individual meets such requirements with respect to the calendar year in which the taxable year begins, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in applying subparagraph (Q of paragraph (4)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the dollar limitation of clause (i) thereof shall be ½ of the amount which applies to a joint return where both spouses meet the requirements of subsection (b)(1), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the individual shall be deemed to receive social security benefits during the taxable year in an amount not less than % of the aggregate social security benefits received by such individual and his spouse during the taxable year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Adjusted income tax liability</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>For purposes of this section—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The term ‘adjusted income tax liability’ means an amount equal to the income tax liability, reduced by the excess (if any) of—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/696">102 STAT. 696</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>15 percent of the governmental retiree exclusion amount (if any) determined under subparagraph (C) for the taxable year, over</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the amount of the credit allowable under section 22 for the taxable year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Income tax liability</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The term ‘income tax liability’ means—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the tax imposed by this chapter (determined without regard to this section), reduced by</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the credits allowed under part IV of this subchapter (other than under sections 31, 33, and 34).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Governmental retiree exclusion amount</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The governmental retiree exclusion amount for any taxable year is the lesser of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>$6,000 ($9,000 in the case of a joint return where both spouses meet the requirements of subsection (b)(1) for the taxable year), or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the amount which is received as an annuity (whether for a period certain or during 1 or more lives) under a governmental plan (as defined in the 1st sentence of section 414(d)) and which is includible in gross income under section 72 for the taxable year.</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">The amount determined under the preceding sentence shall be reduced by the social security benefits (as defined in section 86(d)) received during the taxable year.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Indexing</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In the case of any taxable year beginning in a calendar year after 1989, subparagraph (C)(i) shall be applied by substituting for each dollar amount contained in such subparagraph an amount equal to—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the dollar amount which would be in effect under subparagraph (C)(i) for taxable years beginning in the preceding calendar year without regard to the last sentence of this subparagraph, increased by</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the cost-of-living adjustment determined under section 215(i) of the Social Security Act for the calendar year in which the taxable year begins.</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">Any amount determined under the preceding sentence shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $50.</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Qualified nonresident</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>For purposes of paragraph (1), the term ‘qualified nonresident’ means, with respect to any month during the taxable year, any individual if—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>such individual is not furnished during such taxable year or any of the 4 preceding taxable years any service for which a claim for payment is made under part A of title )(VIII of the Social Security Act,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>such individual is not entitled to benefits under part B of title)(VIII of the Social Security Act at any time during such taxable year or any of the 4 preceding taxable years, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">such individual is present in a foreign country or countries for at least 330 full days during—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the 12-month period ending at the close of the taxable year, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>each of the 4 consecutive preceding 12-month periods.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/697">102 STAT. 697</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special rule for individuals who die during the taxable year</inline>.—</heading><content>An individual who dies during the taxable year shall be treated as meeting the requirement of subparagraph (A)(iii)(I) if such individual is present in a foreign country or countries for at least a number of full days equal to 90 percent of the days during such taxable year before the date of death.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Coordination with other provisions</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Not treated as medical expense</inline>.—</heading><content>For purposes of section 213, the supplemental premium imposed by this section for any taxable year shall not be treated as an expense paid for medical care.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Not treated as tax for certain purposes</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The supplemental premium imposed by this section shall not be treated as a tax imposed by this chapter for purposes of determining—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the amount of any credit allowable under this chapter, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the amount of the minimum tax imposed by section 55.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Treated as tax for subtitle f</inline>.—</heading><content>For purposes of subtitle F, the supplemental premium imposed by this section shall be treated as if it were a tax imposed by section 1.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 15 not to apply</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 15 shall not apply to the supplemental premium imposed by this section.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section not to affect liability to possessions, etc</inline>.—</heading><content>This section shall not apply for purposes of determining liability to any possession of the United States. For purposes of sections 932 and 7654, the supplemental premium imposed by this section shall not be treated as a tax imposed by this chapter.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Short taxable years</inline>.—</heading><content>In the case of a taxable year of less than 12 months, this section shall be applied under regulations prescribed by the Secretary.”</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </part> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Information Reporting</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Subsection (a) of section 6050F of such Code is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t26/s6050F">26 USC 6050F</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of paragraph (1), by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3), and by inserting after paragraph (1) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>whether any individual meets the requirements of section 59B(b)(1) with respect to the calendar year (determined without regard to section 59B(f)(1)(B)(ii)), and”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 6050F(b) of such Code is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>or making the determination under subsection (a)(2)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>payments</quotedText>” in paragraph (1), and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>and the information required under subsection (a)(2),</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>reductions,</quotedText>” in paragraph (2).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Section 6050F(c)(1)(A) of such Code is amended by inserting “<quotedText>and the information required under subsection (a)(2)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>section 86(d)(1)(A)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Clerical Amendment</inline>.—</heading><content>The table of parts for subchapter A of chapter 1 of such Code is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new item: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="part"><designator>“Part VIII.</designator> <label>Supplemental medicare premium.”</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Announcement of Supplemental Premium Rate</inline>.—</heading><chapeau class="inline">In the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t26/s59B">26 USC 59B note</ref>.</p></sidenote> case of calendar year 1993 or any calendar year thereafter—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/698">102 STAT. 698</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>not later than July 1 of such calendar year, the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate shall make an announcement of the estimated supplemental premium rate under section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for taxable years beginning in the following calendar year, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>not later than October 1 of such calendar year, the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate shall make an announcement of the actual supplemental premium rate under such section for such taxable years.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t26/s59B">26 USC 59B note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendments made by this section shall apply to taxable years beginning after December 31, 1988.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Waiver of estimated tax requirement for years beginning in 1989.—</inline></heading><content>In the case of a taxable year beginning in 1989, the premium imposed by section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (as added by this section) shall not be treated as a tax for purposes of applying section 6654 of such Code.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="112">SEC. 112. </num> <heading>ESTABLISHMENT OF FEDERAL HOSPITAL INSURANCE CATASTROPHIC COVERAGE RESERVE FUND.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>Part A of title )(VIII is amended by inserting after section 1817 the following new section: <quotedContent> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“federal hospital insurance catastrophic coverage reserve fund</inline></heading> <num value="1817A"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 1817A .</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395i/1a">42 USC 1395i–1a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="inline"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><content>There is hereby created on the books of the Treasury of the United States a trust fund to be known as the ‘Federal Hospital Insurance Catastrophic Coverage Reserve Fund’ (in this section referred to as the ‘Reserve Fund’). The Reserve Fund shall consist of such gifts and bequests as may be made as provided in section 201(i)(1) and amounts appropriated under paragraph (2).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>There are hereby appropriated to the Reserve Fund, from the supplemental premiums imposed by section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 attributable to the supplemental catastrophic premium rate, amounts equivalent to 100 percent of the amount of outlays made under this part attributable to the amendments made by the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Act of 1988. The amounts appropriated by the preceding sentence shall be transferred from time to time (not less frequently than monthly) from the general fund in the Treasury to the Reserve Fund, such amounts to be determined on the basis of estimates by the Secretary of the Treasury of the premiums, specified in the preceding sentence, paid to or deposited into the Treasury and on the basis of outlays, specified in the previous sentence, made; and proper adjustments shall be made in amounts subsequently transferred to the extent prior estimates were in excess of or were less than the appropriate amounts specified in such sentence. At the close of each year, the transfers under this subsection shall reflect all premiums (described in this paragraph) paid or deposited into the Treasury in the year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>With respect to monies transferred to the Reserve Fund, no transfers, authorizations of appropriations, or appropriations are permitted.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num><content>The provisions of subsections (b) through (e) of section 1817 shall apply to the Reserve Fund in the same manner as they apply to the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund, except that the Board of Trustees and Managing Trustee of the Reserve Fund shall be composed of the members of the Board of Trustees and the Manag-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/699">102 STAT. 699</page>ing Trustee, respectively, of the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>In this part, with respect to the Reserve Fund, the terms ‘outlays’ and ‘receipts’ mean, with respect to a quarter or other period, gross outlays and receipts, as such terms are employed in the ’Monthly Treasury Statement of Receipts and Outlays of the United States Government (MTS)’, as published by the Department of the Treasury, for months in such quarter or other period.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Interest Adjustment</inline>.—</heading><content>In July 1990, the Secretary of the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395i/1a">42 USC 1395i–1a note</ref>.</p></sidenote> Treasury shall calculate the interest lost to the Federal Hospital Insurance Catastrophic Coverage Reserve Fund due to the lag between the outlays (attributable to the amendments made by this Act) from the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund during 1989 and the transfers made to such Reserve Fund to cover such outlays. Appropriations under section 1817A(a)(2) of the Social Security Act (as inserted by subsection (a)) shall include the amount calculated under the previous sentence.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="113">SEC 113. </num> <heading>STUDY OF TAX INCENTIVES FOR PURCHASE OF COVERAGE FOR LONG-TERM CARE.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary of the Treasury (in this section referred to as the “Secretary”) shall conduct a study of Federal tax policies to promote the private financing of long-term care (as defined in subsection (d)). The study shall identify alternative methods of creating incentives, through the tax system, to encourage individuals to purchase insurance coverage for long-term care. The study shall also consider the cost to the United States Treasury and the potential benefits to consumers, including whether the incentives would benefit all or most of the population requiring protection.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Consultation</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall conduct the study required by subsection (a) in consultation with representatives of the insurance industry, providers of long-term care, and consumers.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall report the results of the study required by subsection (a) to the Congress not later than November 30, 1988, together with the Secretary’s recommendations for any changes in Federal law that the Secretary determines to be appropriate to promote the private financing of long-term care.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Long-Term Care Defined</inline>.—</heading><content>For purposes of this section, the term “long-term care” includes care and services provided by nursing homes, home health agencies, and other mechanisms for the delivery of long-term care services.</content> </subsection> </section> </subtitle> <num value="II">TITLE II—</num><heading class="inline">PROVISIONS RELATING TO PART B OF THE MEDICARE PROGRAM AND TO MEDICARE SUPPLEMENTAL HEALTH INSURANCE</heading> <subtitle> <num value="A">Subtitle A—</num><heading class="inline">Expansion of Medicare Part B Benefits</heading> <section> <num value="201">SEC. 201. </num> <heading>LIMITATION ON MEDICARE PART B COST-SHARING.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau class="inline">Section 1833 (42 U.S.C. 13951) is amended—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/700">102 STAT. 700</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subsection (c)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>subsections (a) and (b)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>subsection (a) through (c)</quotedText>”,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by redesignating paragraphs (1) and (2) as subparagraphs (A) and (B),</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>this subsection</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>this paragraph</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>(c)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(d)(1)</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by redesignating subsection (d) as paragraph (2);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in subsection (g), by striking “<quotedText>(a) and (b)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(a) through (c)</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>by inserting after subsection (b) the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">Notwithstanding subsections (a) and (b), if an individual has incurred out-of-pocket part B cost sharing (as defined in paragraph (2)) in a calendar year (beginning with 1990) in an amount equal to the part B catastrophic limit (established under paragraph (3)) for the year, payment under this part with respect to any additional incurred expenses in the calendar year shall be made as if—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num><content>the deduction described in the second sentence of subsection (b) (relating to blood) no longer applied, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><content>‘100 percent’ and ‘0 percent’ were substituted for ‘80 percent’ and ‘20 percent’, respectively, each place either appears in subsections (a) and (i)(2), in sections 1834(a)(1)(A), 1834(e)(1)(C), 1835(b)(2), and 1866(a)(2)(A), and in subsections (b)(2) and (b)(3) of section 1881, except as such provisions may apply to in-home care.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>In this subsection, the term ‘out-of-pocket part B cost sharing’ means, with respect to an individual covered under this part, the amounts of expenses that the individual incurs that are attributable</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the deductions established under subsection (b), and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><content>the difference between the payment amount provided under this part and the payment amount that would be provided if ‘100 percent’ and ‘0 percent’ were substituted for ‘80 percent’ and ‘20 percent’, respectively, each place either appears in subsections (a) and (i)(2), in sections 1834(a)(1)(A), 1834(e)(1)(C), 1835(b)(2), and 1866(a)(2)(A), and in subsections (b)(2) and (b)(3) of section 1881.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>The part B catastrophic limit for 1990 is $1,370. The part B catastrophic limit for any succeeding year shall be such an amount (rounded to the nearest multiple of $1) as the Secretary estimates will result, in that succeeding year, in 7 percent of the average number of individuals enrolled under this part (other than individuals enrolled with an eligible organization under section 1876 or an organization described in subsection (a)(1)(A)) during the year becoming entitled to benefits under this subsection.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Not later than September 1 of each year (beginning with 1990), the Secretary shall promulgate the part B catastrophic limit under this paragraph for the succeeding year.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content>In the case of an organization receiving payment under clause (A) of subsection (a)(1) or under a reasonable cost reimbursement contract under section 1876, in applying paragraph (1), the Secretary shall provide for an appropriate adjustment in the payment amounts otherwise made to reflect the aggregate increase in payments that would otherwise be made with respect to enrollees in <page identifier="/us/stat/102/701">102 STAT. 701</page>such an organization if payments were made other than under such clause or such a contract on an individual-by-individual basis. </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Except as provided in subparagraph (B), expenses incurred by a medicare beneficiary for out-of-pocket part B cost-sharing shall be counted (consistent with subparagraph (C)) whether or not, at the time the expenses were incurred, the beneficiary was enrolled in a plan under section 1833(a)(1)(A) or under section 1876. In this paragraph, with respect to a medicare beneficiary enrolled in such a plan, the term ‘out-of-pocket part B cost-sharing’ includes deductibles and coinsurance under the plan for items and services covered under this part.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">In the case of a medicare beneficiary enrolled in a month in a buy-out plan (as defined in subparagraph (D))—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>expenses incurred by the beneficiary for items and services reimbursed under the plan shall not be treated as out-of-pocket part B cost-sharing for purposes of paragraph (1), but</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>the beneficiary is deemed to have incurred, for each month of such enrollment, expenses for out-of-pocket part B cost-sharing in an amount equal to the actuarial value (with respect to a month in the year involved) of the deductible and coinsurance amounts under part B (as computed by the Secretary for purposes of section 1876(e)(1), other than with respect to covered outpatient drugs) applicable on the average to individuals in the United States.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The Secretary may not enter into a contract with an<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> organization under section 1876, or provide for payment under section 1833(a)(1)(A) with respect to an organization, with respect to a plan that is not a buy-out plan, unless the organization provides assurances, satisfactory to the Secretary, that—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the organization will maintain and make available, for its enrollees and in coordination with the appropriate carriers under this part, an accounting of expenses incurred in each year under the plan for out-of-pocket part B cost-sharing (as defined in subparagraph (A)); and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the organization will not undertake to charge a beneficiary during a year for services for which payment may be made under this part (other than for covered outpatient drugs) after the individual has incurred (whether through the organization or otherwise) out-of-pocket part B cost sharing in the year in an amount equal to the part B catastrophic limit established under paragraph (1) for the year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <chapeau class="inline">In this paragraph, the term ‘buy-out plan’ means a plan under section 1833(a)(1)(A) or offered by an organization under section 1876 and with respect to which—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content class="inline"> <p class="inline">the actuarial value of the coinsurance and deductibles under the plan with respect to benefits (other than covered outpatient drugs) under this title (as determined by the Secretary),</p> <p class="indent0 fontsize10">is less than 50 percent of—</p> </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the actuarial value of the coinsurance and deductibles for such benefits for all medicare beneficiaries (as determined by the Secretary) applicable on the average to individuals in the United States.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>In this subsection, the term ‘medicare beneficiary’ means, with respect to a month, an individual covered for benefits under this part for the month.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/702">102 STAT. 702</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on Charges When Catastrophic Limit Reached</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1866(a)(2)(A) (42 U.S.C. 1395cc(a)(2)(A)) is amended by adding at the end the following new sentence: “<quotedText>A provider of services may not impose a charge under the first sentence of this subparagraph for services for which payment is made to the provider pursuant to section 1833(c) (relating to catastrophic benefits).</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Notice for Beneficiaries Reaching Catastrophic Limit</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 1842(b)(3) (42 U.S.C. 1395u(b)(3)) is amended–</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of subparagraph (G),</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of subparagraph (H), and (3) by inserting after subparagraph (H) the following new subparagraph: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num><content>will provide each individual, who is determined to have incurred (or has had paid on the individual’s behalf) sufficient out-of-pocket part B cost sharing in a calendar year to qualify for payment for additional incurred expenses to be made pursuant to section 1833(c), with a notice that states that the individual has reached the part B catastrophic limit on out-of-pocket cost sharing for the year;”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendment</inline>.—</heading><content>The second sentence of section 1866(a)(2)(A) (42 U.S.C. 1395cc(a)(2)(A)) is amended by striking “<quotedText>1833(c)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1833(d)(1)</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="202">SEC. 202. </num> <heading>COVERAGE OF CATASTROPHIC EXPENSES FOR PRESCRIPTION DRUGS AND INSULIN.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Description of Covered Outpatient Drugs</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 1861 (42 U.S.C. 1395x) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by amending subparagraph (J) of subsection (s)(2) to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="J">“(J) </num> <content>covered outpatient drugs (as defined in subsection (t)); and”, and</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subsection (t)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>and paragraph (2)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>subsection (m)(5)</quotedText>”,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(t)</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new paragraphs: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><chapeau class="inline">Subject to paragraph (3), the term ‘covered outpatient drug’ means—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau class="inline">a drug which may be dispensed only upon prescription and—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>which is approved for safety and effectiveness as a prescription drug under section 505 or 507 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act or which is approved under section 505(j) of such Act;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <subclause class="inline"> <num value="I">(I) </num><content>which was commercially used or sold in the United States before the date of the enactment of the Drug Amendments of 1962 or which is identical, similar, or related (within the meaning of section 310.6(b)(1) of title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations) to such a drug, and (II) which has not been the subject of a final determination by the Secretary that it is a ‘new drug’ (within the meaning of section 201(p) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act) or an action brought by the Secretary under section 301, 302(a), or 304(a) of such Act to enforce section 502(f) or 505(a) of such Act; or</content> </subclause> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/703">102 STAT. 703</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <subclause class="inline"> <num value="I">(I) </num><content>which is described in section 107(c)(3) of the Drug Amendments of 1962 and for which the Secretary has determined there is a compelling justification for its medical need, or is identical, similar, or related (within the meaning of section 310.6(b)(1) of title 21 of the Code of Federal Regulations) to such a drug, and (II) for which the Secretary has not issued a notice of an opportunity for a hearing under section 505(e) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act on a proposed order of the Secretary to withdraw approval of an application for such drug under such section because the Secretary has determined that the drug is less than effective for all conditions of use prescribed, recommended, or suggested in its labeling;</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">a biological product which—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>may only be dispensed upon prescription,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>is licensed under section 351 of the Public Health Service Act, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>is produced at an establishment licensed under such section to produce such product; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>insulin certified under section 506 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">The term ‘covered outpatient drug’ does not include any drug, biological product, or insulin provided as, as part of, or as incident to, any of the following (and for which payment may be included under this title):</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>Inpatient hospital services (described in subsection (b)(2))</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>Extended care services (described in subsection (h)(5)).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num><content>Physicians’ services under subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (s)(2).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num><content>Dialysis supplies under subsection (s)(2)(F).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num><content>Antigens under subsection (s)(2)(G).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">“(vi) </num><content>Blood clotting factors for hemophiliacs under subsection (s)(2)(1).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">“(vii) </num><content>Services of a physician assistant under subsection (s)(2)(K)(ii).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="viii">“(viii) </num><content>Pneumococcal, hepatitis B, or influenza vaccines under subsection (s)(10).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ix">“(ix) </num><content>Rural health clinic services (under subsection (aa)(1)).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="x">“(x) </num><content>Comprehensive outpatient rehabilitation facility services (under subsection (cc)(1).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="xi">“(xi) </num><content>Hospice care (as defined in subsection (dd)(1).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="xii">“(xii) </num><content>Certified nurse-midwife service (as defined in subsection (gg)(1).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="xiii">“(xiii) </num><content>A covered surgical procedure in an ambulatory surgical center (under section 1832(a)(2)(F)(i)).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">With respect to covered outpatient drugs dispensed in 1990, the term ‘covered outpatient drug’ is limited—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>to drugs described in paragraph (2)(A) used in immunosuppressive therapy, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>to covered home IV drugs (as defined in paragraph (4)).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>The term ‘covered outpatient drug’ does not include a drug that is intravenously administered in a home setting unless it is a covered home IV drug.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">The term ‘covered home IV drug’ means a covered out-patient drug dispensed to an individual that—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/704">102 STAT. 704</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>is intravenously administered in a place of residence used as the individual’s home, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii)</num> <subclause class="inline"> <num value="I">(I) </num><content>is an antibiotic drug and the Secretary has not determined, for the specific drug or for the indication to which it is applied, that the drug cannot generally be administered safely and effectively in a home setting, or</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>is not an antibiotic drug and the Secretary has determined, for the specific drug and the indication for which the drug is being applied, that the drug can generally be administered safely and effectively in a home setting.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Not later than January 1, 1990 (and periodically thereafter), the Secretary shall publish a list of the drugs, and indications for such drugs, that are covered home IV drugs (as defined in subparagraph (A)), with respect to which home intravenous drug therapy may be provided under this title.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Deductible and Payment Amounts—</inline></heading><chapeau>Part B is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">in subsection (a)(1) of section 1833 (42 U.S.C. 13951(b)), as amended by section 4U(h)(7)(A)(v)(1) of this Act—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>(L)</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following: “<quotedText>and (M) with respect to expenses incurred for covered outpatient drugs, the amounts paid shall be the amounts determined under section 1834(c)(2)</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(2) of such section by inserting “<quotedText>(other than covered outpatient drugs)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(2) in the case of services</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subsection (b) of such section—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in clause (1), by inserting “<quotedText>or for covered outpatient drugs</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>1861(s)(10)(A)</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in clause (2), by inserting “<quotedText>or with respect to covered outpatient drugs</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>home health services</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>by adding at the end of section 1834 (42 U.S.C. 1395m) the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment for Covered Outpatient Drugs</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Deductible</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application</inline>.—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as provided in clauses (ii) and (iii), payment shall be made under paragraph (2) only with respect to expenses incurred by an individual for covered outpatient drugs during a calendar year on or after such date in the year as the Secretary determines that the individual has incurred expenses in the year for covered outpatient drugs (during a period in which the individual is entitled to benefits under this part) equal to the amount of the catastrophic drug deductible specified in subparagraph (C) for that year.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Deductible not applied for post-hospital home intravenous drug therapy</inline>.—</heading><content>The catastrophic drug deductible established under this paragraph shall not apply to covered home IV drugs dispensed in conjunction with home intravenous drug therapy services which are part of a continuous course of such therapy initiated while the individual was an inpatient in a hospital.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Deductible not applied to 1st year immunosuppressives</inline>.—</heading><content>The catastrophic drug deductible established under this paragraph shall not apply to <page identifier="/us/stat/102/705">102 STAT. 705</page> drugs described in section 1861(t)(2)(A) used in immunosuppressive therapy and furnished, to an individual who receives an organ transplant for which payment is made under this title, within 1 year after the date of the transplant.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Response to application</inline>.—</heading><content>If the system described in section 1842(o)(4) has not been established and an individual applies to the Secretary to establish that the individual has met the requirement of subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall promptly notify the individual (and, if the application was submitted by or through a participating pharmacy, the pharmacy) as to the date (if any) as of which the individual has met such requirement.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Catastrophic drug deductible amount</inline>.—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Subject to subparagraph (D), the catastrophic drug deductible specified in tins subparagraph for—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>1990 is $550,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>1991 is $600,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num><content>1992 is $652, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">“(IV) </num> <content>any succeeding year, is such an amount as the Secretary determines will result in 16.8 percent of the average number of individuals covered under this part (other than individuals enrolled with an eligible organization under section 1876 or an organization described in section 1833(a)(1)(A)) during that succeeding year having incurred expenses for covered outpatient drugs sufficient to meet the catastrophic drug deductible so determined.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Rounding</inline>.—</heading><content>Any amount determined under this subparagraph which is not a multiple of $1 shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of $1.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Publication</inline>.—</heading><content>Before May 1 of each year<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote> (beginning with 1992) the Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register a proposed regulation establishing the amount of the catastrophic drug deductible under this subparagraph for the following year. During the last 3 days of September of such year, the Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register the final regulation establishing the amount of such deductible for the following year, which amount may not be greater than the amount specified in the proposed regulation.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment amount</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Subject to the catastrophic drug deductible established under paragraph (1)(A) and except as provided in subparagraph (C), the amounts payable under this part with respect to a covered outpatient drug is equal to the payment percent (specified in subparagraph (B)) of the lesser of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the actual charge for the drug, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the applicable payment limit established under paragraph (3).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment percent</inline>.—</heading><content>For purposes of subparagraph (A), the payment percent is 100 percent minus the applicable coinsurance percent (specified in subparagraph (C)).</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/706">102 STAT. 706</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Coinsurance percent</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>For purposes of subparagraph (B), the coinsurance percent—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>for covered home IV drugs and for drugs described in paragraph (1)(A)(iii) (relating to immunosuppressive therapy during the 1st year after transplant), is 20 percent; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">for other covered outpatient drugs dispensed—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num><content>in 1990 or 1991, is 50 percent,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>in 1992 is 40 percent, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num> <content>in 1993 or a succeeding year is 20 percent.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Treatment op certain cost-based prepaid organizations</inline>.—</heading><content>In applying subparagraph (A) in the case of an organization under a reasonable cost reimbursement contract under section 1876 and in the case of an organization receiving payment under section 1833(a)(1)(A) and providing coverage of covered outpatient drugs, the Secretary shall provide for an appropriate adjustment in the payment amounts otherwise made to reflect the aggregate increase in payments that would otherwise be made with respect to enrollees in such an organization if payments were made other than under such clause or such a contract on an individual-by-individual basis.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment limits</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment limit for non-multiple source drugs and multiple-source drugs with restrictive prescriptions</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In the case of a drug that either is not a multiple source drug (as defined in paragraph (9)(A)) or is a multiple source drug and has a restrictive prescription (as defined in paragraph (9)(B)), the payment limit for the drug under this paragraph for a payment calculation period is equal to the lesser of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the 90th percentile of the actual charges (computed on a statewide basis, carrier-wide basis, or other appropriate geographic area basis, as specified by the Secretary) for the drug for the second previous payment calculation period, adjusted (as the Secretary determines to be appropriate) to reflect the number of tablets (or other dosage units) dispensed; or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">the amount of the administrative allowance (established under paragraph (4)) plus the product of—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the number of tablets (or other dosage units) dispensed, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>the per tablet or unit average wholesale price for such drug (as determined under subparagraph (C) for the period for purposes of this subparagraph);</content> </subclause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">except that clause (i) shall not apply to covered outpatient drugs dispensed before January 1, 1992.</continuation> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment limit for multiple source drugs without restrictive prescriptions</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In the case of a drug that is a multiple source drug but does not have a restrictive prescription, the payment limit for the drug under this paragraph for a payment calculation period is equal to the amount of the administrative allowance (established under paragraph (4)) plus the product of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the number of tablets (or other dosage units) dispensed, and</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/707">102 STAT. 707</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the unweighted median of the per tablet or unit average wholesale prices (determined under subparagraph (C) for purposes of this subparagraph) for such drug for the period.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination of unit price</inline>.—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>For purposes of this paragraph, the Secretary shall determine, with respect to the dispensing of a covered outpatient drug in a payment calculation period (beginning on or after January 1, 1990), the per tablet or unit average wholesale price for the drug.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Basis for determinations</inline>.—</heading> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination for non-multiple-source drugs</inline>.—</heading><content>For purposes of subparagraph (A), such determination shall be based on a biannual survey conducted by the Secretary of a representative sample of direct sellers, wholesalers, or pharmacies (as appropriate) of wholesale (or comparable direct) prices (excluding discounts to pharmacies); except that if, because of low volume of sales for the drug or other appropriate reasons or in the case of covered outpatient drugs during 1990, the Secretary determines that such a survey is not appropriate with respect to a specific drug, such determination shall be based on published average wholesale (or comparable direct) prices for the drug.</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination for multiple-source drugs</inline>.—</heading><content>For purposes of subparagraph (B), the Secretary may base the determination under this subparagraph on the published average wholesale (or comparable direct) prices for the drug or on a biannual survey conducted by the Secretary of a representative sample of direct sellers, wholesalers, or pharmacists (as appropriate) of wholesale (or comparable direct) prices (excluding discounts to pharmacies).</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Compliance with survey required</inline>.—</heading><content>If a<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Law enforcement and crime.</p></sidenote> wholesaler or direct seller of a covered outpatient drug refuses, after being requested by the Secretary, to provide the information required in a survey under this clause, or deliberately provides information that is false, the Secretary may impose a civil money penalty of not to exceed $10,000 for each such refusal or provision of false information. The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to civil money penalties under the previous sentence in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a). Information<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Classified information.</p></sidenote> gathered pursuant to the survey shall not be disclosed except as the Secretary determines to be necessary to carry out the purposes of this part.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Quantity and timing</inline>.—</heading><content>Such determination shall be based on the price or prices for purchases in reasonable quantities and shall be made for a payment calculation period based on prices for the first day of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/708">102 STAT. 708</page>the first month of the previous payment calculation period. </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Geographic basis</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall make such determination, and calculate the payment limits under this paragraph, on a national basis; except that the Secretary may make such determination, and calculate such payment limits, on a regional basis to take account of limitations on the availability of drug products and variations among regions in the average wholesale prices for a drug product.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative allowance for purposes of payment limits</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Except as provided in subparagraph (B), for drugs dispensed in—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <chapeau class="inline">1990 or 1991, the administrative allowance under this paragraph is—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>$4.50 for drugs dispensed by a participating pharmacy, or</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>$2.50 for drugs dispensed by another pharmacy; or</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>a subsequent year, the administrative allowance under this paragraph is the administrative allowance under this paragraph for the preceding year increased by the percentage increase (if any) in the implicit price deflator for gross national product (as published by the Department of Commerce in its ‘Survey of Current Business’) over the 12-month period ending with August of such preceding year.</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">Any allowance determined under the clause (ii) which is not a multiple of 1 cent shall be rounded to the nearest multiple of 1 cent.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Adjustment in allowance for mail service pharmacies</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary may, by regulation and after consultation with pharmacists, elderly groups, and private insurers, reduce the administrative allowances established under subparagraph (A) for any drug dispensed by a mail service pharmacy (as defined by the Secretary) based on differences between such pharmacies and other pharmacies with respect to operating costs and other economies.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Assuring appropriate prescribing and dispensing practices</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Health care professionals.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary shall establish a program to identify (and to educate physicians and pharmacists concerning)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>instances or patterns of unnecessary or inappropriate prescribing or dispensing practices for covered outpatient drugs,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>instances or patterns of substandard care with respect to such drugs, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num><content>potential adverse reactions.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Standards</inline>.—</heading><content>In carrying out the program under subparagraph (A), the Secretary shall establish for each covered outpatient drug standards for the prescribing of the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Safety.</p></sidenote>drug which are based on accepted medical practice. In establishing such standards, the Secretary shall incorporate standards from such current authoritative compendia as the Secretary may select; except that the Secretary may <page identifier="/us/stat/102/709">102 STAT. 709</page>modify such a standard by regulation on the basis of scientific and medical information that such standard is not consistent with the safe and effective use of the drug. </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Prohibition of formulary</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Nothing in this title (including paragraph (8)), other than sections 1861(t)(4)(A) and 1862(c), shall be construed as authorizing the Secretary to exclude from coverage or to deny payment—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>for any specific covered outpatient drug, or specific class of covered outpatient drug, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>for any specific use of such a drug for a specific<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Safety.</p></sidenote> indication unless such exclusion is pursuant to section 1862(a)(1) based on a finding by the Secretary that such use is not safe or is not effective.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Treatment of certain prepaid organizations</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General rule counting prepaid plan expenses towards the catastrophic drug deductible</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as provided in subparagraph (B), expenses incurred by (or on behalf of) a medicare beneficiary for covered outpatient drugs shall be counted (consistent with subparagraph (C)) toward the catastrophic drug deductible established under paragraph (1) whether or not, at the time the expenses were incurred, the beneficiary was enrolled in a plan under section 1833(a)(1)(A) or under section 1876.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Treatment of drug buy-out plan expenses</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In the case of a medicare beneficiary enrolled in a month in a drug buy-out plan (as defined in subparagraph (D))—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>expenses incurred by the beneficiary for covered outpatient drugs reimbursed under the plan shall not be counted towards the catastrophic drug deductible, but</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>if the individual disenrolls from the plan during the year, the beneficiary is deemed to have incurred, for each month of such enrollment, expenses for covered outpatient drugs in an amount equal to the actuarial value (with respect to such month) of the deductible for covered outpatient drugs (as computed by the Secretary for purposes of section 1876(e)(1)) applicable on the average to individuals in the United States.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Treatment of expenses for covered outpatient drugs incurred while enrolled in a prepaid plan other than a drug buy-out plan</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary may not enter into a contract with an organization under section 1876, or provide for payment under section 1833(a)(1)(A) with respect to an organization which provides reimbursement for covered outpatient drugs, with respect to a plan that is not a drug buy-out plan, unless the organization provides assurances, satisfactory to the Secretary, that—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the organization will maintain and make available, for its enrollees and in coordination with the appropriate carriers under this part, an accounting of expenses incurred by (or on behalf of) enrollees under the plan for covered outpatient drugs; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the organization will take into account, in any deductibles established under the plan in a year with respect to covered outpatient drugs under this part, the amounts of expenses for covered outpatient drugs in-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/710">102 STAT. 710</page>curred in the year by (or on behalf of) the beneficiary and otherwise counted towards the catastrophic drug deductible in the year. </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Drug buy-out plan defined</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In this paragraph, the term ‘drug buy-out plan’ means a plan under section 1833(a)(1)(A) or offered by an organization under section 1876 and with respect to which—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the amount of any deductible under the plan with respect to covered outpatient drugs under this title, is less than 50 percent of—</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the catastrophic drug deductible specified in paragraph (1)(C).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Medicare beneficiary defined</inline>.—</heading><content>In this subsection, the term ‘medicare beneficiary’ means, with respect to a month, an individual covered for benefits under this part for the month.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Treatment of plan charges</inline>.—</heading><content>In the case of covered outpatient drugs furnished by an eligible organization under section 1876(b) or an organization described in section 1833(a)(1)(A) which does not impose charges on covered outpatient drugs dispensed to its members, for purposes of this subsection the actual charges of the organization shall be the organization’s standard charges to members, and other individuals, not entitled to benefits with respect to such drugs.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Physician guide</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall develop, and update annually, an information guide for physicians concerning the comparative average wholesale prices of at least 500 of the most commonly prescribed covered out-patient drugs. Such guide shall, to the extent practicable, group covered outpatient drugs (including multiple source drugs) in a manner useful to physicians by therapeutic category or with respect to the conditions for which they are prescribed. Such guide shall specify the average wholesale prices on the basis of the amount of the drug required for a typical daily therapeutic regimen.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Mailing guide</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary shall provide for mailing, in January of each year (beginning with 1991), a copy of the guide developed and updated under subparagraph (A)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>to each hospital with an agreement in effect under section 1866,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>to each physician (as defined in section 1861(r)(1)) who routinely provides services under this part, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>to Social Security offices, senior citizen centers, and other appropriate places.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reports on outlays and receipts; special cost controls</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Compilation of information</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary shall compile information on—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>manufacturers’ prices for coveted outpatient drugs, and on charges of pharmacists for covered out-patient drugs, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the use of covered outpatient drugs by individuals entitled to benefits under this part. <page identifier="/us/stat/102/711">102 STAT. 711</page> The information compiled under clause (i) shall include a comparison of the increases in prices and charges for covered outpatient drugs during each 6 month period (beginning with January 1987) with the semiannual average increase in such prices and charges during the 6 years beginning with 1981. </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reports</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall submit to the Committees on Ways and Means and Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Finance of the Senate a report, in May and November of 1989 and 1990 and in May of each succeeding year, providing the information compiled under subparagraph (A). For each such report submitted after 1991, the report shall include an explanation of the extent to which the increases in outlays for covered outpatient drugs under this part are due to the factors described in subparagraphs (A)(1) and (A)(ii).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Monthly reports on outlays and receipts</inline>.—</heading><content>Within 30 days after the end of each month (beginning with October 1991 and ending with April 1993), the Secretary shall report to Congress on the outlays and receipts of the Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund (in this paragraph referred to as the ‘Trust Fund’) in the month.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Budgetary information</inline>.—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In each report submitted under subparagraph (B) after 1991, the Secretary shall include information on—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the projected budgetary status of the Trust Fund for the succeeding year,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>the projected increases in manufacturers’ prices for covered outpatient drugs and in charges of pharmacists for covered outpatient drugs,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">‘(III) </num><content>the projected level of utilization of covered outpatient drugs by medicare beneficiaries, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">“(IV) </num><content>the projected administrative costs relating to covered outpatient drugs.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination and publication of any outlay controls for 1993 and 1994</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>For each such report in 1992 and 1993, the Secretary—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>shall determine in the report whether the anticipated outlays and receipts of the Trust Fund for the succeeding year will provide for at least the minimum contingency margin specified in subparagraph (F) for that succeeding year, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>if not, shall include in the report (and shall<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote> publish in the Federal Register by May 1 of the year a proposed regulation to carry out) changes in the provisions of this part (consistent with subparagraph (E)) in order to reduce outlays from the Trust Fund in that succeeding year sufficiently to provide for the minimum contingency margin specified in subparagraph (F).</content> </subclause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">Any changes described in subclause (ID in such report shall reflect appropriately each of the anticipated causes of increased or unanticipated outlays for covered outpatient drugs.</continuation> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/712">102 STAT. 712</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effectiveness of regulatory changes</inline>.—</heading><content>If proposed regulations are published under clause (ii)(II) in 1992 or 1993, during the last 3 days of September of such year, the Secretary shall publish in the Federal Register a final regulation to implement the changes described in such clause. Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, but subject to subparagraph (E) and unless otherwise provided by law, such changes shall become effective on January 1 of the succeeding year and shall apply only during that succeeding year. Such final regulation may not revise the proposed regulation in a manner that would result in a greater reduction in outlays than would have been the case under the proposed regulation.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on changes</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In making regulatory changes under subparagraph (D), the Secretary may not—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>provide for a formulary (in violation of paragraph (5)(0);</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>change the methodology for determining whether for a year an individual has met the catastrophic drug deductible established under paragraph</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>increase the coinsurance percent under paragraph (2)(0 for a year above the coinsurance percent in effect during the previous year.</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">Clause (ii) shall not be construed as prohibiting the Secretary from increasing the amount of the catastrophic drug deductible under paragraph (1)(A).</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Minimum contingency margin defined</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In this paragraph, the term ‘minimum contingency margin’ means—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>for 1993, 50 percent, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>for 1994, 25 percent.</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">Such margin shall be determined as of the close of each calendar year and shall be determined based on the total outlays from the Trust Fund during the year.</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definitions</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In this subsection:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Multiple source drug</inline>.—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The term ‘multiple source drug’ means, with respect to a payment calculation period, a covered outpatient drug for which there are 2 or more drug products which—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>are rated as therapeutically equivalent (under the Food and Drug Administration’s most recent publication of ‘Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations’),</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>except as provided in clause (ii), are pharmaceutically equivalent and bioequivalent, as defined in clause (iii) and as determined by the Food and Drug Administration, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num> <content>are sold or marketed during the period.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Exception</inline>.—</heading><content>Subclause (II) of clause (i) shall not apply if the Food and Drug Administration changes by regulation (after an opportunity for public comment of 90 days) the requirement that, for purposes of the publication described in clause (i)(I), in order for drug products to be rated as therapeutically equivalent, <page identifier="/us/stat/102/713">102 STAT. 713</page> they must be pharmaceutically equivalent and bioequivalent, as defined in clause (iii). </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definitions</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>For purposes of this subparagraph:</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Pharmaceutically equivalent</inline>.—</heading><content>Drug products are pharmaceutically equivalent if the products contain identical amounts of the same active drug ingredient in the same dosage form and meet compendial or other applicable standards of strength, quality, purity, and identity.</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Bioequivalent</inline>.—</heading><content>Drugs are bioequivalent if they do not present a known or potential bioequivalence problem or, if they do present such a problem, are shown to meet an appropriate standard of bioequivalence.</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Sold or marketed</inline>.—</heading> <content>A drug is considered to be sold or marketed during a period if it is listed in the publications referred to in clause (i)(I), unless the Secretary determines that such sale or marketing is not actually taking place.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Restrictive prescription</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>A drug has a ‘restrictive prescription’ only if—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>in the case of a written prescription, the prescription for the drug indicates, in the handwriting of the physician or other person prescribing the drug and with an appropriate phrase (such as ‘brand medically necessary’) recognized by the Secretary, that the particular drug must be dispensed, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in the case of a prescription issued by telephone—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the physician or other person prescribing the drug (through use of such an appropriate phrase) states that the particular drug must be dispensed, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>the physician or other person submits to the pharmacy involved, within 30 days after the date of the telephone prescription, a written confirmation which is in the handwriting of the physician or other person prescribing the drug and which indicates with such appropriate phrase that the particular drug was required to have been dispensed.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment calculation period</inline>.—</heading><content>The term ‘payment calculation period’ means the 6-month period beginning with January of each year and the 6-month period beginning with July of each year.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Outlays; receipts</inline>.—</heading><content>The terms ‘outlays’ and ‘receipts’ mean, with respect to a year or other period, gross outlays and receipts, as such terms are employed in the ‘Monthly Treasury Statement of Receipts and Outlays of the United States Government (MTS)’, as published by the Department of the Treasury, for months in such year or other period.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Participating Pharmacies; Civil Money Penalties</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Participating pharmacies</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1842 (42 U.S.C. 1395t) is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/714">102 STAT. 714</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in subsection (h)(1), by inserting before the period at the end of the second sentence the following: “<quotedText>, except that, with respect to a supplier of covered outpatient drugs, the term ‘participating supplier’ means a participating pharmacy (as defined in subsection (o)(1))</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in subsection (h)(4), is amended by adding at the end the following: “<quotedText>In publishing directories under this paragraph, the Secretary shall provide for separate directories (wherever appropriate) for participating pharmacies.</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="o">“(o)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">For purposes of this section, the term ‘participating pharmacy’ means, with respect to covered outpatient drugs dispensed on or after January 1, 1991, an entity which is authorized under a State law to dispense covered outpatient drugs and which has entered into an agreement with the Secretary, providing at least the following:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The entity agrees to accept payment under this part on an assignment-related basis for all covered outpatient drugs dispensed to an individual entitled to benefits under this part (in this subsection referred to as a ‘medicare beneficiary’) during a year after—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the Secretary has notified the entity, through the electronic system described in subparagraph (D)(i), or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>in the absence of such a system, the entity is otherwise notified that the Secretary has determined,</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">that the individual has met the catastrophic drug deductible with respect to such drugs under section 1834(c)(1) for the year.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The entity agrees—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>not to refuse to dispense covered outpatient drugs stocked by the entity to any medicare beneficiary, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>not to charge medicare beneficiaries (regardless of whether or not the beneficiaries are enrolled under a prepaid health plan or with eligible organization under section 1876) more for such drugs than the amount it charges to the general public (as determined by the Secretary in regulations).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>The entity agrees to keep patient records (including records on expenses) for all covered outpatient drugs dispensed to all medicare beneficiaries.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>The entity agrees to submit information (in a manner specified by the Secretary to be necessary to administer this title) on all purchases of covered outpatient drugs dispensed to medicare beneficiaries.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The entity agrees—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>to offer to counsel, or to offer to provide information (consistent with State law respecting the provision of such information) to, each medicare beneficiary on the appropriate use of a drug to be dispensed and whether there are potential interactions between the drug and other drugs dispensed to the beneficiary; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>to advise the beneficiary on the availability (consistent with State laws respecting substitution of drugs) of therapeutically equivalent covered outpatient drugs.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>The entity agrees to provide the information requested by the Secretary in surveys under section 1834(c)(3)(C)(ii).</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed as requiring a pharmacy operated by an eligible organization (described in section 1876(b)) or an organization described in section 1833(a)(1)(A) for the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/715">102 STAT. 715</page> exclusive benefit of its members to dispense covered outpatient drugs to individuals who are not members of the organization.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">The Secretary shall provide to each participating pharmacy</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num><content>a distinctive emblem (suitable for display to the public) indicating that the pharmacy is a participating pharmacy, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><content>upon request, such electronic equipment and technical<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Claims.</p></sidenote> assistance (other than the costs of obtaining, maintaining, or expanding telephone service) as the Secretary determines may be necessary for the pharmacy to submit claims using the electronic system established under paragraph (4).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The Secretary shall provide for periodic audits of participating pharmacies to assure—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>compliance with the requirements for participation under this title, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the accuracy of information submitted by the pharmacies under this title.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The Secretary shall establish, by not later than January 1,<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Science and technology.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Communications and telecommunications.</p></sidenote> 1991, a point-of-sale electronic system for use by carriers and participating pharmacies in the submission of information respecting covered outpatient drugs dispensed to medicare beneficiaries under this part.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>Notwithstanding subsection (b)(3)(B), payment for covered outpatient drugs may be made on the basis of an assignment described in clause (ii) of that subsection only to a participating pharmacy.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Civil money penalties fob violation of participation agreement, for e)(cessive charges for nonparticipating pharmacies and for failure to provide survey information</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1128A(a) (42 U.S.C. 1320a–7a(a)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>or</quotedText>” at the end of paragraph (1),</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in paragraph (2)(C), by inserting “<quotedText>or to be a participating pharmacy under section 1842(o)</quotedText>” after “1842(h)(1)”,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>, or</quotedText>” at the end of paragraph (2) and inserting a semicolon,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>by adding “or” at the end of paragraph (3), and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>by inserting after paragraph (3) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in the case of a participating or nonparticipating pharmacy (as defined for purposes of part B of title )(VIII)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>presents or causes to be presented to any person a request for payment for covered outpatient drugs dispensed to an individual entitled to benefits under part B of title )(VIII and for which the amount charged by the pharmacy is greater than the amount the pharmacy charges the general public (as determined by the Secretary in regulations), or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>fails to provide the information requested by the Secretary in a survey under section 1834(c)(3)(C)(ii);”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on Length of Prescription</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 1862(c) (42 U.S.C. 1395y(c)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by redesignating subparagraphs (A) through (D) of paragraph (1) as clauses (i) through (iv), respectively;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in paragraph (2)(A), by striking “<quotedText>paragraph (1)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>subparagraph (A)</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by redesignating subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (2) as clauses (i) and (ii), respectively;</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/716">102 STAT. 716</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>by redesignating paragraphs (1) and (2) as subparagraphs (A) and (B), respectively;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(c)</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>No payment may be made under part B for any expense incurred for a covered outpatient drug if the drug is dispensed in a quantity exceeding a supply of 30 days or such longer period of time (not to exceed 90 days, except in exceptional circumstances) as the Secretary may authorize.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Carriers, Fiscal Intermediaries, and Other Entities in Administration</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorizing use of other entities in electronic claims system</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1842(f) (42 U.S.C. 1395u(f)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of paragraph (1),</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking the period at the end of paragraph (2) and inserting and”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><content>by adding at the end the following new paragraph: “<quotedText>(3) with respect to implementation and operation (and related functions) of the electronic system established under subsection (o)(4), a voluntary association, corporation, partnership, or other nongovernmental organization, which the Secretary determines to be qualified to conduct such activities.</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Additional functions of carriers</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1842(b)(3) (42 U.S.C. 1395u(b)(3)), as amended by section 201(c) of this Act, is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of subparagraph (H), and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by inserting after subparagraph (I) the following new subparagraphs: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="J">“(J) </num> <chapeau class="inline">if it makes determinations or payments with respect to covered outpatient drugs, will—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>receive information transmitted under the electronic system established under subsection (o)(4), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>respond to requests by participating pharmacies (and individuals entitled to benefits under this part) as to whether or not such an individual has met the catastrophic drug deductible established under section 1834(c)(1)(A) for a year; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="K">“(K) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content>will enter into such contracts with organizations described in subsection (f)(3) as the Secretary determines may be necessary to implement and operate (and for related functions with respect to) the electronic system established under subsection (o)(4) for covered outpatient drugs under this part;”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special contract provisions for electronic claims system</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment on other than a cost basis</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1842(c)(1)(A) (42 U.S.C. 1395u(c)(1)(A)) is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(i)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(c)(1)(A)</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in the first sentence, by inserting “<quotedText>, except as provided in clause (ii),</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>under this part, and</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new clause: <quotedContent> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>To the extent that a contract under this section provides for implementation and operation (and related functions) of the electronic system established under subsection (o)(4) for covered out-patient drugs, the Secretary may provide for payment for such activities based on any method of payment determined by the Secretary to be appropriate.”.</content> </clause> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/717">102 STAT. 717</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application of different performance standards</inline>.—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u note</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading><content>The Secretary of Health and Human Services, before entering into contracts under section 1842 of the Social Security Act with respect to the implementation and operation (and related functions) of the electronic system for covered outpatient drugs, shall establish standards with respect to performance with respect to such activities. The provisions of section 1153(e)(2), and paragraphs (1) and (2) of section 1153(h), of such Act shall apply to such activities in the same manner as they apply to contracts with peer review organizations, instead of the requirements of the last 2 sentences of section 1842(b)(2) of such Act.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of regional carriers</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 1842(b)(2) is amended by adding at the end the following new sentence: “<quotedText>With respect to activities relating to implementation and<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> operation (and related functions) of the electronic system established under subsection (o)(4), the Secretary may enter into contracts with carriers under this section to perform such activities on a regional basis.</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Adjustment of carrier obligations</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">No toll-free telephone number required of limited carriers</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1842(h)(2) (42 U.S.C. 1395u(h)(2)) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>(other than a carrier described in subsection (f)(3))</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>Each carrier</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Delay in application of coordinated benefits with medigap</inline>.—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u note</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading><content>The provisions of subparagraph (B) of section 1842(h)(3) of the Social Security Act shall not apply to covered outpatient drugs (other than drugs described in section 1861(s)(2)(J) of such Act as of the date of the enactment of this Act) dispensed before January 1, 1993.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Batch prompt processing of claims</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1842(c) (42 U.S.C. 1395u(c)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in paragraphs (2)(A) and (3)(A), by striking “<quotedText>Each</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>Except as provided in paragraph (3), each</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4)</num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Each contract under this section which provides for the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Claims.</p></sidenote> disbursement of funds, as described in subsection (a)(1)(B), with respect to claims for payment for covered outpatient drugs shall provide for a payment cycle under which each carrier will, on a monthly basis, make a payment with respect to all claims which were received and approved for payment in the period since the most recent date on which such a payment was made with respect to the participating pharmacy or individual submitting the claim.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><content>If payment is not issued, mailed, or otherwise transmitted within 5 days of when such a payment is required to be made under subparagraph (A), interest shall be paid at the rate used for purposes of section 3902(a) of title 31, United States Code (relating to interest penalties for failure to make prompt payments) for the period beginning on the day after such 5-day period and ending on the date on which payment is made.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Modification of HMO/CMP Contracts</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Separate actuarial determination for covered out-patient drug benefit</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1876(e)(1) (42 U.S.C. 1395mm(e)(1)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: “<quotedText>The preceding sentence shall be applied separately with respect to covered outpatient drugs.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/718">102 STAT. 718</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Additional optional benefits</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1876(g)(3)(A) (42 U.S.C. 1395mm(g)(3)(A)) is amended by striking rate” and inserting “<quotedText>rates</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Requiring Submission of Diagnostic Information</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1842 (42 U.S.C. 1395u), as amended by subsection (c)(1)(C), is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="p">“(p) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Health care professionals.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Each request for payment, or bill submitted, for an item or service furnished by a physician for which payment may be made under this part shall include the appropriate diagnosis code (or codes) as established by the Secretary for such item or service.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In the case of a request for payment for an item or service furnished by a physician on an assignment-related basis which does not include the code (or codes) required under paragraph (1), payment may be denied under this part.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Law enforcement and crime.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">In the case of a request for payment for an item or service furnished by a physician not submitted on an assignment-related basis and which does not include the code (or codes) required under paragraph (1)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>if the physician knowingly and willfully fails to provide the code (or codes) promptly upon request of the Secretary or a carrier, the physician may be subject to a civil money penalty in an amount not to exceed $2,000, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>if the physician knowingly, willfully, and in repeated cases fails, after being notified by the Secretary of the obligations and requirements of this subsection, to include the code (or codes) required under paragraph (1), the physician may be subject to the sanction described in section 1842(j)(2)(A).</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to civil money penalties under subparagraph (A) in the same manner as they apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a).”.</continuation> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="h">(h) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The first sentence of section 1866(a)(2)(A) (42 U.S.C. 1395cc(a)(2)(A)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>1834(c),</quotedText>” after “1833(b),”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Drugs and drug abuse.</p></sidenote> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>and in the case of covered outpatient drugs, applicable coinsurance percent (specified in section 1834(c)(2)(C)) of the lesser of the actual charges for the drugs or the payment limit (established under section 1834(c)(3))</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>established by the Secretary</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 1903(i)(5) (42 U.S.C. 1396b(i)(5)) is amended by striking “<quotedText>section 1862(c)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>section 1862(c)(1)</quotedText>”</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395m">42 USC 1395m note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reports on Medicare Beneficiary Drug Expenses</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">hhs</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary of Health and Human Services, by not later than April 1, 1989—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>using data from the 1987 National Medical Expenditures Survey (conducted by the National Center for Health Services Research and Health Care Technology Assessment), shall report to Congress on expenses incurred by medicare beneficiaries for outpatient prescription drugs, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>shall provide the Director of the Congressional Budget Office with such data from that Survey as the Director may request to make the estimates required under paragraph (2).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reestimation of costs</inline>.—</heading><content>The Director of the Concessional Budget Office shall transmit to the Congress, not later <page identifier="/us/stat/102/719">102 STAT. 719</page>than June 1, 1989, or, if later, 60 days after the date of providing data requested under paragraph (1)(B), the Director’s estimate of the outlays which will be made (in each of fiscal years 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993) under the medicare program for covered outpatient drugs (under the amendments made by this section). </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="j">(j) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Prescription Drug Payment Review Commission</inline>.—</heading><content>Part B is amended by adding at the end the following new section: <quotedContent> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <heading class="smallCaps centered">“prescription drug payment review commission</heading> <num value="1847"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 1847. </num> <subsection class="inline"> <num value="a">(a)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Director of the Congressional Office of<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395w/3">42 USC 1395w–3</ref>.</p></sidenote> Technology Assessment (in this section referred to as the ‘Director’ and the ‘Office’, respectively) shall provide for the appointment of a Prescription Drug Payment Review Commission (in this section referred to as the ‘Commission’), to be composed of individuals with expertise in the provision and financing of covered outpatient drugs appointed by the Director (without regard to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive service).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Commission shall consist of 11 individuals. Members of the Commission shall first be appointed by no later than January 1, 1989, for a term of 3 years, except that the Director may provide initially for such shorter terms as will insure that (on a continuing basis) the terms of no more than 4 members expire in any one year.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The membership of the Commission shall include recognized experts in the fields of health care economics, medicine, pharmacology, pharmacy, and prescription drug reimbursement, as well as at least one individual who is a medicare beneficiary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Commission shall submit to Congress an annual report<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> no later than May 1 of each year, beginning with 1990, concerning methods of determining payment for covered outpatient drugs under this part.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Such report, in 1992 and thereafter, shall include, with respect to the previous year, information on—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>increases in manufacturers’ prices for covered outpatient drugs and in charges of pharmacists for covered outpatient drugs,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the level of utilization of covered outpatient drugs by medicare beneficiaries, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>administrative costs relating to covered outpatient drugs.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Such report, in 1992 and thereafter, shall include comments on the budgetary status of the Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund and recommendations for any reductions in outlays that may be required to achieve the contingency margin (established under section 1841A(d) for the following year), taking into account each of the causes of increased or unanticipated outlays for covered outpatient drugs in the year.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>Section 1845(c)(1) shall apply to the Commission in the same manner as it applies to the Physician Payment Review Commission.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote> necessary to carry out the provisions of this section. Such sums shall be payable from the Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="k">(k) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Additional Studies</inline>.—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395m">42 USC 1395m note</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">hhs</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau class="inline">The Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the “Secretary”) shall conduct the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/720">102 STAT. 720</page> following studies, and report to Congress on the results of each such study by the following dates:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Diseases.</p></sidenote><content>A study of the possibility of including drugs which have not yet been approved under section 505 or 507 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act and biological products which have not been licensed under section 351 of the Public Health Service Act but which are commonly used in the treatment of cancer or in immunosuppressive therapy and other experimental drugs and biological products as covered outpatient drugs under the medicare program, for which a report shall be made by January 1, 1990. The study under this subparagraph shall be conducted in consultation with an advisory board of consumers, experts in the fields of cancer chemotherapy and immunosuppressive therapy, representatives of pharmaceutical manufacturers, and such other individuals as the Secretary may select.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Mail.</p></sidenote><content>A study to evaluate the potential to use mail service pharmacies to reduce costs to the medicare program and to medicare beneficiaries, for which a report shall be made by January 1, 1990.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><content>A study of methods to improve utilization review of covered outpatient drugs, for which a report shall be made by January 1, 1993.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num><content>A longitudinal study, to be conducted as a follow-up to the data collected under the survey referred to in subsection (i)(1)(A), on the use of outpatient prescription drugs by medicare beneficiaries with respect to medical necessity, potential for adverse drug interactions, cost (including whether lower cost drugs could have been used), and patient stockpiling or wastage, for which a report shall be made by January 1, 1993.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">gao</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau class="inline">The Comptroller General shall conduct the following studies, and report to Congress on the results of each such study by not later than May 1, 1991:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>A study comparing average wholesale prices with actual pharmacy acquisition costs by type of pharmacy.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><content>A study to determine the overhead costs of retail pharmacies.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><content>A study of the discounts given by pharmacies to other third-party insurers.</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10"><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote>Pharmacies which fail to provide the Comptroller General with reasonable access to necessary records to carry out the studies under this paragraph are subject to exclusion from the medicare and medicare programs under section 1128(a) of the Social Security Act.</continuation> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="l">(l) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395m">42 USC 1395m note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Development of Standard Medicare Claims Form</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Secretary shall develop, in consultation with representatives of pharmacies and other interested individuals, a standard claims form (and a standard electronic claims format) to be used in requests for payment for covered outpatient drugs under the medicare program and other third-party payors.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Not later than October 1, 1989, the Secretary shall distribute official sample copies of the format developed under paragraph (1) to pharmacies and other interested parties and by not later than October 1, 1990, shall distribute official sample copies of the form developed under paragraph (1) to pharmacies and other interested parties.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/721">102 STAT. 721</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="m">(m) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Dates</inline>.—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u note</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as otherwise provided in this subsection, the amendments made by this section shall apply to items dispensed on or after January 1, 1990.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Carriers</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendments made by subsection (e) shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act; except that the amendments made by subsection (e)(5) shall take effect on January 1, 1991, but shall not be construed as requiring payment before February 1, 1991.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">HMO/CMP enrollments</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendment made by subsection (f) shall apply to enrollments effected on or after January 1, 1990.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Diagnostic coding</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendment made by subsection (g) shall apply to services furnished after March 31, 1989.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Transition</inline>.—</heading><content>With respect to administrative expenses (and costs of the Prescription Drug Payment Review Commission) for periods before January 1, 1990, amounts otherwise payable from the Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund shall be payable from the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund and shall also be treated as a debit to the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="203">SEC. 203. </num> <heading>COVERAGE OF HOME INTRAVENOUS DRUG THERAPY SERVICES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1832(a)(2)(A) (42 U.S.C. 1395k(a)(2)(A)) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>and home intravenous drug therapy services</quotedText>” before the semicolon.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Home Intravenous Drug Therapy Services Defined</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1861 (42 U.S.C. 1395x) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="jj">“(jj)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">The term ‘home intravenous drug therapy services’ means the items and services described in paragraph (2) furnished to an individual who is under the care of a physician—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num><content>in a place of residence used as such individual’s home;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><content>by a qualified home intravenous drug therapy provider (as defined in paragraph (3)) or by others under arrangements with them made by such provider; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num><content>under a plan established and periodically reviewed by a physician.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The items and services described in this paragraph are such nursing, pharmacy, and related services (including medical supplies, intravenous fluids, delivery, and equipment) as are necessary to conduct safely and effectively an intravenously administered drug regimen through use of a covered home IV drug (as defined in subsection (t)(4)), but do not include such covered outpatient drugs.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The term ‘qualified home intravenous drug therapy provider’ means any entity that the Secretary determines meets the following requirements:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>The entity is capable of providing or arranging for the items and services described in paragraph (2) and covered home IV drugs.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>The entity maintains clinical records on all patients.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num><content>The entity adheres to written protocols and policies with respect to the provision of items and services.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num><content>The entity makes services available (as needed) seven days a week on a 24-hour basis.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num><content>The entity coordinates all services with the patient’s physician.</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/722">102 STAT. 722</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">“(vi) </num><content>The entity conducts a quality assessment and assurance program, including drug regimen review and coordination of patient care.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">“(vii) </num><content>The entity assures that only trained personnel provide covered home IV drugs (and any other service for which training is required to safely provide the service).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="viii">“(viii) </num><content>The entity assumes responsibility for the quality of services provided by others under arrangements with the agency or entity.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ix">“(ix) </num><content>In the case of an entity in any State in which State or applicable local law provides for the licensing of entities of this nature, (I) is licensed pursuant to such law, or (II) is approved, by the agency of such State or locality responsible for licensing entities of this nature, as meeting the standards established for such licensing.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="x">“(x) </num><content>The entity meets such other requirements as the Secretary may determine are necessary to assure the safe and effective provision of home intravenous drug therapy services and the efficient administration of the home intravenous drug therapy benefit.”.</content> </clause> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Part B is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(2)(B) of section 1833 (42 U.S.C. 13951), by striking “<quotedText>or (E)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(E), or (F)</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(2)(D) of such section, by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(2)(E) of such section, by striking the semicolon and inserting “<quotedText>; and</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>by inserting after subsection (a)(2)(E) of such section the following new subparagraph: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>with respect to home intravenous drug therapy services, the amounts described in section 1834(d)(1);”;</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>in subsection (b) of such section, by striking “<quotedText>services, (3)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>services and home intravenous drug therapy services, (3)</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content>by adding at the end of section 1834, as amended by section 202(b)(4) of this Act, the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395m">42 USC 1395m</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Home Intravenous Drug Therapy Services</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>With respect to home intravenous drug therapy services, subject to paragraph (3), payment under this part shall be made in an amount equal to the lesser of the actual charges for such services or the fee schedule established under paragraph (2).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment of fee schedule</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall establish by regulation before the beginning of calendar year 1990 and each succeeding calendar year a fee schedule for home intravenous drug therapy services for which payment is made under this part A fee schedule established under this subsection shall be on a per diem basis.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation on acceptance of, and payments for, certain referrals</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Except as provided in subparagraph (B), a home intravenous drug therapy provider may not provide home intravenous drug therapy services under this part to an individual if the individual’s referring physician (as defined in subparagraph (D)), or an immediate family member of the physician—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/723">102 STAT. 723</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>has an ownership interest in the provider, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>receives compensation from the provider.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Exceptions</inline>.—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Subparagraph (A)(i) shall not apply—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>if the ownership interest is the ownership of stock which is traded over a publicly-regulated exchange and was purchased on terms generally available to the public, or</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>if the provider is a sole home intravenous drug therapy provider (as defined by the Secretary) in a rural area.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>Subparagraph (A)(ii) shall not apply if the compensation is reasonably related to items or services actually provided by the physician and does not vary in proportion to the number of referrals made by the referring physician, but such exception shall not apply to compensation provided for direct patient care services.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>Subparagraph (A) shall not be construed to apply to a referring physician whose only ownership or financial relationship with the provider is as an uncompensated officer or director of the provider.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>Subparagraph (A) also shall not apply in such cases, established by the Secretary in regulations, in which the nature of the ownership or compensation does not pose a substantial risk of program abuse.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Sanctions</inline>.—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Denial of payment</inline>.—</heading><content>No payment may be made under this part for home intravenous drug therapy services which are provided in violation of subparagraph (A).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Civil money penalty for improper claims</inline>.—</heading><content>Any person (including a home intravenous drug therapy provider or physician) that presents or causes to be presented a claim for an item or service that such person knows or should know is for an item or service for which payment may not be made under subparagraph (A) shall be subject to a civil money penalty of not more than $15,000 for each such item or service. The provisions of section 1128A (other than the first sentence of subsection (a) and other than subsection (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under the previous sentence in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a). </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Referring physician defined</inline>.—</heading><chapeau class="inline">In this paragraph, the term ‘referring physician’ means, with respect to providing home intravenous drug therapy services to an individual, a physician who—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>prescribed the covered home IV drug for which the services are to be provided, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>established the plan of care for such services.”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Propac study</inline>.—</heading> <content>The Prospective Payment Assessment<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww note</ref>.</p></sidenote> Commission shall conduct a study, and make recommendations 3 Congress and the Secretary of Health and Human Services by not later than March 1, 1991, concerning appropriate adjustlent to the payment amounts provided under section 1886(d) of be Social Security Act for inpatient hospital services to account <page identifier="/us/stat/102/724">102 STAT. 724</page>for reduced costs to hospitals resulting from the amendments made by this section. </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Health care professionals.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Inspector general report on potentially abusive ownership or compensation arrangements</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services shall study and report to Congress, by not later than May 1, 1989, concerning—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>physician ownership of, or compensation from, an entity providing items or services to which the physician makes referrals and for which payment may be made under the medicare program;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the range of such arrangements and the means by which they are marketed to physicians;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>the potential of such ownership or compensation to influence the decision of a physician regarding referrals and to lead to inappropriate utilization of such items and services; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Law enforcement and crime.</p></sidenote> <content>the practical difficulties involved in enforcement actions against such ownership and compensation arrangements that violate current antikickback provisions.</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">Such report shall include such recommendations as may be appropriate to strengthen current law provisions to prevent program abuse.</continuation> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Certification</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1835(a)(2) (42 U.S.C. 1395n(a)(2)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of subparagraph (E);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (F) and inserting “<quotedText>; and</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by inserting after subparagraph (F) the following new subparagraph: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">“(G) </num> <content>in the case of home intravenous drug therapy services, (i) such services are or were required because the individual needed such services for the administration of a covered home IV drug, (ii) a plan for furnishing such services has been established and is reviewed periodically by a physician, (iii) such services are or were furnished while the individual is or was under the care of a physician, (iv) such services are administered in a place of residence used as such individual’s home, and (v) with respect to such services initiated before January 1, 1993, such services have been reviewed and approved by a utilization and peer review organization under section 1154(a)(16) before the date such services were initiated (or, in the case of services first initiated on an outpatient basis, within 1 working day (except in exceptional circumstances) of the date of initiation of the services).”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Pro prior approval required</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1154(a) (42 U.S.C. 1320c–3(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="16">(16) </num> <content>The organization shall perform the review described in paragraph (1) with respect to home intravenous drug therapy services (as defined in section 1861(jj)(D) initiated before January 1, 1993, within 1 working day of the date of the organization’s receipt of a request for such review. The Secretary shall establish criteria to be used by such an organization in conduct-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/725">102 STAT. 725</page> ing reviews with respect to the appropriateness of home intravenous drug therapy services under this paragraph.”. </content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Certification of Home Intravenous Drug Therapy Providers; Intermediate Sanctions for Noncompliance</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Treatment as provider of services</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1861(u) (42 U.S.C. 1395x(u)) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>home intravenous drug therapy provider,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>hospice program,</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Consultation with state agencies and other organizations</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1863 (42 U.S.C. 1395z) is amended by striking “<quotedText>and (dd)(2)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(dd)(2), and (jj)(3)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of state agencies in determining compliance</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1864(a) (42 U.S.C. 1395aa(a)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in the first sentence, by inserting “<quotedText>or a home intravenous drug therapy provider,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>hospice program</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in the second sentence, by striking “<quotedText>or hospice program</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>hospice program, or home intravenous drug therapy provider</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application of intermediate sanctions</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1846 (42 U.S.C. 1395w–2) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in the heading, by adding “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">and for qualified home intravenous drug therapy providers</inline></quotedText>” at the end;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in subsection (a), by inserting “<quotedText>or that a qualified home intravenous drug therapy provider that is certified for participation under this title no longer substantially meets the requirements of section 1861(jj)(3)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>under this part</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><content>in subsection (b)(2)(A)(iv) by inserting “<quotedText>or home intravenous drug therapy services</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>clinical diagnostic laboratory tests</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Regional Intermediaries in Administration of Benefit</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1816 (42 U.S.C. 1395h) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="k">“(k) </num> <content>With respect to carrying out functions relating to payment for<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> home intravenous drug therapy services and covered home IV drugs, the Secretary may enter into contracts with agencies or organizations under this section to perform such functions on a regional basis.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendments made by this section shall<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320C/3">42 USC 1320C–3 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> apply to items and services furnished on or after January 1, 1990.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="204">SEC. 204. </num> <heading>COVERAGE OF SCREENING MAMMOGRAPHY.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau class="inline">Section 1861 (42 U.S.C. 1395x) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">in subsection (s)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>by redesignating paragraphs (13) <quotedText>and</quotedText> (14) as paragraphs (14) <quotedText>and</quotedText> (15), respectively,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of paragraph (11),</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><content>by striking the period at the end of paragraph (12) and inserting and”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num><content>by inserting after paragraph (12) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="13">“(13) </num> <content>screening mammography (as defined in subsection (kk)).”; and</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new subsection: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/726">102 STAT. 726</page> <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <heading class="centered">“Screening Mammography</heading> <num value="kk">“(kk) </num><content>The term ‘screening mammography’ means a radiologic procedure provided to a woman for the purpose of early detection of breast cancer and includes a physician’s interpretation of the results of the procedure.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment and Coverage</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 1834 (42 U.S.C. 1395m), as amended by sections 202(b)(4) and 203(c)(1)(F) of this Act, is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in subsection (b)(1)(B), by inserting “<quotedText>and subject to subsection (e)(1)(A)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>conversion factors</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payments and Standards for Screening Mammography</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><chapeau class="inline">Notwithstanding any other provision of this part (except as provided in section 1833(c)), with respect to expenses incurred for screening mammography (as defined in section 1861(kk)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>payment may be made only for screening mammography conducted consistent with the frequency permitted under paragraph (2);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>payment may be made only if the screening mammography meets the quality standards established under paragraph (3); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau class="inline">the amount of the payment under this part shall, subject to the deductible established under section 1833(b), be equal to 80 percent of the least of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the actual charge for the screening,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the fee schedule established under subsection (b) with respect to both the professional and technical components of the screening mammography, in the case of screening mammography subject to such schedule but for this paragraph, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>the limit established under paragraph (4) for the screening mammography.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Frequency covered</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Subject to revision by the Secretary under subparagraph (B)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>No payment may be made under this part for screening mammography performed on a woman under 35 years of age.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>Payment may be made under this part for only 1 screening mammography performed on a woman over 34 years of age, but under 40 years of age.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">In the case of a woman over 39 years of age, but under 50 years of age, who—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>is at a high risk of developing breast cancer (as determined pursuant to factors identified by the Secretary), payment may not be made under this part for a screening mammography performed within the 11 months of a previous screening mammography, or</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>it is not a high risk of developing breast cancer, payment may not be made under this part for a screening mammography performed within the 23 months after a previous screening mammography.</content> </subclause> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/727">102 STAT. 727</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>In the case of a woman over 49 years of age, but under 65 years of age, payment may not be made under this part for screening mammography performed within 11 months after a previous screening mammography.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>In the case of a woman over 64 years of age, payment may not be made for screening mammography performed within 23 months after a previous screening mammography.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Revision of frequency</inline>.—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Review</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary, in consultation with the Director of the National Cancer Institute, shall review periodically the appropriate frequency for performing screening mammography, based on age and such other factors as the Secretary believes to be pertinent.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Revision of frequency</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary, taking into consideration the review made under clause (i), may revise from time to time the frequency with which screening mammography may be paid for under this subsection, but no such revision shall apply to screening mammography performed before January 1, 1992.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Quality standards</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary shall establish<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Safety.</p></sidenote> standards to assure the safety and accuracy of screening mammography performed under this part. Such standards shall include the requirements that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the equipment used to perform the mammography must be specifically designed for mammography and must meet radiologic standards established by the Secretary for mammography;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">the mammography must be performed by an individual who—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>is licensed by a State to perform radiological procedures, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>is certified as qualified to perform radiological procedures by such an appropriate organization as the Secretary specifies in regulations;</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau class="inline">the results of the mammography must be interpreted by a physician—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>who is certified as qualified to interpret radiological procedures by such an appropriate board as the Secretary specifies in regulations, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>who is certified as qualified to interpret screening mammography procedures by such a program as the Secretary recognizes in regulation as assuring the qualifications of the individual with respect to such interpretation; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>with respect to the first screening mammography<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote> performed on a woman for which payment is made under this part, there are satisfactory assurances that the results of the mammography will be placed in permanent medical records maintained with respect to the woman.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limit</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">$50, indexed</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Except as provided by the Secretary under subparagraph (B), the limit established under this paragraph—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>for screening mammography performed in 1990, is $50, and</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/728">102 STAT. 728</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>for screening mammography performed in a subsequent year is the limit established under this paragraph for the preceding year increased by the percentage increase in the MEI for that subsequent year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reduction of limit</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall review from time to time the appropriateness of the amount of the limit established under this paragraph. The Secretary may, with respect to screening mammography performed in a year after 1991, reduce the amount of such limit as it applies nationally or in any area to the amount that the Secretary estimates is required to assure that screening mammography of an appropriate quality is readily and conveniently available during the year.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application of limit in hospital outpatient setting</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall provide for an appropriate allocation of the limit established under this paragraph between professional and technical components in the case of hospital outpatient screening mammography (and comparable situations) where there is a claim for professional services separate from the claim for the radiologic procedure.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limiting charges of nonparticipating physicians</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>In the case of mammography screening performed on or after January 1, 1990, for which payment is made under this subsection, if a nonparticipating physician or supplier provides the screening to an individual entitled to benefits under this part, the physician or supplier may not charge the individual more than the limiting charge (as defined in subparagraph (B), or, if applicable and if less, as defined in subsection (b)(5)(B)).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limiting charge defined</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In subparagraph (A), the term ‘limiting charge’ means, with respect to screening mammography performed—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>in 1990, 125 percent of the limit established under paragraph (4),</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>in 1991, 120 percent of the limit established under paragraph (4), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>after 1991, 115 percent of the limit established under paragraph (4).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Enforcement</inline>.—</heading><content><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Claims.</p></sidenote>If a physician or supplier knowing and willfully imposes a charge in violation of subparagraph (A), the Secretary may apply sanctions against such physician or supplier in accordance with section 1842(j)(2).”. </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Certification of Screening Mammography Quality Standards</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Section 1863 (42 U.S.C. 1395z) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>or whether screening mammography meets the standards established under section 1834(e)(3),</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>1832(a)(2)(F)(i),</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The first sentence of section 1864(a) (42 U.S.C. 1395aa(a)) is amended by inserting before the period the following: “<quotedText>, or whether screening mammography meets the standards established under section 1834(e)(3)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Section 1865(a) (42 U.S.C. 1395bb(a)) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>1834(e)(3),</quotedText>” after “1832(a)(2)(F)(i),”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/729">102 STAT. 729</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Section 1833(a)(2)(E) (42 U.S.C. 13951(a)(2)(E)) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>, but excluding screening mammography</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>imaging services</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1862(a) (42 U.S.C. 1395y(a)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (1)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in subparagraph (A), by striking “<quotedText>subparagraph (B), (C), (D), or (E)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>a succeeding subparagraph</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in subparagraph (D), by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in subparagraph (E), by striking the semicolon at the end and inserting “<quotedText>, and</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new subparagraph: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <content>in the case of screening mammography, which is performed more frequently than is covered under section 1834(e)(2) or which does not meet the standards established under section 1834(e)(3);”; and</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in paragraph (7), by inserting “<quotedText>or under paragraph (1)(F)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(1)(B)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Sections 1864(a), 1865(a), 1902(a)(9)(C), and 1915(a)(1)(B)(ii)(I) (42 U.S.C. 1395aa(a), 1395bb(a), 1396a(a)(9)(C), 1396n(a)(1)(B)(ii)(D) are each amended by striking “<quotedText>paragraphs (13) and (14)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>paragraphs (14) and (15)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendments made by this section shall<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395m">42 USC 1395m note</ref>.</p></sidenote> apply to screening mammography performed on or after January 1, 1990. Paragraph (5) of section 1834(e) of the Social Security Act shall only apply until such time as the Secretary of Health and Human Services implements the physician fee schedules based on relative value scale developed under section 1845(e) of such Act.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reports</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Physician Payment Review Commission shall study<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395m">42 USC 1395m note</ref>.</p></sidenote> and report, by July 1, 1989, to the Committees on Ways and Means and Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Finance of the Senate concerning the cost of providing screening mammography in a variety of settings and at different volume levels.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Comptroller General shall study and report, by July 1, 1989, to the Committees specified in paragraph (1) concerning the quality of care of screening mammography in a variety of settings.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="205">SEC. 205. </num> <heading>IN-HOME CARE FOR CERTAIN CHRONICALLY DEPENDENT INDIVIDUALS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau class="inline">Section 1832(a) (42 U.S.C. 1395k(a)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (2)(A)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>by inserting “<quotedText>(i)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(A)</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><content>by inserting before the semicolon at the end the following: “<quotedText>, and (ii) in-home care for a chronically dependent individual for up to 80 hours in any 12-month period described in section 1861(11)(4), but not to exceed 80 hours in any calendar year;</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new sentence: <quotedContent> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">“In the case of in-home care (described in paragraph (2)(A)(ii)) provided to a chronically dependent individual on any day, such care provided for 3 hours or less on the day shall be counted (for purposes of the limitation in such paragraph) as 3 hours of such care.”.</p> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/730">102 STAT. 730</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In-Home Care for Chronically Dependent Individual Defined</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1861 (42 U.S.C. 1395x), as amended by section 204(a)(2) of this Act, is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <heading class="centered">“In-Home Care; Chronically Dependent Individual</heading> <num value="ll">“(ll) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">The term ‘in-home care’ means the following items and services furnished, under the supervision of a registered professional nurse, to a chronically dependent individual (as defined in paragraph (2)) during the period described in paragraph (4) by a home health agency or by others under arrangements with them made by such agency in a place of residence used as such individual’s home:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>Services of a homemaker/home health aide (who has successfully completed a training program approved by the Secretary).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Personal care services.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>Nursing care provided by a licensed professional nurse.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The term ‘chronically dependent individual’ means an individual who—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>is dependent on a daily basis on a primary caregiver who is living with the individual and is assisting the individual without monetary compensation in the performance of at least 2 of the activities of daily living (described in paragraph (3)), and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>without such assistance could not perform such activities of daily living.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The ‘activities of daily living’, referred to in paragraph (2), are as follows:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>Eating.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>Bathing.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num><content>Dressing.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num><content>Toileting.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num><content>Transferring in and out of a bed or in and out of a chair.</content> </clause> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The 12-month period described in this paragraph is the 1-year period beginning on the date that the Secretary determines that a chronically dependent individual either—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>has become entitled to benefits under section 1833(c) (relating to having incurred out-of-pocket part B cost sharing equal to the part B catastrophic limit), or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>has become entitled to have payments made for covered outpatient drugs under section 1834(c).</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">In the case of an individual who qualifies under subparagraph (A) or (B) within 12 months after previously qualifying, the subsequent qualification shall begin a new 12-month period under this paragraph. In the case of an individual enrolled in a buy-out plan (as defined in section 1833(c)(5)(D)) or a drug buy-out plan (as defined in section 1834(c)(6)(D)), the Secretary shall establish such procedures as may be appropriate to identify individuals who are deemed to be described in subparagraph (A) or (B), respectively, for purposes of the provision of in-home care under the plan.”.</continuation> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1833(a) (42 U.S.C. 13951(a)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in paragraph (2), by inserting “<quotedText>(A)(ii),</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>subparagraphs</quotedText>” the first place it appears,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in paragraph (3), by striking “<quotedText>(D)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(A)(ii), (D), </quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/731">102 STAT. 731</page> <quotedContent> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">“Payment for in-home care for chronically dependent individuals shall be paid on the basis of an hour of such care provided. In<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> applying paragraph (2) in the case of an organization receiving payment under clause (A) of paragraph (1) or under a reasonable cost reimbursement contract under section 1876 and providing coverage of in-home care, the Secretary shall provide for an appropriate adjustment in the payment amounts otherwise made to reflect the aggregate increase in payments that would otherwise be made with respect to enrollees in the organization if payments were made other than under such clause or such a contract if payments were to be made on an individual-by-individual basis.”.</p> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Certification</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1835(a)(2) (42 U.S.C. 1395n(a)(2)), as amended by section 203(d) of this Act, is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of subparagraph (F);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (G) and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>; and</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by inserting after subparagraph (G) the following new subparagraph: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">“(H) </num> <content>in the case of in-home care provided to a chronically dependent individual during a 12-month period, the individual was a chronically dependent individual during the 3-month period immediately preceding the beginning of the 12-month period.”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Standards for Utilization</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1862(a) (42 U.S.C. 1395y(a)), as amended by section 204(d)(2) of this Act, is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (1)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of subparagraph (E), </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>by adding “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of subparagraph (F), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new subparagraph: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">“(G) </num> <content>in the case of in-home care for chronically dependent individuals, which is not reasonable and necessary to assure the health and condition of the individual is maintained in the individual’s noninstitutional residence;”; and</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in paragraph (6), by inserting “<quotedText>and except, in the case of in-home care, as is otherwise permitted under paragraph (1)(G)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>paragraph (1)(C)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall take<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395k">42 USC 1395k note</ref>.</p></sidenote> appropriate efforts to assure the quality, and provide for appropriate utilization of, in-home care for chronically dependent individuals under the amendments made by this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendments made by this section shall<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395k">42 USC 1395k note</ref>.</p></sidenote> apply to items and services furnished on or after January 1, 1990.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Study of Alternative Out-of-Home Services</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395k">42 USC 1395k note</ref>.</p></sidenote> of Health and Human Services shall study, and report to Congress, not later than 18 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, on the advisability of providing, to chronically dependent individuals eligible for in-home care under the amendments made by this section, out-of-home services (such as adult day care services or nursing facility services) as alternative services to in-home care.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="206">SEC. 206. </num> <heading>EXTENDING HOME HEALTH SERVICES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">Section 1861(m) (42 U.S.C. 1395x(m)) is amended by adding at the end the following new sentence: “<quotedText>For purposes of paragraphs (1) and (4) and sections 1814(a)(2)(C) and 1835(a)(2)(A),<page identifier="/us/stat/102/732">102 STAT. 732</page>nursing care and home health aide services shall be considered to be provided or needed on an ‘intermittent’ basis if they are provided or needed less than 7 days each week and, in the case they are provided or needed for 7 days each week, if they are provided or needed for a period of up to 38 consecutive days.</quotedText>”. </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395x">42 USC 1395x note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendment made by subsection (a) shall apply to services furnished in cases of initial periods of home health services beginning on or after January 1, 1990.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="207">SEC. 207. </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b/1">42 USC 1395b–1 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>RESEARCH ON LONG-TERM CARE SERVICES FOR MEDICARE BENEFICIARIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary of Health and Human Services, from the funds appropriated under subsection (b), shall provide for research on issues relating to the delivery and financing of long-term care services for medicare beneficiaries. Such research shall include research into at least the following areas:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The financial characteristics of medicare beneficiaries who receive or need long-term care services, including whether such beneficiaries are eligible for medicare benefits for such services.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>How the financial and other characteristics of medicare beneficiaries affect their utilization of institutional and noninstitutional long-term care services.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>How relatives of medicare beneficiaries are affected financially and in other ways because the beneficiaries require or receive long-term care services.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>The quality of long-term care services (in community-based and custodial settings) and how the provision of long-term care services may reduce expenditures for acute health care services.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Consumer protection.</p></sidenote> <content>The effectiveness of, and need for, State and Federal consumer protections which assure adequate access to and protect the rights of medicare beneficiaries who are provided long-term care services (other than in a nursing facility).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated, in equal parts from the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund and from the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund, $5,000,000 for each of fiscal years 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, and 1993 to carry out the research described in subsection (a).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Long-Term Care Services Defined</inline>.—</heading><content>In this section, the term “long-term care services” includes nursing home care, home care, community-based services, and custodial care.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reports</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall submit interim reports by December 1, 1990, and by December 1, 1992, and a final report by June 1, 1994, concerning the demonstration projects conducted under this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="208">SEC. 208. </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ll">42 USC 1395<i>ll</i> note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>STUDY OF ADULT DAY CARE SERVICES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Survey of Current Adult Day Care Services</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall conduct a survey of adult day care services in the United States to collect information concerning—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the scope of such services and the extent of their availability;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the characteristics of entities providing such services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>licensure, certification, and other quality standards that are applied to those providing such services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>the cost and financing of such services; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>the characteristics of the people who use such services.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/733">102 STAT. 733</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall report to Congress, by not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, on the information collected in the survey. Based on such information, the Secretary shall include in the report recommendations concerning appropriate standards for coverage of adult day care services under medicare, including defining chronically dependent individuals, defining services included in adult day care services, establishing qualifications of providers of adult day care services, and establishing a reimbursement mechanism.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Adult Day Care Services Defined</inline>.—</heading><content>In this section, the term “adult day care services” means medical or social services provided in an organized nonresidential setting to chronically impaired individuals who are not inpatients in a medical institution.</content> </subsection> </section> </subtitle> <subtitle> <num value="B">Subtitle B—</num><heading class="inline">Medicare Part B Monthly Premium Financing</heading> <section> <num value="211">SEC. 211. </num> <heading>ADJUSTMENT IN MEDICARE PART B PREMIUM.<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Prescription drugs.</p></sidenote></heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 1839 (42 U.S.C. 1395r) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">“(g) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1)</num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Except as provided in this paragraph, paragraphs (4) and (5), and subsections (b) and (f), the monthly premium for each individual enrolled under this part otherwise determined, without regard to this subsection, shall be increased by the sum of the catastrophic coverage monthly premium and the prescription drug monthly premium for months in the year determined under the following table (for months occurring in 1989 through 1993) or determined in accordance with paragraphs (2) and (3) (for months after December 1993): <table xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" width="100%" style="border-collapse:collapse"> <caption> </caption> <thead> <tr class="header" style="font-size:8pt"> <th style="text-align:center">In the case of:</th> <th style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">The catastrophic coverage monthly premium is:</th> <th style="text-align:center; vertical-align:top">The prescription drug monthly premium is:</th> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td style="text-align:left" leaders="yes">1989</td> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:bottom">$4.00</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">0</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left" leaders="yes">1990</td> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top">$4.90</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:top">0</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left" leaders="yes">1991</td> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top">$5.46</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:top">$1.94</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left" leaders="yes">1992</td> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top">$6.76</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:top">$2.45</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left" leaders="yes">1993</td> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:bottom">$7.18</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">$3.02.</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num><chapeau class="inline">Except as provided in subparagraph (C), if the amount of the supplemental premium rate otherwise determined under section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for taxable years beginning in a calendar year is increased as a result of subsection (e)(2)(A)(i) of such section or is reduced as a result of subsection (e)(2)(A)(ii) of such section, the monthly premium increase otherwise determined under this paragraph shall be reduced or increased, respectively, by an amount equal to—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num><content>1/12th of the excess or shortfall, respectively, determined under clause (ii) for the year, as adjusted under clause (iv), divided by</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>the average number of individuals covered under this part during the preceding year.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The excess or shortfall determined under this clause for a year is the excess or shortfall, determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, of—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/734">102 STAT. 734</page> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the total amount of the supplemental premiums imposed under section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 in the 2nd preceding year, over</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>the total amount of such premiums which would have been imposed in such year if the supplemental premium rate under such section had been increased by the shortfall rate, or decreased by the excess rate, described in clause (iii).</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The excess rate or shortfall rate under this clause for a year is the excess or shortfall of—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the supplemental premium rate established under section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for taxable years beginning in the year, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>the amount of such supplemental rate if determined without regard to subsection (e)(2)(A) of such section.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>The amount determined under clause (i)(I) for a year shall be increased by the percentage by which the per capita catastrophic coverage premium liability (as determined in section 59B(e)(3)(D)(ii) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) for the second preceding year exceeds such liability for the fourth preceding year (determined as if the catastrophic coverage premium rate for the second preceding calendar year were the same as the rate in effect for the fourth preceding calendar year).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>In no event shall the monthly premium increase in effect under this paragraph for months in a year after 1993 be less than the monthly premium increase in effect under this paragraph for months in the preceding year.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>If subparagraph (B) or subparagraph (C), or both, affects the increase in the monthly premium determined under this paragraph for a year, the increase in the monthly premium determined after the application of such subparagraph or subparagraphs shall be allocated between the catastrophic coverage monthly premium and the prescription drug monthly premium on the basis of the respective amounts of such premiums without regard to the application of either such subparagraph.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>In the case of months in a year after 1993, the catastrophic coverage monthly premium is the catastrophic coverage monthly premium (in effect under paragraph (1) or this paragraph for months in the preceding year, determined without regard to paragraph (1)(B) or (1)(0) adjusted by the percentage determined under subparagraph (B) for the year.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The percentage determined under this subparagraph for a year shall be the sum of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the outlay-premium percentage, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the reserve account percentage.</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">For purposes of the preceding sentence, negative percentages shall be taken into account as negatives.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num><chapeau class="inline">Except as provided in clause (ii), the outlay-premium percentage for any year is the percentage by which—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num><content>the per capita catastrophic outlays in the 2nd preceding year exceeds.</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>such outlays in the 3rd preceding calendar year.</content> </subclause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">If there is no excess, this clause shall be applied by substituting ‘is less than’ for ‘exceeds’ and the percentage determined with such substitution shall be taken into account as a negative percentage.</continuation> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau>If—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/735">102 STAT. 735</page> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the percentage increase in the CPI for the 12-month period ending with May of the preceding calendar year, exceeds (or is less than)</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>such increase for the 12-month period ending with May of the 2nd preceding calendar year,</content> </subclause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">by at least 1 percentage point, the percentage determined under clause (i) for any year shall be adjusted up (or down, respectively) by ½ of the amount by which such excess (or shortage, respectively) exceeds 1 percent.</continuation> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>The reserve account percentage for any calendar year is the percentage which the premium change determined under clause (ii) is of the catastrophic coverage monthly premium in effect under paragraph (1) or this paragraph for the preceding year (determined without regard to paragraph (1)(B) or (1)(C)). If there is an excess determined under clause (iii), the percentage determined under the preceding sentence shall be taken into account as a negative percentage.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>The premium change determined under this clause for any year is the adjustment in the catastrophic coverage monthly premium (otherwise in effect for the 2nd preceding year) which the Secretary determines would have resulted in an aggregate increase (or decrease) in the premiums imposed by this subsection for such year equal to 37 percent of the shortfall or excess determined under clause (iii) for the calendar year.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The shortfall (or excess) determined under this clause for any year is the amount by which—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>20 percent of the outlays during the 2nd preceding calendar year from the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account created under section 184 IB, exceeds (or is less than)</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>the balance in such Account as of the close of such 2nd preceding calendar year (determined by taking into account previous premium increases by reason of the reserve account percentage under this paragraph or section 59B(e) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 which have not been credited into such Account).</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau class="inline">In the case of months in a year after 1993, the prescription drug monthly premium shall be determined under rules similar to the rules of paragraph (2); except that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in determining the prescription drug monthly premium for any month in a year before 1998, the following percentages shall be substituted for 20 percent in paragraph (2)(D)(iii)(I): <table xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" width="100%" style="border-collapse:collapse"> <caption> </caption> <thead> <tr class="header" style="font-size:8pt"> <th style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top">“In the case of year:</th> <th style="text-align:center; vertical-align:top">The percentage is:</th> </tr> </thead> <tbody> <tr> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top" leaders="yes">1994</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:top">75</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:bottom" leaders="yes">1995</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">50</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:bottom" leaders="yes">1996</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:bottom">25</td> </tr> <tr> <td style="text-align:left; vertical-align:top" leaders="yes">1997</td> <td style="text-align:center; vertical-align:top">25;</td> </tr> </tbody> </table> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>no adjustment by reason of the outlay-premium percentage shall be made for any calendar year before 1998;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>any reference to the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account shall be treated as a reference to the Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>any reference to the catastrophic coverage monthly premium shall be treated as a reference to the prescription drug monthly premium.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">In the case of an individual who is a resident of Puerto Rico<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Territories, U.S.</p></sidenote> or who is a resident of another U.S. commonwealth or territory during a month, instead of the premium increase provided under <page identifier="/us/stat/102/736">102 STAT. 736</page>paragraph (1), subject to subsection (b), the monthly premium for each individual enrolled under this part otherwise determined, without regard to this subsection, shall be increased by the sum of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>the catastrophic coverage monthly premium determined under subparagraph (B) for such resident for the year, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>the prescription drug monthly premium determined under subparagraph (C) for the resident for the year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The catastrophic coverage monthly premium for months—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>in 1989 is $1.30 for a resident of Puerto Rico and $2.10 for a resident of another U.S. commonwealth or territory;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>in 1990 is $3.56 for a resident of Puerto Rico and $5.78 for a resident of another U.S. commonwealth or territory; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num><chapeau class="inline">in a subsequent year, with respect to a resident of Puerto Rico or a resident of another U.S. commonwealth or territory, is the catastrophic coverage monthly premium established under this subparagraph for the preceding year with respect to such a resident increased by the same percentage (estimated by the Secretary in September of that preceding year) by which—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num><content>the per capita catastrophic outlays for the year, will exceed</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>the per capita catastrophic outlays for that preceding year.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The prescription drug monthly premium for months—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>in 1990 is $0.14 for a resident of Puerto Rico and $0.22 for a resident of another U.S. commonwealth or territory;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>in 1991 is $1.21 for a resident of Puerto Rico and $1.93 for a resident of another U.S. commonwealth or territory; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in a subsequent year, with respect to a resident of Puerto Rico or a resident of another U.S. commonwealth or territory, is the prescription drug monthly premium established under this subparagraph for the preceding year with respect to such a resident increased by the same percentage (estimated by the Secretary in September of that preceding year) by which—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the per capita prescription drug outlays for the year, will exceed</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>the per capita prescription drug outlays for that preceding year.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">In the case of a part B only individual (as defined in paragraph (8)(F)) during a month, instead of the premium increase provided under paragraph (1), subject to subsection (b), the monthly premium otherwise determined, without regard to this subsection, shall be increased by the sum of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>the catastrophic coverage monthly premium determined under subparagraph (B) for the year, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>the prescription drug monthly premium determined under subparagraph (C) for the year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The catastrophic coverage monthly premium for months—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>in 1990 is $8.57, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>in a subsequent year is 1/12th of the average actuarial expenses that the Secretary estimates (during September before the year) will be incurred during the year for benefits and administration costs (other than benefits and costs attributable to part A) for which outlays may be made from the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num><chapeau class="inline">The prescription drug monthly premium for months—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>in 1990 is $0.53,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>in 1991 is $4.61, and</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/737">102 STAT. 737</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>a subsequent year is 1/12th of the average actuarial expenses that the Secretary estimates (during September before the year) will be incurred during the year for benefits and administration costs for which outlays may be made from the Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>If any premium increase for a month under this subsection is not a multiple of 10 cents, the Secretary shall round the increase to the nearest multiple of 10 cents.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>If the Secretary so rounds the premium increase, the amount of such increase shall be allocated between the catastrophic coverage monthly premium and the prescription drug monthly premium on the basis of the respective amounts of such premiums without regard to the application of subparagraph (A).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">The Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury shall jointly—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>publish in the Federal Register by not later than July 1 of<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote> each year (beginning with 1993) a proposed regulation to establish premium increases under this subsection for months in the following year,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>report to Congress, by not later than September 1 of such<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> year, on the final premiums to be published under clause (iii), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num><content>publish in the Federal Register, during the last 3 days of<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote> September of each such year, a final regulation establishing monthly premiums under this subsection for months in the following year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The Secretary shall report to Congress, in 1993, respecting<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Territories, U.S.</p></sidenote> the appropriateness of the level of premium increases established under paragraph (4) for residents of Puerto Rico and of other U.S. commonwealths and territories.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <chapeau>For purposes of this subsection:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading>The term ‘per capita catastrophic outlays’ means, with respect to any year, the amount (as determined by the Secretary) equal to—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the outlays during such year from the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account, divided by</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the average number of individuals entitled to receive benefits under part A during such year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading>The term ‘per capita prescription drug outlays’ means, with respect to any year, the amount (as determined by the Secretary) equal to—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the outlays during such year from the Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund, divided by</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the average number of individuals entitled to receive benefits under part A during such year.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>The percentage increase in the CPI for any 12-month period shall be the percentage by which the Consumer Price Index (as defined in section 1(f)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986) for the last month of such period exceeds such Index for the last month of the preceding 12-month period. </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>The term ‘Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account’ refers to such Account as created under section 1841B.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>The term ‘U.S. commonwealth or territory’ means Puerto Rico, the United States Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, or the Northern Mariana Islands.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">“(F) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The term ‘part B only individual’ means, with respect to a month, an individual who—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/738">102 STAT. 738</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>is not a resident of a U.S. commonwealth or territory (as defined in subparagraph (E)) during the month,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>is entitled to benefits under this part, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>is not entitled to (or, on application without payment of an additional premium, would not be entitled to) benefits under part A or is entitled to benefits under such part only because of payment of a premium under section 1818.”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Extension of Hold-Harmless Provision</inline>.—</heading><content>Subsection (f) of section 1839 (42 U.S.C. 1395r) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num> <content>For any calendar year after 1988, if an individual is entitled to monthly benefits under section 202 or 223 or to a monthly annuity under section 3(a), 4(a), or 4(f) of the Railroad Retirement Act of 1974 for November and December of the preceding year, and if the monthly premium of the individual under this section for December and for January is deducted from those benefits under section 1840(a)(1) or section 1840(b)(1), the monthly premium otherwise determined under this section for an individual for that year shall not be increased, pursuant to this subsection, to the extent that such increase would reduce the amount of benefits payable to that individual for that January below the amount of benefits payable to that individual for that December (after the deduction of the premium under this section). For purposes of this subsection, retro-active adjustments or payments and deductions on account of work shall not be taken into account in determining the monthly benefits to which an individual is entitled under section 202 or 223 or under the Railroad Retirement Act of 1974.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1839 (42 U.S.C. 1395r) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in the second sentence of subsections (a)(1) and (a)(4), by inserting “<quotedText>(other than costs relating to the amendments made by the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Act of 1988)</quotedText>” before the period;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by inserting before the period at the end of the last sentence of subsections (a)(1) and (a)(4) the following: “<quotedText>, but shall not take into account any amounts in the Trust Fund that may be attributable to receipts or outlays relating to the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(2), by striking “<quotedText>and (e)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>, (e), and (g)</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(3), by striking “<quotedText>subsection (e)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>subsections (e) and (g)</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>in subsection (b), by striking “<quotedText>determined under subsection (a) or (e)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>otherwise determined under this section (without regard to subsections (f) and (g)(6))</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content>in subsection (e)(1), by inserting “<quotedText>except as provided in subsection (g),</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>subsection (a).</quotedText>”</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 1844(a) (42 U.S.C. 1395w(a)) is amended by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">“In computing the amount of aggregate premiums and premiums per enrollee under paragraph (1), there shall not be taken into account premiums attributable to section 1839(g) or section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.”.</p> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395mm">42 USC 1395mm</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1876(a)(5) (42 U.S.C. 1395ff(a)(5)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>and the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>, the Federal Supple-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/739">102 STAT. 739</page> mentary Medical Insurance Trust Fund, and the Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund</quotedText>”, and </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by amending the second sentence to read as follows: <quotedContent> <chapeau class="indent0 fontsize10">“The portion of that payment to the organization for a month to be<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> paid by each trust fund shall be determined as follows:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>In regard to expenditures by eligible organizations having risk-sharing contracts, the allocation shall be determined each year by the Secretary based on the relative weight that benefits from each fund contribute to the adjusted average per capita cost.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>In regard to expenditures by eligible organizations operating under a reasonable cost reimbursement contract, the initial allocation shall be based on the plan’s most recent budget, such allocation to be adjusted, as needed, after cost settlement to reflect the distribution of actual expenditures.”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendments made by this section shall<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395r">42 USC 1395r note</ref>.</p></sidenote> apply (except as otherwise specified in such amendments) to monthly premiums for months beginning with January 1989.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="212">SEC. 212. </num> <heading>ESTABLISHMENT OF FEDERAL CATASTROPHIC DRUG INSURANCE TRUST FUND; FUND TRANSFERS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>Part B of title XVIII is amended by inserting after section 1841 the following new section: <quotedContent> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“federal catastrophic drug insurance trust fund</inline></heading> <num value="1841A"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 1841A. </num> <subsection class="inline"> <num value="a">(a)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><content>There is hereby created on the books of the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395t/1">42 USC 1395t–1</ref>.</p></sidenote> Treasury of the United States a trust fund to be known as the ‘Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund’ (in this section referred to as the ‘Trust Fund’). The Trust Fund shall consist of such gifts and bequests as may be made as provided in section 201(i)(I)and amounts transferred to it in accordance with section 1841(j) or under paragraph (2).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>There are hereby appropriated to the Trust Fund amounts equivalent to 100 percent of the supplemental premiums imposed by section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 which are attributable to the prescription drug rate. The amounts appropriated by the preceding sentence shall be transferred from time to time (not less frequently than monthly) from the general fund in the Treasury to the Trust Fund, such amounts to be determined on the basis of estimates by the Secretary of the Treasury of the premiums, specified in the preceding sentence, paid to or deposited into the Treasury; and proper adjustments shall be made in amounts subsequently transferred to the extent prior estimates were in excess of or were less than the premiums specified in such sentence. At the close of each year, the transfers under this subsection shall reflect all premiums paid or deposited (as specified in this subsection) into the Treasury in the year.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>The provisions of subsections (b) through (i) of section 1841 shall apply to the Trust Fund in the same manner as they apply to the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, all payments under this part on or after January 1, 1990, for benefits and administrative costs relating to covered outpatient drugs shall be made from the Trust Fund.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/740">102 STAT. 740</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">The Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Board of Trustees of the Trust Fund, shall publish in the Federal Register—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">not later than July 1 of each year (beginning with 1992), information on—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>the outlays made from the Trust Fund in the preceding year, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>the balance in the Trust Fund as of the close of the preceding year; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><content>during the last 3 days of September of each such year, the prescription drug monthly premiums to be established under section 1839(g) for months in the succeeding year.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <content>The Secretary shall report to Congress, not later than July 1 of each year (beginning with 1992), respecting the distribution of outlays from the Trust Fund in the previous year among major spending categories. The Comptroller General shall report, not later than September 1 of each year, to Congress concerning the completeness and accuracy of the Secretary’s report under the previous sentence and of the premiums established under section 1839(g) and under section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <content>In this part, with respect to the Trust Fund and the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account, the terms ‘outlays’ and ‘receipts’ mean, with respect to a quarter or other period, gross outlays and receipts, as such terms are employed in the ‘Monthly Treasury Statement of Receipts and Outlays of the United States Government (MTS)’, as published by the Department of the Treasury, for months in such quarter or other period.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Transfers of Certain Premiums</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Transfer of flat prescription drug premiums to federal catastrophic drug insurance trust fund</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1840 (42 U.S.C. 1395s) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>Notwithstanding the previous provisions of this subsection, premiums collected under this part which are attributable to a prescription drug monthly premium established under section 1839(g) shall, instead of being transferred to (or being deposited to the credit of) the Federal Supplemental Medical Insurance Trust Fund, be transferred to (or deposited to the credit of) the Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Transfer of supplemental catastrophic coverage premiums into the smi trust fund</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1841(a) (42 U.S.C. 1395t(a)) is amended by adding the following: “<quotedText>There are hereby appropriated to the Trust Fund amounts equivalent to 100 percent of the supplemental premiums imposed by section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 which are attributable to the catastrophic coverage rate and which are not otherwise appropriated under section 1817A(a)(2) to the Federal Hospital Insurance Catastrophic Coverage Reserve Fund. The amounts appropriated by the preceding sentence shall be transferred from time to time (not less frequently than monthly) from the general fund in the Treasury to the Trust Fund, such amounts to be determined on the basis of estimates by the Secretary of the Treasury of the premiums, specified in the preceding sentence, paid to or deposited into the Treasury; and proper adjustments shall be made in amounts subsequently transferred to the extent prior estimates were in excess of or were less than the premiums specified in such sentence. At the close of each <page identifier="/us/stat/102/741">102 STAT. 741</page>year, the transfers under this subsection shall reflect all premiums under section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 paid or deposited into the Treasury in the year.</quotedText>”. </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 201(g)(1)(A) (42 U.S.C. 401(g)(1)(A)) is amended by striking “<quotedText>and the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>, Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund, and the Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 201(i)(1)(42 U.S.C. 401(i)(1)) is amended by striking “<quotedText>and the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>.Federal Hospital Insurance Catastrophic Coverage Reserve Fund, Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund, and the Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 1833(a) (42 U.S.C. 13951(a)) is amended, in the matter before paragraph (1), by inserting “<quotedText>or, as provided in section 1841A(c), from the Federal Catastrophic Drug Insurance Trust Fund</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>Medical Insurance Trust Fund</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Section 1817(b) (42 U.S.C. 1395i(b)) is amended by inserting after the sixth sentence the following: “<quotedText>Such report shall also identify (and treat separately) those outlays from the Trust Fund which are also outlays from the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account created under section 1841B and those outlays for which there are amounts transferred into the Federal Hospital Insurance Catastrophic Coverage Reserve Fund.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>Section 1841(b) (42 U.S.C. 1395t(b)) is amended by inserting after the sixth sentence the following “<quotedText>Such report shall also identify (and treat separately) those receipts and outlays in the Trust fund which are also receipts and outlays in the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account created under section 1841B.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="213">SEC. 213. </num> <heading>CREATION OF MEDICARE CATASTROPHIC COVERAGE ACCOUNT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>Part B of title XVIII is amended by inserting after section 1841A, as inserted by section 212, the following new section: <quotedContent> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“medicare catastrophic coverage account</inline></heading> <num value="1841B"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 1841B. </num> <subsection class="inline"> <num value="a">(a) </num><content>For purposes of carrying out certain provisions of<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395t/2">42 USC 1395t–2</ref>.</p></sidenote> this title, and section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, there is hereby created on the books of the Treasury of the United States an account to be known as the ‘Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Account’ (in this section referred to as the ‘Account’), to be maintained by the Secretary of the Treasury in consultation with the Boards of Trustees of the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund and the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund. No funds shall actually be transferred into or paid out of the Account, but, for other purposes of this part and for purposes of section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, amounts credited to the Account shall be considered receipts of the Account and amounts debited to the Account shall be considered outlays from the Account.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">The Account shall be—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num><content>credited for receipts of the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund attributable to the portion of supplemental premiums under section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the premiums under section 1839(g), attrib-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/742">102 STAT. 742</page>utable to the catastrophic coverage premium rate or catastrophic coverage monthly premium,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><content>credited for receipts of the Federal Hospital Insurance Catastrophic Coverage Reserve Fund, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num><content>debited for outlays made under this title that are attributable to the amendments made by the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Act of 1988 (other than outlays relating to covered outpatient drugs and related administrative costs).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">In addition, the Account shall be—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>credited with interest (at the rate used for purposes of the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund) on any positive average balance maintained in the Account in a calendar quarter, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>debited with interest (at the rate used for purposes of the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund) on any negative average balance maintained in the Account in a calendar quarter.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Credits and debits under this subsection shall be made as of the last date of each month based upon receipts and outlays occurring during the month, as estimated by the Secretary and the Secretary of the Treasury.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The Account shall also identify (and treat separately) those credits and debits in the Account which are also receipts and outlays in the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund, those receipts which are also receipts of the Federal Hospital Insurance Catastrophic Coverage Reserve Fund, and those outlays that are also outlays from the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Federal Register, publication.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">The Secretary of the Treasury shall publish in the Federal Register—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">not later than July 1 of each year (beginning with 1990), information on—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>the outlays made from the Account in the preceding year, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>the balance in the Account as of the close of the preceding year; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><content>during the last 3 days of September of each such year, the catastrophic coverage monthly premiums to be established under section 1839(g) for months in the succeeding year.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <content>The Secretary shall report to Congress, not later than July 1 of each year (beginning with 1990), respecting the distribution of outlays from the Account in the previous year among major spending categories. The Comptroller General shall report, not later than September 1 of each year, to Congress concerning the completeness and accuracy of the Secretary’s report under the previous sentence and of the premiums established under section 1839(g) and under section 59B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <content>The Secretary of the Treasury shall report to Congress in April of each year on the status of the Account created under this section.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </section> </subtitle> <subtitle> <num value="C">Subtitle C—</num><heading class="inline">Miscellaneous Provisions</heading> <section> <num value="221">SEC. 221. </num> <heading>VOLUNTARY CERTIFICATION OF MEDICARE SUPPLEMENTAL HEALTH INSURANCE POLICIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Free-Look Period</inline>.—</heading><chapeau class="inline">Section 1882 (42 U.S.C. 1395ss) is amended—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/743">102 STAT. 743</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in subsection (b)(1)(B), by striking “<quotedText>and (3)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>through (4)</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subsection (c)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of paragraph (2),</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking the period at the end of paragraph (3) and inserting “<quotedText>; and</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>may, during a period of not less than 30 days after the policy is issued, be returned for a full refund of any premiums paid (without regard to the manner in which the purchase of the policy was solicited).”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reporting of Information Relating to Loss Ratios</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 1882(b)(1), as amended by subsection (a), is further amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in subparagraph (C), by striking “<quotedText>(A) and (B)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(A), (B), and (C),</quotedText>”</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by redesignating subparagraphs (C) and (D) as subparagraphs (D) and (E), respectively, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by inserting after subparagraph (B) the following new subparagraph: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <chapeau class="inline">provides that—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>information with respect to the actual ratio of benefits provided to premiums collected under such policies will be reported to the State on forms conforming to those developed by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners for such purpose, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>such ratios will be monitored under the program in an alternative manner approved by the Secretary;”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Consumer Information</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 1882(e) is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ss">42 USC 1395ss</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(e)</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The Secretary shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau class="inline">inform all individuals entitled to benefits under this title (and, to the extent feasible, individuals about to become so entitled) of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the actions and practices that are subject to sanctions under subsection (d), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the manner in which they may report any such action or practice to an appropriate official of the Department of Health and Human Services (or to an appropriate State official), and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>publish the toll-free telephone number for individuals to<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Law enforcement and crime.</p></sidenote> report suspected violations of the provisions of such subsection.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The Secretary shall provide individuals entitled to benefits under this title (and, to the extent feasible, individuals about to become so entitled) with a listing of the addresses and telephone numbers of State and Federal agencies and offices that provide information and assistance to individuals with respect to the selection of medicare supplemental policies.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Revision of Model Standards; Transition</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 1882 is further amended—</chapeau><paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in the third sentence of subsection (a), by striking “<quotedText>Such certification</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>Subject to subsection (k)(3), such certification</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in subsection (b), by striking “<quotedText>(for so long as</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(subject to subsection (k)(3), for so long as</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by adding at the end thereof the following new subsections: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/744">102 STAT. 744</page> <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="k">“(k) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1)</num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>If, within the 90-day period beginning on the date of the enactment of this subsection, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (in this subsection referred to as the ‘Association’) amends the NAIC Model Regulation adopted on June 6, 1979 (as it relates to medicare supplemental policies), with respect to matters such as minimum benefit standards, loss ratios, disclosure requirements, and replacement requirements and provisions otherwise necessary to reflect the changes in law made by the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Act of 1988, subsection (g)(2)(A) shall be applied in a State, effective on and after the date specified in subparagraph (B), as if the reference to the Model Regulation adopted on June 6, 1979, were a reference to the Model Regulation as amended by the Association in accordance with this paragraph (in this subsection and subsection (1) referred to as the ‘amended NAIC Model Regulation’).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><content>The date specified in this subparagraph for a State is the earlier of the date the State adopts standards equal to or more stringent than the amended NAIC Model Regulation or 1 year after the date the Association first adopts such amended Regulation.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>If the Association does not amend the NAIC Model Regulation within the 90-day period specified in paragraph (1)(A), the Secretary shall promulgate, not later than 60 days after the end of such period, Federal model standards (in this subsection and subsection (1) referred to as Federal model standards’) for medicare supplemental policies to reflect the changes in law made by the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Act of 1988, and subsection (g)(2)(A) shall be applied in a State, effective on and after the date specified in subparagraph (B), as if the reference to the Model Regulation adopted on June 6, 1979, were a reference to Federal model standards.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>The date specified in this subparagraph for a State is the earlier of the date the State adopts standards equal to or more stringent than the Federal model standards or 1 year after the date the Secretary first promulgates such standards.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Notwithstanding any other provision of this section (except as provided in subsection (1))—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>no medicare supplemental policy may be certified by the Secretary pursuant to subsection (a),</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>no certification made pursuant to subsection (a) shall remain in effect, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>no State regulatory program shall be found to meet (or to continue to meet) the requirements of subsection (b)(1)(A),</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">unless such policy meets (or such program provides for the application of standards equal to or more stringent than) the standards set forth in the amended NAIC Model Regulation or the Federal model standards (as the case may be) by the date specified in paragraph (1)(B) or (2)(B) (as the case may be).</continuation> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="l">“(l)</num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">Until the date specified in paragraph (3), in the case of a qualifying medicare supplemental policy described in paragraph (2) issued—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>before January 1, 1989, the policy is deemed to remain in compliance with this section if the insurer issuing the policy complies with the NAIC Model Transition Regulation (including giving notices to subscribers and filing for premium adjustments with the State as described in section 5.B. of such Regulation) by January 1, 1989; or </content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/745">102 STAT. 745</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>on or after January 1, 1989, the policy is deemed to be in compliance with this section if the insurer issuing the policy complies with the NAIC Model Transition Regulation before the date of the sale of the policy.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">In paragraph (1), the term ‘qualifying medicare supplemental policy’ means a medicare supplemental policy—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau class="inline">issued in a State which—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>has not adopted standards equal to or more stringent than the NAIC Model Transition Regulation by January 1, 1989, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>has not adopted standards equal to or more stringent than the amended NAIC Model Regulation (or Federal model standards) by January 1, 1989; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>which has been issued in compliance with this section (as in effect on June 1, 1988).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">The date specified in this paragraph is the earlier of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>the first date a State adopts, after January 1, 1989, standards equal to or more stringent than the NAIC Model Transition Regulation or equal to or more stringent than the amended NAIC Model Regulation (or Federal model standards), as the case may be, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>the later of (I) the date specified in subsection (k)(1)(B) or (k)(2)(B) (as the case may be), or (II) the date specified in subparagraph (B).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">In the case of a State which the Secretary identifies as—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>requiring State legislation (other than legislation appropriating funds) in order for medicare supplemental policies to meet standards described in subparagraph (A)(i), but</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>having a legislature which is not scheduled to meet in 1989 in a legislative session in which such legislation may be considered,</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">the date specified in this subparagraph is the first day of the first calendar quarter beginning after the close of the first legislative session of the State legislature that begins on or after January 1, 1989, and in which legislation described in clause (i) may be considered. For purposes of the previous sentence, in the case of a State that has a 2-year legislative session, each year of such session shall be deemed to be a separate regular session of the State legislature.</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau class="inline">In the case of a medicare supplemental policy in effect on January 1, 1989, and offered in a State which, as of such date—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num><content>has adopted standards equal to or more stringent than the amended NAIC Model Regulation (or Federal model standards), but</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>does not have in effect standards equal to or more stringent than the NAIC Model Transition Regulation (or otherwise requiring notice substantially the same as the notice required in section 5.B. of such Regulation),</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">the policy shall not be deemed to meet the standards in subsection (c) unless each individual who is entitled to benefits under this title and is a policyholder under such polity on January 1, 1989, is sent such a notice in any appropriate form by not later than January 31, 1989, that explains—</continuation> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the improved benefits under this title contained in the Medicare Catastrophic Coverage Act of 1988, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>how these improvements affect the benefits contained in the policies and the premium for the policy.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/746">102 STAT. 746</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>In this subsection, the term ‘NAIC Model Transition Regulation’ refers to the standards contained in the ‘Model Regulation to Implement Transitional Requirements for the Conversion of Medicare Supplement Insurance Benefits and Premiums to Conform to Medicare Program Revisions’ (as adopted by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners in September 1987).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <content>The Secretary shall report to the Congress in March 1989 and in July 1990 on actions States have taken in adopting standards equal to or more stringent than the NAIC Model Transition Regulation or the amended NAIC Model Regulation (or Federal model standards).”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ss">42 USC 1395ss</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Required Submission of Advertising</inline>.—</heading><content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">Section 1882(b) is further amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote><content>Notwithstanding paragraph (1), a medicare supplemental policy offered in a State shall not be deemed to meet the standards and requirements set forth in subsection (c), with respect to an advertisement (whether through written, radio, or television medium) used (or, at a State’s option, to be used) for the policy in the State, unless the entity issuing the policy provides a copy of each advertisement to the Commissioner of Insurance (or comparable officer identified by the Secretary) of that State for review or approval to the extent it may be required under State law.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Appointment of Supplemental Health Insurance Panel Members</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1882(b)(2)(A) is amended by striking “<quotedText>appointed by the President</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>appointed by the Secretary</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ss">42 USC 139588 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Dates</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3), the amendments made by this section shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The amendments made by subsections (a) and (b) shall become effective on the date specified in subsection (k)(1)(B) or (k)(2)(B) of section 1882 of the Social Security Act (as added by subsection (c) of this section).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The amendment made by subsection (f) shall apply to medicare supplemental policies as of January 1, 1989, with respect to advertising used on or after such date.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall provide for the reappointment of members to the Supplemental Health Insurance Panel (under section 1882(b)(2) of the Social Security Act) by not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="222">SEC. 222. </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395mm">42 USC 1395mm note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>ADJUSTMENT OF CONTRACTS WITH PREPAID HEALTH PLANS.</heading><chapeau class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>modify contracts under sections 1833(a)(1)(A) and 1876 of the Social Security Act, for portions of contract years occurring after December 31, 1988, to take into account the amendments made by this Act; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>require such organizations to make appropriate adjustments (including adjustments in premiums and benefits) in the terms of their agreements with medicare beneficiaries to take into account such amendments.</content> </paragraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">The Secretary shall also provide for appropriate modifications of contracts with health maintenance organizations under section 1876(i)(2)(A) of the Social Security Act (as in effect before February 1, 1985), under section 402(a) of the Social Security Amendments of 1967, or under section 222(a) of the Social Security Amendments of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/747">102 STAT. 747</page>1972, for portions of contract years occurring after December 31, 1988, so as to apply to such organizations and contracts the requirements imposed by the amendments made by this Act upon an organization with a risk-sharing contract under section 1876 of the Social Security Act.</continuation> </section> <section> <num value="223">SEC. 223. </num> <heading>MAILING OF NOTICE OF MEDICARE BENEFITS AND INFORMATION DESCRIBING PARTICIPATING PHYSICIAN PROGRAM.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Distribution of Notices</inline>.—</heading><content>Title XVIII is amended by inserting after section 1803 the following new section: <quotedContent> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“notice of medicare benefits</inline></heading> <num value="1804"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 1804. </num><chapeau class="inline">The Secretary shall prepare (in consultation with<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b/2">42 USC 1395b–2</ref>.</p></sidenote> groups representing the elderly and with health insurers) and provide for distribution of a notice containing—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>a clear, simple explanation of the benefits available under this title and the major categories of health care for which benefits are not available under this title,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the limitations on payment (including deductibles and coinsurance amounts) that are imposed under this title, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>a description of the limited benefits for long-term care services available under this title and generally available under State plans approved under title XIX.</content> </paragraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">Such notice shall be mailed annually to individuals entitled to benefits under part A or part B of this title and when an individual applies for benefits under part A or enrolls under part B. “.</continuation> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Distribution of Information Describing Participating Physician Program</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1842(h)(5) (42 U.S.C. 1395u(h)(5)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>through an annual mailing</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>under this part</quotedText>”,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking the last sentence,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(A)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(5)</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new subparagraph: <quotedContent> <num value="B">“(B) </num><chapeau class="inline">The annual notice provided under subparagraph (A) shall include—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>a description of the participation program,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>an explanation of the advantages to beneficiaries of obtaining covered services through a participating physician or supplier,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num><content>an explanation of the assistance offered by carriers in obtaining the names of participating physicians and suppliers, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num><content>the toll-free telephone number under paragraph (2)(A) for inquiries concerning the program and for requests for free copies of appropriate directories.”.</content> </clause> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Revision of Explanation of Medicare Benefits</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 1842(h)(7) (42 U.S.C. 1395u(h)(7)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subparagraph (A)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>prominent</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>reminder</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>), and</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>and a clear statement of any amounts charged for the particular items or services on the claim involved above the amount recognized under this part),</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in subparagraph (B), by striking the period at the end and inserting “<quotedText>, and</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/748">102 STAT. 748</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <chapeau>by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="C">“(C) </num><content>shall include (i) an offer of assistance to such an individual in obtaining the names of participating physicians of appropriate specialty and (ii) an offer to provide a free copy of the appropriate participating physician directory.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Dates</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b/2">42 USC 1395b–2 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall first distribute the notice required by the amendment made by subsection (a) not later than January 31, 1989.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The amendments made by subsection (b) shall apply to annual notices beginning with 1989.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The amendments made by subsection (c) shall first apply to explanations of benefits provided for items and services furnished on or after January 1, 1989.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="224">SEC. 224. </num> <heading>CHANGES IN CIVIL MONEY PENALTIES FOR CERTAIN PRACTICES OF HEALTH MAINTENANCE ORGANIZATIONS AND COMPETITIVE MEDICAL PLANS.</heading><content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">Section 1876(i)(6)(B)(i) (42 U.S.C. 1395mm(i)(6)(B)(i)) is amended by adding at the end the following: “<quotedText>plus, with respect to a determination under subparagraph (A)(ii), double the excess amount charged in violation of such subparagraph (and the excess amount charged shall be deducted from the penalty and returned to the individual concerned), and plus, with respect to a determination under subparagraph (A)(iv), $15,000 for each individual not enrolled as a result of the practice involved,</quotedText>”.</content> </section> </subtitle> <num value="III">TITLE III—</num><heading class="inline">PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE MEDICARE PROGRAM</heading> <section> <num value="301">SEC. 301. </num> <heading>REQUIRING MEDICARE BUY-IN OF PREMIUMS AND COST-SHARING FOR INDIGENT MEDICARE BENEFICIARIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Requirement</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Section 1902(a)(10)(E) (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(E)) is amended by striking “<quotedText>at the option of a State, but</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 1905(p)(1)(B) (42 U.S.C. 1396d(p)(1)(B)) is amended by striking “<quotedText>and the election of the State</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Phasing-In Required Income Standard to 100 Percent of Poverty Level</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 1905(p)(2)(A) (42 U.S.C. 1396d(p)(2)(A)) is amended—</chapeau><paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>may not exceed a percentage (not more than 100 percent)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>shall be at least the percent provided under clause (ii) (but not more than 100 percent)</quotedText>”,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(i)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(2)(A)</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new clause: <quotedContent> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><chapeau class="inline">Except as provided in clause (iii), the percent provided under this clause, with respect to eligibility for medical assistance on or after—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num><content>January 1, 1989, is 85 percent,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>January 1, 1990, is 90 percent,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num><content>January 1, 1991, is 95 percent, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">“(IV) </num><content>January 1, 1992, is 100 percent</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num><chapeau class="inline">In the case of a State which has elected treatment under section 1902(f) and which, as of January 1, 1987, used an income standard for individuals age 65 or older which was more restrictive <page identifier="/us/stat/102/749">102 STAT. 749</page>than the income standard established under the supplemental security income program under title XVI, the percent provided under clause (ii), with respect to eligibility for medical assistance on or after—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num><content>January 1, 1989, is 80 percent,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>January 1, 1990, is 85 percent,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num><content>January 1, 1991, is 90 percent,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">“(IV) </num><content>January 1, 1992, is 95 percent, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="V">“(V) </num><content>January 1, 1993, is 100 percent.”.</content> </subclause> </clause> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Resource Standard</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 1905(p) (42 U.S.C. 1396d(p)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in paragraph (1)(C), by striking “<quotedText>(2)(A)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(2) </quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in paragraph (1)(D), by striking “<quotedText>(except as provided in paragraph (2)(B))</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>twice</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (2)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in subparagraph (A), by striking “<quotedText>(2)(A)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(2)</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking subparagraph (B).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Medicare Coverage</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1905(p) (42 U.S.C. 1396d(p)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in paragraph (3)(A), by striking “<quotedText>under part B and (if applicable) under section 1818</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>under title )(VIII (including under part B and, if applicable, under section 1818)</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by amending subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph (3) to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Coinsurance under title )(VIII (including coinsurance described in section 1813).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>Subject to paragraph (4), deductibles established under title XVIII (including those described in section 1813, 1833(b), and section 1834(c)(1)).”; and</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>In a State which provides medical assistance for prescribed<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Prescription drugs.</p></sidenote> drugs under section 1905(a)(12), instead of providing to qualified medicare beneficiaries, under paragraph (3)(C), medicare cost-sharing with respect to the annual deductible for covered outpatient drugs under section 1834(c)(1), the State may provide to such beneficiaries, before charges for covered outpatient drugs for a year reach such deductible amount, benefits for prescribed drugs in the same amount, duration, and scope as the benefits made available under the State plan for individuals described in section 1902(a)(10)(A)(i).”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Section 1843 (42 U.S.C. 1395v) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>or after 1988</quotedText>” in subsections (a), (g)(1), and (h)(1) after “<quotedText>during 1981</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1902 (42 U.S.C. 1396a) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(10)(A)(ii)()(), by striking “<quotedText>subject to subsection (m)(3),</quotedText>”,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(10)(E), by striking “<quotedText>subject to subsection (m)(3),</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><content>in subsection (a)(17), by striking “<quotedText>(m)(4), and (m)(5)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(m)(3), and (m)(4)</quotedText>”, and </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>in subsection (m), by striking paragraph (3) and by redesignating paragraphs (4) and (5) as paragraphs (3) and (4), respectively.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/750">102 STAT. 750</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395v">42 USC 1395v note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The amendment made by paragraph (1) shall take effect on January 1, 1989, and the amendments made by paragraph (2) shall take effect on July 1, 1989.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Amendment</inline>.—</heading><content>Effective as though included in the enactment of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, paragraph (2) of section 9403(g) of such Act is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment of medicare cost-sharing</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1903(a)(1)(42 U.S.C. 1396b(a)(1)) is amended by inserting ‘<quotedText>including expenditures for medicare cost-sharing and</quotedText>’ before ‘<quotedText>including expenditures</quotedText>’.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Treatment of Certain States</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">States operating under demonstration projects</inline>.—</heading><content>In the case of any State which is providing medical assistance to its residents under a waiver granted under section 1115(a) of the Social Security Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services shall require the State to meet the requirement of section 1902(a)(10)(E) of the Social Security Act in the same manner as the State would be required to meet such requirement if the State had in effect a plan approved under title)(I)( of such Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Commonwealths and territories</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1905(p) (42 U.S.C. 1396d(p)), as amended by subsection (d)(3), is further amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Notwithstanding any other provision of this title, in the case of a State (other than the 50 States and the District of Columbia)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the requirement stated in section 1902(a)(10)(E) shall be optional, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>for purposes of paragraph (2)(A), the State may substitute for the percent provided under clause (ii) of such paragraph any percent.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="h">(h) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">The amendments made by this section apply (except as provided in subsections (e) and (f) and under paragraph (2)) to payments under title XIX of the Social Security Act for calendar quarters beginning on or after January 1, 1989, without regard to whether or not final regulations to carry out such amendments have been promulgated by such date, with respect to medical assistance for—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>monthly premiums under title XVIII of such Act for months beginning with January 1989, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><content>items and services furnished on and after January 1, 1989.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <content>In the case of a State plan for medical assistance under title XIX of the Social Security Act which the Secretary of Health and Human Services determines requires State legislation (other than legislation appropriating funds) in order for the plan to meet the additional requirements imposed by the amendments made by this section, the State plan shall not be regarded as failing to comply with the requirements of such title solely on the basis of its failure to meet these additional requirements before the first day of the first session of the State legislature that begins after the date of the enactment of this Act. For purposes of the previous sentence, in the case of a State that has a 2-year legislative session, each year of such session shall be deemed to be a separate regular session of the State legislature.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="302">SEC. 302. </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <heading>COVERAGE AND PAYMENT FOR PREGNANT WOMEN AND INFANTS WITH INCOMES BELOW POVERTY LINE.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Pregnant Women and Infants Under Age 1.—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/751">102 STAT. 751</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Requiring coverage</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1902(a)(10) (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in subparagraph (A)(i), by striking “<quotedText>or</quotedText>” at the end of subclause (II), by striking the semicolon in subclause (III) and inserting “<quotedText>, or</quotedText>”, and by adding at the end the following new subclause: <quotedContent> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">“(IV) </num><content>who are described in subparagraph (A) or (B) of subsection (1)(1)and whose family income does not exceed the minimum income level the State is required to establish under subsection (1)(2)(A) for such a family;”;</content> </subclause> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by amending subclause (IX) of subparagraph (A)(ii) to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IX">“(IX) </num><content>who are described in subsection (l)(1) and are not described in clause (i)(IV);”; and</content> </subclause> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>in clause (VII) in the matter after and below subparagraph (E), by inserting “<quotedText>(A)(i)(IV) or</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>(A)(ii)(IX)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Description of individuals required to be covered</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1902(1) (42 U.S.C. 1396a(D) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (1)(C)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>at the option of the State,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(C)</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>1983,</quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (2)(A)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>not more than 185 percent)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(not less than the percentage provided under clause (ii) and not more than 185 percent)</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(i)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(2)(A)</quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new clause: <quotedContent> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Subject to clause (iii), the percentage provided under this clause, with respect to eligibility for medical assistance on or after—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>July 1, 1989, is 75 percent, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>July 1, 1990, is 100 percent.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">In the case of a State which, as of the date of the enactment of this clause, has elected to provide, and provides, medical assistance to individuals described in this subsection or has enacted legislation authorizing, or appropriating funds, to provide such assistance to such individuals before July 1, 1989, the percentage provided under clause (ii) shall not be less than—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>the percentage specified by the State in an amendment to its State plan (whether approved or not) as of the date of the enactment of this clause, or</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>if no such percentage is specified as of the date of the enactment of this clause, the percentage established under the State’s authorizing legislation or provided for under the State’s appropriations;</content> </subclause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">but in no case shall this clause require the percentage provided under clause (ii) to exceed 100 percent.”.</continuation> </clause> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Coverage of Medically Necessary Services for Infants and Assuring Adequate Payment for Inpatient Hospital Services for Infants in Disproportionate Share Hospitals</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Coverage of medically necessary services for infants</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1902(a)(10) (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)) is amended, in the matter after and below subparagraph (E)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>(IX)</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by inserting before the semicolon at the end the following: “<quotedText>, and (X) if the plan provides for any fixed <page identifier="/us/stat/102/752">102 STAT. 752</page> durational limit on medical assistance for inpatient hospital services (whether or not such a limit varies by medical condition or diagnosis), the plan must establish exceptions to such a limit for medically necessary inpatient hospital services furnished with respect to individuals under one year of age in a hospital defined under the State plan, pursuant to section 1923(a)(1)(A), as a disproportionate share hospital and subparagraph (B) (relating to comparability) shall not be construed as requiring such an exception for other individuals, services, or hospitals</quotedText>”. </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Assuring adequate payment for inpatient hospital services for infants in disproportionate share hospitals</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 1923(a)(2), as redesignated pursuant to the amendment <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396r/4">42 USC 1396r–4</ref>.</p></sidenote>made by section 411(k)(6)(B) of this Act, is amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>If a State plan under this title provides for payments for inpatient hospital services on a prospective basis (whether per diem, per case, or otherwise), in order for the plan to be considered to have met such requirement of section 1902(a)(13)(A) as of July 1, 1989, the State must submit to the Secretary by not later than April 1, 1989, a State plan amendment that provides, in the case of hospitals defined by the State as disproportionate share hospitals under paragraph (1)(A), for an outlier adjustment in payment amounts for medically necessary inpatient hospital services provided on or after July 1, 1989, involving exceptionally high costs or exceptionally long lengths of stay for individuals under one year of age.”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Certain State Plan Requirements</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>Subsection (c) of section 1902 (42 U.S.C. 1396a) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Notwithstanding subsection (b), the Secretary shall not approve any State plan for medical assistance if—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the State has in effect, under its plan established under part A of title IV, payment levels that are less than the payment levels in effect under such plan on May 1, 1988; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the State requires individuals described in subsection (1)(1) to apply for benefits under such part as a condition of applying for, or receiving, medical assistance under this title.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eliminating duplicate requirement</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1902(1) (42 U.S.C. 1396a(D) is amended by striking paragraph (4).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Maintenance of effort to receive medical assistance for optional coverage of pregnant women and children</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1903(i) (42 U.S.C. 1396b(i)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking the period at the end of paragraph (8) and inserting “<quotedText>; or</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by inserting after paragraph (8) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>with respect to any amount of medical assistance for pregnant women and children described in section 1902(a)(10)(A)(ii)(IX), if the State has in effect, under its plan established under part A of title IV, payment levels that are less than the payment levels in effect under such plan on July 1, 1987.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Treatment of Certain States and Territories</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 1902(1) (42 U.S.C. 1396a(1)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>In the case of any State which is providing medical assistance to its residents under a waiver granted under section 1115, the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/753">102 STAT. 753</page>Secretary shall require the State to provide medical assistance for pregnant women and infants under age 1 described in subsection (a)(10)(A)(i)(IV) in the same manner as the State would be required to provide such assistance for such individuals if the State had in effect a plan approved under this title.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>In the case of a State which is not one of the 50 States or the District of Columbia, the State need not meet the requirement of subsection (a)(10)(A)(i)(IV) and, for purposes of paragraph (2)(A), the State may substitute for the percentage provided under clause (ii) of such paragraph any percentage.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Section 1902(e)(6) (42 U.S.C. 1396a(e)(6)) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>At the option of a State, in the case of a pregnant woman described in subsection (a)(10) who, because of a change in income of the family of which she is a member, would not otherwise continue to be described in such subsection, the State plan may nonetheless treat the woman as being an individual described in subsection (a)(10)(A)(i)(IV) and subsection (1)(1)(A) without regard to such change of income through the end of the month in which the 60-day period (beginning on the last day of her pregnancy) ends.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1902(e)(7) (42 U.S.C. 1396a(e)(7)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>If a State plan provides medical assistance for individuals under subsection (a)(10)(A)(ii)(I)(), in</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>In</quotedText>”,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>or paragraph (2) of section 1905(n)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>subsection (1)(1)</quotedText>” the first place it appears, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>subsection (a)(10)(A)(ii)(I)() and subsection (1)(1)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>such respective provision</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1902(1) (42 U.S.C. 1396a(D) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in the matter after and below subparagraph (C) of paragraph (1), by inserting “<quotedText>any of subclauses (I) through (III) of</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>who are not described in</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in paragraph (3), in the matter before subparagraph (A), by inserting “<quotedText>(a)(10)(A)(i)(IV) or</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>(a)(10)(A)(ii)(I)()</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>Section 1903(f)(4) (42 U.S.C. 1396b(f)(4)) is amended, in the matter before subparagraph (A), by inserting “<quotedText>1902(a)(10)(A)(i)(IV),</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>1902(a)(10)(A)(ii)(IX)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a note</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendments made by this section apply (except as provided in this subsection) to payments under title XIX of the Social Security Act for calendar quarters beginning on or after July 1, 1989, with respect to eligibility for medical assistance on or after such date, without regard to whether or not final regulations to carry out such amendments have been promulgated by such date.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment adjustment</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendments made by subsection (b)(2) shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Delay for state legislation</inline>.—</heading><content>In the case of a State plan for medical assistance under title XIX of the Social Security Act which the Secretary of Health and Human Services determines requires State legislation (other than legislation appropriating funds) in order for the plan to meet the additional requirements imposed by the amendments made by this section (other than subsection (b)(2)), the State plan shall not be regarded as failing <page identifier="/us/stat/102/754">102 STAT. 754</page>to comply with the requirements of such title solely on the basis of its failure to meet these additional requirements before the first day of the first calendar quarter beginning after the close of the first regular session of the State legislature that begins after the date of the enactment of this Act. For purposes of the previous sentence, in the case of a State that has a regular legislative session of 2 years, each year of such session shall be deemed to be a separate regular session of the State legislature. </content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="303">SEC. 303. </num> <heading>PROTECTION OF INCOME AND RESOURCES OF COUPLE FOR MAINTENANCE OF COMMUNITY SPOUSE.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading>Title XIX, as amended by the amendment made by section 411(k)(6)(B) of this Act, is amended—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396s">42 USC 1396s</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>by redesignating section 1924 as section 1925, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><content>by inserting after section 1923 the following new section: <quotedContent> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“treatment of income and resources for certain institutionalized spouses</inline></heading> <num value="1924"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 1924 .</num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396r/5">42 USC 1396r–5</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="inline"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Treatment for Institutionalized Spouses</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Supersedes other provisions</inline>.—</heading><content>In determining the eligibility for medical assistance of an institutionalized spouse (as defined in subsection (h)(1)), the provisions of this section supersede any other provision of this title (including sections 1902(a)(17) and 1902(f)) which is inconsistent with them.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">No comparable treatment required</inline>.—</heading><content>Any different treatment provided under this section for institutionalized spouses shall not, by reason of paragraph (10) or (17) of section 1902(a), require such treatment for other individuals.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Does not affect certain determinations</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Except as this section specifically provides, this section does not apply to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the determination of what constitutes income or resources, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the methodology and standards for determining and evaluating income and resources.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application in certain states and territories</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Application in states operating under demonstration projects</inline>.—</heading><content>In the case of any State which is providing medical assistance to its residents under a waiver granted under section 1115, the Secretary shall require the State to meet the requirements of this section in the same manner as the State would be required to meet such requirement if the State had in effect a plan approved under this title.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">No application in commonwealths and territories</inline>.—</heading><content>This section shall only apply to a State that is one of the 50 States or the District of Columbia.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Rules for Treatment of Income</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Separate treatment of income</inline>.—</heading><content>During any month in which an institutionalized spouse is in the institution, except as provided in paragraph (2), no income of the community spouse shall be deemed available to the institutionalized spouse.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Attribution of income</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In determining the income of an institutionalized spouse or community spouse, after the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/755">102 STAT. 755</page>institutionalized spouse has been determined to be eligible for medical assistance, except as otherwise provided in this section and regardless of any State laws relating to community property or the division of marital property, the following rules apply:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Non-trust property</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Subject to subparagraphs (C) and (D), in the case of income not from a trust, unless the instrument providing the income otherwise specifically provides—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>if payment of income is made solely in the name of the institutionalized spouse or the community spouse, the income shall be considered available only to that respective spouse;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>if payment of income is made in the names of the institutionalized spouse and the community spouse, one-half of the income shall be considered available to each of them; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>if payment of income is made in the names of the institutionalized spouse or the community spouse, or both, and to another person or persons, the income shall be considered available to each spouse in proportion to the spouse’s interest (or, if payment is made with respect to both spouses and no such interest is specified, one-half of the joint interest shall be considered available to each spouse).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Trust property</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In the case of a trust—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>except as provided in clause (ii), income shall be attributed in accordance with the provisions of this title (including sections 1902(a)(17) and 1902(k)), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">income shall be considered available to each spouse as provided in the trust, or, in the absence of a specific provision in the trust—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>if payment of income is made solely to the institutionalized spouse or the community spouse, the income shall be considered available only to that respective spouse;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>if payment of income is made to both the institutionalized spouse and the community spouse, one-half of the income shall be considered available to each of them; and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num> <content>if payment of income is made to the institutionalized spouse or the community spouse, or both, and to another person or persons, the income shall be considered available to each spouse in proportion to the spouse’s interest (or, if payment is made with respect to both spouses and no such interest is specified, one-half of the joint interest shall be considered available to each spouse).</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Property with no instrument</inline>.—</heading><content>In the case of income not from a trust in which there is no instrument establishing ownership, subject to subparagraph (D), one-half of the income shall be considered to be available to the institutionalized spouse and one-half to the community spouse.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Rebutting ownership</inline>.—</heading><content>The rules of subparagraphs (A) and (C) are superseded to the extent that an institutionalized spouse can establish, by a preponderance of the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/756">102 STAT. 756</page>evidence, that the ownership interests in income are other than as provided under such subparagraphs. </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Rules for Treatment of Resources</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Computation of spousal share at time of institutionalization</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Total joint resources</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>There shall be computed (as of the beginning of a continuous period of institutionalization of the institutionalized spouse)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the total value of the resources to the extent either the institutionalized spouse or the community spouse has an ownership interest, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>a spousal share which is equal to Ms of such total value.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Assessment</inline>.—</heading><content>At the request of an institutionalized spouse or community spouse, at the beginning of a <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote>continuous period of institutionalization of the institutionalized spouse and upon the receipt of relevant documentation of resources, the State shall promptly assess and document the total value described in subparagraph (A)(i) and shall provide a copy of such assessment and documentation to each spouse and shall retain a copy of the assessment for use under this section. If the request is not part of an application for medical assistance under this title, the State may, at its option as a condition of providing the assessment, require payment of a fee not exceeding the reasonable expenses of providing and documenting the assessment. At the time of providing the copy of the assessment, the State shall include a notice indicating that the spouse has right to a fair hearing under subsection (e)(2)(E) with respect to the determination of the community spouse resource allowance, to provide for an allowance adequate to raise the spouse’s income to the minimum monthly maintenance needs allowance.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Attribution of resources at time of initial eligibility determination</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In determining the resources of an institutionalized spouse at the time of application for benefits under this title, regardless of any State laws relating to community property or the division of marital property—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>except as provided in subparagraph (B), all the resources held by either the institutionalized spouse, community spouse, or both, shall be considered to be available to the institutionalized spouse, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>resources shall not be considered to be available to an institutionalized spouse, to the extent that the amount of such resources does not exceed the amount computed under subsection (f)(2)(A) (as of the time of application for benefits).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Assignment of support rights</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The institutionalized spouse shall not be ineligible by reason of resources determined under paragraph (2) to be available for the cost of care where—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the institutionalized spouse has assigned to the State any rights to support from the community spouse;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the institutionalized spouse lacks the ability to execute an assignment due to physical or mental impairment but the State has the right to bring a support proceeding against a community spouse without such assignment; or</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/757">102 STAT. 757</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the State determines that denial of eligibility would work an undue hardship.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Separate treatment of resources after eligibility for benefits established</inline>.—</heading><content>During the continuous period in which an institutionalized spouse is in an institution and after the month in which an institutionalized spouse is determined to be eligible for benefits under this title, no resources of the community spouse shall be deemed available to the institutionalized spouse.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Resources defined</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In this section, the term ‘resources’ does not include—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>resources excluded under subsection (a) or (d) of section 1613, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>resources that would be excluded under section 1613(a)(2)(A) but for the limitation on total value described in such section.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Protecting Income for Community Spouse</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Allowances to be offset from income of institutionalized spouse</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>After an institutionalized spouse is determined to be eligible for medical assistance, in determining the amount of the spouse’s income that is to be applied monthly to payment for the costs of care in the institution, there shall be deducted from the spouse’s monthly income the following amounts in the following order:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>A personal needs allowance (described in section 1902(q)(1)), in an amount not less than the amount specified in section 1902(q)(2).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>A community spouse monthly income allowance (as defined in paragraph (2)), but only to the extent income of the institutionalized spouse is made available to (or for the benefit of) the community spouse.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>A family allowance, for each family member, equal to at least Vs of the amount by which the amount described in paragraph (3)(A)(i) exceeds the amount of the monthly income of that family member.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>Amounts for incurred expenses for medical or remedial care for the institutionalized spouse (as provided under section 1902(f)).</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">In subparagraph (C), the term ‘family member’ only includes minor or dependent children, dependent parents, or dependent siblings of the institutionalized or community spouse who are residing with the community spouse.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Community spouse monthly income allowance defined</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In this section (except as provided in paragraph (5)), the ‘community spouse monthly income allowance’ for a community spouse is an amount by which—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>except as provided in subsection (e), the minimum monthly maintenance needs allowance (established under and in accordance with paragraph (3)) for the spouse, exceeds</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the amount of monthly income otherwise available to the community spouse (determined without regard to such an allowance).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment of minimum monthly maintenance needs allowance</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Each State shall establish a minimum<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> monthly maintenance needs allowance for each community <page identifier="/us/stat/102/758">102 STAT. 758</page> spouse which, subject to subparagraph (Q, is equal to or exceeds—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the applicable percent (described in subparagraph (B)) of 1/12 of the nonfarm income official poverty fine (defined by the Office of Management and Budget and revised annually in accordance with sections 652 and 673(2) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981) for a family unit of 2 members; plus</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>an excess shelter allowance (as defined in paragraph (4)).</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">A revision of the official poverty line referred to in clause (i) shall apply to medical assistance furnished during and after the second calendar quarter that begins after the date of publication of the revision.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Applicable percent</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>For purposes of subparagraph (A)(i), the ‘applicable percent’ described in this paragraph, effective as of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>September 30, 1989, is 122 percent,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>July 1, 1991, is 133 percent, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>July 1, 1992, is 150 percent.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Cap on minimum monthly maintenance needs allowance</inline>.—</heading><content>The minimum monthly maintenance needs allowance established under subparagraph (A) may not exceed $1,500 (subject to adjustment under subsections (e) and (g)).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Excess shelter allowance defined</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In paragraph (3)(A)(ii), the term ‘excess shelter allowance’ means, for a community spouse, the amount by which the sum of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the spouse’s expenses for rent or mortgage payment (including principal and interest), taxes and insurance and, in the case of a condominium or cooperative, required maintenance charge, for the community spouse’s principal residence, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the standard utility allowance (used by the State under section 5(e) of the Food Stamp Act of 1977) or, if the State does not use such an allowance, the spouse’s actual utility expenses,</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">exceeds 30 percent of the amount described in paragraph (3)(A)(i), except that, in the case of a condominium or cooperative, for which a maintenance charge is included under subparagraph (A), any allowance under subparagraph (C) shall be reduced to the extent the maintenance charge includes utility expenses.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Court ordered support</inline>.—</heading><content>If a court has entered an order against an institutionalized spouse for monthly income for the support of the community spouse, the community spouse monthly income allowance for the spouse shall be not less than the amount of the monthly income so ordered.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Notice and Fair Hearing</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Notice</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Upon—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>a determination of eligibility for medical assistance of an institutionalized spouse, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>a request by either the institutionalized spouse, or the community spouse, or a representative acting on behalf of either spouse,</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">each State shall notify both spouses (in the case described in subparagraph (A)) or the spouse making the request (in the case <page identifier="/us/stat/102/759">102 STAT. 759</page> described in subparagraph (B)) of the amount of the community spouse monthly income allowance (described in subsection (d)(1)(B)), of the amount of any family allowances (described in subsection (d)(1)(C)), of the method for computing the amount of the community spouse resources allowance permitted under subsection (f), and of the spouse’s right to a fair hearing under this subsection respecting ownership or availability of income or resources, and the determination of the community spouse monthly income or resource allowance.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Fair hearing</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>If either the institutionalized spouse or the community spouse is dissatisfied with a determination of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the community spouse monthly income allowance;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the amount of monthly income otherwise available to the community spouse (as applied under subsection (d)(2)(B));</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>the computation of the spousal share of resources under subsection (c)(1);</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>the attribution of resources under subsection (c)(2); or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>the determination of the community spouse resource allowance (as defined in subsection (f)(2));</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">such spouse is entitled to a fair hearing described in section 1902(a)(3) with respect to such determination. Any such hearing respecting the determination of the community spouse resource allowance shall be held within 30 days of the date of the request for the hearing.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Revision of minimum monthly maintenance needs allowance</inline>.—</heading><content>If either such spouse establishes that the community spouse needs income, above the level otherwise provided by the minimum monthly maintenance needs allowance, due to exceptional circumstances resulting in significant financial duress, there shall be substituted, for the minimum monthly maintenance needs allowance in subsection (d)(2)(A), an amount adequate to provide such additional income as is necessary.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Revision of community spouse resource allowance</inline>.—</heading><content>If either such spouse establishes that the community spouse resource allowance (in relation to the amount of income generated by such an allowance) is inadequate to raise the community spouse’s income to the minimum monthly maintenance needs allowance, there shall be substituted, for the community spouse resource allowance under subsection (f)(2), an amount adequate to provide such a minimum monthly maintenance needs allowance.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Permitting Transfer of Resources to Community Spouse</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>An institutionalized spouse may, without regard to section 1917, transfer to the community spouse (or to another for the sole benefit of the community spouse) an amount equal to the community spouse resource allowance (as defined in paragraph (2)), but only to the extent the resources of the institutionalized spouse are transferred to (or for the sole benefit of) the community spouse. The transfer under the preceding sentence shall be made as soon as pacticable after the date of the initial determination of eligibility, taking into ac-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/760">102 STAT. 760</page>count such time as may be necessary to obtain a court order under paragraph (3). </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Community spouse resource allowance defined</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In paragraph (1), the ‘community spouse resource allowance’ for a community spouse is an amount (if any) by which—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau class="inline">the greatest of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>$12,000 (subject to adjustment under subsection (g)), or, if greater (but not to exceed the amount specified in clause (ii)(II) an amount specified under the State plan,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>the lesser of (I) the spousal share computed under subsection (c)(1), or (II) $60,000 (subject to adjustment under subsection (g)),</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>the amount established under subsection (e)(2); or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>the amount transferred under a court order under paragraph (3); exceeds</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the amount of the resources otherwise available to the community spouse (determined without regard to such an allowance).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Transfers under court orders</inline>.—</heading><content>If a court has entered an order against an institutionalized spouse for the support of the community spouse, section 1917 shall not apply to amounts of resources transferred pursuant to such order for the support of the spouse of a family member (as defined in subsection (d)(1)).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">“(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Indexing Dollar Amounts</inline>.—</heading><content>For services furnished during a calendar year after 1989, the dollar amounts specified in subsections (d)(3)(C), (f)(2)(A)(i), and (f)(2)(A)(ii)(II) shall be increased by the same percentage as the percentage increase in the consumer price index for all urban consumers (all items; U.S. city average) between September 1988 and the September before the calendar year involved.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="h">“(h) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definitions</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In this section:</chapeau><paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The term ‘institutionalized spouse’ means an individual who—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>is in a medical institution or nursing facility or who (at the option of the State) is described in section 1902(a)(10)(A)(ii)(VI), and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>is married to a spouse who is not in a medical institution or nursing facility;</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">but does not include any such individual who is not likely to meet the requirements of subparagraph (A) for at least 30 consecutive days.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The term ‘community spouse’ means the spouse of an institutionalized spouse.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 1919(c)(1)(B)(i) (42 U.S.C. 1396r(c)(1)(B)(i)) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>and of the requirements and procedures for establishing eligibility for medical assistance under this title, including the right to request an assessment under section 1924(c)(1)(B)</quotedText>” before the semicolon.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Taking Into Account Certain Transfers of Assets</inline>.—</heading><content>Subsection (c) of section 1917 (42 U.S.C. 1396p) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">In order to meet the requirements of this subsection (for purposes of section 1902(a)(51)(B)), the State plan must provide for a <page identifier="/us/stat/102/761">102 STAT. 761</page>period of ineligibility in the case of an institutionalized individual (as defined in paragraph (3)) who, at any time during the 30-month period immediately before the individual’s application for medical assistance under the State plan, disposed of resources for less than fair market value. The period of ineligibility shall begin with the month in which such resources were transferred and the number of months in such period shall be equal to the lesser of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num><content>30 months, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B)</num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>the total uncompensated value of the resources so transferred, divided by (ii) the average cost, to a private patient at the time of the application, of nursing facility services in the State or, at State option, in the community in which the individual is institutionalized.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">An individual shall not be ineligible for medical assistance by reason of paragraph (1) to the extent that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau class="inline">the resources transferred were a home and title to the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Real property.</p></sidenote> home was transferred to—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>the spouse of such individual;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>a child of such individual who is under age 21, or<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Children and youth.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Blind persons.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> (with respect to States eligible to participate in the State program established under title )(VI) is blind or permanently and totally disabled, or (with respect to States which are not eligible to participate in such program) is blind or disabled as defined in section 1614;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>a sibling of such individual who has an equity interest in such home and who was residing in such individual’s home for a period of at least one year immediately before the date of the individual’s admission to the medical institution or nursing facility, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>a son or daughter of such individual (other than a child described in clause (ii)) who was residing in such individual’s home for a period of at least two years immediately before the date of such individual’s admission to the medical institution or nursing facility, and who (as determined by the State) provided care to such individual which permitted such individual to reside at home rather than in such an institution or facility;</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the resources were transferred to (or to another for the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Children and youth.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Blind persons.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons</p></sidenote> sole benefit of) the community spouse, as defined in section 1924(h)(2), or the individual’s child who is blind or permanently and totally disabled;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>a satisfactory showing is made to the State (in accordance with any regulations promulgated by the Secretary) that (i) the individual intended to dispose of the resources either at fair market value, or for other valuable consideration, or (ii) the resources were transferred exclusively for a purpose other than to qualify for medical assistance; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>the State determines that denial of eligibility would work an undue hardship.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>In this subsection, the term ‘institutionalized individual’ means an individual who is an inpatient in a medical institution or nursing facility.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>A State (including a State which has elected treatment under section 1902(f)) may not provide for any period of ineligibility for an individual due to transfer of resources for less than fair market value except in accordance with this subsection.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/762">102 STAT. 762</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">New SSI Policy Regarding Disposal of Resources for Less Than Fair Market Value</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Elimination of ssi penalty; notification of medicaid policy limiting eligibility of institutionalized individuals for benefits based on such disposal of resources</inline>.—</heading><content>Subsection (c) of section 1613 (42 U.S.C. 1382b) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <heading class="centered">“Notification of Medicare Policy Restricting Eligibility of Institutionalized Individuals for Benefits Based on Disposal of Resources for Less Than Fair Market Value</heading> <num value="c">“(c)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">At the time an individual (and the individual’s eligible spouse, if any) applies for benefits under this title, and at the time the eligibility of an individual (and such spouse, if any) for such benefits is redetermined, the Secretary shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>inform such individual of the provisions of section 1917(c) providing for a period of ineligibility for benefits under title )(I)( for individuals who make certain dispositions of resources for less than fair market value, and inform such individual that information obtained pursuant to subparagraph (B) will be made available to the State agency administering a State plan under title XIX (as provided in paragraph (2)); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>obtain from such individual information which may be used by the State agency in determining whether or not a period of ineligibility for such benefits would be required by reason of section 1917(c) if such individual (or such spouse, if any) enters a medical institution or nursing facility.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall make the information obtained under paragraph (1)(B) available, on request, to any State agency administering a State plan approved under title XIX.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming amendment</inline>.—</heading><content>Subparagraph (B) of section 1611(e)(1)(42 U.S.C. 1382(e)(1)) is amended by adding after and below clause (iii) the following new sentence: “<quotedText>For purposes of this subsection, a hospital, extended care facility, nursing home, or intermediate care facility which is a ‘medical institution or nursing facility’ within the meaning of section 1917(c) shall be considered to be receiving payments with respect to an individual under a State plan approved under title )(I)( during any period of ineligibility of such individual provided for under the State plan pursuant to section 1917(c).</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Disregarding Payments for Certain Medical Expenses by Institutionalized Individuals</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1902 (42 U.S.C. 1396), as amended by the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a</ref>.</p></sidenote>amendment made by section 411(n)(3) of this Act, is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="r">“(r) </num> <chapeau>For purposes of sections 1902(a)(17) and 1924(d)(D(D) and for purposes of a waiver under section 1915, with respect to the post-eligibility treatment of income of individuals who are institutionalized or receiving home or community-based services under such a waiver, there shall be taken into account amounts for incurred expenses for medical or remedial care that are not subject to payment by a third party, including—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>medicare and other health insurance premiums, deductibles, or coinsurance, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>necessary medical or remedial care recognized under State law but not covered under the State plan under this title, subject to reasonable limits the State may establish on the amount of these expenses.”.</content> </subparagraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/763">102 STAT. 763</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendment</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1902 (42 U.S.C. 1396a), as amended by the amendment made by section 411(n)(3) of this Act, is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(10)(C)(i)(UD, by striking “<quotedText>the same</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting “<quotedText>no more restrictive than the</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of subsection (a)(49);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by striking the period at the end of subsection (a)(50) and inserting “<quotedText>; and</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>by inserting after paragraph (50) of subsection (a) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="51">“(51) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>meet the requirements of section 1924 (relating to protection of community spouses), and (B) meet the requirement of section 1917(c) (relating to transfer of assets).”; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subsection (r), as added by subsection (d)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by redesignating subparagraphs (A) and (B) as clauses (i) and (ii), respectively,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(r)</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">The methodology to be employed in determining income and resource eligibility for individuals under subsection (a)(10)(A)(i)(III), (a)(10)(A)(i)(IV), (a)(10)(A)(ii), (a)(10)(C)(i)(IH), or under subsection (f) may be less restrictive, and shall be no more restrictive, than the methodology—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>in the case of groups consisting of aged, blind, or disabled<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Blind persons.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> individuals, under the supplemental security income program under title XVI, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>in the case of other groups, under the State plan most closely categorically related.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>For purposes of this subsection and subsection (a)(10), methodology is considered to be ‘no more restrictive’ if, using the methodology, additional individuals may be eligible for medical assistance and no individuals who are otherwise eligible are made ineligible for such assistance.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Treatment of Homestead Exemption in Missouri</inline>.—</heading><content>The State<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Blind persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> medical assistance plan of Missouri shall not be in compliance with the requirements of title XIX of the Social Security Act as of October 1, 1989, unless such plan is amended to provide that, in determining the resources of any aged, blind, or disabled individual in the State who applies for medical assistance under such plan on or after such date, the State will not consider the home of the individual as a resource, regardless of the value of the home.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1)</num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>The amendments made by this section apply (except as<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396r/5">42 USC 1396r–5 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> provided in this subsection) to payments under title XIX of the Social Security Act for calendar quarters beginning on or after September 30, 1989, without regard to whether or not final regulations to carry out such amendments have been promulgated by such date.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 1924 of the Social Security Act (as inserted by subsection (a)) shall only apply to institutionalized individuals who begin continuous periods of institutionalization on or after September 30, 1989, except that subsections (b) and (d) of such section (and so much of subsection (e) of such section as relates to such other subsections) shall apply as of such date to individuals institutionalized on or after such date.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>The amendment made by subsection (b) and section 1902(a)(51)(B) of the Social Security Act, apply (except as pro-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/764">102 STAT. 764</page>vided in paragraph (5)) to payments under title XIX of the Social Security Act for calendar quarters beginning on or after July 1, 1988, or the date of the enactment of this Act, without regard to whether or not final regulations to carry out such amendments have been promulgated by such date.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 1917(c) of the Social Security Act, as amended by subsection (b) of this section, shall apply to resources disposed of on or after July 1, 1988.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <content>Notwithstanding subparagraphs (A) and (B), a State may continue to apply the policies contained in the State plan as of June 30, 1988, with respect to resources disposed of before July 1, 1988.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The amendments made by subsection (c) shall apply to transfers occurring on or after July 1, 1988, without regard to whether or not final regulations to carry out such amendments have been promulgated by such date.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>The amendment made by subsection (d) is effective on and after April 8, 1988. The final rule of the Health Care Financing Administration published on February 8, 1988 (53 Federal Register 3586) is superseded to the extent inconsistent with the amendment made by subsection (d).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <content>In the case of a State plan for medical assistance under title XIX of the Social Security Act which the Secretary of Health and Human Services determines requires State legislation (other than legislation appropriating funds) in order for the plan to meet the additional requirements imposed by the amendments made by this section (other than subsection (e)), the State plan shall not be regarded as failing to comply with the requirements of such title solely on the basis of its failure to meet these additional requirements before the first day of the first calendar quarter beginning after the close of the first regular session of the State legislature that begins after the date of the enactment of this Act. For purposes of the previous sentence, in the case of a State that has a 2-year legislative session, each year of such session shall be deemed to be a separate regular session of the State legislature.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>The amendments made by paragraphs (1) and (5) of subsection (e) shall apply to medical assistance furnished on or after October 1, 1982.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> 102 STAT. 765 <num value="IV">TITLE IV—</num><heading class="inline">UNITED STATES BIPARTISAN COMMISSION ON COMPREHENSIVE HEALTH CARE, OBRA TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS, AND MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS</heading> <subtitle> <num value="A">Subtitle A—</num><heading class="inline">United States Bipartisan Commission on Comprehensive Health Care</heading> <section> <num value="401">SEC. 401. </num> <heading>ESTABLISHMENT.<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b">42 USC 1395b note</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading><content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">There is established a commission to be known as the United States Bipartisan Commission on Comprehensive Health Care (in this title referred to as the “Commission”).</content> </section> <section> <num value="402">SEC. 402. </num> <heading>DUTIES.<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b">42 USC 1395b note</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Commission shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>examine shortcomings in the current health care delivery and financing mechanisms that limit or prevent access of all individuals in the United States to comprehensive health care, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>make specific recommendations to the Congress respecting Federal programs, policies, and financing needed to assure the availability of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>comprehensive long-term care services for the elderly and disabled,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>comprehensive health care services for the elderly and disabled, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>comprehensive health care services for all individuals in the United States.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Considerations in Recommendations</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In making its recommendations, the Commission shall consider—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the amount and sources (consistent with principles of social insurance) of Federal funds to finance the needed services, including reallocations of existing Federal program funds, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the most efficient and effective manner of administering such programs.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definitions</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In this title:</chapeau><paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The term “comprehensive health care services” includes—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>inpatient hospital services (including mental health services);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>skilled nursing facility services, intermediate care facility services, home health services, and other long-term health care services;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>physician services and other outpatient health care services (including mental health services);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>periodic general physical examinations, eye examinations, hearing examinations, dental examinations, foot examinations, and other preventive health care services; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>prescription drugs, eyeglasses, hearing aids, orthopedic equipment, and dentures (both complete and partial).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/766">102 STAT. 766</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The term “comprehensive long-term care services” includes custodial and noncustodial services in facilities, as well as home and community-based services.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="403">SEC 403. </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b">42 USC 1395b note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>MEMBERSHIP.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Appointment</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Commission shall be composed of 15 members appointed as follows:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">President of U.S.</p></sidenote> <content>The President shall appoint 3 members.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The President pro tempore of the Senate shall appoint, after consultation with the minority leader of the Senate, 6 members of the Senate, of whom not more than 4 may be of the same political party.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The Speaker of the House of Representatives shall appoint, after consultation with the minority leader of the House of Representatives, 6 members of the House, of whom not more than 4 may be of the same political party.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Chairman and Vice Chairman</inline>.—</heading><content>The Commission shall elect a chairman and vice chairman from among its members.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Vacancies</inline>.—</heading><content>Any vacancy in the membership of the Commission shall be filled in the manner in which the original appointment was made and shall not affect the power of the remaining members to execute the duties of the Commission.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Quorum</inline>.—</heading><content>A quorum shall consist of 8 members of the Commission, except that 4 members may conduct a hearing under section 405(a).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Meetings</inline>.—</heading><content>The Commission shall meet at the call of its chairman or a majority of its members.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Compensation and Reimbursement of Expenses</inline>.—</heading><content>Members of the Commission are not entitled to receive compensation for service on the Commission. Members may be reimbursed for travel, subsistence, and other necessary expenses incurred in carrying out the duties of the Commission.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="404">SEC. 404. </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b">42 USC 1395b note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>STAFF AND CONSULTANTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Staff</inline>.—</heading><content>The Commission may appoint and determine the compensation of such staff as may be necessary to carry out the duties of the Commission. Such appointments and compensation may be made without regard to the provisions of title 5, United States Code, that govern appointments in the competitive services, and the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title that relate to classifications and the General Schedule pay rates.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Consultants</inline>.—</heading><content>The Commission may procure such temporary and intermittent services of consultants under section 3109(b) of title 5, United States Code, as the Commission determines to be necessary to carry out the duties of the Commission.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="405">SEC 405. </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b">42 USC 1395b note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>POWERS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Hearings and Other Activities</inline>.—</heading><content>For the purpose of carrying out its duties, the Commission may hold such hearings and undertake such other activities as the Commission determines to be necessary to carry out its duties.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Studies by General Accounting Office</inline>.—</heading><content>Upon the request of the Commission, the Comptroller General shall conduct such studies or investigations as the Commission determines to be necessary to carry out its duties.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Cost Estimates by Congressional Budget Office</inline>.—</heading> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/767">102 STAT. 767</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Upon the request of the Commission, the Director of the Congressional Budget Office shall provide to the Commission such cost estimates as the Commission determines to be necessary to carry out its duties.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Commission shall reimburse the Director of the Congressional Budget Office for expenses relating to the employment in the office of the Director of such additional staff as may be necessary for the Director to comply with requests by the Commission under paragraph (1).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Detail of Federal Employees</inline>.—</heading><content>Upon the request of the Commission, the head of any Federal agency is authorized to detail, without reimbursement, any of the personnel of such agency to the Commission to assist the Commission in carrying out its duties. Any such detail shall not interrupt or otherwise affect the civil service status or privileges of the Federal employee.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Assistance</inline>.—</heading><content>Upon the request of the Commission, the head of a Federal agency shall provide such technical assistance to the Commission as the Commission determines to be necessary to carry out its duties.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of Mails</inline>.—</heading><content>The Commission may use the United States mails in the same manner and under the same conditions as Federal agencies.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Obtaining Information</inline>.—</heading><content>The Commission may secure directly from any Federal agency information necessary to enable it to carry out its duties, if the information may be disclosed under section 552 of title 5, United States Code. Upon request of the Chairman of the Commission, the head of such agency shall furnish such information to the Commission.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="h">(h) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Support Services</inline>.—</heading><content>Upon the request of the Commission, the Administrator of General Services shall provide to the Commission on a reimbursable basis such administrative support services as the Commission may request.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Acceptance of Donations</inline>.—</heading><content>The Commission may accept, use, and dispose of gifts or donations of services or property.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="406">SEC. 406. </num> <heading>REPORT.<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b">42 USC 1395b note</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report on Comprehensive Long-Term Care Services for the Elderly and Disabled</inline>.—</heading><content>The Commission shall submit to Congress a report, not later than 6 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, containing its findings and recommendations regarding comprehensive long-term care services for the elderly and disabled. The report shall include detailed recommendations for appropriate legislative initiatives respecting such services.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report on Comprehensive Health Care Services</inline>.—</heading><content>The Commission shall submit to Congress a report, not later than 1 year after the date of the enactment of this Act, containing its findings and recommendations regarding comprehensive health care services for the elderly and disabled and comprehensive health care services for all individuals in the United States. The report shall include detailed recommendations for appropriate legislative initiatives respecting such services.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="407">SEC. 407. </num> <heading>TERMINATION.<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b">42 USC 1395b note</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading><content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">The Commission shall terminate 30 days after the date of submission of the report required in section 406(b).</content> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/768">102 STAT. 768</page> <section> <num value="408">SEC. 408. </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b">42 USC 1395b note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading><content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">There are authorized to be appropriated $1,500,000 to carry out this title. </content> </section> </subtitle> <subtitle> <num value="B">Subtitle B—</num><heading class="inline">OBRA Technical Corrections</heading> <section> <num value="411">SEC. 411. </num> <heading>TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS TO CERTAIN HEALTH CARE PROVISIONS IN THE OMNIBUS BUDGET RECONCILIATION ACT OF 1987.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t1/s106">1 USC 106 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reference to OBRA and Effective Dates</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reference</inline>.—</heading><content>In this section, the term “OBRA” refers to the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987 (Public Law 100–203).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective date</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as specifically provided in this section, the amendments made by this section, as they relate to a provision in OBRA, shall be effective as if they were included in the enactment of that provision in OBRA.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Ratification of enrollment corrections and printed enrollment</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as provided in subparagraph (B), the enrollment corrections noted in footnotes numbered 9 through 72 of OBRA are hereby ratified and shall be considered to have been enacted as part of OBRA. The printed enrollment of title IV of OBRA, as prepared and printed under section 8004 of OBRA (including the footnote corrections described in subparagraph (B) and as incorporating the clarifications described in subparagraph (C)), shall be deemed to constitute title IV of OBRA as enacted.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320a/7b">42 USC 1320a–7b</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Footnote corrections</inline>.—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>With respect to the reference to which footnote 28 relates (101 Stat. 1330–81), the reference shall be deemed to have read “1320a–7b)”.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395m">42 USC 1395m</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>With respect to the word to which footnote 30 relates (101 Stat. 1330–91), the word shall be deemed to have read “the”.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396b">42 USC 1396b</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>With respect to the designation to which footnote 52 relates (101 Stat. 1330–151), the designation shall be deemed to have read “(F)”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Clarifications of illegible matter</inline>.—</heading> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>Section 1842(n)(1)(A) of the Social Security Act, as added by section <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/irc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote>4051(a) of OBRA (101 Stat. 1330–93), is deemed to nave the phrase “<quotedText>the supplier’s reasonable charge to individuals enrolled under this part for the test</quotedText>” immediately after “<quotedText>or, if lower, the</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>Section 1834(a)(7)(B)(i) of the Social Security Act, as <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395m">42 USC 1395m</ref>.</p></sidenote>inserted by section 4062(b) of OBRA (101 Stat. 1330–103), is deemed to have a reference to “<quotedText>1987</quotedText>” immediately after “<quotedText>December</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Corrections Relating to Part 1 of Subtitle A of Title IV (Part A of the Medicare Program)</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section</inline> 4002.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Subclauses (III) and (IV) of section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww</ref>.</p></sidenote>4002(a) of OBRA, are amended by striking “<quotedText>other hospitals</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>for hospitals located in other urban areas</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><content>Section 1886(b)(3)(B)(i)(IV) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4002(a) of OBRA, is amended by striking <page identifier="/us/stat/102/769">102 STAT. 769</page>“<quotedText>percent</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting “<quotedText>percentage points</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><content>Section 18860(b)(3)(B)(i)(V) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4002(a) of OBRA, is amended by inserting<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww</ref>.</p></sidenote> “<quotedText>increase</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>market basket percentage</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num><content>The second sentence of section 1886(d)(2)(D) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4002(b) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>the publication described in subsection (e)(5)(B)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>the publications described in subsection (e)(5)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num><content>Section 4002(c)(1)(B)(iii) of OBRA is amended, in the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww</ref>.</p></sidenote> matter stricken, by striking the comma after “<quotedText>available</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num><content>Section 1886(d)(3)(A)(ii) of the Social Security Act, as<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Urban areas.</p></sidenote> amended by section 4002(c)(1)(C) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>in urban areas</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>in other urban areas</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">(G) </num><content>Section 1886(d)(1)(A)(iii) of the Social Security Act, as<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Urban areas.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p></sidenote> amended by section 4002(d) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>if greater</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>if the average standardized amount (described in clause (i)(I) or clause (ii)(I) of paragraph (3)(D)) for hospitals within the region of, and in the same rural, large urban, or other urban area as, the hospital is greater than the average standardized amount (described in the respective clause) for hospitals within the United States in that type of area</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">(H)</num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>Section 1886(d)(2)(D) of the Social Security Act is amended by striking the last sentence (added by section 4002(f)(1)(A) of OBRA).</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>Section 4002(f) of OBRA is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The second sentence of section 1813(b)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395e(b)(1)) is amended by striking ‘applicable percentage increase’ and all that follows through ‘is applied’ and inserting ‘Secretary’s best estimate of the payment-weighted average of the applicable percentage increases (as defined in section 1886(b)(3)(B)) which are applied.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num><content>The amendment made by clause (ii) shall apply to the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395e">42 USC 1395e note</ref>.</p></sidenote> inpatient hospital deductible for years beginning with 1989. </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <heading>Section 4002(g) of OBRA is amended—</heading> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>in paragraph (1)(A), by striking “<quotedText>1886(a)(1)(A)(iii)</quotedText>” and<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww note</ref>.</p></sidenote> inserting “<quotedText>1886(d)(1)(A)(iii)</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>in paragraphs (1)(B) and (2)(B), by striking “<quotedText>1886(d)(3)(B)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1886(b)(3)(B)</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num><content>in paragraph (6), by striking “<quotedText>1886(d)(10)(B)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1886(d)(1)(B)</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4003</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 4003(d) of OBRA is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/stat/101/1330/46">101 Stat. 1330–46</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (2)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>by inserting “<quotedText>(other than under section 1886(d)(5)(F) of such Act)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>receives payments</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>by inserting “<quotedText>of such services</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>reasonable costs</quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in the matter following paragraph (2), by inserting “<quotedText>the</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>facilities of</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section</inline> 4004.—</heading><content>Section 4004(a) of OBRA is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww</ref>.</p></sidenote> inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” after “<inline class="smallCaps">Survey</inline>.—” and by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Section 1886(d)(9)(C)(iv) of such Act is amended by adding at<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Puerto Rico.</p></sidenote> the end the following new sentence: “The second and third sentences <page identifier="/us/stat/102/770">102 STAT. 770</page>of paragraph (3)(E) shall apply to subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospitals under this clause in the same manner as they apply to subsection (d) hospitals under such paragraph and, for purposes of this clause, any reference in such paragraph to a subsection (d) hospital is deemed a reference to a subsection (d) Puerto Rico hospital.”. </content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4005</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1886(d)(8)(B) of the Social <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww</ref>.</p></sidenote>Security Act, as added by section 4005(a)(1)(D) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>The Secretary</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>For purposes of this subsection, the Secretary</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>by striking all that follows “<quotedText>if’ and inserting the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p></sidenote>following: “the rural county would otherwise be considered part of an urban area, under the standards for designating Metropolitan Statistical Areas (and for designating New England County Metropolitan Areas) published in the Federal Register on January 3, 1980, if the commuting rates used in determining outlying counties (or, for New England, similar recognized areas) were determined on the basis of the aggregate number of resident workers who commute to (and, if applicable under the standards, from) the central county or counties of all contiguous Metropolitan Statistical Areas (or New England County Metropolitan Areas).</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 1886(d)(8)(C) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4005(a)(1)(D) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>standardized amount</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>standardized amounts</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/stat/t101/1330/47">101 Stat. 1330–47</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4005(a) of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in paragraph (1)(D), by striking “<quotedText>subparagraph</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>subparagraphs</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>in paragraph (3), by striking “<quotedText>This section, and the amendments made by paragraph (1),</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>This subsection</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>Section 1883(d)(3) of the Social Security Act, as added by <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395tt">42 USC 1395tt</ref>.</p></sidenote>section 4005(b)(2)(B) of OBRA, is amended by inserting before the period at the end the following: “<quotedText>, except that such payment shall continue to be made in the period for those patients who are receiving extended care services at the time the hospital reaches the limit specified in this paragraph</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4006</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 1886(g)(3)(A)(iv) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4006(a) of OBRA, is amended by inserting “<quotedText>for payments attributable</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>15 percent</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4006(a) of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by adding “and” at the end of subparagraph (A), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by redesignating subparagraphs (A) and (B) as paragraphs (1) and (2), respectively.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4007</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 4007 of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in the second sentence of subsection (a), by striking “<quotedText>updata</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>updated</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by amending subsection (b) to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Requiring Reporting of Standardized Cost Report Electronically</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1886(f)(1) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ww(f)(1)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>by striking for a period ending not earlier than September 30, 1988,”,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>by inserting ‘<quotedText>(A)</quotedText>’ after ‘<quotedText>(f)(1)</quotedText>’, and</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/771">102 STAT. 771</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new subparagraph: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>Subject to clause (ii), the Secretary shall place into effect a standardized electronic cost reporting format for hospitals under this title.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>The Secretary may delay or waive the implementation of such format in particular instances where such implementation would result in financial hardship (in particular with respect to hospitals with a small percentage of inpatients entitled to benefits under this title).”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective date</inline>.—</heading> <content>The amendment made by paragraph<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww note</ref>.</p></sidenote> (1)(0 shall apply to hospital cost reporting periods beginning on or after October 1, 1989”; and</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subsection (c)—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww note</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (1)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>3-year</quotedText>”, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>contracting</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>conducting</quotedText>”;</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>in paragraph (2), by striking “<quotedText>by category of service and</quotedText>” in subparagraphs (A) and (B);</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num><content>in paragraph (2)(0, by striking “<quotedText>(by category of service)</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num><content>in paragraph (2), by striking subparagraph (D) and redesignating subparagraphs (E) through (L) as subparagraphs (D) through (K), respectively;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num><content>by amending subparagraph (1), as so redesignated, to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num><content>Bad debt and charity care.”;</content> </subclause> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">(vi) </num><content>in paragraph (2), by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">“The Secretary shall develop a definition of ‘outpatient visit’ for purposes of reporting hospital information.”;</p> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">(vii) </num><content>in paragraph (5), by striking “<quotedText>paragraph (3)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>paragraph (2)</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="viii">(viii) </num><content>in paragraph (5)(A), by striking “<quotedText>The terms</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>as</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>The term ‘bad debt and charity care’ has such meaning as</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ix">(ix) </num><chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (5)(B)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num><content>by inserting “<quotedText>at least</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>to payors</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>title VIII</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>title XVIII</quotedText>”, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>self-paying individuals</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>and other persons (including self-paying individuals)</quotedText>”; and</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="x">(x) </num><chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (6)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>$1,000,000 for each of</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>a total of $3,000,000 for</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num><content>by inserting “<quotedText>or from operation funds</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>research funds</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>, and at least</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>operations funds</quotedText>” <quotedText>and</quotedText> inserting “<quotedText>and</quotedText>”, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">(IV) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>over 3 years</quotedText>”.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4008</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 4008(d)(1)(B) of OBRA is amended<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww note</ref>.</p></sidenote> by striking “<quotedText>1886</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1886(d)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(8) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4009</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 4009(a) of OBRA is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395dd">42 USC 1395dd</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/772">102 STAT. 772</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>by striking paragraphs (1) and (2) and inserting the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Increase in civil monetary penalty and exclusion of responsible physician violators</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1867(d)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395dd(d)(2)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in the second sentence—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>by redesignating such sentence as subparagraph (C),</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>by striking ‘previous sentence’ and inserting ‘this paragraph’, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>by redesignating subparagraphs (A) and (B) as clauses (i) and (ii), respectively, and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>by striking the first sentence and inserting the following: <quotedContent class="inline"><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">‘(A) </num><content class="inline">A participating hospital that knowingly violates a requirement of this section is subject to a civil money penalty of not more than $50,000 for each such violation. The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under this subparagraph in the same manner as such provisions apply with respect to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a).</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“‘(B) </num><content>The responsible physician in a participating hospital with respect to the hospital’s violation of a requirement of this subsection is subject to the sanctions described in section 1842(j)(2), except that, for purposes of this subparagraph, the civil money penalty with respect to each violation may not exceed $50,000, rather than $2,000.’”and</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395dd">42 USC 1395dd note</ref>.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>by redesignating paragraph (3) as paragraph (2).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 4009(d)(1)(A) of OBRA is amended, in the matter inserted by such section, by striking the comma after “<quotedText>representatives</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Section 4009(i) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>New England county metropolitan areas</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>4001(b)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>urban areas in New England</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>4002(b)</quotedText>”, respectively.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>Section 4009j) of OBRA is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraphs:</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>Section 1818(c) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395i–2(c)) is amended by striking paragraph (4) and redesignating paragraphs (5) through (7) as paragraphs (4) through (6), respectively.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <content>Section 9305(d) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/stat/100/1988">100 Stat. 1988</ref> .</p></sidenote>Act of 1986 is amended by striking ‘<quotedText>2 years after the date of the enactment of this Act</quotedText>’ and inserting ‘<quotedText>January 1, 1990</quotedText>’.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Corrections Relating to Subpart A of Part 2 of Subtitle A of Title IV (Health Maintenance Organization Reforms)</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4011</inline>.—</heading><content>Subparagraph (F) of section 1876(c)(3) of the Social Security Act, as added by the amendment made by <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395mm">42 USC 1395mm</ref>.</p></sidenote>section 4011(a)(1) of OBRA, is amended by moving its indentation 4 ems to the left so its left margin is aligned with the left margin of subparagraph (G) of that section, as added by section 4011(b)(1) of OBRA.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395cc">42 USC 1395cc</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4012</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A)</num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>Section 1866(a)(1)(O) of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4012(a) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>with a risk-sharing contract under section 1876</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(i) with a risk-sharing contract under section 1876, under section 1876(i)(2)(A) (as in effect before <page identifier="/us/stat/102/773">102 STAT. 773</page>February 1, 1985), under section 402(a) of the Social Security Amendments of 1967, or under section 222(a) of the Social Security Amendments of 1972, and (ii) which does not have a contract establishing payment amounts for services furnished to members of the organization</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>The amendment made by clause (i) shall apply to admissions<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395cc">42 USC 1395cc note</ref>.</p></sidenote> occurring on or after the first day of the fourth month beginning after the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 4012(c) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>paragraph (2)</quotedText>”<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395mm">42 USC 1395mm note</ref>.</p></sidenote> and inserting “<quotedText>subsection (a)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4013</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 4013 of OBRA is amended by striking<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395mm">42 USC 1395mm</ref>.</p></sidenote> “<quotedText>(a) In General</quotedText>” and all that follows through the end and inserting the following: <quotedContent> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">“Section 2350(b)(3) of the Deficit Reduction Act of 1984 is amended<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395mm">42 USC 1395mm note</ref>.</p></sidenote> by striking ‘<quotedText>four years after the date of the enactment of this Act</quotedText>’ and inserting ‘<quotedText>September 30, 1990</quotedText>’.”.</p> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4014</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1876(i)(6) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4014 of OBRA, is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395mm">42 USC 1395mm</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in subparagraph (A), by inserting “<quotedText>, in addition to any other remedies authorized by law,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>the Secretary may provide</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in the last sentence of subparagraph (B), by striking “<quotedText>under that section</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>or proceeding under section 1128A(a)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section</inline> 4018.—</heading><chapeau>Section 1876(f)(3)(A) of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4018(a) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>enrollment and residency requirements under this section and for</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>for purposes of</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>of the subdivision</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>described in subparagraph (B)(iii) who receive services through the subdivision</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Corrections Relating to Subpart B of Part 2 of Subtitle A of Title IV (Home Health Quality)</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4021</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1891(a) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4021(b) of OBRA, is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395bbb">42 USC 1395bbb</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>in paragraph (3)(A), by striking “<quotedText>who is not a licensed health care professional (as defined in subparagraph (F))</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>in paragraph (3)(F), by inserting “<quotedText>physical or occupational<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Health care professionals.</p></sidenote> therapy assistant,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>occupational therapist,</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num><content>by striking paragraph (4) and by redesignating paragraphs (5) and (6) as paragraphs (4) and (5), respectively.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>Section 1861(n) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(n)) is amended by inserting before the period at the end the following: “<quotedText>; except that such term does not include such equipment furnished by a supplier who has used, for the demonstration and use of specific equipment, an individual who has not met such minimum training standards as the Secretary may establish with respect to the demonstration and use of such specific equipment</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>The amendment made by clause (i) shall apply to equipment<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p></sidenote> furnished on or after the effective date provided in section 4021(c) of OBRA.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4022</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>The third sentence of section 1891(c)(1) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4022(a) of OBRA, is amended by inserting “<quotedText>(other than subsections (a) and (b))</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>1128A</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/774">102 STAT. 774</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 1891(d)(2)(A) of the Social Security Act, as added <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395bbb">42 USC 1395bbb</ref>.</p></sidenote>by section 4022(a) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>1991</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1992</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395bbb">42 USC 1395bbb</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4023</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 4023 of OBRA is amended by inserting “<quotedText>(a) <inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>Section 1891</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1891(f)(2)(A) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4023 of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by moving the indentation of clauses (i) through (iii) (and the sentence following clause (iii)) 2 ems to the left, (ii) in clause (i), by striking “<quotedText>for each day of noncompliance</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>in an amount not to exceed $10,000 for each day of noncompliance</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>by inserting after and below clause (iii), the following: <quotedContent> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">“<quotedText>The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under clause (i) in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a).</quotedText>”.</p> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Section 4023(b) of OBRA is amended by inserting before the period at the end the following: “<quotedText>, and no intermediate sanction described in section 1891(f)(2)(A) of such Act shall be imposed for violations occurring before such effective date</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4025</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1864(a) of the Social Security <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395aa">42 USC 1395aa</ref>.</p></sidenote>Act is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>in the first sentence added by section 4025(a) of OBRA, by striking “<quotedText>most recent accreditation survey conducted with respect to the agency,</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>most recent accreditation survey conducted by a State agency or private accreditation agency under section 1865 with respect to the home health agency,</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><chapeau class="inline">in the second sentence so added—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num><content>by inserting “<quotedText>such State or local</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>agency</quotedText>” the first place it appears, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>section 1864</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>section 1865</quotedText>”.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395aa">42 USC 1395aa note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4025 of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in subsection (b), by striking “<quotedText>subsection (a)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>this section</quotedText>” and by redesignating such subsection as subsection (c), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by inserting after subsection (a) the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendment</inline>.—</heading><content>The last sentence of section 1865(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395bb(a)) is amended by inserting ‘(other than a survey with respect to a home health agency’ after ‘any accreditation survey’.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4026</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1861(v)(1)(L)(iii) of the Social <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395x">42 USC 1395x</ref>.</p></sidenote>Security Act, as added by section 4026(a)(1)of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>audited</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting “<quotedText>verified</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii)</num><content>by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">“<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Wages.</p></sidenote>In the case of a home health agency that refuses to provide data, or deliberately provides false data, respecting wages for purposes of this clause upon the request of the Secretary, the Secretary may withhold up to 5 percent of the amount of the payments otherwise payable to the agency under this title until such date as the Secretary determines that such data has been satisfactorily provided.”.</p> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/775">102 STAT. 775</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 4026(a)(2) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>July 1,<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395x">42 USC 1395x note</ref>.</p></sidenote> 1988</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>July 1, 1989</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Section 4026(b) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>June 1, 1988</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>June 1, 1989</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <heading>Section 4027.—</heading><content>Section 4027(a) of OBRA is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395n">42 USC 1395n note</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>July 1, 1988</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>April 1, 1989</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Corrections Relating to Subpart C of Part 2 of Subtitle A of Title IV (Other Medicare Part A and B Provisions)</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4032</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 4032 of OBRA is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b">42 USC 1395b</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>and Physician Review</quotedText>” in the heading of subsection (a) and by striking <inline class="smallCaps">“<quotedText>and Carriers</quotedText>”</inline> in the heading of subsection (b).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 18166)(2) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4032(a) of OBRA, is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395h">42 USC 1395h</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>by inserting “<quotedText>in the case of a request for reconsideration of a denial,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(2)</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>by inserting “<quotedText>the</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>disposition</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Section 4032(c)(1)(B) of OBRA is amended by striking<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b">42 USC 1395b note</ref>.</p></sidenote> “<quotedText>claims filed</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>reconsiderations requested</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4033</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 4033 of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>(a) <inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</quotedText>”<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s426">42 USC 426</ref>.</p></sidenote></content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by redesignating paragraphs (1) and (2) (and subparagraphs<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s426">42 USC 426 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> (A) and (B) of paragraph (2)) as subsections (a) and (b) (and paragraphs (1) and (2) of subsection (b)), respectively, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by aligning the left margins of the matter in such section flush left.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4039</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 4039 of OBRA is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="h">“(h) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Technical Corrections</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1128A(b) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320a–7a(b)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num><content>in paragraph (1)(A), by striking ‘)(VII’ and inserting ‘XVII’, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in paragraph (2) by inserting ‘<quotedText>each</quotedText>’ after ‘<quotedText>$2,000 for</quotedText>’.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Section 1138(a)(1)(B) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–8(a)(1)(B)) is amended by striking ‘<quotedText>In</quotedText>’ and inserting ‘<quotedText>in</quotedText>’.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1154(a)(4) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1320c–3(a)(4)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>by indenting subparagraphs (B) and (C) (and clauses (i) through (iii) of subparagraph (C) two additional ems;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in subparagraph (B), by inserting ‘<quotedText>risk-sharing</quotedText>’ before ‘<quotedText>contract under section 1876</quotedText>’; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>in subparagraph (C)(i), by adding before the comma at the end the following: ‘<quotedText>(other than the ability to perform review functions under this section that are not described in subparagraph (B))</quotedText>’.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Section 1154(d) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1320c–3(d)) is amended by striking “<quotedText>1164(b)(4)</quotedText>” and inserting ‘<quotedText>1164</quotedText>’.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <heading>Section 1156(b) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1320c–5(b)) is amended—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in the second sentence of paragraph (1), by striking ‘such services on a reimbursable basis.’ and inserting ‘services under this Act on a reimbursable basis.’, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in paragraph (2), by striking ‘at such time’ and all that follows through ‘and shall remain’ and inserting ‘on the same date and in the same manner as an exclusion <page identifier="/us/stat/102/776">102 STAT. 776</page> from participation under the programs under this Act becomes effective under section 1128(c), and shall remain’.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num><content>Section 1160 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1320c–9) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“‘(e) </num><content class="inline">For purposes of this section and section 1157, the term “organization with a contract with the Secretary under this part” includes an entity with a contract with the Secretary under section 1154(a)(4)(C).’.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <content>The heading of section 1870 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395gg) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <heading> ‘<inline class="smallCaps">overpayment on behalf of individuals and settlement of claims for benefits on behalf of deceased individuals</inline>’. </heading> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1876(i)(7) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395mm(i)(7)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘Except as provided under section 1154(a)(4)(C), each’ and inserting ‘Each’;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in subparagraph (A), by inserting ‘<quotedText>or with an entity selected by the Secretary under section 1154(a)(4)(C)</quotedText>’ after ‘located)’; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num><content class="inline">by striking ‘<quotedText>peer</quotedText>’ in subparagraph (B) and the second place it appears in subparagraph (A).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 9353 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320c/3">42 USC 1320c–3 note</ref>.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>1986 is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(6)(A)(i), by striking ‘paragraphs (1) and (2)(D) shall apply to contracts as of and inserting ‘paragraph (1) shall apply to contracts entered into or renewed on or after’;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(6)(B), by striking ‘amendment made by paragraph (2)(B)’ and inserting ‘amendments made by paragraphs (2)(B) and (2)(D)’; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395mm">42 USC 1395mm note</ref>.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content>in subsection (e)(3)(B), by adding at the end the following: “The provisions of section 1876(1)(7) of the Social Security Act (added by such amendment) shall apply to health maintenance organizations with contracts in effect under section 1876 of such Act (as in effect before the date of the enactment of Public Law 97–248) in the same manner as it applies to eligible organizations with risk-sharing contracts in effect under section 1876 of such Act (as in effect on the date of the enactment of this Act).’.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Corrections Relating to Subpart A of Part 3 of Subtitle A of Title IV (Payments for Physicians’ Services)</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4041</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 4041(a)(1)(B) of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>by inserting “<quotedText>as amended retroactively by section 4085(i)(7)(C),</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(j)(1)(C),</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>by redesignating the clause added by such section as clause (viii).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The last sentence of section 1842(b)(2) of the Social <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote>Security Act, as added by section 4041(a)(3)(A) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>and subsection (h)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>, subsection (h), and section 1845(f)(2)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Subclause (II) of section 4041(a)(3)(B)(iii) of OBRA is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num><content>by striking ‘<quotedText>April 1</quotedText>’ and inserting ‘<quotedText>September 30</quotedText>’, and”.</content> </subclause> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/777">102 STAT. 777</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4042</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1842(b)(4)(F)(iii) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4042(a) of OBRA, is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>in subclause (I), by striking the semicolon and inserting a comma, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>in subclause (ID, by striking “<quotedText>physician’s</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>physicians’ </quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 1842(b)(4)(F)(ii)(1) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4042(a) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>subparagraph (E)(iii) </quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>subsection (i)(4)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Section 4042(b) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>Section</quotedText>” and all that follows up to “<quotedText>The term</quotedText>” and inserting the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1842 of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395u) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in subsection (h)(7), by striking described in paragraph (8)’;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (8) of subsection (h)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>by striking ‘<quotedText>(8) For purposes of this title, a</quotedText>’ and inserting ‘<quotedText>(1) A</quotedText>’,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>by indenting such paragraph 2 ems, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>by inserting before such paragraph the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“‘(i) </num><chapeau class="inline">For purposes of this title:’;</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subsection (b)(4)(E)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>by striking ‘(E) In this section:’,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>by redesignating clauses (i) and (ii), as paragraphs (2) and (3), respectively, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>by transferring and inserting such paragraphs, as redesignated, before subsection (j);</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num> <content>in subsection (b)(4), by redesignating subparagraphs (F) and (G) of subsection (b)(4), as subparagraphs (E) and (F), respectively; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num><content>by inserting, after the paragraphs transferred and inserted by subparagraph (C)(iii), the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“‘4’” .</num> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num><content>Section 4042(b) of OBRA is further amended by adding at<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote> the end the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 1842(b)(4)(A)(vii) of such Act, as redesignated by sections 4041(a)(1)(A)(i) and 4044(a), is amended by striking ‘<quotedText>subparagraph (E)(ii)</quotedText>’ and inserting ‘<quotedText>subsection (i)(3)</quotedText>’.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Section 1833(1)(2) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 139510)(2)) is amended by striking ‘<quotedText>1842(b)(4)(E)(ii)</quotedText>’ and inserting ‘<quotedText>18420)(3)</quotedText>’.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>The last sentence of section 1842(b)(4)(A)(iv)(II) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4042(c)(2) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>January 1, 1988</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>January 1, 1989</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <heading>Section 4042(c) of OBRA is amended—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>Section</quotedText>” and all that follows up to “<quotedText>In the previous sentence</quotedText>” and inserting the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The first sentence of clause (iv) of section 1842(b)(4)(A) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 139u(b)(4)(A)) is amended to read as follows: ‘The reasonable charge for physicians’ services furnished on or<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Health care professionals.</p></sidenote> after January 1, 1987, by a nonparticipating physician shall be no greater than the applicable percent of the prevailing charge levels established under the third and fourth sentences of paragraph (3) (or under any other applicable provision of law affecting the prevailing charge level)?.”, and</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/778">102 STAT. 778</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Health care professionals.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Subclauses (I) and (II) of section 1842(j)(1)(C)(i) of such Act are amended by striking ‘prevailing charge for the year involved for such service furnished by nonparticipating physicians’ and inserting ‘applicable percent (as defined in subsection (b)(4)(A)(iv)) of the prevailing charge for the year and service involved’.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/stat/101/1330/86">101 Stat. 1330–86</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4044</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content class="inline">Section 4044(a) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">Increase in Prevailing Charges</inline></quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">Prevailing Charge Floor</inline></quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1842(b)(4)(A)(vi) of the Social Security Act, as <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote>inserted by section 4044(a) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>subparagraph (E)(iii)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>subsection (i)(4)</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>the average of the prevailing charge levels</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>the estimated average prevailing charge levels based on the best available data</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>for participating physicians</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4045</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1842(b)(10) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4045(a) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><chapeau class="inline">in subparagraph (A)(i)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>under paragraph (3)</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>subparagraph (C)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>subparagraph (B)</quotedText>”, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>for participating and nonparticipating physicians</quotedText>”;</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>in subparagraph (A)(iii), by striking “<quotedText>clause (i)(ID</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>clause (i)(I)</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num><content>in subparagraph (B) by inserting “<quotedText>(including subsequent insertion of an intraocular lens)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>cataract surgery</quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num><content>in subparagraph (D), by inserting “<quotedText>under</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>review</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4045(c)(2) of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in subparagraph (B), by inserting before the period at the end the following: “<quotedText>and by striking the second sentence</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new subparagraph: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">“(D) </num><content>The fourth sentence of section 1842(b)(3) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395u(b)(3)) is amended by inserting ‘<quotedText>(or under any other provision of law affecting the prevailing charge level)</quotedText>’ after ‘<quotedText>the level determined under this sentence</quotedText>’.”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><content>Section 1842(j)(1)(D)(iv) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4045(c)(1)(B) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>imposes a charge</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>bills</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>Section 1862(a)(15) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395y(a)(15)) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>(including subsequent insertion of an intraocular lens)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>operation</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395y">42 USC 1395y note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The amendment made by clause (i) shall apply to operations performed on or after 60 days after the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4048</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 1842(b)(H)(C)(i) of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4046(a)(1)(C) of OBRA and as designated by section 4063(a)(1)(A), is amended by striking “<quotedText>implantation</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>insertion</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/779">102 STAT. 779</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 1842(j)(1)(D)(ii)(IV) of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4046(a)(2)(A) of OBRA, is amended by striking<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote> “<quotedText>is</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4047</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>The heading of section 4047 of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>PRIMARY CARE</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>CERTAIN</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1842(b)(4)(G) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4047(a) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>than</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(other</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>(as determined under the third and fourth sentences of paragraph (3) and under paragraph (4))</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Section 4047(b) of OBRA is amended by inserting “<quotedText>on or</quotedText>”<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u note</ref>.</p></sidenote> after “<quotedText>medicare beneficiaries</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>The item in the table of contents of title IV of OBRA relating to section 4047 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 4047.</designator> <label>Customary charges for certain services of new physicians.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4048</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Paragraph (14) of section 1842(b) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4048(a) of OBRA, is redesignated as paragraph (13).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><content>Section 4048 of OBRA is amended by adding at the end the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/stat/101/1330/89">101 Stat. 1330–89</ref>.</p></sidenote> following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendment to Maxmimum Allowable Actual Charge</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1842(1)(1)(C) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395u(j)(1)(C)), as amended by sections 4085(i)(7)(C) and 4041(a)(1)(B) of this title, is amended by adding at the end the following new clause: <quotedContent> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ix">“(ix) </num><content>If there is a reduction under subsection (b)(IS) in the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Health care professionals.</p></sidenote> reasonable charge for medical direction furnished by a nonparticipating physician, the maximum allowable actual charge otherwise permitted under this subsection for such services shall be reduced in the same manner and in the same percentage as the reduction in such reasonable charge.’.”.</content> </clause> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(8) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4049</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 1834(b)(6) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4049(a)(2) of OBRA, is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395m">42 USC 1395m</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>radiologic</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting “<quotedText>radiology</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4049(a) of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by striking “<quotedText>4062(c)(3)</quotedText>” and inserting<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote> “<quotedText>4062(d)(3)</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in paragraph (2), by striking “<quotedText>4062(a)</quotedText>” and inserting<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/1395n">42 USC 1395n</ref>.</p></sidenote> “<quotedText>4062(b)</quotedText>’.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Section 1833(a)(1) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4049(a)(1)of OBRA, is amended in the clause added<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote> by that section by striking “<quotedText>1834(b)(5)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1834(b)(6)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1834(b) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4049(a)(2) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">“physicians”;</inline></heading> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in paragraph (5)(0, by striking “<quotedText>imposes a charge</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>bills</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in paragraph (5)(0, by inserting “<quotedText>in the same manner as such sanctions may apply to a physician</quotedText>” after “18420)(2)”;</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/780">102 STAT. 780</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>in paragraph (6), by striking “<quotedText>, section 1833(a)(1)(I), and section 1842(h)(1)(B)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>and section 1833(a)(1)(J)</quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num> <content>in paragraph (6)(B), by striking “<quotedText>billings</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>the total amount of charges</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395m">42 USC 1395m note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Section 4049(b) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>establish</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>propose</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">(9) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section</inline> 4051.—</heading><chapeau>Section 1842(n) of the Social Security Act, <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote>as added by section 4051(a) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (1) in the matter before subparagraph (A)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>to a patient</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>the bill or request for</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>for which</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>his</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>a</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>supervised the test</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>supervised the performance of the test</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in paragraph (1)(A), by striking “<quotedText>to individuals enrolled under this part</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>in paragraph (2)(A), by inserting “<quotedText>the payment amount specified in paragraph (1)(A) and</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>other than</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>in paragraph (3), by striking “<quotedText>or supplier</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">(10) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">First section 4052</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1892(a) of the Social <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ccc">42 USC 1395ccc</ref>.</p></sidenote>Security Act, as added by the first section 4052(a) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>in paragraphs (2)(C)(ii) and (3)(B), by striking “<quotedText>paragraph (3)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>paragraph (4)</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>in paragraph (4), by striking “<quotedText>bar</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>exclude</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num><content>in paragraph (4), by inserting before the period at the end the following: “<quotedText>if a State requests that the physician not be excluded</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s254o">42 USC 254<i>o</i></ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The first section 4052(b) of OBRA (relating to conforming reference) is amended by striking “<quotedText>338E(b)(1)</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>254o(b)(1)<sup>K </sup>and inserting “338E)(b)(1)(B)(i)</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>254o(b)(1)(B)(i)</quotedText>”, respectively.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1892 of the Social Security Act, as added by the first section 4052(a) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num><content>in the heading, by striking “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">physicians</inline></quotedText>” and “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">schoolarship</inline></quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">individuals</inline></quotedText>” and “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">scholarship</inline></quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">individuals</inline></quotedText>” and “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">scholarship and loan</inline></quotedText>”, respectively;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>physician</quotedText>” each place it appears (other than the third place it appears in subsection (a)(4)) and inserting “<quotedText>individual</quotedText>”;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>physician</quotedText>” the third place it appears in subsection (a)(4) and inserting “<quotedText>practitioner</quotedText>”;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">(IV) </num> <content>in paragraph (1)(A), by inserting “<quotedText>, the Physician Shortage Area Scholarship Program, or the Health Education Assistance Loan Program,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>Scholarship Program</quotedText>”;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="V">(V) </num> <content>in subsection (b), by striking “<quotedText>, and (2)</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>Act</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>or under subpart III of part F of title VII of such Act (as in effect before October 1, 1976) and which has not been paid by the deadline established by the Secretary pursuant to such respective section</quotedText>”; and</content> </subclause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/781">102 STAT. 781</page> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="VI">(VI) </num> <content>in subsection (b), by striking the period at the end and inserting or” and by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>owed by an individual to the United States by reason of a<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Loans.</p></sidenote> loan covered by Federal loan insurance under subpart I of part C of title VII of the Public Health Service Act and payment for which has not been cancelled, waived, or suspended by the Secretary under such subpart.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>Section 733(0 of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 294(f)) is amended by adding at the end the following: “<quotedText>Procedures for reduction of payments under the medicare program are provided under section 1892 of the Social Security Act.</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>The amendments made by this subparagraph shall be<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s294f">42 USC 294f note</ref>.</p></sidenote> effective 30 days after the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">(11) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Second section 4052</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>The second section 4052(a) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>is amended</quotedText>” and all that follows<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote> through the end and inserting the following: “<quotedText>is amended by inserting before the period at the end of the next-to-last sentence the following: ‘<quotedText>, and shall remain at such prevailing charge level until the prevailing charge for a year (as adjusted by economic index data) equals or exceeds such prevailing charge level</quotedText>’.</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The second section 4052(b) of OBRA is amended by striking <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u note</ref>.</p></sidenote>“<quotedText>January</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>April</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="12">(12) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4054</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 4054 of OBRA is amended to<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i> note</ref>.</p></sidenote> read as follows: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="4054">“SEC. 4054. </num> <heading>APPLYING COPAYMENT AND DEDUCTIBLE TO CERTAIN OUT-PATIENT PHYSICIANS’ SERVICES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1833 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 13951) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(1), by striking clause (F),</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>in subsection (b), by striking paragraph (3) and by re-designating paragraphs (4) and (5) as paragraphs (3) and (4), respectively, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><content>in subsection (i), by striking paragraph (4).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendments made by subsection (a) shall apply to services furnished on or after April 1, 1988.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><content>The item relating to section 4054 in the table of contents of title IV of OBRA is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 4054.</designator> <label>Applying copayment and deductible to certain outpatient physicians’ services.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="13">(13) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4055</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 4055 of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(2), by striking “<quotedText>such list</quotedText>” and inserting<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u note</ref>.</p></sidenote> “<quotedText>such definitions</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in subsection (b)(1), by striking “<quotedText>dermatology,</quotedText>”.<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395w/1">42 USC 1395w–1 note</ref>.</p></sidenote></content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="14">(14) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Redesignation</inline>.—</heading><content class="inline">The second section 4052 of OBRA and sections 4053, 4054, and 4055 of OBRA are redesignated as<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u/1395u/1395l/1395l/1395w/1">42 USC 1395u, 1395u notes, 1395<i>l</i>, 1395<i>l</i> notes, 1395w–1 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> sections 4053 through 4056, respectively.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Corrections Relating to Subpart B of Part 3 of Subtitle A of Title IV (Payments for Other Part B Services)</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4062</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>The heading of section 1834 of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4062(b) of OBRA, is<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395m">42 USC 1395m</ref>.</p></sidenote> amended by inserting “<quotedText>items and</quotedText>” after “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">particular</inline></quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Subsection (a) of section 1834 of the Social Security Act, as so inserted, is amended—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/782">102 STAT. 782</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in paragraph (1)(C), by inserting “<quotedText>or under part A to a home health agency</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>under this part</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in the second sentence of paragraph (2)(A), by striking “<quotedText>rental</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>payments</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in paragraph (2)(B)(i), by striking “<quotedText>allowed</quotedText>” and inserting ’‘reasonable”, and in paragraphs (3)(B)(i) and (8)(A)(i)(I), by striking “<quotedText>allowable</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>reasonable</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>in paragraph (3)(A), by striking the extra space after “<quotedText>ventilators</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num> <content>in paragraph (4), by inserting after “<quotedText>individual patient</quotedText>” the following: and for that reason cannot be grouped with similar items for purposes of payment under this title,”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">(vi) </num> <content>in paragraph (4), by inserting “<quotedText>(A)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>in a lump-sum amount</quotedText>” and by inserting “<quotedText>(B)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>for that item, and</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">(vii) </num> <content>in paragraph (4), by striking “<quotedText>maintenance and service</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting “<quotedText>maintenance and servicing</quotedText>”, in paragraph (7)(A)(iii), by striking “<quotedText>service and maintenance</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>maintenance and servicing</quotedText>”, and in paragraphs (7)(A)(ii) and (11)(A), by striking “<quotedText>servicing</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>maintenance and servicing</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="viii">(viii) </num> <content>in paragraph (7)(A)(iii)(I), by striking “<quotedText>fee established by the carrier</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>fee or fees established by the Secretary </quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ix">(ix) </num> <content>in paragraph (9)(A)(ii)(I), by striking “<quotedText>12-month period</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>6-month period</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="x">(x) </num> <content>in paragraph (9)(A)(ii)(H), by striking “<quotedText>and to 1991</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>, 1991, and 1992</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="xi">(xi) </num> <content>in paragraphs (9)(B)(i) and (10)(B)(i), by striking the comma after “<quotedText>1991</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="xii">(xii) </num> <content>in paragraph (9)(C)(i), by striking “<quotedText>subparagraph (A)(ii)(D</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>subparagraph (A)(ii)</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="xiii">(xiii) </num> <content>in paragraph (10)(B), by inserting before the period the following: <sup>,r</sup>and payments under this subsection as such provisions apply to physicians’ services and physicians and a reasonable charge under section 1842(b)”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="xiv">(xiv) </num> <content>in the last sentence of paragraph (11)(A), by striking “<quotedText>under subsection (j)(2)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>under section 1842q)(2)</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="xv">(xv) </num> <content>in paragraph (12), by striking “<quotedText>(as defined in section 1886(d)(2)(D))</quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="xvi">(xvi) </num> <content>by striking paragraph (14).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395m">42 USC 1395m note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>Section 4062(c)(4) of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>and payment of a reasonable copying fee which the Secretary may establish</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>upon written request</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by inserting before the period at the end the following: “<quotedText>, but only in a form which does not permit identification of individual suppliers</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395cc">42 USC 1395cc</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The last sentence of section 1866(a)(2)(A) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4062(d)(4) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>section 1834(a)(2)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>section 1834(a)(1)(B)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The matter added by section 4062(d)(3)(A)(ii) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>(I)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/783">102 STAT. 783</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4063</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1842(b)(H)(C)(ii) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4063(a)(1)(A) of OBRA, is<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote> amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>implanted</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>inserted</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(ii) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>or subsequent to</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>during</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Subclause (IV) of section 1842(j)(1)(D)(ii) of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4063(a)(2)(A) of OBRA, is redesignated as subclause (V) and <quotedText>is</quotedText> amended by striking “<quotedText>is</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Section 4063(a)(2)(B) of OBRA is amended by striking<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote> clause (ii) and by redesignating clauses (iii) and (iv) as clauses (ii) and (iii), respectively.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1833(i)(2)(A)(iii) of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4063(b)(3) of OBRA is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>implantation</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>insertion</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>or subsequent to</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>during</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>Section 4063 of OBRA is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Prevention of Additional Billings for IOLs</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Section 1833(i) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 13951(i)) is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <content>Any person, other than a facility having an agreement under<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Claims.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Law enforcement and crime.</p></sidenote> section 1832(a)(2)(F)(i), who knowingly and willfully presents, or causes to be presented, a bill or request for payment, for an intraocular lens inserted during or subsequent to cataract surgery for which payment may be made under paragraph (2)(A)(iii), is subject to a civil money penalty of not to exceed $2,000. The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under the previous sentence in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a).’.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Section 1832(a)(2)(F)(i) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395k(a)(2)(F)(D) is amended by inserting ‘(including intraocular lens in cases described in section 1833(i)(2)(A)(iiD)Y after ‘services’ each place it appears.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4064</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 4064(a) of OBRA is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i> note</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking all that follows the first dash and inserting the following: <quotedContent class="inline"><chapeau class="inline">“Paragraph (2) of section 1833(h) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 13951(h)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>by inserting ‘<quotedText>(A)(i)</quotedText>’ after ‘<quotedText>(2)</quotedText>’;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in the second sentence—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>by redesignating clauses (A) and (B) as clauses (i) and (ii), respectively, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>by designating such sentence as subparagraph (B); and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>by adding at the end of subparagraph (A)(i), as designated under paragraph (1), the following new clause: <quotedContent> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“‘(ii) </num><chapeau class="inline">Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“‘(I) </num><content>any change in the fee schedules which would have become effective under this subsection for tests furnished on or after January 1, 1988, shall not be effective for tests furnished during the 3-month period beginning on January 1, 1988, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">‘“(II) </num><content>the Secretary shall not adjust the fee schedules under clause (i) to take into account any increase in the consumer price index for 1988.’.”.</content> </subclause> </clause> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <heading>Section 4064(b)(1)of OBRA is amended—</heading> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/784">102 STAT. 784</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>1833(h)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 13951(h)(2))</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1833(h)(2)(A) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 13951(h)(2)(A)), as amended by subsection (a),</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>the following: ‘In establishing fee schedules under the first sentence of this paragraph with respect to</quotedText>” and inserting “the following new clause: <quotedContent> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“‘(iii) </num><content>In establishing fee schedules under clause (i) with respect to”; and</content> </clause> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>by moving the indentation of all the matter added following “with respect to” 2 ems to the left.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The clause added by section 4064(b)(1) of OBRA, as amended by subparagraph (A), is amended by inserting before the period at the end the following: and such reduced fee schedules shall serve as the base tor 1989 and subsequent years”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>Section 1833(h)(4)(B)(ii) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4064(b)(2)(B) of OBRA, is <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote>amended by inserting “<quotedText>after</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>March</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>Section 4064(c) of OBRA is amended by striking all that follows the dash and inserting the following: “<quotedText>Section 1833(h)(1)(D) of such Act is amended by inserting “, in a sole community hospital (as defined in the last sentence of section 1886(d)(5)(C)(ii))? after ‘a hospital laboratory’.</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content>Section 4064(c) of OBRA is amended by inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” after the dash and by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref> note.</p></sidenote> <content>The amendment made by paragraph (1) shall apply with respect to diagnostic laboratory tests furnished on or after April 1, 1988.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">(G) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1846 of the Social Security Act, as added by <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/1395w/2">42 USC 1395w–2</ref>.</p></sidenote>section 4064(d)(1)of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subsection (a)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>certified</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>certification</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>approved</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>approval</quotedText>”, respectively,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>or for coverage</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>conditions of participation</quotedText>”, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>cancelling immediately the certification of the provider or clinical laboratory</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>terminating immediately the provider agreement or cancelling immediately approval of the clinical laboratory</quotedText>”;</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in subsections (b)(1)(A) and (b)(2)(A)(iv), by striking “<quotedText>certified</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Law enforcement and crime.</p></sidenote> <content>in subsection (b)(2)(A)(ii), by striking “<quotedText>civil fines and penalties</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>civil money penalties in an amount not to exceed $10,000 for each day of substantial noncompliance</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>in subsection (b)(2)(A), by adding at the end the following new sentence: <quotedContent> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Law enforcement and crime.</p></sidenote>“The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under clause (ii) in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a).</p> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num> <content>in subsection (b)(2)(A)(iii), by striking “<quotedText>certification</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">(vi) </num> <content>in subsection (b)(2)(A)(iv), by striking “<quotedText>provided on or after the date in</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>furnished on or after the date on</quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/785">102 STAT. 785</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">(vi) </num><content>in subsection (b)(3), by striking “<quotedText>fines</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>penalties</quotedText>” each place it appears.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">(H) </num> <content>The matter inserted in section 1861(s) of the Social Security Act by section 4064(e)(1) of OBRA is amended by inserting a<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395x">42 USC 1395x</ref>.</p></sidenote> comma after “<quotedText>year</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4066</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>The heading of section 4066 of OBRA is amended by inserting “<quotedText><inline class="bold">AND OTHER DIAGNOSTIC TESTS</inline></quotedText>” after “<quotedText><inline class="bold">RADIOLOGY</inline></quotedText>”</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The item relating to section 4066 in the table of contents of title IV of OBRA is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 4066.</designator> <label>Payments to hospital outpatient departments for radiology and other diagnostic tests.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1833(n) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4066(a)(2) of OBRA, is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in paragraph (1)(A), by striking “<quotedText>beginning on or after October 1, 1988, under this part for services described in subsection (a)(2)(E)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>for services described in subsection (a)(2)(E)(i) furnished under this part on or after October 1, 1988, and for services described in subsection (a)(2)(E)(ii) furnished under this part on or after October 1, 1989,</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in paragraph (1)(B)(i)(II), by inserting “<quotedText>or (for services described in subsection (a)(2)(E)(i) furnished on or after January 1, 1989) the fee schedule amount established</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>the prevailing charge</quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>by amending subclauses (I) and (II) of paragraph (1)(B)(ii) to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>The term ‘cost proportion’ means 50 percent, except that such term means 65 percent in the case of outpatient radiology services for portions of cost reporting periods which occur in fiscal year 1989 and in the case of diagnostic procedures described in subsection (a)(2)(E)(ii) for portions of cost reporting periods which occur in fiscal year 1990.</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>The term ‘charge proportion’ means 100 percent minus the cost proportion.”.</content> </subclause> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4067</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1833(f) of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4067(a) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>medicare economic index (referred to in the fourth sentence of section 1842(b)(3)) applicable to physicians’ services</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>MEI (as defined in section 1842(i)(3)) applicable to primary care services (as defined in section 1842(i)(4))</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section</inline> 4068.—</heading><content>The last sentence of section 1135(d)(3) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4068(b)(1)of OBRA,<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320b/5">42 USC 1320b–5</ref>.</p></sidenote> is amended by striking “<quotedText>speciality</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>specialty</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="h">(h) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Corrections Relating to Subpart B of Part 3 of Subtitle A of Title IV (Part B Eligibility and Benefits Changes)</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4070</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>The last sentence of section 1833(c) of<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Prescription drugs.</p></sidenote> the Social Security Act, as added by section 407()(a)(2) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>prescribing or monitoring prescription drugs</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>monitoring or changing drug prescriptions</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1861(ff) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4070(b)(2) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>by inserting before such subsection the following heading: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/786">102 STAT. 786</page> <quotedContent> <heading class="centered">“Partial Hospitalization Services”, and</heading> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in paragraph (3), by striking “<quotedText>hospital-based or hospital-affiliated (as defined by the Secretary)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>furnished by a hospital to its outpatients</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4071</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1861(s)(10)(A) of the Social Security <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395x">42 USC 1395x</ref>.</p></sidenote>Act, as amended by section 4071(a) of OBRA, is amended by inserting “<quotedText>, subject to section 4071(b) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987,</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>influenza vaccine</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4072</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 1861(s)(12) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4072(a) of OBRA, is amended by inserting “<quotedText>subject to section 4072(e) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(12)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4072(b) of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>by inserting after subsection (e)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>by adding at the end, as previously amended,</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by redesignating the subsection added by such section as subsection (o).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4073</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4073 of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395k">42 USC 1395k</ref>.</p></sidenote><content>by striking paragraph (1) of subsection (b);</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (2) of subsection (b)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by redesignating such paragraph as paragraph (1);</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>and</quotedText>” at the end of subparagraph (A);</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>by striking subparagraph (B);</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in the matter added by subparagraph (C)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and (I)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(K)</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>80 percent of the lesser of the actual charge for the services or</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>amounts paid shall be</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>but in no event more than</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>but in no event shall such fee schedule exceed</quotedText>”, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">(IV) </num><content>by striking the semicolon and inserting a comma; and</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num> <content>by redesignating subparagraph (C) as subparagraph (B);</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (3) of subsection (b)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>, as previously amended,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>at the end</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by redesignating such paragraph as paragraph (2),</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num><content>by redesignating the subsection added by such paragraph as subsection (p), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Claims.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Law enforcement and crime.</p></sidenote> <content>by adding at the end of the subsection added by such paragraph the following: “Except for deductible and coinsurance amounts applicable under section 1833, whoever knowingly and willfully presents, or causes to be presented, to an individual enrolled under this part a bill or request for payment for services described in the previous sentence, is subject to a civil money penalty of not to exceed $2,000 for each such bill or request. The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under the previous sentence in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a).;</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/787">102 STAT. 787</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in the subsection added by subsection (c)—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395x">42 USC 1395x</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by redesignating such subsection as subsection (gg), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by striking “<quotedText>his</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>the nurse-midwife’s</quotedText>” and by striking “<quotedText>physician’s</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>physicians</quotedText>” and</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>in the matter inserted by subsection (d)(1), by striking<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396d">42 USC 1396d</ref>.</p></sidenote> “<quotedText>section 1861(ff)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>section 1861(gg)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4074</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 4074 of OBRA is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395x">42 USC 1395x</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in the matter inserted by subsection (a)(1), by striking “<quotedText>(ff)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(hh)</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by redesignating the subsection added by subsection (b) as subsection (hh).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section</inline> 4076.—</heading><content>Subsection (a) of section 4076 of OBRA is<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395x">42 USC 1395x</ref>.</p></sidenote> amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Services Covered</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1861(s)(2)(K) of the Social Security<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p></sidenote> Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(s)(2)(K)) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>(D</quotedText>’ before ‘<quotedText>in a hospital</quotedText>’ and by striking ‘<quotedText>or as an assistant at surgery’ and inserting (II) as an assistant at surgery. or (III) in a rural area (as defined in section 1886(d)(2)(D)) that is designated, under section 332(a)(1)(A) of the Public Health Service Act, as a health manpower shortage area,</quotedText>’.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4077</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 4077(b) of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by inserting “<quotedText>by section 4073(a) of<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395x">42 USC 1395x</ref>.</p></sidenote> this title</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>as amended</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking paragraph (2);<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395">42 USC 1395k</ref>.</p></sidenote></content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (3)—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>1395k(a)(1))</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>13951(a)(1)),</quotedText>”</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking subparagraphs (A) and (B),</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in subparagraph (C), by striking “<quotedText>(I)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(K)</quotedText>” and by redesignating such subparagraph as subparagraph (A),</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>in subparagraph (D), by striking “<quotedText>subparagraph:</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>clause.</quotedText>” and by redesignating such subparagraph as subparagraph (B), and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in the matter added by subparagraph (B), as so redesignated—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>(J)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(L)</quotedText>”, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>80 percent of the lesser of the actual charge for the services or</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>amounts paid shall be</quotedText>”;</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>in paragraph (4), by striking “<quotedText>section 4073(b)(3)</quotedText>” and<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote> inserting “<quotedText>4073(b)(2)</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>in paragraph (5), by redesignating the subsection (gg)<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395x">42 USC 1395x</ref>.</p></sidenote> added by such paragraph as subsection (ii); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content>by redesignating paragraphs (3) through (6) as paragraphs<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l/1395x/1395k">42 USC 1395<i>l</i>, 1395x, 1395k note</ref>.</p></sidenote> (2) through (5), respectively.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(8) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4079</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 4079(c)(1) of OBRA is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395mm">42 USC 1395mm note</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>subsection (d)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>subsection (e)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Provisions Relating to Subpart D of Part 3 of Subtitle A of Title IV (Other Part B Provisions)</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4081</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1842(h)(3)(B) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4081(a) of OBRA, is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><chapeau class="inline">in the second sentence—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <chapeau>by striking “<quotedText>claims</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>payment</quotedText>”, and</chapeau> </subclause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/788">102 STAT. 788</page> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>including such information as the Secretary determines is generally provided</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>shall include an explanation of benefits and any additional information that the Secretary may determine to be appropriate in order</quotedText>”;</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in the third sentence, by striking “<quotedText>arrangements</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>agreements</quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <chapeau>in the fourth sentence—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>by a carrier</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>under this subparagraph</quotedText>”, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by inserting before the period at the end the following: “<quotedText>, and such user fees shall be collected and retained by the carrier</quotedText>”</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ss">42 USC 1395ss</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Section 4081(b)(2) of OBRA is amended by redesignating subparagraphs (A) through (C) as subparagraphs (B) through (D), respectively, and by inserting before subparagraph (B), as so redesignated, the following: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in the matter before paragraph (1), by inserting ‘(or, with respect to paragraph (3), the issuer of the policy)’ after ‘<quotedText>he finds that such policy’,</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ss">42 USC 1395es</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1882(c)(3) of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4081(b)(2)(C) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in subparagraph (A), by striking “<quotedText>claims form</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting “<quotedText>claim form</quotedText>” in the first 2 places and “<quotedText>notice</quotedText>” in the third place,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in subparagraph (B)(i), by inserting “<quotedText>under the policy</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>payment determination</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in subparagraph (B)(ii), by striking “<quotedText>appropriate payment</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>payment covered by such policy</quotedText>’.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ss">42 USC 1395ss note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Section 4081(c)(2)(B)(i) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>medical</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>medicare</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>Section 4081(c)(2)(B)(ii) of OBRA is amended by inserting “<quotedText>or which has not enacted such legislation before July 1, 1988,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>in which such legislation may be considered</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4082</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 4082(c) of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>1842(b)(5) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395u(b)(5)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1842(b)(2) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395u(b)(2))</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by striking “<quotedText>(5)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(2)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4084</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 4084 of OBRA is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Additional Technical Corrections</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>Section 1861(bb)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(bb)(2)) is amended by adding at the end the following: ‘<quotedText>Such term also includes, as prescribed by the Secretary, an anesthesiologist assistant.</quotedText>’.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Section 1833(a)(1)(H) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 13951(a)(1)(H)) is amended by striking ‘<quotedText>lesser of the actual charge’ and inserting ‘least of the actual charge, the prevailing charge that would be recognized if the services had been performed by an anesthesiologist,</quotedText>’.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i> note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The amendments made by this subsection shall apply to services furnished after December 31, 1988.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395w/1">42 USC 1395w–1</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4085</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1845(f) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4085(a) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>in paragraph (1), by striking “<quotedText>October 1st</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>December 31st</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/789">102 STAT. 789</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>in paragraph (2), by striking “<quotedText>July 1st of the following year</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>the later of (A) July 1st of the following year, or (B) 45 days after the date of a reasonable charge update</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Subparagraph (D) of section 1833(h)(5) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4085(b)(1) of OBRA, is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>If a person</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>under subparagraph (C)</quotedText>” and inserting the following: “<quotedText>A person may not bill for a clinical diagnostic laboratory test performed by a laboratory, other than a rural health clinic, other than on an assignment-related basis. If a person knowingly and willfully and on a repeated basis bills for a clinical diagnostic laboratory test in violation of the previous sentence</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>section 1842(j)(2)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 1842Q) in the same manner such paragraphs apply with respect to a physician</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4085(i) of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in the matter inserted by paragraph (1)(A), by inserting<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote> a comma after “<quotedText>assignment-related basis</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by striking subparagraph (B);</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in paragraph (11), by striking “<quotedText>9367(a)</quotedText>” and inserting<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/">42 USC 1395x</ref>.</p></sidenote> “<quotedText>4072(a)</quotedText>’,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>in paragraph (21)(D)(1), by inserting “<quotedText>by</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(i)</quotedText>”;<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote></content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num> <content>in paragraph (21)(D)(ii), by striking “<quotedText>and by</quotedText>” and all<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote> that follows up to the semicolon; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">(vi) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="22">“(22) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value=" ">(A) </num><content>Section 1832(a)(2)(F)(ii) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395k(a)(2)(F)(ii)) is amended by striking ‘an assignment described in section 1842(b)(3)(B)(ii)’ and inserting ‘payment on an assignment-related basis’.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Section 1833(h)(5) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395101)(5)) is amended, in each of subparagraphs (A) and (C), by striking ‘<quotedText>on the basis of an assignment</quotedText>’ and all that follows through ‘1870(f)(1),’ and inserting ‘<quotedText>on an assignment-related basis</quotedText>’.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>Section 1842(b)(7)(B)(iii) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395u(b)(7)(B)(ii)) is amended by striking ‘the basis of’ and all that follows through ‘1870(f)(1)’ and inserting ‘an assignment-related basis’.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="23">“(23) </num> <heading>Section 1833(1)(5)(B)(ii) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395k(l)(5)(B)(ii)) is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395l">42 USC 1395<i>l</i></ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in the first sentence by striking ‘<quotedText>monetary</quotedText>’ and inserting ‘<quotedText>money</quotedText>’, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>by amending the second sentence to read as follows: ‘The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under the previous sentence in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a).’.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="24">“(24) </num> <content>The fourth sentence of section 1842(b)(3) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395u(b)(3)) is amended by striking ‘<quotedText>physician services</quotedText>’ and ‘<quotedText>physicians services</quotedText>’ and inserting ‘<quotedText>physicians’ services</quotedText>’ in both places.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="25">“(25) </num> <chapeau>Section 1842(b)(12)(C) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395u(b)(12)(C)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in the first sentence by striking ‘monetary’ and inserting ‘money’, and</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/790">102 STAT. 790</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>by amending the second sentence to read as follows: ‘<quotedText>The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under the previous sentence in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a).</quotedText>’.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="26">“(26) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1842(j)(2) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395u(j)(2)(B)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>by striking ‘<quotedText>title</quotedText>’ each place it appears and inserting ‘<quotedText>Act</quotedText>’, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subparagraph (B)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>by striking ‘the imposition of,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>by inserting ‘and assessments’ after ‘such penalties’, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>by amending the second sentence to read as follows: ‘<quotedText>The provisions of section 1128A (other than the first 2 sentences of subsection (a) and other than subsection (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty and assessment under subparagraph (B) in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty, assessment, or proceeding under section 1128A(a), except to the extent such provisions are inconsistent with subparagraph (A) or paragraph (3).</quotedText>’.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="27">“(27) </num> <content>Section 1842(l)(1)(C)(i) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395u(l)(1)(C)(i)) is amended by inserting ‘<quotedText>the physician establishes that</quotedText>’ after ‘<quotedText>(i)</quotedText>’.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="28">“(28) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1866(g) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395cc(g)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in the first sentence by striking ‘<quotedText>monetary</quotedText>’ and inserting ‘<quotedText>money</quotedText>’, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>by amending the second sentence to read as follows: ‘<quotedText>The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under the previous sentence in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a).</quotedText>’.”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D)</num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <chapeau>Section 1862(e) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395y(e)) is amended—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>or section 1128A</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>, 1128A, 1156, 1842(j)(2), or 1867(d)</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by redesignating paragraphs (1) and (2) as subparagraphs (A) and (B), and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(e)</quotedText>”.</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <chapeau>Section 1890 of the Social Security Act, as added by section <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395aaa">42 USC 1395aaa</ref>.</p></sidenote>10 of Public Law 100–93, is amended—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by striking its heading,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>Sec. 1890</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(2)</quotedText>”;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>1842(j)(2),</quotedText>” before “1862(d),”;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">(IV) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>or 1866</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1866, or 1867(d)</quotedText>”; and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="V">(V) </num> <content>by transferring and adding such provision at the end <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395y">42 USC 1395y</ref>.</p></sidenote>of section 1862(e) of such Act.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="j">(j) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Corrections to Part 4 of Subtitle A of Title IV (Relating to Peer Review Organizations)</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320c/2">42 USC 1320c–2 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4091</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 4091(a)(1)(B) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>renewals occurring</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>contracts expiring</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/791">102 STAT. 791</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4093</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1154(a)(3) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4093(a) of OBRA, is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320c/3">42 USC 1320c–3</ref>.</p></sidenote> amending the last sentence to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num><content>The discussion and review conducted under subparagraph<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Health care professionals.</p></sidenote> (B)(H) shall not affect the rights of a practitioner or provider to a formal reconsideration of a determination under this part (as provided under section 1155).”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4094</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 4094(a) of OBRA is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320c/3">42 USC 1320c–3</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>subparagraph (B)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>subparagraph (A)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 1154(a)(15) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4094(b) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>at at</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>in at</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4096</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 4096(a)(1)(A) of OBRA is<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395u">42 USC 1395u</ref>.</p></sidenote> amended by striking “<quotedText>(b)(3)(ii)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(b)(3)(B)(ii)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 1870(f) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4096(a)(2) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>specified in<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395gg">42 USC 1395gg</ref>.</p></sidenote> subclauses (I) and (II) of </quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>of assignment specified in</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Sections 1154(e)(3)(A)(i) and 1154(e)(3)(B) (42 U.S.C. 1320c–3(e)(3)(A)(i), 1320c–3(e)(2)(B)), as amended by section 4096(c) of OBRA, are each amended by striking “<quotedText>or (2)</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>paragraph (2)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4097</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 4097(b) of OBRA is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395cc">42 USC 1395cc</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>1866(a)(4)(C)(ii) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395cc(a)(4)(C)(ii)) </quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1866(a)(3)(C)(ii) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395cc(a)(3)(C)(ii))</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="k">(k) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Corrections to Subtitle B of Title IV (Relating to Medic-aid)</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Table of contents</inline>.—</heading><content>The table of contents of title IV of OBRA is amended by striking the item relating to section 4105 and by redesignating the items relating to sections 4106 and 4107 as relating to sections 4105 and 4106, respectively.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4101</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1916(c)(1)of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4101(d)(1)(C) of OBRA, is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396o">42 USC 1396<i>o</i></ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>nonfarm</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4102</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1915(d)(5)(B) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4102(a)(1)(B) of OBRA, is<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396n">42 USC 1396n</ref>.</p></sidenote> amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>in clause (iii)(TII), by striking “<quotedText>75</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>65</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>by inserting before “<quotedText>Effective on</quotedText>” the following: “<quotedText>The Secretary shall develop (by not later than October 1, 1989) a method for projecting, on a State-specific basis, the percentage increase in the number of residents in each State who are over 75 years of age for any period.</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1915(d)(5)(C)(i) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4102(a)(1)(B) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>(4)(B),</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(4), and</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>, and services furnished</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>subsection (c)</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4103</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 1905(a)(5)(B) of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4103(a) of OBRA, is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396d">42 USC 1396d</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>subparagraph</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>clause</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4104</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Paragraph (1) of section 4104(1) of OBRA is amended to read as follows:<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/792">102 STAT. 792</page> <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>by striking ‘<quotedText>, or</quotedText>’ at the end of subclause (I)() and inserting a semicolon and by inserting ‘<quotedText>or</quotedText>’ at the end of subclause ()(); and”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <heading>Section 1902(a)(10)(A)(ii)()(I) of the Social Security Act, as <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a</ref>.</p></sidenote>added by section 4104(2) of OBRA, is amended—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>are more restrictive</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>may be more restrictive</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking the period at the end and inserting a semicolon.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4112</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4112 of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <chapeau>in subsection (a)(2)(A)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <content>by striking “<quotedText>such date</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>April 1, 1989</quotedText>”, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>, effective for inpatient hospital services provided on or after July 1, 1989</quotedText>” before the period;</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <chapeau>in subsection (a)(2)(B)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>such date</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>April 1, 1990</quotedText>”, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>, effective for inpatient hospital services provided on or after July 1, 1990</quotedText>” before the period;</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <chapeau>the undesignated paragraph at the end of subsection (a) is amended—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>June 30 of each year in which the State is required to submit</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>90 days after the date a State submits</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by indenting all of such paragraph 2 ems, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>by designating the first two sentences thereof as paragraph (3) and the last sentence thereof as paragraph (4);</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>in subsection (b)(2), by striking “<quotedText>the State plan</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>a State plan</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num> <content>in subsection (b)(3)(B)(i), by inserting “<quotedText>, less the portion of any cash subsidies described in clause (i)(II) in the period reasonably attributable to inpatient hospital services</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>charity care in a period</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">(vi) </num> <chapeau>in subsection (c)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>paragraphs (2)(A) and (2)(B)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>paragraphs (1)(B) and (2)(A) of subsection (a)</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>paragraph (2)(A)</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>paragraph (2)(B)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>such paragraph (1)(B)</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>such paragraph (2)(A)</quotedText>”, respectively,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by inserting “<quotedText>at least</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>equal to</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="IV">(IV) </num> <content>in paragraph (2), by inserting “<quotedText>(without regard to the election made by a State under subsection (b)(1))</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>payment) and</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="V">(V) </num> <content>in the matter after paragraph (2), by inserting “<quotedText>at least</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>one-third</quotedText>” and before “<quotedText>two-thirds</quotedText>”, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="VI">(VI) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Children and youth.</p></sidenote>sentences: “<quotedText>In the case of a hospital described in subsection (d)(2)(A)(i) (relating to children’s hospitals), in computing the hospital’s disproportionate share adjustment percentage for purposes of paragraph (1)(B) of this subsection, the disproportionate patient percent-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/793">102 STAT. 793</page>age (defined in section 1886(d)(5)(F)(vi)) shall be computed by substituting for the fraction described in subclause (I) of such section the fraction described in subclause (ID of that section. If a State elects in a State plan amendment under subsection (a) to provide the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> payment adjustment described in paragraph (2), the State must include in the amendment a detailed description of the specific methodology to be used in determining the specified additional payment amount (or increased percentage payment) to be made to each hospital qualifying for such a payment adjustment and must publish at least annually the name of each hospital qualifying for such a payment adjustment and the amount of such payment adjustment made for each such hospital.</quotedText>”; and</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">(vii) </num> <chapeau>in subsection (e)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>” after “<inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule</inline>.—”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>based on a pooling arrangement involving a majority of the hospitals participating under the plan</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>payment adjustments</quotedText>”, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading>In the case of a State that used a health insuring organization<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> before January 1, 1986, to administer a portion of its plan on a State-wide basis, during the 3-year period beginning on July 1, 1988—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num><content>the requirements of subsections (b) and (c) shall not apply if the aggregate amount of the payment adjustments under the plan for disproportionate share hospitals (as defined under the State plan) is not less than the aggregate amount of payment adjustments otherwise required to be made if such subsections applied, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>subsection (d)(2)(B) shall apply to hospitals located in<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Urban areas.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a note</ref>.</p></sidenote> urban areas, as well as in rural areas.”;.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4112 of OBRA is further amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>(a) <inline class="smallCaps">Implementation of Requirement</inline>.—</quotedText>” and inserting the following: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Title )(I)( of the Social Security Act is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>by redesignating section 1923 as section 1924, and<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396s">42 USC 1396s</ref>.</p></sidenote></content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>by inserting after section 1922 the following new section: <quotedContent> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“ ‘adjustment in payment for inpatient hospital services furnished by disproportionate share hospitals</inline></heading> <num value="1923"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 1923. </num> <subsection class="inline"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Implementation of Requirement</inline>.—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396r/4">42 USC 1396r–4</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(1), by striking “<quotedText>A State’s plan under title )(I)( of the Social Security Act</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>A State plan under this title</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in subsection (a)(1), by striking “<quotedText>of such Act</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>in subsection (a), by striking “<quotedText>of Health and Human Services</quotedText>” each place it appears;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num> <content>in the matter following paragraph (2)(B) of subsection (a), by striking “<quotedText>of the Social Security Act</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">(vi) </num> <content>in subsections (b) and (c), by striking “<quotedText>under title )(I)( of the Social Security Act</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting “<quotedText>under this title</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/794">102 STAT. 794</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">(vii) </num> <content>in subsection (d)(2)(B), by striking “<quotedText>of the Social Security Act</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="viii">(viii) </num> <content>in subsections (b)(2), (b)(3), and (d)(2)(B), by striking double quotation marks enclosing terms and inserting single quotation marks;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ix">(ix) </num> <content>by placing opening double quotation marks at the beginning of any matter with an initial paragraph indentation (beginning with subsection (a)(1)) and closing double quotation marks at the end of subsection (e); and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="x">(x) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Disadvantaged persons.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendment</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 1903(i)(3) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(i)(3)) is amended by inserting ‘<quotedText>(other than amounts attributable to the special situation of a hospital which serves a disproportionate number of low income patients with special needs)</quotedText>’ before ‘<quotedText>to the extent</quotedText>’.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4113</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 4113 of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396b">42 USC 1396b</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>in the matter inserted by subsection (a)(1)(B)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by moving the left margin of the matter 2 ems to the left, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>subparagraph (G)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>subparagraph (E) or (G)</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>in the matter inserted by subsection (a)(2), by striking “<quotedText>paragraph (2)(G) or (6)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>paragraph (2)(B)(iii), (2)(E), (2)(G), or (6)</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>in subsection (b)(2)(ii), by striking “<quotedText>such</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a/1396b">42 USC 1396a, 1396b</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>by striking subsection (d) and redesignating subsection (e) as subsection (d).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(8) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396d">42 USC 1396d</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4114</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 4114 of OBRA is amended in paragraph (1), by striking “<quotedText> ‘<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>’ </quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText> ‘<quotedText>(o)(1)</quotedText>’ </quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396d">42 USC 1396d</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1905(o)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4114(3) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>only</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>immunodeficiency syndrome</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS)</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">(9) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/stat/101/1330/153">101 Stat. 1330–153</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4115</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 4115 of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <level class="indent2 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in subsection (b)(4)(B), by striking “<quotedText>program</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>Program</quotedText>”,</content> </level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in subsection (c)—</chapeau> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>under section 9121 of this Act</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>Upon approval</quotedText>”, and</content> </level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>1916, and 1924</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1902(e)(1), and 1916</quotedText>”, and</content> </level> </level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Extension of Texas State Waiver</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 9523(a) of the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/stat/100/217/">100 Stat. 217</ref> .</p></sidenote>Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 is amended by striking ‘<quotedText>January 1, 1989</quotedText>’ and inserting ‘<quotedText>January 1, 1990</quotedText>’.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </level> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">(10) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4118</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1915(c)(10) of the Social <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396n">42 USC 1396n</ref>.</p></sidenote>Security Act, as added by section 4118(b) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>No waiver under this subsection shall limit by an amount less than 200</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>The Secretary shall not limit to fewer than 200</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>under such waiver</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>under a waiver under this subsection</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320a/7a">42 USC 1320a–7a note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4118(e) of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in paragraph (3), by striking “<quotedText>amendment</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>amendments</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in paragraph (1)—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/795">102 STAT. 795</page> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(A)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(1)</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num><content>by striking “<quotedText>1128A(a)(D</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>1320a–7(a)(1)</quotedText>” and<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320a/7a/s1320a/7">42 USC 1320a–7a, 1320a–7</ref>.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320a/7a">42 USC 1320a–7a</ref>.</p></sidenote> inserting “<quotedText>1128(a)</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>1320a–7(a))</quotedText>”, respectively, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>Section 1128A of such Act is amended by adding at the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320a/7">42 USC 1320a–7</ref>.</p></sidenote> end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="l">“(l) </num> <content>‘A principal is liable under this section for the actions of the principal’s agent acting within the scope of the agency.’”</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Section 1128(d)(3)(B)(u) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4118(e)(2)(B) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>under a program</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>Section 4118(e) of OBRA is amended by redesignating<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320a/7a">42 USC 1320a–7a note</ref>.</p></sidenote> paragraph (3) as paragraph (14) and by inserting after paragraph (2) the following new paragraphs: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Section 1128(b)(8)(A)(i) of such Act is amended by inserting after ‘(A)(i)’ the following: ‘who has a direct or indirect ownership or control interest of 5 percent or more in the entity or’.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1128(d) of such Act is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by striking ‘subsection (b)’ and inserting ‘this section and section 1128A’, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in paragraph (3)(A), by striking ‘under a program’.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1128(i) of such Act is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in the matter before paragraph (1), by striking ‘a physician or other individual and inserting “<quotedText>an individual or entity</quotedText>”,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in paragraphs (1) through (4), by striking ‘physician or other individual’ each place it appears and inserting ‘individual or entity’, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>in paragraph (4), by striking ‘first offender or other program’ and inserting ‘first offender, deferred adjudication, or other arrangement or program’.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section U28A(a)(D(D) of such Act is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>by striking ‘excluded under’ and inserting ‘excluded from’, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>by inserting ‘or as a result of the application of the provisions of section 1842(j)(2) or section 1867(d)(2)’ after ‘or 1866(b)’.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <chapeau class="inline">The second sentence of section 1128A(c)(1) of such Act is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>by inserting “, request for payment, or other occurrence described in this section’ after ‘any claim’, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>by inserting “, the request for payment was made, or the occurrence took place’ after ‘claim was presented’.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <content>Section 1128A(i) of such Act is amended, in the matter before paragraph (1), by striking ‘subsection’ and inserting ‘section’.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <content>Section 1128A(i)(1) of such Act is amended by inserting ‘or title )()(’ after ‘title V’.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">“(10) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1128A of such Act is further amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in the matter in subsection (a) before paragraph (1), by inserting but excluding a beneficiary, as defined in subsection (1)(5)’ after ‘other entity’,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in subsection (i)(2), by striking ‘submitted by’ and all that follows through the end and inserting ‘for payments for items and services under title V, )(VIII, )(I)(, or )()( of this Act.’, and</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/796">102 STAT. 796</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num><content>by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“’(5) </num><content>The term “<quotedText>beneficiary</quotedText>” means an individual who is eligible to receive items or services for which payment may be made under title V, XVIII, XIX, or XX but does not include a provider, supplier, or practitioner.’.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">“(11) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1903(i)(2) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(i)(2)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘in the State plan under this title pursuant to section 1128 or section 1128A’ and inserting ‘under title V, XVIII, or XX or under this title pursuant to section 1128, 1128A, 1156, 1842(j)(2), or 1867(d)(2)’, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘pursuant to section 1128 or section U28A from participation in the program under this title’ and inserting ‘from participation under title V, XVIII, or XX or under this title pursuant to section 1128, 1128A, 1156, 1842(j)(2), or 1867(d)(2)’.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="12">“(12) </num> <content>Section 504(b)(6) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 704(b)(6)) is amended by striking ‘pursuant to section 1128 or section 1128A from participation in the program under this title’ each place it appears and inserting ‘under this title or title XVIII, XIX, or XX pursuant to section 1128, U28A, 1156, 1842(j)(2), or 1867(d)(2)’.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="13">“(13) </num> <content>Section 2005(a)(9) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1397d(a)(9)) is amended by striking ‘pursuant to section 1128 or section 1128A from participation in the program under this title’ each place it appears and inserting ‘under this title or title V, XVIII, or XIX pursuant to section 1128, 1128A, 1156, 1842(j)(2), or 1867(d)(2)’.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396j">42 USC 1396j</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Section 4118(f)(1) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>4111(g)(8)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>4211(h)(8)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content>Section 4118(g)(D(B) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>insert</quotedText>” and <quotedText>inserting</quotedText> “<quotedText>inserting</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">(G) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4118(h) of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by inserting a dash after “<quotedText>Expenses.</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by striking “<quotedText>Section 1902(a)(17) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(17)) is amended</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>Sections 1902(a)(17) and 1903(f)(2) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(17), 1396b(f)(2)) are each amended</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>in paragraph (2), by striking “<quotedText>(2) The amendment made by paragraph (1)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(3) The amendments made by this subsection</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>by inserting after paragraph (1) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <content>The first sentence of section 1902(f) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(f)) is amended by inserting after ‘as recognized under State law’ the following: ‘regardless of whether such expenses are reimbursed under another public program of the State or political subdivision thereof’.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">(H) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396n">42 USC 1396n</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Section 1915(c)(7)(B) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4118(k) of OBRA, is amended by inserting before the period at the end the following: “<quotedText>, without regard to the availability of beds for such inpatients</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396n">42 USC 1396n</ref>.</p></sidenote><content>Section 4118(1)(1) of OBRA is amended by inserting “<quotedText>, as redesignated by section 4102(a),</quotedText>” after “1396n(h))”.</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/797">102 STAT. 797</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="J">(J) </num> <content>Section 9414(b)(3) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986, as amended by section 4U8(o)(1)(C) of OBRA, is<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/stat/100/2064">100 Stat. 2064</ref>.</p></sidenote> amended by striking “<quotedText>nonfarm</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="K">(K) </num> <content>Section 4118(o)(2)(A) of OBRA is amended by inserting<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/stat/101/1330/158">101 Stat. 1330–158</ref>.</p></sidenote> “<quotedText>each place it appears</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>and inserting</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="L">(L) </num> <content>Section 4118(p)(9) of OBRA is amended by striking<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396s">42 USC 1396s</ref>.</p></sidenote> “<quotedText>1925(a)</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>(4111(a))</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1923(a)</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>4211(a)</quotedText>”, respectively.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="M">(M) </num> <content>Section 4118(p) of OBRA is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">“(11) </num> <content>Paragraph (5) of section 9432(c) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 is amended to read as follows:<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a note</ref>.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“‘(5) </num><content>The Secretary shall submit an interim report on the results of the study, including an analysis of the geographic variations under paragraph (2), to the Congress not later than January 1, 1990, and shall report the final results of the study to the Congress not later than January 1, 1992.’.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="11">(11) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Omitted section</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Part 2 of subtitle B of title IV of OBRA is amended by adding at the end the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="4119">“SEC. 4119. </num> <heading>STUDY OF MEANS OF RECOVERING COSTS OF NURSING FACILITY SERVICES FROM ESTATES OF BENEFICIARIES.</heading><content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">“The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall study the means of recovering amounts from estates of deceased medicare beneficiaries (or the estates of the spouses of such deceased beneficiaries) to pay for the medical assistance for skilled nursing facility or intermediate care facility services furnished, under title XIX of the Social Security Act, to such medicare beneficiaries. The Secretary<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> shall report to Congress, not later than December 31, 1988, on such means, and include appropriate recommendations for changes in legislation.”.</content> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The table of contents of title IV of OBRA is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 4118 the following new item: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 4119.</designator> <label>Study of means of recovering costs of nursing facility services from estates of beneficiaries.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="12">(12) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Medicare conforming amendment to section 4014 of obra</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Paragraph (5) of section 1903(m) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b(m)) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">If the Secretary determines that an entity with a contract under<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> this subsection—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <chapeau>fails substantially to provide medically necessary items and services that are required (under law or under the contract) to be provided to an individual covered under the contract, if the failure has adversely affected (or has substantial likelihood of adversely affecting) the individual;</chapeau> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>imposes premiums on individuals enrolled under this subsection in excess of the premiums permitted under this title;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>acts to discriminate among individuals in violation of the provision of paragraph (2)(A)(v), including expulsion or refusal to re-enroll an individual or engaging in any practice that would reasonably be expected to have the effect of denying or discouraging enrollment (except as permitted by this subsection) by eligible individuals with the organization whose medical condi-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/798">102 STAT. 798</page> tion or history indicates a need for substantial future medical services; or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <chapeau>misrepresents or falsifies information that is furnished—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">“(I) </num> <content>to the Secretary or the State under this subsection, or</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">“(II) </num> <content>to an individual or to any other entity under this subsection,</content> </subclause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">the Secretary may provide, in addition to any other remedies available under law, for any of the remedies described in subparagraph (B).</continuation> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Law enforcement and crime.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">The remedies described in this subparagraph are—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>civil money penalties of not more than $25,000 for each determination under subparagraph (A), or, with respect to a determination under clause (iii) or (iv)(I) of such subparagraph, of not more than $100,000 for each such determination, plus, with respect to a determination under subparagraph (A)(ii), double the excess amount charged in violation of such subparagraph (and the excess amount charged shall be deducted from the penalty and returned to the individual concerned), and plus, with respect to a determination under subparagraph (A)(iii), $15,000 for each individual not enrolled as a result of a practice described in such subparagraph, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content>denial of payment to the State for medical assistance furnished under the contract under this subsection for individuals enrolled after the date the Secretary notifies the organization of a determination under subparagraph (A) and until the Secretary is satisfied that the basis for such determination has been corrected and is not likely to recur.</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under clause (i) in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a).’.</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396b">42 USC 1396b note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The amendment made by subparagraph (A) shall apply to actions occurring on or after the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="13">(13) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Treatment of educationally-related services</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 1903 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396b) is amended by inserting after subsection (b) the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Children and youth.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> <content>Nothing in this title shall be construed as prohibiting or restricting, or authorizing the Secretary to prohibit or restrict, payment under subsection (a) for medical assistance for covered services furnished to a handicapped child because such services are included in the child’s individualized education program established pursuant to part B of the Education of the Handicapped Act or furnished to a handicapped infant or toddler because such services are included in the child’s individualized family service plan adopted pursuant to part H of such Act.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396b">42 USC 1396b note</ref>.</p></sidenote><content>The amendment made by subparagraph (A) shall take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="14">(14) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Clarification of term “institution for mental diseases”</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 1905 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396d) is amended by inserting after subsection (h) the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><content>The term ‘institution for mental diseases’ means a hospital, nursing facility, or other institution of more than 16 beds, that is primarily engaged in providing diagnosis, treatment, or care of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/799">102 STAT. 799</page>persons with mental diseases, including medical attention, nursing care, and related services.”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The amendment made by subparagraph (A) shall take<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396d">42 USC 1396d note</ref>.</p></sidenote> effect on the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="15">(15) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eligibility verification technical correction</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 1137 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1320b–7) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">“(f) </num><content>Subsections (a)(1) and (d) shall not apply with respect to aliens<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Aliens.</p></sidenote> seeking medical assistance for the treatment of an emergency medical condition under section 1903(v)(2).”.</content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The amendment made by subparagraph (A) shall apply as<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320b/7">42 USC 1320b–7 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> if it were included in the enactment of section 9406 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="16">(16) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Technical corrections relating to presumptive eligibility</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 1920(d)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–1(d)(D(B)) is amended by striking “<quotedText>by a qualified provider</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>by a provider that is eligible for payments under the State plan</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <heading>Section 192()(b)(2)(D) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396r–1(b)(2)(D)) is amended—</heading> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <chapeau class="inline">in clause (i)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>in subclause (I), by striking “<quotedText>or section 330</quotedText>” and inserting 330, or 340” and by striking “<quotedText>or</quotedText>” at the end,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num><content>in subclause (II), by striking the semicolon at the end and inserting “<quotedText>, or</quotedText>”, and </content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num><content>by adding after subclause (II) the following new subclause: <quotedContent> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num><content>title V of the Indian Health Care Improvement Act;”;</content> </subclause> </quotedContent> </content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in clause (ii), by striking “<quotedText>or</quotedText>” at the end; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new clause: <quotedContent> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>is the Indian Health Service or is a health program<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Indians.</p></sidenote> or facility operated by a tribe or tribal organization under the Indian Self-Determination Act (Public Law 93–638).”.</content> </clause> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>The amendments made by this paragraph shall be effective<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396r/1">42 USC 1396r–1 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> as if they were included in section 9407(b) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="17">(17) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Waiver for children infected with aids or drug dependent at birth</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1915 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396n) is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>by redesignating subsection (f) as paragraph (2);</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>in subsection (e), by striking paragraph (2) and by redesignating such subsection as subsection (f);</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num><content>by inserting after subsection (d) the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">“(e) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1)</num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary shall grant a<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Prescription drugs.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Children and youth.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Transportation.</p></sidenote> waiver to provide that a State plan approved under this title shall include as ‘medical assistance’ under such plan payment for part or all of the cost of nursing care, respite care, physicians’ services, prescribed drugs, medical devices and supplies, transportation services, and such other services requested by the State as the Secretary may approve which are provided pursuant to a written plan of care to a child described in subparagraph (B) with respect to whom there has been a determination that but for the provision of such services the infants would be likely to require the level of care provided in a <page identifier="/us/stat/102/800">102 STAT. 800</page>hospital or nursing facility the cost of which could be reimbursed under the State plan.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><chapeau class="inline">Children described in this subparagraph are individuals under 5 years of age who—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">AIDS.</p></sidenote> <content>at the time of birth were infected with (or tested positively for) the etiologic agent for acquired immune deficiency syndrome (AIDS),</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>have such syndrome, or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Drugs and drug abuse.</p></sidenote> <content>at the time of birth were dependent on heroin, cocaine, or phencyclidine,</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">and with respect to whom adoption or foster care assistance is (or will be) made available under part E of title IV.</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Safety.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">A waiver shall not be granted under this subsection unless the State provides assurances satisfactory to the Secretary that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>necessary safeguards (including adequate standards for provider participation) have been taken to protect the health and welfare of individuals provided services under the waiver and to assure financial accountability for funds expended with respect to such services;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">”(B) </num><content>under such waiver the average per capita expenditure estimated by the State in any fiscal year for medical assistance provided with respect to such individuals does not exceed 100 percent of the average per capita expenditure that the State reasonably estimates would have been made in that fiscal year for expenditures under the State plan for such individuals if the waiver had not been granted; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>the State will provide to the Secretary annually, consistent with a data collection plan designed by the Secretary, information on the impact of the waiver granted under this subsection on the type and amount of medical assistance provided under the State plan and on the health and welfare of recipients.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>A waiver granted under this subsection may include a waiver of the requirements of section 1902(a)(1)(relating to statewideness) and section 1902(a)(10)(B) (relating to comparability). A waiver under this subsection shall be for an initial term of 3 years and, upon the request of a State, shall be extended for additional five-year periods unless the Secretary determines that for the previous waiver period the assurances provided under paragraph (2) nave not been met.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The provisions of paragraph (6) of subsection (d) shall apply to this subsection in the same manner as it applies to subsection (a).”; and</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num><content>in subsection (h), by striking “<quotedText>or (d)</quotedText>” and inserting“<quotedText>(d), or (e)</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 1902(a)(10)(A)(ii)(VI) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(a)(10)(A)(ii)(VI)) is amended by striking “<quotedText>(c) or (d)</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting “<quotedText>(c), (d), or(e)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="l">(l) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Corrections Relating to Subtitle C of Title IV (Nursing Home Reform)</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4201</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1819 of the Social Security Act, <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395i/3">42 USC 1395i–3</ref>.</p></sidenote>as added by section 4201(a)(3) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <chapeau>in subsection (b)(3)(C)(i)(1), by striking “<quotedText>October 1, 1990</quotedText>” the second place it appears and inserting “<quotedText>January 1, 1991</quotedText>”;</chapeau> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><chapeau class="inline">in subsection (b)(4)(C)(i)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>licensed</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>24-hour</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/801">102 STAT. 801</page> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>employ</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>use</quotedText>”, and (III) by striking “<quotedText>during the day tour of duty (of at least 8 hours a day)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>at least 8 consecutive hours a day,</quotedText>”;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>in subsection (b)(5)(A), by striking “<quotedText>October 1, 1989</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>July 1, 1989</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>January 1, 1990</quotedText>”;</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>in subsection (e)(1)(A), by striking “<quotedText>March 1, 1989</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>January 1, 1989</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num> <content>in subsection (e)(1)(B), by striking “<quotedText>March 1, 1990</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>January 1, 1990</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">(vi) </num> <content>in subsection (e)(2)(A), by striking “<quotedText>March 1, 1989</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>January 1, 1989</quotedText>’”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vii">(vii) </num> <content>in subsection (e)(3), by striking “<quotedText>October 1, 1990</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>October 1, 1989</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="viii">(viii) </num> <content>in subsection (e)(5), by striking “<quotedText>July 1, 1989</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>July 1, 1990</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ix">(ix) </num> <content>in subsection (f)(3), by striking “<quotedText>October 1, 1989</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>October 1, 1988</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="x">(x) </num> <content>in subsection (f)(6)(A), by striking “<quotedText>July 1, 1989</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>January 1, 1989</quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="xi">(xi) </num> <content>in subsection (f)(6)(B), by striking “<quotedText>October 1, 1990</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>April 1, 1990</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4201(d) of OBRA is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395x">42 USC 1395x</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">Amendment</inline>.—</quotedText>”</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>1919(a)(2)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1819(a)(1)</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><content>Section 1861(n) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1395x(n)) is amended by striking ‘or (j)(1) of this section’ and inserting ‘or of section 1819(a)(D’.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Sections 4201 and 4211</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Sections 1819(b)(3)(A)(iv) and 1919(b)(3)(A)(iv) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4201(a)(3) and as inserted by section 4211(a)(3) of OBRA, respectively,<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395i/3">42 USC 1395i–3, 1396r</ref>.</p></sidenote> are amended by striking “<quotedText>in the case of a resident eligible for benefits under part A of this title</quotedText>” and by striking “<quotedText>in the case of a resident eligible for benefits under part A of title XVIII respectively</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Sections 1819(b)(3)(A)(iii) and 1919(b)(3)(A)(iii) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4201(a)(3) and as inserted by section 4211(a)(3) of OBRA, respectively, are amended by striking “<quotedText>in the case of a resident eligible for benefits under title )(I)(,</quotedText>” and “<quotedText>in the case of a resident eligible for benefits under this title,</quotedText>”, respectively.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Subclause (III) of each of sections 1819(b)(3)(B)(ii) and 1919Cb)(3)(B)(ii) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4201(a)(3) and as inserted by section 4211(a)(3) of OBRA, respectively, is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">“(III) </num><content>The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under this clause in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a).”.</content> </subclause> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Sections 1819(b)(5) and 1919(b)(5) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4201(a)(3) of OBRA and as inserted by section 4211(a)(3) of OBRA, respectively, are each amended—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/802">102 STAT. 802</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in subparagraph (A), by striking “<quotedText>, who is not a licensed health care professional (as defined in subparagraph (E)),</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in subparagraph (A)(ii), by striking “<quotedText>such services</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>nursing or nursing-related services</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in subparagraph (G), by inserting “<quotedText>physical or occupational therapy assistant,</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>occupational therapist,</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395x">42 USC 1395x note</ref>.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395x">42 USC 1395x</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Effective as of the date of the enactment of this Act and until the effective date of section 1819(c) of such Act, section 1861(j) of the Social Security Act is deemed to include the requirement described in section 1819(c)(3)(A) of such Act (as added by section 4201(a)(3) of OBRA).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content>Sections 1819(c)(2)(A)(v) and 1919(c)(2)(A)(v) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4201(a)(3) and as inserted by <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s13951/3/s1396r">42 USC 13951–3, 1396r</ref>.</p></sidenote>section 4211(a)(3) of OBRA, respectively, are each amended by striking “<quotedText>an allowable charge</quotedText>” and all that follows through the semicolon and inserting “<quotedText>for a stay at the facility;</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">(G) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Sections 1819(c)(6) and 1919(c)(6) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4201(a)(3) and as inserted by section 4211(a)(3) of OBRA, respectively, are each amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in subparagraph (A)(ii), by striking “<quotedText>once the facility accepts</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>upon</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in subparagraph (B), by striking “<quotedText>a facility’s acceptance of”</quotedText>.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">(H) </num> <content>Sections 1819(e)(2)(B) and 1919(e)(2)(B) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4201(a)(3) and as inserted by section 4211(a)(3) of OBRA, respectively are each amended by inserting <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote>after the first sentence the following sentence: “The State shall make available to the public information in the registry.”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num><chapeau class="inline">Sections 1819(e)(3), 1819(f)(3), 1919(e)(3), and 1919(f)(3) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4201(a)(3) and as inserted by section 42U(a)(3) of OBRA, are each amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">and discharges</inline></quotedText>” after “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">transfers</inline></quotedText>”</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>by inserting “<quotedText>and discharges</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>transfers</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="J">(J) </num> <content>Sections 1819(f)(2)(A)(i)(I) and 1919tf)(2)(A)(i)(I) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4201(a)(3) and as inserted by section 4211(a)(3) of OBRA, respectively, are each amended by striking “<quotedText>cognitive, behavioral and social care</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>recognition of mental health and social service needs</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="K">(K) </num> <content>Sections 1819(f)(7) and 1919(f)(7) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4201(a)(3) and as inserted by section 4211(a)(3) of OBRA, respectively, are each amended by striking “<quotedText>patients</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>residents</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="L">(L) </num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num><content>Section 1819(1)(7)(8) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4201(a)(3), is amended by striking “<quotedText>shall not</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>shall</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>Section 1919(f)(7)(B) of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4211(a)(3) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>do not</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4211</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>Section 1919(b)(4)(C) of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4211(a) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>registered nurse</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting “<quotedText>registered professional nurse</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>employ</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>use</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>(u) <inline class="smallCaps">Facility waivers</inline>.—</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>(i) <inline class="smallCaps">Waiver</inline></quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(ii) <inline class="smallCaps">Waiver</inline></quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/803">102 STAT. 803</page> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>and subject to clause (ii)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>and subject to clause (iii)</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">(v) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>(ii) Assumption</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(iii) <inline class="smallCaps">Assumption</inline></quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="vi">(vi) </num> <content>in clause (iii), as so redesignated, by striking “<quotedText>excercise</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>exercise</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Section 1919(b)(5)(A) of the Social Security Act, as added<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396r">42 USC 1396r</ref>.</p></sidenote> by section 4211(a)(3) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>subparagraph (E)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>subparagraph (F)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Effective as of the date of the enactment of this Act and<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p></sidenote> until the effective date of section 1919(c) of such Act, section 1905(c) of the Social Security Act is deemed to include the<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396d">42 USC 1396d</ref>.</p></sidenote> requirement described in section 1919(c)(3)(A) of such Act (as inserted by section 4211(a)(3) of OBRA).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1919 of the Social Security Act, as inserted by section 4211(a)(3) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in subsection (e)(1)(A), by striking “<quotedText>September 1, 1988</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>January 1, 1989</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in subsection (e)(1)(B), by striking “<quotedText>September 1, 1990</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>January 1, 1990</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in subsection (e)(7)(E), by striking “<quotedText>October 1, 1988</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>April 1, 1989</quotedText>”; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <content>in subsection (f)(2), by striking “<quotedText>July 1, 1988</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>September 1, 1988</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>Section 1902(a)(28)(D)(i) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4211(b)(1)(B) of OBRA, is amended by striking<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a</ref>.</p></sidenote> “<quotedText>1919(f)</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>instrument)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1919(e)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content>Section 4211(d)(2) of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>For<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396b">42 USC 1396b note</ref>.</p></sidenote> calendar quarters during fiscal years 1988 and 1989</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>For the 8 calendar quarters (beginning with the calendar quarter that begins on July 1, 1988)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">(G) </num> <content>Section 4211(h)(10)(G) of OBRA is amended by adding<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396n">42 USC 1396n</ref>.</p></sidenote> before the period at the end the following: “<quotedText>, and by striking ‘<quotedText>skilled nursing facility or intermediate care facility</quotedText>’ in subparagraph (B) and inserting ‘<quotedText>nursing facility</quotedText>’</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="H">(H) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4211(h)(2) of OBRA is amended—<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a</ref>.</p></sidenote></chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in subparagraph (C), by striking “<quotedText>inserting ‘nursing facilities’</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting “<quotedText>inserting ‘nursing facilities and for intermediate care facilities for the mentally retarded’ </quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in subparagraph (D)(i), by striking “<quotedText>inserting ‘nursing facility’ </quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>inserting ‘nursing facility or intermediate care facility for the mentally retarded’ </quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in subparagraph (D)(ii), by striking “<quotedText>inserting ‘nursing facility’ </quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>inserting ‘nursing facility services or services in an intermediate care facility for the mentally retarded</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>Subparagraph (B) of section 4211(h)(12) of OBRA is<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396p">42 USC 1396p</ref>.</p></sidenote> amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in subsection (c)(2)(B)(ii), by striking ‘skilled’ each place it appears.”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section</inline> 4202.—</heading><content>Section 1819(g)(2)(C)(i) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4202(a) of OBRA, is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395i/3">42 USC 1395i—3</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>October 1, 1990</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>January 1, 1990</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/804">102 STAT. 804</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Sections 4202 and 4212</inline>.—</heading><chapeau class="inline">Sections 1819(g) and 1919(g) of the Social Security Act, as added by sections 4202(a)(2) and <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395i/3">42 USC 1395i–3, 1396r</ref>.</p></sidenote>4212(a) of OBRA, respectively, are amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in paragraph (1)(C), by striking “<quotedText>, review,</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>and timely review</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in the first sentence of paragraph (1)(C), by inserting “<quotedText>or by another individual used by the facility in providing services to such a resident</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>a nursing facility</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by striking the second sentence of paragraph (1)(C) <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Health care professionals.</p></sidenote>and inserting the following: “<quotedText>The State shall, after notice to the individual involved and a reasonable opportunity for a hearing for the individual to rebut allegations, make a finding as to the accuracy of the allegations. If the State finds that a nurse aide has neglected or abused a resident or misappropriated resident property in a facility, the State shall notify the nurse aide and the registry of such finding. If the State finds that any other individual used by the facility has neglected or abused a resident or misappropriated resident property in a facility, the State shall notify the appropriate licensure authority.</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>in paragraph (1)(D), by striking “<quotedText>to establish standards under subsection (f)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>to issue regulations to carry out this subsection</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>in paragraph (2)(A)(i), by amending the third sentence to read as follows: “The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under the previous sentence in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a).”;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content>in paragraph (3)(D) (relating to special surveys of compliance, as redesignated by paragraph (6)(A) in the case of section 1919(g)), by striking “<quotedText>on that basis</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>on the basis of that survey</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="G">(G) </num> <content>in paragraph (4), by striking “<quotedText>chronically</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4212</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 1919(g)(3) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4212(a) of OBRA, is amended by redesignating the second subparagraph (C) (relating to special surveys of compliance) as subparagraph (D).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395aa/1396r">42 USC 1395aa, 1396r</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Section 4212(b) of OBRA is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Posting Survey Results</inline>.—</heading> <content>Section 1919(c) of such Act is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">“(7) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Posting or survey results</inline>.—</heading> <content>A nursing facility must post in a place readily accessible to residents, and family members and legal representatives of residents, the results of the most recent survey of the facility conducted under subsection (g).’”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Section 1902(a)(33)(B) of the Social Security Act, as amended by section 4212(d)(3) of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>1919(d)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1919(g)</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Section 4212(e)(1)(B) of OBRA is amended by inserting “<quotedText>provided</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>services</quotedText>” each place it appears.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>Section 4212(e) of OBRA is amended by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396r/3">42 USC 1396r–3</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>Section 1922(e) of such Act, as redesignated and transferred by section 4211(a)(2) of this Act, is amended by striking ‘1910(c)’ in paragraphs (1) and (2)(A) and inserting ‘1910(b)’.”.</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/805">102 STAT. 805</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Sections 4203 and 4213</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Sections 1819(h)(2)(B)(ii) and 1919(h)(3)(C)(ii) of the Social Security Act, as added by sections 4203(a)(2) and 4213(a) of OBRA, respectively, are each amended<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395i/3">42 USC 1395i–3, 1396r</ref>.</p></sidenote> by striking “<quotedText>and the Secretary</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>1128A.</quotedText>” and inserting the following: “<quotedText>. The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to a civil money penalty under the previous sentence in the same manner as such provisions apply to a penalty or proceeding under section 1128A(a).</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Sections 1819(h)(6) and 1919(h)(9) of the Social Security Act, as added by sections 4203(a)(2) and 4213(a) of OBRA, respectively, are each amended by inserting “<quotedText>by such facilities</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>shall be made available</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(8) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4213</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 4213(a) of OBRA is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396r">42 USC 1396r</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>as inserted by section 4201 and amended by section 4202</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>as inserted by section 4211 and amended by section 4212</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1919(h) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 4213(a) of OBRA, is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in the last sentence of paragraph (1), by striking “<quotedText>(2)(A)(i)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(2)(A)(ii)</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>in the second sentence of paragraph (2)(B)(i), by striking “<quotedText>or otherwise</quotedText>”, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>in paragraph (5), by striking “<quotedText>State and the Secretary</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>State or the Secretary, respectively</quotedText>”.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Paragraph (1) of section 4213(b) of OBRA is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>1902</quotedText>” and all that follows through the end and inserting the following: <quotedContent><chapeau class="inline">“1902(i) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a(i)) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by striking ‘skilled nursing facility or intermediate care facility’ and inserting ‘intermediate care facility for the mentally retarded’;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by striking ‘the provisions of section 18610) or section 1905(c), respectively,’ and inserting ‘the requirements for such a facility under this title’; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num><content>in paragraphs (2) and (3), by striking ‘the provisions of section 18610) or section 1905(c) (as the case may be)’ and inserting ‘the requirements for such a facility under this title’.”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">(9) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4204</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Section 4204(a) of OBRA is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395i/3">42 USC 1395i—3 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>extended care</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4204 of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in subsection (a), by striking “<quotedText>made by this part</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>made by sections 4201 and 4202 (relating to skilled nursing facility requirements and survey and certification requirements)</quotedText>”,</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>by redesignating subsection (c) as subsection (d), and (iii) by inserting after subsection (a) the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Enforcement</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><content>Except as otherwise specifically provided<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p></sidenote> n section 1819 of the Social Security Act, the amendments made by section 4203 of this Act apply January 1, 1988, without regard to whether regulations to implement such amendments are promulgated by such date.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>In applying the amendments made by section 4203 of this Act or services furnished by a skilled nursing facility before October 1, 1990, any reference to a requirement of subsection (b), (c), or (d), of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/806">102 STAT. 806</page> section 1819 of the Social Security Act is deemed a reference to the provisions of section 1861(j) of such Act.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="10">(10) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396r">42 USC 1396r note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4214</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 4214 of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>(c) <inline class="smallCaps">Transitional Rule</inline>.—</quotedText>”and inserting “<quotedText>(2)</quotedText>”,</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>of section 1919 of the Social Security Act</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(b), (c), or (d)</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>by redesignating subsection (d) as subsection (c).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="m">(m) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Corrections to Subtitle E of Title IV (Relating to Rural Health)</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4401</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 711(b)(1) of the Social Security Act, <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s912">42 USC 912</ref>.</p></sidenote>as added by section 4401 of OBRA, is amended by striking “<quotedText>section 4083 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>section 4403 of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987 (as such section pertains to rural health issues)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b/1">42 USC 1395b–1 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4403</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>Section 4403 of OBRA is amended—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>in the heading, by striking “<quotedText>EXPERIMENTS AND DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS RELATING TO RURAL HEALTH CARE ISSUES</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>RESEARCH AND DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS ON RURAL AND INNER-CITY HEALTH ISSUES</quotedText>”;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <chapeau>in subsection (a)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">Set Aside</inline>.—</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">Set Asides for Issues of Health Care in Rural Areas and In Inner-City Areas</inline>.—(1)</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>expended in each fiscal year</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>1972</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>annually appropriated to, and expended by, the Health Care Financing Administration for the conduct of research and demonstration projects in fiscal years 1988, 1989, and 1990</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>experiments</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>research</quotedText>”;</content> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Research and development.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Urban areas.</p></sidenote> <content>Not less than ten percent of the total amounts annually appropriated to, and expended by, the Health Care Financing Administration for the conduct of research and demonstration projects in fiscal years 1988, 1989, and 1990 shall be expended for research and demonstration projects relating exclusively or substantially to issues of providing health care in inner-city areas, including (but not limited to) the impact of the payment methodology under section 1886(d) of the Social Security Act on the financial viability of inner-city hospitals and the impact of medicare policies on access to (and the quality of) health care in inner-city areas.”; and</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">(iv) </num> <chapeau>in subsection (b)—</chapeau> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>of experiments</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>of research</quotedText>”,</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>or to inner-city health issues</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>rural health issues</quotedText>”, and</content> </subclause> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>experiments and</quotedText>”.</content> </subclause> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The item in the table of contents of OBRA relating to section 4403 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 4403.</designator> <label>Set aside for research and demonstration projects on rural and inner-city health issues.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/807">102 STAT. 807</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="n">(n) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Corrections to Certain Health-Related Provisions in Title I)(</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 9010</inline>.—</heading><content>The last sentence of section 226(b) of the Social Security Act, as added by section 9010(e)(3) of OBRA, is<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s426">42 USC 426</ref>.</p></sidenote> amended to read as follows: “<quotedText>In determining when an individual’s entitlement or status terminates for purposes of the preceding sentence, the term ‘36 months’ in the second sentence of section 223(a)(1), in section 202(d)(1)(G)(i), in the last sentence of section 202(e)(1), and in the last sentence of section 202(f)(1) shall be applied as though it read ‘15 months’.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 9115</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 9115(b) of OBRA is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a</ref>.</p></sidenote> striking “<quotedText>1902(1)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>1902(o)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 9119</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 9119 of OBRA is amended by<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a note</ref>.</p></sidenote> adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">“(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conforming Amendments to Medicare Program for the Medically Needy</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau class="inline">Section 1902 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1396a) is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">“(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">in subsection (a)—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>by striking ‘and’ at the end of paragraph (48),</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>by striking the period at the end of paragraph (49) and inserting “; and’, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>by inserting after paragraph (49) the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="50">“‘(50) </num><content>provide, in accordance with subsection (q), for a monthly personal needs allowance for certain institutionalized individuals and couples.’; and</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><content>by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="q">“‘(q)</num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1)</num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau class="inline">In order to meet the requirement of subsection (a)(50),<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> the State plan must provide that, in the case of an institutionalized individual or couple described in subparagraph (B), in determining the amount of the individual’s or couple’s income to be applied monthly to payment for the cost of care in an institution, there shall be deducted from the monthly income (in addition to other allowances otherwise provided under the State plan) a monthly personal needs allowance—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“‘(i) </num><content>which is reasonable in amount for clothing and other personal needs of the individual (or couple) while in an institution, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“‘(ii) </num><content>which is not less (and may be greater) than the minimum monthly personal needs allowance described in paragraph (2).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num><chapeau class="inline">In this subsection, the term “institutionalized individual or couple” means an individual or married couple—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“‘(i) </num><content>who is an inpatient (or who are inpatients) in a medical institution or nursing facility for which payments are made under this title throughout a month, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“‘(ii) </num><content>who is or are determined to be eligible for medical assistance under the State plan.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“‘(2) </num><content>The minimum monthly personal needs allowance described<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Blind persons.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p></sidenote> in this paragraph is $30 for an institutionalized individual and $60 for an institutionalized couple (if both are aged, blind, or disabled, and their incomes are considered available to each other in determining eligibility).’.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The amendments made by paragraph (1) apply to payments<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1396a">42 USC 1396a note</ref>.</p></sidenote> under title XIX of the Social Security Act for calendar quarters beginning on or after July 1, 1988, without regard to whether or not <page identifier="/us/stat/102/808">102 STAT. 808</page> final regulations to carry out such amendments have been promulgated by such date.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="o">(o) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Subtitle D of Title IV</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4303</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 2115 of the Public Health Service <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s300aa/15">42 USC 300aa–15</ref>.</p></sidenote>Act is amended—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in subsection (i)(1), as added by section 4303(a) of OBRA, by striking “<quotedText>from appropriations under subsection (i)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>by the Secretary from appropriations under subsection (j)</quotedText>”, and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in subsection (j), as added by section 4303(b) of OBRA, by inserting “<quotedText>to the Department of Health and Human Services</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>to be appropriated</quotedText>”.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s300aa/12">42 USC 300aa–12</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4307</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 4307(3)(0 of OBRA is amended by striking “<quotedText>subsection (g)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>subsection (e), as redesignated by section 4303(d)(2)(A),</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Section 4308</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Subtitle D of title IV of OBRA is amended by adding at the end the following new section: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="4308">“SEC. 4308. </num> <heading>TECHNICAL AMENDMENTS RELATING TO COURT OF CLAIMS PROCEDURES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duties of Special Masters</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 2112(c)(2) of the Public Health Service Act (42 U.S.C. 300aa–12(a)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>by inserting shall prepare and submit to the court proposed findings of fact and conclusions of law,’ after ‘adjunct to the court’,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>by inserting ‘and’ at the end of subparagraph (C),</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>by striking ‘, and’ at the end of subparagraph (D) and inserting a period, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>by striking subparagraph (E).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Requiring Filing of Appeals Within 60 Days</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 2112(e) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 300aa–12(e)), as redesignated by section 4303(d)(2)(A), is amended by inserting ‘within 60 days of the date of the judgment’ after ‘petition filed’.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Clarification on Timing of Bringing Additional Actions</inline>.—</heading><content>The second sentence of section 2121(a) of such Act (42 U.S.C. 300aa–21(a)) is amended by striking ‘<quotedText>the entry of the court</quotedText>’s judgment’ and inserting ‘<quotedText>the court</quotedText>’s final judgment’.”.</content> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><content>The table of contents relating to title IV of OBRA is amended by inserting after the item relating to section 4307 the following new item: <quotedContent> <toc> <referenceItem role="section"><designator>“Sec. 4308.</designator> <label>Technical amendments relating to Court of Claims procedures.”.</label></referenceItem> </toc> </quotedContent> </content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="421">SEC. 421. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Employment and unemployment.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b">42 USC 1395b note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>MAINTENANCE OF EFFORT.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duplicative part a benefits</inline>.—</heading><content>ft an employer described in subsection (b)(1) provides, as of the date of the enactment of this Act, health care benefits to an employee or retired former employee that are duplicative part A benefits (as defined in paragraph (3)(A)), the employer shall, during the period described in subsection (c)(1), provide to the employee or retired former employee an amount of additional benefits or refunds, or combination of such benefits and refunds, that total at least the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/809">102 STAT. 809</page> actuarial value of the duplicative part A benefits during the period described in subsection (c)(1)(A).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duplicative part b benefits</inline>.—</heading><content>If an employer described in subsection (b)(2) provides, as of the date of the enactment of this Act, health care benefits to an employee or retired former employee that are duplicative part B benefits (as defined in paragraph (3)(B)), the employer shall, during the period described in subsection (c)(2), provide to the employee or retired former employee an amount of additional benefits or refunds, or combination of such benefits and refunds, that total at least the actuarial value of the duplicative part B benefits during the period described in subsection (c)(1)(B).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duplicative benefits defined</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In this section:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>The term “duplicative part A benefits” means benefits which are duplicative of benefits under part A of title XVIII of the Social Security Act (as amended by this Act as of January 1, 1989), but which were not duplicative of such benefits as such part was in effect before the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The term “duplicative part B benefits” means benefits which are duplicative of benefits under part B of title XVIII of the Social Security Act (as amended by this Act as of January 1, 1990, but excluding any such benefits with respect to covered outpatient drugs), but which were not duplicative of such benefits as such part was in effect before the date of the enactment of this Act.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>Duplicative part A benefits and duplicative part B benefits shall be determined under this section net of any premiums payable by employees (or retired former employees) attributable to the respective duplicative benefits.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Employers Covered</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duplicative part a benefits</inline>.—</heading><content>An employer is described in this paragraph if the employer (including a public employer, other than an employer to which section 422 applies) provides, as of the date of the enactment of this Act, duplicative part A benefits the actuarial value of which is at least 50 percent of the national average actuarial value (discounted to the value as of the date of the enactment of this Act) of the duplicative part A benefits.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duplicative part b benefits</inline>.—</heading><content>An employer is described in this paragraph if the employer (including a public employer, other than an employer to which section 422 applies) provides, as of the date of the enactment of this Act, duplicative part B benefits the actuarial value of which is at least 50 percent of the national average actuarial value (discounted to the value as of the date of the enactment of this Act) of the duplicative part B benefits.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Election</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>For purposes of this section—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>An employer may elect to compute the actuarial value of duplicative part A benefits and duplicative part B benefits either—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>on the basis of average actuarial values published by the Secretary under subparagraph (B)(i), or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>on the basis of the actuarial value with respect to that employer, computed using guidelines published by the Secretary under subparagraph (B)(ii).</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/810">102 STAT. 810</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Computation of actuarial values</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary of Health and Human Services, before the beginning of each of 4 years (beginning with 1989 for duplicative part A benefits and beginning with 1990 for duplicative part B benefits) shall—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>calculate and publish the national average actuarial value of duplicative part A benefits and duplicative part B benefits for 1988 and the year involved, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>guidelines for employers to use, under subparagraph (A)(ii), in computing the actuarial value of such duplicative benefits with respect to each employer for such years.</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">The guidelines published under clause (ii) shall include instructions to assist employers in determining whether or not employers are described in paragraph (1) or (2) of this subsection.</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Period —</inline></heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duplicative part a benefits</inline>.—</heading><content>Subsection (a)(1) shall only be effective during the period beginning on January 1, 1989, and ending on December 31, 1989, or, if later, the date specified in paragraph (2).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duplicative part b benefits</inline>.—</heading><content>Subsection (a)(2) shall only be effective during the period beginning on January 1, 1990, and ending on December 31, 1990, or, if later, the date specified in paragraph (2).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Extension to cover current collective bargaining agreements</inline>.—</heading><content>In the case of employees or retired former employees who are provided duplicative part A benefits or duplicative part B benefits under a collective bargaining agreement that is in effect on the date of enactment of this Act, the date specified in this paragraph is the date of the expiration of the agreement (determined without regard to any extension thereof agreed to after the date of the enactment of this Act).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Exclusion of Multi-Employer Plans</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau class="inline">This section shall not apply with respect to duplicative benefits provided under a plan—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num><content>to which more than one employer is required to contribute, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content>which is maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements between one or more employee organizations and more than one employer.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="422">SEC. 422. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t5/s8902">5 USC 8902 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>RATE REDUCTION FOR MEDICARE ELIGIBLE FEDERAL ANNUITANTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Office of Personnel Management shall, in consultation with carriers offering health benefits plans contracted pursuant to section 8902 of title 5, United States Code, reduce the rates charged medicare eligible individuals participating in such health benefit plans, by the amount, prorated for each covered medicare eligible individual, of the estimated cost of medical services and supplies which, but for the amendments made by subtitle A of title I and subtitle A of title II of this Act, would have been payable by such plans.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The reduced rates as provided under paragraph (1), shall apply as of the effective dates of the respective amendments.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/811">102 STAT. 811</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Availability of Employee Health Benefits Fund for Rate Reduction</inline>.—</heading><content>Funds in the Employees Health Benefits Fund established under section 8909 of title 5, United States Code, are available without fiscal year limitation for costs incurred by the Office of Personnel Management in making rate reductions provided under this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definition</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>For purposes of this section the term “medicare eligible individual” means any annuitant, survivor of an annuitant, or former spouse of an annuitant—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">who is—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>otherwise eligible for benefits under chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>eligible for benefits under part A of title XVIII of the Social Security Act; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>covered by the insurance program established under part B of such title; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>for whom benefits paid under title XVIII of the Social Security Act are the primary source of health care benefits.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="423">SEC. 423. </num> <heading>STUDY AND REPORTS BY THE OFFICE OF PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT ON OFFERING MEDICARE SUPPLEMENTAL PLANS TO FEDERAL MEDICARE ELIGIBLE INDIVIDUALS, AND OTHER CHANGES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Study and Report</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>No later than April 1, 1989, the Director of the Office of Personnel Management shall conduct a study and submit a report to the Committee on Governmental Affairs of the Senate and the Committee on Poet Office and Civil Service of the House of Representatives regarding changes to the health benefits program established under chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code, that may be required to incorporate plans designed specifically for medicare eligible individuals and to improve the efficiency and effectiveness of the program.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Any medicare supplemental plan recommended by the Director of the Office of Personnel Management shall not duplicate benefits for which payment may be made under title XVIII of the Social Security Act, however such recommendation—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>shall cover expenses which are not payable under such title by reason of deductibles or coinsurance amounts; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">may offer additional reimbursement—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>where benefits under such title are limited by fee schedule; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>for benefits not covered under such title which may be of value to medicare eligible individuals.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Feasibility Study and Report</inline>.—</heading><content>No later than April 1, 1989, the Director of the Office of Personnel Management shall report to the appropriate committees of the Congress whether it is feasible to adopt such standards as issued by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners as required by section 1882 of the Social Security Act (42 U.S.C. 1395ss) for medicare supplemental policies, when providing medicare supplemental plans as a type of health benefits plan available for Federal employees pursuant to chapter 89 of title 5, United States Code.</content> </subsection> </section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/812">102 STAT. 812</page> <section> <num value="424">SEC. 424. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Voluntarism.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b/2">42 USC 1395b–2 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>BENEFITS COUNSELING AND ASSISTANCE DEMONSTRATION PROJECT FOR CERTAIN MEDICARE AND MEDICARE BENEFICIARIES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Training and Technical Assistance</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content>The Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the “<quotedText>Secretary</quotedText>”) shall establish a demonstration project through an agreement with a private or public nonprofit agency or organization, which demonstrates, to the satisfaction of the Secretary, that its volunteers are adequately trained and competent to render effective benefits counseling and assistance to the elderly, for the purpose of providing training and technical assistance to prepare volunteers to provide to elderly individuals receiving benefits under title XVIII or XIX of the Social Security Act counseling with respect to eligibility for such benefits and assistance in preparing such documentation as may be required to fully receive such benefits.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">In addition to any other forms of technical assistance provided under this subsection, the Secretary is authorized to provide to the project—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>material to be used in making elderly persons aware of the availability of assistance under volunteer assistance programs under this section; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>technical materials and publications to be used by such volunteers.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Powers of the Secretary</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Under the demonstration project under this section, the Secretary is authorized—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>to provide for the training of volunteers, and assist in such training, to insure that volunteers are qualified to provide benefits and counseling assistance (as described in paragraph (1)) to the elderly;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>to provide reimbursement to volunteers through the agency or organization for transportation, meals, and other expenses incurred by them in training or providing benefits counseling and assistance under this section, and such other support and assistance as the Secretary determines to be appropriate in carrying out the provisions of this section; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>to provide for the use of services, personnel, and facilities of Federal executive agencies and of State and local public agencies with their consent, with or without reimbursement therefor.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Employment of Volunteers</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Service as a volunteer in the demonstration project carried out under this section shall not be considered service as an employee of the United States. Volunteers under the project shall not be considered Federal employees and shall not be subject to the provisions of law relating to Federal employment, except that the provisions of section 1905 of title 18, United States Code, shall apply to volunteers as if they were employees of the United States.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Taxes.</p></sidenote> <content>Amounts received by volunteers serving in any program carried out under this section as reimbursement for expenses are exempt from taxation under chapters 1 and 21 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definition</inline>.—</heading><content>For purposes of this section, the term “elderly individual” means an individual who has attained the age of 60 years.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/813">102 STAT. 813</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated, in appropriate parts from the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund and from the Federal Supplementary Medical Insurance Trust Fund, for fiscal years 1989, 1990, and 1991 such sums as may be necessary to carry out the provisions of this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="425">SEC. 425. </num> <heading>CASE MANAGEMENT DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS.<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b/1">42 USC 1395b–1 note</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>Within 12 months after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Health and Human Services (in this section referred to as the “<quotedText>Secretary</quotedText>”) shall establish 4 demonstration projects under which an appropriate entity agrees to provide case management services to medicare beneficiaries with selected catastrophic illnesses, particularly those with high costs of health care services. At least one such demonstration project shall be conducted through an agreement with a utilization and quality control peer review organization with a contract with the Secretary under part B of title )(I of the Social Security Act.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Purpose of Projects</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>It is the purpose of the demonstration projects established under this section to provide the Secretary and the Congress with the information necessary—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>to evaluate the appropriateness of providing case management services under the medicare program for medicare beneficiaries with high costs of medical care, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>to determine the most effective approach to implementing a case management system under the program for such beneficiaries.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Agreement</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The agreement entered into under subsection (a) shall specify—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the high cost cases with respect to which case management services will be provided under the project,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the payments to be made to the entity conducting the project for carrying out the project, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>such other terms and conditions as the Secretary and the entity conducting the project may agree to.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Waivers</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary shall waive—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>such provisions of part B of title XI of the Social Security Act, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>such provisions of title XVIII of such Act as relate to limitations or restrictions on benefits under such title,</content> </paragraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">as the Secretary determines to be appropriate for the conduct of demonstration projects under this section.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duration</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Except as provided in paragraph (2), a demonstration project under this section shall be conducted for a 2-year period.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Secretary may terminate a demonstration project before the end of the 2-year period specified in paragraph (1) if the Secretary determines that the entity conducting the project is not in substantial compliance with the terms of the agreement entered into under subsection (a).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Information and Reports</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>An entity with an agreement under subsection (a) shall furnish the Secretary with such information as the Secretary determines to be necessary to evaluate the results of that project.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Secretary shall submit to the Congress an interim report on the projects conducted under this section based upon information that is derived from the first year of project oper-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/814">102 STAT. 814</page> ations and shall set forth any interim findings, recommendations, and conclusions that the Secretary determines to be appropriate.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The Secretary shall submit to the Congress a final report on the demonstration projects conducted under this section based upon data derived from the projects and shall update the findings, recommendations, and conclusions set forth in the interim report submitted under paragraph (1).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization To Use Certain Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall provide for the transfer, from the Federal Hospital Insurance Trust Fund and the Federal Supplementary Insurance Trust Fund in such proportions as the Secretary determines to be appropriate, of not to exceed $2,000,000 in each of 2 fiscal years for administrative costs in carrying out the demonstration projects under this section. Such amounts shall be transferred without regard to amounts appropriated in advance in appropriation Acts.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="426">SEC. 426. </num> <heading>EXTENSIONS OF EXPIRING PROVISIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Hospice Waiver of Liability Provision</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 9305(f)(2) of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395y">42 USC 1395y note</ref>.</p></sidenote>the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 is amended by striking “<quotedText>November 1, 1988</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>November 1, 1990</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Skilled Nursing Facility Waiver of Liability Presumption</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The second sentence of section 9126(c) of the Consolidated <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395y">42 USC 1395y note</ref>.</p></sidenote>Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>30-month</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting before the period at the end the following: “<quotedText>and ending on October 31, 1990</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Home Health Services Waiver of Liability Presumption</inline>.—</heading><content><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395pp">42 USC 1395pp note</ref>.</p></sidenote>Section 9305(g)(3) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1986 is amended by striking “<quotedText>October 1, 1989</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>November 1, 1990</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Home Health Waiver of Liability Presumption</inline>.—</heading><content>The second sentence of section 9205 of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395y">42 USC 1395y note</ref>.</p></sidenote>Reconciliation Act of 1985 is amended by striking all that follows “<quotedText>until</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>November 1, 1990. </quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Prohibition on New Cost-Saving Regulations</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395ww">42 USC 1395ww note</ref>.</p></sidenote>4039(d) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1987 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>October 15, 1988</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>October 15, 1989</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>or in fiscal year 1990</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>in fiscal year 1989</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="427">SEC. 427. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395h">42 USC 1395h note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON MEDICARE HOME HEALTH CLAIMS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment</inline>.—</heading><content>The Administrator of the Health Care Financing Administration (in this section referred to as the “Administrator”) shall, within 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, establish an advisory committee to be known as the Advisory Committee on Medicare Home Health Claims (in this section referred to as the “Advisory Committee”).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Membership</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Advisory Committee shall be composed of 11 members appointed by the Administrator for the life of the Committee. Of the members appointed—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>at least 5 shall be representatives of home health or visiting nurse agencies, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the remaining members shall be representative of fiscal intermediaries, physician groups, and senior citizen groups, but <page identifier="/us/stat/102/815">102 STAT. 815</page> no more than 3 of such members may be representative of fiscal intermediaries. Members shall be appointed so as to be representative of all geographic areas of the United States.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Duties</inline>.—</heading><content>The Advisory Committee shall study the reasons for the increase in the denial of claims for home health services during 1986 and 1987, the ramifications of such increase, and the need to reform the process involved in such denials.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><content>The Advisory Committee shall report to the Administrator, the Committees on Ways and Means and Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Finance of the Senate, not later than one year after the date of the enactment of this Act, on its study under subsection (c), the findings of its study, and its recommendations for changes in the regulations under title XVIII of the Social Security Act as they relate to denial of claims for home health services.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Miscellaneous Provisions</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>The Advisory Committee shall elect one of its members to serve as Chairman.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>A majority of the members of the Advisory Committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>The Advisory Committee shall meet at the call of the Chairman, or at the call of a majority of its members.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Members of the Advisory Committee shall serve without compensation, but shall be entitled to reimbusement for travel, subsistence, and other necessary expenses incurred in the performance of their duties as members of the Committee.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>The Advisory Committee may appoint and fix the compensation of such personnel as it deems advisable, in accordance with the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments to the competitive service, and the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title, relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>In carrying out its duties, the Advisory Committee is authorized to hold such hearings, sit and act at such times and places, and take such testimony, with respect to matters for which is has a responsibility under this section, as the Committee may deem advisable.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>The Advisory Committee may secure directly from any department or agency of the United States such data and information as may be necessary to carry out its responsibilities. Upon request of the Committee, any such department or agency shall furnish any such data or information.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>The General Services Administration shall provide to the Commission, on a reimbursable basis, such administrative support services as the Advisory Committee may request.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="428">SEC. 428. </num> <heading>PROHIBITION OF MISUSE OF SYMBOLS, EMBLEMS. OR NAMES IN REFERENCE TO SOCIAL SECURITY OR MEDICARE.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>Part A of title XI is amended by adding at the end the following new section: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/816">102 STAT. 816</page> <quotedContent> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“prohibition of misuse of symbols, emblems, or names in reference to social security or medicare</inline></heading> <num value="1140"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 1140. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Law enforcement and crime.</p> <p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320b/10">42 USC 1320b–10</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="inline"> <num value="a">(a) </num><chapeau class="inline">No person may use, in connection with any item constituting an advertisement, solicitation, circular, book, pamphlet, or other communication, or a play, motion picture, broadcast, telecast, or other production, alone or with other words, letters, symbols, or emblems—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the words ‘Social Security’, ‘Social Security Account’, ‘Social Security System’, ‘Social Security Administration’, ‘Medicare’, ‘Health Care Financing Administration’, the letters ‘SSA’ or ‘HCFA’, or any other combination or variation of such words or letters, or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>a symbol or emblem of the Social Security Administration (including the design of, or a reasonable facsimile of the design of, the social security card issued pursuant to section 205(c)(2)(E), the check used for payment of benefits under title II, or envelopes or other stationery used by the Social Security Administration) or of the Health Care Financing Administration, or any other combination or variation of such symbols or emblems,</content> </paragraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">in a manner which such person knows or should know would convey the false impression that such item is approved, endorsed, or authorized by the Social Security Administration, the Health Care Financing Administration, or the Department of Health and Human Services or that such person has some connection with, or authorization from, the Social Security Administration, the Health Care Financing Administration, or the Department of Health and Human Services.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">“(b) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Subject to paragraph (2), the Secretary may, pursuant to regulations, impose a civil money penalty not to exceed—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>except as provided in subparagraph (B), $5,000, or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>in the case of a violation consisting of a broadcast or telecast, $25,000,</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">against any person for each violation by such person of subsection (a).</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The total amount of penalties which may be imposed under paragraph (1) with respect to multiple violations in any one year period consisting of substantially identical communications or productions shall not exceed $100,000.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">“(c) </num> <paragraph class="inline"> <num value="1">(1) </num><content>Subsections (c), (d), (e), (g), (j), and (k) of section 1128A shall apply with respect to violations under subsection (a) and penalties imposed under subsection (b) in the same manner and to the same extent as such subsections apply with respect to claims in violation of section 1128A and penalties imposed under section 1128A(a).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Claims.</p></sidenote> <content>Penalties imposed against a person under subsection (b) may be compromised by the Secretary and may be recovered in a civil action in the name of the United States brought in the district court of the United States for the district in which the violation occurred or where the person resides, has its principal office, or may be found, as determined by the Secretary. Amounts recovered under this section shall be paid to the Secretary and shall be deposited as miscellaneous receipts of the Treasury of the United States. The amount of such penalty when finally determined, or the amount agreed upon in compromise, may be deducted from any sum then or later owing by the United States to the person against whom the penalty has been imposed.”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </quotedContent> </content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/817">102 STAT. 817</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorizing Civil Money Penalties for Certain Violations Relating to Medical Supplemental Policies</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Section 1882(d) (42 U.S.C. 139588(d)) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking “<quotedText>shall be guilty</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>or both</quotedText>” in each of paragraphs (1), (2), (3)(A), and (4)(A), and inserting in each case the following: “<quotedText>shall be fined under title 18, United States Code, or imprisoned not more than 5 years, or both, and, in addition to or in lieu of such a criminal penalty, is subject to a civil money penalty of not to exceed $5,000 for each such prohibited act</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new paragraph: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>The provisions of section 1128A (other than subsections (a) and (b)) shall apply to civil money penalties under paragraphs (1), (2), (3)(A), and (4)(A) in the same manner as such provisions apply to penalties and proceedings under section 1128A(a)..</content> </paragraph> </quotedContent> </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading><content>The amendments made by this section shall<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1320b/10">42 USC 1320b–10 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> take effect on the date of the enactment of this Act and shall apply only with respect to violations occurring on or after such date.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="429">SEC. 429. </num> <heading>DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS WITH RESPECT TO CHRONIC VENTILATOR-DEPENDENT UNITS IN HOSPITALS.<sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s1395b/1">42 USC 1395b–1 note</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary of Health and Human Services shall provide for up to 5 demonstration projects, for up to 3 years each, to review the appropriateness of classifying chronic ventilator-dependent units in hospitals as rehabilitation units. Such projects shall be conducted in consultation with the Prospective Payment Assessment Commission.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Waiver Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>In conducting demonstration projects under this section for units, the Secretary may treat such a unit as a rehabilitation unit described in section 1886(d)(1)(B) of the Social Security Act for purposes of such section.</content> </subsection> </section> </subtitle> Approved July 1, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 2470 (S. 1127): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–105 Pt. 1 (Comm. on Ways and Means) and Pt. 2 (Comm. on Energy and Commerce), and No. 100–661 (Comm. of Conference). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–126 accompanying S. 1127 (Comm. on Finance). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): July 22, considered and passed House.

Oct. 9, 13, 23, S. 1127 considered in Senate.

Oct. 27, H.R. 2470 considered and passed Senate, amended, in lieu of S. 1127.

Vol. 134 (1988): June 2, House agreed to conference report.

June 8, Senate agreed to conference report.

 WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 24 (1988):

July 1, Presidential remarks.

 Public Law 100–361: Designating July 2 and 3, 1988, as “United States-Canada Days of Peace and Friendship”. Public Law 361 Public Law 100–361 102 Stat. 818 1988-07-01 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 818 Public Law 100–361 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating July 2 and 3, 1988, as “United States-Canada Days of Peace and Friendship”.

July 1, 1988

[H.J. Res. 587]

 Whereas Congress passed a joint resolution designating July 2 and 3, 1987, as “United States-Canada Days of Peace and Friendship” to symbolize the Nation’s commitment to improving relations with Canada; Whereas the Canadian Parliament passed a similar resolution commemorating the continued peace and friendship between the United States and Canada; Whereas although the democratic systems of government of the United States and Canada are quite different from each other, both systems embody the same ideals of freedom, democracy, human rights, and justice; Whereas the American Bar Association, the Canadian Bar Association, and the International Rotary are joining with universities in 5 States and 5 Canadian Provinces in a United States-Canada Days of Peace and Friendship project to provide outstanding high school and college students from the United States and Canada with an opportunity to study the constitutions and systems of law and government of the United States and Canada; Whereas many other international educational projects are also associated with United States-Canada Days of Peace and Friendship; Whereas the Premier of each of the 10 Canadian Provinces, the Governor of each State that borders Canada, and leaders of education, industry, culture, and other branches of government in the United States and Canada have become honorary sponsors of United States-Canada Days of Peace and Friendship; and Whereas Congress is deeply interested in the governmental, military, and cultural relations of the United States and Canada: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That July 2 and 3, 1988, are designated as “United States-Canada Days of Peace and Friendship”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such days with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved July 1, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 587: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 14, considered and passed House.

June 23, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–362: To make the International Organizations Immunities Act applicable to the Organization of Eastern Caribbean States. Public Law 362 Public Law 100–362 102 Stat. 819 1988-07-06 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 819 Public Law 100–362 100th Congress
An Act To make the International Organizations Immunities Act applicable to the Organization of Eastern Caribbean States.

July 6, 1988

[H.R. 4162]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That section 11 of the International Organizations Immunities Act (22 U.S.C. 288f–1) is amended by inserting “and to the Organization of Eastern Caribbean States (including any office established in the United States by that organization)” after “European Space Agency”.
Approved July 6, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4162: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

May 17, considered and passed House.

June 23, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–363: Designating July 2, 1988, as “National Literacy Day”. Public Law 363 Public Law 100–363 102 Stat. 820 1988-07-07 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 820 Public Law 100–363 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating July 2, 1988, as “National Literacy Day”.

July 7, 1988

[S.J. Res. 304]

 Whereas literacy is a necessary tool for survival in our society; Whereas thirty-five million Americans today read at a level which is less them necessary for full survival needs; Whereas there are twenty-seven million adults in the United States who cannot read, whose resources are left untapped, and who are unable to offer their full contribution to society; Whereas illiteracy is growing rapidly, as two million three-hundred thousand persons, including one million two-hundred thousand legal and illegal immigrants, one million high school dropouts, and one hundred thousand refugees, are added to the pool of illiterates annually; Whereas the annual cost of illiteracy to the United States in terms of welfare expenditures, crime, prison expenses, lost revenues, and industrial and military accidents has been estimated at $225,000,000,000; Whereas the competitiveness of the United States is eroded by the presence in the workplace of millions of Americans who are functionally or technologically illiterate; Whereas there is a direct correlation between the number of illiterate adults unable to perform at the standard necessary for available employment and the money allocated to child welfare and unemployment compensation; Whereas the percentage of illiterates in proportion to population size is higher for blacks and Hispanics, resulting in increased economic and social discrimination against these minorities; Whereas the prison population represents the single highest concentration of adult illiteracy; Whereas one million children in the United States between the ages of twelve and seventeen cannot read above a third grade level, 13 per centum of all seventeen-year-olds are functionally illiterate, and 15 per centum of graduates of urban high schools read at less than a sixth grade level; Whereas 85 per centum of the juveniles who appear in criminal court are functionally illiterate; Whereas the 47 per centum illiteracy rate among black youths is expected to increase to 50 per centum by 1990; Whereas one-half of all heads of households cannot read past the eighth grade level and one-third of all mothers on welfare are functionally illiterate; Whereas the cycle of illiteracy continues because the children of illiterate parents are often illiterate themselves because of the lack of support they receive from their home environment; Whereas Federal, State, municipal, and private literacy programs have only been able to reach 5 per centum of the total illiterate population; 102 STAT. 821 Whereas it is vital to call attention to the problem of illiteracy, to understand the severity of the problem and its detrimental effects on our society, and to reach those who are illiterate and unaware of the free services and help available to them; and Whereas it is also necessary to recognize and thank the thousands of volunteers who are working to promote literacy and provide support to the millions of illiterates in need of assistance: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That July 2, 1988, is designated as “National Literacy Day”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such day with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved July 7, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 304: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 27, considered and passed Senate.

June 30, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–364: To extend the authority for the Work Incentive Demonstration Program. Public Law 364 Public Law 100–364 102 Stat. 822 1988-07-11 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 822 Public Law 100–364 100th Congress
An Act To extend the authority for the Work Incentive Demonstration Program.

July 11, 1988

[H.R. 4731]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

WIN Demonstration Program Extension Act of 1988.

42 USC 1305 note.

42 USC 645.
That this Act may be cited as the “WIN Demonstration Program Extension Act of 1988”.
SEC. 2. DEMONSTRATION AUTHORITY EXTENDED. (a) Section 445(b)(1) of the Social Security Act is amended by striking out “June 30, 1987” and inserting in lieu thereof ”September 30, 1989”. (b) Section 445(d) of such Act is amended by striking out “June 30, 1987” and inserting in lieu thereof “September 30, 1989”, and by striking out “June 30, 1988” and inserting in lieu thereof “September 30, 1990”.
Approved July 11, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4731: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 13, considered and passed House.

June 27, 28, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–365: To amend chapter 25 of title 44, United States Code, to provide an authorization for the National Historical Publications and Records Commission programs, and for other purposes. Public Law 365 Public Law 100–365 102 Stat. 823 1988-07-13 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 823 Public Law 100–365 100th Congress
An Act To amend chapter 25 of title 44, United States Code, to provide an authorization for the National Historical Publications and Records Commission programs, and for other purposes.

July 13, 1988

[S. 1856]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

National Historical Publications and Records Commission Amendments of 1988.

44 USC 101 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.This Act may be cited as the “National Historical Publications and Records Commission Amendments of 1988”.
SEC. 2. MEMBERSHIPS AND TERMS OF MEMBERS OF COMMISSION. (a) Membership.—Section 2501 of title 44, United States Code, is amended to read as follows:
“§2501. Creation; composition; appointment and tenure; meetings “(a) The National Historical Publications and Records Commission shall consist of 15 members as follows: “(1) the following ex officio members: “(A) the Archivist of the United States, who shall be chairman; “(B) the Librarian of Congress (or an alternate designated by the Librarian); “(C) one Senator, appointed by the President of the Senate; “(D) one Representative, appointed by the Speaker of the House of Representatives; “(E) one member of the judicial branch of the Government, appointed by the Chief Justice of the United States; “(F) one representative of the Department of State to be appointed by the Secretary of State; and “(G) one representative of the Department of Defense to be appointed by the Secretary of Defense; “(2) one member from each of the following organizations, appointed by the governing council or board of the respective organization: “(A) the American Historical Association; “(B) the Organization of American Historians; “(C) the Society of American Archivists; “(D) the American Association for State and Local History; “(E) the Association for Documentary Editing; and “(F) the National Association for Government Archives and Records Administrators; and “(3) two other members, outstanding in the fields of the social or physical sciences, the arts, or archival or library science, appointed by the President of the United States. “(b) (1) The members appointed under subsection (a) shall be appointed for terms of 4 years, except that— 102 STAT. 824 “(A) a member appointed under subsection (a)(1)(D) shall be appointed for a term of 2 years; and “(B) the Archivist and the Librarian of Congress are permanent ex officio members. “(2) A member may continue to serve after the expiration of a term until a successor has been appointed, but not to exceed one year. “(c) The Commission shall meet at least annually and at call of the Chairman.”.
(b)

44 USC 2501 note.

 Effective Date and Implementation of Staggering of Terms.—The amendment made by this section shall be effective on January 1, 1989, and shall apply to the appointment of any member on the expiration of a predecessor’s term as follows: (1) The next two members appointed to such Commission after such date shall be appointed pursuant to section 2501(a)(2) (E) and (F) of title 44, United States Code, as amended by this section. (2) Notwithstanding section 2501(b)(1), the first members appointed pursuant to section 2501(a)(2) (B) and (C) after January 1, 1991, shall be appointed for terms of one year.
SEC. 3. EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR. STAFF, TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES.Section 2503 of title 44, United States Code, is amended to read as follows:
“§ 2503. Executive director, staff, transportation expenses “(a) The Commission may appoint, without reference to chapter 51 of title 5, an executive director. The Chairman may appoint such other employees as may be necessary to carry out the purposes of this chapter. “(b) Members of the Commission shall be allowed travel expenses (including per diem allowance in lieu of subsistence) in the same amount and to the same extent as persons serving intermittently in the Government service are allowed travel expenses under section 5703 of title 5, United States Code.”.
SEC. 4. DUTIES AND FUNCTIONS.Section 2504 of title 44, United States Code, is amended to read as follows:
“§ 2504. Duties; authorization of grants for historical publications and records programs; authorization for appropriations “(a) The Commission shall make plans, estimates, and recommendations for historical works and collections of sources it considers appropriate for preserving, publishing or otherwise recording at the public expense. The Chairman of the Commission shall transmit to the President and the Congress from time to time, and at least biennially, the plans, estimates, and recommendations developed and approved by the Commission. “(b) The Commission shall cooperate with, assist and encourage appropriate Federal, State, and local agencies and nongovernmental institutions, societies, and individuals in collecting and preserving and, when it considers it desirable, in editing and publishing papers of outstanding citizens of the United States, and other documents as may be important for an understanding and appreciation of the history of the United States. 102 STAT. 825 “(c) The Commission may conduct institutes, training and educational programs, and recommend candidates for fellowships related to the activities of the Commission and may disseminate information about documentary sources through guides, directories, and other technical publications. “(d) The Commission may recommend the expenditure of appropriated or donated funds for the collecting, describing, preserving, compiling and publishing (including microfilming and other forms of reproduction) of documentary sources significant to the history of the United States and for the activities described in subsection (c). “(e) The Archivist of the United States may, within the limits of available appropriated and donated funds, make grants to State and local agencies and to nonprofit organizations, institutions, and individuals, for those activities in subsection (d) after considering the advice and recommendations of the Commission. “(f) (1) For the purposes specified in this section, there is hereby authorized to be appropriated to the National Historical Publications and Records Commission— “(A) $6,000,000 for fiscal year 1989; “(B) $8,000,000 for fiscal year 1990; and “(C) $10,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 1991, 1992, and 1993. “(2) Amounts appropriated under this subsection shall be available until expended when so provided in appropriation Acts.”.
SEC. 5. CONFORMING AMENDMENT.The table of contents for chapter 25 of title 44, United States Code, is amended to read as follows: “Sec. “2501. “2502. “2503. “2504. “2505. “2506.
Approved July 13, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 1856 (H.R. 3933): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–533 accompanying H.R. 3933 (Comm. on Government Operations). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–330 (Comm. on Governmental Affairs). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD. Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 30, H.R. 3933 considered and passed House.

June 13, S. 1856 considered and passed Senate.

June 30, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–366: To amend section 307 of the Federal Employees’ Retirement System Act of 1986. Public Law 366 Public Law 100–366 102 Stat. 826 1988-07-13 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 826 Public Law 100–366 100th Congress
An Act To amend section 307 of the Federal Employees’ Retirement System Act of 1986.

July 13, 1988

[S. 2188]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. USE OF “NORMAL-COST PERCENTAGE”.Section 307 of the Federal Employees’ Retirement System Act of

5 USC 8401 note.

1986 (Public Law 99–335; 100 Stat. 607) is amended to read as follows:
“SEC. 307. USE OF ‘NORMAL-COST PERCENTAGE’. “Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the normal-cost percentage (as defined by section 8401(23) of title 5, United States Code, as added by this Act) of the Federal Employees’ Retirement System shall be used to value the cost of such System to the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund for all purposes in which the cost of the System is required to be determined by the Federal

Contracts.

Government. For any comparisons between the cost of performing commercial activities under the contract with commercial sources and the cost of performing such activities using Government facilities and personnel, the cost of the System shall include the cost of such System to the Civil Service Retirement and Disability Fund as specified in the preceding sentence, the cost of the thrift savings plan under subchapter III of chapter 84 of title 5, United States Code, and the cost of social security.”.
SEC. 2. TECHNICAL AMENDMENT TO SECTION 8438 OF TITLE 5. UNITED STATES CODE. (a) Amendment.—Section 8438(e)(3)(A) of title 5, United States Code, is amended by striking “and the earnings attributable to the investment of such sums”. (b)

Effective date.

5 USC 8438 note.

 Applicability.—The amendment made by subsection (a) shall apply with respect to earnings attributable to contributions made to the Thrift Savings Fund on or after April 1, 1987.
SEC. 3. TECHNICAL AMENDMENT TO SECTION 8477 OF TITLE 5, UNITED STATES CODE. (a) Amendment.—Section 8477(e) of title 5, United States Code, is amended— (1) in paragraph (3)(C)(ii)— (A) by striking “28, if” and inserting “28, provided that”; and (B) by striking “is exclusive of” and inserting “shall be exclusive of”; and (2) in paragraph (5), by striking “paragraphs (3) and (4)” and inserting “paragraph (3). (b)

Effective date.

5 USC 8477 note.

 Applicability.—Section 8477(e) of title 5, United States Code, as amended by subsection (a), shall apply to any civil action or 102 STAT. 827proceeding arising from any act or omission occurring on or after October 1, 1986.
Approved July 13, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 2188: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 6, considered and passed Senate.

June 20, considered and passed House, amended.

June 28, Senate concurred in House amendments.

 Public Law 100–367: To designate the Federal Building located at the corner of Locust Street and West Cumberland Avenue in Knoxville, Tennessee, as the “John J. Duncan Federal Building”. Public Law 367 Public Law 100–367 102 Stat. 828 1988-07-15 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 828 Public Law 100–367 100th Congress
An Act To designate the Federal Building located at the corner of Locust Street and West Cumberland Avenue in Knoxville, Tennessee, as the “John J. Duncan Federal Building”.

July 15, 1988

[H.R. 4288]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. DESIGNATION.The Federal Building located at the corner of Locust Street and West Cumberland Avenue in Knoxville, Tennessee, shall be known and designated as the “John J. Duncan Federal Building”.
SEC. 2. LEGAL REFERENCES.Any reference in any law, regulation, document, record, map, or other paper of the United States to the building referred to in section 1 is deemed to be a reference to the “John J. Duncan Federal Building”.
Approved July 15, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4288: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–722 (Comm. on Public Works and Transportation). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 22, considered and passed House.

June 29, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–368: To amend the provisions of the Toxic Substances Control Act relating to asbestos in the Nation’s schools by providing adequate time for local educational agencies to submit asbestos management plans to State Governors and to begin implementation of those plans. Public Law 368 Public Law 100–368 102 Stat. 829 1988-07-18 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 829 Public Law 100–368 100th Congress
An Act To amend the provisions of the Toxic Substances Control Act relating to asbestos in the Nation’s schools by providing adequate time for local educational agencies to submit asbestos management plans to State Governors and to begin implementation of those plans.

July 18, 1988

[H.R. 3893]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. DEFERRAL OF DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLANS. (a) Request for Deferral of Submission of Management Plan.— Section 205 of the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2645) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(d) Deferral of Submission.— “(1) Request for deferral.— A local educational agency may request a deferral, to May 9, 1989, of the deadline under subsection (a). Upon approval of such a request, the deadline under subsection (a) is deferred until May 9, 1989, for the local educational agency which submitted the request. Such a request may cover one or more schools under the authority of the agency and shall include a list of all the schools covered by the request. A local educational agency shall file any such request with the State Governor by October 12, 1988, and shall include with the request either of the following statements: “(A) A statement— “(i) that the State in which the agency is located has requested from the Administrator, before June 1, 1988, a waiver under section 203(m); and “(ii) that gives assurance that the local educational agency has carried out the notification and, in the case of a public school, public meeting required by paragraph (2). “(B) A statement, the accuracy of which is sworn to by a responsible official of the agency (by notarization or other means of certification), that includes the following with respect to each school for which a deferral is sought in the request: “(i) A statement that, in spite of the fact that the local educational agency has made a good faith effort to meet the deadline for submission of a management plan under subsection (a), the agency will not be able to meet the deadline. The statement shall include a brief explanation of the reasons why the deadline cannot be met. “(ii) A statement giving assurance that the local

Public information.

 educational agency has made available for inspection by the public, at each school for which a deferral is sought in the request, at least one of the following documents: 102 STAT. 830 “(I)

Contracts.

 A solicitation by the local educational agency to contract with an accredited asbestos contractor for inspection or management plan development. “(II) A letter attesting to the enrollment of school district personnel in an Environmental Protection Agency-accredited training course for inspection and management plan development. “(III) Documentation showing that an analysis of suspected asbestos-containing material from the school is pending at an accredited laboratory. “(IV) Documentation showing that an inspection or management plan has b«‘n completed in at least one other school under the local educational agency’s authority. “(iii) A statement giving assurance that the local educational agency has carried out the notification and, in the case of a public school, public meeting required by paragraph (2). “(iv)

Contracts.

 A proposed schedule outlining all significant activities leading up to submission of a management plan by May 9, 1989, including inspection of the school (if not completed at the time of the request) with a deadline of no later than December 22, 1988, for entering into a signed contract with an accredited asbestos contractor for inspection (unless such inspections are to be performed by school personnel), laboratory analysis of material from the school suspected of containing asbestos, and development of the management plan. “(2) Notification and public meeting.— Before filing a deferral request under paragraph (1), a local educational agency shall notify affected parent, teacher, and employee organizations of its intent to file such a request. In the case of a deferral request for a public school, the local educational agency shall discuss the request at a public meeting of the school board with jurisdiction over the school, and affected parent, teacher, and employee organizations shall be notified in advance of the time and place of such meeting. “(3) Response by governor.— (A) Not later than 30 days after the date on which a Governor receives a deferral request under paragraph (1) from a local educational agency, the Governor shall respond to the local educational agency in writing by acknowledging whether the request is complete or incomplete. If the request is incomplete, the Governor shall identify in the response the items that are missing from the request. “(B) A local educational agency may correct any deficiencies in an incomplete deferral request and refile the request with the Governor. In any case in which the local educational agency decides to refile the request, the agency shall refile the request, and the Governor shall respond to such refiled request in the manner described in subparagraph (A), no later than 15 days after the local educational agency has received a response from the Governor under subparagraph (A). “(C) Approval of a deferral request under this subsection occurs only upon the receipt by a local educational agency of a written acknowledgment from the Governor that the agency’s deferral request is complete. 102 STAT. 831 “(4) Submission and review of plan.—A local educational agency whose deferral request is approved shall submit a management plan to the Governor not later than May 9, 1989. Such management plan shall include a copy of the deferral request and the statement accompanying such request. Such management plan shall be reviewed in accordance with subsection (c), except that the Governor may extend the 30-day period for revision of the plan under subsection (c)(2) for only an additional 30 days (for a total of 60 days). “(5) Implementation of plan.—The approval of a deferral request from a local educational agency shall not be considered to be a waiver or exemption from the requirement under section 203(i) for the local educational agency to begin implementation of its management plan by July 9, 1989. “(6) EPA notice.— (A) Not later than 15 days after the date of

Federal Register, publication.

 the enactment of this subsection, the Administrator shall publish in the Federal Register the following: “(i) A notice describing the opportunity to file a request for deferral under this subsection. “(ii) A list of the State offices (including officials (if available) in each State as designated under subsection (b)) with which deferral requests should be filed. “(B) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 30 days, after the date of the enactment of this subsection, the Administrator shall mail a notice describing the opportunity to file a request for deferral under this subsection to each local educational agency and to each State office in the list published under subparagraph (A).”.
SEC. 2. NOTIFICATION TO EPA OF STATUS OF STATE MANAGEMENT PLAN SUBMISSIONS.Section 205 of the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2645), as amended by section (1), is further amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(e) Status Reports.— (1) Not later than December 31, 1988, the Governor of each State shall submit to the Administrator a written statement on the status of management plan submissions and deferral requests by local educational agencies in the State. The statement shall be made available to local educational agencies in the State and shall contain the following: “(A) A list containing each local educational agency that submitted a management plan by October 12, 1988. “(B) A list containing each local educational agency whose deferral request was approved. “(C) A list containing each local educational agency that failed to submit a management plan by October 12, 1988, and whose deferral request was disapproved. “(D) A list containing each local educational agency that failed to submit a management plan by October 12, 1988, and did not submit a deferral request. “(2) Not later than December 31, 1989, the Governor of each State shall submit to the Administrator an updated version of the written statement submitted under paragraph (1). The statement shall be made available to local educational agencies in the State and shall contain the following: 102 STAT. 832 “(A) A List containing each local educational agency whose management plan was submitted and not disapproved as of October 9, 1989. “(B) A list containing each local educational agency whose management plan was submitted and disapproved, and which remains disapproved, as of October 9, 1989. “(C) A list containing each local educational agency that submitted a management plan after May 9, 1989, and before October 10, 1989. “(D) A list containing each local educational agency that failed to submit a management plan as of October 9, 1989.”.
SEC. 3. PUBLICATION OF EPA-APPROVED ACCREDITATION COURSES.Section 206 of the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2646) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(f)

Federal Register, publication.

 List of EPA-Approved Courses.—Not later than August 31, 1988, and every three months thereafter until August 31, 1991, the Administrator shall publish in the Federal Register a list of all Environmental Protection Agency-approved asbestos training courses for persons to achieve accreditation in each category described in subsection (b)(1)(A) and for laboratories to achieve accreditation. The Administrator may continue publishing such a list after August 31, 1991, at such times as the Administrator considers it useful. The list shall include the name and address of each approved trainer and, to the extent available, a list of all the geographic sites where training courses will take place. The Administrator shall provide a copy of the list to each State official on the list published by the Administrator under section 205(d)(6) and to each regional office of the Environmental Protection Agency.”.
SEC. 4 WORKER PROTECTION. (a) Worker Protection Required.—The Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.) is further amended by adding at the end the following new section:
“SEC. 215.

15 USC 2655.

 WORKER PROTECTION. “(a) Prohibition on Certain Activities.— Until the local educational agency with authority over a school has submitted a management plan (for the school) which the State Governor has not disapproved as of the end of the period for review and revision of the plan under section 205, the local educational agency may not do either of the following in the school: “(1) Perform, or direct an employee to perform, renovations or removal of building materials, except emergency repairs, in the school, unless— “(A) the school is carrying out work under a grant awarded under section 505 of the Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Act of 1984; or “(B) an inspection that complies with the requirements of regulations promulgated under section 203 has been carried out in the school and the agency complies with the following sections of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations: “(i) Paragraphs (g), (h), and (i) of section 763.90 (response actions). “(ii)

Waste disposal.

 Appendix D to subpart E of part 763 (transport and disposal of asbestos waste). 102 STAT. 833 “(2) Perform, or direct an employee to perform, operations and maintenance activities in the school, unless the agency complies with the following sections of title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations: “(A) Section 763.91 (operations and maintenance), including appendix B to subpart E of part 763. “(B) Paragraph (a)(2) of section 763.92 (training and periodic surveillance). “(b) Employee Training and Equipment.—Any school employee who is directed to conduct emergency repairs involving any building material containing asbestos or suspected of containing asbestos, or to conduct operations and maintenance activities, in a school— “(1) shall be provided the proper training to safely conduct such work in order to prevent potential exposure to asbestos; and “(2) shall be provided the proper equipment and allowed to follow work practices that are necessary to safely conduct such work in order to prevent potential exposure to asbestos. “(c) Definition of Emergency Repair.—For purposes of this section, the term ‘emergency repair’ means a repair in a school building that was not planned and was in response to a sudden, unexpected event that threatens either— “(1) the health or safety of building occupants; or “(2) the structural integrity of the building.”.
(b) Clerical Amendment —The table of contents in section 1 of such Act is amended by adding after the item relating to section 214 the following new item: “Sec. 215. (c) Effective Date.—Section 215 of the Toxic Substances Control

15 USC 2655 note.

 Act, as added by subsection (a), shall take effect on October 12, 1988.
SEC. 5. ENFORCEMENT.Section 207(a) of the Toxic Substances Control Act is amended—

15 USC 2647.

 (1) by striking out “or” at the end of paragraph (2); and (2) by adding after paragraph (3) the following new paragraphs: “(4) which carries out any activity prohibited by section 215, or “(5) which knowingly submits false information to the Governor regarding a deferral request under section 205(d).”.
SEC 5. TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS TO AHERA. (a) Placement of Sentence.—Section 512 of the Asbestos School Hazard Abatement Act of 1984 (20 U.S.C. 4021) is amended by moving the last sentence of such section (as added by section 4(a) of the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act of 1986) to the end of paragraph (1) of subsection (a). (b) Cross References.—Paragraph (4) of section 505(g) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 4014) (as added by section 3(a) of the Asbestos Hazard Emergency Response Act of 1986) is amended— 102 STAT. 834 (1) in subparagraph (B)(i), by striking out “this title” and inserting in lieu thereof “such Act”; and (2) in subparagraph (B)(ii), by striking out “subsection (d)” and inserting in lieu thereof “section 206(d) of the Toxic Substances Control Act”.
Approved July 18, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 3893 (S. 2024): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–734 (Comm. on Energy and Commerce). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–405 accompanying S. 2024 (Comm. on Environment and Public Works). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 27, considered and passed House.

June 29, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–369: To amend the Higher Education Act of 1965 to prevent abuses in the Supplemental Loans for Students program under part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, and for other purposes. Public Law 369 Public Law 100–369 102 Stat. 835 1988-07-18 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 835 Public Law 100–369 100th Congress
An Act To amend the Higher Education Act of 1965 to prevent abuses in the Supplemental Loans for Students program under part B of title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, and for other purposes.

July 18, 1988

[H.R. 4639]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. PELL GRANT APPLICATION REQUIRED FOR GSL AND SLS LOANS. Section 484(b)(1) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1091(b)(1) is amended— (1) by striking out “section 428A, 428B, or 428C” and inserting “section 428B or 428C”; (2) by striking out subparagraph (A) and inserting the following: “(A) (i) have received a determination of eligibility or ineligibility for a Pell Grant under such subpart 1 for such period of enrollment; and (ii) if determined to be eligible, have filed an application for a Pell Grant for such enrollment period; or”.
SEC. 2. GSL LOAN APPLICATION REQUIRED FOR SLS LOANS.Section 484(b) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 is further amended— (1) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3); and (2) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following: “(2) In order to be eligible to receive any loan under section 428A for any period of enrollment, a student shall— “(A) have received a determination of need for a loan under section 428(a)(2)(B) of this title; and “(B) if determined to have need for a loan under section 428, have applied for such a loan.”.
SEC. 3. DETERMINATION OF SLS LOAN AMOUNTS.Section 428A(b)(3) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078–1(b)(3)) is amended by striking out “minus (B)” and inserting “minus (B) the total of (i) any loan for which the student is eligible under section 428 and (ii)”.
SEC. 4. RESTRICTIONS ON SLS LOAN ELIGIBILITY.Section 428A(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1078–1(a)) is amended— (1) in the last sentence, by striking “extenuating” and inserting “exceptional”; and (2) by adding at the end the following: “If the financial aid

Records.

 administrator makes such a determination, appropriate documentation of such determination shall be maintained in the institution’s records to support such determination.”.
102 STAT. 836
SEC. 5. SLS LOAN DISBURSEMENT. (a) Disbursement Requirements.—Section 428A(b) of the Higher

20 USC 1078–1.

Education Act of 1965 is further amended by inserting after paragraph (3) the following: “(4) Disbursement.—Any loan under this section shall be disbursed in the manner required by subparagraphs (N) and (O) of section 428(b)(1).”. (b) Conforming Amendments.— (1) Section 427(b)(2) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1077(b)(2)) is amended by striking out “section 428A, 428B, or 428C” and inserting “section 428B or 428C”. (2) Section 428(b)(1)(O) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1078(b)(1)(D)) is amended by striking out “section 428A, 428B, or 428C” and inserting “section 428B or 428C”. (3) Section 428A(c) of such Act (20 U.S.C. 1078–1(c)) is amended— (A) in paragraph (1), by inserting after “disbursed by the lender,” the following: “or, if the loan is disbursed in multiple installments, not later than 60 days after the disbursement of the last such installment,”; (B) in paragraph (2), by inserting after “made under this section” the following: “which are disbursed in installments or,”; and (C) in such paragraph (2) by inserting a comma after “428(b)(1)(M)(i)”.
SEC. 6. TECHNICAL AMENDMENT CONCERNING TEACHER TRAINING PROGRAM ELIGIBILITY FOR GSL PROGRAM.

20 USC 1091.

Section 484 of the Act is further amended— (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking out “subsection (b)(2)” and inserting in lieu thereof “subsections (b)(3) and (b)(4)”; and (2) by adding at the end of subsection (b) the following new paragraph: “(4) A student who— “(A) is carrying at least one-half the normal full-time work load for the course of study the student is pursuing, as determined by the institution, and “(B) is enrolled or accepted for enrollment in a program at an eligible institution necessary for a professional credential or certification from a State that is required for employment as a teacher in an elementary or secondary school in that State, shall be, notwithstanding paragraph (1) of subsection (a), eligible to apply for loans under part B of this title.”.
SEC. 7. TREATMENT OF TERRITORIAL AND FOREIGN TAX PAYMENTS FOR PURPOSES OF NEED ANALYSIS. (a) Pell Grant Need Analysis.—Section 411F of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1070a–6) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: “(17) (A) The tax on income paid to the Governments of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, or the Northern Mariana Islands, or the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands under the laws applicable to those jurisdictions, or the comparable tax paid to the central government of a foreign country, shall be treated as United States income taxes. “(B) References in this subpart to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, Federal income tax forms, and the Internal Revenue Service shall, for purposes of the tax described in subparagraph 102 STAT. 837 (A), be treated as references to the corresponding laws, tax forms, and tax collection agencies of those jurisdictions, respectively, subject to such adjustments as the Secretary may prescribe by regulation.”. (b) General Need Analysis Provisions.—Section 480 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1087w) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: “(i) Treatment of Income Taxes Paid to Other Jurisdictions.— (1) The tax on income paid to the Governments of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the Virgin Islands, or the Northern Mariana Islands, or the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands under the laws applicable to those jurisdictions, or the comparable tax paid to the central government of a foreign country, shall be treated as Federal income taxes. “(2) References in this part to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, Federal income tax forms, and the Internal Revenue Service shall, for purposes of the tax described in paragraph (1), be treated as references to the corresponding laws, tax forms, and tax collection agencies of those jurisdictions, respectively, subject to such adjustments as the Secretary may prescribe by regulation.”. (c) Technical Amendment.—The Higher Education Act of 1965 is

20 USC 1001 et seq.

 amended by striking out “Internal Revenue Code of 1954” each time it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “Internal Revenue Code of 1986”.
SEC. 8. ROBERT T. STAFFORD STUDENT LOAN PROGRAM.Section 421(c) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (as amended by section 2601 of the Augustus F. Hawkins-Robert T. Stafford Elementary and Secondary School Improvement Amendments of 1988)

20 USC 1071.

 is amended by striking out “may” and inserting in lieu thereof “shall” and by adding at the end thereof the following new sentence: “Loans made under this part shall be known as ‘Stafford Loans’.”.
SEC. 9. MICRONESIA PROVISION.Section 105(h) of the Compact of Free Association Act of 1985 (99 Stat. 1794) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following

48 USC 1681 note.

 new paragraph: “(5) Federal education grants.—Pursuant to section 224 of the Compact or section 224 of

Territories, U.S.

 the Compact with Palau (as contained in title II of Public Law 99–658), the Pell Grant Program, the Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant Program, and the College Work-Study Program (as authorized by title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965) shall be extended to students who are, or will be, citizens of the Federated States of Micronesia, or the Marshall Islands and who attend postsecondary institutions in the United States, its territories and commonwealths, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, the Federated States of Micronesia, or the Marshall Islands, except that this paragraph shall not apply to any student receiving assistance pursuant to section 223 of the Compact or section 223 of the Compact with Palau (as contained in title II of Public Law 99–658).”.
SEC. 10. AMENDMENTS TO TITLE III. (a) Historically Black College Eligibility for Part A Funds.—Section 312 of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1058) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: 102 STAT. 838 “(f) Historically Black College or University.—For the purposes of this section, no historically black college or university which is eligible for and receives funds under part B of this title is eligible for or may receive funds under this part.”. (b) New Part B Activities.—Section 323(a) of the Higher Education Act of 1965 (20 U.S.C. 1062) is amended— (1) by inserting a comma and “and faculty development” after “exchanges” in paragraph (3); and (2) by inserting after paragraph (6) the following new paragraphs: (3) ) Funds and administrative management, and acquisition of equipment for use in strengthening funds management. (4) ) Joint use of facilities, such as laboratories and libraries.’’. (c)

20 USC 1061.

 Title III Eligibility.—Section 322(2) of the Act is amended— (1) by adding a comma after the word “accreditation”; and (2) by inserting the following before the period at the end of

Grants.

the sentence a comma and the following: “except that any branch campus of a southern institution of higher education that prior to September 30, 1986, received a grant as an institution with special needs under section 321 of this title and was formally recognized by the National Center for Education Statistics as a Historically Black College or University but was determined not to be a part B institution on or after October 17, 1986, shall, from the date of enactment of this exception, be considered a part B institution”.
SEC. 11. INTERNSHIP DEFERMENT. (a) In General.—Sections 427(a)(2)(C)(vii) and 428(b)(1)(M)(vii) of

20 USC 1077, 1078.

the Act are each amended by inserting “after January 1, 1986,” after “service”. (b)

20 USC 1077 note.

 Applicability.—The amendments made by subsection (a) and section 10(b) of the Higher Education Technical Amendments Act of 1987 shall apply with respect to loans made, insured or guaranteed under part B of the Higher Education Act of 1965, on, before, or after the date of enactment of the Higher Education Technical Amendments Act of 1987.
SEC. 12. DELAY OF REGULATORY EFFECTIVE DATE.Section 600.3 (c) and (d) of title 34 of the Code of Federal Regulations, relating to new special conditions imposed on an institution’s authority to measure academic programs in clock or credit hours, shall not take effect until July 1, 1989.
SEC. 13.

20 USC 1078–1 note.

 EFFECTIVE DATE. (a) General Rule.—Except as otherwise provided, the amendments made by this Act to title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965 shall be effective for any loan for which the eligibility of the 102 STAT. 839borrower is certified by the institution 30 days after the date of enactment of this Act. (b) Special Rules.— (1) The amendments made by section 5 shall be effective with respect to loans made on or after October 1, 1988. (2) The amendments made by sections 6, 7, 8, 9,10,11, and 12 shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act.
Approved July 18, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4639: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 101–669 (Comm. on Education and Labor). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD. Vol. 134 (1988):

June 7, 8, considered and passed House.

June 15, considered and passed Senate, amended.

June 28, House concurred in Senate amendment.

 Public Law 100–370: To amend title 10, United States Code, to codify in that title certain defense-related permanent free-standing provisions of law. Public Law 370 Public Law 100–370 102 Stat. 840 1988-07-19 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 840 Public Law 100–370 100th Congress
An Act To amend title 10, United States Code, to codify in that title certain defense-related permanent free-standing provisions of law.

July 19, 1988

[H.R. 4229]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1.

Armed Forces.

 CODIFICATION OF CERTAIN PERMANENT PROVISIONS OF LAW IN TITLE 10, UNITED STATES CODE. (a) Enlistment Qualifications.— (1) Section 520(b) of title 10, United States Code, is amended by striking out the period at the end and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “; however, a person may not be denied enlistment in the armed forces solely because of his not having a high school diploma if his enlistment is needed to meet established strength requirements.”. (2) Section 3262 of title 10, United States Code, is amended by striking out “Of” and inserting in lieu thereof “Notwithstanding section 520(b) of this title, of”. (3) Section 401 of the Department of Defense Supplemental

10 USC 520 note.

Appropriation Authorization Act, 1974 (Public Law 93–307; 88 Stat. 234), is repealed. (b) Cap on Number of General and Flag Officers on Active Duty.— (1) Chapter 32 of title 10, United States Code, is amended— (A) by redesignating section 526 as section 527; and (B) by inserting after section 525 the following new section 526:
Ҥ 526.

10 USC 526.

Authorized strength: general and flag officers on active duty “The total number of general officers on active duty in the Army, Air Force, and Marine Corps and flag officers on active duty in the Navy may not exceed 1,073”.
(2) (A) Section 527 (as redesignated by paragraph (1)(A)) is amended by striking out “or 525” and inserting in lieu thereof “525, or 526”. (B) The heading of such section is amended to read as follows:
“§ 527. Authority to suspend sections 523, 524, 525, and 526”.
(3) The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by striking out the item relating to section 526 and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “526. “527. (4) Section 811(a) of the Department of Defense Appropriation Authorization Act, 1978 (10 U.S.C. 523 note), is repealed. (c) Commissary and Exchange Eligibility.— (1) Part II of subtitle A of title 10, United States Code, is amended by inserting after chapter 53 the following new chapter: 102 STAT. 841 “CHAPTER 54—COMMISSARY AND EXCHANGE BENEFITS “Sec. “1061. “1062. “1063.
Ҥ 1061. Survivors of certain Reserve and Guard members

10 USC 1061.

 “(a) Benefits.— The Secretary of Defense shall prescribe regulations

Regulations.

 to allow dependents of members of the uniformed services described in subsection (b) to use commissary and exchange stores on the same basis as dependents of members of the uniformed services who die while on active duty for a period of more than 30 days. “(b) Covered Dependents.— A dependent referred to in subsection (a) is a dependent of a member of a uniformed service who died— “(1) while on active duty, active duty for training, or inactive-duty training (regardless of the period of such duty); or “(2) while traveling to or from the place at which the member was to perform, or has performed, active duty, active duty for training, or inactive-duty training (regardless of the period of such duty).
Ҥ 1062. Certain former spouses

10 USC 1062.

 “The Secretary of Defense shall prescribe such regulations as may

Regulations.

 be necessary to provide that an unremarried former spouse described in subparagraph (F)(i) of section 1072(2) of this title is entitled to commissary and exchange privileges to the same extent and on the same basis as the surviving spouse of a retired member of the uniformed services.”.
(2) (A) Section 1052 of such title is transferred to the end of chapter 54 of such title (as added by paragraph (1)) and redesignated as section 1063. (B) The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 53 of such title is amended by striking out the item relating to such section 1052. (3) The tables of chapters at the beginning of subtitle A, and at the beginning of part II of subtitle A, of such title are each amended by inserting after the item relating to chapter 53 the following new item: “54. 1061” (4) Section 308 of the Department of Defense Authorization Act, 1986 (Public Law 99–145; 99 Stat. 618), is repealed.

10 USC 1052.

 (5) Section 1005 of the Uniformed Services Former Spouses’ Protection Act (10 U.S.C. 1408 note) is repealed. (d) Financial Management.— (1) (A) Chapter 131 of title 10, United States Code, is amended by inserting before section 2202 the following new section:
Ҥ 2201. Apportionment of funds: authority for exemption; excepted expenses

10 USC 2201.

 “(a) Exemption From Apportionment Requirement.— If the

Contracts.

 President determines such action to be necessary in the interest of national defense, the President may exempt from the provisions of section 1512 of title 31 appropriations, funds, and contract 102 STAT. 842 authorizations available for military functions of the Department of Defense. “(b) Airborne Alerts.— Upon a determination by the President that such action is necessary, the Secretary of Defense may provide for the cost of an airborne alert as an excepted expense under section 3732(a) of the Revised Statutes (41 U.S.C. 11(a)). “(c) Members on Active Duty.—Upon a determination by the President that it is necessary to increase (subject to limits imposed by law) the number of members of the armed forces on active duty beyond the number for which funds are provided in appropriation Acts for the Department of Defense, the Secretary of Defense may provide for the cost of such additional members as an excepted expense under section 3732(a) of the Revised Statutes (41 U.S.C. 11(a)). “(d) Notification to Congress.—The Secretary of Defense— “(1) shall immediately notify Congress of the use of any authority under this section; and “(2)

Reports.

 shall submit monthly reports to Congress on the estimated obligations incurred pursuant to subsections (b) and (c).”.
(B) Section 8009 of the Department of Defense Appropriations Act, 1986 (as contained in section 101(b) of Public Law 99–190 (99 Stat.

10 USC 114 note.

1204)), is repealed. (2) (A) Chapter 131 of title 10, United States Code, is further amended by inserting after section 2211 the following new section:
Ҥ 2212.

10 USC 2212.

Contracted advisory and assistance services: accounting procedures “(a) Accounting Procedure.— The Secretary of Defense shall require that there be maintained within each military department an accounting procedure to aid in the identification and control of expenditures for services identified as contracted advisory and assistance services. “(b) Regulations to Identify Contracted Advisory and Assistance Services.— (1) The Secretary shall prescribe regulations which specifically describe— “(A) those services which the Department of Defense considers to be contracted advisory and assistance services; and “(B) of those services, which services are carried out in direct support of a weapons system and are essential to the development, production, or maintenance of the system. “(2) In prescribing regulations under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall consider the following areas: “(A) Management and professional services. “(B) Special studies and analyses. “(C) Management and support services for research and development activities. “(D) Training. “(E) Management review of program funded organizations. “(F) Public relations. “(G) Other consulting services. “(H) Engineering development and operational systems development related to research and development activities and production activities. “(I) Technical assistance. “(J) Technical representation. “(K) Quality control, testing, and inspection services. “(L) Specialized medical services. 102 STAT. 843 “(M) Architectural and engineering services, other than in connection with construction. “(N) Technical and management assistance for weapons systems management and review. “(c) Congressional Budget Documents.—Budget documents presented to Congress in support of the budget for the Department of Defense for any fiscal year— “(1) shall identify the total amount requested for contracted advisory and assistance services (as defined under regulations prescribed under subsection (b)); “(2) shall identify the amount requested for each category of such services established by regulations prescribed under subsection (b); and “(3) within each such category, shall separately set forth amounts for such services described in subsection (b)(1)(B).”.
(B) Section 918 of the Defense Procurement Improvement Act of 1985 (title IX of Public Law 99–145) is repealed.

10 USC 2304 note.

 (3) (A) Chapter 131 of title 10, United States Code, is further amended by adding at the end the following new section:
Ҥ 2217. Comparable budgeting for common procurement weapon systems

10 USC 2217.

 “(a) Matters To Be Included in Annual Defense Budgets.—In preparing the defense budget for any fiscal year, the Secretary of Defense shall— “(1) specifically identify each common procurement weapon system included in the budget; “(2) take all feasible steps to minimize variations in procurement unit costs for any such system as shown in the budget requests of the different armed forces requesting procurement funds for the system; and “(3) identify and justify in the budget all such variations in procurement unit costs for common procurement weapon systems. “(b) Comptroller.—The Secretary shall carry out this section through the Comptroller of the Department of Defense. “(c) Definitions.—In this section: “(1) The term ‘defense budget’ means the budget of the Department of Defense included in the President’s budget submitted to Congress under section 1105 of title 31 for a fiscal year. “(2) The term ‘common procurement weapon system’ means a weapon system for which two or more of the Army, Navy, Air Force, and Marine Corps request procurement funds in a defense budget.”.
(B) Section 955 of the Defense Acquisition Improvement Act of 1986 is repealed.

10 USC 113 note.

 (4) The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 131 of title 10 United States Code, is amended— (A) by inserting before the item relating to section 2202 the following new item: “2201. (B) by inserting after the item relating to section 2211 the following new item: “2212. 102 STAT. 844 (C) by adding at the end the following new item: “2217. (e) Miscellaneous Administrative Provisions.— (1) Subtitle A of title 10, United States Code, is amended by inserting after chapter 133 the following new chapter: “CHAPTER 134—MISCELLANEOUS ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS “Subchapter Sec. “I. 2241 “II. 2251 “SUBCHAPTER I—MISCELLANEOUS AUTHORITIES, PROHIBITIONS, AND LIMITATIONS ON THE USE OF APPROPRIATED FUNDS “Sec. “2241. “2242.
Ҥ 2241.

10 USC 2241.

Availability of appropriations for certain purposes “(a) Operation and Maintenance Appropriations.— Amounts appropriated to the Department of Defense for operation and maintenance of the active forces may be used for the following purposes: “(1) Morale, welfare, and recreation. “(2) Modification of personal property. “(3) Design of vessels. “(4) Industrial mobilization. “(5) Military communications facilities on merchant vessels. “(6) Acquisition of services, special clothing, supplies, and equipment. “(7) Expenses for the Reserve Officers’ Training Corps and other units at educational institutions. “(b) Necessary Expenses.— Amounts appropriated to the Department of Defense may be used for all necessary expenses, at the seat of the Government or elsewhere, in connection with communication and other services and supplies that may be necessary for the national defense.
Ҥ 2242.

10 USC 2242.

Authority to use appropriated funds for certain investigations and security services “The Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of each military department may— “(1) pay in advance for the expenses of conducting investigations in foreign countries incident to matters relating to the Department of Defense, to the extent such expenses are determined by the investigating officer to be necessary and in accord with local custom; “(2) pay expenses incurred in connection with the administration of occupied areas; “(3) pay expenses of military courts, boards, and commissions; and 102 STAT. 845 “(4) reimburse the Administrator of General Services for

Classified information.

 security guard services furnished by the Administrator to the Department of Defense for the protection of confidential files.
“SUBCHAPTER II—MISCELLANEOUS ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY “Sec. “2251. “2252. “2253.
Ҥ 2251. Household furnishings and other property: personnel outside the United States or in Alaska or Hawaii

10 USC 2251.

 “(a) In General.— Subject to subsection (b), the Secretary of the military department concerned may— “(1) purchase household furnishings and automobiles from members of the armed forces and civilian employees of the Department of Defense on duty outside the United States or in Hawaii for resale at cost to incoming personnel; and “(2) provide household furnishings, without charge, in other than public quarters occupied by members of the armed forces or civilian employees of the Department of Defense who are on duty outside the United States or in Alaska or Hawaii. “(b) Required Determination.— The authority provided in subsection (a) may be used only when it is determined, under regulations approved by the Secretary of Defense, that the use of that authority would be advantageous to the United States.
Ҥ 2252. Rewards: missing property

10 USC 2252.

 “The Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of each military department may pay a reward of not more than $500 in any case for information leading to the discovery of missing property under the jurisdiction of that Secretary or leading to the recovery of such property.
Ҥ 2253. Motor vehicles

10 USC 2253.

 “(a) General Authorities.— The Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of each military department may— “(1) provide for insurance of official motor vehicles in a

Insurance.

 foreign country when the laws of such country require such insurance; and “(2) purchase right-hand drive vehicles at a cost of not more than $12,000 each. “(b) Hire of Passenger Vehicles.— Amounts appropriated to the Department of Defense for operation and maintenance of the active forces may be used for the hire of passenger motor vehicles.”.
(2) The tables of chapters at the beginning of subtitle A, and at the beginning of part IV of subtitle A, of such title are each amended by inserting after the item relating to chapter 133 the following new item: “134. 2241” (3) (A) Section 7209 of such title is repealed. (B) The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 631 of such title is amended by striking out the item relating to section 7209. 102 STAT. 846 (f) Procurement Generally.— (1) (A) Section 2307 of title 10, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(e) (1) The Secretary of Defense shall ensure that any payment for work in progress (including materials, labor, and other items) under a defense contract that provides for such payments is commensurate with the work, which meets standards of quality established under the contract, that has been accomplished. “(2) The Secretary shall ensure that progress payments referred to in paragraph (1) are not made for more than 80 percent of the work accomplished under a defense contract so long as the Secretary has not made the contractual terms, specifications, and price definite. “(3) This subsection does not apply to contracts for amounts less than the maximum amount for small purchases specified in section 2304(g)(2) of this title.”. (B) Section 916 of the Defense Procurement Improvement Act of

10 USC 2307 note.

1985 (title IX of Public Law 99–145; 99 Stat. 688) is repealed. (2) (A) Section 2324(e)(1) of such title (as amended by section 805 of Public Law 100–180) is amended by adding at the end the following new subparagraph: “(L)

Insurance.

 Costs of commercial insurance that protects against the costs of the contractor for correction of the contractor’s own defects in materials or workmanship.”. (B) Section 2399 of such title is repealed. (3) (A) Section 2324 of such title is further amended— (i) by redesignating subsections (j) and (k) as subsections (k) and (1), respectively; and (ii) by inserting after subsection (i) the following new subsection (j): “(j) In a proceeding before the Armed Services Board of Contract Appeals, the United States Claims Court, or any other Federal court in which the reasonableness of indirect costs for which a contractor seeks reimbursement from the Department of Defense is in issue, the burden of proof shall be upon the contractor to establish that those costs are reasonable.”. (B) Section 933 of the Defense Procurement Improvement Act of

10 USC 2324 note.

1985 (title IX of Public Law 99–145; 99 Stat. 700) is repealed. (g) Research and Development.— (1) Section 2361 of title 10, United States Code, is transferred within chapter 139 to appear immediately before section 2352, redesignated as section 2351, and amended— (A) by inserting “(a)” before “Funds”; and (B) by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(b) Funds appropriated to the Department of Defense for research and development may be used— “(1) for the purposes of section 2353 of this title; and “(2) for purposes related to research and development for which expenditures are specifically authorized in other appropriations of the Department of Defense.”. (2) Section 8015 of the Department of Defense Appropriations Act, 1986 (as contained in section 101(b) of Public Law 99–190 (99 Stat.

10 USC 2353 note.

1205)), is repealed. (3) Section 2358 of title 10, United States Code, is amended— (A) by inserting “(a) In General.—”before “Subject to approval” in the first sentence; (B) by striking out “or his designee” both places it appears; and 102 STAT. 847 (C) by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(b) Requirement of Potential Military Relationship.—Funds appropriated to the Department of Defense may not be used to finance any research project or study unless the project or study has, in the opinion of the Secretary of Defense, a potential relationship to a military function or operation.”. (4) The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 139 of title 10, United States Code, is amended— (A) by inserting before the item relating to section 2352 the following new item: “2351. and (B) by striking out the item relating to section 2361. (5) Section 204 of Public Law 91–441 (10 U.S.C. 2358 note) is repealed. (h) Miscellaneous Procurement Provisions.— (1) (A) Section 2389 of title 10, United States Code, is amended— (i) by inserting “(a)” before “Under regulations”; and (ii) by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(b) (1) Funds appropriated to the Department of Defense may be

Dairy products.

 used to purchase for enlisted members milk made available to the Department of Defense under section 202 of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1446a). “(2) The cost of milk so purchased (as determined by the Secretary of Defense) shall be included in the value of the commuted ration of enlisted members.”. (B) The heading of such section is amended to read, as follows:
“§2389. Contracts for the procurement of milk: price adjustments; purchases from the Commodity Credit Corporation”.
(2) Chapter 141 of such title is amended by adding at the end the following new sections:
Ҥ 2410. Contract claims: certification

10 USC 2410.

 “A contract claim, request for equitable adjustment to contract terms, request for relief under Public Law 85–804 (50 U.S.C. 1431 et seq.), or other similar request by a contractor that exceeds $100,000 may not be paid unless a senior official of the contractor in charge at the plant or location involved certifies at the time the claim or request is submitted that— “(1) the claim or request is made in good faith; and “(2) all supporting data submitted in connection with the claim or request are accurate and complete to the best of such official’s knowledge and belief.
Ҥ 2410a. Appropriated funds: availability for certain contracts for 12 months

10 USC 2410a.

 “Funds appropriated to the Department of Defense for a fiscal year shall be available for payments under contracts for any of the following purposes for 12 months beginning at any time during the fiscal year: “(1) The maintenance of tools and facilities. “(2) The lease of real or personal property, including the

Real property.

 maintenance of such property when contracted for as part of the lease agreement. “(3) Depot maintenance.”.
102 STAT. 848 (3) The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended— (A) by striking out the item relating to section 2389 and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “2389. (B) by striking out the item relating to section 2399; and (C) by adding at the end the following new items: “2410. “2410a. (i) Oversight of Major Programs.— (1) Section 2435 of title 10, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(c) Stability of Program Managers.— (1) The tour of duty of an officer of the armed forces as a program manager of a major defense acquisition program shall be (A) not less than four years, or (B) until completion of a major program milestone (as defined in regulations prescribed by the Secretary of Defense). “(2) The Secretary of the military department concerned may waive the length of the tour of duty prescribed in paragraph (1). The authority under the preceding sentence may not be delegated.”. (2) Section 1243 of the Defense Procurement Reform Act of 1984

10 USC 2432 note.

(title XII of Public Law 98–525; 98 Stat. 2609) is repealed. (j) Utilities and Services.— (1) Chapter 147 of title 10, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new section:
Ҥ 2490.

10 USC 2490.

Utility services: furnishing for certain buildings “Appropriations for the Department of Defense may be used for utility services for— “(1) buildings constructed at private cost, as authorized by law; and “(2) buildings on military reservations authorized by regulation to be used for morale, welfare, and recreational purposes.”.
(2) The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by adding at the end the following new item:
“§2490. Utility services: furnishing for certain buildings.”.
(k) Interdepartmental Transfer of Vessels.— (1) Chapter 153 of title 10, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new section:
Ҥ 2578.

10 USC 2578.

Vessels: transfer between departments “A vessel under the jurisdiction of a military department may be transferred or otherwise made available without reimbursement to another military department or to the Department of Transportation, and a vessel under the jurisdiction of the Department of Transportation may be transferred or otherwise made available without reimbursement to a military department. Any such transfer may be made only upon the request of the Secretary of the military department concerned or the Secretary of Transportation, as the case may be, and with the approval of the Secretary of the department having jurisdiction of the vessel.”.
(2) The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by adding at the end the following new item: 102 STAT. 849 “2578. (3) Section 8012 of the Department of Defense Appropriations Act, 1986 (as contained in section 101(b) of Public Law 99–190 (40 U.S.C 483a)), is repealed. (l) Real Property.— (1) Chapter 159 of title 10, United States Code, is amended by inserting after section 2672a the following new section:
Ҥ 2673. Acquisition of certain interests in land: availability of funds

10 USC 2673.

 “Appropriations available to the Department of Defense for maintenance or construction may be used for the acquisition of land or interests in land under section 2672 of this title and for the acquisition of interests in land under section 2675 of this title.”.
(2) Section 2828 of such title is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(h) Appropriations available to the Department of Defense for maintenance or construction may be used for the acquisition of interests in land under this section.”. (3) Chapter 159 of such title is further amended by inserting after the table of sections the following new section:
Ҥ 2661. Miscellaneous administrative provisions relating to real property

10 USC 2661.

 “(a) Appropriations for operation and maintenance of the active forces shall be available for the following: “(1) The repair of facilities. “(2) The installation of equipment in public and private plants. “(b) The Secretary of Defense and the Secretary of each military department may provide for the following: “(1) The leasing of buildings and facilities (including the

Contracts.

 payment of rentals for special purpose space at the seat of Government). Rental for such leases may be paid in advance in connection with— “(A) the conduct of field exercises and maneuvers; and “(B) the administration of the Act of July 9, 1942 (43 U.S.C. 315q). “(2) The maintenance of defense access roads which are certified

Highways.

 to the Secretary of Transportation as important to the national defense under the provisions of section 210 of title 23.”.
(4) The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended— (A) by inserting before the item relating to section 2662 the following new item: “2661. and (B) by inserting after the item relating to section 2672a the following new item: “2673. (m) Accountability and Responsibility.— (1) Chapter 165 of title 10, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new section: 102 STAT. 850
Ҥ 2781.

10 USC 2781.

Availability of appropriations: exchange fees; losses in accounts “Amounts appropriated to the Department of Defense may be used for— “(1) exchange fees; and “(2) losses in the accounts of disbursing officials and agents in accordance with law.”.
(2) The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by adding at the end the following new item: “2781. (n) Ship Overhaul Work.— (1) Chapter 633 of title 10, United States Code, is amended by adding at the end the following new section:
Ҥ7313.

Contracts.

10 USC 7313.

Ship overhaul work: availability of appropriations for unusual cost overruns and for changes in scope of work “(a) Unusual Cost Overruns.— (1) Appropriations available to the Department of Defense for a fiscal year may be used for payment of unusual cost overruns incident to ship overhaul, maintenance, and repair for a vessel inducted into an industrial-fund activity or contracted for during a prior fiscal year. “(2) The Secretary of Defense shall notify Congress promptly before an obligation is incurred for any payment under paragraph “(b) Changes in Scope of Work.— An appropriation available to the Department of Defense for a fiscal year may be used after the otherwise-applicable expiration of the availability for obligation of that appropriation— “(1) for payments to an industrial-fund activity for amounts required because of changes in the scope of work for ship overhaul, maintenance, and repair, in the case of work inducted into the industrial-fund activity during the fiscal year; and “(2) for payments under a contract for amounts required because of changes in the scope of work, in the case of a contract entered into during the fiscal year for ship overhaul, maintenance, and repair.”.
(2) The table of sections at the beginning of such chapter is amended by adding at the end the following new item: “7313. (o) Annual Report on Stationing Forces Overseas.— (1) Section 113 of title 10, United States Code (as amended by section 1214 of Public Law 100–180), is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(k) (1) Not later than April 8 of each year, the Secretary of Defense shall submit to the Committees on Armed Services and Committees on Appropriations of the Senate and House of Representatives a report on the cost of stationing United States forces outside of the United States. Each such report shall include a detailed statement of the following: “(A) Costs incurred in the United States and costs incurred outside the United States in connection with the stationing of United States forces outside the United States. “(B) The costs incurred outside the United States in connection with operating, maintaining, and supporting United States 102 STAT. 851 forces outside the United States, including all direct and indirect expenditures of United States funds in connection with such stationing. “(C) The effect of such expenditures outside the United States on the balance of payments of the United States. “(2) Each report under this subsection shall be prepared in consultation with the Secretary of Commerce. “(3) In this subsection, the term ‘United States’, when used in a geographic sense, includes the territories and possessions of the United States.”. (2) Section 8042 of the Department of Defense Appropriations Act, 1988 (as contained in section 101(b) of Public Law 100–202 (101 Stat. 1329–69)), is repealed.

10 USC 113 note.

 (p) General Repeals.— The following provisions of law are repealed: (1) Sections 705, 707, 723, 728, and 735 of the Department of Defense Appropriation Act, 1984 (Public Law 98–212; 97 Stat. 1437 et seq.).

10 USC 114 note.

 (2) Section 8078 of the Department of Defense Appropriations Act, 1985 (as contained in section 101(h) of Public Law 98–473 (98 Stat. 1938)).

10 USC 2304 note.

 (3) Sections 8005 and 8006 of the Department of Defense Appropriations Act, 1986 (as contained in section 101(b) of Public Law 99–190 (99 Stat. 1185)).

10 USC 114 note.

 (4) Section 813 of the Department of Defense Appropriation Authorization Act, 1979 (Public Law 95–485; 92 Stat. 1624).

10 USC 2304 note.
SEC. 2. CODIFICATION OF LAWS RELATING TO CONTRACTING FOR PERFORMANCE OF CIVILIAN FUNCTIONS. (a) (1) Part IV of subtitle A of title 10, United States Code, is amended by inserting after chapter 145 the following new chapter: “CHAPTER 146—CONTRACTING FOR PERFORMANCE OF CIVILIAN COMMERCIAL OR INDUSTRIAL TYPE FUNCTIONS “Sec. “2461. “2462. “2463. “2464. “2465.
Ҥ 2461. Commercial or industrial type functions: required studies and reports before conversion to contractor performance

10 USC 2461.

 “(a) Required Notice to Congress.— A commercial or industrial type function of the Department of Defense that on October 1, 1980, was being performed by Department of Defense civilian employees may not be converted to performance by a private contractor unless the Secretary of Defense provides to Congress in a timely manner— “(1) notification of any decision to study such function for possible performance by a private contractor; “(2) a detailed summary of a comparison of the cost of performance of such function by Department of Defense civilian employees and by private contractor which demonstrates that 102 STAT. 852 the performance of such function by a private contractor will result in a cost savings to the Government over the life of the contract and a certification that the entire cost comparison is available; “(3) a certification that the Government calculation for the cost of performance of such function by Department of Defense civilian employees is based on an estimate of the most efficient and cost effective organization for performance of such function by Department of Defense civilian employees; and “(4) a report, to be submitted with the certification required by paragraph (3), showing— “(A) the potential economic effect on employees affected, and the potential economic effect on the local community and Federal Government if more than 75 employees are involved, of contracting for performance of such function; “(B) the effect of contracting for performance of such function on the military mission of such function; and “(C) the amount of the bid accepted for the performance of such function by the private contractor whose bid is accepted and the cost of performance of such function by Department of Defense civilian employees, together with costs and expenditures which the Government will incur because of the contract. “(b) Congressional Notification of Decision To Convert.— If, after completion of the studies required for completion of the certification and report required by paragraphs (3) and (4) of subsection (a), a decision is made to convert the function to contractor performance, the Secretary of Defense shall notify Congress of such decision. “(c) Annual Reports.—Not later than February 1 of each fiscal year, the Secretary of Defense shall submit to Congress a written report describing the extent to which commercial and industrial type functions were performed by Department of Defense contractors during the preceding fiscal year. The Secretary shall include in each such report an estimate of the percentage of commercial and industrial type functions of the Department of Defense that will be performed by Department of Defense civilian employees, and the percentage of such functions that will be performed by private contractors, during the fiscal year during which the report is submitted. “(d) Waiver for Small Functions.—Subsections (a) through (c) shall not apply to a commercial or industrial type function of the Department of Defense that is being performed by 45 or fewer Department of Defense civilian employees. “(e) Additional Limitations.— (1) A commercial or industrial type function of the Department of Defense that on October 1, 1980, was being performed by Department of Defense civilian employees may not be converted to performance by a private contractor to circumvent a civilian personnel ceiling. “(2) In no case may a commercial or industrial type function being performed by Department of Defense personnel be modified, reorganized, divided, or in any way changed for the purpose of exempting from the requirements of subsection (a) the conversion of all or any part of such function to performance by a private contractor. “(f) Inapplicability During War or Emergency.— The provisions of this section shall not apply during war or during a period of national emergency declared by the President or Congress.
102 STAT. 853
Ҥ 2462. Contracting for certain supplies and services required when cost is lower

10 USC 2462.

 “(a) In General.— Except as otherwise provided by law, the Secretary of Defense shall procure each supply or service necessary for or beneficial to the accomplishment of the authorized functions of the Department of Defense (other than functions which the Secretary of Defense determines must be performed by military or Government personnel) from a source in the private sector if such a source can provide such supply or service to the Department at a cost that is lower (after including any cost differential required by law, Executive order, or regulation) than the cost at which the Department can provide the same supply or service. “(b) Realistic and Fair Cost Comparisons.— For the purpose of determining whether to contract with a source in the private sector for the performance of a Department of Defense function on the basis of a comparison of the costs of procuring supplies or services from such a source with the costs of providing the same supplies or services by the Department of Defense, the Secretary of Defense shall ensure that all costs considered (including the costs of quality assurance, technical monitoring of the performance of such function, liability insurance, employee retirement and disability benefits, and all other overhead costs) are realistic and fair.
Ҥ 2463. Reports on savings or costs from increased use of DOD civilian personnel

10 USC 2463.

 “(a) In General.— Whenever during a fiscal year to which this

Records.

 section applies the performance of a commercial or industrial type activity of the Department of Defense that is being performed by 50 or more employees of a private contractor is changed to performance by civilian employees of the Department of Defense, the Secretary of Defense shall maintain data in which a comparison is made of the estimated costs of (1) continued performance of such activity by private contractor employees, and (2) performance of such activity by civilian employees of the Department of Defense. “(b) Semiannual Report on Costs and Savings.— As soon as practicable after the end of the first six months, and after the end of the second six months, of a fiscal year to which this section applies, the Secretary of Defense shall submit to the Committees on Armed Services ana the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and House of Representatives a report showing the estimated savings or loss to the United States, during the preceding six-month period, that is reflected in the data maintained under subsection (a). “(c) Applicability of Section.— This section applies only with respect to a fiscal year during which there is no statutory limit (commonly known as an ‘end strength’) on the number of civilian employees that may be employed by the Department of Defense as of the last day of that fiscal year.
Ҥ 2464. Core logistics functions

10 USC 2464.

 “(a) Necessity for Core Logistics Capability.— (1) It is essential for the national defense that Department of Defense activities maintain a logistics capability (including personnel, equipment, and facilities) to ensure a ready and controlled source of technical competence and resources necessary to ensure effective and timely response to a mobilization, national defense contingency situations, and other emergency requirements. 102 STAT. 854 “(2) The Secretary of Defense shall identify those logistics activities that are necessary to maintain the logistics capability described in paragraph (1). “(b) Limitation on Contracting.— (1) Except as provided in paragraph (2), performance of a logistics activity identified by the Secretary under subsection (a)(2), and performance of a function of the Department of Defense described in section 1231(b) of the Department of Defense Authorization Act, 1986 (Public Law 99–145; 99 Stat. 731), may not be contracted for performance by non-Government personnel under the procedures and requirements of Office of Management and Budget Circular A–76 or any successor administrative regulation or policy (hereinafter in this section referred to as OMB Circular A–76). “(2) The Secretary of Defense may waive paragraph (1) in the case of any such logistics activity or function and provide that performance of such activity or function shall be considered for conversion to contractor performance in accordance with OMB Circular A–76.

Regulations.

Any such waiver shall be made under regulations prescribed by the Secretary and shall be based on a determination by the Secretary that Government performance of the activity or function is no longer required for national defense reasons. Such regulations shall include criteria for determining whether Government performance of any such activity or function is no longer required for national defense reasons. “(3) A waiver under paragraph (2) may not take effect until— “(A)

Reports.

 the Secretary submits a report on the waiver to the Committees on Armed Services and the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and House of Representatives; and “(B) a period of 20 days of continuous session of Congress or 40 calendar days has passed after the receipt of the report by those committees. “(4) For purposes of paragraph (3)(B), the continuity of a session of Congress is broken only by an adjournment sine die, and the days on which either House is not in session because of an adjournment of more than three days to a day certain are excluded in the computation of such 20-day period.”.
(2) The tables of chapters at the beginning of subtitle A, and at the beginning of part IV of subtitle A, of such title are amended by inserting after the item relating to chapter 145 the following new item: “146. 2461”. (b) Transfer of Section.— (1) Section 2693 of title 10, United States Code, is transferred to the end of chapter 146 of such title (as added by subsection (a)) and is redesignated as section 2465. (2) The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 159 of such title is amended by striking out the item relating to section 2693. (c) Conforming Repeals.—The following provisions of laws are repealed: (1) Section 502 of the Department of Defense Authorization Act, 1981 (10 U.S.C. 2304 note). (2) Section 307 of the Department of Defense Authorization Act, 1985 (10 U.S.C. 2304 note). (3) Sections 1223 and 1224 of the Department of Defense Authorization Act, 1987 (10 U.S.C. 2304 note).
102 STAT. 855
SEC. 3. CODIFICATION OF DEFENSE-RELATED BUY AMERICAN LAWS. (a) Consolidation and Codification.— (1) Part IV of subtitle A of title 10, United States Code, is amended by inserting after chapter 147 the following new chapter: “CHAPTER 148—BUY AMERICAN REQUIREMENTS “Sec. “2501. “2502.
Ҥ 2501. Limitation on use of funds: procurement of goods which are other than American goods

10 USC 2501.

 “(a) Funds appropriated to the Department of Defense may not be obligated under a contract for procurement of goods which are other than American goods (as defined in subsection (c)) unless adequate consideration is given to the following: “(1) The bids or proposals of firms located in labor surplus areas in the United States (as designated by the Department of Labor) which have offered to furnish American goods. “(2) The bids or proposals of small business firms in the United States which have offered to furnish American goods. “(3) The bids or proposals of all other firms in the United States which have offered to furnish American goods. “(4) The United States balance of payments. “(5) The cost of shipping goods which are other than American goods. “(6) Any duty, tariff, or surcharge which may enter into the cost of using goods which are other than American goods. “(b) Consideration of the matters referred to in paragraphs (1) through (6) of subsection (a) shall be given under regulations of the Secretary of Defense and subject to the determinations and exceptions contained in title III of the Act of March 3, 1933 (41 U.S.C. 10a, 10b), popularly known as the ‘Buy American Act’. “(c) In this section, the term ‘goods which are other than American goods’ means— “(1) an end product that is not mined, produced, or manufactured in the United States; or “(2) an end product that is manufactured in the United States but which includes components mined, produced, or manufactured outside the United States the aggregate cost of which exceeds the aggregate cost of the components of such end product that are mined, produced, or manufactured in the United States.”.
(2) The tables of chapters at the beginning of subtitle A, and at the beginning of part IV of subtitle A, of such title are amended by inserting after the item relating to chapter 147 the following new item: “148. 2501”. (b) Transfer of Section.— (1) Section 2400 of such title is transferred to the end of chapter 148 of such title (as added by subsection (a)), redesignated as section 2502, and amended in the second sentence of subsection (a) by striking out “this section” and inserting in lieu thereof “this subsection”. (2) The table of sections at the beginning of chapter 141 of such title is amended by striking out the item relating to section 2400. 102 STAT. 856 (c) Conforming Repeal.— Section 707 of the Department of Defense Appropriation Authorization Act, 1975 (Public Law 93–365; 10 U.S.C. 2301 note), is repealed.
SEC. 4.

10 USC 101 note.

 LEGISLATIVE CONSTRUCTION. (a) References to Replaced Laws.—A reference to a law replaced by the provisions of title 10, United States Code, enacted by this Act (including a reference in a regulation, order, or other law) shall be treated as referring to the corresponding provision enacted by this Act. (b) Savings Provision for Regulations.—A regulation, rule, or order in effect under a law replaced by the provisions of title 10, United States Code, enacted by this Act shall continue in effect under the corresponding provision enacted by this Act until repealed, amended, or superseded. (c) General Savings Provision.—An action taken or an offense committed under a law replaced by the provisions of title 10, United States Code, enacted by this Act shall be treated as having been taken or committed under the corresponding provision enacted by this Act.
Approved July 19, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4229: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–696 (Comm. on Armed Services). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 20, considered and passed House.

July 6, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–371: Making appropriations for energy and water development for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1989, and for other purposes. Public Law 371 Public Law 100–371 102 Stat. 857 1988-07-19 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 857 Public Law 100–371 100th Congress
An Act Making appropriations for energy and water development for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1989, and for other purposes.

July 19, 1988

[H.R. 4567]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Energy and Water Development Appropriations Act, 1989.
That the following sums are appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1989, for energy and water development, and for other purposes, namely:
<num value="I">TITLE I</num> <heading class="centered">DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE—CIVIL</heading> <appropriations level="major"><heading>DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Corps of Engineers—Civil</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">The following appropriations shall be expended under the direction of the Secretary of the Army and the supervision of the Chief of Engineers for authorized civil functions of the Department of the Army pertaining to rivers and harbors, flood control, beach erosion, and related purposes.</content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>General Investigations</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For expenses necessary for the collection and study of basic information pertaining to river and harbor, flood control, shore protection, and related projects, restudy of authorized projects, miscellaneous investigations, and when authorized by laws, surveys and detailed studies and plans and specifications of projects prior to construction, $142,405,000, to remain available until expended: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That $300,000 of funds appropriated in this bill for section 22 planning assistance to the States shall be used to assist the State of Nebraska in seeking solutions to water problems, including investigating and resolving problems of streambank erosion and environmental concerns along the Platte and Missouri Rivers:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That $100,000 of funds appropriated in this bill shall be used by the Army Corps of Engineers to prepare plans and specifications to complete preconstruction activities of the Platte River bank stabilization demonstration project for a 46-mile reach of the Platte River between Hershey, Nebraska, and the boundary between Lincoln and Dawson Counties, Nebraska:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That not to exceed $20,500,000 shall be available for obligation or research and development activities.</proviso></p> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">The Secretary of the Army is directed to proceed expeditiously<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> with the study of the project authorized as a demonstration project at Sunset Harbor, California, and submit his report to the Committee on Public Works and Transportation of the House of Representa-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/858">102 STAT. 858</page>tives and the Committee on Environment and Public Works of the Senate.</p> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">The Secretary of the Army is directed to complete the Arkansas River and Tributaries, South Central and Southeast Areas of Oklahoma, Comprehensive Study and the Oklahoma portion of the Red River Basin, Oklahoma, Arkansas, Louisiana, and Texas, Comprehensive Study being conducted by the Tulsa District by March 31, 1989, and to include in the final report data on the economic factors that affect the feasibility of each project, indicating on a sliding scale what levels of each economic factor could make each project feasible at a future date. The economic impact plans associated with the above studies shall be conducted without the requirement of meeting the completion date specified above.</p> </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Construction, General</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For the prosecution of river and harbor, flood control, shore protection, and related projects authorized by laws; and detailed studies, and plans and specifications, of projects (including those for development with participation or under consideration for participation by States, local governments, or private groups) authorized or made eligible for selection by law (but such studies shall not constitute a commitment of the Government to construction), $1,066,735,000, of which such sums as are necessary pursuant to Public Law 99–662 shall be derived from the Inland Waterways Trust Fund, to remain available until expended: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That no fully allocated funding policy shall apply and that all structural portions shall conform to the Standard Project Flood level with respect to the construction of Barbourville, Kentucky, and Harlan, Kentucky (Levisa/Tug Forks of Big Sandy River and Upper Cumberland River, West Virginia, Virginia, and Kentucky):</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That $500,000 of the total sum herein appropriated for the Big South Fork National River and Recreation Area, Kentucky and Tennessee, shall be allocated to the construction of infrastructure, including, but not limited to, road and sewer development, associated with the Bear Creek, Kentucky, portion of the project, such funds to remain available until expended:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That $200,000 of the funds appropriated in this bill shall be to carry out the provisions of section 847(b) of Public Law 99–662:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That the Secretary of the Army acting through the Chief of Engineers is directed to use, immediately upon enactment of this Act $8,700,000 previously appropriated in Public Law 100–202, and $9,600,000 of the total sum appropriated for design, testing, and construction in fiscal year 1989 of juvenile fish passage facilities at the Little Goose, Lower Granite, McNary, Lower Monumental, Ice Harbor, and The Dalles projects on the Columbia and Snake Rivers as directed in the report accompanying this Act; and in addition, $118,000,000, to remain available until expended, is hereby appropriated for construction of the Red River Waterway, Mississippi River to Shreveport, Louisiana, project and for compliance with the directions given to the Secretary of the Army in the fiscal year 1988 Energy and Water Development Act, Public Law 100–202, regarding the construction of this project, and the Secretary is directed to continue the design of locks and dams 4 and 5 on the accelerated schedule in fiscal year 1989 in order to initiate the first phase of construction of locks and dams 4 and 5 by April 1990, and with funds provided in this title or previously appropriated to the Corps of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/859">102 STAT. 859</page>Engineers, the Secretary further is directed to fund previously awarded and directed construction contracts and to award continuing contracts in fiscal year 1989 for construction and completion of each of the following features of the Red River Waterway: in pool 3, Fausse Revetment Downstream Extension; and in pool 4, Westdale Realignment, Hammell Revetment, Bull Revetment, and Williams Revetment Downstream Extension. None of these contracts are to be considered fully funded.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Flood Control, Mississippi River and Tributaries, Arkansas, Illinois, Kentucky, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, and Tennessee</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For expenses necessary for prosecuting work of flood control, and rescue work, repair, restoration, or maintenance of flood control projects threatened or destroyed by flood, as authorized by law (33 U.S.C. 702a, 702g–1), $337,980,000, to remain available until expended: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That not less than $250,000 shall be available for bank stabilization measures as determined by the Chief of Engineers to be advisable for the control of bank erosion of streams in the Yazoo Basin, including the foothill area, and where necessary such measures shall complement similar works planned and constructed by the Soil Conservation Service and be limited to the areas of responsibility mutually agreeable to the District Engineer and the State Conservationist.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Operation and Maintenance, General</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For expenses necessary for the preservation, operation, maintenance, and care of existing river and harbor, flood control, and related works, including such sums as may be necessary for the maintenance of harbor channels provided by a State, municipality or other public agency, outside of harbor lines, and serving essential needs of general commerce and navigation; surveys and charting of northern and northwestern lakes and connecting waters; clearing and straightening channels; and removal of obstructions to navigation, $1,370,714,000, to remain available until expended, of which such sums as become available in the Harbor Maintenance Trust Fund, pursuant to Public Law 99–662, may be derived from that fund, and of which $15,000,000 shall be for construction, operation, and maintenance of outdoor recreation facilities, to be derived from the special account established by the Land and Water Conservation Act of 1965, as amended (16 U.S.C. 4601): <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That $200,000 of funds appropriated in this bill shall be used by the Army Corps of Engineers for operation and maintenance of existing structures and facilities of the Missouri National Recreation River, Nebraska and South Dakota:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That the Secretary of the Army, acting through the Chief of Engineers, shall allow an entity of the State of Oklahoma that is responsible for the development of the water and natural resources of the Arkansas River and Red River basins in southeast Oklahoma to operate and occupy, at no expense to such entity of the State, the Visitors Center at Crowder Point on Lake Eufaula, Oklahoma:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That the State of Oklahoma signs a cost sharing agreement for the construction of the Visitors Center according to the cost sharing provisions of Public Law 99–662:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That not to exceed $8,000,000 shall be available for obligation for national emergency preparedness pro-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/860">102 STAT. 860</page>grams:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That of the funds appropriated under this heading, $500,000 shall be available only for providing low water access to Lake Koocanusa, Montana, as the Secretary of the Army determines is necessary to alleviate low water impact on existing access facilities at the Libby Dam Project administered by the Forest Service of the Department of Agriculture:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That funds unused for the project described in the preceding proviso shall be transferred to the Department of Agriculture for purposes of carrying out maintenance and the Department’s other responsibilities with respect to that project.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>General Regulatory Functions</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For expenses necessary for administration of laws pertaining to regulation of navigable waters and wetlands, $60,427,000, to remain available until expended. </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Flood Control and Coastal Emergencies</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For expenses necessary for emergency flood control, hurricane, and shore protection activities, as authorized by section 5 of the Flood Control Act, approved August 18, 1941, as amended, $20,000,000, to remain available until expended. </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>General Expenses</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For expenses necessary for general administration and related functions in the office of the Chief of Engineers and offices of the Division Engineers; activities of the Board of Engineers for Rivers and Harbors, the Coastal Engineering Research Board, the Engineer Automation Support Activity, and the Water Resources Support Center, $120,000,000, to remain available until expended. </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Administrative Provisions</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">Appropriations in this title shall be available for expenses of attendance by military personnel at meetings in the manner authorized by section 4110 of title 5, United States Code, uniforms, and allowances therefor, as authorized by law (5 U.S.C. 5901–5902), and for printing, either during a recess or session of Congress, of survey reports authorized by law, and such survey reports as may be printed during a recess of Congress shall be printed, with illustrations, as documents of the next succeeding session of Congress; and during the current fiscal year the revolving fund, Corps of Engineers, shall be available for purchase (not to exceed 200 for replacement only) and hire of passenger motor vehicles. </content> </appropriations> </appropriations> <num value="II">TITLE II</num> <heading class="centered">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Bureau of Reclamation</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For carrying out the functions of the Bureau of Reclamation as provided in the Federal reclamation laws (Act of June 17, 1902, 32 Stat 388, and Acts amendatory thereof or supplementary thereto) and other Acts applicable to that Bureau as follows:</p> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/861">102 STAT. 861</page> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For engineering and economic investigations of proposed Federal reclamation projects and studies of water conservation and development plans and activities preliminary to the reconstruction, rehabilitation and betterment, financial adjustment, or extension of existing projects, to remain available until expended, $14,250,000: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That, of the total appropriated, the amount for program activities which can be financed by the reclamation fund shall be derived from that fund:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That all costs of an advance planning study of a proposed project shall be considered to be construction costs and to be reimbursable in accordance with the allocation of construction costs if the project is authorized for construction:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That funds contributed by non-Federal entities for purposes similar to this appropriation shall be available for expenditure for the purposes for which contributed as though specifically appropriated for said purposes, and such amounts shall remain available until expended:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That $800,000 of funds herein appropriated shall be used for advanced planning for the Prairie Bend Project, Nebraska:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That $175,000 of funds herein appropriated shall be for the South Platte Frenchman Valley Project study.</proviso></p> </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Construction Program</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>(including transfer of funds)</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For construction and rehabilitation of projects and parts thereof (including power transmission facilities for Bureau of Reclamation use) and for other related activities as authorized by law, to remain available until expended $712,305,000, of which $174,005,000 shall be available for transfers to the Upper Colorado River Basin Fund authorized by section 5 of the Act of April 11, 1956 (43 U.S.C. 620d), and $180,389,000 shall be available for transfers to the Lower Colorado River Basin Development Fund authorized by section 403 of the Act of September 30, 1968 (43 U.S.C. 1543), and such amounts as may be necessary shall be considered as though advanced to the Colorado River Dam Fund for the Boulder Canyon Project as authorized by the Act of December 21, 1928, as amended: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That of the total appropriated, the amount for program activities which can be financed by the reclamation fund shall be derived from that fund:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That transfers to the Upper Colorado River Basin Fund and Lower Colorado River Basin Development Fund may be increased or decreased by transfers within the overall appropriation under this heading:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That funds contributed by non-Federal entities for purposes similar to this appropriation shall be available for expenditure for the purposes for which contributed as though specifically appropriated for said purposes, and such funds shall remain available until expended:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That the final point of discharge for the interceptor drain for the San Luis Unit snail not be determined until development by the Secretary of the Interior and the State of California of a plan, which shall conform with the water quality standards of the State of California as approved by the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency, to minimize any detrimental effect of the San Luis drainage waters:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That no part of the funds herein approved shall be available for construction or oper-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/862">102 STAT. 862</page>ation of facilities to prevent waters of Lake Powell from entering any national monument:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That of the amount herein appropriated, such amounts as may be necessary shall be available to enable the Secretary of the Interior to continue work on rehabilitating the Velarde Community Ditch Project, New Mexico, in accordance with the Federal Reclamation Laws (Act of June 17, 1902, 32 Stat. 388, and Acts amendatory thereof or supplementary thereto) for the purposes of diverting and conveying water to irrigated project lands. The cost of the rehabilitation will be nonreimbursable and constructed features will be turned over to the appropriate entity for operation and maintenance:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That the funds contained in this Act for the Garrison Diversion Unit, North Dakota, shall be expended only in accordance with the provisions of the Garrison Diversion Unit Reformulation Act of 1986 (Public Law 99–294):</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That none of the funds appropriated in this Act shall be used to study or construct the Cliff Dam feature of the Central Arizona Project:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That Plan 6 features of the Central Arizona Project other than Cliff Dam, including (1) water rights and associated lands within the State of Arizona acquired by the Secretary of the Interior through purchase, lease, or exchange, for municipal and industrial purposes, not to exceed 30,000 acre feet; and, (2) such increments of flood control that may be found to be feasible by the Secretary of the Interior at Horseshoe and Bartlett Dams, in consultation and cooperation with the Secretary of the Army and using Corps of Engineers evaluation criteria, developed in conjunction with dam safety modifications and consistent with applicable environmental law, are hereby deemed to constitute a suitable alternative to Orme Dam within the meaning of the Colorado River Basin Project Act (82 Stat. 885; 43 U.S.C. 1501 et seq.):</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That notwithstanding the provisions of the Garrison Diversion Unit Reformulation Act of 1986 (Public Law 99–294), the James River Comprehensive Report on water resource development proposals may be submitted to Congress at a date after September 30, 1988, but not later than September 30, 1989:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That of the amount appropriated herein, $10,000,000 shall be available for right of way acquisition and construction of the Davis Creek Dam, North Loup Division, Nebraska (authorized by Public Law 92–514), and for preconstruction work on related facilities such as the Fullerton and Elbe canals and laterals and the Kent Diversion Dam, together with $1,000,000 appropriated in Public Law 100–202 but not allocated for the Davis Creek Dam, which shall be in addition to the amount requested by the Secretary of the Interior for continuing work on the North Loup Division, which funds shall remain available until expended, together with funds heretofore or hereafter appropriated, and with which the Secretary of the Interior is directed to award contracts for construction and completion of the Davis Creek Dam and related facilities:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That $2,000,000 of funds appropriated in this bill shall be available for reconstruction and rehabilitation of failing dikes of the Glendo Reservoir, North Platte Project, Nebraska and Wyoming, to restore area flood protection.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> </appropriations> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/863">102 STAT. 863</page> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Operation and Maintenance</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>(including transfer of funds)</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For operation and maintenance of reclamation projects or parts thereof and other facilities, as authorized by law; and for a soil and moisture conservation program on lands under the jurisdiction of the Bureau of Reclamation, pursuant to law, to remain available until expended, $187,731,000: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That of the total appropriated, the amount for program activities which can be financed by the reclamation fund shall be derived from that fund:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That of the total appropriated, such amounts as may be<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t43/s618d">43 USC 618d note</ref>.</p></sidenote> required for replacement work on the Boulder Canyon Project which would require readvances to the Colorado River Dam Fund shall be readvanced to the Colorado River Dam Fund pursuant to section 5 of the Boulder Canyon Project Adjustment Act of July 19, 1940 (43 U.S.C. 618d), and such readvances since October 1, 1984, and in the future shall bear interest at the rate determined pursuant to section 104(a)(5) of Public Law 98–381:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That funds advanced by water users for operation and maintenance of reclamation projects or parts thereof shall be deposited to the credit of this appropriation and may be expended for the same objects and in the same manner as sums appropriated herein may be expended, and such advances shall remain available until expended:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That revenues in the Upper Colorado River Basin Fund snail be available for performing examination of existing structures on participating projects of the Colorado River Storage Project, the costs of which shall be nonreimbursable:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That none of the funds appropriated in this Act shall be used to execute new long-term contracts for water supply from the Central Valley project, California, prior to May 1, 1989.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Loan Program</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For loans to irrigation districts and other public agencies for construction of distribution systems on authorized Federal reclamation projects, and for loans and grants to non-Federal agencies for construction of projects, as authorized by the Acts of July 4, 1955, as amended (43 USC. 421a–421d), and August 6, 1956, as amended (43 U.S.C. 422a—4221), including expenses necessary for carrying out the program, $26,022,000, to remain available until expended: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That of the total sums appropriated, the amount of program activities which can be financed by the reclamation fund shall be derived from that fund:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That during fiscal year 1989 and within the resources and authority available, gross obligations for the principal amount of direct loans shall not exceed $27,766,000:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That any contract under the Act of July 4, 1955 (69 Stat 244), as amended, not yet executed by the Secretary, which calls for the making of loans beyond the fiscal year in which the contract is entered into shall be made only on the same conditions as those prescribed in section 12 of the Act of August 4, 1939 (53 Stat 1187, 1197).</proviso> </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>General Administrative Expenses</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For necessary expenses of general administration and related functions in the office of the Commissioner, the Denver office, and <page identifier="/us/stat/102/864">102 STAT. 864</page> offices in the five regions of the Bureau of Reclamation, $48,313,000, of which $1,639,000 shall remain available until expended, the total amount to be derived from the reclamation fund and to be nonreimbursable pursuant to the Act of April 19, 1945 (43 U.S.C. 377): <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That no part of any other appropriation in this Act shall be available for activities or functions budgeted for the current fiscal year as general administrative expenses.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Emergency Fund</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For an additional amount for the “Emergency fund”, as authorized by the Act of June 26, 1948 (43 U.S.C. 502), as amended, to remain available until expended for the purposes specified in said Act, $1,000,000, to be derived from the reclamation fund. </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Working Capital Fund</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For acquisition of computer capacity for the Administrative Systems Modernization project, $4,000,000, to remain available until expended, as authorized in section 1472 of title 43, United States Code (99 Stat 571). </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Special Funds</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>(transfer of funds)</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">Sums herein referred to as being derived from the reclamation fund are appropriated from the special funds in the Treasury created by the Act of June 17, 1902 (43 U.S.C. 391). Such sums shall be transferred, upon request of the Secretary, to be merged with and expended under the heads herein specified; and the unexpended balances of sums transferred for expenditure under the head “General Administrative Expenses” shall revert and be credited to the reclamation fund. </content> </appropriations> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Administrative Provisions</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">Appropriations for the Bureau of Reclamation shall be available for purchase of not to exceed 26 passenger motor vehicles for replacement only; payment of claims for damages to or loss of property, personal injury, or death arising out of activities of the Bureau of Reclamation; payment, except as otherwise provided for, of compensation and expenses of persons on the rolls of the Bureau of Reclamation appointed as authorized by law to represent the United States in the negotiations and administration of interstate compacts without reimbursement or return under the reclamation laws; for service as authorized by section 3109 of title 5, United States Code, in total not to exceed $500,000; rewards for information or evidence concerning violations of law involving property under the jurisdiction of the Bureau of Reclamation; performance of the functions specified under the head “Operation and Maintenance Administration”, Bureau of Reclamation, in the Interior Department Appropriations Act 1945; preparation and dissemination of useful information including recordings, photographs, and photographic prints; and studies of recreational uses of reservoir areas, and investigation and recovery of archeological and paleontological remains in such areas in the same manner as provided for in the Acts of August 21, 1935 (16 U.S.C. 461–467) and June 27, 1960 (16 U.S.C. 469): <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That no part of any appropriation made <page identifier="/us/stat/102/865">102 STAT. 865</page> herein shall be available pursuant to the Act of April 19, 1945 (43 U.S.C. 377), for expenses other than those incurred on behalf of specific reclamation projects except “General Administrative Expenses”, amounts provided for plan formulation and advance planning investigations under the head “General Investigations”, and amounts provided for applied engineering under the head “Construction Program”.</proviso></p> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">Sums appropriated herein which are expended in the performance of reimbursable functions of the Bureau of Reclamation shall be returnable to the extent and in the manner provided by law.</p> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">No part of any appropriation for the Bureau of Reclamation, contained in this Act or in any prior Act, which represents amounts earned under the terms of a contract but remaining unpaid, shall be obligated for any other purpose, regardless of when such amounts are to be paid: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That the incurring of any obligation prohibited by this paragraph shall be deemed a violation of section 3679 of the Revised Statutes, as amended (31 U.S.C. 1341).</proviso></p> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">No funds appropriated to the Bureau of Reclamation for operation<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t43/s377a">43 USC 377a</ref>.</p></sidenote> and maintenance, except those derived from advances by water users, shall be used for the particular benefits of lands (a) within the boundaries of an irrigation district, (b) of any member of a water users’ organization, or (c) of any individual when such district, organization, or individual is in arrears for more than twelve months in the payment of charges due under a contract entered into with the United States pursuant to laws administered by the Bureau of Reclamation.</p> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">None of the funds made available by this or any other Act shall be used by the Bureau of Reclamation for contracts for surveying and mapping services unless such contracts for which a solicitation is issued after the date of this Act are awarded in accordance with title IX of the Federal Property and Administrative Service Act of 1949 (40 U.S.C. 541 et seq.).</p> </content> </appropriations> <section> <heading class="centered">GENERAL PROVISIONS</heading> <heading class="centered">DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR</heading> <num value="201"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 201. </num><content>Appropriations in this title shall be available for expenditure or transfer (within each bureau or office), with the approval of the Secretary, for the emergency reconstruction, replacement, or repair of aircraft, buildings, utilities or other facilities or equipment damaged or destroyed by fire, flood, storm, or other unavoidable causes: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That no funds shall be made available under this authority until funds specifically made available to the Department of the Interior for emergencies shall have been exhausted.</proviso></content> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="202"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 202. </num><content>The Secretary may authorize the expenditure or transfer (within each bureau or office) of any appropriation in this title, in addition to the amounts included in the budget programs of the several agencies, for the suppression or emergency prevention of forest or range fires on or threatening lands under jurisdiction of the Department of the Interior.</content> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="203"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 203. </num><content>Appropriations in this title shall be available for operation of warehouses, garages, shops, and similar facilities, wherever consolidation of activities will contribute to efficiency, or economy, and said appropriations shall be reimbursed for services rendered to any other activity in the same manner as authorized by the Act of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/866">102 STAT. 866</page>June 30, 1932 (31 U.S.C. 1535 and 1536): <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That reimbursements for costs of supplies, materials, equipment, and for services rendered may be credited to the appropriation current at the time such reimbursements are received.</proviso></content> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="204"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 204. </num><content>Appropriations in this title shall be available for hire, maintenance, and operation of aircraft; hire of passenger motor vehicles; purchases of reprints; payment for telephone services in private residences in the field, when authorized under regulations approved by the Secretary; and the payment of dues, when authorized by the Secretary, for library membership in societies or associations which issue publications to members only or at a price to members lower than to subscribers who are not members.</content> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="205"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 205. </num><content>Of the appropriations for the Central Utah project, in this or any other Act, not more than $17,000,000 of the total in any one fiscal year may be expended by the Secretary for all administrative expenses; except that this provision shall only become applicable after legislation to raise the authorization ceiling for the Colorado River Storage Project Act is approved by the Congress and signed by the President, otherwise the existing administrative expense limitation shall remain in effect: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That the Inspector General of the Department of the Interior shall annually audit expenditures by the Bureau of Reclamation to determine compliance with this section:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That none of the Bureau of Reclamation’s appropriations shall be used to fund the audit:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That the Bureau of Reclamation shall not delay or stop construction of the project due to this limitation and shall apply all the remaining appropriations to completion of this project, unless continuation of work on the Central Utah project would cause administrative expenses attributable to the Central Utah project to be paid from funds available for other Bureau of Reclamation projects and thereby delay their construction.</proviso></content> </section> <num value="III">TITLE III</num> <heading class="centered">DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Energy Supply, Research and Development Activities</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For expenses of the Department of Energy activities including the purchase, construction and acquisition of plant and capital equipment and other expenses incidental thereto necessary for energy supply, research and development activities, and other activities in carrying out the purposes of the Department of Energy Organization Act (Public Law 95–91), including the acquisition or condemnation of any real property or any facility or for plant or facility acquisition, construction, or expansion; purchase of passenger motor vehicles (not to exceed 23 for replacement only), $2,142,326,000, to <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>remain available until expended: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That within 180 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Energy shall provide the Committee on Appropriations of the Senate and House of Representatives and the Energy and Natural Resources Committee of the Senate and the Science, Space, and Technology Committee of the House of Representatives a report which contains a program for the long-term utilization of the Fast Flux Test Facility at the Hanford, Washington site.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/867">102 STAT. 867</page> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Uranium Supply and Enrichment Activities</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For expenses of the Department of Energy in connection with operating expenses; the purchase, construction, and acquisition of plant and capital equipment and other expenses incidental thereto necessary for uranium supply and enrichment activities in carrying out the purposes of the Department of Energy Organization Act (Public Law 95–91), including the acquisition or condemnation of any real property or any facility or for plant or facility acquisition, construction, or expansion; purchase of passenger motor vehicles (not to exceed 21 for replacement only), $1,133,080,000, to remain available until expended: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That revenues received by the Department for the enrichment of uranium and estimated to total $1,276,000,000 in fiscal year 1989, shall be retained and used for the specific purpose of offsetting costs incurred by the Department in providing uranium enrichment service activities as authorized by section 201 of Public Law 95–238, notwithstanding the provisions of section 3302(b) of section 484, of title 31, United States Code:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That the sum herein appropriated shall be reduced as uranium enrichment revenues are received during fiscal year 1989 so as to result in a final fiscal year 1989 appropriation estimated at not more than $0.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>General Science and Research Activities</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For expenses of the Department of Energy activities including the purchase, construction and acquisition of plant and capital equipment and other expenses incidental thereto necessary for general science and research activities in carrying out the purposes of the Department of Energy Organization Act (Public Law 95–91), including the acquisition or condemnation of any real property or facility or for plant or facility acquisition, construction, or expansion; purchase of passenger motor vehicles (not to exceed 10, of which 5 are for replacement only and one is a police-type vehicle), and one replacement fixedwing aircraft to be acquired pursuant to the Federal Property and Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended, $922,116,000, to remain available until expended. </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Nuclear Waste Disposal Fund</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For nuclear waste disposal activities to carry out the purposes of Public Law 97–425, as amended, including the acquisition of real property or facility construction or expansion, $369,832,000, to remain available until expended, to be derived from the Nuclear Waste Fund. To the extent that balances in the fund are not sufficient to cover amounts available for obligation in the account, the Secretary shall exercise his authority pursuant to section 302(e)(5) to issue obligations to the Secretary of the Treasury: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That any proceeds resulting from the sale of assets purchased from the Nuclear Waste Fund shall be returned to the Nuclear Waste Fund:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That of the amount herein appropriated not to exceed $11,000,000, at an annualized rate, may be provided to the State of Nevada for the period July 1, 1988 through June 30, 1989, for the conduct of its oversight responsibilities pursuant to the Nuclear Waste Policy Act of 1982, Public Law 97–425, as amended, of which not more than $1,500,000 may be expended for socioeconomic studies and not more than $1,500,000 may be ex-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/868">102 STAT. 868</page>pended on transportation studies:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That not more than $5,000,000, at an annualized rate, may be provided to affected local governments, as defined in the Act, to conduct appropriate activities pursuant to the Act:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That none of the funds herein appropriated may be used directly or indirectly to influence legislative action on any matter pending before Congress or a State legislature or for any lobbying activity as provided in 18 U.S.C. 1913.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Atomic Energy Defense Activities</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For expenses of the Department of Energy activities, $8,100,000,000, to remain available until expended, including the purchase, construction and acquisition of plant and capital equipment and other expenses incidental thereto necessary for atomic energy defense activities in carrying out the purposes of the Department of Energy Organization Act (Public Law 95–91), including the acquisition or condemnation of any real property or any facility or for plant or facility acquisition, construction, or expansion; purchase of passenger motor vehicles (not to exceed 248, of which 247 are for <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>replacement only including 6 police-type vehicles): <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That no funds appropriated for operating expenses or construction for new production reactor capacity may be obligated until 30 days after the Secretary of Energy has presented to Congress the acquisition strategy report for new production reactor capacity, as required by the Energy and Water Appropriations Act for Fiscal Year 1988—Public Law 100–202, and has certified, with appropriate documentation, that the preferred technology, design and site selected for new production reactor capacity, best satisfies the considerations required under Public Law 100–202.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Departmental Administration</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For salaries and expenses of the Department of Energy necessary for Departmental Administration and other activities in carrying out the purposes of the Department of Energy Organization Act (Public Law 95–91), including the hire of passenger motor vehicles and official reception and representation expenses (not to exceed $35,000) $403,665,000, to remain available until expended, plus such additional amounts as necessary to cover increases in the estimated amount of cost of work for others notwithstanding the provisions of the Anti-Deficiency Act (31 U.S.C. 1511 et seq.): <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That such increases in cost of work are offset by revenue increases of the same or greater amount, to remain available until expended:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That moneys received by the Department for miscellaneous revenues estimated to total $240,725,000 in fiscal year 1989 may be retained and used for operating expenses within this account, and may remain available until expended, as authorized by section 201 of Public Law 95–238, notwithstanding the provisions of section 3302 of title 31, United States Code:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That the sum herein appropriated shall be reduced by the amount of miscellaneous revenues received during fiscal year 1989 so as to result in a final fiscal year 1989 appropriation estimated at not more than $162,940,000.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/869">102 STAT. 869</page> <appropriations level="major"><heading>POWER MARKETING ADMINISTRATIONS</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Operation and Maintenance, Alaska Power Administration</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For necessary expenses of operation and maintenance of projects in Alaska and of marketing electric power and energy, $3,159,000, to remain available until expended. </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Bonneville Power Administration Fund</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">Expenditures from the Bonneville Power Administration Fund, established pursuant to Public Law 93–454, are approved for official reception and representation expenses in an amount not to exceed $2,500.</p> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">During fiscal year 1989, no new direct loan obligations may be made.</p> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">Without fiscal year limitation, the Bonneville Power Administration<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t16/s838i">16 USC 838i note</ref>.</p></sidenote> continues to be authorized to incur obligations for authorized purposes and may do so in excess of borrowing authority and cash in the Bonneville Power Administration Fund.</p> </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Operation and Maintenance, Southeastern Power Administration</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For necessary expenses of operation and maintenance of power transmission facilities and of marketing electric power and energy pursuant to the provisions of section 5 of the Flood Control Act of 1944 (16 U.S.C. 825s), as applied to the southeastern power area, $36,267,000, to remain available until expended. </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Operation and Maintenance, Southwestern Power Administration</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For necessary expenses of operation and maintenance of power transmission facilities and of marketing electric power and energy, and for construction and acquisition of transmission lines, substations and appurtenant facilities, and for administrative expenses connected therewith, in carrying out the provisions of section 5 of the Flood Control Act of 1944 (16 U.S.C. 825s), as applied to the southwestern power area, $15,389,000, to remain available until expended; in addition, notwithstanding the provisions of 31 U.S.C. 3302, not to exceed $4,411,000 in collections from the Department of Defense from power purchases, not to exceed $2,430,000 in collections from various Oklahoma companies from power purchases, and not to exceed $1,000,000 in collections from non-Federal entities for construction projects in fiscal year 1989, to remain available until expended. </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Construction, Rehabilitation, Operation and Maintenance, Western Area Power Administration</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>(including transfer of funds)</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For carrying out the functions authorized by title III, section 302(a)(1)(E) of the Act of August 4, 1977 (Public Law 95–91), and other related activities including conservation and renewable resources programs as authorized, including official reception and representation expenses in an amount not to exceed $1,500, the <page identifier="/us/stat/102/870">102 STAT. 870</page>purchase of passenger motor vehicles (not to exceed 5 for replacement only), $270,928,000, to remain available until expended, of which $250,142,000, shall be derived from the Department of the Interior Reclamation fund; in addition, the Secretary of the Treasury is authorized to transfer from the Colorado River Dam Fund to the Western Area Power Administration $2,485,000, to carry out the power marketing and transmission activities of the Boulder Canyon project as provided in section 104(a)(4) of the Hoover Power Plant Act of 1984, to remain available until expended: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That, concurrent with the enactment of Public Law 99–360, purchase, operation, and maintenance of 1 replacement helicopter is authorized from the Colorado River Basins Power Marketing Fund.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Federal Energy Regulatory Commission</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>salaries and expenses</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For necessary expenses of the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission to carry out the provisions of the Department of Energy Organization Act (Public Law 95–91), including services as authorized by 5 U.S.C. 3109, including the hire of passenger motor vehicles; official reception and representation expenses (not to exceed $2,0001, $108,760,000, of which $5,000,000 shall remain available until expended and be available only for contractual activities: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t42/s7171">42 USC 7171 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>That hereafter and notwithstanding any other provision of law, not to exceed $108,760,000 of revenues from licensing fees, inspection services, and other services and collections in fiscal year 1989, may be retained and used for necessary expenses in this account, and may remain available until expended:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That the sum herein appropriated shall be reduced as revenues are received during fiscal year 1989, so as to result in a final fiscal year 1989 appropriation estimated at not more than $0.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Geothermal Resources Development Fund</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For carrying out the Loan Guarantee and Interest Assistance Program as authorized by the Geothermal Energy Research, Development and Demonstration Act of 1974, as amended, $75,000, to remain available until expended: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That the indebtedness guaranteed or committed to be guaranteed through funds provided by this or any other appropriation Act shall not exceed the aggregate of $500,000,000.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> </appropriations> <section> <heading class="centered">GENERAL PROVISIONS—DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</heading> <num value="301"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 301. </num><content>Appropriations for the Department of Energy under this title for the current fiscal year shall be available for hire of passenger motor vehicles; hire, maintenance and operation of aircraft; purchase, repair and cleaning of uniforms; and reimbursement to the General Services Administration for security guard services. From these appropriations, transfers of sums may be made to other agencies of the United States Government for the performance of work for which this appropriation is made. None of the funds made available to the Department of Energy under this Act shall be used to implement or finance authorized price support or loan guarantee programs unless specific provision is made for such programs in an <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Gifts and property.</p></sidenote>appropriation Act The Secretary is authorized to accept lands, <page identifier="/us/stat/102/871">102 STAT. 871</page>buildings, equipment, and other contributions from public and private sources and to prosecute projects in cooperation with other agencies, Federal, State, private, or foreign.</content> </section> <section> <heading class="smallCaps centered">(transfers of unexpended balances)</heading> <num value="302"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 302. </num><content>Not to exceed 5 per centum of any appropriation made available for the current fiscal year for Department of Energy activities funded in this Act may be transferred between such appropriations, but no such appropriation, except as otherwise provided, shall be increased or decreased by more than 5 per centum by any such transfers, and any such proposed transfers shall be submitted promptly to the Committees on Appropriations of the House and Senate.</content> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="303"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 303. </num><content>The unexpended balances of prior appropriations provided for activities in this Act may be transferred to appropriation accounts for such activities established pursuant to this title. Balances so transferred may be merged with funds in the applicable established accounts and thereafter may be accounted for as one fund for the same time period as originally enacted.</content> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="304"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 304. </num><content>No funds appropriated or made available under this or any other Act shall be used by the executive branch for studies, reviews, to solicit proposals, to consider unsolicited proposals, undertake any initiatives or draft any proposals to transfer out of Federal ownership, management or control in whole or in part, the facilities, assets, and functions of the uranium supply and enrichment program, including inventories, until such activities have been specifically authorized in accordance with terms and conditions established by an Act of Congress hereafter enacted: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That this provision shall not apply to the authority granted to the Department of Energy under section 161g of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended, under which it may sell, lease, grant, and dispose of property in furtherance of Atomic Energy Act activities or to the authority of the Administrator of the General Services Administration pursuant to the Federal Property and Administrative Service Act of 1944 to sell or otherwise dispose of surplus property.</proviso> </content> </section> <section> <num value="305"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 305. </num> <subsection class="inline"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <content>During fiscal year 1989, the Department of Energy, in<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> the case of any State with unemployment in excess of 10 percent as determined by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, shall give priority in approving plans for the use of funds available to such State under the Agreement approved on July 7, 1986 In Re: The Department of Energy Stripper Well Exemption Litigation, M.D.L. No. 378.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <content>Any plan described in subsection (a) submitted in fiscal year 1989 shall be deemed approved by the Department of Energy if the Department fails to act on the plan within 45 calendar days after such submittal and if the Governor or a designated State official certifies in writing that the use of such funds provided in such plan is consistent with the applicable terms of such Agreement.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <content>It is the intent of Congress that the purpose of this provision is to help such States gain prompt approval of such plans for the purposes proposed by such States so long as such plans are consistent with the terms and conditions of such Agreement.</content> </subsection> </section> <num value="IV">TITLE IV</num> <heading class="centered">INDEPENDENT AGENCIES</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Appalachian Regional Commission</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>(including transfer of funds)</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For expenses necessary to carry out the programs authorized by<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t40/s401">40 USC app. 401 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> the Appalachian Regional Development Act of 1965, as amended, <page identifier="/us/stat/102/872">102 STAT. 872</page>notwithstanding section 405 of said Act, except expenses authorized by section 105 of said Act, including services as authorized by section 3109 of title 5, United States Code, and hire of passenger motor vehicles, and for necessary expenses for the Federal Cochairman and the alternate on the Appalachian Regional Commission and for payment of the Federal share of the administrative expenses of the Commission, including services as authorized by section 3109 of title 5, United States Code, and hire of passenger motor vehicles, to remain available until expended, $110,700,000. Amounts previously made available for Appalachian Regional Development programs shall be transferred to and made part of this appropriation. </content> </appropriations> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Delaware River Basin Commission</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>salaries and expenses</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For expenses necessary to carry out the functions of the United States member of the Delaware River Basin Commission, as authorized by law (75 Stat. 716), $205,000.</content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="small"><heading>contribution to delaware river basin commission</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For payment of the United States share of the current expenses of the Delaware River Basin Commission, as authorized by law (75 Stat. 706, 707), $263,000. </content> </appropriations> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Interstate Commission on the Potomac River Basin</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>contribution to interstate commission on the potomac river basin</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">To enable the Secretary of the Treasury to pay in advance to the Interstate Commission on the Potomac River Basin the Federal contribution toward the expenses of the Commission during the current fiscal year in the administration of its business in the conservancy district established pursuant to the Act of July 11, 1940 (54 Stat 748), as amended by the Act of September 25, 1970 (Public Law 91–407), $379,000. </content> </appropriations> </appropriations> <appropriations level="major"><heading>NUCLEAR REGULATORY COMMISSION</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Salaries and Expenses</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For necessary expenses of the Commission in carrying out the purposes of the Energy Reorganization Act of 1974, as amended, and the Atomic Energy Act, as amended, including the employment of aliens; services authorized by section 3109 of title 5, United States Code; publication and dissemination of atomic information; purchase, repair, and cleaning of uniforms, official representation expenses (not to exceed $20,000); reimbursements to the General Services Administration for security guard services; hire of passenger motor vehicles and aircraft, $420,000,000, to remain available until expended: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That from this appropriation, transfer of sums may be made to other agencies of the Government for the performance of the work for which this appropriation is made, and in such cases the sums so transferred may be merged with the appropriation to which transferred:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That moneys <page identifier="/us/stat/102/873">102 STAT. 873</page>received by the Commission for the cooperative nuclear safety research program, services rendered to foreign governments and international organizations, and the material and information access authorization programs including criminal history checks under section 149 of the Atomic Energy Act, as amended, may be retained and used for salaries and expenses associated with those activities, notwithstanding the provisions of section 3302 of title 31, United States Code, and shall remain available until expended:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That revenues from licensing fees, inspection services, and other services and collections estimated at $189,000,000 in fiscal year 1989 shall be retained and used for necessary salaries and expenses in this account, notwithstanding the provisions of section 3302 of title 31, United States Code, and shall remain available until expended:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That the sum herein appropriated shall be reduced by the amount of revenues received during fiscal year 1989 from licensing fees, inspection services and other services and collections, excluding those moneys received for the cooperative nuclear safety research program, services rendered to foreign governments and international organizations, and the material and information access authorization programs, so as to result in a final fiscal year 1989 appropriation estimated at not more than $231,000,000.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Susquehanna River Basin Commission</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>salaries and expenses</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For expenses necessary to carry out the functions of the United States member of the Susquehanna River Basin Commission as authorized by law (84 Stat 1541), $192,000. </content> </appropriations> <appropriations level="small"><heading>contribution to susquehanna river basin commission</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For payment of the United States share of the current expense of the Susquehanna River Basin Commission, as authorized by law (84 Stat 1530, 1531), $262,000. </content> </appropriations> </appropriations> </appropriations> <appropriations level="major"><heading>TENNESSEE VALLEY AUTHORITY</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Tennessee Valley Authority Fund</heading> <content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">For the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the Tennessee Valley Authority Act of 1933, as amended (16 U.S.C. ch. 12A), including purchase, hire, maintenance, and operation of aircraft, and purchase and hire of passenger motor vehicles, and for entering into contracts and making payments under section 11 of the National Trails System Act, as amended, $103,000,000, to remain available until expended: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That this appropriation and other<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t16/s831b">16 USC 831b note</ref>.</p></sidenote> moneys available to the Tennessee Valley Authority may be used hereafter for payment of the allowances authorized by section 5948 of title 5, United States Code:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That the official of the Tennessee Valley Authority referred to as the “inspector general of the Tennessee Valley Authority” is authorized, during the fiscal year ending September 30, 1989, to require by subpoena the production of all information, documents, reports, answers, records, accounts, papers, and other data and other documentary evidence necessary in the performance of the audit and investigation functions of that official, which subpoena, in the case of contumacy or <page identifier="/us/stat/102/874">102 STAT. 874</page>refusal to obey, shall be enforceable by order of any appropriate United States district court:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That procedures other than subpoenas shall be used by the inspector general to obtain documents and evidence from Federal agencies.</proviso> </content> </appropriations> </appropriations> <num value="V">TITLE V—</num><heading class="inline">GENERAL PROVISIONS</heading> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="501"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 501. </num><content>No part of any appropriation contained in this Act shall remain available for obligation beyond the current fiscal year unless expressly so provided herein.</content> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="502"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 502. </num><content>None of the funds in this Act shall be used to pay the expenses of, or otherwise compensate, parties intervening in regulatory or adjudicatory proceedings funded in this Act.</content> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="503"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 503. </num><content>None of the programs, projects or activities as defined in the report accompanying this Act, may be eliminated or disproportionately reduced due to the application of “Savings and Slippage”, “general reduction“, or the provision of Public Law 99–177 or Public Law 100–119.</content> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="504"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 504. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote><content>The expenditure of any appropriation under this Act for any consulting service through procurement contract, pursuant to section 3109 of title 5, United States Code, shall be limited to those contracts where such expenditures are a matter of public record and available for public inspection, except where otherwise provided under existing law, or under existing Executive order issued pursuant to existing law.</content> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="505"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 505. </num><content>None of the funds appropriated in this Act shall be used to implement a program of retention contracts for senior employees of the Tennessee Valley Authority.</content> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="506"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 506. </num><content>Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act or any other provision of law, none of the funds made available under this Act or any other law shall be used for the purposes of conducting any studies relating or leading to the possibility of changing from the currently required “at cost” to a “market rate” or any other noncost-based method for the pricing of hydroelectric power by the six Federal public power authorities, or other agencies or authorities of the Federal Government, except as may be specifically authorized by Act of Congress hereafter enacted.</content> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="507"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 507. </num><content>None of the funds appropriated in this Act for Power Marketing Administrations or the Tennessee Valley Authority, and none of the funds authorized to be expended by this or any previous Act from the Bonneville Power Administration Fund or the Tennessee Valley Authority Fund, may be used to pay the costs of procuring extra high voltage (EHV) power equipment unless contract awards are made for EHV equipment manufactured in the United States when such agencies determine that there are one or more manufacturers of domestic end product offering a product that meets the technical requirements of such agencies at a price not exceeding 130 per centum of the bid or offering price of the most competitive foreign bidder <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That such agencies shall determine the incremental costs associated with implementing this section and defer or offset such incremental costs against otherwise <inline class="underline">existing</inline> repayment obligations:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That this section shall not apply to any procurement initiated prior to October 1, 1985, or to the acquisition of spare parts or accessory equipment necessary for the efficient operation and maintenance of existing equipment and available only from the manufacturer of the original equipment:</proviso><proviso> <i>Provided further</i>, That this section shall not apply to <page identifier="/us/stat/102/875">102 STAT. 875</page>procurement of domestic end product as defined in 48 C.F.R. sec. 25.101:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That this section shall not apply to EHV power equipment produced or manufactured in a country whose government has completed negotiations with the United States to extend the GATT Government Procurement Code, or a bilateral equivalent, to EHV power equipment, or which otherwise offers fair competitive opportunities in public procurements to United States manufacturers of such equipment.</proviso> </content> </section> <section> <heading class="smallCaps">implementation of buy american act with respect to certain water resource projects</heading> <num value="508"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 508. </num> <subsection class="inline"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>For purposes of title DI of the Act of<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/41/s10a">41 USC 10a note</ref>.</p></sidenote> March 3, 1933 (47 Stat 1520; 41 U.S.C. 10a–10c), commonly known as the Buy American Act, a cofferdam or any other temporary structure to be constructed by the Secretary of the Army, acting through the Chief of Engineers, shall be treated in the same manner as a permanent dam constructed by the Secretary of the Army.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Applicability</inline>.—</heading><content>Subsection (a) shall only apply to contracts<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> entered into after the date of the enactment of this Act</content> </subsection> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="509"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 509. </num><content class="inline"> <p class="inline">Such sums as may be necessary for fiscal year 1989 pay raises for programs funded by this Act shall be absorbed within the levels appropriated in this Act.</p> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">This Act may be cited as the “<shortTitle role="act">Energy and Water Development Appropriations Act, 1989</shortTitle>”.</p> </content> </section> Approved July 19, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4567: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–618 (Comm. on Appropriations) and No. 100–724 (Comm. of Conference). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–381 (Comm. on Appropriations). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

May 17, considered and passed House.

June 14, 15, considered and passed Senate, amended.

June 30, House agreed to conference report; receded and concurred in certain Senate amendments, in others with amendments.

July 6, Senate concurred in House amendments.

July 7, Senate agreed to conference report.

 WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 24 (1988):

July 19, Presidential statement.

 Public Law 100–372: To amend the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to authorize appropriations for fiscal years 1987, 1988, 1989, and 1990, and for other purposes. Public Law 372 Public Law 100–372 102 Stat. 876 1988-07-19 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 876 Public Law 100–372 100th Congress
An Act To amend the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 to authorize appropriations for fiscal years 1987, 1988, 1989, and 1990, and for other purposes.

July 19, 1988

[S. 623]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Independent Safety Board Act Amendments of 1988.

Transportation.

49 USC app. 1901 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.This Act may be cited as the “Independent Safety Board Act Amendments of 1988”.
SEC. 2. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS. (a) General Authorization.—Section 309 of the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 (49 U.S.C. App. 1907) is amended by adding at the end the following: “There are authorized to be appropriated for the purposes of this Act not to exceed $25,400,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988; $27,000,000 for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1989; and $28,600,000 for fiscal year ending September 30, 1990. Such sums shall remain available until expended.”. (b) Establishment of Emergency Fund.—Section 309 of such Act is further amended by inserting “(a)” after “309.” and by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(b) An emergency fund of $1,000,000 is authorized for expenditure by the Board to be available for necessary expenses, not otherwise provided for, of the Board for accident investigations. There is authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to establish the emergency fund under the preceding sentence and to replenish the fund annually. Such sums are authorized to remain available until expended.”.
SEC. 3. ELIMINATION OF CERTAIN NOTICE REQUIREMENTS. (a)

Federal Register, publication.

 Reports.—Section 304(a)(2) of the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 (49 U.S.C. App. 1903(a)(2)) is amended by striking “and to cause notice of the issuance and availability of such reports to be published in the Federal Register”. (b)

Public information.

 Safety Recommendations.—The last sentence of section 307(a) of the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 (49 U.S.C. App. 1906(a)) is amended to read as follows: “The Board shall make copies of each such recommendation and response thereto available to the public at reasonable cost.”.
SEC. 4. TRAINING SCHOOLS.Section 304(b) of the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 (49 U.S.C. App. 1903(b)) is amended by redesignating paragraph (10) as paragraph (11) and by inserting after paragraph (9) the following new paragraph: “(10) The Board may at any time utilize on a reimbursable basis the services of the Transportation Safety Institute of the Department of Transportation (established for the purpose of developing 102 STAT. 877 courses and conducting training in safety and security for all modes of transportation) or any successor organization. The Secretary shall

State and local governments.

 continue to make available such Institute or successor organization (A) to the Board for safety training of employees of the Board in the performance of all of their authorized functions, and (B) to such other safety personnel of Federal, interstate, State, local, and foreign governments and non-governmental organizations as the Board may from time to time designate in consultation with the Secretary. Utilization of such training at the Institute or successor organization by any designated non-Federal safety personnel shall be at a reasonable fee to be established periodically by the Board in consultation with the Secretary. Such fee shall be paid directly to the

Contracts.

 Secretary for the credit of the proper appropriation, subject to the requirements of any annual appropriation, and shall be an offset against any annual reimbursement agreement entered into between the Board and the Secretary to cover all reasonable direct and indirect costs incurred for all such training by the Secretary in the administration and operation of the Institute or successor organization. The Board shall maintain an annual record of all such offsets.

Records.

 In providing such training to Federal employees, the Board shall be subject to chapter 41 of title 5, United States Code (relating to training of employees).”.
SEC. 5. PAYMENT FOR GOODS AND SERVICES.

State and local governments.

 Section 304(b)(6) of the Independent Safety Board Act of 1974 (49 U.S.C. App. 1903(b)(6)) is amended by striking “and” before “(G)” and by striking the period at the end and inserting the following: and “; (H) require payment or other appropriate consideration from Federal agencies, and State, local, and foreign governments for the reasonable cost of goods and services supplied by the Board and to apply the funds received to the Board’s appropriations.”.
Approved July 19, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 628 (H.R. 11): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–158 Pt. 1 (Comm. on Public Works and Transportation) and Pt. 2 (Comm. on Energy and Commerce), accompanying H.R. 11. SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–18 (Comm. on Commerce, Science, and Transportation). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Mar. 25, considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Apr. 12, H.R. 11 considered and passed House; proceedings vacated and S. 628, amended, passed in lieu.

July 6, Senate concurred in House amendments.

 Public Law 100–373: To extend the expiration date of title II of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act. Public Law 373 Public Law 100–373 102 Stat. 878 1988-07-19 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 878 Public Law 100–373 100th Congress
An Act To extend the expiration date of title II of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act.

July 19, 1988

[S. 2203]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That section 281 of the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (42 U.S.C. 6285) is amended by striking “1988” both places it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “1990”.
SEC. 2.

42 USC 6272 note.

 STUDY AND REPORT ON ENERGY POLICY COOPERATION BETWEEN UNITED STATES AND THE OTHER WESTERN HEMISPHERE COUNTRIES. (a) Study.—The Secretary of Energy, in consultation with the Secretary of State and the Secretary of Commerce, shall conduct a study to determine how best to enhance cooperation between the United States and the other countries of the Western Hemisphere with respect to energy policy including stable supplies of, and stable prices for, energy. (b) Report.—On completion of the study described in subsection (a), the Secretary of Energy shall— (1) report the results of such study to the Committee on Energy and Commerce of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Energy and Natural Resources of the Senate; (2) propose a comprehensive international energy policy for the United States designed to enhance cooperation between the United States and the other countries of the Western Hemisphere; and (3) recommend such action as the Secretary deems necessary to establish and implement such policy.
Approved July 19, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 2203 (H.R. 4604): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–730 accompanying H.R. 4604 (Comm. on Energy and Commerce). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–355 (Comm. on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 6, considered and passed Senate.

June 27, 28, H.R. 4604 considered and passed House.

June 29, S. 2203 considered and passed House, amended.

July 8, Senate concurred in House amendment.

 Public Law 100–374: To designate the United States Courthouse located at 156 Federal Street in Portland, Maine, as the “Edward Thaxter Gignoux United States Courthouse”. Public Law 374 Public Law 100–374 102 Stat. 879 1988-07-19 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 879 Public Law 100–374 100th Congress
An Act To designate the United States Courthouse located at 156 Federal Street in Portland, Maine, as the “Edward Thaxter Gignoux United States Courthouse”.

July 19, 1988

[S. 2248]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. DESIGNATION OF BUILDING.The United States Courthouse located at 156 Federal Street in Portland, Maine, shall be known and is designated as the “Edward Thaxter Gignoux United States Courthouse”.
SEC. 2. LEGAL REFERENCES TO BUILDING.Any reference in any law, regulation, document, record, map, or other paper of the United States to the building referred to in section 1 is deemed to be a reference to the “Edward Thaxter Gignoux United States Courthouse”.
Approved July 19, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 2248 (H.R. 4525): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–752 accompanying H.R. 4525 (Comm. on Public Works and Transportation). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Apr. 22, considered and passed Senate.

July 7, H.R. 4525 considered and passed House; proceedings vacated and S. 2248 passed in lieu.

 Public Law 100–375: To designate the week of July 25–31, 1988, as the “National Week of Recognition and Remembrance for Those Who Served in the Korean War”. Public Law 375 Public Law 100–375 102 Stat. 880 1988-07-26 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 880 Public Law 100–375 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the week of July 25–31, 1988, as the “National Week of Recognition and Remembrance for Those Who Served in the Korean War”.

July 26, 1988

[S.J. Res. 318]

 Whereas on June 25, 1950, the Communist army of North Korea invaded and attacked South Korea, initiating the Korean War; Whereas the week of July 25–31, 1988, includes July 27, the 35th anniversary of the Cease Fire agreement that ended the active combat of the Korean War; Whereas the Korean War was brought to an end primarily through the efforts of the United States Armed Forces; Whereas for the first and only time in history a United Nations Command was created, with the United States as the executive agent, to repel this invasion and preserve liberty for the people of the Republic of Korea; Whereas, in addition to the United States and the Republic of Korea, twenty other member nations provided military contingents to serve under the United Nations banner; Whereas, after 3 years of active hostilities, the territorial integrity of the Republic of Korea was restored, and the freedom and independence of its people are assured even to this date; Whereas over 5.7 million American servicemen and women were involved directly or indirectly in the war; Whereas American casualties during that period were 54,246 dead, of which 33,629 were battle deaths, 103,284 wounded, 8,177 listed as missing or prisoners of war, and 329 prisoners of war are still unaccounted for; Whereas, although the Korean War has been known as America’s “Forgotten War”, this nation should never forget the ultimate sacrifice made by those who fought and died in Korea for the noble and just cause of freedom; Whereas the Congress and the President of the United States have enacted a law authorizing the establishment of a Korean War memorial in the Nation’s Capitol to recognize and honor the service and sacrifice of those who participated in the Korean War; Whereas increasing numbers of Korean War veterans are setting aside July 27, the anniversary date of the Armistice, as a special day to remember those with whom they served and to honor those who made the supreme sacrifice in a war to preserve the ideals of freedom and independence; and Whereas on this significant anniversary of the cease fire which started the longest military armistice in modern history, it is right and appropriate to recognize, honor, and remember the service and sacrifice of those who endured the rigors of combat and the extremes of a hostile climate under the most trying conditions and still prevailed to preserve the independence of a free nation: Now, therefore, be it 102 STAT. 881 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the week of July 25–31, 1988, is designated as the “National Week of Recognition and Remembrance for Those Who Served in the Korean War”. The President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate ceremonies and activities, and to urge the departments and agencies of the United States and interested organizations, groups and individuals to fly the American flag at half staff on July 27, 1988 in honor of those Americans who died as a result of their service in Korea.
Approved July 26, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 318: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 23, considered and passed Senate.

July 13, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–376: Designating July 24 through 30, 1988, as “Lyme Disease Awareness Week”. Public Law 376 Public Law 100–376 102 Stat. 882 1988-08-01 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 882 Public Law 100–376 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating July 24 through 30, 1988, as “Lyme Disease Awareness Week”.

Aug. 1, 1988

[H.J. Res. 569]

 Whereas Lyme disease is spread by the tick species Ixodes Dammini by means of the bacterium Burrelia Burgdorferi; Whereas these ticks are no larger than the head of a pin; Whereas these ticks can be carried by domestic animals such as cats, dogs, and horses; Whereas these ticks can be transferred from domestic animals to humans; Whereas Lyme disease started in southeastern Connecticut and has spread to 32 States; Whereas the Center for Disease Control has reported 6,000 cases of Lyme disease since 1982; Whereas Lyme disease is easily treated in its early stages by an oral vaccine administered by a physician (penicillin and erythromycin for young children and tetracycline for persons allergic to penicillin); Whereas the early symptoms of Lyme disease are a rash, mild headaches, a slight fever, and swollen glands; Whereas Lyme disease often mocks rheumatoid arthritis and heart disease; Whereas if left untreated, Lyme disease can cause severe depression, brain disorders, and even death; Whereas the best cure for Lyme disease is prevention; Whereas prevention of Lyme disease depends upon public awareness; and Whereas education is essential to making the general public and health care professionals more knowledgeable of Lyme disease and its debilitating side effects: Now, therefore, be it Resolved, by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That July 24 through 30, 1988, is designated as “Lyme Disease Awareness Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved August 1, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 569 (S.J. Res. 326): CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

July 13, considered and passed House.

July 14, S.J. Res. 326 and H.J. Res. 569 considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–377: To designate August 1, 1988, as “Helsinki Human Rights Day”. Public Law 377 Public Law 100–377 102 Stat. 883 1988-08-01 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 883 Public Law 100–377 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate August 1, 1988, as “Helsinki Human Rights Day”.

Aug. 1, 1988

[S.J. Res. 338]

 Whereas August 1, 1988, will be the thirteenth anniversary of the signing of the Final Act of the Conference on Security and Cooperation in Europe (hereafter in this preamble referred to as the “Helsinki accords”); Whereas on August 1, 1975, the Helsinki accords were agreed to by the Governments of Austria, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, Cyprus, Czechoslovakia, Denmark, Finland, France, the German Democratic Republic, the Federal Republic of Germany, Greece, the Holy See, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Malta, Monaco, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Romania, San Marino, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Turkey, the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, the United Kingdom, the United States of America, and Yugoslavia; Whereas the participating States have committed themselves to balanced progress in all areas of the Helsinki accords; Whereas the Helsinki accords recognize the inherent relationship between respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms and the attainment of genuine security; Whereas the Helsinki accords express the commitment of the participating States to “recognize the universal significance of human rights and fundamental freedoms, respect for which is an essential factor for the peace, justice and well-being necessary to ensure the development of friendly relations and cooperation among themselves as among all States”; Whereas the Helsinki accords also express the commitment of the participating States to “respect human rights and fundamental freedoms, including the freedom of thought, conscience, religion or belief, for all without distinction as to race, sex, language or religion”; Whereas the Helsinki accords also express the commitment of the participating States to “promote and encourage the effective exercise of civil, political, economic, social, cultural and other rights and freedoms all of which derive from the inherent dignity of the human person and are essential for his free and full development”; Whereas the Helsinki accords also express the commitment of the participating States to “recognize and respect the freedom of the individual to profess and practice, alone or in community with others, religion or belief acting in accordance with the dictates of his own conscience”; Whereas the Helsinki accords also express the commitment of the participating States on whose territory national minorities exist to “respect the right of persons belonging to such minorities to equality before the law” and that such States “will afford them the full opportunity for the actual enjoyment of human rights and 102 STAT. 884 fundamental freedoms and will in this manner, protect their legitimate interests in this sphere”; Whereas the Helsinki accords also express the commitment of the participating States to “constantly respect these rights and freedoms in their mutual relations” and that such States “will endeavor jointly and separately, including in cooperation with the United Nations, to promote universal and effective respect for them”; Whereas the Helsinki accords also express the commitment of the participating States to “conform the right of the individual to know and act upon his rights and duties in this field”; Whereas the Helsinki accords also express the commitment of the participating States in the field of human rights and fundamental freedoms to “act in conformity with the purposes and principles of the Charter of the United Nations and with the Universal Declaration of Human Rights” and to “fulfill their obligations as set forth in the international declarations and agreements in this field, including inter alia the International Covenants on Human Rights, by which they may be bound”; Whereas the Helsinki accords by incorporation also express the commitment of the participating States to guarantee the right of the individual to leave his own country and return to such country; Whereas the Helsinki accords also express the commitment of the participating States to “facilitate freer movement and contacts, individually and collectively, whether privately or officially, among persons, institutions and organizations of the participating States, and to contribute to the solution of the humanitarian problems that arise in that connection”; Whereas the Helsinki accords also express the commitment of the participating States to “favorably consider applications for travel with the purpose of allowing persons to enter or leave their territory temporarily, and on a regular basis if desired, in order to visit members of their families”; Whereas the Helsinki accords also express the commitment of the participating States to “deal in a positive and humanitarian spirit with the applications of persons who wish to be reunited with members of their family” and “to deal with applications in this field as expeditiously as possible”; Whereas the Helsinki accords also express the commitments of the participating States to “examine favorably and on the basis of humanitarian considerations requests for exit or entry permits from persons who have decided to marry a citizen from another participating State”; Whereas the Helsinki accords also express the commitment of the participating States to “facilitate wider travel by their citizens for personal or professional reasons”; Whereas the Helsinki accords also express the commitment of the participating States to “facilitate the freer and wider dissemination of information of all kinds, to encourage cooperation in the field of information and the exchange of information with other countries”; Whereas the Governments of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, Bulgaria, Czechoslovakia, the German Democratic Republic, Hungary, Poland, and Romania, in agreeing to the Helsinki accords, have made a commitment to adhere to the principles of 102 STAT. 885human rights and fundamental freedoms as embodied in the Helsinki accords; Whereas, despite some limited improvements, the aforementioned Governments have failed to implement their obligations under Principle VII of the Helsinki accords to respect human rights and fundamental freedoms, including the freedom of thought, conscience, religion or belief; Whereas, despite some limited improvements, the aforementioned Governments have failed to implement their obligations under Basket III of the Helsinki accords to promote free movement of people, ideas and information; Whereas representatives from the signatory States are convened in Vienna to review implementation and address issues of compliance with the human rights and humanitarian provisions of the Helsinki accords: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That— (1) August 1, 1988, the thirteenth anniversary of the signing of the Helsinki accords is designated as “Helsinki Human Rights Day”; (2) the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation reasserting the American commitment to full implementation of the human rights and humanitarian provisions of the Helsinki accords, urging all signatory nations to abide by their obligations under the Helsinki accords, and encouraging the people of the United States to join the President and Congress in observance of the Helsinki Human Rights Day with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities; (3) the President is further requested to continue his efforts to achieve full implementation of the human rights and humanitarian provisions of the Helsinki accords by raising, with the Governments of the Soviet Union, Bulgaria, Czechoslovakia, the German Democratic Republic, Hungary, Poland, and Romania, the issue of their noncompliance at every available opportunity; (4) the President is further requested to convey to all signatories of the Helsinki accords that respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms is a vital element of further progress in the ongoing Helsinki process; (5) the President is authorized to convey to allies and friends of the United States that unity on the question of respect for human rights and fundamental freedoms is an essential means of promoting the full implementation of the human rights and humanitarian provisions of the Helsinki accords; (6) the President is requested to continue his efforts to achieve before the end of the Vienna meeting the release of all political prisoners of the Soviet Union, including Helsinki monitors, a significant increase in Soviet emigration, the resolution of all family reunification cases, the cessation of all radio transmission jamming, and the repeal of laws, procedures, and practices which undermine human rights; (7) the President is further requested to seek the inclusion, in any concluding document agreed to in Vienna, of a mechanism to assure that human rights progress is sustained following the conclusion of the Vienna meeting; and (8) the President is further requested to convey to signatory States the insistence of the United States for a balanced result 102 STAT. 886 at the Vienna meeting that will not favor military security at the expense of human rights.
Sec. 2. The Secretary of the Senate is directed to transmit copies of this joint resolution to the President, the Secretary of State, and the Ambassadors of the thirty-four Helsinki signatory nations.
Approved August 1, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 338: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

July 8, considered and passed Senate.

July 14, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–378: To require the Secretary of the Treasury to mint coins in commemoration of the Bicentennial of the United States Congress. Public Law 378 Public Law 100–378 102 Stat. 887 1988-08-01 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 887 Public Law 100–378 100th Congress
An Act To require the Secretary of the Treasury to mint coins in commemoration of the Bicentennial of the United States Congress.

Aug. 1, 1988

[H.R. 3251]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Bicentennial of the United States Congress Commemorative Coin Act.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE.This Act may be cited as the “Bicentennial of the United States Congress Commemorative Coin Act”.
SEC. 2. SPECIFICATIONS OF COINS. (a) Five Dollar Gold Coins.— (1) Issuance.— The Secretary of the Treasury (hereinafter in this Act referred to as the “Secretary”) shall mint and issue not more than 1,000,000 five dollar coins each of which shall— (A) weigh 8.359 grams; (B) have a diameter of .850 inches; and (C) be composed of 90 percent gold and 10 percent alloy. (2) Design.—The design of the five dollar coins shall, in accordance with section 4, be emblematic of the Bicentennial of the United States Congress. Each five dollar coin shall bear a designation of the value of the coin, an inscription of the year “1989”, and inscriptions of the words “Liberty”, “In God We Trust”, “United States of America”, and “E Pluribus Unum”. (b) One Dollar Silver Coins.— (1) Issuance.— The Secretary shall mint and issue not more than 10,000,000 one dollar coins each of which shall— (A) weigh 26.73 grams; (B) have a diameter of 1.500 inches; and (C) be composed of 90 percent silver and 10 percent copper. (2) Design.—The design of the one dollar coins shall, in accordance with section 4, be emblematic of the Bicentennial of the United States Congress. Each one dollar coin shall bear a designation of the value of the coin, an inscription of the year “1989”, and inscriptions of the words “Liberty”, “In God We Trust”, “United States of America”, and “E Pluribus Unum”. (c) Half Dollar Clad Coins.— (1) Issuance.— The Secretary shall issue not more than 10,000,000 half dollar coins each of which shall— (A) weigh 11.34 grams; (B) have a diameter of 1.205 inches; and (C) be minted to the specifications for half dollar coins contained in section 5112(b) of title 31, United States Code. (2) Design.—The design of the half dollar coins shall, in accordance with section 4, be emblematic of the Bicentennial of the United States Congress. On each half dollar coin shall be a designation of the value of the coin, an inscription of the year 102 STAT. 888 “1989”, and inscriptions of the words “Liberty”, “In God We Trust”, “United States of America”, and “E Pluribus Unum”. (d) Legal Tender.—The coins minted under this Act shall be legal tender as provided in section 5103 of title 31, United States Code. (e) Numismatic Items.—For purposes of section 5132(a)(1) of title 31, United States Code, all coins minted under this Act shall be considered to be numismatic items.
SEC. 3. SOURCES OF BULLION. (a) Gold.—The Secretary shall obtain gold for minting coins under this Act pursuant to the authority of the Secretary under existing law. (b) Silver.—The Secretary shall obtain silver for minting coins under this Act only from stockpiles established under the Strategic and Critical Minerals Stock Piling Act (50 U.S.C. 98 et seq.).
SEC. 4. DESIGN OF COINS.The Director of the Mint shall submit the proposed designs of the coins to be minted under this Act to the Commission of Fine Arts for comments. After receiving the comments on the designs from such Commission, the Director of the Mint shall submit the proposed designs together with such comments to the Secretary. After receiving the proposed designs and the comments, the Secretary shall select the design of the coins to be minted under this Act.
SEC. 5.

New York.

 ISSUANCE OF COINS. (a) Five Dollar Coins.—The five dollar coins minted under this Act may be issued in uncirculated and proof qualities and shall be struck at the United States Mint at West Point, New York. (b) One Dollar and Half Dollar Coins.—The one dollar and half dollar coins minted under this Act may be issued in uncirculated and proof qualities, except that not more than 1 facility of the United States Mint may be used to strike any particular combination of denomination and quality. (c) Commencement of Issuance.—The Secretary may issue the coins minted under this Act beginning January 1, 1989. (d) Termination of Authority.—Coins may not be minted under this Act after June 30, 1990.
SEC. 6. SALE OF COINS. (a) In General.—Notwithstanding any other provision of law, the Secretary shall sell the coins minted under this Act at a price equal to the face value, plus the cost of designing and issuing the coins (including labor, materials, dies, use of machinery, and overhead expenses). (b) Bulk Sales.—The Secretary shall make any bulk sales of the coins minted under this Act at a reasonable discount to reflect the lower costs of such sales. (c) Prepaid Orders.—The Secretary shall accept prepaid orders for the coins minted under this Act prior to the issuance of such coins. Sale prices with respect to such prepaid orders shall be at a reasonable discount. (d) Surcharges.—All sales of coins minted under this Act shall include a surcharge of $35 per coin for the five dollar coins, $7 per coin for the one dollar coins, and $1 per coin for the half dollar coins.
102 STAT. 889
SEC. 7. FINANCIAL ASSURANCES. (a) No Net Cost to the Government.—The Secretary shall take such actions as may be necessary to ensure that minting and issuing coins under this Act will not result in any net cost to the United States Government. (b) Payment for Coins.—A coin shall not be issued under this Act unless the Secretary has received— (1) full payment for the coin; (2) security satisfactory to the Secretary to indemnify the United States for full payment; or (3) a guarantee of full payment satisfactory to the Secretary from a depository institution whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation, or the National Credit Union Administration Board.
SEC. 8. REDUCTION OF NATIONAL DEBT.An amount equal to the amount of all surcharges that are received by the Secretary from the sale of coins minted under this Act shall be deposited in the general fund of the Treasury and shall be used for the sole purpose of reducing the national debt.
SEC. 9. GENERAL WAIVER OF PROCUREMENT REGULATIONS. (a) In General.—Except as provided in subsection (b), no provision of law governing procurement or public contracts shall be applicable to the procurement of goods and services necessary for carrying out the provisions of this Act. (b) Equal Employment Opportunity.—Subsection (a) shall not relieve any person entering into a contract under the authority of this Act from complying with any law relating to equal employment opportunity.
SEC. 10. AMENDMENTS TO THE FEDERAL SAVINGS AND LOAN INSURANCE CORPORATION RECAPITALIZATION ACT OF 1987. (a) In General.—Section 306(h)(1) of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Recapitalization Act of 1987 (12 U.S.C. 1730 note) is amended by striking out “1-year” and inserting in lieu thereof “2-year”. (b) Clerical Amendment.—The heading for section 306(h) of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation Recapitalization Act of 1987 (12 U.S.C. 1730 note) is amended by striking out “1-Year” and inserting in lieu thereof “2-Year”.
SECTION 11. SUNSET.All provisions of this Act, other than section 10, shall be repealed on the day after the date of enactment of this Act, and no person shall be liable for not complying with such provisions (other than section 10) while they are in effect.
Approved August 1, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 3251: SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–383 (Comm. on Banking, Housing, and Urban Affairs). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Sept. 29, considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988) June 15, considered and passed Senate, amended.

June 23, House concurred in certain Senate amendments, in another with an amendment; and disagreed to others.

July 12, Senate receded and concurred in House amendment with an amendment.

July 13, House concurred in Senate amendment.

 Public Law 100–379: To require advance notification of plant closings and mass layoffs, and for other purposes. Public Law 379 Public Law 100–379 102 Stat. 890 1988-08-04 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 890 Public Law 100–379 100th Congress
An Act To require advance notification of plant closings and mass layoffs, and for other purposes.

Aug. 4, 1988

[S. 2527]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act.

Business and industry.

Employment and unemployment.

29 USC 2101 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE: TABLE OF CONTENTS. (a) Short Title.—This Act may be cited as the “Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act”. (b) Table of Contents.—The table of contents is as follows: Sec. 1. Sec. 2. Sec. 3. Sec. 4. Sec. 5. Sec. 6. Sec. 7. Sec. 8. Sec. 9. Sec. 10. Sec. 11.
SEC. 2.

29 USC 2101.

 DEFINITIONS; EXCLUSIONS FROM DEFINITION OF LOSS OF EMPLOYMENT. (a) Definitions.—As used in this Act— (1) the term “employer” means any business enterprise that employs— (A) 100 or more employees, excluding part-time employees; or (B) 100 or more employees who in the aggregate work at least 4,000 hours per week (exclusive of hours of overtime); (2) the term “plant closing” means the permanent or temporary shutdown of a single site of employment, or one or more facilities or operating units within a single site of employment, if the shutdown results in an employment loss at the single site of employment during any 30-day period for 50 or more employees excluding any part-time employees; (3) the term “mass layoff” means a reduction in force which— (A) is not the result of a plant closing; and (B) results in an employment loss at the single site of employment during any 30-day period for— (i) (I) at least 33 percent of the employees (excluding any part-time employees); and (II) at least 50 employees (excluding any part-time employees); or (ii) at least 500 employees (excluding any part-time employees); (4) the term “representative” means an exclusive representative of employees within the meaning of section 9(a) or 8(0 of the National Labor Relations Act (29 U.S.C. 159(a), 158(0) or section 2 of the Railway Labor Act (45 U.S.C. 152);. 102 STAT. 891 (5) the term “affected employees” means employees who may reasonably be expected to experience an employment loss as a consequence of a proposed plant closing or mass layoff by their employer; (6) subject to subsection (b), the term “employment loss” means (A) an employment termination, other than a discharge for cause, voluntary departure, or retirement, (B) a layoff exceeding 6 months, or (C) a reduction in hours of work of more than 50 percent during each month of any 6-month period; (7) the term “unit of local government” means any general Eiurpose political subdivision of a State which has the power to levy taxes and spend funds, as well as general corporate and police powers; and (8) the term “part-time employee” means an employee who is employed for an average of fewer than 20 hours per week or who has been employed for fewer than 6 of the 12 months preceding the date on which notice is required. (b) Exclusions From Definition of Employment Loss.— (1) In the case of a sale of part or all of an employer’s business, the seller shall be responsible for providing notice for any plant closing or mass layoff in accordance with section 3 of this Act, up to and including the effective date of the sale. After the effective date of the sale of part or all of an employer’s business, the purchaser shall be responsible for providing notice for any plant closing or mass layoff in accordance with section 3 of this Act. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, any person who is an employee of the seller (other than a part-time employee) as of the effective date of the sale shall be considered an employee of the purchaser immediately after the effective date of the sale. (2) Notwithstanding subsection (a)(6), an employee may not be considered to have experienced an employment loss if the closing or layoff is the result of the relocation or consolidation of part or all of the employer’s business and, prior to the closing or layoff— (A) the employer offers to transfer the employee to a different site of employment within a reasonable commuting distance with no more than a 6-month break in employment; or (B) the employer offers to transfer the employee to any other site of employment regardless of distance with no more than a 6-month break in employment, and the employee accepts within 30 days of the offer or of the closing or layoff, whichever is later.
SEC. 3. NOTICE REQUIRED BEFORE PLANT CLOSINGS AND MASS LAYOFFS.

29 USC 2102.

 (a) Notice to Employees, State Dislocated Worker Units, and Local Governments.— An employer shall not order a plant closing or mass layoff until the end of a 60-day period after the employer serves written notice of such an order— (1) to each representative of the affected employees as of the time of the notice or, if there is no such representative at that time, to each affected employee; and (2) to the State dislocated worker unit (designated or created under title III of the Job Training Partnership Act) and the chief elected official of the unit of local government within which such closing or layoff is to occur. If there is more than one such unit, the unit of local government which the employer shall notify is the unit of local government to which the employer pays the highest taxes for the year preceding the year for which the determination is made. 102 STAT. 892 (b) Reduction of Notification Period.— (1) An employer may order the shutdown of a single site of employment before the conclusion of the 60-day period if as of the time that notice would have been required the employer was actively seeking capital or business which, if obtained, would have enabled the employer to avoid or postpone the shutdown and the employer reasonably and in good faith believed that giving the notice required would have precluded the employer from obtaining the needed capital or business. (2) (A) An employer may order a plant closing or mass layoff before the conclusion of the 60-day period if the closing or mass layoff is caused by business circumstances that were not reasonably foreseeable as of the time that notice would have been required. (B) No notice under this Act shall be required if the plant closing or mass layoff is due to any form of natural disaster, such as a flood, earthquake, or the drought currently ravaging the farmlands of the United States. (3) An employer relying on this subsection shall give as much notice as is practicable and at that time shall give a brief statement of the basis for reducing the notification period. (c) Extension of Layoff Period.—A layoff of more than 6 months which, at its outset, was announced to be a layoff of 6 months or less, shall be treated as an employment loss under this Act unless— (1) the extension beyond 6 months is caused by business circumstances (including unforeseeable changes in price or cost) not reasonably foreseeable at the time of the initial layoff; and (2) notice is given at the time it becomes reasonably foreseeable that the extension beyond 6 months will be required. (d) Determinations With Respect to Employment Loss.—For purposes of this section, in determining whether a plant closing or mass layoff has occurred or will occur, employment losses for 2 or more groups at a single site of employment, each of which is less than the minimum number of employees specified in section 2(a) (2) or (3) but which in the aggregate exceed that minimum number, and which occur within any 90-day period shall be considered to be a plant closing or mass layoff unless the employer demonstrates that the employment losses are the result of separate and distinct actions and causes and are not an attempt by the employer to evade the requirements of this Act.
SEC. 4.

29 USC 2103.

 EXEMPTIONS.This Act shall not apply to a plant closing or mass layoff if— (1) the closing is of a temporary facility or the closing or layoff is the result of the completion of a particular project or undertaking, and the affected employees were hired with the understanding that their employment was limited to the duration of the facility or the project or undertaking; or (2) the closing or layoff constitutes a strike or constitutes a lockout not intended to evade the requirements of this Act. Nothing in this Act shall require an employer to serve written notice pursuant to section 3(a) of this Act when permanently replacing a person who is deemed to be an economic striker under the National Labor Relations Act: Provided, That nothing in this Act shall be deemed to validate or invalidate any judicial or administrative ruling relating to the hiring of permanent replacements for economic strikers under the National Labor Relations Act.
102 STAT. 893
SEC. 5. ADMINISTRATION AND ENFORCEMENT OF REQUIREMENTS.

29 USC 2104.

 (a) Civil Actions Against Employers.— (1) Any employer who orders a plant closing or mass layoff in violation of section 3 of this Act shall be liable to each aggrieved employee who suffers an employment loss as a result of such closing or layoff for— (A) back pay for each day of violation at a rate of compensation

Wages.

 not less than the higher of— (i) the average regular rate received by such employee during the last 3 years of the employee’s employment; or (ii) the final regular rate received by such employee; and (B) benefits under an employee benefit plan described in section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of

Health and medical care.

 1974 (29 U.S.C. 1002(3)), including the cost of medical expenses incurred during the employment loss which would have been covered under an employee benefit plan if the employment loss had not occurred. Such liability shall be calculated for the period of the violation, up to a maximum of 60 days, but in no event for more than one-half the number of days the employee was employed by the employer. (2) The amount for which an employer is liable under paragraph (1) shall be reduced by— (A) any wages paid by the employer to the employee for the

Wages.

 period of the violation; (B) any voluntary and unconditional payment by the employer to the employee that is not required by any legal obligation; and (C) any payment by the employer to a third party or trustee

Health and medical care.

Retirement.

 (such as premiums for health benefits or payments to a defined contribution pension plan) on behalf of and attributable to the employee for the period of the violation. In addition, any liability incurred under paragraph (1) with respect to a defined benefit pension plan may be reduced by crediting the employee with service for all purposes under such a plan for the period of the violation. (3) Any employer who violates the provisions of section 3 with respect to a unit of local government shall be subject to a civil penalty of not more than $500 for each day of such violation, except that such penalty shall not apply if the employer pays to each aggrieved employee the amount for which the employer is liable to that employee within 3 weeks from the date the employer orders the shutdown or layoff. (4) If an employer which has violated this Act proves to the

Courts, U.S.

 satisfaction of the court that the act or omission that violated this Act was in good faith and that the employer had reasonable grounds for believing that the act or omission was not a violation of this Act the court may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of the liability or penalty provided for in this section. (5) A person seeking to enforce such liability, including a representative

State and local governments.

 of employees or a unit of local government aggrieved under paragraph (1) or (3), may sue either for such person or for other persons similarly, situated, or both, in any district court of the United States for any district in which the violation is alleged to have occurred, or in which the employer transacts business. (6) In any such suit, the court, in its discretion, may allow the

Courts, U.S.

 prevailing party a reasonable attorney’s fee as part of the costs. 102 STAT. 894 (7) For purposes of this subsection, the term, “aggrieved employee” means an employee who has worked for the employer ordering the plant closing or mass layoff and who, as a result of the failure by the employer to comply with section 3, did not receive timely notice either directly or through his or her representative as required by section 3. (b)

Courts, U.S.

 Exclusivity of Remedies.—The remedies provided for in this section shall be the exclusive remedies for any violation of this Act. Under this Act, a Federal court shall not have authority to enjoin a plant closing or mass layoff.
SEC. 6.

29 USC 2105.

 PROCEDURES IN ADDITION TO OTHER RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES.

Contracts.

The rights and remedies provided to employees by this Act are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other contractual or statutory rights and remedies of the employees, and are not intended to alter or affect such rights and remedies, except that the period of notification required by this Act shall run concurrently with any period of notification required by contract or by any other statute.
SEC. 7.

29 USC 2106.

 PROCEDURES ENCOURAGED WHERE NOT REQUIRED.It is the sense of Congress that an employer who is not required to comply with the notice requirements of section 3 should, to the extent possible, provide notice to its employees about a proposal to close a plant or permanently reduce its workforce.
SEC. 8.

29 USC 2107.

 AUTHORITY TO PRESCRIBE REGULATIONS. (a) The Secretary of Labor shall prescribe such regulations as may be necessary to carry out this Act. Such regulations shall, at a minimum, include interpretative regulations describing the methods by which employers may provide for appropriate service of notice as required by this Act. (b) The mailing of notice to an employee’s last known address or inclusion of notice in the employee’s paycheck will be considered acceptable methods for fulfillment of the employer’s obligation to give notice to each affected employee under this Act.
SEC. 9.

29 USC 2108.

 EFFECT ON OTHER LAWS.The giving of notice pursuant to this Act, if done in good faith compliance with this Act, shall not constitute a violation of the National Labor Relatidns Act or the Railway Labor Act.
SEC. 10.

29 USC 2109.

 REPORT ON EMPLOYMENT AND INTERNATIONAL COMPETITIVENESS. Two years after the date of enactment of this Act the Comptroller General shall submit to the Committee on Small Business of both the House and Senate, the Committee on Labor and Human Resources, and the Committee on Education and Labor a report containing a detailed and objective analysis of the effect of this Act on employers (especially small- and medium-sized businesses), the economy (international competitiveness), and employees (in terms of levels and conditions of employment). The Comptroller General shall assess both costs and benefits, including the effect on productivity, competitiveness, unemployment rates and compensation, and worker retraining and readjustment.
102 STAT. 895
SEC. 11. EFFECTIVE DATE.

29 USC 2101 note.

This Act shall take effect on the date which is 6 months after the date of enactment of this Act, except that the authority of the Secretary of Labor under section 8 is effective upon enactment.

[Note by the Office of the Federal Register: The foregoing Act, having been presented to the President of the United States on Friday, July 22, 1988, and not having been returned by him to the House of Congress in which it originated within the time prescribed by the Constitution of the United States, has become law without his signature on August 4, 1988.]

LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 2527: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 22–24, 27–29, July 6, considered and passed Senate.

July 13, considered and passed House.

 WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 24 (1988):

Aug. 2, Presidential statement.

 Public Law 100–380: To provide for the extension of a temporary prohibition of strikes or lockout with respect to the Chicago and Northwestern Transportation Company labor-management dispute. Public Law 380 Public Law 100–380 102 Stat. 896 1988-08-04 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 896 Public Law 100–380 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To provide for the extension of a temporary prohibition of strikes or lockout with respect to the Chicago and Northwestern Transportation Company labor-management dispute.

Aug. 4, 1988

[S.J. Res. 356]

 Resolved, by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1.

Railroads.

 EXTENSION OF TEMPORARY PROHIBITION. Section 10(h) of the Railway Labor Act (45 U.S.C. 160) shall be extended until September 9, 1988, with respect to the dispute referred to in Executive Order No. 12636 of April 20, 1988, so that no change, except by agreement, shall be made by the rail carrier, Chicago and Northwestern Transportation Company, or by the employees of such carrier represented by labor organizations that are a party to such dispute, in the conditions out of which the dispute arose as such conditions existed before 12:01 ante meridiem of August 4, 1988.
Approved August 4, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 356: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD. Vol. 134 (1988):

Aug. 2, considered and passed Senate.

Aug. 4, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–381: To provide that certain lands shall be in trust for the Pechanga Band of Luiseno Mission Indians of the Pechanga Reservation, California. Public Law 381 Public Law 100–381 102 Stat. 897 1988-08-08 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 897 Public Law 100–381 100th Congress
An Act To provide that certain lands shall be in trust for the Pechanga Band of Luiseno Mission Indians of the Pechanga Reservation, California.

Aug. 8, 1988

[H.R. 2615]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. CERTAIN LANDS HELD IN TRUST FOR PECHANGA BAND.All right, title, and interest of the United States in and to the land acquired by the deed dated March 11, 1907, pursuant to the Act of June 21, 1906 (34 Stat. 333), is hereby declared to be held in trust by the United States for the use and benefit of the Pechanga Band of Luiseno Mission Indians of California. Such land is hereby declared to be part of the Pechanga Indian Reservation.
SEC. 2. PUBLICATION OF LAND DESCRIPTION.

Federal Register, publication.

The Secretary of the Interior shall publish in the Federal Register the description of the land referred to in section 1.
Approved August 8, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 2615: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–247 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–415 (Select Comm. on Indian Affairs). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Aug. 3, considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): July 14, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–382: To authorize and request the President to call and conduct a White House Conference on Library and Information Services to be held not earlier than September 1, 1989, and not later than September 30, 1991, and for other purposes. Public Law 382 Public Law 100–382 102 Stat. 898 1988-08-08 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 898 Public Law 100–382 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To authorize and request the President to call and conduct a White House Conference on Library and Information Services to be held not earlier than September 1, 1989, and not later than September 30, 1991, and for other purposes.

Aug. 8, 1988

[H.J. Res. 90]

20 USC 1501 note.

Whereas access to information and ideas is indispensable to the development of human potential, the advancement of civilization, and the continuance of enlightened self-government; Whereas the preservation and the dissemination of information and ideas are the primary purpose and function of the library and information services; Whereas the economic vitality of the United States in a global economy and the productivity of the work force of the Nation rest on access to information in the postindustrial information age; Whereas the White House Conference on Library and Information Services of 1979 began a process in which a broadly representative group of citizens made recommendations that have improved the library and information services of the Nation, and sparked the Nation’s interest in the crucial role of library and information services at home and abroad; Whereas library and information service is essential to a learning society; Whereas social, demographic, and economic shifts of the past decade have intensified the rate of change and require that Americans of all age groups develop and sustain literacy and other lifelong learning habits; Whereas expanding technological developments offer unprecedented opportunities for application to teaching and learning and to new means to provide access to library and information services; Whereas the growth and augmentation of the Nation’s library and information services are essential if all Americans, without regard to race, ethnic background, or geographic location are to have reasonable access to adequate information and lifelong learning; Whereas the future of our society depends on developing the learning potential inherent in all children and youth, especially literary, reading, research, and retrieval skills; Whereas rapidly developing technology offers a potential for enabling libraries and information services to serve the public more fully; and Whereas emerging satellite communication networks and other technologies offer unparalleled opportunity for access to education opportunities to all parts of the world, and to individuals who are homebound, handicapped, or incarcerated: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1.

20 USC 1501 note.

 PRESIDENT TO CALL CONFERENCE IN 1989.The President is authorized to call and conduct a White House Conference on Library and Information Services to be held not 102 STAT. 899 earlier than September 1, 1989, and not later than September 30, 1991.
SEC. 2. ESTABLISHMENT OF CONFERENCE.

20 USC 1501 note.

 (a) Purpose.—The purpose of the White House Conference on Library and Information Services shall be to develop recommendations for the further improvement of the library and information services of the Nation and their use by the public, in accordance with the findings set forth in the preamble to this joint resolution. (b) Composition.— The Conference shall be composed of— (1) representatives of professional library and information personnel and individuals who support or furnish volunteer services to libraries and information services centers, from all age groups and walks of life, and members of the general public; (2) representatives of local, statewide, regional, and national institutions, agencies, organizations, and associations which provide library and information services to the public; (3) representatives of educational institutions, agencies, organizations, and associations (including professional and scholarly associations for the advancement of education and research); (4) individuals with special knowledge of, and special competence in, technology as it may be used for the improvement of library and information services; and (5) representatives of Federal, State, and local governments. (c) Distribution of Participants.— In carrying out subsection (a)— (1) one-fourth of the participants shall be selected from the library and information profession, (2) one-fourth of the participants shall be selected from among individuals who are currently active library and information supporters, including trustees and friends groups, (3) one-fourth shall be selected from among individuals who are Federal, State, or local government officials, and (4) one-fourth shall be selected from the general public. (d) State Participation Optional.— (1) State and territorial delegates and alternates to the national conference may participate in a respective State or territorial conference. (2) Nothing in this Act shall be construed to require any State to participate in a State or territorial conference.
SEC. 3. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS.

20 USC 1501 note.

 (a) Direction by Commission.— The Conference shall be planned and conducted under the direction of the National Commission on Libraries and Information Science. (b) Commission Functions.—In carrying out this joint resolution, the Commission shall— (1) when appropriate, request the cooperation and assistance of other Federal departments and agencies in order to carry out its responsibilities; (2) make technical and financial assistance (by grant, contract,

Grants.

Contracts.

State and local governments.

 or otherwise) available to the States to enable them to organize and conduct conferences and other meetings in order to prepare for the Conference; (3) prepare and make available background materials for the use of delegates to the Conference and associated State conferences, and prepare and distribute such reports of the Con-102 STAT. 900ference and associated State conferences as may be appropriate; and (4) conduct fiscal oversight activities with respect to the preparation for and the convening of the Conference including contracting for the services of an audit firm. (c) Federal Agency Cooperation and Assistance.— (1) Each Federal department and agency, including the national libraries, shall cooperate with, and provide assistance to the Commission upon its request under clause (1) of subsection (b). For that purpose, each Federal department and agency is authorized and encouraged to provide personnel to the Commission. (2) The Librarian of Congress, the Director of the National Library of Medicine, and the Director of the National Agricultural Library are authorized to detail personnel to the Commission, upon request, to enable the Commission to carry out its functions under this joint resolution. (d) Personnel.— In carrying out the provisions of this joint resolution, the Commission is authorized to engage such personnel as may be necessary to assist the Commission and the Advisory Committee, without regard for the provisions of title 5, United States Code, governing appointments in the competitive service, and without regard to chapter 51, and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates. (e) Expenses.— Members of the Conference may, while away from their homes or regular places of business and attending the Conference, be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as may be allowed under section 5703 of title 5, United States Code, for persons serving without pay. Such expenses may be paid by way of advances, reimbursement, or in installments as the Commission may determine.
SEC. 4.

20 USC 1501 note.

 REPORTS. (a) Submission to President; Transmittal to Congress.— A final report of the Conference, containing such findings and recommendations as may be made by the Conference, shall be submitted to the President not later than 120 days following the close of the

Public information.

Conference. The final report shall be made public and, within 90 days after its receipt by the President, transmitted to the Congress together with a statement of the President containing the recommendations of the President with respect to such report. (b) Publication and Distribution.—The Commission is authorized to publish and distribute for the Conference the reports authorized under this joint resolution. Copies of all such reports shall be provided to the depository libraries.
SEC. 5.

20 USC 1501 note.

 ADVISORY COMMITTEE. (a) Composition.—There is established an advisory committee of the Conference composed of— (1) eight individuals designated by the Chairman of the Commission; (2) five individuals designated by the Speaker of the House of Representatives with not more than three being Members of the House of Representatives; (3) five individuals designated by the President pro tempore of the Senate with not more than three being Members of the Senate; (4) ten individuals appointed by the President; 102 STAT. 901 (5) the Secretary of Education; and (6) the Librarian of Congress. The President, the President pro tempore of the Senate, the Speaker of the House of Representatives, and the Chairman of the Commission shall, after consultation, assure that members of the Advisory Committee are broadly representative of all areas of the United States. (b) Function.—The advisory committee shall assist and advise the Commission in planning and conducting the Conference. (c) Administration.— (1) The Chairman of the Commission shall serve as Vice Chairman of the Advisory Committee. The Advisory Committee shall elect the Chair of the Advisory Committee from among its members, who are not full-time Federal employees. The Advisory Committee shall select the Chair of the Conference. (2) The Chairman of the Advisory Committee is authorized to establish, prescribe functions for, and appoint members to, such advisory and technical committees and staff as may be necessary to assist and advise the Conference in carrying out its functions. (d) Compensation.—Members of any committee established under this section who are not regular full-time officers or employees of the United States shall, while attending to the business of the Conference, be entitled to receive compensation therefor at a rate fixed by the President but not exceeding the rate of pay specified at the time of such service for grade GS–18 in section 5332 of title 5, United States Code, including traveltime. Such members, may, while away from their homes or regular places of business, be allowed travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsistence, as may be authorized under section 5703 of title 5, United States Code, for persons in the Government service employed intermittently.
SEC 6. GIFTS AND TITLE TO CERTAIN PROPERTY.

20 USC 1501 note.

Grants.

 (a) Gifts.—The Commission shall have authority to accept, on behalf of the Conference, in the name of the United States, grants, gifts, or bequests of money for immediate disbursement by the Commission in furtherance of the Conference. Such grants, gifts, or bequests offered the Commission, shall be paid by the donor or his representative into the Treasury of the United States, whose receipts shall enter such grants, gifts, and bequests in a special account to the credit of the Commission for the purposes of this joint resolution. (b) Reversion of Certain Equipment and Material.—Materials and equipment acquired by the White House Conference shall revert to the National Commission on Libraries and Information Science after the close of the White House Conference.
SEC. 7. DEFINITIONS.

20 USC 1501 note.

 For the purpose of this joint resolution— (1) the term “Commission” means the National Commission on Libraries and Information Science; (2) The term “Conference” means White House Conference on Library and Information Services; and (3) the term “State” includes the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, Guam, American Samoa, the 102 STAT. 902 Virgin Islands, the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands, and American Indian Tribes.
SEC. 8.

20 USC 1501 note.

 AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.There are authorized to be appropriated without fiscal year limitations $6,000,000 to carry out this joint resolution. Such sums shall remain available for obligation until expended.
Approved August 8, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 90 (S.J. Res. 26): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–121 (Comm. on Education and Labor) and No. 100–765 (Comm. of Conference). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–156 accompanying S.J. Res. 26 (Comm. on Labor and Human Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): June 8, considered and passed House.

Dec. 15, S.J. Res. 26 considered in Senate; H.J. Res. 90, amended, passed in lieu.

Vol. 134 (1988): July 13, Senate agreed to conference report.

July 26, House agreed to conference report.

 Public Law 100–383: To implement recommendations of the Commission on Wartime Relocation and Internment of Civilians. Public Law 383 Public Law 100–383 102 Stat. 903 1988-08-10 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 903 Public Law 100–383 100th Congress
An Act To implement recommendations of the Commission on Wartime Relocation and Internment of Civilians.

Aug. 10, 1988

[H.R. 442]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Human rights.
SECTION 1. PURPOSES.

50 USC app. 1989.

The purposes of this Act are to— (1) acknowledge the fundamental injustice of the evacuation, relocation, and internment of United States citizens and permanent resident aliens of Japanese ancestry during World War II; (2) apologize on behalf of the people of the United States for the evacuation, relocation, and internment of such citizens and permanent resident aliens; (3) provide for a public education fund to finance efforts to

Public information.

 inform the public about the internment of such individuals so as to prevent the recurrence of any similar event; (4) make restitution to those individuals of Japanese ancestry who were interned; (5) make restitution to Aleut residents of the Pribilof Islands and the Aleutian Islands west of Unimak Island, in settlement of United States obligations in equity and at law, for— (A) injustices suffered and unreasonable hardships endured while those Aleut residents were under United States control during World War II; (B) personal property taken or destroyed by United States

Real property.

 forces during World War II; (C) community property, including community church property, taken or destroyed by United States forces during World War II; and (D) traditional village lands on Attu Island not rehabilitated after World War II for Aleut occupation or other productive use; (6) discourage the occurrence of similar injustices and violations of civil liberties in the future; and (7) make more credible and sincere any declaration of concern by the United States over violations of human rights committed by other nations.
SEC. 2. STATEMENT OF THE CONGRESS. (a) With Regard to Individuals of Japanese Ancestry.—The

50 USC app. 1989a.

 Congress recognizes that, as described by the Commission on War-time Relocation and Internment of Civilians, a grave injustice was done to both citizens and permanent resident aliens of Japanese ancestry by the evacuation, relocation, and internment of civilians during World War II. As the Commission documents, these actions were carried out without adequate security reasons and without any acts of espionage or sabotage documented by the Commission, and were motivated largely by racial prejudice, wartime hysteria, and a 102 STAT. 904failure of political leadership. The excluded individuals of Japanese ancestry suffered enormous damages, both material and intangible, and there were incalculable losses in education and job training, all of which resulted in significant human suffering for which appropriate compensation has not been made. For these fundamental violations of the basic civil liberties and constitutional rights of these individuals of Japanese ancestry, the Congress apologizes on behalf of the Nation. (b) With Respect to the Aleuts.—The Congress recognizes that, as described by the Commission on Wartime Relocation and Internment of Civilians, the Aleut civilian residents of the Pribilof Islands and the Aleutian Islands west of Unimak Island were relocated during World War II to temporary camps in isolated regions of southeast Alaska where they remained, under United States control and in the care of the United States, until long after any potential danger to their home villages had passed. The United States failed to provide reasonable care for the Aleuts, and this resulted in widespread illness, disease, and death among the residents of the camps; and the United States further failed to protect Aleut personal and community property while such property was in its possession or under its control. The United States has not compensated the Aleuts adequately for the conversion or destruction of personal property, and the conversion or destruction of community property caused by the United States military occupation of Aleut villages during World War II. There is no remedy for injustices suffered by the Aleuts during World War II except an Act of Congress providing appropriate compensation for those losses which are attributable to the conduct of United States forces and other officials and employees of the United States.
<num value="I">TITLE I—</num><heading class="inline">UNITED STATES CITIZENS OF JAPANESE ANCESTRY AND RESIDENT JAPANESE ALIENS</heading><sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Civil Liberties Act of 1988.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="101">SEC 101. </num> <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989b">50 USC app. 1989b</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading><content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">This title may be cited as the “<shortTitle role="title">Civil Liberties Act of 1988</shortTitle>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="102">SEC 102. </num> <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989b/1">50 USC app. 1989b–1</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>REMEDIES WITH RESPECT TO CRIMINAL CONVICTIONS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Review of Convictions</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Attorney General is requested to review any case in which an individual living on the date of the enactment of this Act was, while a United States citizen or permanent resident alien of Japanese ancestry, convicted of a violation of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>Executive Order Numbered 9066, dated February 19, 1942;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the Act entitled “An Act to provide a penalty for violation of restrictions or orders with respect to persons entering, remaining in, leaving, or committing any act in military areas or zones”, approved March 21, 1942 (56 Stat 173); or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>any other Executive order, Presidential proclamation, law of the United States, directive of the Armed Forces of the United States, or other action taken by or on behalf of the United States or its agents, representatives, officers, or employees, respecting the evacuation, relocation, or internment of individuals solely on the basis of Japanese ancestry; <page identifier="/us/stat/102/905">102 STAT. 905</page>on account of the refusal by such individual, during the evacuation, relocation, and internment period, to accept treatment which discriminated against the individual on the basis of the individual’s Japanese ancestry. </content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Recommendations fob Pardons</inline>.—</heading><content>Based upon any review under subsection (a), the Attorney General is requested to recommend to the President for pardon consideration those convictions which the Attorney General considers appropriate.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Action by the President</inline>.—</heading><content>In consideration of the statement of the Congress set forth in section 2(a), the President is requested to offer pardons to any individuals recommended by the Attorney General under subsection (b).</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="103">SEC 103. </num> <heading>CONSIDERATION OF COMMISSION FINDINGS BY DEPARTMENTS AND AGENCIES.<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989b/2">50 USC app. 1989b–2</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Review of Applications By Eligible Individuals</inline>.—</heading><content>Each department and agency of the United States Government shall review with liberality, giving full consideration to the findings of the Commission and the statement of the Congress set forth in section 2(a), any application by an eligible individual for the restitution of any position, status, or entitlement lost in whole or in part because of any discriminatory act of the United States Government against such individual which was based upon the individual’s Japanese ancestry and which occurred during the evacuation, relocation, and internment period.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">No New Authority Created</inline>.—</heading><content>Subsection (a) does not create any authority to grant restitution described in that subsection, or establish any eligibility to apply for such restitution.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="104">SEC 104. </num> <heading>TRUST FUND.<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989b/3">50 USC app. 1989b–3</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment</inline>.—</heading><content>There is established in the Treasury of the United States the Civil Liberties Public Education Fund, which shall be administered by the Secretary of the Treasury.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Investment of Amounts in the Fund</inline>.—</heading><content>Amounts in the Fund shall be invested in accordance with section 9702 of title 31, United States Code.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Uses of the Fund</inline>.—</heading><content>Amounts in the Fund shall be available only for disbursement by the Attorney General under section 105 and by the Board under section 106.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Termination</inline>.—</heading><content>The Fund shall terminate not later than the earlier of the date on which an amount has been expended from the Fund which is equal to the amount authorized to be appropriated to the Fund by subsection (e), and any income earned on such amount, or 10 years after the date of the enactment of this Act If all of the amounts in the Fund have not been expended by the end of that 10-year period, investments of amounts in the Fund shall be liquidated and receipts thereof deposited in the Fund and all funds remaining in the Fund shall be deposited in the miscellaneous receipts account in the Treasury.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated to the Fund $1,250,000,000, of which not more than $500,000,000 may be appropriated for any fiscal year. Any amounts appropriated pursuant to this section are authorized to remain available until expended.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="105">SEC. 105. </num> <heading>RESTITUTION.<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989b/4">50 USC app. 1989b–4</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Location and Payment of Eligible Individuals.—</inline></heading> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/906">102 STAT. 906</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading><content>Subject to paragraph (6), the Attorney General shall, subject to the availability of funds appropriated to the Fund for such purpose, pay out of the Fund to each eligible individual the sum of $20,000, unless such individual refuses, in the manner described in paragraph (4), to accept the payment.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Location of eligible individuals</inline>.—</heading><content>The Attorney General shall identify and locate, without requiring any application for payment and using records already in the possession of the United States Government, each eligible individual. The Attorney General should use funds and resources available to the Attorney General, including those described in subsection (c), to attempt to complete such identification and location within 12 months after the date of the enactment of this Act. Any eligible individual may notify the Attorney General that such individual is an eligible individual, and may provide documentation <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote>therefor. The Attorney General shall designate an officer or employee to whom such notification and documentation may be sent, shall maintain a list of all individuals who submit such notification and documentation, and shall, subject to the availability of funds appropriated for such purpose, encourage, through a public awareness campaign, each eligible individual to submit his or her current address to such officer or employee. <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote>To the extent that resources referred to in the second sentence of this paragraph are not sufficient to complete the identification and location of all eligible individuals, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary for such purpose. In any case, the identification and location of all eligible individuals shall be completed within 12 months after the appropriation of funds under the preceding sentence. Failure to be identified and located by the end of the 12-month period specified in the preceding sentence shall not preclude an eligible individual from receiving payment under this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Notice from the attorney general.—</inline></heading> <chapeau>The Attorney General shall, when funds are appropriated to the Fund for payments to an eligible individual under this section, notify that eligible individual in writing of his or her eligibility for payment under this section. Such notice shall inform the eligible individual that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Claims.</p></sidenote> <content>acceptance of payment under this section shall be in full satisfaction of all claims against the United States arising out of acts described in section 108(2)(B), and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>each eligible individual who does not refuse, in the manner described in paragraph (4), to accept payment under this section within 18 months after receiving such written notice shall be deemed to have accepted payment for purposes of paragraph (5).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effect of refusal to accept payment</inline>.—</heading><content>If an eligible individual refuses, in a written document filed with the Attorney General, to accept any payment under this section, the amount of such payment shall remain in the Fund and no payment may be made under this section to such individual at any time after such refusal.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment in full settlement of claims against the united states</inline>.—</heading><content>The acceptance of payment by an eligible individual under this section shall be in full satisfaction of all claims against the United States arising out of acts described in section 108(2)(B). This paragraph shall apply to any eligible <page identifier="/us/stat/102/907">102 STAT. 907</page>individual who does not refuse, in the manner described in paragraph (4), to accept payment under this section within 18 months after receiving the notification from the Attorney General referred to in paragraph (3). </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Exclusion of certain individuals</inline>.—</heading><content>No payment may be<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Claims.</p></sidenote> made under this section to any individual who, after September 1, 1987, accepts payment pursuant to an award of a final judgment or a settlement on a claim against the United States for acts described in section 108(2)(B), or to any surviving spouse, child, or parent of such individual to whom paragraph (6) applies.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payments in the case of deceased persons</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <chapeau>In the case of an eligible individual who is deceased at the time of payment under this section, such payment shall be made only as follows:</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>If the eligible individual is survived by a spouse who is living at the time of payment, such payment shall be made to such surviving spouse.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>If there is no surviving spouse described in clause (i), such payment shall be made in equal shares to all children of the eligible individual who are living at the time of payment.</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>If there is no surviving spouse described in clause (i) and if there are no children described in clause (ii), such payment shall be made in equal shares to the parents of the eligible individual who are living at the time of payment. </content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">If there is no surviving spouse, children, or parents described in clauses (i), (ii), and (iii), the amount of such payment shall remain in the Fund, and may be used only for the purposes set forth in section 106(b).</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>After the death of an eligible individual, this subsection and subsections (c) and (f) shall apply to the individual or individuals specified in subparagraph (A) to whom payment under this section will be made, to the same extent as such subsections apply to the eligible individual.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <chapeau>For purposes of this paragraph—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>the “spouse” of an eligible individual means a wife or husband of an eligible individual who was married to that eligible individual for at least 1 year immediately before the death of the eligible individual;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>a “child” of an eligible individual includes a recognized natural child, a stepchild who lived with the eligible individual in a regular parent-child relationship, and an adopted child; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">(iii) </num> <content>a “<quotedText>parent</quotedText>” of an eligible individual includes fathers and mothers through adoption.</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Order of Payments</inline>.—</heading><content>The Attorney General shall endeavor to make payments under this section to eligible individuals in the order of date of birth (with the oldest individual on the date of the enactment of this Act (or, if applicable, that individual’s survivors under paragraph (6)) receiving full payment first), until all eligible individuals nave received payment in full.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Resources for Locating Eligible Individuals</inline>.—</heading><content>In attempting<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote> to locate any eligible individual, the Attorney General may use any facility or resource of any public or nonprofit organization or any other record, document, or information that may be made available to the Attorney General.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/908">102 STAT. 908</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading class="inline"><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Costs Not Paid From the Fund</inline>.—</heading> <content>costs incurred by the Attorney General in carrying out this section shall be paid from the Fund or set off against, or otherwise deducted from, any payment under this section to any eligible individual.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Termination of Duties of Attorney General</inline>.—</heading><content>The duties of the Attorney General under this section shall cease when the Fund terminates.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Clarification of Treatment of Payments Under Other Laws</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Amounts paid to an eligible individual under this section—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>shall be treated for purposes of the internal revenue laws of the United States as damages for human suffering; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>shall not be included as income or resources for purposes of determining eligibility to receive benefits described in section 3803(c)(2)(C) of title 31, United States Code, or the amount of such benefits.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="106">SEC 106. </num> <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989b/5">50 USC app. 19895–5</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF THE FUND.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment.—</inline></heading><content>There is established the Civil Liberties Public Education Fund Board of Directors, which shall be responsible for making disbursements from the Fund in the manner provided in this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Uses of Fund</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Board may make disbursements from the Fund only—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Research and development.</p> <p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Education.</p> <p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote> <content>to sponsor research and public educational activities, and to publish and distribute the hearings, findings, and recommendations of the Commission, so that the events surrounding the evacuation, relocation, and internment of United States citizens and permanent resident aliens of Japanese ancestry will be remembered, and so that the causes and circumstances of this and similar events may be illuminated and understood; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>for reasonable administrative expenses of the Board, including expenses incurred under subsections (c)(3), (d), and (e).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num><heading class="smallCaps">Membership.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Appointment</inline>.—</heading><content>The Board shall be composed of 9 members appointed by the President, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, from individuals who are not officers or employees of the United States Government</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Terms</inline>.—</heading> <subparagraph class="inline"> <num value="A">(A) </num><content>Except as provided in subparagraphs (B) and (C), members shall be appointed for terms of 3 years.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <chapeau class="inline">Of the members first appointed—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <content>5 shall be appointed for terms of 3 years, and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>4 shall be appointed for terms of 2 years, </content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">as designated by the President at the time of appointment.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(C) </num><content>Any member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring before the expiration of the term for which such member’s predecessor was appointed shall be appointed only for the remainder of such term. A member may serve after the expiration of such member’s term until such member’s successor has taken office. No individual may be appointed as a member for more than 2 consecutive terms.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Compensation</inline>.—</heading><content>Members of the Board shall serve without pay, except that members of the Board shall be entitled to reimbursement for travel, subsistence, and other necessary expenses incurred by them in carrying out the functions of the Board, in the same manner as persons employed intermittently <page identifier="/us/stat/102/909">102 STAT. 909</page>in the United States Government are allowed expenses under section 5703 of title 5, United States Code. </content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Quorum</inline>.—</heading><content>5 members of the Board shall constitute a quorum but a lesser number may hold hearings.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Chair.—</inline></heading><content>The Chair of the Board shall be elected by the members of the Board.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Director and Staff.—</inline></heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Director</inline>.—</heading><content>The Board shall have a Director who shall be appointed by the Board.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Additional staff</inline>.—</heading><content>The Board may appoint and fix the pay of such additional staff as it may require.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Applicability of civil service laws</inline>.—</heading><content>The Director and the additional staff of the Board may be appointed without regard to section 5311(b) of title 5, United States Code, and without regard to the provisions of such title governing appointments in the competitive service, and may be paid without regard to the provisions of chapter 51 and subchapter III of chapter 53 of such title relating to classification and General Schedule pay rates, except that the compensation of any employee of the Board may not exceed a rate equivalent to the minimum rate of basic pay payable for GS–18 of the General Schedule under section 5332(a) of such title.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative Support Services</inline>.—</heading><content>The Administrator of General Services shall provide to the Board on a reimbursable basis such administrative support services as the Board may request.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Gifts and Donations.—</inline></heading><content>The Board may accept, use, and dispose of gifts or donations of services or property for purposes authorized under subsection (b).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Annual Reports.—</inline></heading><content>Not later than 12 months after the first meeting of the Board and every 12 months thereafter, the Board shall transmit to the President and to each House of the Congress a report describing the activities of the Board.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="h">(h) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Termination.—</inline></heading><content>90 days after the termination of the Fund, the Board shall terminate and all obligations of the Board under this section shall cease.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="107">SEC. 107. </num> <heading>DOCUMENTS RELATING TO THE INTERNMENT.<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989b/6">50 USC app. 1989b–6</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Preservation of Documents in National Archives.—</inline></heading><content>All documents, personal testimony, and other records created or received by the Commission during its inquiry shall be kept and maintained by the Archivist of the United States who shall preserve such documents, testimony, and records in the National Archives of the United States. The Archivist shall make such documents, testimony,<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public information.</p></sidenote> and records available to the public for research purposes.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Public Availability of Certain Records of the House of Representatives</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Clerk of the House of Representatives is authorized to permit the Archivist of the United States to make available for use records of the House not classified for national security purposes, which have been in existence for not less than thirty years, relating to the evacuation, relocation, and internment of individuals during the evacuation, relocation, and internment period.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>This subsection is enacted as an exercise of the rulemaking power of the House of Representatives, but is applicable only with respect to the availability of records to which it applies, and supersedes other rules only to the extent that the time limitation established by this section with respect to such records is specifically <page identifier="/us/stat/102/910">102 STAT. 910</page>inconsistent with such rules, and is enacted with full recognition of the constitutional right of the House to change its rules at any time, in the same manner and to the same extent as in the case of any other rule of the House. </content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="108">SEC 108. </num> <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989b/7">50 USC app. 1989b–7</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>DEFINITIONS.</heading><chapeau>For the purposes of this title—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the term “evacuation, relocation, and interment period” means that period beginning on December 7, 1941, and ending on June 30, 1946;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau class="inline">the term “eligible individual” means any individual of Japanese ancestry who is living on the date of the enactment of this Act and who, during the evacuation, relocation, and internment period—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>was a United States citizen or a permanent resident alien; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <clause class="inline"> <num value="i">(i) </num> <chapeau class="inline">was confined, held in custody, relocated, or otherwise deprived of liberty or property as a result of—</chapeau> <subclause class="indent4 fontsize10"> <num value="I">(I) </num> <content>Executive Order Numbered 9066, dated February 19, 1942;</content> </subclause> <subclause class="indent4 fontsize10"> <num value="II">(II) </num> <chapeau>the Act entitled “An Act to provide a penalty for violation of restrictions or orders with respect to persons entering, remaining in, leaving, or committing any act in military areas or zones”, approved March 21, 1942 (56 Stat 173); or</chapeau> </subclause> <subclause class="indent4 fontsize10"> <num value="III">(III) </num> <chapeau>any other Executive order, Presidential proclamation, law of the United States, directive of the Armed Forces of the United States, or other action taken by or on behalf of the United States or its agents, representatives, officers, or employees, respecting the evacuation, relocation, or internment of individuals solely on the basis of Japanese ancestry; or</chapeau> </subclause> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">(ii) </num> <content>was enrolled on the records of the United States Government during the period beginning on December 7, 1941, and ending on June 30, 1946, as being in a prohibited military zone;</content> </clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">except that the term “<quotedText>eligible individual</quotedText>” does not include any individual who, during the period beginning on December 7, 1941, and ending on September 2, 1945, relocated to a country while the United States was at war with that country;</continuation> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the term “permanent resident alien” means an alien lawfully admitted into the United States for permanent residence;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>the term “Fund” means the Civil Liberties Public Education Fund established in section 104;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>the term “Board” means the Civil Liberties Public Education Fund Board of Directors established in section 106; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>the term “Commission” means the Commission on War-time Relocation and Internment of Civilians, established by the Commission on Wartime Relocation and Internment of Civilians Act (Public Law 96–317; 50 U.S.C. App. 1981 note).</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="109">SEC 109. </num> <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989b/8">50 USC app. 1989b–8</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>COMPLIANCE WITH BUDGET ACT.</heading><content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">No authority under this title to enter into contracts or to make <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>payments shall be effective in any fiscal year except to such extent and in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts. In any fiscal year, total benefits conferred by this title shall be<page identifier="/us/stat/102/911">102 STAT. 911</page>limited to an amount not in excess of the appropriations for such fiscal year. Any provision of this title which, directly or indirectly,<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p></sidenote> authorizes the enactment of new budget authority shall be effective only for fiscal year 1989 and thereafter. </content> </section> <num value="II">TITLE II—</num><heading class="inline">ALEUTIAN AND PRIBILOF ISLANDS RESTITUTION</heading><sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Aleutian and Pribilof Islands Restitution Act. Alaska.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="291">SEC 291. </num> <heading>SHORT TITLE.<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989c">50 USC app. 1989c</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading><content>This title may be cited as the “<shortTitle role="title">Aleutian and Pribilof Islands Restitution Act</shortTitle>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="202">SEC 202. </num> <heading>DEFINITIONS.<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989c/1">50 USC app. 1989c–1</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading><chapeau class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">As used in this title—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the term “Administrator” means the person appointed by the Secretary under section 204;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the term “affected Aleut villages” means the surviving Aleut villages of Akutan, Atka, Nikolski, Saint George, Saint Paul, and Unalaska, and the Aleut village of Attu, Alaska;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the term “Association” means the Aleutian/Pribil of Islands Association, Inc., a nonprofit regional corporation established for the benefit of the Aleut people and organized under the laws of the State of Alaska;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>the term “Corporation” means the Aleut Corporation, a for-profit regional corporation for the Aleut region organized under the laws of the State of Alaska and established under section 7 of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (Public Law 92–203; 43 U.S.C. 1606);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <chapeau class="inline">the term “eligible Aleut” means any Aleut living on the date of the enactment of this Act—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>who, as a civilian, was relocated by authority of the United States from his or her home village on the Pribilof Islands or the Aleutian Islands west of Unimak Island to an internment camp, or other temporary facility or location, during World War II; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>who was born while his or her natural mother was subject to such relocation;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>the term “Secretary” means the Secretary of the Interior;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>the term “Fund” means the Aleutian and Pribilof Islands Restitution Fund established in section 203; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(8) </num> <content>the term “World War II” means the period beginning on December 7, 1941, and ending on September 2, 1945.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="203">SEC. 203. </num> <heading>ALEUTIAN AND PRIBILOF ISLANDS RESTITUTION FUND.<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989c/2">50 USC app. 1989c–2</ref>.</p></sidenote></heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment</inline>.—</heading><content>There is established in the Treasury of the United States the Aleutian and Pribilof Islands Restitution Fund, which shall be administered by the Secretary. The Fund shall consist of amounts appropriated to it pursuant to this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report.—</inline></heading><content>The Secretary shall report to the Congress, not later than 60 days after the end of each fiscal year, on the financial condition of the Fund, and the results of operations of the Fund, during the preceding fiscal year and on the expected financial condition and operations of the Fund during the current fiscal year.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Investment</inline>.—</heading><content>Amounts in the Fund shall be invested in accordance with section 9702 of title 31, United States Code.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/912">102 STAT. 912</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Termination</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall terminate the Fund 3 years after the date of the enactment of this Act, or 1 year following disbursement of all payments from the Fund, as authorized by this <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Securities.</p></sidenote>title, whichever occurs later. On the date the Fund is terminated, all investments of amounts in the Fund shall be liquidated by the Secretary and receipts thereof deposited in the Fund and all funds remaining in the Fund shall be deposited in the miscellaneous receipts account in the Treasury.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="204">SEC. 204. </num> <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989/c">50 USC app. 1989c–3</ref>.</p> <p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading>APPOINTMENT OF ADMINISTRATOR.</heading><content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">As soon as practicable after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall offer to undertake negotiations with the Association, leading to the execution of an agreement with the Association to serve as Administrator under this title. The Secretary may appoint the Association as Administrator if such agreement is reached within 90 days after the date of the enactment of this title. If no such agreement is reached within such period, the Secretary shall appoint another person as Administrator under this title, after consultation with leaders of affected Aleut villages and the Corporation.</content> </section> <section> <num value="205">SEC. 205. </num><sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989c/4">50 USC app. 1989c–4</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>COMPENSATION FOR COMMUNITY LOSSES.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>Subject to the availability of funds appropriated to the Fund, the Secretary shall make payments from the Fund, in accordance with this section, as restitution for certain Aleut losses sustained in World War II.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Trust.—</inline></heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Establishment</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall, subject to the availability of funds appropriated for this purpose, establish a trust for the purposes set forth in this section. Such trust shall be established pursuant to the laws of the State of Alaska, and shall be maintained and operated by not more than seven trustees, as designated by the Secretary. Each affected Aleut village may submit to the Administrator a list of three prospective trustees. The Secretary, after consultation with the Administrator, affected Aleut villages, and the Corporation, shall designate not more than seven trustees from such lists as submitted.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administration of trust</inline>.—</heading><content>The trust established under this subsection shall be administered in a manner that is consistent with the laws of the State of Alaska, and as prescribed by the Secretary, after consultation with representatives of eligible Aleuts, the residents of affected Aleut villages, and the Administrator.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Accounts for the Benefit of Aleuts.—</inline></heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In general</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary shall deposit in the trust such sums as may be appropriated for the purposes set forth in this subsection. The trustees shall maintain and operate 8 independent and separate accounts in the trust for purposes of this subsection, as follows:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>One account for the independent benefit of the war-time Aleut residents of Attu and their descendants.</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Six accounts for the benefit of the 6 surviving affected Aleut villages, one each for the independent benefit of Akutan, Atka, Nikolski, Saint George, Saint Paul, and Unalaska, respectively.</content> </subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/913">102 STAT. 913</page> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><content>One account for the independent benefit of those Aleuts who, as determined by the Secretary, upon the advice of the trustees, are deserving but will not benefit directly from the accounts established under subparagraphs (A) and (B).</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">The trustees shall credit to the account described in subparagraph (C) an amount equal to 5 percent of the principal amount deposited by the Secretary in the trust under this subsection. Of the remaining principal amount, an amount shall be credited to each account described in subparagraphs (A) and (B) which bears the same proportion to such remaining principal amount as the Aleut civilian population, as of June 1, 1942, of the village with respect to which such account is established bears to the total civilian Aleut population on such date of all affected Aleut villages.</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Uses of accounts</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>The trustees may use the principal, accrued interest, and other earnings of the accounts maintained under paragraph (1) for—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>the benefit of elderly, disabled, or seriously ill persons<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Aged persons.</p></sidenote> on the basis of special need;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the benefit of students in need of scholarship assistance;<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Handicapped persons.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Education.</p></sidenote></content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>the preservation of Aleut cultural heritage and<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Historic preservation.</p></sidenote> historical records;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>the improvement of community centers in affected<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Community development.</p></sidenote> Aleut villages; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>other purposes to improve the condition of Aleut life, as determined by the trustees.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated $5,000,000 to the Fund to carry out this subsection.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Compensation for Damaged or Destroyed Church Property.—</inline></heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Inventory and assessment of property</inline>.—</heading><content>The Administrator shall make an inventory and assessment of real and personal church property of affected Aleut villages which was damaged or destroyed during World War II. In making such inventory and assessment, the Administrator shall consult with the trustees of the trust established under subsection (b), residents of affected Aleut villages, affected church members and leaders, and the clergy of the churches involved. Within 1 year<sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote> after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Administrator shall submit such inventory and assessment, together with an estimate of the present replacement value of lost or destroyed furnishings and artifacts, to the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Review by the secretary; deposit in the trust</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall review the inventory and assessment provided under paragraph (1), and shall deposit in the trust established under subsection (b) an amount reasonably calculated by the Secretary to compensate affected Aleut villages for church property lost, damaged, or destroyed during World War II.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Distribution of compensation</inline>.—</heading><content>The trustees shall distribute the amount deposited in the trust under paragraph (2) for the benefit of the churches referred to in this subsection.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of appropriations.—</inline></heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated to the Fund $1,400,000 to carry out this subsection.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/914">102 STAT. 914</page> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Administrative and Legal Expenses</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Reimbursement for expenses</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall reimburse the Administrator, not less often than annually, for reasonable and necessary administrative and legal expenses in carrying out the Administrator’s responsibilities under this title.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated to the Fund such sums as are necessary to carry out this subsection.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="206">SEC. 206. </num> <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989c/5">50 USC app. 1989c–5</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>INDIVIDUAL COMPENSATION OF ELIGIBLE ALEUTS.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payments to Eligible Aleuts</inline>.—</heading><content>In addition to payments made under section 205, the Secretary shall, in accordance with this section, make per capita payments out of the Fund to eligible Aleuts. The Secretary shall pay, subject to the availability of funds appropriated to the Fund for such payments, to each eligible Aleut the sum of $12,000.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Assistance of Attorney General</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary may request the Attorney General to provide reasonable assistance in locating eligible Aleuts residing outside the affected Aleut villages, and upon such request, the Attorney General shall provide such assistance. In so doing, the Attorney General may use available facilities and resources of the International Committee of the Red Cross and other organizations.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Assistance of Administrator</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary may request the assistance of the Administrator in identifying and locating eligible Aleuts for purposes of this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Clarification of Treatment of Payments Under Other Laws</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Amounts paid to an eligible Aleut under this section—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>shall be treated for purposes of the internal revenue laws of the United States as damages for human suffering, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>shall not be included as income or resources for purposes of determining eligibility to receive benefits described in section 3803(c)(2)(C) of title 31, United States Code, or the amount of such benefits.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment in Full Settlement of Claims Against the United States</inline>.—</heading><content>The payment to an eligible Aleut under this section shall be in full satisfaction of all claims against the United States arising out of the relocation described in section 202(5).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated to the Fund such sums as are necessary to carry out this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="207">SEC. 207. </num> <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public lands.</p> <p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">National Wildlife Refuge System.</p> <p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Conservation.</p> <p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989c/6">50 USC app. 1989c–6</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>ATTU ISLAND RESTITUTION PROGRAM.</heading> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Purpose of Section</inline>.—</heading><content>In accordance with section (3)(c) of the Wilderness Act (78 Stat 892; 16 U.S.C. 1132(c)), the public lands on Attu Island, Alaska, within the National Wildlife Refuge System have been designated as wilderness by section 702(1) of the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (94 Stat. 2417; 16 U.S.C. 1132 note). In order to make restitution for the loss of traditional Aleut lands and village properties on Attu Island, while preserving the present designation of Attu Island lands as part of the National Wilderness Preservation System, compensation to the Aleut people, in lieu of the conveyance of Attu Island, shall be provided in accordance with this section.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Acreage Determination</inline>.—</heading><content>Not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall, in accordance <page identifier="/us/stat/102/915">102 STAT. 915</page> with this subsection, determine the total acreage of land on Attu Island, Alaska, that, at the beginning of World War II, was subject to traditional use by the Aleut villagers of that island for subsistence and other purposes. In making such acreage determination, the Secretary shall establish a base acreage of not less than 35,000 acres within that part of eastern Attu Island traditionally used by the Aleut people, and shall, from the best available information, including information that may be submitted by representatives of the Aleut people, identify any such additional acreage on Attu Island that was subject to such use. The combination of such base acreage and such additional acreage shall constitute the acreage determination upon which payment to the Corporation under this section is based. The Secretary shall promptly notify the Corporation of the results of the acreage determination made under this subsection. </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Valuation.—</inline></heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination of value</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>Not later than 120 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall determine the value of the Attu Island acreage determined under subsection (b), except that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>such acreage may not be valued at less than $350 per acre nor more than $500 per acre; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the total valuation of all such acreage may not exceed $15,000,000.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Factors in making determination</inline>.—</heading> <chapeau>In determining the value of the acreage under paragraph (1), the Secretary shall take into consideration such factors as the Secretary considers appropriate, including—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>fair market value;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>environmental and public interest value; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="indent2 firstIndent0 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>established precedents for valuation of comparable wilderness lands in the State of Alaska.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Notification of determination; appeal</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall promptly notify the Corporation of the determination of value made under this subsection, and such determination shall constitute the final determination of value unless the Corporation, within 30 days after the determination is made, appeals the determination to the Secretary. If such appeal is made, the Secretary shall, within 30 days after the appeal is made, review the determination in light of the appeal, and issue a final determination of the value of that acreage determined to be subject to traditional use under subsection (b).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In Lieu Compensation Payment.—</inline></heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall pay, subject to the availability of funds appropriated for such purpose, to the Corporation, as compensation for the Aleuts’ loss of lands on Attu Island, the full amount of the value of the acreage determined under subsection (c), less the value (as determined under subsection (c)) of any land conveyed under subsection (e).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Payment in full settlement of claims against the united states</inline>.—</heading><content>The payment made under paragraph (1) shall be in full satisfaction of any claim against the United States for the loss of traditional Aleut lands and village properties on Attu Island.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"> <num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Village Site Conveyance.—</inline></heading><content>The Secretary may convey to the Corporation all right, title, and interest of the United States to the surface estate of the traditional Aleut village site on Attu Island, Alaska (consisting of approximately 10 acres) and to the surface <page identifier="/us/stat/102/916">102 STAT. 916</page>estate of a parcel of land consisting of all land outside such village that is within 660 feet of any point on the boundary of such village. The conveyance may be made under the authority contained in section 14(h)(1) of the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (Public Law 92–203; 43 U.S.C. 1613(h)(1), except that after the enactment of this Act, no site on Attu Island, Alaska, other than such traditional Aleut village site and such parcel of land, may be conveyed to the Corporation under such section 14(h)(1). </content> </subsection> <subsection class="indent0 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authorization of Appropriations</inline>.—</heading><content>There are authorized to be appropriated $15,000,000 to the Secretary to carry out this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="208">SEC. 208. </num> <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p> <p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989c/7">50 USC app. 1989c–7</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>COMPLIANCE WITH BUDGET ACT.</heading><chapeau class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">No authority under this title to enter into contracts or to make payments shall be effective in any fiscal year except to such extent and in such amounts as are provided in advance in appropriations Acts. In any fiscal year, the Secretary, with respect to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the Fund established under section 203,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the trust established under section 205(b), and (3) the provisions of sections 206 and 207,</content> </paragraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">shall limit the total benefits conferred to an amount not in excess of <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Effective date.</p></sidenote>the appropriations for such fiscal year. Any provision of this title which, directly or indirectly, authorizes the enactment of new budget authority shall be effective only for fiscal year 1989 and thereafter.</continuation> </section> <section> <num value="209">SEC 209. </num> <sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989c/8">50 USC app. 1989c–8</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>SEVERABILITY.</heading><content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">If any provision of this title, or the application of such provision to any person or circumstance, is held invalid, the remainder of this title and the application of such provision to other persons not similarly situated or to other circumstances shall not be affected by such invalidation.</content> </section> <num value="III">TITLE III—</num><heading class="inline">TERRITORY OR PROPERTY CLAIMS AGAINST UNITED STATES</heading> <section> <num value="301">SEC. 301. </num> <heading>EXCLUSION OF CLAIMS.</heading><content class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><sidenote><p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Mexico.</p> <p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8">Indians.</p> <p class="firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t50/s1989d">50 USC app. 1989d</ref>.</p></sidenote>Notwithstanding any other provision of law or of this Act, nothing in this Act shall be construed as recognition of any claim of Mexico or any other country or any Indian tribe (except as expressly provided in this Act with respect to the Aleut tribe of Alaska) to any territory or other property of the United States, nor shall this Act be construed as providing any basis for compensation in connection with any such claim.</content> </section> Approved August 10, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 442: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–278 (Comm. on the Judiciary) and No. 100–785 (Comm. of Conference). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Sept. 17, considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): Apr. 20, considered and passed Senate, amended.

July 27, Senate agreed to conference report.

Aug. 4, House agreed to conference report.

 WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 24 (1988):

Aug. 10, Presidential remarks.

 Public Law 100–384: To designate the Federal building located at 50 Spring Street, Southwest, Atlanta, Georgia, as the “Martin Luther King, Jr. Federal Building”. Public Law 384 Public Law 100–384 102 Stat. 917 1988-08-10 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 917 Public Law 100–384 100th Congress
An Act To designate the Federal building located at 50 Spring Street, Southwest, Atlanta, Georgia, as the “Martin Luther King, Jr. Federal Building”.

Aug. 10, 1988

[H.R. 3811]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. DESIGNATION.The Federal building located at 50 Spring Street, Southwest, Atlanta, Georgia, shall be known and designated as the “Martin Luther King, Jr. Federal Building”.
SEC. 2. LEGAL REFERENCES.Any reference in a law, map, regulation, document, record, or other paper of the United States to the Federal building referred to in section 1 shall be deemed to be a reference to the “Martin Luther King, Jr. Federal Building”.
Approved August 10, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 3811: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–633 (Comm. on Public Works and Transportation). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 20, considered and passed House.

July 29, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–385: To designate October 1988 as “Polish American Heritage Month”. Public Law 385 Public Law 100–385 102 Stat. 918 1988-08-10 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 918 Public Law 100–385 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate October 1988 as “Polish American Heritage Month”.

Aug. 10, 1988

[H.J. Res. 475]

 Whereas the first Polish immigrants to North America were among the settlers of Jamestown, Virginia, in the 17th century; Whereas Kazimierz Pulaski, Tadeusz Kosciuszko, and other Poles came to the British colonies in America to fight in the Revolutionary War and to risk their lives and fortunes for the creation of the United States; Whereas Poles and Americans of Polish descent have distinguished themselves by contributing to the development of arts, sciences, government, military service, athletics, and education in the United States; Whereas the Polish Constitution of May 3, 1791, was directly modeled on the Constitution of the United States, is recognized as the second written constitution in history, and is revered by Poles and Americans of Polish descent; Whereas Americans of Polish descent and Americans sympathetic to the struggle of the Polish people to regain their freedom remain committed to a free and independent Polish nation; Whereas Poles and Americans of Polish descent take great pride in and honor the achievements of the greatest son of Poland, His Holiness Pope John Paul II; Whereas Poles and Americans of Polish descent take great pride in and honor the achievements of Nobel Peace Prize laureate Lech Walesa, the founder of the Solidarity Labor Federation; Whereas the Solidarity Labor Federation was founded in August 1980 and is continuing its struggle against oppression by the Government of Poland; and Whereas the Polish American Congress is observing its 44th anniversary this year and is celebrating October 1988 as Polish American Heritage Month: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That October 1988 is designated as “Polish American Heritage Month”, and the President of the United States is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe the month with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved August 10, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.J. Res. 475: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 14, considered and passed House.

July 26, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–386: To amend the Public Health Service Act to revise and extend the programs establishing migrant health centers and community health centers. Public Law 386 Public Law 100–386 102 Stat. 919 1988-08-10 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 919 Public Law 100–386 100th Congress
An Act To amend the Public Health Service Act to revise and extend the programs establishing migrant health centers and community health centers.

Aug. 10, 1988

[S. 2385]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Community and Migrant Health Centers Amendments of 1988.

42 USC 201 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE, REFERENCE TO ACT. (a) Short Title.—This Act may be cited as the “Community and Migrant Health Centers Amendments of 1988”. (b) Reference.—Whenever in this Act an amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal of, a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to be made to a section or other provision of the Public Health Service Act.
SEC. 2. MIGRANT HEALTH CENTERS. (a) Addition of Patient Case Management Services to List of Provided Services.—Section 329(a)(1) (42 U.S.C. 254b(a)(1)) is amended— (1) by striking “and ” at the end of subparagraph (F) and inserting “and” at the end of subparagraph (G); and (2) by inserting after subparagraph (G) the following new subparagraph: “(H) patient case management services (including outreach, counseling, referral, and follow-up services),”. (b) Addition of Appropriate Health Needs to List of Supplemental Health Services.—Section 329(a)(7) (42 U.S.C. 254b(a)(7)) is amended— (1) by striking “and ” at the end of subparagraph (K); (2) by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (L) and inserting and”; and (3) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph: “(M) other services appropriate to meet the health needs of the population served by the migrant health center involved.”. (c) Procedures for Alteration of Determination of High Impact Area.—Section 329(d)(1)(A) (42 U.S.C. 254b(d)(1)(A)) is amended— (1) by inserting “(i)” after “(A)”; and (2) by adding at the end the following new clause: “(ii) If the Secretary makes a determination that an area is a high impact area, the Secretary may alter the determination only after providing to the grantee under subclause (i) for the area, and to other interested entities in the area, reasonable notice with respect to such determination and a reasonable opportunity to offer information with respect to such determination.”. (d) Requirement of Fees Consistent With Locally Prevailing Rates.—Section 329(f)(3)(F)(i) (42 U.S.C. 254b(f)(3)(F)(i)) is amended— (1) by inserting after “provision of its services” the following: “consistent with locally prevailing rates or charges and”; and (2) by inserting “has prepared” after “operation and”. 102 STAT. 920 (e) Authority With Respect to Expansion and Construction of Centers.— (1) Section 329 (42 U.S.C. 254b) is amended— (A) in the second sentence of subsection (c)(1)(A), by striking “acquisition and modernization of existing buildings” and inserting “acquisition, expansion, and modernization of existing buildings and construction of new buildings”; (B) in the matter after and below subsection (c)(1)(B)(iv), by striking “acquisition and modernization of existing buildings” and inserting “acquisition, expansion, and modernization of existing buildings, construction of new buildings,”; (C) in the matter after and below subsection (d)(1)(B)(iv), by striking “acquisition and modernization of existing buildings” and inserting “acquisition, expansion, and modernization of existing buildings, construction of new buildings,”; (D) in the matter after and below subsection (d)(1)(C)(iii), by striking “acquisition and modernization of existing buildings” and inserting “acquisition, expansion, and modernization of existing buildings, construction of new buildings,”; (E) in subsection (d)(2), by striking “acquiring and modernizing existing buildings” and inserting “acquiring, expanding, and modernizing existing buildings and constructing new buildings”; and (F) in subsection (d)(4)(B)(ii)(III), by striking “construct and modernize” and inserting “construct, expand, and modernize”. (2) Section 329(f) (42 U.S.C. 254b(f)) is amended by adding at the end the following: “(7)

Grants.

 The Secretary may make a grant under subsection (c) or (d) for the construction of new buildings for a migrant health center or a migrant health program only if the Secretary determines that appropriate facilities are not available through acquiring, modernizing, or expanding existing buildings and that the entity to which the grant will be made has made reasonable efforts to secure from other sources funds, in lieu of the grant, to construct such facilities.”. (f) Amount of Grants for Costs of Operation.— (1) Section 329(d)(4)(A)(i) (42 U.S.C. 254b(d)(4)(A)(i)) is amended to read as follows: “(i) State, local, and other operational funding, and”. (2) Section 329(d)(4)(B) (42 U.S.C. 254b(d)(4)(B)) is amended by striking out “may retain such an amount (equal to not less than one-half of the amount by which such sum exceeded such costs) as the center can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Secretary will be used to enable the center” in the matter immediately following clause (ii) and inserting in lieu thereof “shall be entitled to retain the additional amount of fees, premiums, and other third party reimbursements as the center will use”. (g) Administration of Programs.—Section 329 (42 U.S.C. 254b) is amended by adding at the end the following: “(i)

Grants.

Contracts.

The Secretary may delegate the authority to administer the programs authorized by this section to any office within the Service, except that the authority to enter into, modify, or issue approvals with respect to grants or contracts may be delegated only within the 102 STAT. 921central office of the Health Resources and Services Administration.”. (h) Authorization of Appropriations.—Section 329(h) (42 U.S.C.

Grants.

254b(h)) is amended— (1) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows: “(1)(A) For the purposes of subsections (c) through (e), there are authorized to be appropriated $48,500,000 for fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 1990 and 1991. “(B) Of the amounts appropriated pursuant to subparagraph (A)

Contracts.

for a fiscal year, the Secretary may obligate for grants and contracts under subsection (c)(1) not more than 2 percent, for grants under subsection (d)(1)(C) not more than 5 percent, and for contracts under subsection (e) not more than 10 percent.”; and (2) by redesignating paragraph (2) as paragraph (3) and inserting after paragraph (1) the following new paragraph: “(2)(A) For the purpose of carrying out subparagraph (B), there are authorized to be appropriated $1,500,000 for fiscal year 1989, $2,000,000 for fiscal year 1990, and $2,500,000 for fiscal year 1991. “(B) The Secretary may make grants to migrant health centers to

Children and youth.

assist such centers in— “(i) providing services for the reduction of the incidence of infant mortality; and “(ii) developing and coordinating referral arrangements between

Women.

migrant health centers and other entities for the health management of infants and pregnant women. “(C) In making grants under subparagraph (B), the Secretary shall

Children and youth.

give priority to migrant health centers providing services in any catchment area in which there is a substantial incidence of infant mortality or in which there is a significant increase in the incidence of infant mortality.”.
SEC. 3. COMMUNITY HEALTH CENTERS. (a) Addition of Patient Case Management Services to List of Provided Services.—Section 330(a)(1) (42 U.S.C. 254c(a)(1)) is amended— (1) by striking “and” at the end of paragraph (4) and inserting “and” at the end of paragraph (5); and (2) by inserting after paragraph (5) the following new paragraph: “(6) patient case management services (including outreach, counseling, referral, and follow-up services),”. (b) Addition of Appropriate Health Needs to List of Supplemental Health Services.—Section 330(b)(2) (42 U.S.C. 254c(b)(2)) is amended— (1) by striking “and” at the end of subparagraph (L); (2) by striking the period at the end of subparagraph (M) and inserting “; and”; and (3) by adding at the end the following new subparagraph:

Disadvantaged persons.

 “(N) other services appropriate to meet the health needs of the medically underserved population served by the community health center involved.”. (c) Requirement of Notice and Comment With Respect to Regulations on Medically Underserved Populations.—Section 330(b)(4) (42 U.S.C. 254c(b)(4)) is amended by inserting after and below subparagraph (B) the following: 102 STAT. 922

“The Secretary may modify the criteria established in regulations issued under this paragraph only after affording public notice and an opportunity for comment on any such proposed modifications.”.

 (d) Requirement of Fees Consistent With Locally Prevailing Rates.—Section 330(e)(3)(F)(i) (42 U.S.C. 254c(e)(3)(F)(i)) is amended— (1) by inserting after “provision of its services” the following: “consistent with locally prevailing rates or charges and”; and (2) by inserting “has prepared” after “operation and”. (e) Authority With Respect to Expansion and Construction of Centers.— (1) Section 330 (42 U.S.C. 254c) is amended— (A) in the second sentence of subsection (c)(1), by striking “acquisition and modernization of existing buildings” and inserting “acquisition, expansion, and modernization of existing buildings and construction of new buildings”; (B) in the matter after and below subsection (d)(1)(C)(iii), by striking “acquisition and modernization of existing buildings” and inserting “acquisition, expansion, and modernization of existing buildings, construction of new buildings,”; (C) in subsection (d)(2), by striking “acquiring and modernizing existing buildings” and inserting “acquiring, expanding, and modernizing existing buildings and constructing new buildings”; and (D) in subsection (d)(4)(B)(ii)(III), by striking “construct and modernize” and inserting “construct, expand, and modernize”. (2) Section 330(e) (42 U.S.C. 254c(e)) is amended by adding at the end the following: “(6)

Grants.

 The Secretary may make a grant under subsection (c) or (d) for the construction of new buildings for a community health center only if the Secretary determines that appropriate facilities are not available through acquiring, modernizing, or expanding existing buildings and that the entity to which the grant will be made has made reasonable efforts to secure from other sources funds, in lieu of the grant, to construct such facilities.”. (f) Amount of Grants for Costs of Operation.— (1) Section 330(d)(4)(A)(i) (42 U.S.C. 254c(d)(4)(A)(i)) is amended to read as follows: “(i) State, local, and other operational funding, and”. (2) Section 330(d)(4)(B) (42 U.S.C. 254c(d)(4)(B)) is amended by striking out “may retain such an amount (equal to not less than one-half of the amount by which such sum exceeded such costs) as the center can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Secretary will be used to enable the center” in the matter immediately following clause (ii) and inserting in lieu thereof “shall be entitled to retain the additional amount of fees, premiums, and other third party reimbursements as the center will use”. (g) Administration of Programs.—Section 330 (42 U.S.C. 254c) is amended by adding at the end the following: “(j)

Grants.

Contracts.

 The Secretary may delegate the authority to administer the programs authorized by this section to any office within the Service, except that the authority to enter into, modify, or issue approvals with respect to grants or contracts may be delegated only within the central office of the Health Resources and Services Administration.”. 102 STAT. 923 (h) Authorization of Appropriations.—Section 330(g) (42 U.S.C.

Grants.

254c(g)) is amended— (1) by amending paragraph (1) to read as follows: (1)(A) For the purpose of payments under grants under this section, there are authorized to be appropriated $440,000,000 for fiscal year 1989 and such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 1990 and 1991.”; (2)(A) by redesignating subparagraphs (A) and (B) of paragraph (2) as clauses (i) and (ii), respectively; (B) by redesignating paragraph (2) as subparagraph (B); (C) in paragraph (1)(B)(i) (as so redesignated), by striking “this section” and inserting “paragraph (1)”; and (D) in paragraph (1)(B)(ii) (as so redesignated), by striking “this section” and inserting “paragraph (1)”; and (3) by inserting after paragraph (1) the following new paragraph: “(2)(A) For the purpose of carrying out subparagraph (B), there are authorized to be appropriated $25,000,000 for fiscal year 1989, $30,000,000 for fiscal year 1990, and $35,000,000 for fiscal year 1991. “(B) The Secretary may make grants to community health centers

Children and youth.

to assist such centers in— “(i) providing services for the reduction of the incidence of infant mortality; and “(ii) developing and coordinating referral arrangements between

Women.

community health centers and other entities for the health management of infants and pregnant women. “(C) In making grants under subparagraph (B), the Secretary shall

Disadvantaged persons.

Children and youth.

give priority to community health centers providing services to any medically underserved population among which there is a substantial incidence of infant mortality or among which there is a significant increase in the incidence of infant mortality.”.
SEC 4. REQUIREMENT WITH RESPECT TO FRONTIER AREAS. Section 330 (42 U.S.C. 254c) is amended by adding at the end the following new subsection: “(j) In making grants under this section, the Secretary shall give

Grants.

special consideration to the unique needs of frontier areas.”.
SEC. 5.

42 USC 254b note.

 EFFECTIVE DATE. The amendments made by this Act shall take effect October 1, 1988, or upon the date of the enactment of this Act, whichever occurs later.
Approved August 10, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S. 2385 (H.R. 4503): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–719 accompanying H.R. 4503 (Comm. on Energy and Commerce). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–343 (Comm. on Labor and Human Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 13, considered and passed Senate.

June 27, 28, H.R. 4503 considered and passed House.

July 12, S. 2385 considered and passed House, amended, in lieu of H.R. 4503.

July 29, Senate concurred in House amendment with an amendment.

Aug. 1, House concurred in Senate amendment.

 Public Law 100–387: To provide drought assistance to agricultural producers, and for other purposes. Public Law 387 Public Law 100–387 102 Stat. 924 1988-08-11 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 924 Public Law 100–387 100th Congress
An Act To provide drought assistance to agricultural producers, and for other purposes.

Aug. 11, 1988

[H.R. 5015]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Disaster Assistance Act of 1988.

7 USC 1421 note.
That this Act may be cited as the “Disaster Assistance Act of 1988”.
TABLE OF CONTENTS TITLE I— Sec. 101. Sec. 102. Sec. 103. TITLE II— Subtitle A— Sec. 201. Sec. 202. Sec. 203. Sec. 204. Sec. 205. Sec. 206. Sec. 207. Sec. 208. Sec. 209. Sec. 210. Sec. 211. Sec. 212. Subtitle B— Sec. 221. Sec. 222. Sec. 223. Sec. 224. Sec. 225. Subtitle C— Sec. 231. Sec. 232. Sec. 233. Sec. 234. Subtitle D— Sec. 241. TITLE III— Subtitle A— Sec. 301. Sec. 302. Sec. 303. Sec. 304. Subtitle B— Sec. 311. Sec. 312. Sec. 313. 102 STAT. 925 Subtitle C— Sec. 321. Sec. 322. Subtitle D— Sec. 331. Sec. 332. Sec. 333. Sec. 334. Sec. 335. Subtitle E— Sec. 341. Subtitle F— Sec. 351. Sec. 352. TITLE IV— Subtitle A— Sec. 401. Subtitle B— Part 1— Sec. 411. Sec. 412. Sec. 413. Sec. 414. Sec. 415. Sec. 416. Sec. 417. Sec. 418. Part 2— Sec. 421. Part 3— Sec. 431. Sec. 432. TITLE V— Sec. 501. Sec. 502. Sec. 503.
<num value="I">TITLE I—</num><heading class="inline">EMERGENCY LIVESTOCK ASSISTANCE</heading> <section> <num value="101">SEC. 101. </num> <heading>EMERGENCY FEED AND RELATED ASSISTANCE.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>The Agricultural Act of 1949 is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new title: <quotedContent> <title><num value="VI">“TITLE VI—</num><heading class="inline">EMERGENCY LIVESTOCK FEED ASSISTANCE ACT OF 1988</heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Emergency Livestock Feed Assistance Act of 1988.</p></sidenote> <section><heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“short title</inline></heading> <num value="601"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 601. </num><content>This title may be cited as the ‘<shortTitle role="title">Emergency Livestock <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>Feed Assistance Act of 1988</shortTitle>’.</content></section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/926">102 STAT. 926</page> <section><heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“definitions</inline></heading> <num value="602"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 602. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1471">7 USC 1471</ref>.</p></sidenote><chapeau class="inline">As used in this title:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <chapeau>The term ‘livestock producer’ means—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <chapeau>a person that is actively engaged in farming and that receives a substantial amount of total income from the production of grain or livestock, as determined by the Secretary, that is—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>an established producer or husbander of livestock or a dairy producer who is a citizen of, or legal resident alien in, the United States; or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>a farm cooperative, private domestic corporation, partnership, or joint operation in which a minority interest is held by members, stockholders, or partners who are citizens of, or legal resident aliens in, the United States, if such cooperative, corporation, partnership, or joint operation is engaged in livestock production or husbandry, or dairy production; or</content> </clause> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>Any of the following entities that is actively engaged in livestock production or husbandry, or dairy production—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>any Indian tribe (as defined in section 4(b) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450(b)));</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>any Indian organization or entity chartered under the Act of June 18, 1934 (48 Stat. 984, chapter 576; 25 U.S.C. 461 et seq.), commonly known as the ‘Indian Reorganization Act’;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>any tribal organization (as defined in section 4(c) of the Indian Self-Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450b(c))); or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>any economic enterprise (as defined in section 3(e) of the Indian Financing Act of 1974 (25 U.S.C. 1452(e)));</content> </clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The term ‘livestock’ means cattle, sheep, goats, swine, poultry (including egg-producing poultry), equine animals used for food or in the production of food, fish used for food, and other animals designated by the Secretary (at the Secretary’s sole discretion) that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>are part of a foundation herd (including producing dairy cattle) or offspring; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>are purchased as part of a normal operation and not to obtain additional benefits under this title.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The term ‘State’ means any State of the United States, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, or Guam.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <chapeau>The term ‘feed’, for the purposes of emergency feed assistance, means any type of feed (including feed grain, oilseed meal, premix or mixed feed, liquid or dry supplemental feed, roughage, pasture, or forage) that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>best suits the livestock producer’s operation; and</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="B">“(B) </num><content>is consistent with acceptable feed practices.</content></subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <content>The term ‘area’ includes any Indian reservation (as defined in section 335(e)(1)(D)(ii) of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (7 U.S.C. 1985(e)(1)(D)(ii))).</content></paragraph></section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/927">102 STAT. 927</page> <section><heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“emergency livestock assistance</inline></heading> <num value="603"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 603. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><content>The Secretary shall provide emergency feed assistance <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1471a">7 USC 1471a</ref>.</p></sidenote>under this title for the preservation and maintenance of livestock in any State or area of a State where, because of disease, insect infestation, flood, drought, fire, hurricane, earthquake, storm, hot weather, or other natural disaster, the Secretary determines that a livestock emergency exists.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>The Secretary shall provide emergency feed assistance under this title for the preservation and maintenance of livestock, to livestock producers that—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="A">“(A) </num><content>conduct farming, ranching, or aquaculture operations in any county contiguous to a county where the Secretary has determined, under subsection (a), that a livestock emergency exists, and</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="B">“(B) </num><content>are otherwise eligible for assistance under this title.</content></subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall accept applications for assistance under this subsection from producers that are affected by the livestock emergency at any time during the eight-month period beginning on the date on which the Secretary determines that such emergency exists in the other county.</content></paragraph></subsection> </section> <section><heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“determination of need for assistance</inline></heading> <num value="604"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 604. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Whenever the Governor of a State determines <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1471b">7 USC 1471b</ref>.</p></sidenote>that a livestock emergency due to a natural disaster exists in the State, or a county committee established under section 8(b) of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act (16 U.S.C. 590(b)) determines that such an emergency exists in the county, the Governor or county committee may submit a request for a determination by the Secretary of a livestock emergency in such State or county and for emergency livestock feed assistance under this title.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The request of a Governor or county committee for a livestock emergency determination and for emergency livestock feed assistance shall include, to the extent feasible, recommendations to the Secretary of those options that will most fully use feed available through local sources.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>The Secretary may consider a State, county, or area in a State for a livestock emergency determination and emergency livestock feed assistance under this title whether or not a request for assistance is submitted, as described in subsection (a).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>The Secretary shall act on requests for determinations under subsection (a) and make final determinations on whether a livestock emergency exists in any State, county, or area, under regulations that ensure thorough and prompt action (not later than 30 days after receipt of any such request) and provide for appropriate notification procedures.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this section, any State, county, or area determined eligible, due to drought or related conditions in 1988, for the emergency feed program or emergency feed assistance program conducted prior to the effective date of this title shall continue to be eligible for such programs and may be eligible for other programs under this title for such drought or related condition. As soon as practicable after the effective date of this title, the Secretary shall determine whether any of the programs described in section 606, other than the emergency feed program under section 606(a)(4) and the emergency feed assistance <page identifier="/us/stat/102/928">102 STAT. 928</page>program under section 606(a)(2), or in section 607 should be made available in such State, county, or area. If the Secretary makes such determination, the Secretary shall make such programs immediately available to livestock producers in the State, county, or area.</content></subsection></section> <section><heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“eligible producers</inline></heading> <num value="605"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 605. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1471c">7 USC 1471c</ref>.</p></sidenote><content class="inline">If the Secretary determines that a livestock emergency exists in a State, county, or area, qualifying livestock producers located in such State, county, or area, or in a contiguous county as provided for in section 603(b), shall be eligible (under application procedures established by the Secretary) for emergency feed assistance under this title in accordance with this subsection.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>For the purposes of this subsection, a ‘qualifying livestock producer’ is a livestock producer who has suffered a substantial loss in feed normally produced on the farm for such producer’s livestock as a result of the livestock emergency and, as a result, does not have sufficient feed that has adequate nutritive value and is suitable for each of such producer’s particular types of livestock (as of the date of the request, or initiation of consideration, for a determination of a livestock emergency under section 604) for the estimated duration of the emergency.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Each qualifying livestock producer shall be eligible for emergency feed assistance under the programs specified in section 606(a) that is made available where the producer is located in quantities sufficient to meet such feed deficiency with respect to the producer’s livestock normally fed with feed produced by the producer.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>Each livestock producer in such State, county, or area, or in a contiguous county as provided for in section 603(b), regardless of whether the producer qualifies for assistance under subsection (a), shall be eligible for emergency assistance under the programs specified in section 607 that are made available where the producer is located.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>Any livestock producer, located in a county or area in which benefits under the emergency feed program or the emergency feed assistance program were made available due to the drought or related condition in 1988 prior to the effective date of this title, who qualifies for assistance under such preexisting programs shall be eligible for assistance for such drought or related conditions as prescribed in subsection (a) or, at the producer’s option, for assistance under such preexisting programs.</content></subsection></section> <section><heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“assistance programs</inline></heading> <num value="606"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 606. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1471d">7 USC 1471d</ref>.</p></sidenote><chapeau class="inline">In accordance with section 605(a), the Secretary shall make one or more of the following assistance programs available to qualifying livestock producers in a State, county or area, if the Secretary determines that the livestock emergency in such State, county or area requires the implementation of such program:</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>The donation of feed grain owned by the Commodity Credit Corporation to producers who are financially unable to purchase feed under paragraph (2) or to participate in any other program authorized under this subsection.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <chapeau>The sale of feed grain owned by the Commodity Credit Corporation to producers for livestock feed at a price, established by the Secretary, that does not exceed—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/929">102 STAT. 929</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>with respect to such assistance provided for any livestock emergency determined to exist prior to January 1, 1989, 75 percent of the current basic county loan rate for such feed grain in effect under this Act (or at a comparable price if there is no such current basic county loan rate), or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>with respect to such assistance provided for any other livestock emergency, 50 percent of the average market price in the county or area involved, as determined by the Secretary.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>Reimbursement of any transportation and handling expenses <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Transportation.</p></sidenote>incurred, not to exceed 50 percent of such expenses, by a producer in connection with feed grain donations or sales under paragraphs (1) and (2).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Reimbursement of not to exceed 50 percent of the cost of feed purchased by a producer for the producer’s livestock during the duration of the livestock emergency.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">“(5) </num> <chapeau>Hay and forage transportation assistance to producers of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Transportation.</p></sidenote>not to exceed 50 percent of the cost of transporting hay or forage purchased from a point of origin beyond a producer’s normal trade area to the livestock, subject to the following limitations:</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>The transportation assistance may not exceed $50 per ton of eligible hay or forage ($12.50 for silage).</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>The quantity of eligible hay and forage for each producer may not exceed the lesser of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>20 pounds per day per eligible animal unit; or</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>the quantity of additional feed needed by the producer for the duration of the livestock emergency.</content></clause> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">“(6) </num> <chapeau>Livestock transportation assistance to producers of not to <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Transportation.</p></sidenote>exceed 50 percent of the cost of transporting livestock to and from available grazing locations, except that such assistance may not exceed the lesser of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>$24 per head of a producer’s eligible livestock; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>the local cost of the quantity of additional feed needed by the producer for the eligible livestock for duration of the livestock emergency.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>If assistance is made available through the furnishing of feed grain under paragraph (1) or (2) of subsection (a), the Secretary may provide for the furnishing of the feed grain through a dealer or manufacturer and the replacing of the feed grain so furnished from feed grain owned by the Commodity Credit Corporation.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>In providing assistance under paragraph (2) or (4) of subsection (a), the Secretary may make in-kind payments or reimbursements through the issuance of negotiable certificates that the Commodity Credit Corporation shall exchange for a commodity in accordance with rules prescribed by the Secretary.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>No payment or benefit provided under this section shall be payable or due until such time as a completed application therefor has been approved.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <content>A person eligible to receive a payment or benefit under this section with respect to a livestock emergency determined to exist prior to January 1, 1989, shall make application for such payment or benefit not later than March 31, 1989, or such later date that the Secretary, by regulation, may prescribe.</content></subsection></section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/930">102 STAT. 930</page> <section><heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“additional assistance</inline></heading> <num value="607"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 607. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1471e">7 USC 1471e</ref>.</p></sidenote><content class="inline">In addition to the assistance provided under section 606, if the Secretary determines that the livestock emergency also requires the implementation of one or more of the assistance programs described in subsection (b), the Secretary shall implement such programs.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <chapeau>Special assistance under this section includes—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Transportation.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">the donation of feed owned by the Commodity Credit Corporation for use in feeding livestock stranded and unidentified as to its owner, including the cost of transporting feed to the affected area, during such period as the Secretary, by regulation, may prescribe;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Water.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">reimbursement of not to exceed 50 percent of the cost of—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>installing pipelines (if that is the least expensive method) or other facilities, including tanks or troughs, for livestock water;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <content>construction or deepening of wells for livestock water; or</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">“(C) </num> <content>developing springs or seeps for livestock water,</content> </subparagraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">as appropriate in drought areas to facilitate more efficient and better-distributed grazing on land normally used for grazing. Such cost-share assistance may not be made available to provide water for wildlife or recreational livestock, dry lot feeding, or barns or corrals, or to acquire pumping equipment;</continuation> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>reimbursement of not to exceed 50 percent of the cost of burning prickly pear cactus to make it suitable for animal feed; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>making commodities owned by the Commodity Credit Corporation available to livestock producers through the use of a catalog that specifies lots of a size that are economically feasible for a small producer to obtain by means of certificate exchanges.</content></paragraph></subsection></section> <section><heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“use of the commodity credit corporation</inline></heading> <num value="608"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 608. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1471f">7 USC 1471f</ref>.</p></sidenote><content class="inline">The Secretary shall carry out this title through the use of the funds, facilities, and authorities of the Commodity Credit Corporation.</content> </section> <section><heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“benefits limitation</inline></heading> <num value="609"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 609. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1471g">7 USC 1471g</ref>.</p></sidenote><content class="inline">The total amount of benefits that a person shall be entitled to receive annually under one or more of the programs established under this title may not exceed $50,000.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">The Secretary shall issue regulations—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>defining the term ‘person’, which shall conform, to the extent practicable, to the regulations defining the term ‘person’ issued under section 1001 of the Food Security Act of 1985, or successor statute;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>prescribing such rules as the Secretary determines necessary to ensure a fair and reasonable application of the limitation established under this section; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>providing that the term ‘person’ shall include, in the case of any cooperative association of producers, each member of the association with respect to benefits due to such member of the association.</content></paragraph></subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/931">102 STAT. 931</page> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>No person may receive benefits under this title attributable to lost production of a feed commodity due to a natural disaster in 1988 to the extent that such person receives a disaster payment under the Disaster Assistance Act of 1988 on such lost production.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num> <content>Each person otherwise eligible for a livestock emergency benefit under this title in 1988 shall be subject to the combined payment and benefits limitation established under section 211(c) of the Disaster Assistance Act of 1988.</content></subsection></section> <section><heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“ineligibility</inline></heading> <num value="610"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 610. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><content>Any person that has qualifying gross revenues in <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1471h">7 USC 1471h</ref>.</p></sidenote>excess of $2,500,000 annually, as determined by the Secretary, shall not be eligible to receive any livestock emergency benefits under this title.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <chapeau>For purposes of this section, the term ‘qualifying gross revenue’ means—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>if a majority of the person’s annual income is received from fanning and ranching operations, the gross revenue from the person’s farming and ranching operations; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>if less than a majority of the person’s annual income is received from farming and ranching operations, the person’s gross revenue from all sources.</content></paragraph></subsection></section> <section><heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“administration</inline></heading> <num value="611"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 611. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><content>The Commodity Credit Corporation shall issue <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1471i">7 USC 1471i</ref>.</p></sidenote>regulations to carry out this title.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <content>Such regulations shall establish procedures to ensure that the request for assistance by a Governor or county committee under section 604, and individual applications of livestock producers under section 605 for assistance, are processed and decisions thereon are made as quickly as practicable.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <content>For purposes of this title, indigenous plants available to a livestock producer but not normally consumed by livestock as feed, such as cactus, may not be considered as feed on hand for such producers.</content></subsection></section> <section><heading class="centered"><inline class="smallCaps">“penalties</inline></heading> <num value="612"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 612. </num><content>A person that disposes of any feed made available to a <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1471j">7 USC 1471j</ref>.</p></sidenote>livestock producer under this title other than as authorized by the Secretary shall be (1) subject to a civil penalty equal to the market value of the feed involved, to be recovered by the Secretary in a civil suit brought for that purpose, and (2) guilty of a misdemeanor and, on conviction thereof, subject to a fine of not more than $1,000, or imprisonment for not more than one year, or both.”.</content></section> (b) Conforming Changes.—(1) Section 1105 of the Food and Agriculture Act of 1977 (7 U.S.C. 2267) is repealed. (2) Section 407 of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1427) is amended by striking out “and may make feed owned or controlled by it” in the fifth sentence and all that follows through the end of the sixth sentence and inserting in lieu thereof “and may donate or sell commodities in accordance with title VI.”. (3) Section 421 of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1433) is repealed. (4) Public Law 86–299 (73 Stat. 574), as amended, is repealed.

7 USC 1427 note.

 102 STAT. 932 (5) Section 303 of the Dairy and Tobacco Adjustment Act of 1983 (7 U.S.C. 1427 note) is repealed. (c)

7 USC 1427 note.

Effective Period.—(1) This section and the amendments made by this section shall become effective 15 days after the date of the enactment of this Act. (2) The provisions of section 604(d), 605(c), 606(a)(2)(A), 606(e), 609(c), and 609(d) of the Agricultural Act of 1949, as added by subsection (a), shall apply only with respect to any livestock emergency in 1988.
SEC. 102. ASSISTANCE FOR DAIRY FARMERS. (a) Fiscal Year 1989 Generally.—Section 201(d)(1)(D) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1446(d)(1)(D)) is amended by striking out “if for any of the calendar years 1988, 1989, and 1990” and inserting in lieu thereof “if for each of the calendar years 1988 and 1990”. (b)

Effective date.

Termination date.

7 USC 1446 note.

 Temporary Increase in Price Support.—Notwithstanding section 201(d)(1) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1446(d)(1)), the rate of price support for milk in effect under such section immediately before April 1, 1989, shall be increased by 50 cents throughout the period beginning on April 1, 1989, and ending on June 30, 1989.
SEC. 103.

Contracts.

7 USC 1471d note.

 EMERGENCY FORAGE PROGRAM. (a) In General.—The Secretary of Agriculture shall implement an emergency forage program for established pasture damaged by the drought or related condition in 1988, under which the Secretary shall enter into cost-share agreements with owners or operators of such damaged land to provide for reseeding of forage crops on such land to facilitate late fall 1988 and early spring 1989 grazing and haying. Assistance may be provided to such owners and operators only when— (1) the forage crop will not regenerate naturally; (2) reseeding is the most cost-effective method to reestablish the forage crop; and (3) reseeding is not undertaken simply to improve the forage crop damaged by the drought (b) Cost-Share.—The Secretary shall share half the costs incurred under each agreement entered into under subsection (a), including the costs of seed, fertilizer, and other inputs on reseeded pasture. (c) Limitations.—(1) The total amount of payments an owner or operator of pasture land shall be entitled to receive under this section shall be $3,500. (2) The Secretary may cost-share for reseeding under this section only if the reseeding is to nonannual crops planted for pasture purposes. (d) Funding.—(1) The Secretary shall use the funds, facilities, and authorities of the Commodity Credit Corporation to carry out this section. (2) Not more than $50,000,000 of the funds of the Commodity Credit Corporation may be expended under paragraph (1). (3) To ensure the equitable award of hinds under agreements under this section, as limited under paragraph (2), the Secretary may prorate, and adopt procedures to facilitate proration of, funds made available under this section.
102 STAT. 933 <num value="II">TITLE II—</num><heading class="inline">EMERGENCY CROP LOSS ASSISTANCE</heading> <subtitle><num value="A">Subtitle A—</num><heading class="inline">Annual Crops</heading> <section> <num value="201">SEC. 201. </num> <heading>PAYMENTS TO PROGRAM PARTICIPANTS FOR TARGET PRICE COMMODITIES.</heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Disaster Payments</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>Effective only for producers on a farm who elected to participate in the production adjustment program established under the Agricultural Act of 1949 for the 1988 crop of wheat, feed grains, upland cotton, extra long staple cotton, or rice, except as otherwise provided in this subsection, if the Secretary of Agriculture determines that, because of drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988, the total quantity of the 1988 crop of the commodity that such producers are able to harvest on the farm is less than the result of multiplying 65 percent of the farm program payment yield established by the Secretary for such crop by the sum of the acreage planted for harvest and the acreage prevented from being planted (because of drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988, as determined by the Secretary) for such crop, the Secretary shall make a disaster payment available to such producers at a rate equal to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>65 percent of the established price for the crop for any deficiency in production greater than 35 percent, but not greater than 75 percent, for the crop; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>90 percent of the established price for the crop for any deficiency in production greater than 75 percent for the crop.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="2">(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Payments provided under paragraph (1) for a crop of a commodity may not be made available to producers on a farm with respect to any acreage in excess of the permitted acreage for the farm for the commodity.</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Payments provided under paragraph (1) for a crop of a <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Insurance.</p></sidenote>commodity may not be made available to producers on a farm unless such producers enter into an agreement to obtain multiperil crop insurance, to the extent required under section 207.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The total quantity of a crop of a commodity on which deficiency payments otherwise would be payable to producers on a farm under the Agricultural Act of 1949 shall be reduced by the quantity on which a payment is made to the producers for the crop under paragraph (1).</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>Effective only for the 1988 crops of wheat and feed grains, in <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Conservation.</p></sidenote>the case of producers on a farm who elected after March 11, 1988, to devote all or a portion of the permitted acreage of the farm for the commodity to conservation or other uses in accordance with section 107D(c)(1)(C) or 105C(c)(1)(B) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1445b–3(c)(1)(C) or 1444e(c)(1)(B)), the Secretary shall allow (within 30 days after the date of the enactment of this Act) such producers to elect whether to receive disaster payments in accordance with this subsection in lieu of payments under such section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Advance Deficiency Payments</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>This subsection shall apply only to producers on a farm who elected to participate in the production adjustment program established under the Agricultural Act of 1949 for the 1988 crop of wheat, feed grains, upland cotton, or rice.</content></paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/934">102 STAT. 934</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="2">(2)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Subject to subparagraph (B), if because of drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988 the total quantity of the 1988 crop of the commodity that the producers are able to harvest on the farm is less than the result of multiplying the farm program payment yield established by the Secretary for such crop by the sum of the acreage planted for harvest and the acreage prevented from being planted (because of such natural disaster, as determined by the Secretary) for such crop (hereinafter referred to as the “qualifying amount”), the producers shall not be required to refund any advance deficiency payment made to the producers for such crop under section 107C of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1445b~2) with respect to that portion of the deficiency in production that does not exceed 35 percent of the qualifying amount.</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Insurance.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Producers on a farm shall not be eligible for the waiver provided for under subparagraph (A), unless such producers enter into an agreement to obtain multiperil crop insurance, to the extent required under section 207.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The Secretary shall allow producers on a farm that elected, prior to the date of enactment of this Act, not to receive advance deficiency payments made available for the 1988 crop under section 107C of such Act, to elect (within 30 days after the date of the enactment of this Act) whether to receive such advance deficiency payments.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>Effective only for the 1988 crops of wheat, feed grains, upland cotton, and rice, if the Secretary determines that any portion of the advance deficiency payment made to producers for the crop under section 107C of such Act must be refunded, such refund shall not be required prior to July 31, 1989, for that portion of the crop for which a disaster payment is made under subsection (a).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="202">SEC. 202. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>PAYMENTS TO PROGRAM NONPARTICIPANTS FOR TARGET PRICE COMMODITIES.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Disaster Payments</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Effective only for producers on a farm who elected not to participate in the production adjustment program established under the Agricultural Act of 1949 for the 1988 crop of wheat, feed grains, upland cotton, extra long staple cotton, or rice, if the Secretary of Agriculture determines that because of drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988, the total quantity of the 1988 crop of the commodity that such producers are able to harvest on the farm is less than the result of multiplying 65 percent of the county average yield established by the Secretary for such crop by the sum of acreage planted for harvest and the acreage for which prevented planted credit is approved by the Secretary for such crop under subsection (b), the Secretary shall make a disaster payment available to such producers. The payment shall be made to the producers at a rate equal to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>65 percent of the basic county loan rate (or a comparable price if there is no current basic county loan rate) for the crop, as determined by the Secretary, for any deficiency in production greater than 35 percent, but not greater than 75 percent, for the crop; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>90 percent of the basic county loan rate (or a comparable price if there is no current basic county loan rate) for the crop, as determined by the Secretary, for any deficiency in production greater than 75 percent for the crop.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Prevented Planting Credit</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall provide prevented planting credit under subsection (a) with respect to acre-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/935">102 STAT. 935</page>age that producers on a farm were prevented from planting to the 1988 crop of the commodity for harvest because of drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988, as determined by the Secretary. Such acreage may not exceed the greater of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>a quantity equal to the acreage on the farm planted (or prevented from being planted due to a natural disaster or other condition beyond the control of the producers) to the commodity for harvest in 1987 minus acreage actually planted to the commodity for harvest in 1988; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>a quantity equal to the average of the acreage on the farm planted (or prevented from being planted due to a natural disaster or other condition beyond the control of the producers) to the commodity for harvest in 1985, 1986, and 1987, minus acreage actually planted to the commodity for harvest in 1988.</content> </paragraph> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">The Secretary shall make appropriate adjustments in applying the limitations contained in the preceding sentence to take into account crop rotation practices of the producers.</continuation> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitations</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The amount of payments made available to producers on a farm for a crop of a commodity under subsection (a) shall be reduced by a factor equivalent to the acreage limitation program percentage established for such crop under the Agricultural Act of 1949.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Payments provided under subsection (a) for a crop of a <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Insurance.</p></sidenote>commodity may not be made available to the producers on a farm unless such producers enter into an agreement to obtain multiperil crop insurance, to the extent required under section 207.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="203">SEC. 203. </num> <heading>PEANUTS, SUGAR, AND TOBACCO.</heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Disaster Payments</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>Effective only for the 1988 crops of peanuts, sugar beets, sugarcane, and tobacco, if the Secretary of Agriculture determines that, because of drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988, the total quantity of the 1988 crop of the commodity that the producers on a farm are able to harvest is less than the result of multiplying 65 percent of the county average yield (or program yield, in the case of peanuts) established by the Secretary for such crop by the sum of the acreage planted for harvest and the acreage for which prevented planted credit is approved by the Secretary for such crop under subsection (b), the Secretary shall make a disaster payment available to such producers. The payment shall be made to the producers at a rate equal to—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>65 percent of the applicable payment level under paragraph (2), as determined by the Secretary, for any deficiency in production greater than 35 percent, but not greater than 75 percent, for the crop (or in the case of a crop of burley tobacco or flue-cured tobacco, for any deficiency in production greater than 35 percent, but not greater than 75 percent, of the farm’s effective marketing quota for 1988); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>90 percent of the applicable payment level under paragraph (2), as determined by the Secretary, for any deficiency in production greater than 75 percent for the crop (or, in the case of burley tobacco or flue-cured tobacco, for any deficiency in production greater than 75 percent of the farm’s effective marketing quota for 1988).</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>For purposes of paragraph (1), the payment level for a commodity shall be equal to—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/936">102 STAT. 936</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>for peanuts, the price support level for quota peanuts or the price support level for additional peanuts, as appropriate;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>for tobacco, the national average loan rate for the type of tobacco involved, or (if there is none) the market price, as determined under section 204(a)(2); and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num> <content>for sugar beets and sugarcane, a level determined by the Secretary to be fair and reasonable in relation to the level of price support established for the 1988 crops of sugar beets and sugarcane, and that, insofar as is practicable, shall reflect no less return to the producer than under the 1988 price support levels.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Prevented Planting Credit</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall provide prevented planting credit under subsection (a) with respect to acreage that producers on a farm were prevented from planting to the 1988 crop of the commodity for harvest because of drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988, as determined by the Secretary. Such acreage may not exceed the greater of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>a quantity equal to the acreage on the farm planted (or prevented from being planted due to a natural disaster or other condition beyond the control of the producers) to the commodity for harvest in 1987 minus acreage actually planted for harvest in 1988; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>a quantity equal to the average of the acreage on the farm planted (or prevented from being planted due to a natural disaster or other condition beyond the control of the producers) to the commodity for harvest in 1985, 1986, and 1987, minus acreage actually planted to the commodity for harvest in 1988. The Secretary shall make appropriate adjustments in applying the limitations contained in the preceding sentence to take into account crop rotation practices of the producers and increased quotas for the 1988 crops of tobacco.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Insurance.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>Payments provided under subsection (a) for a crop of a commodity may not be made available to the producers on a farm unless such producers enter into an agreement to obtain multiperil crop insurance, to the extent required under section 207.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rules for Peanuts</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Notwithstanding any other provision of law—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>a deficiency in production of quota peanuts from a farm, as otherwise determined under this section, shall be reduced by the quantity of peanut poundage quota that was the basis of such anticipated production that has been transferred from the farm;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Claims.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">payments made under this section shall be taken into account whether the deficiency for which the deficiency in production is claimed was a deficiency in production of quota or additional peanuts and the payment rate shall be established accordingly; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Claims.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">the amount of undermarketings of quota peanuts from a farm for the 1988 crop that may otherwise be claimed under section 358 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938 (7 U.S.C. 1358) for purposes of future quota increases shall be reduced by the quantity of the deficiency of production of such peanuts for which payment has been received under this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rules for Tobacco</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Notwithstanding any other provision of law—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Claims.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">the amount of undermarketings of quota tobacco from a farm for the 1988 crop that may otherwise be claimed under <page identifier="/us/stat/102/937">102 STAT. 937</page>section 317 or 319 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938 (7 U.S.C. 1314c or 1314e) for purposes of future quota increases shall be reduced by the quantity of the deficiency of production of such tobacco for which payment has been received under this section; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>disaster payments made to producers under this section may not be considered by the Secretary in determining the net losses of the Commodity Credit Corporation under section 106A(d) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1445–1(d)).</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rule for Sugar</inline>.—</heading><content>A producer of the 1988 crop of sugarcane or sugar beets that is unable to process the commodity into sugar due to the inability of local processing plants to process sugar as a result of drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988 shall be eligible for disaster payments in accordance with subsection (a) for any loss in sugar production attributable to such inability. Disaster payments made available under this subsection for such loss of production shall be reduced by an amount equal to any proceeds received by the producer from the disposition of that portion of the crop on which disaster payments are made.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="204">SEC. 204. </num> <heading>SOYBEANS AND NONPROGRAM CROPS.</heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Disaster Payments</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><chapeau>Effective only for the 1988 crops of soybeans and nonprogram crops, if the Secretary of Agriculture determines that, because of drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988, the total quantity of the 1988 crop of the commodity that the producers on a farm are able to harvest is less than the result of multiplying 65 percent of—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>with respect to soybeans, the State, area, or county yield, adjusted for adverse weather conditions during the three previous crop years, as determined by the Secretary; or</content></clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>with respect to nonprogram crops, the yield established by the Commodity Credit Corporation under subsection (d)(2),</content></clause> <continuation class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize10">for such crop by the sum of the acreage planted for harvest and the acreage for which prevented planted credit is approved by the Secretary for such crop under subsection (b), the Secretary shall make a disaster payment available to such producers.</continuation> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="B">(B) </num><chapeau>The payment shall be made to such producers at a rate equal to—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>65 percent of the applicable payment level under paragraph (2), as determined by the Secretary, for any deficiency in production greater than 35 percent, but not greater than 75 percent, for the crop; and</content></clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="ii">(ii) </num><content>90 percent of the applicable payment level under paragraph (2), as determined by the Secretary, for any deficiency in production greater than 75 percent for the crop.</content></clause> </subparagraph></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>For purposes of paragraph (1), the payment level for a commodity shall equal the simple average price received by producers of the commodity, as determined by the Secretary subject to paragraph (3), during the marketing years for the immediately preceding five crops of the commodity, excluding the year in which the average price was the highest and the year in which the average price was the lowest in such period.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="3">(3) </num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>The Secretary shall make disaster payments under subsection <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote>(a) on a crop by crop basis, with consideration given to markets and uses of the crops, under regulations issued by the Secretary.</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>For the purposes of determining the payment rates on a crop by crop basis, the Secretary shall consider as separate crops, and <page identifier="/us/stat/102/938">102 STAT. 938</page>develop separate payment rates insofar as is practicable for, different varieties of the same commodity for which there is a significant difference in the economic value in the market.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Prevented Planting Credit</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall provide prevented planting credit under subsection (a) with respect to acreage that producers on a farm were prevented from planting to the 1988 crop of the commodity for harvest because of drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988, as determined by the Secretary. Such acreage may not exceed the greater of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>a quantity equal to the acreage on the farm planted (or prevented from being planted due to a natural disaster or other condition beyond the control of the producers) to the commodity for harvest in 1987 minus acreage actually planted for harvest in 1988; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>a quantity equal to the average of the acreage on the farm planted (or prevented from being planted due to a natural disaster or other condition beyond the control of the producers) to the commodity for harvest in 1985, 1986, and 1987, minus acreage actually planted to the commodity for harvest in 1988. The Secretary shall make appropriate adjustments in applying the limitations contained in the preceding sentence to take into account crop rotation practices of the producers.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Insurance.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>Payments provided under subsection (a) for a crop of a commodity may not be made available to the producers on a farm unless such producers enter into an agreement to obtain multiperil crop insurance, to the extent required under section 207.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special Rules for Nonprogram Crops</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>As used in this section, the term “nonprogram crop” means all crops (including sweet potatoes) for which crop insurance through the Federal Crop Insurance Corporation was available for crop year 1988, and other commercial crops (including sweet potatoes) for which such insurance was not available for crop year 1988, except that such term shall not include a crop covered under section 201, 202, or 203, or soybeans.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Commodity Credit Corporation shall establish disaster program farm yields for nonprogram crops. The yield for a farm shall be based on proven yields, if the producers on the farm can provide satisfactory evidence to the Commodity Credit Corporation of actual crop yields on the farm for at least one of the immediately preceding three crop years. If such data do not exist for any of the three preceding crop years, the Commodity Credit Corporation shall establish a yield for the farm by using a county average yield for the commodity.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>It shall be the responsibility of the producers of nonprogram crops to provide satisfactory evidence of crop losses resulting from drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988 in order for such producers to obtain disaster payments under this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="205">SEC. 205. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>CROP QUALITY REDUCTION DISASTER PAYMENTS.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>To ensure that all producers of 1988 crops covered under the provisions of sections 201 through 203, and producers of soybeans, are treated equitably, the Secretary of Agriculture may make additional disaster payments to producers of such crops that suffer losses resulting from the reduced quality of such crops caused by drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related conditions in 1988, as determined by the Secretary.</content> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/939">102 STAT. 939</page> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eligible Producers</inline>.—</heading><content>If the Secretary determines to make crop quality disaster payments available to producers under subsection (a), producers on a farm of a crop described in subsection (a) shall be eligible to receive reduced quality disaster payments only if such producers incur a deficiency in production of not less than 35 percent and not more than 75 percent for such crop (as determined under section 201, 202, 203, or 204, as appropriate).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Maximum Payment Rate</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall establish the reduced quality disaster payment rate, but such rate shall not exceed 10 percent, as determined by the Secretary, of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the established price for the crop, for commodities covered under section 201;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the basic county loan rate for the crop (or a comparable price if there is no current basic county loan rate), for commodities covered under section 202;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the payment level under section 203(a)(2), for commodities covered by section 203; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>the payment level under section 204(a)(2), for commodities covered under section 204.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Determination of Payment</inline>.—</heading><content>The amount of payment to a producer under this section shall be determined by multiplying the payment rate established under subsection (c) by the portion of the actual harvested crop on the producer’s farm that is reduced in quality by such natural disaster in 1988, as determined by the Secretary.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="206">SEC. 206. </num> <heading>EFFECT OF FEDERAL CROP INSURANCE PAYMENTS.</heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau>In the case of producers on a farm who obtained crop insurance for the 1988 crop of a commodity under the Federal Crop Insurance Act, the Secretary of Agriculture shall reduce the amount of payments made available under this subtitle for such crop to the extent that the amount determined by adding the net amount of crop insurance indemnity payment (gross indemnity less premium paid) received by such producers for the deficiency in the production of the crop and the disaster payment determined in accordance with this subtitle for such crop exceeds the amount determined by multiplying—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>100 percent of the yield used for the calculation of disaster payments made under this subtitle for such crop, by</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the sum of the acreage of such crop planted to harvest and the acreage for which prevented planting credit is approved by the Secretary (or, in the case of disaster payments under section 201, the eligible acreage established under sections 201(a)(1) and 201(a)(2)(A)), by</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="3">(3)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>in the case of producers who participated in a production adjustment program for the 1988 crop of wheat, feed grains, upland cotton, extra long staple cotton, or rice, the established price for the 1988 crop of the commodity;</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="B">(B) </num><content>in the case of producers who did not participate in a production adjustment program for the 1988 crop of wheat, feed grains, upland cotton, extra long staple cotton, or rice, the basic county loan rate (or a comparable price, as determined by the Secretary, if there is no current basic county loan rate) for the 1988 crop of the commodity;</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="C">(C) </num><content>in the case of producers of sugar beets, sugarcane, peanuts, or tobacco, the payment level for the commodity established under section 203(a)(2); and</content></subparagraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/940">102 STAT. 940</page> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="D">(D) </num> <content>in the case of producers of soybeans or a nonprogram crop (as defined in section 204(d)(1)), the simple average price received by producers of the commodity, as determined by the Secretary, during the marketing years for the immediately preceding five crops of the commodity, excluding the year in which the average price was the highest and the year in which the average price was the lowest in such period.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="207">SEC. 207. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Loans.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>CROP INSURANCE COVERAGE FOR THE 1989 CROPS.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Requirement</inline>.—</heading><content>Subject to the limitations under subsection (b), producers on a farm, to be eligible to receive a disaster payment under this subtitle, an emergency loan under subtitle C of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (7 U.S.C. 1961 et seq.) for crop losses due to drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988, or forgiveness of the repayment of advance deficiency payments under section 201(b), must agree to obtain multiperil crop insurance under the Federal Crop Insurance Act for the 1989 crop of the commodity for which such payments, loans, or forgiveness are sought.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitations</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Producers on a farm shall not be required to agree to obtain crop insurance under subsection (a) for a commodity—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>unless the producers’ deficiency in production, with respect to the crop for which a disaster payment under this subtitle otherwise may be made, exceeds 65 percent;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>where, or if, crop insurance coverage is not available to the producers for the commodity for which the payment, loan, or forgiveness is sought;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>if the producers’ annual premium rate for such crop insurance is an amount greater than 125 percent of the average premium rate for insurance on that commodity for the 1988 crop in the county in which the producers are located;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>in any case in which the producers’ annual premium for such crop insurance is an amount greater than 25 percent of the amount of the payment, loan, or forgiveness sought; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>if the producers can establish by appeal to the county committee established under section 8(b) of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act (16 U.S.C. 590(b)), or to the county committee established under section 332 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (17 U.S.C. 1982), as appropriate, that the purchase of crop insurance would impose an undue financial hardship on such producers and that a waiver of the requirement to obtain crop insurance should, in the discretion of the county committee, be granted.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Implementation</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary of Agriculture shall ensure (acting through the county committees established under section 8(b) of the Soil Conservation and Domestic Allotment Act and located in the counties in which the assistance programs provided for under sections 201 through 205 are implemented and through the county committees established under section 332 of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act in counties in which emergency loans, as described in subsection (a), are made available) that producers who apply for assistance, as described in subsection (a), obtain multiperil crop insurance as required under this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Each producer who is subject to the requirements of this section may comply with such requirements by providing evidence <page identifier="/us/stat/102/941">102 STAT. 941</page>of multiperil crop insurance coverage from sources other than through the county committee office, as approved by the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>The Secretary shall provide by regulation for a reduction in the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Regulations.</p></sidenote>commissions paid to private insurance agents, brokers, or companies on crop insurance contracts entered into under this section sufficient to reflect that such insurance contracts principally involve only a servicing function to be performed by the agent, broker, or company.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Repayment of Benefits</inline>.—</heading><content>Each producer subject to the requirements under this section shall make immediate repayment to the Secretary of any disaster payment or forgiven advance deficiency payment that the producer otherwise is required to repay, and (notwithstanding any other provision of law) shall become immediately liable for full repayment of all principal and interest outstanding on any emergency loan described in subsection (a) made subject to this section, at any time (prior to the end of the 1989 crop year for the commodity involved) that the crop insurance coverage required of the producer under this section is cancelled by the producer.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="208">SEC. 208. </num> <heading>DRY EDIBLE BEANS; COMMUNICATION AND EDUCATION.</heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Insurance.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Dry Edible Beans</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 508 of the Federal Crop Insurance Act (7 U.S.C. 1508) is amended by inserting after subsection (i) the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="j">“(j) </num> <content>To accumulate, prior to the 1989 crop year, sufficient actuarial data to enable the Corporation to provide crop insurance that meets the differentiated needs of producers of different types of dry edible beans. Commencing with the 1989 crop year, the Corporation shall make such crop insurance available to producers.”.</content></subsection></quotedContent></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Communication and Education</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, as soon as practicable, shall make improvements in—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the dissemination of information to producers on the availability of Federal crop insurance, using existing Department of Agriculture education facilities and producer financial and crop program support personnel;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the training requirements of crop insurance agents who sell and service Federal crop insurance coverage;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the incentives to increase the sale of Federal crop insurance through the delivery systems provided for under sections 507(c) and 508(e) of the Federal Crop Insurance Act;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>the Federal crop insurance agency referral system for producers seeking information or insurance coverage;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>the cooperation between Federal and State agencies relating to the Federal crop insurance program; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>the use of financial and educational computer programs available in Federal and State agencies to foster the use of Federal crop insurance as a uniform input of costs of production of agricultural commodities for purposes of disaster risk management.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="209">SEC. 209. </num> <heading>TRANSFER OF FUNDS.</heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content>The Secretary of Agriculture may transfer funds made available to the Commodity Credit Corporation during fiscal year 1988 to the Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service in such amounts as may be necessary for salaries and other expenses incurred in carrying out titles I and II of this Act, except that this <page identifier="/us/stat/102/942">102 STAT. 942</page>authorization shall be available only if funding for this purpose is not provided under an appropriations Act.</content> </section> <section> <num value="210">SEC. 210. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>CROPS HARVESTED FOR FORAGE USES.</heading> <content>Not later than 15 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Agriculture shall announce the terms and conditions by which producers on a farm may establish 1988 yield with respect to crops that will be harvested for silage and other forage uses.</content> </section> <section> <num value="211">SEC. 211. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>PAYMENT LIMITATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>Subject to subsections (b) and (c), the total amount of payments that a person shall be entitled to receive under one or more of the programs established under this subtitle may not exceed $100,000.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Animals.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">No Double Benefits</inline>.—</heading><content>No person may receive disaster payments under this subtitle to the extent that such person receives a livestock emergency benefit for lost feed production in 1988 under section 606 of the Agricultural Act of 1949, as added by section 101(a) of this Act.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Animals.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Combined Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>No person may receive any payment under this subtitle or benefit under title VI of the Agricultural Act of 1949 for livestock emergency losses suffered in 1988 if such payment or benefit will cause the combined total amount of such payments and benefits received by such person to exceed $100,000. If a producer is subject to the preceding sentence, the person may elect (subject to the benefits limitations under section 609 of the Agricultural Act of 1949) whether to receive the $100,000 in such payments, or such livestock emergency benefits (not to exceed $50,000), or a combination of payments and benefits specified by the person.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Regulations</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary of Agriculture shall issue regulations—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>defining the term “person” for the purposes of this section, which shall conform, to the extent practicable, to the regulations defining the term “person” issued under section 1001 of the Food Security Act of 1985; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>prescribing such rules as the Secretary determines necessary to ensure a fair and reasonable application of the limitations established under this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="212">SEC. 212. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>DE MINIMIS YIELDS.</heading> <content>The Secretary of Agriculture may determine a de minimis yield for each crop eligible for reduced yield disaster payments under this subtitle. The de minimis yield shall be set at a level that will minimize any incentive provided by the prospect of disaster payments to abandon crops that have a value that exceeds the cost of harvesting. In no case may the de minimis yield be less than the amount of production that, when valued at current market prices, equals the average cost of harvesting the crop, as determined by the Secretary. Any producer whose actual yield for a crop is equal to or less than the de minimis yield for such crop shall be considered as having an actual yield of zero for the purpose of calculating any reduced yield disaster payments for such crop under this subtitle.</content></section> </subtitle> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/943">102 STAT. 943</page> <subtitle><num value="B">Subtitle B—</num><heading class="inline">Forest Crops</heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="221">SEC. 221. </num> <heading>ELIGIBILITY.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Drought Loss</inline>.—</heading><content>Subject to the limitation in subsection (b), the Secretary of Agriculture shall provide assistance, as specified in section 222, to eligible tree farmers that planted tree seedlings in 1987 or 1988 for commercial purposes but lost such seedlings as a result of the drought or related condition in 1988, as determined by the Secretary.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>An eligible tree farmer shall qualify for assistance under subsection (a) if such tree farmer’s tree seedling mortality, as a result of the natural disaster, exceeds 35 percent (adjusted for normal mortality).</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="222">SEC. 222. </num> <heading>ASSISTANCE.</heading> <chapeau>The assistance provided by the Secretary of Agriculture to eligible tree farmers for losses described in section 221 shall consist of either—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>reimbursement of 65 percent of the cost of replanting seedlings lost due to drought or related conditions in 1988 in excess of 35 percent mortality (adjusted for normal mortality); or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>at the discretion of the Secretary, sufficient tree seedlings to reestablish the stand.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="223">SEC. 223. </num> <heading>LIMITATION ON ASSISTANCE.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><content>The total amount of payments that a person shall be entitled to receive under this subtitle may not exceed $25,000, or an equivalent value in tree seedlings.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Regulations</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary of Agriculture shall issue regulations—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>defining the term “person” for the purposes of this subtitle, which shall conform, to the extent practicable, to the regulations defining the term “person” issued under section 1001 of the Food Security Act of 1985; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>prescribing such rules as the Secretary determines necessary to ensure a fair and reasonable application of the limitation established under this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="224">SEC. 224. </num> <heading>DEFINITION.</heading> <content>As used in this subtitle, the term “eligible tree farmer” means a person that produces annual crops from trees for commercial purposes or that grows trees for harvest for commercial purposes, and owns 1,000 acres or less of such trees.</content> </section> <section> <num value="225">SEC. 225. </num> <heading>DUPLICATIVE PAYMENTS.</heading> <content>The Secretary of Agriculture shall establish guidelines to ensure that no person receives duplicative payments under this subtitle and the forestry incentives program, agricultural conservation program, or other existing Federal program.</content> </section> </subtitle> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/944">102 STAT. 944</page> <subtitle><num value="C">Subtitle C—</num><heading class="inline">Administrative Provisions</heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="231">SEC. 231. </num> <heading>INELIGIBILITY.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Rule</inline>.—</heading><content>A person that has qualifying gross revenues in excess of $2,000,000 annually, as determined by the Secretary of Agriculture, shall not be eligible to receive any disaster payment or other benefits under this title.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Qualifying Gross Revenues</inline>—</heading><chapeau>For purposes of this section, the term “qualifying gross revenues” means—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>if a majority of the person’s annual income is received from farming, ranching, and forestry operations, the gross revenue from the person’s farming, ranching, and forestry operations; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>if less than a majority of the person’s annual income is received from farming, ranching, and forestry operations, the person’s gross revenue from all sources.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="232">SEC. 232. </num> <heading>TIMING AND MANNER OF ASSISTANCE.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Timing of Assistance</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>Subject to subparagraph (B), the Secretary of Agriculture shall make full disaster assistance available under this title as soon as practicable after the date of the enactment of this Act.</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law or of this Act, no payment or benefit provided under this title shall be payable or due until such time as a completed application therefor has been approved.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>A person eligible to receive payments under subtitle A shall make application for such payments not later than March 31, 1989, or such later date that the Secretary, by regulation, may prescribe.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Manner</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary may make payments available under subtitle A in the form of cash, commodities, or commodity certificates, as determined by the Secretary.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="233">SEC. 233. </num> <heading>USE OF COMMODITY CREDIT CORPORATION.</heading> <content>The Secretary of Agriculture shall use the funds, facilities, and authorities of the Commodity Credit Corporation in carrying out this title.</content> </section> <section> <num value="234">SEC. 234. </num> <heading>REGULATIONS.</heading> <content>The Secretary of Agriculture or the Commodity Credit Corporation, as appropriate, shall issue regulations to implement the provisions of this title as soon as practicable, without regard to the requirement for notice and public participation in rulemaking prescribed in section 553 of title 5, United States Code, or in any directive of the Secretary.</content> </section> </subtitle> <subtitle><num value="D">Subtitle D—</num><heading class="inline">Sense of Congress</heading> <section> <num value="241">SEC. 241. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rural areas.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Marketing.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1421">7 USC 1421 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>PURPOSES OF DISASTER PAYMENTS.</heading> <content>It is the sense of Congress that disaster payments made to producers under subtitle A are intended to preserve each producer’s livelihood and farming operation, to enable the producer to meet preexisting commitments and obligations, to protect the infrastructure of the United States agricultural production input, supply, <page identifier="/us/stat/102/945">102 STAT. 945</page>marketing, and distribution systems, and to preserve the vitality and financial health of rural communities.</content> </section> </subtitle> <num value="III">TITLE III—</num><heading class="inline">OTHER EMERGENCY PROVISIONS</heading> <subtitle><num value="A">Subtitle A—</num><heading class="inline">Commodity Stock Adjustment</heading> <section> <num value="301">SEC. 301. </num> <heading>SOYBEANS, SUNFLOWERS, AND COTTONSEED AND SUNFLOWER SEED OIL.</heading> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Planting of Soybeans and Sunflowers on Permitted Acres</inline>.—</heading><level class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Effective for the 1989 and 1990 crops, section 504 of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1464) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e)</num><level class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act—</chapeau> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="A">“(A)</num><level class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>Effective for the 1989 crops, the Secretary shall permit, subject to subparagraph (B), producers on a farm to plant soybeans or sunflowers on a portion (not less than 10 percent nor more than 25 percent) of the producers’ 1989 wheat, feed grain, upland cotton, extra long staple cotton, and rice permitted acreage, as determined by the Secretary.</content></level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>Effective for the 1990 crops, if the Secretary determines that there will be insufficient supplies of soybeans, the Secretary may permit, subject to subparagraph (B), the producers on a farm to plant soybeans or sunflowers on a portion (not less than 10 percent nor more than 25 percent) of the farm’s 1990 wheat, feed grain, upland cotton, extra long staple cotton, and rice permitted acreage, as determined by the Secretary.</content></level></level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="B">“(B)</num><level class="inline"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>For the 1989 crops and, if necessary, the 1990 crops, the Secretary shall establish a sign-up period during which the producers on a farm, participating in the wheat, feed grain, upland cotton, extra long staple cotton, or rice price support and production adjustment program, must state their intentions regarding use of the increased planting provision under subparagraph (A).</content></level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="ii">“(ii) </num><content>After termination of the sign-up period under clause (i), the Secretary shall estimate whether, based on the additional soybean and sunflower plantings for the crop, the average market price for that crop of soybeans will be below 115 percent of the loan rate established for the previous crop of soybeans.</content></level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="iii">“(iii) </num><content>If the Secretary estimates that the average market price for the crop of soybeans will be below 115 percent of such loan rate, the Secretary shall reduce the percentage of permitted acreage on the farm that may be planted to soybeans and sunflowers to a level, or prohibit such plantings, as necessary to ensure that the average soybean market price does not fall below 115 percent of such loan rate.</content></level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="iv">“(iv) </num><content>For each of the 1989 and 1990 crops, the Secretary shall submit to the Committee on Agriculture of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry of the Senate a statement setting forth the reasons for permitting or not permitting producers to plant soybeans or sunflowers on permitted acreage and any reduction in the permitted planting percentage under this subparagraph.</content></level></level> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/946">102 STAT. 946</page> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="C">“(C)</num><level class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>For the purposes of determining the farm acreage base or the crop acreage bases for the farm, any acreage on the farm on which soybeans or sunflowers are planted under this paragraph shall be considered to be planted to the program crop for which soybeans or sunflowers are substituted.</content></level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Loans.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">The Secretary may not make program benefits other than soybean or sunflower seed price support loans and purchases available to producers with respect to acreage planted to soybeans or sunflowers under paragraph (1) and shall ensure that the crop acreage bases established for the farm and the farm acreage base are not increased due to such plantings.”.</content> </level></level></level></level></quotedContent></content></level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Marketing.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Loans.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1446">7 USC 1446 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Not earlier than February 1, 1989, and not later than March 1, 1989, with respect to the 1989 crop of soybeans, and not later than September 1, 1989, with respect to the 1990 crop of soybeans, the Secretary of Agriculture shall submit to the Committee on Agriculture of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry of the Senate a statement setting forth the reasons for implementing or not implementing the soybean marketing loan program authorized under section 201(i)(3) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1446(i)(3)) for such crop. Such statement shall include—</chapeau> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>an economic evaluation of current soybean markets, foreign and domestic;</content> </level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>the current foreign soybean production statistics;</content> </level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="C">(C) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Exports.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">the United States soybean export market situation and outlook;</content></level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="D">(D) </num><content>the computation of the prevailing world market price for soybeans, as described in section 201(i)(3)(B) of such Act;</content></level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">(E) </num> <content>the fiscal effect of the implementation of the marketing loan for soybeans; and</content> </level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="F">(F) </num> <content>such other factors as the Secretary considers appropriate.</content> </level> </level> </level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1464">7 USC 1464 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Cottonseed and Sunflower Seed Oil</inline>.—</heading><level class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary of Agriculture shall determine if the price of cottonseed or cottonseed products is adversely affected by the amendment made by subsection <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Loans.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Exports.</p></sidenote>(a)(1). If the Secretary determines that any such price has been adversely affected, the Secretary shall support the price of cottonseed and cottonseed products through loans, purchases, export assistance, or any other form of assistance, as necessary to offset such adverse effect.</content> </level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="2">(2)</num><level class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Exports.</p></sidenote><content>Effective for the fiscal years ending September 30, 1989, and September 30, 1990, the Secretary of Agriculture shall use funds available under section 32 of Public Law 320, Seventy-fourth Congress (7 U.S.C. 612c), to purchase sunflower seed oil and cottonseed oil to facilitate additional export sales of sunflower seed oil and cottonseed oil at competitive prices, as necessary and appropriate to enable United States producers to compete with producers in other countries in world markets. Funds may be made available under this subparagraph only to the extent authorized in advance in appropriations Acts; and such funds shall be in addition to funds made available for the purchase of sunflower seed oil under section 637 of the rural development, agriculture, and related agencies appropriations in section 101(k) of Public Law 100–202 (101 Stat. 1329–357).</content></level> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>To the extent practicable, facilitation of cottonseed oil exports shall be accomplished through the use of authorities available to the Secretary other than the authority granted in subparagraph (A).</content></level> </level> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/947">102 STAT. 947</page> <level class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (2)(A), the Secretary shall use the funds, facilities, and authorities of the Commodity Credit Corporation to carry out this subsection.</content> </level> </level> </section> <section> <num value="302">SEC. 302. </num> <heading>OATS.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Farm Acreage Bases</inline>.—</heading><content>Section 503 of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1463) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act, effective for each of the 1989 and 1990 crops, if the acreage limitation percentage established for a crop of feed grains under section 1050(f) is 12.5 percent or less, the Secretary shall permit producers on a farm to designate any portion of the farm acreage base (excluding any portion designated as soybean acreage base) for the crop year as acreage base established for oats. For the purposes of determining the farm acreage base or the crop acreage bases for the farm, any acreage on the farm that is designated as oats base under this paragraph and planted to oats for harvest in 1989 or 1990 shall be considered to be planted to the program crop for which oats are substituted.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The Secretary shall not make program benefits other than benefits available under the program established for oats available to producers with respect to acreage planted to oats under paragraph (1), and shall ensure that the crop acreage bases established for the farm and the farm acreage base are not increased due to such plantings.”.</content></paragraph></subsection></quotedContent></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Sense of Congress</inline>.—</heading><content>It is the sense of Congress that if the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1444e">7 USC 1444e note</ref>.</p></sidenote>acreage limitation requirement established for the 1989 or 1990 crop of feed grains under section 105C(f) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 is more than 12.5 percent, the Secretary of Agriculture should establish the lowest possible acreage limitation requirement for such crop of oats under section 105C(f) if market imbalances for barley and oats exist.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="303">SEC. 303. </num> <heading>PRODUCER RESERVE PROGRAM FOR WHEAT AND FEED GRAINS.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Repayment of Loans</inline>.—</heading><content>Effective for the 1988 marketing year <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1445e">7 USC 1445e note</ref>.</p></sidenote>for wheat or feed grains, once the market price described in clause (5) of the third sentence of subsection (b) of section 110 of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1445e) has been reached at any time during such marketing year with respect to such commodity, producers may repay loans made under section 110 for such commodity during the remainder of such marketing year without the payment of a penalty, regardless of the then current market price.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Redemption of Generic Certificates</inline>.—</heading><content>Effective only for the 1988 marketing years for wheat and feed grains, section 110 of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1445e) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="j">“(j) </num> <content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, if a producer has <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Loans.</p></sidenote>substituted purchased or other commodities for the commodities originally pledged as collateral for a loan made under this section, the producer may repay the loan using a generic commodity certificate that may be exchanged for commodities owned by the Commodity Credit Corporation, if the substitute commodities have been pledged as loan collateral and redeemed only within the same county.”.</content></subsection></quotedContent></content></subsection></section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/948">102 STAT. 948</page> <section> <num value="304">SEC. 304. </num> <heading>TOBACCO AND PEANUTS.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Transfer Authority</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Section 319 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938 (7 U.S.C. 1314e) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="k">“(k)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote><chapeau class="inline">Notwithstanding any other provision of this section, the Secretary may permit, after July 1 of any crop year, the lease and transfer of burley tobacco quota assigned to a farm if—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="A">“(A) </num><content>the planted acreage of burley tobacco on the farm to which the quota is assigned is determined by the Secretary to be sufficient to produce the effective farm marketing quota under average conditions; and</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="B">“(B) </num><content>the farm’s expected production of burley tobacco is less than 80 percent of the farm’s effective marketing quota as a result of a natural disaster condition.</content></subparagraph></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Any lease and transfer of quota under this subsection may be made to any other farm within the same State in accordance with regulations issued by the Secretary.”.</content></paragraph></subsection></quotedContent></content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Section 358a(k)(1) of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938 (7 U.S.C. 1358a(k)(1)), as effective for the 1986 through 1990 crops of peanuts, is amended by adding at the end thereof the following: “<quotedText>In the case of a fall transfer or a transfer after the normal planting season by a cash lessee, the landowner shall not be required to sign the transfer authorization. A fall transfer or transfer after the normal planting season may be made not later than 72 hours after the peanuts that are the subject of the transfer are inspected and graded.</quotedText>”.</content></paragraph></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1314e">7 USC 1314e note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Quota Adjustment</inline>.—</heading><content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, if a producer has produced burley tobacco in 1988 in an amount less than the producer’s farm marketing quota for 1988 due to natural disaster, the Secretary may adjust the producer’s burley tobacco farm marketing quota for the 1989 crop, as established under section 319 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1938 (7 U.S.C. 1314(e)), by adding the accumulated undermarketings of the basic quota for 1988 crop, including undermarketings of leased quota, to the producer’s basic quota for the 1989 crop, except that such adjustment may not exceed 125 percent of the producer’s basic quota.”.</content></subsection></section> </subtitle> <subtitle><num value="B">Subtitle B—</num><heading class="inline">Disaster Credit and Forbearance</heading> <section> <num value="311">SEC. 311. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1961">7 USC 1961 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>EMERGENCY LOANS.</heading> <content>Section 321(b) of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act (7 U.S.C. 1981(b)) shall not apply to a person who otherwise would be eligible for an emergency loan under subtitle C of such Act (subject to the person’s compliance with the requirements of section 207 of this Act), if such eligibility is the result of damage to an annual crop planted for harvest in 1988.</content></section> <section><num value="312">SEC. 312. </num><heading>1989 FARM OPERATING LOANS.</heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1941">7 USC 1941 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Direct Credit</inline>.—</heading><content>To the maximum extent practicable, the Secretary of Agriculture shall ensure that direct operating loans made or insured under subtitle B of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act for 1989 crop production are made available to farmers and ranchers suffering major losses due to drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988, as authorized under <page identifier="/us/stat/102/949">102 STAT. 949</page>existing law and under regulations of the Secretary that implement the objective of enabling farmers and ranchers to stay in business.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Loan Guarantees</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Notwithstanding any other provision <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Real property.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Animals.</p></sidenote>of law, the Secretary of Agriculture shall make available in the fiscal year ending September 30, 1989, guarantees to commercial or cooperative lenders for loans under subtitle B of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act, to refinance and reamortize 1988 operating loans, or 1988 or 1989 installments due and payable on real estate debt, farm equipment or building (including storage facilities) debt, livestock loans, or other operating debt, of farmers and ranchers that otherwise cannot be repaid due to major losses incurred by such farmers or ranchers as a result of drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>Each fiscal year 1989 guaranteed loan for 1988 natural disaster purposes, as described in paragraph (1), shall contain terms and conditions governing the reamortization of the debt of the farmer or rancher that will provide the farmer or rancher a reasonable opportunity to continue to receive new operating credit while repaying the guaranteed loan, as determined by the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any person eligible to receive payments under subtitle A of title II of this Act shall be deemed eligible to have guaranteed, in accordance with this subsection, loans made to such person by a commercial or cooperative lender to refinance installment payments that are or become due and payable during 1988 or 1989, as described in paragraph (1), except that, to be deemed eligible to have such loan guaranteed, the person must otherwise be current in the person’s obligation to the commercial or cooperative lender that agrees to accept the guarantee in consideration of allowing the person to make the 1988 or 1989 payment or installment over a period of time not to exceed 6 years from the original due date of such payment or installment, and must otherwise meet the criteria for guaranteed loan borrowers under subtitle B of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act established by the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of ACIF Funds</inline>.—</heading><content>For purposes of providing guaranteed loans in accordance with subsection (b) of this section, in addition to funds otherwise available, the Secretary may use any funds available from the Agricultural Credit Insurance Fund during fiscal years 1988 or 1989 for emergency insured and guaranteed loans under subtitle C of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act to meet the needs resulting from natural disasters: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That funds available from such Fund first shall be used to satisfy the level of assistance estimated by the Secretary to meet the needs of persons eligible for emergency disaster loans.</proviso></content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="313">SEC. 313. </num> <heading>FORBEARANCE AND RESTRUCTURING FOR FARM LOANS.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Farmers Home Administration</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>It is the sense of Congress <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1981a">7 USC 1981a note</ref>.</p></sidenote>that the Secretary of Agriculture should, with respect to farmers and ranchers who suffer major losses due to drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>exercise forbearance in the collection of interest and principal on direct farmer program loans under the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act outstanding for such farmers and ranchers;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>expedite the use of credit restructuring and other credit relief mechanisms authorized under the Agricultural Credit Act <page identifier="/us/stat/102/950">102 STAT. 950</page>of 1987 and similar provisions of law for such farmers and ranchers; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>encourage commercial lenders participating in guaranteed farmer lending programs under the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act to exercise forbearance before declaring loans to such farmers and ranchers under such programs in default.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2252">12 USC 2252 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Farm Credit Administration</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>It further is the sense of Congress that the Farm Credit Administration should in its oversight of Farm Credit System institutions, with respect to farmers and ranchers who suffer major losses due to drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>ensure that Farm Credit System institutions exercise forbearance in the collection of principal and interest on loans outstanding to such farmers and ranchers;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>expedite the use of credit restructuring and other credit relief mechanisms authorized under the Agricultural Credit Act of 1987 and related provisions of law for such farmers and ranchers; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>encourage other lenders participating with Farm Credit System institutions in mutual loan agreements to exercise forbearance before declaring loans to such farmers and ranchers in default.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> </subtitle> <subtitle><num value="C">Subtitle C—</num><heading class="inline">Conservation Assistance</heading> <section> <num value="321">SEC. 321. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t16/s3832">16 USC 3832 note</ref>.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading>NEW CONSERVATION MEASURES.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><chapeau>In the case of an owner or operator of land who has entered into a conservation reserve program contract under subtitle D of title XII of the Food Security Act of 1985 (16 U.S.C. 3831 et seq.) and harvests hay during the 1988 crop year on acreage subject to such contract as authorized by the Secretary of Agriculture, the Secretary may not reduce the amount of rental payments made to such owner or operator as the result of such harvesting to the extent that the owner or operator—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Water.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Wildlife.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">carries out additional conservation practices, approved by the Soil Conservation Service in consultation with appropriate Federal and State agencies, to enhance soil, water, and wildlife conservation on or in the vicinity of lands subject to such contract; and</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="B">(B) </num><content>pays the costs of carrying out such practices.</content></subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The amount of the reduction prohibited under paragraph (1) shall equal one-half of the amount paid by the owner or operator to cover the costs of carrying out the conservation practices.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Conservation Practices</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>For purposes of subsection (a), the term “conservation practices” includes—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>establishment of permanent shelterbelts and windbreaks;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>restoration of wetlands;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>establishment of wildlife food plots; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>planting of trees.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="322">SEC. 322. </num> <heading>CONSERVATION RESERVE ENHANCEMENT PROGRAMS.</heading> <content>Effective beginning with the 1988 crop year, subsection (f) of section 1234 of the Food Security Act of 1985 (16 U.S.C. 3834(f)) is amended by adding at the end thereof the following new paragraph: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/951">102 STAT. 951</page> <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>The provisions of this subsection that limit payments to any <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote>person, and section 1305(d) of the Agricultural Reconciliation Act of 1987, shall not be applicable to payments received by a State, political subdivision, or agency thereof in connection with agreements entered into under a special conservation reserve enhancement program carried out by that entity that has been approved by the Secretary. The Secretary may enter into such agreements for payments to States, political subdivisions, or agencies thereof that the Secretary determines will advance the purposes of this subtitle.”.</content></paragraph></quotedContent></content></section> </subtitle> <subtitle><num value="D">Subtitle D—</num><heading class="inline">Rural Businesses</heading> <section> <num value="331">SEC. 331. </num> <heading>DISASTER ASSISTANCE FOR RURAL BUSINESS ENTERPRISES.</heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1929a">7 USC 1929a note</ref>.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Indians.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Loan Guarantees</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary of Agriculture shall guarantee loans made in rural areas to public, private, or cooperative organizations, to Indian tribes on Federal and State reservations or other federally recognized Indian tribal groups, or to any other business entities to assist them in alleviating distress caused to such entities, directly or indirectly, by the drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988, and shall guarantee loans made in rural areas to such entities that refinance or restructure debt as a result of losses incurred, directly or indirectly, because of such natural disasters in 1988.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Eligible Loans</inline>.—</heading><content>Loans that may be guaranteed under this <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Banks and banking.</p></sidenote>section are loans made by any Federal or State chartered bank, savings and loan association, cooperative lending agency, insurance company, or other legally organized lending agency.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Lending Limits</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num> <content>No guarantee under this section may <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Loans</p></sidenote>exceed 90 percent of the principal amount of the loan and guarantees made on loans to any eligible borrower may not exceed $500,000.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The total amount of loan guarantees that may be made under this section shall not exceed $200,000,000.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Use of the Rural development Insurance Fund</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall use the Rural Development Insurance Fund established under section 309A of the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act for the purposes of discharging the Secretary’s obligations under this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="332">SEC. 332. </num> <heading>SALE OF CORN TO ETHANOL PRODUCERS.</heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s1427">7 USC 1427 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>Except as otherwise provided in this section and notwithstanding section 110(f) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1445e(f)) or any other provision of law, if, during any month commencing after July 31, 1988, the average corn price (as determined under subsection (d)) exceeds the fuel conversion price (as defined in section 212 of the Agricultural Trade Suspension Adjustment Act of 1980 (7 U.S.C. 4005)), the Secretary of Agriculture may make available for sale to domestic producers of ethanol fuel, for the production of ethanol, not more than 12,000,000 bushels per month of corn owned by the Commodity Credit Corporation.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Price</inline>.—</heading><content>Corn shall be sold under this section at a price that is not more than such fuel conversion price, except that such price shall not be less than 110 percent of the basic county loan rate for corn, prior to any adjustment made under section 105C(a)(3) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1444e(a)(3)).</content></subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/952">102 STAT. 952</page> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Maximum Amount</inline>.—</heading><content>The total quantity of corn sold to any ethanol producer under this section may not exceed 2,000,000 bushels per month.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Average Corn Price</inline>.—</heading><content>The average corn price under this section shall be determined by the Secretary based on the average corn price in markets used for determinations made under clause (5) of the third sentence of section 110(b) of the Agricultural Act of 1949 (7 U.S.C. 1445e(b)).</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Terms</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary may not make corn or other commodities available under this section to any domestic producer of ethanol that uses in excess of 30,000,000 bushels of corn or comparable commodity annually in producing ethanol.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Animals.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Domestic producers of ethanol fuel purchasing corn under this section shall agree not to resell such corn and to make available a quantity of feed byproducts equivalent to the quantity processed from such corn for sale to domestic livestock producers and feeders in a manner and subject to such terms and conditions as are approved by the Secretary.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Termination</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary shall terminate any program established under this section no later than September 1, 1989. The Secretary shall terminate the program on an earlier date if the Secretary determines that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>such program is no longer necessary to maintain the economic viability of the ethanol industry; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Animals.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">a sufficient supply of corn otherwise would not be available to fulfill estimated obligations of the Commodity Credit Corporation under emergency livestock feeding programs during the subsequent 180-day period.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Other Commodities</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary may, at the request of a domestic producer of ethanol, substitute other feed grains (such as grain sorghum) for corn on an equitable basis, taking into account variations in the value of such commodities in the production of ethanol.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="333">SEC. 333. </num> <heading>SURVEY OF AGRIBUSINESS.</heading> <chapeau>Not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Agriculture shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>conduct a survey of rural business and enterprises, including grain handling and storage facilities, in the United States whose activities involve or are directly related to the production, processing, or marketing of agricultural commodities or products, or to servicing the business and home needs of United States farmers and ranchers, to determine the extent that such businesses are being adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by drought, hail, excessive moisture, or related condition in 1988; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">submit a report describing the results of such survey to the Committee on Agriculture of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry of the Senate.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="334">SEC. 334. </num> <heading>FORWARD CONTRACTING REPORT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><content>Not later than 60 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of Agriculture shall prepare and submit, to the Committee on Agriculture of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry of the Senate, a report on the financial effect that forward contracting, <page identifier="/us/stat/102/953">102 STAT. 953</page>hedging, and associated margin requirements for wheat, feed grains, and soybeans during the recent drought-related period of price volatility have had on producers and on grain marketers, particularly local elevators and intermediaries.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contents of Report</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In the report, the Secretary shall include a discussion of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the extent to which currently planted or stored crops are subject to cash forward contracts or otherwise are hedged, and what portion of such forward contracts are in danger of being defaulted on as a result of drought-related crop losses;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the extent to which local grain elevators may experience severe financial stress due to defaults on cash forward contracts or due to margin requirements on futures market positions;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the extent to which producers have been able to renegotiate forward contracts in light of drought-related changes in economic conditions;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>the extent to which hedging and forward contracting practices may produce unusual demands for credit among farm producers and marketers in light of drought-related conditions; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>such other areas of related concern as the Secretary may find appropriate.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Immediate Notification</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall immediately notify, in advance of the report, the Committee on Agriculture of the House of Representatives and the Committee on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry of the Senate if the Secretary finds, in the course of the study required under this section, that serious economic or financial problems related to forward contracting, hedging, and margin requirements for grains are likely to arise.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Consultation</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall consult with the Chairman of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission on issues concerning futures markets that arise in the course of the study required under this section.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="335">SEC. 335. </num> <heading>RURAL ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT RESPONSE TO THE DROUGHT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Findings</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Congress finds that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the disastrous drought of 1988 is adversely affecting a large number of States, with serious economic consequences for family farmers;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the harm caused by the drought is not limited to farmers, but extends to each rural community whose economic viability is being devastated;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>rural businesses and financial institutions are already experiencing the negative effects of decreased sales, and they anticipate severe problems over the next year, due to crop failures and the unavailability of credit;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>local rural governments, whose fiscal bases depend on tax revenues from agriculture and agriculture-related businesses, will experience, as a result of the effects of the drought, difficulties in providing services that are important to the quality of life for rural residents;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>as a result of the effects of the drought, significant savings will accrue to the Federal budget due to reduced deficiency payments and storage payments, substantially in excess of the funds allocated by this Act; and</content></paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/954">102 STAT. 954</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>assistance to farmers, while essential, represents only the first stage of a comprehensive response to the serious national problems created by the drought.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Sense of Congress</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>It is the sense of Congress that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>budgetary savings that accrue from the effects of the drought and other economic circumstances should, to the maximum extent possible, be dedicated to relief for farmers and agricultural workers and to assist rural businesses and communities in promotion of rural economic development;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>action should be taken to establish comprehensive Federal rural economic programs that address the needs of rural businesses and governments; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>rural development programs should stress efforts to cooperate with and support local decisionmaking; promote market-based capital formation; create a more equitable and dependable partnership between the Federal Government and other levels of government; provide Federal initiatives for improving the quality of rural health care, child care, and education; and foster better understanding of the effect of Federal spending, tax, trade, and regulatory decisions on rural communities.</content></paragraph> </subsection> </section> </subtitle> <subtitle><num value="E">Subtitle E—</num><heading class="inline">Agricultural Exports</heading> <section> <num value="341">SEC. 341. </num> <heading>SENSE OF CONGRESS—AGRICULTURAL EXPORTS.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Findings</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Congress finds that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the disastrous drought of 1988 is causing substantial agricultural crop losses and is putting an enormous financial burden on United States farmers and their families;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the Food Security Act of 1985 (A) recognized that agricultural export markets are extremely important in ensuring the economic recovery and future success of United States farmers, their families, and rural communities, and (B) established several programs to develop and expand agricultural export markets and help restore the United States share of international agricultural trade;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the programs under the Food Security Act of 1985, such as the export enhancement program and the targeted export assistance program, have been successful to date and have served to increase agricultural exports;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>United States agricultural exports make a substantial contribution to reducing our Nation’s international trade deficit;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>it is important that the United States be perceived as being a reliable supplier of agricultural commodities and products;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>imposing embargoes on, or taking other steps to reduce the levels of, the exports of agricultural commodities or products in wake of the drought will undermine the gains made since 1985 in securing markets for United States agricultural commodities and products abroad, by allowing foreign competitors opportunity to move into our international markets; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <content>imposing embargoes on, or taking other steps to reduce the levels of, exports of agricultural commodities and products would jeopardize the progress in strengthening our agricultural export markets made by export assistance programs under the Food Security Act of 1985.</content></paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/955">102 STAT. 955</page> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Sense of Congress</inline>.—</heading><content>It is the sense of Congress that the Government should not take any action that (1) will further exacerbate the already disastrous circumstances for United States agriculture resulting from the drought by imposing, or facilitating the imposition of, embargoes or other limitations that reduce exports of agricultural commodities and products, or (2) otherwise jeopardize United States foreign agricultural markets or give our trading partners reason to believe United States farmers have become unreliable suppliers of agricultural commodities and products.</content> </subsection> </section> </subtitle> <subtitle><num value="F">Subtitle F—</num><heading class="inline">Food Prices</heading> <section> <num value="351">SEC. 351. </num> <heading>SENSE OF CONGRESS—FOOD PRICES.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Findings</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Congress finds that—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the disastrous drought of 1988 is causing substantial agricultural crop losses and is placing enormous financial burdens on livestock, poultry, and dairy producers;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in spite of the effects of the drought, the United States continues to have ample supplies of grain for human and animal consumption through the upcoming crop year;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the Department of Agriculture projects that even if the drought continues, food prices are not expected to increase significantly due to the drought; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>in view of these circumstances, no person in the United States should have to pay unwarranted, unjustified, or excessive food prices and that higher food prices, irrespective of their cause, affect those least able to pay the most.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Sense of Congress</inline>.—</heading><content>It is the sense of Congress that the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>Department of Agriculture, in cooperation with other Federal agencies and State and local agencies where appropriate, should monitor, study, and report to Congress about food price increases at wholesale and retail levels during the coming months, to ensure that no unwarranted food price increases are implemented and that any necessary increases are commensurate with commodity price increases resulting from the drought.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="352">SEC. 352. </num> <heading>STUDY OF EFFECT OF DROUGHT ON FOOD PRICES.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Survey</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary of Agriculture shall conduct a survey <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Hunger.</p></sidenote>of food and commodity prices as of December 31, 1988, to determine the effects of the drought and related conditions in 1988 on recipients of Federal nutrition and hunger benefits.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Report</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Not later than March 1, 1988, the Secretary shall submit a report to Congress on the results of the survey required under subsection (a), including—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>an analysis of the adequacy of benefits under Federal nutrition and hunger programs with respect to any food price inflation that has occurred because of the drought or related conditions in 1988; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>recommendations for any actions that may be taken by the Secretary or Congress to address problems identified in such survey.</content></paragraph> </subsection> </section> </subtitle> 102 STAT. 956 <num value="IV">TITLE IV—</num><heading class="inline">WATER-RELATED ASSISTANCE</heading> <subtitle><num value="A">Subtitle A—</num><heading class="inline">Water Management for Rural Areas</heading> <section> <num value="401">SEC. 401. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s2204c">7 USC 2204c</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>WATER MANAGEMENT FOR RURAL AREAS.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Corporations.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Indians.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Secretary of Agriculture is authorized, directly or in coordination with any other Federal agency, entity, corporation, department, unit of State or local government, cooperative, confederation, individual, public or private organization, Indian tribe, or university, to—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Research and development.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">conduct research and demonstration projects;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>provide technical assistance and extension services;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Grants.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">make grants, loans, and loan guarantees; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Loans.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">provide other forms of assistance, for the purpose of helping rural areas make better and more efficient use of water resources and to alleviate problems arising in such areas from droughts or lack of water.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Activities</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary is authorized to provide assistance under this section for the promotion or establishment of irrigation, watersheds, and other water management and drought management activities, including water transmission, application, and activation.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Cooperation</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>In implementing this section, the Secretary—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>should address the general, special, and unique problems of water management existing in rural areas;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>may take action independently or in cooperation with Federal, State, public, or private entities and agencies; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <chapeau>shall cooperate with—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Compacts between States.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">cooperatives, public or private organizations, confederations, authorities, or other entities (including such entities that may be organized under multiple State agreements or compacts and entities created under State law) to carry out projects authorized under this section; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">water, watershed, and sewer authorities, rural electric cooperatives, Federal agencies, and other State or local governments or agencies.</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Regulations</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The Secretary shall issue regulations to carry out this section.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>Such regulations shall—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>specify the terms and conditions that the entities described in subsections (a) and (c) must meet in order to participate in programs carried out under this section;</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>establish a procedure under which entities described in subsections (a) and (c) may apply for assistance under this section; and</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="C">(C) </num><content>foster cooperation between such entities and other Federal, State, or local agencies for the purposes of carrying out the provisions of this section.</content></subparagraph> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Definition</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>As used in this section, the term “university” means—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>a land grant university established under the Act of July 2, 1862 (known as the “First Morrill Act”; 12 Stat. 503, chapter 130; 7 U.S.C. 301 et seq);</content></paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/957">102 STAT. 957</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>a land grant university established under the Act of August 30, 1890 (known as the “Second Morrill Act”; 26 Stat. 419, chapter 841; 7 U.S.C. 321 et seq.);</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the Tuskegee Institute; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>any other support research organization.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Funding</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>There are authorized to be appropriated each <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Appropriation authorization.</p></sidenote>fiscal year such sums as are necessary to carry out this section.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The Secretary is authorized to accept funds from non-Federal sources to carry out the activities authorized by this section.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="g">(g) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">No Waivers</inline>.—</heading><content>Nothing in this section shall authorize the waiver of a cost-share requirement under a program established under any other provision of law.</content> </subsection> </section> </subtitle> <subtitle><num value="B">Subtitle B—</num><heading class="inline">Emergency Drought Authority</heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t43/s502">43 USC 502 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <part><num value="I"><b>PART I—</b></num><heading><b>RECLAMATION STATES DROUGHT ASSISTANCE</b></heading> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reclamation States Drought Assistance Act of 1988.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Conservation.</p></sidenote> <section> <num value="411">SEC. 411. </num> <heading>SHORT TITLE.</heading> <content>This part may be cited as the “<shortTitle role="part">Reclamation States Drought Assistance Act of 1988</shortTitle>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="412">SEC 412. </num> <heading>ASSISTANCE DURING DROUGHT.</heading> <chapeau>The Secretary of the Interior, acting under the authorities of the Federal reclamation laws (the Act of June 17, 1902 (32 Stat. 388), and Acts supplementary thereto and amendatory thereof) and other appropriate authorities of the Secretary shall—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1)</num><subparagraph class="inline"><num value="A">(A) </num><content>perform studies to identify opportunities to augment, <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Indians.</p></sidenote>make use of, or conserve water supplies available to Federal reclamation projects and Indian water resource developments, which studies shall be completed no later than March 1, 1990; and</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>consistent with existing contractual arrangements and State law, and without further authorization, undertake construction, management, and conservation activities that will mitigate or can be expected to have an effect in mitigating losses and damages resulting from drought conditions in 1987, 1988, or 1989, which construction shall be completed by December 31, 1989; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>assist willing buyers in their purchase of available water supplies from willing sellers and redistribute such water based upon priorities to be determined by the Secretary consistent with State law, with the objective of minimizing losses and damages resulting from drought conditions in 1987, 1988, and 1989.</content> </paragraph> </section> <section> <num value="413">SEC 413. </num> <heading>AVAILABILITY OF WATER ON A TEMPORARY BASIS.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">General Authority</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary of the Interior may make <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote>available, by contract, consistent with existing contracts or agreements and State law, water or canal capacity at existing Federal reclamation projects to water users and others, on a temporary basis to mitigate losses and damages resulting from drought conditions in 1987, 1988, and 1989.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contracts</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Any contract signed under this section shall provide that—</chapeau> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/958">102 STAT. 958</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the price for the use of such water shall be at least sufficient to recover all Federal operation and maintenance costs, and an appropriate share of capital costs, except that, for water delivered to a landholding in excess of 960 acres of class I lands or the equivalent thereof for a qualified recipient and 320 acres of class I lands or the equivalent thereof for a limited recipient, the cost of such water shall be full cost (as defined in section 202(3)(A) of Public Law 97–293, 43 U.S.C. 390bb) for those acres in excess of 960 acres or 320 acres, as appropriate;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the lands not now subject to reclamation law that receive temporary irrigation water supplies under this section shall not become subject to the ownership limitations of Federal reclamation law because of the delivery of such temporary water supplies;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>the lands that are subject to the ownership limitations of Federal reclamation law shall not be exempted from those limitations because of the delivery of such temporary water supplies; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Termination date.</p></sidenote> <content>the contract shall terminate no later than December 31, 1989.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Fish and Wildlife</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary may make available water for the purposes of protecting fish and wildlife resources, including mitigating losses that occur as a result of drought conditions.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="414">SEC. 414. </num> <heading>EMERGENCY LOAN PROGRAM.</heading> <content><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Transportation.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> The Secretary of the Interior may make loans to water users for the purposes of undertaking management, conservation activities, or the acquisition and transportation of water consistent with State law, that can be expected to have an effect in mitigating losses and damages resulting from drought conditions in 1987, 1988, and 1989. Such loans shall be made available under such terms and conditions as the Secretary deems appropriate. Section 203(a) of the Reclamation Reform Act of 1982 (Public Law 97–293; 43 U.S.C. 390cc) shall not apply to any contract to repay such loan.</content> </section> <section> <num value="415">SEC. 415. </num> <heading>INTERAGENCY COORDINATION.</heading> <content>The program established by this part, to the extent practicable, shall be coordinated with emergency and disaster relief operations conducted by other Federal and State agencies under other provisions of law. The Secretary of the Interior shall consult such other <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Records.</p></sidenote>Federal and State agencies as he deems necessary. Other Federal agencies performing relief functions under other Federal authorities shall provide the Secretary with information and records that the Secretary deems necessary for the administration of this part.</content> </section> <section> <num value="416">SEC. 416. </num> <heading>REPORT.</heading> <chapeau>Not later than March 1, 1990, the Secretary of the Interior shall submit a report and recommendations to the President and Congress on—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>expenditures and accomplishments under this part;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>legislative and administrative recommendations for responding to droughts and drought related problems in the Reclamation States; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>structural and non-structural measures to mitigate the effects of droughts.</content></paragraph></section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/959">102 STAT. 959</page> <section><num value="417">SEC. 417. </num><heading>CARRYOVER STORAGE AND WATER, NEW MELONES UNIT, CENTRAL VALLEY PROJECT, CALIFORNIA.</heading> <content>The first undesignated paragraph under the heading “San Joaquin River Basin“ in section 203 of the Flood Control Act of 1962 (Public Law 87–874, 76 Stat. 1191) is amended by inserting before the last period the following: <proviso><i>And provided further</i>, That the Secretary of the Interior is authorized to make available to the Oakdale and South San Joaquin irrigation districts, at the current contract rate, unallocated storage of such districts carried over from the previous year”.</proviso></content></section> <section> <num value="418">SEC. 418. </num> <heading>INITIATION AND DEADLINE OF EMERGENCY DROUGHT PROGRAM.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Limitation</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The programs and authorities established under this part shall become operative in any Reclamation State only after—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>the Governor of that State has declared a drought emergency; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>the affected area is declared eligible for Federal disaster relief under applicable rules and regulations.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Termination</inline>.—</heading><content>The programs and authorities established under this part shall terminate on December 31, 1989, unless otherwise specifically stated.</content></subsection> </section> </part> <part><num value="2"><b>PART 2—</b></num><heading><b>WATER PROJECT</b></heading> <section> <num value="421">SEC 421. </num> <heading>CENTRAL VALLEY PROJECT WATER RELEASES.</heading> <content>The Secretary of the Interior is authorized to install a temperature control curtain as a demonstration project at Shasta Dam, Central Valley project, California, at a cost not to exceed $5,500,000. The purpose of the demonstration project is to determine the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Fish and fishing.</p></sidenote>effectiveness of the temperature control curtain in controlling the temperature of water releases from Shasta Dam, so as to protect and enhance anadromous fisheries in the Sacramento River and San Francisco Bay/Sacramento-San Joaquin Delta and Estuary</content></section> </part> <part><num value="3"><b>PART 3—</b></num><heading><b>AUTHORIZATION AND SAVINGS CLAUSE</b></heading> <section><num value="431">SEC. 431. </num><heading>AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <content>There are authorized to be appropriated a total amount not to exceed $25,000,000 for section 412(1)(B) and section 414 of this subtitle.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <content>Unless otherwise specified, there are authorized to be appropriated such sums as may be necessary to carry out the remaining provisions of this subtitle.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="432">SEC 432. </num> <heading>SAVINGS CLAUSE</heading> <chapeau>Nothing in this subtitle shall be construed as limiting or restricting the power and authority of the United States or—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>as affecting in any way any law governing appropriation or <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Public lands.</p></sidenote>use of, or Federal right to, water on public lands;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>as expanding or diminishing Federal or State jurisdiction, responsibility, interests, or rights in water resources development or control;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>as displacing, superseding, limiting, or modifying any <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Compacts between States.</p></sidenote>interstate compact or the jurisdiction or responsibility of any <page identifier="/us/stat/102/960">102 STAT. 960</page>legally established joint or common agency of two or more States or of two States and the Federal Government;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>as superseding, modifying, or repealing, except as specifically set forth in this subtitle, existing law applicable to the various Federal agencies; or</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Compacts between States.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">as modifying the terms of any interstate compact.</content> </paragraph> </section> </part> </subtitle> <num value="V">TITLE V—</num><heading class="inline">MIGRANT OR SEASONAL FARMWORKER ASSISTANCE</heading> <section> <num value="501">SEC 501. </num> <heading>EMERGENCY ASSISTANCE PAYMENTS TO MIGRANT FARMWORKER HOUSEHOLDS.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Exclusion of Assistance</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 5(k)(2) of the Food Stamp Act of 1977 (7 U.S.C. 2014(k)(2)) is amended by—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>striking out “<quotedText>(E)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(F)</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>striking out “<quotedText>(F)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(G)</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>inserting the following new subparagraph after subparagraph (D): <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="E">“(E) </num> <content>emergency assistance for migrant or seasonal farmworker households during the period such households are in the job stream;”.</content> </subparagraph> </quotedContent></content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s2014">7 USC 2014 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The amendments made by this section shall take effect on the date of enactment of this Act.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The amendments made by this section shall not apply with respect to allotments issued under the Food Stamp Act of 1977 to any household for any month beginning before the effective period of this section begins.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="502">SEC 502. </num> <heading>PRORATING BENEFITS OF MIGRANT OR SEASONAL FARMWORKER HOUSEHOLDS.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Certification</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Section 8(c) of the Food Stamp Act of 1977 (7 U.S.C. 2017(c)) is amended by—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>striking out “<quotedText>and (2)</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>(2)</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>inserting before the period at the end thereof the following: “<quotedText>, and (3) in the case of a migrant or seasonal farmworker household, the first month for which allotment is issued to a household that applies following any period of more than 30 days in which such household was not participating in the food stamp program after previous participation in such program</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t7/s2017">7 USC 2017 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Effective Date and Application</inline>.—</heading><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>The amendments made by this section take effect on the date of enactment of this Act.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>The amendments made by this section shall not apply with respect to allotments issued under the Food Stamp Act of 1977 to any household for any month beginning before the effective period of this section begins.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="503">SEC 503. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t29/s1672">29 USC 1672 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>ASSISTANCE TO LOW-INCOME AGRICULTURAL WORKERS.</heading> <content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, for necessary services to be provided by agencies that have received funds under the Job Training Partnership Act to low-income agricultural workers who have been adversely affected by the drought of 1988, not to exceed $5,000,000 shall be made available to be derived by transfer from the Disaster Relief Program of the Federal Emergency Management Agency. The funds shall be distributed by the Secretary of Labor within 30 days after the date of the enactment of this Act based on <page identifier="/us/stat/102/961">102 STAT. 961</page>an assessment of the number of low-income agricultural workers in each grantee’s service delivery area who have lost income or are unable to work due to the drought, including those workers who have stayed at home in anticipation of work shortages. Emergency services to be provided under this section may include all types of assistance that the Secretary determines to be necessary. For the purposes of this section, a low-income agricultural worker receiving assistance must meet the income eligibility requirements of the section 402 program under the Job Training Partnership Act.</content></section> Approved August 11, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 5015 (S. 2631): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–800, Pt. 1 (Comm. on Agriculture) and No. 100–830 (Comm. of Conference). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–426 accompanying S. 2631 (Comm. on Agriculture, Nutrition, and Forestry). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

July 28, considered and passed House. S. 2631 considered and passed Senate.

July 29, passage of S. 2631 vitiated; H.R. 5015 considered and passed Senate, amended, in lieu of S. 2631.

Aug. 8, Senate agreed to conference report.

Aug. 9, House agreed to conference report.

 WEEKLY COMPILATION OF PRESIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS, Vol. 24 (1988):

Aug. 11, Presidential remarks.

 Public Law 100–388: To designate the United States Post Office Building located at 700 Main Street in Danville, Virginia, as the “Dan Daniel Post Office Building”. Public Law 388 Public Law 100–388 102 Stat. 962 1988-08-11 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 962 Public Law 100–388 100th Congress
An Act To designate the United States Post Office Building located at 700 Main Street in Danville, Virginia, as the “Dan Daniel Post Office Building”.

Aug. 11, 1988

[H.R. 4726]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
SECTION 1. DESIGNATION. The United States Post Office Building located at 700 Main Street in Danville, Virginia, shall be known and designated as the “Dan Daniel Post Office Building”.
SEC. 2. LEGAL REFERENCES. Any reference in any law, regulation, document, record, map, or other paper of the United States to the building referred to in section 1 is deemed to be a reference to the “Dan Daniel Post Office Building”.
Approved August 11, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 4726: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

July 26, considered and passed House.

July 28, considered and passed Senate.

 Public Law 100–389: To give special recognition to the birth and achievements of Aldo Leopold. Public Law 389 Public Law 100–389 102 Stat. 963 1988-08-11 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 963 Public Law 100–389 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To give special recognition to the birth and achievements of Aldo Leopold.

Aug. 11, 1988

[S.J. Res. 40]

 Whereas January 11, 1987, marks the one-hundredth anniversary of the birth of Aldo Leopold; Whereas Aldo Leopold is an undisputed pioneer of wildlife management and wilderness ecology; Whereas Aldo Leopold’s land ethics, which “changes the role of Homo sapiens from conqueror of the land-community to plain member and citizen” by “simply enlarg[ing] the boundaries of the community to include soils, waters, plants, and animals, or collectively: the land”, has inspired and encouraged the protection and wise management of our renewable natural resources; Whereas the teaching of Aldo Leopold, so eloquently captured in A Sand County Almanac, continued to be read and enjoyed by millions of Americans: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the Congress of the United States give special recognition to the achievements of Aldo Leopold and urges Federal land management agencies to model their activities after the conservation ethic he has inspired.
Approved August 11, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 40: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): June 25, considered and passed Senate.

Vol. 134 (1988): Aug. 2, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–390: To designate the week of October 2, 1988, through October 8, 1988, as “Mental Illness Awareness Week”. Public Law 390 Public Law 100–390 102 Stat. 964 1988-08-11 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 964 Public Law 100–390 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the week of October 2, 1988, through October 8, 1988, as “Mental Illness Awareness Week”.

Aug. 11, 1988

[S.J. Res. 248]

 Whereas mental illness is a problem of grave concern and consequence in American society, though one widely but unnecessarily feared and misunderstood; Whereas thirty-one to forty-one million Americans annually suffer from clearly diagnosable mental disorders involving significant disability with respect to employment, attendance at school, or independent living; Whereas more than ten million Americans are disabled for long periods of time by schizophrenia, manic depressive disorder, and major depression; Whereas between 30 and 50 per centum of the homeless suffer serious, chronic forms of mental illness; Whereas alcohol, drug, and mental disorders affect almost 19 per centum of American adults in any six-month period; Whereas mental illness in at least twelve million children interferes with vital development and maturational processes; Whereas mental disorder-related deaths are estimated to be thirty-three thousand, with suicide accounting for at least twenty-nine thousand, although the real number is thought to be at least three times higher; Whereas our growing population of the elderly is particularly vulnerable to mental illness; Whereas estimates indicate that one in ten AIDS patients will develop dementia or other psychiatric problems as the first sign of the disease and as many as two-thirds of AIDS patients will show neuropsychiatric symptoms before they die; Whereas mental disorders result in staggering costs to society, estimated to be in excess of $249,000,000,000 in direct treatment and support and indirect costs to society, including lost productivity; Whereas mental illness is increasingly a treatable disability with excellent prospects for amelioration and recovery when properly recognized; Whereas families of mentally ill citizens and those persons themselves have begun to join self-help groups seeking to combat the unfair stigma of the diseases, to support greater national investment in research, and to advocate for an adequate continium of care from hospital to community; Whereas in recent years there have been unprecedented major research developments bringing new methods and technology to the sophisticated and objective study of the functioning of the brain and its linkages to both normal and abnormal behavior; Whereas research in recent decades has led to a wide array of new and more effective modalities of treatment (both somatic and psychosocial) for some of the most incapacitating forms of mental 102 STAT. 965illness (including schizophrenia, major affective disorders, phobias, and phobic disorders); Whereas appropriate treatment of mental illness has been demonstrated to be cost effective in terms of restored productivity, reduced utilization of other health services, and lessened social dependence; and Whereas recent and unparalleled growth in scientific knowledge about mental illness has generated the current emergence of a new threshold of opportunity for future research advances and fruitful application to specific clinical problems: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the week beginning on October 2, 1988, is designated as “Mental Illness Awareness Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved August 11, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 248: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

July 26, considered and passed Senate.

Aug. 2, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–391: To designate the period commencing November 13, 1988, and ending November 19, 1988, as “Geography Awareness Week”. Public Law 391 Public Law 100–391 102 Stat. 966 1988-08-11 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 966 Public Law 100–391 100th Congress
Joint Resolution To designate the period commencing November 13, 1988, and ending November 19, 1988, as “Geography Awareness Week”.

Aug. 11, 1988

[S.J. Res. 263]

 Whereas geography is the study of people, their environments, and their resources; Whereas the United States of America is a truly unique nation with diverse landscapes, bountiful resources, a distinctive multiethnic population, and a rich cultural heritage, all of which contribute to the status of the United States as a world power; Whereas, historically, geography has aided Americans in understanding the wholeness of their vast nation and the great abundance of its natural resources; Whereas geography today offers perspectives and information in understanding ourselves, our relationship to the Earth, and our interdependence with other peoples of the world; Whereas statistics illustrate that a significant number of American students could not find the United States on a world map, could not identify Alaska and Texas as the Nation’s largest States, and could not name the New England States; Whereas geography has been offered to fewer than one in ten United States secondary school students as part of the curriculum; Whereas departments of geography are being eliminated from American institutes of higher learning, thus endangering the discipline of geography in the United States; Whereas traditional geography has virtually disappeared from the curricula of American schools while still being taught as a basic subject in other countries, including the United Kingdom, Canada, Japan, and the Soviet Union; Whereas an ignorance of geography, foreign languages, and cultures places the United States at a disadvantage with other countries in matters of business, politics, and the environment; Whereas the United States is a nation of worldwide involvements and global influence, the responsibilities of which demand an understanding of the lands, languages, and cultures of the world; and Whereas national attention must be focused on the integral role that knowledge of world geography plays in preparing citizens of the United States for the future of an increasingly interdependent and interconnected world: Now, therefore, be it 102 STAT. 967 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the period commencing November 13, 1988, and ending November 19, 1988, is designated as “Geography Awareness Week”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such week with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved August 11, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 263: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

July 26, considered and passed Senate.

Aug. 2, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–392: Designating October 6, 1988, as “German-American Day”. Public Law 392 Public Law 100–392 102 Stat. 968 1988-08-11 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 968 Public Law 100–392 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating October 6, 1988, as “German-American Day”.

Aug. 11, 1988

[S.J. Res. 273]

 Whereas, German-Americans, through their work and contributions to the culture of the United States since the arrival of the first German immigrants in the United States on October 6, 1683, have earned this very special day and tribute to their achievements; Whereas, as they have before, so will Americans of German descent continue to contribute to the life and culture of the United States, and will work for and will support the Government of the United States, its democratic principles and the freedom of all people everywhere; Whereas such contributions should be recognized and celebrated in 1988, and annually thereafter; and Whereas common ties and lasting friendship exist between the United States and the Federal Republic of Germany and other German speaking countries: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That October 6, 1988, is designated as “German-American Day”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling on the people of the United States to observe such day with appropriate ceremonies and activities.
Approved August 11, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 273: CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

July 26, considered and passed Senate.

Aug. 2, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–393: Making dire emergency supplemental appropriations for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988, and for other purposes. Public Law 393 Public Law 100–393 102 Stat. 969 1988-08-14 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 969 Public Law 100–393 100th Congress
An Act Making dire emergency supplemental appropriations for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988, and for other purposes.

Aug. 14, 1988

[H.R. 5026]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the following

Dire Emergency Supplemental Appropriations Act, 1988.

sums are appropriated, out of any money in the Treasury not otherwise appropriated, to provide dire emergency supplemental appropriations for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988, and for other purposes, namely: <num value="I">TITLE I—</num> <heading>DIRE EMERGENCY PROGRAM SUPPLEMENTALS</heading> <chapeau>To meet dire emergencies created by needs for State Unemployment Insurance and Employment Service Operations, the Black Lung Disability Trust Fund, Trade Adjustment Assistance and Small Business Disaster Assistance and for personnel, operations, and capital required to meet dire emergencies caused by the drought, disaster, and financial conditions:</chapeau> <appropriations level="major"><heading>DEPARTMENT OF LABOR</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Employment and Training Administration</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>state unemployment insurance and employment service operations</heading> <content>For an additional amount for “State unemployment insurance and employment service operations”, $15,000,000 which shall be expended from the Employment Security Administration account in the Unemployment Trust Fund, to fund activities under section 6 of the Act of June 6, 1933, as amended (29 U.S.C. 49–491–1; 39 U.S.C. 3202 (a)(1)(E)), including the cost of penalty mail made available to States in lieu of allotments for such purpose: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That such amount shall be available for obligation for the period July 1, 1988, through June 30, 1989.</proviso></content></appropriations> <appropriations level="small"><heading>advances to the unemployment trust fund and other funds</heading> <subheading>(transfer of funds)</subheading> <content>In order to provide for the Black Lung Disability Trust Fund and for Trade Adjustment Assistance, such amounts for necessary advances for the fiscal year ending September 30, 1988, that exceed those provided in appropriations, may be derived from balances in the revolving fund established by 42 U.S.C. 1101(e).</content></appropriations></appropriations> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/970">102 STAT. 970</page> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Small Business Administration</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>salaries and expenses</heading> <subheading>(by transfer)</subheading> <content>For an additional amount for “Salaries and expenses”, $10,300,000, to be derived by transfer from the “Business Loan and Investment Fund”.</content></appropriations></appropriations> <appropriations level="small"><heading>business loan and investment fund</heading> <chapeau> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">Outlays in fiscal year 1988 resulting from the use of funds appropriated under this heading may not exceed $204,105,000, not including transactions originated by the Federal Financing Bank.</p> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">To meet the dire emergency which requires increased drug interdiction activities and the enhancement of protection of life and property:</p> </chapeau> <appropriations level="major"><heading>DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Coast Guard</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>operating expenses</heading> <subheading>(transfers of funds)</subheading> <content>For an additional amount for “Operating expenses”, not to exceed $60,000,000 of which $69,467 shall be derived from unobligated balances of “Territorial highways”; $2,460,000 shall be derived from unobligated balances of “Motor carrier safety grants”; $129,000 shall be derived from unobligated balances of “Conrail labor protection”; $654,014 shall be derived from unobligated balances of “Facilities, engineering, and development”; not to exceed $22,000,000 shall be derived from funds recovered under sections 5, 9, and 18 of the Urban Mass Transportation Act of 1964, as amended, that would otherwise be reapportioned on or after October 1, 1988; $2,000,000 shall be derived from unobligated balances of “Research, training, and human resources” other than funding for the cold weather transit technology program and the phosphoric acid fuel cell bus technology program; not to exceed $6,000,000 shall be derived from unobligated balances of “Acquisition, construction, and improvements , $5,000,000 shall be derived from unobligated balances of “Research, development, test, and evaluation”; $6,687,519 shall be derived from unobligated balances of “Pollution fund”; $1,600,000 shall be derived from unobligated balances of “Offshore oil pollution compensation fund”; and $1,400,000 shall be derived from unobligated balances of “Deepwater port liability fund”.</content></appropriations></appropriations></appropriations></appropriations></appropriations> <appropriations level="major"><heading>FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Grants-in-Aid for Airports</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>(airport and airway trust fund)</heading> <subheading>(rescission)</subheading> <chapeau> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">The sum of $12,000,000 of unobligated contract authority available for airport development and planning pursuant to section 505(a) of <page identifier="/us/stat/102/971">102 STAT. 971</page>the Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982, as amended, is hereby rescinded.</p> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">To meet the dire emergency created by the Mariel Cuban prisoner riots in Federal prisons and a deficiency in the United States Marshals Service:</p> </chapeau> </appropriations> </appropriations> </appropriations> <appropriations level="major"><heading>DEPARTMENT OF JUSTICE</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Legal Activities</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>salaries and expenses, united states marshals service</heading> <subheading>(transfer of funds)</subheading> <content>For an additional amount for “Salaries and Expenses, United States Marshals Service”, $3,500,000 to remain available until expended to be derived by transfer from “Immigration and Naturalization Service, Salaries and expenses”.</content></appropriations> <appropriations level="small"><heading>support of united states prisoners</heading> <subheading>(including transfer of funds)</subheading> <content>For an additional amount for “Support of Prisoners”, $23,300,000, to remain available until expended of which $8,300,000 shall be derived by transfer from the Immigration and Naturalization Service salaries and expenses.</content></appropriations> <appropriations level="small"><heading>salaries and expenses, community relations service</heading> <content>For an additional amount for “Salaries and expenses, Community Relations Service”, $6,000,000, to remain available until expended.</content></appropriations></appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Federal Prison System</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>salaries and expenses</heading> <content>For an additional amount for “Salaries and expenses”, $42,609,000, to remain available until expended.</content></appropriations></appropriations></appropriations> <appropriations level="major"><heading>DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE—CIVIL</heading> <subheading>DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY</subheading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Corps of Engineers—Civil</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>emergency drought authority</heading> <chapeau>To meet the problems of the Mississippi River Basin, where the water is the lowest in history, with the River flowing north at New Orleans, with water systems endangered, and similar conditions elsewhere, the Secretary of the Army, acting through the Chief of Engineers, within existing law and within available funds, is directed to—</chapeau> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><content>conduct emergency drought relief activities for domestic, municipal, industrial, aquacultural and agricultural purposes in and adjacent to the Mississippi River and its tributaries. Such activities may include, but shall not be limited to, dredging of shoals impeding navigation; construction and operation of salt <page identifier="/us/stat/102/972">102 STAT. 972</page>water intrusion barriers and associated facilities; transportation (by barge or other means) of potable water; and construction of water wells and necessary treatment and distribution facilities;</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><content>as provided by existing law, in cooperation with local authorities, utilize water in any reservoir operated by the Secretary for emergency water supply purposes: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That no additional authority to change the existing situation in regard to the Great Lakes or reservoirs at the headwaters of the Mississippi is provided by this language.</proviso></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><content>provide technical assistance to State and local governments and public water agencies engaged in water conservation and drought management activities; and</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num><content>prepare regional drought management plans.</content></subsection></appropriations></appropriations></appropriations> <appropriations level="major"><heading>DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Administrative Provision</heading> <content>Because of the effects of the drought, financial, and other problems, the Department of Agriculture is urged to use all authority in existing law in addition to such additional authority as may be provided by the Congress, to enable those engaged in agriculture to stay in business and to prevent foreclosure and make their normal and essential contribution to the general economy.</content></appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>salaries and expenses</heading> <subheading>(including transfers of funds)</subheading> <content>Not to exceed an additional $45,427,000 may be transferred to and merged with this appropriation from the Commodity Credit Corporation fund to meet the increased workload in the county offices as a result of the 1988 drought, and the portion thereof made available to county committees shall remain available until expended.</content></appropriations></appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Soil Conservation Service</heading> <heading>Watershed and Flood Prevention Operations</heading> <subheading>(including transfer of funds)</subheading> <content>For an additional amount for emergency measures as provided by sections 403–405 of the Agricultural Credit Act of 1978 (16 U.S.C. 2203–2205), $10,000,000, to remain available until expended, to be derived by transfer from the unobligated balances in emergency insured loans, Agricultural Credit Insurance Fund.</content></appropriations></appropriations> <appropriations level="major"><heading>DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Food and Drug Administration</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>salaries and expenses</heading> <content><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">AIDS.</p></sidenote> For an additional amount for necessary expenses of the Food and Drug Administration for product emergencies and AIDS, $5,500,000, to remain available until expended.</content></appropriations></appropriations></appropriations> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/973">102 STAT. 973</page> <appropriations level="major"><heading>FUNDS APPROPRIATED TO THE PRESIDENT</heading> <heading>DEPARTMENT OF STATE</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>United States Emergency Migration and Refugee Assistance Fund</heading> <content>For necessary expenses to carry out the provisions of section 2(c) of the Migration and Refugee Assistance Act of 1962, as amended, $24,000,000 to remain available until expended: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That not less than $6,000,000 shall be made available for Soviet and other Eastern European Refugees.</proviso></content></appropriations></appropriations> <appropriations level="major"><heading>DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Bureau of the Census</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>periodic censuses and programs</heading> <content>The amount made available in the appropriation under this heading in the Department of Commerce Appropriation Act, 1988, shall remain available until expended.</content></appropriations></appropriations></appropriations> <appropriations level="major"><heading>DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE—MILITARY</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Administrative Provision</heading> <content>Of the funds available to the Department of Defense during the current fiscal year, not more than $14,000,000 may be transferred to “Federal Bureau of Investigation, Salaries and Expenses” to fund increased workload requirements due to INF treaty implementation: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That such funds may be expended pursuant to authorities available to the Federal Bureau of Investigation:</proviso> <proviso><i>Provided further</i>, That of this amount, $8,000,000 shall remain available until expended.</proviso></content></appropriations></appropriations> <appropriations level="major"><heading>DEPARTMENT OF STATE</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Administrative Provision</heading> <content>Notwithstanding any other provision of law, funds appropriated to the Department of State in fiscal year 1988 may be used without reimbursement to carry out the provisions of section 6 of the Arms Control and Disarmament Amendments Act of 1987 (Public Law 100–213).</content></appropriations></appropriations> <appropriations level="major"><heading>DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Administrative Provision</heading> <content>The 30-day notice period for the review of the sale of the Great Plains gasification plant by Congress shall not commence earlier than August 25, 1988.</content></appropriations></appropriations> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/974">102 STAT. 974</page> <appropriations level="major"><heading>OTHER INDEPENDENT AGENCIES</heading> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Board for International Broadcasting</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>grants and expenses</heading> <content>In appropriation language under this heading in the Departments of Commerce, Justice, and State, the Judiciary, and Related Agencies <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/stat/101/1329/28">101 Stat. 1329–28</ref>.</p></sidenote>Appropriations Act, 1988, delete the word “<quotedText>for</quotedText>”; add the following phrase at the beginning of the paragraph: “<quotedText>Notwithstanding section 501(b) of title V of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1988 and 1989, for</quotedText>”; and delete the phrase “<quotedText>of which $20,000,000, to remain available until expended, shall become available for expenditure on October 1, 1988, and</quotedText>”: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That for purposes of section 202 of Public Law 100–119 (H.J. Res. 324, 100th Congress), this action is a necessary (but secondary) result of a significant policy change.</proviso></content></appropriations></appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>National Aeronautics and Space Administration</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>research and program management</heading> <subheading>(transfer of funds)</subheading> <content>For an additional amount for “Research and program management”, up to $19,600,000, which shall be derived by transfer from “Research and development” and “Space flight, control and data communications’.</content></appropriations></appropriations> <appropriations level="intermediate"><heading>Veterans Administration</heading> <appropriations level="small"><heading>compensation and pensions</heading> <content>For an additional amount for “Compensation and pensions”, $498,100,000, to remain available until expended, and for an additional amount for “Medical care”, $31,730,000, of which $21,730,000 is derived by transfer from the Veterans’ Administration Loan Guaranty Revolving Fund: <proviso><i>Provided</i>, That the penultimate proviso in the appropriation language under the head “<inline class="smallCaps">medical care</inline>” in the Department of Housing and Urban Development—Independent Agencies Appropriations Act, 1988 (H.R. 2783), as enacted in section <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/stat/101/1329/206">101 Stat. 1329–206</ref>.</p></sidenote>101(f) of Public Law 100–202 is deleted.</proviso></content></appropriations></appropriations></appropriations> 102 STAT. 975 <num value="II">TITLE II—</num> <heading>GENERAL PROVISION</heading> <content> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">No part of any appropriation contained in this Act shall remain available for obligation beyond the current fiscal year unless expressly so provided herein.</p> <p class="firstIndent1 fontsize10">This Act may be cited as the “<shortTitle role="act">Dire Emergency Supplemental Appropriations Act, 1988</shortTitle>”.</p></content>
Approved August 14, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 5026: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–797 (Comm. on Appropriations). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–448 (Comm. on Appropriations). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

July 27, considered and passed House.

Aug. 4, 10, considered and passed Senate, amended.

Aug. 11, House disagreed to certain Senate amendments and concurred in another with an amendment. Senate receded and concurred in House amendment.

 Public Law 100–394: To require certain telephones to be hearing aid compatible. Public Law 394 Public Law 100–394 102 Stat. 976 1988-08-16 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 976 Public Law 100–394 100th Congress
An Act To require certain telephones to be hearing aid compatible.

Aug. 16, 1988

[H.R. 2213]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Hearing Aid Compatibility Act of 1988.

Communications and telecommunications.

47 USC 609 note.

47 USC 610 note.
That this Act may be cited as the “Hearing Aid Compatibility Act of 1988”.
findings Sec. 2. The Congress finds that— (1) to the fullest extent made possible by technology and medical science, hearing-impaired persons should have equal access to the national telecommunications network; (2) present technology provides effective coupling of telephones to hearing aids used by some severely hearing-impaired persons for communicating by voice telephone; (3) anticipated improvements in both telephone and hearing aid technologies promise greater access in the future; and (4) universal telephone service for hearing-impaired persons will lead to greater employment opportunities and increased productivity.
hearing aid compatibility requirements Sec. 3. (a) Subsection (b) of section 710 of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 610) is amended to read as follows: “(b)(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (2) and (3), the Commission shall require that— “(A) all essential telephones, and “(B) all telephones manufactured in the United States (other than for export) more than one year after the date of enactment of the Hearing Aid Compatibility Act of 1988 or imported for use in the United States more than one year after such date, provide internal means for effective use with hearing aids that are designed to be compatible with telephones which meet established technical standards for hearing aid compatibility. “(2)(A) The initial regulations prescribed by the Commission under paragraph (1) of this subsection after the date of enactment of the Hearing Aid Compatibility Act of 1988 shall exempt from the requirements established pursuant to paragraph (1)(B) of this subsection only— “(i) telephones used with public mobile services; “(ii) telephones used with private radio services; “(iii) cordless telephones; and “(iv) secure telephones. “(B) The exemption provided by such regulations for cordless telephones shall not apply with respect to cordless telephones manufactured or imported more than three years after the date of enactment of the Hearing Aid Compatibility Act of 1988. 102 STAT. 977 “(C) The Commission shall periodically assess the appropriateness of continuing in effect the exemptions provided by such regulations for telephones used with public mobile services and telephones used with private radio services. The Commission shall revoke or otherwise limit any such exemption if the Commission determines that— “(i) such revocation or limitation is in the public interest; “(ii) continuation of the exemption without such revocation or limitation would have an adverse effect on hearing-impaired individuals; “(iii) compliance with the requirements of paragraph (1)(B) is technologically feasible for the telephones to which the exemption applies; and “(iv) compliance with the requirements of paragraph (1)(B) would not increase costs to such an extent that the telephones to which the exemption applies could not be successfully marketed. “(3) The Commission may, upon the application of any interested

Science and technology.

person, initiate a proceeding to waive the requirements of paragraph (1)(B) of this subsection with respect to new telephones, or telephones associated with a new technology or service. The Commission shall not grant such a waiver unless the Commission determines, on the basis of evidence in the record of such proceeding, that such telephones, or such technology or service, are in the public interest, and that (A) compliance with the requirements of paragraph (1)(B) is technologically infeasible, or (B) compliance with such requirements would increase the costs of the telephones, or of the technology or service, to such an extent that such telephones, technology, or service could not be successfully marketed. In any proceeding under this paragraph to grant a waiver from the requirements of paragraph (1)(B), the Commission shall consider the effect on hearing-impaired individuals of granting the waiver. The Commission shall periodically review and determine the continuing need for any waiver granted pursuant to this paragraph. “(4) For purposes of this subsection— “(A) the term ‘essential telephones’ means only coin-operated telephones, telephones provided for emergency use, and other telephones frequently needed for use by persons using such hearing aids; “(B) the term ‘public mobile services’ means air-to-ground radiotelephone services, cellular radio telecommunications services, offshore radio, rural radio service, public land mobile telephone service, and other common carrier radio communication services covered by part 22 of title 47 of the Code of Federal Regulations; “(C) the term ‘private radio services’ means private land mobile radio services and other communications services characterized by the Commission in its rules as private radio services; and “(D) the term ‘secure telephones’ means telephones that are approved by the United States Government for the transmission of classified or sensitive voice communications.”. 102 STAT. 978 (b) Section 710(f) of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 610(f)) is amended by striking out the second sentence and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “The Commission shall complete rulemaking actions required to implement the amendments made by the Hearing Aid Compatibility Act of 1988 within nine months after the date of enactment of such Act. Thereafter, the Commission shall periodically review the regulations established pursuant to this section.”.
Approved August 16, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 2213 (S. 314): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–674 (Comm. on Energy and Commerce). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–391 accompanying S. 314 (Comm. on Commerce, Science, and Transportation). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

June 7, 8, considered and passed House.

July 11, considered and passed Senate, amended, in lieu of S. 314.

July 28, House concurred in Senate amendment.

 Public Law 100–395: To amend the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980 to clarify the conveyance and ownership of submerged lands by Alaska Natives, Native Corporations and the State of Alaska. Public Law 395 Public Law 100–395 102 Stat. 979 1988-08-16 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 979 Public Law 100–395 100th Congress
An Act To amend the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act of 1980 to clarify the conveyance and ownership of submerged lands by Alaska Natives, Native Corporations and the State of Alaska.

Aug. 16, 1988

[H.R. 2629]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, <num value="I">TITLE I—</num><heading class="inline">SUBMERGED LANDS</heading> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="101"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 101. </num><content>Section 901 of the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (94 Stat. 2430; Public Law 96–487) is amended by <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t43/s1631">43 USC 1631</ref>.</p></sidenote>striking out text of such section and inserting in lieu thereof: <quotedContent> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="901"><inline class="smallCaps">“Sec</inline>. 901. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Except as provided in paragraph (2), whenever the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Rivers and harbors.</p><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Water.</p></sidenote>Secretary surveys land selected by a Native, a Native Corporation, or the State pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, the Alaska Statehood Act, or this Act, lakes, rivers, and streams shall be meandered in accordance with the principles in the Bureau of Land Management, ‘Manual of Surveying Instructions’ (1973).</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>If title to lands beneath navigable waters of a lake less than fifty acres in size or a river or stream less than three chains in width did not vest in the State pursuant to the Submerged Lands Act, such lake, river, or stream shall not be meandered.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>The Secretary is not required to determine the navigability of a lake, river, or stream which because of its size or width is required to be meandered or to compute the acreage of the land beneath such lake, river, or stream or to describe such land in any conveyance document. ,</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>Nothing in this subsection shall be construed to require ground survey or monumentation of meanderlines.</content></paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><content>Whenever, either before or after the date of enactment of this section, the Secretary conveys land to a Native, a Native Corporation, or the State pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, the Alaska Statehood Act, or this Act which abuts or surrounds a meanderable lake, river, or stream, all right, title, and interest of the United States, if any, in the land under such lake, river, or stream lying between the uplands and the median line or midpoint, as the case may be, shall vest in and shall not be charged against the acreage entitlement of such Native or Native Corporation or the State. The right, title, and interest vested in a Native or Native Corporation shall be no greater an estate than the estate he or it is conveyed in the land which abuts or surrounds the lake, river, or stream.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>The specific terms, conditions, procedures, covenants, reservations, and other restrictions set forth in the document entitled, ‘Memorandum of Agreement between the United States Department of the Interior and the State of Alaska’ dated March 28, 1984, signed by the Secretary and the Governor of Alaska and submitted to the Committee on Interior and Insular Affairs of the House of Representatives, and the Committee on Energy and Natural Re-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/980">102 STAT. 980</page>sources of the Senate, are hereby incorporated in this section and are ratified as to the duties and obligations of the United States and the State, as a matter of Federal law.</content></paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c)</num><paragraph class="inline"><num value="1">(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Patents and trademarks.</p></sidenote><content>The execution of an interim conveyance or patent, as appropriate, by the Bureau of Land Management which conveys an area of land selected by a Native or Native Corporation which includes, surrounds, or abuts a lake, river, or stream, or any portion thereof, shall be the final agency action with respect to a decision of the Secretary of the Interior that such lake, river, or stream, is or is not navigable, unless such decision was validly appealed to an agency or board of the Department of the Interior on or before December 2, 1980.</content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>No agency or board of the Department of the Interior other than the Bureau of Land Management shall have authority to determine the navigability of a lake, river, or stream within an area selected by a Native or Native Corporation pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act or this Act unless a determination by the Bureau of Land Management that such lake, river, or stream, is or is not navigable, was validly appealed to such agency or board on or before December 2, 1980.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Claims.</p></sidenote> <content>If title to land conveyed to a Native Corporation pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act or this Act which underlies a lake, river, or stream is challenged in a court of competent jurisdiction and such court determines that such land is owned by the Native Corporation, the Native Corporation shall be awarded a money judgment against the plaintiffs in an amount equal to its costs and attorney’s fees, including costs and attorney’s fees incurred on appeal.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num><content>For the purposes of this section, the terms ‘navigable’ and ‘navigability’ means navigable for the purpose of determining title to lands beneath navigable waters, as between the United States and the several States pursuant to the Submerged Lands Act and section 6(m) of the Alaska Statehood Act.”.</content></subsection></section></quotedContent></content></section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="102"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 102. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t43/s1631">43 USC 1631 note</ref>.</p></sidenote><content class="inline">Nothing in this Act shall amend or alter any land exchange agreement to which the United States is a party, or any statute, including but not limited to the Act of January 2, 1976 (89 Stat. 1151) and section 506(c) of the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (94 Stat. 2409; Public Law 96–487), that authorizes, ratifies or implements such an agreement.</content> </section> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="103"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 103. </num><subsection class="inline"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t43/s1631">43 USC 1631 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</heading><content>The Secretary shall prepare a report that assesses the effects of the implementation of section 101 of this Act on Conservation System Units as defined in section 102(4) of the Alaska National Lands Conservation Act and makes recommendations for appropriate action.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Scope of Report</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The report required to be prepared under subsection (a) shall at a minimum—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>identify and estimate the acreage of all lands currently patented to or selected by a Native, Native Corporation, or the State pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act, the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act, the Alaska Statehood Act, or this Act that is within the boundaries of Conservation System Units;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>establish priorities for the acquisition of lands currently patented to or selected by a Native, Native Corporation or the State that are within the boundaries of Conservation System Units;</content></paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/981">102 STAT. 981</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>make recommendations as to administrative or Congressional action deemed appropriate to reduce any adverse effects of section 101 on the management of lands or resources within Conservation System Units.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Submissions to Congress</inline>.—</heading><content>Within one year after the date of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Reports.</p></sidenote>enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit a report pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) of this section to the Committee on Environment and Public Works and Committee on Energy and Natural Resources of the United States Senate and to the appropriate committees of the United States House of Representatives.</content></subsection></section> <num value="II">TITLE II—</num><heading class="inline">APPROVAL OF CONVEYANCE IN ALASKA NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGE</heading> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="201"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 201. </num><content>Section 1302(h) of the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (94 Stat. 2430; Public Law 96–487) is amended by <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t16/s3192">16 USC 3192</ref>.</p></sidenote>redesignating the section “<quotedText>(h)(1)</quotedText>” and by adding the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>Nothing in this Act or any other provision of law shall be construed as authorizing the Secretary to convey, by exchange or otherwise, lands or interest in lands within the coastal plain of the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge (other than land validly selected prior to July 28, 1987), without prior approval by Act of Congress.”.</content></paragraph></quotedContent></content></section> <num value="III">TITLE III—</num><heading class="inline">APPROVAL OF PUBLIC LAND ORDER</heading> <section class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="301"><inline class="smallCaps">Sec</inline>. 301. </num><content>The lands described in Public Land Order 6607 of July 8, 1985 (50 Fed. Reg. 130), comprising approximately three hundred and twenty-five thousand acres, are hereby included as part of the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge to be subject to and administered in accordance with the provisions of sections 303(2) and 304 of the Alaska National Interest Lands Conservation Act (94 Stat. 2430; Public Law 96–487) and other applicable statutes.</content> </section> Approved August 16, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 2629: HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–262, Pt. 1 (Comm. on Interior and Insular Affairs). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–302 (Comm. on Energy and Natural Resources). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD:

Vol. 133 (1987): Aug. 3, considered and passed House.

Vol. 134 (1988): July 14, considered and passed Senate, amended.

Aug. 2, House concurred in Senate amendment.

 Public Law 100–396: Designating August 9, 1988, as “National Neighborhood Crime Watch Day”. Public Law 396 Public Law 100–396 102 Stat. 982 1988-08-16 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 982 Public Law 100–396 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating August 9, 1988, as “National Neighborhood Crime Watch Day”.

Aug. 16, 1988

[S.J. Res. 294]

 Whereas neighborhood crime is of continuing concern to the American people; Whereas the fight against neighborhood crime requires people to work together in cooperation with law enforcement officials; Whereas neighborhood crime watch organizations are effective at promoting awareness about, and the participation of volunteers in, crime prevention activities at the local level; Whereas neighborhood crime watch groups can contribute to the Nation’s war on drugs by helping to prevent their communities from becoming markets for drug dealers; and Whereas citizens across America will soon take part in a “National Night Out”, a unique crime prevention event which will demonstrate the importance and effectiveness of community participation in crime prevention efforts by having people spend the period from 8 to 10 o’clock post meridian on August 9, 1988, with their neighbors in front of their homes: Now, therefore, be it Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That August 9, 1988, is designated as “National Neighborhood Crime Watch Day”, and the President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling upon the people of the United States to observe such day with appropriate programs, ceremonies, and activities.
Approved August 16, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 294. CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

July 26, considered and passed Senate.

Aug. 9, considered and passed House.

 Public Law 100–397: Designating Labor Day Weekend, September 3–5, 1988, as “National Drive for Life Weekend”. Public Law 397 Public Law 100–397 102 Stat. 983 1988-08-16 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 983 Public Law 100–397 100th Congress
Joint Resolution Designating Labor Day Weekend, September 3–5, 1988, as “National Drive for Life Weekend”.

Aug. 16, 1988

[S.J. Res. 350]

 Whereas drunk-driving is the most frequently committed crime in the United States, with arrests for driving while intoxicated totalling more than three times the number of arrests for all violent crimes combined; Whereas one individual in the United States was killed every 22 minutes in a drunk-driving related crash in 1987, an average of 65 individuals each day; Whereas approximately 23,632 individuals were killed in the United States in drunk-driving related crashes in 1987; Whereas two out of every five individuals in the United States will be involved in a drunk-driving related crash at some point in their lives; Whereas the estimates of the economic costs of drunk-driving in the United States are as high as $24 billion; Whereas on October 24, 1987, Mothers Against Drunk Driving and Volkswagen United States, Inc., sponsored the first annual National Drive for Life day; Whereas Drive for Life is a public awareness campaign which asks all Americans to pledge not to drink and drive on the Drive for Life day and thereby demonstrate a commitment to reduce significantly the tragedies of drunk-driving, and which serves to educate the public about the dangers of drunk-driving; Whereas on the first annual National Drive for Life day, the toll of individuals killed in drunk-driving related crashes in the United States was 27.5 percent lower than the average number of deaths due to drunk-driving related crashes on an average Autumn Saturday in 1986, reflecting the success of this campaign; Whereas the first annual National Drive for Life campaign featured endorsements from Nancy Reagan and other prominent public officials; and Whereas the second annual National Drive for Life day will occur on September 3, 1988, the Saturday of the Labor Day Weekend, when drunk-driving related crashes are traditionally at their peak: Now, therefore, be it 102 STAT. 984 Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,
That the Labor Day Weekend beginning on September 3, 1988, is designated as “National Drive for Life Weekend”. The President is authorized and requested to issue a proclamation calling on the people of the United States to observe that weekend with a pledge to not drink and drive and other appropriate activities.
Approved August 16, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—S.J. Res. 350 (H.J. Res. 592): CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Aug. 8, considered and passed Senate.

Aug. 9, H.J. Res. 592 considered and passed House; proceedings vacated and S.J. Res. 350 passed in lieu.

 Public Law 100–398: To amend the Presidential Transition Act of 1963 to provide for a more orderly transfer of executive power in connection with the expiration of the term of office of a President. Public Law 398 Public Law 100–398 102 Stat. 985 1988-08-17 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 985 Public Law 100–398 100th Congress
An Act To amend the Presidential Transition Act of 1963 to provide for a more orderly transfer of executive power in connection with the expiration of the term of office of a President.

Aug. 17, 1988

[H.R. 3932]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Presidential Transitions Effectiveness Act.

3 USC 102 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. This Act may be cited as the “Presidential Transitions Effectiveness Act”.
SEC. 2. PRESIDENTIAL TRANSITION AUTHORIZATIONS. (a) Amendments.—Section 5 of the Presidential Transition Act of 1963 (3 U.S.C. 102 note) is amended— (1) by redesignating such section as section 6; (2) by inserting before such section the following heading:
“authorization of appropriations”;
 (3) by inserting “(a)” after the section designation; (4) in paragraph (1), by striking out “$2,000,000” and inserting in lieu thereof “$3,500,000”; (5) in paragraph (2), by striking out “$1,000,000” and inserting in lieu thereof “$1,500,000”; (6) in paragraph (2), by inserting before the period at the end thereof the following: “, except that any amount appropriated pursuant to this paragraph in excess of $1,250,000 shall be returned to the general fund of the Treasury in the case where the former Vice President is the incumbent President”; and (7) by adding at the end thereof the following new subsection: “(b) The amounts authorized to be appropriated under subsection (a) shall be increased by an inflation adjusted amount, based on increases in the cost of transition services and expenses which have occurred in the years following the most recent Presidential transition, and shall be included in the proposed appropriation transmitted by the President under the last sentence of subsection (a).”. (b) Effective Date.—The amendments made by subsection (a) of

3 USC 102 note.

this section shall be effective upon enactment, except that the amendment made by paragraph (7) of such subsection shall take effect on October 1, 1989.
SEC. 3. PRESIDENTIAL TRANSITION FINANCING AND PERSONNEL. The Presidential Transition Act of 1963 (3 U.S.C. 102 note) is further amended by inserting after section 4 the following new section: 102 STAT. 986
“disclosures of financing and personnel; limitation on acceptance of donations “Sec. 5. (a)(1)

3 USC 102 note.

The President-elect and Vice-President-elect (as a condition for receiving services under section 3 and for funds provided under section 6(a)(1)) shall disclose to the Administrator the date of contribution, source, amount, and expenditure thereof of all money, other than funds from the Federal Government, and including currency of the United States and of any foreign nation, checks, money orders, or any other negotiable instruments payable on demand, received either before or after the date of the general elections for use in the preparation of the President-elect or Vice-President-elect for the assumption of official duties as President or Vice President. “(2) The President-elect and Vice-President-elect (as a condition for receiving such services and funds) shall make available to the Administrator and the Comptroller General all information concerning such contributions as the Administrator or Comptroller General may require for purposes of auditing both the public and private funding used in the activities authorized by this Act. “(3) Disclosures made under paragraph (1) shall be— “(A)

Reports.

in the form of a report to the Administrator within 30 days after the inauguration of the President-elect as President and the Vice-President-elect as Vice President; and “(B) made available to the public by the Administrator upon receipt by the Administrator. “(b)(1) The President-elect and Vice-President-elect (as a condition for receiving services provided under section 3 and funds provided under section 6(a)(1)) shall make available to the public— “(A) the names and most recent employment of all transition personnel (full-time or part-time, public or private, or volunteer) who are members of the President-elect or Vice-President-elect’s Federal department or agency transition teams; and “(B) information regarding the sources of funding which support the transition activities of each transition team member. “(2) Disclosures under paragraph (1) shall be made public before the initial transition team contact with a Federal department or agency and shall be updated as necessary. “(c) The President-elect and Vice-President-elect (as a condition for receiving services under section 3 and for funds provided under section 6(a)(1)) shall not accept more than $5,000 from any person, organization, or other entity for purposes of carrying out activities authorized by this Act.”.
SEC. 4. LIMITATION ON EXPENDITURES OF CERTAIN FUNDS. (a) Use of Aircraft.—Section 3(a)(4) of the Presidential Transition Act of 1963 (3 U.S.C. 102 note) is amended— (1) by inserting “(A)” after “(4)”; (2) by adding at the end thereof the following new subparagraph: “(B) When requested by the President-elect or Vice-President-elect or their designee, and approved by the President, Government aircraft may be provided for transition purposes on a reimbursable basis; when requested by the President-elect, the Vice-President-elect, or the designee of the President-elect or Vice-President-elect, aircraft may be chartered for transition purposes; and any collections from the Secret Service, press, or others occupying space on 102 STAT. 987chartered aircraft shall be deposited to the credit of the appropriations made under section 6 of this Act;”. (b) Duration of Expenditures.—Section 3(b) of the Presidential Transition Act of 1963 is amended to read as follows:

3 USC 102 note.

 “(b) The Administrator may not expend funds for the provision of services and facilities under section 3 of this Act in connection with any obligations incurred by the President-elect or Vice-President-elect— “(1) before the day following the date of the general elections held to determine the electors of President and Vice President under section 1 or 2 of title 3, United States Code; or “(2) after 30 days after the date of the inauguration of the President-elect as President and the inauguration of the Vice-President-elect as Vice President.”. (c) Commencement of Expenditures.—Section 4 of the Presidential Transition Act of 1963 is amended by striking out “six

3 USC 102 note.

months from the date of the expiration” and inserting “seven months from 30 days before the date of the expiration”.
SEC. 5. DISCLOSURE OF IN-KIND CONTRIBUTIONS TO 1988–1989 TRANSITION.

3 USC 102 note.

 (a) Disclosure as Condition of Receipt of Funds.—The President-elect and Vice-President-elect (as a condition for receiving services under section 3 and for funds provided under section 6(a)(1) of the Presidential Transition Act of 1963 (3 U.S.C. 102 note) shall provide an estimate to the Administrator of General Services of the aggregate value of in-kind contributions made during the period beginning on November 9, 1988, through January 20, 1989, received for transition activities for— (1) transportation; (2) hotel and other accommodations; (3) suitable office space; and (4) furniture, furnishings, office machines and equipment, and office supplies. (b) Form and Availability of Estimates.—The estimates made under subsection (a) shall be— (1) in the form of a report to the Administrator of General

Reports.

Services within 90 days after January 20, 1989; and (2) made available to the public by the Administrator upon receipt by the Administrator.
SEC. 6. TRAVEL AND TRANSPORTATION EXPENSES. Section 5723 of title 5, United States Code, is amended— (1) in subsection (a)(1), by striking out “or (B)” and inserting “or (C)”; (2) in subsection (a), by adding at the end thereof: “In the case of an appointee described in paragraph (1) who has performed transition activities under section 3 of the Presidential Transition Act of 1963 (3 U.S.C. 102 note), the provisions of paragraphs (1) and (2) may apply to travel and transportation expenses from the place of residence of such appointee (at the time of relocation following the most recent general elections held to determine the electors of the President) to the assigned duty station of such appointee.”; and (3) in subsection (c), by adding at the end thereof the following: “In the case of an appointee described in subsection (a)(1) who has performed transition activities under section 3 of the 102 STAT. 988Presidential Transition Act of 1963 (3 U.S.C. 102 note), the travel or transportation shall take place at any time after the most recent general elections held to determine the electors of the President.”.
SEC. 7. EXECUTIVE AGENCY VACANCIES. (a) Application of Vacancy Provisions to Executive Agencies.—(1) Section 3345 of title 5, United States Code, is amended by striking out “Executive department” and inserting in lieu thereof “Executive agency (other than the General Accounting Office)”. (2) The heading for section 3345 of title 5, United States Code, is amended to read as follows:
“§ 3345. Details; to office of head of Executive agency or military department”.
 (3) The table of section headings for chapter 33 of title 5, United States Code, is amended by amending the item relating to section 3345 to read as follows: “3345. (b) Extension of Time for Interim Service.—Section 3348 of title 5, United States Code, is amended to read as follows:
“§ 3348. Details; limited in time “(a) A vacancy caused by death or resignation may be filled temporarily under section 3345, 3346, or 3347 of this title for not more than 120 days, except that— “(1) if a first or second nomination to fill such vacancy has been submitted to the Senate, the position may be filled temporarily under section 3345, 3346, or 3347 of this title— “(A) until the Senate confirms the nomination; or “(B) until 120 days after the date on which either the Senate rejects the nomination or the nomination is withdrawn; or “(2) if the vacancy occurs during an adjournment of the Congress sine die, the position may be filled temporarily until 120 days after the Congress next convenes, subject thereafter to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this subsection. “(b) Any person filling a vacancy temporarily under section 3345, 3346, or 3347 of this title whose nomination to fill such vacancy has been submitted to the Senate may not serve after the end of the 120-day period referred to in paragraph (1)(B) or (2) of subsection (a) of this section, if the nomination of such person is rejected by the Senate or is withdrawn.”.
Approved August 17, 1988.
LEGISLATIVE HISTORY—H.R. 3932 (S. 2037): HOUSE REPORTS: No. 100–532 (Comm. on Government Operations). SENATE REPORTS: No. 100–317 accompanying S. 2037 (Comm. on Governmental Affairs). CONGRESSIONAL RECORD, Vol. 134 (1988):

Mar. 31, considered and passed House.

Apr. 26. S. 2037 considered and passed Senate.

Apr. 29, H.R. 3932 considered and passed Senate, amended, in lieu of S. 2037.

July 26, House concurred in Senate amendment with an amendment.

Aug. 2, Senate concurred in House amendment.

 Public Law 100–399: To make technical corrections to the agricultural credit laws. Public Law 399 Public Law 100–399 102 Stat. 989 1988-08-17 United States Government Publishing Office text/xml EN Pursuant to Title 17 Section 105 of the United States Code, this file is not subject to copyright protection and is in the public domain. Digitization Vendor 2025-07-11 100 2 public 102 STAT. 989 Public Law 100–399 100th Congress
An Act To make technical corrections to the agricultural credit laws.

Aug. 17, 1988

[H.R. 3980]

 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

Agricultural Credit Technical Corrections Act of 1988.

Banks and banking.

Rural areas.

Securities.

12 USC 2001 note.
SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. This Act may be cited as the “Agricultural Credit Technical Corrections Act of 1988”.
SEC. 2. REFERENCES. (a) Farm Credit Act of 1971.—Except as otherwise specifically provided, whenever in this Act an amendment or repeal is expressed in terms of an amendment to, or repeal of, a section or other provision, the reference shall be considered to be made to a section or other provision of the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C. 2001 et seq.). (b) The 1987 Act.—As used in this Act, the term “the 1987 Act” means the Agricultural Credit Act of 1987.
<num value="I">TITLE I—</num><heading class="inline">AMENDMENTS RELATED TO TITLE I OF THE 1987 ACT</heading> <section> <num value="101">SEC. 101. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 101 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <content>Section 4.9A, as in effect immediately before the enactment of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2161">12 USC 2161</ref>.</p></sidenote>the 1987 Act, is hereby repealed.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <content>Section 4.9A(a), as added by section 101 of the 1987 Act, is <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2162">12 USC 2162</ref>.</p></sidenote>amended by striking out the second sentence.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <content>Section 4.9A(c), as added by section 101 of the 1987 Act, is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Inability to Retire Stock at Par Value</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>If an institution is unable to retire eligible borrower stock at par value due to the liquidation of the institution, the receiver of the institution shall retire such stock at par value as would have been retired in the ordinary course of business of the institution, and—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>during the 5-year period beginning on the date of the enactment of the Agricultural Credit Act of 1987, the Assistance Board shall direct the Financial Assistance Corporation to provide the receiver with sufficient funds to enable the receiver to carry out this subsection; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>after such 5-year period, the Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation shall provide the receiver with sufficient funds from the Farm Credit Insurance Fund to enable the receiver to carry out this subsection.”.</content></paragraph></subsection></quotedContent></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <chapeau>Section 4.9A(d)(2)(B), as added by section 101 of the 1987 Act, is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>required</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>made</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>issued or allocated</quotedText>”; and</content></paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/990">102 STAT. 990</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>4.9B</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>4.3A</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="102">SEC. 102. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 102 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2202a">12 USC 2202a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 4.14A(a) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>(other than in sections 4.17 and 4.18)</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <chapeau>Section 4.14A(a)(6)(B) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>2.3(a)(2)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>1.7(b)(1)(B)</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>2.3(a)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>1.7(b)(1)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <content>Section 4.14A(e)(1) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>a qualified</quotedText>” the second place it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>such qualified</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <content>Section 4.14A(g)(1) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>farm credit district</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>bank</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <content>Section 4.14A(g)(3) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>district board</quotedText>” and inserting “<quotedText>bank board</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <content>Section 4.14A(1) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>Federal intermediate credit bank</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Farm Credit Bank</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="g">(g) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2202b">12 USC 2202b</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 4.14B(a) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by amending the heading to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Farm Credit Bank</inline>.—”;</heading></subsection></quotedContent></content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>a Federal land bank</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>a Farm Credit Bank</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>the Federal land bank shall</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof ”, to the extent provided for in the bylaws of the bank relating to its capitalization, the bank shall”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="h">(h) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2202c">12 USC 2202c</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 4.14C(b)(1) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>district board of such district</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Farm Credit Bank board</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="103">SEC. 103. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 106 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2202">12 USC 2202</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 4.14(b)(1) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>by a</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>before the</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <content>Section 4.14(d)(1) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>or (2)</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>(b)(1)</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="104">SEC. 104. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 108 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2219a">12 USC 2219a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 4.36(b)(2) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>15</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>30</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <content>Section 4.36(b)(3) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>30</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>15</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <content>Section 4.36(g) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>former borrower</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>previous owner</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> <num value="II">TITLE II—</num><heading class="inline">AMENDMENTS RELATED TO TITLE II OF THE 1987 ACT</heading> <section> <num value="201">SEC. 201. </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2278a/3/ 2278b/4">12 USC 2278a–3, 2278b–4</ref>.</p></sidenote> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 201 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <content>Sections 6.3(a)(12) and 6.24(a)(12) are each amended by striking out “<quotedText>(as defined in section 3(b) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813(b))</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(within the meaning of section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813))</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <content>Sections 6.3(b) and 6.24(b) are each amended by striking out “<quotedText>original</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>exclusive</quotedText>”.</content></subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/991">102 STAT. 991</page> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <content>Section 6.4 is amended by redesignating the second subsection <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2278a/4">12 USC 2278a–4</ref>.</p></sidenote>(c) and subsection (d), as subsections (d) and (e), respectively.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <content>Section 6.5(d) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>No</quotedText>” and inserting in <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2278a/5">12 USC 2278a–5</ref>.</p></sidenote>lieu thereof “<quotedText>Except as provided in section 410(c) of the Agricultural Credit Act of 1987, no</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <content>Section 6.5 is amended by striking out “<quotedText>the appropriate provision of </quotedText>” each place it appears.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <content>Section 6.6(a)(8)(B) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>under sections <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2278a/6">12 USC 2278a–6</ref>.</p></sidenote>5.5 and 5.17(a)(15)</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="g">(g) </num> <content>Section 6.6(a)(9) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>may</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="h">(h) </num> <content>Section 6.6(b)(1) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>(a)(8)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(a)(9)</quotedText>”.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="i">(i) </num><content>Section 6.6(b)(2) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>the appropriate provision of </quotedText>”.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="j">(j) </num> <chapeau>Section 6.7(d) is amended—</chapeau> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2278a/7">12 USC 2278a–7</ref>.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting a comma after “<quotedText>material</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>under terms</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>acceptable</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>under such terms and conditions, acceptable.</quotedText>”</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="k">(k) </num> <content>The heading of section 6.9(a) is amended by inserting “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">Assets <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2278a/9">12 USC 2278a–9</ref>.</p></sidenote>and</inline></quotedText>” before “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">Liabilities</inline></quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="l">(l) </num> <chapeau>Section 6.9(e)(5) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>activation of</quotedText>” after the first comma; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out the close quotation mark and the period that follows.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="m">(m) </num> <content>Section 6.12 is amended by inserting “<quotedText>to the Assistance <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2278a/12">12 USC 2278a–12</ref>.</p></sidenote>Board</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>provided</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="n">(n) </num> <content>Section 6.13(d) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>, for return to the <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2278a/13">12 USC 2278a–13</ref>.</p></sidenote>revolving fund established under section 4.0,</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>the full</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="o">(o) </num> <content>Section 6.22(a)(1) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>Act</quotedText>” and inserting <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2278b/2">12 USC 2278b–2</ref>.</p></sidenote>in lieu thereof “<quotedText>subtitle</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="p">(p) </num> <chapeau>Subsections (c)(2)(D) and (d)(1)(D) of section 6.26 are each <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2278b/6">12 USC 2278b–6</ref>.</p></sidenote>amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>and Federal land banks</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>credit banks</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>production credit</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="q">(q) </num> <content>Subsections (c)(2)(D) and (d)(1)(D) of section 6.26 are each amended by striking out “<quotedText>Federal intermediate credit banks and Federal land banks</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Farm Credit Banks</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="r">(r) </num> <chapeau>Section 6.26(c)(5) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in each of subparagraphs (B) and (C)(i), by striking out “<quotedText>interest payments</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>payments under this paragraph</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in subparagraph (B), by striking out “<quotedText>issued under subsection (d)(1)(C)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>referred to in subsection (d)(1)(E)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="s">(s) </num> <content>The heading of section 6.26(d) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>; <inline class="smallCaps">Defaults</inline></quotedText>” after “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">Principal</inline></quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="t">(t) </num> <chapeau>Section 6.26(d)(1)(C) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>referred to in</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>1987,</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>issued to provide assistance under section 410(c) of the Agricultural Credit Act of 1987 and section 4.9A(c) of this Act, or issued to provide funds to cover the expenses of the Assistance Board under section 6.7(a) of this Act,</quotedText>”;</content></paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/992">102 STAT. 992</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>such principal</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>such obligation</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in clause (i), by striking out “<quotedText>bank</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>institution</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>in clause (ii), by striking out “<quotedText>banks</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>institutions</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="u">(u) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2278b/6">12 USC 2278b–6</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 6.26(d)(1)(E) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>subparagraph (B)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>subparagraphs (B) and (C)</quotedText>”.</content></subsection> <subsection role="definitions" class="fontsize10"><num value="v">(v) </num><content>Clauses (i) and (iii) of section 6.26(d)(3)(A) are each amended by striking out “<quotedText>this subsection</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>subsection (c)</quotedText>”.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="w">(w) </num> <content>The third sentence of section 6.26(d)(3)(B)(iii) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>is prohibited from redeeming or</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>If such institution</quotedText>”.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="x">(x) </num><content>Section 6.26(d)(4)(B)(iii) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>5.60</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>5.60(c)(2)(B)</quotedText>”.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="y">(y) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2278b/7">12 USC 2278b–7</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 6.27(a)(1) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>(a) or (b)</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="z">(z) </num> <chapeau>Section 6.27(a)(2)(B) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>Reserve Account Board</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>Board purchases</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Insurance Corporation purchases</quotedText>”.</content></paragraph></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="aa">(aa) </num><content>Section 6.27(b) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>subsections (a) and (b)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>subsection (a)</quotedText>”.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="bb">(bb) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2278b/8">12 USC 2278b–8</ref>.</p></sidenote><chapeau class="inline">Section 6.28(b)(2) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>this paragraph</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>paragraph (1) equal</quotedText>”, and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in subparagraph (A), by striking out “<quotedText>subsection (c)(1)(D)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>section 6.26(c)(2)(D)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="202">SEC. 202. </num> <heading>AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 202 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <content><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2151">12 USC 2151</ref>.</p></sidenote> Section 4.0 is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <section><num value="4.0">“SEC. 4.0. </num><heading>REVOLVING FUND.</heading> <content>“The revolving fund established by this section (in effect immediately before the date of the enactment of the Agricultural Credit Act of 1987) shall be available to the Farm Credit Administration and the Assistance Board during the periods, and for the purposes, provided for in sections 6.13 and 6.7, respectively.”.</content></section></quotedContent></content></section> <section> <num value="203">SEC. 203. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 204 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2160">12 USC 2160</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 4.9 is amended by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="f">“(f) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Succession</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Contracts.</p></sidenote> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Assets and liabilities</inline>.—</heading><content>The Corporation shall, by operation of law and without any further action by the Farm Credit Administration, the predecessor Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation (hereinafter referred to in this subsection as ‘the predecessor corporation’) chartered under this Act, or any court, succeed to the assets of and assume all debts, obligations, contracts, and other liabilities of the predecessor corporation, matured or unmatured, accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of account, or records of the predecessor corporation.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Contracts</inline>.—</heading><content>The existing contractual obligations, security instruments, and title instruments of the predecessor corporation shall, by operation of law and without any further <page identifier="/us/stat/102/993">102 STAT. 993</page>action by the Farm Credit Administration, the predecessor corporation, or any court, become and be converted into obligations, entitlements, and instruments of the Corporation.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Stock</inline>.—</heading><content>The stock of the predecessor corporation issued before the date of the enactment of this section shall, by operation of law and without any further action by the Farm Credit Administration, the predecessor corporation, or any court, become and be converted into stock of the Corporation established by this section.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Taxation</inline>.—</heading><content>The succession to assets, assumption of liabilities, <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">State and local governments.</p></sidenote>conversion of obligations, instruments, and stock, and effectuation of any other transaction by the Corporation to carry out this subsection shall not be treated as a taxable event under the laws of any State or political subdivision thereof.”.</content> </paragraph></subsection></quotedContent></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <content>Section 4.9(b)(3) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>predecessor Federal <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2160">12 USC 2160</ref>.</p></sidenote>Farm Credit Banks</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>Funding Corporation</quotedText>”.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><content>Subparagraphs (B) and (C) of section 4.9(d)(2) are each amended by striking out “<quotedText>Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding</quotedText>”.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <content>Section 4.9(e) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">“(e) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Transitional Authority</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Until a majority of the voting members of the board of directors of the Corporation is elected, which shall occur as soon as is practicable after the enactment of this section—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the finance committee established under section 4.5 in effect before the date of the enactment of this section, and the fiscal agency established under section 4.9 in effect before such date of enactment, shall continue to operate as if this section had not been enacted; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the board of directors of the predecessor Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation shall be the board of directors of the Financial Assistance Corporation.”.</content></paragraph></subsection></quotedContent></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <chapeau>Section 4.2(e) is amended—</chapeau> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2153">12 USC 2153</ref>.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>their</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>the</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>fiscal agent</quotedText>” each place it appears and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Federal Farm Credit Banks Funding Corporation</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="204">SEC. 204. </num> <heading>AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 205 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <content>Section 5.19(b)(2) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>this section</quotedText>” and <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2254">12 USC 2254</ref>.</p></sidenote>inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>the third sentence of paragraph (1)</quotedText>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="205">SEC. 205. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 207 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <content>Section 5.17(a) is amended by redesignating paragraphs (9), (10), (11), (12), (13), and (14), as paragraphs (8), (9), (10), <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2252">12 USC 2252</ref>.</p></sidenote>(11), (12), and (13), respectively.</content> </section> <num value="III">TITLE III—</num><heading class="inline">AMENDMENTS RELATED TO TITLE III OF THE 1987 ACT</heading> <section> <num value="301">SEC. 301. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 301 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <chapeau>Section 301(a) of the 1987 Act is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in paragraph (1)(B), by striking out “<quotedText>be</quotedText>” and inserting in <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2154">12 USC 2154 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>lieu thereof “<quotedText>apply to an institution’</quotedText>”;</content></paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/994">102 STAT. 994</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in paragraph (2), by striking out “<quotedText>5.17(b)(2)</quotedText>” and all that follows through “<quotedText>proposed</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>5.17(c)(2) of the Farm Credit Act of 1971 (12 U.S.C. 2251(c)(2)) with respect to the issuance of the</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in paragraph (3), by striking out “<quotedText>(1)(C)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(1)(D)</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2154a">12 USC 2154a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 4.3A(a)(1)(B) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>4.9B</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>4.9A</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <chapeau>Section 4.3A(c)(1) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in subparagraph (D)(i), by striking out the third comma; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in subparagraph (G), by inserting “<quotedText>voting</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>stock issued</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <content>Section 4.3A(c)(1)(H) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>, except as otherwise provided in this section</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>the borrower</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <content>Section 4.3A(c)(1)(I) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>standards issued under</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <chapeau>Section 4.3A(d)(1) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>and in section 4.9A</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>or allocated equities</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="302">SEC. 302. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 302 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2277a">12 USC 2277a</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Subparagraphs (A) and (B) of section 5.51(3) are amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="A">“(A) </num><content>on or before January 5, 1989, on behalf of any System bank; and</content></subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="B">“(B) </num><content>after such date, which, when issued, is issued on behalf of any insured System bank.”</content></subparagraph></quotedContent></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <content>Section 5.51(5) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>to liquidate</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>for</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2277a/4">12 USC 2277a–4</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 5.55(d) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>loans made by a Federal intermediate credit bank</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>intermediate term loans made by a Farm Credit Bank</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <content>Section 5.55(d)(2) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>2.3(a)(2)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>1.7(b)(1)(B)</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <content>Paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 5.55(d) are each amended by striking out “<quotedText>Federal intermediate credit bank</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Farm Credit Bank</quotedText>”.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2277a/5">12 USC 2277a–5</ref>.</p></sidenote><content>Section 5.56(a) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>of such</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>of the</quotedText>”.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="g">(g) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2277a/6">12 USC 2277a–6</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 5.57(b)(1) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>made any report of condition required under section 5.55 or</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>make any such report or</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="h">(h) </num> <content>Section 5.57(b)(2) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>made or</quotedText>”.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="i">(i) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2277a/7">12 USC 2277a–7</ref>.</p></sidenote><content class="inline">Section 5.58(5)(A) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>to</quotedText>” each place it appears.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="j">(j) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2277a/9">12 USC 2277a–9</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 5.60(b)(1) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>(in effect immediately before the date of the enactment of this part)</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="k">(k) </num> <content>Section 5.60(b)(2) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>Beginning 5 years after the date of the enactment of this part, the</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>The</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="l">(l) </num> <content>Section 5.60(c)(2)(B) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="B">“(B) </num><content>ensure the retirement of eligible borrower stock at par value under section 4.9A.”.</content></subparagraph></quotedContent></content></subsection></section> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/995">102 STAT. 995</page> <section> <num value="303">SEC. 303. </num> <heading>AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 303 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <content>Section 4.4 is amended by redesignating subsection (e) as subsection <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2155">12 USC 2155</ref>.</p></sidenote>(d).</content> </section> <num value="IV">TITLE IV—</num><heading class="inline">AMENDMENTS RELATED TO TITLE IV OF THE 1987 ACT</heading> <section> <num value="401">SEC. 401. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 401 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <content>Section 1.3(a) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>, as provided in section <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2011">12 USC 2011</ref>.</p></sidenote>410 of the Agricultural Credit Act of 1987, before “shall</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <content>Section 1.3(b) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Charters</inline>.—</heading><content>The Farm Credit Administration shall, consistent with this Act, issue charters for, and approve amendments to charters of, the Farm Credit Banks.”.</content></subsection></quotedContent></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <content>Section 1.4 is amended by striking out “<quotedText>from its voting <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2012">12 USC 2012</ref>.</p></sidenote>stockholders</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <chapeau>Section 1.5 is amended—</chapeau> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2013">12 USC 2013</ref>.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by amending paragraph (9) to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="9">“(9) </num> <chapeau>prescribe, by its board of directors, its bylaws that shall be consistent with law, and that shall provide for—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the classes of its stock and the manner in which such stock shall be issued, transferred, and retired; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>the manner in which it is to—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>select officers, employees, and agents;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>acquire, hold, and transfer property;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>make loans and discounts;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>conduct general business; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="v">“(v) </num> <content>exercise and enjoy the privileges granted to it by law;”;</content></clause></subparagraph></paragraph></quotedContent></content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in paragraph (11), by striking out “<quotedText>or securities of</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>of securities or</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph (12), by striking out “<quotedText>participate with</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>in paragraph (14), by striking out “<quotedText>as defined in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(within the meaning of section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813))</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>in paragraph (18), by striking out “<quotedText>Federal land bank</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>in paragraph (22), by striking out “<quotedText>as authorized by the Farm Credit Administration; and</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof 1“<quotedText>in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, except as may be authorized by the Farm Credit Administration;</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="7">(7) </num> <chapeau>in paragraph (23)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>and approved by the Farm Credit Administration Board</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking out the period at the end and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>; and</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">(8) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="24">“(24) </num> <content>operate as an originator and become certified as a certified facility under title VIII.”.</content></paragraph></quotedContent></content></paragraph></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <content>Section 1.7(a) is amended to read as follows: <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2015">12 USC 2015</ref>.</p></sidenote> <quotedContent> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">“(a) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Real Estate Loans and Related Assistance</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Real estate loans</inline>.—</heading><content>The Farm Credit Banks may make or participate with other lenders in long-term real estate mort-<page identifier="/us/stat/102/996">102 STAT. 996</page>gage loans in rural areas, as defined by the Farm Credit Administration, or to producers or harvesters of aquatic products, and make continuing commitments to make such loans under specified circumstances, for a term of not less than 5 nor more than 40 years.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Financial assistance</inline>.—</heading><content>The Farm Credit Banks may provide and extend financial assistance to, and discount for, or purchase from, a Federal land bank association any note, draft, or other obligation with the endorsement or guarantee of the association, the proceeds of which have been advanced to persons eligible and for purposes of financing by the association, as authorized under section 7.6(a).”.</content></paragraph></subsection></quotedContent></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2015">12 USC 2015</ref>.</p></sidenote><chapeau class="inline">Section 1.7(b) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in paragraph (2), by striking out the second sentence;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>in paragraph (3)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>in the heading, by striking out “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">assistance</inline></quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText><inline class="smallCaps">services</inline></quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>in subparagraph (B), by striking out “<quotedText>herein contained</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>described in subparagraph (A)</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in paragraph (4)(A), by striking out “<quotedText>section</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>subsection</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="g">(g) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2016">12 USC 2016</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 1.8(a) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>interest at a rate or rates, and</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>such rate or rates of interest or discount, and be</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="h">(h) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2018">12 USC 2018</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1.10(a) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in paragraph (2), by striking out “<quotedText>approved by</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>prescribed by regulations of</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>in paragraph (3)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>appraisal</quotedText>” the second place it appears; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>and approved by</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>in accordance with regulations of</quotedText>”.</content></subparagraph></paragraph></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="i">(i) </num> <content>Section 1.10(b) is amended by striking out “<quotedText>harvester</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>harvesters</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="j">(j) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2019">12 USC 2019</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1.11(c)(2) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>equipment or</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>facilities</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>or title II</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>title</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="k">(k) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2020">12 USC 2020</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 1.12 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>(a) <inline class="smallCaps">In General</inline>.—</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>The Farm Credit Banks</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>each district</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>the</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following new subsection: <quotedContent> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">“(b) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Authority to Pass Along Cost of Insurance Premiums</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>Each Farm Credit Bank may assess each production credit association and other financing institution described in section 1.7(b)(1)(B) in the district in which the bank is located to cover the costs of making premium payments under part E of title V. The assessment on any such association or other financing institution for any calendar year shall be computed on the same basis as is used to compute the premium payment and shall not exceed the sum of—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>the annual average principal outstanding for such year on loans made by the association, or on loans made by the other financing institution and discounted with the Farm Credit Bank, that are in accrual status, multiplied by 0.0015; and</content></paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/997">102 STAT. 997</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>the annual average principal outstanding for such year on loans made by the association, or on loans made by the other financing institution and discounted with the Farm Credit Bank, that are in nonaccrual status, multiplied by 0.0025.”.</content></paragraph></subsection></quotedContent></content></paragraph></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="l">(l) </num> <chapeau>Section 1.15 is amended—</chapeau> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2023">12 USC 2023</ref>.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting a comma after “<quotedText>therefrom</quotedText>” the first place it appears; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>742(a)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>3124</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="m">(m) </num> <chapeau>Section 2.0(b) is amended—</chapeau> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2071">12 USC 2071</ref>.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by striking out “<quotedText>title</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>subtitle</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>in paragraph (3)(B), by striking out “<quotedText>part</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>subtitle</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in subparagraphs (B) and (C) of paragraph (3), by striking out “<quotedText>the</quotedText>” the first place it appears; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <chapeau>in paragraph (8)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>or by approval of bylaws of the association</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by amending subparagraph (D) to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="D">“(D) </num><content>approve amendments to the charter of the association.”.</content></subparagraph></quotedContent></content></subparagraph></paragraph></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="n">(n) </num> <content>Section 2.1 is amended by striking out the sixth comma.</content></subsection> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2072">12 USC 2072</ref>.</p></sidenote> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="o">(o) </num><chapeau>Section 2.2 is amended—</chapeau> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2073">12 USC 2073</ref>.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by amending paragraph (16) to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="16">“(16) </num> <chapeau>prescribe, by its board of directors, its bylaws that shall be consistent with law, and that shall provide for—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the classes of its stock and the manner in which such stock shall be issued, transferred, and retired; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>the manner in which it is to—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>select officers and employees;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num> <content>acquire, hold, and transfer property;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>conduct general business; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>exercise and enjoy the privileges granted to it by law;”;</content></clause></subparagraph></paragraph></quotedContent></content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <chapeau>in paragraph (17)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>elect by the board of directors of the association</quotedText>” and insert in lieu thereof “<quotedText>provide by its board of directors for</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>be elected or designated</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>serve as</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in paragraph (19), by striking out “<quotedText>and</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>in paragraph (20), by striking out the period and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>; and</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="21">“(21) </num> <content>operate as an originator and become certified as a certified facility under title VIII.”.</content></paragraph></quotedContent></content></paragraph></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="p">(p) </num> <chapeau>Section 2.4(b)(1) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>title</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>subtitle</quotedText>”; <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2075">12 USC 2075</ref>.</p></sidenote>and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>or</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>planned</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="q">(q) </num> <content>Section 2.4 is amended by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">“(d) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Special District Rule</inline>.—</heading> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Provision of credit and technical assistance outside service territory</inline>.—</heading><content>Notwithstanding any territorial limitation in the charter of a production credit association located in a district in which there are only two such associations, the Farm <page identifier="/us/stat/102/998">102 STAT. 998</page>Credit Administration Board, on request of such association, may permit such association to provide credit and technical assistance to any borrower who is denied credit by the other production credit association in the district if the Board determines that such other production credit association in the district is unduly restrictive in the application of credit standards.</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">Timing of determination</inline>.—</heading><content>If the Farm Credit Administration Board approves the extension of credit and technical assistance under paragraph (1), the association shall approve or deny the application for credit within 90 days after receipt of the application from the borrower.”.</content></paragraph></subsection></quotedContent></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="r">(r) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2077">12 USC 2077</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 2.6 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting a comma after “<quotedText>interest</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Taxes.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">by inserting “<quotedText>, except that interest on such obligations shall be subject to Federal income taxation in the hands of the holder</quotedText>” before the period.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="s">(s) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2091">12 USC 2091</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 2.10(b) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>in paragraph (1), by inserting “<quotedText>under section 1.7(a)</quotedText>” before the first comma; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by amending paragraph (2)(D)(i) to read as follows: <quotedContent> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="i">“(i) </num><content>the individual’s eligibility and request for a Farm Credit Bank loan;”.</content></clause></quotedContent></content></paragraph></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="t">(t) </num> <content>Section 2.10(c) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">“(c) </num> <heading><inline class="smallCaps">FCA Authority on Organization</inline>.—</heading><chapeau>The Farm Credit Administration shall have power, in the terms of the charter, under rules and regulations prescribed by the Farm Credit Administration—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">“(1) </num> <content>to provide for the organization of the association;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">“(2) </num> <content>to provide for the initial amount of stock of the association;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">“(3) </num> <content>to provide for the territory within which the association may carry on its operations; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">“(4) </num> <content>to approve amendments to the charter of such association.”.</content></paragraph></subsection></quotedContent></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="u">(u) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2093">12 USC 2093</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 2.12 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <chapeau>in paragraph (7)—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">(A) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>elect by its board of directors</quotedText>” and insert in lieu thereof “<quotedText>provide by its board of directors for</quotedText>”; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">(B) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>be elected or designated</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>serve as</quotedText>”;</content> </subparagraph> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by amending paragraph (8) to read as follows: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="8">“(8) </num> <chapeau>prescribe, by its board of directors, its bylaws that shall be consistent with law, and that shall provide for—</chapeau> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="A">“(A) </num> <content>the classes of its stock and the manner in which such stock shall be issued, transferred, and retired; and</content> </subparagraph> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="B">“(B) </num> <chapeau>the manner in which it is to—</chapeau> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="i">“(i) </num> <content>select officers and employees;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="ii">“(ii) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8">Real property.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">acquire, hold, and transfer property;</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iii">“(iii) </num> <content>conduct general business; and</content> </clause> <clause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="iv">“(iv) </num> <content>exercise and enjoy the privileges granted to it by law;”;</content></clause></subparagraph></paragraph></quotedContent></content></paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>in paragraph (12), by striking out “<quotedText>or delegated to</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>by</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="4">(4) </num> <content>in paragraph (20), by striking out “<quotedText>and</quotedText>”;</content></paragraph> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/999">102 STAT. 999</page> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="5">(5) </num> <content>in paragraph (21), by striking out the period and inserting in lieu thereof and”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="6">(6) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="22">“(22) </num> <content>operate as an originator and become certified as a certified facility under title VIII.”.</content></paragraph></quotedContent></content></paragraph></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="v">(v) </num><content>Section 2.14 is hereby repealed, and the Farm Credit Act of <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2095">12 USC 2095 and note</ref>.</p></sidenote>1971 shall be applied and administered as if such section had not been enacted.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="w">(w) </num> <content>Title II is amended by redesignating sections 2.15, 2.16, and <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2090/2098">12 USC 2090–2098</ref>.</p></sidenote>2.17, as sections 2.14, 2.15, and 2.16, respectively.</content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="x">(x) </num><chapeau>Section 2.16, as so redesignated, is amended—</chapeau> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2098">12 USC 2098</ref>.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting a comma after “<quotedText>therefrom</quotedText>” the first place it appears;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>banks</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>associations</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>742(a)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>3124</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="402">SEC 402. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 410 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <chapeau>Section 410(a) of the 1987 Act is amended—</chapeau> <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2011">12 USC 2011 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>Farm Credit System</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>each</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by adding at the end the following: “<quotedText>The mergers required by this section shall be implemented without regard to title VII.</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <content>Section 410(b) of the 1987 Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>The</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Notwithstanding section 1.6 (as added by section 401 of this Act), the</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <chapeau>Section 410(c) of the 1987 Act is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>established under section 6.0</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>Assistance Board</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>established under section 6.20</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>Assistance Corporation</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <content>Section 410(d) of the 1987 Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>The</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Notwithstanding section 1.4 (as added by section 401 of this Act), the</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="403">SEC. 403. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 411 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <content>Paragraphs (2) and (3) of section 411(b) of the 1987 Act are each <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2071">12 USC 2071 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>amended by striking out “<quotedText>6-month</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>12-month</quotedText>”.</content> </section> <section> <num value="404">SEC. 404. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 412 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><content>The section heading of section 412 of the 1987 Act is amended <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2002">12 USC 2002 note</ref>.</p></sidenote>to read as follows: <quotedContent> <section> <num value="412">“SEC. 412. </num> <heading>CONSOLIDATION OF DISTRICT FARM CREDIT BANKS.”.</heading></section></quotedContent></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <chapeau>Section 412(a)(2) of the 1987 Act is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out the second comma;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>System banks</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Banks</quotedText>”;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>farm credit banks</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Farm Credit Banks</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <chapeau>Section 412(b)(1) of the 1987 Act is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>(b)(2)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(a)(2)</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>paragraph (2)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>paragraph (3)</quotedText>”.</content></paragraph> </subsection> <page identifier="/us/stat/102/1000">102 STAT. 1000</page> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2002">12 USC 2002 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 412(b)(2) of the 1987 Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>Proposals</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>The proposal</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="405">SEC. 405. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 413 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2121">12 USC 2121 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 413(a)(2)(A) of the 1987 Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>subparagraph (C)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>paragraph (1)(C)</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <chapeau>Section 413(a)(3) of the 1987 Act is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out the open quotation mark;</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>and subscribers to the guaranty funds</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="3">(3) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>for cooperatives</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>banks</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num> <content>Section 413(b)(1)(A)(i) of the 1987 Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>, or a subscriber to the guaranty fund of</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <content>Section 413(b)(4)(A) of the 1987 Act is amended by inserting “<quotedText>for cooperatives</quotedText>” after “<quotedText>district banks</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num> <content>Section 413(b)(6)(A)(ii) of the 1987 Act is amended by striking out the comma.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num> <content>Section 413(b)(6)(B) of the 1987 Act is amended by striking out the first comma.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="g">(g) </num> <content>Section 413(b)(6)(C) of the 1987 Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>(a)</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>(b)(1)</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="406">SEC. 406. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO THE FIRST SECTION 414 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2121">12 USC 2121 note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Subsection (a) of the first section 414 of the 1987 Act is amended by striking out “<quotedText>(a) <inline class="smallCaps">Initial Board</inline>.— The</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>Notwithstanding section 3.2, the</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2121">12 USC 2121 and note</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Subsection (b) of the first section 414 of the 1987 Act is hereby repealed, and the 1987 Act and the Farm Credit Act of 1971 shall be applied and administered as if such subsection had not been enacted.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="407">SEC. 407. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO THE FIRST SECTION 415 OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2141">12 USC 2141</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 3.20(a) is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>in this section</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by inserting “<quotedText>, established under section 413 of the Agricultural Credit Act of 1987,</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>shall</quotedText>”.</content> </paragraph> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="b">(b) </num> <content>Section 3.20(b) is amended by inserting “<quotedText>except</quotedText>” before “<quotedText>as otherwise</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="c">(c) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2142">12 USC 2142</ref>.</p></sidenote> <content class="inline">Section 3.21(b)(2) is amended by adding at the end the following: <quotedContent> <subparagraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="C">“(C) </num><heading><inline class="smallCaps">Third member</inline>.—</heading><content>The nomination and election of the third member from each district shall be carried out in accordance with procedures prescribed in the bylaws of the consolidated bank.”.</content></subparagraph></quotedContent></content> </subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="d">(d) </num> <content>Section 3.21(b)(2)(B)(i)(I) is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <subclause class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="I">“(I) </num><content>at the close of the immediately preceding fiscal year of the consolidated bank; or”.</content></subclause></quotedContent></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="e">(e) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2143">12 USC 2143</ref>.</p></sidenote> <chapeau class="inline">Section 3.22 is amended—</chapeau> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="1">(1) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>United Bank for Cooperatives or the National Bank for Cooperatives</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>consolidated bank</quotedText>”; and</content> </paragraph> <paragraph class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"> <num value="2">(2) </num> <content>by striking out “<quotedText>merger</quotedText>” and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>establishment of the bank under section 413 of the Agricultural Credit Act of 1987</quotedText>”.</content></paragraph></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="f">(f) </num><sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2146">12 USC 2146</ref>.</p></sidenote><content class="inline">Section 3.25 is amended to read as follows: <page identifier="/us/stat/102/1001">102 STAT. 1001</page> <quotedContent> <section><num value="3.25">“SEC. 3.25. </num><heading>CAPITALIZATION.</heading> <content>“In accordance with section 4.3A, each consolidated bank shall provide, through bylaws and subject to Farm Credit Administration regulations, for the capitalization of the bank and the manner in which bank stock shall be issued, held, transferred, and retired and bank earnings distributed.”.</content></section></quotedContent></content></subsection> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="g">(g) </num> <content>Section 3.27 is amended by striking out “<quotedText>taxable institution</quotedText>” <sidenote><p class="indent0 firstIndent0 fontsize8"><ref href="/us/usc/t12/s2148">12 USC 2148</ref>.</p></sidenote>and inserting in lieu thereof “<quotedText>cooperative</quotedText>”.</content> </subsection> </section> <section> <num value="408">SEC. 408. </num> <heading>AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 41S OF THE 1987 ACT.</heading> <subsection class="firstIndent1 fontsize10"><num value="a">(a) </num> <content>The title heading of title VII is amended to read as follows: <quotedContent> <title><num value="VII">“TITLE VII—</num><heading class="inline">RESTRUCTURING OF SYSTEM INSTITUTIONS”</heading> (b) Section 7.0 is amended—

12 USC 2279a.

 (1) by striking out “Two or more” and inserting in lieu thereof “The”; and (2) in paragraph (3), by striking out “in accordance” and all that follows through “by” and inserting in lieu thereof “with each association entitled to cast a number of votes equal to the number of its voting”. (c) Section 7.1 is amended to read as follows:

12 USC 2279a–1.
“SEC. 7.1. BOARD OF DIRECTORS. “Each merged bank shall elect a board of directors of such number, for such term, in such manner, and with such qualifications, as may be required in its bylaws, except that at least one member shall be elected by the other directors, which member shall not be a director, officer, employee, or stockholder of a System institution.”.
 (d) Subtitle A of title VII is amended by striking out sections 7.3

12 USC 2279a–3, 2279a–4.

and 7.4 and inserting in lieu thereof the following:
“SEC. 7.3. CAPITALIZATION. “In accordance with section 4.3A, each merged bank shall provide, through bylaws and subject to Farm Credit Administration regulations, for the capitalization of the bank and the manner in which bank stock shall be issued, held, transferred, and retired and bank earnings distributed.”.
 (e)

12 USC 2279a–5, 2149a.

 Subtitle A of title VII is amended by redesignating section 7.5 as section 3.29, and by transferring such section, as so amended, to the end of part B of title III. (f) Section 7.6(a) is amended—

12 USC 2279b.

 (1) by striking out “Assignments.—” and inserting in lieu thereof “Voluntary Transfers.—”; (2) by striking out “assign” and inserting in lieu thereof “transfer”; (3) by striking out “sections 1.6 through 1.9” and inserting in lieu thereof “this Act”; (4) by striking out “assignment” and inserting in lieu thereof “transfer”; and (5) in paragraph (3), by striking out “7.6” and inserting in lieu thereof “7.8, respectively”. (g) Section 7.6(b) is amended— 102 STAT. 1002 (1) by striking out “an assignment described in subsection (a)” and inserting in lieu thereof “a transfer described in subsection (a) or (d)”; and (2) in paragraph (2), by striking out “Federal land” the first place it appears. (h)

12 USC 2279b.

 Section 7.6(c) is amended— (1) by striking out “assignments or”; and (2) by striking out the second sentence. (i)

12 USC 2279c.

The section heading and text of section 7.7 are amended to read as follows: “(d) Mandatory Transfer.—On the merger of one or more production credit associations with one or more Federal land bank associations, the bank supervising the Federal land bank association shall transfer all of the direct lending authority of the bank in the territory served by such Federal land bank association to such merged association.”. (j)

12 USC 2279b, 2279c.

 The provision amended by subsection (i) of this section, as so amended, is hereby transferred to the end of section 7.6, where such transferred provision shall become a new subsection (d). (k)

12 USC 2279c–1.

 Section 7.8(b)(2) is amended by striking out the second sentence. (l) Section 7.8 is amended by striking out paragraphs (2) and (3) of subsection (c) and subsection (d) and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “(2) Capitalization.—In accordance with section 4.3A, each merged association shall provide, through bylaws and subject to Farm Credit Administration regulations, for the capitalization of the association and the manner in which association stock shall be issued, held, transferred, and retired, and association earnings shall be distributed.”. (m) Subtitle B of title VII is amended by redesignating chapter 3 as chapter 4, and by inserting before section 7.9 the following: “Chapter 3—Reconsideration”. (n)

12 USC 2279c–2.

 Section 7.9(a) is amended— (1) in paragraph (1), by striking out “section 5.17(a)(2)” and inserting in lieu thereof “this Act”; (2) in paragraph (5), by inserting “or 7.13” before the semicolon; (3) in paragraph (6), by striking out “and” and inserting in lieu thereof “or”; (4) in paragraph (7), by striking out “7.13” and inserting in lieu thereof “7.12”; and (5) by redesignating paragraphs (5), (6), and (7), as paragraphs (4), (5), and (6), respectively. (o) Section 7.9(b)(2) is amended— (1) by striking out the third comma; and (2) by inserting “banks or” after “such”. (p)

12 USC 2279e.

 Section 7.11(a)(1) is amended— (1) by striking out “or assignment”; and (2) by striking out “such institutions” and inserting in lieu thereof “the institutions involved”. (q)

12 USC 2279f.

 Section 7.12(b) is amended to read as follows: “(b) Powers and Capitalization.— Sections 7.2 and 7.3 shall apply to banks merged under this section.”. 102 STAT. 1003 (r) Section 7.12(c)(2)(B) is amended by striking out “members” and

12 USC 2279f.

inserting in lieu thereof “directors”. (s) Section 7.13(a)(4) is amended by striking out “Bank” and

12 USC 2279f–1.

inserting in lieu thereof “Banks involved”. (t) Section 7.13(b) is amended by striking out “(b), (c), and (d)” and inserting in lieu thereof “(b) and (c)”. (u) Title VII is amended by adding at the end the following new subtitle: “Subtitle E—Taxation of Merger Transactions

12 USC 2279g.
“SEC 7.14. TRANSACTIONS TO ACCOMPLISH MERGERS EXEMPT FROM CERTAIN STATE TAXES. “No State or political subdivision thereof may treat the merger or

Real property.

consolidation of two or more institutions of the Farm Credit System under this title or title IV of the Agricultural Credit Act of 1987 as resulting in a change of ownership of any property owned by any of such merging or consolidating institutions, for purposes of any law of such State or political subdivision providing for reassessment of property on the occurrence of a change of ownership or imposing a tax on the ownership or transfer of property.”.
SEC. 409. AMENDMENTS RELATED TO THE SECOND SECTION 414 AND SECOND SECTION 415 OF THE 1987 ACT. (a) Subtitle B of title IV of the 1987 Act is amended by redesignating

12 USC 2153, 2181–2183, 2222–2227, 2252.

the second section 414 and the second section 415, as sections 417 and 418, respectively. (b) The table of contents of the 1987 Act is amended by striking out the items relating to the second section 414 and the second section 415, and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “Sec. 417. “Sec. 418. (c) Subsection (c) of section 418 of the 1987 Act (as so redesignated

12 USC 2222–2227, 2222 note.

by subsection (a) of this section) is hereby repealed, and the Farm Credit Act of 1971 shall be applied and administered, and the amendments made by sections 430 and 802(u) of the 1987 Act shall take effect, as if such subsection (c) had not been enacted. (d) Sections 5.1 through 5.6 are hereby repealed.

12 USC 2222–2227.

 (e) Section 5.17(a)(2) is amended— (1) by inserting “approve” before “the consolidation”; and

12 USC 2258.

 (2) by striking out “that they serve” and inserting in lieu thereof “of institutions”.
SEC. 410. AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 421 OF THE 1987 ACT. Section 3.8(b)(1)(C) is amended by striking out “make” and inserting

12 USC 2129.

in lieu thereof “makes”.
SEC 411. AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 422 OF THE 1987 ACT. (a) Section 4.29(a)(1) is amended by striking out “sections 1.11,

12 USC 2218.

1.15, 2.5, and 2.16” and inserting in lieu thereof “titles I and II”. (b) Section 4.29(a)(2) is amended by striking out “Federal intermediate credit banks” and inserting in lieu thereof “Farm Credit Banks”.
102 STAT. 1004
SEC 412. AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 426 OF THE 1987 ACT. (a)

12 USC 2017.

 Section 1.9(b) is amended by striking out “approved by” and inserting in lieu thereof “prescribed by regulations of”. (b) Section 1.9(c) is amended— (1) by striking out “appraisal” the second place it appears; and (2) by striking out “and approved by” and inserting in lieu thereof “in accordance with regulations of”.
SEC 413. AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTIONS 427 AND 428 OF THE 1987 ACT. Part H of title IV is amended by redesignating section 4.37 (as

12 USC 2219c, 2219d.

added by section 427 of the 1987 Act) and section 4.38, as sections 4.38 and 4.39, respectively.
SEC 414. AMENDMENT RELATED TO SECTION 430 OF THE 1987 ACT. Part D of title IV is amended by adding at the end the following:
“SEC. 4.21.

12 USC 2209.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS. “No member of the board of directors of a System bank may receive more than $15,000 per year under this Act as compensation for serving as a director of such bank.”.
SEC 415. AMENDMENTS RELATED TO SECTION 431 OF THE 1987 ACT. (a)

12 USC 2245.

 Section 5.11(c)(2)(C) is amended by striking out “5315” and inserting in lieu thereof “5373”. (